dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/web/iqac/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 syllabus:...

807

Upload: others

Post on 23-Jan-2021

8 views

Category:

Documents


0 download

TRANSCRIPT

Page 1: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming

1

Delhi Technological University

(Formerly Delhi College of Engineering Delhi)

Department of Applied Physics

Program M Tech (Nano-Science amp Technology)

Nanotechnology is a rapidly advancing area of scientific and technological opportunity that applies

the tools and processes of nano microfabrication to build devices and study their properties in

nanoscale regime It is a scientific urge to create new micro-nano materials based devices to better

understand their properties in nanoscale regime

To train engineers and scientists with diverse background Applied Physics department has taken

initiative to start the two year ldquoMTech (Nano-science amp technology)rdquo program from the academic

year 2009-2010 The curriculum has been designed in a manner so that students are trained to

various aspects of nanomaterials latest development in the synthesis characterization and

fabrication of nanomaterials based optical and electronic devices Besides the commitment to

trained students in nanotechnology we would like to develop a bridge between research and

industry by taking the discoveries from laboratories and realizing their real-world application

benefit to society

2

COURSE CURRICULUM amp SCHEME OF EXAMINATION

for

MTech (Nano-Science amp Technology) 2017-2018

Semester I Examination November 2017

Semester II Examination May 2018

Semester III Examination November 2018

Semester IV Examination May 2019

Scheme of Examination for MTech Nano-Science and Technology (Offered by Applied Physics Department)

Sem Group Details No of papers

Marks Internal (Each Paper)

Marks External

(Each Paper)

Total Marks (Each Paper)

Semester Total

I A Course work of 3 Core Theory papers 3 50 100 150 1000

(20 Credits)

1 Laboratory 1 30 70 100 B Course work of 2 Core Theory papers 2 50 100 150

1 Laboratory 1 30 70 100 Self study Open area Seminar-I - 50 - 50

II C Course work of 1 Core amp 2 Elective Theory Papers

3 50 100 150 1000

(20 Credits)

1 Laboratory 1 30 70 100 D Course work of 2 Elective Theory papers 2 50 100 150

1 Laboratory 1 30 70 100 Minor project-I - 50 - 50

III E Course work of 2 Elective Theory papers 2 50 100 150 1000

(20 Credits) Self study Open area Seminar-II - 50 50 100

Minor Project-II - 150 150 300 Major Project Part-I - 150 150 300

IV F Major Project Part-II - 500 500 1000 1000

(20 Credits) TOTAL 4000

(80 Credits)

3

COURSE STRUCTURE FOR MTech FIRST SEMESTER (Nano-science amp Technology)

SNo Course No Subject LTP Evaluation Internal External

Total Marks

Credit

1 AP-501 Computational Physics and Programming

300 50 100 150 3

2 AP-502 Chemistry for Nano -science and Technology

300 50 100 150 3

3 AP-503 Physics for Nano-science and Technology

300 50 100 150 3

4 AP-504 Engineering of Materials Laboratory-I 002 30 70 100 2

5 AP-551 Characterization of Materials 300 50 100 150 3

6 AP-552 Fundamental of Nano-science and technology

300 50 100 150 3

7 AP-553 Engineering Materials Laboratory-II 002 30 70 100 2

8 AP-554 Self study Open Area Seminar I 001 50 - 50 1

TOTAL 20 hrs 1000 20

COURSE STRUCTURE FOR MTech SECOND SEMESTER (Nano-science amp Technology)

SNo Course No Subject LTP Evaluation Internal External

Total Marks

Credit

1 AP-601 Physics of Low Dimensional Systems 300 50 100 150 3

2 AP-6021 Materials Science at Nanoscale (Elective-I)

300 50 100 150 3

3 AP-6031 Processing amp Fabrication of Nanostructures (Elective-II)

300 50 100 150 3

4 AP-6511 Nano electronics amp Nano photonics (Elective-III)

300 50 100 150 3

5 AP-6521 Semiconductors Nanostructures amp Devices (Elective-IV)

300 50 100 150 3

6 AP-604 Processing amp Fabrication of Nanostructure Lab

002 30 70 100 2

6 AP-653 Characterization of Materials Science lab

002 30 70 100 2

7 AP-654 Minor Project I 001 50 - 50 1

TOTAL 20 hrs 1000 20

4

COURSE STRUCTURE FOR MTech THIRD SEMESTER (Nano-Science amp Technology)

SNo Course No Subject LTP Evaluation

Internal External

Total

Marks

Credit

1 AP-7011 Nano Electromechanical Materials amp

Devices (Elective-V)

300 50 100

150 3

2 AP-7012 Functional material and device

(Elective-V)

3 AP-7021 Nano Biotechnology (Elective-VI) 300 50 100 150 3

4 AP-703 Self study Open Area Seminar II 002 - 100 100 2

5 AP-704 Minor Project II 006 150 150 300 6

6 AP-705 Major Project I 006 150 150 300 6

TOTAL 20 hrs 1000 20

COURSE STRUCTURE FOR MTech FOURTH SEMESTER (Nano-Science amp Technology)

SNo Course No Subject LTP Evaluation

Internal External

Total

Marks

Credit

1 AP-801 Major Project II - 500 500 1000 20

TOTAL 1000 20

5

SYLLABUS MTech (NanoScience amp Technology)

AP-501 Computational Physics and Programming (3-0-0)

Unit I

A review of the numerical techniques (Interpolations differentiations integrations nonlinear

equations the bisection methods Newtonrsquos method root findings Differential equations Eulerrsquos

method the Runge-Kutta method Matrices-inverting finding eigen values and eigen functions

Bessel functions Hermite Legendre and Lagurre polynomials etc

Unit II

Simple problems based on section-I using Matlab Mathematica (mechanics optics and quantum

mechanics ) Atomistix and related softwares Introduction to Lab view software

Unit III

C++ Programming Introduction to Object oriented Paradigm Basic concept of Object Oriented

Programming (OOP) Benefits of OOP Applications of OOP Classes and Objects- specifying a

class memory allocations for objects static daa members and member functions array of objects

Objects as function arguments friendly Functions returning objects constructors and destructors

Unit IV

Inheritance and Polymorphisms Inheritance types of inheritance Derivation-Public private and

protected polymorphism types of polymorphism- compile time and runtime function overloading

operator overloading virtual functions

References

1 Handbook of Theoretical and Computational Nanotechnology Eds Michael Rieth and Wolfram

Schommers 2006

2 Introductory Computational Physics Kelvin and Godunov (Cambridge)

3 Computational physics RC Verma KC Sharmaamp PK Ahluwalia

4 Introduction to Computer simulations Gould Tobochnik etal (Addition Wesely 2006)

5 Visual basic and C++ Schuam Series

6 Mat labs Programming by Rudrapratap Singh

7 Mathematical Physics Harper

8 Applied mathematics for engineers amp Physicist Pipes and Harvil

9 Numerical Recepies in C The art of scientific Computing WH Press

10 Computer Programming Language Addition Wesely

11 Object oriented Programming in turbo C++ Robert Lafore

6

AP-502 Chemistry for Nano Science amp Technology (3-0-0)

Unit I

Surface adsorption Definition Significance and Applications of it Freudlich and Langmiur

Adsorption Isotherm Gibbrsquos Isotherm Their fundamental approach to Nanomaterials

Unit II

Colloidal chemistry Colloidal properties origin of charge on colloidal properties Determination of

colloidal particle size Synthesis of Nano materialsNano systems employing chemical

precipitation coprecipitation sol-gel synthesis microemulsion thermolysis Electrochemical and

photochemical methods

Unit III

Nano polymersNanocomposites Synthesis Characterization Properties and applications of Nano

polymersNanocomposites ie Polymers metal oxide glass and ceramic based nano composites and

their use in catalysis

Unit IV

Metal and Alloy Nanoparticles Preparation and Stabalization of MetalAlloy nanoparticles particle

size determination particle size distribution their conducting semiconducting and catalytic

properties Separation and purification of Nano particles by Membrane Technology Ion Exchange

Membranes Electrodialysis Reverse Osmosis Ultrafiltration Microfiltration and Nanofiltration

Techniques

References

1 Nanocomposites Science and Technology by PM Ajayan LS Schodler Wiley New York

2 Chemistry of Nanomaterials Synthesis properties and applications by C N R Rao Wiley New York

3 Nanochemistry A chemical approach to nanomaterials- Royal Society of Chemistry Cambridge UK

2005

4 Active Metals preparation Characterization and Application by A Frustner Ed VCH New York 1996

5 Membrane Handbook WSWinston Ho amp Kamlesh K Sirkar Chapman hall (1992)

6 Colloidal Dispersion ndash Russel WB Saville DA Cambridge University Press 1989

7 Surfactants and Polymers In Aqueous by K Holmberg B jonsson B Kromberg Wiley England 2004

7

AP-503 Physics for Nano Science and Technology (3-0-0)

Unit I

Review of fundamentals of Quantum mechanics Schroumldinger equation tunneling density of states

free electron theory of metals The angular momentum problem The spin half problem and

properties of Pauli spin matrices

Unit II

Approximate methods Time independent and time dependent perturbation Theory for non-

degenerate and degenerate energy levels the variational Method WKB approximation adiabatic

approximation sudden approximation

Unit III

Statistical Mechanics Microstates and entropy and its statistical definition Entropy of mixing

Gibbrsquos free energy Gibbrsquos paradox phase space density ergodic hypothesis Liouvillersquos theorem

The microcanonical- canonical- and grand canonical ensemble and their connections Fluctuations

Classical Statistical systems Boltzman statistics and quantum statistical systems Fermi-Dirac and

Bose-Einstein Statistics and their applications (an overview)

Unit IV

Crystal structure crystallographic planes Miller indices Braggrsquos law X-ray Diffraction particle

size determination Confinement and transport in Nanostructures Current reservoirs and electron

channels conductance formula for nanostructures quantized conductance Local density of states

Ballistic transport Coulomb blockade Diffusive transport Fock space Dielectric properties

Polarization ferroelectric behaviour Optical Properties Photoconductivity Optical absorption and

transmission Photoluminescence Fluorescence Phosphorescence Electroluminescence

References

1 Quantum Physics- A Ghatak

2 Quantum Physics of atoms Molecules Solids Nuclei and particles 2nd edition by Eisberg Robert

Resnik Robert

3 Principles of Quantum Mechanics 2nd ed ndash R Shankar

4 Statistical Physics by K Huang

5 Statistical Mechanics- Landau amp Lifshitz

6 Statistical Mechanics- Sonntag

7 Introduction to Solid State Physics- C Kittel Solid State Physics- AJ Dekker

8 The Physics and Chemistry of Solids- Stephen Elliott amp SR Elliot

9 Scanning Probe Microscopy Analytical Methods(NanoScience and Technology)-Roland Wiesendanger

10 Advance X-ray Techniques in Research and Industries ndash AKSingh(editor)

11 Basic Solid State Chemistry ndash Anthony RWest

8

AP-551 Characterization of Material (3-0-0)

UNIT I

X-ray Diffraction Braggrsquos law Application in crystallography Diffractogram Paricle size

determination using XRD

UNIT II

Probe techniques Atomic force Microscopy (AFM) scanning electron microscopy (SEM)

Scanning tunneling microscopy (STM) Transmission Electron Microscopy (TEM) High

Resolution Transmission Electron Microscopy (HRTEM)

UNIT III

Infrared Spectroscopy Raman Spectroscopy Electronic spectroscopy for atoms and molecules

Spin Resonance Spectroscopy Nuclear Magnetic Resonance spectroscopy (NMR)

UNIT IV

Deep level transient spectroscopy (DLTS) Kelvin-probe measurements Nanoscale current-voltage

(I-V) investigations Capacitance-Voltage (C-V) Relationships

References

1 Nanostructures amp Nano Materials Ghuzang Cao

2 Handbook of Nanophase amp Nanomaterials (vol IampII) Zhong Lin Wang

3 Fabrication of fine pitch by holography electron beam lithography and nano-imprint lithography

(proceeding papers) Author(s) Darren Goodchild Simon Wingar Nak Kim

4 Microfabrication and Nanomanufacturing- Mark James Jackson

5 Processing amp properties of structural nanomaterials- LeonLShaw(editor)

6 Fundamentals of molecular spectroscopy C N Banwell Tata McGraw

9

AP-552 Fundamentals of Nano-Science amp Technology (3-0-0)

UNIT I

Introduction and Classification What is nanotechnology The Canvas of Nano Classification of

nanostructures Nanoscale architectures Effects of nanometer length scale Changes to the system

total energy changes to the system structure Nanoscale dimensions and its affects properties

UNIT II

Investigating and manipulating materials at nanoscale Introduction Electron microscopies

Scanning probe microscopies Other kinds of microscopies X-Ray Diffraction Associated

techniques

UNIT III

Fabrication Methods Top Down Processes Bottom Up Processes of Silicon nanowire ZnO

nanowire Carbon nanotubegrapheme Ordering of nanosystems Preparation Safety and Storage

issues Fa

UNIT IV

Society and Nano Societal implications of nanotechnology Introduction From first Industrial

Revolution to the Nano Revolution Issues and outlook Harnessing Nanotechnology for social and

economic development

References

1 Introduction to Nanotechnology Charles PPoole Jr and Frank J Owens

2 Nanotechnology Principles and Practices Sulabha K kulkarni

3 Nanoscale Science and Technology Robert W Kelshall Ian W Hamley and mark Geoghegan

4 NanoThe Essentials ndashUnderstanding Nanoscience and Nanotechnology ndashT Pradeep

5 Handbook of Nanotechnology Bharat Bhusan

10

AP-601 Physics of Low Dimensional Systems (3-0-0)

UNIT I

Maxwell-Boltzmannrsquos statistics Fermi-Dirac statistics and fermions Paulirsquos exclusion principle

Bose Einstein statistics Bosons Bose condensation

UNIT I

Molecular structure Born oppenheimer approximation electronic structure ionic and covalent

bonding H2 H2+ vibrational and rotational structure

UNIT III

Molecular spetra microwave infrared and optical spectra of molecules selection rules suitable

examples

UNIT IV

Transport properties parallel and perpendicular transport quantization of conductance density of

states coulomb blockade kondo effect Hall quantum Hall and fractional Hall effects Other

relevant topics

References

1 Quantum Mechanics by L I Schiff

2 Quantum Mechanics by J L Powell and Crasmann

3 Introduction to Quantum Mechanics by Pauling amp Wilson

4 Quantum Mechanics by A K Ghatak amp S Loknathan

5 The Physics of low-dimensional semiconductors An introduction by J H Davies

6 Concepts of Modern Physics by Arthur Beiser

7 Physics of Molecules by Wolf Gang Demtroder

8 Handbook of Molecular Physics amp Quantum Chemistry by Stephen Wilson

9 Quantum Heterostructures by Maiteir and others

11

AP-6021 Materials Science at Nanoscale (3-0-0)

UNIT I

Single crystalline polycrystalline and amorphous structures crystal structure classification of

crystals imperfection in solids grain boundaries and its effect on mechanical properties Phase

transitions in nanosystems-comparison to large systems

UNIT II

Carbon molecules nature of carbon bonds new carbon structures small carbon clusters C60-

crystal structure larger and smaller fullerenes Buckyballs Carbon Nanotubes-fabrication

structure electrical vibrational and mechanical properties

UNIT III

Applications in field emission shielding computers fuel cells sensors catalysis mechanical

reinforcement

Bulk nanostructured materials synthesis mechanical and electrical properties metal nanocluster

composite glasses porous silicon natural nanocrystals nanoparticles in zeolites crystals of metal

naoparticles nanoparticle lattices in suspensions photonic crystals nanocopmposites

nanoceramics ceramic matrix composites

UNIT IV

Nanostructured ferromagnetism effect of nanostructuring nanomagnets nano carbon ferromagnets

giant and colossal magnetoresistance ferrofluids Nanocmposites of dielectric piezoelectric and

ferroelectric materials Polarization types frequency dependence other relevant current topics

References

1 Materials Science amp Engineering An introduction by W D Callister

2 Introduction to Solid State Physics by C Kittel

3 Solid State Physics by A J Dekker

4 Solid State Physics by Aschroft amp Mermin

5 Nanocomposite Science and Technology by Ajayan Schadler and Braun

6 Principles of Nanotechnology by G Ali Mansoori

7 Nanomaterials Nano-tech amp Design by Michael F Ashby

12

AP-6031 Processing amp Fabrication of Nanostructures (3-0-0)

UNIT I

Fundamental concepts of Bottom-up and top down approaches self assembly and self organization

formation of nanostructure by mechanical milling (ball milling)

UNIT II

Synthesis of carbon nanotubes growth mechanism arc discharge laser ablation sputtering and

growth from solutions and melts

UNIT III

Chemical vapor deposition plasma enhanced CVD thermal CVD vapor phase growth laser

assisted thermal CVD CoMoCat process High pressure CO dispropornation process flame

synthesis pulsed laser deposition (PLD)

UNIT IV

Fabrication of nanoparticles synthesis of colloidal particles synthesis of nanogold particles

synthesis of nanocomposites and nanostructures fabrication of quantum dots nanowires nanorods

nanointermetallics controlled colloidal synthesis Synthesis of polymer supported clusters and

polymeric nanofibers

Nanolithography electron beam and focused ion beam lithographies other relevant current topics

References

1 Nanotechnology by Gregory Timp

2 Introduction to Nanoscale Science amp Technology by M Di Ventra et al

3 Nanophotonics by Paras N Prasad

4 Microlithography Sciences amp Technology ndash Sheats J R and Amith B W (Marcel Dekker Inc New York)

5 Nanolithography A borderland between STM EB IB and X-ray lithographies- M Gentili et al

(Springer)

13

AP-6511 Nano Electronics amp Nano photonic (3-0-0)

UNIT I

Photons and electrons- similarities and differences confinement of photons and electrons

Nanoscale optical interactions-axial and lateral nanoscopic localization quantum confinement

effects cooperative transitions and emission

UNIT II

Quantum well double quantum wells wires dots rings size effects manifestation of quantum

confinement-optical properties conduction electrons and dimensionality potential wells resonant

tunneling and ballistic transport single-electron tunneling infrared detectors quantum dot lasers

UNIT III

Photonic crystals-basic concepts features of photonic crystals photonic crystal optical circuitry

non-linear photonic crystals photonic crystal fibers optical communication and sensors

UNIT IV

Basics of nanoelectronics and molecular electronics break junction nanowires nanocircuits single

molecule magnet molecular conductance molecular logic gate MEMS other relevant topics

Fundamentals of Spintronics spin polarized transport Kondo effect Kubo effect spin relaxation

and injection Spintronics memory devices and applications

References

1 Nanophotonics by Paras N Prasad

2 Introduction to Nanoscale Science amp Technology by M Di Ventra et al

3 Handbook of Photonics by Mool Chand Gupta amp John Ballato

4 Optical properties of photonic crystals by K Sakoda

5 Detection of optical and infrared radiation by Kingston amp Mac Adam

6 Introduction to Nanotechnology by C P Poole Jr and Franks J Owens

7 Spintronics fundamentals and applications by I Zutic and SD Sarma

8 Introduction to spintronics by Supriyo Bandopadhayay

9 Spin electronics by David D Awschalom

10 Quantum Electronics by A Yariv

14

AP-6521 Semiconductors Nanostructures amp Devices (3-0-0)

UNIT I

Basics of semiconductors microelectronic devices and technology silicon technology processing

of III-V semiconductors semiconductor nanoparticles synthesis cluster compounds quantum dots

using MBE CVD and MOCVD

UNIT II

Semiconducting nanoparticles size dependent physical properties band-gap variations-quantum

confinement Fundamentals of carrier transport in quantum structures electrical transport properties

in semiconductors nanostructures temperature effects resonating tunneling diodes structure and

operation of MOS

UNIT III

Small dimension effects Nanoscale MOSFET transistors LED and solar cells Doping nano

particles

Semiconductor nanowires fabrication and integration quantum conductance effects in

semiconductors porous silicon nanobelts nanoribbons nanosprings

UNIT IV

Single electron tunneling superconducting single electron transistor implementation of single

electron transistors applications of single electron transistors other relevant current topics

References

1 Introduction to Nanoscale Science amp Technology by M Di Ventra et al

2 Nanotechnology by Gregory Timp

3 Nanophotonics by Paras N Prasad

4 Introduction to Nanotechnology by C P Poole Jr and Franks J Owens

5 Encyclopedia of Nanotechnology by Hari Singh Nalwa

6 Handbook of Semiconductor Nanostructures amp Nanodevices Volumes-1-5 A A Balandin and K L Wang

7 Nanostructures and Nanomaterials ndash Synthesis Properties amp Applications by Cao amp Guozhong

15

AP-7011 Nano Electromechanical Materials amp Devices (Elective-V (3-0-0)

UNIT I

Introduction of carbon materials Diamond nanodiamond fullerene graphene carbon fiber and

amorphous carbon Synthesis route CVD for synthesis of nanodinamond carbon nanotube and

graphene and other methods of preparation of CNT and graphene

UNIT II

Structure and properties of carbon nanotubes and graphene Electrical Optical Mechanical

Vibrational properties etc

UNIT III

Applications of carbon nanotubes and graphene Biosensors FET Field emission Fuel Cells

Display devices

UNIT IV

Functionalization and purification method for carbon nanotubes Oxidative Purification Defect

Functionalization ndashTransformation and Modification of Carboxylic Functionalization like

Amidation Thiolation Halogenations Hydrogenation Addition of Radicals Addition of

Nucleophilic Carbenes Sidewall Functionlaization through Electrophili Addition Cycloadditions

Carbenes Addition Addition of Nitrenes Noncovalent Exohedral Functionalization Endohedral

Functionalization

References

1 Nanoscale materials -Liz Marzan and Kamat

2 Physical properties of Carbon Nanotube-R Satio

3 Applied Physics Of Carbon Nanotubes Fundamentals Of Theory Optics And Transport Devices - S

Subramony amp SV Rotkins

4 Carbon Nanotubes Properties and Applications- Michael J OConnell

5 CARBON NANOTECHNOLOGY- Liming Dai

6 Nanotubes and Nanowires- CNR Rao and A Govindaraj RCS Publishing

16

AP-7021 Nanobiotechnology (3-0-0)

UNIT I

Biological Methods of Synthesis Use of bacteria fungi Actinomycetes for nanoparticle synthesis

Magnetotactic bacteria for natural spynthesis of magnetic nanoparticles Mechanism of formation

Viruses as components for the formation of nanostructured materials Synthesis process and

application Role of plants in nanoparticle synthesis

UNIT II

Microorganisms for synthesis of nanomaterials and for toxicity detection Natural and artificial

synthesis of nanoparticles in microorganisms Use of microorganisms for nanostructure formation

Testing of environmental toxic effect of nanoparticles using microorganisms

UNIT III

Nanocomposite biomaterials teeth and bone substitution Natural nanocomposite systems as spider

silk bones shells organic-inorganic nanocomposite formation through self-assembly Biomimetic

synthesis of nanocomposite material Use of synthetic nanocomposites for bone teeth replacement

UNIT IV

Nanobio Systems Nanoparticle-biomaterial hybrid systems for bioelectronic devices Bioelectronic

systems based on nanoparticle-enzyme hybrids nanoparticle based bioelectronic biorecognition

events Biomaterial nanocircuitry Protein based nanocircuitry Neurons for network formation

DNA nanostructures for mechanics and computing and DNA based computation DNA based

nanomechanical devices Biosensor and Biochips

References

1 Bionanotechnology Lessons from Nature by David S Goodsell

2 Nanomedicine Vol IIA Biocompatibility by Robert A Freitas

3 Handbook of Nanostructured Biomaterials and Their Applications in Nanobiotechnology - Hari Singh

Nalwa

4 Nanobiotechnology ed CMNiemeyer CA Mirkin

5 Nanocomposite Science amp Technology Ajayan Schadler amp Braun

6 BioMEMS (Microsystems) - Gerald A Urban

7 Introduction to Nanoscale Science and Technology (Nanostructure Science and Technology) ndash

Massimiliano Di Ventra

8 Nanosystems Molecular Machinery Manufacturing and Computation - K Eric Drexler

9 Springer Handbook of Nanotechnology - Bharat Bhushan

10 Nanobiotechnology ed CMNiemeyer CA Mirkin

12 Nanomedicine Vol I Basic Capabilities

13 Nanomedicine Vol IIA Biocompatibility - Robert A Freitas

17

Self-Study Open Area Seminar-I ampII

Compulsory seminar by each candidate on the emerging topics related to nanotechnology

Minor (I ampII) or Major Project

A minor project related to emerging areas in the nanotechnology is to be completed Emphasis will

be given of area related to synthesis characterization and device fabrication Faculty member will

help for selecting area of major projects

Scheme of Examination and Syllabus

MTech in Industrial Biotechnology

Department of Biotechnology Delhi Technological University

Bawana Road New Delhi -110042

MTech in Industrial Biotechnology Biotechnology Industry Organization (BIO) USA has mentioned three major waves in the field of

biotechnology The first wave Green Biotechnology refers to agricultural biotechnology The

second wave Red Biotechnology refers to pharmaceutical and medical biotechnology while the third

wave White Biotechnology refers to industrial biotechnology Industrial biotechnology is mainly

based on biocatalysis (the use of enzymes and cells to catalyse chemical reactions) and fermentation

technology (directed use of micro-organisms) in combination with recent breakthroughs in the

forefront of molecular genetics and metabolic engineering It includes manufacturing of antibiotics

(cephalosporins streptomycin penicillin) food (yoghurt cheese single cell protein mushroom

probiotics) renewable energy (bioethanol biodiesel biohydrogen) health care (growth hormone

antibodies) biopolymers (polyhydroxy butyrate polylactic acid) enzymes (protease lipase amylase

cellulase pectinase xylanase) in various industries (pulp and paper detergent textile food

processing industry) Industrial biotechnology also involved in bioremediation microbial

degradation of pollutants (hydrocarbons polychlorinated biphenyl polyaromatic hydrocarbons)

Biological waste water treatment is undoubtedly one of the most important biotechnological

processes which have been used to treat municipal waste and industrial waste water The proposed

syllabus has been developed to address the need of well trained industrial biotechnologist cutting

edge RampD for this field The trained manpower will be well versed in techniques of protein science

bio-catalysis engineering biosynthesis microbial manufacturing engineering biological systems and

bio-process engineering Moreover they can easily implement these hands on training in industry to

increase the yield more accurately

Delhi Technological University Delhi

Department of Biotechnology

Scheme of Examination

MTech in Industrial Biotechnology

First semester

Course

Code

Subject L T P Internal

Marks

End Sem

Marks

Total

Marks

Credit

BT-521 Bioenergy 3 1 0 50 100 150 3

BT-522 Food Engineering

amp Biotechnology

3 1 0 50 100 150 3

BT-523 Enzyme

Engineering amp

technology

3 1 0 50 100 150 3

BT-571 Industrial Plant

Biotechnology

3 1 0 50 100 150 3

BT-572 Bioinstrumentation 3 1 0 50 100 150 3

BT-573 Food engineering

and Biotechnology

Lab

0 0 2 30 70 100 2

BT-524 Bioinstrumentation

Lab

0 0 2 30 70 100 2

BT-574 Self Study open

area seminar-I

0 0 1 50 - 50 1

TOTAL 360 640 1000 20

Second semester

Course

Code

Subject L T P Internal

Marks

End Sem

Marks

Total

Marks

Credit

BT-621 Biopharmaceuticals 3 1 0 50 100 150 3

BT-6221 Bioprocess

Engineering

3 1 0 50 100 150 3

BT-6231 Biosensor 3 1 0 50 100 150 3

BT-6711 Nanobiotechnology 3 1 0 50 100 150 3

BT-6721 Environmental

Biotechnology

3 1 0 50 100 150 3

BT-673 Environmental

Biotechnology Lab

0 0 2 30 70 100 2

BT-624 Bioprocess

Engineering Lab

0 0 2 30 70 100 2

BT-674 Minor Project-I 0 0 1 50 - 50 1

TOTAL 360 640 1000 20

Third semester

Course

Code

Subject L T P Internal

Marks

End Sem

Marks

Total

Marks

Credit

BT-721 Professional

Elective I

3 1 0 50 100 150 3

BT-722 Professional

Elective II

3 1 0 50 100 150 3

BT-723 Self Study open

area seminar-II

0 0 1 100 100 2

BT-724 Minor Project-II 300 300 6

BT-725 Major Project-I 300 300 6

TOTAL 200 800 1000 20

Fourth semester

Course

Code

Subject L T P Internal

Marks

End Sem

Marks

Total

Marks

Credit

BT-821 Major Project-II 400 600 1000 20

TOTAL 1000 20

BT- 721 ELECTIVE SUBJECTS- I

BT-7211 Bioseparation Technology

BT-7212 Industrial waste water treatment

BT-7213 Biopolymer Technology

BT-7214 Bioprocess Plant Designing

BT-7215 Transport Phenomenon

BT-7216 Biochemical Thermodynamics

BT-722 ELECTIVE SUBJECTS- II

BT-7221 Bioethics Biosafety and IPR

BT-7222 Quality Management

BT-7223 Protein Engineering

BT-722 4 Metabolic Engineering

BT-7225 Design and Development of Biological Treatment process

BT-7226 Bioinformatics

SEMESTER I

BT- 521 Bioenergy

Unit-I

Introduction

Global energy scenario Indian energy scenario types of energy sources description of Biofuels

various Biofuels Bioenergy from biomass Biofuel Production Alternative Biochemical Pathways for

Organo-heterotrophic Lithotrophic and Phototrophic Metabolism Importance of biofuel feed stocks

Cellulose starch sugar Lignocellulosic Agro and Industrial by-products

Unit-II

Production of Bio-ethanol

Process Technology for Bioethanol production using Sugar Starch and Lignocellulosic Selection of

micro-organisms and raw materials Unit Operations in Alcohol production Continuous

fermentation Distillery quality control Alcohol distillation

Unit-III

Production of Biodiesel

Chemical Thermodynamic and Reaction Kinetic Aspects of Biodiesel Production Lipids as a source

of biodiesel Methods of Biodiesel Production ndash General procedure and large scale production

Quality Control Aspects Biodiesel production from microalgae and future prospects

Unit-IV

Production of Biohydrogen

Biohydrogen production by anaerobic bacteria and photosynthetic algae Enzymes involved in

biohydrogen Production Biochemical Pathway Batch Fermentation Factors affecting biohydrogen

production Carbon sources Process and Culture Parameters Detection and Quantification of

biohydrogen

Unit-V

Microbial Fuel Cells

Introduction and biochemical basis History of microbial fuel cell development Microbes used in

microbial fuel cells Design of microbial fuel cells MFC components Two and Single MFC systems

Stacked microbial fuel cell Performances of microbial fuel cells Ideal performance Actual MFC

performance Effects of operating conditions pH buffer and electrolyte Proton exchange system

Operating conditions in the anodic chamber Operating conditions in the cathodic chamber

Applications Electricity generation Biohydrogen Wastewater treatment Biosensor MFCs in the

future

Unit-VI

Case studies

Text books

1 Caye M Drapcho NP Nhuan and T H Walker Biofuels Engineering Process Technology Mc

Graw Hill Publishers New York 2008

2 Jonathan RM Biofuels ndash Methods and Protocols (Methods in Molecular Biology Series) Humana

Press New York 2009

3 Lisbeth Olsson (Ed) Biofuels (Advances in Biochemical EngineeringBiotechnology Series

Springer-Verlag Publishers Berlin 2007

BT- 522 Food Engineering and Biotechnology

Unit- I

Food chemistry

Food chemistry-definition and importance Composition of foods and function of water

carbohydrates proteins amino acids lipids vitamins and shelf life of food Bioavailability and

stability of nutrients Nutritive value of foods Food as a source of energy Food Health and diseases

Unit ndash II

Food Microbiology

History and significance of microorganisms in foods Biotechnological improvements catabolic

repression Microbial growth pattern Biochemical changes caused by micro-organisms deterioration

of various types of food product Food poisoning and microbial toxins standards for different foods

Food borne intcericants and mycotoxius

Unit ndashIII

Fermentation products

Dairy products Production of starter cultures Cheese - principles of cheese making Cheddar

Cheese Swiss Cheese Surface ripened Cheeses Mold ripened Cheeses General principles of

manufacture of Kefir Fermented foods Soy sauce Miso Sufu Natto Idli fermented fish products

Fermented vegetables Sauer Krant pickles Olives Fermented sausages Distilled beverages

Alcohol wine brandy and beer Food additives organic acid (acetic acid lactic acid and citric acid)

amino acids (glutamic acid lysine threonine arginine and histidine) food flavourants and pigments

Unit ndashIV

Food Preservation and storage

General principles underlying spoilage and chemical changes of food caused by microorganisms

(Staphylococcal Salmonellosis Ecoli) food spoiling enzymes Botulism toxin production and

deterioration of foods Principles of food preservation by physical methods (irradiation drying heat

processing chilling and freezing high pressure and modification of atmosphere) by chemical

methods and biological methods Storage Stability Food Preservation with Low Temperatures Food

Preservation with High Temperatures Preservation of Foods by Drying Indicator and Food-borne

Pathogens

Unit V

Food process technology

Packaging and canning of foods ndash preparation for packaging thermal processing of foods

Microwave heating thermal inactivation of microorganisms thermal process evaluations freezing

and thawing of foods Food process operations Evaporation single and multi effect evaporation

dehydration psychomatric charts drying-tunnel tray spray drum freeze distillation food

processing aid through biotechnology Food sanitation Good manufacturing practices ndash Hazard

analysis Critical control points Personnel hygiene

Unit ndashVI

Food Processing and Quality assurance

Basic principles unit operations and equipment involved in the commercially important food

processing methods and unit operations materials and containers used in food packaging Objectives

importance and functions of quality control Methods of quality assessment of food materials-fruits

vegetables cereals dairy products meat and poultry Food regulations grades and standards

Concept of Codex AlmentariousHACCPUSFDAISO 9000 series etc Food laws and standards

Text Books

1 Frazier WS and Weshoff DC Food Microbiology 4th Edn McGraw Hill Book Co New

York 1998

2 Mann amp Trusswell Essentials of human nutrition 3rd edition oxford university press 2007

3 Prescott and Dunns Gerald Reed Industrial Microbiology 4th Edition AVI Publishing Company

Inc Conneticut 1983

4 BSivashankar ndash Food processing and preservation Prentice ndash Hall of India PvtLtdNew Delhi

2002

BT- 523 Enzyme Engineering and Technology

Unit-I

Introduction to enzymes

Introduction nomenclature and classification of enzyme Mechanism and catalysis concept of active

site and energetics of enzyme substrate complex formation specificity of enzyme action principles

of catalysis ndash collision theory transition state theory role of entropy in catalysis Biocatalysis in

organic liquids Enzymatic catalysis in biphasic system Ribozyme Abzyme (catalytic antibodies)

Biosynthesis and regulation of enzyme in microorganism

Unit-II

Enzyme Kinetics

Kinetics of substrate and multisubstrate reactions King-Altmanrsquos method Analysis of kinetic data

Inhibition - substrate product and inhibitors Active and legend binding sites Allosteric regulation of

enzymes Monod changeux wyman model deactivation kinetics Molecular folding and defolding of

enzymes

Unit - III

Enzyme immobilization

Methods of immobilization External and internal diffusional mass transfer limitation Effectiveness

factor and modulus electrostatic and stearic effects in immobilized enzyme systems

Unit-IV

Enzyme Reactor

Reactors for Batch continuous enzymatic processing choice of reactor type idealized enzyme

reactor systems Mass transfer in enzyme reactors Steady state analysis of mass transfer and

biochemical reaction in enzyme reactors

Unit ndashV

Purification and Characterization of enzymes from natural source

Production and purification of crude enzyme extracts from plant animal and microbial sources

methods of characterization of enzymes

Unit-VI

Application of enzymes

Application of enzymes in different industries (Pulp and Paper industry Detergent industry Textile

industry Food processing industry) Medical and analytical application of enzyme Biosensor

Text books

1 Enzymes A Practical Introduction to Structure Mechanism and Data Analysis by RA Copeland

Publisher John Wiley and Sons Inc

2 Enzymes by Palmer (2001) Horwood Publishing Series

3 Introduction to Biocatalysis using Enzymes and Microorganisms by SM Roberts NJ Turner and

A J Willetts Publisher Cambridge University Press

4 Fundamentals of Enzymology by Price and Stevens (2002) Publisher Oxford University Press

5 Enzyme Technology by Helmut Uhling (1998) Publisher John Wiley

6 Introduction to Proteins Structure by Branden and Tooze (1998) Publisher Garland Publishing

7 Enzyme Kinetics Behavior and Analysis of Rapid Equilibrium and Steady - State Enzyme

Systems by IH Segel Publisher Wiley-Interscience

BT-571 Industrial Plant Biotechnology

Unit-I

Plant genome organization

Organization and features of mitochondrial nuclear and choloroplast genome ndash Structural features of

gene families in plants

Unit-II

Plant cell cultivation

Callus cultures cell cultures and protoplast cultures Micropropagation Organogenesis and somatic

embryogenesis Cell suspension culture Ovule culture Anther culture Production of haploids

Protoplast isolation and fusion Selection systems for somatic hybridscybrids Somaclonal variation

Preservation of germplasm Formation of Secondary Metabolites in Tissue Culture Production of

pharmaceuticals by tissue culture pigments perfumes flavors insecticides flavonoids

Biotransformation using plant cell cultures Bioreactor system and models for mass cultivation of

plant cells hairy root culture Quality assurance and quality control

Unit-III

Transgenic plant and application

Transgenesis in plants Gene transfer in plants ndash Gene transfer through vectors - Biology of vectors

used - Ti and Ri plasmids binary vectors viral vectors cloning strategy and method of gene transfer

Vectorless gene transfer ndash electroporation and gene gun method DNA bar coding Application of

transgenic plants Virus resistance coat protein mediated nucleocapsid gene Nematode resistance

Abiotic stress Drought cold and salt Post-harvest losses long shelf life of fruits and flowers use of

ACC synthase polygalacturanase ACC oxidase male sterile lines bar and barnase systems

carbohydrate composition and storage ADP glucose pyrophosphatase RNAi and Reverse genetics

Unit- IV

Natural Resource Management

Different approaches of Biodiversity Conservation Biotechnological Characterization and strategies

for the conservation of different populations of endangered plants Molecular markers and genetic

diversity screening

Unit-V

Plant metabolism Metabolomics and metabolic engineering

General concepts of metabolism Introduction to databases from plant transcriptomics to

metabolomics

Unit VI

Industrial applications

Industries engaged in tissue cultureplant cell suspension culture their working and management

Pharmaseutically useful metabolites generated by suspension cultures

Text books

1 Dixon RA and Gonzales Plant Cell Culture A Practical Approach IRL Press 1995

2 Lindsey K and MGK Jones Plant Biotechnology in Agriculture Prentice Hall New Jersey

1990

3 Biotol series In vitro Cultivation of Plant cell Butterworth Heinemann Ltd 1994

4 Ranga MM Animal Biotechnology (3e) Agrobios 2007

5 Bhojwani amp Rajdhan Animal and Plant Biotechnology Elsevier 1996 )

6 Gene cloning amp DNA Analysis An introduction by T A Brown Fourth edition (2001)

7 Genetic Engineering by S Rastogi and N Pathak Publishers Oxford University Press(2009)

8 Principles of Gene Manipulation amp Genomics by Primrose amp Twyman Seven edition (2006)

BT- 572 Bioinstrumentation

Unit I

Electrochemistry Temperature pH buffers Conductivity Dissolved oxygen carbon dioxide

Unit II

Centrifugation Basic principle and application Analytical and Preparative centrifuges and ultra

centrifugation

Unit III

Electrophoretic Techniques Paper and gel electrophoresis Immuno electrophoresis isoelectric

focussing two-dimensional electrophoresis capillary electrophoresis

Unit IV

Chromatographic Methods Paper TLC gas chromatography gel filtration ion exchange

chromatography affinity chromatography and HPLC FPLC

Unit V

Spectroscopy UVvisible and NIR spectrofluorimetry Atomic absorption spectrophotometryMass

Spectrometry Infrared and Raman SpectroscopyNuclear Magnetic Resonance and Electron Spin

Resonance spectroscopy

Unit VI

Microscopy Principle parts types and functioning of Microscope Optical and Electron

Microscopy Transmission and Scanning Electron Microscopy Tunneling Electron Microscopy

Atomic Force Microscopy Fluorescence microscopy Confocal microscopy

Text books

1 Principles and Techniques of Practical Biochemistry by Keith Wilson and JohnWalker Cambridge

University Press

2 Biophysical Chemistry The conformation of Biological Macromolecules by CRCantor and PR

Schimmel Publisher WH Freeman

Reference books

1 Essentials of Biophysics by P Narayanan Publishers New Age InternationalPublishers

2 Introduction to Spectroscopy by DL Pavia GM Lampman and G S Kriz Publisher Brooks

Cole

3 Physical Chemistry of Macromolecules by C Tanford Publisher John Wileyand Sons Inc

4 Principles of Physical Biochemistry by KE Van Holde Publisher Prentice Hall

BT-524 Lab- Bioinstrumentation 1 Measurement and control of pH 2 Measurement of conductivity of a given sample

3 Measurement of conductivity and dissolved oxygen in given sample

4 Protein quantification

5 Protein separation through electrophoresis

6 Sample preparation for light microscopy and Electron Microscopy

7 Quantification of DNA RNA Lipid Fatty acids

8 Sample analysis through AAS

9 Sample preparation for Fluorescence and Confocal microscopy

10 Isolation of DNA and analysis by gel electrophoresis

BT-573 Lab- Food Engineering and Biotechnology

1 Isolation of industrially important microbes

2 Production of fermented product

3 Comparative studies of ethanol production using different substrates

4 Production of wine

5 Production of citric acid

6 Detection of adulterants in food

7 Mushroom cultivation

8 Bread making

9 Colourant production

10 Studies of different methods of food preservation

11 Estimation of carbohydrates and proteins

BT-574 Self Study Open Area Seminar-I

SEMESTER II BT- 621 Biopharmaceuticals

Unit-I

Drug metabolism Oxidation reduction hydrolysis conjugation Need for developing new drugs

Procedure followed in drug design Molecular modification of lead compounds Prodrug and soft

drugs Physico-chemical parameters in drug design QSAR Active site determination of enzymes

Design of enzyme inhibitors

Unit-II

Pharmacokinetics and Drug discovery

Biotransformation of drugs Preclinical Pharmacokinetics Compartment modelingone compartment

open model two compartment open model multi compartment model non linear kinetics

bioavailability and bioequivalence excretion of drugs pharmacokinetics ndash effects of food and

fasting Substances derived from bacteria plants insects and animals Sources of active principles

Assay systems and models (eg Knock-out Mice) Protein molecular modeling by computer

Docking studies Structure based drug designing using software

Unit-III

Pharmaceutical dosage forms

Dosage Forms and Basic Preparations Excipients for Pharmaceutical Dosage Forms Compressed

tablets wet granulation dry granulation or slugging direct compression tablet formulation coating

capsules sustained action dosage form parental oral liquids ointments recombinant blood products

and therapeutic enzymes hormones of therapeutic interest Pharmaceutical products Analysis and

Control laxatives ndash analgesics ndash non steroidal contraceptives ndash external antiseptics ndash antacids and

other antibiotics ndash biological ndash hormones ndash vitamins - preservation analytical methods and test for

various drugs and pharmaceuticals packaging techniques ndash quality control

Unit-IV

Pharmaceutical products and products of DNA technology

Microbial products - Antibiotics (penicillin streptomycin tetracycline) vitamins probiotics Plant

secondary metabolites - control mechanism and manipulation of pheny-propanoid pathway and

shikimate pathway Tissue culture production of alkaloids flavanoids steroids terpenoids animal

vaccines Pharmaceutical products of DNA technology Therapeutic proteins ndash Insulin human

growth hormone clotting factors interferons interleukins tissue plasminogen activators

erythropoietin DNAseI alginate lyase muteins Production advantages limitations and applications

of monoclonal antibody Oligonucleotides and Gene therapy ras-Antisense therapy gene delivery

system Vector usage strategies for gene therapy Clinical trials

Unit-V

Drug safety evaluation

Strategy and Phasing for Drug Safety Evaluation in the Discovery and Development of

Pharmaceuticals Regulation of Human Pharmaceutical Safety Acute Toxicity Testing in Drug

Safety Evaluation Special Concerns for the Preclinical Evaluation of Biotechnology Products

Immunotoxicology in Pharmaceutical Development The Application of In Vitro Techniques in Drug

Safety Assessment Pharmaceutical Quality Assurance

Unit-VI

Patenting process in drug manufacturing process

Patenting- Patent types The patent application Patenting in biotechnology Preclinical trials Clinical

trials The role and remit of regulatory authorities-The Food and Drug Administration The

investigational new drug application The new drug application European regulations Guides to

good manufacturing practice Formulation and Delivery Issues of Therapeutic Proteins

Biotechnology-Derived Drug Products Formulation Development Stability Testing Filling and

Packaging

Text books

1 Heinrich Klefenz Industrial pharmaceutical biotechnology John Wiley sons 2002

2 Susanna Wu-Pong Yongyut Rojanasakul and Joseph Robinson Biopharmaceutical drug and

design and development Humana Press 2007

3 Gary Walsh Biopharmaceuticals Biochemistry and Biotechnology (2e) John Wiley amp Sons

2003

4 Herbert A Kirst Wu-Kuang Yeh Milton J Enzyme Technologies for pharmaceutical and

biotechnological applications WILEY-VCH Verlag 2003

BT- 6221 Bioprocess Engineering

Unit I

Media design and Sterilization kinetics

Criteria for good medium medium requirements for fermentation processes carbon nitrogen

minerals vitamins and other complex nutrients oxygen requirements medium formulation of

optimal growth and product formation examples of simple and complex media medium

optimization methods ndash Plackett and Burman and Response surface method Thermal death kinetics

of microorganisms batch and continuous heat sterilization of liquid media design of sterilization

equipment-batch and continuous ilter sterilization of liquid media air sterilization

Unit II

Metabolic stoichiometry and energetics

Stoichiometry of cell growth and product formation elemental balances degrees of reduction of

substrate and biomass available electron balances yield coefficients of biomass and product

formation maintenance coefficients energetic analysis of microbial growth and product formation

oxygen consumption ndash steps involved in the transfer of oxygen to broth and heat evolution in aerobic

cultures

Unit III

Growth and Production kinetics

Kinetic models for microbial growth Monod model growth of filamentous organisms product

formation kinetics - leudeking-piret models substrate and product inhibition on cell growth and

product formation Production kinetics Design for single and multiple reaction size comparisons of

single reactor for single reactions multiple reactor systems for single reaction reactions in parallel

in series and seriesparallel reactions of first order Heterogeneous reactions kinetics and mechanism

of heterogeneous non catalytic and catalytic reactions Non ideal flow - residence time distribution

studies CE F and I curves RTD in ideal reactors Models for Non ideal flow ndash zero ndash parameter

model One parameter model and two parameter model

Unit IV

Types and design of bioreactor

Construction material Basic components ndash Agitator aerator valves and steam traps seals stirrer

glands Stirred tank batch bioreactor stirred batch bio reactor for enzymes cell cultures Continuous

Stirred Tank Bioreactor Continuous operation of mixed reactor enzyme reactions in a mixed

reactor substrate inhibition kinetics and product inhibition kinetics chemostat with cell cultures ndash

steady state cell and substrate concentrations and productivity as a function of dilution rate CSTR

with immobilized enzymes operation of CSTR in a constant feed rate policy-simulation for

conversions with and without diffusion limitations chemostat in series Graphical design Plug Flow

and Packed Bed Bioreactor Performance equation with Michelin-Menten kinetics substrate

inhibition and product inhibition plug flow reactor for immobilized enzymes operation of plug flow

reactor in constant feed rate policy simulation for conversion with and without diffusion limitations

Fedndashbatch reactor Applications of fed reactor Fed batch operation of mixed reactor material

balance on cell and substrate Recycle system Chemostat with recycle Biological waste water

treatment Feed forward control of the activated sludge process The Transient Behavior of

Bioreactors Stability analysis Stability of the chemostat Stability of chemostat with substrate

inhibition Operating diagram Transient responses of the chemostat control of the chemostat

Turbidostat operation Nutristat operation

Unit V

Instrumentation and Control

Biochemical process variables and their measurements Control principles and their application in

bioreactors Theory of electrode processes and their applications Measurement and control of pH

temperature dissolved oxygen aeration and agitation redox potential foam etc On-line analysis of

process parameters Introduction to biosensors Transduction principles used in biosensors

Characteristics of biosensors Biosensors based on amperometric potentiometric thermistor FET

fiber optics and bioluminescence Microbial biosensors Fundamentals of digital process control Use

of computer in control and optimization of microbiological processes

Unit VI

Downstream processing

Removal of microbial cells and solid matter foam separation precipitation filtration centrifugation

cell disruptions liquid-liquid extraction chromatography membrane process drying and

crystallization Quality analysis and product formulation - Product appearance product stabilization

shelf life analysis usage specific formulations quality analysis and control

Text books

1 Biochemical Engineering Fundamentals by JE Baily and DF Ollis Publisher McGraw Hill

(1986)

2 Biochemical Engineering by SAiba AE Humphry and NF Millis Publisher University of

Tokyo press(1973)

3 Bioreaction engineering principles by J Nielson and J Villadsen Publisher Plenum Press (1994)

4 Chemical Engineering Design Fourth edition by JM Coulson and JF Richardson Publisher

Butterworth Heinemann(2005)

5 Bioprocess Engineering- Kinetics Mass transport reactors and gene expression by WR Veith

Publisher John Wiley and Sons Inc(1994)

6Bioprocess Engineering Basic Concepts by ML Shuler and F Kargi Publisher Prentice Hall

(1987)

7Bioprocess engineering principles by P Doran Publisher- Academic press (1995)

BT-6231 Biosensor Unit-I

Introduction

A historical perspective Definition and Expanding Needs of Biosensors Advantages and limitations

Biosensor Economics various components of biosensors

Unit-II

Types of Biosensors

Biocatalysts based biosensors bio affinity based biosensors amp microorganisms based

biosensors biologically active material and analyte Types of membranes used in

biosensor constructions

Unit-III

Transducers in Biosensors

Various types of transducers principles and applications Bio- chemi- and lectrochemiluminescence

for fiber-optic biosensors Fluorescence-based fiber-optic biosensors

Unit-IV

Electrical Signal Detection in Biological Systems

Silicon glass and metal electrodes amplifier design Bioelectronic device production

microelectronic fabrication methods as adapted to bioelectronics hard and soft lithography bio-

compatibility of materials Existing types of Biosensors Miniaturisation and micro-systems

including sensing using optical techniques field effect transistors ion-selective and enzymatic

sensitive electrodes as well as impedance monitoring

Unit-V

Kinetic modeling for biosensors

The purpose and practice of modeling The flux equations The flux diagram for the membrane

enzyme electrode Deriving a complete kinetic model Kinetic modeling in other types of

biosensors- Potentiometric enzyme electrodes Optical and photometric biosensors Immunosensors

Unit-VI

Application and Uses of Biosensors

Biosensors in medicine and health care (For glucose monitoring and for DNA analysis Analysis of

the neural cell impulse signal and neural signal processing) biosensors for agriculture and food Low

cost- biosensor for industrial processes for online monitoring biosensors for environmental

monitoring

Text books

1 Rajmohan Joshi Biosensors (1e) Gyan Books 2006

2 Cooper JM and Anthony EG Biosensors (2e) Oxford University Press 2004

3 Turner APF KarubeI and WilsonGS Biosensors Fundamentals and applications Oxford Univ

Press 1990

4 SadanaA Biosensors Kinetics of Binding and Dissociation Using Fractals (1e) Elsevier BV

1995

5 Ashok M and Kim Rogers Enzyme amp Microbial Biosensors Techniques and Protocols (Methods

in Biotechnology) (1e) Humana Press 1998

6 Ashok M and Kim Rogers Affinity Biosensors Techniques and Protocols (Methods in

Biotechnology) (1e) Humana Press 1998

7 Damia Barcelo Biosensors for the Environmental Monitoring of Aquatic Systems Bioanalytical

and Chemical Methods for Endocrine Disruptors (1e) Springer 2009

BT-6711 Nanobiotechnology

Unit-I

Introduction

Nano - definition The fundamental Science behind nanotechnology- electrons atomsand ions

molecules metals biosystems Synthesis and Characterizations of Nanoscale Materials Strategies for

Nano architecture (top down and bottom up approaches) Fabrication Technologies and

Characterizations Self-assembly Systems Basic aspects of Nanofluidics surfactants polymers

emulsions and colloids Nanoscale Artificial Platforms Lipids in Self-assembly Structures

Nanoparticle synthesis in plants bacteria and yeast and its applications

Unit-II

Nano-structured materials

Fullerenes - Properties and CharacteristicsCarbon Nanotubes - Characteristics and Applications

Quantum Dots and WiresGold Nanoparticles Nanopores carbon nanotubes Applications of

NanoMolecules in Biosystems

Unit-III

Structural and functional principles of nanobiotechnology

Structural principle Factors governing biomolecular structure and stability Protein folding Self

assembly Self-organization Molecular recognition and Flexibility of biomaterials Functional

principles of Bionanotechnology Information driven nanoassembly Energetics Role of enzymes in

chemical transformation allosteric motion and covalent modification in protein activity regulation

Structure and functional properties of Biomaterials Bimolecular motors ATP Synthetase and

flagellar motors Traffic across membranes Potassium channels ABC Transporters and

Bactreriorhodapsin Bimolecular sensing Self replication Machine-Phase Bionanotechnology

Unit-IV

Bionanomachines and their Basic

Negligible gravity and inertia atomic granularity thermal motion water environment and their

importance in bionanomachines The role of proteins amino acids nucleic acids lipids and

polysaccharides in modern biomaterials Overview of natural Bionanomachines Thymidylate

Sythetase ATP synthetase Actin and myosin Opsin Antibodies and Collagen

Unit-V

Biophotonics and Bioimaging

Overview of imaging biological systems from the cellular level through to wholebody medical

imaging Introduction to biophysics basic physical concepts in imaging Major techniques using

ionizing and non-ionizing radiation fluorescence and multi-photon microscopy spectroscopy OCT

MRI X-ray CT PET and SPECT imaging

Unit-VI

Application of Nanobiotechnology

Nano-biotechnology in drug Delivery Nanoscale Devices for Drug Discovery Micelles for Drug

Delivery Protein targeting Small Molecule-Protein Interactions Micro-array and Genome Chips

Nanotechnology and the Cell Cell Motility Nano Motors and Cellular Navigation hemotaxis -

Transmembrane Signalling and Related Protein Nanotechnology for Cancer Diagnostics and

Treatment Nanotechnology for Cancer Research and Therapy siRNA Tumor-targeted Drug

Delivery Systems Nanotechnology for Imaging and Detection

Text Books

1 NANO by TPradeep 2006Tata Mc Graw Publishers India

2 Nanobiotechnology Concepts Applications and Perspectives Christof MNiemeyer Chad

AMirkin (eds) Wiley-VCH Weinheim (2004)

3 Kamali Kannangara Geoff Smith Michelle Simmons Burkhard Raguse

4 Overseas Press (2005)

5 David S Goodsell Bionanotechnology John Wiley amp Sons 2004

6 Greco Ralph S Nanoscale Technology in Biological Systems CRC Press 2005

BT-6721 Environmental Biotechnology

Unit-I

Basic concepts of ecology Interaction between environment and biota Concept of habitat and

ecological niches Limiting factor Energy flow food chain food web and trophic level NPC and S

cycles in nature Ecosystem dynamics and management Environmental impact assessment

Principles of conservation Conservation strategies sustainable development Global environmental

problems ozone depletion UV-B radiation green house effect and acid rain their impact in

biotechnological approaches for management

Unit-II

Environmental pollution

Types of pollution and pollution analysis ndash noise air and gaseous pollution Noise pollution Source

measurement impact on ecosystem and control Air pollution Types source method of sampling

measurement impact on ecosystem and control Control of noise and air pollution by

biotechnological methods Gaseous pollutants and odours General sources methods of control

fundamentals of adsorption mechanism of adsorption equilibrium isotherms break through curve

adsorption equipment regeneration of adsorbent application of adsorption for control of gaseous

and odour emission

Unit-III

Water pollution Impurities in water water pollution by industrial waste examination of water

collection of water samples water analysis ndash physical chemical and biological Standards of water

quality Water treatment processes Primary treatment screening skimming with coagulants

flocculation filteration aeration and disinfection Secondary treatment Aerobic processes ndash

activated sludge oxidation ditches recirculating system trickling filter towers rotating discs

rotating drums oxidation ponds Anaerobic digestion anaerobic filters Up flow anaerobic sludge

blanket reactors Tertiary treatment Activated carbon treatment reverse osmosis and electro dialysis

Unit-IV

Bioremediation

In situ and ex situ bioremediation technologies for various pollutants and sites bioremediation of oil

spills and heavy metal pollution use of microbes in bioremediation hydroponic system pollution

control boards and pollution control acts

Unit-V

Solid waste management sewage sludge treatment and utilization refuse disposal excreta disposal

in unsewered area composting and vermiculture biodegradation of noncellulosic wastes for

environmental conservation and fuel bioconversion of cellulosic wastes into protein and fuel

bioremediation of contaminated soils and waste lands radioactive product waste disposal

Unit-VI

Effluent treatment Sources of pollution impact on ecosystem and treatment of following industrial

effluents starch paper and pulp tannery dairy distillery oil refineries and pharmaceutical

Microbes in mining ore leaching oil recovery biopolymers biosurfactants

Text Books

1 Bruce E Rittmann and perry L Mccarty ldquoEnvironmental Biotechnology Principle and

Applicationsrdquo McGraw Hill publishing company Ltd2001

2 Mecalf and Eddy Inc ldquoWastewater Engineering Treatment Disposal Reuserdquo McGraHill

publishing company Ltd1991

3 Des W Connell ldquoBasic concepts of Environmental chemistryrdquo Lewis publishers2005

4 Michal J PelczarECS ChanNoel RKriegTata McGraw Hill publishing company Ltd1993

5 Alan Scragg Environmental BiotechnologyOxford University press2005

6 Prescott Harley Klein Microbiology WCB publishers1996

7 Richard T Wright and Bernard J Nebel ldquoEnvironmental Science towards a Sustainable Futurerdquo

Prentice Hall of India 2004

BT-624-Bioprocess Engineering Lab

1 To determine the concentration of protein content by Lowry method

2 To determine the concentration of sugar by 3 5 dinitrosalicylic acid method

3 To determine the optimum pH for given enzyme sample

4 To determine the optimum temperature for given enzyme sample

5 To study the immobilization of invertase enzyme

6 Measurement of citric acid production by Aspergillus niger with TLC

7 Determination of thermal death point (TDP) of the given microorganism

8 Production of ethanol from yeast fermentation of sugars

9 To prepare the growth curve of micro-organism cultured in a shake flask

10 To study the kinetics of lipase enzyme

BT-673- Environmental Biotechnology Lab 1 Environmental Impact Assessment Measurement of Air and Noise Pollution

2 Analysis of water temperature and pH

3 Measurement of Conductivity and TDS in water

4 Measurement of Dissolved Oxygen

5 Measurement of Carbondi Oxide and Hardness of water

6 Measurement and analysis of Ammonia and Ammonium in water

7 Measurement of Nitrite Nitrate and Total Nitrogen in water

8 Biochemical Oxygen Demand and Chemical Oxygen Demand measurements and analysis

9 Analysis of any one industrial effluent

10 Production of methane from sewage sludge

11 Vermicomposting

BT-674 Minor Project- I

SEMESTER III

BT-721 1 Elective ndash Bioseparation Technology Unit- I

Role of Downstream Processing in Biotechnology

Role and importance of downstream processing in biotechnological processes Problems and

requirements of bioproduct purification Economics and downstream processing in Biotechnology

Cost cutting strategies characterstics of biological mixtures process design criteria for various

classes of bioproducts (high volume-low value products and low volume- high value products)

physicochemical basis of bioseparation processes

Unit- II

Primary Separation and Recovery Processes

Cell disruption methods for intracellular products removal of insolubles biomass (and particulate

debris) separation techniques flocculation and sedimentation centrifugation and filtration methods

Precipitation methodsPrecipitation with salts organic solvents amp polymers

Unit- III

Extraction

Batch extractions staged extractions-cross current co current counter current extractions

Differential extractions fractional extractions with a stationary phase fractional extractions with two

moving phases Aqueous two-phase extraction reverse micelle extraction supercritical fluid

extraction in-situ product removalintegrated bioprocessing

Unit- IV

Membrane-based separations (micro- and ultra-filtration)

Theory design amp configuration of membrane separation equipment applications

reverse osmosis dialysis electro dialysis Isoelectric focusing

Unit- V

Adsorption

Adsorption isotherms industrial adsorbents adsorption equipments for batch and continuous

operations (co current and counter current) adsorption in fixed beds

Unit- VI

Chromatography

Principles of chromatographic separation ndash gel filtration reversed phase hydrophobic interaction

ion-exchange expanded bed adsorption bio affinity and IMAC supercritical fluid chromatography

Text books

1 Belter PA Cussler E and Wei Shan Hu Bioseparation ndash Downstream Processing for

Biotechnology Wiley Interscience 1988

2 Asenjo and Juan A Asenjo Separation Processes in Biotechnology CRC Press 1990

3 Wankat PC Rate Controlled Separation Kluwer Publishers 1990

4 Wang DIC Cooney CL Demain AL DunnilP Humphery AE and Lilly MD Fermentation

and Enzyme Technology John Wiley and Sons 1979

BT-721 2 Elective - Industrial Waste water treatment

UNIT I

Waste disposal management Methods of waste disposal industrial waste (solid liquid and gaseous

emission) effect of industrial wastes on streams and sewerage systems Treatment system of waste

disposal eg Incenerator differences in waste quality and quantity physico-chemical and biological

treatments of waste and their evaluation in respect of treatment

UNIT II

Characteristic features of wastes (solid liquid and gaseous emission) manufacturing processes and

toxic byproducts generated from iron ore alumina heavy metals units paper and pulp industries

pesticides industry thermal power station distillery textile and crude oil industry

UNIT III

Small and large scale industries for waste reduction and remediation various methods for waste

alteration volume and strength minimization recycling plants material restoration and conservation

Methods for neutralisation equalization precipitation and solidification for waste handling

Economic sustainability and government support for joint treatment of raw effluent municipal

sewage and debris

UNIT IV

Unit operations and their design for treatment and management of wastes (solid liquid and gaseous)

UNIT V

Landfill design and operation including site selection engineered sites liners and covers leachate

control and treatment gas recovery and control including utilization of recovered gas (energy) and

landfill monitoring and reclamation

UNIT VI

Case studies

Text Books

1 S P Mahajan ldquoPollution Control in Process Industriesrdquo Tata Mc Graw Hill Publications

2 W Wesley Eckenfelder Jrrdquo Industrial Water Pollution Controlrdquo Mc Graw Hill Publications

3 Ronald W Crites Sherwood C Reed and Robert Bastion ldquoLand Treatment Systems for Municipal

amp Industrial Wastesrdquo Mc Graw Hill Publications

4 Neal K Ostler ldquoIndustrial Waste Stream Generationrdquo Prentice Hall

5 Rao and Dutta ldquoIndustrial waste treatmentrdquo Oxford and IBH Publishing Co Pvt Ltd New Delhi

6 Dr A D Patwardhan ldquoindustrial Waste Water Treatmentrdquo Prentice Hall of India

BT-721 3 Elective-Biopolymer Technology Unit-I

Introduction

Biopolymers ndash The current scenario different biopolymers ndash produced from various renewable

resources characteristics merits and demerits over conventional polymers

Unit-II

Biopolymer Technology and Applications

Biopolymers and Artificial Biopolymers in Biomedical Applications an Overview Novel Synthesis

of Biopolymers and Their Medical Applications Composite Films Based on Poly (Vinylalcohol) and

Lignocellulosic Fibres Preparation and Characterizations Composite Materials Based on Gelatin

and Fillers from Renewable Resources Thermal and Mechanical Properties Properties of PHAs and

Their Correlation to Fermentation Conditions

Unit-III

Biosynthesis and Modifications

Synthesis and modification of different Biopolymers like xanthum gum

Unit-IV

Biosurfactants

Source characteristics and properties of Biosurfactants Production of Biosurfactants via the

fermentation and biotransformation routes Production of Biosurfactants with immobilized cells

Integrated bioprocess for continuous production of Biosurfactants including downstream processing

Applications of Biosurfactants-Food Industry Environmental Control

Unit-V

Bioplastic

Different types of bioplastics Starch-based plastic Cellulose-based plastic Aliphatic polyesters

Poly-3-hydroxybutyrate (PHB) Polylactic acid (PLA) Polyamide Bio-derived polyethylene

Advantages of bioplastic over petroleum-based polymer Mechanism of synthesis of Poly (-

hydroxybutyric acid) (PHB)

Unit-VI

Material Testing and Analytical Methods

An Overview of Available Testing Methods Comparison of Test Systems for the Examination of the

Fermentability of Biodegradable Materials Structure- Biodegradability Relationship of biopolymers

Text Books

1 Emo Chiellini Emo Chiellini and Helena Gil Biorelated Polymers Sustainable Polymer Science

and Technology Springer 2001

2 Johnson RM LY Mwaikambo and N Tucker Biopolymers Rapra Technology 2003

3 Naim Kosaric (Ed) Biosurfactants Marcell Dekker Inc 1993

BT-721 4 Elective ndash Bioprocess Plant Designing Unit-I

Process development

Introduction to Design ndash nature of design ndash Technical feasibility survey Mass and energy balance

process development ndash data acquisition ndash design data information of project - Organization of project

ndash Project documentation ndash codes and standards

Unit-II

Design Development

Equipment selection and specifications-materials of construction ndash flow sheeting - piping and

instrumentation ndash process safety and loss prevention

Unit-III

General site consideration

Introduction ndash plant location and site selection ndash site layout- plant layout utilities ndash environmental

considerationsndash waste management ndash visual impact ndash government regulations and other legal

restrictions community factors and other factors affecting investment and production costs ndash human

resources

Unit ndashIV

Selection and specification

Selection and specification of equipment for handling fluids and solids Selection specification

design of heat and mass transfer equipment used in bioprocess industries Design of facilities for

cleaning of process equipment used in biochemical industries Utilities for biotechnology

Unit-V

Design of fermenters

Design of fermentation Design considerations for maintaining sterility of processing equipment

Unit-VI

Process economics

Production plants Bioprocess validation Safety considerations

Text books

1 Applied Process Design for Chemical and Petrochemical Plants by EE Ludwig Publisher

Butterworth-Heinemann

2 Chemical Engineering by RK Sinnott JM Coulson and JF Richardsons Publisher

Butterworth-Heinemann Vol-6 Butterworth Heinemann III editionndash 2002

3 Peters and Timmerhaus Plant Design and Economics for Chemical Engineers Mcgraw Hill

4thEdition 1989

4 Rudd and Watson Strategy of Process Engineering Wiley 1987

BT-721 5 Elective- Transport Phenomenon Unit -I

Diffusion

Molecular and turbulent diffusion Diffusion coefficient Flickrsquos Law of diffusion Dependence of

diffusion coefficient on temperature pressure and composition Diffusion in multi-component gas

mixtures Diffusion in solids Molecular Knudsen ampsurface diffusion Inter- phase mass transfer

Mass transfer coefficients Diffusion between phases Equilibrium solubility of gases in liquids

Mass Transfer theories Mass transfer in fluidized beds flow past solids and boundary layers

Simultaneous heat and mass transfer Mixing in a Bioreactor -Flow regimes with and without baffles

various types of impellers and mixing equipment Power Requirements for Mixing Ungassed

Newtonian Fluids Gassed Fluids Improving Mixing in Fermenters Effect of Rheological Properties

on Mixing Role of Shear in Stirred Fermenters

Unit-II

Drying and Crystallization

Solid-gas equilibria Different modes of drying operation Types of batch and continuous dryer

Definitions of moisture contents Rate of batch drying Time of drying Mechanism of batch drying

Continuous drying Equilibrium yield of crystallization Heat and mass transfer rates in

crystallization Theories of crystallization Factors governing nucleation and crystal growth rates

controlled growth of crystal Classification of crystallizers

Unit ndashIII

Absorption and Adsorption

Gas-Liquid equilibriaHenryrsquos Law Selection of solvents Absorption in tray column Graphical and

analytical methods Absorption in packed column Design equation for packed column HTU NTU

and HTEP concepts Equipments Description of adsorption process and their application Types of

adsorption Nature of adsorbents Adsorption equilibrium and adsorption hysterises Stage wise and

continuous contact adsorption operation operations Determination of number of stages Equipments

Unit-IV

Momentum transfer

Review of basic concepts ndash Conservation of Mass Conservation of Energy Momentum Balance ndash

Momentum Balance in a Circular Pipe Flow Velocity Profile Fermentation Broth Rheology ndash

Viscosity Rheological Properties of Fermentation Broths Factors affecting broth viscosity

Unit V

Conduction and Convection

Introduction Conduction Basic concepts of conduction in solids liquids and gases One and two

dimensional heat conduction Critical and optimum insulation thickness Introduction to unsteady

state heat transfer Principles of convection Equations of forced and free convection

Unit ndashVI

Radiation

Basic laws of heat transfer by radiation black body and gray body concepts solar radiations

combined heat transfer coefficients by convection and radiation Introduction of Heat Transfer

Equipments Heat Exchangers Evaporators Condenser

Text Books

1 Holman JP ldquoHeat Transferrdquo 9 th ed McGraw Hill (1989)

2 Treybal R ldquoMass Transfer Operationsrdquo 3rd ed New York McGraw-Hill (1980)

3 McCabe Smith Unit Operations in Chemical Engineering McGraw Hill

4 Foust A S etal ldquoPrinciples of Unit Operationsrdquo John Wiley (1980)

5 R B Bird et al Transport Phenomena 2nd Edition Wiley(2006)

BT-721 6 Elective ndash Biochemical thermodynamics Unit-I

Fundamental concepts of Thermodynamics

System and Surroundings First law of thermodynamics -Internal energy enthalpy Heat capacity

applied examples from biochemistry Second law ndash Entropy and universe Concept of heat engines

protein stability and calorimetric measurements Fundamentals of Differential scanning calorimeter

and Isothermal calorimeter in biological property measurements Third law of thermodynamics

Maxwell equations Gibbs-Duhem Equation and the Phase Rule Legendre Transforms

Unit-II

Non-equilibrium Thermodynamics

Reversible work exact differentials and function of state first and second law The electrochemical

potential External forces and steady state Fickrsquos Law chemical reactions in the steady state internal

entropy production cells as non-equilibrium stationary states Diffusion and membrane transport

Biological Systems as Open Non-equilibrium Systems Failure of classical thermodynamics in

describing biological processes Standard free energy changes and equilibrium constants direction

and rate

Unit-III

Bioenergetics

Energetics of metabolic pathways ndash energy coupling (ATP amp NADH) stoichiometry ndashenergetic

analysis of cell growth and product formation ndash elemental balances Degree ofreduction concepts

available- electron balances yield coefficients oxygen consumptionand heat evolution in aerobic

cultures thermodynamic efficiency of growth Thermodynamics of Biological Systems

Thermodynamic analysis of oxidative photophosphorylation stability of non-equilibrium stationary

states ordering in time and space far from equilibrium glycolytic oscillations Biological clocks

routes to chaos

Unit-IV

Chemical Potential

Visualization of the potential Steady velocity and steady flow Fickrsquos law and diffusion Local

Equilibria and Steady State Energy vs Power Transducers in biological states Constitutive

equations Dynamic efficiency and Onsager (nonequilibrium thermodynamics) Prigoginersquos principle

Spontaneous coupling and entropy production

Unit-V

Gibbs free energy and its Applications

Gibbs free energy and equilibrium Chemical potential ionic solutions Equilibrium constant

standard state in biochemistry Acid and bases chemical coupling and redox reactions Gibbs free

energy in photosynthesis glycolysis citric acid cycle Oxidative phosphorylation and ATP

hydrolysis substrate cycling Membrane transport Enzyme substrate interaction Haemoglobin

Protien solubility stability and dynamics

Unit-VI

Reaction Kinetics

Rate of a reaction rate constant and order of the reaction effect of temperature collision and

transition state theory Electron transfer kinetics Enzyme kinetics and inhibition Reaction

mechanism of lysozyme protein folding and pathological misfolding polymerisation muscle

contraction and the molecular motors

Text Books

1 Smith JM Van Ness HC Abbot MM Chemical Engineering Thermodynamics 6th Edition

McGraw-Hill 2001

2 Narayanan KV A Text Book Of Chemical Engineering Thermodynamics Prentice Hall India

2001

3 Sandler SI Chemical And Engineering Thermodynamics John Wiley1989

4 Bailey amp Ollis Biochemical Engineering Fundamentals II edition Megraw Hil ndash 1986

5 Donald T Haynie Biological Thermodynamics Cambridge press 2008

6 Robert A Alberty Thermodynamics of Biochemical Reactions John willy publications 2003

7 Bioenergetics by AL Lehninger Publisher WA Benjamin Inc

8 Biological Thermodynamics by DT Haynie Publisher Cambridge University Press

9 Biophysical Chemistry by CR Cantor and PR Schimmel Publisher

10 FreemanThermodynamics and Kinetics for the Biological Sciences by GG Hammes Publisher

John Wiley and Sons Inc

BT-7221 Elective - Bioethics Biosafety and IPR Unit I

Introduction to ethics and bioethics

Personal ethics profession and professionalism -Moral Reasoning -Ethical theories - person as an

experimenter -Moral leadership (integrity and ingenuinity) ndash framework for ethical decision making

Biotechnology and ethics Biotechnology in agriculture and environment benefits and risks ndash

benefits and risks of genetic engineering ndash ethical aspects of genetic testing ndash ethical aspects relating

to use of genetic information ndash genetic engineering and biowarfare

Unit-II

Ethical implications of cloning

Reproductive cloning therapeutic cloning Ethical legal and socio-economic aspects of gene

therapy germ line somatic embryonic and adult stem cell research- GM crops and GMO‟s ndash

biotechnology and biopiracy ndash ELSI of human genome project

Unit-III

Introduction to biosafety

Biosafety issues in biotechnology ndash risk assessment and risk management ndash safety protocols risk

groups ndash biosafety levels ndash biosafety guidelines and regulations (National and International) ndash

operation of biosafety guidelines and regulations ndash types of biosafety containment International

guidelines with regard to rDNA technology transgenic science GM crops etc Experimental

protocol approvals levels of containment Guidelines for research in transgenic plants Good

manufacturing practice and Good lab practice (GMO and GLP)

Unit-IV

Introduction to intellectual property and intellectual property rights

Types patents copy rights trade marks design rights geographical indications ndash importance of IPR

ndash patentable and non patentables ndash patenting life ndash legal protection of biotechnological inventions ndash

world intellectual property rights organization (WIPO) Plant breederrsquos rights Legal implications

Biodiversity and farmers rights Examples of patents in biotechnology Special application of patent

laws in biotechnology Licensing and cross licensing Flavr SavrTm- Tomato as model case and case

studies

Unit-V

Public acceptance issues for biotechnology

Environmental aspects of biotech application Use of genetically modified organisms and their

release in environment Case studies or experiences from developing and developed countries

Biotechnology and hunger Challenges for the Indian Biotechnological research and industries

Unit-VI

Socioeconomic impacts of biotechnology

The legal and socioeconomic impacts of biotechnology public education of the processes of

biotechnology involved in generating new forms of life for informed decision making

Text Books

1 Ethics in engineering Martin MW and SchinzingerR III Edition Tata McGraw- Hill New

Delhi 2003

2 Biotechnologies and Development UNESCO Publications 1988

3 A Biotechnologies in developing countries present and future UNESCO Publishers 1993

4 Singh K Intellectual property rights on Biotechnology BCIL New Delhi

BT-722 4 Elective ndash Metabolic Engineering Unit ndash I

Cellular metabolism

An overview of cellular metabolism-transport processes- Fueling reactions -glycolysis-fermentative

pathways-TCA cycle and oxidative phosphorylation-anaplerotic pathways -catabolism of fats

organic acids and amino acids -biosynthetic reactions of amino acids ndash nucleic acids fatty acids and

other building blocks -polymerization - growth energetics

Unit ndash II

Comprehensive models for cellular reactions

Stoichiometry of cellular reactions -reaction rates-dynamic mass balances-Yield coefficients and

linear rate equation Material Balance and data consistency ndashblack box model elemental balance -

heat balance -analysis of over determined systems - identification of gross measurement errors

Unit ndash III

Regulation of metabolic pathways

Overview of enzyme kinetics ndash simple reversible inhibition systems ndash irreversible inhibition ndash

allosteric enzymes cooperativity ndash regulation of enzyme concentration ndash transcription initiation ndash

translation regulation at whole cell level ndash regulation of metabolic networks enhancements of

product yield and productivity for ethanol and amino acids pathways metabolic pathway

manipulations to extend substrate range product spectrum and novel products improvement of

cellular properties

Unit ndash IV

Metabolic flux analysis

Theory ndash overdetermined systems ndash underdetermined systems ndash sensitivity analysis ndash methods for the

experimental determination of metabolic fluxes by isotope labeling direct flux determination from

fractional enrichment ndash applications involving complete enumeration of metabolite isotopomers ndash

carbon metabolite balances Applications of metabolic flux analysis ndash amino acid production by

Glutamic acid Bacteria

Unit ndash V

Metabolic control analysis

Fundamentals of Metabolic control analysis -determination of flux control coefficients ndash MCA of

Linear pathways ndash branched pathways ndash theory of large deviation

Unit-VI

Applications of metabolic engineering

Text Books

1 Gregory N Stepanopoulos Aristos A Aristidou Jens Nielsen Metabolic Engineeing

2 Principles and methodologies Academic Press 1998

3 Wang DIC Cooney CL Demain AL DunnilP Humphery AE Lilly MD

4 ldquoFermentation And Enzyme Technologyrdquo John Wiley And Sons 1980

5 Zubay G ldquoBiochemistryrdquo Macmillan Publishers 1989

BT-722 3 Elective ndash Protein Engineering Unit-I

Bonds and Energies in protein

Covalent Ionic Hydrogen Coordinate hydrophobic and Vander walls interactions in protein

structure Interaction with electromagnetic radiation (radio micro infrared visible ultraviolet X-

ray) and elucidation of protein structure

Unit-II

Amino acids and their characteristics

Amino acids ndash structure with three and single letter codes- molecular properties (size solubility

charge pKa) Chemical reactivity in relation to post-translational modification (involving amino

carboxyl hydroxyl thiol imidazole groups) and peptide synthesis

Unit - III

Protein architecture

Primary structure peptide mapping peptide sequencing - automated Edman method amp massspec

High-throughput protein sequencing setup Secondary structure Alpha beta and loop structures and

methods to determine Super-secondary structure Aphaturn- alpha beta-turn-beta (hairpin) beta-

sheets alpha-beta-alpha topology diagrams up and down amp TIM barrel structures nucleotide

binding folds prediction of substrate binding sites Tertiary structure Domains folding denaturation

and renaturation overview of methods todetermine 3D structures Quaternary structure Modular

nature formation of complexes

Unit-IV

Structure-function relationship

DNA-binding proteins prokaryotic transcription factors Helix-turn-Helix motif in DNA binding

Trp repressor Eucaryotic transcription factors Zn fingers helix-turn helix motifs in homeodomain

Leucine zippers Membrane proteins and receptors bacteriorhodopsin and Photosynthetic reaction

center Immunoglobulins IgG Light chain and heavy chain architecture abzymes and Enzymes

Serine proteases understanding catalytic design by engineering trypsin chymotrypsin and elastase

substrate-assisted catalysis other commercial applications

Unit -V

Identification and analysis of proteins

Identification and analysis of proteins by 2D analysis Spot visualization and picking Tryptic

digestion of protein and peptide fingerprinting Mass spectrometry ion source (MALDI spray

sources) analyzer (ToF quadrupole quadrupole ion trap) and detector

Unit-VI

Tools in proteomics and genomics

Site directed mutagenesis for specific protein function Basic concept for designing a new

proteinenzyme molecule Specific examples of enzyme engineering Tryesyl t RNA synthetase

Dihydrofolate reductase Subtilisin Advantages ndash protein data base analysis ndash methods to alter

primary structure of proteins examples of engineered proteins thermal stability of T4-lysozyme

recombinant insulin to reduce aggregation and inactivation de novo protein design ndash principles and

examples

Text Books

1 Voet D and Voet G Biochemistry Third edn John Wiley and Sons 2001

2 Moody PCE and Wilkinson AJ Protein Engineering IRL Press Oxford UK 1990

3 Branden C and Tooze J Introduction to Protein Structured Second Edition GarlandPublishing

NY USA 1999

4 Creighton TE Proteins Freeman WH Second Edition 1993

BT-7222 Elective ndash Quality Management Unit-I

Quality Concepts

Definition of Quality Dimensions of Quality Quality Planning Quality costs ndash Analysis

Techniques for Quality Costs Evolution of Quality Control Basic concepts of Total Quality

Management Historical Review Leadership ndash Concepts Role of Senior Management Quality

Council Quality Statements Strategic Planning Deming Philosophy Barriers to TQM

Implementation Control on Purchased Product Procurement of various products evaluation of

supplies capacity verification Development of sources procurement procedure Manufacturing

Quality Methods and techniques for manufacture inspection and control of product quality in sales

and services guarantee analysis of claims

Unit-II

Quality Management

Organization structure and design quality function decentralization designing and fitting

organization for different type products and company economics of quality value and contribution

quality cost optimizing quality cost seduction program Human Factor in quality Attitude of top

management cooperation of groups operators attitude responsibility causes of apparatus error and

corrective methods

Unit-III

Control Charts

Theory of control charts measurement range construction and analysis of R charts process

capability study use of control charts

Attributes of Control Chart

Defects construction and analysis of charts improvement by control chart variable sample size

construction and analysis of C charts

Unit -IV

Defects diagnosis and prevention defect study identification and analysis of defects correcting

measure factors affecting reliability MTTF calculation of reliability building reliability in the

product evaluation of reliability interpretation of test results reliability control maintainability zero

defects quality circle

Unit-V

Statistical process control

The seven tools of quality Statistical Fundamentals ndash Measures of central Tendency and Dispersion

Population and Sample Normal Curve Control Charts for variables and attributes Process

capability Concept of six sigma New seven Management tools

Unit-VI

Quality system

Need for ISO 9000 and Other Quality Systems ISO 90002000 Quality System ndash Elements

Implementation of Quality System Documentation Quality Auditing QS 9000 ISO 14000 ndash

Concept Requirements and Benefits

Text Books

1 Lt Gen H Lal ldquoTotal Quality Managementrdquo Eastern Limited 1990

2 Greg Bounds ldquoBeyond Total Quality Managementrdquo McGraw Hill 1994

3 Menon HG ldquoTQM in New Product manufacturingrdquo McGraw Hill 1992

4 Dale HBesterfiled et at Total Quality Management Pearson Education Asia 1999

5 James REvans amp William MLidsay The Management and Control of Quality (5thEdition)

South-Western (Thomson Learning) 2002 (ISBN 0- 324-06680-5)

6 FeigenbaumAV ldquoTotal Quality Management McGraw-Hill 1991

7 OaklandJS ldquoTotal Quality Management Butterworth ndash Hcinemann Ltd Oxford 1989

8 Narayana V and Sreenivasan NS Quality Management ndash Concepts and Tasks New Age

International 1996

9 Zeiri ldquoTotal Quality Management for Engineers Wood Head Publishers 1991

BT-722 5 ElectivendashDesign and Development of Biological Treatment process

Unit-I

Bacterial metabolism in wastewater treatment systems

Introduction decomposition of organic carbon compounds in natural and manmade systems aerobic

and anaerobic decomposition of glucose protein carbohydrates proteins lipids etc Nitrogen

removal during treatment enhanced biological phosphate removal biological removal bio-

transformations and biosorption of metal ions aerobic and anaerobic degradation of xenobiotics

Unit-II

Activated sludge process

Single and two stage process special developments technological and microbiological aspects plant

configurations design

Unit-III

Modeling of aerobic waste water treatment process

Introduction purpose of modeling activated sludge model presentations waste water characteristics

various disinfection methods for waste water

Unit-IV

High rate anaerobic waste water treatment

Introduction basic principles reactor design parameters reactor operation

Unit-V

Biological Nutrient removal

Suspended growth and attached growth nutrient removal processes and design criteria ndash Nitrogen

(Nitrification and denitrification) and Phosphorus precipitation biological) Biological removal of

toxic and recalcitrant organic wastes

Unit-VI

Water reuse

Wastewater reclamation risk assessment various reclamation technologies storage agricultural

reuse industrial reuse groundwater recharge

Text book

1 Joumlrdening HJ and JWinter Environmental Biotechnology - Concepts and Applications

Cambridge University Press 2006

2 George Tchobanoglous and Franlin L Burton Wastewater Engineering- Treatment Disposal and

Reuse Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Co Ltd 1990

BT-722 6 Elective ndash Bioinformatics

Unit I

Introduction to Biological Databases Types Overview of Biological Databases and Retrieve

Nucleic acid databases NCBI PubMed Entrez Blast OMIM Books Taxonomy Structure

Locuslink Protein Databases- Primary Functional Composite Secondary Structural classification

database Sequence Formats amp storage Sequence submission to sequence Database

Unit II

Genomics Structure of DNA Polymorphisms in DNA Sequence Human Genome Project

Complete Genome Sequences Functional Annotation

Unit III

Human Genetic Variation Databases and Concepts Introduction Forms and mechanisms of

genetic variation Databases of human genetic variation SNP databases Mutation databases Genetic

marker and microsatellite databases Nonnuclear and somatic mutation databases Tools for SNP and

mutation visualization

Unit IV

Biological Sequence Analysis amp Characterization Predictive Functional Analysis of coding and

non-polymorphisms Amino Acid Properties and Consequences of Substitutions

Unit V

Genetics Genomics Interfaces Technologies for the measurement of gene expression The Cancer

Genome Anatomy Project (CGAP) The Human Transcriptome Map Protein Interaction Networks

Computational methods for pathways and systems biology databases and web resources

Unit VI

Soft computation Neural Networks and Machine learning support vector machines fuzzy logic

evolutionary computing genetic algorithms- applications to data mining and bioinformatics

Text Books

1 Bioinformatics Genomics and Post-Genomics Freacutedeacuteric Dardel Franccedilois Keacutepegraves Noah Hardy

ISBN 978-0-470-02001-2 John Wiley amp Sons India Pte Ltd

2 Bioinformatics Theory and Practice Chikhale NJ and Gomase VS ISBN978-81-8318minus831minus9

Himalaya Publication House Discovering Genomics Proteomics and Bioinformatics Campbell

ISBN978813171 5598 Pearson Education

3 Proteomics Theory and Practice Gomase VS and Chikhale NJ Himalaya Publication House

4 Essentials of Genomics and Bioinformatics Christoph W Sensen ISBN 978- 3-527-30541-4

John Wiley amp Sons India Pte Ltd

5 Introduction to Bioinformatics Arthur M Lesk Oxford University Press 2003

6 Sequence and Genome Analysis by David W Mount - Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory 1st edition

2004

7 Bioinformatics A Practical Guide to the Analysis of Genes and Proteins by Andreas D

Baxevanis B F Francis Ouellette Wiley-Interscience 3rd Edition 2004

8 Sequence structure and Database ndash Des Higgins Willice Taylor Oxford press 1st edition (2003)

9 Fundamental Concepts of Bioinformatics - Dan E Krane Michael L Raymer Pearson education

First edition (2004)

BT-723 Self Study Open Area Seminar-II

BT-724 Minor Project- II

BT-725 Major Project- I

SEMESTER IV

BT-821 Major Project- II

Scheme of Examination and Syllabus

MTech in Industrial Biotechnology

Department of Biotechnology Delhi Technological University

Bawana Road New Delhi -110042

MTech in Industrial Biotechnology Biotechnology Industry Organization (BIO) USA has mentioned three major waves in the field of

biotechnology The first wave Green Biotechnology refers to agricultural biotechnology The

second wave Red Biotechnology refers to pharmaceutical and medical biotechnology while the third

wave White Biotechnology refers to industrial biotechnology Industrial biotechnology is mainly

based on biocatalysis (the use of enzymes and cells to catalyse chemical reactions) and fermentation

technology (directed use of micro-organisms) in combination with recent breakthroughs in the

forefront of molecular genetics and metabolic engineering It includes manufacturing of antibiotics

(cephalosporins streptomycin penicillin) food (yoghurt cheese single cell protein mushroom

probiotics) renewable energy (bioethanol biodiesel biohydrogen) health care (growth hormone

antibodies) biopolymers (polyhydroxy butyrate polylactic acid) enzymes (protease lipase amylase

cellulase pectinase xylanase) in various industries (pulp and paper detergent textile food

processing industry) Industrial biotechnology also involved in bioremediation microbial

degradation of pollutants (hydrocarbons polychlorinated biphenyl polyaromatic hydrocarbons)

Biological waste water treatment is undoubtedly one of the most important biotechnological

processes which have been used to treat municipal waste and industrial waste water The proposed

syllabus has been developed to address the need of well trained industrial biotechnologist cutting

edge RampD for this field The trained manpower will be well versed in techniques of protein science

bio-catalysis engineering biosynthesis microbial manufacturing engineering biological systems and

bio-process engineering Moreover they can easily implement these hands on training in industry to

increase the yield more accurately

Delhi Technological University Delhi

Department of Biotechnology

Scheme of Examination

MTech in Industrial Biotechnology

First semester

Course

Code

Subject L T P Internal

Marks

End Sem

Marks

Total

Marks

Credit

BT-521 Bioenergy 3 1 0 50 100 150 3

BT-522 Food Engineering

amp Biotechnology

3 1 0 50 100 150 3

BT-523 Enzyme

Engineering amp

technology

3 1 0 50 100 150 3

BT-571 Industrial Plant

Biotechnology

3 1 0 50 100 150 3

BT-572 Bioinstrumentation 3 1 0 50 100 150 3

BT-573 Food engineering

and Biotechnology

Lab

0 0 2 30 70 100 2

BT-524 Bioinstrumentation

Lab

0 0 2 30 70 100 2

BT-574 Self Study open

area seminar-I

0 0 1 50 - 50 1

TOTAL 360 640 1000 20

Second semester

Course

Code

Subject L T P Internal

Marks

End Sem

Marks

Total

Marks

Credit

BT-621 Biopharmaceuticals 3 1 0 50 100 150 3

BT-6221 Bioprocess

Engineering

3 1 0 50 100 150 3

BT-6231 Biosensor 3 1 0 50 100 150 3

BT-6711 Nanobiotechnology 3 1 0 50 100 150 3

BT-6721 Environmental

Biotechnology

3 1 0 50 100 150 3

BT-673 Environmental

Biotechnology Lab

0 0 2 30 70 100 2

BT-624 Bioprocess

Engineering Lab

0 0 2 30 70 100 2

BT-674 Minor Project-I 0 0 1 50 - 50 1

TOTAL 360 640 1000 20

Third semester

Course

Code

Subject L T P Internal

Marks

End Sem

Marks

Total

Marks

Credit

BT-721 Professional

Elective I

3 1 0 50 100 150 3

BT-722 Professional

Elective II

3 1 0 50 100 150 3

BT-723 Self Study open

area seminar-II

0 0 1 100 100 2

BT-724 Minor Project-II 300 300 6

BT-725 Major Project-I 300 300 6

TOTAL 200 800 1000 20

Fourth semester

Course

Code

Subject L T P Internal

Marks

End Sem

Marks

Total

Marks

Credit

BT-821 Major Project-II 400 600 1000 20

TOTAL 1000 20

BT- 721 ELECTIVE SUBJECTS- I

BT-7211 Bioseparation Technology

BT-7212 Industrial waste water treatment

BT-7213 Biopolymer Technology

BT-7214 Bioprocess Plant Designing

BT-7215 Transport Phenomenon

BT-7216 Biochemical Thermodynamics

BT-722 ELECTIVE SUBJECTS- II

BT-7221 Bioethics Biosafety and IPR

BT-7222 Quality Management

BT-7223 Protein Engineering

BT-722 4 Metabolic Engineering

BT-7225 Design and Development of Biological Treatment process

BT-7226 Bioinformatics

SEMESTER I

BT- 521 Bioenergy

Unit-I

Introduction

Global energy scenario Indian energy scenario types of energy sources description of Biofuels

various Biofuels Bioenergy from biomass Biofuel Production Alternative Biochemical Pathways for

Organo-heterotrophic Lithotrophic and Phototrophic Metabolism Importance of biofuel feed stocks

Cellulose starch sugar Lignocellulosic Agro and Industrial by-products

Unit-II

Production of Bio-ethanol

Process Technology for Bioethanol production using Sugar Starch and Lignocellulosic Selection of

micro-organisms and raw materials Unit Operations in Alcohol production Continuous

fermentation Distillery quality control Alcohol distillation

Unit-III

Production of Biodiesel

Chemical Thermodynamic and Reaction Kinetic Aspects of Biodiesel Production Lipids as a source

of biodiesel Methods of Biodiesel Production ndash General procedure and large scale production

Quality Control Aspects Biodiesel production from microalgae and future prospects

Unit-IV

Production of Biohydrogen

Biohydrogen production by anaerobic bacteria and photosynthetic algae Enzymes involved in

biohydrogen Production Biochemical Pathway Batch Fermentation Factors affecting biohydrogen

production Carbon sources Process and Culture Parameters Detection and Quantification of

biohydrogen

Unit-V

Microbial Fuel Cells

Introduction and biochemical basis History of microbial fuel cell development Microbes used in

microbial fuel cells Design of microbial fuel cells MFC components Two and Single MFC systems

Stacked microbial fuel cell Performances of microbial fuel cells Ideal performance Actual MFC

performance Effects of operating conditions pH buffer and electrolyte Proton exchange system

Operating conditions in the anodic chamber Operating conditions in the cathodic chamber

Applications Electricity generation Biohydrogen Wastewater treatment Biosensor MFCs in the

future

Unit-VI

Case studies

Text books

1 Caye M Drapcho NP Nhuan and T H Walker Biofuels Engineering Process Technology Mc

Graw Hill Publishers New York 2008

2 Jonathan RM Biofuels ndash Methods and Protocols (Methods in Molecular Biology Series) Humana

Press New York 2009

3 Lisbeth Olsson (Ed) Biofuels (Advances in Biochemical EngineeringBiotechnology Series

Springer-Verlag Publishers Berlin 2007

BT- 522 Food Engineering and Biotechnology

Unit- I

Food chemistry

Food chemistry-definition and importance Composition of foods and function of water

carbohydrates proteins amino acids lipids vitamins and shelf life of food Bioavailability and

stability of nutrients Nutritive value of foods Food as a source of energy Food Health and diseases

Unit ndash II

Food Microbiology

History and significance of microorganisms in foods Biotechnological improvements catabolic

repression Microbial growth pattern Biochemical changes caused by micro-organisms deterioration

of various types of food product Food poisoning and microbial toxins standards for different foods

Food borne intcericants and mycotoxius

Unit ndashIII

Fermentation products

Dairy products Production of starter cultures Cheese - principles of cheese making Cheddar

Cheese Swiss Cheese Surface ripened Cheeses Mold ripened Cheeses General principles of

manufacture of Kefir Fermented foods Soy sauce Miso Sufu Natto Idli fermented fish products

Fermented vegetables Sauer Krant pickles Olives Fermented sausages Distilled beverages

Alcohol wine brandy and beer Food additives organic acid (acetic acid lactic acid and citric acid)

amino acids (glutamic acid lysine threonine arginine and histidine) food flavourants and pigments

Unit ndashIV

Food Preservation and storage

General principles underlying spoilage and chemical changes of food caused by microorganisms

(Staphylococcal Salmonellosis Ecoli) food spoiling enzymes Botulism toxin production and

deterioration of foods Principles of food preservation by physical methods (irradiation drying heat

processing chilling and freezing high pressure and modification of atmosphere) by chemical

methods and biological methods Storage Stability Food Preservation with Low Temperatures Food

Preservation with High Temperatures Preservation of Foods by Drying Indicator and Food-borne

Pathogens

Unit V

Food process technology

Packaging and canning of foods ndash preparation for packaging thermal processing of foods

Microwave heating thermal inactivation of microorganisms thermal process evaluations freezing

and thawing of foods Food process operations Evaporation single and multi effect evaporation

dehydration psychomatric charts drying-tunnel tray spray drum freeze distillation food

processing aid through biotechnology Food sanitation Good manufacturing practices ndash Hazard

analysis Critical control points Personnel hygiene

Unit ndashVI

Food Processing and Quality assurance

Basic principles unit operations and equipment involved in the commercially important food

processing methods and unit operations materials and containers used in food packaging Objectives

importance and functions of quality control Methods of quality assessment of food materials-fruits

vegetables cereals dairy products meat and poultry Food regulations grades and standards

Concept of Codex AlmentariousHACCPUSFDAISO 9000 series etc Food laws and standards

Text Books

1 Frazier WS and Weshoff DC Food Microbiology 4th Edn McGraw Hill Book Co New

York 1998

2 Mann amp Trusswell Essentials of human nutrition 3rd edition oxford university press 2007

3 Prescott and Dunns Gerald Reed Industrial Microbiology 4th Edition AVI Publishing Company

Inc Conneticut 1983

4 BSivashankar ndash Food processing and preservation Prentice ndash Hall of India PvtLtdNew Delhi

2002

BT- 523 Enzyme Engineering and Technology

Unit-I

Introduction to enzymes

Introduction nomenclature and classification of enzyme Mechanism and catalysis concept of active

site and energetics of enzyme substrate complex formation specificity of enzyme action principles

of catalysis ndash collision theory transition state theory role of entropy in catalysis Biocatalysis in

organic liquids Enzymatic catalysis in biphasic system Ribozyme Abzyme (catalytic antibodies)

Biosynthesis and regulation of enzyme in microorganism

Unit-II

Enzyme Kinetics

Kinetics of substrate and multisubstrate reactions King-Altmanrsquos method Analysis of kinetic data

Inhibition - substrate product and inhibitors Active and legend binding sites Allosteric regulation of

enzymes Monod changeux wyman model deactivation kinetics Molecular folding and defolding of

enzymes

Unit - III

Enzyme immobilization

Methods of immobilization External and internal diffusional mass transfer limitation Effectiveness

factor and modulus electrostatic and stearic effects in immobilized enzyme systems

Unit-IV

Enzyme Reactor

Reactors for Batch continuous enzymatic processing choice of reactor type idealized enzyme

reactor systems Mass transfer in enzyme reactors Steady state analysis of mass transfer and

biochemical reaction in enzyme reactors

Unit ndashV

Purification and Characterization of enzymes from natural source

Production and purification of crude enzyme extracts from plant animal and microbial sources

methods of characterization of enzymes

Unit-VI

Application of enzymes

Application of enzymes in different industries (Pulp and Paper industry Detergent industry Textile

industry Food processing industry) Medical and analytical application of enzyme Biosensor

Text books

1 Enzymes A Practical Introduction to Structure Mechanism and Data Analysis by RA Copeland

Publisher John Wiley and Sons Inc

2 Enzymes by Palmer (2001) Horwood Publishing Series

3 Introduction to Biocatalysis using Enzymes and Microorganisms by SM Roberts NJ Turner and

A J Willetts Publisher Cambridge University Press

4 Fundamentals of Enzymology by Price and Stevens (2002) Publisher Oxford University Press

5 Enzyme Technology by Helmut Uhling (1998) Publisher John Wiley

6 Introduction to Proteins Structure by Branden and Tooze (1998) Publisher Garland Publishing

7 Enzyme Kinetics Behavior and Analysis of Rapid Equilibrium and Steady - State Enzyme

Systems by IH Segel Publisher Wiley-Interscience

BT-571 Industrial Plant Biotechnology

Unit-I

Plant genome organization

Organization and features of mitochondrial nuclear and choloroplast genome ndash Structural features of

gene families in plants

Unit-II

Plant cell cultivation

Callus cultures cell cultures and protoplast cultures Micropropagation Organogenesis and somatic

embryogenesis Cell suspension culture Ovule culture Anther culture Production of haploids

Protoplast isolation and fusion Selection systems for somatic hybridscybrids Somaclonal variation

Preservation of germplasm Formation of Secondary Metabolites in Tissue Culture Production of

pharmaceuticals by tissue culture pigments perfumes flavors insecticides flavonoids

Biotransformation using plant cell cultures Bioreactor system and models for mass cultivation of

plant cells hairy root culture Quality assurance and quality control

Unit-III

Transgenic plant and application

Transgenesis in plants Gene transfer in plants ndash Gene transfer through vectors - Biology of vectors

used - Ti and Ri plasmids binary vectors viral vectors cloning strategy and method of gene transfer

Vectorless gene transfer ndash electroporation and gene gun method DNA bar coding Application of

transgenic plants Virus resistance coat protein mediated nucleocapsid gene Nematode resistance

Abiotic stress Drought cold and salt Post-harvest losses long shelf life of fruits and flowers use of

ACC synthase polygalacturanase ACC oxidase male sterile lines bar and barnase systems

carbohydrate composition and storage ADP glucose pyrophosphatase RNAi and Reverse genetics

Unit- IV

Natural Resource Management

Different approaches of Biodiversity Conservation Biotechnological Characterization and strategies

for the conservation of different populations of endangered plants Molecular markers and genetic

diversity screening

Unit-V

Plant metabolism Metabolomics and metabolic engineering

General concepts of metabolism Introduction to databases from plant transcriptomics to

metabolomics

Unit VI

Industrial applications

Industries engaged in tissue cultureplant cell suspension culture their working and management

Pharmaseutically useful metabolites generated by suspension cultures

Text books

1 Dixon RA and Gonzales Plant Cell Culture A Practical Approach IRL Press 1995

2 Lindsey K and MGK Jones Plant Biotechnology in Agriculture Prentice Hall New Jersey

1990

3 Biotol series In vitro Cultivation of Plant cell Butterworth Heinemann Ltd 1994

4 Ranga MM Animal Biotechnology (3e) Agrobios 2007

5 Bhojwani amp Rajdhan Animal and Plant Biotechnology Elsevier 1996 )

6 Gene cloning amp DNA Analysis An introduction by T A Brown Fourth edition (2001)

7 Genetic Engineering by S Rastogi and N Pathak Publishers Oxford University Press(2009)

8 Principles of Gene Manipulation amp Genomics by Primrose amp Twyman Seven edition (2006)

BT- 572 Bioinstrumentation

Unit I

Electrochemistry Temperature pH buffers Conductivity Dissolved oxygen carbon dioxide

Unit II

Centrifugation Basic principle and application Analytical and Preparative centrifuges and ultra

centrifugation

Unit III

Electrophoretic Techniques Paper and gel electrophoresis Immuno electrophoresis isoelectric

focussing two-dimensional electrophoresis capillary electrophoresis

Unit IV

Chromatographic Methods Paper TLC gas chromatography gel filtration ion exchange

chromatography affinity chromatography and HPLC FPLC

Unit V

Spectroscopy UVvisible and NIR spectrofluorimetry Atomic absorption spectrophotometryMass

Spectrometry Infrared and Raman SpectroscopyNuclear Magnetic Resonance and Electron Spin

Resonance spectroscopy

Unit VI

Microscopy Principle parts types and functioning of Microscope Optical and Electron

Microscopy Transmission and Scanning Electron Microscopy Tunneling Electron Microscopy

Atomic Force Microscopy Fluorescence microscopy Confocal microscopy

Text books

1 Principles and Techniques of Practical Biochemistry by Keith Wilson and JohnWalker Cambridge

University Press

2 Biophysical Chemistry The conformation of Biological Macromolecules by CRCantor and PR

Schimmel Publisher WH Freeman

Reference books

1 Essentials of Biophysics by P Narayanan Publishers New Age InternationalPublishers

2 Introduction to Spectroscopy by DL Pavia GM Lampman and G S Kriz Publisher Brooks

Cole

3 Physical Chemistry of Macromolecules by C Tanford Publisher John Wileyand Sons Inc

4 Principles of Physical Biochemistry by KE Van Holde Publisher Prentice Hall

BT-524 Lab- Bioinstrumentation 1 Measurement and control of pH 2 Measurement of conductivity of a given sample

3 Measurement of conductivity and dissolved oxygen in given sample

4 Protein quantification

5 Protein separation through electrophoresis

6 Sample preparation for light microscopy and Electron Microscopy

7 Quantification of DNA RNA Lipid Fatty acids

8 Sample analysis through AAS

9 Sample preparation for Fluorescence and Confocal microscopy

10 Isolation of DNA and analysis by gel electrophoresis

BT-573 Lab- Food Engineering and Biotechnology

1 Isolation of industrially important microbes

2 Production of fermented product

3 Comparative studies of ethanol production using different substrates

4 Production of wine

5 Production of citric acid

6 Detection of adulterants in food

7 Mushroom cultivation

8 Bread making

9 Colourant production

10 Studies of different methods of food preservation

11 Estimation of carbohydrates and proteins

BT-574 Self Study Open Area Seminar-I

SEMESTER II BT- 621 Biopharmaceuticals

Unit-I

Drug metabolism Oxidation reduction hydrolysis conjugation Need for developing new drugs

Procedure followed in drug design Molecular modification of lead compounds Prodrug and soft

drugs Physico-chemical parameters in drug design QSAR Active site determination of enzymes

Design of enzyme inhibitors

Unit-II

Pharmacokinetics and Drug discovery

Biotransformation of drugs Preclinical Pharmacokinetics Compartment modelingone compartment

open model two compartment open model multi compartment model non linear kinetics

bioavailability and bioequivalence excretion of drugs pharmacokinetics ndash effects of food and

fasting Substances derived from bacteria plants insects and animals Sources of active principles

Assay systems and models (eg Knock-out Mice) Protein molecular modeling by computer

Docking studies Structure based drug designing using software

Unit-III

Pharmaceutical dosage forms

Dosage Forms and Basic Preparations Excipients for Pharmaceutical Dosage Forms Compressed

tablets wet granulation dry granulation or slugging direct compression tablet formulation coating

capsules sustained action dosage form parental oral liquids ointments recombinant blood products

and therapeutic enzymes hormones of therapeutic interest Pharmaceutical products Analysis and

Control laxatives ndash analgesics ndash non steroidal contraceptives ndash external antiseptics ndash antacids and

other antibiotics ndash biological ndash hormones ndash vitamins - preservation analytical methods and test for

various drugs and pharmaceuticals packaging techniques ndash quality control

Unit-IV

Pharmaceutical products and products of DNA technology

Microbial products - Antibiotics (penicillin streptomycin tetracycline) vitamins probiotics Plant

secondary metabolites - control mechanism and manipulation of pheny-propanoid pathway and

shikimate pathway Tissue culture production of alkaloids flavanoids steroids terpenoids animal

vaccines Pharmaceutical products of DNA technology Therapeutic proteins ndash Insulin human

growth hormone clotting factors interferons interleukins tissue plasminogen activators

erythropoietin DNAseI alginate lyase muteins Production advantages limitations and applications

of monoclonal antibody Oligonucleotides and Gene therapy ras-Antisense therapy gene delivery

system Vector usage strategies for gene therapy Clinical trials

Unit-V

Drug safety evaluation

Strategy and Phasing for Drug Safety Evaluation in the Discovery and Development of

Pharmaceuticals Regulation of Human Pharmaceutical Safety Acute Toxicity Testing in Drug

Safety Evaluation Special Concerns for the Preclinical Evaluation of Biotechnology Products

Immunotoxicology in Pharmaceutical Development The Application of In Vitro Techniques in Drug

Safety Assessment Pharmaceutical Quality Assurance

Unit-VI

Patenting process in drug manufacturing process

Patenting- Patent types The patent application Patenting in biotechnology Preclinical trials Clinical

trials The role and remit of regulatory authorities-The Food and Drug Administration The

investigational new drug application The new drug application European regulations Guides to

good manufacturing practice Formulation and Delivery Issues of Therapeutic Proteins

Biotechnology-Derived Drug Products Formulation Development Stability Testing Filling and

Packaging

Text books

1 Heinrich Klefenz Industrial pharmaceutical biotechnology John Wiley sons 2002

2 Susanna Wu-Pong Yongyut Rojanasakul and Joseph Robinson Biopharmaceutical drug and

design and development Humana Press 2007

3 Gary Walsh Biopharmaceuticals Biochemistry and Biotechnology (2e) John Wiley amp Sons

2003

4 Herbert A Kirst Wu-Kuang Yeh Milton J Enzyme Technologies for pharmaceutical and

biotechnological applications WILEY-VCH Verlag 2003

BT- 6221 Bioprocess Engineering

Unit I

Media design and Sterilization kinetics

Criteria for good medium medium requirements for fermentation processes carbon nitrogen

minerals vitamins and other complex nutrients oxygen requirements medium formulation of

optimal growth and product formation examples of simple and complex media medium

optimization methods ndash Plackett and Burman and Response surface method Thermal death kinetics

of microorganisms batch and continuous heat sterilization of liquid media design of sterilization

equipment-batch and continuous ilter sterilization of liquid media air sterilization

Unit II

Metabolic stoichiometry and energetics

Stoichiometry of cell growth and product formation elemental balances degrees of reduction of

substrate and biomass available electron balances yield coefficients of biomass and product

formation maintenance coefficients energetic analysis of microbial growth and product formation

oxygen consumption ndash steps involved in the transfer of oxygen to broth and heat evolution in aerobic

cultures

Unit III

Growth and Production kinetics

Kinetic models for microbial growth Monod model growth of filamentous organisms product

formation kinetics - leudeking-piret models substrate and product inhibition on cell growth and

product formation Production kinetics Design for single and multiple reaction size comparisons of

single reactor for single reactions multiple reactor systems for single reaction reactions in parallel

in series and seriesparallel reactions of first order Heterogeneous reactions kinetics and mechanism

of heterogeneous non catalytic and catalytic reactions Non ideal flow - residence time distribution

studies CE F and I curves RTD in ideal reactors Models for Non ideal flow ndash zero ndash parameter

model One parameter model and two parameter model

Unit IV

Types and design of bioreactor

Construction material Basic components ndash Agitator aerator valves and steam traps seals stirrer

glands Stirred tank batch bioreactor stirred batch bio reactor for enzymes cell cultures Continuous

Stirred Tank Bioreactor Continuous operation of mixed reactor enzyme reactions in a mixed

reactor substrate inhibition kinetics and product inhibition kinetics chemostat with cell cultures ndash

steady state cell and substrate concentrations and productivity as a function of dilution rate CSTR

with immobilized enzymes operation of CSTR in a constant feed rate policy-simulation for

conversions with and without diffusion limitations chemostat in series Graphical design Plug Flow

and Packed Bed Bioreactor Performance equation with Michelin-Menten kinetics substrate

inhibition and product inhibition plug flow reactor for immobilized enzymes operation of plug flow

reactor in constant feed rate policy simulation for conversion with and without diffusion limitations

Fedndashbatch reactor Applications of fed reactor Fed batch operation of mixed reactor material

balance on cell and substrate Recycle system Chemostat with recycle Biological waste water

treatment Feed forward control of the activated sludge process The Transient Behavior of

Bioreactors Stability analysis Stability of the chemostat Stability of chemostat with substrate

inhibition Operating diagram Transient responses of the chemostat control of the chemostat

Turbidostat operation Nutristat operation

Unit V

Instrumentation and Control

Biochemical process variables and their measurements Control principles and their application in

bioreactors Theory of electrode processes and their applications Measurement and control of pH

temperature dissolved oxygen aeration and agitation redox potential foam etc On-line analysis of

process parameters Introduction to biosensors Transduction principles used in biosensors

Characteristics of biosensors Biosensors based on amperometric potentiometric thermistor FET

fiber optics and bioluminescence Microbial biosensors Fundamentals of digital process control Use

of computer in control and optimization of microbiological processes

Unit VI

Downstream processing

Removal of microbial cells and solid matter foam separation precipitation filtration centrifugation

cell disruptions liquid-liquid extraction chromatography membrane process drying and

crystallization Quality analysis and product formulation - Product appearance product stabilization

shelf life analysis usage specific formulations quality analysis and control

Text books

1 Biochemical Engineering Fundamentals by JE Baily and DF Ollis Publisher McGraw Hill

(1986)

2 Biochemical Engineering by SAiba AE Humphry and NF Millis Publisher University of

Tokyo press(1973)

3 Bioreaction engineering principles by J Nielson and J Villadsen Publisher Plenum Press (1994)

4 Chemical Engineering Design Fourth edition by JM Coulson and JF Richardson Publisher

Butterworth Heinemann(2005)

5 Bioprocess Engineering- Kinetics Mass transport reactors and gene expression by WR Veith

Publisher John Wiley and Sons Inc(1994)

6Bioprocess Engineering Basic Concepts by ML Shuler and F Kargi Publisher Prentice Hall

(1987)

7Bioprocess engineering principles by P Doran Publisher- Academic press (1995)

BT-6231 Biosensor Unit-I

Introduction

A historical perspective Definition and Expanding Needs of Biosensors Advantages and limitations

Biosensor Economics various components of biosensors

Unit-II

Types of Biosensors

Biocatalysts based biosensors bio affinity based biosensors amp microorganisms based

biosensors biologically active material and analyte Types of membranes used in

biosensor constructions

Unit-III

Transducers in Biosensors

Various types of transducers principles and applications Bio- chemi- and lectrochemiluminescence

for fiber-optic biosensors Fluorescence-based fiber-optic biosensors

Unit-IV

Electrical Signal Detection in Biological Systems

Silicon glass and metal electrodes amplifier design Bioelectronic device production

microelectronic fabrication methods as adapted to bioelectronics hard and soft lithography bio-

compatibility of materials Existing types of Biosensors Miniaturisation and micro-systems

including sensing using optical techniques field effect transistors ion-selective and enzymatic

sensitive electrodes as well as impedance monitoring

Unit-V

Kinetic modeling for biosensors

The purpose and practice of modeling The flux equations The flux diagram for the membrane

enzyme electrode Deriving a complete kinetic model Kinetic modeling in other types of

biosensors- Potentiometric enzyme electrodes Optical and photometric biosensors Immunosensors

Unit-VI

Application and Uses of Biosensors

Biosensors in medicine and health care (For glucose monitoring and for DNA analysis Analysis of

the neural cell impulse signal and neural signal processing) biosensors for agriculture and food Low

cost- biosensor for industrial processes for online monitoring biosensors for environmental

monitoring

Text books

1 Rajmohan Joshi Biosensors (1e) Gyan Books 2006

2 Cooper JM and Anthony EG Biosensors (2e) Oxford University Press 2004

3 Turner APF KarubeI and WilsonGS Biosensors Fundamentals and applications Oxford Univ

Press 1990

4 SadanaA Biosensors Kinetics of Binding and Dissociation Using Fractals (1e) Elsevier BV

1995

5 Ashok M and Kim Rogers Enzyme amp Microbial Biosensors Techniques and Protocols (Methods

in Biotechnology) (1e) Humana Press 1998

6 Ashok M and Kim Rogers Affinity Biosensors Techniques and Protocols (Methods in

Biotechnology) (1e) Humana Press 1998

7 Damia Barcelo Biosensors for the Environmental Monitoring of Aquatic Systems Bioanalytical

and Chemical Methods for Endocrine Disruptors (1e) Springer 2009

BT-6711 Nanobiotechnology

Unit-I

Introduction

Nano - definition The fundamental Science behind nanotechnology- electrons atomsand ions

molecules metals biosystems Synthesis and Characterizations of Nanoscale Materials Strategies for

Nano architecture (top down and bottom up approaches) Fabrication Technologies and

Characterizations Self-assembly Systems Basic aspects of Nanofluidics surfactants polymers

emulsions and colloids Nanoscale Artificial Platforms Lipids in Self-assembly Structures

Nanoparticle synthesis in plants bacteria and yeast and its applications

Unit-II

Nano-structured materials

Fullerenes - Properties and CharacteristicsCarbon Nanotubes - Characteristics and Applications

Quantum Dots and WiresGold Nanoparticles Nanopores carbon nanotubes Applications of

NanoMolecules in Biosystems

Unit-III

Structural and functional principles of nanobiotechnology

Structural principle Factors governing biomolecular structure and stability Protein folding Self

assembly Self-organization Molecular recognition and Flexibility of biomaterials Functional

principles of Bionanotechnology Information driven nanoassembly Energetics Role of enzymes in

chemical transformation allosteric motion and covalent modification in protein activity regulation

Structure and functional properties of Biomaterials Bimolecular motors ATP Synthetase and

flagellar motors Traffic across membranes Potassium channels ABC Transporters and

Bactreriorhodapsin Bimolecular sensing Self replication Machine-Phase Bionanotechnology

Unit-IV

Bionanomachines and their Basic

Negligible gravity and inertia atomic granularity thermal motion water environment and their

importance in bionanomachines The role of proteins amino acids nucleic acids lipids and

polysaccharides in modern biomaterials Overview of natural Bionanomachines Thymidylate

Sythetase ATP synthetase Actin and myosin Opsin Antibodies and Collagen

Unit-V

Biophotonics and Bioimaging

Overview of imaging biological systems from the cellular level through to wholebody medical

imaging Introduction to biophysics basic physical concepts in imaging Major techniques using

ionizing and non-ionizing radiation fluorescence and multi-photon microscopy spectroscopy OCT

MRI X-ray CT PET and SPECT imaging

Unit-VI

Application of Nanobiotechnology

Nano-biotechnology in drug Delivery Nanoscale Devices for Drug Discovery Micelles for Drug

Delivery Protein targeting Small Molecule-Protein Interactions Micro-array and Genome Chips

Nanotechnology and the Cell Cell Motility Nano Motors and Cellular Navigation hemotaxis -

Transmembrane Signalling and Related Protein Nanotechnology for Cancer Diagnostics and

Treatment Nanotechnology for Cancer Research and Therapy siRNA Tumor-targeted Drug

Delivery Systems Nanotechnology for Imaging and Detection

Text Books

1 NANO by TPradeep 2006Tata Mc Graw Publishers India

2 Nanobiotechnology Concepts Applications and Perspectives Christof MNiemeyer Chad

AMirkin (eds) Wiley-VCH Weinheim (2004)

3 Kamali Kannangara Geoff Smith Michelle Simmons Burkhard Raguse

4 Overseas Press (2005)

5 David S Goodsell Bionanotechnology John Wiley amp Sons 2004

6 Greco Ralph S Nanoscale Technology in Biological Systems CRC Press 2005

BT-6721 Environmental Biotechnology

Unit-I

Basic concepts of ecology Interaction between environment and biota Concept of habitat and

ecological niches Limiting factor Energy flow food chain food web and trophic level NPC and S

cycles in nature Ecosystem dynamics and management Environmental impact assessment

Principles of conservation Conservation strategies sustainable development Global environmental

problems ozone depletion UV-B radiation green house effect and acid rain their impact in

biotechnological approaches for management

Unit-II

Environmental pollution

Types of pollution and pollution analysis ndash noise air and gaseous pollution Noise pollution Source

measurement impact on ecosystem and control Air pollution Types source method of sampling

measurement impact on ecosystem and control Control of noise and air pollution by

biotechnological methods Gaseous pollutants and odours General sources methods of control

fundamentals of adsorption mechanism of adsorption equilibrium isotherms break through curve

adsorption equipment regeneration of adsorbent application of adsorption for control of gaseous

and odour emission

Unit-III

Water pollution Impurities in water water pollution by industrial waste examination of water

collection of water samples water analysis ndash physical chemical and biological Standards of water

quality Water treatment processes Primary treatment screening skimming with coagulants

flocculation filteration aeration and disinfection Secondary treatment Aerobic processes ndash

activated sludge oxidation ditches recirculating system trickling filter towers rotating discs

rotating drums oxidation ponds Anaerobic digestion anaerobic filters Up flow anaerobic sludge

blanket reactors Tertiary treatment Activated carbon treatment reverse osmosis and electro dialysis

Unit-IV

Bioremediation

In situ and ex situ bioremediation technologies for various pollutants and sites bioremediation of oil

spills and heavy metal pollution use of microbes in bioremediation hydroponic system pollution

control boards and pollution control acts

Unit-V

Solid waste management sewage sludge treatment and utilization refuse disposal excreta disposal

in unsewered area composting and vermiculture biodegradation of noncellulosic wastes for

environmental conservation and fuel bioconversion of cellulosic wastes into protein and fuel

bioremediation of contaminated soils and waste lands radioactive product waste disposal

Unit-VI

Effluent treatment Sources of pollution impact on ecosystem and treatment of following industrial

effluents starch paper and pulp tannery dairy distillery oil refineries and pharmaceutical

Microbes in mining ore leaching oil recovery biopolymers biosurfactants

Text Books

1 Bruce E Rittmann and perry L Mccarty ldquoEnvironmental Biotechnology Principle and

Applicationsrdquo McGraw Hill publishing company Ltd2001

2 Mecalf and Eddy Inc ldquoWastewater Engineering Treatment Disposal Reuserdquo McGraHill

publishing company Ltd1991

3 Des W Connell ldquoBasic concepts of Environmental chemistryrdquo Lewis publishers2005

4 Michal J PelczarECS ChanNoel RKriegTata McGraw Hill publishing company Ltd1993

5 Alan Scragg Environmental BiotechnologyOxford University press2005

6 Prescott Harley Klein Microbiology WCB publishers1996

7 Richard T Wright and Bernard J Nebel ldquoEnvironmental Science towards a Sustainable Futurerdquo

Prentice Hall of India 2004

BT-624-Bioprocess Engineering Lab

1 To determine the concentration of protein content by Lowry method

2 To determine the concentration of sugar by 3 5 dinitrosalicylic acid method

3 To determine the optimum pH for given enzyme sample

4 To determine the optimum temperature for given enzyme sample

5 To study the immobilization of invertase enzyme

6 Measurement of citric acid production by Aspergillus niger with TLC

7 Determination of thermal death point (TDP) of the given microorganism

8 Production of ethanol from yeast fermentation of sugars

9 To prepare the growth curve of micro-organism cultured in a shake flask

10 To study the kinetics of lipase enzyme

BT-673- Environmental Biotechnology Lab 1 Environmental Impact Assessment Measurement of Air and Noise Pollution

2 Analysis of water temperature and pH

3 Measurement of Conductivity and TDS in water

4 Measurement of Dissolved Oxygen

5 Measurement of Carbondi Oxide and Hardness of water

6 Measurement and analysis of Ammonia and Ammonium in water

7 Measurement of Nitrite Nitrate and Total Nitrogen in water

8 Biochemical Oxygen Demand and Chemical Oxygen Demand measurements and analysis

9 Analysis of any one industrial effluent

10 Production of methane from sewage sludge

11 Vermicomposting

BT-674 Minor Project- I

SEMESTER III

BT-721 1 Elective ndash Bioseparation Technology Unit- I

Role of Downstream Processing in Biotechnology

Role and importance of downstream processing in biotechnological processes Problems and

requirements of bioproduct purification Economics and downstream processing in Biotechnology

Cost cutting strategies characterstics of biological mixtures process design criteria for various

classes of bioproducts (high volume-low value products and low volume- high value products)

physicochemical basis of bioseparation processes

Unit- II

Primary Separation and Recovery Processes

Cell disruption methods for intracellular products removal of insolubles biomass (and particulate

debris) separation techniques flocculation and sedimentation centrifugation and filtration methods

Precipitation methodsPrecipitation with salts organic solvents amp polymers

Unit- III

Extraction

Batch extractions staged extractions-cross current co current counter current extractions

Differential extractions fractional extractions with a stationary phase fractional extractions with two

moving phases Aqueous two-phase extraction reverse micelle extraction supercritical fluid

extraction in-situ product removalintegrated bioprocessing

Unit- IV

Membrane-based separations (micro- and ultra-filtration)

Theory design amp configuration of membrane separation equipment applications

reverse osmosis dialysis electro dialysis Isoelectric focusing

Unit- V

Adsorption

Adsorption isotherms industrial adsorbents adsorption equipments for batch and continuous

operations (co current and counter current) adsorption in fixed beds

Unit- VI

Chromatography

Principles of chromatographic separation ndash gel filtration reversed phase hydrophobic interaction

ion-exchange expanded bed adsorption bio affinity and IMAC supercritical fluid chromatography

Text books

1 Belter PA Cussler E and Wei Shan Hu Bioseparation ndash Downstream Processing for

Biotechnology Wiley Interscience 1988

2 Asenjo and Juan A Asenjo Separation Processes in Biotechnology CRC Press 1990

3 Wankat PC Rate Controlled Separation Kluwer Publishers 1990

4 Wang DIC Cooney CL Demain AL DunnilP Humphery AE and Lilly MD Fermentation

and Enzyme Technology John Wiley and Sons 1979

BT-721 2 Elective - Industrial Waste water treatment

UNIT I

Waste disposal management Methods of waste disposal industrial waste (solid liquid and gaseous

emission) effect of industrial wastes on streams and sewerage systems Treatment system of waste

disposal eg Incenerator differences in waste quality and quantity physico-chemical and biological

treatments of waste and their evaluation in respect of treatment

UNIT II

Characteristic features of wastes (solid liquid and gaseous emission) manufacturing processes and

toxic byproducts generated from iron ore alumina heavy metals units paper and pulp industries

pesticides industry thermal power station distillery textile and crude oil industry

UNIT III

Small and large scale industries for waste reduction and remediation various methods for waste

alteration volume and strength minimization recycling plants material restoration and conservation

Methods for neutralisation equalization precipitation and solidification for waste handling

Economic sustainability and government support for joint treatment of raw effluent municipal

sewage and debris

UNIT IV

Unit operations and their design for treatment and management of wastes (solid liquid and gaseous)

UNIT V

Landfill design and operation including site selection engineered sites liners and covers leachate

control and treatment gas recovery and control including utilization of recovered gas (energy) and

landfill monitoring and reclamation

UNIT VI

Case studies

Text Books

1 S P Mahajan ldquoPollution Control in Process Industriesrdquo Tata Mc Graw Hill Publications

2 W Wesley Eckenfelder Jrrdquo Industrial Water Pollution Controlrdquo Mc Graw Hill Publications

3 Ronald W Crites Sherwood C Reed and Robert Bastion ldquoLand Treatment Systems for Municipal

amp Industrial Wastesrdquo Mc Graw Hill Publications

4 Neal K Ostler ldquoIndustrial Waste Stream Generationrdquo Prentice Hall

5 Rao and Dutta ldquoIndustrial waste treatmentrdquo Oxford and IBH Publishing Co Pvt Ltd New Delhi

6 Dr A D Patwardhan ldquoindustrial Waste Water Treatmentrdquo Prentice Hall of India

BT-721 3 Elective-Biopolymer Technology Unit-I

Introduction

Biopolymers ndash The current scenario different biopolymers ndash produced from various renewable

resources characteristics merits and demerits over conventional polymers

Unit-II

Biopolymer Technology and Applications

Biopolymers and Artificial Biopolymers in Biomedical Applications an Overview Novel Synthesis

of Biopolymers and Their Medical Applications Composite Films Based on Poly (Vinylalcohol) and

Lignocellulosic Fibres Preparation and Characterizations Composite Materials Based on Gelatin

and Fillers from Renewable Resources Thermal and Mechanical Properties Properties of PHAs and

Their Correlation to Fermentation Conditions

Unit-III

Biosynthesis and Modifications

Synthesis and modification of different Biopolymers like xanthum gum

Unit-IV

Biosurfactants

Source characteristics and properties of Biosurfactants Production of Biosurfactants via the

fermentation and biotransformation routes Production of Biosurfactants with immobilized cells

Integrated bioprocess for continuous production of Biosurfactants including downstream processing

Applications of Biosurfactants-Food Industry Environmental Control

Unit-V

Bioplastic

Different types of bioplastics Starch-based plastic Cellulose-based plastic Aliphatic polyesters

Poly-3-hydroxybutyrate (PHB) Polylactic acid (PLA) Polyamide Bio-derived polyethylene

Advantages of bioplastic over petroleum-based polymer Mechanism of synthesis of Poly (-

hydroxybutyric acid) (PHB)

Unit-VI

Material Testing and Analytical Methods

An Overview of Available Testing Methods Comparison of Test Systems for the Examination of the

Fermentability of Biodegradable Materials Structure- Biodegradability Relationship of biopolymers

Text Books

1 Emo Chiellini Emo Chiellini and Helena Gil Biorelated Polymers Sustainable Polymer Science

and Technology Springer 2001

2 Johnson RM LY Mwaikambo and N Tucker Biopolymers Rapra Technology 2003

3 Naim Kosaric (Ed) Biosurfactants Marcell Dekker Inc 1993

BT-721 4 Elective ndash Bioprocess Plant Designing Unit-I

Process development

Introduction to Design ndash nature of design ndash Technical feasibility survey Mass and energy balance

process development ndash data acquisition ndash design data information of project - Organization of project

ndash Project documentation ndash codes and standards

Unit-II

Design Development

Equipment selection and specifications-materials of construction ndash flow sheeting - piping and

instrumentation ndash process safety and loss prevention

Unit-III

General site consideration

Introduction ndash plant location and site selection ndash site layout- plant layout utilities ndash environmental

considerationsndash waste management ndash visual impact ndash government regulations and other legal

restrictions community factors and other factors affecting investment and production costs ndash human

resources

Unit ndashIV

Selection and specification

Selection and specification of equipment for handling fluids and solids Selection specification

design of heat and mass transfer equipment used in bioprocess industries Design of facilities for

cleaning of process equipment used in biochemical industries Utilities for biotechnology

Unit-V

Design of fermenters

Design of fermentation Design considerations for maintaining sterility of processing equipment

Unit-VI

Process economics

Production plants Bioprocess validation Safety considerations

Text books

1 Applied Process Design for Chemical and Petrochemical Plants by EE Ludwig Publisher

Butterworth-Heinemann

2 Chemical Engineering by RK Sinnott JM Coulson and JF Richardsons Publisher

Butterworth-Heinemann Vol-6 Butterworth Heinemann III editionndash 2002

3 Peters and Timmerhaus Plant Design and Economics for Chemical Engineers Mcgraw Hill

4thEdition 1989

4 Rudd and Watson Strategy of Process Engineering Wiley 1987

BT-721 5 Elective- Transport Phenomenon Unit -I

Diffusion

Molecular and turbulent diffusion Diffusion coefficient Flickrsquos Law of diffusion Dependence of

diffusion coefficient on temperature pressure and composition Diffusion in multi-component gas

mixtures Diffusion in solids Molecular Knudsen ampsurface diffusion Inter- phase mass transfer

Mass transfer coefficients Diffusion between phases Equilibrium solubility of gases in liquids

Mass Transfer theories Mass transfer in fluidized beds flow past solids and boundary layers

Simultaneous heat and mass transfer Mixing in a Bioreactor -Flow regimes with and without baffles

various types of impellers and mixing equipment Power Requirements for Mixing Ungassed

Newtonian Fluids Gassed Fluids Improving Mixing in Fermenters Effect of Rheological Properties

on Mixing Role of Shear in Stirred Fermenters

Unit-II

Drying and Crystallization

Solid-gas equilibria Different modes of drying operation Types of batch and continuous dryer

Definitions of moisture contents Rate of batch drying Time of drying Mechanism of batch drying

Continuous drying Equilibrium yield of crystallization Heat and mass transfer rates in

crystallization Theories of crystallization Factors governing nucleation and crystal growth rates

controlled growth of crystal Classification of crystallizers

Unit ndashIII

Absorption and Adsorption

Gas-Liquid equilibriaHenryrsquos Law Selection of solvents Absorption in tray column Graphical and

analytical methods Absorption in packed column Design equation for packed column HTU NTU

and HTEP concepts Equipments Description of adsorption process and their application Types of

adsorption Nature of adsorbents Adsorption equilibrium and adsorption hysterises Stage wise and

continuous contact adsorption operation operations Determination of number of stages Equipments

Unit-IV

Momentum transfer

Review of basic concepts ndash Conservation of Mass Conservation of Energy Momentum Balance ndash

Momentum Balance in a Circular Pipe Flow Velocity Profile Fermentation Broth Rheology ndash

Viscosity Rheological Properties of Fermentation Broths Factors affecting broth viscosity

Unit V

Conduction and Convection

Introduction Conduction Basic concepts of conduction in solids liquids and gases One and two

dimensional heat conduction Critical and optimum insulation thickness Introduction to unsteady

state heat transfer Principles of convection Equations of forced and free convection

Unit ndashVI

Radiation

Basic laws of heat transfer by radiation black body and gray body concepts solar radiations

combined heat transfer coefficients by convection and radiation Introduction of Heat Transfer

Equipments Heat Exchangers Evaporators Condenser

Text Books

1 Holman JP ldquoHeat Transferrdquo 9 th ed McGraw Hill (1989)

2 Treybal R ldquoMass Transfer Operationsrdquo 3rd ed New York McGraw-Hill (1980)

3 McCabe Smith Unit Operations in Chemical Engineering McGraw Hill

4 Foust A S etal ldquoPrinciples of Unit Operationsrdquo John Wiley (1980)

5 R B Bird et al Transport Phenomena 2nd Edition Wiley(2006)

BT-721 6 Elective ndash Biochemical thermodynamics Unit-I

Fundamental concepts of Thermodynamics

System and Surroundings First law of thermodynamics -Internal energy enthalpy Heat capacity

applied examples from biochemistry Second law ndash Entropy and universe Concept of heat engines

protein stability and calorimetric measurements Fundamentals of Differential scanning calorimeter

and Isothermal calorimeter in biological property measurements Third law of thermodynamics

Maxwell equations Gibbs-Duhem Equation and the Phase Rule Legendre Transforms

Unit-II

Non-equilibrium Thermodynamics

Reversible work exact differentials and function of state first and second law The electrochemical

potential External forces and steady state Fickrsquos Law chemical reactions in the steady state internal

entropy production cells as non-equilibrium stationary states Diffusion and membrane transport

Biological Systems as Open Non-equilibrium Systems Failure of classical thermodynamics in

describing biological processes Standard free energy changes and equilibrium constants direction

and rate

Unit-III

Bioenergetics

Energetics of metabolic pathways ndash energy coupling (ATP amp NADH) stoichiometry ndashenergetic

analysis of cell growth and product formation ndash elemental balances Degree ofreduction concepts

available- electron balances yield coefficients oxygen consumptionand heat evolution in aerobic

cultures thermodynamic efficiency of growth Thermodynamics of Biological Systems

Thermodynamic analysis of oxidative photophosphorylation stability of non-equilibrium stationary

states ordering in time and space far from equilibrium glycolytic oscillations Biological clocks

routes to chaos

Unit-IV

Chemical Potential

Visualization of the potential Steady velocity and steady flow Fickrsquos law and diffusion Local

Equilibria and Steady State Energy vs Power Transducers in biological states Constitutive

equations Dynamic efficiency and Onsager (nonequilibrium thermodynamics) Prigoginersquos principle

Spontaneous coupling and entropy production

Unit-V

Gibbs free energy and its Applications

Gibbs free energy and equilibrium Chemical potential ionic solutions Equilibrium constant

standard state in biochemistry Acid and bases chemical coupling and redox reactions Gibbs free

energy in photosynthesis glycolysis citric acid cycle Oxidative phosphorylation and ATP

hydrolysis substrate cycling Membrane transport Enzyme substrate interaction Haemoglobin

Protien solubility stability and dynamics

Unit-VI

Reaction Kinetics

Rate of a reaction rate constant and order of the reaction effect of temperature collision and

transition state theory Electron transfer kinetics Enzyme kinetics and inhibition Reaction

mechanism of lysozyme protein folding and pathological misfolding polymerisation muscle

contraction and the molecular motors

Text Books

1 Smith JM Van Ness HC Abbot MM Chemical Engineering Thermodynamics 6th Edition

McGraw-Hill 2001

2 Narayanan KV A Text Book Of Chemical Engineering Thermodynamics Prentice Hall India

2001

3 Sandler SI Chemical And Engineering Thermodynamics John Wiley1989

4 Bailey amp Ollis Biochemical Engineering Fundamentals II edition Megraw Hil ndash 1986

5 Donald T Haynie Biological Thermodynamics Cambridge press 2008

6 Robert A Alberty Thermodynamics of Biochemical Reactions John willy publications 2003

7 Bioenergetics by AL Lehninger Publisher WA Benjamin Inc

8 Biological Thermodynamics by DT Haynie Publisher Cambridge University Press

9 Biophysical Chemistry by CR Cantor and PR Schimmel Publisher

10 FreemanThermodynamics and Kinetics for the Biological Sciences by GG Hammes Publisher

John Wiley and Sons Inc

BT-7221 Elective - Bioethics Biosafety and IPR Unit I

Introduction to ethics and bioethics

Personal ethics profession and professionalism -Moral Reasoning -Ethical theories - person as an

experimenter -Moral leadership (integrity and ingenuinity) ndash framework for ethical decision making

Biotechnology and ethics Biotechnology in agriculture and environment benefits and risks ndash

benefits and risks of genetic engineering ndash ethical aspects of genetic testing ndash ethical aspects relating

to use of genetic information ndash genetic engineering and biowarfare

Unit-II

Ethical implications of cloning

Reproductive cloning therapeutic cloning Ethical legal and socio-economic aspects of gene

therapy germ line somatic embryonic and adult stem cell research- GM crops and GMO‟s ndash

biotechnology and biopiracy ndash ELSI of human genome project

Unit-III

Introduction to biosafety

Biosafety issues in biotechnology ndash risk assessment and risk management ndash safety protocols risk

groups ndash biosafety levels ndash biosafety guidelines and regulations (National and International) ndash

operation of biosafety guidelines and regulations ndash types of biosafety containment International

guidelines with regard to rDNA technology transgenic science GM crops etc Experimental

protocol approvals levels of containment Guidelines for research in transgenic plants Good

manufacturing practice and Good lab practice (GMO and GLP)

Unit-IV

Introduction to intellectual property and intellectual property rights

Types patents copy rights trade marks design rights geographical indications ndash importance of IPR

ndash patentable and non patentables ndash patenting life ndash legal protection of biotechnological inventions ndash

world intellectual property rights organization (WIPO) Plant breederrsquos rights Legal implications

Biodiversity and farmers rights Examples of patents in biotechnology Special application of patent

laws in biotechnology Licensing and cross licensing Flavr SavrTm- Tomato as model case and case

studies

Unit-V

Public acceptance issues for biotechnology

Environmental aspects of biotech application Use of genetically modified organisms and their

release in environment Case studies or experiences from developing and developed countries

Biotechnology and hunger Challenges for the Indian Biotechnological research and industries

Unit-VI

Socioeconomic impacts of biotechnology

The legal and socioeconomic impacts of biotechnology public education of the processes of

biotechnology involved in generating new forms of life for informed decision making

Text Books

1 Ethics in engineering Martin MW and SchinzingerR III Edition Tata McGraw- Hill New

Delhi 2003

2 Biotechnologies and Development UNESCO Publications 1988

3 A Biotechnologies in developing countries present and future UNESCO Publishers 1993

4 Singh K Intellectual property rights on Biotechnology BCIL New Delhi

BT-722 4 Elective ndash Metabolic Engineering Unit ndash I

Cellular metabolism

An overview of cellular metabolism-transport processes- Fueling reactions -glycolysis-fermentative

pathways-TCA cycle and oxidative phosphorylation-anaplerotic pathways -catabolism of fats

organic acids and amino acids -biosynthetic reactions of amino acids ndash nucleic acids fatty acids and

other building blocks -polymerization - growth energetics

Unit ndash II

Comprehensive models for cellular reactions

Stoichiometry of cellular reactions -reaction rates-dynamic mass balances-Yield coefficients and

linear rate equation Material Balance and data consistency ndashblack box model elemental balance -

heat balance -analysis of over determined systems - identification of gross measurement errors

Unit ndash III

Regulation of metabolic pathways

Overview of enzyme kinetics ndash simple reversible inhibition systems ndash irreversible inhibition ndash

allosteric enzymes cooperativity ndash regulation of enzyme concentration ndash transcription initiation ndash

translation regulation at whole cell level ndash regulation of metabolic networks enhancements of

product yield and productivity for ethanol and amino acids pathways metabolic pathway

manipulations to extend substrate range product spectrum and novel products improvement of

cellular properties

Unit ndash IV

Metabolic flux analysis

Theory ndash overdetermined systems ndash underdetermined systems ndash sensitivity analysis ndash methods for the

experimental determination of metabolic fluxes by isotope labeling direct flux determination from

fractional enrichment ndash applications involving complete enumeration of metabolite isotopomers ndash

carbon metabolite balances Applications of metabolic flux analysis ndash amino acid production by

Glutamic acid Bacteria

Unit ndash V

Metabolic control analysis

Fundamentals of Metabolic control analysis -determination of flux control coefficients ndash MCA of

Linear pathways ndash branched pathways ndash theory of large deviation

Unit-VI

Applications of metabolic engineering

Text Books

1 Gregory N Stepanopoulos Aristos A Aristidou Jens Nielsen Metabolic Engineeing

2 Principles and methodologies Academic Press 1998

3 Wang DIC Cooney CL Demain AL DunnilP Humphery AE Lilly MD

4 ldquoFermentation And Enzyme Technologyrdquo John Wiley And Sons 1980

5 Zubay G ldquoBiochemistryrdquo Macmillan Publishers 1989

BT-722 3 Elective ndash Protein Engineering Unit-I

Bonds and Energies in protein

Covalent Ionic Hydrogen Coordinate hydrophobic and Vander walls interactions in protein

structure Interaction with electromagnetic radiation (radio micro infrared visible ultraviolet X-

ray) and elucidation of protein structure

Unit-II

Amino acids and their characteristics

Amino acids ndash structure with three and single letter codes- molecular properties (size solubility

charge pKa) Chemical reactivity in relation to post-translational modification (involving amino

carboxyl hydroxyl thiol imidazole groups) and peptide synthesis

Unit - III

Protein architecture

Primary structure peptide mapping peptide sequencing - automated Edman method amp massspec

High-throughput protein sequencing setup Secondary structure Alpha beta and loop structures and

methods to determine Super-secondary structure Aphaturn- alpha beta-turn-beta (hairpin) beta-

sheets alpha-beta-alpha topology diagrams up and down amp TIM barrel structures nucleotide

binding folds prediction of substrate binding sites Tertiary structure Domains folding denaturation

and renaturation overview of methods todetermine 3D structures Quaternary structure Modular

nature formation of complexes

Unit-IV

Structure-function relationship

DNA-binding proteins prokaryotic transcription factors Helix-turn-Helix motif in DNA binding

Trp repressor Eucaryotic transcription factors Zn fingers helix-turn helix motifs in homeodomain

Leucine zippers Membrane proteins and receptors bacteriorhodopsin and Photosynthetic reaction

center Immunoglobulins IgG Light chain and heavy chain architecture abzymes and Enzymes

Serine proteases understanding catalytic design by engineering trypsin chymotrypsin and elastase

substrate-assisted catalysis other commercial applications

Unit -V

Identification and analysis of proteins

Identification and analysis of proteins by 2D analysis Spot visualization and picking Tryptic

digestion of protein and peptide fingerprinting Mass spectrometry ion source (MALDI spray

sources) analyzer (ToF quadrupole quadrupole ion trap) and detector

Unit-VI

Tools in proteomics and genomics

Site directed mutagenesis for specific protein function Basic concept for designing a new

proteinenzyme molecule Specific examples of enzyme engineering Tryesyl t RNA synthetase

Dihydrofolate reductase Subtilisin Advantages ndash protein data base analysis ndash methods to alter

primary structure of proteins examples of engineered proteins thermal stability of T4-lysozyme

recombinant insulin to reduce aggregation and inactivation de novo protein design ndash principles and

examples

Text Books

1 Voet D and Voet G Biochemistry Third edn John Wiley and Sons 2001

2 Moody PCE and Wilkinson AJ Protein Engineering IRL Press Oxford UK 1990

3 Branden C and Tooze J Introduction to Protein Structured Second Edition GarlandPublishing

NY USA 1999

4 Creighton TE Proteins Freeman WH Second Edition 1993

BT-7222 Elective ndash Quality Management Unit-I

Quality Concepts

Definition of Quality Dimensions of Quality Quality Planning Quality costs ndash Analysis

Techniques for Quality Costs Evolution of Quality Control Basic concepts of Total Quality

Management Historical Review Leadership ndash Concepts Role of Senior Management Quality

Council Quality Statements Strategic Planning Deming Philosophy Barriers to TQM

Implementation Control on Purchased Product Procurement of various products evaluation of

supplies capacity verification Development of sources procurement procedure Manufacturing

Quality Methods and techniques for manufacture inspection and control of product quality in sales

and services guarantee analysis of claims

Unit-II

Quality Management

Organization structure and design quality function decentralization designing and fitting

organization for different type products and company economics of quality value and contribution

quality cost optimizing quality cost seduction program Human Factor in quality Attitude of top

management cooperation of groups operators attitude responsibility causes of apparatus error and

corrective methods

Unit-III

Control Charts

Theory of control charts measurement range construction and analysis of R charts process

capability study use of control charts

Attributes of Control Chart

Defects construction and analysis of charts improvement by control chart variable sample size

construction and analysis of C charts

Unit -IV

Defects diagnosis and prevention defect study identification and analysis of defects correcting

measure factors affecting reliability MTTF calculation of reliability building reliability in the

product evaluation of reliability interpretation of test results reliability control maintainability zero

defects quality circle

Unit-V

Statistical process control

The seven tools of quality Statistical Fundamentals ndash Measures of central Tendency and Dispersion

Population and Sample Normal Curve Control Charts for variables and attributes Process

capability Concept of six sigma New seven Management tools

Unit-VI

Quality system

Need for ISO 9000 and Other Quality Systems ISO 90002000 Quality System ndash Elements

Implementation of Quality System Documentation Quality Auditing QS 9000 ISO 14000 ndash

Concept Requirements and Benefits

Text Books

1 Lt Gen H Lal ldquoTotal Quality Managementrdquo Eastern Limited 1990

2 Greg Bounds ldquoBeyond Total Quality Managementrdquo McGraw Hill 1994

3 Menon HG ldquoTQM in New Product manufacturingrdquo McGraw Hill 1992

4 Dale HBesterfiled et at Total Quality Management Pearson Education Asia 1999

5 James REvans amp William MLidsay The Management and Control of Quality (5thEdition)

South-Western (Thomson Learning) 2002 (ISBN 0- 324-06680-5)

6 FeigenbaumAV ldquoTotal Quality Management McGraw-Hill 1991

7 OaklandJS ldquoTotal Quality Management Butterworth ndash Hcinemann Ltd Oxford 1989

8 Narayana V and Sreenivasan NS Quality Management ndash Concepts and Tasks New Age

International 1996

9 Zeiri ldquoTotal Quality Management for Engineers Wood Head Publishers 1991

BT-722 5 ElectivendashDesign and Development of Biological Treatment process

Unit-I

Bacterial metabolism in wastewater treatment systems

Introduction decomposition of organic carbon compounds in natural and manmade systems aerobic

and anaerobic decomposition of glucose protein carbohydrates proteins lipids etc Nitrogen

removal during treatment enhanced biological phosphate removal biological removal bio-

transformations and biosorption of metal ions aerobic and anaerobic degradation of xenobiotics

Unit-II

Activated sludge process

Single and two stage process special developments technological and microbiological aspects plant

configurations design

Unit-III

Modeling of aerobic waste water treatment process

Introduction purpose of modeling activated sludge model presentations waste water characteristics

various disinfection methods for waste water

Unit-IV

High rate anaerobic waste water treatment

Introduction basic principles reactor design parameters reactor operation

Unit-V

Biological Nutrient removal

Suspended growth and attached growth nutrient removal processes and design criteria ndash Nitrogen

(Nitrification and denitrification) and Phosphorus precipitation biological) Biological removal of

toxic and recalcitrant organic wastes

Unit-VI

Water reuse

Wastewater reclamation risk assessment various reclamation technologies storage agricultural

reuse industrial reuse groundwater recharge

Text book

1 Joumlrdening HJ and JWinter Environmental Biotechnology - Concepts and Applications

Cambridge University Press 2006

2 George Tchobanoglous and Franlin L Burton Wastewater Engineering- Treatment Disposal and

Reuse Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Co Ltd 1990

BT-722 6 Elective ndash Bioinformatics

Unit I

Introduction to Biological Databases Types Overview of Biological Databases and Retrieve

Nucleic acid databases NCBI PubMed Entrez Blast OMIM Books Taxonomy Structure

Locuslink Protein Databases- Primary Functional Composite Secondary Structural classification

database Sequence Formats amp storage Sequence submission to sequence Database

Unit II

Genomics Structure of DNA Polymorphisms in DNA Sequence Human Genome Project

Complete Genome Sequences Functional Annotation

Unit III

Human Genetic Variation Databases and Concepts Introduction Forms and mechanisms of

genetic variation Databases of human genetic variation SNP databases Mutation databases Genetic

marker and microsatellite databases Nonnuclear and somatic mutation databases Tools for SNP and

mutation visualization

Unit IV

Biological Sequence Analysis amp Characterization Predictive Functional Analysis of coding and

non-polymorphisms Amino Acid Properties and Consequences of Substitutions

Unit V

Genetics Genomics Interfaces Technologies for the measurement of gene expression The Cancer

Genome Anatomy Project (CGAP) The Human Transcriptome Map Protein Interaction Networks

Computational methods for pathways and systems biology databases and web resources

Unit VI

Soft computation Neural Networks and Machine learning support vector machines fuzzy logic

evolutionary computing genetic algorithms- applications to data mining and bioinformatics

Text Books

1 Bioinformatics Genomics and Post-Genomics Freacutedeacuteric Dardel Franccedilois Keacutepegraves Noah Hardy

ISBN 978-0-470-02001-2 John Wiley amp Sons India Pte Ltd

2 Bioinformatics Theory and Practice Chikhale NJ and Gomase VS ISBN978-81-8318minus831minus9

Himalaya Publication House Discovering Genomics Proteomics and Bioinformatics Campbell

ISBN978813171 5598 Pearson Education

3 Proteomics Theory and Practice Gomase VS and Chikhale NJ Himalaya Publication House

4 Essentials of Genomics and Bioinformatics Christoph W Sensen ISBN 978- 3-527-30541-4

John Wiley amp Sons India Pte Ltd

5 Introduction to Bioinformatics Arthur M Lesk Oxford University Press 2003

6 Sequence and Genome Analysis by David W Mount - Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory 1st edition

2004

7 Bioinformatics A Practical Guide to the Analysis of Genes and Proteins by Andreas D

Baxevanis B F Francis Ouellette Wiley-Interscience 3rd Edition 2004

8 Sequence structure and Database ndash Des Higgins Willice Taylor Oxford press 1st edition (2003)

9 Fundamental Concepts of Bioinformatics - Dan E Krane Michael L Raymer Pearson education

First edition (2004)

BT-723 Self Study Open Area Seminar-II

BT-724 Minor Project- II

BT-725 Major Project- I

SEMESTER IV

BT-821 Major Project- II

1

Scheme of Examination amp Syllabus

MTech in Bioinformatics

Delhi Technological University

Main Bawana Road

Delhi -110042

2

MTech in Bioinformatics

Bioinformatics is an emerging discipline of biological science and computer science

mathematics and statistics with the objectives of developing tools to analyze several types

of biological data and generate new knowledge for existing life in universe

Bioinformatics has two subfields the development of computational tools and databases

and the application of these tools and databases in generating biological knowledge to

better understanding living systems These fields are complementary to each other The

tools development includes writing software for sequence structural and functional

analysis as well as construction and curating of biological databases

It is clear that the promise of bioinformatics and advanced level RampD in its field will be

fulfilled by those who have sound background of Biological science computer science

mathematics and statistics The proposed syllabus has been developed to address the

need of well trained bioinformaticians cutting edge RampD for this field bioinformatics

entrepreneurship and bioinformatics-business management The trained manpower will

be well versed in techniques of modern biology biochemistry strong skills in

combinatorial computing and search and retrieval techniques in large biological

databases

3

Delhi Technological University Delhi

Department of Biotechnology

Scheme of Examination

MTech in Bioinformatics

Semester I

Sem I Course

Code

Subject

L T P Internal

Marks

End

sem

Marks

Total

Marks

Credits

Group A BT-501 Advanced Proteomics 3 0 0 50 100 150 3

BT-502 Bioinformatics I 3 0 0 50 100 150 3

BT-503 Population Genetics 3 0 0 50 100 150 3

BT-504 Bioinformatics I

Laboratory

0 0 2 30 70 100 2

Group B BT-551 Biostatistics 3 0 0 50 100 150 3

BT-552 High-Throughput

Structural Biology

3 0 0 50 100 150 3

BT-553 High-Throughput

Structural Biology

Laboratory

0 0 2 30 70 100 2

BT-554 Self Study Open Area

Seminar

0 0 1 50 -- 50 1

Total 360 640 1000 20

4

Semester II

Semester III

Course

Code

Subject

L T P Internal

marks

End

sem

marks

Total

Marks

Credits

Group E BT-701 Professional Elective V 3 0 0 50 100 150 3

BT-702 Professional Elective VI 3 0 0 50 100 150 3

BT-703 Self Study Open Area

Seminar

0 0 2 100 --- 100 2

BT-704 Minor Project - II 0 0 2 -- 300 300 6

BT-705 Major Project-I 0 0 4 300 300 6

Total 200 800 1000 20

Course

Code

Subject

L T P Internal

Marks

End

sem

Marks

Total

Marks

Credits

Group C BT-601 Bioinformatics II 3 0 0 50 100 150 3

BT-602 Professional Elective I 3 0 0 50 100 150 3

BT-603 Professional Elective II 3 0 0 50 100 150 3

BT-604 Bioinformatics II

Laboratory

0 0 2 30 70 100 2

Group D BT-651 Professional Elective III 3 0 0 50 100 150 3

BT-652 Professional Elective IV 3 0 0 50 100 150 3

BT-653 Lab based on Elective

III

0 0 2 30 70 100 2

BT-654 Minor Project ndash I 0 0 1 50 -- 50 1

Total

360 640 1000 20

5

Semester IV

Subject

Code

Subject

L T P Internal

marks

End sem

marks

Total

marks

Credits

Group F BT-801 Major Project - II 0 0 15 400 600 1000 20

Total

400 600 1000 20

BT-602 Professional Elective I

BT-6021 Biological Database Management

BT-6022 Advanced Genetic Engineering

BT-6023 Web Application Development

BT-603 Professional Elective II

BT-6031 Computational Genomics

BT-6032 Drug Design and Discovery

BT-6033 Chemoinformatics

BT-651 Professional Elective III

BT-6511 Computer Aided Drug Design

BT-6512 Computer Graphics

BT-6513 Pharmacogenomics and Personalized Medicine

6

BT-652 Professional Elective IV

BT-6521 Combinatorial Methods in Biopharmaceuticals

BT-6522 Data Warehousing and Data mining

BT-6523 Genomics From Human Genome Project to Medical Applications

BT-653 Professional Elective-III Laboratory

BT-6531 Computer-Aided Drug Design Laboratory

BT-6532 Computer Graphics Laboratory

BT-6533 Pharmacogenomics and Personalized Medicine Laboratory

BT-654 Minor Project-I

BT-701 Professional Elective V

BT-7011 Immunoinformatics

BT-7012 Medical Bioinformatics

BT-7013 Advanced Genetic Engineering

BT-702 Professional Elective VI

BT-7021 Nanotechnology in health care

BT-7022 Resource Planning amp Management in Bioinformatics

BT-7023 Advanced Drug Delivery Systems

7

SYLLABUS

MTECH (BIOINFORMATICS)

Semester I

Group-A

BT-501 Advanced Proteomics

Unit I

Introduction The proteome and the Genome life and death of a protein protein a

modular structure functional protein families need for proteomics scope of proteomics

challenges of proteomics Strategies for protein separation Two-dimensional

polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis for proteome analysis Brief history of 2-DE 2-DE

with immobilized pH gradients sample preparation solubilization Reduction The first

dimension IEF with IPG Equilibration between dimensions The second dimension

SDS-PAGE resolution reproducibility of 2-DE liquid chromatography in proteomics

Unit II

Detection of proteins in polyacrylamide gels and on electroblot membranes Organic

dyes and silver stains Reverse stains Colloidal dispersion stains organic fluorophore

stains metal chelate stains Image analysis of two-dimensional gels Data acquisition

digital image processing Protein spot detection and quantification Gel matching Data

analysis data presentation data bases

Unit III

Enhancing high-throughput proteome analysis the impact of stable isotope labeling

Sample preparation two-dimensional gel separation and analysis Mass spectrometry

8

protein identification using MS data Mass spectrometry protein identification using

MSMS data Protein modification in proteomics Introduction phosphor-proteins

glycoproteins Ubiquitin etc

Unit IV

Protein-Protein interactions- Yeast two hybrid Co-Precipitation Phage Display

Phylogenetic Profile Domain fusion Gene Neighborhood Gene Cluster Mirror Tree

Analysis of genome wide Protein-Protein Interactions in yeast Genome wide yeast two

hybrid analysis of other organisms Protein fragment complementation assays

Unit V

Protein chips and functional proteomics Introduction different types of protein chips

detection and quantification of proteins bound to protein chips emerging protein chips

technologies

Unit VI

Applications of Proteome analysis Mining proteomes protein expression profile

identification of protein-protein interactions and protein complexes mapping proteins

complexes recent advances in Proteomics

Reference Books

1 Proteomics From Protein Sequence to Function by SR Pennington and MJ

Dunn Viva Books Private Limited (2001)

2 Introduction to Proteomics by Daniel C Liebler Humana Press

3 Discovering Genomics Proteomics amp Bioinfo AM Campbell CSH

Press(2003)

4 Handbook of Comparative Genomics Principles and Methodology by Cecilia

Saccone Graziano Pesole Wiley-LISS Publication (2003)

5 Comparative Genomics by Melody S Clark Kluwer Academic Publishers (2001)

9

BT -502 Bioinformatics I

Unit I

Introduction to Biological Databases Types Overview of Biological Databases and

Retrieve Nucleic acid databases NCBI Protein Databases- Primary Functional

Composite Secondary Ensembl Sequence Formats amp storage Sequence submission to

sequence Database

Unit II

Genomics Structure of DNA Polymorphisms in DNA Sequence Types of SNPs

Human Genome Project Genetic Association Studies HapMap Project

Unit III

Protein Functional Annotation and Characterization Gene Ontology GO

Annotations Manual Annotations Computational Annotation Methods Functional

Analysis of Datasets

Unit IV

Pairwise Sequence Alignment Local alignment Global alignment Scoring matrices

PAM BLOSUM Gaps Dot Plots Dynamic programming Approach Needleman and

Wunsch Algorithm Smith and waterman Algorithm Heuristic Approach BLAST

FASTA

Unit V

Multiple Sequence Alignment and Phylogenetic Analysis Algorithms for multiple

sequence alignments global and local alignment programs and methods for multiple

sequence alignment Algorithms for alignment Phylogenetic Analysis

Unit VI

Introduction to Perl Programming Introduction and Installation Arithmetic and

10

Logical operators Conditionals and Loops List and Arrays Working with files

Reference Books

1 Introduction to Bioinformatics Arthur M Lesk Oxford University Press 2003

2 Sequence and Genome Analysis by David W Mount - Cold Spring Harbor

Laboratory 1st edition 2004

3 Bioinformatics A Practical Guide to the Analysis of Genes and Proteins by

Andreas D Baxevanis B F Francis Ouellette Wiley-Interscience 3rd Edition

2004

4 Sequence structure and Database ndash Des Higgins Willice Taylor Oxford press 1st

edition (2003)

5 Fundamental Concepts of Bioinformatics - Dan E Krane Michael L Raymer

Pearson education First edition (2004)

6 Beginning Perl for Bioinformatics James Tisdall OrsquoReilly 1st Edn 2001

BT -503 Population Genetics

Unit I

Introduction Scope amp Premises of Population Genetics Genetic and Phenotypic

Variation Random Mating Loci and alleles Mutations and Polymorphisms Genotype

and Allele Frequencies Effect of Mutations on Fitness Rate of Spontaneous Mutation

Unit II

Population Structure The Hardy-Weinberg Principle Testing for Hardy-Weinberg

Equilibrium Extensions of the Hardy-Weinberg Principle Linkage and Linkage

Disequilibrium Genetic Drift The Wright-Fisher Model of Random Genetic Drift

Effective Population Size Gene Trees and Coalescence Mutation The Neutral Theory

Recombination Migration Inbreeding and Heterosis Darwinian Selection Selection in

Haploid Organisms Selection in Diploid Organisms Overdominance More Complex

Types of Selection Molecular Population Genetics Molecular Polymorphisms Patterns

of Change in Nucleotide and Amino Acid Sequences Polymorphism and Divergence

11

Molecular Phylogenetics Transposable Elements mtDNA Y-DNA Separating History

from Gene Flow

Unit III

Population Genomics and proteomics Genome-Wide Patterns of Polymorphism

Human Population Genetics Human Polymorphism Population Genetic Inferences from

Human SNPs Population Structure Inferred from Human Polymorphism Mendelian

Disease and Population Genetics Genetic Basis for Variation in Risk of Complex

Disease Human Origins

Unit IV

Evolutionary Analysis Quantitative Genetics Quantitative Genetics of Natural

Populations Quantitative Trait Loci (QTLs) Types of Quantitative Traits Genes That

Affect Quantitative Traits the Number of Genes Affecting Quantitative Traits Methods

for Mapping QTLs

Unit V

Selection Measures of Fitness amp Constant Fitness Models Nonrandom Mating Identity

by descent Inbreeding Selection on Quantitative Traits Pleiotropy and Developmental

Constraints Interactions of selection with other evolutionary forces The Shifting Balance

Theory The Unit of Selection Meiotic and Molecular Drive Sexual Frequency amp

Density Dependent Selection

Unit VI

Genetic Variability in Natural Populations Introduction Measures of Genetic

Variation Gene Diversity within Populations- Enzyme and Protein Loci Blood Groups

and other loci Genetic Diversity in Subdivided Populations Mechanisms of Maintenance

of Protein Polymorphisms Overdominance hypothesis Other types of Balancing

Selection Neutral Mutations Transient Polymorphisms due to selection

Reference Books

12

1 Evolutionary Analysis Scott Freeman John C Hendon Fourth Edition Pearson

Education

2 Molecular Genetic Analysis of Populations Hoelzel 2nd Edition Oxford

University 1998

3 Genetics -Principles and Analysis Hartl and Jones 5th edition Jones and Barlet

2001

4 Genetics of Populations P W Hedrick 2nd Edition Jones amp Bartlett 2000

5 Principles of Population Genetics Hartl amp Clark Third Edition Sinauer

Associates Inc 1997

BT-504 Bioinformatics-I Laboratory

1 Inter-conversion different sequence file format

2 Database Searching using Entrez and SRS

3 Study of Databases and Data retrieval

4 Dot Matrix Alignments

5 Needleman Wunsch Alignments

6 Smith Waterman Alignments

7 Multiple Sequence Alignment

8 Phylogenetic Analysis

9 Perl Programs

13

Group B

BT-551 Biostatistics

Unit 1

Random variable and Expectation Random variable and distribution function Jointly

distributed random variables Mathematical expectation Statistical parameters Moment

generating function Chebyshevrsquos inequality

Unit 2

Probability Distributions Binomial distributions Multinomial distribution Geometric

distribution Poisson distribution Normal distribution Normal distribution as limiting

case of Binomial distribution Exponential distribution

Unit 3

Correlation and Regression Method of least square and curve fitting Correlation Karl

Pearsonrsquos coefficient of linear correlation Probable error Rank correlation and

Spearmanrsquos coefficient Regression

Unit 4

Sampling distributions and Large sample estimation Sampling plans Statistics and

sampling distributions The central limit theorem The sampling distribution of the

sample mean The sampling distribution of the sample proportion Tests of significance

Large samples testing Sampling of attributes

Unit 5

Exact sampling distributions and small sample test The Chi-square distribution

Studentrsquos t-distribution Snedecorrsquos F- distribution Their Properties and applications

14

Unit 6

ANOVA One - way analysis of variance Two - way analysis of variance Three - way

analysis of variance

Reference Books

1 Pagano M and Gaureau K lsquoPrinciples of Biostatisticsrsquo 7th ed Thomson

Learning2007

2 Ross SM lsquoProbability and Statistics for Engineers and Scientistsrsquo 3rd ed

Academic Press 2005

3 Walpole RE Myers RH MyersSL Ye K lsquoProbability and Statistics for

Engineers and Scientistsrsquo Prentice Hall Inc 2002

4 Taneja HC lsquoStatistical Method for Engineering and Sciencesrsquo IK

Intenational2009

BT-552 High-Throughput Structural Biology

Unit I

Introduction Peptide Bonds hydrogen bonding ionic and hydrophobic interactions

Protein Structure Reverse Turns and Organized Folds Structure Classification Folding

Mechanisms Bond lengths bond angles and torsion angles Degrees of freedom Cyclic

molecules Rotation about a bond Eulerian angles Helices and their notations Analysis

and manipulation of structures Ramachandran plots Chaperones and Chaperonins

Structure Determination Dynamics Simulation Protein Folding Nucleic Acid Structure-

DNARNA Structural Biology for the Optimization of Gene Therapy Vectors Hands-on

assembly of amino acid and nucleotide dimer CPK models

Unit II

X-Ray Crystallography Computing amp NMR Structure Determination X-ray

Crystallography Computing The Phase Problem Least Square Solutions Entropy

Maximization Indirect Methods NMR Structure Determination Nuclear Magnetic

Resonance Distance Geometry Distance-based Modeling Structural Analysis

15

Unit III

Optical spectroscopy Absorbance spectrum and melting of a protein circular

dichroism molecular chirality structural transitions of macromolecules and analysis of

spectral results ligand binding and cell sorting Circular dichroic spectrum and melting

of a protein radiation radioactive decay particle detection liquid scintillation surface

plasmon resonance Thermodynamics of macromolecular transitions Mass spectroscopy

application to complex proteins Diffraction overview crystallization wavevector math

and scattering scattering from a periodic lattice reciprocal space and symmetry

multiwavelength anomalous diffraction and crystallographic statistics

Unit IV

Potential Energy Minimization Potential Energy Function Local Optimization Global

Optimization Energy Transformation

Unit V

Molecular Dynamics Simulation Equations of Motion Initial-Value Problem

Boundary-Value Problem Normal Mode Analysis

Unit VI

Knowledge-based Protein Modelling SequenceStructural Alignment Fold

RecognitionInverse Folding Knowledge-based Structural Refinement Structural

Computing Comparative and ab initio modelling

Reference Books

1 Principles of Biochemistry D L Nelson and MM Cox Lehninger W H

Freeman Fourth Edition 2004

2 Structural Genomics and High-Throughput Structural Biology Michael

Sundstroumlm Martin Norin Aled Edwards CRC Press 2006

3 The Physical Basis of Biochemistry The Foundations of Molecular Biophysics

PR Bergethon Springer Corrected edition 2000

16

4 Principles of Physical Biochemistry KE van Holde CJohnson and PShing Ho

Prentice Hall Second edition 2005

5 Lecture Notes on Computational Structural Biology Zhijun Wu World Scientific

Publishing Co Pte Ltd 2008

BT-553 High-Throughput Structural Biology Laboratory

1 Chemical modification of proteins

2 Peptide mapping

3 Analysis of amino acid composition

4 Analysis and interpretation of spectrophotometric data for denaturation studies

5 Analysis of CD data

6 Analysis and interpretation of NMR data

7 Crystallization of Lysozyme ndash pH driven and salt driven crystallization Effect of

concentration BMCD

8 Analysis and interpretation of X-Ray crystallographic data

9 Public domain software for structure modeling and visualization

BT -554 Self Study Open Area Seminar

17

Semester II

Group C

BT-601 Bioinformatics II

Unit I

Human Genetic Variation Databases of human genetic variation SNP databases

Mutation databases Tools for SNP and mutation visualization

Unit II

Biological Sequence Analysis amp Characterization Predictive Functional Analysis of

coding and non-polymorphisms Amino Acid Properties and Consequences of

Substitutions

Unit III

Genotype-Phenotype Mapping Relationship between genotypes and phenotypes

Genetic programming and its influence on phenotypes Monogenic and complex

disorders Interplay of genetic and environmental factors Integration of clinical and

molecular data Understanding the factors influencing disease susceptibility

Unit IV

Soft computation Machine learning Supervised and Unsupervised Methods Artificial

Neural Networks support vector machines fuzzy logic applications to data mining and

bioinformatics

18

Unit V

Pharmacogenomics and Pharmacogenetics Introduction Pharmacogenetics Drug

Response Single Nucleotide Polymorphism Case Study Pharmacogenomics Databases

OpenPGx Consortium

Unit VI

Bioinformatics Applications and Case Studies Novel Data Annotation and Curation

Pharmacogenomics Applications Database Creation Development of a Predictive Tool

Reference Books

1 Bioinformatics Genomics and Post-Genomics Freacutedeacuteric Dardel Franccedilois Keacutepegraves

Noah Hardy ISBN 978-0-470-02001-2 John Wiley amp Sons India Pte Ltd

2 Bioinformatics Theory and Practice Chikhale NJ and Gomase VS ISBN978-

81-8318minus831minus9 Himalaya Publication House

3 Discovering Genomics Proteomics and Bioinformatics Campbell

ISBN978813171 5598 Pearson Education

4 Proteomics Theory and Practice Gomase VS and Chikhale NJ Himalaya

Publication House

5 Essentials of Genomics and Bioinformatics Christoph W Sensen ISBN 978-3-

527-30541-4 John Wiley amp Sons India Pte Ltd

BT-602 Professional Elective I

BT-6021 Biological Database Management

Unit I

Introduction to Database Systems Overview File Systems vs DBMS Advantages of

DBMS Describing and Storing Data in DBMS Queries in a DBMS Structure of a

DBMS Exercises

19

Unit II

Relational Databases for Bioinformatics Relational Queries Relational Algebra amp

Calculus SQL Queries Programming amp Triggers Query by Example From relational

algebra to SQL

Unit III

Data Storage and Indexing File Organizations amp Indexes Tree-Structured amp Hash-

Based Indexing

Unit IV

Introduction to biological databases Nucleic acid and protein sequence data banks

GenBank EMBL DDBJ TrEMBL GenPept nucleotide sequence databank cDNA

databanks AIDS Virus sequence data bank rRNA data bank NBRF-PIR SWISSPROT

Signal peptide data bank etc

Unit V

Design of Biological Database System for Bioinformatics Schema Refinement amp

Normal Forms Physical Database Design amp Tuning Database Security amp Access

Control

Unit VI

Advanced DBMS Topics Parallel amp Distributed Databases Internet Databases Data

Mining Object-Database Systems Spatial Data Management

Reference Books

1 Database System Concept By CJ Date

2 Database System By Aho Ullman

3 Database Systems By Rob Coronel

4 Database Management Systems Raghu Ramakrishnan amp Johannes Gehrke

Second Edition

20

5 Database Modeling and Design Logical Design Toby J Teorey Sam S

Lightstone Tom Nadeau Publisher Morgan Kaufmann 4th Edition 2005

BT-6022 Plant Bioinformatics

Unit I

Plant Databases and Resources NCBI MIPS TAIR ArEnsEMBL Legume Maize

and Barley Resources

Unit II

Methods for Analysis of Gene Expression in Plants MPSS Classification of mRNA

Signatures Genomic Database MPSS Expression Database

Unit III

Metabolomics Data Analysis Visualization and Integration GC-MS HPLC-MS and

UPLC-MS Metabolic Profiling Methods

Unit IV

KEGG Bioinformatics Resource for Plant Genomics Research Pathway Maps

SSDB EXPRESSSION BRITE LIGAND GENOME

Unit V

Automated Discovery of Single Nucleotide Polymorphism and Simple Sequence

Repeat Molecular Genetic Markers SSR Discovery SNP Discovery SSRPrimer

SNPServer

Unit VI

Methods for Gene Ontology Annotation Web Sites for Browsing GO GO

Annotations Manual Annotations Computational Annotation Methods Functional

Analysis of Datasets

21

References

1 Plant Genomics Methods and Protocols Daryl J Somers Peter Langridge and J

Perry Gustafson Humana Press 2009

2 Plant Bioinformatics Methods and Protocols David Edwards Humana Press

2007

3 Biotechnology in Agriculture and Forestry Plant Metabolomics K Saito RA

Dixon and LWillmitzer Springer-Verlag Berlin Heidelberg 2006

4 Plant Genomics and Proteomics CHRISTOPHER A CULLIS John Wiley amp

Sons Inc 2004

5 Data Mining for Genomics and Proteomics Darius M Dziuda John Wiley amp

Sons Inc 2010

BT -6023 Web Application Development

Unit I

Perl Programming

Introduction and Installation

Unit II

Data types Arithmetic and Logical operators Conditionals and Loops List and Arrays

Working with files Regular Expression and Pattern Matching Bioperl installation and

any two related modules

Unit III

MySQL CGI and PHP Installing MySQL MySQL Programs Working with Data

MySQL Privileges

Unit IV

MySQL and Perl Perl DBI Connect Statement Handles Error Handling Server

Admin

22

Unit V

Apache Understanding Apache Installation Configuration

Unit VI

Database Creation using Perl Apache amp MySQL

Reference Books

1 Perl and Apache Adam McDaniel Wiley Publishing Inc 2010

2 Beginning Perl for Bioinformatics James Tisdall OrsquoReilly 1st Edn 2001

3 Developing Web Applications with Apache MySQL memcatched and Perl

Patrick Galbraith Wiley Publishing Inc 2009

4 Beginning Perl Development Steve Suehring Springer-Verlag New York Inc

2006

5 Database Management Systems Raghu Ramakrishnan amp Johannes Gehrke

Second Edition

BT-603 Professional Elective II

BT-6031 Computational Genomics

Unit I

DNA Sequencing Principles of DNA sequencing Pyrosequencing Automated DNA

sequencing Shotgun sequencing ndash contig assembly High through put sequencing

Double Digest Problem DNA double digest problem multiple solutions to double

digest problem Algorithm for DDP- Integer programming Partition problem and

travelling salesman problem probed partial digest problem homometric sets

23

Unit II

Cloning and clone libraries libraries by complete and partial digestion Gene mapping

mapping with unique and non-unique probes optical mapping interval graphs mapping

with restriction fragment fingerprints Lander-Waterman statistics screening clone

libraries radiation hybrid mapping

Unit III

Genome mapping Commonly Used DNA Markers SNPs or single nucleotide

polymorphisms Genetic Mapping and Physical Mapping alternating Eulerian cycles

transformations in Eulerian cycles Radiation maps STS NCBI and Map Integration

NCBIs Map Viewer Human Genome DNA analysis for health care Study of Model

Species

Unit IV

Functional Genomics DNA arrays sequencing by hybridization (SBH) positional

sequencing by hybridization SBH and the shortest superstring problem SBH and the

Eulerian path problem probability of unique sequence rearrangements string

rearrangements design of DNA microarrays fidelity probes for DNA arrays ESTs

Digital Northerns SAGE Relational Data Base cDNA Microarrays Oligonucleotide

Microarray Chips Cancer and Genomic microarrays Examples for application of

Microarrays Microarrays Data Analysis Gene finding tool

Unit V

Gene expression analysis Gene Control in Prokaryotes and Eukaryotes Structural

Motifs in Eukaryotic Transcription Factors Softwares for Motif Finding SAGE

SAGEmap GEO Profiles GEO DataSets GEO BLAST GEO DataSet Cluster Analysis

Gene Expression Data Analysis cDNA ESTs dbEST and Gene expression study

24

Unit VI

Gene prediction

Gene finding composition based finding sequence motif-based finding Finding of ORF

CpG Island Exons-Introns boundaries Splice site Homology Ab initio gene prediction

program Type of Gene prediction methods and algorithms Eukaryotic gene finding

Gene model in most gene finders Promoter Region Transcriptions Factor and Signals

GENSCAN FGENESH FGENES Promoter recognition programs TSSG NSITE

Pattern Search program Motif representation consensus regular expressions PSSMs

Markov models Other features of nucleic acid sequencing Protein motifs amp domains

Reference Books

1 Bioinformatics Genomics and Post-Genomics Freacutedeacuteric Dardel Franccedilois Keacutepegraves

Noah Hardy ISBN 978-0-470-02001-2 John Wiley amp Sons India Pte Ltd

2 Bioinformatics Theory and Practice Chikhale NJ and Gomase VS

ISBN978minus81minus8318minus831minus9 Himalaya Publication House

3 Discovering Genomics Proteomics and Bioinformatics Campbell

ISBN97881317155 98 Pearson Education

4 Essentials of Genomics and Bioinformatics Christoph W Sensen ISBN 978-3-

527- 30541-4 John Wiley amp Sons India Pte Ltd

5 Introduction to Computational Genomics A Case Studies Approach Nello

Cristianini Matthew W Hahn ISBN-139780521671910 Cambridge University

Press India Private Limited

BT-6032 Drug Design and Discovery

Unit I

Drug Discovery Organized Drug discovery and development Source of drugs

Pharmacological Microbial Recombinant Biochemical and Molecular level screening

systems and their construction strategies

25

Unit II

Approaches to New Drug Discovery Alternative strategies in Lead identification Lead

optimization Preclinical development Clinical trials Patenting and clearance for

application

Unit III

Enzymes as Targets of Drug Design Enzyme kinetics Enzyme inhibition and

activation Approaches to the Rational Design of Enzyme Inhibitors Structures of

enzyme stereochemistry of substrate binding site concept of subsites design of substrate

analogs structure based design of inhibitors enzyme inhibitor interactions binding

constant lock and key mechanism induced fit mechanism inhibitors as drug enzyme

inhibitor complexes recognition of new elements in the binding site development of

tight inhibitors Enzyme kinetics Enzyme inhibition and activation Approaches to the

Rational Design of Enzyme Inhibitors

Unit IV

Receptors as Targets of Drug Design Receptor Theory Lead Compound Discovery of

Receptor agonists and antagonists Receptor Complexes and Allosteric Modulators

Molecular Biology of Receptors Receptor Models and Nomenclature Receptor Binding

Assays Lead Compound Discovery of Receptor agonists and antagonists Natural

Product Sources Pharmacophore-based Ligand Libraries Diversity-based ligand

libraries High-throughput screening Receptor versus enzyme mediated drug action SAR

and its quantitative description QSAR Molecular principles in agonist and antagonist

action Thermodynamic and structural principles Objectives and approaches in the native

ligand modification Molecular graphic and dynamical methods in peptide and protein

mimicry Morphinans versus Enkephalins paradigm example of a peptido-mimetic

Other illustrative examples from current literature Drug design by receptor site fit

Active site simulations using PDB structure data and homology modeling Graphical and

computational active site fits exploiting small structure data libraries and commercial

softwares

26

Unit V

Computational Tools and Techniques Homology Model Building Molecular

Mechanics Protein Folding Docking Pharmacophore Models QSAR 3D-QSAR

Quantum Mechanics in Drug Design Cheminformatics

Unit VI

Current status and future prospects Synthetic Peptide libraries Peptide libraries

through Phage Display Applications in Epitope and Agretope mapping and in synth etic

vaccine design Artificial combinatorials Peptides bezodiazepines and other current

examples Selection strategies and screening methodologies Perspectives in Gene

Therapy Human Genome Project and its possible impact Prodrug Design and

Applications

Text Books

1 Comprehensive Medicinal Chemistry C Hansch (Ed) (Vols I-VI) Academic

Press 1990

2 Design of Enzyme Inhibitors as Drugs M Sandler and H J Smith Oxford Univ

Press 1989

3 Drug Discovery and Design Medical Aspects J Matsoukas and T

Mavromoustakos IOS Press 2002

4 Drug Design Cutting Edge Approaches Darren R Flower The Royal Society of

Chemistry Cambridge 2002

5 Protein Folding and Drug Design R A Broglia and L Serrano IOS Press 2007

BT-6033 Chemoinformatics

Unit I

Role of computers in chemical research Introduction to Chemoinformatics

Representation and manipulation of 2D and 3D molecular structures Chemical Databases

- Design Storage amp Retrieval methods

27

Unit 2

Representation of Molecules and Chemical compounds and reactions Different types of

Notations SMILES Coding Structure of Mol files and Sd files( Molecular converter

SMILES Translator)Similarity search of the molecule (Zinc Database)

Unit 3

Reaction databases Representation of chemical reactions Search techniques (Full Sub

and Super structure) Similarity searches Modeling of small molecules

Unit 4

Virtual screening and compound filtering biologically active compounds virtual and

high throughput screening filter functions

Unit 5

Combinatorial chemistry and Library design -Introduction Diversed and focused

Libraries Combinatorial library design strategies Product-based library design Multi-

objective library design

Unit 6

Analysis of high-throughput screening data- Introduction Data visualization Data

mining methods Prediction of ADMET properties QSAR Analysis model building and

model evaluation Chemoinformatics tools for drug discovery

Reference Books

1 Chemoinformatics theory practice amp products by Bary A Bunin Springer

2 Chemoinformaticsa textbook by Johann Gasteiger Wiley

3 Methods in molecular biology volume 201 Combinatorial library methods and

protocol edited by Lisa Bellavance English Humana Press

4 An introduction to chemoinformatics by Andrew R Leach Valerie J Gillet

Kluwer Academic Publishers

28

BT -604 Bioinformatics-II Laboratory

1 SNP and Mutation Databases

2 Gene Ontology

3 Predictive Functional Analysis of SNPs ndash SIFT PolyPhen

4 Pharmacogenomics Databases

BT-651 Professional Elective III

BT-6511 Computer Aided Drug Design

Unit I

Introduction Introduction to CADD SBDD Representation of Molecular Structures

Chemical Nomenclature and Structure Representation Processing Constitutional

Information Representation of 3D Structures Molecular Shape Analysis Representation

of Chemical Reactions

Unit II

Virtual Screening Virtual Screening Chemoinformatics in Lead Discovery

Computational Chemistry Molecular Complexity and Screening Set Design Algorithmic

Engines in Virtual Screening Strengths and Limitations of Pharmacophore-Based Virtual

Screening

Unit III

Lead Discovery High Throughput Screening Hit and Lead Discovery Enhancing Hit

Quality and Diversity within Assay Throughput Constraints Molecular Graphics

Molecular Dynamics and Simulation of Lead Molecular Diversity in Lead Discovery

From Quantity to Quality In Silico Lead Optimization

29

Unit IV

Databases and Libraries Databases and Libraries PubChem PubEchm-BioAssay

Pharma Project Drug Bank WOMBAT World of Molecular Bioactivity Cabinet -

Chemical and Biological Informatics Network Structure Modification in Chemical

Databases Rational Design of GPCR-specific Combinational Libraries Based on the

Concept of Privileged Substructures

Unit V

Molecular docking amp Simulation de novo pharmacophore elucidation drug design for

structurally well-defined receptor targets like HIV protease inhibition ER antagonism

H2 receptor antagonism Chirase inhibition (quinoline derivative antibiotics) and ACE

inhibition macromolecule-ligand docking docking algorithms AUTODOCK Molecular

dynamic simulations relative energy energy minimization methods ligand binding free

energy calculations (both simulation and empirical methods) intermolecular interactions

forces related to drug binding force-field calculation including solvation role of

solubility in drug binding and pKa Poisson-Boltzmann Surface Area (PBSA) AMBER

GROMOS and GROMACS

Unit VI

CADD Applications CADD Applications A Practical Strategy for Directed Compound

Acquisition Efficient Strategies for Lead Optimization Chemoinformatics Tools for

Library Design Hit-to-Lead Process A Users Perspective Application of Predictive

3DQSAR Models to Database Mining Drug Discovery - Case Study

Reference Books

1 Computer Applications in Pharmaceutical Research and Development Wang

Binghe ISBN-10 0-471-73779-8 John Wiley amp Sons India Pte Ltd

2 Engineering Chemistry RV Gadag and A Nityananda Shetty ISBN

8188237833 IK International Publishing House Pvt Ltd

3 Virtual Screening in Drug Discovery Juan Alvarez and Brian Shoichet ISBN-13

978-0824754792 CRC Press

30

4 Biological Thermodynamics Donald T Haynie ISBN9780521704045

Cambridge University Press India Private Limited

5 Chemoinformatics in Drug Discovery Tudor I Oprea Raimund Mannhold Hugo

Kubinyi Gerd Folkers ISBN 978-3-527-30753-1 John Wiley amp Sons India Pt L

BT - 6512 Computer Graphics

Unit I

Graphic Systems Refresh CRT raster-scan displays DVST plasma displays LCD

Unit II

Input devices functions provided by input devices basic working of these input

devices image scanners touch panels Input modes request mode event mode

Unit III

Output Primitives Points lines DDA Bresenham live amp circle drawing algorithm

ellipse generation

Unit IV

Filled area Primitives scan line polygon fill algorithm inside outside tests boundary

fill algorithm Line width color color and gray levels character attributes

Unit V

Two-dimensional Geometric Transformation Basic transformation translation

rotation scaling fixed point scaling general scaling direction The viewing pipeline

window viewpoint transformation Line clipping algorithms

Three Dimensional concepts Polygon surfaces plane equation curved lines and

surfaces quadric surfaces spline representation spline specification Bezier curves and

surfaces B-splines and surfaces Displaying spline curves and surfaces Hornerrsquos rule

31

Three-Dimensional transformation and viewing methods 3 D transformations viewing

co-ordinates transformation from world to viewing co-ordinates parallel and perspective

projections Back face detection depth-buffer and A-buffer methods

Unit VI

3D Object Representation Visible Surface Algorithms Curves and Surfaces in

Computer Graphics Introduction to Ray Tracing and Radiosity methods Anti-aliasing

Shadow generation Texture mapping Effects Fractals Image Coding Color

Reference Books

1 Computer Graphics by DHearn and MP Baker

2 Computer Graphics - A programming approach by Harriyton

3 Procedural Elements of Computer Graphics by Roger

4 Three Dimensional Computer Graphics by Folley and Dam

5 Computer Graphics Principles and Practice James Foley Andries van Dam

Steve Feiner and John Hugues Second Edition

BT-6513 Pharmacogenomics and Personalized Medicine

Unit I

Introduction to Pharmacogenomics The roots of pharmacogenomics Historical

Perspectives and Current Status

Unit II

The Human genome Computational genome analysis

Unit III

Functional Analysis of Gene Variation amp Genotyping Techniques Aspects

influencing method of selection SNP Genotyping TaqMan Genotyping

32

Unit IV

Pharmacogenomics in drug discovery The need of protein structure information

protein structure and variation in drug targets-the scale of problem Mutation of drug

targets leading to change in the ligand binding pocket

Unit V

Case Studies

Unit VI

Management of Pharmacogenomic Information PharmGKB

Reference Books

1 Pharmacogenomics The Search for the Individualized Therapiesrdquo Licinio Julio

and Ma-Li Wong Wiley-VCH 2002

2 Pharmacogenomics An Approach to New Drugs Development Chakrabarthy

Chiranjib and Bhattacharyya Atane 2004

3 Pharmacogenomics Social Ethical and Clinical Dimensions Rothstein Mark A

Wiley-Liss 2003

4 Pharmacogenomics in Drug Discovery amp Development Qing Yan Humana

Press 2008

5 Pharmacogenomics Methods and Protocols Federico Innocenti Humana Press

2005

BT-652 Professional Elective IV

BT -6521 Combinatorial Methods in Biopharamaceuticals

Unit I

Introduction The Original Combinatorial Chemist ndash Biopolymers constitute natural

libraries ndash Selection and evolution ndash The expression of genetic information

33

Combinatorial assembly of antibody genes ndash Molecular solutions to Combinatorial

problems

Unit II

Synthetic Peptide Libraries Solid-Phase peptide synthesis ndash Peptide on pins ndash Other

iterative disconvolution strategies Examples of SplitCoupleMix Peptide Libraries ndash

Positional Scanning

Unit III

Supports Linkers and Reagents for peptide and small molecule synthesis

Polystyrenes ndash PEG ndash Grafted supports ndash Coupling strategies ndash New resins and linkers ndash

Ring ndash forming cleavage ndash loading

Unit IV

Supported Solution ndash Phase Synthesis Polyethylene glycols ndash Dendrimers Fluorous

synthesis ndash Solution ndash Phase parallel synthesis scavenging resins ndash Ion Exchange resins ndash

Supported reagents ndash Flourous reagents ndash Solid phase extraction ndash Gas Phase separation

Unit V

Analytical Methods for Solid-Phase Synthesis Product identification ndash Gel Phase

NMR ndash High resolution magic angle spinning NMR on-bead infrared Spectroscopy ndash

Mass Spectroscopy ndash Non-Spectroscopic Methods- Product identification ndash Gel Phase

NMR ndash High resolution magic angle spinning NMR on-bead infrared Spectroscopy ndash

Mass Spectroscopy ndash Non Spectroscopic Methods

Unit VI

A Combinatorial Approach to Gene Expression Analysis DNA Microarrays DNA

Microarray Components Characteristics and Technology Fabrication Target

Preparation and Labelling Procedures Hybridization and Washing Target Detection

Analysis Applications of the Microarray Technology

34

Reference Books

1 Fenniri Hicham lsquoCombinatorial Chemistryrsquo Oxford University Press 2000

2 Block JH and Beale JM lsquoWilson amp Gisvolds Text book of Organic Medicinal

and Pharmaceutical Chemistryrsquo 11th Edition Lippincott Williams amp Wilkins

2004

3 Fassina G ldquoCombinatorial Chemistry and Technologies Methods and

Applicationsrdquo 2nd Edition CRC Press 2005

4 Combinatorial Chemistry Synthesis Analysis Screening Gunther Jung

WILEY-VCH Verlag GmbH 2001

5 Handbook of Combinatorial Chemistry Drugs Catalysts Materials K C

Nicolaou Wiley-VCH 2002

BT -6522 Data Warehousing and Data Mining

Unit I

Data Warehousing and Business Analysis Data warehousing Components ndashBuilding a

Data warehouse ndash Mapping the Data Warehouse to a Multiprocessor Architecture ndash

DBMS Schemas for Decision Support ndash Data Extraction Cleanup and Transformation

Tools ndash Metadata ndash reporting ndash Query tools and Applications ndash Online Analytical

Processing (OLAP) ndash OLAP and Multidimensional Data Analysis

Unit II

Data Mining Data Mining Functionalities ndash Data Preprocessing ndash Data Cleaning ndash Data

Integration and Transformation ndash Data Reduction ndash Data Discretization and Concept

Hierarchy Generation

Unit III

Association Rule Mining Efficient and Scalable Frequent Item set Mining Methods ndash

Mining Various Kinds of Association Rules ndash Association Mining to Correlation

Analysis ndash Constraint-Based Association Mining

35

Unit IV

Classification and Prediction Issues Regarding Classification and Prediction ndash

Classification by Decision Tree Introduction ndash Bayesian Classification ndash Rule Based

Classification ndash Classification by Back propagation ndash Support Vector Machines ndash

Associative Classification ndash Lazy Learners ndash Other Classification Methods ndash Prediction ndash

Accuracy and Error Measures ndash Evaluating the Accuracy of a Classifier or Predictor ndash

Ensemble Methods ndash Model Section Cluster Analysis - Types of Data in Cluster

Analysis ndash A Categorization of Major Clustering Methods ndash Partitioning Methods ndash

Hierarchical methods ndash Density-Based Methods ndash Grid-Based Methods ndash Model-Based

Clustering Methods ndash Clustering High-Dimensional Data ndash Constraint-Based Cluster

Analysis ndash Outlier Analysis Mining Object Spatial Multimedia Text and Web Data

Multidimensional Analysis and Descriptive Mining of Complex Data Objects ndash Spatial

Data Mining ndash Multimedia Data Mining ndash Text Mining ndash Mining the World Wide Web

Unit V

Microarray Data Mining Practical Factors Prior to Data Mining Differential Gene

Expression Discriminant Analysis Gene Annotation and Pathway Analysis Microarray

Data Mining Applications

Unit VI

Integrative Data Analysis for Biological Discovery Introduction Representative

Selection of Algorithms Application to a specific domain Future trends

Reference Books

1 Jiawei Han and Micheline Kamber ldquoData Mining Concepts and Techniquesrdquo

Second Edition Elsevier Reprinted 2008

2 Alex Berson and Stephen J Smith ldquoData Warehousing Data Mining amp OLAPrdquo

Tata McGraw ndash Hill Edition Tenth Reprint 2007

3 KP Soman Shyam Diwakar and V Ajay ldquoInsight into Data mining Theory and

Practicerdquo Easter Economy Edition Prentice Hall of India 2006

4 G K Gupta ldquoIntroduction to Data Mining with Case Studiesrdquo Easter Economy

36

Edition Prentice Hall of India 2006

5 Pang-Ning Tan Michael Steinbach and Vipin Kumar ldquoIntroduction to Data

Miningrdquo Pearson Education 2007

BT-6523 Genomics From Human Genome Project to Medical

Applications

Unit I

Biotechnology and Genomics in Medicine Gene Medicine Disease Models Impact of

Genomics on Medicine Molecular Medicines

Unit II

Genomics Human Genome Project Breakthroughs Functional Genomics Comparative

Genomics Transcriptomics Proteomics Mutational Genomics

Unit III

Genomics Applications in Infectious Diseases Identification of causative microbes

molecular epidemiology host resistance to infection pathogenicity combating infectious

diseases

Unit IV

Genomics Applications in Genetic Diseases Genetic Disorders detection and treatment

of single gene disorders analysis of polygenic disorders linkage analysis Linkage

disequilibrium mapping haplotypes MHC pharmacogenomics

Unit V

Genomics Applications in Cancer Molecular basis of cancer impact of genomics on

cancer research methods for the diagnosis of cancer approaches to cancer therapy

37

Unit VI

Case Study Cardiovascular Disorders Cardiovascular Single Gene Disorders

Cardiovascular Polygenic Disorders Therapies and Applications

Reference Books

1 Human Molecular Genetics Third Edition (2003) T Strachan and AP Read

Garland Science Publication

2 Molecular Cell Biology Sixth Edition (2007) H Lodish A Berk and CA

Kaiser W H Freeman amp Co Ltd

3 Cardiovascular Genetics and Genomics for the Cardiologist (2007) Victor J Dzau

and Choong-Chin Liew Blackwell Publishing

4 Genomics The Science of Technology Behind the Human Genome Project

(1999) Charles R Cantor and Cassandra L Smith John Wiley amp Sons Inc

5 A Century of Mendelism in Human Genetics (2005) Milo Keynes

AWFEdwards and Robert Peel CRC Press

BT-653 Professional Elective-III Laboratory

BT-6531 Computer-Aided Drug Design Laboratory

1 To perform the homology modeling of a protein by using the MODELLER

software

2 To evaluate the 3D structure of a protein by using the different tools on the SAVS

server

3 To find the active sitecavity in a receptor by using the SURFACE RACER

program

4 To draw the chemical structures by using the ChemSketchChemDraw software

5 To perform the de novo Drug Designing by using the LIGBUILDER software

6 To perform the protein-ligand docking by using the HEX program

7 To perform the protein-protein docking by using the AUTOCOCK software

38

8 To perform the virtual screening of ligands by using the DOCK program

9 To perform the Quantitative Structure-Activity Relationship (QSAR) analysis by

using the DRAGON software

10 To perform the Pharmacophore modeling of ligands by using the LigandScout

program

BT-6532 Computer Graphics Laboratory

1 Standard functions in the c graphics module -Introduction to pixels drawing

various geometric objects filling polygons images etc

2 Implementation of the basic line drawing algorithm and the Circle drawing

algorithm using DDA Midpoint algorithm Bresenhams algorithm etc

3 Polygon filling using seed fill scan line algorithm etc

4 Clipping algorithms -Cohen-Sutherland algorithm LiangBarsky algorithm etc

5 2D and 3D Transformations -Translation scaling rotation etc

6 Projections - Parallel and perspective projections and their types Curve fitting -

Cubic curves (Bezier curves spline curves etc)

7 Lighting and Shading -Implementing Phong illumination model Gouraud and

Phong shading Animation

8 Image processing demonstration

BT-6533 Pharmacogenomics and Personalized Medicine

Laboratory

1 Accessing querying and becoming comfortable with the interface of

pharmacogenomics based databases ndash

a UCSC

b NCBI dbSNP

c HapMap and resequencing databases

d 1000 Genomes

39

e PharmGKB - a publicly available Internet tool to aid researchers in

understanding how genetic variation among individuals contributes to

differences in reactions to drugs

f Drug Bank

2 Use of PGx pipeline 10 Server

3 Statistical data management using SAS

a Data Collection and Entry

b Data Storage and Transferal

c Data Analysis

d Data Exposition USING sas

4 Understand and run Warfarin dosing algorithm using web based interfaces

5 Sequence variation analysis

BT-654 Minor Project-I

BT-701 Professional Elective V

BT-7011 Immunoinformatics

Unit I

Immunology Introduction Overview of the Immune System A Case Study

Classification of Immunity Concepts in Immunology Antigens Antibodies The

Compliment System Antigen-Antibody Reactions The Major Histocompatibility

Complex allele selection Antigen Presentation TAP T cell receptors

Unit II

Advanced Immunology Immune Effector Mechanisms Cytokines and Chemokines

Hypersensitive Reactions The Immune system in Health and Disease Autoimmunity

Transplantation Immunology Classification of Vaccine

40

Unit III

HLA System in model organism Defining HLA Supertypes in HLAndashStructural and

Modeling Principles HLA Super types by GRIDCPCA and Hierarchical Clustering

Methods Structural Basis for HLA-A2 Supertypes Clustering of MHC Peptide-Binding

Repertoires HLA Alleles-Electrostatic Distribution Maps

Unit IV

In Silico Prediction of Immunogenicity Databases Searching An Introduction

MHCDB(NCBI) IMGT The IMGTHLA Database IPD The Immuno Polymorphism

Database SYFPEITHI Database for Searching and T-Cell Epitope Prediction Mapping

of T-Cell Epitopes MHC Binders and TAP Binders Mapping of LinearB-Cell Epitopes

in Bcipep Database Haptens Carrier Proteins and Anti-Hapten Antibodies

Unit V

Predictions Predicting Peptide-MHC Binding PeptidendashMHC Binding Using Profiles

Machine Learning Techniques for MHC Binders Artificial Intelligence Methods for

Predicting T-Cell Epitopes MHC-Class I and II Binding Affinity MHCndash Molecular

Affinity and QSAR Models Support Vector Machine for MHC-Binding Peptides Static

Energy Analysis of MHC Class I and Class II Peptide-Binding Affinity Nonlinear

Predictive Modeling of MHC Class IIndashPeptide Binding Using Bayesian Neural

Networks

Unit VI

Applications Computational vaccinology Viral Bioinformatics Immunogenomics

Mathematical models of HIV and the immune systems

Reference Books

1 Immunology Richard A Goldsby Thomas J Kindt Barbara A Osborne Janis

Kuby WH Freeman amp Company 5th edition Pages 19-504 2003

41

2 Roittrsquos Essential Immunology Ivan M Roitt Peter J Delves Blackwell Science

Ltd 10th Edition 2001

3 Immunoinformatics predicting Immunogenicity in-silico Darren R Flower

Humana Press Pages 1-309

4 Instant Notes in Immunology PM Lydyard A Whelan MW Fanger BIOS

Scientific Publishers Ltd 1st Edition 2003

5 An Introduction to Immunology CV Rao Narosa Publishing House1st Edition

2004

BT-7012 Medical Bioinformatics

Unit I

An Overview Introduction Problems in health care motivating biomedical informatics

Seminal documents and reports Resources of field - organizations information

education

Biomedical Computing Types of Computers Data Storage in Computers Computer

Hardware and Software Computer Networks Software Engineering Challenges for

Biomedical Computing

Electronic Health Records Clinical Data and Workflow History and Perspective of the

Health (Medical) Record Potential Benefits of the Electronic Health Record

Definitions and Key Attributes of the EHR EHR Examples Nursing Informatics

Unit II

Clinical Decision Support EHR Implementation Historical Perspectives and

Approaches Medical Errors and Patient Safety Reminders and Alerts Computerized

Provider Order Entry (CPOE) Implementing the EHR Use and Outcomes of the EHR

Cost-Benefit of the EHR

Standards and Interoperability Privacy Confidentiality and Security Standards

Basic Concepts Identifier and Transaction Standards Message Exchange Standards

42

Terminology Standards Privacy Confidentiality and Security Basic Concepts HIPAA

and Other Countriesrsquo Privacy and Security Regulations

Unit III

Secondary Use of Clinical Data Personal Health Records Health Info Exchange

Public Health Health Care Quality Clinical Research Personal Health Records Health

Information Exchange Public Health Informatics Health Care Quality Clinical Research

Informatics

Unit IV

Evidence-Based Medicine and Medical Decision Making Definitions and Application

of EBM Interventions Diagnosis Harm and Prognosis Summarizing Evidence Putting

Evidence into Practice Limitations of EBM

Unit V

Information Retrieval and Digital Libraries Information Retrieval Knowledge-based

Information Content Indexing Retrieval Evaluation Digital Libraries

Imaging Informatics and Telemedicine Imaging in Health Care Modalities of

Imaging Digital Imaging Telemedicine Definitions and Barriers Efficacy of

Telemedicine

Unit VI

Translational Bioinformatics Translational Bioinformatics - The Big Picture

Overview of Basic Molecular Biology Important Biotechnologies Driving

Bioinformatics Genetics-Related Diseases Bioinformatics Information Resources

Translational Bioinformatics Challenges and Opportunities

Organizational and Management Issues in Informatics Organizational Behavior

Organizational Issues in Failure and Success of Informatics Projects Change

Management

43

Reference Books

1 Handbook of Medical Informatics Jvan Bemmel (Editor) MA Musen (Editor)

Mark Musen (Author) Springer-Verlag published

2 Clinical Decision Support Systems Theory and Practice (Health Informatics) by

Eta S Berner (Editor) M J Ball (Editor) Springer-Verlag New York Inc

3 Computer-Based Patient Record An Essential Technology for Health Care

Revised Edition by Committee on Improving the Patient Record Institute of

Medicine Richard S Dick and Elaine B Steen (Paperback - Jan 1997)

BT-7013 Advanced Genetic Engineering

Unit I

Core techniques in gene manipulation Cutting and joining DNA introduction of DNA

into cells Isolation sequencing and synthesis of gene

Unit II

Cloning strategies construction of genomic libraries and cDNA libraries Probe

construction recombinant selection and screening Analysis of expression Analysis of

recombinant DNA site-directed mutagenesis altered expression and engineering genes

Unit III

DNA amplification using polymerase chain reaction Key concepts Analysis of amplified

products Applications of PCR Ligase chain reaction Expression systems and their

applications Ecoli Streptomyces Yeast Baculovirus and animal cells as cloning hosts

Sequencing methods

Unit IV

Transfection techniques Gene silencing techniques Gene knockouts and gene therapy

Differential gene expression and protein array Protein-protein interactions DNA-Protein

44

interactions Somatic and germ line therapy-in vivo and ex vivo Transgenics

Unit V

Applications of Genetic Engineering Pharming Genetically Engineered Foods

Biofuels Designer Babies

Unit VI

Applications of Bioinformatics in Genetic Engineering Functional Genomics

Analysis of Mutations Applications in Agriculture

Reference Books

1 Principles of gene manipulation by RNOld amp SBPrimrose (1994) Blackwell

Scientific Publications

2 DNA cloning I amp II by DM Glover amp BD Hames (1995) IRL Press

3 PCR stratagies by MA Innis DHGelfand amp JJ Sninskey (1995) Academic Press

4 Concepts in Biotechnology ndash Editors DBalasubramanian et al University Press

(1996)

5 Methods in Molecular Biology vol62 Edited by RSTuan Humana Press

Totowa New Jersey

BT-702 Professional Elective VI

BT-7021 Nanotechnology in Health Care

Unit I

Nanotechnology in Pharmaceutical Applications Human anatomy ndash Form function

and physiology ndash Developmental prolog - principle of development ndash Neurophysiology ndash

sensory physiology and muscle physiology - Trends in nanobiotechnology - Protein- and

45

peptide-based compounds for cancer diabetes infectious diseases and organ transplant-

therapeutic classes- focused pharmaceutical delivery systems

Unit II

Immunoassay Techniques Understanding of antibody-based diagnostic techniques

(immunoassay) - micro- and nano-immunosensors- Bio-Barcode Assay- use of magnets

gold DNA and antibodies- therapies and diagnostics for cancer and central nervous

system disorders

Unit III

Improved Medical Diagnostics Improved diagnostic products and techniques- in vivo

imaging capabilities by enabling the detection of tumors plaque genetic defects and

other disease states-ability to control or manipulate on the atomic scale- Nanobot medical

devices- logic and intelligence embedded into medical devices- standalone sensing and

computing devices

Unit IV

Prosthetic and Medical Plants New generations of prosthetic and medical implants-

artificial organs and implants- artificial scaffolds or biosynthetic coatings-

biocompatibility and reduced rejection ratio- retinal cochlear and neural implants

repair of damaged nerve cells and replacements of damaged skin tissue or bone

Unit V

Methods for Diagnosis Animation of the PCR - DNA Profiling - Cantilever Sensors -

Targeted Drug Delivery - Magnetic Nanoparticles - Cancer cell targeting - Stem Cell

Scaffolds - Electrochemical Impedance Spectroscopy (EIS) - Tethered Lipid Membranes

Reference Books

1 Chemical Sensors and Biosensors Brian R Eggins Wiley New York

Chichester 2002

46

2 Biosensors and modern biospecific analytical techniques Wilson amp Wilsonrsquos

Comprehensive Analytical Chemistry Ed L Gorton Elsevier Amsterdam

London 2005

3 The Immunoassay Handbook Ed David Wild 3rd ed Amsterdam Elsevier

2005

4 Electrochemical Methods Fundamentals and Applications Allen J Bard and

Larry R Faulkner Wiley New York Chichester 2nd ed 2001

5 Ultrathin Electrochemical Chemo- and Biosensors Technology and Performance

in Springer Series on Chemical Sensors and Biosensors Volume Two Ed

Vladimir M Mirsky Springer Berlin 2004

BT-7022 Resource Planning amp Management in Bioinformatics

Unit I

Introduction Fundamentals of Resource management practice

Unit II

Bioinformatics resources-an Introduction Tour to bioinformatics web sites Biological

databases and software an overview Open source movement Bioinformatics Resource

utilization and commercialization Networking and Super Computing resources- world

wide and India specific facilities Clinical applications of bioinformatics

Bioinformatics resource management the key-issues (piracy hacking and data mining)

Data Security and integration in Pharma Industry tools and techniques

Unit III

Bioinformatics Resources as a business practice The bioinformatics market-

Bioinformatics companies and products commercialization of bioinformaticsrsquo resources

funding agencies for bioinformatics projects models of technology transfer amp licensing

47

Unit IV

Commercial amp Financial aspects of Bioinformatics Concepts of software product

Market and process economics Financial appraisal of bioinformatics projects - cash flow

diagram ROR discounted ROR etc Architecture of a typical bioinformatics business

plan

Unit V

TRIPS agreement IPR issues in relation to software products processes Architecture

of Patent application Biotechnology amp Bioinformatics Related issues of Public Concern -

Bioethics

Reference Books

1 ERP Demystified Alexis Leon Tata McGraw Hill 1999

2 Concepts in Enterprise Resource Planning Joseph A Brady Ellen F Monk Bret

J Wangner Thomson Learning 2001

3 BAREACT Indian Patent Act 1970 Acts amp Rules Universal Law Publishing

Co Pvt Ltd 2007

4 Kankanala C Genetic Patent Law amp Strategy 1st Edition Manupatra

Information Solution Pvt Ltd 2007

5 Essentials of Management by H Koontz H Weihrich and C OrsquoDonnell

Publisher McGraw-HillIrwin

6 The Practice of Management by P Drucker Publisher Harper Business

BT-7023 Advanced Drug Delivery Systems

Unit I

Dendrimers- Synthesis -Nanoscale containers- Gene transfection ndash Nanosca foldsystems-

Biocompatibility of Dendromers

Unit II

Microfabricated drug delivery systems ndash Microneedles- Micropumps-Microvalves-

48

Implantable microchips ndash sustained chronic disease

Unit III

Properties of drug targeting delivery systems-ADME hypothesis- site specific drugs-

Synthetic carrier for drugs-liposomes-Antibodies

Unit IV

Targeted Nanoparticles for drug delivery- Polymers nanotubes- Issues for specific disease

will be addressed

Unit V

Virus Based Nanoparticles - Modification by bioconjugation ndash Tumour targetting invivo

ndash use in biomedical Imaging

Reference Books

1 Drug Delivery Engineering Principles for Drug Therapy M Salzman Oxford

University Press 2001

2 Drug Delivery and Targeting AM Hillery CRC Press 2002

3 Drug Delivery Principles and Applications B Wang Wiley Intersceince 2005

BT-703 Minor Project ndash II

BT-704 Major Project - I

BT-705 Self Study

BT-801 Major Project-II

1

Delhi Technological University

Civil Engineering Department

M Tech Syllabus

Various Courses of M Tech (Structure) Programmes in Delhi Technological University

Scheme for M Tech (Structural Engineering) Sem Gp Course Details Course

Code L T P Internal

Marks External Marks

Total Marks

Credits

Ist A Advanced Mathematics amp Numerical Techniques

CE501 3 0 0 50 100 150 3

Finite Element Method of Structural Analysis

CE503 3 0 0 50 100 150 3

Advanced Theory of Structures CE502 3 0 0 50 100 150 3 Structural Engg Laboratory CE504 0 0 2 30 70 100 2

B Theory of Plates amp Elastic Stability CE551 3 0 0 50 100 150 3 Theory of Elasticity amp Plasticity CE552 3 0 0 50 100 150 3 CADD Laboratory CE553 0 0 2 30 70 100 2 Self study Open Area Seminar CE554 0 0 2 50 00 50 1

21Hoursweek 1000 20 IInd C

Structural Dynamics CE601

3 0 0 50 100 150 3

Elective I any one of the following 1 Material Science amp Technology 2 Plastic Analysis of Metallic Styructures 3 Stress Analysis

CE6021 CE6022

CE6023

3 0 0 50 100 150 3

Elective II any one of the following 1 Design of Industrial Structures and

Bridges 2 Design of Tall Buildings 3 Seismic Design of Structures

CE6031

CE6032 CE6033

3 0 0 50 100 150 3

Photo-Elasticity Lab CE564 0 0 2 30 70 100 2 D Elective III any one of the following

1 Design of Structures for Dynamic Loads

2 Prestressed Concrete Design 3 Shells and Folded Plates

CE6511

CE6512 CE6513

3 0 0 50 100 150 3

Elective IV any one of the following 1 Design of Hydraulic Structures 2 Groundwater and Seepage 3 Instrumentation 4 Planning and Design of

Environmental Services

CE6521 CE6522 CE6523 CE6524

3 0 0 50 100 150 3

Str Dynamics Lab CE653 0 0 2 30 70 100 2 Minor Project I CE654 0 0 2 50 00 50 1

21Hoursweek 1000 20 IIIrd E Elective V any one of the following

1 Geotechnical Earthquake Engineering

2 Foundation Engineering 3 Soil Structure Interaction

CE7011

CE7012 CE7013

3 0 0 50 100 150 3

Elective VI any one of the following 1 Advanced Building Construction and

CE7021

3 0 0 50 100 150 3

2

Management 2 Disaster Resistant Structures 3 Soil Dynamics and Geotechnical

Earthquake Engineering

CE7022 CE7023

Self Study open area seminar II CE703 0 0 2 50 00 50 1 Minor Project II CE704 0 0 4 00 200 200 4 Major Project part I CE705 0 0 2 200 00 200 4

18Hoursweek 750 15 IVth F Major Project Part II CE801 3 0 0 00 750 750 15 6Hrswk 750 15 Grand Total 3500 70

Subject Code Subject L T P D MM

CE501 ADVANCED MATHEMATICS AND NUMERICAL TECHNIQUES

3 0 0 0

ADVANCED MATHEMATICS AND NUMERICAL TECHNIQUES Determinants and matrices Solution of linear equations Indeterminacy of structures Influence co-efficient methods Flexibility and Stiffness matrices for statically indeterminate structures Application of Fourier series to beams Complex variables Conformal mapping and Schwartz-Christoffel transformation applied to flow problems Tensor analysis (Cartesian) and its application to simple elastic and plastic problems Differential equations Series solution Bessel functions Legendre Polynomials Partial Differential equations Legendrersquos form Numerical method Finite Differences Numerical integration and differentiation Numerical solution of ordinary differential equations and their application to engineering structures Poissonrsquos Laplacersquos and biharmonic equations Relaxation methods and their application to Civil Engineering problems Advanced Computer programming and its application to Engineering problems

References

BSGrawalrdquo Higher engineering mathematicsrdquo

Jain and lyengar ldquoAdvanced engineering mathematicsrdquo Narosa publishing house

EKreyszig ldquoAdvanced engineering mathematicsrdquo John Wiley amp Sons

Peter OrsquoNeil ldquoAdvanced engineering mathematicsrdquo

Subject Code Subject L T P D MM

CE503 FINITE ELEMENT METHOD OF STRUCTURAL ANALYSIS

3 0 0 0

FINITE ELEMENT METHOD OF STRUCTURAL ANALYSIS

Finite element displacement approach plane stress and plane strain problems Triangular and rectangular elements 2-D and 3-D elements Iso-parametric elements Application to structural problems References

CSKrishnamoorthy Finite element analysis theory and programming Tata McGraw Hill Cook RD Malkus DS and Plesha ME Concepts and Applications of Finite Element Analysis Third Edition John Wiley 1989 OC Zienkiewicz The Finite Element Method McGraw-Hill

KJBathe rdquo Finite Element procedures in Engineering Analysisrdquo Prantice Hall India

3

Abel amp DesairdquoIntroduction to the Finite Element Methodrdquo CBS Publishers

Subject Code Subject L T P D MM

CE502 ADVANCED THEORY OF STRUCTURES 3 0 0 0

ADVANCED THEORY OF STRUCTURES

Flexibility and stiffness methods of structural analysis Analysis using substructure technique effects of axial forces on flexural stiffness Analysis of framed shear wall buildings Non Linear and Elasto-Plastic Analysis Beams curved in plan and elevation Various types of structural systems for tall buildings References

HCMartin Introduction to Matrix Methods of Structural Analysis

Kardestuncer Elementary Matrix Analysis of Structures

Weaver amp Gere Matrix Structural Analysis CBS Publisher

AGahali AM Neville amp Brown ldquoStructural analysisrdquo

Norris Wilbur Utku ldquo Elementry Structural analysisrdquo

BeaufaitRowanHoadley ldquoComputer method of Structural analysis

Subject Code Subject L T P D MM

CE504 STRUCTURAL ENGINEERING LABORATOR 0 0 2 0

Structural Engineering Laboratory

Concrete mix design amp testing Non destructive testing of Concrete testing of RCC Under and Over reinforced Beams Columns under eccentric loading two way reinforced RCC Slabs fracture characteristics of mild steel and cold worked steels

Subject Code Subject L T P D MM

CE551 THEORY OF PLATES AND ELASTIC

STABILITY

3 0 0 0

THEORY OF PLATES AND ELASTIC STABILITY Theory of stability The concept of stability Post buckling behaviour of long slender columns Columns with elastically supported ends Newmarkrsquos formula Columns with spring supports two hinged and fixed portal frames symmetrically loaded Energy and numerical methods of columns Columns with lateral loads Columns with variable sections Effect of shearing force on critical load Inelastic buckling of bars built up columns of varying moments of inertia Lateral buckling of beams

Buckling of Plates Theory of plates Elastic theory of plates rectangular plates with various loading and edge conditions Fourierrsquos series finite differences energy and finite element methods exact theory of plates Circular plates continues plates and approximate methods of analysing rectangular grids Distribution of concentrated loads to the various beams in grid floor and bridge decks

References

SP Timoshenko SW Krieger Theory of Plates and Shells McGraw-Hill 1959

4

K Chandrashekhara Theory of Plates University Press 2001

ACStress in plates and shells

SP Timoshenko JMGere Theory of elastic stability McGraw-Hill 1959

Subject Code Subject L T P D MM

CE552 THEORY OF ELASTICITY AND PLASTICITY

3 0 0 0

THEORY OF ELASTICITY AND PLASTICITY Theory of elasticity Stress tensor equations of equilibrium Kinematic relationships and equations of compatibility Generalised Hookrsquos law Boundary conditions Plane stress and Plane strain Airyrsquos stress function Saint Venantrsquos principal problems in rectangular and polar co-ordinates

Inverse and semi-inverse methods Torsion of prismatic bars Membrane analogy Typical applications

Theory of PlasticityHydro-static and deviatorinc components of stress tensor invariants of stress tensor Tresca-Saint Venants and Henky-von Mises yield conditions Octahedral stresses

Analysis of (I) Bending of bars of narrow rectangular cross section formation of plastic hinge

(II) Torsion of prismatic bars sand heap analogy

(III) Thick Spherical shell- bursting pressure

(IV) Thick cylindrical tube autofrettage

References

SPTimoshenko amp JNGoodier Theory of Elasticity McGraw Hill-1970

MKachanov Theory of Plasticity MIR Publication

CRCalladine Plasticity for Engineers Ellis Horwood Chichester UK 1985

Subject Code Subject L T P D MM

CE553 CADD Laboratory 0 0 2 0

CADD Laboratory

Introduction to computer aided design and drafting Soil structure interaction FEM modelling application to structural engineering problems of Multistoried Buildings Bridges Water Tanks suspension Bridges using commercial softwares such as STAAD-Pro E-TabsSAP NISHA MATLAB Earthquake resistant design and drawing detailing based on IS18932002 IS43261993IS4562000 drawing detailing using AUTOCAD and solid works

Subject Code Subject L T P D MM

CE601 STRUCTURAL DYNAMICS 3 0 0 0

Structural Dynamics

5

Oscillatory motion harmonic motion periodic motion vibration terminology Characteristics of a Dynamic Problem Prescribed Dynamic Loading Definition of Dynamic DOFs Mathematical modeling of dynamic systems Formulation of Equations of motion in Generalized SDOF SDOF MDOF discrete and continuous systems using drsquoAlembertrsquos Principle Principle of Virtual displacements and Variational Approach

Free vibration equations of motion-natural frequency Experimental determination of natural frequencies viscously damped free vibration Coulomb damping Response of SDOF system to harmonic periodic impulsive and general dynamic loading earthquake excitations in time and frequency domain Base excited systems Transmissibility and Vibration isolation Laplace transform formulation energy dissipated by damping equivalent viscous damping structural damping vibration measuring instruments

Free Vibration response of discrete MDOF systems eigen values eigen vectors Approximate methods for obtaining natural frequencies and mode shapes Forced Harmonic Vibration vibration absorber vibration damper Damping in structures

Free and Forced vibration of continuous systems

Concept of Spectral quantities response spectrum Discussion on IS 1893 part I 2000 codal provisions Response of linearly elastic systems using modal analysis

References

WTThomson Theory of Vibration with Applications Pearson Education

RW Clough amp JPenzien ldquoDynamics of Structures McGraw Hill

JLHumar ldquo Dynamics of Structurerdquo Prantice Hall

JW Smith ldquo Structural Dynamicsrdquo

AK Chopra ldquoDynamics of Structures Theory and Application to Earthquake Engineeringrdquo Prantice Hall India

Mario Paz ldquo Structural Dynamics theory and Computationsrdquo CBS Publishers

Roy L Craig ldquo Structural dynamics Introduction to Computational methodsrdquo John Wiley

Meiroritch ldquoFundamentals of variablerdquo Mc Graw Hall

Jaikrashna ldquo Element of earthquake enggrdquo South asia publishers pvt Ltd

Hurty and Rubinsion ldquoDynamics of structuresrdquo PHI

Subject Code Subject L T P D MM

CE6022 PLASTIC ANALYSIS OF METALLIC STRUCTURES (Design and Viva)

0 0 0 6

PLASTIC ANALYSIS OF METALLIC STRUCTURES (Design and Viva) Moment of resistance shape factor criteria of plastic analysis comparison of elastic and plastic analysis Moment-curvature relationships for beams Plastic hinges Redistribution of moments Analysis of indeterminate beams and frames for ultimate load by the statical method and mechanism methods Load interaction method Approximate method of finding ultimate load Uniqueness theorems Limit theorems-Upper and lower bound theorems Factors affecting the full plastic moments Influence of axial force and shear Estimation of deflections at ultimate load Local and letral buckling Design of connections Minimum weight design Shake down analysis

Limit state design of structures

References

6

Baker and Heyman ldquoPlastic design of framesrdquo volIampII

Subject Code Subject L T P D MM

CE6023 STRESS ANALYSIS 3 0 0 0

STRESS ANALYSIS Full field analysis by photoelasticity laser interferometry and moireacute techniques Method of brittle coating Use of micro-processors for stress analysis

References Dally ldquoExperimental stress analysisrdquo McGrawHill

Subject Code Subject L T P D MM

CE6021 MATERIAL SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY

3 0 0 0

MATERIAL SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY Material Technology Cements-properties Aggregates Admixtures Properties of fresh and hardened concrete Mixing compacting transporting and curing of concrete Non-destructive testing special types of concrete Temperature control in mass concrete Creep and Shrinkage phenomenon in concrete Mix design Behaviour of concrete combined stresses Tests in cement aggregates and concrete Material Science Structure of materials Bonding Phase equilibrium Mechanical properties Theories of failure for combined static creep and fatigue effects Brittle and ductile fracture Plastic deformations Structural imperfections and dislocations Strain hardening Electric and magnetic properties of materials Corrosion of materials and their prevention

References

Smith ldquoPrincipal of material science and enggrdquo

Nevilly ldquoconcrete technologyrdquo

ubject Code Subject L T P D MM

CE6031

DESIGN OF INDUSTRIAL STRUCTURE AND BRIDGE

0 0 0 6

DESIGN OF INDUSTRIAL STRUCTURE AND BRIDGE (Design and Viva)

(a) Design and analysis of multi storeyed framed structures (b) Design of liquid retaining structures

(c) Design and analysis of chimneys Design of Bridges IRC codal provisions strut and tie model Load path analysis

References

NKRaju Design of bridges Oxford amp IBH Publishing Co pvt ltd

DJVictor Essentials of bridge engineering Oxford amp IBH Publishing Co pvt ltd

7

Indian Road Congress Codes No56182124 Jamnagar House Shah Jahan Road New Delhi

SP Timoshenko SW Krieger Theory of Plates and Shells McGraw-Hill 1959

OP Jain ampJaikrishna ldquoPlain and reinforced concreterdquo Nemchandamp brothers

Subject Code Subject L T P D MM

CE6032

Design of tall buildings 3 0 0 0

Design of tall buildings

1 Design Criteria

Design philosophy loading sequential loading materials- high performance concrete- fiber reinforced concrete- light weight concrete- design mixes

2 Loading and Movement

Gravity loading dead and live load method of live load reduction impact gravity loading construction loads

Wind loading static and dynamic approach analytical and wind tunnel experimental method

Earthquake loading Equivalent lateral force model analysis combination of loading working stress design limit state design plastic design

3 Behaviour of various structural systems

Factor affecting growth height and structural form high rise behavior rigid frames braced frames infilled frames shear walls coupled shear walls walls-frames tubular- braced and hybrid mega system

4 Analysis and Design

Modeling for approximate analysis accurate analysis and reduction techniques analysis of building as total structural system considering overall integrity and major sub system interaction analysis for member forces drift and twist computerized general three dimensional analysis

Structural elements sectional shapes properties and resisting capacity design deflection cracking prestressing shear flow design for deferential movement creep and shrinkage effects temperature effect and fire

5 Stability of tall buildings

Overall buckling analysis of frames wall-frames approximate methods second order effects of gravity of loadingP-Delta analysis translational torsional instability out of plum effects stiffness of member in stability effect of foundation rotation

References

Bungale STaranath ldquoStructure Analysis amp Design of Tall Buildingsrdquo Mcgraw Hill Book Company Newyork 1999

Mark Fintel ldquoHandbook of concrete enggrdquo CBS

Council of tall building ldquoAdvances in tall buildingrdquo CBS

Subject Code Subject L T P D MM

CE6033 Seismic Design of Structures 3 0 0 0

8

Seismic Design of Structures

1 INTRODUCTION Elements of engineering Seismology - Theory of Vibration - Response Spectrum

2 HISTORICAL Indian Seismicity-Earthquake history - Behaviour of structures in the past Earthquakes

3 DESIGN CONCEPTS Seismic Design Concepts ndash Cyclic load Behavior of RC Steel amp Prestressed Concrete Element - Design Spectrum ndash Principles of Capacity Design

4 CODAL PROVISIONS Provisions of Seismic Code (IS 1893IS4326) ndash Building systems Frames Shear Walls Braced frames Combinations- Torsion

5 DESIGN amp DETAILING Performance of Regular Buildings 3D Computer Analysis of Building Systems (Theory Only) ndash Design amp Detailing of frames ndash Shear Walls ndashFrame walls

6 SPECIAL PROBLEMS amp CASE STUDIES Structural Configuration ndash Seismic performance- Irregular Buildings- Soil Performance-Modern Concepts ndash Base Isolation ndash Adoptive System ndash Case Studies

References

1 Course Notes ldquoDesign of Reinforced Concrete Building IIT Kanpur June 1999 2 Bungale STaranath ldquoStructure Analysis amp Design of Tall Buildingsrdquo Mcgraw Hill Book Company Newyork 1999 3 Mark Fintel ldquoHandbook of concrete enggrdquo CBS

Subject Code Subject L T P D MM

CE564 Photo Elasticity Laboratory 0 0 2 0

Photo Elasticity Laboratory

Stress analysis Two and Three Dimensional Photo-elasticity

Subject Code Subject L T P D MM

CE6512 PRESTRESSED CONCRETE DESIGN 3 0 0 3

PRESTRESSED CONCRETE DESIGN (Design and Viva) Flexural strength of prestressed concrete sections shear and torsional resistance Transfer of prestress in pretensioned members Bond and transmission length Anchorage zone stresses in pot-tensioned members

Design of pre-tensioned and post-tensioned beams Statically indeterminate structures design of continuous prestressed concrete beams and prestressed portal frames

Prestressed concrete piles and sleepers

Deflection of prestressed concrete members

References

NKRaju-Pre Stressed Concrete YGuyon-Pre Stressed Concrete

9

Mitchel amp Michael ldquoPrestressed concrete structurerdquo PHI

NRajagopalan ldquoPrestressed concreterdquoNarosa publishing house

JRLibby ldquoModern prestressed concreterdquo

Subject Code Subject L T P D MM

CE6513 SHELLS AND FOLDED PLATES

3 0 0 3

SHELLS AND FOLDED PLATES (Design and Viva) Shells Membrane theory North light shells Cylindrical shells Doubly curved shells Analysis and Design

References

SP Timoshenko SW Krieger Theory of Plates and Shells McGraw-Hill 1959

OP Jain ampJaikrishna ldquoPlain and reinforced concreterdquo Nemchandamp brothers

Mark Fintel ldquoHandbook of concrete enggrdquo CBS

Subject Code Subject L T P D MM

CE6511 Design of Structures for Dynamic loads 0 0 0 6

Design of Structures for Dynamic loads

1Introduction

Factors affecting design against dynamic loads- behavior of concrete steel masonry and soil under impact and cyclic loads- recap of structural dynamics with reference to SDOF MDOF and continuum systems- ductility and its importance

2 Design against Earthquakes

Earthquake characterization ndash response spectra- seismic coefficient and response spectra method of estimating loads- response of framed braced frames and shear wall buildings- design as per BIS codes of practice- ductility based design

3 Design against blast and impact

Characteristic of internal and external blast- impact and impulse loads-pressure distribution on building above ground due to external blast- underground explosion- design of buildings for blast and impact as per BIS codes of practice

4 Design against wind

Characteristic of wind- basic and design wind speeds- effect of permeability of structure- pressure coefficient- aeroelastic and aerodynamic effect- design as per BIS code of practice including Gust factor approach-tall buildings stacks and chimneys

5 Special considerations

Energy absorption capacity- ductility of material and structure- detailing for ductility-passive and active control of vibrations- new and favourable materials

References

1 buildingrdquo John Willey and sons 1991

10

2 DowlingCHrdquoBlast vibration- monitoring and controlrdquo Prentice Hall Inc Englewood cliffs 1985 3 Kolousek Net al ldquowind effect on civil engineering structuresrdquo Elsevier 1984 4 Concrete structure under the impact Bela Goschy ldquodesign of buildings to withstand abnormal loadingrdquo

Butterworths1990 5 Paulay T and priestly MNJ ldquoA seismic design of reinforced concrete and masonry and impulsive

loadingSynthesis report CEB Lousanne getmany1988

Subject Code Subject L T P D MM

CE6521 DESIGN OF HYDRAULIC STRUCTURES 3 0 0 0

DESIGN OF HYDRAULIC STRUCTURES

1 Project planning of hydraulic structure site investigation and chose of type of hydraulic structures

2 Different types of dam their design stress analysis stress concentration around openings

3 Different types of spillway and energy dissipaters their design and analysis Model analysis of hydraulic structures

4 Design of weirs and barrages and analysis

Subject Code Subject L T P D MM

CE6524 PLANNING AND DESIGN OF ENVIRONMENTAL SERVICES

3 0 0 0

PLANNING AND DESIGN OF ENVIRONMENTAL SERVICES

Planning factors Ventilation and air conditioning plumbing Design of public bathing lighting housing with environmental perspectives

References

BCPunamia ldquoenvironmental engg Part-2rdquo

SKGarg ldquoenvironmental enggrdquo

Subject Code Subject L T P D MM

CE6522 GROUND WATER AND SEEPAGE 3 0 0 0

GROUND WATER AND SEEPAGE

Darcyrsquos law General hydro-dynamic equations flow nets in isotropic and anisotropic medium

Steady and unsteady flow through confined and unconfined aquifers Schwartz-Christoffel transformation and its application for ground water flow and seepage problems Numerical Techniques for solution of ground water flow

Multiple well system partially penetrating wells image wells mutual interference of wells

Storage and exploration of ground water Design Construction and Maintainence of wells Ground water recharge and run off Water quality budgeting simulation of ground water basin Application of remote sensing for ground water

Subject Code Subject L T P D MM

11

CE6523 INSTRUMENTATION 3 0 0 0

INSTRUMENTATION

Types of applications of measurement instrumentation Generalised configurations and functional descriptions of measuring instruments Motion measurement Pressure measurement Flow measurement Environmental engineering Instrumentations

Subject Code Subject L T P D MM

CE653 Structural Dynamics Laboratory 0 0 2 0

Structural Dynamics Laboratory

Model Testing Models of Frames under Static and Dynamic Loading Free and Forced Vibration using MTS Determination dynamic Modulus Damping etc and some more experiment heavy structural engg lab

Subject Code Subject L T P D MM

CE7011 GEOTECHNICAL EARTHQUAKE ENGINEERING

3 0 0 0

GEOTECHNICAL EARTHQUAKE ENGINEERING Introduction to engineering seismology seismic risks and hazards causes and strength of earthquakes social and economic

consequences theory of dynamic and seismic response the nature and attenuation of earthquake magnitude ground motion

determination of site characteristics local geology and soil condition determination of design earthquake response spectra and

accelerograms Site response to earthquake site investigation and soil test dynamic behaviour of soils liquefaction phenomena

analysis of pore pressure development laboratory and in-situ testing for liquefaction analysis and design of slopes embankments

seismic response of soil structure system shallow foundation pile foundation foundations and earth retaining structures for

seismic loading case histories mitigation techniques

Subject Code Subject L T P D MM

CE7012 FOUNDATION ENGINEERING

3 0 0 0

FOUNDATION ENGINEERING Structures subjected to vertical and lateral loads excavation vertical cut retaining walls shallow foundation flexible and rigid rafts highway pavements allowable bearing pressure geo-technical investigation interpretation from field tests pile and cassion group action of piles pier shafts in rock socket Foundations subjected to dynamic loads theory of vibrations natural frequency of a soil foundation system Elastic constant of soils pressure bulb concept permissible amplitude various considerations for machine foundation Strength and deformation characteristics of granular media under dynamic loads Liquefaction References

BM Das Advanced Foundation Engineering Brookes and Cole India

J Bowels Foundation analysis McGrawHill Publishers

Rao NSVK Vibration analysis and foundation dynamics AH Wheeler amp Co New Delhi India

Subject Code Subject L T P D MM

12

CE7013 SOIL STRUCTURE INTERACTION 3 0 0 0

Soil Structure Interaction

1 SOIL FOUNDATION INTERACTION Introduction to soil foundation interaction problems Soil Behaviour Foundation Behaviour Interface behaviour Scope of soil foundation interaction analysis Soil response models Winkler Elastic Continuum Two parameter elastic models Elastic plastic behaviour Time dependent behaviour

2 BEAM ON ELASTIC FOUNDATION ndash SOIL MODELS Infinite beam Two Parameters Isotropic elastic half space Analysis of beams of finite length Classification of finite beams in relation to their stiffness

3 PLATE ON ELASTIC MEDIUM Infinite Plate Winkler Two parameters Isotropic elastic medium Thin amp Thick plates Analysis of finite plates rectangular amp circular plates Numerical analysis of finite plates simple solutions

4 ELASTIC ANALYSIS OF PILE Elastic analysis of single pile Theoretical solution for settlement amp Load Distributions Analysis of Pile Group Interaction Analysis Load Distribution in groups with Rigid Cap

5 LATERALLY LOADED PILE Load Deflection Prediction for Laterally loaded piles Sub-grade reaction amp Elastic analysis Interaction analysis Pile raft system Solutions through influence charts

References 1 Selva durai APS Elastic analysis of Soil Foundation Interaction Elsevier 1979 2 Poulos HG amp Davis EH Pile Foundation Analysis amp Design John Wiley 1980 3 Scott RF Foundation Analysis Prentice Hall 1981 4 Structure Soil Interaction-State of Art Report Institution of Structure Engineers 1978 5 ACI 336 Suggested Analysis and Design Procedure for Combined Footings amp Mats American Concrete Institute Delhi

1988 6 SP Timoshenko SW Krieger Theory of Plates and Shells McGraw-Hill 1959 7 SP Timoshenko Strength of material CBS Publisher 8 Bowles ldquoFoundation analysis and designrdquo McGrawHill

Subject Code Subject L T P D MM

CE7022 DISASTER RESISTANT STRUCTURES 3 0 0 0

Disaster Resistant Structures

1 BEHAVIOUR OF LIFE ndash LINE STRUCTURES Philosophy for design to resist earthquake Cyclone amp Flood-National amp International Codes of practice- By ndash Law of urban amp Semi-urban areas- Traditional amp Modern Structures

2 COMMUNITY STRUCTURES

Response of dams bridges buildings- Strengthening measures- Safety analysis and rating-Reliability assessment

3 REHABILITATION AND RETROFITTING

Testing and evaluation-Classification of structures for safety point of view- methods of strengthening for different disasters ndash qualification test

4 DETAILING OF STRUCTURES AND COMPONENTS

Use of modern materials amp their impact on disaster reduction- Use of modern analysis Design amp Construction techniques optimization for performance

5 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT OF STRUCTURES

Damage surveys- Maintenance and Modification to improve hazard resistance- Different types of Foundation amp its impact on safety- Ground improvement techniques

13

References

1 VMoskvin etall Concrete and Reinforced Concrete- Deterioration amp Protection- Mir Publishers-Moscow 1980 2 RTAllen and SCEdwards Repair of Concrete Structures Blakie and Sons UK 1987 3 3Proceedings IABSE 14th Congress ldquoCivilization through Civil Engineeringrdquo New Delhi May 1992 4 Raiker RNLearning from failure deficiencies in Design Construction and Service R amp D Centre (SDCPL) Raiker

Bhawan Bombay 1987 5 IS13827IS13828IS13935 6 ISO23941382315686 Part I to IX

Subject Code Subject L T P D MM

CE7021 ADVANCED BUILDING CONSTRUCTION AND MANAGEMENT

3 0 0 0

ADVANCED BUILDING CONSTRUCTION AND MANAGEMENT New techniques and materials of building construction Building construction management techniques

References

1 LSShrinath ldquoCPM ampPERTrdquo 2 Software PRIMAVERA-2 or above 3 Peurifoy ldquoConstruction planning equipment and methodsrdquo

Subject Code Subject L T P D MM

CE7023 Soil Dynamics and Geotechnical Earthquake Engineering

3 0 0 0

Soil Dynamics and Geotechnical Earthquake Engineering

Seismology and Earthquakes seismic hazard Analysis Engineering Problems involving Soil Dynamics Wave propagation in elastic media General nature of Soil Behaviour under cyclic dynamic loading Field and laboratory tests for measurement of small strained and large strain dynamic properties of soils

Strong Ground Motion measurement characterization and estimation Amplification Theory and Ground Response Analysis Local Site Effects and Design Ground Motions

Liquefaction Evaluation of liquefaction hazards susceptibility

Study of Initiation of liquefaction Characterization of Liquefaction resistance based on lab and in-situ tests and Evaluation of Initiation of Liquefaction

Study of effects of liquefaction

Seismic Slope Stability Seismic Design of retaining walls Soil Improvement for remediation of Seismic Hazards

References

Steven L Kramer lsquoGeotechnical Earthquake Engineeringrdquo Pearson Education

14

Scheme for M Tech (Geotechnical Engineering)

Sem Gp Course Details Course Code

L T P Intern Marks

Extern Marks

Total Marks

Credits

Ist A Advanced Soil mechanics CE521 3 0 0 50 100 150 3 Rock Mechanics CE523 3 0 0 50 100 150 3 Geotechnical Exploration CE522 3 0 0 50 100 150 3 Geotechnical Egg Lab-I CE524 0 0 2 30 70 100 2

B Advanced Foundation Engineering CE571 3 0 0 50 100 150 3 Soil Dynamics and Machine Foundations

CE572 3 0 0 50 100 150 3

Geotechnical Egg Lab-II CE573 0 0 2 30 70 100 2 Self Study open area seminar-I CE574 0 0 2 50 00 50 1

21Hoursweek 1000 20 IInd C Application of Geotechnical Engg in

Water Resources amp GIS CE621 3 0 0 50 100 150 3

Elective I any one of the following 1 Computational Geotechnics 2 Plasticity amp fracture Mechanics in

Rock Structures 3 Theoretical Soil Mechanics

CE6221 CE6222 CE6223

3 0 0 50 100 150 3

Elective II any one of the following 1 Design of Hydraulic Structures 2 Geo-environmental Engineering 3 Groundwater and Seepage

CE6231 CE6232 CE6233

3 0 0 50 100 150 3

Geotechnical Engg Lab-III CE624 0 0 2 30 70 100 2 D Elective III any one of the following

1 Excavation Technology 2 Geotechnical Earthquake

Engineering 3 Theory of Elasticity and Plasticity

CE6711 CE6712 CE6713

3 0 0 50 100 150 3

Elective IV any one of the following 1 Ground Improvement Techniques 2 Geosynthetics 3 Slope Stability Analysis

CE6721 CE6722 CE6723

3 0 0 50 100 150 3

Geotechnical Engg Lab IV CE673 0 0 2 30 70 100 2 Minor Project I CE674 0 0 2 50 00 50 1

21Hoursweek 1000 20 IIIrd E Elective V any one of the following

1 Critical State Soil Mechanics 2 Design of Sub-structures 3 Soil Structure Interaction

CE7211 CE7212 CE7213

3 0 0 50 100 150 3

Elective VI any one of the following 1 Earth Pressure amp Earth Retaining

Structures 2 Offshore Geotechnical

Engineeging 3 Unsaturated Soil Mechanics

CE7221 CE7222 CE7223

3 0 0 50 100 150 3

Self Study open area seminar II CE723 0 0 2 50 00 50 1 Minor Project II CE724 0 0 4 00 200 200 4 Major Project part I CE725 0 0 2 200 00 200 4

18Hoursweek 750 15 IVth F Major Project Part II CE821 3 0 0 00 750 750 15 6Hrsw

k 750 15

Grand Total 3500 70

15

Advanced Soil Mechanics

Paper Code L T P Cr

CE 521 3 0 0 3

Clay minerology clay-water electrolyte system soil structure and fabric Effective stress hydraulic conductivity seepage Special

soils collapsible amp sensitive clays loessic bouldary and expansive soils Consolidation one-dimensional and generalised

consolidation theories primary and secondary consolidation sand drains consolidation settlements Shear behaviour of soils pore

pressure parameters UU CUampCD tests stress path method for settlement analysis Total amp effective stress-path water content

contours stress history Anisotrppy of strength Thixotropy Creep Determination of in situ undrained shear strength stress-strain

characteristics of soilsDetermination of modulus values Critical state model

20 Rock Mechanics

Paper Code L T P Cr

CE523 3 0 0 3

Introduction problems of rock mechanics classifications of rock masses rock exploration ndash rock coring geophysical methods

laboratory testing of rocks fraction in rocks elasticity amp strength of rocks strength amp failure of rocks Griffithrsquos theory

Coulombrsquos theory in-situ tests on rock mass deformation characteristics instrumentation and measurement of deformation of

rocks permeability Mechanical thermal and electrical properties of rock mass openings in rock mass and stresses around

openings slope stability pressure tunnels development of plastic zone rock support needed to avoid plastic deformation lined

and unlined tunnels support pressure and slip of the joint underground excavation and subsidence foundation on rocks bearing

capacity of intact and jointed rocks rock slopes rock bolt anchors amp grouting underground openings pillars tunnels methods of

construction problems associated with tunnels tunnelling in various subsoil conditions and rocks

30 Geotechnical Exploration

Paper Code L T P Cr

CE 522 3 0 0 3

Planning of geotechnical exploration methods of boring Boring in soils and rocks methods of stabilizing the bore holes

Sampling techniques Sampling disturbances storage labeling and transportation of samples sampler design influence on

properties field tests standard penetration plate load static and dynamic cone penetration field vane shear and pressuremeter

tests electrical resistivity and seismic refraction tests location of ground water table processing of soil exploration data and its

interpretation

40 Geotechnical Engineering Lab I

Paper Code L T P Cr

CE 524 0 0 2 2

This Laboratory is based on the syllabus of CE 541 CE 542 CE 543

16

50 Advanced Foundation Engineering

Paper Code L T P Cr

CE 571 3 0 0 3

Shallow foundations subjected to static eccentric and inclined loads bearing capacity analysis settlement amp allowable bearing

capacity of shallow foundation uplift capacity of shallow foundation raft foundations pile foundations-design in different soil

conditions load distribution between vertical and battered piles moment on pile foundations group effect on piles raft on piles

piers and pier shafts caisson settlement analysis of pile groups amp shafts analysis amp design of well foundation foundation on

reinforced soil

60 Soil Dynamics amp Machine Foundation

Paper Code L T P Cr

CE 572 3 0 0 3

Introduction fundamentals of vibrations vibration of elementary systems-mass spring

dashpot systems various degrees of freedom dynamic properties of geo-materials propagation of wave in granular media

laboratory and field tests for evaluation of dynamic soil properties analysis and design of foundations for hammers reciprocating

engines and turbo generators dynamic stiffness of single pile and pile groups vibration isolation and damping theories for

vibration of foundations on elastic media design procedures for foundations with dynamic load and construction features elastic

homogeneous half space solutions lumped parameter solutions large deformation problems liquefaction of soils amp cyclic

mobility

70 Geotechnical Engineering Lab II

Paper Code L T P Cr

CE 573 2 2

This Laboratory is based on the syllabus of CE 541 542 543 545 546

8 Application of Geotechnical Engg in Water Resources amp GIS

Paper Code L T P Cr

CE 621 3 -- -- 3

Selection of sites for different water resources projects Geotechnical investigations Classification of dams Causes of failure of

earth dams relative advantages and disadvantages of earth dams over gravity dam Preliminary section of earth dams Typical

section of earth dams Checking the stability of earth dams Slope stability analysis Stability of foundation of earth dams against

shear Design consideration of earth dam in seismic regions Rockfill dam impervious membrane type rockfill dam design

consideration of rockfill dam Hydroelectric power classifications and investigations Features and characteristics of hydropower

generation and Principal components of a hydropower station Design of different components like Intakes Water conductor

system Tunnels Surge tanks Penstocks Anchor blocks and their management at site

17

Introduction to GIS and remote sensing cartographic data model digital data model data source data capture and data analysis

role of remote sensing and GIS in flood disaster studies Landslides and Earthquake Various GIS packages and their salient

features

90Elective I Opt any one of the following

10 Theoretical Soil Mechanics

20 Computational Geotechnics

30 Plasticity amp Fracture Mechanics in Rock Structures

100Elective II Opt any one of the following

40 Geo-environmental Engineering

50 Ground water amp Seepage

60 Design of Hydraulic structures

110 Geotechnical Engineering Lab III

Paper Code L T P Cr

CE 624 2 2

This Laboratory is based on the syllabus of courses mentioned above

120Elective III Opt any one of the following

70 Goetechnical Earth quake Engineering

80 Theory of Elasticity and Plasticity

90 Excavation Technology

130Elective IV Opt any one of the following

100Ground Improvement Techniques

110 Geosynthetics

120 Slope Stability Analysis

140 Geotechnical Engineering Lab IV

Paper Code L T P Cr

CE 673 2 2

This Laboratory is based on the syllabus of courses mentioned above

150Elective V Opt any one of the following

130 Critical State Soil Mechanics

140 Design of Sub Structures

18

150 Soil Structure Interaction

160Elective VI Opt any one of the following

160 Unsaturated Soil Mechanics

170Flow Through Porous Media

180 Earth Pressure amp Earth Retaining Structures

SYLLABUS OF ELECTIVE COURSES

10 Theoretical Soil Mechanics

Paper Code L T P Cr

CE 6223 3

Stresses and strains elastic equilibrium analysis for plane strain and three dimensional cases Effective stresses analysis of

deformation and strain states of stress and strain consitutive relationsequilibrium and compatibilitygeneral theorems drained

and undrained loading state boundary surface plastic flow yield and hardeningfailure theorems for soils failure and plastic flow

at critical state associative and non-associative flow residual strength anisotropic compressions ideal elastic behaviour ndash two

and three dimensional systems theorems of plastic collapse and their application to soil-structure interaction elastoplastic theory

of soils rheological models nonlinear viscoelasticity problems and solutions

20 Computational Geotechnics

Paper Code L T P Cr

CE 6221 3

Introduction to numerical modeling in Geotechnical Engineering basic concepts stress deformation analysis analysis of

foundations dams underground structures and earth retaining structures Finite difference method Finite element method

Boundary element method Discrete element method Constitutive modeling use of finite element finite difference and discrete

element computer codes for solving geotechnical engineering problems Use of some of the appropriate software package like

UDEC FLAC PLAXIS etc

3 Plasticity amp Fracture Mechanics in Rock Structures

Paper Code L T P Cr

CE 6222 3

Theory of plasticity Three dimensional stress analysis stress invariants octahedral stresses Large deformationsfinite strains -

Euler amp Langragian approaches Greenrsquos amp Cauchyrsquos strain tensors Yield criteria Von Mises Tresca Mohr-Coulomb Drucker-

Prager Modified Mohr-Coloumb Hoek amp Brown yield criteria Isotropic and Kinematic hardening softening normality principle

plastic flow rule plastic potential Druckerrsquos postulates and Prandtlrsquos conditions for stability of plastically deforming bodies

Plastic Stress-Strain relations Stress path dependent behaviour Prandtl-Rauss equations Levy-Mises relations generalised

19

elasto-plastic stress-strain realtionshardening modulus Applications to problems of tunnels etc Crack phenomenon and

mechanics of brittle fracture propagation effects of crack on elasticproperties Energy theories of failure elementary theories of

crack propagation cracks in elasto-plastic media Constitutive equations for rocks ndash Class I and Class-II materials Servo

controlled testing and post failure behaviour under uniaxial and triaxial stress conditions in tension Compression and shear size

effects representative size of specimen Continum characterization of jointed rock mass Weibullrsquos thoery in tension

compression and bending for strength constitutive equations for discontinuities ndash Joint stiffnesses and shear strength Ladanyirsquos

constitutive equations Stick Slip phenomenon Application of fracture mechanics to underground opening rock stabbing bursting

and hydraulic fracturing

40 Geo Environmental Engineering

Paper Code L T P Cr

CE 6232 3

Introduction Sources of subsurface contamination Mechanisms of Soil contamination Physical-chemical and biological

interactions in soils Effect of contamination on geotechnical properties Waste disposal on land Types of landfills Siting criteria

waste containment principles Types of barrier materials Planning and design aspects relating to waste disposal in landfills in ash

ponds and tailing ponds Environmental monitoring around landfills Detection control and remediation of subsurface

contamination Various types of barrier systems Reclamation of contaminated sites Case Studies

50Ground Water and Seepage

Paper Code L T P Cr

CE 6233 3

Darcyrsquos law General hydro-dynamic equations flow nets in isotropic and anisotropic

medium Steady and unsteady flow through confined and unconfined aquifers Schwartz-Christoffel transformation and its

application for ground water flow and seepage problems Multiple well system partially penetrating wells image wells mutual

interference of wells Storage and exploration of ground water design construction and maintenance of wells ground water

recharge and run off water quality budgeting simulation of ground water basin application of remote sensing for ground water

60 Design of Hydraulic Structures

Paper Code L T P Cr

CE 6231 3

Project planning site investigations choice of type of dams cost-benefit studies Non-overflow dams gravity arch and buttress

type rock-fill and earthen dams their design stress analysis stress concentration around openings Different types of spillways

and energy dissipaters their design preparation and protection of foundation for dams model analysis of hydraulic structures

instrumentation in dams temperature control in concrete dams

70 Geotechnical Earthquake Engineering

Paper Code L T P Cr

20

CE 6712 3

Introduction to engineering seismology seismic risks and hazards causes and strength of earthquakes social and economic

consequences theory of dynamic and seismic response the nature and attenuation of earthquake magnitude ground motion

determination of site characteristics local geology and soil condition determination of design earthquake response spectra and

accelerograms Site response to earthquake site investigation and soil test dynamic behaviour of soils liquefaction phenomena

analysis of pore pressure development laboratory and in-situ testing for liquefaction analysis and design of slopes embankments

seismic response of soil structure system shallow foundation pile foundation foundations and earth retaining structures for

seismic loading case histories mitigation techniques

80 Theory of Elasticity and Plasticity

Paper Code L T P Cr

CE 6713 3 - -

Theory of Elasticity Stress tensor equations of equilibrium Kinematic relationships and equations of compatibility Generalized

Hookersquos Law Boundary conditions Plane stress plane strain Airyrsquos stress function Saint Venantrsquos principle Problems in

rectangular and polar co-ordinates inverse and semi-inverse methods torsion of Prismatic bars members analogy typical

applications Theory of plasticity hydro-static and deviatoric components of stress tensor invariant of stress tensors Tress-Saint

Venant and Honkey-Von Misses yield conditions octahedral stresses Analysis of Bending of bars of narrow rectangular

cross section-formation of Plastic hinge Torsion of prismatic bars-sand-heap analogy Thick spherical shell-bursting pressure

Thick cylindrical tube

90Excavation Technology

Paper Code L T P Cr

CE 6711 3

Construction Planning amp scheduling Importance of planning pre-planning analysis Network planning including CPM amp PERT

techniques Contract management Contractual Risks amp Risk management Excavation in soils Tractors Dozers Bull-dozers

Wheel Loaders Shovels Draglines Buckets Clampshells Scrapers Hydraulic Excavators Excations in Rocks manual

excavation tools and techniques Drilling and blasting versus Ripping Excavations of Dam Foundations Controlled drilling and

blasting Selection and matching of loading and hauling equipment Excavations of tunnels amp caverns Type of cuts and drilling

patterns Methods of Tunnel driving Excavation cycles Full face heading heading and benching Ring drilling method

Forepoling Side drift method Presplitting and smooth blasting Excavation in different ground conditions mixed face tunneling

Machine Tunneling Shield tunneling Types of TBMs new TBMs New Austrian Tunneling Method(NATM) Norweign

Tunneling Method (NTM) TBMs versus drilling and blasting TBM in different ground conditions Limitations of machine

tunneling Excavations of Shafts and Caverns Excavation with limit raiser climber Shaft boring lining segments for shield driven

tunnels Differnet stages in excavation of caverns Ventilation in Long Tunnels

100 Ground Improvement Technique

Paper Code L T P Cr

CE 6721 3

21

Ground improvement principles of ground improvement mechanical modificationproperties of compacted soil compaction

control tests hydraulic modification dewatering systems filtration drainage and seepage control with geosynthetics preloading

and vertical drains electro kinetic dewatering chemical modification modification by admixtures stabilization using industrial

wastes grouting modification by inclusion and confinement soil reinforcement flexible geosynthetic sheet reinforcement

anchorage reinforcement techniques bearing capacity improvement slope stability erosion control retaining walls and

pavements Soil stabilization shallow stabilization with additives lime flyash cement and other chemicals and bitumen deep

stabilization sand column stone column sand drains prefabricated drains electro-osmosis lime column soil-lime column

grouting permeation compaction and jet vibro-floatation dynamic compaction thermal freezing dewatering systems

110 Geosynthetics

Paper Code L T P Cr

CE 6722 3

Geosynthetics types and functions materials and manufacturing processes testing and evaluations principles of soil

reinforcement design and construction of geosynthetic reinforced soil retaining structures walls and slopes Geosynthetics in

pavements geosynthetics in roads and railways separations drainage and filtration in road pavements and railway tracks design

and construction relevant guidelines Geosynthetics in pollution control liners for ponds and canals covers and liners for

landfills material aspects and stability considerations

120 Slope Stability Analysis

Paper Code L T P Cr

CE 6723 3

Introduction Natural and man made slopes types of slope movements amp land slides nature of soil amp rock Progressive failure of

slopes Limit Equlibrium Methods Infinite and finite height slopes Planar failure surface Slip surface of arbitrary shape Natural

slope analysis considering initial stresses Sewdish method Bishoprsquos simplified methodother methodsstability chart Various

conditions of analysis factor of safety codal provisions Some special aspects of slope analysisie Earthquakes Creep

Anisotropy Probabilistic approach in slope analysis Centrifuge Model testingReinforced slopesembankment on soft soils

130 Critical State Soil Mechanics

Paper Code L T P Cr

CE 7211 3 - -

Review of stress and effective stress analysis of deformation and strain ideal elastic behavior elastoplastic behavior of soils

stress path and invariants constitutive relations drained and undrained loading isotropic compressions elastic wall state

boundary surface associative and non-associative flow yield and hardening critical state line amp Roscoe surface plastic collapse

residual strength behavior of oc clays for Hvorslev surface critical state for sand effect of dilation applications

140 Design of Sub-Structures

Paper Code L T P Cr

CE 7212 3

22

Introduction Substructure ndash Definition and purpose role of foundation engineern Basic Soil input parameters for foundation

design Foundation Design General principles Types of foundations selection of type of foundation Basic requirements

Computation of loads Limit State Design Basic principles Shallow Foundations Types and their selection Conventional

method of design Beams on elastic foundation and Finite difference method of analysis Structural design of footings and rafts

Foundations subjected to eccentric-inclined loads Footing in seismic zones Pile Foundations Type construction techniques

Proportioning of pile foundations loadsforces considered for structural design Structural design of pile foundation for a

multistoreyed buildings and other important structures Pile foundations subjected to dynamic loads Bridge Substructures _

Forces on bridge Foundation (IRC amp IS specifications) Design of piers Abutments amp wing Walls Well Foundation Components

Stability analysis Design of various components Materials for construction Sinking of well Placing of Curb Dredging and

Jetting marine Substructure Types Breakwaters Wharves Sea Walls Design and Construction Methods Foundations of

transmission line towers forces on tower foundation General design criteria Choice amp type of foundation Design Procedure

150 Soil-Structure Interaction

Paper Code L T P Cr

CE 7213 3

General soil-structure interaction problems contact pressures and soil-structure interaction for shallow foundations concept of

sub grade modulus effectsparameters influencing subgrade modulus analysis of foundations of finite rigidity beams on elastic

foundation concept introduction to the solution of beam problems Curved failure surfaces their utility and analyticalgraphical

predictions from Mohr-Coulomb envelope and circle of stresses earth pressure computations by friction circle method earth

pressure distribution on walls with limitedrestrained deformations Dubravorsquos analysis earth pressures on sheet piles braced

excavations design of supporting system of excavations arching in soils elastic and plastic analysis of stress distribution on

yielding bases Modern concept of analysis of piles and pile groups axially laterally loaded piles and groups interaction analysis

Reese and Matlockrsquos tunnelling solution elastic continuum and elasto-plastic analysis of piles and pile groups Hrennikoffrsquos

analysis ultimate lateral resistance of piles by various approaches non-linear load-deflection response uplift capacity of piles and

anchors

160 Unsaturated Soil Mechanics

Paper Code L T P Cr

CE 7223 3

Identification and classification of expansive and collapsing soils effective stress concepts matric and osmotic suction collapse

heave and strength characteristics of unsaturated soils flow through unsaturated soils laboratory evaluation of swell pressure and

swell potentialtests to evaluate collapse potential measurements of soil suction

170Offshore Geotechnical Engineeging

Paper Code L T P Cr

CE 7222 3

Submarine soilsoriginnature and distributionTerriginic and pelagicsubmarine soils of India Engineering behaviour of

submarine soilsunder consolidated soilscalcareous soilscemented soilscorals

23

Offshore site investigations sampling and sampling disturbanceinsitu testingwireline technologyoffshore pile foundations for

jacket type structuresfoundations of gravity structures

Foundations for jack-up rigsanchors and break out forcesanchor systems for floating structuresstability of submarine

slopesInstallation and stability of submarine pipelines

180 Earth Pressure amp Earth Retaining Structure

Paper Code L T P Cr

CE 7221 3

Earth pressure theories Rankines theory Coulombs theory graphical techniques amp analytical methods rigid retaining structures

types empirical methods stability analysis Flexible retaining structures types material cantilever sheet piles anchored

bulkheads ndash free earth method fixed earth method moment reduction factors anchorage Braced excavation types construction

methods pressure distribution in sands and clays stability - bottom heave seepage ground deformation Reinforced soil walls

elements construction methods external stability internal stability Arching action underground structures in soils pipes

conduits trenchless technology tunnelling techniques - cut-and-cover method shield tunnelling Stability of slopes analysis of

earth amp rock fill dam

Recommended Books-

1 The Mechanics of Soils JH Atkinson amp PL Brandsy (1982) 2 Critical State Soil Mechanics AN Schofield amp CP Wroth (1968) 3 Introduction to Rock Mechanics RE Goodman (1989) 4 Engineering in Rocks T Ramamurthy (2007) 5 Shallow Foundation BM Das (1999) 6 Foundation Analysis amp Design JE Bowles (1988) 7 Foundation Engineering G Leonards (1962) 8 Basic amp Applied Soil Mechanics G Ranjan amp ASR Rao (2006) 9 Soil Dynamics S Saran (1999) 10 Geotechnical Earthquake Engineering SL Kramer (2003) 11 Geotechnical Modelling DM Wood (2004) 12 Analysis amp Design of Substructures S Saran (1996) 13 Geotechnical Practice for Waste Disposal DE Danial (1993) 14 Ground Water DK Todd (1959) 15 Designing with Geosynthetics RM Koerner (1997) 16 Ground Water amp Seepage ME Harr (1962) 17 Ground Water amp Seepage DK Todd (1959) 18 Engineering Hydrology SS Butler (1959) 19 Ground Water its development uses and conservation EW Bennisen (1972) 20 Theory of Elasticity amp Plasticity SP Timoshenko amp JN Goodier (1982) 21 Soil Mechanics in the light of Critical State Theories JAR Ortigao (1995) 22 Design of Small Dams USBR Manual (1965) 23 Design and Construction of Dams Edward Wegwann (1978) 24 Earth and Rock Dams Sheard L James 25 Properties of Concrete AM Neville (2007) 26 The Chemistry of Cement and Concrete FM Lea (1970) 27 Soil Mechanics Principle and Practice GE Barnes (2000) 28 Advanced Soil Mechanics BM Das (1997) 29 Soil Mechanics for Unsaturated Soils DG Fredlund and H Rahardjo (1993) 30 Soil Mechanics TW Lambe and RV Whitman (1987) 31 Fundamentals of Soil Behaviour James K Mitchell (1993) 32 Principles of Soil Mechanics RF Scott (1963) Foundation Analysis and Design JE Bowles (1996) 34 Foundation Design Principles and Practices Donald P Coduto (2001)

24

35 Design Aids in Soil Mechanics and Foundation Engineering Shenbaga R Kaniraj (1988) 36 Pile Foundation Analysis and Design HG Poulus and EH Davis (1980) 37 Earth and Earth-Rock Dams JL Sherard RJ Woodward SF Giziensky and WA Clevenger (1963) 38 Soil Mechanics in Engineering Practice K Terzaghi RB Peck and G Mesri (1996) 39 Foundation Design and Construction MJ Tomlinson (1996) 40 Engineering Treatment of Soils FC Bell (1993) 41 Earth Reinforcement and Soil Structures JFP Colin (1996) 42 Foundation Engineering Handbook HY Fang (1991) 43 Engineering Principles of Ground Modification MR Hausmann (1990) 44 Ground Improvement MP Moseley (1993) 45 Ground Control and Improvement PP Xanthakos LW Abramson and DA Bruce (1994) 46 Design Construction and Monitoring of Landfills A Bagchi (1994) 47 Geoenvironmental Engineering LN Reddi and HI Inyang (2000) 48 Environmental Geotechnics R Sarsby (2000) 49 Planning Design and Analysis of Tailings Dams SG Vick (1970) 50 Earthquakes Bruce A Bolt (1999) 51 Exploration Geophysics of the Shallow Subsurface Robert H Burger (1992) 52 Principles of Soil Dynamics BM Das (1993) 53 Geotechnical Earthquake Engineering Handbook RW Day (2002) 54 Construction Vibrations CH Dowding (2000) 55 Soil Behaviour in Earthquake Geotechnics Kenji Ishihara (1996) 56 Geotechnical Earthquake Engineering SL Krammer (1996) 57 Cyclic Loading of Soils from Theory to Design MP OrsquoReilly and SF Brown (1991) 58 Foundations for Machines Analysis and Design S Prakash and V K Puri (1988) 59 Dynamic Soil Structure Interaction John P Wolf (1985) 60 Rock Engineering JA Franklin and MB Dusseaut (1989) 61 Introductory Rock Mechanics RF Goodman (1980) 62 Foundation of Theoretical Soil Mechanics ME Harr (1966) 63 Fundamentals of Rock Mechanics JC Jaeger and NGW Cook (1969) 64 Elastic Solutions for Soils and Rock Mechanics HG Poulos and EH Davis (1974) 65 Rock Mechanics in Engineering Practice KG Stagg and OC Zienkiewics 66 Numerical Methods in Geotechnical Engineering DesaiCS and Christian 67 Finite Element Procedures in Engineering Analysis BatheKJ 68 Soil Behaviour and Critical State Soil Mechanics Wood DM

25

Scheme for M Tech (Environmental Engineering)

Sem Gp Course Details Course Code

L T P Intern Marks

Extern Marks

Total Marks

Credits

Ist A Advanced Mathematics and Statistics CE-511 3 0 0 50 100 150 3 Environmental Chemistry and Microbiology

CE512 3 0 0 50 100 150 3

Water Pollution CE513 3 0 0 50 100 150 3 Microbiology Lab CE514 0 0 2 30 70 100 2

B Air Pollution amp Control CE561 3 0 0 50 100 150 3 Water Engineering Design CE562 3 0 0 50 100 150 3 Water Engineering Laboratory CE563 0 0 2 30 70 100 2 Self Study open area seminar-I CE564 0 0 2 50 00 50 1

21Hoursweek 1000 20 IInd C Wastewater Treatment Design CE611 3 0 0 50 100 150 3

Elective I any one of the following 1 Groundwater and Seepage 2 Instrumentation

CE6121 CE6122

3 0 0 50 100 150 3

Elective II any one of the following 1 Design of Hydraulic Structures 2 Industrial Wastewater Treatment

CE6131 CE6132

3 0 0 50 100 150 3

Air Pollution Laboratory CE614 0 0 2 30 70 100 2 D Elective III any one of the following

1 Global Warming and Climate Change

2 Planning and Design of Environmental Services

CE6611 CE6612

3 0 0 50 100 150 3

Elective IV any one of the following 1 Environmental Planning and

Management 2 Solid Waste Management

CE6621 CE6622

3 0 0 50 100 150 3

Solid Waste amp Industrial Wastewater Analysis Lab

CE663 0 0 2 30 70 100 2

Minor Project I CE664 0 0 2 50 00 50 1 21Hoursweek 1000 20 IIIrd E Elective V any one of the following

1 Environmental Impact Assessment and Audit

2 Remote Sensing and GIS in Environmental Engineering

CE7111 CE7112

3 0 0 50 100 150 3

Elective VI any one of the following 1 Air Quality Modeling 2 Hazardous Waste Management 3 Occupational Safety and Health

CE7121 CE7122 CE7123

3 0 0 50 100 150 3

Self Study open area seminar II CE713 0 0 2 50 00 50 1 Minor Project II CE714 0 0 4 00 200 200 4 Major Project part I CE715 0 0 2 200 00 200 4

18Hoursweek 750 15 IVth F Major Project Part II CE811 3 0 0 00 750 750 15 6Hrsw

k 750 15

Grand Total 3500 70

26

MTech(Civil) Environmental Engineering

GROUP lsquoArsquo SUBJECTS

CE-511 Advanced Mathematics and Statistics

Numerical Methods - Partial differential equations Newton-Raphson method Finite difference finite element method of characteristics different methods Successive over relaxation methods Optimization ndash classification and importance in Environmental Studies Single and multivariable optimization without and with constraints Linear Programming ndash different methods linear approximation of non-linear optimization Statistics - Significance Tests Frequency Distribution Characteristics of Distributions Method of Least Squares and Regression Multiple Regression Probability ndash Concepts Methods Binomial Poisson and Normal distribution Risk and uncertainty analysis

CE-512 Environmental Chemistry and Microbiology

Aquatic Chemistry Hydrological cycle structure of water molecule water as solvent principles of equilibrium chemistry pH oxidation-reduction and the application of principles of chemistry for solving Environmental Engg problems

Chemistry of pollution due to detergents pesticides polymers trace organics metals mining petroleum and radioactive compounds

Chemistry of the atmosphere Global environmental problems- chemistry of CFC ozone depletion green house effect etc

Environmental Microbiology basic principles of microbial transformation of organic matter Microbial biochemistry biodegradation acclimatization of wastes and microbial inhibition mechanisms

Structure and function of cell constituents pure and mixed cultures aerobic and anaerobic metabolism microbial growth and dynamics microbial taxonomy classification amp morphological aspects of protozoa bacteria fungi algae and other higher aquatic life forms

Bioassay tests for toxicity evaluation pathogens and indicator organisms

Environmental Biotechnology Role of microbes in water and wastewater Engg Microbiology applied to bio scrubbers and bio filters bioremediation

CE-513 Water Pollution

Water quality Detection and measurement of Water Pollution Stream surveillance Standards Criteria Objective and goal of water quality for different uses Water quality management

Modeling approaches to water quality - classification ndash Mathematical Models for water quality

DO Models for Streams Models for microorganisms decay Eutrophication models - simplified nutrient loading models for rivers and lakes Management of Water Pollution Disposal of wastewater

CE-514 Microbiology Lab

27

Microscopic Examination of Microorganisms Preparation of bacterial smear - staining - Hanging drop technique - plate count test MPN tests and MFT Tests

GROUP lsquoBrsquo SUBJECTS

CE-562 Water Engineering Design

Introduction ndash Sources of water necessity of treatment Critical Water quality parameters water quality guidelines and standards for various water uses

Unit operations ndash principles and design of aeration systems ndash two film theory water in air system air in water system Intake structures ndash Different types design criteria

Principles of sedimentation ndash types of settling and settling equations design criteria and design of settling tanks Principle of Coagulation and Flocculation ndash types of coagulants coagulant aids coagulation theory optimum dose of coagulant design criteria and numerical examples

Filtration - theory of granular media filtration Classification of filters dual and multimedia filtration Adsorption Process Disinfection Water Softening Fluoridation and defluoridation ndash Principles and design Ion Exchange-processes Application Membrane Processes Reverse osmosis Ultrafiltration Electrodyalisis corrosion and corrosion control distribution design of various components of the distribution system

Design of the units of Water Treatment Plant

CE-561 Air Pollution and Control

Definition air pollutants air pollution measurement ambient and at source Effects of air pollution Standards Meteorology Dispersion of air pollutants Air pollution control equipmentsmdashsettling chambers Inertial devices electrostatic precipitator scrubbers fitters adsorption devices combustion devices condensation devices

CE-563 Water Engineering Laboratory

Physical and chemical characteristics of water pH EC Turbidity alkalinity acidity hardness sulphates fluorides nitrates Total solids volatile solids fixed solids Residual chlorine analysis optimum coagulant dose BOD COD Determination of heavy metals in water Total organic carbon CHNS analysis

CE-564 Self Study Open Area Seminar- I

Self Study

GROUP lsquoCrsquo SUBJECTS

CE-611 Wastewater Treatment Design

Treatment objectives Methods and design fundamentals of process analysis Physical unit operations screening flow equalization mixing Physico-chemical Treatment Systems flocculation sedimentation floatation filtration chemical unit processes Biological unit processes Bio kinetics treatment and disposal of sludge Emerging technologies for wastewater treatment and their design

CE-6121 Groundwater and Seepage

28

Darcyrsquos law General hydro-dynamic equations flow nets in isotropic and anisotropic medium

Steady and unsteady flow through confined and non-confined aquifers Schwartz Christoffel transformation and its application for ground water and seepage problems

Multiple well system partially penetrating wells image wells mutual interference of wells

Storage and exploration of ground water design construction and maintenance of wells Ground water recharge and run off Water quality budgeting simulation of ground water basin Application of remote sensing for ground water

CE-6121 Instrumentation

Types of application of measurement instrumentation Generalized configuration and functional description of measu4ring instruments Motion measurement Pressure measurement Flow measurement Environmental Engg Instrumentation

CE-6131 Design of Hydraulic Structures

Project planning site investigations choice of type of dams Cost benefit studies

Non-overflow dams Gravity Arch and buttress type Rock fill and earthen dams their design stress analysis stress concentration around openings

Different types of spillways and energy dissipaters their design Preparation and protection of foundation for dams Model analysis of Hydraulic structures Instrumentation in dams Temperature control in concrete dams

CE-6132 Industrial Waste Water Treatment

Theories of waste water treatments combined treatment of raw industrial waste with domestic sewage Discharge of completely treated waste to Municipal Sewer discharge of raw waste to stream characteristics and treatment of wastes from the apparel industry Food processing industries Material industries Chemical industries Energy industries

CE-614 Air Pollution Laboratory

Experiments using High volume sampler personnel sampler RSPM sampler stack monitoring kit

GROUP lsquoDrsquo SUBJECTS

CE-6611 Global Warming and Climate Change

Energy Issues and Climate Change Alternate Energy Sources Green-House Effect as a Natural Phenomenon Green House Gases GHGs) and their Emission Sources

Quantification of CO2 Emission Global Warming Potential (GWP) of GHGs Modeling Climate change Ozone layer depletion and its control Impacts of climate change ndash Global and India Temperature Rise Sea Level rise Coastal Erosion and landslides Coastal Flooding Wetlands and Estuaries loss

Kyoto Protocol ndash Importance Significance and its role in Climate Change Carbon Trading - Mechanisms

Various Models (European Indian) Global and Indian Scenario Cleaner Development Mechanisms ndash Various Projects related to CO2 Emission Reduction Alternatives of Carbon Sequestration ndash Conventional and non-conventional techniques

29

Role of Countries and Citizens in Containing Global Warming

References

1 Packe and Smith Climate Change

2 Gilbest

CE-6611 Planning and Design of Environmental Services

Planning factors Ventilation and Air conditioning Plumbing Design of Public Bathing Places Lighting Housing with Environmental Perspective

CE-6621 Environmental Planning and Management

Environment and Sustainable Development - carrying capacity relationship with quality of life carrying capacity and resource utilization Engineering Methodology in Planning and its Limitations ndash carrying capacity based short and long term regional planning Environmental Protection - Economic development and social welfare consideration in socio economic developmental policies and planning Total cost of development and environmental protection cost Case studies on Regional carrying capacity Engineering Economics ndash Value Engineering Time Value of Money Cash Flows Budgeting and Accounting Environmental Economics Introduction economic tools for evaluation Green GDP Cleaner development mechanisms and their applications Environmental Audit ndash methods procedure reporting and case studies Total Quality Management in environmental management and protection ndash ISO 9000 14000 and 18000 series of standards

CE-6622 Solid Waste Management

Sources of solid waste types of solid waste methods of disposal of solid waste recycle and reuse problems in the management under Indian conditions

Mechanical Transformation of solid wastes screening size reduction various devices for size reduction objectives

Thermal Transformation of solid wastes pyrolysis incineration gasification

Ultimate disposal of solid wastes Landfills problems location of landfills leachate composition management of leachate landfill liners landfill covers Bio gas from landfills computations of gas quantity and its management

CE-663 Solid Waste and Industrial Wastewater Analysis Lab

Determination of calorific value of different types of wastes Determination of molecular formula using CHNS analyzer Determination of total organic carbon of wastes Determination of moisture content density of wastes

Physical and chemical analysis of wastewater from different industries

CE-664 Minor Project - I

GROUP lsquoErsquo SUBJECTS

CE-7111 Environmental Impact Assessment and Audit

Environmental Impact Assessment ndash Definition Objectives Types ndash Rapid and Comprehensive EIA EIS FONSI Step-by-step procedure for conducting EIA and Limitations of EIA Prevention of Significant Deterioration (PSD) Programme Frame work of Impact assessment scope and contents of EIA methodologies and techniques of EIA

30

Attributes Standards and Value functions Public participation in EIA Environmental Management Plan (EMP) and Disaster Management Plan (DMP) EIA Case Studies ndashThermal Power Plant Mining Fertilizer Construction Projects Air port Water and Wastewater Treatment Plants

CE-7112 Remote Sensing and GIS in Environmental Engineering

Remote Sensing Definition ndash Ideal Remote Sensing System ndash Sensors and Types ndash Remote Sensing Satellite ndash IRS and INSAT specifications ndash Applications of remote sensing ndash DIP Techniques GIS Definition ndash Data and Types ndash Sources of data - Global Positioning System (GPS) ndash Data Structure ndash Types of Analysis ndash Errors ndash Applications of GIS Optimal Routing of Solid wastes using GIS ndash Case Study Environmental Siting of Industries and Zoning Atlas Development Re-modeling of Water Distribution System using GIS ndash Case Study Sustainable Urban Development Planning using GIS Environmental Degradation Assessment using RS and GIS Ground water vulnerability modeling using GIS

CE-7121 Air Quality Modeling

Introduction to air pollution modeling Approaches to model formulation Model Classification Criteria for model selection Air pollution meteorology ndash meteorological parameters stability classification plume rise plume behavior dispersion parameters Basic diffusion equation deterministic numerical and statistical modeling approach Introduction to boundary layer turbulence Physical modeling approach stochastic modeling approach to air pollution dispersion Theory of Gaussian plume model and its application Introduction to indoor air quality models ISCST3 CALINE4 ROADAIR Case studies

CE-7122 Hazardous Waste Management

Introduction Sources Classification Regulations for Hazardous Waste Management Hazardous Waste Characterization Designated Hazardous Wastes Waste Minimization and Resource Recovery ndash Approaches Development of a Waste Tracking System Selection of waste Minimization Process Case Studies Transportation of Hazardous Waste ndash requirements regulations containers bulk and non-bulk transport Emergency Response Physico-chemical Chemical and Biological Treatment of hazardous waste Thermal treatment - Incineration and pyrolysis Sanitary landfill ndash design approach leachate and gaseous collection system Facility Siting and Process Selection for treatment storage disposal facility (TSDF) Soil contamination and site remediation ndash bioremediation processes monitoring of disposal sites

CE-7123 Occupational safety and Health

Introduction Occupational Safety and Health Act Occupational Safety and Health Administration Right to know Laws Indian Acts ndash Labour Act Factories Act OSHA Accident ndash Causation investigation methods and different models Ergonomics ndash need Task Analysis Preventing Ergonomic Hazards Ergonomics Programme Occupational Hazard and Control - Hazard Analysis Human Error and Fault Tree Analysis Emergency Response Hazards and their control in different manufacturing and processing industries Fire Prevention and Protection - types of Fire Fire Development and its Severity Effect Extinguishing Fire Electrical Safety Product Safety Occupational Health - Health and Safety Considerations Personal Protective Equipment Health problems in different types of industries ndash construction textile steel and food processing pharmaceutical occupational Health and Safety considerations in Wastewater Treatment Plants

CE-713 Self study Open Area Seminar II

CE-714 Minor Project II

CE-715 Major Project Part-I

GROUP lsquoFrsquo SUBJECTS

CE-811 Major Project Part II

Syllabus for M Tech (Hydraulics and Water Resources Engineering)

Scheme for MTech ( Hydraulics and Water Resources Engineering)

Sem

Gro

up

Course details Course

Code

L T P Internal

Marks

External

Marks

Total

Marks

Credit

s

A Advanced Mathematics CE 531 3 0 0 50 100 150 3

I Advanced Hydrology CE 532 3 0 0 50 100 150 3

Advanced Open Channel Hydraulics CE 533 3 0 0 50 100 150 3

Hydraulic Engg Lab-1 CE 534 0 0 2 30 70 100 2

B Advanced Fluid Mechanics CE 581 3 0 0 50 100 150 3

Water Power Engineering CE 582 3 0 0 50 100 150 3

Hydraulics Engg Laboratory-II CE 583 0 0 2 30 70 100 2

Self study open area seminar-I CE 584 0 0 2 50 0 50 1

21Hoursweek 1000 20

II

C Planning amp management of Water Resources CE 631 3 0 0 50 100 150 3

Elective ndashI any one of the following

Ground water Hydrology

Coastal Engg

Hydrometeorology

CE 6321

CE6322

CE 6323

3 0 0

50 100 150 3

Elective ndash II any one of the following

Design of Hydraulic structures

Advanced irrigation and drainage Engg

Water pollution control and stream pollution

CE 6331

CE 6332

CE 6333

3 0 0

50 100 150 3

Hydraulics Engg Laboratory-III CE 634 0 0 2 30 70 100 2

D Elective ndash III any one of the following

Application of Geotech Engg And GIS in water

resources

River mechanics and sediment transport

Urban storm water drainage

CE 6811

CE 6812

CE 6813

3 0 0

50 100 150 3

Elective ndash IV any one of the following

Design of flood control and river training works

Water Resources Economics

Hydrodynamics stability

CE 6821

CE 6822

CE 6823

3 0 0

50 100 150 3

Hydraulic Engg Lab- IV CE 683 0 0 2 30 70 100 2

Minor project -I CE 684 0 0 2 50 00 50 1

21Hoursweek 1000 20

III E Elective ndash V any one of the following

Environmental Impact Assessment

Subsurface investigations

Water and soil conservation Engg

CE 7311

CE 7312

CE 7313

3 0 0

50 100 150 3

Elective ndash VI any one of the following

System Techniques in Water Resources Engineering

Computational Hydraulics

Hydro Informatics and Simulations

CE 7321

CE 7322

CE 7323

3 0 0

50 100 150 3

Self Study open area Seminar CE733 0 0 2 100 00 100 2

Minor Project ndash II CE 734 0 0 4 0 300 300 6

Major Project ndash I CE 735 0 0 6 200 00 300 6

18 HrsWeek 1000 20

IV F Major Project ndash II CE 831 0 0 6 00 1000 1000 15

6 Hrswk 1000 15

Grand Total 3500 70

ADVANCED MATHEMATICS

Paper Code L T P Cr

CE 531 3 0 0 3

Numerical method Finite Differences Numerical integration and differentiation Numerical solution of ordinary

differential equations and their application to engineering structures Poissonrsquos Laplacersquos and bi-harmonic

equations Relaxation methods and their application to Civil Engineering problems Complex variables Conformal

mapping and Swartz-Christoffel transformation applied to flow problems

Statistics and Probabilities Statistical parameters Discrete and continuous distributions frequency analysis

confidence limits Regression and correlation Stochastic modelling and Time series analysis Chi-square test of

goodness of fit Sensitivity analysis and decision making

Advanced Computer programming techniques and their applications to Engineering problems

Optimization techniques using Linear Non-linear and dynamic programming

ADVANCED HYDROLOGY

Paper Code L T P Cr

CE 532 3 0 0 3

Review of basic principles of hydrology Concepts of linear and non-linear modelling in rainfall-Runoff models

Probability and statistical analysis in hydrology correlation and regression analysis Lumped and distributed flood

routing methods Flood estimation methods

Time Series Analysis

Synthetic data generation Simple and multiple linear regression

At site frequency analysis

Analysis of low flows

Stream flow forecasting

Introduction to stochastic modelling and time series analysis

ADVANCED OPEN CHANNEL HYDRAULICS

Paper Code L T P Cr

CE 533 3 0 0 3

Energy and momentum equation Effect of Non-uniform velocity distribution

metering of flow Hydraulic Jump Formations of jump in expanding and contracting channel jump type jump

control jump on sloping floors Gradually varied steady flow and rapidly varied steady flow in open channels

surface profiles in GVF-analysis different method of computations Chowrsquo-s methods standard step method finite

difference method Unsteady Flow Waves celerity of wave boundary conditions standing and progressive wave

positive and negative surges Dam break problem deep water group velocity solitary wave Introduction to Fluvial

hydraulics sediment transport

HYDRAULIC ENGINEERING LAB I

Paper Code L T P Cr

CE 534 0 0 2 2

I) Computation of energy momentum correction factors by use of current meter and pitot tube

II) Calibration of weir and venturi-flumes determination of modular limit

III) Normal critical and brink depth-their experimental Verification and determination of Manningrsquos n

IV) Backwater profiles

V) Hydraulic jump characteristics

VI) Bed formations Threshold condition in sediment transport

ADVANCED FLUID MECHANICS

Paper Code L T P Cr

CE 581 3 0 0 3

Review of basic laws of fluid flow in integral and differential form kinematics Ideal fluid flow Newtonian fluid

flow and applications Creeping flow Two dimensional Flow Patterns Sink and Source Laplace equation solution

by Graphical method Theoretical concepts of boundary layer Boundary layer theory Turbulent boundary layer

Boundary Layer Separation and its Stability Transition turbulence analysis and Measurement Correlation and

Statistical Theories Fundamentals of compressible flows Modelling and dimensional analysis

WATER POWER ENGINEERING

Paper Code L T P Cr

CE 582 3 0 0 3

Comparative study of Hydro-Thermal and Nuclear Projects Investigations of Hydro-electric projects-types of

development nature of demand and supply interconnection pondage and storage

Design of intakes gates air inlet valves penstocks and anchor blocks Power canals Forebay

Type of turbines their selection Design of turbine components like scroll casing runner draft tube governing of

turbine

Characteristics and model studies of turbines

Water hammer phenomenon physical interpretation water hammer studies by different methods for sudden and

gradual closure of valve

Surge tanks governing equation for analysis stability calculation of surge by different methods surge in power

canals surge control Design principles of Power House

HYDRAULIC ENGINEERING LABORATORY II

Paper Code L T P Cr

CE 583 0 0 2 2

Flow visualisation studies Boundary layer drag and lift on immersed bodies Measurement of turbulent

quantities) some experiments on wind tunnel

PLANNING AND MANAGEMENT OF WATER RESOURCES

Paper Code L T P Cr

CE 631 3 0 0 3

Principles of engineering economics discounting techniques un-certainity planning horizon Selection of optimal

alternatives Application of linear non linear and dynamic programings in water resources Optimal sequencing and

scheduling of resources Planning of water resources projects cost ndashbenefit analysis for irrigation water power and

floods control projects

Principles and practice of water resources planning and management Purposes water resources developments

Engineering economy in water resources planning

Reservoir planning river basin development Factors affecting irrigation and power development examples of

multipurpose project in India

Storage and related problems optimum storage Rule curve minimum storage and its effect on the cost of power

Computer applications in the designs of water resources systems Water shed management Management of reservoir

operations

GROUND WATER HYDROLOGY

Paper Code L T P Cr

CE 6321 3 0 0 3

Introduction Steady and unsteady flow through confined and unconfined aquifers Schwartz-Christoffel

transformation and its application for ground water flow and seepage problems Numerical Techniques for solution

of ground water flow

Ground water movement Darcyrsquos law permeability hydraulic conductivity ground water in perforated regions

Isotropic and anisotropic aquifers and general flow equations Multiple well system partially penetrating wells

image wells mutual interference of wells

Ground water modeling techniques Porous media models analog models and digital computer models

Investigations of ground water Surface and subsurface investigation of ground water Water level measurement

fluid conductivity Storage and exploration of ground water Design Construction and Maintainence of wells

simulation of ground water basin Application of remote sensing for ground water

Artificial recharge of ground water Concept of artificial recharge re-charge methods recharge on water

spreading recharge mound and induced recharge General hydro-dynamic equations flow nets in isotropic and

anisotropic medium Water harvesting and legislation

COASTAL ENGINEERING

Paper Code L T P Cr

CE 6322 3 0 0 3

Definition-wave classification-linear theory of waves-assumptions and derivations of relationship of wave

characteristics-pressure within a progressive wave wave energy energy flux-wave decay-Transformation of waves-

Fundamental aspects of stokes theory

Reflection Refraction Diffraction of wave-Breaking of waves-types criterion and importance of breaking- wave

force on structure-vertical sloping curved and stepped barrier-force due to non-breaking breaking and broken

waves-Force on piles

Need for forecasting- SMB and PNJ methods of wave forecasting

Origin and classification of tides Karwinrsquos equilibrium theory of tides-effects on structure-seiches and tsunamis

Types of sediment and movement-types of beaches and beach profile Long Shore drift and its engineering

significance Causes of coastal erosion and methods of protection Introduction to outfall design necessity and few

design examples

HYDROMETEOROLOGY

Paper Code L T P Cr

CE 6323 3 0 0 3

Atmosphere General Circulation Composition and Structure of Atmosphere Role of

Meteorology in Hydrology

Precipitation Process ndash Adiabatic Process Stability and Instability of Atmosphere

Atmosphere Thermodynamics

Clouds ndash Classification Formation and Characteristics

Climate Preparation of Climatological norms and Climate Classification

Weather Charts Preparation Analysis and Interpretation Weather Forecast

Monsoon ndash Monsoon Circulation Monsoon Troughs Monsoon Depression and Tropical

Cyclones

Hydro-meteorological Instrumentation and Observations

Use of Radar and Satellites in Hydrology

Storm Analysis Storm Selection Storm Maximization Probable Maximum Precipitation

Meteorological Homogeneity Storm Transposition

Computer applications in the design of hydraulic structures

DESIGN OF HYDRAULIC STRUCTURES

Paper Code L T P Cr

CE 6331 3 0 0 3

Design of spillways energy dissipation below spillways and their construction management

Non-overflow dams Gravity Arch and buttress dams rock fill and earthen dams their design and management at

the site Stress analysis stress concentration around openings Model analysis of hydraulic structures

Design of weirs on permeable foundation silt excluders and different types of silt ejectors and construction

management of diversion head works Case studies of large dams

Foundations design well foundation coffer dams drilled shafts and piled foundations Stability analysis

construction maintenance and testing of foundations Codal provisions for foundation design of these structures

ADVANCED IRRIGATION AND DRAINAGE ENGINEERING

Paper Code L T P Cr

CE 6332 3 0 0 3

Basic Irrigation Development Problems Types of development water rights and disputes Land classification and

development Investigation for irrigation planning water resources conjunctive use of surface and ground water

reclamation of sewage and drainage flow Recharging of groundwater by flood flows

Water requirement of crops Consumptive use depth and frequency of irrigation cropping pattern

Modern methods of irrigation their economics and design irrigation network and irrigation structures Management

of irrigation analysis of existing irrigation projects irrigation losses and wastes irrigation efficiency control and

maintenance of irrigation works

Problems of water logging-salinity and alkalinity land drainage problems- design of surface and sub-surface

drainage system reclamation

Systems approach in planning of irrigation and drainage projects

WATER POLLUTION CONTROL AND STREAM SANITATION

Paper Code L T P Cr

CE 6333 3 0 0 3

Water quality and stream quality standards

Organic self purification-quantitative definition-re-oxygenation-oxygen balance and stream

dissolved oxygen profile-oxygen sag curve-Streeter Phelprsquos equation-Critical deficit problems

Microbial self purification-pathogenic microorganisms of sewage origin-indices of

contamination-enumeration-per-capita contribution-seasonal variations-death rate survival in

the stream environment

Classification of streams-natural self purification process-disposal of wastewater Rational

stream sanitation practices-dual objectives of stream sanitation practices-the science

and art of applied stream sanitation-stream survey-types of stream survey-execution of stream

surveys

Purification in estuaries-evaluation of self purification in estuaries-tides and currents distribution

of waste loads by tidal translation-sea water intrusion-waste assimilation capacity

of estuaries-bacterial contamination-stable wastes

Case studiessimulation studies water quality modelling using qual2E WASP

HYDRAULICS ENGG LABORATORY-III

Paper Code

L T P Cr

CE 634 0 0 2 2

Experiments based on models studies in irrigation engineering river mechanics river flow dynamics and sediment

transport Experiments on instrumentation techniques

APPLICATION OF GEOTECH ENGG AND GIS IN WATER RESOURCES

Paper Code

L T P Cr

CE 6811 3 0 0 3

Introduction sources of energy electromagnetic spectrum electromagnetic radiation reflection transmission and

absorption Interaction of EMR with atmosphere scattering refraction absorption transmission atmospheric

windows Brief review of thermal and microwave remote sensing their utility merit and demerits Introduction

geographical concepts and terminology difference between image processing system and GIS utility of GIS

Various GIS packages and their salient features essentials components of GIS data acquisition through scanners

and digitizers Raster and vector data introduction descriptions raster and vector data raster versus vector raster

to vector conversion remote sensing data in GIS

Introduction importance of water resources and hydrology components of water resources hydrological cycle role

of remote sensing Geo-morphological analysis of watershed determination of various geo-morphometric

parameters using conventional and remote sensing data digital elevation model data input interpolation

techniques surface generation assessment of accuracy extraction of various watershed parameters Irrigation water

management and scheduling performance evaluation of irrigation command areas performance indicators mapping

of irrigation command areas using temporal remote sensing data Flood plain identification and management use of

remote sensing data products digital based extraction of flood plain parameters and indices drought identification

and management conventional approach data requirements and methods drought Indices and its assessment using

remote sensing data

RIVER MECHANICS AND SEDIMENT TRANSPORT

Paper Code L T P Cr

CE 6812 3 0 0 3

River morphology river systems hydraulics regime and dynamics Theory of meandering Inter relationship

between river dimensions sediment load and water flow River response to river training works Local scour around

hydraulic structures Density currents and sedimentation of reservoirs

Introduction sediment properties threshold conditions for uniform sediments exposure and sheltering effects in

non-uniform sediments critical-tri-active stress of non-uniform cohesion-less sediments and cohesive soil regimes

of flow analysis of ripples dunes and anti-dunes resistance to flow and velocity distribution in alluvial streams

Bed load suspended load and wash load computation of bed load for uniform and non uniform sediments

Mechanism of suspension distribution of suspended load computation of suspended load and total load

URBAN STORM WATER DRAINAGE

Paper Code L T P Cr

CE 6813 3 0 0 3

Hydraulics of closed and open drains under different flow conditions unsteady steady and spatially varied flows

Design criteria of drains based on hydraulic considerations

Hydrologic design scale selection of design level Risk analysis of safety margins and safety factors

Design storms precipitation depth intensity duration frequency relationships Design hyetographs from storm

events

Design flows storm sewer design Codal requirements for storm water drainage

DESIGN OF FLOOD CONTROL AND RIVER TRAINING WORKS

Paper Code L T P Cr

CE 6821 3 0 0 3

Basic causes of flood Flood prone areas in India and their problems case history of some important river basins of

India Engineering and administrative methods of flood plane regulation Economic aspects of flood control

schemes cost benefit analysis Flood forecasting flood warning and flood fighting

Morphological study of river behaviour Theories of river meandering and river regimes Necessity principles and

methods of river training Case history of river training works in India and abroad Design of Levees Groynes Cut-

offs and Guide bunds etc River training works for different hydraulic structures

WATER RESOURCE ECONOMICS

Paper Code L T P Cr

CE 6822 3 0 0 3

Principles of engineering economics discounting techniques un-certainity planning horizon Selection of optimal

alternatives Application of liner non-linear and dynamic programmings in water resources Optimal sequencing

and scheduling of resources Planning of water resources projects cost- benefit analysis for irrigation water power

and flood control projects

HYDRO DYNAMIC STABILITY

Paper Code L T P Cr

CE 6823 3 0 0 3

Control volumes and system approach- Stokersquos Gauss and Greenrsquos theorem and applications

Conservation of mass momentum moment of momentum and energy equations

Potential flows Basic flow patterns combination of flow patterns application to civil engineering problems

Conformal transformation Viscous flow Navier-Stokersquos equations Exact and approximate solutions

Boundary layer theory Boundary layer equations and its solution boundary layer separations and its control theory

of stability drag on immersed bodies

Formulation of hydrodynamic stability problems in various situations of flows and particularly for parallel flows

Waves and allied experimental studies Study of laminar to turbulent transition

CE 683 HYDRAULIC ENGINEERING LAB ndashIV

Paper Code L T P Cr

CE 683 0 0 2 2

Application of CAD in hydraulic Engineering Two and three dimensional analysis of gravity dams Seepage and

stability analysis of embankment Design of weirs on permeable foundations Design of canals and transitions

Design of gates and valves Design of pipe networks

ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ANALYSIS FOR WATER RESOURCE PROJECTS

Paper Code L T P Cr

CE 7311 3 0 0 3

Objectives of environmental impact assessment methodology for EIA Baseline study scooping checklist scaled

and weighted matrices networks overlays index methods Prediction and Assessment of impacts on air water land

demography and Biological Environment Impact analysis of Hydro power different case studies environmental

Impact Analysis-Laws and Status in India Rehabilitation and resettlement

Identification of process operation imbalances resulting in resources loss and their impact on environment

SUBSURFACE INVESTIGATIONS

Paper Code L T P Cr

CE 7312 3 0 0 3

Introduction amp broad classification of subsurface methods

Direct Methods

Excavation amp Pitting

Well Drilling Techniques

Drill Stem Testing

Geological Well Logs

Indirect Methods

Geophysical Well Logging Electrical Well logging methods Normal amp Lateral Resistivity

Logs Self Potential Logs Induction amp Micro focused logs electrical logging practices

evaluation of aquifer parameters

Radiation logging (Natural gamma neutron amp gamma gamma logging) - Acoustic logs

Caliper logs amp Dip-meter surveys amp their applications in groundwater

prospecting

WATER AND SOIL CONSERVATION ENGINEERING

Paper Code L T P Cr

CE 7313 3 0 0 3

Water conservation Rain water harvesting techniques water shed development ground water recharging check

dams reservoirs and aquifers control of infiltration seepage and evaporation control of effluent and waste water

disposal control of agricultural run off and siltation Plan utilisation of water resources flood planes zone

management reuse and recycling of treated waste water effluent irrigation

Soil Conservation Introduction to soil erosion mechanisms and its causes and control sheet erosion rill erosion

gully erosion control of erosion by bunding terracing contour trenching gully stabilizing check dams drop

spillways chute spillways grass land management and forest management reclamation of saline and usher soils

remediation of contaminated soils Case studies on soil and water conservation practices

SYSTEM TECHNIQUES IN WATER RESOURCES ENGINEERING

Paper Code L T P Cr

CE 7321 3 0 0 3

System Concepts

System concepts definitions needs for system approach different types of

system parameters and variables

Linear Programming

Revision Big M Method duality sensitivity analysis Application of Linear

Programming for Hydraulics amp Water Resource

Non Linear Programming

Unconstrained one Dimensional search methods Dichotomous search method

Fibonacci Golden section multivariable unconstrained gradient techniques

steepest ascent and descent methods Newtonrsquos methods Application of

Dichotomous search method Fibonacci amp Golden section to the various sectors of

Water Resource Engineering FP methods constrained Lagrangian multiplier

techniques Kuhn Tuckerrsquos conditions penalty function methods

Dynamic Programming

Principle of optimality recursive equations Application of Dynamic

programming to Water Resource Engineering

Stochastic Methods

Queuing theory simulation technique sequencing model Morkovrsquos process

Capitalisation

Annuity benefit-cost analysis Benefit Cost Analysis for multi purpose water

resource projects

Geometric Programming

Polynomial unconstrained minimization problem arithmatics geometric

unequality solution of unconstrained geometric programming constraints

minimization geometric programming with mixed inequality constrained

Games Theory

COMPUTATIONAL HYDRAULICS

Paper Code L T P Cr

CE 7322 3 0 0 3

Introduction to finite element and finite volume techniques in computational fluid dynamics

Numerical solution of Navier-Stokersquos equation and boundary layer equation Reynoldrsquos equation-turbulence

modelling

Separated flows transient flow through pipes surge tanks steady uniform and non-uniform flow through open

channels

Spatially varied flow Numerical solutions unsteady flow through open channels

Application of finite element method in other areas of water resources eg Multiphase flow estuarine and lakes

oceans waves tidal flow etc Specification related to storm water drainage

HYDROINFORMATICS AND SIMULATIONS

Paper Code L T P Cr

CE 7323 3 0 0 3

Introduction

Concept of hydro-informatics scope of internet and web based modelling in water

resources engineering

Introduction to multi criterion decision support system ndash Components for

modelling software

Introduction to Simulation

Different simulation techniques ndash Applications of simulation techniques in

hydraulics

Introduction to Artificial Neural Networks

Networks and its training-Back propagation algorithm Conjugate gradient

algorithm Cascade correlation algorithm Applications of ANN in WRE Genetic Algorithm (GA)

Concept Basic principle of GA Working principle of GA Coding Fitness

function GA Operations Reproduction Cross over Mutation Applications of

GA in Water Resources Engineering

DELHI TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION

AND

COURSE OF READING

FOR

MTech (Software Engineering)

Syllabus applicable to the students seeking admission to

MTech (Software Engineering) Course

SCHEME

Paper

No

Subject Code

No

Title of the Course Internal

Marks

External

Marks

Total

Marks

Credits Semester

Total

1

2

3

4

GROUP A CO 511

CO 512

CO 513

CO 514

Software Engineering Methodologies

Data Warehousing amp Data Mining

Advances in Internet amp Web

Technologies

Software Engineering Lab

50

50

50

30

100

100

100

70

150

150

150

100

3

3

3

2

1000

(20

credits)

5

6

7

8

GROUP B

CO 561

CO 562

CO 563

CO 564

Software Project Management Artificial Intelligence and Expert Systems

Artificial Intelligence Lab

Self-study Open Area Seminar-I

50

50

30

50

100

100

70

-

150

150

100

50

3

3

2

1

9

10

11

12

GROUP C CO 611

CO 612

CO 613

CO 614

Software Validation Verification amp

Testing

Elective-I

Elective-II

Software Testing Laboratory

50

30

50

50

100

70

100

100

150

100

150

150

3

2

3

3

1000

(20

credits)

12

13

14

15

GROUP D

CO 661

CO 662

CO 663

CO 664

Elective-III

Elective-IV

Lab based on Electives

Minor Project-I

30

50

50

50

70

100

100

-

100

150

150

50

2

3

3

1

16

17

18

19

20

GROUP E

CO 711

CO 712

CO 713

CO 714

CO 715

Elective-V

Elective-VI

Self-study Seminar ndashII

Minor Project-II

Major Project-I

50

50

100

-

-

100

100

-

300

300

150

150

100

300

300

3

3

1

4

4

1000

(15

credits)

21 GROUP F CO 811

Major Project-II

-

1000

1000

15

1000

(15

credits)

List of Electives

Electives I (Group C) Any one subject can be chosen from the following

Software Requirements Engineering

Software Quality amp Metrics

Bio-Informatics

Advances in Information Systems

Modeling and Simulation

Electives II (Group C) Any one subject can be chosen from the following

Real-Time Systems

Quantum Computing

Recent Trends in Distributed Systems

Cluster amp Grid Computing

Pervasive Computing

Electives III (Group D) Any one subject can be chosen from the following

Virtual Reality

Advances in Multimedia Systems

Wireless amp Mobile Communication

Data Security and Cryptography

Fault Tolerant System Design

Electives IV (Group D) Any one subject can be chosen from the following

Digital Image Processing

Neural Networks amp Fuzzy Logic

Biometrics

Robotics Engineering

Pattern Recognition

Electives V (Group E) Any one subject can be chosen from the following

Advances in Software Engineering

Software Architecture amp Design Patterns

Component Based Technology

Intellectual Property Rights

Human Computer Interface

Electives VI (Group E) Any one subject can be chosen from the following

Natural Language Processing

Computer Vision

Machine Learning

Semantic Web

Information Retrieval

First Year MTech (SE) I Semester

CO 511 Software Engineering Methodologies

Lectures - 3 Hrs per week Theory - 150 Marks

Unit 1 Review of Software Engineering Principles amp Techniques Discussion on System

Development amp Methodologies Object-Oriented System Development

Unit 2 Software Engineering Processes Introduction to Object Oriented Paradigm Object-

Oriented Process Models Rational Unified Process (RUP)

Unit 3 Methodologies Yourdon method for software design Modified Yourdon Method

Object Modeling Technique (OMT) of Rumbaugh

Unit 4 Unified Modeling Language (UML) UML diagrams such as use case diagrams class

diagram sequence diagrams state transition diagrams etc

Unit 5 Agile development methodologies

Unit 6 Applications A complete case study of Software development using above

Methodologies Concepts of Computer-Aided Software Engineering

Tools Knowledge about current CASE tools used in the industry

Suggested Readings-

Text Books

1 Ian Sommerville ldquoSoftware Engineeringrdquo 7th Edition Addison-Wesley 2004ISBN 81-

7758-530-4

2 Roger S Pressman ldquoSoftware Engineering ndash A Practitionerrsquos Approachrdquo - 4th edition

McGraw Hill Publications

3 Grady Booch James Rambaugh Ivar Jacobson ldquoUnified Modeling Language Users

Guiderdquo 2nd Edition Addison- Wesley ISBN ndash 0321267974

Reference Books

1 Ivar Jacobson Grady Booch James Rumbaugh ldquoThe Unified Software Development

Processrdquo Pearson Education

2 Yourdon ldquoModern Structured Analysisrdquo PHI

3 KK Aggarwal and Yogesh Singh ldquoSoftware Engineeringrdquo New Age Publications 2009

CO 512 Data Warehousing amp Data Mining

Lectures - 3 Hrs per week Theory - 150 Marks

Unit 1 Data Warehousing - Basic concepts in data warehousing Collecting the requirements

of data warehouse Data Warehouse Architecture Design Implementationamp Maintenance

OLAP in data warehouse Data warehousing and the web Further Development of Data Cube

Technology From Data Warehousing to Data Mining

Unit 2 Data Mining Concepts Data mining primitives Basics of data mining Query language

Designing GUI based on a data mining query language Architectures of data mining systems

Unit 3 Mining Association Rules in Large Databases Association Rule Mining Mining

Single Dimensional Boolean Association Rules from Transactional Databases Mining

Multilevel Association Rules from Transaction Databases Mining Multidimensional Association

Rules from Relational Databases and Data Warehouses From Association Mining to Correlation

Analysis Constraint Based Association Mining

Unit 4 Classification and Prediction Issues Regarding Classification and Prediction

Classification by Decision Tree Induction Bayesian Classification Classification by

Backpropagation Classification Based on Concepts from Association Rule Mining Other

Classification Methods Prediction Classifier Accuracy

Unit 5 Cluster Analysis in Data Mining Types of Data in Cluster Analysis A Categorization

of Major Clustering Methods Partitioning Methods Density Based Methods Grid Based

Methods Model Based Clustering Methods Outlier Analysis

Unit 6 Mining Complex Types of Data Multidimensional Analysis and Descriptive Mining of

Complex Data Objects Mining Spatial Databases Mining Multimedia Databases Mining Time

Series and Sequence Data Mining Text Databases Applications Systems products and research

prototypes Additional themes in data mining Trends in Data mining spatial mining and Web

Mining Web concept mining Web structure mining Web Usage mining

Suggested Readings-

Text Books

1 PPonnian ldquoData Warehousing Fundamentalsrdquo John Wiley

2 MHDunham ldquoData Mining Introductory amp Advanced Topicsrdquo Pearson Education

3 HanKamber MKaufman ldquoData Mining Concepts amp Techniquesrdquo

Reference Books

1 Ralph Kimball ldquoThe Data Warehouse Lifecycle Tool Kitrdquo John Wiley

2 MBerry GLinoff ldquoMaster in Data Miningrdquo John Wiley

3 WHInmon ldquoBuilding the Data Ware housesrdquo Wiley Dreamtech

CO 513 Advances in Internet amp Web Technologies

Lectures - 3 Hrs per week Theory - 150 Marks

Unit 1 Emergence of the Internet Basics notions amp working parts of the Internet E-Mail file

transfer telnet Usenet gopher wais Archie and veronica Internet chat

Unit 2 Web Development Developing Web using HTML XML ASP Concepts of Web

Programming using Scripting Languages such as JavaScript CGI PHP etc Database

Connectivity with MySQL and JDBC

Unit 3 Web Research amp Practices The World Wide Web Impact Opportunities and

Challenges Evolution of Search Engines

Unit 4 Web Search amp Mining Framework Supporting Technologies concepts applications

types amp tools Quantifying the Web

Unit 5 Crawling Techniques The task of a web crawler Crawler algorithms Indexing

techniques Ranking in Web

Unit 6 Advanced Research Topics Duplicate Detection Contextual Search etc

Suggested Readings-

Text Books

1 Raj Kamal ldquoInternet and Web Technologiesrdquo Tata McGraw Hill edition

2 Mark Levene ldquoAn Introduction to Search Engines and Web Navigationrdquo Pearson

Education ISBN 0321306775

3 Soumen Chakrabarti ldquoMining the Web Discovering Knowledge from Hypertext

Datardquo Morgan-Kaufmann Publishers ISBN 1-55860-754-4

Reference Books

1 Wendy Willard ldquoHTML A Beginnerrsquos Guiderdquo Tata McGraw-Hill

2 Chris Bates ldquoWeb Programming building internet applicationsrdquo 2nd edition Wiley

Dreamtech

3 Sebesta ldquoProgramming World Wide Webrdquo Pearson

4 Ullman Larry ldquoPHP and MySQL for Dynamic Web Sitesrdquo Peachpit Press

5 Pierre Baldi Paolo Frasconi Padhraic Smyth ldquoModeling the Internet and the Webrdquo John

Wiley and Sons Ltd ISBN 0470849061

CO 514 Software Lab

Practical - 2 Hrs per week Practical - 100 Marks

Software Lab based on using latest CASE Tools At least one Minor Project to be developed for

an application based on methodologies covered in the course

CO 561 Software Project Management

Lectures - 3 Hrs per week Theory - 150 Marks

Unit 1 Introduction Project Management concepts Process Framework Project Planning

Software Life Cycle Models Artifacts of the Project Management Process

Unit 2 Cost and Scheduling Estimation Models Various Levels of COCOMO for Cost

Effort Schedule and Productivity Estimation Approaches to Effort Cost Estimation and

Schedule Estimation factors through COCOMO II Putnam Estimation Model Algorithmic

models

Unit 3 Project Management Techniques Project Organizations and Responsibilities

Establishing Project Environment Risk Management Process Project Tracking and Control

Defect Tracking Concepts such as Process monitoring and audit Reviews Inspections and

Walkthroughs

Unit 5 Risk Estimation What is Risk Framework for Managing Risks Risk Identification

Risk Analysis and Prioritization Risk Avoidance and Mitigation Strategies Risk Monitoring

Estimating

Unit 4 Activity Planning including CPM and PERT Network planning model Activity-on-

arrow network Precedence network Forward pass Backward pass Critical path Slack and

float

Unit 6 Advance Topics in Software Project Management Discussion on future Software

Project Management Practices amp Modern Project Profiles Next Generation Software Economics

Modern Process Transitions

Suggested Readings-

Text Books

1 Watts S Humphrey ldquoManaging the Software Processrdquo Pearson Education

2 Walker Royce ldquoSoftware Project Managementrdquo Pearson Education

3 Pankaj Jalote ldquoSoftware Project Management in Practicerdquo Pearson Education

Reference Books

1 Bob Hughes ldquoSoftware Project Managementrdquo TMH

2 Chris Kemerer ldquoSoftware Project Management Readings and Casesrdquo

CO 562 Artificial Intelligence amp Expert Systems

Lectures - 3 Hrs per week Theory - 150 Marks

Unit 1 Introduction The AI Problems AI Techniques Basic Problem solving methods state

space search problem characteristics Production systems characteristics issues in design of

Intelligent search algorithm

Unit 2 Heuristic search Techniques Hill climbing techniques Best First search Problem

Reduction Constraint Satisfaction Means-End Analysis

Unit 3 Knowledge Representation Knowledge Representation issues Knowledge

Representation using Predicate logic Semantic Nets Semantic Frames Conceptual Dependency

scripts Knowledge representation with uncertainty

Unit 4 Programming Languages Fundamental and concepts of Programming languages like

Prolog or Lisp Relationship of languages with Knowledge representation and inferences

Unit 5 Expert Systems What and Why of expert systems Structure of an Expert system

interaction with an expert system Design of an Expert system implementing expert system shell

Expert System Development techniques amp tools with Case Study Construction of Programs

using different data structure

Unit 6 Advanced topics Applications of AI in Game Playing amp Natural Language Processing

Concepts of Fuzzy Logic Introduction to Intelligent Agents

Suggested Readings-

Text Books

1 Artificial Intelligence E Rich and K Knight TMH 2nd ed 1992

2 Introduction to Expert Systems Peter Jackson AWP MA 199

3 Introduction to AI and Expert Systems DW Patterson PHI 1992

Reference Books

1 Artificial Intelligence - an Engineering Approach RJ Schalkoff McGraw Hill Int

Ed Singapore 1992

2 Principles of AI NJ Nilsson Narosa Publ House 1990

3 Artificial Intelligence Structures and Strategies for Complex Problem Solving (5th

Edition) George F Luger 2005 Addison-Wesley ISBN-10 0321263189

4 Artificial Intelligence A Guide to Intelligent Systems (2nd Edition)Michael

Negnevitsky 2005 Addison-Wesley ISBN-10 0321204662

CO 563 Artificial Intelligence Lab

Practical - 2 Hrs per week Practical - 100 Marks

Objective of the course - To develop intelligent systems in different engineering domains like

Games Theorem Proving Natural Language Processing etc

CO 564 Self-study Open Area Seminar-I

Practical - 2 Hrs per week Sessional - 50 Marks

Objective of the course - Students should explore the research areas amp industry practices in the

field of Software Engineering Artificial Intelligenceamp other applied areas The students will

submit a symposium on the topics selected

First Year MTech (SE) II Semester

CO 611 Software Validation Verification amp Testing

Lectures - 3 Hrs per week Theory - 150 Marks

Unit 1 Introductory concepts Verification ampValidation Terminologies like Goals Role

Objectives Limitations Approaches amp Applicability

Unit 2 Software Testing Testing Process Limitations of Testing Testing activities

Unit 3 Levels of Testing Unit Testing Integration Testing System Testing

Debugging Domain Testing Regression Testing Slice based testing

Unit 4 Software Testing Techniques Detail study of Functional Testing Structural Testing

Object Oriented Testing

Unit 5 Software Testing Tools Taxonomy Methodology to evaluate automated testing Using

tools Load Runner Win runner and Rational Testing Tools Java Testing Tools JMetra JUNIT

Cactus and other recent tools

Unit 6 Advanced Topics on Testing Prioritizing the Test-cases Web Applications Testing

Off-the-shelf component testing security testing Data-warehouse Automated test data

generation

Suggested Readings

Text Books

1 Paul C Jorgenson Software Testing A Craftsmanrsquos approach CRC Press 1997

2 Desikan Ramesh Software Testing principles and Practices Pearson Education

Reference Books

1 William E PerryEffective Methods for Software Testing John Wiley

2 Steven R Rakitin Software Verification and Validation for Practitioners and Managers

2nd edition Artech House

3 Boris Beizer ldquoSoftware Testing Techniquesrdquo Second Volume Second Edition Van

Nostrand Reinhold New York 1990

4 Louise Tamres ldquoSoftware Testingrdquo Pearson Education Asia 2002

5 Boris Beizer ldquoSoftware System Testing and Quality Assurancerdquo Van Nostrand einhold

New York 1984

6 Glenford Myers ldquoThe Art of Software Testingrdquo John Wiley amp Sons Inc New York

1979

CO 612 Software Testing Lab

Practical - 2 Hrs per week Practical - 100 Marks

Objectives of the course -Software Testing Lab where hands-on experience on various Testing

Tools A project development for an application using these tools

Elective I Group C

Lectures - 3 Hrs per week Theory - 150 Marks

CO 613

Elective II Group C

Lectures - 3 Hrs per week Theory - 150 Marks

CO 614

Elective III Group D

Lectures - 3 Hrs per week Theory - 150 Marks

CO 662

Elective IV Group D

Lectures - 3 Hrs per week Theory - 150 Marks

CO 663

CO 664 Minor Project I

Practical - 2 Hrs per week Sessional - 50 Marks

The objective of this course is to develop complete Software Application- CASE Tool based on

the subjects studied during the Course

Second Year MTech (SE) III Semester

Elective V Group E

Lectures - 3 Hrs per week Theory - 150 Marks

CO 711

Elective VI Group E

Lectures - 3 Hrs per week Theory - 150 Marks

CO 712

CO 713 Self-Study Open Area Seminar -II

Practical - 2 Hrs per week Practical - 100 Marks

Objective of this course - This study should be in continuation with earlier study taken during

the Self-Study Open Area Seminar I and students must present some state-of-art innovative

techniques in the area of interest which can serve as the base-work for a workshopConference

Paper

CO 714 Minor Project -II

Practical - 4 Hrs per week Practical - 300 Marks

Objective of this course - Innovative Development of complete Software Application or a

CASE Tool based on the subjects studied amp area of interest

CO 715 Major Project Part-I

Practical - 3 Hrs per week Practical - 300 Marks

Second Year MTech (SE) IV Semester

CO 811 Major Project Part ndashII

Practical - 6Hrs per week Practical - 500 Marks

Elective I (Group C) CO 613

Software Requirements Engineering

Lectures - 3 Hrs per week Theory - 150 Marks

Unit 1 Software Requirements Essential of Software requirements Different Dimensions of

Software Requirements Good practices for requirements engineering improving requirements

processes and risk management

Unit 2 Software Requirements Engineering Review of various activities of Requirements

Engineering like requirements elicitation requirements analysis documentation amp review

Discussion on current trends in requirements elicitation requirements analysis models and

verifying requirements requirements specification amp requirements prioritization

Unit 3 Software Requirements Management (RM) Principles and practices of RM

Requirements attributes Change Management Process Requirements Traceability Matrix Links

in requirements chain

Unit 4 RM Tools Rational Requisite pro Caliber RM benefits of using a RM tool

Unit 5 Advances in Requirement Engineering Commercial requirements management

techniques amp tools implementing requirements management automation

Unit 6 Latest trends in requirements engineering such as aspect-oriented requirement

engineering agent-based requirement engineering

Suggested Readings

Text Book

1 Rajesh Naik and Swapna Kishore ldquoSoftware Requirements and Estimationrdquo Tata

McGraw Hill

2 Karl E Weigers ldquoSoftware Requirementsrdquo Microsoft Press 1999

3 Ellen Gottesdiener Requirements by Collaboration Workshops for Defining Needs

Addison Wesley 2002

Reference Books

1 Ian Graham Requirements Engineering and Rapid Development Addison Wesley 1998

2 Ivy Hooks and Kristin Farry Customer-Centered Products Creating successful products

through smart Requirements Management Amacom 2001

3 Dean Leffingwell and Don Widrig Managing Software Requirements A Unified

Approach Addison Wesley 1999

Software Quality amp Metrics

Lectures - 3 Hrs per week Theory - 150 Marks

Unit 1 Software Quality Assurance Framework What is Quality Software Quality

Assurance Components of Software Quality Assurance Software Quality Assurance Plan Steps

to develop and implement a Software Quality Assurance Plan

Unit 2 Quality Standards ISO 9000 and Comparison ISO Standards CMM CMMI PCMM 3

Sigma 6 Sigma Software Quality Models

Unit 3 Measurement basics What is Software Metrics Application Areas of Metrics

Categories of Metrics Measurement Scale Axiomatic Evaluation of Metrics on Weyukerrsquos

Properties Analyzing the Metric Data Summary statistics for preexamining data Metric Data

Distribution Outlier Analysis Correlation Analysis Exploring Analysis

Unit 4 Measuring Structure and Size Size Estimation Halstead Software Science Metrics

Information flow Metrics Measuring Quality Software Quality metrics based on Defects

Usability Metrics Testing Metrics Reliability Models

Unit 5 Object Oriented Metrics Coupling Metrics Cohesion Metrics Inheritance Metrics

Size Metrics Reuse Metrics

Unit 6 Advanced topics in software quality Empirical software engineering research in

software quality

Suggested Readings-

Text Books

1 Mordechai Ben MenachemGarry S Marliss ldquoSoftware Qualityrdquo Thomson Learning

2 Stephen H Kan ldquoMetrics and Models in Software Quality Engineeringrdquo Pearson

Education (Singapore) Pvt Ltd 2002

3 Norman E Fenton and Shari Lawrence ldquoSoftware Metricsrdquo PfleegerThomson 2003

Reference Books

1 D Galin ldquoSoftware Quality Assurance From Theory to Implementationrdquo Addison

Wesley

2 Allan C Gillies ldquoSoftware Quality Theory and Managementrdquo Thomson Learning

2003

3 Mike Konrad and Sandy Shrum CMMI Mary Beth Chrissis Pearson Education

(Singapore) Pvt Ltd 2003

Bio-Informatics

Lectures - 3 Hrs per week Theory - 150 Marks

Unit 1 Introduction biology physics Biological hierarchy Information stages Physical

processes Information understanding

Unit 2 Methods of gene sequencing Detailed discussion on Sequences searching methods

Unit 3 Gene expression Current and prospective methods of gene profiling Data acquisition

Data standardization Linear approximations of data DNA chips Protein targeting Data

normalization Linear view

Unit 4 Statistics approaches Probabilistic notions Multivariate issues Clustering Information

handling Experimental and computational methods of structure determination for proteins and

nucleic acids

Unit 5 Ontology Annotation of genes their products and functions System biology evolution

hierarchy Medical informatics Software support Software availability Software targets Text

parsing BioPerl Statistics R-system

Unit 6 Recent Advances amp Applications of Bio-Informatics Recent trends in Computing

with bio-systems

Suggested Readings

Text Books

1 David W Mount ldquoBioinformatics Sequence and Genome Analysisrdquo Cold Spring

Harbor Laboratory Press

2 Andreas D Baxevanis ldquoBioinformatics A Practical Guide to the Analysis of Genes and

Proteinsrdquo Second Edition

3 Richard Durbin Sean R Eddy Anders Krogh Graeme Mitchison ldquoBiological Sequence

Analysis Probabilistic Models of Proteins and Nucleic Acidsrdquo Cambridge University

Press

Reference Books

1 DE Krane and ML Raymer ldquoFundamental Concepts of Bioinformaticsrdquo Pearson

Education 2003

2 B Bergeron ldquoBioinformatics Computingrdquo Prentice ndashHall 2003

Advances in Information Systems

Lectures - 3 Hrs per week Theory - 150 Marks

Unit 1 E-Commerce Models Applications Creation of E-Commerce Sites Introduction to

ERP Packages

Unit 2 CRM sales Marketing amp Service Management BPOBCP Guidelines Merits-

Demerits Call Centre Brief perspective on technological concepts case studies

Unit 3 E-banking Inter-Banking Intra- Banking Transactions E-Payments Techniques for

incorporating Securities in E-banking Services

Unit 4 E-Learning Models Virtual Campus Video Conferencing Building Online

Community

Unit 5 E-Logistics Logistics amp Supplier Chain Management Warehousing Management

Transportation Distribution Management E-Governance Models Challenges Strategies amp

Tactics E-agriculture Type of Agriculture Information amp Technique dissemination Future

Trade Marketing Query Redressing Systems Information Kiosk IVR Case Study

Unit 6 Knowledge Management (KM) Components amp Type of knowledge Knowledge

building Models KM architecture KM Tools Approaches Approaches to GISGPS Nature of

Geographic Data Getting Map on Computers Standards Design Implementation amp

Deployment phases

Suggested Readings

Text Books

1 M Papazoglou and PMA Ribbers E-Business Organizational and Technical Foundations John Wiley and Sons

2 Daryl Morey Mark Maybury and Bhavani Thuraisingham Knowledge Management Classic and Contemporary Works

3 Basics of Ecommerce NIIT PHI

Reference Books

1 Erfan Turban et al Electronic CommercendashA Managerial Perspective Pearson Education

2 Andrew V Winston Electronic Commerce ndash a Mangerrsquos guideR Kalokota Pearson

Education

Modeling amp Simulation

Lectures - 3 Hrs per week Theory - 150 Marks

Unit 1 Basic Simulation Modeling The Nature of Simulation Systems Models and Types of

Simulation Advantages Disadvantages and Pitfalls of Simulation

Unit 2 Modeling Complex Systems Introduction List Processing in Simulation Approaches to

Storing Lists in a Computer

Unit 3 Simulation Software Comparison of Simulation Packages with Programming

Languages

Unit 4 Classification of Simulation Software General-Purpose Simulation Packages

Object-Oriented Simulation

Unit 5 Building Valid Credible and Appropriately Detailed Simulation Models

Experimental Design Sensitivity Analysis

Unit 6 Optimization Simulation of Manufacturing Systems

Suggested Readings-

Text Books

1 Frank L Severance System Modeling and Simulation - an Introduction John Wiley

2 Simulation Modeling and Analysis Third Edition Law Kelton (Mc-Graw Hill)

Elective II (Group C) CO 614

Real-Time Systems

Lectures - 3 Hrs per week Theory - 150 Marks

Unit 1 Real-time systems Real-time systems models Types of real-time systems Internal

structure of real-time systems Performance measures Examples of real-time systems and real-

world applications Modeling amp Designing real-time systems

Unit 2 Real-Time Process Management Task scheduling for Uniprocessor systems handling

priorities with critical section interrupts task allocation amp scheduling for multiprocessor

systems adaptive scheduling

Unit 3 Programming Environment In depth Knowledge of RTOS programming languages

tools amp techniques

Unit 4 Real-Time System Design Design techniques for Reliability Fault Tolerance amp other

application specific quality considerations

Unit 5 Trends in Real-Time System Design amp Development in fields such as Robotics

Unit 6 Introduction to research topics

Suggested Readings-

Text Books

1 AC Shaw Real-Time Systems and Software Wiley

2 JE Cooling Real-Time Software Systems International Thompson Computer Press

3 WA Halang and KM Sacha Real-Time Systems World Scientific

Reference Books

1 Real-Time Systems Design and Analysis PH Laplante IEEE Press

2 Real-Time Systems J Liu Prentice-Hall 2000

3 Real-Time Computer Control R Bennett Prentice-Hall

4 Real-Time Systems CM Krishna and KG Shin McGraw-Hill

Quantum Computing

Lectures - 3 Hrs per week Theory - 150 Marks

Unit 1 Introduction to Quantum Computers Qubits amp their representation

Unit 2 Quantum Elements Logic Gates Circuits Architectures Algorithms

Unit 3 Quantum Information Quantum Key Distribution teleportation Single photons EPR

pairs

Unit 4 Grid Computing Data and Computational Grids Grid Architectures and its relations to

various distributed technologies Autonomic computing Cluster Setup amp its advantages

Unit 5 Performance models amp simulations Networking protocols amp IO Messaging Systems

Examples

Unit 6 Process Scheduling Load Sharing amp Balancing Distributed Shared memory parallel

IO Pervasive Computing concepts amp scenarios Hardware amp software Device Connectivity

Suggested Readings-

Text Books

1 Introduction to Quantum Computing Philip Kaye etal Oxford University Press

2 Introduction to Quantum Computers Gennady Berman World Scientific

3 Quantum Computation and Quantum Information M Nielsen and I Chuang

Cambridge University Press Cambridge 2000

Reference Books

1 Classical and Quantum ComputationA Yu Kitaev AH Shen and MN Vyalyi

American Mathematical Society Providence 2002

2 Problems amp Solutions in Quantum Computing amp Information WH Steeb and Y

HardyWorld Scientific River Edge NJ 2004

Recent Trends in Distributed Systems

Lectures - 3 Hrs per week Theory - 150 Marks

Unit 1 Introduction Distributed System Models Inter-process Communication issues in

design of Distributed systems current amp future

Unit 2 Communications Layered Protocol Distributed Objects amp Remote Invocation Remote

Procedure Call

Unit 3 Time Logical clocks vector clocks direct dependency clocks matrix clocks

Unit 4 Resource Allocation Distributed Shared Memory Process Scheduling Load Balancing

amp Load Sharing Mutual Exclusion Election algorithms

Unit 5 Distributed File Systems Coordination amp Agreement Distributed Transaction

Consistency amp Replication Consistency Models Distribution amp Consistency Protocols

Unit 6 Advanced Topics in Distributed Systems Parallel Processing Parallel amp Distributed

Programming Case Studies in detail amp research directions

Suggested Readings-

Text Books

1 Distributed Operating Systems Concepts and Design PKSihna PHI 2007

2 Distributed Systems Principles and Paradigms 2nd Ed Andrew S Tanenbaum and

Maarten Van Steen Prentice Hall 2007 3 Distributed Operating Systems and Algorithms R Chow T Johnson Addison-

Wesley Publishing Company 1997 ISBN 0-201-49838-3

Reference Books

1 Distributed Systems Concepts and Design 4th Ed by Coulouris G Dollimore J

and Kindberg T Addison-Wesley 2006

Cluster amp Grid Computing

Lectures - 3 Hrs per week Theory - 150 Marks

Unit 1 Cluster Computing Introduction to concepts in Cluster based distributed computing

Hardware technologies for cluster computing and software for cluster computing and different

Software Architecture for Cluster Computing

Unit 2 Programming Programming Models and Paradigms features and performance of

standard MPI variants Derived data types communicators

Unit 3 Resource management and scheduling Managing cluster resources single system

images system level middleware distributed task scheduling monitoring and administering

system resources Parallel IO and Parallel Virtual File System Scheduling Condor Maui

Scheduler Portable Batch System (PBS)

Unit 4 Grid Computing Grids and Grid Technologies Programming models and

Parallelization Techniques Grid Security Infrastructure Setting up Grid deployment of Grid

software and tools and application execution

Unit 5 Standard application development tools and paradigms Performance evaluation

tools HINT netperf netpipe ttcp Iperfmessage

Unit 6 Data Management Application Case Study Molecular Modeling for Drug Design and

Brain Activity Analysis Resource management and scheduling

Suggested Readings-

Text Books

1 William Gropp Ewing Lusk Thomas Sterling Beowulf Cluster Computing with

Linux 2nd edition MIT Press

2 Bart Jacob Michael Brown Introduction to grid computing

3 Gregory F Pfister In Search of Clusters The ongoing battle in lowly parallel

computing Second Edition Prentice Hall Publishing Company 1998

Reference Books

1 MPI The Complete Reference - 2nd Ed by Marc Snir et al The MIT Press 1998

2 Parallel Programming with MPI by Peter Pacheco Morgan Kaufmann 1998

3 Using MPI-2 Advanced Features of the Message Passing Interface William Gropp

Ewing Lusk Rajeev Thakur The MIT Press 1999

4 How to Build a Beowulf ndash A Guide to the Implementation and Application of PC

Clusters by Thomas Sterling John Salmon Donald J Becker and Daniel F Savarese

MIT Press 1999

Pervasive Computing

Lectures - 3 Hrs per week Theory - 150 Marks

Unit1 Introductory concepts Brief History and Emerging Trends Principles

Application Architectures Software architectures amp middleware Interactions between

humans and (ubiquitous) computers Context-aware computing

Unit 2 Devices and interfaces in Pervasive Computing Systems Hardware

Software Technology trends Connectivity Issues Protocols Management Issues and

Mechanisms Operating System issues in Pervasive Computing

Unit 3 Detailed discussion on Wireless Application Protocol (WAP) Architecture

Infrastructure Security Wireless Mark-up Language WAP Push Technology IMode

and Emerging Trends Pervasive Computing and Web-based Applications Issues

Protocols Transcoding Authentication of Clients over Web Pervasive Web

Application Architectures Introduction Scalability and Availability Issues Web-

enabled Pervasive Computing Application Development Issues and Mechanisms

Architectural Issues and Choices

Unit 4 Voice-enabling Pervasive Computing Systems Introduction Voice

Standards Speech Applications Security Personal Digital Assistants in Pervasive

Computing PDA Operating Systems Device Characteristics Software Components

Standards Applications

Unit 5 User Interface in Pervasive Computing Architectures amp Implementation

issues Architectures Implementation of User Interface Architectures Smart Card-

based Authentication Mechanisms over the Internet Applications

Unit 6 Study of social aspect amp implications of Pervasive Computing

implications on privacy security and autonomy Importance of Security

Cryptographic Patterns and Methods Cryptographic Tools Secure Socket Layer

System and legal safeguards Cost-benefit and market forces Deployment and

evaluation of solutions scalability reliability maintenance User-centric evaluation

Deployment and evaluation of solutions scalability reliability maintenance User-

centric evaluation amp Emerging trends

Suggested Readings-

Text Books

1 Jochen Burkhardt Horst Henn Stefan Hepper Thomas Schaec amp Klaus

Rindtorff Pervasive Computing Technology and Architecture of Mobile Internet

Applications Pearson Education New Delhi 2007

2 S K S Gupta G G Richard amp L Schwiebert Fundamentals of Mobile and

Pervasive Computing Frank Adelstein Tata McGraw-Hill New Delhi 2005

3 Uwe Hansmann L Merck M S Nicklous T Stober Pervasive Computing

Handbook Springer-Verlag Berlin 2001

Reference Books

1 Burkhardt Horst Henn Stefan Hepper Pervasive Computing Technology and

Architecture of Mobile Internet Applications Thomas Pearson Education New

Delhi 2007

2 S K S Gupta G Richard amp L Schwiebert Fundamentals of Mobile and

Pervasive Computing Tata McGraw-Hill New Delhi 2005

Elective III (Group D) CO 662

Virtual Reality

Lectures - 3 Hrs per week Theory - 150 Marks

Unit 1 Virtual reality amp Virtual reality systems Real-time computer graphics Overview of

application areas

Unit 2 Virtual Reality Hardware Sensor hardware display systems acoustic hardware

integrated VR systems

Unit 3 3D Computer Graphics The virtual world space Perspective projection Stereo vision

3D clipping Color theory 3D modeling illumination models shading algorithms Hidden

surface removal realism

Unit 4 Geometrical transforms Frames of reference 3D transforms instances picking flying

scaling the VE Collision detection

Unit 5 Animating the Virtual Environment Animation basics Using MAYA Human Factors

Perception Persistence of vision Stereopsis Sound perception Equilibrium

Unit 6 Physical Simulation Simulation of physical systems mathematical modeling collisions

projectiles introduction to dynamics motion kinetmatics

Suggested Readings

Text Books

1 Gregory C Burdea amp Philippe Coiffet Virtual Reality Technology Second Edition John

Wiley amp Sons Inc

2 William RSherman Alan Craig Understanding Virtual Reality interface Application and

Design Elsevier (Morgan Kaufmann)

3 Bill Fleming 3D Modeling and surfacing Elsevier (Morgan Kauffman)

Reference Books

1 David HEberly 3D Game Engine Design Elsevier

2 John Vince Virtual Reality Systems Pearson Education

Advances in Multimedia Systems

Lectures - 3 Hrs per week Theory - 150 Marks

Unit 1 Multimedia System Design Multimedia Elements Multimedia Applications

Multimedia System Architecture Defining Objects for Multimedia Systems Multimedia Data

Interface Standards Multimedia Databases Multimedia InputOutput storage amp Retrieval

Technologies

Unit 2 Compression and Decompression Types of Compression Binary Image Compression

Schemes Color Gray Scale and Still-Video Image Compression Video Image Compression

Audio Compression

Unit 3 Data and file Format Standards Rich-Text Format Resource Interchange File Format

MIDI Files Format JPEG DIB File Format and Motion Image MPEG Standards

Unit 4 Multimedia Application Design Multimedia Application Classes Types Of Multimedia

Systems Virtual Reality Design Components of Multimedia System Organizing Multimedia

Databases Application Workflow Design Issues Distributed Application Design Issues

Unit 5 Distributed Multimedia Systems Components of A Distributed Multimedia System

Distributed Client-Server Operation Multimedia Object Server Multiserver Network

Topologies Distributed Multimedia Databases Managing Distributed Objects

Unit 6 Latest Topics Advances in Multimedia Communication amp Discussion on some recent

applications with Case study

Suggested Readings-

Text Books

1 Multimedia System Design Prabhat K Andleigh Kiran Thakur PHI

2 Fundamentals of Multimedia Ze-Nian Li and Mark S Drew Pearson Prentice Hall

3 Multimedia Concepts and Practice Stephen McGloughlin Prentice Hall

Reference Books

1 Image and Video Compression Standards Algorithms and Architecture V Bhaskaran

and K Konstantinides 2nd ed Kluwer Academic Publishers

2 Multimedia Communications Applications Networks Protocols and Standards Fred

Halsall Addison-Wesley

3 Multimedia computing communications and applications Steinmetz Ralf Prentice

Hall

Wireless amp Mobile Communication

Lectures - 3 Hrs per week Theory - 150 Marks

Unit 1 Introduction Network Technologies and Cellular Communications Discussion on

Bluetooth ampGSM Introduction to Mobile Computing novel applications limitations and

architecture

Unit 2 (Wireless) Medium Access Control Motivation for a specialized MAC (Hidden and

exposed terminals Near and far terminals) SDMA FDMA TDMA CDMA

Unit 3 Mobile Architecture Mobile Network Layer Mobile IP (Goals assumptions entities

and terminology IP packet delivery agent advertisement and discovery registration tunneling

and encapsulation optimizations) Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP)

Unit 4 Mobile Transport Layer Traditional TCP Indirect TCP Snooping TCP Mobile TCP

Fast retransmitfast recovery Transmission time out freezing Selective retransmission

Transaction oriented TCP

Unit 5 Mobile Ad hoc Networks (MANETs) Overview Properties of a MANET spectrum of

MANET applications routing and various routing algorithms security in MANETs

Unit 6 Protocols and Tools Wireless Application Protocol WAP (Introduction protocol

architecture and treatment of protocols of all layers) Bluetooth (User scenarios physical layer

MAC layer networking security link management) and J2ME Latest Technologies

Suggested Readings-

Text Books

1 Mobile and Personal communication System and Services- Raj Pandya

2 Wireless Communication and Networks- William Stallings

3 Wireless and Personal Communications Systems Vijay Garg Joseph Wilkes Prentice-

Hall Englewood Cliffs NJ 1996

Reference Books

1 Fundamentals of Wireless Communication David Tse and Pramod Viswanath

Cambridge University Press 2005

Data Security ampCryptography

Lectures - 3 Hrs per week Theory - 150 Marks

Unit 1 Introduction to Data Security General Security Principles Communication Security

Design of Secure System

Unit 2 Conventional Encryption Principles Conventional encryption algorithms cipher block

modes of operation location of encryption devices key distribution Approaches of Message

Authentication Secure Hash Function and HMAC

Unit 3 Public-key cryptography Principles Recent Public key cryptography algorithms such

as RSA DSS etc

Unit 4 Digital signatures digital Certificates Certificate Authority and key management

Kerberos X509 Directory Authentication Service

Unit 5 Latest Trends and solutions in Information Security Web Security Firewall Design

Principles Trusted Systems Intrusion Detection System

Unit 6 Recent trends in cryptosystem

Suggested Readings-

Text Book

1 Cryptography and Network Security William Stallings (2003) Third Edition Prentice Hall

International

2 Basic Methods of Cryptography Jan C A Cambridge University Press

3 Information Security Intelligence Cryptographic Principles amp Applications Thomas

Calabrese Thomson Learning

Reference Books

1 Modern Cryptography Theory and Practice Wenbo Mao Pearson Education

2 Cryptography and Data Security Dorothy Elizabeth Robling Denning Addison Wesley

Fault Tolerant System Design

Lectures - 3 Hrs per week Theory - 150 Marks

Unit 1 Fundamental Concepts Definitions of fault tolerance fault classification fault tolerant

attributes and system structure

Unit 2 Fault-Tolerant Design Techniques Information redundancy hardware redundancy and

time redundancy

Unit 3 Dependability Evaluation Techniques Reliability and availability models

(Combinatorial techniques Fault-Tree models Markov models) Performance Models

Unit 5 Architecture of Fault-Tolerant Computers (case study) General-purpose systems

high-availability systems long-life systems critical systems Software Fault Tolerance Software

faults and their manifestation design techniques reliability models

Unit 6 Fault Tolerant ParallelDistributed Architectures Shared bus and shared memory

architectures fault tolerant networks Recent topics in fault tolerant systems Security fault

tolerance in wirelessmobile networks

Suggested Readings-

Text Books

1 Fault-Tolerant Computer System Design DK Pradhan 2003

2 Design and Analysis of Fault-Tolerant Digital Systems BWJohnson Addison-Wesley

3 Fault-Tolerant Computing Theory and Techniques Volumes I and II DK Pradhan

Prentice Hall

Reference Books

1 Reliable Computer Systems Design and Evaluation DPSiewiorek and RSSwartz

Digital Press 1992

2 Probability and Statistics with Reliability Queueing and Computer Science Application

KSTrivedi Prentice Hall 1982

Elective IV (Group D) CO 663

Digital Image Processing

Lectures - 3 Hrs per week Theory - 150 Marks

Unit 1 Introduction And Digital Image Fundamentals Digital Image Representation

Fundamental Steps in Image Processing Elements of Digital image processing systems

Sampling and quantization some basic relationships like neighbours connectivity Distance

measure between pixels Imaging Geometry

Unit 2 Image Transforms Discrete Fourier Transform Some properties of the two-dimensional

fourier transform Fast fourier transform Inverse FFT

Unit 3 Image Enhancement Spatial domain methods Frequency domain methods

Enhancement by point processing Spatial filtering Lowpass filtering Highpass filtering

Homomorphic filtering Colour Image Processing

Unit 4 Image Restoration Degradation model Diagnolization of Circulant and Block-Circulant

Matrices Algebraic Approach to Restoration Inverse filtering Wiener filter Constrained Least

Square Restoration Interactive Restoration Restoration in Spatial Domain

Unit 5 Image Compression Coding Interpixel and Psychovisual Redundancy Image

Compression models Error free comparison Lossy compression Image compression standards

Image Segmentation Detection of Discontinuities Edge linking and boundary detection

Thresholding Region Oriented Segmentation Motion based segmentation

Unit 6 Representation and Description Representation schemes like chain coding Polygonal

Approximatiion Signatures Boundary Segments Skeleton of region Boundary description

Regional descriptors Morphology Recognition and Interpretation Elements of Image Analysis

Pattern and Pattern Classes Decision-Theoretic Methods Structural Methods Interpretation

Suggested Readings-

Text Books

1 Digital Image ProcessingRafael C Conzalez amp Richard E Woods AWL

2 Fundamental of Digital Image Processing AK Jain PHI

3 Computer Imaging Digital Image Analysis and Processing SE Umbaugh CRC Press

2005

Reference Books

1 Digital Image Processing Algorithms Pitas I Prentice Hall 1993

Neural Networks amp Fuzzy Logic

Lectures - 3 Hrs per week Theory - 150 Marks

Unit 1 Introduction to Neural Networks Introduction Humans and Computers Organization

of the Brain Biological Neuron Biological and Artificial Neuron Models Characteristics of

ANN McCulloch-Pitts Model Historical Developments Potential Applications of ANN

Unit 2 Essentials of Artificial Neural Networks Artificial Neuron Model Operations of

Artificial Neuron Types of Neuron Activation Function ANN Architectures Classification

Taxonomy of ANN ndash Connectivity Learning Strategy (Supervised Unsupervised

Reinforcement) Learning Rules

Unit 3 Single Layer Feed Forward Neural Networks Introduction Perceptron Models

Discrete Continuous and Multi-Category Training Algorithms Discrete and Continuous

Perceptron Networks Limitations of the Perceptron Model Multilayer Feed forward Neural

Networks Credit Assignment Problem Generalized Delta Rule Derivation of Backpropagation

(BP) Training Summary of Backpropagation Algorithm Kolmogorov Theorem Learning

Difficulties and Improvements

Unit 4 Associative Memories Paradigms of Associative Memory Pattern Mathematics

Hebbian Learning General Concepts of Associative Memory Bidirectional Associative Memory

(BAM) Architecture BAM Training Algorithms Storage and Recall Algorithm BAM Energy

Function Architecture of Hopfield Network Discrete and Continuous versions Storage and

Recall Algorithm Stability Analysis

Unit 5 Classical amp Fuzzy Sets Introduction to classical sets - properties Operations and

relations Fuzzy sets Membership Uncertainty Operations properties fuzzy relations

cardinalities membership functions Fuzzy Logic System Components Fuzzification

Membership value assignment development of rule base and decision making system

Defuzzification to crisp sets Defuzzification methods

Unit 6 Applications Neural network applications Process identification control fault

diagnosis Fuzzy logic applications Fuzzy logic control and Fuzzy classification

Suggested Readings-

Text Books

1 Neural Networks Fuzzy logic Genetic algorithms synthesis and applications S

Rajasekharan and G A Vijayalakshmi pai PHI Publication

2 Neural networks and fuzzy Logic Rao Vallinu Band Rao Hayagriva second

edition BPB Publication

3 Neural Networks- A comprehensive foundation Simon Haykin Pearson Education

Reference Books

1 Fuzzy Logic Intelligence Control and Information John Yen and Reza Langan

Pearson Education

2 SNSivanandam SSumathi etal Introduction to Neural Networks using MATLAB

60 TMH

3 James A Freeman and Davis Skapura Neural Networks Pearson Education

4 Timothy J Ross Fuzzy Logic with Engineering Applications McGraw-Hill Inc

Biometrics

Lectures - 3 Hrs per week Theory - 150 Marks

Unit 1 Basics of a Biometric system Biometric system as a pattern recognition system various

stages of a Biometric system

Unit 2 Characteristics of an efficient Biometric System Comparison of different Biometric

techniques

Unit 3 Various types of common biometric and their applications DNA FACE Gait

Hand and finger geometry Iris Keystroke dynamics odor Retinal scan Voice Signature

Unit 4 Biometric Systems Detailed study of Fingerprint Biometrics recognition system amp Face

Recognition Systems

Unit 5 General concepts and techniques for design and implementation Concepts for these

systems

Unit 6 Advance topics in Biometric system Design and Implementation of other Biometric

systems like Retinal scan Voice signature Research topics in Biometrics

Suggested Readings-

Text Books

1 Biometrics ndash Identity Verification in a Networked World ndash Samir Nanavati Michael

Thieme Raj Nanavati WILEY- Dream Tech

2 Biometrics- The Ultimate Reference- John D Woodward Jr Wiley Dreamtech

3 Biometrics for Network Security- Paul Reid Pearson Education

Reference Books

1 Guide to Biometrics Bolle RM Connell JH Pankanti S Ratha NK Senior

AW Springer Verlag

Robotics Engineering

Lectures - 3 Hrs per week Theory - 150 Marks

Unit 1 Introduction An overview of Robotics and its applications in various applications

domains such as manufacturing assembly and inspection and spray and paintings

Unit 2 Manipulators Manipulator Kinematics Forward and inverse kinematics trajectory

Planning Motions path planning Robotics Programming Languages

Unit 3 Sensing Methods Types of Sensors amp sensor calibration Control Robot Sensing

Unit 4 Computer Vision Illumination techniques imaging geometry stereovision

segmentation

Unit 5 Applications Current and future applications in Industry and study of research aspects in

Robotics

Unit 6 Advance studies

Suggested Readings

Text Books

1 Introduction to robotics J J Craig (Third ed 2003) Prentice Hall

2 Robotic Engineering Richard D Klafter Prentice Hall

3 Robotics Fu K S McGraw Hill

Reference Books

1 An Introduction to Robot Technology P Coiffet and M Chaironze Kogam Page Ltd

2 Industrial Robotics Groover M P Pearson Edu 1983

3 Robotics and Control Mittal R K amp Nagrath I J TMH

4 Robot Dynamics amp Control ndash Mark W Spong and M Vidyasagar John Wiley amp Sons

(ASIA) Pte Ltd

Pattern Recognition

Lectures - 3 Hrs per week Theory - 150 Marks

Unit 1 Pattern recognition fundamentals Basic concepts of pattern recognition fundamental

problems in pattern recognition system design concepts and methodologies example of

automatic pattern recognition systems a simple automatic pattern recognition model

Unit 2 Bayesian decision theory Minimum-error-rate classification Classifiers Discriminant

functions Decision surfaces Normal density and discriminant functions Discrete features

Missing and noisy features Bayesian networks (Graphical models) and inferencing

Unit 3 Maximum-likelihood and Bayesian parameter estimation Maximum-Likelihood

estimation Gaussian case Maximum a Posteriori estimation Bayesian estimation Gaussian

case Problems of dimensionality Dimensionality reduction Fisher discriminant analysis PCA

Expectation-Maximization method Missing features

Unit 4 Sequential Models State Space Hidden Markov models Dynamic Bayesian Non-

parametric techniques for density estimation Parzen-window method K-Nearest Neighbour

method

Unit 5 Linear discriminant functions Gradient descent procedures Perceptron criterion

function Minimum-squared-error procedures Ho-Kashyap procedures Support vector machines

Unit 6 Unsupervised learning and clustering Unsupervised maximum-likelihood estimates

Unsupervised Bayesian learning Criterion functions for clustering Algorithms for clustering K-

means Hierarchical and other methods Cluster validation Low-dimensional representation and

multidimensional scaling (MDS)

Suggested Readings-

Text Books

1 Pattern Classification RODuda PEHart and DGStork John Wiley

2 Pattern Recognition principles Julus T Tou and Rafel C Gonzalez Addision ndashWesley

3 Pattern recognition and machine learning Christopher M Bishop Springer 2006

Reference Books

1 A probabilistic theory of pattern recognition Luc Devroye Laacuteszloacute Gyoumlrfi Gaacutebor Lugosi

Springer 1996

2 Pattern classification Richard O Duda Peter E Hart and David G Stork Wiley 2001

Elective V (Group E) CO 711

Advances in Software Engineering

Lectures - 3 Hrs per week Theory - 150 Marks

Unit 1 Latest Trends in Software Engineering Formal representation of Product Model and

Process Model Study of Meta data Models and Meta activity Model Meta Process Model

Decision oriented meta models

Unit 2 CASE Technology CASE shell design techniques familiarity with a CASE shell

Introduction to method engineering concepts and developing project specific methods

Computer-Aided Method Engineering

Unit 3 Critical System Development Critical System a simple safety critical system

Unit 4 System dependability availability and reliability safety and security

Unit 5 Critical System Specification risk driven specification safety specification security

specification software reliability specification

Unit 6 Research Topics in Software Engineering

Suggested Readings-

Text Books

1 Sangeeta Sabharwal ldquoSoftware Engineering Principles Tools and Techniquesrdquo Umesh

Publications

2 Ian Sommerville ldquoSoftware Engineeringrdquo 7th Edition Addison-Wesley 2004

3 Roger S Pressman ldquoSoftware Engineering ndash A Practitionerrsquos Approachrdquo - 4th edition

McGraw Hill Publications

Resources

1 Towards a Formal Definition of Methods Naveen Prakash Requirements Engineering

Journal Vol 2(1) Springer Verlag London(1997) pp 23-50

2 Engineering Methods From Method Requirements specifications Daya Gupta Naveen

Prakash Requirements Engineering Journal Vol 6 Springer Verlag London 2001

pp135-160

3 On generic method models Naveen Prakash Requirements Engineering Journal Vol 11

(4) Springer Verlag London(2006) pp 221-237

Software Architecture amp Design Patterns

Lectures - 3 Hrs per week Theory - 150 Marks

Unit 1 Envisioning Architecture The Architecture Business Cycle Defining Software

Architecture Designing the Architecture Documenting the architecture Reconstructing

Software Architecture

Unit 2 Creating Architecture Quality Attributes Moving from quality to Architecture

Architectural styles and patterns Operations Achieving qualities designing the Architecture

Documenting the architecture Reconstructing Software Architecture shared information

systems

Unit 3 Analyzing Software Architecture Analyzing development qualities at the architectural

level SAAM ATAM CBAM Architecture Reviews

Unit 4 Moving from Architecture to Systems Software Product Lines Building systems from

off the shelf components Reuse of Architectural assets within an organization

Unit 5 Patterns Definition Pattern categories Pattern Description Patterns and Software

Architecture Pattern Systems Classification Selection Design Patterns Catalog Creational

Pattern Structural Pattern Behavioral Patterns Pattern Community Designing a document

editor

Unit 6 Advanced Studies Key word in Context The World Wide Web a case study in

interoperability Instrumentation software cruise control Flight Simulation -a case study in

architecture for integration

Suggested Readings-

Text Books

1 Design Patterns Elements of Reuseable Object-Oriented Software by Erich Gamma etal

Addison Wesley

2 Software Architecture in Practice 2nd Edition by Len Bass Paul Clements Rick

Kazman published by Pearson Edition

3 Design Patterns explained by Shalloway amp Tautt 2004

Reference Books

1 Pattern-Oriented Software Architecture A system of Pattern F Buschmann et al John

Wiley amp Sons 1996

Component Based Technology

Lectures - 3 Hrs per week Theory - 150 Marks

Unit 1 Component Models Functional Behavior Timing interfaces resource utilization

mobility in a component constraints

Unit 2 Component Integration Verification amp Validation Verification of component against

its specification across all viewpoints checking consistency analyzing potential interferences

between conflicting requirements formal verification testing of components integration

Unit 3 Soft Real Time including the formalization and reasoning about soft real-time and

quality of service requirements

Unit 4 Combination of hard amp soft real-time requirements

Unit 5 Intelligent Middleware Viewpoint Support amp Optimization Providing Service

supporting all viewpoints in making intelligent decisions for deployment architectures

Unit 6 Synthesis and Deployment such as knowledge based component retrieval based on

requirement specifications and Architectural Patterns

Suggested Readings-

Text Books

1 Ian Sommerville Software Engineering 7th Edition Addison-Wesley 2004ISBN 81-

7758-530-4

2 Component Software Beyond object-oriented programming Clemens Szyperski

Addison-Wesley 2002

3 UML Components A simple process for specifying component-based software (The

component software series) John Cheesman amp John Daniels Addison-Wesley 2000

Reference Books

1 Component-based Software Engineering Putting the pieces together George T

Heineman amp William T Councill Addison-Wesley 2001

2 Building J2EE Applications with the Rational Unified Process J Eeles K Houston amp

W Kozaczynski Addison-Wesley 2001

3 Roger S Pressman ldquoSoftware Engineering ndash A Practitionerrsquos Approachrdquo - 4th edition

McGraw Hill Publications

Intellectual Property Rights

Lectures - 3 Hrs per week Theory - 150 Marks

Unit 1 Introduction Invention and Creativity ndash Intellectual Property (IP) ndash Importance ndash

Protection of IPR ndash Basic types of property (i Movable Property ii Immovable Property and iii

Intellectual Property)

Unit 2 Nature of Intellectual Property Patents ndash Copyrights and related rights ndash Trade

Marks and rights arising from Trademark registration ndash Definitions ndash Industrial Designs and

Integrated circuits ndash Protection of Geographical Indications at national and International levels ndash

Application Procedures Copyrights

Unit 4 Process of Patenting amp Development Technological Research Innovation Patenting

Patent Rights Scope of Patent Rights Licensing amp Transfer of Technology Patent Information

amp Databases

Unit 5 International convention relating to Intellectual Property Establishment of WIPO ndash

Mission and Activities ndash History ndash General Agreement on Trade and Tariff (GATT) Indian

Position Vs WTO and Strategies Indian IPR legislations ndash commitments to WTO-Patent

Ordinance and the Bill ndash Draft of a national Intellectual Property Policy ndash Present against unfair

competition

Unit 6 Case Studies Patents (Basumati rice turmeric Neem etc) ndash Copyright and related

rights ndash Trade Marks ndash Industrial design and Integrated circuits ndash Geographic indications ndash

Protection against unfair competition

Suggested Readings-

Text Books

1 Handbook of Indian Patent Law and Practice Subbaram NR S Viswanathan (Printers and

Publishers) Pvt Ltd 1998

2 United States Patent Number 72X Eli Whitney Cotton Gin March 14 1794

3 Intellectual Property Today Volume 8 No 5 May 2001 [wwwiptodaycom]

Reference Books

1 Using the Internet for non-patent prior art searches Derwent IP Matters July 2000

[wwwipmattersnetfeatures000707_gibbshtml

2 Innovation and Incentives Suzanne Scotchmer MIT Press 2004

Human Computer Interface

Lectures - 3 Hrs per week Theory - 150 Marks

Unit 1 Introduction Importance of user Interface ndash definition importance of good design

Benefits of good design A brief history of Screen design

Unit 2 The graphical user interface Popularity of graphics the concept of direct manipulation

graphical system Characteristics Web user ndash Interface popularity characteristics- Principles of

user interface

Unit 3 Design process Human interaction with computers importance of human characteristics

human consideration Human interaction speeds understanding business junctions

Unit 4 Screen Designing Design goals ndash Screen planning and purpose organizing screen

elements ordering of screen data and content ndash screen navigation and flow ndash Visually pleasing

composition ndash amount of information ndash focus and emphasis ndash presentation information simply

and meaningfully ndash information retrieval on web ndash statistical graphics ndash Technological

consideration in interface design

Unit 5 Windows New and Navigation schemes selection of window selection of devices based

and screen based controls

Unit 6 Components Text and messages Icons and increases ndash Multimedia colors uses

problems choosing colors Software tools Specification methods interface ndash Building Tools

Interaction Devices Keyboard and function keys ndash pointing devices ndash speech recognition

digitization and generation ndash image and video displays ndash drivers

Suggested Readings-

Text Books

1 The essential guide to user interface design Wilbert O Galitz Wiley DreamTech

2 Designing the user interface 3rd Edition Ben Shneidermann Pearson Education Asia

3 Human ndash Computer Interaction Alan Dix Janet Fincay Gre Goryd Abowd Russell

Bealg Pearson Education

Reference Books

1 Interaction Design Prece Rogers Sharps Wiley Dreamtech

2 User Interface Design Soren Lauesen Pearson Education

Elective VI (Group E) CO 712

Natural Language Processing

Lectures - 3 Hrs per week Theory - 150 Marks

Unit 1 Introduction NLP tasks in syntax semantics and pragmatics Applications such as

information extraction question answering and machine translation The problem of ambiguity

The role of machine learning Brief history of the field

Unit 2 N-gram Language Models The role of language models Simple N-gram models

Estimating parameters and smoothing Evaluating language models

Unit 3 Part of Speech Tagging and Sequence Labeling Lexical syntax Hidden Markov

Models Maximum Entropy Models Conditional Random Fields

Unit 4 Syntactic parsing Grammar formalisms and treebanks Efficient parsing for context-free

grammars (CFGs) Statistical parsing and probabilistic CFGs (PCFGs) Lexicalized PCFGs

Unit 5 Semantic Analysis Lexical semantics and word-sense disambiguation Compositional

semantics Semantic Role Labeling and Semantic Parsing

Unit 6 Information Extraction (IE) Named entity recognition and relation extraction IE using

sequence labeling Machine Translation (MT) Basic issues in MT Statistical translation word

alignment phrase-based translation and synchronous grammars Case studies in Databases amp

Operating Systems

Suggested Readings-

Text Books

1 Speech and language processing An Introduction to Natural Language Processing

Computational Linguistics and Speech Recognition Second Edition by Daniel Jurafsky

and James H Martin PHI

2 Foundations of Statistical Natural Language Processing C Manning and H Schutze

3 NLP A Paninian Perspective Akshar Bharti Vineet Chaitanya and Rajeev Sangal

Prentice Hall New Delhi

Reference Books

1 Natural Language Understanding 2eJames Allen Pearson Education 2003

Computer Vision

Lectures - 3 Hrs per week Theory - 150 Marks

Unit 1 Introduction Computational characteristics of human visual information processing

General introduction to the mathematical frameworks for computer vision Problems and goals

of computer vision

Unit 2 Mathematical formulations of computer vision problems Typical structures in

images Models and representations for typical structures Vision as a computational process

Unit 3 Marrrsquos computational vision paradigm Vision as a feedforward inference process

Regularization theory for computer vision Feature extraction principles for computer vision

Minimum description length criterion Maximum entropy criterion Redundancy reduction

criterion Descriptive models in computer vision

Unit 4 Classification algorithms Bayesian decision theory etc Computer vision as Bayesian

Inference Representations in a vision system Seeing as an inference process Bayesian inference

framework for vision

Unit 5 Visual learning Computational approaches to visual learning Visual learning as

dimension and redundancy reduction A unified framework for computer vision Relationships

among different approaches including equivalence conditions limitations advantages and

disadvantages of existing approaches Issues in designing a generic vision system Vision as

inference with hierarchical models

Unit 6 Implementation issues in computer vision Computational complexity of vision

algorithms Optimization techniques for computer vision systems Monte-Carlo Markov chain

techniques for high dimensional problems Hardware implementation issues Current and future

research directions in computer vision Open issues in computer vision Challenges of

developing generic computer vision systems

Suggested Readings-

Text Books

1 Computer Vision by Linda Shapiro and George Stockman Prentice-Hall 2001

2 Computer Vision D Ballard and C Brown Prentice-Hall 1982

3 2D Object Detection and Recognition Models Algorithms and Networks Yali Amit

MIT Press 2002

Reference Books

1 Elements of Pattern Theory Ulf Grenander Johns Hopkins University Press 1996

2 Vision A Computational Investigation into the Human Representation and Processing of

Visual Information David Marr W H Freeman and Company

3 Perception as Bayesian Inference David C Knill and Whitman Richards Cambridge

University Press

4 Machine Vision R Jain R Kasturi and B Schunk McGraw-Hill (1995)

5 Computer Vision a modern approach Forsyth and Ponce Prentice-Hall 2002

Machine Learning

Lectures - 3 Hrs per week Theory - 150 Marks

Unit 1 Introduction to Machine Learning Overview of different tasks classification

regression clustering control Concept learning information theory and decision trees

Unit 2 Supervised Learning Decision trees nearest neighbors linear classifiers and kernels

neural networks linear regression learning theory bagging and boosting feature selection

Unit 3 Unsupervised Learning Clustering graphical models EM PCA factor analysis

manifold learning

Unit 4 Reinforcement Learning Value iteration policy iteration TD learning Q learning

actor-critic

Unit 5 Other Topics Bayesian learning online learning and recent trends

Unit 6 Recent applications amp Research Topics

Suggested Readings-

Text Books

1 Alpaydin E ldquoIntroduction to Machine Learningrdquo MIT Press 2004

2 Tom Mitchell ldquoMachine Learningrdquo McGraw Hill 1997

3 Pat Langley ldquoElements of Machine Learningrdquo Morgan Kaufmann Publishers Inc

1995 ISBN 1-55860-301-8

Reference Books

1 Trevor Hastie Robert Tibshirani and Jerome Friedman ldquoElements of Statistical

Learningrdquo

2 David Barber Machine Learning A probabilistic approach

Semantic Web

Lectures - 3 Hrs per week Theory - 150 Marks

Unit 1 Introduction The Semantic Web Roadmap evolution of Web Documents Semantic

Search Techniques

Unit 2 XML Languages Detailed study of XML language amp application to Web based

developments

Unit 3 Describing Web Resources Resource Description Framework ( RDF) Taxonomies

Ontologies

Unit 4 Web Ontology Language (OWL) Design process of ontology Annotation

Unit 5 Advanced Topics Semantic Applications amp Power Latest on Semantic Web Future

Directions W3C Consortium

Unit 6 Case studies in different application

Suggested Readings

Text Books

1 Grigoris Antoniou and Frank van Harmelen ldquoA Semantic Web Primerrdquo MIT Press

2004 (1st edition 2nd edition upcoming)

2 Dieter Fensel James A Hendler Henry Lieberman and Wolfgang Wahlster

ldquoSpinning the Semantic Web - Bringing the World Wide Web to Its Full Potentialrdquo MIT

Press 2002 (Eds)

3 Michael C Daconta Leo J Obrst Kevin T Smith ldquoThe Semantic Web A guide to the

future of XML Web Services and Knowledge Managementrdquo Wiley Publishing 2003

Reference Books

1 Principles of Semantic Networks Explorations in the representation of knowledge

John Sowa Morgan Kaufmann 1991

2 Russell and Norvig Artificial Intelligence A Modern Approach Prentice Hall

1995

3 Han Reichgelt Knowledge Representation An AI Perspective Ablex Publishing

1991

Selected papers and technical reports-

1 Tim Berners-Lee James Hendler and Ora Lassila The Semantic Web Scientific

American May 2001

2 Ian Horrocks Peter F Patel Schneider and Frank van Harmelen Reviewing the design

of DAML+OIL An ontology language for the semantic web In Proc of AAAI-2002

2002

3 Franz Baader Ian Horrocks and Ulrike Sattler Description logics as ontology

languages for the semantic web In Dieter Hutter and Werner Stephan editors Festschrift

in honor of Jorg Siekmann Lecture Notes in Artificial Intelligence Springer 2003

4 Ian Horrocks and Peter F Patel-Schneider Three theses of representation in the

semantic web In Proc of the Twelfth International World Wide Web Conference

(WWW 2003) 2003

Resources

1 SemanticWeborg

2 Semantic Web Activity at W3C

Information Retrieval Lectures - 3 Hrs per week Theory - 150 Marks

Unit 1 Basics Introduction to IR ndash Definition Objectives need and comparison with data

retrieval

Unit 2 Modeling Formal specifications of IR systems Set theoretic model - Boolean Vector

and Probabilistic based IR systems Comparison between searching and browsing Methods of

Text Processing Lexical analysis Techniques amp Algorithms

Unit 3 Performance Measures Recall Precision R-precision Single Value Summaries User

oriented measures coverage novelty expected search length Query Languages Single and

multi word queries phrase based queries structural queries contextual queries structured text

Form based Hierarchical and Link based

Unit 4 Indexing and Searching Suffix Tries Supra indices B+ trees and Hashing construction

techniques Substring matching Brute Force KMP Regular Expression Shift-Or technique

Suffix Automaton

Unit 5 User Search Techniques Search statements and binding Similarity measures and

ranking Relevance feedback Selective dissemination of information search Weighted searches

of Boolean systems Searching the Internet and hypertext

Unit 6 Web search Issues handling web documents Web Crawling Web documents ranking ndash

PageRank ranking algorithm Recent research in Information Retrieval amp Web Information

Retrieval

Suggested Readings-

Text Books

1 Ricardo Baeza-Yates and Berthier Ribeiro-Neto ldquoModern Information Retrievalrdquo

Addison Wesley

2 C Manning P Raghavan and H Schuumltze ldquoIntroduction to Information Retrievalrdquo

Cambridge University Press

3 William B Frakes and Ricardo Baeza-Yates ldquoInformation Retrieval Data Structures and

Algorithmsrdquo Prentice Hall

Reference Books

1 G Salton and M J McGill ldquoIntroduction to Modern Information Retrievalrdquo McGraw-

Hill

2 Van Rijsbergen C J Butterworths Information Retrieval

DELHI TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION

AND

COURSE OF READING

FOR

MTech (COMPUTER SCIENCE AND

ENGINEERING)

Syllabus applicable to the students seeking admission to

MTech (Computer Science and Engineering) Course

MTech (Computer Science and Engineering)

SCHEME

Paper

No

Subject

Code

No

Title of the Course

Internal

Marks

External

Marks

Total

Marks

Credits Sem

Total

1

2

3

4

GR A CO 501

CO 502

CO 503

CO 504

Advanced Database Management

Systems

Parallel Computer Architecture

Data Structures and Algorithms

Software Lab

50

50

50

30

100

100

100

70

150

150

150

100

3

3

3

2

1000

(20

credit

s)

5

6

7

8

GR B

CO 551

CO 552

CO 553

CO 554

Distributed System

Computer Networks

Network Programming and

Simulation Lab

Self-study ndash Seminar-I

50

50

30

50

100

100

70

-

150

150

100

50

3

3

2

1

9

10

11

12

GR C CO 601

CO 602

CO 603

CO 604

Information and Network Security

Elective-I

Elective-II

Information and Network Security

Laboratory

50

50

50

30

100

100

100

70

150

150

150

100

3

3

3

2

1000

(20

credit

s)

12

13

14

15

GR D

CO 651

CO 652

CO 653

CO 654

Elective-III

Elective-IV

Lab Based on Elective III or IV

Minor Project-I

50

50

30

50

100

100

70

-

150

150

100

50

3

3

2

1

16

17

18

19

20

GR E CO 701

CO 702

CO 703

CO 704

CO 705

Elective-V

Elective-VI

Self-study Seminar ndashII

Minor Project-II

Major Project-I

50

50

100

-

-

100

100

-

300

300

150

150

100

300

300

3

3

1

4

4

1000

(15

credit

s)

21

GR F CO 801

Major Project-II

-

1000

1000

15

1000

(15

credit

s)

LIST OF ELECTIVES

Electives I (Group C) Any one subject can be chosen from the following

1 Object Oriented Software Engineering

2 Artificial Intelligence and Expert Systems

3 Real-Time Systems

4 Design of Embedded Systems

5 Digital Signal Processing

6 Robotics Engineering

Electives II (Group C) Any one subject can be chosen from the following

1 Bioinformatics

2 Wireless amp Mobile Communication

3 Fault Tolerant and testable Systems

4 Advanced Computer Graphics

5 Reliable System Design

Electives III (Group D) Any one subject can be chosen from the following

1 Optimization Techniques

2 Distributed Algorithms

3 Modeling amp Simulation

4 Quantum Computing

5 Enterprise Computing in JAVA

Electives IV (Group D) Any one subject can be chosen from the following

1 Optical Networks

2 Cluster amp Grid Computing

3 Software Testing

4 Computer Vision

5 Nano Technology

Electives V (Group E) Any one subject can be chosen from the following

1 Data warehousing and Data Mining

2 Pattern Recognition

3 Natural Language Processing

4 Soft Computing

5 Semantic Web

6 Digital Image Processing

Electives VI (Group E) Any one subject can be chosen from the following

1 Geo-Informatics

2 Advances in Internet amp Web Technology

3 Advances in Multimedia Technology

4 VLSI Design

5 VLSI Design and CAD of VLSI

6 Software Project Management

CO 501 ADVANCED DATABASE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS

Lectures - 3 Hrs per week Theory - 150

Marks

UNIT I

Relational Databases Integrity Constraints revisited Extended ER diagram Relational

Algebra amp Calculus Functional Muiltivalued and Join Dependency Normal Forms Rules

about functional dependencies

UNIT II

Advanced Transaction Processing Nested and Multilevel Transactions Compensating

Transactions and Saga Long Duration Transactions Weak Levels of Consistency

Transaction Work Flows Transaction Processing Monitors Schedules Serializability-

conflict and view

UNIT III

Query Processing General strategies for query processing transformations expected size

statistics in estimation query improvement view processing query processor

UNIT IV

Query Optimization Indexing and Query Optimization Limitations of Relational Data

Model Null Values and Partial Information

UNIT V

Parallel and Distributed Databases Distributed Data Storage ndash Fragmentation amp

Replication Location and Fragment Transparency Distributed Query Processing and

Optimization Distributed Transaction Modeling and concurrency Control Distributed

Deadlock Commit Protocols Design of Parallel Databases Parallel Query Evaluation

UNIT VI

Active Database and Real Time Databases Triggers in SQL Event Constraint and Action

ECA Rules Query Processing and Concurrency Control Compensation and Databases

Recovery

Text Books

1 Elmarsi Navathe Somayajulu Gupta ldquoFundamentals of Database Systemsrdquo 4th

2 Edition Pearson Education 2007

3 Garcia Ullman Widom ldquoDatabase Systems The complete bookrdquo Pearson

Text Books 1 Date Kannan Swaminathan ldquoAn Introduction to Database Systemsrdquo 8th Edition

Pearson Education 2007

2 Silberscatz Korth Sudarshan ldquoDatabase System Conceptsrdquo Mcgraw Hill 6th

Edition 2006

Text Books

1 Ivar Jacobson Grady Booch James Rumbaugh ldquoThe Unified Software Development

Processrdquo Pearson Education

2 Yourdon ldquoModern Structured Analysisrdquo PHI

1 KK Aggarwal and Yogesh Singh ldquoSoftware Engineeringrdquo New Age Publications

2009

CO 502 PARALLEL COMPUTER ARCHITECTURE

Lectures - 3 Hrs per week Theory - 150

Marks

UNIT I

Parallel computer models The state of computing Classification of parallel computers

Multiprocessors and multicomputers Multivector and SIMD computers

Program and network properties Conditions of parallelism Data and resource

Dependences Hardware and software parallelism Program partitioning and scheduling

Grain Size and latency Program flow mechanisms Control flow versus data flow Data flow

Architecture Demand driven mechanisms Comparisons of flow mechanisms

UNIT II

System Interconnect Architectures Network properties and routing Static interconnection

Networks Dynamic interconnection Networks Multiprocessor system Interconnects

Hierarchical bus systems Crossbar switch and multiport memory Multistage and combining

network

UNIT III

Advanced processors Advanced processor technology Instruction-set Architectures CISC

Scalar Processors RISC Scalar Processors Superscalar Processors VLIW Architectures

Vector and Symbolic processors

UNIT IV

Pipelining Linear pipeline processor nonlinear pipeline processor Instruction pipeline

Design Mechanisms for instruction pipelining Dynamic instruction scheduling Branch

Handling techniques branch prediction Arithmetic Pipeline Design Computer arithmetic

principles Static Arithmetic pipeline Multifunctional arithmetic pipelines

UNIT V

Memory Hierarchy Design Cache basics amp cache performance reducing miss rate and

miss penalty multilevel cache hierarchies main memory organizations design of memory

hierarchies

UNIT VI

Multiprocessor architectures Symmetric shared memory architectures distributed shared

memory architectures models of memory consistency cache coherence protocols (MSI

MESI MOESI) scalable cache coherence overview of directory based approaches design

challenges of directory protocols memory based directory protocols cache based directory

protocols protocol design tradeoffs synchronization Scalable point ndash point interfaces

Alpha364 and HT protocols high performance signaling layer

Text Books

1 Kai Hwang ldquoAdvanced computer architecturerdquo TMH

2 D A Patterson and J L Hennessey ldquoComputer organization and designrdquo

3 JPHayes ldquocomputer Architecture and organizationrdquo MGH

Text Books

1 Harvey GCragonrdquoMemory System and Pipelined processorsrdquo Narosa Publication

2 VRajaranam amp CSRMurthy ldquoParallel computerrdquo PHI

3 RKGhose Rajan Moona amp Phalguni Gupta ldquoFoundation of Parallel Processingrdquo

Narosa Publications

4 Kai Hwang and Zu ldquoScalable Parallel Computers Architecturerdquo MGH

5 Stalling W ldquoComputer Organisation amp Architecturerdquo and PHI

CO 503 DATA STRUCTURES AND ALGORITHMS

Lectures- 3 Hrs per week Theory - 150

Marks

Unit I

Review of Elementary data structures Arrays Linked list Stacks Queues Binary Trees

Hashing Sorting and Searching techniques Sparse matrices Properties of sparse matrices

linked list representation of sparse matrices Analyzing algorithms

Unit II

Advanced Trees Definition Operations on B Trees Weight Balanced Trees (Huffman

Trees) 2-3 Trees and Red-Black Trees Augmenting Red-Black Trees to Dynamic Order

Statics and Interval Tree Applications Operations on Disjoint sets and its union find problem

Implementing Sets Dictionaries Priority Queues and Concatenable Queues using 2-3 Trees

Unit III

Advanced Data Structures Binomial heaps Fibonacci heaps Union Find Data Structures

Amortization Self-adjusting and persistent data structures

Unit IV

GRAPH THEORY ALGORITHMS Definitions for Graphs Algorithms for

Connectedness Finding all Spanning Trees in a Weighted Graph and Planarity Testing

Breadth First and Depth First Search Topological Sort Strongly Connected Components and

Articulation Point Single source shortest path and all pair shortest path algorithms

UNIT V

Greedy Method General Method Knapsack problem Single source shortest path Dynamic

Programming General method 01 Knapsack problem All pair shortest path Backtracking

Sum of subsets 8-queens problem and Hamiltonian cycles

UNIT VI

Advanced Algorithms Approximation algorithms for NP complete problem (Vertex cover

traveling salesman) Planer amp Plane graphs Algorithms for matching Flow and circular

problems

Text Books

1 Thomas H Cormen Charles E Leiserson Ronald L Rivest ldquoIntroduction to

Algorithmsrdquo MIT Press

2 Ellis Horowitz Sartaj Sahni Sanguthevar Rajasekaran ldquoThe Design and Analysis of

Computer Algorithmsrdquo

3 Aho Hopcraft amp Ulman The Design and Analysis of Computer algorithmsrdquo Addison

Wesley

4 Tannenbaum ldquoData Structuresrdquo PHI

Reference Books 1 RE Tarjan ldquoData Structures and Network algorithmsrdquo SIAM Regional Conference

series in applied mathemetics

2 Rajeev Motwani and Prabhakar Raghavan ldquoRandomized Algorithmsrdquo Cambridge

University Press

3 Dexter C Kozan ldquoThe Design amp Analysis of Algorithmsrdquo Springer-Verlag

4 Narsingh Deo-Graph Theory with Application to Engineering and Computer

SciencePrentice Hall of India

CO 504 SOFTWARE LAB Practical - 2 Hrs per week Practical - 100

Marks

Software Lab based on using latest CASE Tools At least one Minor Project to be

developed for an application based on methodologies covered in the course

CO 551 DISTRIBUTED SYSTEM

Lectures- 3 Hrs per week Theory - 150 Marks

UNIT I

Introduction Distributed System Models Transparency Scalability Inter-process

Communication Middleware issues in design of Distributed systems current amp future

UNIT II

Communications Layered Protocol Distributed Objects amp Remote Method Invocation

Remote Procedure Call Synchronization in communication sockets MPI Message brokers

Data Streams

UNIT III

Process and Synchronization Processes Threads Code Migration Logical clocks vector

clocks direct dependency clocks matrix clocks Serializability

UNIT IV

Resource Allocation Distributed Shared Memory Process Scheduling Load Balancing amp

Load Sharing Mutual Exclusion Election algorithms

UNIT V

Distributed File Systems Coordination amp Agreement Distributed Transaction Consistency

amp Replication Consistency Models Distribution amp Consistency Protocols

UNIT VI

Advanced Topics in Distributed Systems Parallel Processing Parallel amp Distributed

Programming Case Studies in detail amp research directions

Text Books

1 PKSihna ldquoDistributed Operating Systems Concepts and Designrdquo PHI

2 Andrew S Taenbaum and Maarten Van Steen ldquoDistributed Systems Principles and

Paradigmsrdquo Prentice Hall

3 R Chow T Johnson Addison ldquoDistributed Operating Systems and Algorithmsrdquo

Wesley Publishing Company

Text Books

1 Coulouris G Dollimore J and Kindberg T ldquoDistributed Systems Concepts and

Designrdquo Addison-Wesley

CO 552 COMPUTER NETWORKS

Lectures - 3 Hrs per week Theory - 150 Marks

UNIT I

Introduction Introduction to Network models-ISO-OSI and TCPIP models Review of

Physical layer and Data link layers Review of Cellular Networks LAN (IEEE 8023 8025

FDDI) Wireless 80211 WAN (PPP ATM ISDN) standards and Overview of Bridging and

VLAN (8021Q)

UNIT II

Network layer Internet architecture and addressing internetworking IPv4 overview of

IPv6 Routing Protocols- RIP OSPF BGP NAT ARP and RARP

UNIT III

Transport layer Design issues Connection management Transmission Control Protocol

(TCP) User Datagram Protocol (UDP) Finite state machine model TCP congestion control

UNIT IV

Application layer HTTP DNS SMTP DHCP SNMP Overlay Networks

UNIT V

Network Security Cryptography Firewalls Secure Socket Layer (SSL) and Virtual Private

Networks (VPN) IPSec

UNIT VI

Case study Study of various network simulators Network performance analysis using NS2

Text Books

1 Behrouz A Forouzan ldquoTCPIP Protocol Suitrdquo TMH 2000

2 Tananbaum A S ldquoComputer Networksrdquo 3rd Ed PHI 1999

3 Black U ldquoComputer Networks-Protocols Standards and Interfacesrdquo PHI 1996

Text Books 4 Stallings W ldquoData and Computer Communicationsrdquo 6th Ed PHI 2002

5 Stallings W ldquoSNMP SNMPv2 SNMPv3 RMON 1 amp 2rdquo 3rd Ed Addison Wesley

1999

6 Laurra Chappell (Ed) ldquoIntroduction to Cisco Router Configurationrdquo Techmedia

1999

7 Peterson and Davie Computer Networks (2nd Edition) Morgan Kaufmann

Publishers 1999

8 Internetworking with TCPIP Vol1 Principles Protocols and Architecture (4th

Edition) Douglas Comer

CO 553 NETWORK PROGRAMMING AND SIMULATION

LAB

Practical - 2 Hrs per week Practical - 100

Marks

Network Programming and Simulation Lab based on network protocols and simulations

tools like ns-2 At least one Minor Project based on methodologies covered in Computer

Networks and Distributed Systems

CO 601 INFORMATION AND NETWORK SECURITY

Lectures - 3 Hrs per week Theory - 150

Marks

UNIT I

Introduction to Data Security General Security Principles Communication Security

Design of Secure System

UNIT II

Conventional Encryption Principles Conventional encryption algorithms cipher block

modes of operation location of encryption devices key distribution Approaches of Message

Authentication Secure Hash Function and HMAC

UNIT III

Public-key cryptography Principles Recent Public key cryptography algorithms such as

RSA DSS etc digital signatures digital Certificates Certificate Authority and key

management Kerberos X509 Directory Authentication Service

UNIT IV

Latest Trends and solutions in Information Security Web Security Firewall Design

Principles Trusted Systems Intrusion Detection System Recent trends in cryptosystem

Text Books

1 ldquoCryptography and Network Securityrdquo William Stallings Third Edition Prentice

Hall International

2 ldquoBasic Methods of Cryptographyrdquo Jan C A Cambridge University Press

3 ldquoInformation Security Intelligence Cryptographic Principles amp Applicationsrdquo

Thomas Calabrese Thomson Learning

Reference Books

1 ldquoModern Cryptography Theory and Practicerdquo Wenbo Mao Pearson Education

2 ldquoCryptography and Data Securityrdquo Dorothy Elizabeth Robling Denning Addison

Wesley

First Year MTech(CSE) II Semester Group ldquoCrdquo Subjects

CO-602 ELECTIVE I

OBJECT ORIENTED SOFTWARE ENGINEERING

UNIT I

Introduction Object Oriented system concepts and Principles Object Oriented system

development Component reuse The common process framework for Object Oriented

processes System Development and Methodologies object oriented software estimation

UNIT II

System development System as model building model architecture The importance of

modeling principle of modeling object oriented modeling Introduction to Object-oriented

Methodologies such as Unified Modeling Language Overview of UML conceptual model of

UML architecture software development lifecycle using Rational Unified Process

UNIT III

Object Oriented Analysis requirement model analysis model Object oriented analysis

using methods of Rumbaugh

Software Design Software design Models Object oriented methodologies of Booch

design model System development using various UML Diagrams

UNIT IV

UML Methodology Detailed study of various UML Diagrams System Analysis using UML

Diagrams

UNIT V

Object Oriented Testing and metrics Path Testing State based testing Class Testing

object oriented metrics

UNIT VI

Applications amp Tools A complete case study of Software development using above

Methodologies Concepts of Computer-Aided Software Engineering and knowledge about

current CASE tools use in the industry

Suggested Readings

Text Books

1 R S Pressman ldquoSoftware Engineering ndash A practitionerrsquos approachrdquo 5th Ed McGraw

Hill Int Ed 2001

2 I Jacobson M Christerson P Jonsson G Overgaard ldquoObject Oriented Software

Engineeringrdquo 2nd Edition Pearson Education 2007

3 G Booch J Rumbaugh I Jacobson ldquoThe Unified Modeling Language User Guiderdquo

11th Ed Pearson Education 2003

Reference Books 1 I Sommerville ldquoSoftware Engineeringrdquo Addison Wesley 2004

ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE AND EXPERT SYSTEMS

Unit 1 Introduction The AI Problems AI Techniques Basic Problem solving methods

state space search problem characteristics Production systems characteristics issues in

design of Intelligent search algorithm

Unit 2 Heuristic search Techniques Hill climbing techniques Best First search Problem

Reduction Constraint Satisfaction Means-End Analysis

Unit 3 Knowledge Representation Knowledge Representation issues Knowledge

Representation using Predicate logic Semantic Nets Semantic Frames Conceptual

Dependency scripts Knowledge representation with uncertainty

Unit 4 Programming Languages Fundamental and concepts of Programming languages

like Prolog or Lisp Relationship of languages with Knowledge representation and

inferences

Unit 5 Expert Systems What and Why of expert systems Structure of an Expert system

interaction with an expert system Design of an Expert system implementing expert system

shell Expert System Development techniques amp tools with Case Study Construction of

Programs using different data structure

Unit 6 Advanced topics Applications of AI in Game Playing amp Natural Language

Processing Concepts of Fuzzy Logic Introduction to Intelligent Agents

Suggested Readings-

Text Books

1 Artificial Intelligence E Rich and K Knight TMH 2nd ed 1992

2 Introduction to Expert Systems Peter Jackson AWP MA 199

3 Introduction to AI and Expert Systems DW Patterson PHI 1992

Reference Books

1 Artificial Intelligence - an Engineering Approach RJ Schalkoff McGraw Hill

Int Ed Singapore 1992

2 Principles of AI NJ Nilsson Narosa Publ House 1990

REAL-TIME SYSTEMS

Unit 1 Real-time systems Real-time systems models Types of real-time systems Internal

structure of real-time systems Performance measures Examples of real-time systems and

real-world applications Modeling amp Designing real-time systems

Unit 2 Real-Time Process Management Task scheduling for Uniprocessor systems

handling priorities with critical section interrupts task allocation amp scheduling for

multiprocessor systems adaptive scheduling

Unit 3 Programming Environment In depth Knowledge of RTOS programming

languages tools amp techniques

Unit 4 Real-Time System Design Design techniques for Reliability Fault Tolerance amp

other application specific quality considerations

Unit 5 Trends in Real-Time System Design amp Development in fields such as Robotics

Unit 6 Introduction to research topics

Suggested Readings-

Text Books

1 AC Shaw Real-Time Systems and Software Wiley

2 JE Cooling Real-Time Software Systems International Thompson Computer

Press

3 WA Halang and KM Sacha Real-Time Systems World Scientific

Reference Books 1 Real-Time Systems Design and Analysis PH Laplante IEEE Press

2 Real-Time Systems J Liu Prentice-Hall 2000

3 Real-Time Computer Control R Bennett Prentice-Hall

4 Real-Time Systems CM Krishna and KG Shin McGraw-Hill

DESIGN OF EMBEDDED SYSTEMS

UNIT I

Introduction to Embedded Real time Systems Fundamental components of ESD

Preprocessing Compiling cross compiling Linking Locating compiler driver Linker script

Program segments Type of memory Memory Management in Embedded real time systems

Interrupt and ISR

UNIT II

Introduction to Real-time theory Scheduling theory Rate Monotonic Scheduling

Utilization bound theorem RTOS Task Management Task management Race condition

Priority inversion ISRs and scheduling Inter-Task communication Timers

UNIT III

Microcontrollers Role of processor selection in Embedded System (microprocessor vs

microcontroller) 8051 microcontroller architecture assembly language programming

instruction set addressing mode logical operation arithmetic operation interrupt handling

Timing subroutines

UNIT IV

Serial data communication RS-232 USB I2C Interfacing with ADC amp sensors Interfacing

with DAC Interfacing with external ROM Interfacing with 8255 IEEE 11491 (JTAG)

testability Boundary Scan Architecture

Text Books

1 Sriram V Iyer and Pankaj Gupta ldquoEmbedded Real-time Systems Programmingrdquo

TMH

2 Mazidi and Mazidi ldquoThe 8051 Microcontrollerrdquo PHI

3 Embedded System by Raj Kamal TMH

Text Books

1 The 8051 Microcontroller by Kennth J Ayala Thomson DelMar Learning

2 Microcontrollers by Deshmukh TMH

3 8051 Microcontroller amp Embedded systems by Rajiv Kapadia Jaico

4 Computer as components by wayne wolf Harcourt India Pvt Ltd

5 Real time System and Analysis by Philip A Laplante Wiley

DIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSING

UNIT I

Introduction Signals and signal Processing characterization amp classification of signals

typical Signal Processing operations example of typical Signals typical Signals Processing

applications

UNIT II

Time Domain Representation of Signals amp Systems Discrete Time Signals Operations on

Sequences Linear shift-invariant systems Stability and Causality Linear constant coefficient

difference equations Frequency domain representation of discrete-time systems symmetry

properties of the Fourier transform Sampling of continuous-time systems

UNIT III

Transforms Z-transforms Inverse Z-transform properties of Z-transform amp its applications

in system analysis amp design Discrete Fourier Transform (DFT) amp its properties computation

of the DFT of real sequences Linear Convolution using the DFT

UNIT IV

Digital Filter Structure Block Diagram representation Signal Flow Graph Representation

Equivalent Structures Basic FIR Digital Filter Structures Direct forms Transposed forms

Cascaded forms Poly phase realization and Linear phase FIR structures Basic IIR Filter

Structures Direct forms Transposed forms Cascaded realizations and Parallel realizations

All pass filters Digital Sine-Cosine Generator

UNIT V

Digital Filter Design Design of IIR Digital filters from analog filters Properties of FIR

digital filters Desgin of FIR filters using Windows Computer aided design of FIR filters

Comparison of IIR and FIR digital filters

UNIT VI

Computation of Discrete Fourier Transform Complexity of the DFT computation by

direct method Goertzel algorithm Decimation ndash in-time FFT algorithms Decimation-in

frequency FFT algorithms

Text Books

1 Alan V Oppenheim amp Ronald W Schafer ldquo Digital Signal Processingrdquo PHI

2 Sanjit K Mitra ldquo Digital Signal Processing A computer based approachrdquo TMH

Second Edition

3 Chi-Tsong Chen ldquoDigital Signal Processing Spectral Computation and Filter

Designrdquo Oxford University Press

Text Books 1 Monson H Hayes ldquo Schaumrsquos Outline of Digital Signal Processingrdquo Mcgraw Hill

2 Richard W Hammming ldquoDigital Filtersrdquo Dover Pubns

3 Lars Wanhammar ldquo DSP Integrated Circuitsrdquo Academic Press First edition

4 Simon S Haykin ldquo Adaptive Filter Theory ldquo Prentice Hall 3rd Edition

ROBOTICS ENGINEERING

UNIT I

Introduction An overview of Robotics and its applications in various applications domains

such as manufacturing assembly and inspection and spray and paintings

UNIT II

Manipulators Manipulator Kinematics Forward and inverse kinematics trajectory

Planning Motions path planning Robotics Programming Languages

UNIT III

Sensing Methods Types of Sensors amp sensor calibration Control Robot Sensing

UNIT IV

Computer Vision Illumination techniques imaging geometry stereovision segmentation

UNIT V

Applications Current and future applications in Industry and study of research aspects in

Robotics

UNIT VI

Advance studies

Text Books

1 Introduction to robotics J J Craig (Third ed 2003) Prentice Hall

2 Robotic Engineering Richard D Klafter Prentice Hall

3 Robotics Fu K S McGraw Hill

Reference Books

1 An Introduction to Robot Technology P Coiffet and M Chaironze Kogam Page

Ltd

2 Industrial Robotics Groover M P Pearson Edu 1983

3 Robotics and Control Mittal R K amp Nagrath I J TMH

4 Robot Dynamics amp Control ndash Mark W Spong and M Vidyasagar John Wiley amp

Sons (ASIA) Pte Ltd

First Year MTech(CSE) II Semester Group ldquoCrdquo Subjects

CO-603 ELECTIVE II

BIOINFORMATICS

UNIT I

Introduction biology physics Biological hierarchy Information stages Physical processes

Information understanding

UNIT II

Methods of gene sequencing Detailed discussion on Sequences searching methods

Gene expression Current and prospective methods of gene profiling Data acquisition Data

standardization Linear approximations of data DNA chips Protein targeting Data

normalization Linear view

UNIT III

Statistics approaches Probabilistic notions Multivariate issues Clustering Information

handling Experimental and computational methods of structure determination for proteins

and nucleic acids

UNIT IV

Ontology Annotation of genes their products and functions System biology evolution

hierarchy Medical informatics

UNIT V

Software support Software availability Software targets Text parsing BioPerl Statistics

R-system

UNIT VI

Recent Advances amp Applications of Bio-Informatics Recent trends in Computing with

bio-systems

Text Books

1 ldquoBioinformatics Sequence and Genome Analysisrdquo David W Mount Cold Spring

Harbor Laboratory Press

2 ldquoBioinformatics A Practical Guide to the Analysis of Genes and Proteinsrdquo Andreas

D Baxevanis Second Edition

3 ldquoBiological Sequence Analysis Probabilistic Models of Proteins and Nucleic Acidsrdquo

Richard Durbin Sean R Eddy Anders Krogh Graeme Mitchison Cambridge

University Press

Text Books

1 ldquoFundamental Concepts of Bioinformaticsrdquo DE Krane and ML Raymer Person

Education

2 ldquoBioinformatics Computingrdquo B Bergeron Prentice ndashHall

WIRELESS amp MOBILE COMMUNICATION

Lectures - 3 Hrs per week Theory - 150 Marks

Unit 1 Introduction Network Technologies and Cellular Communications Discussion on

Bluetooth ampGSM Introduction to Mobile Computing novel applications limitations and

architecture

Unit 2 (Wireless) Medium Access Control Motivation for a specialized MAC (Hidden and

exposed terminals Near and far terminals) SDMA FDMA TDMA CDMA

Unit 3 Mobile Architecture Mobile Network Layer Mobile IP (Goals assumptions

entities and terminology IP packet delivery agent advertisement and discovery registration

tunneling and encapsulation optimizations) Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP)

Unit 4 Mobile Transport Layer Traditional TCP Indirect TCP Snooping TCP Mobile

TCP Fast retransmitfast recovery Transmission time out freezing Selective retransmission

Transaction oriented TCP

Unit 5 Mobile Ad hoc Networks (MANETs) Overview Properties of a MANET spectrum

of MANET applications routing and various routing algorithms security in MANETs

Unit 6 Protocols and Tools Wireless Application Protocol WAP (Introduction protocol

architecture and treatment of protocols of all layers) Bluetooth (User scenarios physical

layer MAC layer networking security link management) and J2ME Latest Technologies

Suggested Readings-

Text Books

1 Mobile and Personal communication System and Services- Raj Pandya

2 Wireless Communication and Networks- William Stallings

3 Wireless and Personal Communications Systems Vijay Garg Joseph Wilkes

Prentice-Hall Englewood Cliffs NJ 1996

Reference Books

1 Fundamentals of Wireless Communication David Tse and Pramod Viswanath

Cambridge University Press 2005

FAULT TOLERANT AND TESTABLE SYSTEMS

UNIT I

Fundamental Concepts Definitions of fault tolerance fault classification fault tolerant

attributes and system structure

UNIT II

Fault-Tolerant Design Techniques Information redundancy hardware redundancy and

time redundancy

Dependability Evaluation Techniques Reliability and availability models (Combinatorial

techniques Fault-Tree models Markov models) Performance Models

UNIT III

Architecture of Fault-Tolerant Computers (case study) General-purpose systems high-

availability systems long-life systems critical systems

UNIT IV

Software Fault Tolerance Software faults and their manifestation design techniques

reliability models

UNIT V

Fault Tolerant ParallelDistributed Architectures Shared bus and shared memory

architectures fault tolerant networks

UNIT VI

Recent topics in fault tolerant systems Security fault tolerance in wirelessmobile

networks

Text Books

1 Fault-Tolerant Computer System Design DK Pradhan

2 Design and Analysis of Fault-Tolerant Digital Systems BWJohnson Addison-

Wesley

3 Fault-Tolerant Computing Theory and Techniques Volumes I and II DK Pradhan

Prentice Hall

Text Books 1 Reliable Computer Systems Design and Evaluation DPSiewiorek and RSSwartz

Digital Press

2 Probability and Statistics with Reliability Queueing and Computer Science

Application KSTrivedi Prentice Hall

ADVANCED COMPUTER GRAPHICS

UNIT I

Line Drawing and transformation Basic raster graphical algorithm for 2D primitives Line

drawing algorithm 2D and 3D transformation

UNIT II

Clipping Window View port clipping algorithm

Curves and Surfaces Circle drawing algorithm Ellipse drawing algorithm Bezier curve b-

spline curve surfaces Solid modelling

UNIT III

Projection Parallel projection Perspective projection Computation of vanishing point

UNIT IV

Visible surface determination Z-buffer algorithm Scan line algorithm Area subdivision

algorithm Raytracing algorithm

UNIT V

Shading Illumination mode Specular reflection model Shading models for curve surfaces

Radiosity method Rendering Recursive ray tracing Texture mapping Advanced Modelling

Techniques Procedural ModelsFractal ModelsGrammar based modelsparticle systems

UNIT VI

Animation 3D animation morphing simulation of key frames

Text Books

1 Foley - Computer Graphics Principles amp Practice 2nd ed Pearson Education

2 Hearn amp Baker - Computer Graphics C version 2nd ed Pearson Education

3 Roger and Adams - Mathematical Element for Computer Graphics 2nd ed Tata

McGraw Hill

Text Books

1 David F Rogers ldquoProcedural Element for computer graphicsrdquo McGraw Hill Book

Company

RELIABLE SYSTEM DESIGN

UNIT I

Fundamental Concepts Definitions of fault tolerance fault classification fault tolerant attributes and system structure

UNIT II

Fault-Tolerant Design Techniques Information redundancy hardware redundancy and time redundancy

UNIT III

Dependability Evaluation Techniques Reliability and availability models (Combinatorial techniques Fault-Tree models Markov models) Performance Models

UNIT IV

Architecture of Fault-Tolerant Computers (case study) General-purpose systems high-availability systems long-life systems critical systems

UNIT V

Software Fault Tolerance Software faults and their manifestation design techniques reliability models UNIT VI

Fault Tolerant ParallelDistributed Architectures Shared bus and shared memory architectures fault tolerant networks Recent topics in fault tolerant systems Security fault tolerance in wirelessmobile networks

Suggested Readings

Text Books

1 Fault-Tolerant Computer System Design DK Pradhan 2003

2 Design and Analysis of Fault-Tolerant Digital Systems BWJohnson Addison-

Wesley

3 Fault-Tolerant Computing Theory and Techniques Volumes I and II DK Pradhan

Prentice Hall

Reference Books

1 Reliable Computer Systems Design and Evaluation DPSiewiorek and RSSwartz

Digital Press 1992

2 Probability and Statistics with Reliability Queueing and Computer Science

Application KSTrivedi Prentice Hall 1982

First Year MTech(CSE) II Semester

Group ldquoDrdquo Subjects

CO-651 ELECTIVE III

OPTIMIZATION TECHNIQUES

UNIT I

Introduction to Linear Programming Prototype Example the Linear Programming

Model Assumptions of Linear Programming Additional Examples Some Classic Case

Studies Graphical method The Simplex Method The Essence of the Simplex Method

Setting up the Simplex Method The Algebra of the Simplex Method The Simplex Method in

Tabular Form Tie Breaking in the Simplex Method Adapting to Other Model Forms Post

optimality Analysis

UNIT II

Duality Theory And Sensitivity Analysis The Essence of Duality Theory Economic

Interpretation of Duality Primal-Dual relationships Adapting to Other Primal Forms The

Role of Duality Theory in Sensitivity Analysis Other Algorithms for Linear Programming

The Dual Simplex Method Parametric Linear Programming the Upper Bound Techniques

An Interior-Point Algorithm

UNIT III

Dynamic Programming A prototype example for Dynamic Programming Characteristics

of Dynamic Programming Problems Deterministic Dynamic Programming Probabilistic

Dynamic Programming

UNIT IV

Integer Programming Prototype Example Some BIP Applications Innovative Uses of

Binary Variables in Model Formulation Some Formulation examples Some Perspectives on

Solving Integer Programming Problems The Branch-and-Bound Technique and Its

application to Binary Integer Programming A Branch-and-Bound Algorithm for Mixed

Integer

UNIT V

Nonlinear Programming Sample Applications Graphical Illustration of Nonlinear

Programming Problems Types of Nonlinear Programming Problems One-Variable

Unconstrained Optimization Multivariable Unconstrained Optimization The Karush-Kuhn-

Tucker (KKT) Conditions for Constrained Optimization Quadratic Programming Separable

Programming Convex Programming

UNIT VI

Queuing Theory Prototype Example Basic Structure of queuing Models Examples of Real

Queuing Systems The role of the Exponential Distribution The Birth-and-Death Process

Queuing Models Based on the Birth-and Death Process Queuing Models involving non

exponential distributions

Text Books

1 HATaha ndash Operations Research 8e Pearson Education

2 JK Sharma ndash Operations Research 3e Mcmillan India Ltd 2007

3 S Hiller amp GJ Lieberman ndash Operations Research 8th Edn TMH New Delhi

Text Books 1 Kanti Swarup Gupta Pk Man Mohan Operations Research Sultan Chand amp Sons

DISTRIBUTED ALGORITHMS

UNIT I

Introduction Types of concurrency Characteristics of Distributed systems Challenges

posed by distribution Importance of theoretical methods for distributed algorithms (2

generals problem)

UNIT II

Basic of discrete mathematics posets and lattices Distributive property Approaches to

reasoning - Model driven different types of models Dimensions to classifying distributed

algorithms - IPC method timing Failure models and Problems addressed Synchronous vs

UNIT III

Asynchronous distributed systems Synchronous Algorithms - Ring only Synchronous

Models proof methods failure types etc Leader election in synchronous ring ndash LCR

algorithm Hirshberg-Sinclair algorithm Non-comparison algorithms - Time slice and

Variable speeds Lower bound discussion

UNIT IV

Synchronous Algorithms General Networks Leader election in a general network -

flooding algorithm Reducing the complexity of complete flooding MST algorithm Dealing

with Link and process failures in consensus problems Asynchronous Shared Memory Mutual

Exclusion Resource Allocation Asynchronous Network Algorithms FIFO Broadcast vs

Multicast Leader Election - Ring vs arbitrary network MST Minimum Spanning Tree

Algorithms Logical time Vector clocks Matrix clocks DD clocks Global Global Snapshots

Chandy and Lamports algorithm Stable predicates or properties Termination detection Self

stabilization

Text Books

1 Nancy A Lynch ldquoDistributed Algorithmsrdquo Morgan Kaufmann

2 Nicola Santoro ldquoDesign and Analysis of Distributed Algorithmsrdquo Wiley-Interscience

3 Gerard Tel ldquoIntroduction to Distributed Algorithms 2nd edrdquo Cambridge University

Press

Text Books 1 C Xavier and S S Iyengar ldquoIntroduction to Parallel Algorithmsrdquo Wiley-

Interscience

MODELING amp SIMULATION

UNIT I

Basic Simulation Modeling The Nature of Simulation Systems Models and Types of

Simulation Advantages Disadvantages and Pitfalls of Simulation

UNIT II

Modeling Complex Systems Introduction List Processing in Simulation Approaches to

Storing Lists in a Computer

UNIT III

Simulation Software Comparison of Simulation Packages with Programming Languages

Classification of Simulation Software General-Purpose Simulation Packages

Object-Oriented Simulation

UNIT IV

Building Valid Credible and Appropriately Detailed Simulation Models Experimental

Design Sensitivity Analysis and Optimization Simulation of Manufacturing Systems

Text Books

1 ldquoSystem Modeling and Simulation - an Introductionrdquo Frank L Severance John

Wiley

2 ldquoSimulation Modeling and Analysisrdquo Law Kelton Third Edition Mc-Graw Hill

QUANTUM COMPUTING

UNIT I

Introduction to Quantum Computers Qubits amp their representation

UNIT II

Quantum Elements Logic Gates Circuits Architectures Algorithms

UNIT III

Quantum Information Quantum Key Distribution teleportation Single photons EPR

pairs

UNIT IV

Grid Computing Data and Computational Grids Grid Architectures and its relations to

various distributed technologies Autonomic computing Cluster Setup amp its advantages

performance models amp simulations Networking protocols amp IO Messaging Systems

Examples

UNIT V

Process Scheduling Load Sharing amp Balancing Distributed Shared memory parallel IO

Pervasive Computing concepts amp scenarios Hardware amp software Device Connectivity

Text Books

1 Introduction to Quantum Computing Philip Kaye etal Oxford University Press

2 Introduction to Quantum Computers Gennady Berman World Scientific

3 Quantum Computation and Quantum Information M Nielsen and I Chuang

Cambridge University Press Cambridge

Text Books 1 Classical and Quantum ComputationA Yu Kitaev AH Shen and MN Vyalyi

American Mathematical Society Providence

2 Problems amp Solutions in Quantum Computing amp Information WH Steeb and Y

HardyWorld Scientific River Edge NJ

ENTERPRISE COMPUTING IN JAVA

UNIT I

J2EE Introduction to J2EE Building J2EE Applications JDBC Servlets and Web

Applications Java Server Pages and ModelViewController J2EE Web Services Overview

Introduction to EJB Session EJBs Entity EJBs JMS and message driven Beans

Transactions and Security Application Servers (Case Study of any one of IBM Websphere

BEA Weblogic JBoss)

UNIT II

Hibernate Principles of Object Relational Mapping Hibernate configuration HQL making

objects persistent Hibernate semantics Session management flushing concurrency and

Hibernate Optimistic and Pessimistic Locking Object mapping Mapping simple properties

Single and multi valued associations Bi-directional associations Indexed collections Using

Hibernate Template Querying Session management Transaction integration and

demarcation

UNIT III

Spring Introduction of Spring Framework Spring Architecture Spring Framework

definition Spring amp MVC Factory Pattern BeanFactory Spring Context definition

Inversion of Control (IoC) Spring AOP Application Context and BeanFactory Spring

ORM Mapping API for JDO Hibernate Hibernate Mapping JDO Mapping iBATIS Spring

Abstract Transaction layer Employing Spring transaction Using EJB declarative

transactions Integration process integrating Spring MVC in web application MVC in web

application MVC Framework

UNIT IV

Web Services Introduction to XML Service-Oriented Architectures SOAP SOAP message

structure handling errors WSDL UDDI Java Web Service implementations JAX-RPC Web

service clients in Java Introduction to Ajax

Text Books

1 Jim Farley William Crawford OrsquoReilly and Associates ldquoJava Enterprise in a

Nutshellrdquo

2 Brett McLaughlin OrsquoReilly ldquoJava and XML 2nd Edition

3 Elliott Rusty Harold and W Scott Means OrsquoReilly ldquoXML in a Nutshellrdquo

Text Books 1 James Cooper ldquoJava Design Pattern A Tutorialrdquo Addison Wesley

2 Govind Sesadri ldquoEnterprise java Computing Application and Architecturesrdquo

Cambridge University Publications

First Year MTech(CSE) II Semester Group ldquoDrdquo Subjects

CO-652 ELECTIVE IV

OPTICAL NETWORKS

UNIT-I

Optical fiber fundamentals Solution to Maxwellrsquos equation in a circularly symmetric step

index optical fiber linearly polarized modes single mode and multimode fibers concept of V

number graded index fiber

UNIT- II

Total number of guided modes (no derivation) polarization maintaining fibers attenuation

mechanisms in fibers dispersion in single mode and multimode fibers dispersion shifted and

dispersion flattened fibers attenuation and dispersion limits in fibers Kerr nonlinearity self

phase modulation combined effect of dispersion and self phase modulation nonlinear

Schrodinger equation (no derivation) fundamental soliton solution

UNIT-III

Optical sources LED and laser diode principles of operation concepts of line width phase

noise switching and modulation characteristics ndash typical LED and LD structures

UNIT-IV

Optical detectors P-N detector pin detector avalanche photodiode ndash Principles of

operation concepts of responsivity sensitivity and quantum efficiency noise in detection

typical receiver configurations (high impedance and transimpedance receivers)

UNIT-V

Optical amplifiers Semiconductor amplifier rare earth doped fiber amplifier (with special

reference to erbium doped fibers) Raman amplifier Brillouin amplifier ndash principles of

operation amplifier noise signal to noise ratio gain gain bandwidth gain and noise

dependencies intermodulation effects saturation induced crosstalk wavelength range of

operation

Text Books

1 Leonid Kazovsky Sergio Benedetto and Alan Willner `Optical Fiber Communication

Systemsrsquo Artech House

2 John Senior `Optical Fiber Communicationsrsquo PHI

3 Silvello Betti Giancarlo De Marchis and Eugenio Iannone `Coherent Optical

Communications Systemsrsquo John Wiley

Text Books 1 GPAgrawal `Nonlinear Fiber Opticsrsquo Academic Press

CLUSTER amp GRID COMPUTING

Unit 1 Cluster Computing Introduction to concepts in Cluster based distributed computing

Hardware technologies for cluster computing and software for cluster computing and

different Software Architecture for Cluster Computing

Unit 2 Programming Programming Models and Paradigms features and performance of

standard MPI variants Derived data types communicators

Unit 3 Resource management and scheduling Managing cluster resources single system

images system level middleware distributed task scheduling monitoring and administering

system resources Parallel IO and Parallel Virtual File System Scheduling Condor Maui

Scheduler Portable Batch System (PBS)

Unit 4 Grid Computing Grids and Grid Technologies Programming models and

Parallelization Techniques Grid Security Infrastructure Setting up Grid deployment of Grid

software and tools and application execution

Unit 5 Standard application development tools and paradigms Performance evaluation

tools HINT netperf netpipe ttcp Iperfmessage

Unit 6 Data Management Application Case Study Molecular Modeling for Drug Design

and Brain Activity Analysis Resource management and scheduling

Suggested Readings-

Text Books

1 William Gropp Ewing Lusk Thomas Sterling Beowulf Cluster Computing

with Linux 2nd edition MIT Press

2 Bart Jacob Michael Brown Introduction to grid computing

3 Gregory F Pfister In Search of Clusters The ongoing battle in lowly parallel

computing Second Edition Prentice Hall Publishing Company 1998

SOFTWARE TESTING

UNIT 1

Introductory concepts Verification ampValidation Terminologies like Goals Role

Objectives Limitations Approaches amp Applicability

UNIT II

Software Testing Testing Process Limitations of Testing Testing activities

UNIT III

Levels of Testing Unit Testing Integration Testing System Testing Debugging Domain

Testing Regression Testing Stress Testing Slice based testing

UNIT IV

Software Testing Techniques Functional Testing techniques Boundary Value Analysis

Equivalence Class Testing Decision Table Based Testing Cause Effect Graphing Technique

Structural Testing Path testing DD-Paths Cyclomatic Complexity Graph Metrics Data

Flow Testing Mutation testing Object Oriented Testing Class Testing GUI Testing

UNIT V

Software Testing Tools Taxonomy Methodology to evaluate automated testing Using

tools Load Runner Win runner and Rational Testing Tools Java Testing Tools JMetra

JUNIT Cactus and other recent tools

UNIT VI

Advanced Topics on Testing Prioritizing the Test-cases Testing Web Applications Testing

Off-the-shelf component testing security testing Data-warehouse

Text Books

1 Paul C Jorgenson Software Testing A Craftsmanrsquos approach CRC Press 1997

2 Desikan Ramesh Software Testing principles and Practices Pearson Education

3 William E PerryEffective Methods for Software Testing John Wiley

Reference Books

1 Steven R Rakitin Software Verification and Validation for Practitioners and

Managers 2nd edition Artech House

2 Boris Beizer ldquoSoftware Testing Techniquesrdquo Second Volume Second Edition Van

Nostrand Reinhold New York 1990

3 Louise Tamres ldquoSoftware Testingrdquo Pearson Education Asia 2002

4 Boris Beizer ldquoSoftware System Testing and Quality Assurancerdquo Van Nostrand

einhold New York 1984

COMPUTER VISION

Unit 1 Introduction Computational characteristics of human visual information processing

General introduction to the mathematical frameworks for computer vision Problems and

goals of computer vision

Unit 2 Mathematical formulations of computer vision problems Typical structures in

images Models and representations for typical structures Vision as a computational process

Unit 3 Marrrsquos computational vision paradigm Vision as a feedforward inference process

Regularization theory for computer vision Feature extraction principles for computer vision

Minimum description length criterion Maximum entropy criterion Redundancy reduction

criterion Descriptive models in computer vision

Unit 4 Classification algorithms Bayesian decision theory etc Computer vision as

Bayesian Inference Representations in a vision system Seeing as an inference process

Bayesian inference framework for vision

Unit 5 Visual learning Computational approaches to visual learning Visual learning as

dimension and redundancy reduction A unified framework for computer vision

Relationships among different approaches including equivalence conditions limitations

advantages and disadvantages of existing approaches Issues in designing a generic vision

system Vision as inference with hierarchical models

Unit 6 Implementation issues in computer vision Computational complexity of vision

algorithms Optimization techniques for computer vision systems Monte-Carlo Markov

chain techniques for high dimensional problems Hardware implementation issues Current

and future research directions in computer vision Open issues in computer vision

Challenges of developing generic computer vision systems

Suggested Readings-

Text Books

1 Computer Vision by Linda Shapiro and George Stockman Prentice-Hall 2001

2 Computer Vision D Ballard and C Brown Prentice-Hall 1982

3 2D Object Detection and Recognition Models Algorithms and Networks Yali Amit

MIT Press 2002

NANO TECHNOLOGY

Unit 1

Introduction to nanoscale systems Length energy and time scales Top-down approach to

nanolithography Spatial resolution of optical deep-ultraviolet x-ray electron beam and ion

beam lithography

Unit 2

Single electron transistors coulomb blockade effects in ultra-small metallic tunnel

junctions

Unit 3

Quantum confinement of electrons in semiconductor nanostructures two-dimensional

confinement (quantum wells) Band gap engineering Epitaxy

Unit 4

Landauer-Buttiker formalism for conduction in confined geometries One-dimensional

confinement quantum point contacts quantum dots Bottom-up approach Chemical self-

assembly carbon nanotubes

Unit 5

Molecular electronics Self-assembled monolayers Electrochemical techniques applications

in biological and chemical detection Atomic scale characterization techniques scanning

tunneling microscopy atomic force microscopy

Unit 6

Introduction to quantum methods of information processing

Text Books

1 Additional handouts will be provided from the following books

David Ferry Transport in Nanostructures Cambridge University Press 2000

2 Y Imry Introduction to Mesoscopic Physics Oxford University Press 1997

Reference Books

1S Datta Electron Transport in Mesoscopic Systems Cambridge University Press 1995

3 H Grabert and M Devoret Single Charge Tunneling Plenum Press 1992

4 Beenaker and Van Houten Quantum Transport in Semiconductor Nanostructures

in Solid State Physics v 44 eds Ehernreich and Turnbull Academic Press 1991

P Rai-Choudhury Handbook of Microlithography Micromachining amp

Microfabrication SPIE 1997

First Year MTech(CSE) III Semester Group ldquoErdquo Subjects

CO-701 ELECTIVE V

DATA WAREHOUSING AND DATA MINING

UNIT I

Data Warehousing - Basic concepts in data warehousing Collecting the requirements of

data warehouse Data Warehouse Architecture Design Implementationamp Maintenance

OLAP in data warehouse Data warehousing and the web Further Development of Data Cube

Technology From Data Warehousing to Data Mining

Data Mining Concepts Data mining primitives Basics of data mining Query language

Designing GUI based on a data mining query language Architectures of data mining

systems

UNIT II

Mining Association Rules in Large Databases Association Rule Mining Mining Single

Dimensional Boolean Association Rules from Transactional Databases Mining Multilevel

Association Rules from Transaction Databases Mining Multidimensional Association Rules

from Relational Databases and Data Warehouses From Association Mining to Correlation

Analysis Constraint Based Association Mining

UNIT III

Classifications and Prediction Issues Regarding Classification and Prediction

Classification by Decision Tree Induction Bayesian Classification Classification by

Backpropagation Classification Based on Concepts from Association Rule Mining Other

Classification Methods Prediction and Classifier Accuracy

UNIT IV

Cluster Analysis in Data Mining Types of Data in Cluster Analysis A Categorization of

Major Clustering Methods Partitioning Methods Density Based Methods Grid Based

Methods Model Based Clustering Methods Outlier Analysis

UNIT V

Mining Complex Types of Data Multidimensional Analysis and Descriptive Mining of

Complex Data Objects Mining Spatial Databases Mining Multimedia Databases Mining

Time Series and Sequence Data Mining Text Databases

UNIT VI

Applications and trends in Data Mining - Applications Systems products and research

prototypes Additional themes in data mining Trends in Data mining spatial mining and

Web Mining Web concept mining Web structure mining Web Usage mining

Text Books

1 Data Warehousing Fundamentals PPonnian John Weliey

2 Data Mining Introductory amp Advanced Topics MHDunham Pearson Education

3 Data Mining Concepts amp Techniques HanKamber MKaufman

PATTERN RECOGNITION UNIT I

Pattern recognition fundamentals Basic concepts of pattern recognition fundamental

problems in pattern recognition system design concepts and methodologies example of

automatic pattern recognition systems a simple automatic pattern recognition model

UNIT II

Bayesian decision theory Minimum-error-rate classification Classifiers Discriminant

functions Decision surfaces Normal density and discriminant functions Discrete features

Missing and noisy features Bayesian networks (Graphical models) and inferencing

UNIT III

Maximum-likelihood and Bayesian parameter estimation Maximum-Likelihood

estimation Gaussian case Maximum a Posteriori estimation Bayesian estimation Gaussian

case Problems of dimensionality Dimensionality reduction Fisher discriminant analysis

PCA Expectation-Maximization method Missing features

UNIT IV

Sequential Models State Space Hidden Markov models Dynamic Bayesian

Non-parametric techniques for density estimation Parzen-window method K-Nearest

Neighbour method

UNIT V

Linear discriminant functions Gradient descent procedures Perceptron criterion function

Minimum-squared-error procedures Ho-Kashyap procedures Support vector machines

UNIT VI

Unsupervised learning and clustering Unsupervised maximum-likelihood estimates

Unsupervised Bayesian learning Criterion functions for clustering Algorithms for clustering

K-means Hierarchical and other methods Cluster validation Low-dimensional

representation and multidimensional scaling (MDS)

Text Books

1 RODuda PEHart and DGStork ldquoPattern Classificationrdquo John Wiley

2 Julus T Tou and Rafel C Gonzalez Addision ldquoPattern Recognition

principlesrdquoWesley

3 Christopher M Bishop ldquoPattern recognition and machine learningrdquo Springer

Reference Books

4 Luc Devroye Laacuteszloacute Gyoumlrfi Gaacutebor Lugosi ldquoA probabilistic theory of pattern

recognitionrdquo Springer

NATURAL LANGUAGE PROCESSING

UNIT I

Introduction NLP tasks in syntax semantics and pragmatics Applications such as

information extraction question answering and machine translation The problem of

ambiguity The role of machine learning Brief history of the field

UNIT II

N-gram Language Models The role of language models Simple N-gram models

Estimating parameters and smoothing Evaluating language models

UNIT III

Part of Speech Tagging and Sequence Labeling Lexical syntax Hidden Markov Models

Maximum Entropy Models Conditional Random Fields

UNIT IV

Syntactic parsing Grammar formalisms and treebanks Efficient parsing for context-free

grammars (CFGs) Statistical parsing and probabilistic CFGs (PCFGs) Lexicalized PCFGs

Semantic Analysis Lexical semantics and word-sense disambiguation Compositional

semantics Semantic Role Labeling and Semantic Parsing

UNIT V

Information Extraction (IE) Named entity recognition and relation extraction IE using

sequence labeling

UNIT VI

Machine Translation (MT) Basic issues in MT Statistical translation word alignment

phrase-based translation and synchronous grammars Case studies in Databases amp Operating

Systems

Text Books

1 ldquoComputational Linguistics and Speech Recognitionrdquo Daniel Jurafsky and James H

Martin PHI

2 C Manning and H Schutze ldquoFoundations of Statistical Natural Language

Processingrdquo

3 Akshar Bharti Vineet Chaitanya and Rajeev Sangal ldquoNLP A Paninian Perspectiverdquo

Prentice Hall

Reference Books 1 James Allen ldquoNatural Language Understandingrdquo Pearson Education

SOFT COMPUTING

UNIT I

Neural Networks History overview of biological Neuro-system Mathematical Models of

Neurons ANN architecture Learning rules Learning Paradigms-Supervised Unsupervised

and reinforcement Learning ANN training Algorithms-perceptions Training rules Delta

Back Propagation Algorithm Multilayer Perceptron Model Hopfield Networks Associative

Memories Applications of Artificial Neural Networks

UNIT II

Fuzzy Logic Introduction to Fuzzy Logic Classical and Fuzzy Sets Overview of Classical

Sets Membership Function Fuzzy rule generation

UNIT III

Operations on Fuzzy Sets Compliment Intersections Unions Combinations of Operations

Aggregation Operations

UNIT IV

Fuzzy Arithmetic Fuzzy Numbers Linguistic Variables Arithmetic Operations on Intervals

amp Numbers Lattice of Fuzzy Numbers Fuzzy Equations

UNIT V

Uncertainty based Information Information amp Uncertainty Nonspecificity of Fuzzy amp

Crisp Sets Fuzziness of Fuzzy Sets

UNIT VI

Introduction of Neuro-Fuzzy Systems Architecture of Neuro Fuzzy Networks

Text Books

1 ldquoAn Introduction to Neural Networksrdquo Anderson JA PHI

2 ldquoIntroduction to the Theory of Neural Computationrdquo Hertz J Krogh RG Palmer

Addison-Wesley California

3 ldquoFuzzy Sets amp Fuzzy Logicrdquo GJ Klir amp B Yuan PHI

Reference Books 1 ldquoAn Introduction to Genetic Algorithmrdquo Melanie Mitchell PHI

SEMANTIC WEB

UNIT I

Introduction The Semantic Web Roadmap evolution of Web Documents Semantic Search

Techniques

UNIT II

XML Languages Detailed study of XML language amp application to Web based

developments

UNIT III

Describing Web Resources Resource Description Framework ( RDF) Taxonomies

Ontologies Web Ontology Language (OWL) Design process of ontology Annotation

UNIT IV

Advanced Topics Semantic Applications amp Power Latest on Semantic Web Future

Directions W3C Consortium Case studies in different application

Text Books

1 ldquoA Semantic Web Primerrdquo Grigoris Antoniou and Frank van Harmelen MIT Press

2 ldquoSpinning the Semantic Web - Bringing the World Wide Web to Its Full Potentialrdquo

MIT Press Dieter Fensel James A Hendler Henry Lieberman and Wolfgang

Wahlster (Eds)

3 ldquoThe Semantic Web A guide to the future of XML Web Services and Knowledge

Managementrdquo Michael C Daconta Leo J Obrst Kevin T Smith Wiley Publishing

Reference Books

1 ldquoPrinciples of Semantic Networks Explorations in the representation of knowledgerdquo

John Sowa Morgan Kaufmann

2 Russell and Norvig ldquoArtificial Intelligence A Modern Approachrdquo Prentice Hall

3 Han Reichgelt ldquoKnowledge Representation An AI Perspectiverdquo Ablex Publishing

DIGITAL IMAGE PROCESSING

UNIT I

Introduction And Digital Image Fundamentals Digital Image Representation

Fundamental Steps in Image Processing Elements of Digital image processing systems

Sampling and quantization some basic relationships like neighbours connectivity Distance

measure between pixels Imaging Geometry

UNIT II

Image Transforms Discrete Fourier Transform Some properties of the two-dimensional

fourier transform Fast fourier transform Inverse FFT

Image Enhancement Spatial domain methods Frequency domain methods Enhancement

by point processing Spatial filtering Lowpass filtering Highpass filtering Homomorphic

filtering Colour Image Processing

UNIT IV

Image Restoration Degradation model Diagnolization of Circulant and Block-Circulant

Matrices Algebraic Approach to Restoration Inverse filtering Wiener filter Constrained

Least Square Restoration Interactive Restoration Restoration in Spatial Domain

Image Segmentation Detection of Discontinuities Edge linking and boundary detection

Thresholding Region Oriented Segmentation Motion based segmentation

UNIT V

Image Compression Coding Interpixel and Psychovisual Redundancy Image Compression

models Error free comparison Lossy compression Image compression standards

UNIT VI

Representation and Description Representation schemes like chain coding Polygonal

Approximatiion Signatures Boundary Segments Skeleton of region Boundary description

Regional descriptors Morphology

Recognition and Interpretation Elements of Image Analysis Pattern and Pattern Classes

Decision-Theoretic Methods Structural Methods Interpretation

Text Books

1 ldquoDigital Image Processingrdquo Rafael C Gonzalez amp Richard E Woods AWL

2 ldquoFundamental of Digital Image Processingrdquo AK Jain PHI

3 ldquoComputer Imaging Digital Image Analysis and Processingrdquo SE Umbaugh CRC

Press 2005

Text Books 1 ldquoDigital Image Processing Algorithmsrdquo Pitas I Prentice Hall 1993

First Year MTech(CSE) III Semester

Group ldquoErdquo Subjects

CO-702 ELECTIVE VI

GEO-INFORMATICS

UNIT I

Fundamentals Principles of data capture and use of aerial photographs and satellite

imagery Handling integration maintenance and geometric aspects of geodata Methods of

representing geodata including the principles of internet application Digital Photogrammetry

and Remote Sensing advances in airborne and spaceborne sensor systems global

positioning digital photogrammetry integrated up-to-datecapturing techniques

UNIT II

Digital photogrammetric workstations primary data acquisition and sensors and the

perception of colour and depth linear algebra and the theory of observations

photogrammetric systems and scanners image processing platforms orientation of images

and digital image enhancement aerotriangulation and the use of GPS for control point

positioning and field completion

UNIT III

GIS Operation principles of computer programming database concepts and development

and DBMS Software tools Creating and implementing databases Managing and

administering databases and the use of query languages GIS Theory Spatial analysis

(network raster and surface operations) Developing a GIS Application

UNIT IV

Cartography and Geo-Visualization The cartographic communication process including

commercial and management aspects map type symbol and typographical design and use of

color cartographic generalization and map protection concepts and technical constraints of

the cartographic production line topographic mapping and the production of large-scale

maps and photo and image maps thematic mapping including socio-economic and physical

environmental mapping tourist maps statistics and data classification the visualization of

multimedia ad web mapping applications

REFERENCE BOOKS

1 Kali Charan Sahu ldquoRemote Sensing and Geographical Information Systemsrdquo

Atlantic Publishers and distributors

2 Joseph L Awange Erik W Grafarend Ba(c)La Palancz Beacutela Palaacutencz Piroska

Zaletnyikrdquo Algebraic Geodesy and Geoinformaticsrdquo Springer

3 A Krishna Sinha rdquoGeoinformatics data to knowledgerdquoGeological Society of

America

ADVANCES IN INTERNET AND WEB TECHNOLOGY

UNIT I

Emergence of the Internet Terminology Accessibility Language amp Connectivity Services

of the Internet E-Mail World Wide Web (WWW) Remote Access Collaboration File

Sharing Internet Telephony Use amp Culture Usenet From gopher to WWW Search

Engines Wais Archie Web Search Engine

UNIT II

Web Development Developing Web using HTML XML ASP Concepts of Web

Programming using Scripting Languages such as JavaScript CGI PHP etc Database

Connectivity with MySQL and JDBC

UNIT III

Web Research amp Practices The World Wide Web Impact Opportunities and Challenges

Evolution of Search Engines Web Search amp Mining Framework Supporting Technologies

concepts applications types amp tools Quantifying the Web Crawling Techniques The task

of a web crawler Crawler algorithms Indexing techniques Ranking in Web

UNIT IV

Advanced Research Topics Duplicate Detection Contextual Search etc

Text Books

1 Internet and Web Technologies by Raj Kamal Tata McGraw Hill edition

2 An Introduction to Search Engines and Web Navigation Mark Levene Pearson

Education

3 Mining the Web Discovering Knowledge from Hypertext Data Soumen Chakrabarti

Morgan-Kaufmann Publishers

4 Modeling the Internet and the WebPierre BaldiPaolo Frasconi Padhraic Smyth John

Wiley and Sons Ltd

ADVANCES IN MULTIMEDIA TECHNOLOGY

UNIT I

Emergence of the Internet Terminology Accessibility Language amp Connectivity Services

of the Internet E-Mail World Wide Web (WWW) Remote Access Collaboration File

Sharing Internet Telephony Use amp Culture Usenet From gopher to WWW Search

Engines Wais Archie Web Search Engine

UNIT II

Web Development Developing Web using HTML XML ASP Concepts of Web

Programming using Scripting Languages such as JavaScript CGI PHP etc Database

Connectivity with MySQL and JDBC

UNIT III

Web Research amp Practices The World Wide Web Impact Opportunities and Challenges

Evolution of Search Engines Web Search amp Mining Framework Supporting Technologies

concepts applications types amp tools Quantifying the Web Crawling Techniques The task

of a web crawler Crawler algorithms Indexing techniques Ranking in Web

UNIT IV

Advanced Research Topics Duplicate Detection Contextual Search etc

Text Books

1 Internet and Web Technologies by Raj Kamal Tata McGraw Hill edition

2 An Introduction to Search Engines and Web Navigation Mark Levene Pearson

Education

3 Mining the Web Discovering Knowledge from Hypertext Data Soumen Chakrabarti

Morgan-Kaufmann Publishers

4 Modeling the Internet and the WebPierre BaldiPaolo Frasconi Padhraic Smyth John

Wiley and Sons Ltd

VLSI DESIGN

Unit I

Introduction to CMOS circuits MOS Transistors MOS transistor switches CMOS Logic

The inverter Combinational Logic NAND gate NOT Gate Compound Gates Multiplexers

Memory-Latches and Registers

Unit II

Processing Technology Silicon Semiconductor Technology- An Overview wafer processing

oxidation epitaxy deposition Ion-implantation and diffusion The Silicon Gate Process-

Basic CMOS Technology basic n-well CMOS process p-well CMOS process Twin tub

process Silicon on insulator CMOS process enhancement-Interconnect circuit elements 3-

D CMOS Layout Design Rule Layer Representations CMOS n-well Rules Design Rule of

background scribe line Layer Assignment SOI Rule

Unit III

Power Dissipation Static dissipation Dynamic dissipation short-circuit dissipation total

power dissipation Programmable Logic Programmable Logic structure Programmable

interconnect and Reprogrammable Gate Array Xilinx Programmable Gate Array Design

Methods Behavioral Synthesis RTL synthesis

Unit IV

Placement placement Mincut based placement ndash Iterative improvement placement simulated

annealing Routing Segmented channel routing ndash maze routing ndash routability and routing

resources ndash net delays

Unit V

Verification and Testing Verification Versus Testing Verification logic simulation design

validation ndash timing verification ndash Testing concepts failures ndash mechanisms and faults ndash fault

coverage ndash ATPG methods ndash types of tests ndash FPGAs ndash programmability failures ndash design for

testability

Unit VI

Overview of VHDL

Suggested Readings

Text Book

1 ldquoDigital Integrated Circuitrdquo JM Rabaey Chandrasan Nicolic Pearson

2 ldquoCMOS Digital Integrated Circuitrdquo SM Kang amp Y Leblebici TMH

3 ldquoModern VLSI Designrdquo Wayne Wolf Pearson

Reference Books

1 ldquoAlgorithm for VLSI Design amp Automationrdquo N Sherwani Kluwer

2 ldquoVHDLrdquo Bhaskar PHI

3 ldquoDigital Integrated Circuitsrdquo Demassa amp Ciccone Willey Pub

4 ldquoModern VLSI Design system on siliconrdquo Wayne Wolf Addison Wesley Longman

Publisher

5 ldquoBasic VLSI Designrdquo Douglas A Pucknell amp Kamran Eshranghian PHI

6 ldquoCMOS Circuit Design Layout amp Simulationrdquo RJ Baker HW Lee DE Boyee PHI

VLSI DESIGN AND CAD OF VLSI

UNIT I

Introduction to CAD tools Evolution of Design Automation-Basic Transistor

Fundamentals-CMOS realizations of basic gates

UNIT II

Modeling Techniques Types of CAD tools and Introduction to logic simulation

UNIT III

Verilog Syntax Hierarchical modeling and Delay modeling Verilog constructs Memory

modeling

UNIT IV

Logic Synthesis Introduction synthesis of dirrerent verilog constructs

UNIT V

Introduction to Reconfigurable computing FPGAs the Altra Quartus II flow

Text Books

1 Verilog HDL Samir Palnitkar Second Edition Pearson Education 2004

2 Verilog HDL Synthesis JBhaskar BS publications 2001

SOFTWARE PROJECT MANAGEMENT

Unit 1 Introduction Project Management concepts Process Framework Project Planning

Software Life Cycle Models Artifacts of the Project Management Process

Unit 2 Cost and Scheduling Estimation Models Various Levels of COCOMO for Cost

Effort Schedule and Productivity Estimation Approaches to Effort Cost Estimation and

Schedule Estimation factors through COCOMO II Putnam Estimation Model Algorithmic

models

Unit 3 Project Management Techniques Project Organizations and Responsibilities

Establishing Project Environment Risk Management Process Project Tracking and Control

Defect Tracking Concepts such as Process monitoring and audit Reviews Inspections and

Walkthroughs

Unit 4 Project Closure Project Closure Analysis Role of Closure Analysis in a project

Performing Closure Analysis Closure Analysis Report

Unit 5 Software Project Management Renaissance Conventional Software Management

Evolution of Software Economics Improving Software Economics The old way and the new

way Discussion on Project Management Tools

Unit 6 Advance Topics in Software Project Management Discussion on future Software

Project Management Practices amp Modern Project Profiles Next Generation Software

Economics Modern Process Transitions

Suggested Readings-

Text Books

1 Watts S Humphrey ldquoManaging the Software Processrdquo Pearson Education

2 Walker Royce ldquoSoftware Project Managementrdquo Pearson Education

3 Pankaj Jalote ldquoSoftware Project Management in Practicerdquo Pearson Education

Reference Books

1 Bob Hughes ldquoSoftware Project Managementrdquo TMH

2 Chris Kemerer ldquoSoftware Project Management Readings and Casesrdquo

DELHI TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION

AND

COURSE OF READING

FOR

MTech (COMPUTER SCIENCE AND

ENGINEERING)

Syllabus applicable to the students seeking admission to

MTech (Computer Science and Engineering) Course

MTech (Computer Science and Engineering)

SCHEME

Paper

No

Subject

Code

No

Title of the Course

Internal

Marks

External

Marks

Total

Marks

Credits Sem

Total

1

2

3

4

GR A CO 501

CO 502

CO 503

CO 504

Advanced Database Management

Systems

Parallel Computer Architecture

Data Structures and Algorithms

Software Lab

50

50

50

30

100

100

100

70

150

150

150

100

3

3

3

2

1000

(20

credit

s)

5

6

7

8

GR B

CO 551

CO 552

CO 553

CO 554

Distributed System

Computer Networks

Network Programming and

Simulation Lab

Self-study ndash Seminar-I

50

50

30

50

100

100

70

-

150

150

100

50

3

3

2

1

9

10

11

12

GR C CO 601

CO 602

CO 603

CO 604

Information and Network Security

Elective-I

Elective-II

Information and Network Security

Laboratory

50

50

50

30

100

100

100

70

150

150

150

100

3

3

3

2

1000

(20

credit

s)

12

13

14

15

GR D

CO 651

CO 652

CO 653

CO 654

Elective-III

Elective-IV

Lab Based on Elective III or IV

Minor Project-I

50

50

30

50

100

100

70

-

150

150

100

50

3

3

2

1

16

17

18

19

20

GR E CO 701

CO 702

CO 703

CO 704

CO 705

Elective-V

Elective-VI

Self-study Seminar ndashII

Minor Project-II

Major Project-I

50

50

100

-

-

100

100

-

300

300

150

150

100

300

300

3

3

1

4

4

1000

(15

credit

s)

21

GR F CO 801

Major Project-II

-

1000

1000

15

1000

(15

credit

s)

LIST OF ELECTIVES

Electives I (Group C) Any one subject can be chosen from the following

1 Object Oriented Software Engineering

2 Artificial Intelligence and Expert Systems

3 Real-Time Systems

4 Design of Embedded Systems

5 Digital Signal Processing

6 Robotics Engineering

Electives II (Group C) Any one subject can be chosen from the following

1 Bioinformatics

2 Wireless amp Mobile Communication

3 Fault Tolerant and testable Systems

4 Advanced Computer Graphics

5 Reliable System Design

Electives III (Group D) Any one subject can be chosen from the following

1 Optimization Techniques

2 Distributed Algorithms

3 Modeling amp Simulation

4 Quantum Computing

5 Enterprise Computing in JAVA

Electives IV (Group D) Any one subject can be chosen from the following

1 Optical Networks

2 Cluster amp Grid Computing

3 Software Testing

4 Computer Vision

5 Nano Technology

Electives V (Group E) Any one subject can be chosen from the following

1 Data warehousing and Data Mining

2 Pattern Recognition

3 Natural Language Processing

4 Soft Computing

5 Semantic Web

6 Digital Image Processing

Electives VI (Group E) Any one subject can be chosen from the following

1 Geo-Informatics

2 Advances in Internet amp Web Technology

3 Advances in Multimedia Technology

4 VLSI Design

5 VLSI Design and CAD of VLSI

6 Software Project Management

CO 501 ADVANCED DATABASE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS

Lectures - 3 Hrs per week Theory - 150

Marks

UNIT I

Relational Databases Integrity Constraints revisited Extended ER diagram Relational

Algebra amp Calculus Functional Muiltivalued and Join Dependency Normal Forms Rules

about functional dependencies

UNIT II

Advanced Transaction Processing Nested and Multilevel Transactions Compensating

Transactions and Saga Long Duration Transactions Weak Levels of Consistency

Transaction Work Flows Transaction Processing Monitors Schedules Serializability-

conflict and view

UNIT III

Query Processing General strategies for query processing transformations expected size

statistics in estimation query improvement view processing query processor

UNIT IV

Query Optimization Indexing and Query Optimization Limitations of Relational Data

Model Null Values and Partial Information

UNIT V

Parallel and Distributed Databases Distributed Data Storage ndash Fragmentation amp

Replication Location and Fragment Transparency Distributed Query Processing and

Optimization Distributed Transaction Modeling and concurrency Control Distributed

Deadlock Commit Protocols Design of Parallel Databases Parallel Query Evaluation

UNIT VI

Active Database and Real Time Databases Triggers in SQL Event Constraint and Action

ECA Rules Query Processing and Concurrency Control Compensation and Databases

Recovery

Text Books

1 Elmarsi Navathe Somayajulu Gupta ldquoFundamentals of Database Systemsrdquo 4th

2 Edition Pearson Education 2007

3 Garcia Ullman Widom ldquoDatabase Systems The complete bookrdquo Pearson

Text Books 1 Date Kannan Swaminathan ldquoAn Introduction to Database Systemsrdquo 8th Edition

Pearson Education 2007

2 Silberscatz Korth Sudarshan ldquoDatabase System Conceptsrdquo Mcgraw Hill 6th

Edition 2006

Text Books

1 Ivar Jacobson Grady Booch James Rumbaugh ldquoThe Unified Software Development

Processrdquo Pearson Education

2 Yourdon ldquoModern Structured Analysisrdquo PHI

1 KK Aggarwal and Yogesh Singh ldquoSoftware Engineeringrdquo New Age Publications

2009

CO 502 PARALLEL COMPUTER ARCHITECTURE

Lectures - 3 Hrs per week Theory - 150

Marks

UNIT I

Parallel computer models The state of computing Classification of parallel computers

Multiprocessors and multicomputers Multivector and SIMD computers

Program and network properties Conditions of parallelism Data and resource

Dependences Hardware and software parallelism Program partitioning and scheduling

Grain Size and latency Program flow mechanisms Control flow versus data flow Data flow

Architecture Demand driven mechanisms Comparisons of flow mechanisms

UNIT II

System Interconnect Architectures Network properties and routing Static interconnection

Networks Dynamic interconnection Networks Multiprocessor system Interconnects

Hierarchical bus systems Crossbar switch and multiport memory Multistage and combining

network

UNIT III

Advanced processors Advanced processor technology Instruction-set Architectures CISC

Scalar Processors RISC Scalar Processors Superscalar Processors VLIW Architectures

Vector and Symbolic processors

UNIT IV

Pipelining Linear pipeline processor nonlinear pipeline processor Instruction pipeline

Design Mechanisms for instruction pipelining Dynamic instruction scheduling Branch

Handling techniques branch prediction Arithmetic Pipeline Design Computer arithmetic

principles Static Arithmetic pipeline Multifunctional arithmetic pipelines

UNIT V

Memory Hierarchy Design Cache basics amp cache performance reducing miss rate and

miss penalty multilevel cache hierarchies main memory organizations design of memory

hierarchies

UNIT VI

Multiprocessor architectures Symmetric shared memory architectures distributed shared

memory architectures models of memory consistency cache coherence protocols (MSI

MESI MOESI) scalable cache coherence overview of directory based approaches design

challenges of directory protocols memory based directory protocols cache based directory

protocols protocol design tradeoffs synchronization Scalable point ndash point interfaces

Alpha364 and HT protocols high performance signaling layer

Text Books

1 Kai Hwang ldquoAdvanced computer architecturerdquo TMH

2 D A Patterson and J L Hennessey ldquoComputer organization and designrdquo

3 JPHayes ldquocomputer Architecture and organizationrdquo MGH

Text Books

1 Harvey GCragonrdquoMemory System and Pipelined processorsrdquo Narosa Publication

2 VRajaranam amp CSRMurthy ldquoParallel computerrdquo PHI

3 RKGhose Rajan Moona amp Phalguni Gupta ldquoFoundation of Parallel Processingrdquo

Narosa Publications

4 Kai Hwang and Zu ldquoScalable Parallel Computers Architecturerdquo MGH

5 Stalling W ldquoComputer Organisation amp Architecturerdquo and PHI

CO 503 DATA STRUCTURES AND ALGORITHMS

Lectures- 3 Hrs per week Theory - 150

Marks

Unit I

Review of Elementary data structures Arrays Linked list Stacks Queues Binary Trees

Hashing Sorting and Searching techniques Sparse matrices Properties of sparse matrices

linked list representation of sparse matrices Analyzing algorithms

Unit II

Advanced Trees Definition Operations on B Trees Weight Balanced Trees (Huffman

Trees) 2-3 Trees and Red-Black Trees Augmenting Red-Black Trees to Dynamic Order

Statics and Interval Tree Applications Operations on Disjoint sets and its union find problem

Implementing Sets Dictionaries Priority Queues and Concatenable Queues using 2-3 Trees

Unit III

Advanced Data Structures Binomial heaps Fibonacci heaps Union Find Data Structures

Amortization Self-adjusting and persistent data structures

Unit IV

GRAPH THEORY ALGORITHMS Definitions for Graphs Algorithms for

Connectedness Finding all Spanning Trees in a Weighted Graph and Planarity Testing

Breadth First and Depth First Search Topological Sort Strongly Connected Components and

Articulation Point Single source shortest path and all pair shortest path algorithms

UNIT V

Greedy Method General Method Knapsack problem Single source shortest path Dynamic

Programming General method 01 Knapsack problem All pair shortest path Backtracking

Sum of subsets 8-queens problem and Hamiltonian cycles

UNIT VI

Advanced Algorithms Approximation algorithms for NP complete problem (Vertex cover

traveling salesman) Planer amp Plane graphs Algorithms for matching Flow and circular

problems

Text Books

1 Thomas H Cormen Charles E Leiserson Ronald L Rivest ldquoIntroduction to

Algorithmsrdquo MIT Press

2 Ellis Horowitz Sartaj Sahni Sanguthevar Rajasekaran ldquoThe Design and Analysis of

Computer Algorithmsrdquo

3 Aho Hopcraft amp Ulman The Design and Analysis of Computer algorithmsrdquo Addison

Wesley

4 Tannenbaum ldquoData Structuresrdquo PHI

Reference Books 1 RE Tarjan ldquoData Structures and Network algorithmsrdquo SIAM Regional Conference

series in applied mathemetics

2 Rajeev Motwani and Prabhakar Raghavan ldquoRandomized Algorithmsrdquo Cambridge

University Press

3 Dexter C Kozan ldquoThe Design amp Analysis of Algorithmsrdquo Springer-Verlag

4 Narsingh Deo-Graph Theory with Application to Engineering and Computer

SciencePrentice Hall of India

CO 504 SOFTWARE LAB Practical - 2 Hrs per week Practical - 100

Marks

Software Lab based on using latest CASE Tools At least one Minor Project to be

developed for an application based on methodologies covered in the course

CO 551 DISTRIBUTED SYSTEM

Lectures- 3 Hrs per week Theory - 150 Marks

UNIT I

Introduction Distributed System Models Transparency Scalability Inter-process

Communication Middleware issues in design of Distributed systems current amp future

UNIT II

Communications Layered Protocol Distributed Objects amp Remote Method Invocation

Remote Procedure Call Synchronization in communication sockets MPI Message brokers

Data Streams

UNIT III

Process and Synchronization Processes Threads Code Migration Logical clocks vector

clocks direct dependency clocks matrix clocks Serializability

UNIT IV

Resource Allocation Distributed Shared Memory Process Scheduling Load Balancing amp

Load Sharing Mutual Exclusion Election algorithms

UNIT V

Distributed File Systems Coordination amp Agreement Distributed Transaction Consistency

amp Replication Consistency Models Distribution amp Consistency Protocols

UNIT VI

Advanced Topics in Distributed Systems Parallel Processing Parallel amp Distributed

Programming Case Studies in detail amp research directions

Text Books

1 PKSihna ldquoDistributed Operating Systems Concepts and Designrdquo PHI

2 Andrew S Taenbaum and Maarten Van Steen ldquoDistributed Systems Principles and

Paradigmsrdquo Prentice Hall

3 R Chow T Johnson Addison ldquoDistributed Operating Systems and Algorithmsrdquo

Wesley Publishing Company

Text Books

1 Coulouris G Dollimore J and Kindberg T ldquoDistributed Systems Concepts and

Designrdquo Addison-Wesley

CO 552 COMPUTER NETWORKS

Lectures - 3 Hrs per week Theory - 150 Marks

UNIT I

Introduction Introduction to Network models-ISO-OSI and TCPIP models Review of

Physical layer and Data link layers Review of Cellular Networks LAN (IEEE 8023 8025

FDDI) Wireless 80211 WAN (PPP ATM ISDN) standards and Overview of Bridging and

VLAN (8021Q)

UNIT II

Network layer Internet architecture and addressing internetworking IPv4 overview of

IPv6 Routing Protocols- RIP OSPF BGP NAT ARP and RARP

UNIT III

Transport layer Design issues Connection management Transmission Control Protocol

(TCP) User Datagram Protocol (UDP) Finite state machine model TCP congestion control

UNIT IV

Application layer HTTP DNS SMTP DHCP SNMP Overlay Networks

UNIT V

Network Security Cryptography Firewalls Secure Socket Layer (SSL) and Virtual Private

Networks (VPN) IPSec

UNIT VI

Case study Study of various network simulators Network performance analysis using NS2

Text Books

1 Behrouz A Forouzan ldquoTCPIP Protocol Suitrdquo TMH 2000

2 Tananbaum A S ldquoComputer Networksrdquo 3rd Ed PHI 1999

3 Black U ldquoComputer Networks-Protocols Standards and Interfacesrdquo PHI 1996

Text Books 4 Stallings W ldquoData and Computer Communicationsrdquo 6th Ed PHI 2002

5 Stallings W ldquoSNMP SNMPv2 SNMPv3 RMON 1 amp 2rdquo 3rd Ed Addison Wesley

1999

6 Laurra Chappell (Ed) ldquoIntroduction to Cisco Router Configurationrdquo Techmedia

1999

7 Peterson and Davie Computer Networks (2nd Edition) Morgan Kaufmann

Publishers 1999

8 Internetworking with TCPIP Vol1 Principles Protocols and Architecture (4th

Edition) Douglas Comer

CO 553 NETWORK PROGRAMMING AND SIMULATION

LAB

Practical - 2 Hrs per week Practical - 100

Marks

Network Programming and Simulation Lab based on network protocols and simulations

tools like ns-2 At least one Minor Project based on methodologies covered in Computer

Networks and Distributed Systems

CO 601 INFORMATION AND NETWORK SECURITY

Lectures - 3 Hrs per week Theory - 150

Marks

UNIT I

Introduction to Data Security General Security Principles Communication Security

Design of Secure System

UNIT II

Conventional Encryption Principles Conventional encryption algorithms cipher block

modes of operation location of encryption devices key distribution Approaches of Message

Authentication Secure Hash Function and HMAC

UNIT III

Public-key cryptography Principles Recent Public key cryptography algorithms such as

RSA DSS etc digital signatures digital Certificates Certificate Authority and key

management Kerberos X509 Directory Authentication Service

UNIT IV

Latest Trends and solutions in Information Security Web Security Firewall Design

Principles Trusted Systems Intrusion Detection System Recent trends in cryptosystem

Text Books

1 ldquoCryptography and Network Securityrdquo William Stallings Third Edition Prentice

Hall International

2 ldquoBasic Methods of Cryptographyrdquo Jan C A Cambridge University Press

3 ldquoInformation Security Intelligence Cryptographic Principles amp Applicationsrdquo

Thomas Calabrese Thomson Learning

Reference Books

1 ldquoModern Cryptography Theory and Practicerdquo Wenbo Mao Pearson Education

2 ldquoCryptography and Data Securityrdquo Dorothy Elizabeth Robling Denning Addison

Wesley

First Year MTech(CSE) II Semester Group ldquoCrdquo Subjects

CO-602 ELECTIVE I

OBJECT ORIENTED SOFTWARE ENGINEERING

UNIT I

Introduction Object Oriented system concepts and Principles Object Oriented system

development Component reuse The common process framework for Object Oriented

processes System Development and Methodologies object oriented software estimation

UNIT II

System development System as model building model architecture The importance of

modeling principle of modeling object oriented modeling Introduction to Object-oriented

Methodologies such as Unified Modeling Language Overview of UML conceptual model of

UML architecture software development lifecycle using Rational Unified Process

UNIT III

Object Oriented Analysis requirement model analysis model Object oriented analysis

using methods of Rumbaugh

Software Design Software design Models Object oriented methodologies of Booch

design model System development using various UML Diagrams

UNIT IV

UML Methodology Detailed study of various UML Diagrams System Analysis using UML

Diagrams

UNIT V

Object Oriented Testing and metrics Path Testing State based testing Class Testing

object oriented metrics

UNIT VI

Applications amp Tools A complete case study of Software development using above

Methodologies Concepts of Computer-Aided Software Engineering and knowledge about

current CASE tools use in the industry

Suggested Readings

Text Books

1 R S Pressman ldquoSoftware Engineering ndash A practitionerrsquos approachrdquo 5th Ed McGraw

Hill Int Ed 2001

2 I Jacobson M Christerson P Jonsson G Overgaard ldquoObject Oriented Software

Engineeringrdquo 2nd Edition Pearson Education 2007

3 G Booch J Rumbaugh I Jacobson ldquoThe Unified Modeling Language User Guiderdquo

11th Ed Pearson Education 2003

Reference Books 1 I Sommerville ldquoSoftware Engineeringrdquo Addison Wesley 2004

ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE AND EXPERT SYSTEMS

Unit 1 Introduction The AI Problems AI Techniques Basic Problem solving methods

state space search problem characteristics Production systems characteristics issues in

design of Intelligent search algorithm

Unit 2 Heuristic search Techniques Hill climbing techniques Best First search Problem

Reduction Constraint Satisfaction Means-End Analysis

Unit 3 Knowledge Representation Knowledge Representation issues Knowledge

Representation using Predicate logic Semantic Nets Semantic Frames Conceptual

Dependency scripts Knowledge representation with uncertainty

Unit 4 Programming Languages Fundamental and concepts of Programming languages

like Prolog or Lisp Relationship of languages with Knowledge representation and

inferences

Unit 5 Expert Systems What and Why of expert systems Structure of an Expert system

interaction with an expert system Design of an Expert system implementing expert system

shell Expert System Development techniques amp tools with Case Study Construction of

Programs using different data structure

Unit 6 Advanced topics Applications of AI in Game Playing amp Natural Language

Processing Concepts of Fuzzy Logic Introduction to Intelligent Agents

Suggested Readings-

Text Books

1 Artificial Intelligence E Rich and K Knight TMH 2nd ed 1992

2 Introduction to Expert Systems Peter Jackson AWP MA 199

3 Introduction to AI and Expert Systems DW Patterson PHI 1992

Reference Books

1 Artificial Intelligence - an Engineering Approach RJ Schalkoff McGraw Hill

Int Ed Singapore 1992

2 Principles of AI NJ Nilsson Narosa Publ House 1990

REAL-TIME SYSTEMS

Unit 1 Real-time systems Real-time systems models Types of real-time systems Internal

structure of real-time systems Performance measures Examples of real-time systems and

real-world applications Modeling amp Designing real-time systems

Unit 2 Real-Time Process Management Task scheduling for Uniprocessor systems

handling priorities with critical section interrupts task allocation amp scheduling for

multiprocessor systems adaptive scheduling

Unit 3 Programming Environment In depth Knowledge of RTOS programming

languages tools amp techniques

Unit 4 Real-Time System Design Design techniques for Reliability Fault Tolerance amp

other application specific quality considerations

Unit 5 Trends in Real-Time System Design amp Development in fields such as Robotics

Unit 6 Introduction to research topics

Suggested Readings-

Text Books

1 AC Shaw Real-Time Systems and Software Wiley

2 JE Cooling Real-Time Software Systems International Thompson Computer

Press

3 WA Halang and KM Sacha Real-Time Systems World Scientific

Reference Books 1 Real-Time Systems Design and Analysis PH Laplante IEEE Press

2 Real-Time Systems J Liu Prentice-Hall 2000

3 Real-Time Computer Control R Bennett Prentice-Hall

4 Real-Time Systems CM Krishna and KG Shin McGraw-Hill

DESIGN OF EMBEDDED SYSTEMS

UNIT I

Introduction to Embedded Real time Systems Fundamental components of ESD

Preprocessing Compiling cross compiling Linking Locating compiler driver Linker script

Program segments Type of memory Memory Management in Embedded real time systems

Interrupt and ISR

UNIT II

Introduction to Real-time theory Scheduling theory Rate Monotonic Scheduling

Utilization bound theorem RTOS Task Management Task management Race condition

Priority inversion ISRs and scheduling Inter-Task communication Timers

UNIT III

Microcontrollers Role of processor selection in Embedded System (microprocessor vs

microcontroller) 8051 microcontroller architecture assembly language programming

instruction set addressing mode logical operation arithmetic operation interrupt handling

Timing subroutines

UNIT IV

Serial data communication RS-232 USB I2C Interfacing with ADC amp sensors Interfacing

with DAC Interfacing with external ROM Interfacing with 8255 IEEE 11491 (JTAG)

testability Boundary Scan Architecture

Text Books

1 Sriram V Iyer and Pankaj Gupta ldquoEmbedded Real-time Systems Programmingrdquo

TMH

2 Mazidi and Mazidi ldquoThe 8051 Microcontrollerrdquo PHI

3 Embedded System by Raj Kamal TMH

Text Books

1 The 8051 Microcontroller by Kennth J Ayala Thomson DelMar Learning

2 Microcontrollers by Deshmukh TMH

3 8051 Microcontroller amp Embedded systems by Rajiv Kapadia Jaico

4 Computer as components by wayne wolf Harcourt India Pvt Ltd

5 Real time System and Analysis by Philip A Laplante Wiley

DIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSING

UNIT I

Introduction Signals and signal Processing characterization amp classification of signals

typical Signal Processing operations example of typical Signals typical Signals Processing

applications

UNIT II

Time Domain Representation of Signals amp Systems Discrete Time Signals Operations on

Sequences Linear shift-invariant systems Stability and Causality Linear constant coefficient

difference equations Frequency domain representation of discrete-time systems symmetry

properties of the Fourier transform Sampling of continuous-time systems

UNIT III

Transforms Z-transforms Inverse Z-transform properties of Z-transform amp its applications

in system analysis amp design Discrete Fourier Transform (DFT) amp its properties computation

of the DFT of real sequences Linear Convolution using the DFT

UNIT IV

Digital Filter Structure Block Diagram representation Signal Flow Graph Representation

Equivalent Structures Basic FIR Digital Filter Structures Direct forms Transposed forms

Cascaded forms Poly phase realization and Linear phase FIR structures Basic IIR Filter

Structures Direct forms Transposed forms Cascaded realizations and Parallel realizations

All pass filters Digital Sine-Cosine Generator

UNIT V

Digital Filter Design Design of IIR Digital filters from analog filters Properties of FIR

digital filters Desgin of FIR filters using Windows Computer aided design of FIR filters

Comparison of IIR and FIR digital filters

UNIT VI

Computation of Discrete Fourier Transform Complexity of the DFT computation by

direct method Goertzel algorithm Decimation ndash in-time FFT algorithms Decimation-in

frequency FFT algorithms

Text Books

1 Alan V Oppenheim amp Ronald W Schafer ldquo Digital Signal Processingrdquo PHI

2 Sanjit K Mitra ldquo Digital Signal Processing A computer based approachrdquo TMH

Second Edition

3 Chi-Tsong Chen ldquoDigital Signal Processing Spectral Computation and Filter

Designrdquo Oxford University Press

Text Books 1 Monson H Hayes ldquo Schaumrsquos Outline of Digital Signal Processingrdquo Mcgraw Hill

2 Richard W Hammming ldquoDigital Filtersrdquo Dover Pubns

3 Lars Wanhammar ldquo DSP Integrated Circuitsrdquo Academic Press First edition

4 Simon S Haykin ldquo Adaptive Filter Theory ldquo Prentice Hall 3rd Edition

ROBOTICS ENGINEERING

UNIT I

Introduction An overview of Robotics and its applications in various applications domains

such as manufacturing assembly and inspection and spray and paintings

UNIT II

Manipulators Manipulator Kinematics Forward and inverse kinematics trajectory

Planning Motions path planning Robotics Programming Languages

UNIT III

Sensing Methods Types of Sensors amp sensor calibration Control Robot Sensing

UNIT IV

Computer Vision Illumination techniques imaging geometry stereovision segmentation

UNIT V

Applications Current and future applications in Industry and study of research aspects in

Robotics

UNIT VI

Advance studies

Text Books

1 Introduction to robotics J J Craig (Third ed 2003) Prentice Hall

2 Robotic Engineering Richard D Klafter Prentice Hall

3 Robotics Fu K S McGraw Hill

Reference Books

1 An Introduction to Robot Technology P Coiffet and M Chaironze Kogam Page

Ltd

2 Industrial Robotics Groover M P Pearson Edu 1983

3 Robotics and Control Mittal R K amp Nagrath I J TMH

4 Robot Dynamics amp Control ndash Mark W Spong and M Vidyasagar John Wiley amp

Sons (ASIA) Pte Ltd

First Year MTech(CSE) II Semester Group ldquoCrdquo Subjects

CO-603 ELECTIVE II

BIOINFORMATICS

UNIT I

Introduction biology physics Biological hierarchy Information stages Physical processes

Information understanding

UNIT II

Methods of gene sequencing Detailed discussion on Sequences searching methods

Gene expression Current and prospective methods of gene profiling Data acquisition Data

standardization Linear approximations of data DNA chips Protein targeting Data

normalization Linear view

UNIT III

Statistics approaches Probabilistic notions Multivariate issues Clustering Information

handling Experimental and computational methods of structure determination for proteins

and nucleic acids

UNIT IV

Ontology Annotation of genes their products and functions System biology evolution

hierarchy Medical informatics

UNIT V

Software support Software availability Software targets Text parsing BioPerl Statistics

R-system

UNIT VI

Recent Advances amp Applications of Bio-Informatics Recent trends in Computing with

bio-systems

Text Books

1 ldquoBioinformatics Sequence and Genome Analysisrdquo David W Mount Cold Spring

Harbor Laboratory Press

2 ldquoBioinformatics A Practical Guide to the Analysis of Genes and Proteinsrdquo Andreas

D Baxevanis Second Edition

3 ldquoBiological Sequence Analysis Probabilistic Models of Proteins and Nucleic Acidsrdquo

Richard Durbin Sean R Eddy Anders Krogh Graeme Mitchison Cambridge

University Press

Text Books

1 ldquoFundamental Concepts of Bioinformaticsrdquo DE Krane and ML Raymer Person

Education

2 ldquoBioinformatics Computingrdquo B Bergeron Prentice ndashHall

WIRELESS amp MOBILE COMMUNICATION

Lectures - 3 Hrs per week Theory - 150 Marks

Unit 1 Introduction Network Technologies and Cellular Communications Discussion on

Bluetooth ampGSM Introduction to Mobile Computing novel applications limitations and

architecture

Unit 2 (Wireless) Medium Access Control Motivation for a specialized MAC (Hidden and

exposed terminals Near and far terminals) SDMA FDMA TDMA CDMA

Unit 3 Mobile Architecture Mobile Network Layer Mobile IP (Goals assumptions

entities and terminology IP packet delivery agent advertisement and discovery registration

tunneling and encapsulation optimizations) Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP)

Unit 4 Mobile Transport Layer Traditional TCP Indirect TCP Snooping TCP Mobile

TCP Fast retransmitfast recovery Transmission time out freezing Selective retransmission

Transaction oriented TCP

Unit 5 Mobile Ad hoc Networks (MANETs) Overview Properties of a MANET spectrum

of MANET applications routing and various routing algorithms security in MANETs

Unit 6 Protocols and Tools Wireless Application Protocol WAP (Introduction protocol

architecture and treatment of protocols of all layers) Bluetooth (User scenarios physical

layer MAC layer networking security link management) and J2ME Latest Technologies

Suggested Readings-

Text Books

1 Mobile and Personal communication System and Services- Raj Pandya

2 Wireless Communication and Networks- William Stallings

3 Wireless and Personal Communications Systems Vijay Garg Joseph Wilkes

Prentice-Hall Englewood Cliffs NJ 1996

Reference Books

1 Fundamentals of Wireless Communication David Tse and Pramod Viswanath

Cambridge University Press 2005

FAULT TOLERANT AND TESTABLE SYSTEMS

UNIT I

Fundamental Concepts Definitions of fault tolerance fault classification fault tolerant

attributes and system structure

UNIT II

Fault-Tolerant Design Techniques Information redundancy hardware redundancy and

time redundancy

Dependability Evaluation Techniques Reliability and availability models (Combinatorial

techniques Fault-Tree models Markov models) Performance Models

UNIT III

Architecture of Fault-Tolerant Computers (case study) General-purpose systems high-

availability systems long-life systems critical systems

UNIT IV

Software Fault Tolerance Software faults and their manifestation design techniques

reliability models

UNIT V

Fault Tolerant ParallelDistributed Architectures Shared bus and shared memory

architectures fault tolerant networks

UNIT VI

Recent topics in fault tolerant systems Security fault tolerance in wirelessmobile

networks

Text Books

1 Fault-Tolerant Computer System Design DK Pradhan

2 Design and Analysis of Fault-Tolerant Digital Systems BWJohnson Addison-

Wesley

3 Fault-Tolerant Computing Theory and Techniques Volumes I and II DK Pradhan

Prentice Hall

Text Books 1 Reliable Computer Systems Design and Evaluation DPSiewiorek and RSSwartz

Digital Press

2 Probability and Statistics with Reliability Queueing and Computer Science

Application KSTrivedi Prentice Hall

ADVANCED COMPUTER GRAPHICS

UNIT I

Line Drawing and transformation Basic raster graphical algorithm for 2D primitives Line

drawing algorithm 2D and 3D transformation

UNIT II

Clipping Window View port clipping algorithm

Curves and Surfaces Circle drawing algorithm Ellipse drawing algorithm Bezier curve b-

spline curve surfaces Solid modelling

UNIT III

Projection Parallel projection Perspective projection Computation of vanishing point

UNIT IV

Visible surface determination Z-buffer algorithm Scan line algorithm Area subdivision

algorithm Raytracing algorithm

UNIT V

Shading Illumination mode Specular reflection model Shading models for curve surfaces

Radiosity method Rendering Recursive ray tracing Texture mapping Advanced Modelling

Techniques Procedural ModelsFractal ModelsGrammar based modelsparticle systems

UNIT VI

Animation 3D animation morphing simulation of key frames

Text Books

1 Foley - Computer Graphics Principles amp Practice 2nd ed Pearson Education

2 Hearn amp Baker - Computer Graphics C version 2nd ed Pearson Education

3 Roger and Adams - Mathematical Element for Computer Graphics 2nd ed Tata

McGraw Hill

Text Books

1 David F Rogers ldquoProcedural Element for computer graphicsrdquo McGraw Hill Book

Company

RELIABLE SYSTEM DESIGN

UNIT I

Fundamental Concepts Definitions of fault tolerance fault classification fault tolerant attributes and system structure

UNIT II

Fault-Tolerant Design Techniques Information redundancy hardware redundancy and time redundancy

UNIT III

Dependability Evaluation Techniques Reliability and availability models (Combinatorial techniques Fault-Tree models Markov models) Performance Models

UNIT IV

Architecture of Fault-Tolerant Computers (case study) General-purpose systems high-availability systems long-life systems critical systems

UNIT V

Software Fault Tolerance Software faults and their manifestation design techniques reliability models UNIT VI

Fault Tolerant ParallelDistributed Architectures Shared bus and shared memory architectures fault tolerant networks Recent topics in fault tolerant systems Security fault tolerance in wirelessmobile networks

Suggested Readings

Text Books

1 Fault-Tolerant Computer System Design DK Pradhan 2003

2 Design and Analysis of Fault-Tolerant Digital Systems BWJohnson Addison-

Wesley

3 Fault-Tolerant Computing Theory and Techniques Volumes I and II DK Pradhan

Prentice Hall

Reference Books

1 Reliable Computer Systems Design and Evaluation DPSiewiorek and RSSwartz

Digital Press 1992

2 Probability and Statistics with Reliability Queueing and Computer Science

Application KSTrivedi Prentice Hall 1982

First Year MTech(CSE) II Semester

Group ldquoDrdquo Subjects

CO-651 ELECTIVE III

OPTIMIZATION TECHNIQUES

UNIT I

Introduction to Linear Programming Prototype Example the Linear Programming

Model Assumptions of Linear Programming Additional Examples Some Classic Case

Studies Graphical method The Simplex Method The Essence of the Simplex Method

Setting up the Simplex Method The Algebra of the Simplex Method The Simplex Method in

Tabular Form Tie Breaking in the Simplex Method Adapting to Other Model Forms Post

optimality Analysis

UNIT II

Duality Theory And Sensitivity Analysis The Essence of Duality Theory Economic

Interpretation of Duality Primal-Dual relationships Adapting to Other Primal Forms The

Role of Duality Theory in Sensitivity Analysis Other Algorithms for Linear Programming

The Dual Simplex Method Parametric Linear Programming the Upper Bound Techniques

An Interior-Point Algorithm

UNIT III

Dynamic Programming A prototype example for Dynamic Programming Characteristics

of Dynamic Programming Problems Deterministic Dynamic Programming Probabilistic

Dynamic Programming

UNIT IV

Integer Programming Prototype Example Some BIP Applications Innovative Uses of

Binary Variables in Model Formulation Some Formulation examples Some Perspectives on

Solving Integer Programming Problems The Branch-and-Bound Technique and Its

application to Binary Integer Programming A Branch-and-Bound Algorithm for Mixed

Integer

UNIT V

Nonlinear Programming Sample Applications Graphical Illustration of Nonlinear

Programming Problems Types of Nonlinear Programming Problems One-Variable

Unconstrained Optimization Multivariable Unconstrained Optimization The Karush-Kuhn-

Tucker (KKT) Conditions for Constrained Optimization Quadratic Programming Separable

Programming Convex Programming

UNIT VI

Queuing Theory Prototype Example Basic Structure of queuing Models Examples of Real

Queuing Systems The role of the Exponential Distribution The Birth-and-Death Process

Queuing Models Based on the Birth-and Death Process Queuing Models involving non

exponential distributions

Text Books

1 HATaha ndash Operations Research 8e Pearson Education

2 JK Sharma ndash Operations Research 3e Mcmillan India Ltd 2007

3 S Hiller amp GJ Lieberman ndash Operations Research 8th Edn TMH New Delhi

Text Books 1 Kanti Swarup Gupta Pk Man Mohan Operations Research Sultan Chand amp Sons

DISTRIBUTED ALGORITHMS

UNIT I

Introduction Types of concurrency Characteristics of Distributed systems Challenges

posed by distribution Importance of theoretical methods for distributed algorithms (2

generals problem)

UNIT II

Basic of discrete mathematics posets and lattices Distributive property Approaches to

reasoning - Model driven different types of models Dimensions to classifying distributed

algorithms - IPC method timing Failure models and Problems addressed Synchronous vs

UNIT III

Asynchronous distributed systems Synchronous Algorithms - Ring only Synchronous

Models proof methods failure types etc Leader election in synchronous ring ndash LCR

algorithm Hirshberg-Sinclair algorithm Non-comparison algorithms - Time slice and

Variable speeds Lower bound discussion

UNIT IV

Synchronous Algorithms General Networks Leader election in a general network -

flooding algorithm Reducing the complexity of complete flooding MST algorithm Dealing

with Link and process failures in consensus problems Asynchronous Shared Memory Mutual

Exclusion Resource Allocation Asynchronous Network Algorithms FIFO Broadcast vs

Multicast Leader Election - Ring vs arbitrary network MST Minimum Spanning Tree

Algorithms Logical time Vector clocks Matrix clocks DD clocks Global Global Snapshots

Chandy and Lamports algorithm Stable predicates or properties Termination detection Self

stabilization

Text Books

1 Nancy A Lynch ldquoDistributed Algorithmsrdquo Morgan Kaufmann

2 Nicola Santoro ldquoDesign and Analysis of Distributed Algorithmsrdquo Wiley-Interscience

3 Gerard Tel ldquoIntroduction to Distributed Algorithms 2nd edrdquo Cambridge University

Press

Text Books 1 C Xavier and S S Iyengar ldquoIntroduction to Parallel Algorithmsrdquo Wiley-

Interscience

MODELING amp SIMULATION

UNIT I

Basic Simulation Modeling The Nature of Simulation Systems Models and Types of

Simulation Advantages Disadvantages and Pitfalls of Simulation

UNIT II

Modeling Complex Systems Introduction List Processing in Simulation Approaches to

Storing Lists in a Computer

UNIT III

Simulation Software Comparison of Simulation Packages with Programming Languages

Classification of Simulation Software General-Purpose Simulation Packages

Object-Oriented Simulation

UNIT IV

Building Valid Credible and Appropriately Detailed Simulation Models Experimental

Design Sensitivity Analysis and Optimization Simulation of Manufacturing Systems

Text Books

1 ldquoSystem Modeling and Simulation - an Introductionrdquo Frank L Severance John

Wiley

2 ldquoSimulation Modeling and Analysisrdquo Law Kelton Third Edition Mc-Graw Hill

QUANTUM COMPUTING

UNIT I

Introduction to Quantum Computers Qubits amp their representation

UNIT II

Quantum Elements Logic Gates Circuits Architectures Algorithms

UNIT III

Quantum Information Quantum Key Distribution teleportation Single photons EPR

pairs

UNIT IV

Grid Computing Data and Computational Grids Grid Architectures and its relations to

various distributed technologies Autonomic computing Cluster Setup amp its advantages

performance models amp simulations Networking protocols amp IO Messaging Systems

Examples

UNIT V

Process Scheduling Load Sharing amp Balancing Distributed Shared memory parallel IO

Pervasive Computing concepts amp scenarios Hardware amp software Device Connectivity

Text Books

1 Introduction to Quantum Computing Philip Kaye etal Oxford University Press

2 Introduction to Quantum Computers Gennady Berman World Scientific

3 Quantum Computation and Quantum Information M Nielsen and I Chuang

Cambridge University Press Cambridge

Text Books 1 Classical and Quantum ComputationA Yu Kitaev AH Shen and MN Vyalyi

American Mathematical Society Providence

2 Problems amp Solutions in Quantum Computing amp Information WH Steeb and Y

HardyWorld Scientific River Edge NJ

ENTERPRISE COMPUTING IN JAVA

UNIT I

J2EE Introduction to J2EE Building J2EE Applications JDBC Servlets and Web

Applications Java Server Pages and ModelViewController J2EE Web Services Overview

Introduction to EJB Session EJBs Entity EJBs JMS and message driven Beans

Transactions and Security Application Servers (Case Study of any one of IBM Websphere

BEA Weblogic JBoss)

UNIT II

Hibernate Principles of Object Relational Mapping Hibernate configuration HQL making

objects persistent Hibernate semantics Session management flushing concurrency and

Hibernate Optimistic and Pessimistic Locking Object mapping Mapping simple properties

Single and multi valued associations Bi-directional associations Indexed collections Using

Hibernate Template Querying Session management Transaction integration and

demarcation

UNIT III

Spring Introduction of Spring Framework Spring Architecture Spring Framework

definition Spring amp MVC Factory Pattern BeanFactory Spring Context definition

Inversion of Control (IoC) Spring AOP Application Context and BeanFactory Spring

ORM Mapping API for JDO Hibernate Hibernate Mapping JDO Mapping iBATIS Spring

Abstract Transaction layer Employing Spring transaction Using EJB declarative

transactions Integration process integrating Spring MVC in web application MVC in web

application MVC Framework

UNIT IV

Web Services Introduction to XML Service-Oriented Architectures SOAP SOAP message

structure handling errors WSDL UDDI Java Web Service implementations JAX-RPC Web

service clients in Java Introduction to Ajax

Text Books

1 Jim Farley William Crawford OrsquoReilly and Associates ldquoJava Enterprise in a

Nutshellrdquo

2 Brett McLaughlin OrsquoReilly ldquoJava and XML 2nd Edition

3 Elliott Rusty Harold and W Scott Means OrsquoReilly ldquoXML in a Nutshellrdquo

Text Books 1 James Cooper ldquoJava Design Pattern A Tutorialrdquo Addison Wesley

2 Govind Sesadri ldquoEnterprise java Computing Application and Architecturesrdquo

Cambridge University Publications

First Year MTech(CSE) II Semester Group ldquoDrdquo Subjects

CO-652 ELECTIVE IV

OPTICAL NETWORKS

UNIT-I

Optical fiber fundamentals Solution to Maxwellrsquos equation in a circularly symmetric step

index optical fiber linearly polarized modes single mode and multimode fibers concept of V

number graded index fiber

UNIT- II

Total number of guided modes (no derivation) polarization maintaining fibers attenuation

mechanisms in fibers dispersion in single mode and multimode fibers dispersion shifted and

dispersion flattened fibers attenuation and dispersion limits in fibers Kerr nonlinearity self

phase modulation combined effect of dispersion and self phase modulation nonlinear

Schrodinger equation (no derivation) fundamental soliton solution

UNIT-III

Optical sources LED and laser diode principles of operation concepts of line width phase

noise switching and modulation characteristics ndash typical LED and LD structures

UNIT-IV

Optical detectors P-N detector pin detector avalanche photodiode ndash Principles of

operation concepts of responsivity sensitivity and quantum efficiency noise in detection

typical receiver configurations (high impedance and transimpedance receivers)

UNIT-V

Optical amplifiers Semiconductor amplifier rare earth doped fiber amplifier (with special

reference to erbium doped fibers) Raman amplifier Brillouin amplifier ndash principles of

operation amplifier noise signal to noise ratio gain gain bandwidth gain and noise

dependencies intermodulation effects saturation induced crosstalk wavelength range of

operation

Text Books

1 Leonid Kazovsky Sergio Benedetto and Alan Willner `Optical Fiber Communication

Systemsrsquo Artech House

2 John Senior `Optical Fiber Communicationsrsquo PHI

3 Silvello Betti Giancarlo De Marchis and Eugenio Iannone `Coherent Optical

Communications Systemsrsquo John Wiley

Text Books 1 GPAgrawal `Nonlinear Fiber Opticsrsquo Academic Press

CLUSTER amp GRID COMPUTING

Unit 1 Cluster Computing Introduction to concepts in Cluster based distributed computing

Hardware technologies for cluster computing and software for cluster computing and

different Software Architecture for Cluster Computing

Unit 2 Programming Programming Models and Paradigms features and performance of

standard MPI variants Derived data types communicators

Unit 3 Resource management and scheduling Managing cluster resources single system

images system level middleware distributed task scheduling monitoring and administering

system resources Parallel IO and Parallel Virtual File System Scheduling Condor Maui

Scheduler Portable Batch System (PBS)

Unit 4 Grid Computing Grids and Grid Technologies Programming models and

Parallelization Techniques Grid Security Infrastructure Setting up Grid deployment of Grid

software and tools and application execution

Unit 5 Standard application development tools and paradigms Performance evaluation

tools HINT netperf netpipe ttcp Iperfmessage

Unit 6 Data Management Application Case Study Molecular Modeling for Drug Design

and Brain Activity Analysis Resource management and scheduling

Suggested Readings-

Text Books

1 William Gropp Ewing Lusk Thomas Sterling Beowulf Cluster Computing

with Linux 2nd edition MIT Press

2 Bart Jacob Michael Brown Introduction to grid computing

3 Gregory F Pfister In Search of Clusters The ongoing battle in lowly parallel

computing Second Edition Prentice Hall Publishing Company 1998

SOFTWARE TESTING

UNIT 1

Introductory concepts Verification ampValidation Terminologies like Goals Role

Objectives Limitations Approaches amp Applicability

UNIT II

Software Testing Testing Process Limitations of Testing Testing activities

UNIT III

Levels of Testing Unit Testing Integration Testing System Testing Debugging Domain

Testing Regression Testing Stress Testing Slice based testing

UNIT IV

Software Testing Techniques Functional Testing techniques Boundary Value Analysis

Equivalence Class Testing Decision Table Based Testing Cause Effect Graphing Technique

Structural Testing Path testing DD-Paths Cyclomatic Complexity Graph Metrics Data

Flow Testing Mutation testing Object Oriented Testing Class Testing GUI Testing

UNIT V

Software Testing Tools Taxonomy Methodology to evaluate automated testing Using

tools Load Runner Win runner and Rational Testing Tools Java Testing Tools JMetra

JUNIT Cactus and other recent tools

UNIT VI

Advanced Topics on Testing Prioritizing the Test-cases Testing Web Applications Testing

Off-the-shelf component testing security testing Data-warehouse

Text Books

1 Paul C Jorgenson Software Testing A Craftsmanrsquos approach CRC Press 1997

2 Desikan Ramesh Software Testing principles and Practices Pearson Education

3 William E PerryEffective Methods for Software Testing John Wiley

Reference Books

1 Steven R Rakitin Software Verification and Validation for Practitioners and

Managers 2nd edition Artech House

2 Boris Beizer ldquoSoftware Testing Techniquesrdquo Second Volume Second Edition Van

Nostrand Reinhold New York 1990

3 Louise Tamres ldquoSoftware Testingrdquo Pearson Education Asia 2002

4 Boris Beizer ldquoSoftware System Testing and Quality Assurancerdquo Van Nostrand

einhold New York 1984

COMPUTER VISION

Unit 1 Introduction Computational characteristics of human visual information processing

General introduction to the mathematical frameworks for computer vision Problems and

goals of computer vision

Unit 2 Mathematical formulations of computer vision problems Typical structures in

images Models and representations for typical structures Vision as a computational process

Unit 3 Marrrsquos computational vision paradigm Vision as a feedforward inference process

Regularization theory for computer vision Feature extraction principles for computer vision

Minimum description length criterion Maximum entropy criterion Redundancy reduction

criterion Descriptive models in computer vision

Unit 4 Classification algorithms Bayesian decision theory etc Computer vision as

Bayesian Inference Representations in a vision system Seeing as an inference process

Bayesian inference framework for vision

Unit 5 Visual learning Computational approaches to visual learning Visual learning as

dimension and redundancy reduction A unified framework for computer vision

Relationships among different approaches including equivalence conditions limitations

advantages and disadvantages of existing approaches Issues in designing a generic vision

system Vision as inference with hierarchical models

Unit 6 Implementation issues in computer vision Computational complexity of vision

algorithms Optimization techniques for computer vision systems Monte-Carlo Markov

chain techniques for high dimensional problems Hardware implementation issues Current

and future research directions in computer vision Open issues in computer vision

Challenges of developing generic computer vision systems

Suggested Readings-

Text Books

1 Computer Vision by Linda Shapiro and George Stockman Prentice-Hall 2001

2 Computer Vision D Ballard and C Brown Prentice-Hall 1982

3 2D Object Detection and Recognition Models Algorithms and Networks Yali Amit

MIT Press 2002

NANO TECHNOLOGY

Unit 1

Introduction to nanoscale systems Length energy and time scales Top-down approach to

nanolithography Spatial resolution of optical deep-ultraviolet x-ray electron beam and ion

beam lithography

Unit 2

Single electron transistors coulomb blockade effects in ultra-small metallic tunnel

junctions

Unit 3

Quantum confinement of electrons in semiconductor nanostructures two-dimensional

confinement (quantum wells) Band gap engineering Epitaxy

Unit 4

Landauer-Buttiker formalism for conduction in confined geometries One-dimensional

confinement quantum point contacts quantum dots Bottom-up approach Chemical self-

assembly carbon nanotubes

Unit 5

Molecular electronics Self-assembled monolayers Electrochemical techniques applications

in biological and chemical detection Atomic scale characterization techniques scanning

tunneling microscopy atomic force microscopy

Unit 6

Introduction to quantum methods of information processing

Text Books

1 Additional handouts will be provided from the following books

David Ferry Transport in Nanostructures Cambridge University Press 2000

2 Y Imry Introduction to Mesoscopic Physics Oxford University Press 1997

Reference Books

1S Datta Electron Transport in Mesoscopic Systems Cambridge University Press 1995

3 H Grabert and M Devoret Single Charge Tunneling Plenum Press 1992

4 Beenaker and Van Houten Quantum Transport in Semiconductor Nanostructures

in Solid State Physics v 44 eds Ehernreich and Turnbull Academic Press 1991

P Rai-Choudhury Handbook of Microlithography Micromachining amp

Microfabrication SPIE 1997

First Year MTech(CSE) III Semester Group ldquoErdquo Subjects

CO-701 ELECTIVE V

DATA WAREHOUSING AND DATA MINING

UNIT I

Data Warehousing - Basic concepts in data warehousing Collecting the requirements of

data warehouse Data Warehouse Architecture Design Implementationamp Maintenance

OLAP in data warehouse Data warehousing and the web Further Development of Data Cube

Technology From Data Warehousing to Data Mining

Data Mining Concepts Data mining primitives Basics of data mining Query language

Designing GUI based on a data mining query language Architectures of data mining

systems

UNIT II

Mining Association Rules in Large Databases Association Rule Mining Mining Single

Dimensional Boolean Association Rules from Transactional Databases Mining Multilevel

Association Rules from Transaction Databases Mining Multidimensional Association Rules

from Relational Databases and Data Warehouses From Association Mining to Correlation

Analysis Constraint Based Association Mining

UNIT III

Classifications and Prediction Issues Regarding Classification and Prediction

Classification by Decision Tree Induction Bayesian Classification Classification by

Backpropagation Classification Based on Concepts from Association Rule Mining Other

Classification Methods Prediction and Classifier Accuracy

UNIT IV

Cluster Analysis in Data Mining Types of Data in Cluster Analysis A Categorization of

Major Clustering Methods Partitioning Methods Density Based Methods Grid Based

Methods Model Based Clustering Methods Outlier Analysis

UNIT V

Mining Complex Types of Data Multidimensional Analysis and Descriptive Mining of

Complex Data Objects Mining Spatial Databases Mining Multimedia Databases Mining

Time Series and Sequence Data Mining Text Databases

UNIT VI

Applications and trends in Data Mining - Applications Systems products and research

prototypes Additional themes in data mining Trends in Data mining spatial mining and

Web Mining Web concept mining Web structure mining Web Usage mining

Text Books

1 Data Warehousing Fundamentals PPonnian John Weliey

2 Data Mining Introductory amp Advanced Topics MHDunham Pearson Education

3 Data Mining Concepts amp Techniques HanKamber MKaufman

PATTERN RECOGNITION UNIT I

Pattern recognition fundamentals Basic concepts of pattern recognition fundamental

problems in pattern recognition system design concepts and methodologies example of

automatic pattern recognition systems a simple automatic pattern recognition model

UNIT II

Bayesian decision theory Minimum-error-rate classification Classifiers Discriminant

functions Decision surfaces Normal density and discriminant functions Discrete features

Missing and noisy features Bayesian networks (Graphical models) and inferencing

UNIT III

Maximum-likelihood and Bayesian parameter estimation Maximum-Likelihood

estimation Gaussian case Maximum a Posteriori estimation Bayesian estimation Gaussian

case Problems of dimensionality Dimensionality reduction Fisher discriminant analysis

PCA Expectation-Maximization method Missing features

UNIT IV

Sequential Models State Space Hidden Markov models Dynamic Bayesian

Non-parametric techniques for density estimation Parzen-window method K-Nearest

Neighbour method

UNIT V

Linear discriminant functions Gradient descent procedures Perceptron criterion function

Minimum-squared-error procedures Ho-Kashyap procedures Support vector machines

UNIT VI

Unsupervised learning and clustering Unsupervised maximum-likelihood estimates

Unsupervised Bayesian learning Criterion functions for clustering Algorithms for clustering

K-means Hierarchical and other methods Cluster validation Low-dimensional

representation and multidimensional scaling (MDS)

Text Books

1 RODuda PEHart and DGStork ldquoPattern Classificationrdquo John Wiley

2 Julus T Tou and Rafel C Gonzalez Addision ldquoPattern Recognition

principlesrdquoWesley

3 Christopher M Bishop ldquoPattern recognition and machine learningrdquo Springer

Reference Books

4 Luc Devroye Laacuteszloacute Gyoumlrfi Gaacutebor Lugosi ldquoA probabilistic theory of pattern

recognitionrdquo Springer

NATURAL LANGUAGE PROCESSING

UNIT I

Introduction NLP tasks in syntax semantics and pragmatics Applications such as

information extraction question answering and machine translation The problem of

ambiguity The role of machine learning Brief history of the field

UNIT II

N-gram Language Models The role of language models Simple N-gram models

Estimating parameters and smoothing Evaluating language models

UNIT III

Part of Speech Tagging and Sequence Labeling Lexical syntax Hidden Markov Models

Maximum Entropy Models Conditional Random Fields

UNIT IV

Syntactic parsing Grammar formalisms and treebanks Efficient parsing for context-free

grammars (CFGs) Statistical parsing and probabilistic CFGs (PCFGs) Lexicalized PCFGs

Semantic Analysis Lexical semantics and word-sense disambiguation Compositional

semantics Semantic Role Labeling and Semantic Parsing

UNIT V

Information Extraction (IE) Named entity recognition and relation extraction IE using

sequence labeling

UNIT VI

Machine Translation (MT) Basic issues in MT Statistical translation word alignment

phrase-based translation and synchronous grammars Case studies in Databases amp Operating

Systems

Text Books

1 ldquoComputational Linguistics and Speech Recognitionrdquo Daniel Jurafsky and James H

Martin PHI

2 C Manning and H Schutze ldquoFoundations of Statistical Natural Language

Processingrdquo

3 Akshar Bharti Vineet Chaitanya and Rajeev Sangal ldquoNLP A Paninian Perspectiverdquo

Prentice Hall

Reference Books 1 James Allen ldquoNatural Language Understandingrdquo Pearson Education

SOFT COMPUTING

UNIT I

Neural Networks History overview of biological Neuro-system Mathematical Models of

Neurons ANN architecture Learning rules Learning Paradigms-Supervised Unsupervised

and reinforcement Learning ANN training Algorithms-perceptions Training rules Delta

Back Propagation Algorithm Multilayer Perceptron Model Hopfield Networks Associative

Memories Applications of Artificial Neural Networks

UNIT II

Fuzzy Logic Introduction to Fuzzy Logic Classical and Fuzzy Sets Overview of Classical

Sets Membership Function Fuzzy rule generation

UNIT III

Operations on Fuzzy Sets Compliment Intersections Unions Combinations of Operations

Aggregation Operations

UNIT IV

Fuzzy Arithmetic Fuzzy Numbers Linguistic Variables Arithmetic Operations on Intervals

amp Numbers Lattice of Fuzzy Numbers Fuzzy Equations

UNIT V

Uncertainty based Information Information amp Uncertainty Nonspecificity of Fuzzy amp

Crisp Sets Fuzziness of Fuzzy Sets

UNIT VI

Introduction of Neuro-Fuzzy Systems Architecture of Neuro Fuzzy Networks

Text Books

1 ldquoAn Introduction to Neural Networksrdquo Anderson JA PHI

2 ldquoIntroduction to the Theory of Neural Computationrdquo Hertz J Krogh RG Palmer

Addison-Wesley California

3 ldquoFuzzy Sets amp Fuzzy Logicrdquo GJ Klir amp B Yuan PHI

Reference Books 1 ldquoAn Introduction to Genetic Algorithmrdquo Melanie Mitchell PHI

SEMANTIC WEB

UNIT I

Introduction The Semantic Web Roadmap evolution of Web Documents Semantic Search

Techniques

UNIT II

XML Languages Detailed study of XML language amp application to Web based

developments

UNIT III

Describing Web Resources Resource Description Framework ( RDF) Taxonomies

Ontologies Web Ontology Language (OWL) Design process of ontology Annotation

UNIT IV

Advanced Topics Semantic Applications amp Power Latest on Semantic Web Future

Directions W3C Consortium Case studies in different application

Text Books

1 ldquoA Semantic Web Primerrdquo Grigoris Antoniou and Frank van Harmelen MIT Press

2 ldquoSpinning the Semantic Web - Bringing the World Wide Web to Its Full Potentialrdquo

MIT Press Dieter Fensel James A Hendler Henry Lieberman and Wolfgang

Wahlster (Eds)

3 ldquoThe Semantic Web A guide to the future of XML Web Services and Knowledge

Managementrdquo Michael C Daconta Leo J Obrst Kevin T Smith Wiley Publishing

Reference Books

1 ldquoPrinciples of Semantic Networks Explorations in the representation of knowledgerdquo

John Sowa Morgan Kaufmann

2 Russell and Norvig ldquoArtificial Intelligence A Modern Approachrdquo Prentice Hall

3 Han Reichgelt ldquoKnowledge Representation An AI Perspectiverdquo Ablex Publishing

DIGITAL IMAGE PROCESSING

UNIT I

Introduction And Digital Image Fundamentals Digital Image Representation

Fundamental Steps in Image Processing Elements of Digital image processing systems

Sampling and quantization some basic relationships like neighbours connectivity Distance

measure between pixels Imaging Geometry

UNIT II

Image Transforms Discrete Fourier Transform Some properties of the two-dimensional

fourier transform Fast fourier transform Inverse FFT

Image Enhancement Spatial domain methods Frequency domain methods Enhancement

by point processing Spatial filtering Lowpass filtering Highpass filtering Homomorphic

filtering Colour Image Processing

UNIT IV

Image Restoration Degradation model Diagnolization of Circulant and Block-Circulant

Matrices Algebraic Approach to Restoration Inverse filtering Wiener filter Constrained

Least Square Restoration Interactive Restoration Restoration in Spatial Domain

Image Segmentation Detection of Discontinuities Edge linking and boundary detection

Thresholding Region Oriented Segmentation Motion based segmentation

UNIT V

Image Compression Coding Interpixel and Psychovisual Redundancy Image Compression

models Error free comparison Lossy compression Image compression standards

UNIT VI

Representation and Description Representation schemes like chain coding Polygonal

Approximatiion Signatures Boundary Segments Skeleton of region Boundary description

Regional descriptors Morphology

Recognition and Interpretation Elements of Image Analysis Pattern and Pattern Classes

Decision-Theoretic Methods Structural Methods Interpretation

Text Books

1 ldquoDigital Image Processingrdquo Rafael C Gonzalez amp Richard E Woods AWL

2 ldquoFundamental of Digital Image Processingrdquo AK Jain PHI

3 ldquoComputer Imaging Digital Image Analysis and Processingrdquo SE Umbaugh CRC

Press 2005

Text Books 1 ldquoDigital Image Processing Algorithmsrdquo Pitas I Prentice Hall 1993

First Year MTech(CSE) III Semester

Group ldquoErdquo Subjects

CO-702 ELECTIVE VI

GEO-INFORMATICS

UNIT I

Fundamentals Principles of data capture and use of aerial photographs and satellite

imagery Handling integration maintenance and geometric aspects of geodata Methods of

representing geodata including the principles of internet application Digital Photogrammetry

and Remote Sensing advances in airborne and spaceborne sensor systems global

positioning digital photogrammetry integrated up-to-datecapturing techniques

UNIT II

Digital photogrammetric workstations primary data acquisition and sensors and the

perception of colour and depth linear algebra and the theory of observations

photogrammetric systems and scanners image processing platforms orientation of images

and digital image enhancement aerotriangulation and the use of GPS for control point

positioning and field completion

UNIT III

GIS Operation principles of computer programming database concepts and development

and DBMS Software tools Creating and implementing databases Managing and

administering databases and the use of query languages GIS Theory Spatial analysis

(network raster and surface operations) Developing a GIS Application

UNIT IV

Cartography and Geo-Visualization The cartographic communication process including

commercial and management aspects map type symbol and typographical design and use of

color cartographic generalization and map protection concepts and technical constraints of

the cartographic production line topographic mapping and the production of large-scale

maps and photo and image maps thematic mapping including socio-economic and physical

environmental mapping tourist maps statistics and data classification the visualization of

multimedia ad web mapping applications

REFERENCE BOOKS

1 Kali Charan Sahu ldquoRemote Sensing and Geographical Information Systemsrdquo

Atlantic Publishers and distributors

2 Joseph L Awange Erik W Grafarend Ba(c)La Palancz Beacutela Palaacutencz Piroska

Zaletnyikrdquo Algebraic Geodesy and Geoinformaticsrdquo Springer

3 A Krishna Sinha rdquoGeoinformatics data to knowledgerdquoGeological Society of

America

ADVANCES IN INTERNET AND WEB TECHNOLOGY

UNIT I

Emergence of the Internet Terminology Accessibility Language amp Connectivity Services

of the Internet E-Mail World Wide Web (WWW) Remote Access Collaboration File

Sharing Internet Telephony Use amp Culture Usenet From gopher to WWW Search

Engines Wais Archie Web Search Engine

UNIT II

Web Development Developing Web using HTML XML ASP Concepts of Web

Programming using Scripting Languages such as JavaScript CGI PHP etc Database

Connectivity with MySQL and JDBC

UNIT III

Web Research amp Practices The World Wide Web Impact Opportunities and Challenges

Evolution of Search Engines Web Search amp Mining Framework Supporting Technologies

concepts applications types amp tools Quantifying the Web Crawling Techniques The task

of a web crawler Crawler algorithms Indexing techniques Ranking in Web

UNIT IV

Advanced Research Topics Duplicate Detection Contextual Search etc

Text Books

1 Internet and Web Technologies by Raj Kamal Tata McGraw Hill edition

2 An Introduction to Search Engines and Web Navigation Mark Levene Pearson

Education

3 Mining the Web Discovering Knowledge from Hypertext Data Soumen Chakrabarti

Morgan-Kaufmann Publishers

4 Modeling the Internet and the WebPierre BaldiPaolo Frasconi Padhraic Smyth John

Wiley and Sons Ltd

ADVANCES IN MULTIMEDIA TECHNOLOGY

UNIT I

Emergence of the Internet Terminology Accessibility Language amp Connectivity Services

of the Internet E-Mail World Wide Web (WWW) Remote Access Collaboration File

Sharing Internet Telephony Use amp Culture Usenet From gopher to WWW Search

Engines Wais Archie Web Search Engine

UNIT II

Web Development Developing Web using HTML XML ASP Concepts of Web

Programming using Scripting Languages such as JavaScript CGI PHP etc Database

Connectivity with MySQL and JDBC

UNIT III

Web Research amp Practices The World Wide Web Impact Opportunities and Challenges

Evolution of Search Engines Web Search amp Mining Framework Supporting Technologies

concepts applications types amp tools Quantifying the Web Crawling Techniques The task

of a web crawler Crawler algorithms Indexing techniques Ranking in Web

UNIT IV

Advanced Research Topics Duplicate Detection Contextual Search etc

Text Books

1 Internet and Web Technologies by Raj Kamal Tata McGraw Hill edition

2 An Introduction to Search Engines and Web Navigation Mark Levene Pearson

Education

3 Mining the Web Discovering Knowledge from Hypertext Data Soumen Chakrabarti

Morgan-Kaufmann Publishers

4 Modeling the Internet and the WebPierre BaldiPaolo Frasconi Padhraic Smyth John

Wiley and Sons Ltd

VLSI DESIGN

Unit I

Introduction to CMOS circuits MOS Transistors MOS transistor switches CMOS Logic

The inverter Combinational Logic NAND gate NOT Gate Compound Gates Multiplexers

Memory-Latches and Registers

Unit II

Processing Technology Silicon Semiconductor Technology- An Overview wafer processing

oxidation epitaxy deposition Ion-implantation and diffusion The Silicon Gate Process-

Basic CMOS Technology basic n-well CMOS process p-well CMOS process Twin tub

process Silicon on insulator CMOS process enhancement-Interconnect circuit elements 3-

D CMOS Layout Design Rule Layer Representations CMOS n-well Rules Design Rule of

background scribe line Layer Assignment SOI Rule

Unit III

Power Dissipation Static dissipation Dynamic dissipation short-circuit dissipation total

power dissipation Programmable Logic Programmable Logic structure Programmable

interconnect and Reprogrammable Gate Array Xilinx Programmable Gate Array Design

Methods Behavioral Synthesis RTL synthesis

Unit IV

Placement placement Mincut based placement ndash Iterative improvement placement simulated

annealing Routing Segmented channel routing ndash maze routing ndash routability and routing

resources ndash net delays

Unit V

Verification and Testing Verification Versus Testing Verification logic simulation design

validation ndash timing verification ndash Testing concepts failures ndash mechanisms and faults ndash fault

coverage ndash ATPG methods ndash types of tests ndash FPGAs ndash programmability failures ndash design for

testability

Unit VI

Overview of VHDL

Suggested Readings

Text Book

1 ldquoDigital Integrated Circuitrdquo JM Rabaey Chandrasan Nicolic Pearson

2 ldquoCMOS Digital Integrated Circuitrdquo SM Kang amp Y Leblebici TMH

3 ldquoModern VLSI Designrdquo Wayne Wolf Pearson

Reference Books

1 ldquoAlgorithm for VLSI Design amp Automationrdquo N Sherwani Kluwer

2 ldquoVHDLrdquo Bhaskar PHI

3 ldquoDigital Integrated Circuitsrdquo Demassa amp Ciccone Willey Pub

4 ldquoModern VLSI Design system on siliconrdquo Wayne Wolf Addison Wesley Longman

Publisher

5 ldquoBasic VLSI Designrdquo Douglas A Pucknell amp Kamran Eshranghian PHI

6 ldquoCMOS Circuit Design Layout amp Simulationrdquo RJ Baker HW Lee DE Boyee PHI

VLSI DESIGN AND CAD OF VLSI

UNIT I

Introduction to CAD tools Evolution of Design Automation-Basic Transistor

Fundamentals-CMOS realizations of basic gates

UNIT II

Modeling Techniques Types of CAD tools and Introduction to logic simulation

UNIT III

Verilog Syntax Hierarchical modeling and Delay modeling Verilog constructs Memory

modeling

UNIT IV

Logic Synthesis Introduction synthesis of dirrerent verilog constructs

UNIT V

Introduction to Reconfigurable computing FPGAs the Altra Quartus II flow

Text Books

1 Verilog HDL Samir Palnitkar Second Edition Pearson Education 2004

2 Verilog HDL Synthesis JBhaskar BS publications 2001

SOFTWARE PROJECT MANAGEMENT

Unit 1 Introduction Project Management concepts Process Framework Project Planning

Software Life Cycle Models Artifacts of the Project Management Process

Unit 2 Cost and Scheduling Estimation Models Various Levels of COCOMO for Cost

Effort Schedule and Productivity Estimation Approaches to Effort Cost Estimation and

Schedule Estimation factors through COCOMO II Putnam Estimation Model Algorithmic

models

Unit 3 Project Management Techniques Project Organizations and Responsibilities

Establishing Project Environment Risk Management Process Project Tracking and Control

Defect Tracking Concepts such as Process monitoring and audit Reviews Inspections and

Walkthroughs

Unit 4 Project Closure Project Closure Analysis Role of Closure Analysis in a project

Performing Closure Analysis Closure Analysis Report

Unit 5 Software Project Management Renaissance Conventional Software Management

Evolution of Software Economics Improving Software Economics The old way and the new

way Discussion on Project Management Tools

Unit 6 Advance Topics in Software Project Management Discussion on future Software

Project Management Practices amp Modern Project Profiles Next Generation Software

Economics Modern Process Transitions

Suggested Readings-

Text Books

1 Watts S Humphrey ldquoManaging the Software Processrdquo Pearson Education

2 Walker Royce ldquoSoftware Project Managementrdquo Pearson Education

3 Pankaj Jalote ldquoSoftware Project Management in Practicerdquo Pearson Education

Reference Books

1 Bob Hughes ldquoSoftware Project Managementrdquo TMH

2 Chris Kemerer ldquoSoftware Project Management Readings and Casesrdquo

1

Delhi School of Management

Delhi Technological University

Syllabus

of

MBA (Executive) Program

wef

From

Academic Session 2013 onwards

Delhi School of Management

Delhi Technological University

Bawana Road Delhi-110042

2

Program Educational Objectives (PEOs)

PEO 1 To develop effective communication interpersonal motivational and leadership skills to

work in multi-disciplinary teams

PEO 2 To apply business concepts to managerial decision making in variety of complex

business situations

PEO 3 To develop a systematic understanding of globalization and its impact on people

businesses and the economy

PEO 4 An ability to use current techniques skills and tools necessary for managerial practice

PEO 5 Students will be able to develop business strategies that serve the long-term interests of a

firm

PEO 6 To inculcate value-based leadership ethical qualities and a sense of social purpose

among MBA(Executive) students

Program Outcomes (POs)

The MBA (Executive) Student will be

1 Able to develop business writing and deliver a professional individual or group oral

presentations

2 Able to identify assess and evaluate alternatives managerial decisions

3 Demonstrate an understanding of how global competitive environments are changing

business practice and able to identify and evaluate potential market opportunities

4 Possessing the ability to select and apply appropriate managerial and technical tools

5 Able to develop innovative business strategies to serve long term interest of a firm

6 Aware and sensitive to societal concerns and work towards development of sustainable

solutions to problems at large

Program Specific Outcomes (PSOs)

The MBA (Executive) student will

1 Specialize in both technical and functional areas

2 Possess ability to make effective managerial decisions utilizing business concepts and

managerial tools

3

Delhi School of Management

Delhi Technological University

(Scheme of Examination)

First Semester

SNo Subject

Code

Subject Evaluation

Scheme

Credit

Internal External Total

1 EMBA-

101

Management Process and

Organizational Behavior

40 60 100 3

2 EMBA-

102

Financial Accounting 40 60 100 3

3 EMBA-

103

Marketing Management 40 60 100 3

4 EMBA-

104

Managerial Economics 40 60 100 3

5 EMBA-

105

Quantitative Methods 40 60 100 3

6 EMBA-

106

Production and

Operations Management

40 60 100 3

7 EMBA-

107

Computer Applications in

Management

40 60 100 3

8 EMBA-

108

Term Project - 100 100 5

9 EMBA-

109

Comprehensive Viva

Voce

100 100 4

Total 280 620 900 30

4

Second Semester

SNo Subject

Code

Subject Evaluation

Scheme

Credit

Internal External Total

1 EMBA-

201

Human Resource

Management

40 60 100 3

2 EMBA-

202

Financial Management 40 60 100 3

3 EMBA-

203

Marketing Research 40 60 100 3

4 EMBA-

204

Business Environment 40 60 100 3

5 EMBA-

205

Management of

Innovation Technology

and Change

40 60 100 3

6 EMBA-

206

Supply Chain

Management

40 60 100 3

7 EMBA-

207

Corporate Law 40 60 100 3

8 EMBA-

208

Minor Project - 100 100 4

9 EMBA-

209

Comprehensive Viva-

Voce

100 100 5

Total 280 620 900 30

5

Third Semester

SNo Subject

Code

Subject Evaluation

Scheme

Credit

Internal External Total

1 EMBA-

301

Strategic Management 40 60 100 3

2 EMBA-

302

International Business

Management

40 60 100 3

3 EMBA-

303 Information Technology

Management

40 60 100 3

4 Elective-I (Elective

Group-I)

40 60 100 3

5 Elective-II (Elective

Group-I)

40 60 100 3

6 Elective-I (Elective

Group-II)

40 60 100 3

7 Elective-II (Elective

Group-II)

40 60 100 3

8 EMBA-

308

Minor Project - 100 100 4

9 EMBA-

309

Comprehensive Viva

Voce

100 100 5

Total 280 620 900 30

6

Fourth Semester

Based on the self study activities participation in events attending the invited lectures

and overall learning of the subjects and concepts

SNo Subject

Code

Subject Evaluation

Scheme

Credit

Internal External Total

1 EMBA-

401

Project Management 40 60 100 3

2 EMBA-

402 Corporate Governance

Values and Ethics

40 60 100 3

3 Elective-III (Elective

Group-I)

40 60 100 3

4 Elective-IV (Elective

Group-I)

40 60 100 3

5 Elective-III (Elective

Group-II)

40 60 100 3

6 Elective-IV (Elective

Group-II)

40 60 100 3

7 EMBA-

407 Major Project - 200 200 7

8 EMBA-

408 Comprehensive Viva

Voce

- 100 100 5

Total 240 660 900 30

7

List of Electives (any two in third and fourth sem each from same

specialization groups from Elective List-I and II)

Elective List-I

Information Technology Management

Two papers each from same

group in third and fourth

semester

Knowledge and Technology Management

Supply Chain Management

Elective List-II

Marketing Management

Two papers each from same

group in third and fourth

semester

Financial Management

Human Resource Management

8

Delhi School of Management

Delhi Technological University

List of Elective

Information Technology Management (ITM)

EIT-01 Data Warehousing and Database Management

EIT-02 Business System Analysis and Design

EIT-03 Knowledge Management amp Innovation

EIT-04 Managing Software Exports

EIT-05 Mobile Commerce amp Security

EIT-06 BPR and ERP Implementation

EIT-07 E-Governance

EIT-08 Business Process Re-engineering

EIT-09 Sectoral Application of ITM

EIT-10 Emerging Issues in ITM

KNOWLEDGE AND TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT (KTM)

EKTM-01Internet Business Models and Business Strategies

EKTM-02IT Enabled Services Management

EKTM-03 ERP Implementation

EKTM-04Data Base Management

EKTM-05 Telecommunication for Business

EKTM-06 Mobile commerce and Security

EKTM-07 Knowledge management and Innovation

EKTM-08 E-Business and E- Commerce

EKTM-09 Sectoral Application and Emerging Issues in KTM

Supply Chain Management (SCM)

ESCM-01 Total Quality Management

ESCM-02 International Logistics Management

ESCM-03Transportation Management

ESCM-04 Service Operations Management

ESCM-05 SCM and Customers Relationship Management

ESCM-06 Business Process Re-engineering

9

ESCM-07 IT in Supply Chain Management

ESCM-08 Sectoral Application of SCM

Marketing

EMK-01 International marketing management

EMK-02 Retail Management

EMK-03 Marketing of Services

EMK-04 Advertising and Brand Management

EMK-05 Rural Marketing

EMK-06 Sales and Distribution Management

EMK-07 Consumer Behavior

EMK-08 Customer Relationship Management

Finance

EFM-01 Security analysis and portfolio Management

EFM-02 Mergers Acquisition and Corporate restructuring

EFM-03 Corporate Business taxation and Planning

EFM-04 International Financial Management

EFM-06 Investment Banking

EFM-07 Futures Options and Risk Management

EFM-08 Project Appraisal and Finance

EFM-09 Commodity and Price Risk management

EFM-10 Managing Financial Institutions and Markets

Human Resource Management (HRM)

EHR-01 Management of Industrial Relations amp Labour Legislation

EHR-02 Compensation Management

EHR-03 Organizational Change and Development

EHR-04 Human Resource Development Strategies and Systems

EHR-05 Global Human Resource Management

EHR-06 Management of Training and development

EHR -07Interpersonal processes and Counseling skills for Managers

10

Semester I

EMBA-101 Management Process and Organizational Behavior Max 40 Hrs

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student should be able to

1 Compare and contrast theories of organizational behavior

2 Analyze management issues as related to organizational behavior

3 Evaluate ethical issues as related to organizational behavior

4 Examine challenges of effective organizational communication

5 Examine the differences and similarities between leadership power and management

6 Assess the impact of culture on organizational behavior

7 Assess the impact of a companyrsquos structure and design on its organizational behavior

Unit 1 Introduction

Meaning and Nature of Management The evolution of management thought Functions and

skills of a manager Management Approaches Processes Managerial Skills Tasks and

Responsibilities of a Professional Manager

Unit 2 Organizational Structure and Process

Organizational design six key elements of organizational design types of organizational design

organizational structure Managerial Ethos Managerial Communication

Unit 3 Managing activities

Planning need for planning types of planning and the elements of planning Managerial

decision making- types of managerial decisions steps in decision-making process

Unit 4 Controlling

Problem Solving Techniques Controlling Process and Techniques Budgetary and Non

Budgetary control techniques PERT CPM

Unit 5 Organization Behavior An Introduction Behavioral Dynamics

Foundations of individual behavior Personality Perception Learning Values Attitudes

Motivation Interpersonal Dynamics Group Dynamics Leadership theories and styles

Management of conflict and negotiation

Unit 6 Organisational Culture and Change

Organisational culture Organisational change nature and forces of change resistance to change

and management of resistance to change Work stress sources and consequences of stress and its

management

Reference Books

1 Robbins SP amp Decenzo D (2002) Fundamental of Management Pearson Education

2 Stoner etal (2002) Management Prentice Hall of India

11

3 Luthans F (2004) Organisational Behaviour McGraw Hill International Edition

EMBA- 102 Financial Accounting Max 40 Hrs

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student should be able to

1 Identify the accounting rules required for business enterprises and apply the same in

interpreting financial results

2 Analyze interpret and communicate the information contained in basic financial

statements

3 Explain and apply accounting concepts principles and conventions in financial

statements

4 Describe cost accounting terminologies and methods their rationale of classification and

their relevance to business decisions

5 Apply cost management ideas in determining productservice costs and in making

business decisions

6 Identify ethical issues related to accounting in contemporary world

Unit 1 Introduction

Introduction to Accounting Importance Objectives and Principles Accounting Concepts and

conventions and The Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (GAAP) Accounting Standards

Issued by ICAI (Focus on importance of Standards to give a general view on Financial

Accounting practices) Creative Financial Practices and Issues related to quality of disclosures in

reported earnings window dressing and limitations of financial statements

Unit 2 The Accounting Process Overview

Books of Original Record Journal and Subsidiary books ledger Trial Balance Classification of

capital and revenue expenses Final Accounts with adjustments

Unit 3 Valuation of fixed assets

Tangible vs Intangible assets depreciation of fixed assets and methods of depreciation

Unit 4 Inventory Valuation

Methods of inventory valuation and valuation of goodwill methods of valuation of goodwill

Unit 5 Financial Analysis

Statement of Changes in Working Capital Funds from Operations paid cost and unpaid costs

Distinction between cash profits and book profits Preparation and analysis of cash flow

statement and funds flow statement Analysis and interpretation of financial statements from

investor and company point of view Horizontal Analysis and Vertical Analysis of Company

Financial Statements Liquidity leverage solvency and profitability ratios ndash Du Pont Chart -A

Case study on Ratio Analysis

Unit 6 Cost concepts

12

Cost-Volume-Profit (CVP) relationship and profit planning Budgeting Full costing and variable

costing methods Cost analysis for Decision- Making Standard costing and variance analysis

Reference Books

1 Ashok Banerjee Financial Accounting Second Edition Excel Books New Delhi 2006

2 DrSN Maheshwari and DrSK Maheshwari Financial Accounting Vikas Publishing

House Pvt Ltd 2007

3 Asish K Bhattacharyya Financial Accounting for Business Managers-PHI2006

EMBA-103 Marketing Management Max 40 Hrs

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student should be able to

1 Identify the roles and functions of marketing within a diverse range of organizations

2 Describe key marketing concepts theories and techniques for the analysis of dynamic

marketing environment

3 Develop the marketing mix for an organization

4 Critically analyze an organizationrsquos marketing activities

Unit 1 Introduction

Introduction to marketing function genesis the marketing concepts Marketing Management

systems- objectives its interfaces with other functions in the organization The concept of

marketing mix Types of Goods

Unit 2 Marketing Environment

Environment of marketing- political environment economic environment Legal social and

cultural environment

Unit 3 Market segmentation

Market segmentation Industrial Marketing Service Marketing and International Marketing

Consumer buying behavior Ethical issues in marketing

Unit 4 Marketing strategy

Marketing strategy- Marketing planning and Marketing programming Product policy the

concept of product life cycle New product decisions Test marketing Pricing Policy amp

Strategies

Unit 5 Management of distribution

Management of distribution- channels of distribution Advertising and promotions the concept

of unique selling proposition Implementation and control the marketing organization

Unit 6 Demand forecasting

Demand forecasting Budgeting Management of Sales Force and Evaluation of Performance

Marketing audit

13

Reference Books

1 Philip Kotler (2003) Marketing Management Analysis Planning Implementation amp

Control

Prentice Hall of India

2 Michael J E Bruce J W and Williom J S (13th Edition 2004) Marketing Management

Tata McGrawHill New Delhi

3 Louis E Boone and David L Kurtz (2001) Contemporary Marketing Harcourt Collye

Publishers

EMBA-104 Managerial Economics Max 40 Hrs

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student should be able to

1 Analyze real-world business problems with a systematic theoretical framework

2 Apply economic theories and concepts to analyze explain and evaluate the firm and

industry behaviour market dynamics at micro and macro level

3 Develop analytical capabilities to deal with economic issues by integrating economic

principles and decision making and eventually formulate business strategy at firm level

4 Develop strategic thinking to analyze the challenges and opportunities arising in the

context of contemporary micro- and macroeconomic issues and formulate business

strategies

5 Develop communication skills teamwork and leadership and other managerial skills

Unit 1 Introduction

Micro versus Macroeconomics Theory of consumer behavior and demand Consumer

preferences Indifference curve Consumer equilibrium Demand function Income and

substitution effects

Unit 2 Production Function

The Slutsky equation Market demand Elasticities Average and marginal revenue Revealed

preference theory of firm Production functions Law of variable proportions Laws of return to

scale

Unit 3 Cost Function

Isoquants Input substitution Equilibrium of the firm Expansion path Cost function Theory of

costs Short Run and long run costs Shape of LAC Economies and diseconomies of scale

Unit 4 Theory of Pricing

Market equilibrium under perfect competition Equilibrium under alternative forms of market

Monopoly- pure and discriminating Monopolistic competition Oligopoly Pricing practices and

strategies

Unit 5 National Indicators ( GDP GNP WPI CPI )

National Income Accounting and Economic Indicators Business Cycle-Inflation-Fiscal and

Monetary Policies

14

Reference Books

1 Doane PDavid Seward ELori Applied Statistics in Business and Economics Tata

McGraw Hill 2007

2 Nordhaus amp Samuelson Economics 18th Edition Tata McGraw Hill 2007

3 Suma Damodaran Managerial Economics Oxford University Press 2006

EMBA-105 Quantitative Methods Max 40 Hrs

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student should be able to

1 Describe role of statistics in management

2 List the basic quantitative techniques and their applications in management

3 Apply statistical techniques to present analyze and interpret data for drawing meaningful

inferences for decision making

4 Identify real business problems and transform them into appropriate quantitative models

Unit 1 Introduction

Nature and role of statistics in management Measures of central tendency and dispersion

Introduction to probability theory Probability distributions - continuous and discrete Sampling

distributions Estimation and hypothesis testing t-test ANOVA Chi-square test Non-

parametric tests Correlation and regression analysis Applications of statistical packages

Unit 2 Decision Theory

Game Theory Markov Chains

Unit 3 Linear Programming

Formulation and applications solution through graphical method and Simplex methods

Unit 4 Transportation

Assignment and transshipment problems

Unit 5 Integer Programming-

Formulation and solution Non-Linear Programming Dynamic Programming Multiple Criteria

Decision making Goal programming

Unit 6 Project scheduling-

PERT and CPM Queuing theory Monte Carlo Simulation- concepts and applications Case

Studies and use of OR software packages

Reference Books

1 ldquoOperations Researchrdquo J K Sharma McMillan India

15

2 ldquoQuantitative Techniques in Managementrdquo N D Vohra Tata McGraw Hill Publications

3e 4th reprint 2007

3 Quantitative Methods for Business Anderson Williams et-al b10th edition Thompson

EMBA- 106 Productions and Operations Management Max 40 Hrs

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student should be able to

1 Identify issues related to designing and managing supply chains

2 Apply tools and techniques for production and supply chain management

3 Describe the interaction of Supply chain management with other business functions such

as Marketing Finance Accounting and Human Resource

4 Assess the inventory and ware house management practices of an organization

Unit 1

Introduction to operations management- role scope and interface with marketing finance

strategy Types of production systems Concepts of productivity competitiveness Decisions in

POM Case Study

Unit 2

Demand forecasting Time Series Regression Analysis and Qualitative techniques Forecast

Error Case study

Unit 3

Work Study Work Measurement Activity Sampling MOST Ergonomics Learning Curve

Unit 4

Product Design and Process Selection Service Design Outsourcing Make buy decision Value

Engineering QFD Concurrent Engineering

Unit 5

Facility Planning- location layout Line balancing Analytical tools and techniques for facility

planning and design Aggregate planning Operations scheduling Project Management CPM

PERT Slacks Project crashing Resource Leveling

Unit 6

Total Quality Management (TQM) Statistical Process Control (SPC) Acceptance Sampling

Six-sigma ISO 9000 Maintenance management JIT FMS MIS Simulation Role of IT in

manufacturing Case studies

Reference Books

16

1 Charry SN (2005) Production and Operation Management- Concepts Methods amp Strategy

John Willy amp Sons Asia Pvt Limited

2 Adam Jr E and Ebert R (1998) Production and Operation Management

EMBA-107 Computer Application in Management Max 20 Hrs

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student should be able to

1 Analyze data in excel using excel formulas

2 Solve data-based problems in excel

3 Perform basic statistical analyses on SPSS

4 Perform database management tasks descriptive statistics and graphics and basic

inferential statistics for comparisons and correlations

Introduction to OS- DOS WINDOWS Computer Applications in Decision Making Scientific

Research and Business Organization Working with Word Processing and Graphics Packages

Familiarity with Spread Sheet and Data base Packages Introduction to special packages for

Business Administration Case studies

EMBA-108 Term Paper

The primary objective of this course is to enhance participantrsquos diagnostic skills improve their ability to

develop innovative practical responses to contemporary management issues

Course Outline

In consultation with the allotted faculty member students may select a relevant management

topicproblem from different functional areas of management They are required to carry out a systematic

analysis of the problem by conducting a detailed literature review The basic purpose is to develop a

written term paper or case study to be evaluated by a team comprising faculty members from the

department The topic of term paper may be any practical problems that a candidate is facing in hisher

respective organization or any other relevant contemporary business problem

The students are required to finalize the topic of term paper not later than second week after the

commencement of semester to respective faculty guide The final assessment of the term paper

shall be carried out through presentations discussions and other means to arrive at a meaningful

assessment

17

Semester II

18

EMBA -201 Human Resource Management Max 40 Hrs

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student should be able to

1 Critically assess existing theory and practice in the field of HRM

2 Develop an ability to undertake qualitative and quantitative research

3 Apply knowledge about qualitative and quantitative research to an independently

constructed piece of work

4 Respond positively to problems in unfamiliar contexts

5 Identify and apply new ideas methods and ways of thinking

Unit 1 Introduction

Human Resources Systems- Historical Evolution of the field Role of Human Resource

management in a competitive Factors influencing Human Resource Management Strategic

Human Resource Management

Unit 2 Manpower planning

Objectives Importance amp Problems of HR Planning Job analysis Determining Human Resource

Requirements Hiring and Developing Human Resources The process of forecasting Definition

uses Techniques of Job Analysis Job Description amp Job evaluation Competency mapping

Talent Management

Unit 3 Recruitment and Selection

Concept identifying job recruitments Recruitment resources and efficacy Selection process and

methods Psychometric tests amp its relevance interview Technique induction amp placement

Unit 4 Training and Development

TampD concept need strategy Identification of needs designing amp implementing training

programmes Management Development Evaluation of Training amp development

Unit 5 Compensation and Performance Management

Performance Management ndash Concept and Practices Principle and objectives of Performance

Appraisal and potential Evaluation Feedback Career planning Succession Planning amp

Retention ndash Scope concept Principles amp Practices The problems in managing amp advantages

Compensation Management Transfer Promotion and Reward Policies

Unit 6 Industrial Relations

Definition concept context of Industrial Relation Discipline ( Red hot stove principle of

discipline counselling collective bargaining Quality of work life Safety and Health Employee

Welfare Employee Assistance Programmes Separation Attrition Human Resource Auditing

Human Resource Accounting International Human Resources Management

19

Reference Books

1 DeCenzo D A and Robbins S P (8th ed 2005) Fundamentals of Human Resource

Management John Wiley

2 Dessler Gary and VarkkeyBiju(2010) Human Resource Management Pearson Education

3 Ivancevich John M (2003) Human Resource Management Tata McGraw Hill 29

EMBA-202 Financial Management Max 40 Hrs

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student should be able to

1 Apply techniques to analyse evaluate and project financial statements

2 Apply techniques for estimating the cost of each component of the cost of capital to

incorporate it into investment decision making

3 Apply the appropriate capital budgeting techniques for evaluating projects and

investments

4 Apply the concepts of financial management to contemporary financial events

Unit 1 Aims and objectives of Financial Decisions

Nature and Scope of Financial Management Financial Objectives Impact of Financial and

Economical Environment on Financial Management Time Value of Money including Pension

Funds Funds Flow Analysis Cash Flow Statement and its Interpretation (AS-3) Ratio

Analysis

Unit 2 Planning for Sources of Finance (Domestic and International)

Capital Structure Leverages Cost of Capital Net Income Approach Net Operating Income

Approach Traditional Approach and MM Approach Capital GearingDebt-Equity Ratio

Generation of Internal Funds

Unit 3 Capital Budgeting

Conventional and DCF Methods Inflation and Capital Budgeting Risk Analysis and Capital

Budgeting-Certainty Equivalent Factor Risk Adjusted Discounting Rate Decision Tree

Independent and Dependent Risk Analysis

Unit 4 Working capital Decision

Planning of Development of Funds Through Management of Assets - Fixed and Current

Working Capital Management Management of Cash (Various Theoretical Models) Inventories

(Including Risk Analysis) and Receivables Operating Cycle

20

Unit 5 Dividend Decision

Retained Earning Vs Dividend Decision Gordon Model Walter Model MM Approach

Lintner Model

Unit 6 Contemporary Financial Issues

Leasing Corporate Restructuring LBO Mergers and Acquisition

Reference Books

1 Prasanna Chandra - Fundamentals of Financial Management 7th Edition - Tata McGraw

Hill

2 Khan M Y and Jain P K (4th ed 2004) Financial Management Text Problems amp

Cases Tata McGraw Hill Company New Delhi

3 IM Pandey ndash Financial Management (Vikas) 9e

EMBA-203 Marketing Research Max 40 Hrs

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student should be able to

1 Describe the scope and relevance of marketing research and its contribution in the

development of marketing strategy

2 Develop a market research design which will include identification of research design

framing of research question sampling preparing of measurement instruments data

collection analysis and interpretation

3 Apply latest tools and packages for gaining better insights from data

4 Prepare research reports and presentations

Unit 1 Introduction

Introduction to marketing Research Various Market Research concepts process exploratory

descriptive and conclusive research

Unit 2 Defining a research problem

Defining a research problem and developing a research approach The marketing decision-

making process and the need of different types of research Types of marketing problems and

type of marketing research activity

Unit 3 Research design

Research design and Data collection Sources of data use and appraisal of existing information

primary and secondary data Information from respondents sampling design scaling techniques

and questionnaire design interviewing various methods of survey data collection Information

from experiment experimental design for marketing Models Sources of Errors

21

Unit 4 Data Analysis

Various tools like conjoint factor analysis discriminant analysis etc for analyzing qualitative as

well as quantitative data Use of SPSS for data analysis Report preparation and presentation

Unit 5 Marketing Information Systems

Organization Structure and design its role in planning and control the place of marketing

research Attitude Measurement

Unit 6 Report preparation and Presentation

Reference Books

1 Naresh K Malhotra MARKETING RESEARCH AN APPLIED ORIENTATION

Pearson Education Asia

2 Paul E Green amp Donald S Tull RESEARCH FOR MARKETING DECISIONS

3 Aaker Kumar amp Day MARKETING RESEARCH John Wiley amp Sons

EMBA-204 Business Environment Max 40 Hrs

Course outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student should be able to

1 Describe business environment and its related factors

2 Evaluate environmental factors using appropriate tools and methods

3 Strategize operations of a business entity in multi-faceted environment

4 Design business policies for specific business environment

Unit 1 Introduction

Major economic problems National income accounting Expenditure and income approaches to

GNP Measuring inflation and unemployment Determination of the equilibrium level of income

Unit 2 Consumption Function

Consumption function Investment demand Aggregate demand and equilibrium output The

multiplier process Government sector

Unit 3 Fiscal Policy

Fiscal policy Tax receipts and Transfer payments Foreign spending Money interest and

income Functions of money Definition of money Reserve Bank of India and Commercial

Banks Creation of money

Unit 4 money Control instruments

The instruments of monetary control The demand for money Investment expenditure and rate of

interest The IS curve Money market and the LM curve Liquidity trap The IS-LM model

Derivation of the aggregate demand curve

Unit 5 Monetary and fiscal Policy

22

Monetary and fiscal polices Keynesian versus monetarist views The aggregate supply function

Keynesian and classical Inflation and unemployment Stagflation The Phillips curve The long-

run Phillips curve Inflation expectations The rational expectations

Unit 6 Contemporary Issues

Reference Books

1 Adhikari M Economic Environment of Business2000 8th Ed Excel Books

2 Morrison J The International Businee Environment (Palgrave 2003)

3 George A and Steiner G A ndash Business Government and society (Macmillan)

EMBA-205 Management of Innovation Technology and Change Max 40 Hrs

Course Outcome

Upon successful completion of the course the student should be able to

1 Describe the key models of the innovation process their strengths and weaknesses

2 Critically assess and explain key current issues in the field of innovation and technology

3 Assess the role of Technology and knowledge Management in firm competitiveness

4 Diagnose and provide effective solutions for innovation challenges

Unit 1

Introduction to Knowledge Management Essential components of KM model Analyzing

current knowledge state Formulating a mix of knowledge assets and communities of practice

Unit 2

Building Knowledge Assets Capturing expertise Differentiating between tacit and explicit

knowledge Uncovering tacit knowledge Sources of knowledge

Unit 3

Creating Strategies for Success Generating a KM-specific vision Integrating organizational

and business goals with KM Choosing the right KM techniques

Unit 4

KM audit Audit of KM Overcoming barriers and pitfalls KM strategy Knowledge

Management Implementation and measuring the value of KM

Unit 5

Understanding Technology definition Key concepts role importance need History of

technological developments

Unit 6

23

Technology-Management integration Life cycle approach to technology management

Technology innovation process

Reference Books

1 Amrit Tiwana The Knowledge Management Toolkit Pearson Education New Delhi

2005

2 Richard F Bellaver John M Lusa Knowledge Management Strategy and Technology

Artech

Print on Demand 1st edition

3 Yogesh Malhotra Knowledge Management and Business Model Innovation Idea Group

Publishing UK 2001

EMBA-206 Supply Chain Management Max 40 Hrs

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student should be able to

1 Identify issues related to designing and managing supply chains

2 Apply tools and techniques for production and supply chain management

3 Describe the interaction of Supply chain management with other business functions such

as Marketing Finance Accounting and Human Resource

4 Assess the inventory and ware house management practices of an organization

Unit 1 Introduction Perspective of Supply Chain Management Concept of Strategic fit Classification of SCs

Unit 2 Inventory Management Inventory management in Deterministic and uncertain environment Classification of inventory

Unit 3 Material Planning Aggregate Planning Material Requirements Planning (MRP) MRPII Distribution requirements

planning (DRP) Just-In-Time (JIT) Theory of Constrains

Unit 4 Vendor selection Vendor selection rating Supply management Inbound logistics Outsourcing Distribution

management Network design warehouse management Risk Pooling Aspects of Integration

flexibility and agility in SC Smart Pricing

Unit 5 Demand Management and Customer Service Demand Management and Customer Service Outbound to customer logistics systems ndash Demand

Management ndashTraditional Forecasting ndash CPFRP ndash customer service ndash expected cost of stockouts

ndash channels of distribution

Unit 6 Role of IT in SCM

24

Role of IT in SCM ERP e-Business e-Commerce Bullwhip effect Performance Measurement

System in SCM Balance Scorecard SCORE Case Study Supply Chain games

Reference Books

1 Sunil Chopra and Peter Meindl Supply Chain Management ndash

Strategy Planning and Operation PearsonPHI 3rd Edition 2007

2 Coyle Bardi Longley The management of Business Logistics ndash A

supply Chain Perspective Thomson Press 2006

3 Supply Chain Management by Janat Shah Pearson Publication 2008

EMBA-207 Corporate Law Max 40 Hrs

Course Outcomes Upon successful completion of the course the student should be able to

1 Administer the comprehension of various legislations

2 Assess the provisions of Indian Contract 1872

3 Describe the various provisions of Companies Ac 1956

4 Administer the various sections of Consumer protection act

Unit 1

Indian Contract Act 1872 Evolution of business Laws Essentials of a contract consideration

void voidable contracts Discharge of contracts remedies to a breach of contract and Quasi

contracts

Unit 2

Sale of Goods Act 1930 Sale Agreement to sell Goods conditions and warranties transfer of

ownership in goods Auctions sale

Unit 3

Negotiable Instruments Act 1881 Promissory note bill of exchange Cheque Crossing and

Bouncing of cheques

Unit 4

Company Act 1956 Company and its features Promotion and Formation of a company online

registration of companies Types of companies

Unit 5

Company Act 1956 Memorandum and Articles of Association Prospectus Shares and share

capital shareholders meetings Directors their appointment share Qualification No of

Directorships Powers and Duties Compulsory winding up of a company

Unit 6

Consumer Protection Act 1986 Consumer their Protection unfair trade practice Redressal

machinery

Reference Books

25

1 Kapoor N D Elements of Mercanlite Law Sultan Chands and Sons 2009

2 Gulshan SS and Kapoor GK Business Law including Company Law New Age

Publications 7th edition

3 Bajaj Amit amp Puneet Law of Negotiable Instruments Macmillan Publishers India (2006)

EMBA-208308

The basic objective of this course is to enable the students to apply knowledge that they have

learned so far in the course It is intended to develop diagnostic skills critical analysis and design

of systematic study under the guidance of internal faculty supervisor The students are required

to select a suitable and relevant research problem from a particular functional area of

management A copy of the synopsis is required to be submitted in the department not later than

second week after the commencement of the examination The report shall be evaluated by

external examiners appointed by the University

26

SEMESTER III

27

EMBA-301 Strategic Management Max 40 Hrs

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student should be able to

1 Identify strategic macro environmental issues analyse industry factors and identify their

impact on profitability and strategic positioning

2 Assess organizational performance identify strategic capabilities and gaps assess and

evaluate organizational strategies

3 Comprehend the Strategic options at Corporate Level Business Level and Functional

Level

4 Select appropriate strategies amp approaches to facilitate putting strategy into action

5 Describe the strategic issues and alternatives in Globally Competitive Markets

Unit 1 Nature of Strategic Management

Concept of Strategy Mintzbergrsquos 5Ps of Strategy Strategic Decision Making Strategic

Management Process Strategists and their roles Competitive advantage internal context

organization design

Unit 2 Strategy Identification

Vision Mission Goals and Objectives External Environmental Analysis Analysing Companies

Resource in Competitive Position RBV model IO model SWOT Analysis Strategies for

competing in Global Markets Strategic Analysis and Choice ndash BCG GE Directional Policy and

Hoferrsquos Matrices Industry and Competitive Analysis

Unit 3 Strategic Formulation

Porterrsquos Generic StrategiesGrand Strategies Concept of Value Chain Strategic Alliances

external context the spectrum of competition and Niche market competition in concentrated

market entry and the advantage of incumbency creating and capturing value in the chain

Unit 4 Strategy Implementation

Resource Allocation Structural Considerations and Organisational Design Leadership and

Corporate Culture Fundamental and Operational Strategies Plans and Policies

28

Unit 5 Strategy Evaluation

Importance and Nature of Strategic Evaluation Strategic and Operational Control Acquisitions

and Mergers Popularity and reasons for MampA Problems in achieving acquisition success

Effective acquisition Corporate restructuring focusing

Unit 6 Globalization and strategy

Multi Domestic Global Transnational Strategies Business Level and corporate level

International Cooperative Strategy Network cooperative strategy

Reference Books

1 Arthur A Thomson and Strickland A J (2002) Strategic Management ndash Concept and

cases Tata McGraw Hill New Delhi

2 Glueck W T and Lawrence R Jauch (2003) Business Policy and Strategic

Management

Frank Bros amp Co

3 Azhar Kazmi (2004) Business Policy and Strategic Management Tata McGraw Hill New

Delhi

EMBA-302 International Business Management Max 40 Hrs

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student should be able to

1 Describe the Importance nature and scope of International business

2 Analyze different aspects of international business environment including political legal

economic and cultural environment and the risks associated with each of them

3 Appreciate the role of World Trade Organization (WTO) in governing international trade

4 Recognize the Levels of Regional Economic Integration

5 Describe the working of the international monetary system and international money and

capital markets

Unit 1 International Business and Environment World Trade in Goods and Services ndash Major

Trends and Developments Framework for Understanding International Business Environment

Analysis of Physical Demographic Economic Socio-cultural Political Legal and

Technological Environment of a Foreign Country Legal Framework of International Business

Key Issues in International Business Socio-cultural economic and political forces facing

business

Unit 2 Global Trading Environment Liberalization of World Trade FDI and their Impact on

the Economy Multinationals and their Economic Impact Political and Legal Impact of

Multinational Corporations Strategies for Dealing with Multinations

Unit 3 Technology Transfer ndash Importance and Types Issues in Transfer of Technology to

Developing Countries

Unit 4 International Financial Environment Foreign Investment ndash Types and Flows

Monetary System- Exchange Rate Mechanism and Arrangements Movements in Foreign

29

Exchange Rates and Impact on Trade and Investment Flows Global Capital Markets Euro

Currency

Unit 5 International Economic Institutions and Regional Economic Groups IMF World

Bank MIGA UNCTAD and WTO ATC GSP and International Commodity Agreements

Unit 6 Forms and their Functioning Multilateralism Vs Regionalism EU NAFTA ASEAN

SAFTA APEC and other Regional Economic Groupings

Reference Books

1 Hodgetts R and Luthens F (2003) International Management McGraw Hill Inc

2 Daniels John D and Radebaugh Lee H (2005) International Business Wiley India

3 Lasserre Philippe (2005) Global Strategic Management Palgrave McMillan

EMBA-303 Information Technology Management Max 40 hrs

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student should be able to

1 Describe the concepts related to Information Systems

2 Design the process of for SDLC web site development and database management

3 Assess the role on IT in business transformation

4 Identify the enabling IT infrastructure for the organization

Unit 1 Introduction

Information Systems Concepts Definitions Classification and Types IS success factors

Outsourcing

Unit 2 Systems Development Process (SDLC) Web Site Management Managing Data

Exposure to Data Modeling Databases and Warehousing Introduction to SQL

Unit 3 Overview of e-commerce and e-governance (concepts classification issues challenges)

IT and Business Process Re-engineering

Unit 4 Leveraging IT for Collaboration Enabling IT infrastructure (Overview of networks

www data centres XML Groupware web services etc

Unit 5 Enterprise Systems IT enabled Supply Chains Managing IT Security IT strategic

alignment

Unit 6 Porterrsquos competitive forces model Competitive advantage through IT

Reference Books 1 Transforming Organizations in the Digital Economy by Efraim Turban Dorothy

Leidner Ephraim Mclean James Wetherbe

2 Information Systems Today Managing in the IT World by Leonard Jessup and Joseph

Valacich (PHI Learning)

3 Management Information Systems ndash Managing the Digital Firm Kenneth C Laudon

Jane PLaudon (Pearson Education Asia)

30

SEMESTER IV

31

EMBA-401 Project Management Max 40 hrs

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student should be able to

1 Describe the key concepts and principles of Project Management

2 Assess the roles and responsibilities of the project manager

3 Elaborate the processes involved in project life cycle

4 Apply the project planning and cost estimation techniques to the business scenarios

5 Formulate the plan to control and track the project for successful implementation

Unit 1 Project Management Principles and Strategies key concepts and principles in project

management to describe the roles and responsibilities of the project manager

Unit 2 Definition of project and project management project life ndash cycle

Unit 3 Planning the project project planning process project charter and project plan work

breakdown structure (WBS) techniques project structuring and organization

Unit 4 Estimating Project Costs organize project activities resource and time constraints

final project schedule manually or by using automated tools

Unit 5 Activity sequencing precedence network diagram critical path method program

evaluation and review techniques project scheduling basics of scheduling

Unit 6 Executing the Project basic needs and requirement of project execution project

tracking and control elements factor contribute to successful project control

Reference Books

1 Meredith JR amp Mantel SJ (2008) Project Management a managerial approach 7th

ed Indianapolis Wiley Publishing

2 Charvat J Project management methodologies selecting implementing and supporting

methodologies and processes for projects 2003 John Wiley amp Sons

3 PMI A Guide to the Project Management Body of Knowledge 2000

EMBA-402 Corporate Governance Values and Ethics Max 40 hrs

32

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student should be able to

1 Describe the importance of ethics in personal and professional setup

2 Solve practical problems based on ethical dilemma

3 Identify the latest developments in area of Corporate social responsibly

4 Compare contrast and choose among different practices of corporate governance

Unit 1 Introduction CSR CSR ndash A New Paradigm Framework of Corporate Governance

Unit 2 Globalization and CSR Phases and Generations of CSR

Unit 3 Theories of CSR and Need of CSR Pyramid of CSR Corporate Responsibilities and

Ethics Comprehensive Case Studies

Unit 4 Models and Promotion of CSR Emerging Trends in Corporate Governance

Comprehensive Case Studies on the emerging trends in CSR

Unit 5 The Nature of Ethics in Managementshy Business Standards and Values shy Value

Orientation of the Firm

Unit 6 Measuring the impact of CSR Steps and Implementation Collaboration Continuum

Case Study

Reference Books

1 Fernando AC Business Ethics and Corporate Governance Pearson Education 10th

edition

2 McGregor Lynn The human face of Corporate Governance Palgrave Publishers

2000

3 Monks Robert AG Corporate Governance Blackwell Publishers 2001

ELECTIVES Group-I

KNOWLEDGE AND TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT

EKTM-01 Internet Business Models and Business Strategies

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student should be able to

1 Identify the success of Internet Business Models

2 Envision innovative business models

3 Demonstrate the use of technology and internet

4 Assess the business scenario and design business models

Unit 1 Introduction to E-Commerce and its impact on organization economy Porterrsquos

framework in the new economy

Unit 2 Value chain virtual value chain Extracting value out of the value chain (Amazon

publishing industry case)

33

Unit 3 Economics of information impact on strategy Value proposition business models

and revenue models on the web Business models components dynamic and appraisal

Unit 4 Value configuration and the internet Market opportunity analysis customer interface

market communication

Unit 5 Strategy formulation and implementation for online firms BMG online ford dell

eBay eggheadcom pricelinecom yahoo MicroAge wells Fargo online Charles schwb

Merryl Lynch etc

Unit 6 Comprehensive overview and case discussion of impact of internet on various

industries Banking Travel Insurance Automobiles Health care advertising telecom retail etc

Reference Books

1 Allan Afuah and Christopher L Tucci (2001) Internet Business Models and Strategies

McGraw Hill-Irwin 2001

2 Manuel Castells (2002) The Internet Galaxy Reflections on the Internet Business and

Society Oxford University Press ISBN 0199241538 (December 2002)

3 Peter S Cohan (2000) e-Profit High Payoff Strategies for Capturing the E-Commerce

Edge AMACOM NY 2000

EKTM-02 IT Enabled Services Management Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student should be able to

1 Describe the process of Strategic Planning for IT Enabled Services

2 Analyze the link between technology and IT Enabled Services

3 Assess and identify the key issues and challenges in IT Enabled Services

4 Describe the contributions of Service Quality and Satisfaction

Unit 1 Service A Conceptual Framework Strategic Planning for Services Services Marketing

Mix

Unit 2 Customer Behavior and Services STP Strategies in Service Marketing Service Delivery

Process Information Technology and Service Management IT Enabled Services Strategic

Framework

Unit 3 Overview of IT Enabled Service Call Centre Medical Transcription Data Processing

and Back Office Operation

Unit 4 Web Enabled Education Content Development and Multimedia Animation GIS

Services Ventures in IT Enabled Services and Business Process Outsourcing

Unit 5 IT Enabled Services Banking Insurance IT Enabled Customer Interaction Services

Call Centre IT Services Enterprises Wide Integration Networking Services Database

Management Services IT Consulting Services

34

Unit 6 Measuring Service Quality and Satisfaction Customer Relationship Management Web

Enabled Services Health Care Services Travel and Tourism Services Hospitality Services

Telecom Services Transportation Services Infrastructure Services

Reference Books

1 Management Information Systems Laudon and Laudon 7th Edition Pearson

Education Asia

2 Ralph Stiar and George Reynolds Fundamentals of Information technology Thomson

3 Decision Support Systems and Intelligent Systems Turban and Aronson Pearson

Education Asia

EKTM-03 ERP Implementation

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student should be able to

1 Describe the key concepts and principles of ERP

2 Perform a comprehensive analysis of business scenario for ERP implementation

3 Apply Business Process Reengineering methodologies to real world situations

4 Demonstrate the project management and change management techniques

5 Formulate the plan to control and track the project for successful implementation

Unit 1 Introduction ERP Concepts - Enterprise System ndash Evolution of ERP ndash Tangible and

Intangible Benefits ndash Emerging Trends in ERP adoption ndash ERP Implementation Stages ndash case

study

Unit 2 Pre-Implementation Stage Need Analysis ndash Competitive Environment Analysis ndash Gap

Analysis ndash Cost Elements ndash Feasibility Analysis ndash ERP Module ndashERP Industries verticals ndash ERP

Architecture ndash ERP Software ndash SAP ndash Baan ndash IFS ndash Oracle ndash People Soft Comparison of ERP

Software ndash ERP Package Evaluation Criteria ndash Package Life Cycle ndash Request for Information ndash

Functional Requirement Specification ndash Request for Proposal ndash Vendor Selection ndash ERP

Consultants ndash Case Studies

Unit 3 Implementation Business Process Reengineering Concepts ndash Reengineering and

Process Improvement ndash BPR Steps ndash AS-IS and TO ndash BE Analysis ndash Modelling Business

Process ndash Successful BPR ndash Reengineering ndash Organisational Readies ndash Implementation

Approaches

Unit 4 Project Management Project Team ndash Steering Committee ndash Project Manager ndash

Functional Team ndash IS Team ndash Security Specialists Project Deliverables

Unit 5 Change Management ndash System Integration ndash Systems Integrations Standards ndash

Middleware Development ndash Forward And Reverse Engineering ndashERP Infrastructure Planning ndash

System Architecture

Unit 6 Post implementation Organisational Transformational Model of ES Success ndash Cross

Functional Organizational and Industrial Impacts Measuring Business Benefits ndash Balanced

Score Card Method ndash ABCD Checklist Framework ndash Capability Maturity Framework ndash case

study

Reference Books

1 Liaquat Hossain Jon David Patrick and MA Rashid Enterprise Resource Planning

Global Opportunities amp Challenges Idea Group Publishing

35

2 Mahadeo Jaiswal and Ganesh Vanapalli Text Book of Enterprise Resource Planning

Macmillan India Ltd Chennai 2005

3 Alexis Leon Enterprise Resource Planning Demystified Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing

Company Ltd New Delhi 2004

EKTM-04 Data Base Management

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student should be able to

1 Describe the concepts of Data warehousing and database management

2 Create E-R diagram design relational database using normalization

3 Describe the different types of Index and their usage

4 Construct SQL Queries to retrieve update or insert data per requirements

Unit 1 Introduction to Database Organization of Database Components of Database

Management Systems

Unit 2 Data Models Entity-Relationship Model Network Data Model Hierarchy Data Model

Semantic Data Model Advantages Of DBMS

Unit 3 Basic File Structure Indexed Sequential Hashing and File Organization Relational

Data Model Relational Calculus Tuple Calculus System Structured English Query Language

Algebraic Operations

Unit 4 Relational Database Design Integrity Constraints Functional Dependencies

Normalization Physical Database Design

Unit 5 Decomposition Of Relation Schemes Query Processing And Optimization SQL Queries

SQL Oracle Lab The Client Server Database Environment

Unit 6 Object Oriented Data Models Network and Hierarchy Models Security Data

Warehousing Data and Database Administration Distributed Databases

Reference Books 1 Ceri S Pelagatti G Distributed Database systems Principles and Systems Mc Graw Hill

2 Peter Rob Elie Semaan Databases Design Development amp Deployment using

Microsoft Access TATA MCGRAW ndash HILL EDITION

3 Fred R McFadden Modern Database Management Addison Wesley

EKTM-05 Telecommunication for Business

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student should be able to

1 Describe the evolution of telecom technology

2 Integrate knowledge of communication technologies with appropriate policy financial

and management issues

3 List the key challenges in Telecom Marketing

36

4 Articulate the basic issues of telecommunication and information policy and the key

governmental and regulatory processes affecting them from a global perspective

Unit 1 Types of signals AM FM PM PCM PDM TDMA FDMA SDMA CDMA ASK

FSK PSK Features

Unit 2 Error detection and correction codes Hamming codes cyclic codes Data compression

Unit 3 LAN topologies Workstation Server Cables Types of Ethernet Broadband and base-

band Optical Fibers Network Interface Card Networks and accessories LAN MAN WAN

Hub Bridges Switches Routers Gateways Cell Relay Frame Relay FDDI ISDN B-ISDN

Unit 4 Services provided Services Protocols Service Access Points OSI Model

Broadcasting Multicasting Point-to-point communication IP Addressing Concepts Concepts of

Port Socket ATM Tunneling Network Address Translation Virtual Private Network

Unit 5 Network Operating systems UNIX Linux Windows Novell Netware Communication

Mobile communication

Unit 6 Applications of mobile communications Wireless communication Technologies

Wireless technologies Wireless LAN WAP XML XML script

Reference Books

1 William Stallings Business Data Communications Fifth Edition Prentice Hall

2 Rajneesh Agrawal amp Bharat Bhushan Tiwari Data Communication amp Computer

Networks Kindle books

3 Comer- Computer Networks and Internets Pearson Education 4th edition

EKTM-06 Mobile Commerce and Security

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student should be able to

1 Describe mobile commerce mobile computing and security

2 Identify emerging telecommunication technologies

3 Apply mobile security techniques models and framework

4 Assess latest issues and trends in mobile commerce and security

Unit 1 Introduction Generations of mobile computing Spectrum allocation Standard Bodies

Players in the Wireless Space three tier architecture of mobile computing Mobile Computing

through Internet Basic cellular system concept of frequency reuse channels hand-off

mechanism cell splitting

Unit 2 GSM amp GPRS GSM features and Architecture Network Aspects in GSM GSM

Frequency Allocation Mobility management hand-off mechanisms cell splitting Security

issues used in GSM GPRS features and architecture network operations data services in GPRS

applications and limitations SMS and MMS services architecture and operation details

Unit 3 Emerging Telecommunication Technologies Introduction bluetooth EDGE UMTS

Wireless Broadband (WiMAX) Mobile IP Java Card WLAN Ad-hoc Networks Sensor

Networks Spread Spectrum technology CDMA Third generation networks and applications

WAP Model architecture amp protocol stack

Unit 4 Security Issues in Mobile Computing Introduction Information security Security

techniques and Algorithms security Protocols Public Key Infrastructure Trust Security

Models Security Frameworks for Mobile Environment

37

Unit 5 M-Commerce Introduction to m-commerce Emerging applications different players in

m-commerce m-commerce life cycle Mobile financial services mobile entertainment services

and proactive service management

Unit 6 Management of mobile commerce services Content development and distribution to

hand-held devices content caching pricing of mobile commerce services The emerging issues in

mobile commerce The role of emerging wireless LANs and 3G4G wireless networks

personalized content management implementation challenges in m-commerce futuristic m-

commerce services

Reference Books

1 Dave Chaffey ldquoE-Business and E-Commerce Managementrdquo Third Edition 2009

Pearson Education

2 Brian Mennecke and Troy Strader ldquoMobile Commerce Technology Theory and

Applicationsrdquo Idea Group 2003

3 Chan ldquoE-Commerce fundamentals and Applicationsrdquo Wiley India New Delhi

EKTM-07 Knowledge Management and Innovation

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student should be able to

1 Describe concepts of knowledge management and Innovation

2 Identify current issue in the field of knowledge management and Innovation

3 Design process for creation and implementation of Knowledge management in

organization

4 Scan the business environment and formulate strategies to innovate and develop new

business

Unit 1 Introduction Definition evolution need drivers scope approaches in Organizations

strategies in organizations components and functions understanding knowledge

Unit 2 Learning organization five components of learning organization knowledge sources

and documentation

Unit 3 Essentials Of Knowledge Management knowledge creation process knowledge

management techniques organizational knowledge management architecture and

implementation strategies building the knowledge corporation and implementing knowledge

management in organization

Unit 4 Knowledge management system life cycle managing knowledge workers knowledge

audit and knowledge management practices in organizations Global dimension to Knowledge

management Environment Scanning and KM Knowledge Mapping India a Knowledge

Society few case studies

Unit 5 Innovation Meaning Innovation and Invention Types and Sources of Innovation

Process of Innovation Technology innovation process

38

Unit 6 Innovation in corporationenterprise innovation in research strategies of innovation

and developing new business

Reference Books

1 Amrit Tiwana The Knowledge Management Toolkit Pearson Education New Delhi

2005

2 Yogesh Malhotra Knowledge Management and Business Model Innovation Idea Group

Publishing UK 2001

3 Shlomo Maital and d V R Seshadri INNOVATION MANAGEMENT Strategies

Concepts and Tools for Growth and Profit Sage Publications

EKTM-08 E-Business and E- Commerce

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student should be able to

1 Describe the concepts of business models in todayrsquos context of E-Business and E-

Commerce

2 Identify the synergy of technology and new age businesses

3 Safeguard Business Networks in the context of virtual business

4 Determine the contributions of micro and macro factors for E-Business and E-Commerce

Unit 1 Introduction to E-Commerce Forces Driving E-Commerce Impact of E-Commerce E-

Commerce for Competitive Advantage Classification of E-Commerce Application of E-

Commerce Technology

Unit 2 Business Models Framework of E-Commerce Business to Business Business to

Customer Customer to Customer etc

Unit 3 LAN WAN Internet Intranet Extranet TCPIP Domain names FTP applications

WWW HTTP Web Browsers HTML XML

Unit 4 Securing Business on Network Security Policy Procedures and Practices Site Security

Firewalls Securing Web Service Transaction Security Cryptographic techniques Public Key

Trust Infrastructure Digital Signatures Security protocols for Web Commerce

Unit 5 Electronic Payment Systems Online Electronic Payment Systems Prepaid and Post Paid

Electronic Payment Systems Internet Advertising Models of Internet advertising

Unit 6 Launching Your E business- Marketing an E-Business Search Engines and Directories

CRM in E-commerce Building a Corporate Website Practical issues on servers and Application

Software Corporate Web Site Management issues E-commerce legal issues and Cyber laws E-

commerce and WTO

Reference Books

39

1 Efraim Turban et al lsquoElectronic Commerce ndash A managerial perspectiversquo Pearson

Education

Asia 2002

2 Kalakota et al lsquoFrontiers of Electronic Commercersquo Addison Wesley 2001

3 Nabil Adam et al lsquoElectronic Commerce ndash Technical Business and Legal Issuesrsquo

Prentice Hall 1998

EKTM-09Sectorial Application and Emerging Issues in KTM

(as decided by the faculty)

Elective Group-I Supply Chain Management

ESCM--01 Total Quality Management

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student should be able to

1 Assess the importance of Quality in an organization

2 Describe the contributions on Quality by pioneers of the field

3 Evaluate quality policy by applying relevant tools

4 Deploy statistical quality control techniques

5 Describe the Quality Management Awards and frameworks

Unit 1 Introduction

Definition of Quality Dimensions of Quality Quality Planning Quality costs - Analysis

Techniques for Quality Costs Basic concepts of Total Quality Management Historical Review

Principles of TQM Leadership ndash Concepts Role of Senior Management Quality Council

Quality Statements Strategic Planning Deming Philosophy Barriers to TQM Implementation

Unit 2 TQM Principles

Customer satisfaction ndash Customer Perception of Quality Customer Complaints Service Quality

Customer Retention Employee Involvement ndash Motivation Empowerment Teams Recognition

and Reward Performance Appraisal Benefits

Unit 3 Continuous Process Improvement

Juranrsquos Trilogy PDSA Cycle 5S Kaizen Supplier Partnership ndash Partnering sourcing Supplier

Selection Supplier Rating Relationship Development Performance Measures ndash Basic Concepts

Strategy Performance Measure

Unit 4 Statistical Process Control (SPC)

The seven tools of quality Statistical Fundamentals ndash Measures of central Tendency and

Dispersion Population and Sample Normal Curve Control Charts for variables and attributes

Process capability Concept of six sigma New seven Management tools

40

Unit 5 TQM Tools

Benchmarking ndash Reasons to Benchmark Benchmarking Process Quality Function Deployment

(QFD) ndash House of Quality QFD Process Benefits Taguchi Quality Loss Function Total

Productive Maintenance (TPM) ndash Concept Improvement Needs FMEA ndash Stages of FMEA

Unit 6 Quality Systems

Need for ISO 9000 and Other Quality Systems ISO 90002000 Quality System ndash Elements

Implementation of Quality System Documentation Quality Auditing TS 16949 ISO 14000 ndash

Concept Requirements and Benefits

Reference Books

1 Oakland John S (2006) TQM Text with Cases Elsevier Publications

2 Charantimath Poornima M (2003) Total quality Management Pearson Education

3 Ho Samuel K (2002) TQM An Integrated approach Kogan Page

ESCM-02 International Logistics Management

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student should be able to

1 Assess the crucial role of logistics in an organization and economy at large

2 Analyze the linkages of logistics with other functions of the organizations

3 Examine the logistics systems by deploying comprehensive approaches

4 Identify the Logistics relationships

5 Design and implement service response logistics

Unit 1 INTRODUCTION International Logistics and Supply chain management meaning and

objectives importance in global economy Characteristics of global supply chains Supply

chain relationship to business performance -Key tasks of logistics and supply chain managers

Role of Government in controlling international trade and its impact on Logistics and supply

chain

Unit 2 TRANSPORTATION Strategic importance of transport in global logistics logistical

objectives of transport International Ocean Transportation International Air Transportation and

International Land Transportation types characteristics and salient features intermodal

transportation in international operations factors influencing mode and carrier selection decision

Outsourcing And Logistics Service Providers Intermediaries and Alliances in Global Logistics

Meaning of 3 PL and 4 PL service providers role in Global logistics types of services

considerations for hiring 3PL and 4 PL service providers Concept and need of outsourcing

determinants for outsourcing decisions role of outsourcing in global supply chain management

Unit 3 CUSTOMER SERVICE The marketing and logistics interface customer service and

customer retention Service driven logistics systems customer service priorities and standards

customer service strategy Planning the global supply chain Network design for global supply

chain management Risk management in the global context Measuring logistics cost and

performance Benchmarking the supply chain Performance measurement and evaluation in

global supply chains

41

Unit 4 GLOBAL TRADE ENVIRONMENT a Global trade environment various trade

blocksFTZ and their impact on supply chain management Customs and Regulations Trade

Documentation International Contracts Terms of Trade Term of Payment International

Currency INCO terms Logistical packaging containerization Decisions in Network design-

strategic importance location of plant warehouse facilities capacity and number of

warehouses Factors influencing network design decisions Approaches to Inventory

Management in Global Supply Chain Management Distribution Resource Planning Symptoms

of poor Inventory Management Modeling in Supply chain inventory models safety stock

determination for service level and lead time forecasting models routing problem

Unit 5 COORDINATION IN SUPPLY CHAIN Importance of Coordination in Supply Chain

Bullwhip Effect Effect of lack of Coordination on performance Obstacles to Coordination

Strategies to achieve coordination Building Strategic Partnership and Trust In Supply Chain

Role and Importance of IT in Supply Chain Management IT solutions for Supply Chain

Management Supply Chain Information Technology in Practice

Unit 6 PERFORMANCE MEASUREMENT AND TRENDS Dimensions of Performance

Metrics Approachestools for Performance Measurement Measuring logistics cost and

performance Benchmarking the supply chain Performance measurement and evaluation in

global supply chains Impediments to improve Performance Trends in International supply chain

management

Reference Books

1 Douglas Long International Logistics Global Supply Chain Management Springer-

Verlag New

York LLC2004

2 Philippe-Pierre Dornier Panos Kouvelis Michel Fender Global Operations and

Logistics Text

and Cases Wiley John amp Sons Incorporated 1998

3 Kent N Gourdin Global Logistics Management A Competitive Advantage for the New

Millennium Blackwell Publishing 2006

ESCM-03 Transportation Management

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student should be able to

1 Describe the role of logistics in the economy

2 Design and integrate logistics within an organization

3 Apply tools and techniques to analyze logistics

4 Design and implement service operations

Unit 1 Introduction to transportation management Transportation and supply chain economy

Models and inter-relationship

Unit 2 Transportation regulation and public policy Motor carriers Railroads Domestic water

carriers

42

Unit 3 Intermodal and special carriers recent trends and changing scenario in the transportation

management Case studies

Unit 4 International transportation costing and pricing in transportation practices adopted

by the successful companies

Unit 5 Relationship management Information management and technologies

Unit 6 ShipperCarriers network strategies Security and Culture

Reference Books

1 John J Coyle Edward J Bardi Robert A Novack Transportation 6th Edition

2 Pierre A David International Logistics The management of International Trade

Operations

4 Kent N Gourdin Global Logistics Management A Competitive Advantage for the New

Millennium Blackwell Publishing 2006

ESCM-04 Service Operations Management

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student should be able to

1 Describe the nature and scope of services marketing

2 Assess the Customers Buying considerations and behavior

3 Identify unique challenges of marketing and managing services

4 Formulate appropriate strategies for service sector promotion and distribution strategies

Unit 1 Introduction to Services Management Service economy ndash evolution and growth of

service sector ndash nature and scope of services ndash characteristics ndash classification ndash service market

potential ndash expanded marketing mix for services ndash service quality ndash introduction to gaps model

and SERVQUAL dimensions

Unit 2 Focus on Customers Assessing service marketing opportunities ndash customer

expectations and perceptions of services ndash customer behaviour specific to usage of services

Unit 3 Markets segmentation ndash market targeting and selection

Unit 4 Service Design Levels of service product ndash Service life cycle ndash new service

development ndash service blueprinting ndash physical evidence and service scape ndash competitive

differentiation of services ndash service positioning strategies ndash developing positioning maps ndash

pricing of services ndash methods and specific issues

Unit 5 Service Delivery People in services ndash service process- distributing service direct

distribution channel function channels selection impact of information technology ndash designing

43

communications mix for promoting services ndash building service customer relationships and

service recovery ndash role of internal marketing in service delivery

Unit 6 Marketing Strategies for different services Formulating service marketing strategies for

health hospitality tourism logistics financial information technology educational

entertainment and public utility services

Reference Books

1 Robert Johnston Graham Clark Service Operations Management Pearson Education

3rd Edition

2 James Fitzsimmons Mona Fitzsimmons Service Management Operations Strategy

Information Technology 6th edition

3 Richard B Chase Operations Management for Competitive Advantage 6th edition

ESCM-05 SCM and Customer Relationship Management

(as decided by the faculty)

SMB-06 Business Process Reengineering Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student should be able to

1 Conceptualize business operations as processes

2 Apply the business improvement methodologies to real world business situations

3 Conceive strategies for Business Process Re-engineering and Business Process

Management

4 Design implement and manage change in organizations

Unit 1 Introduction to BPR Nature significance and rationale of Business Process

Reengineering Reengineering scenario

Unit 2 Problems issues scope and trends in BPR Implementing BPR Methodology and steps

IT enabled reengineering

Unit 3 Strategic aspects of BPR BPR and Total Quality Management The paradigm of Mass

customization managing organizational change

Unit 4 Transforming Reinventing the enterprise Team building Measurement issues in BPR

Operational aspects of BPR Case studies of success as well as failure

Unit 5 People view empowering people reengineering management Issues of purpose culture

process and performance

Unit 6 Change and Management of BPR Process of Change Stages in Change Different

change agents in an organization

Reference Books

1 Micheal Hammer and James Chamby Reengineering the Corporation Paperback

2 RRadhakrishnan and SBalasubramanian ldquoBuisness Process Reengineering Text Casesrdquo

PHI 2008

3 Vikram Sethi amp William R King ldquo Organizational transformation through business

process reengineeringrdquo Pearson education 2006

44

ESCM-07 IT in Supply Chain Management

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student should be able to

1 Formulate requirements and specifications for IT in Supply Chain

2 Assess the technical aspects of information technology

3 Describe the components of supply chain

4 Perform technical scrutiny of the IT devices to be deployed in real world business

scenarios

Unit 1 Introduction Global Supply Chain Strategy impact of globalization on supply chain

management

Unit 2 Logistics and Inventory management Managing Product Mix for Short Life Products

and Forecasting Error Measurement

Unit 3 Supplier Coordination Supply Contracts and Options

Unit 4 Inventory Modeling for Replenishment Systems

Unit 5 Supply Chain Simulation application of frameworks and mathematical modeling tools

to supply chain management problems

Unit 6 Supply Chain Sourcing and Channel Strategy Supply Chain Integration - Application of

RFID IT Adoption and Maintenance in SC Explore leading-edge use of information technology

in supply chain integration impact of the Internet on distribution and back-end supply chain

processes

Reference Books

1 Coyle Bardi Longley The management of Business Logistics ndash A

supply Chain Perspective Thomson Press 2006

2 D onald J Bowersox Dand J Closs M Bixby Coluper Supply Chain Logistics

Management TMH Second Edition 2008

3 Wisner Keong Leong and Keah-Choon Tan Principles of Supply Chain Management

A Balanced Approach Thomson Press 2005

ESCM-08 Sectorial Application of SCM

(as decided by the faculty)

45

Elective Group-I INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT

EIT-01 Data Warehousing and Data Base Management

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student should be able to

1 Describe the concepts of Data warehousing and database management

2 Create E-R diagram design relational database using normalization

3 List different types of Index and their usage

4 Construct SQL Queries to retrieve update or insert data per requirements

Unit 1 Concept of Data warehouse Uses of Data warehouse Justifying a Data warehouse

Contents of Data warehouse Data Warehouse design approaches Relational Data Warehouse

Multi Dimensional Database structures ETL Data extraction Transformation Cleansing

Loading Data Mart Data Warehouse Information flows Metadata

Unit 2 Analyzing the contents of a data warehouse Online analytical processing (OLAP)

Unit 3 Hardware and Software Tools Concepts of Data MiningUsing Data warehouse for

Business Intelligence and CRM Introduction to Database Organization of Database

Components of Database Management Systems Data Models Entity-Relationship Model

Network Data Model Hierarchy Data Model Semantic Data Model Advantages Of DBMS

Unit 4 Basic File Structure Indexed Sequential Hashing and File Organization Relational

Data Model Relational Calculus Tuple Calculus System Structured English Query Language

Algebraic Operations

Unit 5 Relational Database Design Integrity Constraints Functional Dependencies

Normalization Physical Database Design Decomposition Of Relation Schemes Query

Processing And Optimization SQL Queries SQL The Client Server Database Environment

Unit 6 Object Oriented Data Models Network and Hierarchy Models Security Data

Warehousing Data and Database Administration Distributed Databases

Reference Books

1 Beynon-Davies P- Database Systems Palgrave 2003

2 Hoffer- Modern Database Management Pearson Education 6 th edition

3 Majumdar and Bhattacharya- Database Management System Tata McGraw-Hill

EIT-02- Business Systems Analysis and Design

Course Outcomes

46

Upon successful completion of the course the student should be able to

1 Identify issues related to planning implementation and maintenance of IT based Systems

2 Describe and evaluate the systems development life cycle

3 Assess the requirements for system design by data and process modeling

4 Apply tools and techniques for designing information systems for businesses

Unit 1 Information System Building Blocks System Analysis Fact finding Techniques for

Requirement Analysis

Unit 2 Modeling System Requirements with Use Cases Data Modeling and analysis Managing

Requirement Changes

Unit 3 Process Modeling Re-engineering Business Processes Object-Oriented Analysis and

Modeling

Unit 4 Application Architecture and Modeling Database Design user interface design and

prototyping

Unit 5 Issues in Planning and Implementation of IT based Systems

Unit 6 Implementing and Maintaining System

Reference Books

1 Jeffrey Whitten amp Lonnie D Bentley Systems Analysis and Design Methods Tata

Mcgraw Hill

2 Sommerville Software Engineering Pearson Education

3 Roger S Pressman Software Engineering McGrawHill

EIT-03 Knowledge Management and Innovation

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student should be able to

1 Describe the concepts of knowledge management and Innovation

2 Identify key current issue in the field of knowledge management and Innovation

3 Design the process of creation and implementation of Knowledge management in

organization

4 Scan the business environment and formulate strategies to innovate and develop new

business

Same as EKTM-08

EIT-05 Mobile commerce and security

Same as EKTM-06

EIT-06 BPR and ERP Implementation

Course Outcomes

47

Upon successful completion of the course the student should be able to

1 Describe the key concepts and principles of Business Process reengineering

2 Assess the trends in BPR to develop and implement the BPR methodology

3 Analyze the business scenario to design the ERP implementation strategy

4 Evaluate the impacts of BPR and ERP implementation on organization

Unit 1 Introduction to BPR Nature significance and rationale of Business Process

Reengineering Reengineering scenario

Unit 2 Problems issues scope and trends in BPR Implementing BPR Methodology and steps

IT enabled reengineering

Unit 3 Introduction ERP Concepts - Enterprise System Evolution of ERP Tangible and

Intangible Benefits Emerging Trends in ERP adoption ERP Implementation Stages case study

Unit 4 Pre-Implementation Stage Need Analysis Competitive Environment Analysis Gap

Analysis Cost Elements Feasibility Analysis ERP Module ERP Software SAP Baan Oracle

People Soft Comparison of ERP Softwares ERP Package Evaluation Criteria Package Life

Cycle case Studies

Unit 5 Project Management Project Team and Change Management

Unit 6 Post implementation Post implementation Success Cross Functional Organizational

and Industrial Impacts Measuring Business Benefits case study

Reference Books

1 Liaquat Hossain Jon David Patrick and MA Rashid Enterprise Resource Planning

Global Opportunities amp Challenges Idea Group Publishing

2 Alexis Leon Enterprise Resource Planning Demystified Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing

Company Ltd New Delhi 2004

3 RRadhakrishnan and SBalasubramanian ldquoBuisness Process Reengineering Text Casesrdquo

PHI 2008

EIT-07 e-Governance

(as decided by the faculty)

EIT-08 Business process reengineering

Same as ESCM-06

EIT-09 Sectorial Application of ITM

(as decided by the faculty)

EIT-10 Emerging Issues in ITM

(as decided by the faculty)

48

ELECTIVE Group-II MARKETING MANAGEMENT

EMK-01 International marketing management

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student should be able to

1 Describe the characteristics of international marketing environment

2 Apply the concept of marketing in contemporary international marketing context

3 Create and manage marketing mix in international markets

4 Identify and interpret information for successful promotion and distribution in

international markets

Unit 1 International Marketing Meaning Nature and Importance International Marketing

Orientation EPRG ndash Approach An overview of the International Marketing Management

Process International Marketing Environment

Unit 2 International Market Segmentation and Positioning Screening and Selection of Markets

International Market Entry Strategies Exporting licensing Contract Manufacturing Joint

Venture M amp A Setting-up of Wholly Owned Subsidiaries Aboard Strategic Alliances

Unit 3 International Product and Pricing Strategies Product Designing Product

Standardization Vs Adaptation Managing Product Line International Trade Product Life Cycle

New Product Development Pricing for International Markets Factors Affecting International

Price Determination Price Quotations and Terms of Sale

Unit 4 Managing International Distribution and Promotion Distribution Channel Strategy ndash

International Distribution Channels their Roles and Functions Selection and Management of

Overseas Agents International Distribution Logistics Planning for Trade Fairs and Exhibitions

Unit 5 International Promotion Mix ndash Advertising and other Modes of Communication

Unit 6 Emerging Trends in International Marketing Regionalism vs Multilaterism Trade

Blocks Important Grouping in the World Legal Dimensions in International Marketing (Role of

WTO) Marketing Research for Identifying Opportunities in International Markets

Reference Books

1 Bhattacharya B Export Marketing Strategies for Success Global Business Press

New Delhi

1991

2 Cateora Phillip R and John L Grahm International Marketing 10th ed Irwin

McGraw Hill

Boston 1999

3 Fair-weather John International Marketing Prentice Hall of India Private Ltd New

Delhi(16)

EMK-02 Retail and distribution and Management

49

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student should be able to

1 Describe how retailing works and the various factors which influence its success

2 Assess the implications of strategic retail decisions

3 Create a retail experience to achieve customer trust and loyalty

4 Examine retail management information systems

Unit 1 Definition importance and scope of Retailing Evolution of Retail Competition- The

Wheel of Retailing the Accordion

Unit 2 The Retail Life Cycle Emerging Trends in Retailing The Retail Scenario in India

Retail Formats

Unit 3 Information Gathering in Retailing Retail Strategic Planning and Operation

Management Retail Financial Strategy Target Market Selection and Retail

Unit 4 Location Store Design and Layout Visual Merchandising and Displays

Unit 5 Merchandise Planning Buying and Handling Merchandise Pricing Retail

Communication Mix Promotional Strategy Retail Human Resources Management Customer

Service The GAPs Model Customer Relationship Management

Unit 6 Retail Management Information Systems Retail Audits Online Retailing Global

Retailing Legal and Ethical Issues in Retailing

Reference Books

1 Berman B Evans J R (2004) Retail Management 9th Edition Pearson Education

2 Dunne PM Lusch RF and David A (2002) Retailing 4th ed South-Western Thomson

Learning Inc

3 David Mulcahy Warehouse Distribution and Operations Handbook McGraw-Hill

Handbooks

EMK-03 Marketing of Services

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student should be able to

1 Describe the nature and scope of services marketing

2 Assess the Customers Buying considerations and behavior

3 Identify the unique challenges of marketing and managing services

4 Formulate appropriate strategies for service sector promotion and distribution strategies

50

Unit 1 Introduction to Services Marketing Growing Importance of Services Sector Meaning

and Nature of Services Classification of Services and Marketing Implications Services

Marketing Process

Unit 2 Understanding Customers buying Considerations and Behaviour Customer

Expectations and Perceptions Defining and Measuring Service Quality (Servequal and

Servepref)

Unit 3 GAPs Model Defining and Measuring Customer Satisfaction Service Recovery

Unit 4 Services Marketing Mix Services Design and Development Service Blueprinting

Service Process Physical Evidence and Servicescape Pricing of services

Unit 5 Services Distribution Management Managing the Integrated Services Communication

Mix Managing Service Personnel Employee and Customer Role in Service Delivery

Unit 6 Marketing Applications in Select Service Industries Hospitality Services Tourism

Services Banking Services Health and Insurance Services

Reference Books

1 Christopher H Lovelock Services Marketing Prentice Hall International New Jeresy

2006

2 Payne Adrian The Essence of Services Marketing Prentice Hall of India Ltd 2008

3 Zeithmal VA and Bitner MJ Services Marketing McGraw Hill Co Ltd 2009

EMK-04 Advertising and Brand Management

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student should be able to

1 Describe the various concepts and principles of advertising

2 Design media plan for the organization in accordance with organizational goals and

strategies

3 Describe the meaning and relevance of brand

4 Comprehend various issues pertaining to brand positioning and its application for

combating competition

Unit 1 Introduction to Advertisement Concept and definition of advertisement ndash Social

Economic and Legal Implications of Advertisement ndash setting advertisement objective ndash Ad

Agencies ndash selection and remuneration ndash advertisement campaign

Unit 2 Advertisement Media Media plan ndash type and choice criteria ndash reach and frequency of

advertisements- cost of advertisements related to sales ndash media strategy and scheduling

51

Unit 3 Design and Execution of Advertisement Message development ndash different types of

advertisement ndash layout ndash design appeal ndash copy structure ndash advertisement production ndash print ndash

Radio TV and web advertisement ndash Media Research ndash testing validity and reliability of ads ndash

measuring impact of advertisements

Unit 4 Brand-concept Nature and Importance of Brand Brand vs Generics Brand Life Cycle

Brand Name and Brand Management

Unit 5 Brand Identity Conceiving Planning and Executing (Aaker Model) Brand Loyalty

Measures of Loyalty Brand Equity Concepts and Measures of Brand Equity-Cost Price and

Consumer Based Methods Sustaining Brand Equity Brand Personality Definition of Brand

Personality Measures of Personality Formulation of Brand Personality Brand Image Vs Brand

Personality

Unit 6 Brand Positioning Concepts and Definitions Repositioning Celebrity Endorsement

Brand Extension Differential Advantage Strategies for Competitive Advantage Brand Pyramid

Branding in different sectors Role of Information in Brand Management Role of e-

communities in Brand Management

Reference Books

1 Akaker David A Batra Rajeev and Myers John G Advertising Management Prentice

Hall

New Jersey 1996

2 Hard Norman The Practice of Advertising Butter worth Heinemann Oxford 2005

3 Arnold David The Handbook of Brand Management Random Century House London

2002

EMK-05 Rural and Social Marketing

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student should be able to

1 Describe the key characteristics and other aspects of rural markets

2 Analyze and apply marketing strategies in context of rural markets

3 Describe social marketing and various stakeholders involved in it

4 Apply social marketing strategies as per the needs of the target consumers

Unit 1 Rural Marketing Introduction Definition Myths and Reality of Rural Markets

Characteristics of Rural People Rural market Environment Rural Infrastructure Problems of

Rural Marketing as regards Product Positioning Distributions Language Media Transport etc

Challenges for Rural Marketing

Unit 2 Rural Marketing Strategies Rural Market Segmentation Product Strategies Pricing

Strategies Promotion Strategies Distributor Strategies

52

Unit 3 Rural Marketing Research Role of IT in Rural Marketing (e-Chaupals etc) with few

case studies Marketing of Rural and Cottage Industry Products Future of Rural Marketing in

India

Unit 4 Foundation of Social Marketing Definition Nature and Scope Social Marketing

Challenges Conceptual Framework of Social Marketing Need for Social Marketing

Unit 5 Social Marketing Strategies and Applications Social Markets Segmentation Product

Strategies Marketing Mix Pricing Strategies

Unit 6 Promoter Strategies Role of Govt and NGOrsquos in Social Marketing Social Marketing

Applied in Family Planning Medicare Small Savings AIDS Prevention

Reference Books

1 Krishnamacharyulu And Lalitha Ramakrishnan Rural Marketing Pearson Education India

2 Kashyap Pradeep And Raut Siddartha Rural Marketing Biztantra

3 Ruchika Ramakrishnan Rural Marketing New Century

EMK-06 Promotion Management and Business to Business Marketing

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student should be able to

1 Describe the importance and scope of sales management

2 Design robust sales and distribution strategies for dynamic marketing environment

3 Assess sales and distribution strategies in contemporary markets

4 Demonstrate skills and abilities for managing sales territories

Unit 1 Introductions Overview What is B2B Character of B2B Character of B2B

Unit 2 B2B Purchase Function Org Buyer Behavior Market Opportunities in B2B

Marketing Strategy in B2B Marketing Strategy in B2B Weaving Marketing into the Fabric of

the firm

Unit 3 Managing B2B Products Pricing amp Negotiations Channels Communicating with

Customers (IMC) Advertising Trade and PROne-to-One Media Sales and Sales Management

Project Presentation

Unit 4 Introduction to Sales Promotion Scope and role of sale promotion ndash definition ndash

objective sales promotion sales promotion techniques ndash trade oriented and consumer oriented

Unit 5 Sales Promotion Campaign Sales promotion ndash Requirement identification ndash designing

of sales promotion campaign ndash involvement of salesmen and dealers

Unit 6 Out sourcing sales promotion national and international promotion strategies ndash Integrated

promotion ndash Coordination within the various promotion techniques ndash online sales promotions

Reference Books

53

1 Jeffrey Heilbrunn Marketing Encyclopedia Issues and Trends Shaping the Future

merican Marketing Association

2 David Ford Understanding Business Marketing and Purchasing Cengage Learning

Business Press 3 edition

3 John Coe The Fundamentals of Business-to-Business Sales amp Marketing McGraw-Hill

1 edition

EMK-07 Consumer Behavior

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student should be able to

1 Describe the concept of consumer behavior from a variety of perspectives

2 Identify the key reasons behind why particular consumers in particular situations behave

in a certain way

3 Design a marketing mix in accordance with preferences of consumers

4 Develop strategies to create and enhance customer value

Unit 1 Introduction to consumer behavior ndashDefinition of consumer behavior applications of

consumer behaviour -Consumer behavior and marketing strategy Consumer research-Primary

and secondary methods-tools used-survey focus groups personal interviews projective

techniques Consumer segmentation-bases of segmentation-demographic behavioural benefit

Consumer modeling-Economic model-psychoanalytical model ndash sociological model

Unit 2 Influence of social class -Definition and meaning of social stratification-factors

responsible for social stratification-characteristic features of social classes- social influence on

consumer behavior Group Dynamics and consumer reference groups- definition and meaning of

group ndash reasons for formation of group- types of groups relevant to consumer behaviour

information

Unit 3 Individual determinants-Perception-factors in perception- meaning of perception-

perceptual process-factors responsible for perceptual distortion Learning- Weberrsquos law-Classical

conditioning-operant conditioning-marketing implications- Components of learning process

Personality and emotion Personality ndashmeaning and nature ndash characteristics of personality- stages

in the development of personality- personality influences and consumer behaviour

Unit 4 Motivation ndash needs - goals- dynamic characteristics of motivation ndash consumer imagery

and perceived risk hard core behavioural perspective-social learning perspective-cognitive

approach-biological approach-rational expectations psychoanalytical perspective-Maslowrsquos

hierarchy of needs- Properties of motivation- Three main types of conflicts- Attitudes-definition

beliefs- affect- behavioural intention-attitude changing strategies

Unit 5 Self concept situational influences and lifestyle-overview Consumer decision making

process

54

Unit 6 Consumption and post purchase behaviour Consumer satisfaction concept cognitive

dissonance consumer delight Consumer Value Consumer Value Delivery Strategies

Competitive advantage through customer value Information ndash Customer value determination

process - Measuring customer satisfaction

Reference Books

1 Schiffman LG and Kanuk LL Consumer Behaviour 9th Edition Prentice Hall of

India New Delhi

2 Seth J N amp Mittal B (2nd ed 2003) Customer Behaviour-A Managerial Perspective

Thomson South-Western

3 Hawkins D I amp Roger J B and Kenneth AC (2001) Consumer Behaviour-Building

Marketing Strategy Irwin McGraw-Hill New York

EMK-08 Customer Relationship Management

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student should be able to

1 Describe the concept of customer relationship management and the benefits delivered by

its implementation

2 Develop insights from data for CRM

3 Identify ways for acquiring and retaining customers

4 Define and design a customer centric organization

Unit 1 Introduction Definition of CRM CRM as a business strategy elements of CRM CRM

processes and systems

Unit 2 Strategy and Organization of CRM History of CRM Dynamics of Customer Supplier

Relationships Nature and context of CRM strategy The relationship oriented organization

Unit 3 Marketing Aspects of CRM Customer knowledge privacy issues communications and

multishy channels in CRM the individualized customer proposition Relationship policy

Unit 4 Analytical CRM Relationship data management Data analysis and data mining

Segmentation and selection Retention and crosssell analysis Effects of marketing activities

Reporting results Operational CRM Call centre management Internet and website Direct mail

Unit 5 Collaborative CRMCRM Subsystems Contact Management Campaign Management

Sales Force Automation Choosing CRM Tools Software Package Shortlisting prospective

CRM vendors setting evaluation criteria for the appropriate CRM package selection CRM

implementation

Unit 6 CRM systems and Implementation CRM systems Implementation of CRM systems

Ethical Issues in CRM

Reference Books

2 Barnes James G Secrets of Customer Relationship Management McGraw Hill New

York 2001

3 McKenna Regis Relationship Marketing Successful Strategies for the Age of the

Customers Addison Wesley Publishing Company 2008

55

4 Stone Merlin and Wood rock Neil Relationship Marketing kogan Page London 2006

Elective Group-II Finance

EFM-01 Security analysis and portfolio management

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student should be able to

1 Identify assets such as stock and bonds

2 Allocate investments into stock and bond portfolios

3 Assess the risk preferences of Individuals

4 Create and manage diversified portfolios

Unit 1 Introduction

Concepts of investment- Financial and non-financial forms of investment ndash Objectives of

financial investment investment methods ndash Security and non-security forms of investment ndash

Sources of investment information- Investment Instruments

Unit 2 Financial markets

primary and secondary markets ndash major players and instruments in secondary market -

Functioning of stock exchanges trading and settlement procedures at NSE amp BSE Stock

markets guidelines on primary amp secondary markets ) Behaviour of stock market prices

implications of efficiency market hypothesis for security analysis and portfolio management

Unit 3 Valuation of securities

bond and fixed income instruments valuation ndashbond pricing theorems duration of bond and

immunisation of interest risk term structure of interest rate determination of yield curves

valuation of equity and preference shares (Dividend capitalisation amp CAPM)

Unit 4 Risk

Analysis of risk amp return concept of total risk factors contributing to total risk systematic and

unsystematic risk default risk interest rate risk market risk management risk purchasing power

risk Risk amp risk aversion Capital allocation between risky amp risk free assets-Utility analysis

Unit 5 Fundamental amp Technical Analysis of equity stock

Concept of intrinsic value Objectives and beliefs of fundamental analysts Economy-Industry-

Company framework Economic analysis and forecasting Theory of Technical analysis points

and figures chart bar chart contrary opinions theory confidence index RSA RSI Moving

average analysis Japanese Candlesticks

Unit 6 Modern portfolio theory

Asset allocation decision Dominant amp Efficient portfolio simple diversification Markowitz

diversification model selecting an optimal portfolio ndash Sharpe single index model Determination

of corner portfolio Process of portfolio management ndash International Diversification Portfolio

performance evaluation Sharp amp Treynor amp Jensenrsquos measure Portfolio revision ndash Active and

passive strategies amp formula plans in portfolio revision Mutual funds- types performance

evaluation of mutual funds functions of Asset Management Companies

Reference Books

56

1 Investment Analysis and Portfolio management ndash Prasanna ChandrandashTMH - 2nd Edition

2005

2 Investments ndash Zvi Bodie amp Mohanty ndash TMH ndash 6th Edition 2005

3 Security Analysis amp Portfolio Management SBhat Excel Books

EFM-02 Mergers Acquisitions amp Corporate restructuring

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student will be able to

1 Identify key differences between the mergers and acquisition

2 Describe the process of mergers and acquisitions restructuring of organizations

3 Carry out the valuation of mergers

4 Apply their knowledge in the practical setting

Unit 1 Mergers An Introduction

In the nature of acquisitions and amalgamations types of merger ndash motives behind

mergers ndash theories of mergers ndash operating financial and managerial synergy of mergers ndash

value creation in horizontal vertical and conglomerate mergers ndash internal and external

change forces contributing to M amp A activities A strategic perspective- industry life cycle

and product life cycle analysis in MampA decision strategic approaches to MampA- SWOT

analysis BCG matrix Porterrsquos Five forces model

Unit 2 Legal Framework Legal and regulatory frame work of M amp A ndash provisions of companyrsquos act

1956 Indian Income Tax act 1961 ndash SEBI take over code Provisions of

Competition Act

Unit 3 Corporate restructuring

Different methods of restructuring ndash joint ventures ndash sell off and spin off ndash divestitures ndash

equity carve out ndash leveraged buy outs (LBO) ndash management buy outs ndash master limited

partnerships ndash employee stock ownership plans (ESOP)

Unit 4 Merger Process

Dynamics of MampA process- identification of targets negotiation closing the deal Five-

stage model ndash due diligence (detailed discussion)Process of merger integration ndash

organizational and human aspects ndashmanagerial challenges of M amp A

Unit 5 Valuation

Valuation approaches ndashdiscounted cash flow valuation ndash relative valuation ndash valuing

operating and financial synergy ndash valuing corporate control ndash valuing of LBO Methods of

financing mergers ndash cash offer share exchange ratio ndash mergers as a capital budgeting

decision

Unit 6 Accounting and taxation for amalgamation

Pooling of interest method purchase method ndash procedure laid down under Indian

companies act of 1956 Takeovers types hostile takeover approaches Takeover defenses

57

ndash financial defensive measures ndash Coercive offers and defense ndash anti-takeover

amendments ndash poison pill defense Legal and regulatory frame work of M amp A

Reference Books

1 Mergers acquisitions and Business valuation Ravindhar VadapallindashExcel books 1e 2007

3 Ashwath Damodaran ndash Corporate Finance-Theory And PracticendashJohn Wiley amp Sons

4 Company Law amp Practice ndash Taxmann ndash Recommended book for module-8

EFM-03 Corporate Business taxation and Planning

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student should be able to

1 Identify various types of taxes and their implications in decision making

2 Examine and assess the provisions for taxation of companies

3 Assess different types of incomes and their taxability and expenses and their

deductibility

4 Describe and apply the provisions in corporate tax laws for tax planning

Unit 1 Introduction

Definitions Residential status Heads of Income Computation of Taxable Income

Unit 2Taxation of Companies

Special Provisions in Computation of Profits from Business Deductions from Gross Total

Income Amalgamations of Companies and fiscal Incentives Minimum Alternate Tax on

Companies Special Provisions relating to Tax on Distributed Profits of Domestic Companies

Unit 3 Tax Planning

Concepts relating to Tax Avoidance and Tax Evasion Tax Planning with reference to Location

of Undertaking Type of Activity Ownership Pattern Dividend Policy Issue of Bonus Shares

Inter Corporate Dividends and Transfers Tax Planning relating to Amalgamations and Mergers

of Companies Tax considerations in respect of specific managerial decisions like Make or Buy

Own or Lease Close or Continue Sale in Domestic Markets or Exports Capital Budgeting

Decisions Managerial Remuneration Foreign Collaboration and Joint Ventures

Unit 4 Tax Management Filing of Returns and Assessments Penalties and Prosecutions

Appeals and Revisions Advance Tax TDS Advance Rulings Avoidance of Double Taxation

Agreements

Unit 5 Indian Laws and Regulations Governing International Transactions

FEMA Taxation of foreign income Foreign investments Setting up offices and branches

abroad Restrictions on trade in endangered species and other commodities

Unit 6 Legal Framework of International Business

Nature and complexities Code and common laws and their implications to business

Reference Books

58

1 Ahuja G K amp Gupta Ravi Systematic Approach to Income Tax Allahabad Bharat

Law House

2 Bhagwati Prasad Direct Taxes Law amp Practice Wishwa Prakashan

3 Kanga J B and Palkhivala N A Income Tax Bombay N M Tripathi

EFM-04 International Financial Management

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student should be able to

1 Describe the international financial environment

2 Apply international financial theory

3 Assess the forces influencing global finance and their role in global business strategies

4 Evaluate cross-border investment opportunities for undertaking various capital budgeting

and short-term cash flow management decisions

UNIT 1 Introduction

International financial Environment- The Importance rewards amp risk of international finance-

Goals of MNC- International Business methodsndashExposure to international risk- International

Monetary system- Multilateral financial institution-Government influence on exchange rate

UNIT 2 International flow of funds Balance of payments(determination of current account capital account amp ORA)-International

Trade flows-International Capital Flows-Agencies that facilitate International flows ndash

Equilibrium disequilibrium amp adjustment of Balance of payment amp Trade deficits

UNIT 3 International Financial Markets Foreign exchange markets-foreignexchange trading-Cash amp Spot exchange markets-foreign

exchange rates ampquotation- forward markets-Exchange rate Behavior-Cross Rates-

Foreignexchange market participants-arbitrage profit in foreign exchange markets

Swift Mechanism

UNIT 4 Forecasting foreign Exchange rate Measuring exchange rate movements-Exchange rate equilibrium ndash Factors effecting foreign

exchange rate forecasting exchange rates- international parity relationship interest rate parity

purchasing power parity amp fisher effects

UNIT 5 Foreign Exchange exposure Management of Transaction exposure-Management of Translation exposure- Management of

Economic exposure-Management of political Exposure- Management of Interest rate exposure

UNIT 6 Foreign exchange risk Management

Hedging against foreign exchange exposure ndash Forward market- Futures Market- options Market-

Currency Swaps-Interest rate Swap- Cross currency Swaps-Hedging through currency of

invoicing- Hedging through mixed currency invoicing ndashHedging through selection of supplying

59

country Country risk analysis International Capital Budgeting Concept Problems associated

Evaluation of a project Factors affecting Risk Evaluation Impact on ValueLong term Asset amp

Liability management-Foreign Direct investment ndashForeign portfolio investment- International

Financial instruments International Bond amp Equity marketshort term Asst amp liability

management-Working Capital Policy-Cash management ndashReceivable Management- Inventory

Management- Short term Financing decision ndash international Banking and money market

Reference Books

1 Eun amp Resnick ndash International Finance Management ---(Tata McGraw Hill) 4e

2 Jeff Madura International Finance Management ---(Thomson) 7e 2004

3 PG Apte-International Finance Management- ( Tata McGraw Hill) 4e

EFM-05 Investment Banking

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student should be able to

1 Describe the role and importance of accounting practices

2 Analyze the difference in accounting standards of various countries

3 Restate financial statements using different accounting standards for comparative

purposes

4 analyze and address the issues arising due to different accounting standards

Unit 1 Essentials of the EquityStock Market

The new issue marketInitial Public Offerings (IPOs) -Publicly Traded Markets Factors

affecting the secondary trading market stock exchanges market indices liquidity and volatility

issues -Corporate effects on stock pricing priceearnings ratios book value valuation based on

expectations vs historical reporting -External and international economic effects on stock market

values liquidity and volatility -Fundamentals of stock market technical analysis -Private

EquityVenture Capital and Direct Investment

Unit 2 Essentials of the Fixed IncomeBond Market Differences between stocksequity and bondscredit markets -Fundamentals and mathematics of

the credit fixed incomebond market -Corporate credit and economic impacts on bond markets

interest rates yields and credit pricing spreads Investment Grade vs Non Investment Grade

(High YieldJunk Bonds) -Fundamentals of the workings of the credit markets -Convertible

Bonds and Asset Backed Securities -Trading Positioning Underwriting and Distribution -Rating

Agencies

Unit 3 Management of Public Offers and Private Placements

Initial Public Offers Rights Issues and Secondary Public Offers Public Offers of Debt Securities

Overseas Capital Market Issues Exit Offers

Unit 4 Corporate Advisory Services

60

Business Advisory ServicesrsquoProject Advisory Services Financial Restructuring Advisory

Mergers and Acquisitions Advisory

Unit 5 Essentials and interrelationship between and among IssuersBorrowers IntermediariesUnderwriters and Investors for the equity and bond markets-Individual investors -

Institutional Investors banks mutual funds investment managers pension funds insurance

companies and hedge funds -Devising and analyzing an investment strategy

Unit 6 LegalRegulatory Compliance

Risk Management and Back Office -Ethics insider trading corporate governance fiduciary

responsibilities -Compliance and Regulatory Environment -Credit Market

OperationsProcessing Risk Management -Documentation Transaction Processing Financial

Control and Reporting

Reference Books

1 Subramanyam Pratap Investment banking Tata McGraw-Hill 1st ed

2 The Business of Investment Banks by Michel Fleuriet

EFM-06 Futures Options and Risk Management

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student should be able to

1 Apply the financial concepts and techniques to analyse activities and transactions in

investment banking

2 Describe capital market issuance process and required due diligence

3 Identify various type of financial services and their intricacies

4 Identify and examine corporate governance ethical and legal issues

Unit 1 Fundamentals of derivatives Basics of hedging credit currency and interest rate risks -

Difference between hedging and speculation -Devising and analyzing a borrowing and hedging

strategy -Hedge Funds vs Fund ManagersMutual Funds

Unit 2 Forwards and Futures Option fundamentals calls puts and underlying Hedging with

Futures Option Positions and Strategies Binomial and Black-Scholes Option Valuation

Introduction to Interest Rate Derivatives Credit Risk Credit Derivatives

Unit 3 Interest rate markets-Type of rates Zero rates Bond pricing Determining Zero rates

Farward rules Farward rate agreements (FRA) Treasury bond amp Treasury note futures Interest

rate derivatives (Black model)

Unit 4 Risk management objective of Risk management Identifying types of risk management

of translation transaction and economic exposure Quantifying risk and Hedging techniques

61

Unit 5 Credit risk-Bond prices and the probability of default Historical default experience

Reducing exposure to Credit risk Credit default swaps Total return swaps Credit spread

options Collateralized debt obligation

Unit 6 Value at Risk (VAR)-Measure

Historical simulation Model building approach linear approach Quadratic model Monte Carlo

simulation stress testing and back testing

Reference Books

1 Futures Options and Swaps ndash Robert W Kolb ndash Blackwell

Publishing

2 Introduction to Derivatives and Risk Management ndash Chance ndash

Thomson Learning 6e 2004

3 Options Futures amp Other Derivatives- John CHull - (Pearson

Education) 6e

EFM-07 International Accounting Practices

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student will be able to

1 Differentiate between hedging and speculation

2 Evaluate pricing for futures forwards and options

3 Identify different hedging strategies

4 Describe the mechanics valuation and trading strategies of derivative market

5 Develop trading strategies in the volatile market

Unit 1 Introduction ndash Causes of international differences ndash some major differences in financial

reporting International classification of financial reporting ndash international harmonization of

accounting ndash the requirements of international accounting standards

Unit 2 Financial reporting in USA UK Australia and France Financial reporting in Germany

Netherlands Japan and Third world countries with special emphasis on legal issues accounting

standards and consolidation of accounts

Unit 3 Issues in International accounting ndash Consolidation ndash foreign currency translation ndash

segmental reporting ndash foreign exchange risk management

Unit 4 Harmonization in Financial reporting Standardization and Harmonization role of

international accounting bodies (IASC) in harmonization

Unit 5 Multinational Transfer Pricing ndash Objectives of transfer pricing ndash selecting a transfer

price ndash internal revenue code and transfer pricing

62

Unit 6 Ethical issues in international accounting ndash Incidence and implications of window

dressing (cases)

Reference Books

1 Frederick D S Choi ndash International Finance amp Accounting Hand book ndash John Wiley

2 James A Schweikart ndash International Accounting A Case Approach ndash McGraw Hill

3 Kwabena Anyane-Ntow ndash International Handbook of Accounting Education and

Certification ndash Pergamon Publishers

EFM-08 Project Appraisal and Finance

Course Outcome

Upon successful completion of the course the student will be able to

1 Describe structuring and evaluation of projects in various sectors

2 Identify the various sources of funding for projects in India

3 List new methods of financing like Venture Capital and Private equity

4 Develop a feasibility report incorporating the elements of project appraisal

5 Design the strategies employed in managing project risk

Unit 1 An Overview of Project Finance Introduction to project finance and overview of the

project finance market project life cycle and its impact on the feasibility A study of World Bank

Project Reports Project Initiation and Resource Allocation The Importance of a Proper

Allocation of Resources Process of Resource Allocation at the Corporate Level Process of

Resource Allocation at the Business Unit Level Generation of Project Ideas and Creativity

Unit 2 Market And Demand Analysis Identification of the Target market choice of the Market

Strategy Projection of Demand using Primary Data and Secondary Data Projection of Demand

using Qualitative Models

Unit 3Technical Analysis Selection of Appropriate Technology Acquisition of Technology

Process of Procurement of Materials Choice of a Good Location for the Project Design of the

Layout of the Facilities at the Project Site

Unit 4Financial projections The Cost of the Project The Means of Finance Estimation of

Working Capital Profitability Estimations Balance Sheet Projections Projections of Sources

and Uses of Funds

Unit 5 Environmental Appraisal of Projects Meaning of Environment and Pollution Pollution

Created by Different Industries Methods of Preventing Pollution Environmental Regulations in

63

India Environmental Impact Assessment for Projects Social Cost Benefit Analysis The

Rationale for SCBA Different Approaches to SCBA

Unit 6 Valuing Projects Appraising a Project by Discounting and Non-Discounting Criteria

Appraising Projects with Special Features FCF Approach ERR Approach Real Options ndash

Issues in valuing long term projects Managing Project Risks How risk management creates

value in project finance

Reference Books

1 Prasanna Chandra ndash Project Planning Analysis Selection Implementation and Review ndash

TMH 5e

2 Narendra Singh ndash Project Management and Control ndash HPH 2003

3Nicholas ndash Project Management for Business and Technology

Principles and Practice ndash Pearson PHI

EFM-09 Commodity and Price risk Management

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student will be able to

1 Recognize the volatility of commodities associated with a business

2 Hedge the price risk associated with commodity volatility using suitable instruments

3 Evaluate commodities as part of an investment portfolio

4 Devise suitable investment strategies to invest in commodities

Unit 1 Commodity Spot Market Importance and need ndash Types of Commodity market ndash Structure Categories of Commodity

Markets Agricultural Commodity Market Overview ndash Grain Market ndash Soft Commodities ndash

Livestock and Citrus fruits

Unit 2 Technical Analysis of Agricultural Commodity Metal Market

Structure of Metal Market (London Metal Exchange) ndash Industrial Metal ndash Precious Metalndash

Characteristics of Metal Prices ndash Metal Life Cycle and Convenience yield ndash Technical Analysis

of Metal Commodity Energy Market

Unit 3 World Oil Market ndashRole of OPEC amp Political factors influencing pricing ndash Price setting

of crude oil cargo ndash Refined product market ndash Natural Gas market ndash Spot Futures and Options ndash

Electricity Market ndash Technical Analysis of Energy Commodity

Unit 4 Instruments amp Investment Strategies Commodity Swaps Swaption Swing contracts

and Real options Swaps ndash Swaption

Unit 5 Weather and Commodity market Weather Derivatives ndash Weather and Agriculture derivative ndash Weather and Crude Oil

64

Unit 6 Ways of investment in Commodities Commodity the new asset class ndash Inflation and commodity prices ndash Diversification ndash

Commodity Indexes and funds (Exchange Traded Funds Pension Funds)

Reference Books

1 Options Futures amp Other Derivatives- John CHull - (Pearson Education) 6e

2 Options amp Futures- Vohra amp Bagri - (TMH) 2e

3 Derivatives- Valuation amp Risk Management-Dubofsky amp Miller -

(Oxford University Press) 200405

EFM-10 Managing Financial institutions and Markets

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student should be able to

1 Describe the nature and role of financial systems

2 Apply concepts relevant to financial markets and financial institutions to current events

or topical Issues

3 Describe the differences and applications of financial instruments and financial services

4 Assess the international integration of financial markets and analyze the implications for

financial managers

Unit 1 Financial Institutions and Economic Development Nature and Role of Financial System Financial System and Financial Markets Efficiency

Stability Technology Government Intervention in the Financial System

Unit 2 Central Banking and Monetary Policy

Central Banking Functions Money Creation Process and control Monetary Policy[Will also

cover an overview of Money Prices Exchange Rates and Interest Rates Monetary Expansion

Interest Rates and Exchange Rates Monetary Expansion and Prices Real and Nominal Values

Inflation and Interest Rates Inflation and Exchange Rates The Indian Financial System

Introduction The Pre 1951 Period The Post 1951 period The Indian Financial System The

Emerging Horizon

Unit 3 The Indian Financial System

Introduction Evolution of Modern Commercial Banks Evolution of Bank Assets Liabilities and

Activities Banking Structure Matching Revenues and Costs of Commercial Banks Recovery of

Advances and Documentation Capital Adequacy Accounting Policies and related matters

Directed Investments and Credit Programs and Interest Rates Methods and Procedures in Banks

65

Regulation and Supervision of the Financial Sector Treasury and Risk Management in Banks

Marketing of Bank Services Relationship Banking and Innovations

Unit 4 Fundamentals of the Foreign Exchange Markets -

How the spot and forward foreign exchange markets work -Basics of currency and cross border

risks -Cross border funding and hedging

Unit 5 International Banking

Offshore Banking Multinational Banking Banking Consolidation

Unit 6 Finance Companies ndash

The Evolution of Finance Companies The Present Status and the Micro Finance and its

importance in Rural Economy Insurance Companies Economics of Insurance The Insurance

Industry and its Regulation LIC and GIC Development Banks Recent Trends Current

Developments eBanking

Reference Books

1 Bhalla V K (2004) Managing International Investment and Finance New Delhi Anmol

2 Saunders Anthony Cornett Marcia Millon (5th ed 2005) Financial Institutions Management

Tata McGraw Hill

3 Bhole LM (4th ed 2004) Financial Institutes amp Markets Tata McGraw Hill

Elective Group II Human Resource Management

EHR 01 Management of Industrial relations amp Labour Legislation

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student should be able to

1 Describe the Labour Laws and Legal Framework of Industrial Relations

2 Assess the rationale of labour laws in organizations

3 Examine the labour laws in India viz-a-viz International Labour Organization

4 Identify issues pertaining to employee relations in an organization

Unit 1 Industrial Relation Management

Concept- Evaluation ndash Background of industrial Relations in India- Influencing factors of IR in

enterprise and the consequences Economic Social and Political environments Employment

Structure ndash Social Partnership ndash Wider approaches to industrial relation ndash Labour Market

Unit 2 Trade Union

Introduction ndash Definition and objective ndash growth of Trade Union in India-trade Unions Act 1926

and Legal framework-Union recognition-Union Problems-Employees Association-introduction

Objective Membership Financial Status

Unit 3 Quality of Work Life

66

Workersrsquo Participation in Management ndash Workerrsquos Participation in India shop floor Plant

Level Board Level ndash Workersrsquo Welfare in India scenario- Collective bargaining concepts amp

Characteristics ndash Promoting peace

Unit 4 Industrial Disputes

Meaning nature and scope of industrial disputes ndash Cases and Consequences of Industrial

Disputes ndash Prevention and Settlement of industrial disputes in India Employee Grievances

Causes of grievances ndash Conciliation Arbitration and Adjudication procedural aspects for

Settlement of Grievances ndash Standing Orders ndash Code Discipline

Unit 5 Labour Welfare

Concept-Objectives-scope-Need ndashVoluntary welfare measures-Statutory welfare measures-

Labour-Welfare funds Child Labour ndashFemale Labour ndashContract Labour ndashConstruction Labour-

Agricultural Labour-Disabled-Social security-Implications

Unit 6 Labour laws

Factories Act 1948 Payment of wages Act 1936 The minimum wages Act -1948 The industrial

disputes Act 1947 The Employees Provident Fund amp Misc Act 1952

Reference Books

1 Beaumont P B (1995) The Future of Employment Relations London Sage Publication

2 Bareja JK (2000) Industrial Law Galgotia Publishing House

3 Monappa Arun (2002) Industrial Relations Tata McGraw Hill

EHR-02 Compensation Management

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student should be able to

1 Describe Minimum wage ndash Fair wage Real wage Issues and Constraints in Wage

Determination in India

2 Illustrate different ways to strengthen the pay for performance link

3 Evaluate the concepts of employee benefits

4 Exhibit the knowledge of legal framework required in employee benefits

5 Demonstrate the implications of strategic compensation and possible employer

implications

Unit 1 Introduction

Compensation meaning objectives nature of compensation Nature amp Significance of wage

salary administration essentials-Minimum wage ndash Fair wage Real wage Issues and Constraints

in Wage Determination in India

Unit 2 Compensation system design issues

Compensations Philosophies compensation approaches decision about compensation

compensation- base to pay individual Vs team rewards Perceptions of pay Fairness legal

constraints on pay systems

Unit 3 Managing Compensation

67

Strategic Compensation planning determining compensation-the wage mix Development of a

Base Pay System Job evaluation systems the compensation structure- Wage and salary surveys

the wage curve pay grades and rate ranges preparing salary matrix government regulation on

compensation fixing pay significant compensation issues Compensation as a retention strategy

Unit 4 Variable Pay and Executive Compensation

Strategic reasons for Incentive plans administering incentive plans Individual incentive plans-

Piecework Standard hour plan Bonuses Merit Pay Group incentive plans- Team compensation

Gain sharing incentive Plans Enterprise incentive plans- Profit Sharing plans Stock Options

ESOPs EVA Executive compensation elements of executive compensation and its management

International compensation Management

Unit 5 Managing Employee Benefits

Benefits- meaning strategic perspectives on benefits-goals for benefits benefits need analysis

funding benefits benchmarking benefit schemes nature and types of benefits Employee benefits

programs- security benefits retirement security benefits health care benefits time-off benefits

benefits administration employee benefits required by law discretionary major employee

benefits creating a work life setting employee services- designing a benefits package

Unit 6 Job Evaluation Job Description and Job Specification

Job Analysis amp Its Process Methods of Job Evaluation Internal and External Equity in Reward

Management Role of Wage Board amp Pay Commissions International Compensation

Knowledge Based Compensation Team Compensation Competency Based Compensation

Reference Books

1 Henderson Richard I (2004) Compensation Management Rewarding Performance Prentice

2 Hall of India Pvt Ltd

3 Bergmann amp Thomas J (2003)Compensation Decision Making Harcourt College

Publications

4 Micton R (2002) Handbook of Wage and Salary Administration London

EHR-03 Organizational Change and Intervention Strategies

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student should be able to

1 Comprehend the principles of OD located in human relations school of management

2 Identify major types of organizational development interventions

3 Demonstrate how to evaluate organizational development interventions

4 Apply human resource intervention techniques in different management scenarios

5 Describe the human resources metrics and how they relate to organizational development

in order to improve client consultant relationship

Unit 1 Organizational Development (OD)

Introduction History of OD Values Assumptions amp Beliefs in OD Theory and Management of

OD Managing the OD process Action research amp OD Organizational Change Challenges of

change Process of change Transformational change Managing Organizational Transformation

Unit 2 Organizational Development Intervention

68

Overview of Organisation Development Intervention Types of Interventions Sensitivity

Training Team Interventions Third- Party Peacemaking Interventions Inter Group Interventions

Comprehensive Interventions MBO Role Playing Future Challenges

Unit 3 Culture amp Change process

Power amp politics and Organisation Development Cultural change strategies Corporate

reorganization amp sub culture management Resistance to organisational change

Unit 4 Behavioural implications of change

The manifest latent amp paradoxical consequences of change Resigned behavioural compliance

Reaction to Downsizing amp Delayering Managing uncertainty amp ambiguity

Unit 5 Intervention Strategies

Structural Technological amp Process factors in intervention Advantages amp limitations of change

technologies Associated leadership models Leadership amp change process Leadership amp

emotional knowledge strategies Achieving congruence of personnel structureamp culture

Unit 6 Key Issues in Organisational Development

Issues in Consultant-client Relationships Action Research Ethical Issues in Organisational

Development and Future of Organisational Development

Reference Books

1 French W Cecil H Bell amp Jr (2004) Organizational Development Prentice Hall of

India Pvt Ltd

2 Jones G R (2nd edition 2004) Organizational Theory Addison-Wesley Publishing

Company

3 Burnes B (1996) Managing Change A Strategic Approach to Organizational Dynamics

London Pitman

EHR-04 Human Resource Management Strategies and Systems

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student should be able to

1 Describe the scope of HRM

2 Describe meaning and nature of strategic HRM

3 Identify the link between HR strategies and business strategies

4 Frame HR strategies by applying knowledge of labour markets and product markets

locally nationally and internationally

5 Assess the dynamic nature of global competition and of social and technological trends

and their significance for HRM practice

Unit 1 Understanding Strategic HRM

Traditional Vs strategic HR Typology of HR activities lsquoBest fitrsquo approach Vs lsquoBest practicersquo

approach HR strategy and the role of national context sectoral context and organizational

context on HR strategy and practices Investment perspective of human resources HR Strategy

69

Formulation Brief overview of strategic planning and planning in SBUs HR Strategy and HR

Planning HR Strategy in Multinational Global and Transnational companies HR contributions

to strategy shycompetitive intelligence shyresource reallocation decisions

Unit 2 Aligning HR Systems with business strategy

Sustained competitive advantage ndash how HR adds value to the firm shy HR as scarce resource shy

inimitable resource shy non-substitutable resource HRM leading strategy formulation Alternative

HR systems shyuniversalisticshy contingency shy configurational Congruence and Integrated HR

systems Designing congruent HR systems

Unit 3 HR Strategy in workforce utilization

Efficient utilization of Human resource shy cross training and flexible work assignment shy work

teams shy non-unionization Strategies for employee shortages Strategies for employee surpluses

Unit 4 HR strategy for training and development

Benefits planning and strategizing training integrated learning with performance management

system and compensation

Unit 5 High Performance Work Practices

Individual high performance practices limitations of individual HPWP Systems of HPWP shy

skill system shy motivating system Individual practices Vs systems of practices Universal

practices Vs contingency perspectives

Unit 6 Strategic HRM in emerging HR issues

HR Strategy in workforce diversity shy virtual teams shy flexitime and telecommuting shy HR

outsourcing shy contingent and temporary workers shy Global sourcing of labor Expatriation and

repatriation management in global HRM Gender discrimination and Glass ceiling effect

Employee engagement strategies Talent management and retention

Reference Books

1 Kandula S R (2001) Strategic Human Resource Development Eastern Economy Edition

Prentice Hall India

2 Boxell amp Purcell J (2003) Strategy And Human Resource Management Palgrave

Mcmillan

3 Mello J A (2002) Strategic Human Resource Management Thompson Learning

Cincinnati

EHR-05 Global Human Resource Management

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student should be able to

1 Describe the different meanings and dimensions of ldquoculturerdquo

2 Assess the impact of culture on business practices

3 Explain and analyze the impact of national culture on organizational cultures

4 Explain how leadership differs across cultures

70

Unit 1 International Organization

Approaches to the study of comparative employment policy Convergence theory The

cultural approach The institutionalist perspective

Unit 2 International HRM Models

Poolersquos adaptation of the Harvard model The Brewster and Bournois model of

International HRM International HRM Problems of International Research

Unit 3 Internationalization of HR Activities

Types of International Business inter country Differences affecting HRM causes for

International assignments failure Limitations and advantages of host country nationals

(HCN) Parent country nationals (PCN)amp Third country national (TCN) International

Staffing Policy Selecting International Managers Adaptability amp Screening Managing

Knowledge Workers

Unit 4 Understanding Cross Culture

Organisation culture amp National culture Cross ndash culture Theories Cross ndash Culture

Business Communication amp Behaviour Culture amp Organisational Performance

Unit 5 Training ampMaintaining International Compensation

Training for Expatriate Managers National Differences in Compensation Factors

Influencing International Compensation Components of Remuneration

PackageExpatriate Performance Management Repatriation International Labour

relations Problems and solutions

Unit 6 Human Resource Management and Japan

Some innovative Japanese Management techniques such as just in time theory quality

circles and Kaizen Influence of Japanese Management Practices on Western

Employment practices

Reference Books

1 Gupta SC (2009) Text book of International HRM Macmillan Publishing

2 Jackson ndashTerrence (2002) International HRM A Cross cultural Approach Sage

Publications

3 Harzing amp Ruysseveldt (2004) International Human resource Management Sage

Publications Ltd London

EHR-06 Management of Training and development

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student should be able to

1 List training and development needs for the 21st century

2 Explain the organizational societal and individual costs and benefits of training and

development

3 Develop analyze and apply advanced training strategies and specifications for the

delivery of training programs

4 Describe appropriate implementation monitoring and assessment procedures of training

71

5 Evaluate training programs using appropriate design and data collection procedure

Unit 1 Introduction

The Changing Organizations HR and the Training Functions Models of Training Systematic

Model the Transitional Model The Learning Organisation Training as Consultancy

Understanding Learning Concepts T amp D to Lifetime Education

Unit 2 Training Needs Analysis

The Process and Approaches of TNA Team Work for Conducting Training Needs Analysis

TNA and Training Process Design

Unit 3 Training Design amp Evaluation

Understanding amp Developing the Objectives of Training Facilitation of Training with Focus on

Trainee (Motivation of Trainee Reinforcement Goal setting) Training with Focus on Training

Design (Learning Environment Pre-training Communication etc) Facilitation of Transfer with

Focus on Organization Intervention (Supervisor Support Peer Support Trainer Support Reward

Systems Climate etc)

Unit 4 Effective Trainer

Selecting the trainer and preparing a lesson plan skills of an effective Trainer Programme

methods and techniques Implementation and Evaluation of Training Programme Levels of

Evaluation CIPP Model CIRO model Training Audit and Cost Analysis

Unit 5 Management Development

Approaches to Management Development Sources of Knowledge Skill acquisition Types of

management Development Programmes EDPrsquos Seminars and Conferences Symposia

Unit 6 Emerging Trends in Training

New learning interventions Technology in training-CBT- multimedia training e- learningonline

learning- distance learning competency based Training Assessment Centres

Reference Books

1 Raymond Noe A (2005) Employees Training and Developmentrdquo McGraw Hill Publication

2 Orsquo Connor Browner amp Delaney (2003) Training for Organizations Thompson Learning

Press

3 Blanchard P N amp Thacker W J (1998) Effective Training Systems Strategies and

Practices Prentice Hall New Jersey

EHR-07 Interpersonal processes and Counseling skills for Managers

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student should be able to

1 Identify how to clarify key issues in attending skills

2 Demonstrate empathic listening and responding skills

3 Apply the techniques of probing and summarizing

4 Demonstrate the skill of challenging client assumptions

5 Exhibit counseling skills and its applications

72

Unit 1 Managerial Process

Nature of Management functions of managers leadership and managerial effectiveness

Managerial conflict

Unit 2 Interpersonal amp Group Process

Interpersonal communication Interpersonal feedback Interpersonal behavior and influence

relationships Interpersonal styleGroup Process An overview of group formation Group

development and effectiveness formal and informal groups reasons for formation of groups

theories of group group behavior

Unit 3 Introduction to Counselling

Definition amp Need Counseling Psychotherapy and Instruction Approaches to Counseling

Goals of Counseling Counseling Process

Unit 4 Counselling Procedures

The Counselling Environment Intake Referral procedures Guidelines for effective counselling

Advanced skills in Counselling Action strategies Counselling Skills Verbal amp Non- Verbal

communication Listening Barriers Counsellorrsquo Qualities Core conditions of Counselling Role

of Conflict in Counselling Values of counselling Counselling service Manager counsellor

Unit 5 Organisational Application of Counselling Skills

Change management Downsizing Mentoring Team Management Conflict Resolution Crisis

Trauma Problem Subordinates Identifying problem subordinates Types of problem

subordinates Dealing with problem subordinates

Unit 6 Ethics in Counselling

Ethical Principles Common Ethical Violations

Reference Book

1 Singh Kavita (2007)Counselling Skills for Managers PHI

2 Bailez Roz (1991) 50 Activities for Developing Counselling Skills in Managers

1

Syllabus and Scheme of Examination

Master of Business Administration (MBA)

Delhi School of Management

Delhi Technological University

2

Program Educational Objectives (PEOs)

PEO 1 To equip students with subject knowledge and expertise of managerial functions

PEO 2 To develop critical and a holistic approach among students for designing and implementing

solutions to problems of business government and society

PEO 3 To nurture the spirit of innovation creativity and entrepreneurship among students

PEO 4 To develop effective communication interpersonal motivational decision making and leadership

skills among students

PEO 5 To inculcate value-based leadership ethical qualities and a sense of social purpose among students

Program Outcomes (POs)

The Management Graduates will be

1 conscious about the socio-economic environment both domestic and international and its

implications on business

2 able to identify formulate and critically analyse business problems using modern day managerial

tools to enhance decision making capabilities

3 possessing excellent communication skills and be in a position to communicate effectively on

management issues both within and outside the organization such as being able to write reports

and design documentation make effective and impressive presentations and issue and receive clear

instructions

4 possessing the ability to create select and apply managerial and technical skills and be prepared

for assuming cross-functional positions in industry

5 able to identify and evaluate potential market opportunities in the Indian and global scenario

6 aware and sensitive to societal concerns and work towards development of sustainable solutions

to problems at large

Program Specific Outcomes (PSOs)

The Management Graduates shall have

1 overall management Knowledge and dual specialization in management disciplines of marketing

management human resource management financial management operations and supply chain

management information technology management and knowledge management

2 proficiency with technology and analytical techniques for decision-making

3

Criteria for Assessment

All theory courses shall have internal weightage of 40 (20 + 20) and 60 weightage for written end

semester examination The internal assessment of the students (out of 40 marks) shall be as per the criteria

given below

1 Mid semester examination -20 Written Test Compulsory (to be conducted on the date Communicated by the Dept)

2 Individual PresentationViva-VoceGroup DiscussionClass Participation -20

3End Semester Written Examination will be conducted by the University which shall have

weightage of 60

4 Each candidate for hisher summer internship (100 marks) and project report (200 marks) shall

be evaluated by presentation and viva voce

Note All record shall be maintained by each faculty and made available to the examination

branch of the University through department centre coordinator

4

DELHI SCHOOL OF MANAGEMENT

DELHI TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY

Master of Business Administration

First Semester

Course

Code

Name of the Course Nature of

Course

Workload Marks for Total

Marks

Credits

L T

P

Total IA ESE

MGT-11 Management Process

and Organizational

Behavior

Core 4 - 4 40 60 100 4

MGT-12 Financial Accounting

and Cost Accounting

Core 4 - 4 40 60 100 4

MGT-13 Marketing

Management

Core 4 - 4 40 60 100 4

MGT-14 Managerial Economics Core

Course

4 - 4 40 60 100 4

MGT-15 Decision Sciences Core 4 - 4 40 60 100 4

MGT-16 Legal Aspects of

Management

Core

Course

4 - 4 40 60 100 4

MGT-17 Business

Communication

Soft Core 4 4 40 60 100 4

MGT-18 Data Analysis Lab Soft Core - 2 2 50 - 50 2

Total 28 2 30 30

Following course shall also be offered by DSM for other departments as open electives during the semester

MGT-11 Management Process and Organizational Behavior MGT-13 Marketing Management MGT-16 Legal Aspects of Management

NoteThere will be at least one Industrial Visit in the 1st year either in the First Semester or Second Semester for

the Students The students will be required to submit a report and present the same to their Industrial Visit In-

Fst Charge

5

DELHI SCHOOL OF MANAGEMENT

DELHI TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY

Master of Business Administration

Second Semester

Course

Code No

Paper Nature of

Course

Workload Marks for Total

Marks

Credits

L TP Total IA ESE

Human Resource

Management

Core 4 - 4 40 60 100 4

MGT-22 Financial Management Core 4 - 4 40 60 100 4

MGT-23 Business Research

Methods

Core 4 - 4 40 60 100 4

MGT-24 Business Environment Core 4 - 4 40 60 100 4

MGT-25 Knowledge and

Intellectual Capital

Management

Core 4 - 4 40 60 100 4

MGT-26 Operations and Supply

Chain Management

Core 4 - 4 40 60 100 4

MGT-27 Management Accounting Core 2 2 40 60 100 2

MGT-28 Information Technology

and Innovation

Management

Core 4 40 60 100 4

MGT-29 NCCNSSSportsDrama

ticsYoga(NUES)

Open

elective

- 2 2 50 - 50 2

Total 30 2 32 32

These courses shall also be offered by DSM for other departments as open electives during the semester

MGT-21 Human Resource Management MGT-22 Financial Management MGT-24 Business Environment

NUES Non-University Exam System

Note Summer Internship The students are required to undertake a Summer Internship Project (SIP) for 6

weeks duration at the end of second semester

6

DELHI SCHOOL OF MANAGEMENT

DELHI TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY

Master of Business Administration

Third Semester

Code No Paper Category Workload Marks for Total

Marks

Credits

L TP Total IA ESE

MGT-31 Business

Analytics

Core 2 - 2 50 50 2

MGT-32 Corporate

Governance

Core 2 - 2 50 50 2

MGT-33 Strategic

Management

Core 4 - 4 40 60 100 4

Elective-I Two papers each

from the same

specialization

4 - 4 40 60 100 4

Elective-II 4 - 4 40 60 100 4

Elective-III 4 - 4 40 60 100 4

Elective-IV 4 4 40 60 100 4

MGT-34 Summer

Internship

Report

Skill Based - - - - - 100 4

MGT-35 Managerial

Skills

Development

(NUES)

Skill Based - 2 2 50 - 50 2

Total 24 2 26 30

These courses shall also be offered by DSM for other departments as open electives during the semester

MGT-32 Corporate Governance MGT-33 Strategic Management

NUES Non-University Exam System

7

DELHI SCHOOL OF MANAGEMENT

DELHI TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY

Master of Business Administration

Fourth Semester

Code

No

Paper Category Workload Marks for Total

Marks

Credits

L TP Total IA ESE

MGT-41 Project

Management

Core 4 - 4 40 60 100 4

MGT-42 Entrepreneurship

Development

Core 2 - 2 40 60 100 2

MGT-43 Business

Intelligence

Core 2 2 4 40 60 100 2

Elective-I Two papers

each from the

same

specialization

4 - 4 40 60 100 4

Elective-II 4 - 4 40 60 100 4

Elective-III 4 - 4 40 60 100 4

Elective-IV 4 4 40 60 100 4

MGT-44 Major Research

Project

Skill Based - 2 2 - - 200 6

MGT-45 Emotional

Intelligence and

Managerial

Effectiveness(N

UES)

Skill Based - 2 2 50 - 50 2

Total 24 4 28 32

These course shall also be offered by DSM for other departments as open electives during the semester

MGT-41 Project Management MGT-42 Entrepreneurship Development

NUES Non University Exam System

8

List of Electives

Finance

Semester III

MGF- 01 Investment Management

MGF-02 Tax Planning and Management

MGF-03 Investment Banking and Financial Services

MGF-04 Financial Markets and Institutions

MGF-05 International Financial Management

Semester IV

MGF-06 Corporate Mergers Acquisitions and Restructuring

MGF-07 Derivatives and Risk Management

MGF-08 Financial Modeling and Analysis

MGF-09 Management Control Systems

MGF-10 Strategic Cost Management

Human Resource Management

Semester III

MGH-01 Industrial Relations amp Labour Legislation

MGH-02 Compensation Management

MGH-03 Organizational Development

MGH-04 Strategic Human Resource Management

MGH-05 Changing Paradigms in Leadership

Semester IV

MGH-06 Cross Cultural and International Human Resource Management

MGH-07 Performance Management

MGH-08 Training and Development

MGH-09 Interpersonal Processes and Counseling Skills for Managers

MGH-10 Team Building

9

Marketing

Semester III

MGM-01 Consumer Behavior

MGM-02 Advertising and Brand Management

MGM-03 Rural and Social Marketing

MGM-04 International Marketing

MGM-05 Sales and Distribution Management

MGM-06 Marketing Research

Semester IV

MGM-07 Retail Management

MGM-08 Promotion Management and Business 2 Business Marketing

MGM-09 Marketing of Services

MGM-10 Digital Marketing

MGM-11 Customer Relationship Management

MGM-12 Entrepreneurial Marketing and Sales

IT Management

Semester III

MGI-01 Business Process Reengineering and Change Management

MGI-02 Business Systems Analysis and Design

MGI-03 Database Management System

MGI-04 Data Warehousing and Online Analytical Process

MGI-05 E-Business

MGI-06 Knowledge Management and Big Data (Common to Knowledge Management

Specialization)

Semester IV

MGI-07 E-Governance

MGI-08 Strategic Telecommunications Management

10

MGI-09 Knowledge and Innovation Management

MGI-10 E-Learning and Knowledge Management (Common to Knowledge Management

Specialization)

MGI-11 KM Tools and E-Businesses (Common to Knowledge Management Specialization)

Knowledge Management

Semester III

MGK-01 Knowledge Creation Critical Thinking and Innovation

MGK-02 Knowledge Management and Big Data

MGK-03 Knowledge Creation and Skill Development

MGK-04 Business Intelligence and Knowledge Management

MGK-05 Knowledge System Strategy and Development

Semester IV

MGK-06 Integrating Knowledge Management with Strategic Initiatives

MGK-07 Advanced Knowledge Management Concepts

MGK-08 MGI-10 E-Learning and Knowledge Management

MGK-09 Intellectual Property and Knowledge Capital

MGK-10 MGI-10 KM Tools and E-Businesses

Operations and Supply Chain Management

Semester III

MGS-01 SCM and E-Commerce

MGS-02 Operations Analytics

MGS-03 Logistics Planning and Strategy

MGS-04 Total Quality Management

MGS-05 Business Process Management and Change

MGS-06 Computer Aided Design and Manufacturing

Semester IV

MGS-07 Supply Chain Strategy and Innovation

MGS-08 Transportation and Distribution Management

11

MGS-09 IT Applications in SCM

MGS-10 Operations Research and Strategy

MGS-11 Materials and Store Management

12

DELHI SCHOOL OF MANAGEMENT

DELHI TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY

Master of Business Administration

FIRST SEMESTER

13

Management Process and Organizational Behavior

Course Code MGT-11 Credits - 4

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student should be able to

1 Compare and contrast theories of organizational behavior

2 Analyze management issues as related to organizational behavior

3 Evaluate ethical issues as related to organizational behavior

4 Examine challenges of effective organizational communication

5 Examine the differences and similarities between leadership power and management

6 Assess the impact of culture on organizational behavior

7 Assess the impact of a companyrsquos structure and design on its organizational behavior

Unit 1 Introduction

Meaning and Nature of Management The evolution of management thought Functions and skills of a

manager Management Approaches Processes Managerial Skills Tasks and Responsibilities of a

Professional Manager

Unit 2 Organizational Structure and Process Organizational design six key elements of organizational design types of organizational design

organizational structure Managerial Ethos

Unit 3 Managing activities

Planning need for planning types of planning and the elements of planning Managerial decision

making- types of managerial decisions steps in decision-making process

Unit 4 Controlling Problem Solving Techniques Controlling Process and Techniques Budgetary and Non-Budgetary

control techniques PERT CPM

Unit 5 Organization Behavior An Introduction Behavioural Dynamics Foundations of individual behavior Personality Perception Learning Values Attitudes Motivation

Interpersonal Dynamics Group Dynamics Leadership theories and styles Management of conflict and

negotiation

Unit 6 Organisational Culture and Change Organisational culture Organisational change nature and forces of change resistance to change and

management of resistance to change Work stress sources and consequences of stress and its

management

14

Text Books

Robbins SP Judge TA Vohra N (2016) Organizational Behaviour 16e Pearson Education

Nahavandi A Denhardt R B Denhardt J V Aristigueta M P (2015) Organizational

Behavior Sage Publications

Reference Books

Greenberg J and Baron RA (2015) Behaviour in Organization Pearson Education Newstrom JW amp Davis K (2014) Organizational Behaviour at Work Tata Mc GrawHill

Suggested Readings

George J M amp Jones GR (2012) Understanding and Managing Organizational Behaviour 6e

Pearson Education Nelson DL Quick JC amp Khandelwal P (2014) ORGB 2e Cengage Learning

Financial Accounting and Cost Accounting

Course Code MGT-12 Credit - 4

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student should be able to

1 Identify the accounting rules required for business enterprises and apply the same in interpreting

financial results

2 Analyse interpret and communicate the information contained in basic financial statements

3 Explain and apply accounting concepts principles and conventions in examining financial

statements

4 Describe cost accounting terminologies and methods their rationale of classification and their

relevance to business decisions

5 Apply cost management ideas in determining productservice costs and in making business decisions

6 Identify ethical issues related to accounting in contemporary world

Unit 1 Introduction

15

Introduction to Accounting Importance Accounting Concepts and conventions (GAAP) Accounting

Standards (Focus on importance of Standards to give a general view on Financial Reporting Practices)

Unit 2 Accounting Process Books of Original Record Ledgeramp Trial Balance Classification of Capital and Revenue expenses

Concepts and contents of financial statements and drafting of Financial Statements

Unit 3 Asset Valuation and Inventory Valuation Concept and Methods of inventory valuation Concept of goodwill and methods of valuation l concept

methods and accounting for depreciation

Unit 4 Financial Analysis Users of financial statement Analysis and interpretation of financial statements Ratio Analysis

Liquidity Leverage Solvency and Profitability ratios ndash Du Pont Chart - Horizontal Analysis and

Vertical Analysis statement of changes in Financial position Preparation of Cash flow Working capital

changes

Unit 5 Concepts and Elements of Cost Material Labour and Overheads Direct vs Indirect Fixed vs Variable Methods of costing Unit

costing Contract Costing and Service Costing

Text Books

R Narayanswamy Financial accounting A Managerial Perspective PHI

Horngren T C Datar S M Foster G Rajan M V amp Ittner C (latest Edition) Cost Accounting A Managerial Emphasis (13th ed) New Delhi Prentice Hall of India

Reference Books

Robert N Anthony Essentials of Financial accounting Prentice Hall

Foster George Financial Statement Analysis Pearson

Ashok Banerjee Financial Accounting Third Edition Excel Books New Delhi

B Banerjee Cost Accounting Academic publishers Kolkatta

Marketing Management

Course Code MGT-13 Credit - 4

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student should be able to

16

1 Identify the roles and functions of marketing within a diverse range of organizations

2 Describe key marketing concepts theories and techniques for the analysis of dynamic marketing

environment

3 Develop the marketing mix for an organization

4 Critically analyze an organizationrsquos marketing activities

Unit 1 Introduction

Introduction to marketing function genesis approaches to marketing concept of customer value

customer satisfaction and delight Marketing mix concept classification of goods and services goods-

service continuum Emerging fields of marketing- green marketing digital marketing viral marketing

neuro marketing

Unit 2 Marketing Environment

Analyzing needs and trends Macro Environment - Political Economic Socio-cultural Legal Ecological

and Technical Environment ndash PEST analysis Micro Environment ndash Industry amp Competition

Unit 3 Market Segmentation Targeting and Positioning

Definition Need amp Benefits Bases for market segmentation of consumer goods industrial goods and

services Segment Niche amp Local Marketing Effective segmentation criteria Evaluating amp Selecting

Target Markets Concept of Target Market and Concept of positioning ndash Value Proposition amp USP

Unit 4 Product and Pricing Decisions Types of new product new product development managing Product Life Cycle test marketing a new

product Branding decisions packaging and labeling new trends in packaging Pricing objectives

Factors influencing pricing decision - approaches to pricing ndash Price amp Non-price competition setting the

price and managing the price changes

Unit 5 Distribution and Promotion Decisions Importance functions of distribution channels -

introduction to the various channels of distribution designing marketing channels Direct Marketing

Impact of technology amp Internet on distribution Promotional Mix - Advertising Sales Promotion

Personal Selling Public Relations Impact of technology amp Internet on

Promotion

Unit 6 Marketing Organization and Control Concept Types - Functional organization Product

Focused organization Geographic Organization Customer Based Organization Matrix organization

Organization structure for a wide customer orientation Need of marketing control and audit

Text Books

Kotler Philip Keller Kevin Lane Koshy Abraham and Jha Mithileshwar - Marketing

Management A South Asian Perspective (Pearson Education 14th Edition) Lamb CW Hair JF Sharma D and McDanial C- MKTG-A South Asian Perspective Cengagae

Publication

17

Reference Books

Stanton William J - Fundamentals of Marketing (Mc Graw Hill) Ramaswamy VS and Namakumari S - Marketing Management Planning Implementation and

Control (Macmillian 3rd Edition) Etzel M Walker B Stanton W and Pandit A (2009) Marketing Management Tata

McGrawHill New Delhi Mc Carthy and Perreault -Basic Marketing A Global Marketing Approach (Tata Mc Graw Hill

15th Edtion) Saxena Rajan (2009) Marketing Management Fourth Edition Tata McGraw Hill Education

Pvt LtdNew Delhi

Managerial Economics

Course Code MGT-14 Credit - 4

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student should be able to

1 Analyze real-world business problems with a systematic theoretical framework

2 Apply economics theories and concepts to analyze explain and evaluate the firm and Industry

behaviour market dynamics at micro and macro level

3 Develop analytical capabilities to deal with economic issues by integrating economic principles and

decision making and eventually formulate business strategy at firm level

4 Develop strategic thinking to analyze the challenges and opportunities arising in the context of

contemporary micro- and macroeconomic issues and formulate business strategies

5 Develop communication skills teamwork and leadership and other managerial skills

Unit 1 Introduction Introduction to Managerial Economics meaning significance Micro versus Macroeconomics Demand

Analysis Individual and market demand Factors affecting demand demand elasticity demand

forecasting Theory of consumer behavior and Utility analysis Cardinal and ordinal approaches

Revealed Preference Theory

Unit 2 Production Function and Cost Function Production functions Law of variable proportions Laws of return to scale Economies and diseconomies

of scale Equilibrium of the firm Cost function Theory of costs Short Run and long run costs Revenue

Functions Total Average and marginal revenue Break-even Analysis

Unit 3 Theory of Pricing Product Markets Perfect competition Monopoly Monopolistic competition Oligopoly Equilibrium

determination and pricing under different market structures

18

Unit 4 Pricing Practices and Strategies Cost-based Pricing Cost-PlusMark-up pricing Break-even Pricing Marginal Pricing Value-based

pricing Competition-based pricing Demand based Pricing Pricing Strategies Price Skimming

Penetration Pricing Differential Pricing Promotional Pricing etc

Unit 5 National Indicators National Income Aggregates and their measurement Inflation Nature and Causes Fiscal policy Taxes

and Transfer payments Role of Fiscal Policy Monetary Policy Role of Monetary Policy in India

Instruments of monetary control Liberalization Privatization and Globalization FDI Balance of

Payments

Text Book

Ahuja HL Managerial Economics Analysis of Managerial Decision Making 9th Edition S

Chand

Reference Books

Baye M Managerial Economics and Business Strategy 6th edition 2007

Png I and Lehman D Managerial Economics 3rd edition 2007

Trivedi ML Managerial Economics Theory and Application Tata McGraw and Hill Pvt Ltd

2009

Damodaran S Managerial Economics Oxford University Press 2006

Decision Sciences

Course Code MGT-15 Credits - 4

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student should be able to

1 Describe the role of statistics in management

2 List the basic quantitative techniques and their applications in management

3 Apply statistical techniques to present analyze and interpret data for drawing meaningful inferences

for decision making

4 Identify real business problems and transform them into appropriate quantitative models

Unit 1 Introduction Role of statistics in management Graphical representation of data Measures of central tendency and

dispersion

19

Unit 2 Probability Distributions Introduction to probability theory Probability distributions - continuous and discrete

Unit 3 Statistical estimation hypothesis testing and regression analysis Sampling distributions Point and interval estimation Hypothesis testing Z-test test of proportions t-

test ANOVA Chi-square test Non-parametric tests correlation and linear regression analysis

Unit 4 Operations Research Linear Programming Formulation and applications solution through graphical method and Simplex

methods sensitivity analysis Transportation and assignment problems Monte Carlo Simulation-

concepts and applications in business

Text Books Keller G (2014) Statistics for Management and Economics 10e Cengage Learning Aczel A Sounderpandian J and Saravanan P (2012) Complete Business Statistics 7e Tata

McGraw-Hill Education Barry Render B Ralph M Stair Michael E Hanna Trevor S Hale (2014) Quantitative

Analysis for Management 12e Pearson Vohra ND (2009) Quantitative Techniques in Management 4e Tata McGraw Hill Publications

Reference Books

Levine DM (2015) Statistics for Managers using Microsoft Excel 7e Pearson Education India Hiller FS Lieberman GJ Nag B and Basu P (2012) Introduction to Operations Research

Tata McGraw Hill Education

Legal Aspects of Management

Course Code MGT-16 Credits - 4

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student should be able to

1 Administer the comprehension of various legislations

2 Justify the provisions of Indian Contract 1872

3 Compare the various sections of Consumer protection act

4 Analyse the provisions of Companies Act

Unit 1 Business Legislation

20

Meaning and Nature of Law Sources of Indian Law Legal Environment of Business Mercantile Law

Some Basic Legal Concepts Essentials of Law Indian legal System An introduction of the various

legislations under the Indian Legal Framework

Unit 2 Indian Contract Act 1872 and Negotiable Instruments Act 1881

Concept of Agreement Contract Formation of a Contract Essential of a Valid Contract Offer and

Acceptance Consideration Discharge of Contract Remedies for Breach of Contract Special Contracts

Cases on Indian Contract Act 1872 Negotiable Instruments Act 1881 Meaning and Essential Features

Types Discharge and Liabilities Dishonor of Negotiable Instruments

Unit 3 Companies Act 2013

Meaning and Essential Features of Company Types of Companies Formation of Company

Memorandum and Articles of Association Prospectus Company Meetings Company Management

Directors and Independent Directors Responsibilities Appointment and Liabilities of Directors One

Person Company

Unit 4 Sales of Goods Act and Competition Law

Sales of Goods Act 1930-Meaning and Essential Elements of Contract of Sale Meaning of Goods

Conditions and Warranties Implied Conditions and Warranties Rights of unpaid seller Competition

Act 2002 Objective Anti-Competitive Agreements Abuse of Dominant Position Regulation of

Combinations Competition Commission of India

Unit 5 Consumer Protection Act 1986 and Information Technology Act 2000

The Consumer Protection Act 1986 Definitions of Consumer Complainant Goods Service - Meaning

of Consumer Dispute Complaint - Unfair Trade Practices - Restrictive Trade Practices Rights of

Consumers Consumer Disputes Redressal Agencies The Information Technology Act 2000 Digital

Signature Digital Signature Certificate Electronic Governance Electronic Records Certifying

Authorities Penalty amp Adjudication

Text Books

Khuchhal and Khuchhal Business and Corporate Law (2014) Vikas Publishing

Kapoor ND Business Laws (2015) Sultan Chand and Sons

Reference Books

Linda Thomas-Mobley Legal Concepts for Facility Managers Wiley Publications

Matthew Lippman Law and Society Sage Publishing

Business Communication

21

Course Code MGT-17 Credits - 4

Course outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student should be able to

1 Demonstrate proficiency in Communication skills across business settings purposes and audiences

2 Apply critical thinking to develop innovative and well founded perspectives on communication

globally

3 Identify the nuances of business communication

4 Demonstrate good business writing skills

5 Apply the basics of nonverbal communication in professional setting

Unit 1 Conceptual Issues in communication Model of Communication Barriers and Facilitators in

Communication Aspects of Verbal and Written Communication Principles of

EffectiveCommunication7 Crsquos of communication role of communication in business

Unit 2 Making effective presentations Meeting Interview Listening Negotiating for Business Strategy

ampTactics Legal Aspects of Business Communication Corporate Communication Global Business

Etiquette amp Cross Cultural communication

Unit 3 The importance of skillful writing Deductive Inductive amp AIDA approach to writing business letters

Writing for Inquiries Claims Invitations Reservations and Orders Refusal amp Collection Letters Sales

Letters Inter-office Memos Resume Writing ampRecommendation Essentials of good reports

classification of reports Report writing

Unit 4 Importance of non-verbal communication Kinesics Proxemics Hepatics Chronemics Paralanguage

Artifacts

Text Books Lesikar R V amp Petit J D (2007) Business communication London (7th ed) Homewood

Richard D Irwin Murphy H A amp Hildebrandt W (2007) Effective businesscommunications New Delhi

McGraw Hill Post P amp Collins P P (2005) The etiquette advantage in business (2nded) New York Harper

Resource Thill J ampBovee C L (2010) Excellence in business communication (9th ed) Michigan

Prentice Hall How to write anything by Laura Brown WW Norton and Company

22

Reference Books Dent F O amp Brent M (2006) Influencing India Palgrave Macmillan Hogan K (2008) The secret language of business how to read anyone in 3 seconds or less New

Jersey John Wiley amp Sons Weeks H (2010) Failure to communicate Boston Harvard Business Press Ludlow R amp Panton F The Essence of Effective Communications Prentice Hall of India Pvt

Ltd Bowman JP amp Branchaw PP (1987) Business Communications From Process to Product

Dryden Press Chicago Communication to Inspire A guide to leaders by Kevin Murray Kogan Page

Data Analysis Lab

Course Code MGT-18 Credits - 2

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student should be able to

1 Apply the basics of Excel

2 Demonstrate sound practical knowledge of SPSS

Unit 1

Basics of Excel Essential shortcuts Paste Special (Value Transpose) Absolute amp Relative referencing

Data Analytics using Excel

Sort amp Filter SUBTOTAL SUMIFS COUNTIFS Pivot Table for multivariable analysis

Computations Sum Max Min Average Count Generating multiple reports VLOOKUP HLOOKUP

IF Nested IFs AND OR etc

Data Cleaning and MIS reporting LEFT RIGHT MID UPPER PROPER LOWER TRIM Find amp

Replace Go to Etc MIS reporting Automatic row-wise Subtotal Conditional Formatting File Password

Select Dashboard Techniques Grouping Hide-Unhide Columns amp Rows etc

Unit 2

Basics of SPSS course

Defining variables and entering data missing data Importing an Excel file Sort Cases and Select Cases

Recoding variables Computing variables Creating and saving output

Advance Topics in SPSS Frequencies command Descriptive command Cross-tabulations

Data Analytics using SPSS Parametric and Non-Parametric Tests T Tests Correlation Regression Chi

Square ANOVA etc

23

Text Books

Andy Field Discovering Statistics Using IBM SPSS Statistics 4th Edition Sage Publications

John Walkenbach Excel 2016 Bible Wiley Publications

Reference Books

John MacInnes An Introduction to Secondary Data Analysis with IBM SPSS Statistics Sage

Publishing

Anil Maheshwari DATA ANALYTICS McGraw Hill Education

24

DELHI SCHOOL OF MANAGEMENT

DELHI TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY

Master of Business Administration

SECOND SEMESTER

25

Human Resource Management

Course Code MGT-21 Credits -4

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student should be able to

1 Critically assess existing theory and practice in the field of HRM

2 Develop an ability to undertake qualitative and quantitative research

3 Apply knowledge about qualitative and quantitative research to an independently constructed piece of

work

4 Respond positively to problems in unfamiliar contexts

5 Identify and apply new ideas methods and ways of thinking

Unit 1 Introduction

Human Resources Systems- Historical Evolution of the field Role of Human Resource management in a

competitive business environment Factors influencing Human Resource Management Strategic Human

Resource Management

Unit 2 Manpower planning Objectives Importance amp Problems of HR Planning Job analysis Determining Human Resource

Requirements Hiring and Developing Human Resources The process of forecasting Definition uses

Techniques of Job Analysis Job Description amp Job evaluation Competency mapping Talent

Management

Unit 3 Recruitment and Selection Concept identifying job recruitments recruitment resources and efficacy Selection process and methods

Psychometric tests amp its relevance interview Technique induction amp placement

Unit 4 Training and Development

TampD concept need strategy Identification of needs designing amp implementing training programmes

Management Development Evaluation of Training amp development

Unit 5 Compensation and Performance Management Performance Management ndash Concept and Practices Principle and objectives of Performance Appraisal and

potential Evaluation Feedback Career planning Succession Planning amp Retention ndash Scope concept

Principles amp Practices The problems in managing amp advantages Compensation Management Transfer

Promotion and Reward Policies

Unit 6 Industrial Relations

26

Definition concept context of Industrial Relation Discipline (Red hot stove principle of discipline

counselling collective bargaining Quality of work life Safety and Health Employee Welfare Employee

Assistance Programmes Separation Attrition Human Resource Auditing Human Resource Accounting

International Human Resources Management

Text Books

Dessler G ampVarkkey B (2015) Human Resource Management 14e Pearson Education

Denisi A Griffin R and Sarkar A (2014) HR Cengage Learning (India Edition)

Reference Books

DeCenzo D A and Robbins S P (10th ed 2011) Fundamentals of Human Resource

Management John Wiley

Torrington et al (2014) Human Resource Management 9e Pearson Education

Suggested Readings

Lepak D ampGowan M (2009) Human Resource Management Pearson Education

Ivancevich JM (2014) Human Resource Management 10e Tata Mc Graw Hill

Byars LL amp Rue LW (2014) Human Resource Management 10e Tata Mc Graw Hill

Financial Management

Course Code MGT-22 Credit - 4

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student should be able to

1 Apply techniques to analyze evaluate and project financial statements

2 Apply techniques for estimating the cost of each component of the cost of capital to incorporate it into

investment decision making

3 Apply the appropriate capital budgeting techniques for evaluating projects and investments

4 Apply the concepts of financial management to contemporary financial events

Unit 1 Overview of Finance Functions

27

Financial management Functions scope and objectives Environment of Financial Management Time

Value of Money ndash Annuity and present value of different types of cash flows concept of Risk and Return

Valuation of Securities - Bonds and Equity

Unit 2 Financing Decision Capital Structure The concept of Operating Financial and Combined Leverage Designing the capital

structure- Net Income Approach Net Operating Income Approach Traditional Approach and MM

Hypothesis with and without Corporate Taxes Concepts and estimation of Cost of Capital

Unit 3 Investment Decision Need for Investment Decision Estimation of Cash Flows Discounting Methods Factoring Risk and Price

change Risk Analysis in Investment Decisions-Certainty Equivalent Risk Adjusted Discount Rate

Decision Tree Approach

Unit 4 Working Capital Decision Concept of Working Capital - Fixed and Fluctuating Gross vs Net Factors affecting Working Capital

Management Working Capital gap Management of Cash Inventories Receivables and Trade

Liabilities

Unit 5 Dividend Decision Retained Earnings and Dividend Decision Gordon Model Walter Model MM Approach Lintner Model

Dividend Policy Decision ESOP and Bonus Shares

Unit 6 Emerging Issues in Finance An Overview Leasing amp Hire-Purchase Corporate Restructuring LBO

Text Books

Brealey R R Myers S Allen F amp Mohanty P (2009) Principles of corporate finance (8th

ed) New Delhi Tata Mc-Graw Hill IM Pandey ndash Financial Management (Vikas)( 10th Edition)

Refrence Books E F Brigham Financial Management Theory and Practice Cengage publication JC Van Horne Financial Management and Policy Pearson publication

Aswath Damodaran Corporate Finance Theory and Practice 2ed (WSE) Paperback Wiley

publication Robert C Higgins Analysis for Financial Management (10th Edition) McGraw HillIrwin

Series Ross Westerfield amp Jaffe Principles of Corporate Finance McGrawHill Education

28

Business Research Methods

Course Code MGT-23 Credits ndash 4

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student should be able to

1 Describe meaning role and scope of Business Research

2 Identify formulate and analyse research problems

3 Apply the major types of research designs methodologies and analysis methods (both qualitative

and quantitative)

4 Design a questionnaire

5 Comprehend data using various Univariate analysis Bivariate and Multivariate techniques

Unit 1 Introduction

Introduction to business research-types of research process of research Formulation of the research

problem development of the research hypotheses Types of Hypotheses

Unit 2 Research Design

Definition functions exploratory descriptive experimental Experimental research designs-pre-

experimental quasi-experimental true experimental statistical Validity of research instruments-face and

content construct validity Reliability of research instruments internal consistency procedures Methods

of data collection-primary and secondary sources Attitudinal scales-Likert Thurstone Guttman scales

Questionnaire designing

Unit 3 Sampling and Data Analysis

Concept designs Types of sampling designs- probability non-probability mixed sampling designs

sampling frame Sample size determination Data processing- editing coding and tabulating Data

analysis-univariate bivariate multivariate Hypothesis testing-concept types of errors steps in

hypothesis testing

Unit 4 Analytical Techniques

Advanced data analysis factor analysis simple and multiple regression discriminant analysis and

Conjoint Analysis

Text Books

Cooper Donald Schindler Pamela Sharma J K (2014) Business Research Methods 12e

McGraw Hill Education

29

Malhotra K Naresh Dash Satyabhushan (2015) Marketing Research 7e Pearson Education Ltd

Reference Books

Bryman Alan Bell Emma (2015) Business Research Methods 4e Oxford University Press Saunders Mark Lewis Philip Thornhill Adrian (2011) Research Method for Business Student

5e Pearson Education Hair F Joseph Black C William Babin Barry J Anderson E Rolph (2015) Multivariate Data

Analysis 7e Pearson Education

Business Environment

Course Code MGT-24 Credit - 4

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student should be able to

1 Describe business environment and its related factors

2 Evaluate environmental factors using appropriate tools and methods

3 Strategize operations of a business entity in multi-faceted environment

4 Design business policies for specific business environment

Unit 1 Introduction Business Environment Importance Types- Internal and External Micro and Macro Major environment

issues and challenges Inflation Unemployment Business Cycle- phases management of cyclical

fluctuations

Unit 2 Environment Analysis and Scanning Environment Analysis Techniques of environment analysis PESTLE Analysis and SWOT

Environment Scanning Identification of Relevant Variables Data Collection Mechanism summarizing

and reporting Environmental Trends

Unit 3 Business Environment in India Political environment and Business Types of Political Systems Political Risks Socio-cultural

environment of Business Elements of Culture Doing Business in India- A cultural Perspective

Demographic Environmental Factors Legal Environment and Business Indian Legal System Legal

Protection for Business in India

Unit 4 Economic Environment and Reforms

30

Economic Environment Analysis of Sectors Economic Planning in India Structural adjustment and

Economic reforms Industrial policy Sectoral reforms Agriculture Policy Foreign Trade Policy and

Liberalization Labor Market and Reforms

Unit 5 Business Environment in Global Context Globalization and its impactInternational InstitutionsOrganizations GATT WTO IMF

Multinationals and their Economic Impact Flow of foreign capital FDI FII FEMA etc

Text Book

Paul J and Gupta P Economic Environment and Policies for Business Tata McGraw Hill

Education Private Ltd

Reference Books

Paul J Business Environment-Text and Cases Tata McGraw Hill

Baron DP Business and Its Environment 7th EditionPearson Prentice-Hall Upper Saddle River

NJ 2013

Adhikari M Economic Environment of Business2000 8th Ed Excel Books

Knowledge and Intellectual Capital Management

Course Code MGT-25 Credits - 4

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student should be able to

1 Describe Knowledge and its management

2 Prepare and analyse various Knowledge Management Models

3 Identify the Knowledge Management Tools in business problems

4 Design new strategies with the application of Intellectual Capital

Unit 1 Fundamentals of KM

Data Information and Knowledge Knowledge Management Evolution of KM Knowledge

Managementrsquos Value Proposition Life cycles for Knowledge Management Systems Knowledge

Engineering Knowledge Acquisition Knowledge Economy Knowledge Assets Users Vs Knowledge

Workers Aligning KM and Business Strategy Cases in the area of KM

31

Unit 2 Types of Knowledge and KM Models

Multidisciplinary Nature of KM Types of knowledge and its implications for KM Explicit Knowledge

Tacit Knowledge Knowledge creation Models for Knowledge Creation SECI Model of Knowledge

Creation Ba Model of Knowledge Creation Capturing Tacit Knowledge Best Practices and Knowledge

Management Internet of Things Actionable Intelligence Business Strategy on Knowledge Strategic

Advantage

Unit 3 Strategic Knowledge Management and KM Tools Organizational Perspectives on Knowledge Management Generating a KM-specific vision Integrating

organizational and business goals with KM Choosing the right KM techniques Knowledge Management

Strategies Codification and Personalization Document Registry Expert Directory Communities of

Practice After Action Review Knowledge Audit KnowledgePeer Assist Knowledge Mapping

Knowledge Management System Life Cycle (KMSLC) Challenges and Barriers to Knowledge

Management Systems

Unit 4 Intellectual Capital

Intellectual Capital Knowledge as Asset amp Intellectual Property Relational Capital Structural Capital

Balanced Scorecard Intellectual Capital versus Physical Assets Valuation of the Organization

Components of the Intellectual Capital Intellectual Capital Navigator Intellectual Capital and Balanced

Scorecard Case study for Intellectual Capital

Text Books

Carolina Machado and J Paulo Davim Transfer and Management of Knowledge Wiley

Publications

Donald Hislop Knowledge Management in Organizations A Critical Introduction Oxford

University Press

Reference Books

David Bartholomew Building on Knowledge Developing Expertise Creativity and Intellectual

Capital in the Construction Professions Wiley Publications

Hirotaka Takeuchi and Ikujiro Nonaka Hitotsubashi on Knowledge ManagementWiley and Sons

Operations and Supply Chain Management

Course Code MGT-26 Credit - 4

32

Course Outcomes

1 Identify issues related to designing and managing supply chains

2 Apply tools and techniques for production and supply chain management

3 Describe the interaction of Supply chain management with other business functions such as

Marketing Finance Accounting and Human Resource

4 Assess the inventory and ware house management practices of an organization

Unit 1

Introduction to Production Management- role scope and interface with marketing finance strategy

Introduction to Supply Chain Management Types of production systems Concepts of productivity

Demand forecasting Time Series Regression Analysis and Qualitative techniques Concept of Strategic

fit Classification of SCs

Unit 2 Product Design and Process Selection Service Design Outsourcing Value Engineering QFD

Concurrent Engineering Facility Planning- location layout

Unit 3 Inventory management in Deterministic and uncertain environment Classification of Inventory Material

Requirements Planning (MRP)

Unit 4 Vendor selection rating Supply management Inbound logistics Warehouse management JIT

Distribution requirements planning (DRP)

Unit 5 Total Quality Management (TQM) Six-sigma ISO 9000 MIS Distribution management Outbound

logistics Channels of distribution

Unit 6 Flexibility and Agility in SC Mass Customization Supply Chain restructuring Smart Pricing IT in SCM

Performance measurement of Supply Chains

Text Books

Charry SN (2005) Production and Operation Management- Concepts Methods amp Strategy John

Willy amp Sons Asia Pvt Limited Adam Jr E and Ebert R (1998) Production and Operation Management

Reference Books

33

Joel D Wisner (2016) Operations Management A Supply Chain Process Approch Sage

Publications 2016 Coyle Bardi Longley The management of Business Logistics ndash A supply Chain Perspective

Thomson Press 2006 Principles of Supply Chain Management A Balanced approch by Joel D Wisner Kean-Choon

Tan G Keong Leong Cengage Learning (2012)

Management Accounting

Course Code MGT-27 Credits - 2

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this course students will be able to

1 Describe the role and importance of management accounting

2 Critically analyse and provide recommendations to improve the operations of organisations through

the application of management accounting techniques

3 Evaluate different costing systems cost management systems budgeting systems and performance

measurement systems

4 Evaluate complex ideas and tolerate ambiguity in managerial and organisational problem-solving

Unit 1 Introduction to Management Accounting

Concepts uses and changing scenario Foundations of Management Accounting Role of Management

Accountant ndash controllership function

Unit 2 Cost analysis Variable vs Absorption Costing Marginal Costing and its application in Decision-Making Cost-Volume-

Profit Analysis - Break-Even Analysis Profit Volume graph multi product BEP

Unit 3 Approaches to Cost Management Activity based approaches to management Analysis of common costs in manufacturing and service

industry Life cycle costing Back flush costing Quality Costing

Unit 4 Budgetary Control amp Performance measurement Fixed vs Flexible Budget Performance Budgets Zero based Budgets Responsibility accounting - Cost

Expense and Profit centers Standard Costing and Variance Analysis

34

Unit 5 Alternative choice decisions Cost concepts for decision making ndash Sunk cost Relevant vs Irrelevant cost non-cost factors in decision

making Make or Buy shut down decision

Text Books

Atkinson A A (latest Edition) Management Accounting (4th ed) New Delhi Pearson

Education

Horngren T C Datar S M Foster G Rajan M V amp Ittner C Cost Accounting A

Managerial Emphasis (13th ed) New Delhi Prentice Hall of India

Reference Books

Khan and Jain Management Accounting TMH education MNArora ldquoCost Accountingrdquo Vikas publishing House Delhi IM Pandey Management Accounting Vikas publishing House Delhi

Information Technology and Innovation Management

Course Code MGT-28 Credits - 2

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this course students will be able to

1 Analyze and interpret how database management Business Process Re-engineering and information

technology helps in boosting innovation

2 Identify issues related to the management of e-Governance initiatives

3 Identify the application of data mining for creating a conducive environment for innovation and

creativity

4 Critically assess and explain key current issues in the field of innovation

5 Diagnose and provide effective solutions for innovation challenges

6 Be informed and creative contributors to innovation processes in any type of organization

Unit 1

35

Data Organization issues Exposure to Database Management System and SQL Fundamentals of Data

Warehouse and Data Mining for Decision Support

Unit 2

Business Process Re-engineering and IT Overview of Digital India Programme E-Commerce E-

Governance Issues and Challenges

Unit 3

Innovations Management difference between Invention ampInnovation Creativity Innovation Strategies

and Models Concurrent Engineering Process Innovation Product Innovation Innovation Management

Unit 4

Creative and Lateral Thinking Management Thinking Creative Thinking and Lateral Thinking

Text Books

Suri PK and Sushil (2017) Strategic Planning and Implementation of E-governance Springer

Singapore

Betz Fredrick (2003) Managing Technological Innovation Competitive Advantage from change

SecondEdition John Wiley amp Sons Inc USA Szakonyi Robert (1999) Handbook of Technology Management Viva Book Pvt Ltd CRC Press

Reference Books

Carnall C (2003) Change Management Tool Kit Thomson Learning Process Singapore Amidon D M (1997) Innovation Strategy for the Knowledge Economy The KanAwakening

Butterwork-Heinemann New Delhi India Westerman et al (2014) Leading Digital HBR Press 2014

NCCNSSSportsDramaticsYoga

Course Code MGT-29 Credit - 2

The students are required to opt for any one of the open elective from this category The evaluation shall

be done jointly by the in charge of particular skill based activity and faculty coordinator nominated by the

department for this purpose The continuous evaluation shall be based on the contribution and involvement

made by the student in particular category for which the faculty advisor shall make objective criteria in

consultation with the activity in charge The faculty advisor shall submit the criteria in the beginning of

the semester to the department and announce to the students

36

DELHI SCHOOL OF MANAGEMENT

DELHI TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY

Master of Business Administration

THIRD SEMESTER

37

Business Analytics

Course Code MGT-31 Credits ndash 2

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this course students will be able to

1 Identify challenges related to business analytics projects

2 Apply techniques for ensuring quality data for business analytics projects

3 Apply appropriate analytical methods for business problems

Unit 1

Introduction to Analytics and data mining Organizationsources of data Data quality issues dealing with

incomplete or missing data data classification

Unit 2

Data Analytics Descriptive analytics Prescriptive analytics and Predictive analytics for decision

support

Text Book

Albright SC and Winston WL (2015) Business Analytics Data Analysis and Decision

Making 5thedition SENGAGE Halady P (2013) Business Analytics An Application Focus PHI Learning

Reference

Specific URL to be shared by Instructor

Corporate Governance

Course Code MGT-32 Credit - 2

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this course students will be able to

1 Describe corporate governance and its impact on organizations

2 Identify drivers of corporate governance such as capital markets shareholders and rating agencies

3 Identify types of policies and procedures that best practice companies introduce

38

4 Assess the regulatory governance framework for companies

Unit 1 Introduction to Ethics and Corporate Social Responsibility

Business Ethics Framing and Evaluating Business Ethics Decision making with Business Ethics

Corporate Social responsibility (CSR) Historical Perspective and emerging theories of CSR CSR ndash A

New Paradigm Phases and Generations of CSR Theories of CSR and Need of CSR Pyramid of CSR

Corporate Responsibilities and Ethics Companies Act 2013 and CSR Comprehensive Case Studies

Unit 2 Corporate Governance and Business Challenges Theoretical Roots of Governance Concept of Corporate Governance Shareholders vs Stakeholderrsquos

approach Regulatory Framework under various legislations Global Corporate Governance Governance

and Corporate Fraud Contemporary Board StructurePractice Corporate Governance and the Financial

Crisis Archie Carroll Model

Unit 3 Globalization and Multinationals

Global CitizenshipBoard Demography Serving the Companyrsquos Board Board of Directors Structure and

Process Ownership Structure and Role of Promoters Executive and Managerial Compensation

Introduction to Sarbanes Oxley Act and Foreign Corrupt Practices Act Compassionate Capitalism and

Third world countries Role of State and Corporate Profit Multinationals and Business Operations Role

in Home and Host Country Thomas Donaldson Ethical Algorithm

Unit 4 Subsistence Marketplaces and Opportunities at the Bottom of the Pyramid

Introduction to Subsistence Marketplaces Impact Investing Bottom-Up Immersion Characteristics of

Subsistence Marketplaces Patterns of interactions between buyers and sellers Understanding needs and

wants of people at Subsistence level Generating ideas for Subsistence marketplaces Challenges of

Sustainable Development Emerging trends in Subsistence Marketplaces

Text Books

Colin Fisher and Alan Lovell (2009) Business ethics and values Individual Corporate and

International Perspectives Prentice Hall Jayati Sarkar Corporate Governance in India (2013) Sage Publication Ltd

Reference Books

John Zinkin Challenges in Implementing Corporate Governance Whose Business is it Anyway

Wiley Publications Donald Nordberg Corporate Governance Principles and Issues Sage Publishing

39

Strategic Management

Course Code MGT-33 Credits - 4

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this course students will be able to

1 Identify strategic macro environmental issues analyse industry factors and identify their impact on

profitability and strategic positioning

2 Assess organizational performance identify strategic capabilities and gaps

3 Compare and evaluate organizational strategies

4 Select appropriate strategies amp approaches to facilitate putting strategy into action

Unit 1 Nature of Strategic Management

Concept of Strategy Mintzbergrsquos 5Ps of Strategy Strategic Decision Making Strategic Management

Process Strategists and their roles Competitive advantage internal context organization design

Unit 2 Strategy Identification Vision Mission Goals and Objectives External Environmental Analysis Analysing Companies

Resource in Competitive Position RBV model IO model SWOT Analysis Competitive amp competitor

analysis PESTEL analysis Strategies for competing in Global Markets Strategic Analysis and Choice

ndash BCG GE Directional Policy and Hoferrsquos Matrices Industry and Competitive Analysis

Unit 3 Strategic Formulation

Porterrsquos Generic Strategies Grand Strategies Strategic Alliances external context the spectrum of

competition and Niche market Value chain analysis- Competition in concentrated market entry and the

advantage of incumbency creating and capturing value in the chain

Unit 4 Strategy Implementation Resource Allocation Structural Considerations and Organisational Design Leadership and Corporate

Culture Fundamental and Operational Strategies Plans and Policies

Unit 5 Strategy Evaluation Importance and Nature of Strategic Evaluation Strategic and Operational Control Acquisitions and

Mergers Popularity and reasons for MampA Problems in achieving acquisition success Effective

acquisition Corporate restructuring focusing

Unit 6 Globalization and Strategy Multi Domestic Global Transnational Strategies Business Level and corporate level International

Cooperative Strategy Network cooperative strategy Blue and red ocean strategies

Text books

40

Strategic Management Concepts Competitiveness and Globalizationby Michael A Hitt R

Duane Ireland Robert E Hoskisson CENGAGE Learning 2015

Strategic Management Theory An Integrated Approach 11th Editionby Charles W L

Hill (Author) Gareth R Jones (Author) Melissa A Schilling (Author) CENGAGE Learning 2016

Reference Books

Strategic sourcing management by Oliver and Bruel Kogan Page

David F (2011) Strategic Management Concepts and Cases Prentice Hall New Jersey

Suggested Readings

Thomson A A and Strickland A J (2002) Strategic Management ndash Concept and Cases Tata

McGraw Hill New Delhi

Glueck W T and Lawrence R Jauch (2003) Business Policy and Strategic Management Frank

Bros amp Co

Kazmi A (2004) Business Policy and Strategic Management Tata McGraw Hill New Delhi

Summer Internship

Course Code MGT-34 Credits - 4

The students are required to undertake a Summer Internship Project (SIP) for 6-8 weeks duration at the

end of second semester The students may take SIP preferably in hisher intended area of specialization

to be opted in next semester or any other functional area Ideally the assigned research project during

internship must reflect a cross ndash functional orientation It is mandatory for the students to give prior

information to the department about the organization before commencement of the internship The

internship can be carried out in corporate entity NGO MSME Govt Dept or Co- operative sector

The department may faculty guide to supervise and assist the students during the internship and project

report preparation Two hard copies and one soft copy of the project reports are required to be submitted

to the as per the dates declared by the department The report should clearly focus on the learning

outcomes and reflect the nature and quantum of the research project carried out The evaluation of the

report shall be done at the end of the third semester by a panel of external and internal examiner

The broad guidelines for the evaluation of the projects may be based upon

Nature of the work done in the semester internship Research methodology and data analysis

41

Outcome of the project Utility of the project to the organization and society

Managerial Skills Development

Course Code MGT-35 Credit - 2

The focus would be on

Psychometric testing of the students and identifying their areas of improvements Sectoral Analysis Book reviews Business News Analysis Management of Stress and Management of Time Discussions and debates on the contemporary topics Seminar and workshop to hone skills of the students in different domains Enhancing conceptual skills by case analysis and situation analysis The evaluation shall be based on objective criteria as declared by the concerned faculty and would be

announced in the beginning of the semester

42

LIST OF ELECTIVES THIRD

SEMESTER

43

Investment Management

Course Code MGF -01 Credits -4

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student should be able to

1 Identify assets such as stock and bonds

2 Allocate investments into stock and bond portfolios

3 Assess the risk preferences of Individuals

4 Create and manage diversified portfolios

Unit 1 Introduction

Investment Objectives investment methods ndash Vehicles of Investments Security and non-security

forms of investment Concept and measurement of Risk Diversifiable and Non-diversifiable

Unit 2 Investment Environment Types of markets ndash Commodity markets Capital Market-Primary and secondary markets and Currency

Markets ndash major players and instruments Functioning of stock exchanges trading and settlement

procedures at NSE amp BSE SEBI and Market Regulations Efficient Market Hypothesis

Unit 3 Security analysis Fundamental analysis Concept and measurement of intrinsic value Company- Economy-Industry

Analysis Technical analysis ndash Charting the p[rice behavior identification of indicators and oscillators

outliers Share price and trading volume trend analysis sentiment indicators

Unit 4 Analysis and valuation of bonds Types of bonds Term structure of interest rate Bond yields pricing theorems default risk analysis

determination of yield curves YTM ndash Concept of Duration and immunization strategies Valuation of

preference and equity shares

Unit 5 Portfolio Management Portfolio design Asset allocation decision risky amp risk free assets-Utility analysis Traditional and

Modern Portfolio theory Markowitz diversification model selecting an optimal portfolio ndash concept and

evaluation techniques Portfolio performance evaluation and revision Sharpe amp Treynor Jensenrsquos

measure amp Tobinrsquos Q Active and passive strategies International Diversification

Unit 6 Elements of Financial Planning and Wealth management Meaning and Features Phases in Wealth Management Process Wealth pyramid Major product

offerings Key trends and limitations Wealth Creation and key drivers for Wealth Management

services Client profiling

Text Books

44

Jordan amp Fischer Investment Analysis and Portfolio management ndashndash (latest edition)

Zvi Bodie Kane Marcus amp Mohanty Investments ndashndash TMH ndash (latest edition)

Reference Books

Martin J Pring Martin Prings Complete Guide to Technical Analysis an Indian Perspective

Shroff

Robert Haughen Modern Investment Theory Pearson Frank K Reilly and Keith C Brown Investment Analysis and Portfolio Management 8th Edition

Thomson 2012 Rajiv D Khatalawala how to profit from Technical Analysis Vision Books

Aswath Damodaran Damodaran on Valuation 2ed Paperback ndash Wiley Graham Dodd and Kottle Security Analysis McGrawHill

Tax Planning and Management

Course Code MGF-02 Credits ndash 4

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student should be able to

1 Identify various types of taxes and their implications in decision making

2 Examine and assess the provisions for taxation of companies

3 Assess different types of incomes and their taxability and expenses and their deductibility

4 Describe and apply the provisions in corporate tax laws for tax planning

Unit 1 Introduction Definitions Income assesses person Assessment and Previous year Residential status Heads of Income

Computation of Taxable Income under different HeadsSources

Unit 2 Taxation of Companies Special Provisions in Computation of Profits from Business Deductions from Gross Total Income

Amalgamations of Companies and fiscal Incentives Minimum Alternate Tax on Companies Special

Provisions relating to Tax on Distributed Profits of Domestic Companies

Unit 3 Tax Planning

45

Concepts relating to Tax Avoidance and Tax Evasion Tax Planning with reference to Location of

Undertaking Type of Activity Ownership Pattern Dividend Policy Issue of Bonus Shares Inter

Corporate Dividends and Transfers Tax Planning relating to Amalgamations and Mergers of Companies

Tax considerations in respect of specific managerial decisions like Make or Buy Own or Lease Close or

Continue Sale in Domestic Markets or Exports Capital Budgeting Decisions Managerial Remuneration

Foreign Collaboration and Joint Ventures

Unit 4 Tax Administration

Filing of Returns and Assessments Penalties and Prosecutions Appeals and Revisions Advance Tax

TDS Advance Rulings Double Taxation Avoidance Agreements

Unit 5 Indian Laws and Regulations Governing International Transactions

FEMA Taxation of foreign income foreign investments Setting up offices and branches abroad

Restrictions on trade in endangered species and other commodities Code and common laws and their

implications to International Business

Text Books

EA Srinivas Corporate Tax PlanningTata McGraw Hill Studentrsquos Guide to Income Tax Taxmann

Reference Books

Ahuja G K amp Gupta Ravi Systematic Approach to Income Tax Allahabad Bharat Law

House

Singhania V K amp Singhania M (2009) Direct taxes planning and management Delhi

Taxmann Direct taxes Law and Practice Taxmann A Compendium of Companies Act 2013 Taxmann

Investment Banking and Financial Services

Course Code MGF-03 Credits ndash 4

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student should be able to

46

1 Apply the financial concepts and techniques to analyse activities and transactions in investment

banking

2 Describe capital market issuance process and required due diligence

3 Identify various type of financial services and their intricacies

4 Identify and examine corporate governance ethical and legal issues

Unit 1 Essentials of the EquityStock Market The new issue marketInitial Public Offerings (IPOs) -Publicly Traded Markets Factors affecting the

secondary trading market stock exchanges market indices liquidity and volatility issues -Corporate

effects on stock pricing priceearnings ratios book value valuation based on expectations vs historical

reporting -External and international economic effects on stock market values liquidity and volatility -

Fundamentals of stock market technical analysis -Private EquityVenture Capital and Direct Investment

Unit 2 Essentials of the Fixed IncomeBond Market Differences between stocksequity and bondscredit markets -Fundamentals and mathematics of the

credit fixed incomebond market -Corporate credit and economic impacts on bond markets interest

rates yields and credit pricing spreads Investment Grade vs Non Investment Grade (High YieldJunk

Bonds) -Fundamentals of the workings of the credit markets -Convertible Bonds and Asset Backed

Securities -Trading Positioning Underwriting and Distribution -Rating Agencies

Unit 3 Investment Banking Functions Underwriting Initial Public Offers Rights Issues and Secondary Public Offers Public Offers of Debt

Securities Overseas Capital Market Issues Exit Offers

Unit 4 Financial Services Leasing Hire-purchase Consumer finance Housing Finance Loan Syndication Credit Rating

Unit 5 LegalRegulatory Compliance Risk Management and Back Office -Ethics insider trading corporate governance fiduciary

responsibilities -Compliance and Regulatory Environment -Credit Market OperationsProcessing Risk

Management -Documentation Transaction Processing Financial Control and Reporting

Text Books

Subramanyam Pratap Investment banking Tata McGraw-Hill

Joshua Rosenbaum amp Joshua Pearl Investment Banking Valuation Leveraged Buyouts and

Mergers and Acquisitions MISL-Wiley

Reference Books

Michel Fleuriet Investment Banking Explained An Insiders Guide to the Industry (Professional

Finance amp Investment) McGraw-Hill Education

Matthew Kantz and Robert R Johnson Investment Banking for Dummies John Wiley and Son

47

Aswath Damodaran Investment Valuation Tools and Techniques for Determining the Value of

any Asset University ed 3ed Paperback Wiley Dun and Bradstreet Wealth Management Tata Mc Graw Hill

Financial Markets and Institutions

Course Code MGF-04 Credits - 4

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student should be able to

1 Describe the nature and role of financial systems

2 Apply concepts relevant to financial markets and financial institutions to current events or topical

Issues

3 Describe the differences and applications of financial instruments and financial services

4 Assess the international integration of financial markets and analyze the implications for financial

managers

Unit 1 Introduction Nature and Role of Financial System Financial System and Financial Markets Overview of Financial

Systems Markets Institutions and Instruments features participants and functions of Capital Market

and Money Market Stock exchanges and SEBI Global Currency Markets Financial Sector Reforms

Unit 2 Financial Institutions and Economic Development

Financial sector reforms Recommendation of Raghuram Rajan Committee

Unit 3 Intermediaries and their role (Banking and Non-Banking)

Banking Institutions Growth and Structure Central Bank Private Banks Public Sector Banks

Provident funds and pension funds Mutual Funds Insurance Companies Asset Reconstruction

Companies Micro Macro finance institutions and their role

Unit 4 Financial Markets T-Bill Market Call Money market commercial bills market Market for Commercial paper and

Certificate of Deposits G-Sec Market

Unit 5 Depositories and Custodial Services

Constituents of Depository system Functions of Depository Dematerialization and Rematerialization

process Depositories in India

Unit 6 Financial Services Meaning nature and types of Financial Services Importance of Financial Services Insurance Services

Bancassurance Reinsurances Venture Capital ndashPrivate Equity ndashstrategic secrets of private equity

48

Investment strategies Hedge funds E banking Securitization ndash Indian Banking and the Financial crisis

Merchant Banking services Issue management Merchant Banking in India Regulatory framework

Text Books

Bhole LM (latest edition) Financial Institutions amp Markets Structure Growth and

Innovations Tata McGraw Hill Bharati V Pathak The Indian Financial System (Markets Institutions and Services) Second edition Pearson Education

Reference Books

Saunders Anthony Cornett Marcia Millon (latest edition) Financial Institutions Management

Tata McGraw Hill

Clifford Gomez Financial Markets Institutions and Financial Services PHI learning

HR Machiraju Indian Financial System third edition Vikas Publishing House

Meir Kohn Financial Institutions and Markets custom edition

International Financial Management

Course Code MGF-05 Credits ndash 4

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student should be able to

1 Describe the international financial environment

2 Apply international financial theory

3 Assess the forces influencing global finance and their role in global business strategies

4 Evaluate cross-border investment opportunities for undertaking various capital budgeting and short-

term cash flow management decisions

Unit 1 Introduction International financial Environment-Importance rewards amp risk of international finance- Goals of

MNC- International Business methodsndashExposure to international risk- International Monetary system-

Multilateral financial institution-Government influence on exchange rate

Unit 2 International flows of funds Balance of payments (determination of current account capital account amp ORA)-International Trade

flows International Capital Flows-Agencies that facilitate International flows - Equilibrium

disequilibrium amp adjustment of Balance of payment amp Trade deficits

49

Unit 3 International Financial Markets Foreign exchange markets-foreign exchange trading-Cash amp Spot exchange markets-foreign exchange

rates ampquotation- forward markets-Exchange rate Behavior-Cross Rates-Foreign exchange market

participants-arbitrage profit in foreign markets Swift Mechanism

Unit 4 Foreign Exchange exposure and Foreign exchange risk Management Measuring exchange rate movements - Exchange rate equilibrium ndash Factors effecting foreign exchange

rate forecasting exchange rates - international parity relationship interest rate parity purchasing power

parity amp fisher effects Management of Transaction exposure - Management of Translation exposure-

Management of Economic exposure - Management of political Exposure - Management of Interest rate

exposure Hedging against foreign exchange exposure ndash Forward market - Futures Market- options

Market - Currency Swaps - Interest rate Swap - Cross currency Swaps

Unit 5 International Investment decision International Capital Budgeting Concept Problems associated Evaluation of a project Risk Evaluation

and Impact on Value Foreign Direct investment ndashForeign portfolio investment- International Financial

instruments International Bond amp Equity market sovereign risk

Text Books

PG Apte-International Finance Management- (Tata McGraw Hill)4e Levi Maurice International Finance New York McGraw Hill Inc latest edition

Reference Books

Eun amp Resnick ndash International Finance Management ---(TataMcGraw Hill) 4e

Jeff Madura International Finance Management ---(Thomson) 7e2004

Sharan Vyuptkesh International Financial Management 6th Edition PHI Thummuluri Siddaiah International Financial Management Pearson Education India

Industrial Relations amp Labour Legislation

Course Code MGH-01 Credits -4

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student should be able to

50

1 Describe the Labour Laws and Legal Framework of Industrial Relations

2 Assess the rationale of labour laws in organizations

3 Examine the labour laws in India viz-a-viz International Labour Organization

4 Identify issues pertaining to employee relations in an organization

Unit 1 Industrial Relation Management Concept - Evaluation ndash Background of industrial Relations in India- Influencing factors of IR in

enterprise and the consequences Economic Social and Political environments Employment Structure

ndash Social Partnership ndash Wider approaches to industrial relation ndash Labour Market

Unit 2 Trade Union Introduction ndash Definition and objective ndash growth of Trade Union in India-trade Unions Act 1926 and

Legal framework-Union recognition-Union Problems-Employees Association-introduction Objective

Membership Financial Status

Unit 3 Quality of Work Life Workersrsquo Participation in Management ndash Workerrsquos Participation in India shop floor Plant Level Board

Level ndash Workersrsquo Welfare in India scenario- Collective bargaining concepts amp Characteristics ndash

Promoting peace

Unit 4 Industrial Disputes Meaning nature and scope of industrial disputes ndash Cases and Consequences of Industrial Disputes ndash

Prevention and Settlement of industrial disputes in IndiaThe Industrial Disputes Act 1947 Employee

Grievances Causes of grievances ndash Conciliation Arbitration and Adjudication procedural aspects for

Settlement of Grievances ndash Standing Orders ndash Code Discipline

Unit 5 Legal Framework of Industrial Relations Settlement Machinery for Industrial Disputes Conciliation Arbitration amp Adjudication Legislation

The Trade Unions Act 1926 The Industrial Dispute Act 1947 The Factoryrsquos Act 1948 The Contract

Labor Act 1970 The Payment of Bonus Act 1965 The Industrial Employment (Standing Orders) Act

1972 The Minimum Wages Act 1948 The Payment of Wages Act 1936 The Workmenrsquos Compensation

Act 1923 The ESI Act 1948 The Employeesrsquo Provident Fund and Miscellaneous Provisions Act 1952

and The Maternity Benefits Act 1961 Overview of these Acts Only

Text books

Industrial Relations and Labour Laws Paperback by Piyali Ghosh Shefali Nandan McGraw Hill

Education 2015

Industrial Relations and Labour Laws Paperback by SC Srivastava Vikas Publishing House

2012

Reference Books Padhi PK (2011) Labor and Industrial Laws Prentice Hall of India Srivastava SC (2012) Industrial Relations and Labour Laws 6e Vikas Publishing House

51

Suggested Readings Sen R (2009) Industrial relations text and cases (2nd ed) New Delhi Macmillan Publishers VenkataRatnam C S (2006) Industrial relations New Delhi Oxford University Press

Compensation Management

Course Code MGH-02

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student should be able to

1 Describe Minimum wage ndash Fair wage Real wage Issues and Constraints in Wage Determination in

India

2 Illustrate different ways to strengthen the pay for performance link

3 Evaluate the concepts of employee benefits

4 Exhibit the knowledge of legal framework required in employee benefits

5 Demonstrate the implications of strategic compensation and possible employer implications

Unit 1 Introduction Compensation meaning objectives nature of compensation Nature amp Significance of wage salary

administration essentials-Minimum wage ndash Fair wage Real wage Issues and Constraints in Wage

Determination in India

Unit 2 Compensation system design issues Compensation Philosophies compensation approaches decision about compensation compensation-

base to pay individual Vs team rewards Perceptions of pay Fairness legal constraints on pay systems

Unit 3 Managing Compensation Strategic Compensation planning determining compensation-the wage mix Development of a Base Pay

System Job evaluation systems the compensation structure- Wage and salary surveys the wage curve

pay grades and rate ranges preparing salary matrix government regulation on compensation fixing pay

significant compensation issues Compensation as a retention strategy

Unit 4 Variable Pay and Executive Compensation Strategic reasons for Incentive plans administering incentive plans Individual incentive plans-

Piecework Standard hour plan Bonuses Merit Pay Group incentive plans- Team compensation Gain

sharing incentive Plans Enterprise incentive plans- Profit Sharing plans Stock Options ESOPs EVA

Executive compensation elements of executive compensation and its management International

compensation Management

Unit 5 Managing Employee Benefits Benefits- meaning strategic perspectives on benefits-goals for benefits benefits need analysis funding

benefits benchmarking benefit schemes nature and types of benefits Employee benefits programs-

52

security benefits retirement security benefits health care benefits time-off benefits benefits

administration employee benefits required by law discretionary major employee benefits creating a

work life setting employee services- designing a benefits package

Text books

Martocchio J (2014) Strategic Compensation A Human Resource Perspective Approach

Pearson Education Henderson RI (2009) Compensation Management in a Knowledge-based world 10e Pearson

Education

Reference Books

Singh BD (2007) Compensation and Reward Management Excel Books Gerhart B amp Rynes SL (2008) Compensation Evidence and Strategic Implications Sage

Publication

Suggested Readings

Milkovich G amp Newman JM (2006) Compensations New Delhi Mc-Graw Hill

Publishing Company Berger amp Berger (2008) The Compensation Handbook A State-of ndashthe ndashArt Guide to

Compensation Strategy and Design McGraw Hill

Organizational Development

Course Code MGH-03 Credits -4

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student should be able to

1 Able to comprehend the principles of OD located in human relations school of management

2 Identify major types of organizational development interventions

3 Demonstrate how to evaluate organizational development interventions

4 Apply human resource intervention techniques in different management scenarios

5 Describe human resources metrics and how they relate to organizational development

Unit 1 Organizational Development as a Profession and Field of Practice

53

Nature and Characteristics of Organization Development Organization Development as an evolving

field of Practice Managing the Organization Development Process Organizational Change Theories

and Models Organizational Change process Values Ethics and assumptions of OD Role and

Competencies of the OD practitioner

Unit 2 The Diagnostic Process and Introduction to OD Interventions Diagnosis At the Organization Group and Individual Level Data Collection Process Diagnostic

Methods Challenges in Diagnosis Diagnostic Information Feedback Survey Feedback Designing

Interventions Characteristics of Effective Interventions The Intervention Process

Unit 3 Organizational Development Interventions

Sensitivity Training Process Consultation Third-Party Interventions Team Building Organization

Confrontation Meeting Intergroup Relations Interventions Large Group Interventions Grid OD

System 4 Management Role Playing Employee Empowerment Performance Management Systems

Employee Wellness Interventions Career Planning MBO

Unit 4 Techno Structural and Strategic Interventions Restructuring Organizations Job Enrichment Socio-technical Systems TQM and Quality Circles

Culture Change Self ndashDesigning Organizations Learning Organizations OD practitioners as Agents of

Social Change Future of OD in a VUCA World (Volatility Uncertainty Complexity Ambiguity)

Text books Cummings T G amp Worley C G (2014) Organisational development and Change 10th edition

Cengage Learning Brown DR amp Harvey D (2013) An Experiential Approach to Organization Development

Pearson Education

Reference Books

French W Cecil H Bell amp Jr (2004) Organizational Development Prentice Hall of India Pvt

Ltd Jones BB amp Brazzel M (2014) The NTL Handbook of Organizational Development and

Change Principles Practices and Perspectives (2nd Edition) Wiley

Suggested readings Burnes B (1996) Managing Change A Strategic Approach to Organizational Dynamics London

Pitman Boss RW amp McConkie ML (2008) Team building In T G Cummings (Ed) Handbook of

organization development (pp 237-259) Thousand Oaks CA Sage Jones G R (2010) Organizational Theory Design and Change Pearson Education

54

Strategic Human Resource Management

Course Code MGH-04 Credits - 4

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student should be able to

1 Apply critical thinking skills in analysing theoretical and applied perspectives of strategic HRM

2 Analyse problems and develop managerial solutions to employment relations problems at both

national and workplace level

3 Demonstrate the application of problem solving and evaluation skills in HRM through exercises and

case study work

4 Communicate knowledge of SHRM in both written and verbal formats reactive to both audience

andpurpose

5 Investigate and communicate the professional values of HRM including the ethical problems

inherentin HRM professional roles including managers and consultants

Unit 1 Understanding Strategic HRM Traditional Vs strategic HR Typology of HR activities lsquoBest fitrsquo approach Vs lsquoBest practicersquo approach

HR strategy and the role of national context sectoral context and organizational context on HR strategy

and practices Investment perspective of human resources HR Strategy Formulation HR Strategy in

Multinational Global and Transnational companies Corporate Ethics Values and SHRM

Unit 2 Aligning HR Systems with business strategy Sustained competitive advantage ndash how HR adds value to the firm shy HR as scarce resource shy inimitable

resource shy non-substitutable resource HRM leading strategy formulation Alternative HR systems

shyuniversalisticshy contingency shy configurational Congruence and Integrated HR systems Designing

congruent HR systems

Unit 3 HR Strategy in workforce utilization Efficient utilization of Human resource shy cross training and flexible work assignment shy work teams shy

non-unionization Strategies for employee shortages Strategies for employee surpluses

Unit 4 HR strategy for training and development Benefits Strategic HR Planning Acquisition and Development planning and strategizing training

integrated learning with performance management system and compensation

Unit 5 High Performance Work Practices Individual high performance practices limitations of individual HPWP Systems of HPWP shy skill system

shy motivating system Individual practices Vs systems of practices Universal practices Vs contingency

perspectives

Unit 6 Strategic HRM in emerging HR issues

55

HR Strategy in workforce diversity shy virtual teams shy flexitime and telecommuting shy HR outsourcing shy

contingent and temporary workers shy Global sourcing of labor Expatriation and repatriation management

in global HRM Gender discrimination and Glass ceiling effect Employee engagement strategies Talent

management and retention Global Environment of HR Change amp Diversity

Text books

Catherine Truss David Mankin Clare Kelliher(2012) Strategic Human Resource Management

Oxford

Tamer K Darwish (2013) Strategic HRM and Performance Theory and Practice Cambridge

Scholars Publishing

Reference Books

Rees C amp Edwards T(2010) International Human Resource Management 2e Pearson

Education Mello JA (2011) Strategic Management of Human Resources 3e Cengage Learning India Pvt

Ltd Dowling PJ amp Welch DE (2010) International Human Resource Management Managing

People in a Multinational Context Cengage Learning India Pvt Ltd

Suggested Readings

Greer C (2008) Strategic Human Resource Management Pearson Education

Kandula S R (2009) Strategic Human Resource Development Prentice Hall India Evans P Pucik V amp Barsoux JL(2010) The Global Challenge Frameworks for International

Human Resource Management Tata McGraw Hill Delhi

Changing Paradigms in Leadership

Course Code MGH-05 Credits - 4

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student should be able to

1 Demonstrate a commitment to social justice

2 Describe group dynamics and effective teamwork

3 Exhibit the ability to work effectively with those different from themselves

56

4 Generate ideas with the insight of innovative leadership

5 Exhibit the ability for game changing innovation

Unit 1 Introduction Understanding dynamics of Power Influence and Organizational Politics Intrapersonal Interpersonal

Intergroup and Institutional power

Unit 2 Power and Its Distribution Bases of Power and Development of Multiple Sources of Power Impact of ideological factors structural

issues dependency and scarcity on distribution of power Learnings from Chanakya Kautilya

Unit 3 Spiritual Leadership Integrate scriptures and theological tradition with diverse contemporary cultural contexts Spiritual

Leaders lessons from Swami Vivekanandarsquos Teachings

Unit 4 Power and Social Influences

Leaders and use of power Misuse and loss of power Introduction Social Influence processes-

Persuasion and Negotiation principles of influence influence tactics

Unit 5 Servant Leadership

Listening Empathy Awareness Stewardship Conceptualization Foresight

Unit 6 Disruptive leadership

The scale of the challenges and the accelerating speed of innovation innovation leadershipndashndasha new

way of fostering counterintuitive ideas forcing improbable insights Opening minds to uncomfortable

solutions Disruptive Leadership - fostering a culture of game-changing innovation framework and

motivation to generate ideas and execute solutions

Text Books

Zaleznick A (2006) Learning Leadership The Abuse of Power in Organizations London Sage Cialdini R B (2008) Influence Science and practice New York Allyn and Bacon

Reference Books

Bocankova M (2006) Intercultural communication typical features of the Czech British

American Japanese Chinese and Arab cultures Praha Oeconomica Brett J M (2001) Negotiating globally How to negotiate deals resolve disputes and make

decisions across cultural boundaries San Francisco Jossey Bass

Suggested Readings

Clegg SR Courpasson D amp Phillips N (2006) Power and Organizations London Sage Leadership transition by Richard Elsuer Kogan Page

57

Consumer Behaviour

Course Code MGM-01 Credit - 4

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student should be able to

1 Describe the concept of consumer behavior from a variety of perspectives

2 Identify the key reasons behind why particular consumers in particular situations behave in a

certainway

3 Design a marketing mix in accordance with preferences of consumers

4 Develop strategies to create and enhance customer value

Unit 1 Introduction to consumer behavior

Definition of consumer behavior applications of consumer behaviour -Consumer behavior and

marketing strategy Consumer research-Primary and secondary methods-tools used-survey focus

groups personal interviews projective techniques Consumer segmentation-bases of segmentation-

demographic behavioural benefit

Unit 2 Influence of social class

Definition and meaning of social stratification-factors responsible for social stratification-characteristic

features of social classes- social influence on consumer behavior Group Dynamics and consumer

reference groups- definition and meaning of group ndash reasons for formation of group- types of groups

relevant to consumer behaviour information

Unit 3 Individual determinants

Perception-factors in perception- meaning of perception- perceptual process-factors responsible for

perceptual distortion Learning- Weberrsquos law-Classical conditioning-operant conditioning-marketing

implications- Components of learning process Personality and emotion Personality ndashmeaning and

nature ndash characteristics of personality- stages in the development of personality- personality influences

and consumer behaviour

Unit 4 Motivation ndash needs ndash goals

dynamic characteristics of motivation ndash consumer imagery and perceived risk hard core behavioural

perspective-social learning perspective-cognitive approach-biological approach-rational expectations

psychoanalytical perspective-Maslowrsquos hierarchy of needs- Properties of motivation- Three main types

of conflicts- Attitudes-definition beliefs- affect- behavioural intention-attitude changing strategies

Unit 5 Self concept

situational influences and lifestyle-overview Consumer decision making process

Unit 6 Consumption and post purchase behavior

58

Consumer satisfaction concept cognitive dissonance consumer delight Consumer Value Consumer

Value Delivery Strategies Competitive advantage through customer value Information ndash Customer

value determination process - Measuring customer satisfaction

Text Books

Schiffman LG and Kanuk LL Consumer Behaviour 9th Edition Prentice Hall of India New

Delhi

Solomon Michael R (2016) Consumer Behaviour Buying Having and Being 11e Pearson

Education

Reference Books

Seth J N amp Mittal B (2nd ed 2003) Customer Behaviour-A Managerial Perspective Thomson

South-Western

Hawkins D I amp Roger J B and Kenneth AC (2001) Consumer Behaviour-Building Marketing

Strategy Irwin McGraw-Hill New York

Advertising and Brand Management

Course Code MGM-02 Credit - 4

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student should be able to

1 Describe the various concepts and principles of advertising

2 Design media plan for the organization in accordance with organizational goals and strategies

3 Assess meaning and relevance of brand

4 Comprehend various issues pertaining to brand positioning and its application for combating

competition

Unit 1 Introduction to Advertisement

Concept and definition of advertisement ndash Social Economic and Legal Implications of Advertisement

Advertisement planning and strategy Setting advertisement objective ndash DAGMAR and other models

Advertisement budgets

Unit 2 Advertisement Media

Media plan ndash type and choice criteria ndash reach and frequency of advertisements- cost of advertisements

related to sales ndash media strategy and scheduling

Unit 3 Design and Execution of Advertisement

59

Message development ndash different types of advertisement ndash layout ndash design appeal ndash copy structure ndash

advertisement production ndash print ndash Radio TV and web advertisement ndash Media Research ndash testing

validity and reliability of ads ndash measuring impact of advertisements

Unit 4 Brand-concept

Nature and Importance of Brand Brand vs Generics Brand Life Cycle Brand Name and Brand

Management

Unit 5 Brand Identity

Conceiving Planning and Executing (Aaker Model) Brand Loyalty Measures of Loyalty Brand

Equity Concepts and Measures of Brand Equity-Cost Price and Consumer Based Methods Sustaining

Brand Equity Brand Personality

Unit 6 Brand Positioning

Concepts and Definitions Repositioning Celebrity Endorsement Brand Extension Differential

Advantage Strategies for Competitive Advantage Brand Pyramid Branding in different sectors Role

of e- communities in Brand Management

Text books

Aaker David A Batra Rajeev and Myers John G Advertising Management Prentice Hall Keller K L (2015) Strategic Brand Management 4e Pearson Education

Reference Books

Belch G E amp Belch M A (2001) Advertising and Promotion Tata McGraw Hill Delhi Arnold David The Handbook of Brand Management Random Century House London 2002 OrsquoGuinnT and Allen C (2009) Advertising Management with Integrated Brand Promotion 1e

Cengage Learning India Pvt Ltd New Delhi Hard Norman The Practice of Advertising Butter worth Heinemann Oxford 2005

Rural and Social Marketing

Course Code MGM-03 Credit - 4

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student should be able to

1 Describe the key characteristics and other aspects of rural markets

2 Analyze and apply marketing strategies in context of rural markets

60

3 Describe social marketing and various stakeholders involved in it

4 Apply social marketing strategies as per the needs of the target consumers

Unit 1 Rural Marketing Introduction

Definition Myths and Reality of Rural Markets Characteristics of Rural People Rural market

Environment Rural Infrastructure Problems of Rural Marketing as regards Product Positioning

Distributions Language Media Transport etc Challenges for Rural Marketing

Unit 2 Rural Marketing Strategies

Rural Market Segmentation Product Strategies Pricing Strategies Promotion Strategies Distribution

Strategies

Unit 3 Rural Marketing Research

Role of IT in Rural Marketing (e-Chaupals etc) with few case studies Marketing of Rural and Cottage

Industry Products Future of Rural Marketing in India

Unit 4 Foundation of Social Marketing

Definition Nature and Scope Social Marketing Challenges Conceptual Framework of Social

Marketing Need for Social Marketing

Unit 5 Social Marketing Strategies and Applications

Social Markets Segmentation Product Strategies Marketing Mix Pricing Strategies

Unit 6 Promoter Strategies Role of Govt and NGOrsquos in Social Marketing Social Marketing

Applied in Family Planning Medicare Small Savings AIDS Prevention Swacch Bharat Abhiyan

Ujjwala Yojna Beti Padhao-Beti Bachao

Text Books

Kashyap Pradeep Rural Marketing (2016) Pearson Education India

Dogra B amp Ghuman K Rural Marketing Concepts and Practices Tata McGraw-Hill ISBN 81-

7992-085-2

Lee NR Kotler P Social Marketing Changing Behaviour for Goods Sage Publications Inc

Reference Books

Kashyap Pradeep amp Raut Siddhartha Rural Marketing Biztantra Publishers ISBN 978-81-317-

6035-2

Ruchika Ramakrishnan Rural Marketing New Century

Crishnama Charyulu CSG amp Ramakrishnan Lalitha Rural Marketing Text amp Cases Pearson

Education ISBN978-81-317-3263-2

61

Rajan RV Donrsquot Flirt with Rural Maketing Productivity and Quality India

International Marketing

Course Code MGM-04 Credit - 4

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student should be able to

1 Describe the characteristics of international marketing environment

2 Apply the concept of marketing in contemporary international marketing context

3 Create and manage marketing mix in international markets

4 Identify and interpret information for successful promotion and distribution in international

markets

Unit 1 International Marketing

Meaning Nature and Importance International Marketing Orientation EPRG ndash Approach An

overview of the International Marketing Management Process International Marketing Environment

Unit 2 International Market Segmentation and Positioning

Screening and Selection of Markets International Market Entry Strategies Exporting licensing

Contract Manufacturing Joint Venture M amp A Setting-up of Wholly Owned Subsidiaries Aboard

Strategic Alliances

Unit 3 International Product and Pricing Strategies

Product Designing Product Standardization Vs Adaptation Managing Product Line International

Trade Product Life Cycle New Product Development Pricing for International Markets Factors

Affecting International Price Determination

Unit 4 Managing International Distribution and Promotion

Distribution Channel Strategy ndash International Distribution Channels their Roles and Functions

Selection and Management of Overseas Agents International Distribution Logistics

Unit 5 International Promotion Mix

Advertising and other Modes of Communication

Unit 6 Emerging Trends in International Marketing

62

Regionalism vs Multilaterism Trade Blocks Marketing Research for Identifying Opportunities in

International Markets

Text Books

Onkvisit Sak and Shaw Johan J International Marketing- Strategy and Theory 5e Taylor and

Francis

Keegan Warren J Global Marketing 9e Pearson Education New Delhi

Reference books

Cateora Philip R and Graham John L International Marketing 15e Tata McGraw- Hill New

Delhi

Czinkota Michael R and Ronkainen Ilkka A International Marketing 10e Cengage

Learning New Delhi

Sales and Distribution Management

Course Code MGM-05 Credit - 4

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student should be able to

1 Describe the importance and scope of sales management

2 Design robust sales and distribution strategies for dynamic marketing environment

3 Assess sales and distribution strategies in contemporary markets

4 Demonstrate skills and abilities for managing sales territories

Unit 1 Introduction to Sales Management Marketing vs selling importance and scope of selling selling theories sales function and multi ndashsales-

channel Personal Selling Process Sales organization structure sales forecasting ethical issues in

selling

Unit 2 Territory Design and Sales Quota Approaches and techniques to design sales territories Sales quota procedure types and methods sales

contests analysis and controlling of sales personnel sales analysis cost and profitability

Unit 3 Distribution Channel Functions and Institutions Value creation by intermediaries channel structure in FMCG Industrial Goods and Services in India

Online Vs Offline selection channel power and channel conflict operational issues in channel

management motivation and evaluation of channel members

63

Unit 4 Physical Distribution System Objective and scope An overview of Logistics Management Transportation and Warehousing

Decisions application of new age technology in logistics and transportation developing competitive

advantages through physical distribution

Text Books

Tanner Jr JF Honeycutt Jr ED and Erffmeyer RC (2009) Sales Management Pearson

Education New Delhi Havaldar K K and Cavale VM (2007) Sales and Distribution Management Text and Cases

Tata McGraw Hill New Delhi

Reference Books

Still Cundiff and Govoni (2009) Sales Management Decisions Strategies and Cases Prentice

Hall of India Pvt Ltd Bert Rosenbloom(2008) Marketing Channels South Western Cengage Learning Jobber David and Lancaster Geoffery (2013) Selling and Sales Management 9e Pearson

Education

Marketing Research

Course Code MGM-06 Credit - 4

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student should be able to

1 Describe the scope and relevance of marketing research and its contribution in the development of

marketing strategy

2 Develop a market research design which will include identification of research design framing of

research question sampling preparing of measurement instruments data collection analysis and

interpretation

3 Apply latest tools and packages for gaining better insights from data

4 Prepare research reports and presentations

Unit 1 Foundations of Marketing Research

Meaning objectives motivation and utility of marketing research Characteristics of scientific methods

Marketing research process Defining a research problem and developing a research approach the need

of different types of research types of marketing problems Writing a research proposal

Unit 2 Research Design

64

Concept and Importance in Research - Features of a good research design ndash Exploratory Research Design

ndash concept types and uses Descriptive Research Designs - concept and uses cross sectional and

longitudinal studies Experimental Design Causal relationships Concept of Independent amp Dependent

variables extraneous variable Treatment Control group

Unit 3 Measurement and Attitude Scaling

Concept problems in measurement of marketing research variables levels of measurement Nominal

Ordinal Interval and Ratio Comparative and non-comparative scaling techniques Rating Scales viz

Likert Scales Semantic Differential Scales Constant Sum Scales Graphic Rating Scales ndash Ranking Scales

ndash Paired Comparison amp Forced Ranking Projective techniques

Unit 4 Data Collection

Sources of data use and appraisal of existing information primary and secondary data Information from

respondents sampling design and questionnaire design interviewing various methods of survey data

collection email internet survey

Unit 5 Data Analysis

Hands on session on tools like SPSS for data analysis techniques like factor analysis correlation and

regression discriminant analysis for analyzing qualitative as well as quantitative data

Unit 6 Report preparation and Presentation

Research reports types layout and structure of research reports precautions in writing research reports

referencing styles Ethical issues in marketing research

Unit 7 Major Marketing Mix Research

Customer attitude and satisfaction research concept testing brand equity research shop and retail audit

mystery shopping readership survey and viewership survey and copy testing

Text Books

Malhotra NK Dash S - Marketing Research An Applied Orientation Pearson Education India

William G Zikmund and Babin Barry J - Essence of Marketing Research Cengage Learning

Reference Books Byod amp Westfall - Marketing Research All India Traveler Book Seller Nargundkar - Marketing ResearchTata McGraw Hill 2nd ed Beri GC Marketing Research Tata McGraw Hill 4th ed Green Paul E Tull Donald S and Albaum Gerald - Research for Marketing Decisions Prentice

Hall of India

65

Business Process Reengineering and Change Management

Course code MGI-01 Credits - 4

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student should be able to

1 Describe the concept of BPR

2 Design the processes to improve performance and reduce cost

3 Apply the tools and techniques for the implementation of BPR in an organization

4 Design change management strategies for BPR

Unit 1 Introduction to Business Process Reengineering

Concept of Business Process Reengineering Definition Nature Significance and rationale of Business

Process Reengineering Reengineering scenario in Indian Organization in comparison to global level

Problems issues scope and trends in BPR

Unit2 Strategic aspects of Business Process Reengineering

Implementing BPR Methodology and steps IT enabled reengineering Strategic aspects of BPR BPR

and Total Quality Management The paradigm of Mass customization managing organizational change

Lean manufacturing and Total Quality Management Principles of Total Quality Management Just in

Time philosophy

Unit 3 Process Mapping

Types of process maps Flow Charts Swim Lanes Diagram SIPOC Value Stream Mapping

Transforming Reinventing the enterprise Team building Measurement issues in BPR Assess Busines

Processes using established Performance Metrics Case studies of success as well as failure

Unit 4 Change Management People view empowering people reengineering management Issues of purpose culture process and

performance Change and Management of BPR Process of Change Stages in Change Different change

agents in an organization

Text Books

Micheal Hammer and James Chamby Reengineering the Corporation Paperback

RRadhakrishnan and SBalasubramanian ldquoBuisness Process Reengineering Text Casesrdquo PHI

2008

Reference Books

Peter Harriott Process Control McGraw Hill Education

66

Vikram Sethi amp William R King Organizational transformation through business process

reengineering Pearson education

Business Systems Analysis and Design

Course Code MGI-02 Credits - 4

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student should be able to

1 Identify issues related to planning implementation and maintenance of IT based Systems

2 Describe and evaluate the systems development life cycle

3 Assess the requirements for system design by data and process modeling

4 Apply tools and techniques for designing information systems for businesses

Unit 1 Introduction

Business and technology drivers of information systems Information systems building blocks

stakeholdersrsquo perspectives Issues related to planning implementation and maintenance of IT based

Systems

Unit 2 Requirement Analysis

Systems development life cycle Software development process models software requirement

specificationFact finding techniques for requirement analysis

Unit 3 Requirement Modelling

Modelling system requirements with Use Cases Sequence diagrams Data modelling Process

modelling Object oriented analysis

Unit 4 Systems Design

Design of input process and output sub-systems including user interface design database design and

object oriented design software application architecture

Text Books

Sommerville I (2016) Software Engineering 10 e Pearson

Dannis A Haley B Tegarden D (2015) Systems Analysis and Design An Object oriented

Approach with UML John Wiley amp Sons

Reference Books

Pressman RS (2014) Software Engineering ndash A Practitioners Approach McGraw-Hill

67

Whitten JL and Bentley LD (2007) System Analysis and Design Methods 7e McGraw-Hill

Database Management System

Course Code MGI-03 Credit - 4

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student should be able to

1 Describe the fundamental elements of relational database management system

2 Identify the basic concepts of relational data model entity-relationship model relational database

design and relational algebra

3 Construct queries for managing the database using SQL

4 Describe the features and benefits of NoSQL

Unit 1 Introduction

File Systems and Database Components of Database Management Systems Advantages of DBMS

Database Management Models Relational Network Hierarchical Object Oriented

Unit 2 Logical Data Modelling

Entity-Relationship Data Model Normalization and its significance and different levels of normalization

Unit 3 Relational Database Design Physical Database Design Integrity Constraints database security and disaster recovery strategies

Unit 4 Querying RDBMS Structured Query Language (Data Definition Data Manipulation Data

Control) Aggregate Functions Nested Sub Queries Views

Unit 5 NOSQL Database

Features of NoSQL Data types Benefits of NoSQL

Text Books Ramakrishnan R and Gehrke J (2014) Database Management Systems McGraw Hill

Connolly T And Begg C (2008) Database Systems A Practical Approach to Design

Implementation and Management 6e Pearson

Reference Books Sumathi S and Esakkirajan S (2007) Fundamentals of Relational Database Management

Systems Springe

68

Data Warehousing and Online Analytical Processing

Course Code MGI-04 Credits - 4

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student should be able to

1 Describe the uses and components of data warehouse

2 Distinguish between operational database systems and data warehouse

3 Design a data warehouse based on the specific requirements of the organization

4 Analyze the business scenarios to develop procedures for populating a Data warehouse

5 Apply the Data warehouse for data mining and business intelligence

6 Examine a data warehouse to perform different kinds of analytics

Unit 1 Concept of Data Warehouse

Differences between operational database systems and data warehouseUses of Data warehouse

Justifying a Data warehouse Contents of Data warehouse

Unit 2 Data Warehouse Modelling Data Cube A Multidimensional data model Schemas Stars Snowflakes and fact constellations Data

warehouse design process Data Mart

Unit 3 Populating a Data Warehouse

ETL Data extraction Transformation Cleansing Loading Data Warehouse Information flows

Unit 4 Analyzing the contents of a data warehouse Online analytical processing (OLAP) OLAP operations Roll-up Drill-down drill-across drill-through

Slice and dice Pivot Concept of data mining using data warehouse for business intelligence

Unit 5 Data Warehouse and Analytics

Data Analytics Descriptive analytics Prescriptive analytics and Predictive analytics

Text Books

Kimball R and Ross M (2013) The Data Warehouse Toolkit Wiley

Inmon WH (2005) Building the Data Warehouse 4e Wiley India

Reference Specific URL to be shared by Instructor

69

E-Business

Course code MGI-05 Credits - 4

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student should be able to

1 Identify the components as also the benefits and limitations of E-business

2 Assess and identify the security issues E-business

3 Describe the electronic payment system

4 Design an e-business while analyzing issues related to website designing and management

advertising search engine listing legal and other related issues

Unit 1 Introduction to e-business

Electronic Business Electronic Commerce ndash Types Benefits Limitations and Barriers Value Chains

in Electronic Commerce E-commerce opportunities in Digital India Intranet Composition of Intranet

Business Applications of Intranet Extranets Electronic Data Interchange

Unit 2 Security Issues in e-business Electronic Commerce Threats Securing E-commerce Encryption Cryptography Public Key

Infrastructure Overview of security protocols Firewalls Personal Firewalls IDS VPNs

Unit 3 Electronic Payment System

Concept of e-Money Electronic Payment Systems Credit and Debit cards E-Wallets Infrastructure

related Issues Electronic Fund Transfer

Unit 4 Launching Your E business Marketing an E-Business Models of Internet advertising Search Engines and Directories CRM in E-

commerce Building a Corporate Website Practical issues on servers and Application Software

Corporate Web Site Management issues Mobile Commerce E-commerce ethical and legal issues and

Cyber laws E-commerce and WTO

Text Books

Turban E Whiteside J King D and Outland J (2017 Introduction to Electronic Commerce and

Social Commerce Springer International Publishing

Schneider Gary P(2014) Electronic Commerce Cengage Learning

Reference Books

Joseph PT SJ (2015) E-Commerce ndash An Indian Perspective 5e Prentice Hall of India

70

Chaffey D (2011) E-Business and E-Commerce Management- Strategy Implementation and

Practice Pearson Education

Knowledge Management and Big Data (Common to Knowledge Management Specialization)

Knowledge Creation Critical Thinking and Innovation

Course Code MGK-01 Credits - 4

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student should be able to

1 Administer the comprehension of Knowledge Creation Models

2 Prepare and interpret various situations of Critical Thinking and Knowledge Management

3 Administer the Barriers and Enablers to Knowledge Creation

4 Devise new Knowledge Creation strategies

5 Design solutions for Innovation

Unit 1 Introduction to Knowledge and Knowledge Management

Types of Knowledge and Implication for Knowledge Management Knowledge Creation Models of

Knowledge Creation Nonakarsquos Model of Knowledge Creation and Transformation

Unit 2 Knowledge Creation and Critical Thinking

Knowledge Creation at the Level of the Individual Group and Organization The Nature of Technical

Problem Solving Formulating Knowledge Explicit and Codifying Knowledge Tacit Implicit and

Sticky Knowledge Knowledge Management Lifecycle Critical Thinking and Knowledge Management

Unit 3 Knowledge Acquisition and IPR

Knowledge Acquisition Principles and Process Techniques To Elicit Tacit Knowledge Tools Used to

Codify Explicit Knowledge Knowledge Acquisition Techniques Knowledge Protection and Issues In

Intellectual Property Rights

Unit 4 Barriers and Enablers

71

Barriers and Enablers to Knowledge Creation Knowledge Transfer and Sharing Innovation Vs

Creativity Managing for Innovation Innovation and Knowledge Management Typology of Design

Driven Innovation

Text Books

Georg Vin Krogh Kazuo Luchijo Ikujiro Nonaka Enabling Knowledge Creation Oxford

University Press 2000

Katherine Hibbs Pherson Randolph H Pherson Critical Thinking for Strategic Intelligence CQ

Press 2012 2nd edition

Reference Books

Mitsuru Kodama Knowledge Innovation Strategic management as practice Edward Elgar

Publishing Limited 2007 Kazuo Ichijo Ikujiro Nonaka Knowledge Creation and Management New Challenges for

Managers Oxford University Press

Knowledge Management and Big Data

Course code MGK-02 Credits - 4

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student should be able to

1 Describe the basic Database Architecture

2 Assess the role of Business Intelligence in organizations

3 Design and implement Predictive Analysis using Big Data

4 Propose strategy for managing Knowledge in the age of Digitalization

Unit 1 Introduction

History of KM KM Processes and Frameworks KM Tools and Practices Technical KM Tools Soft

KM Tools Introduction to Big Data Characterization of Big Data Volume Velocity Variety (V3)

Classic Data Vs Big Data

Unit 2 Big Data Value Chain

Big Data Tools Techniques Application Data Sources and Capture Value of Data Data Quality

Management Management of Big Data Basic Database Architecture Design of Data base Data Base

Management Systems The Stack Ecosystem

72

Unit 3 Cloud Computing

Introduction to Cloud Computing Cloud Services and Cloud Based KM Systems The Knowledge

Cloud Managing Knowledge in the Age of Digitalization Principles of Data Governance Data Ware

Housing and Data Mining Open Structured and Un Structured Information

Unit 4 Business Intelligence

Introduction to Business Intelligence System Thinking for the Use of Information Internet of Things

Social Media Sentiment Analysis Semantic Technology Business Innovation Using Big Data Analytics

and Case Studies Predictive Analysis Relationship Between KM and Big Data

Text Books

Dawn E Holmes Big Data A Very Short Introduction Oxford University Press Paul C Zikopoulos IBM Chris Eaton Paul Zikopoulos Understanding Big Data Analytics for

Enterprise Class Hadoop and Streaming Data McGraw Hill Education

Reference Books

Thomas H Davenport Big Data At Work Dispelling The Myths Uncovering The Opportunities

Harvard Business Review Press2014 Girard John Strategic Data- Based Wisdom In The Big Data Era IGI Global2015 Ma Zongmin Managing Big Data in Cloud Computing Environment IGI Global2016

Knowledge Creation and Skill Development

Course code MGK-03 Credits - 4

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student should be able to

1 Describe the process of knowledge creation

2 Assess the role of Organizational Learning in organizations

3 Comprehend the Linkage between KM and Skill Development

4 Propose strategy for attributes of effective learning Communities

Unit 1 Knowledge Creation

Introduction to Knowledge Creation Policy Perspectives on knowledge Different forms of collective

learning Attributes of effective learning Communities A framework for Knowledge creation

73

Unit 2 Organizational Learning and process of Knowledge Creation

The cycle of knowledge creation Enabling conditions of Knowledge creation Developing the power of

Knowledge Levels of Organizational Learning The evolution of lsquoPractice Fieldsrsquo Organizational

Learning Dimensions

Unit 3 Knowledge Creation and Skill Development

Introduction to Skill Development Skill Development I information systems Knowledge creation and

skill development II social media Knowledge creation and skill development III distribution

Forecasting and backcasting

Unit 4 Linking KM and Skill Development

KM and Skill Development tools Diagnostic Technologies and their value data management

information technology and organizational productivity in relation to development of new skills at the

workplace Web centric knowledge skill development Applications of Knowledge management

Text Book

Kazuo Ichijo Ikujiro Nonaka Knowledge Creation and Management New Challenges for

Managers 1st Edition Oxford University Press Thomas H DavenportLaurence PrusakWorking Knowledge Harvard Business School Press

Reference Books

Georg von Krogh (Author) Kazuo Ichijo (Author) Ikujiro Nonaka Enabling Knowledge

Creation How to Unlock the Mystery of Tacit Knowledge and Release the Power of Innovation Oxford

University Press W Mark Fruin Knowledge Works Managing Intellectual Capital at Toshiba Oxford University

Press

Business Intelligence and Knowledge Management

Course code MGK-04 Credits - 4

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student should be able to

1 Describe the importance advantages and limitations of Business Intelligence

2 Assess the role of Decision Trees and other such tools in an organization

3 Identify issues related to Business Intelligence

74

4 Apply business intelligence concepts to design new Business Rules for management

Unit 1 Introduction to Business Intelligence

Framework Business Intelligence Architecture and Components BI creation and use of BI governance

and intelligence Main theories and characteristics of Business Intelligence Moving Forward to

Competitive Intelligence Implementing Business Intelligence

Unit 2 Decision support systems

types and components expert systems machine learning and n management support modeling

Knowledge Representation and Reasoning Knowledge acquisition Verification and Validation

Uncertainty Modeling Business Rules and management

Unit 3 Knowledge Discovery and Analytics

Intro to Data Mining KDD Process Tasks and techniques Clustering Decision trees Association rules

ANN SVM Toolset Rapid Miner or Weka Web Mining Social Network Mining Text mining Process

mining

Unit 4 Data Warehousing Definitions and Concepts

The Data Warehousing Process Architectures of Data Warehousing Data integration and ETL

processes - Extraction Transformation and Loading Development of Data Warehouses The Future of

Business Intelligence

Text Books

Uwe Hannig Knowledge Management and Business Intelligence 2013 Springer Publishing Jessica Keyes Knowledge Management Business Intelligence and Content Management The IT

Practitioners Guide Auerbach Publications 1 edition

Reference Books Jay L Chatzkel Knowledge Capital How Knowledge-Based Enterprises Really Get Built Oxford

University Press Turban Sharda Delen KingBusiness Intelligence A Managerial Approach 2e Paperback ndash

2013 Pearson Publications

Knowledge System Strategy and Development

Course code MGK - 05 Credits - 4

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student should be able to

75

1 Describe the importance advantages and limitations of Knowledge Management

2 Identify the need for knowledge management in an organization

3 Analyze and design strategies for knowledge management

4 Assess the impact of Strategic Knowledge Management on organization

Unit 1 Introduction to KM Strategies

Need for Knowledge Management Strategies Developing Organizational KM Strategies Prioritizing

Knowledge Strategies Knowledge as a Strategic Asset Elements of Knowledge Strategy

Unit 2 Strategy for Knowledge Management

Strategic Decision making Process Strategy Analysis Describing Current It Situation Describing

Current and Desired Business Situation Knowledge Management Analysis Analyzing Needs For

Change

Unit 3 Strategy Choice

Identifying Alternative Actions Selecting Appropriate Actions Knowledge Management Action

Making the Plan Strategy Implementation Implementing Plan Barriers to Implementation Knowledge

Management Technology Architecture Evaluating Results

Unit 4 Strategic Knowledge Management Tools and Techniques

Building KM into Strategic Framework The Impact of Strategic Knowledge Management On

Organization Leadership and Knowledge Management Business Process Analysis and Management

Related Case Studies

Text Books Petter Gottschalk Strategic Knowledge Management Technology Idea Group Inc 2005 Nicolai J Foss Strategy Economic Organization and the Knowledge Economy The

Coordination of Firms and Resources Oxford University Press

Reference Books Kevin OSullivan Strategic Knowledge Management in Multinational Organizations 1st Edition

Abe Books August 2007 Brent N Hunter The Power of KM Harnessing the Extraordinary Value of Knowledge

Management Spirit Rising Productions Paperback ndash August 8 2016

76

SCM and E-Commerce

Course Code MGS - 01 Credit - 4

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student should be able to

1 Describe and assess the supply chain IT framework

2 Formulate strategies for digital markets and supply chains

3 Identify the opportunities in the field supply chain

4 Apply the learnings about information technology standards to the field of supply chain management

Unit 1 Supply Chain IT Framework

Supplier Relationship Management Internal Supply Chain Management Customer Relationship

Management Transaction Management Foundation

Unit 2 Supply Chain Information Systems

SC Information System classification Requirement Analysis for Information Systems in SC

Information for Strategic SC decisions Risks amp Challenges in implementing SC Information Systems

Benefits of SC Information Systems

Unit 3 Digital Markets amp Efficient Supply Chains

Web enabled Supply Chains Technological impact of SC disintermediation Reconfiguration of SC

Pure technology applications in SC Process Improvements - technology adoption

Unit 4 E - Supply Chain Opportunities

E business amp SCM ndash Upstream Perspective B-2-B Perspective E supply chain opportunities - e

procurement e fulfillment auctions amp reverse auctions collaborative demand planning intranets

extranets amp VPN Benefits to SMEs amp MSMEs

Unit 5 Technology Standards

Overview of Information Technology infrastructure ndash interface devices system architecture E -

commerce Service oriented architecture ndashIntroduction to ERP Applications of Bar coding amp scanning

RFID EPOS Global data synchronization Image Processing GPRS

Text Books

Hossein Bidgoli The Handbook of Technology Management John Wiley amp Sons Inc

Dave Chaffey E-Business and E-Commerce Management (4th Edition) Prentice Hal

Reference Books

77

Warwick Ford Michael Baum (2000) Secure Electronic Commerce Pearson Education

Christopher Alberts Audrey Dorofee (2002) Managing Information Security Risks Pearson

Education

David Whiteley (2001) E - Commerce Strategy Technologies and Applications Tata Magraw

Hill

Operations Analytics

Course Code MGS-02 Credit - 4

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student should be able to

1 Describe the concepts related to operations research

2 Formulate decision problems and interpret results using linear programming

3 Apply linear programming to business situations such as transportation and scheduling

4 Design integer programming problems

5 Conceive solutions to problems by applying multi-criteria decision-making techniques

Unit 1

Introduction to Operations Research (OR) linear programming (LP) formulating decision problems

using linear programming interpreting the results and sensitivity analysis

Unit 2

Multi-period LP models Applications of linear programming in product mix blending cutting stock

transportation transshipment assignment scheduling planning and revenue management problems

Network models and project planning

Unit 3

Integer Programming (IP) problems mixed-integer and zero-one programming Applications of IP in

capital budgeting location decisions

Unit 4

Multi-criteria decision making (MCDM) techniques Goal Programming (GP) and analytic hierarchy

process (AHP) non - linear programming portfolio theory

Text Books

Hwang Shiuh-Nan Lee Hsuan-Shih Zhu Joe (2014) Handbook of Operations Analytics Using

Data Envelopment Analysis Springer Thomas Devonport Competing on Analytics Tata Magraw Hill

78

Reference Books Render Stair Jr Managerial Decisions Modeling Pearson Education Jank Wolfgang Business Analytics for Managers Springer James R Evans University of Cincinnati Business Analytics Pearson Education

Logistics Planning and Strategy

Course Code MGS-03 Credits ndash 4

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student should be able to

1 Assess the crucial role of logistics in an organisation and economy at large

2 Analyse the linkages of logistics with other functions of the organizations

3 Examine the logistics systems by deploying comprehensive approaches

4 Identify the Logistics relationships

5 Design and implement service response logistics

Unit 1 Context of Logistics

Introduction definitions logistics in the economy a macro perspective aim of logistics activities of

logistics value added role of logistics

Unit 2 Logistics in the firm

Micro dimensions of logistics interface with operations manufacturing marketing supply chain

Problems with fragmented logistics Integrating logistics within an organization integrating logistics

along the SC

Unit 3 Approaches to analyzing logistics systems

Materials Management vs physical distribution Cost centers nodes vs links logistics channel cost

perspective amp level of optimality short run or static analysis long run or dynamic analysis

Unit 4 Logistics Relationships

Types of relationships Competitive relationship product relationship spatial relationship intensity of

involvement logistics outsourcing activities ndashconcept amp types of 3PL 4PL need for collaborative

relationships

Unit 5 Service Response Logistics

Overview of service Operations ndash service productivity global service issues service strategy

79

development service delivery systems service location amp layout primary concerns of service response

logistics ndashservice capacity waiting times distribution channels service quality

Text Books

Coyle Bardi Langley The Management of Business Logistics Cenage Learing India Ed 7th

Edition

Donald Waters Logistics- An Introduction to SCM Palgrave Macmillion Ist

Edition

Reference Books Winser Leong Tan Principles of SCM - A Balanced Approach Cenage Learning India Ed 1ST

Edition Alan Harrison Remko Van Hoek Logistics Management and Strategy Competing Through the

Supply Chain Prentice Hall Martin Christopher Logistics and Supply Chain Management (Financial Times Series) FTPress

Total Quality Management

Course Code MGS-04 Credits ndash 4

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student should be able to

1 Assess the importance of Quality in an organization

2 Describe the contributions on Quality by pioneers of the field

3 Evaluate quality policy by applying relevant tools

4 Deploy statistical quality control techniques

5 Describe Quality Management Awards and frameworks

Unit 1

Quality Concepts defined Quality Cost perspective Cost of Quality Quality Function Internal and

external quality perspective Goods and service quality Cost of poor quality internal failure cost and

external failure cost appraisal cost Prevention cost Analysis of quality cost hidden quality cost

80

Unit 2

Demings 14-point philosophy Juran Crosby philosophy Ishikawa Taguchi Feigenbaum Comparison

of quality philosophy

Unit 3

Check list Flow Chart Tally charts and Histograms Graphs Pareto Analysis Cause and Effect Scatter

diagram and regression analysis Quality Function Deployment-Introduction Customer needs Customer

priorities and competitive comparisons and planned improvements Design features or requirements

Unit 4

Statistical Quality Control Necessity and Importance of SQC Process capability Six Sigma quality

Process control Process

Unit 5

Quality Management Awards and frameworks Malcolm Baldrige National quality award Deming prize

ISO 9000-2000 CII Ramakrishna Bajaj Awards Tata Business Excellence Model (TBEM)

Text Books

Dale H Besterfield Carol Besterfield-MichnaTotal Quality Management International Edition

3E Pearson Education Adrian Wilkinson Tom Redman Ed Snape Mick Marchington Managing with Total Quality

Management Springer

Reference Books Paul Levy Total quality management in the supply chain Springer Terry Richardson Total Quality Management Cengage Learning Stephen GeorgeArnold WeimerskirchTotal Quality Management Strategies and Techniques

Pearson Education

Business Process Management and Change

Course Code MGS-05 Credits - 4

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student should be able to

1 Conceptualize business operations as processes

2 Apply the business improvement methodologies to real world business situations

3 Conceive strategies for Business Process Re-engineering and Business Process Management

81

4 Design implement and manage change in organizations

Unit 1 Introduction to Business Processes

Processes and Information Task Activity Process Sub Processes Conceptualization of business

activities as processes Business Process Process Mapping Process Modeling Business Process

Improvement Nature significance and rationale of Business Process Improvement Cases to understand

the basics of Business Process

Unit 2 Process Mapping and Business Improvement Methodologies

Flow Charts Swim Lanes Diagram SIPOC Value Stream Mapping Identification of Value Adding

Tasks and Non-Value Adding Tasks Analyze and Assess Business Processes using established

Performance Metrics Lean manufacturing and Total Quality Management Principles of Total Quality

Management Just in Time philosophy

Unit 3 Business Process Re-engineering and Business Process Management Business Process Re-engineering Radical Change Clean Sheet Rethinking Principles of Business

Process Management Cause and Effect Ishikawa Pareto Charts Concept of Business Process

Management and its relationships with Total Quality Management Business Process Reengineering and

Enterprise Resource Planning Ways to improve the efficiency and effectiveness of existing processes

Unit 4 Business Process Management and Change Management

Change Change Management Need and Rationale of Change Individual Level Change

Organizational Level Change People View Empowering People Process of Change Model of

Change Equation of Change Change Levers and Managing Change A Simulation Exercise to

implement a Change Initiative in an Organization

Text Books

Paula K Berman Successful Business Process Management What You Need to Know to Get

Results American Management Association Catherine M Flanagan People and Change An Introduction to Counseling and Stress

Management Lawrence Erlbaum Associates

Reference Books

Susan Page The Power of Business Process Improvement 10 Simple Steps to Increase

Effectiveness Efficiency and Adaptability American Management Association Peter Harriott Process Control McGraw Hill Education

Computer Aided Design and Manufacturing

Course Code MGS-06 Credit - 4

Course Outcomes

82

Upon successful completion of the course the student should be able to

1 Demonstrate surface modelling

2 Apply CAD tools and techniques to real world practical scenarios

3 Identify latest developments in Design including AI in Design

4 Assess the scope of manufacturing and its future challenges

Unit 1

Definition of CAD Tools Types of system CADCAM system evaluation Criteria Graphics standards

functional areas of CAD Modeling and viewing software documentation efficient use of CAD

software

Unit 2

Mathematical representation of surfaces Surface model Surface entities surface representation

Parametric representation of surfaces plane surface ruled surfacesurface of revolution Tabulated

surface

Unit 3

Feature Based Modeling Assembly Modeling Behavioral Modeling Conceptual Design amp Top-down

Design Techniques for visual realism - hidden line - Surface removal - Algorithms for shading and

Rendering Parametric and variational modeling Feature recognition Design by features Assembly

and Tolerance Modeling

Unit 4

Parametric and variational modeling Feature recognition Design by features Assembly and

Tolerance Modeling Tolerance representation - specification analysis and synthesis AI in Design

Text Books

Ibrahim Zeid CADCAM Theory and Practice McGraw Hill international Farid M L Amirouche Principles of Computer-aided Design and Manufacturing Pearson

Education

Reference Books M Groover E Zimmers CADCAM Computer-Aided Design and Manufacturing Sage

Publications G Johannesen Integrated Systems Engineering Pearson Education P N Rao CADCAM Tata McGraw Hill

83

DELHI SCHOOL OF MANAGEMENT

DELHI TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY

Master of Business Administration

FOURTH SEMESTER

84

Project Management

Course Code MGT-41 Credit - 4

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student should be able to

1 Apply project management concepts to address specific management needs at the individual team

division andor organizational level

2 Identify the resources costs and time constraints tools and supplementary materials needed

project life cycle provides internal stakeholders with information regarding project costs by

considering factors such as estimated cost variances and profits

3 Demonstrate effective project planning execution and control techniques that result in successful

projects

4 Demonstrate strong working knowledge of ethics and professional responsibility in project

management

Unit 1 Project Management Principles

Definition of project project management processes and other key concepts principles of project

management roles and responsibilities of the project manager project life cycle causes of project

failures

Unit 2 Planning the project

project planning process project charter and project plan work breakdown structure (WBS) techniques

project structuring and organization considerations change management and conflict resolution issues

Unit 3 Estimating Project Costs Type of costs Elements of budget approaches for estimating cost and budget Factors influencing

quality of estimates

Unit 4 Estimating Project Time

Activity sequencing Estimating time precedence network diagram critical path method program

evaluation and review techniques project scheduling basics of scheduling

Unit 5 Project Quality Management

An Overview of PQM processes and their integration with Project Management Plan

Unit 6 Managing Risks Project Control and Performance Management

Risk concept and identification risk assessment prioritizing risks risk response planning Project

85

tracking and control elements Earned Value Management factors contributing to successful project

control Measures of project success

Text Books Meredith JR Mantel SJ and Shafer SM (2014) Project Management A Managerial Approach

9e IWiley Publishing Straw G (2015) Understanding Project Management Kogan Page Ltd

Reference Books Charvat J (2003) Project Management Methodologies Selecting Implementing and Supporting

Methodologies and Processes for projects 2003 John Wiley amp Sons PMI A Guide to the Project Management Body of Knowledge

Entrepreneurship Development

Course Code MGT-42 Credit - 2

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student should be able to

1 Evaluate attractiveness of business opportunity and pitfalls during entrepreneurial process

2 Assess the risks and devise plans to minimize uncertainties at different stages of entrepreneurial

process

3 Design organize and lead a team to transform an initial idea to a business opportunity with the goal

to bring new products and services to market

4 Assess business opportunity through business plan

Unit 1 Entrepreneurship

Concept and Definitions Entrepreneurship and Economic Development Factor Affecting

Entrepreneurial Growth ndash Economic Non-Economic Factors Classification and Types of Entrepreneurs

Entrepreneurial Competencies EDP Programs Entrepreneurial Training TraitsQualities of an

Entrepreneurs Manager Vs Entrepreneur Entrepreneur Vs Entrepreneurship Entrepreneur Vs

Administrator

Unit 2 Opportunity Identification and Product Selection Entrepreneurial Opportunity Search and Identification Sources of Information Criteria to Select a

Product Conducting Feasibility Studies Marketing Feasibility Technical Feasibility Finance

Feasibility HR Feasibility etc Business Plan Formulation Format of Business Plan with Practical

example Project Report Preparation Specimen of Project Report

86

Unit 3 Enterprise Launching Formalities

Definition of Small Scale as per MSMED Act 2006 Rationale Objective Scope steps involved in

starting enterprise SME Registration NOC from Pollution Board Machinery and Equipment Selection

Role of SME in Economic Development of India Project Planning and Scheduling using Networking

Techniques of PERTCPM Methods of Project Appraisal

Unit 4 Role of Support Institutions and Management of Small Business

Role of Director of Industries DIC DCMSME SIDBI Small Industries Development Corporation

(SIDC) MSME (D-I) NSIC NISBUED State Financial Corporation (SFC) Functional areas

application for Small Enterprises like Marketing Management issues Production Management issues

Finance Management issues Human Resource Management issues Export Marketing

Text Book

Donald F amp Dr Kuratko (2016) Entrepreneurship Theory Process and Practice South Western

Publication

References Books

Charantimath (2013) Entrepreneurship Development and Small Business Enterprise

Pearson Education

Taing Kalpana (2014) Entrepreneurship Theory and Practice Anmol Publication

Pvt Ltd Delhi

Business Intelligence

Course Code MGT-43 Credits - 2

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student should be able to

1 Integrate knowledge of communication technologies with appropriate policy financial and

management issues

2 Articulate the basic issues of telecommunication and information policy and the key governmental

and regulatory processes affecting them from a global perspective

Unit 1

Data Science Data pre-processing Introduction to decision support systems Big data Hadoop

and data mining OLAP and Data Mining

87

Unit 2

Mining Frequent Patterns Associations Correlations Classification Prediction Clustering Data mining

applications in business

Text Books

Tan P Steinbach M and Kumar V (2016) Introduction to Data Mining Pearson Warren J and Marz N (2015) Big Data Principles and Best Practices of Scalable Real-Time Data

Systems Dreamtech Press

Reference Specific URL to be shared by Instructor

Major Research Project

Course Code MGT-44 Credits - 6

In Sem IV all a student is required to work on a major research project under the supervision of assigned

faculty member by the department The student is required to select a research problem preferably on a

topic related with contemporary issues in management It is mandatory for the students to get advance

written approval of the supervisor before finalization of the topic Each student shall prepare a detailed

research proposal and the copy of the same is required to be submitted to faculty co-ordinator duly signed

by the supervisor

On the prescribed date two hard and one soft copy of the reports are required to be submitted to the

department as per the format provided by the concerned supervisor The completion of the research

project must be certified by the supervisor and approved by the HOD

The evaluation of the research project shall be carried out jointly by a panel of internal and external

examiner The department may invite external examiners across the specialization and industry

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student should be able to

1 Design and implement a research-based project

2 Demonstrate time and project management in the successful identification of a research project

3 development of a research design collection of accurate and precise data critical analysis and

4 interpretation of results retrieval of information and critical reading of literature

5 Report research findings in written and verbal forms

6 Use research findings to advance education theory and practice

88

Emotional Intelligence and Managerial Effectiveness

Course Code MGT-45 Credit 2

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student should be able to

1 Describe the concepts related to Emotional Intelligence

2 Assess the situation to manage stress and increase productivity of employees

3 Design an environment for productive work relationships and communications for running

effective meetings decision-making and creative problem-solving

4 Demonstrate leadership qualities that promote trust motivation and commitment to results

Suggested reading

Understanding Emotional Intelligence by Nielson Kite Kogan Page

89

LIST OF ELECTIVES FOURTH

SEMESTER

90

Corporate Mergers Acquisitions amp Restructuring

Course code MGF-06 Credits - 4

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student will be able to

1 Identify key differences between the mergers and acquisition

2 Describe the process of mergers and acquisitions restructuring of organizations

3 Carry out the valuation of mergers

4 Apply their knowledge in the practical setting

Unit 1 Introduction to Mergers Nature of acquisitions and amalgamations types of merger ndash motives behind mergers ndash theories of

growth of the firms and organic inorganic growth strategies ndash value creation in horizontal vertical and

conglomerate mergers ndash internal and external change forces contributing to M amp A activities A strategic

perspective- industry life cycle and product life cycle analysis in MampA decision strategic approaches to

MampA- SWOT analysis BCG matrix Porterrsquos Five forces model

Unit 2 Regulatory Framework Legal and regulatory frame work of M amp A ndash provisions of Companyrsquos Act

2013 Indian Income Tax act 1961 ndash SEBI takeover code Provisions of

Competition Act

Unit 3 Merger Process Dynamics of MampA process identification of targets and process of due diligence preparation of due

diligence report deal restructuring Process of merger integration ndash organizational and human aspects ndash

managerial challenges of M amp A Integration of merged entity process and problem proxys and takeover

tactics

Unit 4 Corporate Bankruptcies Concept of Bankruptcy Identification and Management thereof

Unit 5 Corporate restructuring Different methods of restructuring ndash joint ventures ndash sell off and spin off ndash divestitures ndash equity carve

out ndash leveraged buy outs (LBO) ndash management buy outs ndash master limited partnerships ndash employee stock

ownership plans (ESOP) Going Private

Unit 6 Valuation of MampA Valuation approaches discounted cash flow valuation relative valuation valuing operating and

financial synergy valuing corporate control cash offer share exchange ratio ndash mergers as a capital

budgeting decision

Text Books Patrick Gaughan Mergers Acquisitions and Corporate Restructurings John Wiley

91

Donald DePamphilis Mergers and Acquisitions Basics Elsevier

Reference Books Mergers acquisitions and Business valuation Ravindhar VadapallindashExcel books 1e 2007 Ashwath Damodaran ndash Corporate Finance-Theory and PracticendashJohn Wiley amp Sons S F Reed A R Lajoux and H Peter Nesvold The Art of MampA Fourth Edition A Merger

Acquisition Buyout Guide Mc Graw Hill Education

Financial Derivatives and Risk Management

Course Code MGF-07 Credits - 4

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student will be able to

1 Differentiate between hedging and speculation

2 Evaluate pricing for futures and forwards

3 Identify different hedging strategies

4 Design the mechanics valuation and trading strategies of derivative market

5 Develop trading strategies in the volatile market

Unit 1 Introduction to Financial Derivatives Forwards futures options swaps and other derivative instruments Basics of hedging credit currency

and interest rate risks -Difference between hedging and speculation -Hedge Funds vs Mutual Funds

Unit 2 Fundamentals of Forwards and Futures Organisation and structure trading mechanism cost of carry model Determination of forward and

future prices Pricing of futures and forwards on investment assets commodities currencies and

interest rate

Unit 3 Hedging Strategies using Forwards and Futures Short hedge and long hedge using futures cross hedging of portfolio and commodities using futures

Unit 4 Option fundamentals Building Blocks calls puts and underlying Basic Option Pricing European options American

options forward-spot parity put call parity Option Greeks the binomial option-pricing model

Binomial and Black-Scholes Option Valuation hedging strategies using Options Option Positions

and Strategies Construction of option strategies in various market situations and their pay off Betting

on a large price decrease betting on a small price increase

92

Unit 5 Swaps and Derivatives Introduction and motive for Swaps Introduction to Interest Rate Derivative

Unit 6 Risk Management Objective of Risk management identifying types of risk Quantifying risk and Hedging techniques

Credit default swaps Total return swaps Credit spread options Collateralized debt obligation

Introduction to VaR

Text Book

John CHull Options Futures amp Other Derivatives- - (Pearson Education) latest edition

BR Bagri ND VohraFutures and Options Mc GrawHill Education

Reference Books

Introduction to Derivatives and Risk Management ndash Chance ndashThomson Learning latest edition

Merton H Miller Merton Miller on Derivatives Wiley Robert W Kolb Futures Options and Swaps ndashndash Blackwell

Publishing

Financial Modeling and Analysis

Course Code MGF-08 Credits - 4

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student will be able to

1 Describe Financial Modeling and basics of Econometrics

2 Design robust and dynamic financial models

3 Apply models for forecasting and research

4 Analyze and interpret data to provide meaningful information to assist in making management

decisions

Unit 1 Introduction Modeling practices and principles Use of Excel in financial decision making

Unit 2 Financial Modeling

93

Model specification desirable qualities of models evaluating an econometric model Random variables

stochastic variables and the stochastic error term probability distributions (review) estimators desirable

qualities of a good estimator maximum likelihood estimators (definition)

Unit 3 Extensions of the basic linear model and the multiple regression model

The 3 variable model partial regression and correlation coefficients assumptions of the classical linear

model Derivation of Ordinary Least Squares Estimators Properties of LS estimators OLS AS BLUE

Variances and Standard deviations Goodness of fit R=squared and adjusted R-squared Tests of

significance t and F tests Hypothesis testing involving more than one parameter Forecasting Evaluation

of Forecasts Mean Squared error RMS error

Unit 4 Time Series Analysis Short Run and Long Run Relationships Cointegration Cointegration and common trends Tests of

cointegration Engle-Granger Two Step Procedure the Johansen-Juselius Multivariate Test Error

Correction Models Estimation and interpretation off an Error Correction Model Forecasting Using an

Error Correction Model

Unit 5 Modeling Volatility

Time varying volatility model ARCH GARCH AGARCH models and its extension Forecasting

volatility and other Volatility models Developing the interactive model output screen and report

Text Books

Gujarati DE Essentials of Econometrics McGraw Hill Simon Beninga Financial modeling MIT press

Reference Books

Wayne Winston Microsoft Excel 2013 Data Analysis and Business Modeling 1st Edition Koutsoyiannis A Theory of Econometrics 3rd ed Macmillan Michael Rees Financial Modelling in Practice A Concise Guide for Intermediate and Advanced

Level

Management Control Systems

Course Code MGF-09 Credits - 4

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student will be able to

1 Differentiate between Operational Vs Strategic Business decisions

2 Describe models and methods relating to reporting communication decision making and

accountability in the management control area

3 Apply models and methods of management control in different areas

4 Identify and assess transfer pricing strategies of organizations

94

Unit 1 Management planning and control

operational vs strategic Business decisions to improve performance Measures of performance EVA

and ROI Evaluation of product and divisional performance

Unit 2 Responsibility Accounting

Revenue Cost and Investment centers Methods of evaluation of performance Authority and

Responsibility Structures Governance and control philosophies

Unit 3 Budgetary Control

Flexible and Fixed system Budgetary Control Methods Methods of Expenditure Control and Risk

Evaluation and Management Behavioral issues in control Aligning individualgroup objectives with

organizational goalsobjectives ABC costing method Control in Not-for-profit organizations

Unit 4 Transfer Pricing

The importance of transfer pricing what is transfer pricing different approaches to transfer pricing

(armrsquos length principle formulary apportionment safe harbours) the armrsquos length principle the legal

framework Transfer pricing methods

Text Books

Mautz R K ampWinjum J O Criteria for management control systems a research study The

Foundation New York Chandra D S (2010) Management Control Systems Principles and Practices PHI Learning Pvt

Ltd

Reference Books Camillus J C (1986) Strategic planning and management control Systems for survival and

success Lexington Books Sharma S Management control systems text and cases McGraw-Hill Anthony R (2014) Management control systems (1st ed) London McGraw Hill Higher

Education Sekhar R (2006) Management control systems (1st ed) New Delhi Tata Mcgraw Hill

Publishing Company Limited Sinha P (2008) Management control systems A managerial emphasis (1st ed) New Delhi

Excel Books

95

Strategic Cost Management

Course Code MGF-10 Credits - 4

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student will be able to

1 Describe the concept and dimensions of Strategic Cost management

2 Apply alternative cost accounting methods

3 Assess the cost of quality and describe Total Quality Management

4 Analyze and evaluate cost management strategies in the context of current developments issues and

practices for managerial decision making

Unit 1 Strategic Cost management

Concepts and Dimensions Cost concepts and Decision making (Operational Tactical and Strategic)

Unit 2 Development in Strategic Cost Management

Life Cycle costing (ii) Target costing (iii) Kaizen Costing (iv) Value Analysis and Value Engineering

(v) Throughput Costing (vi) Business Process Re-engineering

Unit 3 Activity Based Cost Management

Activity Based Cost Management - Concept purpose benefits stages relevance in decision-making

and its application in Budgeting Responsibility accounting Traditional Vs ABC System ndash comparative

analysis JIT ndash introduction

Unit 4 Cost of Quality and Total Quality Management

TQM - Basics Stages Principles Control Corrective actions PRAISE - Steps Problems

implementation PARETO Analysis Quality Costs

Unit 5 Emerging Issues

Customer Profitability Analysis Product profitability Analysis Divisional profitability Budgeting-

Traditional and Activity based Management Systems Transfer Pricing - Objectives Methods ( Cost

Based Market Price Based Negotiated Pricing)

Text book

John Shank and Govindarajan V Strategic Cost Management The New Tool for Competitive

Simon amp Schuste Blocher Chen Cokins Lin Cost Management A Strategic Emphasis Tata McGraw Hill Education M Ravi Kishore Business Strategy and Strategic Cost Management Taxmann Publications

Private Limited

96

Reference Book

Kaplan R and Norton D The Balanced Scorecard Translating Strategy into Action Harvard

Business Review Press E Michael Porter The Competitive Strategy Techniques for Analyzing Industries and

Competitors Simon amp Schuster

Cross Cultural and International Human Resource Management

Course code MGH-06 Credits- 4

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student will be able to

1 Analyze different meanings and dimensions of ldquoculturerdquo

2 Describe and analyze the impact of culture on business practices

3 Explain and analyze the impact of national culture on organizational cultures

4 Assess the impact of culture on Human Resource Management

5 Explain how leadership differs across cultures

Unit 1 Understanding Culture Introduction Key Concepts of Cultural Identity Frameworks for Mapping the Culture Geert Hofstede

Clyde Cluckhohn TE Hall Studies of National Culture

Unit 2 Internationalization of HR Activities Types of International Business inter country differences affecting HRM causes for International

assignments failure Limitations and advantages of host country nationals (HCN) Parent country nationals

(PCN) amp Third country national (TCN) International Staffing Policy Selecting International Managers

Adaptability amp Screening Managing Knowledge Workers

Unit 3 Understanding Cross Culture Organization culture amp National culture Cross ndash culture Theories Cross ndash Culture Business

Communication amp Behavior Culture amp Organizational Performance

Unit 4 Training amp Maintaining International Compensation Training for Expatriate Managers National Differences in Compensation Factors Influencing

International Compensation Components of Remuneration Package Expatriate Performance

Management Repatriation International Labour relations Problems and solutions

Unit 5 International Human Resource Management Some innovative Japanese Management techniques such as just in time theory quality circles and Kaizen

Influence of Western HRM Practices on Employment of expatriates

97

Text books

International Human Resource Management by Peter J Dowling Cengage Learning India Private

Limited 2017

Anne-WilHarzing ampAshly Pinnington(2014) International HRM SAGE

Reference books K Aswathappa (2007) International HRM Tata McGraw Hill International Human Resource Management by Anne-Wil Harzing Ashly Pinnington Sage

Publications India Private Limited 2017

Suggested Readings

Gupta SC (2009) Text book of International HRM Macmillan Publishing Dowling P J Festing M amp Engle Sr A D (2008) International human resource management

(5th ed) London Thompson Learning HarzingampRuysseveldt (2004) International Human resource Management Sage Publications Ltd

London

Performance Management

Course code MGH-07 Credits - 4

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student will be able to

1 Identify issues relating to performance management

2 Describe the terminologies and practices regarding performance management

3 Design effective performance appraisal systems and ways to coach members of management

4 Assess globalization technology and Human resource issues

Unit 1 Manpower Management HR Management in the 21st Century Environmental Context of Human Resource Management The

Emerging Profile of Human Resources Special Features of New Technology Concept and Process of

Technological Innovation Organizational and Human Resource Implications of Technological Change

Unit 2 Globalization Technology and Human Resource Issues Technology and Culture Technology Management Changing Technology and New Leadership Skills

Economic Theory of Choice and Employee Benefits

Unit 3 Performance Management

98

Concepts and issues definition performance principles role of performance management in

organization Framework and key factors to successful performance system

Unit 4 Evaluating HR function Overview of evaluation shy scope shy strategic impact shy level of analysis shy Criteria shy Level of Constituents shy

ethical dimensions Approaches to evaluation shy audit approach shy analytical approach shy quantitative and

qualitative measures shy outcome and process criteria Balanced Scorecard perspective Benchmarking

Accounting for HRM

Unit 5 HR Scorecard Creating an HR Scorecard Measuring HR alignment shy2 dimensions of alignment shy assessing internal and

external alignment shy Systems alignment Map 7 step Model for implementing HRrsquos strategic role New

issues in Manpower Training and Career Development

Text books Robert Bacal (2012) Performance Management 2nd edition McGrawHill Kohli AS amp Deb T (2013) Performance Management Oxford University Press New Delhi

Reference Books Agunis H (2013) Performance Management 3e Pearson Education Michael Armstrong (1999) Performance Management Kogan Page

Suggested Reading Aguinis H (2008) Performance management (2nd ed) USA John Wiley Zeytinoglu I U (2009) Effects flexibility in workplace on workers Work environment and the

unions Geneva International Labour Office Performance Management by Linda Ashdown Kogan Page

Training and Development

Course code MGH-08 Credits - 4

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student will be able to

1 List training and development needs for the 21st century

2 Explain the organizational societal and individual costs and benefits of training and development

3 Develop analyze and apply advanced training strategies and specifications for the delivery of

training programs

4 Describe appropriate implementation monitoring and assessment procedures of training

5 Evaluate training programs using appropriate design and data collection procedure

99

Unit 1 Introduction The Changing Organizations HR and the Training Functions Models of Training Systematic Model

the Transitional Model The Learning Organisation Training as Consultancy

Unit 2 Training Needs Analysis The Process and Approaches of TNA Team Work for Conducting Training Needs Analysis TNA and

Training Process Design

Unit 3 Training Design amp Evaluation Understanding amp Developing the Objectives of Training Facilitation of Training with Focus on Trainee

(Motivation of Trainee Reinforcement Goal setting) Training with Focus on Training Design (Learning

Environment Pre-training Communication etc) Facilitation of Transfer with Focus on Organization

Intervention (Supervisor Support Peer Support Trainer Support Reward Systems Climate etc)

Unit 4 Effective Trainer Selecting the trainer and preparing a lesson plan skills of an effective Trainer Programme methods and

techniques Implementation and Evaluation of Training Programme Levels of Evaluation CIPP Model

CIRO model Training Audit and Cost Analysis

Unit 5 Management Development Approaches to Management Development Sources of Knowledge Skill acquisition Types of

management Development Programmes EDPrsquos Seminars and Conferences Symposia

Unit 6 Emerging Trends in Training New learning interventions Technology in training-CBT- multimedia training e- learningonline

learning- distance learning Competency based Training Assessment Centres

Text Book

Blanchard P N Thacker W J amp Anand Ram V (2015) Effective Training Systems

Strategies and Practices Pearson India Ltd

Lynton RP Pareek U (2011) Training for Development Sage Publication

Reference Books

Balakrishnan Lalitha Ramachandran (2015) Training and Development 1eVijay Nicole

Imprints Pvt Ltd

Robins P S (2015) Training Interpersonal Skills 6e Pearson Education

Suggested Readings

Raymond Noe A (2005) Employees Training and Developmentrdquo McGraw Hill Publication Kozlowski S W J ampSlas E (Ed) (2009) Learning training and development in organizations

New York Routledge

100

Steve WJ Kozlowski Eduardo Salas (2009) Learning Training and Development in

Organizations Taylor amp Francis

Interpersonal Processes and Counselling Skills for Managers

Course code MGH-09 Credits- 4

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student will be able to

1 Identify how to clarify key issues in attending skills

2 Demonstrate empathic listening and responding skills

3 Apply the techniques of probing and summarizing

4 Demonstrate the skill of challenging client assumptions

5 Exhibit counseling skills and its applications

Unit 1 Managerial Process Nature of Management functions of managers leadership and managerial effectiveness Managerial

conflict

Unit 2 Interpersonal amp Group Process Interpersonal communication Interpersonal feedback Interpersonal behavior and influence

relationships Interpersonal style Group Process An overview of group formation Group development

and effectiveness formal and informal groups reasons for formation of groups theories of group group

behavior

Unit 3 Introduction to Counselling Definition amp Need Counselling Psychotherapy and Instruction Approaches to Counselling Goals of

Counselling Counseling Process

Unit 4 Counselling Procedures The Counselling Environment Intake Referral procedures Guidelines for effective counseling

Advanced skills in Counselling Action strategies Counselling Skills Verbal amp Non- Verbal

communication Listening Barriers Counsellorrsquo Qualities Core conditions of Counselling Role of

Conflict in Counselling Values of counselling Counselling service Manager counselor

Unit 5 Organisational Application of Counselling Skills Change management Downsizing Mentoring Team Management Conflict Resolution Crisis

Trauma Problem Subordinates Identifying problem subordinates Types of problem subordinates

dealing with problem subordinates

Unit 6 Ethics in Counseling

Ethical Principles Common Ethical Violations

101

Text Books

Karen Stainsby (2007) Develop your interpersonal and self ndashmanagement skills Radcliffe

publishing Singh Kavita (2015)Counselling Skills for Managers PHI

Reference Books

Counselling Skills for Managers (Counselling Skills in Action) by Ms Susan Dr Tim Bond Sage

Publications Ltd 2010 Counselling Skills for Managers by Alok Satsangi Lakshi Publishers 2014

Suggested Readings Singh K (2009) Counselling skills for managers New Delhi Prentice Hall of India Mei-Whei Chen amp Christopher J Rybak (2003) Group Leadership Skills Interpersonal Process

in Group Counseling and Therapy

Team Building

Course Code MGH-10 Credits - 4

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student will be able to

1 Describe the meaning of team

2 Improve individual and group productivity by building a high-performance team

3 Improve communication within the team

4 Determine clear roles and responsibilities within the team

5 Elaborate the essentials for success of a team

Unit 1 Workgroup Vs Teams

Transforming Groups to Teams Types of Teams Stages of Team Building and its Behavioural

Dynamics 5 Prsquos in Teams (purpose place power plan and people) Team Role Goal Setting and

Problem Solving

Unit 2 Interpersonal Competence amp Team Effectiveness

Interpersonal process and conflict resolution Team Effectiveness How to motivate team members

Measuring Interpersonal Competence using FIRO-B Team Size Team Member Roles and Diversity

Team norms Team Cohesiveness Measuring Team Effectiveness Cross Cultural Team Building

Unit 3 Communication and Creativity

102

Communicating in Teams Fostering Team Creativity Delphi Technique Nominal Group Technique

Traditional Brain Storming Electronic Brain Storming Negative Brain Storming Communicating Team

Values and Ethics

Unit 4 Role of Leaders in Teams Supporting Teams Rewarding Team Players Role Allocation Resource Management for Teams

Selection of Team Players Leaders as Facilitators Mentors

Unit 5 Building Effective Teams in Real Time The Three Essentials of an Effective Team Building and Leading Your Team Managing a Team vs

Managing Individuals on the Team Why Some Teams Succeed (and So Many Dont) Teams

Text Books Dyer et al (2013) Team Building Proven Strategies for Improving Team Performance Jossey-

Bass Frontiera J amp Leidl D (2012) Team Turnarounds A Playbook for Transforming

Underperforming Teams Jossey-Bass ndash A Wiley Imprint USA

Reference Books HBRs 10 Must Reads on Teams (2013) Harvard Business Review Press Barner RW amp Barner CP (2012) Building Better Teams 70 Tools and Techniques for

Strengthening Performance Within and Across Teams John Wiley amp sons

Suggested Readings Maginn M (2004) Making Teams Work 24 Lessons for Working Together Successfully Mc

Graw Hill Delhi Katzenbach JR amp Smith DK(2006) The Wisdom of Teams Creating the High-Performance

Organization Harper Business

Retail Management

Course Code MGM-07 Credit ndash 4

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student will be able to

1 Describe how retailing works and the various factors which influence its success

2 Assess the implications of strategic retail decisions

3 Create a retail experience to achieve customer trust and loyalty

4 Examine retail management information systems

103

Unit 1 Definition importance and scope of Retailing

Evolution of retail competition - the Wheel of Retailing the Accordion Retail Life Cycle emerging

trends in retailing the retail scenario in India composition of Indian retail sector emerging formats of

retail in India challenges of retail development in India

Unit 2 Information Gathering in Retailing

Retail Strategic Planning and Operation Management Retail Financial Strategy Target Market

Selection and Retail

Unit 3 Retail Store Location and Design

Types of location choosing a store location trading area analysis store design and layout visual

merchandising and displays

Unit 4 Merchandise Planning and Price Management

Buying and Handling Merchandise Pricing Retail Communication Mix Promotional Strategy Retail

Human Resources Management Customer Service The GAPs Model Customer Relationship

Management

Unit 5 Retail Management Information Systems

Retail Audits Online Retailing Global Retailing Legal and Ethical Issues in Retailing

Text Books

Berman B Evans J R amp Mathur M (2011) Retail Management 11e Pearson Education Pradhan S (2012) Retailing Management ndash Text and cases 4e Tata McGraw Hill New Delhi

Reference Books Levy M Weitz BA and Pandit A (2012) Retailing Management 8e Tata McGraw Hill New

Delhi Dunne PM Lusch RF and David A (2002) Retailing 4th ed South-Western Thomson

Learning Inc Lusch RF Dunne PM and Carver JR (2011) Introduction to Retailing 7e Cengage India Pvt

Ltd New Delhi

Promotion Management and Business 2 Business Marketing

Course Code MGM-08 Credit - 4

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student should be able to

1 Describe the nature and scope of B2B marketing

104

2 Apply marketing theories and concepts to analyze and explain B2B markets

3 Design a marketing Mix especially suited to B2B markets

4 Comprehend the important role of sales promotion strategies in B2B marketing

Unit 1 Introductions Overview Nature and Scope of B2B Marketing Understanding B2B Markets Emerging paradigms of B2B

marketing Understanding Organizational Buying

Unit 2 B2B Purchase Function Segmentation Targeting and positioning in Business Markets Market Opportunities in B2B Marketing

Marketing Strategy in B2B Weaving Marketing into the Fabric of the firm

Unit 3 Managing B2B Products Pricing amp Negotiations Channels Communicating with Customers (IMC) Advertising Trade and PR

One-to-One Media Sales and Sales Management Project Presentation

Unit 4 Introduction to Sales Promotion Scope and role of sale promotion ndash definition ndash objective sales promotion sales promotion techniques ndash

trade oriented and consumer oriented

Unit 5 Sales Promotion Campaign Sales promotion ndash Requirement identification ndash designing of sales promotion campaign ndash involvement

of salesmen and dealers

Unit 6 Out sourcing sales promotion National and International promotion strategies ndash Integrated promotion ndash Coordination within the various

promotion techniques ndash online sales promotions

Text Books

John Coe The Fundamentals of Business-to-Business Sales ampMarketing McGraw-Hill 1 edition

Reference Books

Jeffrey Heilbrunn Marketing Encyclopedia Issues and Trends Shaping the Future American

Marketing Association

Sharad Sarin (2013) Business Marketing Concepts and Cases McGraw Hill Education India

Delhi

David Ford Understanding Business Marketing and Purchasing Cengage Learning Business

Press 3 edition

105

Marketing of Services

Course Code MGM-09 Credit ndash 4

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student will be able to

1 Describe the nature and scope of services marketing

2 Assess the Customers Buying considerations and behavior

3 Identify the unique challenges of marketing and managing services

4 Formulate appropriate strategies for service sector promotion and distribution strategies

Unit 1 Introduction to Services Marketing

Growing importance of services sector meaning and nature of services classification of services

marketing challenges of services service consumption model

Unit 2 Understanding Customers Buying Considerations and Behaviour

customer expectations and perceptions positioning services in competitive marketplace defining and

measuring service quality (Servequal) GAPs Model defining and measuring customer satisfaction

service recovery paradox

Unit 3 Services Marketing Mix

Services design and development service blueprinting service process physical evidence and service

scape pricing of services cost competition and value-based approaches of pricing concept of dynamic

pricing key issues in service pricing management ethical considerations in service pricing

Unit 4 Services Distribution and Promotion Management

distribution options for serving customer place and time decisions roles and responsibilities of service

intermediaries delivery service in cyberspace selection and training of intermediaries managing the

Integrated Services Communication mix managing service personnel employee and customer role in

service delivery

Unit 5 Implementing Profitable Service Strategies

managing relationships and building loyalty wheel of loyalty complaint handling and service recovery

strategies service marketing strategies in e-commerce healthcare and insurance

Text Books

Lovelock C H Wirtz J and Chaterjee J Services Marketing People Technology Strategy

7e Pearson Education Zeithaml V A Bitner M J Gremeler DD and Pandit A Services Marketing 6e Tata McGraw

Hill Education Co Ltd New Delhi

106

Reference Books Nargundkar Rajendra Services Marketing Text and Cases 3e Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Co

Ltd New Delhi Payne Adrian The Essence of Services Marketing Prentice Hall of India Ltd 2008 Hoffman K D amp Bateson J EG Marketing of Services 4e Cengage Learning India Pvt Ltd

New Delhi

Digital Marketing

Course Code MGM-10 Credit ndash 4

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student will be able to

1 Describe importance of new media in todayrsquos marketing

2 Apply Online marketing tools

3 Develop effective social media marketing strategies for different kinds of organizations

4 Demonstrate the ability to critically evaluate different online marketing tools and launch digital

marketing plan

Unit 1 Introduction to Digital Marketing

Importance growing role and nature of digital marketing online marketing mix web and consumer

decision making process characteristics of online consumers e CRM

Unit 2 Online Marketing and Customer Engagement

Consumer Segmentation Targetting and Positioning through online tools Content Management

Customer Engagement online communities and co-creation online branding traffic building through

online tools

Unit 3 Online Marketing Tools

Search Engine Optimization Google Ad Words social media marketing marketing through blogs e-

mail marketing mobile marketing marketing gamification and apps

Unit 4 Online Campaign Management

situation analysis information gathering key strategies and planning handling negative campaigns

setting budgets for online campaigns techniques to measures effectiveness of digital marketing

campaign digital marketing analytics selection of digital marketing agencies

Text Books

107

Ahuja Vandana (2015) Digital Marketing Oxford University Press New Delhi Chaffey Dave and Chadwik Fiona Ellis (2015)Digital Marketing Strategy Implementation and

Practices Pearson Education Ltd

Reference Books Damian Ryan (2014) Understanding Digital Marketing Kogan Page Limited United States Greenberg Eric and Alexander Kate (2014) Strategic Digital Marketing McGrawHill Publishing

Customer Relationship Management

Course Code MGM-11 Credit ndash 4

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student will be able to

1 Describe the concept of customer relationship management and the benefits delivered by its

implementation

2 Develop insights from data for CRM

3 Identify ways for acquiring and retaining customers

4 Define and design a customer centric organization

Unit 1 Introduction

Meaning definitions and fundamentals of CRM e CRM CRM as a business strategy elements of CRM

CRM processes and systems

Unit 2 Strategy and Organization of CRM

History of CRM Dynamics of Customer Supplier Relationships Nature and context of CRM strategy

the relationship - oriented organization

Unit 3 Marketing Aspects of CRM

Customer knowledge privacy issues communications and multi channels in CRM the individualized

customer proposition Relationship policy

Unit 4 Analytical CRM

Relationship data management Data analysis and data mining Segmentation and selection Retention

and cross sell analysis Effects of marketing activities Reporting results Operational CRM Call Centre

management Internet and website Direct mail

Unit 5 Collaborative CRMCRM Subsystems

Contact Management Campaign Management Sales Force Automation Choosing CRM Tools

Software Package Shortlisting prospective CRM vendors setting evaluation criteria for the appropriate

CRM package selection CRM implementation

108

Unit 6 CRM systems and Implementation

CRM systems Implementation of CRM systems Ethical Issues in CRM

Text Books

Nh Mullick (2016) ldquoCustomer Relationship Managementrdquo 1e Oxford University Press Stone Merlin and Wood rock Neil Relationship Marketing kogan Page London

Reference Books

G Shainesh and Jagdish N Sheth (2016) ldquoCustomer Relationship Managementrdquo 1e Laxmi

Publications First edition McKenna Regis Relationship Marketing Successful Strategies for the Age of the Customers

Addison Wesley Publishing Company 2008 Payne (2013) ldquoStrategic Customer Management Integrating Relationship Marketing and

CRMrdquo Cambridge University Press

Entrepreneurial Marketing and Sales

Course Code MGM-12 Credits - 4

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student should be able to

1 Describe the marketing and sales environment for entrepreneurs and start ups

2 Develop marketing strategies and professional salesmanship for growing and creating competitive

advantage in the marketplace

3 Apply their knowledge in a real-life market setting

4 Imbibe qualities which will help the students in creating successful startups amidst tough

competition

Unit 1 Marketing and Sales Opportunities

Marketing and sales challenges for startups making marketing as organization wide philosophy

estimating sales potential sales forecasting marketing funnel analysis customer selection and the

buying journey Marketing support for new ventures

Unit 2 Marketing and Brand Building

Customer segmentation targeting and positioning brand differentiation developing USP of the brand

online and offline branding strategy branding in the digital age use of social media blog post customer

engagement brand communities

109

Unit 3 Pricing and Distribution Strategy

Developing the links between Pricing Value Proposition and the recommended Sales approach

strategies to drive competition from pricing to non - pricing area Selection and appointment of channel

partners approaches for their recruitment training and monitoring

Unit 4 Sales Tactics for Customer Acquisition

Lead generation through different marketing methods online and offline account prioritization scheme

review and referrals consumer generated media customer retention strategy

Unit 5 Sales Administration and Creating a Dashboard key sales tasks and develop a process and criteria for hiring early-stage salespeople Training coaching

and performance reviews Ethical issues in entrepreneurial marketing and sales

Text Books

Lodish Leonard M (2015) Marketing That Works How Entrepreneurial Marketing Can Add

Sustainable Value to Any Sized Company 2nd Edition Pearson

Havaldar K K and Cavale VM (2007) Sales and Distribution Management Text and Cases

Tata McGraw Hill New Delhi

Reference Books Ramaswamy VS and Namakumari S - Marketing Management Planning Implementation and

Control Macmillian 3rd Edition

E-Governance

Course Code MGI-07 Credits - 4

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student should be able to

1 Identify the need of e-Governance Projects and related challenges

2 List the major e-governance projects

3 Analyze strategic factors which influence e-governance performance

4 Identify drivers and enablers of e-governance

110

Unit 1 Introduction to E-Governance

Governance System in India Allocation of Business E-Governance in India Evolution of E-governance

in India global scenario of e-governance Digital India Programme E-governance mission mode

projects with particular reference to agriculture Institutional framework E-governance Challenges

Unit 2 Measuring E-governance Performance

Key stakeholders and value from e-governance Assessment of E-governance a strategic framework for

improving E-governance performance

Unit 3 Driver of E-governance

Concept of changing situation as a driver significance of shared vision and mission service accessibility

feedback loop Key initiatives such as open government joined-up government e-Panchayat Direct

Benefit Transfer e-governance standards etc

Unit 4 Strategic Planning ndash An Enabler of E-governance

Analysing suitability of conventional planning approach to E-governance Significance of environment

analysis Significance of collaboration in e-governance Refining structures and processes

Unit 5 Strategy Implementation ndash An Enabler of E-governance

Competence level of actors involvement of senior leadership motivation of staff Involvement of

stakeholders Effective e-governance through strategic alliances select case studies

Text Books

Suri PK and Sushil (2017) Strategic Planning and Implementation of E-governance Springer

Singapore

Heeks R (2006) Implementing and Managing eGovernment Vistaar Publications New Delhi

Bhatnagar S (2004) E-government ndash From Vision to Implementation A Practical Guide to

Implementation Sage Publications New Delhi

Reference

ARC (2008) lsquoPromoting e-Governance The SMART Way Forwardrsquo Second Administrative

Reforms Commission Government of India available at httparcgovin

INDIA E-Readiness Assessment Reports by Department of Electronics and Information

Technology Government of India (mitgovin)

UN E-Government Survey Reports available at wwwunpanorg

111

Strategic Telecommunications Management

Course Code MGI-07 Credits - 4

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student should be able to

1 Describe the evolution of telecom technology

2 Integrate knowledge of communication technologies with appropriate policy financial and

management issues

3 List the key challenges in Telecom Marketing

4 Articulate the basic issues of telecommunication and information policy and the key governmental

and regulatory processes affecting them from a global perspective

Unit 1 Telecom Technology Systems Evolution

Evolutionary aspects of telecom technology starting from telegraphy telephony internet terrestrial and

wireless telecom technologies Convergence aspects of computers and communications and its impact

on telecom service provision business Recent Developments in Telecom technologies Techno-

managerial aspects of telecommunication role of the telecommunication managers in a dynamic

environment Convergence of voice video and data Broadband technologies planning mobile network

for coverage and capacity

Unit 2 Telecom Policy Perspectives and Related Issues

Opening up of telecom sectorRegulation amp Liberalization policy ndash global and national perspective

Issues of the monopolization and deregulation of telecom sector national telecom policies various

industry playersinstitutions organizations like telecom regulatory authority dispute redressal tribunal

etc Spectrum auction and utilization Institutional arrangement for monitoring compliance of regulation

by telcos (TERM cells) Role of telecom technologies in meeting Sustainable Development Goals (SDG)

of the United Nations Role of the International Telecom Union (ITU) in standardization of telecom

technologies Mergers and acquisitions in telecom Universal Service Obligation Fund (USOF) for

inclusive telecom growth

Unit 3 Economic Perspectives of Telecom Systems

Role of telecommunications in socio-economic development telecommunication as a facilitating

infrastructure for economic development of the country new technologies and services for international

telecommunications business application of global networks Regional prospectus on development of

Telecom

Unit 4 Business Perspectives of Telecom Management

112

The business of telecommunication technical survey of the ways and means that voice data and video

traffic are moved long distances data network the telephone system Telecom service costing economic

evaluation of telecom projects telecom project financing Overview of leading telecom equipment

suppliers New business models (managed services infrastructure sharing leasing bandwidth per

minute revenue share model with equipment manufacturers)

Unit 5 Telecom Marketing

Challenges relating to telecom services marketing building brand equity for a telecom operating

company Customer retention amp customer care total service quality management preparing for the new

millennium managing change and people development Churn management Designing segmented tariff

plans on basis of CDRs Designing IT system for integrating provisioning customer care amp billing

systems

Unit 6 Current and Emerging Perspectives Issues in Telecom Management

Current emerging issues and implications for the industry Indian markets policy issues capacity

building problems challenges of growth Aspects of strategy making and deployment in telecom

service provision business Performance management system in telecom and implementation of

balanced scorecard Application of telecom technologies in Internet of Things (IOT) Telecom

solutions for smart city projects Green telecom initiatives for energy conservation

Text Books

Ugarkar J (2010) The Essentials of Telecommunications Management A Simple Guide to

Understanding a Complex Industry Author House

Dodd AZ (2012) The Essential Guide to Telecommunications 5e Prentice Hall

Reference

Medudula MK Sagar M And Gandhi RP (2016) Telecom Management in Emerging

Economies Evolutionary and Contemporary Perspectives Springer

Policy document annual reports of Department of Communication and Telecom Regulatory

Authority of India

Knowledge and Innovation Management

Course Code MGI-09 Credit - 4

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student will be able to

113

1 Describe the importance of knowledge management in an organization

2 Identify the importance of continuous learning for an organization and introduce the same in their

workplace

3 Describe the technology innovation process

4 Differentiate between innovation and invention

5 Identify the factors contributing to Innovation culture and barriers to innovation

Unit 1 Introduction to Knowledge and Knowledge Management

Definition evolution need drivers scope approaches in organizations strategies in organizations

components and functions understanding knowledge Knowledge creation process knowledge

management techniques organizational knowledge management architecture and implementation

strategies

Unit 2 Learning organization

Definition five components of learning organization knowledge sources and documentation relevance

of learning organizations in 21st century cases of learning organizations building the knowledge

corporation and implementing knowledge management in organization

Unit 3 Introduction to Innovation

Meaning Definition Innovation and Invention difference in Innovation and Invention Creative

Thinking Steps from Creativity to Innovation Types and Sources of Innovation Process of Innovation

Technology innovation process Case studies of Creativity and Innovation

Unit 4 Innovation in Organization

Introduction Innovation in research Strategies of innovation and Developing new business Current

state of Innovation at global and Indian organizations factors contributing to Innovation culture Barriers

to innovation Case studies highlighting the success and inhibiting factors

Text Books

Amrit Tiwana The Knowledge Management Toolkit Pearson Education New Delhi 2005

Roberta B Ness Innovation Generation How to Produce Creative and Useful Scientific Ideas

Oxford University Press

Reference Books

Yogesh Malhotra Knowledge Management and Business Model Innovation Idea Group

Publishing UK 2001

Shlomo Maital and d V R Seshadri INNOVATION MANAGEMENT Strategies Concepts and

Tools for Growth and Profit Sage Publications

114

E-Learning and Knowledge Management (Common to Knowledge

Management Specialization)

KM Tools and E-Businesses (Common to Knowledge Management

Specialization)

Integrating Knowledge Management with Strategic Initiatives

Course Code MGK-06 Credit - 4

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student should be able to

1 Describe the concepts of knowledge management with strategic initiatives

2 Analyze the synergy of knowledge management and strategic initiatives

3 Design the infrastructure resourceful with organizational knowledge

4 Assess the contributions of micro and macro factors of knowledge management

Unit 1 KM and Strategy Knowledge Management Strategy KM Strategy Operational Strategy Linking KM and Strategy Study

of KM as an integral and essential component of an organizational system at both operational and

strategic levels

Unit 2 Macro and Micro Factors and Knowledge Management

Factors such as quality systems thinking environmental scanning convergence and constructive

conflict are emphasized as essential contributors in the integration of KM in planning decision-making

and implementing operational and strategic initiatives

Unit 3 Leadership Culture and Knowledge Management

Leadership Culture Linking KM and Culture Embedded system elements like leadership Corporate

Culture addressed Adoption of KM at Strategic Tactical and Operational level

Unit 4 Change and Strategy

Change Change Management Levers of Change Management Structural and Behavioral Change to

gain Organizational Acceptability Ways to circumvent Roadblocks and Pursue Pathways Needed to

Change

Text Books

115

Fredrik Tell Christian Berggren Stefano Brusoni Andrew Van de Ven Managing Knowledge

Integration Across Boundaries Oxford University Press

Stewart R Clegg Jochen Schweitzer Andrea Whittle Christos PitelisStrategy Theory and

Practice Second Edition Sage Publishing

Reference Books

John Child Martin Ihrig Knowledge Organization and Management Building on the Work of

Max Boisot Oxford University Press

Miltiadis D Lytras Meir Russ Ronald Maier and Ambjoumlrn Naeve Knowledge-Based Strategies

and Systems A Systematic Review Idea Book Publishing

El-Sayed Abou-Zeid Knowledge Management Strategies A handbook of Applied Technologies

Knowledge Management and Business Strategies Theoretical Frameworks and Empirical Research IGI

Global

Advanced Knowledge Management Concepts Course Code MGK-07 Credit 4

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student should be able to

1 Apply advanced knowledge management concepts

2 Evaluate traditional and contemporary practices in information management

3 Apply advancements in emerging information concepts in managerial contexts

4 Examine the Information and Communication Technology (ICT) and apply it towards knowledge

management

Unit 1 Introduction to Knowledge Typologies

Define the nature and topology of knowledge and knowledge management within a business context

Identify technologies that are most useful for capturingacquiring organizing distributing and sharing

knowledge within an enterprise

Unit 2 Knowledge Management Strategies and Knowledge Architecture

Explain how to formulate a knowledge management strategy identify major requirements and issues for

designing enterprise knowledge architecture and implementing knowledge management projects

Unit 3 Knowledge Management the Organizational Growth

Review the merging roles of chief knowledge officers and chief learning officers Explore the future

direction of knowledge management based on the history of knowledge the demands of global

competition Contemporary development in the area of Knowledge Management

116

Unit 4 Knowledge Management and Organizational Learning

Analyze the needs of 21st-century organizations Organizational Change and Organizational Learning

Views of future Organizations Role of Knowledge Management in future organizations

Text Books

Gabriel Szulanski Sticky Knowledge Barriers to Knowing in the Firm Sage Publishing Pierre Barbaroux Amel Attour Erik Schenk Knowledge Management and Innovation

Interaction Collaboration Openness Wiley Publications

Reference Books

Kelvin Joseph Bwalya Nathan Mwakoshi Mnjama and Peter Mazebe Mothataesi Sebina

Concepts and Advances in Information Knowledge Management Studies from Developing and

Emerging EconomiesChandos Publishing

May Sanders Knowledge Management Advanced Researches Published by Clanrye

International

E-Learning and Knowledge Management

Course Code MGK-07MGI-10 Credit - 4

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student should be able to

1 Comprehend data utilization and application to e-learning

2 Describe the contribution of e-learning to knowledge management

3 Utilize the integrated outcome of knowledge management and learning system towards business

goal

4 Implement E-system to advancements of knowledge management

Unit 1 Learning from Data

The Concept of Learning E Learning Data Visualization E-Learning Systems Learning process

Learning Media Learning Environment Categories of Learning Learning Objectives Neural Network

(Artificial) as Learning Model SupervisedUnsupervised Learning

Unit 2 Knowledge Management and E-Learning

Introduction to Knowledge Management and E-Learning Digital library Rules and Rules Engines Use

of Knowledge Management in E Learning Systems Modules Types of Modules

117

Unit 3 Knowledge Management and Learning Management System Introduction to Knowledge Management and Learning Management System E Learning Paradigms

Knowledge Sharing Groupware systems Knowledge Management 20 Web Generations

Unit 4 E systems and Knowledge Management

Data Warehousing Data Mining On-line Transaction Processing On-line Analytical Processing

Decision Support Systems Content Management Systems Artificial Intelligence Tools Simulation

Tools Semantic Networks

Text Books

Irma Becerra-Fernandez Rajiv Sabherwal Knowledge Management Systems and Processes

ME Sharpe Armonk New York London England

Michael W Allen Tony Bingham Michael Allens Guide to e-Learning Building Interactive

Fun and Effective Learning Programs for Any Company 2nd Edition Wiley

Reference Books

Luther Tai Corporate E-Learning An Inside View of IBMs Solutions Oxford University Press

Caroline Haythornthwaite Richard Andrews E-learning Theory and Practice Sage Publishing

Intellectual Property and Knowledge Capital

Course Code MGK-09 Credit - 4

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student should be able to

1 Develop insight on IPR issues in domestic and international perspective

2 Apply IPR in management of organizational knowledge and safeguarding of intellectual capital

3 Design metric for knowledge management by use of ICT and its advancements

4 Apply intellectual capital to business outcome for creating competitive advantage

Unit 1 Introduction to Intellectual Property

Introduction of IPR Need for intellectual property right Global view of IPR IPR in India ndash Genesis and

Development Cases of IPR Introduction to Managing Organizational Knowledge Learning and

Intellectual Capital Principles of International Intellectual and industrial property law

118

Unit 2 Managing Organizational Knowledge Learning and Intellectual Capital The nature of Problem Solving Knowledge Knowledge Capital Intellectual Capital Human Capital

Relational Capital Social Capital Structural Capital Constituents of Organizational Capital Expert and

Expertise

Unit 3 Advanced Level of Managing Organizational Knowledge

Developing metrics for knowledge learning and intellectual capital The New IPR regime and its linkage

with the revolution in New Generic Technologies (NGT) Information and Communication Technology

(ICT) and Biotechnology Knowledge quality Organizational knowledge creation theories and their

application

Unit 4 Role of Intellectual Capital in Learning Organizations Learning Organizations Best examples of Learning Organizations Balanced Scorecard BSC and

Intellectual Capital Intellectual capital and related terminologies in clear terms and understand the role

of knowledge management in organizations Importance of intellectual capital to benefit the competitive

advantage in organizations Role of IPR in Learning Organizations

Text Books

Patrick H Sullivan Profiting from Intellectual Capital Extracting Value from Innovation Wiley

2001 Jay L Chatzkel Knowledge Capital How Knowledge-Based Enterprises Really Get Oxford

University Press 2003

Reference Books

Rodney D Ryder Ashwin Madhavan Intellectual Property and Business The Power of Intangible

Assets Sage Publishing W Mark Fruin Knowledge Works Managing Intellectual Capital at Toshiba Oxford University

Press 1997

KM Tools and E-Businesses

Course Code MGK-10MGI-10 Credit - 4

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student should be able to

1 Apply knowledge management tools and techniques for creation of relevant content

2 Share knowledge and manage its use by data utilization

119

3 Describe the importance of technology and apply it to knowledge management

4 Utilize and implement e-business models integrating knowledge management

Unit 1 KM Tools

Knowledge Management Introduction to Knowledge Management Tools KM Techniques

Knowledge Capture and Creation Tools Contents Creation Tools Data Mining and Knowledge

Discovery Blogs Content Management Tools

Unit 2 Data Management and KM Sharing

Data Management Information Technology and Organizational Productivity Web Centric Knowledge

Management Content Analysis Knowledge Sharing and Dissemination Tools Groupware and

Collaboration Tools Wikis Networking Technologies Knowledge Acquisition and Application Tools

Intelligent Filtering Tools Adaptive Technologies

Unit 3 Technology and KM

Telecommunication and Networks in Knowledge Management Internet Search Engines and KM

Information Technology In Support Of KM Knowledge Management and Vocabulary Control

Information Mapping In Information Retrieval Information Coding In The Internet Environment

Repackaging Information

Unit 4 E Business and Models

KM Life Cycle Model Leadership In Dynamic E Business Environment E Business Models and

Networks E Business Security and Reliability E Business Middleware Integration and Protocols XML

E Business Processes Web Services and Semantic Web Service

Text Books

Dorothy Leonard Walter C Swap Gavin Barton Critical Knowledge Transfer Tools for

Managing Your Companys Deep Smart Harvard Business Review Press 2014 Madan Mohan Rao Knowledge Management Tools and Techniques Butterworth-Heinemann

2012

Reference Books

Amrit Tiwana The Essential Guide to Knowledge Management E-Business And CRM

Application Prentice Hall Press 2001 Chugh Rritesh Harnessing Social Media as A KM Tool IGI Global 2016

120

Supply Chain Strategy and Innovation

Course Code MGS-07 Credits ndash 4

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student should be able to

1 Design the Supply Chain Strategy of the organization

2 Manage the SC for strategic fit

3 Formulate strategic partnerships and alliances for organizations

4 Analyze the future challenges in Supply Chain

Unit 1 Supply Chain Strategy Strategic objectives of SCM - customer focus product development market development

diversification learning amp organizational capability sustainable competitive advantage through SC

Unit 2 Managing SC for Strategic Fit

Concept of strategic fit steps in achieving strategic fit impact of customer needs impact of uncertainty

multiple products amp customer segments PLC globalization amp competitive changes over time

Unit 3 Expanding Strategic Scope

Minimize local cost perspective Minimize functional Cost perspective Maximize Company Profit

perspective Maximize SC Surplus perspective Agile intercompany inter functional scope

Unit 4 Strategic Partnerships amp Alliances

Collaborative Advantages Framework for Strategic Alliances Core Competence ndash 3PL 4PL amp

Outsourcing Advantages amp Disadvantages Prerequisites Implementation Issues

Unit 5 Supply Chain Challenges ndash Strategies for the future

Mass customization Globalization Greening Ethical SC Intelligent System Implications form

managers organizations amp policy makers

Text Books

Peter Meindl Kalra Supply Chain Management Strategy Planning amp Operation Pearson 3rd

Edition Tony Hines Supply Chain Strategies ndash Customer Driven amp Customer Focused Elsevier

1stEdition

Reference Books

121

Chad W Autry Mark A Moon Achieving Supply Chain Integration Connecting the Supply

Chain Inside and Out for Competitive Advantage Pearson Education Martin ChristopherLogistics amp Supply Chain Management 5E Pearson Education Kenneth Lysons Brian Farrington Procurement and Supply Chain Management 9E Sage

Publications

Transportation and Distribution Management

Course Code MGS-08 Credits ndash 4

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student should be able to

1 Describe the role of logistics in the economy

2 Design and integrate logistics within an organization

3 Apply tools and techniques to analyze logistics

4 Design and implement service operations

Unit 1

Introduction definitions distribution in the economy a macro perspective aim of logistics activities of

logistics value added role of logistics

Unit 2

Micro dimensions of logistics interface with operations manufacturing marketing supply chain

Problems with fragmented logistics Integrating logistics within an organization integrating logistics

along the SC

Unit 3

Materials Management vs physical distribution Cost centers nodes vs links logistics channel cost

perspective amp level of optimality short run or static analysis long run or dynamic analysis

Unit 4

Types of relationships Competitive relationship product relationship spatial relationship intensity of

involvement logistics outsourcing activities ndashconcept amp types of 3PL 4PL need for collaborative

relationships

Unit 5

Overview of service Operations ndash service productivity global service issues service strategy

development service delivery systems service location amp layout primary concerns of service response

logistics ndashservice capacity waiting times distribution channels

122

Text Books

Kenneth LysonsProcurement and Supply Chain Management 9E Pearson Education Coyle Bardi Langley The Management of Business Logistics Cengage Learning India

Reference Books

Principles of SCM ndashA Balanced Approach by Wisner Leong Tan Cengage Logistics ndash An introduction to SCM by Donald Waters Palgrave Macmillan 1stEditon Hokey Min Essentials of Supply Chain Management The New Business Concepts and

Applications Pearson Education

IT Applications in SCM

Course Code MGS-09 Credits ndash 4

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student should be able to

1 Formulate requirements and specifications for IT in Supply Chain

2 Assess the technical aspects of information technology

3 Describe the components of supply chain

4 Perform technical scrutiny of the IT devices to be deployed in real world business scenarios

Objective To appreciate Information Technology as a significant business segment of the future To

give an overview of technological aspects of Information Technology To understand strategic aspects

of Information Technology in SCM

Unit 1

Role of IT in Supply Chain Trade Advantages of IT in Retail Trade like Cost productivity benefits and

Marketing benefits Competitive advantages of Information technology Essential Requirements of an

Information System for retail

Unit 2

Inventory control POS - Point of sale Sales Analysis Planning and Forecasting Collaborative Planning

Forecasting and Replenishment Capturing and transmitting data at POS advantages elements of data

capture ndash coding system code Means of data capture Database marketing Data Mining Data Mart

123

Unit 3

Introduction to self - service supermarkets atomistic retail to regional networks chain stores POS to

point of purchase push action to push strategy Point of Differentiation Point of Customer

Unit 4

Kinds of retailers engaged in electronic commerce virtual retailers two channel retailers Multichannel

retailers Role of Internet Benefits of Internet Monitoring the progress of an internet e-retail business

limitations of the web

Unit 5

Smart cards E-cash Multimedia kiosks Customer specific offers Electronic body scanners Electronic

shelf front

Text Books

Manufacturing Resources Planning (MRP II) with introduction to ERPSCM and CRM by Khalid

Sheikh TMGH Ist Edition

Supply Chain Management in the 21st Century Editor by B S Sahay Macmillan 2006 reprint

Reference Books

Applications of Supply Chain Management and E-Commerce Research 2005th Edition by Joseph

Geunes Elif Akcali Panos M Pardalos H Edwin Romeijn Zuo-Jun (Max) Shen

Nada R Sandersig Data Driven Supply Chain Management A Framework for Implementing

Analytics and Turning Information Into Intelligence Pearson Education

Edward W Davis Robert E Spekman Extended Enterprise The Gaining Competitive Advantage

through Collaborative Supply Chains Pearson Education

Operations Research and Strategy

Course Code MGS-10 Credit - 4

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student should be able to

1 Assess the role of Operation Research in organizations

2 Describe the value chain concept

124

3 Design and implement operations strategy

4 Formulate strategy for change management and sustainability Course Objectives

Unit 1 Importance and Linkage with Corporate strategy Strategies and values Competing

through operations

Operation strategy in global economy Strategic alliances and production sharing fluctuations of

international financial conditions and international companies Changing nature of world business

Quality Customer service and cost challenges and social responsibility

Unit 2 Value as business conceptndashstrategic issues in manufacturing

Value Chain concept Focus core competence and distinctive capabilities ndashstake holders amp strategy

checking markets Outcome of Market debate ndashLinking manufacturing to Markets ndashstrategic integration

ndashwhy products sell in the markets ndashOrder Winners Order Qualifiers

Unit 3 Operation Strategy Implementation

Technology strategy Issues in New Product development Time to market ndashstrategic nature of processndash

Business implication of Process choice Hybrid Process

Unit 4 Change management and Sustainability Procedure

company or plant- based profiles ndash decisions for product reallocation ndash downsizing ndash Capacity decisions

Progression amp Regression Evaluating various tradeoffs alternatives Focused manufacturingndashproduct or

process focusndash Make or Buyndash merits demerits

Text Books

Christine Harland Guido Nassimbeni Eugene Schneller Strategic Supply Management Sage

Publications Norman Gaither Greg Frazier Operations Management Cengage Learning India Ed

Reference Books

Michael Watson Derek Nelson Peter Cacioppi Managerial Analytics An Applied Guide to

Principles Methods Tools and Best Practices Pearson Education Terry Hill Operations Management Palgrave 2nd Edition Frederick K Hiller and Bodhibrata Nag Introduction to Operations Research Tata McGraw Hill

Education

125

Materials and Store Management

Course Code MGS-11 Credit - 4

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student should be able to

1 Apply the concepts related to Material Management

2 Describe the classification and review system for inventory control

3 Apply the models tools and techniques for inventory management

4 Assess the JIT environment

Unit 1

Material Concepts Inventory concepts Pressures for Low Inventory Pressures for High Inventory Role

of inventory in Operations Types of inventory ndash seasonal decoupling cyclic pipeline Safety stock

Inventory costs ndash carrying costs ordering costs shortage costs

Unit 2

Continuous Review (Q) systems Periodic Review (P) systems ABC Classification system Issues in the

P and Q systems of inventory control

Unit 3

The Basic EOQ Model Production Quantity Model Computer Solution of EOQ model with MS Excel

Quantity Discounts Computer Solution of Quantity Discounts model with MS Excel Reorder Point

Safety Stocks

Unit 4

Use of ratios and analysis like FSN Fast slow non- moving HML-High Medium Low XYZ Materials

Management in JIT Environment

Text Books

Barry Crocker Alex Morrison David Jessop Inbound Logistics Management Storage and Supply

of Materials for the Modern Supply Chain 7E Pearson Education JRTony and Arnold Introduction to Materials Management Cengage Learning

Reference Books

Krajewski Ritzman Malhotra 1 Operations Management-Process and Value Chains

Pearson 8th Edition David J Piasecki Inventory Management Explained Cenage Learing James H Greene Production and Inventory Control Handbook 3rd Edition Tata McGraw Hill

Education

126

Page 1 of 27

1

DELHI TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION

AND

COURSES OF READING

FOR

MTech in ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING (POWER SYSTEMS)

(Full Time)

Full-time Semester I Examination November 2017 Semester II Examination May 2018 Semester III Examination November 2018 Semester IV Examination May 2019

Page 2 of 27

2

Syllabus applicable for students seeking admission to the MTech Electrical Engineering (Power Systems)

MTech Electrical Engineering (Power System) Paper Subject Subjects Mode of Duration No of No Code No Exam Of Exam credits (Hrs) _______________________________________________________________________________

First Semester (GROUP A Courses)

I AM-501 Applied Mathematics Th 3 3 II EE-502 Integrated Electronics and Applied Th 3 3

Instrumentation III EE-503 Advanced Power System Analysis Th 3 3 IV EE-504 Applied Instrumentation lab Pr 3 2

(GROUP B Courses)

V EE-551 Optimization Techniques and Th 3 3 System Theory VI EE-552 Dynamics of Synchronous Machines Th 3 3 VII EE-553 Power System Lab Pr 3 2 VIII EE-554 Self Study Open Area Seminar- I S 1

Page 3 of 27

3

Second Semester (GROUP C Courses)

IX EE-601 Micro-controller and embedded System Th 3 3 X EPS602X Any one of the following Electives Th 3 3

EE-6021 EHV AC Power Transmission EE-6022 Power Quality EE 6023 Power System Communication EE 6024 System Identification and Adaptive Control

XI EPS603X Any one of the followings Electives Th 3 3

EE 6031 Reactive Power Control of Power system

EE-6032 Power System Operation amp Control EE-6033 Power System Optimization EE-6034 Smart Grid XII EE 604 Microcontroller Lab Pr 3 3

(GROUP D Courses) XIII EE 653 Advanced Power System Lab Pr 3 3 XIV EPS651X Any one of the following electives Th 3 3 EE 6511 Advanced Power System Dynamics and Stability EE 6512 Advanced High Voltage Engineering EE 6513 Nuclear Energy and Power

EE 6514 Renewable Energy Systems XV EPS652X Any one of the following electives Th 3 3 EE 6521 Power System Reliability EE 6522 High Voltage DC Transmission EE 6523 Power System Planning XVI EE 654 Minor Project-I S

Page 4 of 27

4

Third Semester (GROUP E Courses)

XVII EPS701X Any one of the following electives Th 3 3 EE 7011 Flexible AC Transmission Systems EE 7012 Information Science amp Management

EE 7013 Power System Transients

EE 7014 SCADA amp Energy Management system XVIII EPS702X Any one of the following electives Th 3 3 EE 7021 Artificial Intelligence Techniques in Power System EE 7022 Advanced Power System Protection amp Switchgear EE 7023 Energy Auditing and Loss Reduction

EE 7024 Power System Project Management

XIX EE 703 Self study open area Seminar-II XX EE 704 Minor Project-II - XXI EE 705 Major Project ndashI Fourth Semester

(GROUP F Courses)

XXII EE 801 Major Project - II

Page 5 of 27

5

Applied Mathematics

(AM-501) Unit I Review of sets relations and mappings Boolean algebra basic concepts and laws of

probability Bayes theorem Random variable Discrete and continuous random variables Expectation Moments and covariance Probability as a set function Stochastic process as random functions Second order random functions Gaussian random functions Poisson process ndash Markov Chain Auto correlation ndash cross correlation

Unit II Linear Vector spaces over a field subspace bases dimension and linear transformations

Bijective correspondence between the set of matrices and linear transformations Quadratic forms and their matrices

Eigen ndash values using QR transformations ndash Generalized Eigen Vectors ndash Canonical forms ndash Singular value decomposition and applications ndash Pseudo inverse ndash Least squares approximations

Unit III Existence and uniqueness theorems of differential equations Introduction to solution of

Non ndash linear differential equations Introduction to calculus of variations Finite differences and finite element

Unit IV Calculus of Variations

Concept of variation and its properties ndash Finite differences and finite elements methods Eulerrsquos equation ndash Functional dependant on first and higher order

Page 6 of 27

6

derivatives ndash Functional dependants on functions of several independent variables ndash Variation problems with moving boundaries ndash Isoperimetric problems ndash Direct

method ndash Ritz and Kantorovich methods References

1 Bronson R Matrix Operations Schaumrsquos outline series McGraw Hill New York

2 Gupta AS Calculus of Variations with Applications Prentice Hall of India Pvt Ltd

New Delhi

3 Taha HA Operations Research An Introduction Seventh Edition Pearson

Education Edition Asia New Delhi

4 Ochi MK Applied Probability and Stochastic Processes John Wiley and sons

EE-502 Integrated Electronics and Applied Instrumentation Unit I Review of OP-AMP theory and applications Architecture of internally compensated OP-AMP (741 type) Linear application of IC 741 used in signal conditioning comparators multivibrators and other relaxation oscillator Unit II OTAs OTARs current conveyors amp current feedback Amplifiers Limitations of traditional amplifiers structure of transconductance amp transresistance amplifiers and their applications in signal processing structure of current conveyors amp current feedback amplifiers and their application etc Unit III Voltage controlled oscillators and phase locked loops Architecture of VOC and their applications Architecture of PLL and their applications Unit IV Analog to Digital converter (ADC) and Analog to Digital converter(DAC) Various specifications architecture and application of ADCs and DACs Unit V Sensors and their applications Classification of sensors sensor models and response characteristics smart sensors potentiometric sensors light detectors phototransistors photo resistors IR sensor optical encoders Pyroelectric sensors thermal detectors heat flux sensors Magnetic sensors 4-20mA transmitters etc References

1 Jones BE ldquoInstrument Technologyrdquo Vol3 Butter worth and CO Publishers 2 James Dally W ldquoInstrumentation for Engineering Measurementsrdquo John Wiley amp Sons Inc 3 Patranabis D ldquoSensors and Transducersrdquo Wheeler Publishing 4 Sze Simon ldquoSemiconductor sensorsrdquo Alibris Publications Wiley Interscience 5 AS Sedra amp K C Smith Microelectronics Circuits Oxford University Press 6 A Smaili amp F Mrad ldquoMechatronicsrdquo Oxford University Press 2008

Page 7 of 27

7

Advanced Power System Analysis (EE-503)

Unit I Introduction and design considerations of EHV AC systems Analysis of long transmission lines Unit II

Modelling of power system components Formation of power network matrices Power Flow

Studies - NR method decoupled and fast decoupled methods Programming considerations for

large systems - sparse matrix techniques

Unit III

Economic Load Dispatch Optimal Power Flow Fault Studies - Symmetrical and unsymmetrical

faults using matrix methods

Unit IV

Stability Studies ndash Transient and dynamic stability analysis of single machine connected to infinite

bus and multi-machine systems

References 1 Stagg G amp El Abiad AH Computer Methods in Power System Analysis McGraw Hill

2 Anderson PM Analysis of Faulted Power Systems IEEE Press

3 Arrillaga J Arnold CP Computer Modelling of Electrical Power Systems John Wiley

4 Wood amp Wollenberg Power Generation Operation and Control John Wiley

5 Elgerd OI Electric Energy Systems Theory TMH

Applied Instrumentation Lab (EE-504)

Applied Instrumentation lab is based on the course of EE-502

Dynamics of Synchronous Machines

(EE 551)

Unit I Synchronous Machines Dynamics

Page 8 of 27

8

Causes of Disturbances Electromechanical equations Operation as generator and motor linearized analysis Cyclic Variation of shaft torque Large Angular oscillations Equal area criterion Hunting in Synchronous Machines Unit II Synchronous Machine Modelling Schematic Diagram Physical Description armature and field structure machine with multiple pole mmf waveforms direct and quadrature axes Mathematical Description of a Synchronous Machine Basic equations of a Synchronous Machine stator circuit equations stator self stator mutual and stator to rotor mutual inductances dqo-Transformation flux linkage and voltage equations for stator and rotor in dqo-coordinates electrical power and torque physical interpretation of dqo -transformation Per Unit Representation Lad reciprocal per unit system and power ndash invariant form of Parkrsquos transformation Equivalent circuit computation of steady-state values Equations of motion Swing equation H- constant and D constant calculation Representation in system studies Synchronous Machine Representation in Stability studies Simplified model and two-axis model with amortisseur windings neglected Dynamic performance for torque variation Unit III Dynamic performance - three phase fault transient stability limit critical clearing time computer simulation References

1 Paul C Krause Oleg Wasynczuk Scott D Sudhoff ldquoAnalysis of Electric Machinery and Drive

Systemsrdquo IEEE Press Second Edition

2 Samuel Seely ldquoElectromechanical Energy Conversion Electric Machineryrdquo Tata McGraw

Hill 5th Edition

3 LP Singh ldquoAdvanced power System Analysis and Dynamicsrdquo Wiley Eastern Limited

Optimization Techniques and System Theory (EE-552)

Unit I Review of classical methods Linear Programming Simplex algorithm ndash Two phase and Big M Techniques ndash Duality theory simple method ndash Integer programming Non ndash Linear and Dynamic Programming Kuhn Tucker conditions ndash Formulation of dynamic programming ndash Forward and backward recursive equation ndash Computational procedures Unit II One dimensional minimization methods unconstrained minimization techniques direct search methods steepest descent method conjugate gradient method and Newtonrsquos method constrained optimization direct amp indirect methods CPM PERT and Quadratic programming Intelligent optimization methods Ant colony optimizer Genetic optimizer Fuzzy logic optimizer Unit III

Page 9 of 27

9

Concept of state state variable and state vector Modelling of Power System state equations concept of controllability and observability Unit IV Z-transformation inverse Z- transformation linear difference equations sampler and zero order hold devices relationship between Z and S domain Discrete- time system References

1 Chang SSL ldquoSynthesis of Optimal Controlrdquo McGraw-Hill New York 2 Kirk DE ldquoOptimal Control Theory An Introductionrdquo Prentice-Hall Englewood

Cliffs NJ 3 Athans M and PL Flab ldquoOptimal Control An Introduction to the Theory and its

Applicationsrdquo McGraw-Hill New York 4 Sage AP and CC White III ldquoOptimum System Controlrdquo Prentice-Hall Englewood

Cliffs NJ

Power System Lab (EE-553)

Power System lab is based on the course of EE 503

Self-Study Open Area Seminar- I

(EE-554)

Microcontroller and Embedded Systems (EE- 601)

Unit I Organization of a microprocessor register organization CPU Description of timing and control units interfacing memory amp IO devices Synchronous amp Asynchronous data transfer Interrupts Polling DMA Introduction to Pentium and Pro-Pentium microprocessors Unit II Basic organization of 8051 8097 PIC SLK-51 microcontrollers instruction set - timing diagram address modes simple program and applications Unit III Embedded system and their components categories of embedded systems Stand alone Real time Networked and Mobile etc Requirements of embedded systems Reliability cost effectiveness low power consumption efficient use of processing power efficient use of memory approximate execution time challenges and issues in embedded software development Co design operating system efficient IO testing and debugging Unit IV Hardware Architecture for embedded systems Embedded Applications

Page 10 of 27

10

References

1 John B Peatman ldquoDesign with Microcontrollersrdquo McGraw Hill International Ltd Singapore 1989

2 Intel manual on 16 bit embedded controllers Santa Clara 1991 3 Myko Predko lsquoProgramming and customizing the 8051 micro controllerrsquo Tata McGraw Hill

1999 4 Muhammad Ali Mazidi Janice Gillispie Mazidi lsquoThe 8051 Microcontroller and Embedded

systemsrsquo Pearson Education 2004 5 Michael Slater ldquoMicroprocessor based design A Comprehensive guide to effective

hardware designrdquo Prentice Hall New Jersey 1989 6 John B Peatman ldquoDesign with PIC Microcontrollersrdquo Pearson Education Asia 2004

EHV AC Power Transmission (EE 6021)

Unit I

INTRODUCTION Standard transmission Voltages- average values of line parameters- Power

handling capacity and line loss Costs of transmission lines and equipment Mechanical

consideration in line performances

Unit II

CORONA EFFECTS- Power losses and audible noise I2R losses and corona loss Attenuation of

travelling waves due to corona loss Audible noise generation and characteristics limits of audible

noise Day Night equivalent noise level Radio Interference corona pulse generation and

properties Limits for Radio Interference Fields CIGRE formula RI excitation function

Measurement of RI RIV and excitation function Design of Filter

Unit III

ELECTROSTATIC FIELD OF EHV LINES ndash Capacitance of long object calculations of electrostatic field

of AC lines effect of high electrostatic field on humans animals and plants Measurement of

electrostatic field electrostatic induction in unenergised circuit of DC line Induced voltages in

Insulated ground wires electromagnetic interference

Unit IV

COMPENSATION OF EHV LINES- Series and shunt compensation problems due to series

compensation Sub-synchronous resonance and remedial measures

Page 11 of 27

11

References

1 Begamudre RD EHVAC Transmission Engineering New Age

2 Padiyar KR HVDC Power Transmission Systems Wiley Eastern Ltd

3 Kimbark EW Direct Current Transmission John Wiley USA

4 Power Engineerrsquos Handbook Revised and Enlarged 6th Edition TNEB Engineerrsquos Association October 2002

Power Quality

(EE-6022)

Unit I Overview of Power Quality Classification of Power Quality issues characterization of Electric Power Quality Power acceptability curves ndash Power quality problems Poor load power factor Non linear and unbalanced loads DC offset in loads Notching in load voltage Disturbance in supply voltage flicker transient phenomenon voltage fluctuations sagsswells voltage unbalance Power Quality Indices Distortion Index C-message Index IT product IEEE guides and recommended practices Influence of Non-Sinusoidal Conditions Transmission and Distribution Resonance Shunt capacitors Transformers Inrush currents Electric Machines Ground systems Neutral wires in buildings Unit II Measurement and Analysis Methods Voltage Current Power and Energy measurements power factor measurement and definitions event recorders Measurement Error Analysis in the periodic steady state Time domain method Frequency domain methods Fourier and Hartley transforms Welsh Transform Wavelet Transform Time domain methods Instantaneous Reactive Power Theory Synchronous reference Frame Theory Synchronous Detection Method instantaneous symmetrical components Instantaneous real and reactive powers Analysis of Power outages Analysis of unbalanced systems Analysis of voltage sag detroit edison sag score Voltage sag energy Analysis of Voltage flicker Reduced duration and customer impact of outages Open loop balancing Closed loop balancing current balancing Harmonic reduction Voltage sag reduction Unit III Harmonics amp Voltage Fluctuations Sources and Effects of harmonics and inter harmonics Current injection methods Harmonic Power flow studies using Newton-Raphson method Application of power flow studies Voltage Fluctuations flicker and impulses high frequency issues common mode and transverse mode noise flicker calculations Effect of voltage fluctuations and impulses occurrence and causes of voltage unbalance Standardization Decomposition into symmetrical components Unit IV

Page 12 of 27

12

Power Quality Improvement Utility- Customer Interface-Harmonic filter passive Active and hybrid filter Phase Multiplication methods and transformer connections Network reconfiguring Devices Load compensation using DSTATCOM Voltage regulation using DSTATCOM Uninterruptible Power Sources BESS protecting sensitive loads using DVR UPQC References 1 A Ghosh and G Ledwich ldquoPower Quality Enhancement Using Custom Power Devicesrdquo Kluwer

Acadamic 2 GT Heydt ldquoElectric Power Qualityrdquo Stars in a Circle Publications (2nd Edition) 3 J Arrillaga NR Watson S Chen Power System Quality Assessment John Wiley amp sons New

York 4 Math HJ Bollen Understanding Power quality problems IEEE Press New York 5 E Acha Manuel Madrigal Power system Harmonics John Wiley amp sons New York 6 Moreno ndash Murioz (Ed) Power Quality (Mitigation Technologies in Distribution Environment

Springer 07

Power System Communications (EE-6023)

Unit I

Introduction coks requirement for telemetry tele protection

Unit II

Analog and digital communication- speed and requirements

Unit III

Noise in power systems communication link PLCC microwave telephone line satellite fiber optic

channels

Unit IV

Requirements of various communication equipments used in power systems Computer

networking in power systems

References

1 Stallings W Data amp Computer Communications PHI India

2 Haykin S Communication System John Wiley

3 Dostert K and Franzis V Power line Communications Springer

System Identification and Adaptive control

(EE-6024)

Unit I

Page 13 of 27

13

Open and closed loop identification Approaches-Direct and Indirect Identification-Joint Input-

Output Identification-Non-Linear System Identification-Wiener Models-Power Series Expansion-

Multidimensional identification-state estimation techniques-FFT based Model based spectral

estimation techniques

Unit II

Classification of Adaptive control

Introduction- Auto tuning-Self Tuning Regulators (STR)-Model Reference Adaptive control

(MRAC)-Types of STR and MRAC-Different approaches to self-Tuning regulators

Unit III

Stochastic Adaptive control-Gain scheduling

References

1 Karl J Astrom and Bjoran Wittenmark rdquoAdaptive Controlrdquo Pearson Education

Singapore second Edition 2003

2 TC Hsia ldquoSystem Identificationrdquo Lexington Books 1974

Reactive Power Control of Power Systems

(EE- 6O31)

Unit I

Introduction need of reactive power control in power systems Automatic excitation control

Reactive Power injection

Unit II

Determination of reactive power requirement of a long line control systems for load and

transmission line compensation series and shunt reactive power compensation

Unit III

Concepts of Flexible AC transmission Systems (FACTS) Static Var Capacitor (TSC) Static

Condensers Controllable series compensation Thyristor Controlled Phase Angle

Regulators(TCPAR) Unified power flow control modeling and methods of analysis of FACTS

Controllers Harmonics and filters reactive power management

References

1 TJE Miller Reactive Power Control in Electric Systems Wiley

1 NG Hingorani amp L Gyugyi Understanding FACTS IEEE Press

2 Literature from CIGRE IEEE IEE

Power System Operation amp Control

(EE-6032)

Page 14 of 27

14

Unit I

Introduction Load characteristics and modeling power systems interconnection unintegrated

and integrated operation Hydroelectric plant and incremental water rate

Unit II

Automatic Generation Control Fundamentals of speed governing ndash control of generating unit Power output composite regulating

characteristic of Power Systems ndash Response rates of turbine ndash governing systems ndash fundamentals of

automatic generation control ndash Implementation of AGC ndash development of state variable model for a

two area Power Systems for use in simulation of AGC Under frequency Load Shedding and

computation of setting for under frequency relays

Unit III

Reactive Power and Voltage Control Modeling of AVR loops Components ndash stability

compensation ndash Production and absorption of reactive Power ndash methods of voltage control ndash shunt

reactors ndash shunt capacitors ndash series capacitors ndash synchronous condensers ndash static var systems ndash

Principle of transmission system compensation ndash modeling of reactive compensating devices ndash

Application of tap changing transformer ULTC control systems

References

1 Elgerd OI ldquoElectric Energy System Theory ndash an Introductionrdquo Tata McGraw Hill New

Delhi

2 Kundur P ldquoPower System Stability and Controlrdquo EPRI Publications California

3 Allen J Wood and Bruce F Wollenberg ldquoPower Generation Operation and Controlrsquo John

Wiley amp sons New York

4 Mahalanabis AK Kothari DP and Ahson SI ldquoComputer Aided Power System Analysis

and Controlrdquo Tata McGraw Hill publishing Ltd

5 Vaibhav Donde MA Pai amp Ian A Hiskens ndash ldquoSimulation amp Optimization in an AGC

system after deregulationrdquo IEEE transactions on Power Systems

6 LKKirchmeyer ldquoEconomic Control of Interconnected systemsrdquo Wiley MY

7 RN Dhar ldquoComputer Aided power system operation and analysisrdquo TMH

Power System Optimization

(EE 6033) Unit I

Economic load dispatch in thermal and hydro-thermal system reactive power optimization

optimal power flow

Unit II

Linear programming and non-linear programming techniques to optimal Power flow problems

Page 15 of 27

15

Unit III

Security constrained optimization Unit commitment and maintenance scheduling Interchange

evaluation Minimum emission dispatch

References

1 SS Rao ldquoOptimization Theoryrdquo TMH 2 DP Kothari ldquoPower System Optimizationrdquo TMH

Smart Grid (EE-6034)

Unit I Introduction Structure and Fundamental Problems of Electrical Power Systems Principles of Electrical Power Control Classical Power Theory amp Instantaneous Power Theory Power Flow Control Distributed Generation and Energy Storage Benefits to Grids Solutions of Control in Smart Power Systems Damping of System Oscillations Power Quality Control Fully Integrated Power System-Smart Grid Smart Electrical Energy Networks Concept-Microgrids amp Picogrids Unit II Distributed Generation and Microgrid Active distribution network Microgrid configuration Interconnection of Microgrids Technical and economical advantages and challenges of Microgrid Distribution system issues of Microgrid power quality operational issues of Microgrid Dynamic interactions of Microgrid with main grid Ride through Grid synchronization Unit III Microgrid and Active Distribution Network Management System Network management needs of Microgrid Microsource generation control Domestic process control Energy storage Regulation and load shifting Microsource controller Decentralized Operation Protection co-ordination Ride through Grid Synchronization Unit IV Power Electronic Interfaces Overview of Power Converter and Controls PWM Rectifiers Two level and Multilevel Converters Neutral point Clamped voltage source converter (VSC) space vector PWM Z-source converters operation principle of the voltage z inverter Three level and Four wire inverters with z source Grid-imposed Frequency VSC system control D-STATCOM SSSC UPFC Back to Back HVDC Conversion System Interconnection with a Hosting Grid- parallel operation integration and interconnection concerns voltage and current control of a 3 phase 4 wire distributed interface converters in islanded mode Bricks-Buses-Software (BBS) Unit V SCADA and Active Distribution Networks Existing Distributed Network Operator SCADA systems control of DNO SCADA systems (Centralised amp Distributed) References

1 S Chowdhary S P Chowdhury and P Crossley ldquoMicrogrids and Active Distribution Networkrdquo IET 2009 2 R Strzelecki G Benesek ldquoPower Electronics in Smart Electrical Energy Networksrdquo Springer 2008 3 Amirnaser Yazdani amp Reza Iravani ldquoVoltage Sourced Converters in Power Systems Modeling Control and

Applicationsrdquo IEEE Press 2010 4 Nick Jenkins et al ldquoEmbedded Generationrdquo IET 2000

Page 16 of 27

16

Microcontroller Lab

(EE-604) Laboratory work based on course work of the Subject (EE-601)

Advanced Power System Dynamics and Stability (EE 6511)

Unit I

Basis concepts of dynamical systems Modelling of power system components for stability studies

generator excitation systems prime mover controller and associated systems induction machines

and composite loads transmission lines

Unit II

Analysis of single machine and multi machine systems Small signal stability low frequency

oscillations damping and synchronizing torque analysis eigenvalue analysis

Unit III

Power System Stabilizers SSR and torsional oscillations-analysis and countermeasures

References 1 Kundur P ldquoPower System Control and Stabilityrdquo McGraw Hill

2 Pai MA and Sauer P ldquoPower System Dynamics amp Stabilityrdquo Prentice Hall

3 Padiyar KR ldquoPower System Stability and Controlrdquo BS Publishing

Advanced High Voltage Engineering (EE 6512)

Unit I Breakdown in gaseous liquid and solid dielectrics Theory of partial discharges and measurement techniques Unit II Sphere gaps electrostatic voltmeters resistance and capacitance potential dividers and high speed CRO Unit III Generation of power frequency HVAC HVDC and Impulse Voltages- cascade transformers electrostatic generators Cockroft-Walton circuits and Marx circuit Unit IV High Voltage Testing IS Specification of DC AC and Impulse testing of insulators transformers lightning arrestors bushing capacitors and cables

Page 17 of 27

17

References

1 Naidu MS and Kamaraju V ldquoHigh Voltage Engineeringrdquo TMH

2 Wadhwa CL ldquoHigh Voltage Engineeringrdquo Wiley Eastern

3 Westinghouse Transmission amp Distribution Reference Book IBH

4 Kuffel amp Zaengl ldquoHigh Voltage Engineeringrdquo Pergamon Press

Nuclear Energy and Power (EE-6513)

Unit I

Introduction to Nuclear Physics Basics atomic structure mass energy equivalence Interaction of

radiation with matter nuclear reactions fission and fusion Energy released in reactions

Nuclear Power reactors - Comparison of Nuclear and Fossil fuel Heat generation and heat removal

from the reactor steam-cycles

Unit II

Types of Thermal Reactors Boiling Water Pressurized water reactors CANDU High temperature

gas cooled reactor superheat in water reactor Fast Breeder Reactors

Unit III

Nuclear power plant layout Radiation Shielding Nuclear power station operation instrumentation

and control Irradiation effects effects of temperature Fuel cycles instability reactor control start

up and shunt down reactor safety reactor power level measurement safety circuits

References

1 Ken Kok ldquoNuclear Engineering Hand bookrdquo Taylor and Francis

2 NSharma BBanerjee ldquoNuclear power in Indiardquo Rupa (1 July 2008)

3 PB Myerscough ldquoModern power Station Practicersquorsquo

4 Ram KS ldquoBasic Nuclear Engineeringrdquo New Age International Pvt Limited

Renewable Energy Systems

(EE 6514)

Unit I

Introduction Indian and global Energy resources

Unit II

Current Energy Exploitation Energy Demand Energy Planning renewable energy sources wind

energy from water solar energy energy from mineral oils nuclear energy for sustainable

development environment concerns

Unit III

Page 18 of 27

18

Application of Electrical machines in renewable energy conversion Review of reference frame

theory fundamentals principles of operation and analysis of IG PMSG SCIG and DFIG

UNIT IV

Analysis of wind and PV systems Stand alone operation of fixed and variable speed wind

energy conversion systems and solar PV system Grid connection Issues-Grid integrated PMSG

and SCIG Based WECS Grid Integrated solar PV

UNIT V

Hybrid renewable energy systems Need for Hybrid Systems- Range and type of Hybrid

systems- Case studies of Wind and solar PV systems- Maximum Power Point Tracking (MPPT)

References

1 SNBhadra D Kastha amp S Banerjee ldquoWind Electricaal Systemsrdquo Oxford University Press

2009

2 Rashid M H ldquoPower Electronics Hand bookrdquo Academic press 2001

3 Gray L Johnson ldquoWind energy systemrdquo Prentice Hall Inc 1995

4 Non-conventional Energy sources BHKhan Tata McGraw-hill Publishing CompanyNew

Delhi

5 Journal of IREDA

6 Paper from IEEE Transmissions and IEE Proceedings

Power System Reliability

(EE 6521)

Unit I

Basic probability theory review of concepts probability distributions Markov processes State

Transition Matrix and state Transition Diagram

Unit II

Definition of Reliability general reliability function evaluation of reliability using state

enumeration Tie set and cut set method Reliability indices from state transition matrix and

state transition diagrams Models for generation system reliability evaluation loss of load

indices loss of energy indices frequency and duration methods

Unit III

Reliability evaluation of two area interconnected system Conditional probability approach for

reliability evaluation of a generation-transmission system Transmission system reliability

evaluation using average interruption rate method and frequency and duration methods

Unit IV

Evaluation of interruption indices for radial distribution systems Introduction to protective

system reliability evaluation

Page 19 of 27

19

References 1 Billington Ringley amp Wood ldquoPower System Reliability Calculationrdquo MIT Press

2 Endeerny J ldquoReliability Modelling in Power Systemrdquo John Wiley NY

HIGH VOLTAGE DC TRANSMISSION (EE-6522)

Unit I

DC POWER TRANSMISSION TECHNOLOGY

Introduction-comparison of AC and DC transmission ndashapplication of DC transmission-

description of DC transmission system planning for HVDC transmission-modern trends in

DC transmission

Unit II

ANALYSIS OF HVDC CONVERTER

Pulse number choice of converter configuration-simplified analysis of Graetz circuit-

converter bridge characteristics characteristics of twelve pulse converter ndashdetailed analysis

of converters

Unit III

CONVERTER AND HVDC SYSTEM CONTROL

General principles of DC link control- converter control characteristics-system control

hierarchy ndashfiring angle control-current and extinction angle control-starting and stopping of

DC link power control ndashhigher level controllers-telecommunication requirements

Unit IV

HARMONICS AND FILTERS

Introduction-generation of harmonics-design of AC filters-DC filters-carrier frequency and RI

noise

Unit V

SIMULATIONS OF HVDC SYSTEMS

Introduction ndashsystem simulation Philosophy and tools-HVDC system simulation-modeling

of HVDC systems for digital dynamic simulation

REFERENCES

Page 20 of 27

20

1 Padiyar KR ldquoHVDC power transmission systemsrdquo Wiley Eastern Limited New Delhi 1990

First edition

2 Edward Wilson Kimbark ldquoDirect Current Transmissionrdquo Vol I Wiley Interscience New York

London Sydney1971

3 Rakosh Das Begamudre Extra high Voltage AC transmission Engineeringrdquo New Age

International (P) Ltd New Delhi 1990

4 Arrillaga J ldquoHigh Voltage Direct Current Transmissionrdquo Peter Peregrinus London1983

Power System Planning

(EE 6523)

Unit I

Introduction-Power system planning power system development and growth power sources

planning tools

Unit II

Electricity regulations Electricity Forecasting Generation Planning Transmission and distribution

network planning

Unit III

New operation and planning policies Allocation of reserve Demand side bidding Pricing schemes

Competitive electricity markets Environment effects Technology and Innovation (Modern Trends)

References

1 Sullivan-ldquoPower System Planningrdquo McGraw Hill

2 Pabla AS ldquoElectric Power System Planningrdquo Macmillan India

Advanced Power System Lab (EE- 653)

Minor Project-I (EE-654)

3rd Semester

Page 21 of 27

21

Flexible AC Transmission Systems (EE- 7011)

Unit I

Introduction principles of reactive power control and transmission line compensation series and

shunt reactive power compensation concept of Flexible AC Transmission systems (FACTS) Static

Var Compensator (SVC) thyristor controlled reactor thyristor switched capacitor thyristor

controlled series capacitor static synchronous compensator static synchronous series

compensator thyristor controlled phase angle regulator and unified power flow controller

Unit II

Modeling and analysis of SVC STATCOM TCSC SSSC UPFC and IPFC use of FACTS controllers in

system control and protection

Unit III

Harmonic and filters simulation and study of FACTS Controllers under dynamic conditions

References

1 Miller TJE ldquoReactive Power Control in Electric Systemsrdquo John Wiley

2 Hingorani NG and Gyugyi L ldquoUnderstanding FACTSrdquo IEEE Press

3 E Acha VG Agelidis ldquoPower Electronic control in Electrical Systemsrdquo Newnes

Butterworth Elsevier

Information Science amp Management (EPS 7012)

Unit I

Planning and Strategy for information systems information resources operating system DBMS

ORACLE Internet and intranet Flexible System etc

Unit II

Human interface Mimic Wireless Communication Optical Communications

Unit III

Management of Power Systems Automation and Energy Conservation and metering

References

Page 22 of 27

22

1 Fraidoon Mazda ldquoEngineering Managementrdquo Addison Wesley

2 Tripathy PC and Reddy PN ldquoPrinciples of Managementrdquo Tata McGraw Hill

3 JAF Stomer Freeman RE and Daniel R Gilbert ldquoManagementrdquo Pearson Education Sixth

Edition

4 Joseph L Massie ldquoEssentials of Managementrdquo Prentice Hall of India Fourth Edition

5 Kernel Texpian AS ldquoCommunication Network Managementrdquo Prentice Hall

6 ldquoNetwork Management Standardsrdquo Uylers Black McGraw Hill

Power System Transients (EE-7013)

Unit I

Introduction Power frequency over voltages Lighting and switching over voltages Traveling waves

on transmission lines and their reflection and reflection at transition points Bewleyrsquos Lattice

Diagram

Unit II

Voltage stability Voltage collapse and voltage stability limit- Definitions Load modeling-Constant

impedance constant current and constant power type loads-static and dynamic representation of

loads Voltage Stability Analysis using P-V (andor Q-V) curves and load parameter (P-Q) space

representation Voltage stability margin and its calculation

Unit III

Classification of system transients Class ndash A ultrafast transients surge phenomena Class ndash B

medium fast transients short circuit phenomena class ndash C slow transients transient stability

travelling waves on single phase loss-less lines switching transients Boundary conditions for single

phase loss less lines Bewley lattice diagram discrete time models of single phase lossless lines and

lumped RLC elements lossy lines multi conductor lines

Unit IV

Lighting and protection Lighting stroke mechanism general principles of lightning ndash protection

tower footing resistance lighting arresters and protective characteristics dynamic voltage rise and

arrester ratings insulation coordination

References

1 ldquoExtra high voltage AC transmissionrdquo by Rakosh Das Begamudre New Age Publishers

Page 23 of 27

23

2 ldquoElectric Energy system theoryrdquo O I Elgerd Jata McGraw Hill publication co Ltd New Delhi

3 ldquoPower system Analysis and Designrdquo by Glover amp Sarma PWs publishing co Boston

4 Taylor CW ldquoPower System Voltage Stabilityrdquo McGraw Hill 5 Thiery Van Cutsem ldquoPower System Voltage Stabilityrdquo Kluwer

SCADA and Energy Management System (EE 7014)

Unit I

Concept of Supervisory control amp Data Acquisition System Component and types of SCADA

systems CT PT Voltage to current current to voltage converters RTUs etc Supervisory and

control functions man-machine communication operator console VDU display and its use

operator dialogues mimic diagram functions printing facilities etc

Unit II

SCADA system structures system classes system interactions performance criteria software and

hardware considerations data bases reliability and simulations technical realizations local

system communication system central system control system supervision amp system maintenance

Unit III

Application functions-real time network modeling security management production control and

training simulators

Unit IV

Introduction to communication systems Hotline PLCC Mobile Satellite Microwave amp Optical

fibre communications Transputerised SCADA system SCADA on embedded FPGA

References

1 Krishana Kant ldquoComputer-based Industrial Controlrdquo PHI Publication

2 Liptak ldquoProcess Controlrdquo CRC Publication

3 Madiseth amp Williams ldquoDigital Signal Processingrdquo CRC Press IEEE Press

4 Kissel ldquoIndustrial Electronicsrdquo PHI Publication

Artificial Intelligence Techniques in Power System (EE- 7021)

Unit I

Page 24 of 27

24

ARTIFICIAL NEURAL NETWORKS

Concept of Artificial Neural Networks and its basic mathematical model McCulloch-Pitts neuron

model simple perception Adaline and Madaline Feed ndashForward Multilayer Perceptron Learning

and Training the neural network Data Processing

Unit II

GENETIC ALGORITHM

Basic concept of Genetic algorithm and detail algorithm steps Solution of typical control problems

using genetic algorithm Concept on some other search techniques like tabu search and ant-colony

search techniques for solving optimization problems

Unit III

FUZZY LOGIC SYSTEM

Introduction to crisp sets and fuzzy sets Basic fuzzy set operation and approximates reasoning

Introduction to fuzzy logic modeling and control Fuzzification inferencing and Defuzzification

Fuzzy knowledge and rule bases Fuzzy modeling and control schemes for nonlinear systems Self-

organizing fuzzy logic control

Unit IV

APPLICATION

GA application to power system optimization problem Case studies Identification and control of

linear and nonlinear dynamic systems using Matlab-Neural Network toolbox

Stability Analysis of Neural ndashNetwork Interconnection System Implementation of Fuzzy Logic

Controller using Matlab Fuzzy ndashlogic Toolbox Stability Analysis of Fuzzy Control Systems

References

1rdquoIntroduction to Artificial Neural Systemsrdquo - Jacek M Zuarda Jaico Publishing House 1997ISBN81-

7029-694-3

2rdquoNeural Networks Fuzzy Logic and Genetic Algorithmsrdquo ndashSudarshan KValluruTNRaoJaico Publishing

House 2009ISBN 978-81-8495-079-3

3rdquoC++ Neural Networksamp Fuzzy Logicrdquo SK Valluru BRao Hayagriva VRao BPB Publications

1996ISBN81-7224-266-2

4ME El- Hawary- ldquoArtificial Intelligence application in Power Systemrdquo IEEE Press

5 ldquoArtificial Intelligence Techniques in Power System ndash IEEErdquo IEEE publications

Page 25 of 27

25

6 T Glad and L Ljung rdquoControl Theory-Multivariable and Non-Linear methodsrdquo Taylor and

Francis London and NY2002

7 GJ Thaler rdquoAutomatic control systemsrdquo Jaico Publishers1993

Advanced Power System Protection amp Switchgear

(EE-7022)

Unit I

Basic protection schemes relay terminology relays as comparators static relays application of

solid state devices differential relay8ng schemes distance relaying schemes protection of

multiterminal lines pilot relaying schemes

Unit II

Computer aided protection introduction basis configuration line bus generator transformer

protection Developments in new relaying principles Numeric relays and application of DSP to

protection

Unit III

Selection of Circuit Breaker testing of High Voltage Circuit Breakers SF6 Vacuum Circuit Breaker

OCB and auto-reclosure

Unit IV

Protection of transmission line from transients recent trends in over voltage protection of line

References

1 Phadke AG and Thorpe JS Computer Relaying of Power Systems John Wiley

2 Badri Ram Power System Relaying TMH N Delhi

3 Rao M Power System Protection Using Static Relays TMH Delhi

4 Anderson PM Power System Protection IEEE Press

5 Mason CR Art and Science of Protective Relaying Wiley

Energy Auditing amp Loss Reduction (EE-7023)

Unit I

Page 26 of 27

26

Energy scenario in Indian context Energy management and conservation in domestic sector

Energy conservation in illumination Energy efficient buildings Energy management in small

medium and large HT industries Demand side management Supply side management Energy

Audit Energy Audit measuring tools

Unit II

Distribution system planning with respect to loss reduction

Unit III

Transmission system planning with respect to loss reduction

Unit IV

Improvement necessary in existing transmission and distribution systems of the country

References

1 Papers from journals

2 Literature of Energy Management Centre (Govt of India Ministry of Power)

3 Quarterly journals of Energy Management Energy Management Centre New Delhi

4 Wiley H Lee ldquoPower Distribution Planning (book)rdquo Marcel Dekker

Power System Project Management

(EE- 7024) Unit I

Different aspects of a project Feasibility studies Project designing Project implementation

Site aspects Human resources management Activity Scheduling

Unit II

Different aspects of Project Analysis Resources management Project tracking Effective

reporting Cost labour and time management Technical and site specific issues Captive

investment Government regulations Construction and commissioning Coordination

Unit III

Environmental management of a data base management system Project management details

of a thermal power project and substation project

Unit IV

Some aspects of Power system planning Electricity forecasting Generation planning

Transmission and Distribution Planning Energy efficiency and audit

Page 27 of 27

27

References

1 Sullivan-ldquoPower System Planningrdquo McGraw Hill 2 Pabla AS ldquoElectric Power System Planning Macmillanrdquo India

Self-Study Open Area Seminar-II

(EE 703)

Every student is required to participate in the Seminars which will be held every week as far as possible

Minor Project-II (EE 704)

A minor project approved by the Department is to be undertaken in the summer vacation following

the examinations of II SemesterIV Semester in-case of full time and part time students

respectively The duration for this work is about 2 months The students are expected to submit a

report on the minor project

Major Project-I

(EE-705)

IVth Semester

Major Project ndash II (EE 801)

Each student will be assigned a topic of the Major Project work by the department concerned and

is to work under the guidance of an approved supervisor Part ndashI of the Major Project Work shall

consist of Literature Review on the relevant topic with the approval of the supervisor

Part-II shall consist of further investigations design and implementation on the topic HeShe will

be required to submit three typedprinted Copies of the dissertation embodying the results of the

investigations carried out by himher The dissertation is to be submitted with the approval of the

guide

Page 1 of 24

1

Delhi Technological University

M Tech (Control amp Instrumentation) Syllabus

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION

AND

COURSES OF READING

FOR

MTech (ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING) (CONTROL amp INSTRUMENTATION)

(Full Time amp Part-Time)

Full-time Semester I Examination August 2010 Semester II Examination January 2011 Semester III Examination August 2011 Semester IV Examination January 2012 Part-time Semester I Examination August 2010 Semester II Examination January 2011 Semester III Examination August 2011 Semester IV Examination January 2012 Semester V Examination August 2012 Semester VI Examination January 2013

Page 2 of 24

2

Syllabus applicable for students seeking admission to the MTech Electrical Engineering (Full Time amp Part-time)

MTech Electrical Engineering (Control amp Instrumentation) Paper Subject Group lsquoArsquo Subjects Mode of Duration No Code No Exam Of Exam

(Hrs) ___________________________________________________________________________ First Semester Group lsquoArsquo Subjects I AM-511 Applied Mathematics Th 3 II EE-512 Integrated Electronics and Applied Th 3

Instrumentation Th 3 III EE-513 Process Instrumentation amp Control

IV EE-514 Applied Instrumentation Lab Pr 3

Group lsquoBrsquo Subjects

V EE-561 Modeling Identification amp Control Th 3 VI EE-562 Discrete Data Systems amp Digital Control Th 3 VII EE-563 Process control Lab Pr 3 VIII EE-564 Self Study Open Area Seminar-I S

Second Semester Group lsquoCrsquo Subjects

IX EE-611 Micro-controller and Embedded System Th 3 X EE 602X Any one of the followings (Electives) Th 3

Page 3 of 24

3

EE 6121 Advanced Network Theory EE 6122 Digital Instrumentation and Control System EE 6123 Non- linear control Theory EE 6124 System Modeling and Optimization

XI EE 603X Any one of the followings (Electives) Th 3

EE 6131 Computer Communication and Control EE 6132 Digital signal Processing

EE 6133 Optimal Control Theory XII EE 614 Microcontroller lab Pr 3 Group lsquoDrsquo Subjects XIII EE 663 Advanced Control System Lab Pr 3 XIV EE 661X Any one of the following (electives) Th 3 EE 6611 Bio-Medical Instrumentation

EE 6612 Intelligent Instrumentation

EE 6613 Pattern Recognition amp Image processing

EE 6614 Soft Computing Techniques XV EE 662X Any one of the following (electives) Th 3 EE 6621 Bio-Engineering amp Control EE 6622 Digital Instrumentation EE 6623 Intelligent Control EE 6624 Random Process in control amp Estimation XVI EE 664 Minor Project-I S

Third Semester Group lsquoErsquo Subject

XVII EE 711X Any one of the following (electives) Th 3

Page 4 of 24

4

EE 7111 Filter Design EE 7112 Manufacturing Automation and control

EE 7113 Power Electronics and Control Systems

EE 7114 SCADA amp Energy Management System

XVIII EE 712X Any one of the following (electives) Th 3 EE 7121 Adaptive Control Methods

EE 7122 Advanced Control system Design EE 7123 Robot Dynamics amp Control EE 7124 Stochastic Control System XXI EE 713 Self Study Open Area Seminar-II S XXII EE 714 Minor Project-II XXIII EE 715 Major Project ndashI

Fourth Semester Group lsquoFrsquo Subject

XXIV EE 811 Major Project - II

Page 5 of 24

5

AM-511 Applied Mathematics

Unit I Review of sets relations and mappings Boolean algebra basic concepts and laws of

probability Bayes theorem Random variable Discrete and continuous random variables Expectation Moments and covariance Probability as a set function Stochastic process as random functions Second order random functions Gaussian random functions Poisson process ndash Markov Chain Auto correlation ndash cross correlation

Unit II Linear Vector spaces over a field subspaces bases dimension and linear

transformations Bijecture correspondence between the ser of matrics and linear transformations Quadratic forms and their matrices Eigen ndash values using QR transformations ndash Generalized Eigen Vectors ndash Canonical forms ndash Singular value decomposition and applications ndash Pseudo inverse ndash Least squares approximations

Unit III Existence and uniquesss theorems of differential equations Introduction to solution

of Non ndash linear differential equations Introduction to calculus of variations Finite differences and finite element

Unit IV Calculus of Variations Concept of variation and its properties ndash Finite differences and finite elements methods Eulerrsquos equation ndash Functionals dependant on first and higher order derivatives ndash Functionals dependants on functions of several independent variables

Variation problems with moving boundaries ndash Isoperimetric problems ndash Direct method ndash Ritz and Kantorovich methods

Suggested Readings

1 Bronson R Matrix Operations Schaumrsquos outline series McGraw Hill New York

2 Gupta AS Calculus of Variations with Applications Prentice Hall of India Pvt Ltd New Delhi

3 Taha HA Operations Research An Introduction Seventh Edition Pearson Education Edition Asia New Delhi

4 Ochi MK Applied Probability and Stochastic Processes John Wiley and sons

EE-512 Integrated Electronics and Applied Instrumentation Unit I Review of OP-AMP theory and applications

Page 6 of 24

6

Architecture of internally compensated OP-AMP (741 type) Linear application of IC 741 used in signal conditioning comparators multivibrator and other relaxation oscillator Unit II OTAs OTARs current conveyors amp current feedback Amplifiers Limitations of traditional amplifiers structure of transconductance amp transresistance amplifiers and their applications in signal processing structure of current conveyors amp current feedback amplifiers and their application etc Unit III Voltage controlled oscillators and phase locked loops Architecture of VOC and their applications Architecture of PLL and their applications Unit IV Analog to Digital converter (ADC) and Digital to Analog converter (DAC) Various specifications architecture and application of ADCs and DACs Unit V Sensors and their applications Classification of sensors sensor models and response characteristics smart sensors potentiometric sensors light detectors phototransistors photoresisetors IR sensor optical encoders Pyroelectric sensors thermal detectors heat flux sensors Magnetic sensors 4-20mA transmitters etc Suggested Readings

1 Jones BE ldquoInstrument Technologyrdquo Vol3 Butter worth and CO Publishers 2 James Dally W ldquoInstrumentation for Engineering Measurementsrdquo John Wiley amp

Sons Inc 3 Patranabis D ldquoSensors and Transducersrdquo Wheeler Publishing 4 Sze Simon ldquoSemiconductor sensorsrdquo Alibris Publications Wiley Interscience 5 AS Sedra amp K CSmith Microelectronics Circuits Oxford University Press 6 ASmaili amp FMrad ldquoMechatronicsrdquo Oxford University Press 2008

EE-513 Process Instrumentation and Control Unit I Process Dynamics Introduction to process control models of industrial process hydraulic tanks fluid flow systems mixing process chemical reactions thermal systems-heat exchangers and distillation column Unit II Control Action and Controller Tuning Basic control action-onoff P P+I P+I+D floating control ndash pneumatic and electronic controllers ndash controller tuning ndash time response and frequency response methods ndash non-linear controllers Inverse time response of system effect of pole and Zero on right hand side of S- plane feedforward and multivariable control

Page 7 of 24

7

Unit III Programmable Logic Controllers Evolution of PLC ndash Sequential and Programmable controllers ndash Architecture ndash Programming of PLC ndash Relay logic and Ladder logic ndash Functional blocks ndash Communication Networks for PLC field bus such as profi-bus mod-bus etc Suggested Readings

1 George Stephanopolus ldquoChemical Process controlrdquo Prentice Hall India 2 Harriot P ldquoProcess controlrdquo Tata McGraw-Hill New Delhi 3 Norman A Anderson ldquoInstrumentation for process measurement and controlrdquo CRC

Press LLC Florida 4 Dale E Seborg Thomas F Edgar Duncan A Mellichamp ldquoProcess dynamics and

controlrdquo Wiley John and Sons 5 Marlin TE ldquoProcess controlrdquo second edition McGraw hill New York 6 Balchan JG and Mumme G ldquoProcess control structures and applicationsrdquo Van

Nostrand Renhold Co New York 7 Lucas MP ldquoDistributed Control Systemrdquo Van Nostrand Reinhold Co NY 8 Pertrezeulla ldquoProgrammable Controllersrdquo McGraw-Hill

EE-514 Applied Instrumentation Lab Laboratory work based on course work EE-561 Modeling Identification and Control Unit I Review of probability theory Random variables and process stochastic processes properties and terminology mean variance correlation spectral density Unit II Problem formulation for Identification amp Estimation Models Review and realization of continuous and discrete state space and input-output disturbance models inverse response system dynamics Unit III Parameter Estimation Linear regression models multiple regression model ARMA models experimental techniques On line identification techniques development of lsquoLeast Squaresrsquo regressionrsquo exponentially mapped estimates Unit IV

Page 8 of 24

8

Discrete design methods Functional Models of Computer Process Control Systems-Real time operating systems input-output systems functions of the computer process control system techniques for developing physical process models Position velocity dead beat ringing and dahlin algorithms Suggested Readings

1 Ljung ldquoSystem Identification theory for the userrdquo PHI 2 Rolf Johansson ldquoSystem Modelling and Identificationrdquo Prentice Hall of India 3 Astrom and Wittenmark ldquoAdaptive Controlrdquo PHI 4 Willam SLevine ldquoControl Hand Bookrdquo 5 Narendra and Annasamy ldquoStable Adaptive Control Systemrdquo Prentice Hall

EE-562 Discrete Data Systems and Digital Control Unit I Z-transformation inverse Z- transformation linear difference equations sampler and zero order hold devices block diagram techniques block diagram reduction time response of sampled- data control systems Juryrsquos stability criteria relationship between Z and S domain Unit II Discrete- time systems concept of state state variable and state vector modeling of physical systems such as Electrical electronics Electromechanical and chemical process plantsystems using state variable approach Unit III Phase variable canonical variable and Jordanrsquos canonical form model matrix transfer function solution of state equations in discrete time systems state transition matrix properties of state transition matrix Unit IV Concept of controllability and observability Effect of pole zero cancellation in Transfer function Pole placement by state feedback and observer system Suggested Readings

1 DRoy Choudhary ldquoModern Control Engineeringrdquo Prentice Hall of India Ltd 2 R Anandanatrajan and P Ramesh Babu ldquoControl Systems Engineeringrdquo SCITECH

Publication 3 M Gopal ldquoModern Control Engineeringrdquo New Age International Ltd 4 JS Bay ldquoLinear State Space Systems McGraw-Hill 5 Eroni-Umez and Eroni ldquoSystem dynamics amp Control Thomson Brooks Cole 6 K Ogatta ldquoModern Control Engineeringrdquo Pearson Education Asia Low Priced

Edition 7 GJ Thaler ldquoAutomatic control systemsrdquo Jaicp Publishers

EE-563 Process Control Lab

Page 9 of 24

9

Laboratory work based on course work EE-564 Self Study Open Area Seminar -I EE-611 Microcontroller and Embedded System Unit I Organization of a microprocessor register organization CPU Description of timing and control units interfacing memory amp IO devices Synchronous amp Asynchronous data transfer Interrupt Polling DMA Introduction to Pentium and Pro-Pentium microprocessor Unit II Basic organization of 8051 8097 MC68HC11 PIC16CXX SLK-51 microcontrollers instruction set- timing diagram address modes simple program and applications Unit III Embedded system and their components categories of embedded systems Stand alone Real time Networked and Mobile etc Requirements of embedded systems Reliability cost effectiveness low power consumption efficient use of processing power efficient use of memory approximate execution time challenges and issues in embedded software development Co design operating system efficient IO testing and debugging Unit IV Hardware Architecture for embedded systems Embedded Applications Suggesting Reading

1 Hall DV Microprocessors-Principles amp Applications TMH 2 Gaonkar Microprocessors TMH 3 John B Peatman ldquoDesign with PIC Microcontrollersrdquo Pearson Education Asia 4 Michael Khel ldquoThe M68HC11 Microcontrollersrdquo Application in control

Instrumentation and communicationrdquo Prentice Hall New Jersey 5 John B Peatman ldquoDesign with Microcontrollersrdquo McGraw Hill

ELECTIVES for group C

EE 6121 Advanced Network Theory Unit I

Page 10 of 24

10

Loop and cut-set Analysis The concept of a graph cut sets and KCL Loops amp KVL Fundamental theorem of graph theory Loop analysis cut-set analysis duality etc Unit II Input Power Poser Transfer and Insertion Loss Energy and power Effective or RMS value Average power and complex power problems in optimizing power transfer Insertion loss Tellegenrsquos Theorem Unit III State-variable representation of networks State variable formulation of proper networks concepts of state and order of complexity of a network state-variable formulation of general networks solution of time invariant and time varying and nonlinear state equations Unit IV Computer Aided Network Design Small-signal analysis and design of non-linear network Stability analysis of linear and nonlinear networks Suggested Readings

1 CA Desoer amp EH Kuh ldquoBasic Circuit Theory 2 B Peikari ldquoNetwork Analysisrdquo

EE 6122 Digital Instrumentation and Control Unit I Signals from process instrumentation signal conditioning for the control computer signal transmission time division multiplexing signal termination Digital control loop analysis of block diagrams stability systems with dead time Unit II The computer control system CPU relationship of word length to performance peripheral devices optimizationcontrol of a distillation column control algorithms Dahlinrsquos method and standard algorithms Unit III PC based industrial process measurements like flow temperature pressure and level ndash PC based instruments development system Unit IV Concept of Supervisory control amp Data Acquisition System Component and types of SCADA systems CT PT Voltage to current current to voltage converters RTUs etc Suggested Readings

1 Kevin M Daugherty ldquoAnalog ndash to ndash Digital conversion ndash A Practical Approachrdquo McGraw Hill International Editions

2 N Mathivanan ldquoMicroprocessors PC Hardware and Interfacingrdquo Prentice ndash Hall of India Pvt Ltd

3 Krishna Kant ldquoComputer ndash based Industrial Controlrdquo Prentice ndash Hall of India Pvt Ltd

4 HS Kalsi ldquoElectronic Instrumentationrdquo Technical Education Series (TES)TMH New Delhi

5 Buchanan ldquoComputer bussesrdquo Arnold London

Page 11 of 24

11

EE 6123 Non linear Control Theory Unit I Introduction to Non-linear systems and their behavior multiple equilibrium points limit cycles etc Unit II Nonlinear System Analysis Phase-plane analysis Isoclines method and Delta method Concept of singular points and their analysis existence of limit cycles Describing function analysis describing function of common non-linearities stability analysis of nonlinear system using describing function dual input describing function perturbation theory and perturbation dynamics Unit III Stability Lyapunovrsquos Methods Krasovski method variable gradient method Advanced stability criterion Lyapunov analysis of non-autonomous systems Lyapunovrsquos direct method of stability absolute stability and popovrsquos criterion Suggested Readings

1 Atherton DP Nonlinear control Engineering Van Nostrand Reinhold London 2 Atherton DP Stability of Nonlinear system John Wiley amp sons New York NY 3 Cunningham WJ Introduction to Nonlinear Analysis McGraw-Hill New York

NY 4 Gibson JE Nonlinear Automatic Control McGraw-Hill New York NY 5 Hahn W Theory and Application of Lyapunovrsquos Direct Method Prentice-Hall

Englewood Cliffs NJ 6 Mohler RR Nonlinear Systems Dynamics and Control Volume 1 Prentice-Hall

Englewood Cliffs NJ 7 Slotine W and Vidhyasagar M Robitic Dyanamics and Control WLi Prentice Hall

Englewood Cliffs NJ 8 Vidhyasagar M Nonlinear System Analysis Prentice-Hall Englewood Cliffs NJ

EE 6124 System Modeling and Optimization Unit I Introduction types of modeling of time varying stochastic nonlinear discrete event and hybrid systems Conventional tools for linear system modeling Introduction to non ndash conventional modeling tools neural models etc Unit II Linear Programming Simplex algorithm ndash Two phase and Big M Techniques ndash Duality theory simplex method ndash Integer programming Non ndash Linear and Dynamic Programming Non ndash linear programming ndash Kuhn Tucker conditions ndash Formulation of dynamic programming ndash Forward and backward recursive equation ndash Computational procedures Unit III One dimensional minimization methods unconstrained minimization techniques direct search methods steepest descent method conjugate gradient method and Newtonrsquos method constrained optimization direct amp indirect methods

Page 12 of 24

12

Unit IV CPM PERT and Quadratic programming Suggested Readings

1 Chang SSL Synthesis of Optimal Control McGraw-Hill New York 2 Kirk DE Optimal Control Theory An Introduction Prentice-Hall

Englewood Cliffs NJ 3 Athans M and PL Flab Optimal Control An Introduction to the Theory

and its Applications McGraw-Hill New York 4 Sage AP and CC White III Optimum System Control Prentice-Hall

Englewood Cliffs NJ

EE 6131 Computer Communication and Control Unit I Introduction Line diagram from process plant to computer system loose coupled system and Tight coupled system communication media and bus Protocol and Architectures Evolution of data networks network architecture Unit II Protocols- layered approach-OSI model-DoD model-Hierarchical Approach-Local Network Technology- BusTree topology-Ring topology-medium access protocols-Details of IEEE 802 X25 datagram HDLC standards Unit III Network Access Protocol amp Internetworking Circuit Switched Network Access-Packet Switched Network Access-Broadcast Network Access-Principle of Internetworking-Bridges Gateways-X and 75-internet protocols-ISO internet protocol standard Unit IV Compression Techniques and cryptography Application of computer communication for control functions Application of soft computing for control functions Suggested Readings

1 Andrew S Tanenbaum ldquoComputer Networksrdquo 4th Edition Prentice Hall of India 2 Achyut S Godbole ldquoData Communications and Networkingrdquo Tata McGraw Hill 3 W Stallings ldquoData and Computer Communicationrdquo 2nd Edition New York

Macmillan EE-6132 Digital Signal Processing Unit I

Page 13 of 24

13

Discrete Time Signals and Systems Representation of discrete time signals- classifications-Discrete time systems Discrete Fourier transform properties Fast Fourier transform- Z- transform structure realization direct form- lattice structure for FIR filter- Lattice structure for IIR Filter

Unit II Design of Filters FIR Filter- windowing technique- optimum equiripple linear phase FIR filter- IIR filter- Bilinear transformation technique- impulse invariance method- Butterworth filter- Tchebyshev filter

Unit III Multistage representation Sampling of band pass signal- antialiasing filter ndash Decimation by an integer factor- interpolation by an integer factor- sampling rate conversion ndash implementation of digital filter banks- sub-band coding- Quadrature mirror filter

Unit IV Digital Signal Processors Fundamentals of fixed and floating point DSP architecture

Suggested Readings

1 John GProakis Dimitris G Manolakis ldquoDigital Signal Processing Principles Algorthms and Applicationsrdquo PHI

2 S Salivahanan A Vallavaraj and C Gnanapriya ldquoDigital Signal Processingrdquo TMH 3 AV Oppenheim and RW Schafer Englewood ldquoDigital Signal Processingrdquo Prentice-

Hall Inc 4 Rabiner and Gold ldquoTheory and Application of Digital Signal Processingrdquo A

comprehensive Industrial- Strength DSP reference book 5 B Venkatramani amp M Bhaskar ldquoDigital Signal Processors architecture

programming and applicationsrdquo TMH EE 6133 Optimal Control Theory Unit I Introduction Statement of optimal control problem-Problem formulation and forms of optimal control-Selection of performance measures Unit II Necessary conditions for optimal control -Pontryaginrsquos minimum principle ndash State inequality constraints - Minimum time problem Unit III LQ Control Problems and Dynamic Programming Linear optimal regulator problem - Matrix Riccatti equation and solution method Linear tracking problem ndash LQG problem Dynamic programming application to discrete and continuous systems ndash Hamilton Jacobi Bellman equation Numerical Techniques for Optimal Control Suggested Readings

1 Krik DE ldquoOptimal Control Theory ndash An introductionrdquo Prentice hall NJ 2 Sage AP ldquoOptimum System Controlrdquo Prentice Hall NH

Page 14 of 24

14

3 Anderson BDO And Moore JB ldquoOptimal Filteringrdquo prentice hall Inc NJ 4 SM Bozic ldquoDigital and Kalman Filteringrdquo Edward Arnould London 5 Astrom KJ ldquoIntroduction to Stochastic Control Theoryrdquo Academic Press Inc NY

EE-614 Microcontroller Lab Laboratory work based on course work

ELECTIVES for Group lsquoDrsquo

EE-6611 Bio Medical Instrumentation Unit I Basic Concepts of Bio Medical Instrumentation Terminology ndash Generalized medical instrumentation system ndash Measurement constrains ndash Classification ndash Interfacing and modifying inputs ndash Bio statistics ndash Static and dynamic characteristic ndash Regulation of medical devices ndash Electrical safety in medical environment Unit II Basic Sensors and Signal Processing Displacement measurements ndash Resistive sensors ndash Bridge circuits ndash Inductance capacitance and piezo electric sensor ndash Temperature measurements ndash Thermocouples ndash Radiation thermometry ndash Fiber optic temperature sensors ndash Optical measurements ndash OP-amp circuits ndash Microcomputers in bio-medical instrumentation Unit III Bio Potentials and Measurements Electric activity and excitable cells ndash Functional organization of peripheral nervous system ENG EMG ECG EEG amp MEG ndash Bio-potential electrodes ndash Electrolyte interface Polarization ndash Body surface recording electrodes ndash Electrodes for electric simulation of tissues Bio potential amplifiers Direct and indirect blood pressure measurement and analysis Suggested Readings

1 Khandpur RS ldquoHandbook of Bio-medical Instrumentationrdquo Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Company

2 Dean DE Marre A ldquoBio electronic Measurementsrdquo Prentice Hall 3 All Evans ldquoThe Evaluation of Medical Imagesrdquo Adam Hilger publication 4 John G Webster ldquoMedical Instrumentation application and designrdquo John Wiley and

Sons

Page 15 of 24

15

5 Cromwell L Fred J Webbell ldquoBio medical Instrumentation and measurementsrdquo Prentice Hall

EE-6612 Intelligent Instrumentation Unit I Fiber Optic Instrumentation Fiber optics sensors ndash fiber optic instrumentation system ndash Different types of modulators ndashdetectors ndash Interferometer method of measurement of length ndash moire fringes ndash measurement of pressure temperature current voltage liquid level and strain ndash fiber optic gyroscope ndash polarization maintaining Unit II Laser Instrumentation Laser for measurement of distance length velocity acceleration current voltage atmospheric effect ndash material processing ndash laser heating welding melting and trimming of materials removal and vaporization Unit III Microprocessor Based Instrumentation Hardware and firmware components of a microprocessor system ndash micro controllers ndash multiple processors calibration and correction computer interface embedded programming issues Unit IV Virtual Instrumentation Block diagram and architecture of the virtual instrumentation Suggested Readings

1 Chapman P ldquoSmart sensorsrdquo ISA Publications 2 John F Ready ldquoIndustrial applications of Lasersrdquo Academic press 3 Jasprit Singh ldquoSemiconductor optoelectronicsrdquo McGraw Hill 4 Clyde F Coombs jr ldquoElectronic instrument handbookrdquo second edition 5 Lisa KWells amp Jeffery Travels ldquoLab view for every onerdquo Prentice Hall 6 Sokoloff ldquoBasic concepts of Lab view 4rdquo Prentice Hall

EE 6613 Pattern Recognition amp Image Processing Same as that of MTech (IT) EE 6614 Soft Computing Techniques Unit I Introduction to crisp set and fuzzy sets Operations on fuzzy sets Fuzzy relations fuzzy measures fuzzy rules membership functions rule base fuzzy models Unit II Introduction to neural network Learning process the perception neural network multilayer perception radial basis function networks Neuro-dynamics application of neural network in control Unit III

Page 16 of 24

16

Basic concept of Genetic algorithm and detailed algorithmic steps Solution of typical control problems using genetic algorithm Unit IV Concept of some other search techniques like tabu search and ant-colony search techniques for solving optimization problems Suggested Readings

1 Introduction to Artificial Neural Systems - Jacek M Zuarda Jaico Publishing House 1997ISBN81-7029-694-3

2 Neural Networks Fuzzy Logic and Genetic Algorithms ndashSudarshan KValluruTNRaoJaico Publishing House 2009ISBN 978-81-8495-079-3

3 KLIR GJ amp FOLGER TA ldquoFuzzy sets uncertainty and informationrdquo Prentice-Hall of India Pvt Ltd

4 Zimmerman HJ ldquoFuzzy set theory-and its Applicationsrdquo-Kluwer Academic Publishers

5 Driankov Hellendron ldquoIntroduction to Fuzzy Controlrdquo Narosa Publishers

EE-6621 Bio Engineering amp Control Unit I Basic components of bio-medical instruments bio-electric signals amp recording electrodes transducers recording and display devices Patient care and monitoring systems cardiovascular measurements-blood pressure blood flow cardiac output and heart sounds etc Unit II Instrumentation for respiratory and nervous systems analysis of EEG ECG EMG EOG and action potentials non-invasive diagnostic measurements- temperature ultrasonic diagnosis CAT scan techniques sensory measurements motor response analysis of behavior etc biotelemetry biofeedback clinical laboratory instruments and X-ray diagnosis Unit III Recent advances in biomedical instrumentation microprocessor based system lasers amp optical fiber based systems Suggested Readings

1 Khandpur RS ldquoHandbook of Bio-Medical Instrumentationrdquo Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Company

2 Dean DE Marre A ldquoBio-Electronic Measurementsrdquo Prentice Hall 3 All Evans ldquoThe Evaluation of Medical Imagesrdquo Adam Hilger publication 4 John GWebster ldquoMedical Instrumentation Application and designrdquo John Wiley

and Sons 5 Cromwell L Fred J Webbell ldquoBio-Medical Instrumentation and

Measurementsrdquo Prentice Hall

EE-6622 Digital Instrumentation

Page 17 of 24

17

Unit I Basic Blocks Basic principles of digital techniques Counting techniques and various types counters Unit II Data Acquisition Systems Objective ndash Building blocks of Automation systems ndash Single and Multichannel Data Acquisition system PC based DAS Data loggers ndash Stand alone systems Unit III Interfacing and Data Transmission Data Transmission systems ndash 8086 Microprocessor based system design ndash Peripheral Interfaces ndash Time Division Multiplexing (TDM) ndashPulse Code Format ndash Interface systems and standards Unit IV Case Studies PC based industrial process measurements like flow temperature pressure and level ndash PC based instruments development system Suggested Readings

1 Kevin M Daugherty ldquoAnalog ndash to Digital conversion ndash A Practical Approachrdquo McGraw Hill International Editions

2 N Mathivanan ldquoMicroprocessors PC Hardware and Interfacingrdquo Prentice ndash Hall of India Pvt Ltd

3 Krishna Kant ldquoComputer-based Industrial Controlrdquo Prentice ndash Hall of India Pvt Ltd 4 HS Kalsi ldquoElectronic Instrumentationrdquo Technical Education Series (TES)TMH

New Delhi

EE-6623 Intelligent Control

Unit I Norms of signals vectors and matrices positive definite negative definite positive semidefinite and negative semidefinite functions Nonlinear control strategies State feedback linearization systems Unit II Fuzzy logic control using mamdani model Implementation of fuzzy logic controller using Matlab fuzzy-logic toolbox Stability analysis of fuzzy control systems Unit III Neural Networks in system identification and control control of non linear system using neural network toolbox inverse neural network control and adaptive control using neural networks Suggested Readings

1 KOSKO B ldquoNeural Networks and Fuzzy Systemsrdquo Prentice-Hall of India Pvt Ltd 2 Jang JSR Sun CT Mizutani E ldquoNeuro-fuzzy and soft Computingrdquo Pearson

Education 3 Behera L Kar I ldquoIntelligent Systems and Controlrdquo Oxford Higher Education

Page 18 of 24

18

4 Omidvar Omid and Elliott David L ldquoNeural Systems for controlrdquo Academic Press Limited

5 Lin CT and Lee CSG ldquoNeural Fuzzy Systemsrdquo Prentice Hall PTR EE-6624 Random Process in Control amp Estimation Unit I Random variables and processes Weinerrsquos theory of optimization Unit II Basic concepts of estimation and various types of estimates applications of Weinerrsquos theory of compensator design for feedback control system Unit III Gauss-Markov model for vector random Processes Kalman filtering minimum variance control Prediction and smoothing Random Processes in non-linear systems etc Suggested Readings

1 Taha HA Operations Research An Introduction Seventh Edition Pearson Education Edition Asia New Delhi

2 Ochi MK Applied Probability and Stochastic Processes John Wiley and sons

EE 663 Advanced Control System Lab

Laboratory work based on MATLAB and simulink applications in control areas Application of Matlab toolboxes Fuzzy logic Neural net etc

EE-664 Minor Project-I

Electives for Group ndash E

EE-7111 Filter Design Unit I Introduction to modern active building blocks used in Analog Filters

(i) Current Conveyors (ii) Operational Transconductance Amplifiers (iii) Current Feedback Amplifiers (iv) OTRAS CDBAS and other modern devices

Unit II

Page 19 of 24

19

First order filters Realization with passive elements realization with active elements cascaded design Unit III Second order LP and BP filters Design parameters the 2nd order circuits KHN Bi quads S amp K Biquads SAB biquads and GIC circuits Unit IV LP filters with maximally flat and equal ripple response inverse chebysheve and cauer filter Frequency transformation LP-HP LP-BP LP-BE etc Unit V LG Ladder filters Ladder Simulation by element replacement GP embedding technique FDNR technique creation of negative components Gm-c amp switched capacitor filters sensitivity considerations Suggested Readings

1 R Schaumann amp ME Vanvalkenburg ldquoDesign of Analog Filtersrdquo

EE-7112 Manufacturing Automation amp Control

Unit I Production Operations and automation strategies production economics high volume production systems Unit II Numerical control DNC CNC and adaptive control Industrial ndash Robotics and applications sequence control computer control CADCAM Unit III Intelligent system architecture design technique knowledge based system artificial neural network fuzzy system genetic Algorithms in Process planning scheduling fault diagnosis automated assembly manufacturing feature identification process monitoring and control Suggested Readings

1 Miller P Groover ldquoAutomation production systems and computer integrated Manufacturingrdquo PHI

EE-7113 Power Electronics and Control systems Unit I Overview of power electronic devices and their characteristics Emerging Devices and Circuits MOS controlled thyristors Integrated Gate commutated Thyristors (IGCT) Power Integrated Circuits (PICrsquos) and smart power control chips Unit II

Page 20 of 24

20

Power Electronics Converters AC to DC converters DC to AC converters DC to DC converters AC to AC converters cyclo converters topology and structure of power electronics converters converter protection and future converter applications Unit III Pulse Width Modulation for Power Electronics Converters PWM methods voltage control PWM SPWM selected harmonic elimination Minimum ripple current Delta modulation current control PWM space vector method performance criterion open loop and closed loop PWM schemes etc Feedback Control for converters comparator based control of rectifiers systems and P amp PI control applications Unit IV Applications to Motor drive UPS Static Var Compensators (STATCOM) Active Power filter Suggested Readings

1 E Acha VG Agelidis O Anaya ndash Lara TJE Miller Power Electronic Control in Electrical system Newnes Impart of Elsevier

2 Doradla Dabney et al Thyristorised Power Controllers Prentice hall 3 Ned Mohan Power Electronics converter application and design John Wiley

and sons 4 Murphy JMD Turnbull FG ldquoThyristor control of AC Motorsrdquo Pergamon Press

Oxford 5 MH Rashid ldquoPower electronics and AC drivesrdquo PHI

EE-7114 SCADA amp Energy Management System Unit I

Concept of Supervisory control amp Data Acquisition System Component and types of

SCADA systems CT PT Voltage to current current to voltage converters RTUs etc

Supervisory and control functions man-machine communication operator console VDU

display and its use operator dialogues mimic diagram functions printing facilities etc

Unit II

SCADA system structures system classes system interactions performance criteria

software and hardware considerations data bases reliability and simulations technical

realizations local system communication system central system control system supervision

amp system maintenance

Unit III

Application functions-real time network modeling security management production control

and training simulators

Page 21 of 24

21

Unit IV

Introduction to communication systems Hotline PLCC Mobile Satellite Microwave amp

Optical fiber communications Transputerised SCADA system SCADA on embedded

FPGA

Suggested Readings 1 Krishana Kant ldquoComputer-based Industrial Controlrdquo PHI Publication

2 Liptak ldquoProcess Controlrdquo CRC Publication

3 Madiseth amp Williams ldquoDigital Signal Processingrdquo CRC Press IEEE Press

4 Kissel ldquoIndustrial Electronicsrdquo PHI Publication

EE-7121 Adaptive Control Methods Unit I Single input single output continuous time and discrete time affine systems multi-input multi-output systems back stepping control discrete time non-affine systems and strict feedback form Unit II Feedback linearization State feedback linearizable systems model identification using neural networks Unit III Robust back stepping controller design Indirect adaptive control using neural networks direct adaptive control using neural networks Unit IV Adaptive control using TSFS Suggested Readings

6 Pratihar DK ldquoSoft Computing Techniquesrdquo Narosa 7 Jang JSR Sun CT Mizutani E ldquoNeuro-fuzzy and soft Computingrdquo Pearson

Education 8 Behera L Kar I ldquoIntelligent Systems and Controlrdquo Oxford Higher Education 9 Omidvar Omid and Elliott David L ldquoNeural Systems for controlrdquo Academic Press

Limited 10 Lin CT and Lee CSG ldquoNeural Fuzzy Systemsrdquo Prentice Hall PTR

Page 22 of 24

22

EE 7122 Advanced Control System Design Unit I Introduction Sampling and holding ndash Sample and hold devices Reconstruction Z transform ndash Properties ndash Pulse transfer function and state variable approach ndash Review of controllability and observability

Unit II Computer Based Control Selection of processors ndash Mechanization of control algorithms ndash PID control laws predictor merits and demerits ndash Application to temperature control and data communication for control

Unit III Optimal Controller Design Statement of optimal control problem- Solution using variational approach-Ricatti equation- -Infinite time problems introduction to robust control Slide mode control H infin and H-2 control model reference control and adaptive control

Suggested Readings 1 Gopal M ldquoDigital control Engineeringrdquo Wiley Eastern Ltd

2 GF Franklin JDavid Powell Michael Workman ldquoDigital control of Dynamic

Systemsrdquo 3rd Edition Addison Wesley

3 Paul Katz ldquoDigital control using Microprocessorsrdquo Prentice Hall

4 Forsytheand W Goodall RN ldquoDigital Controlrdquo McMillan

5 Chesmond Wilson Lepla ldquoAdvanced Control System Technologyrdquo Viva ndash low

price edition

EE-7123 Robot Dynamics amp Control Unit I Introduction Geometric configuration of robots Robot arm Kinematics Direct and inverse kinematics ndash Rotation Matrices ndash Composite rotation matrices ndash Euler angle representation ndash Homogenous transformation ndash Denavit Hattenberg representation and various arm configuration Unit II Robot Arm Dynamics Lagrange ndash Euler formulation joint velocities ndash Kinetic energy ndash Potential energy and motion equations ndash Generalised DrsquoAlembert equations of motion Unit III Planning of Manipulator Trajectories General consideration on trajectory planning joint interpolation amp Cartesian path trajectories Unit IV

Page 23 of 24

23

Control of Robot Manipulators PID control computed torque technique ndash Near minimum time control ndash variable structure control ndash Non-linear decoupled feedback control ndash Resolved motion control and adaptive control Suggested Readings

1 Fu KS Gonazlez RC and Lee CSG ldquoRobotics (Control Sensing Vision and

Intelligence)rdquo McGraw-Hill 2 Wesley E Sryda ldquoIndustrial Robots Computer interfacing and Controlrdquo PHI 3 Asada and Slotine ldquoRobot Analysis and Controlrdquo John Wiley and Sons 4 Philippe Coiffet ldquoRobot Technologyrdquo Vol II (Modelling and Control) Prentice Hall

INC 5 Saeed B Niku ldquoIntroduction to Robotics Analysis systems and Applicationsrdquo

Pearson Education 6 Groover MP Mitchell Wesis ldquoIndustrial Robotics Technology Programming and

Applicationsrdquo Tata McGraw-Hill

EE-7124 Stochastic Control System Unit I Random variables Stochastic Processes and their properties Probability density functions Unit II Moments Ergodic hypothesis and ensemble averages correlation functions and power spectral density functions Unit III MSE minimization Filtering and prediction problems Wiener-Hopf equation Frequency domain system design Suggested Readings

1 AP Sage ldquoOptimal System Controlrdquo Prentice Hall 2 JH Laning and RH Batin ldquoRandom Signals in Automatic Controlsrdquo Tata

McGraw Hill 3 GCNewton LA Gonld JF Kaiser ldquoAnalytical design of feedback control

systemsrdquo John Wiley 4 JS Meditch ldquoStochastic Optimal Linear Estimation amp Controlrdquo Tata

McGraw Hill

EE-713 Self Study Open Area Seminar-II

EE-714 Minor Project-II

Page 24 of 24

24

A minor project approved by the college is to be undertaken in the summer vacation following the examinations of II SemesterIV Semester in-case of full time and part time students respectively The duration for this work is about 2 months The students are expected to submit a report on the minor project EE-715 Major Projectndash I EE-811 Major Projectndash II Each student will be assigned a topic of the Major Project work by the department concerned and is to work under the guidance of an approved supervisor Part ndashI of the Major Project Work shall consist of Literature Review on the relevant topic with the approval of the supervisor Part-II shall consist of further investigations design and implementation on the topic HeShe will be required to submit three typedprinted Copies of the dissertation embodying the results of the investigations carried out by himher The dissertation is to be submitted with the approval of the guide

1

MTech Signal Processing and Digital Design Scheme

Semester-1

Group ldquoArdquo Subjects L T P Internal Marks External Total

Credits

MSP 501 Advanced DSP 3 0 0 50 100 150 3

MSP 502 Digital System Design 3 0 0 50 100 150 3

MSP 503 Statistical Mathrsquos 3 0 0 50 100 150 3

And Wavelet Theory

MSP 504 DSD Lab 0 0 2 30 70 100 2

Group ldquoB rdquo Subject

MSP 551 Adaptive Signal 3 0 0 50 100 150 3

Processing

MSP 552 Probability Random 3 0 0 50 100 150 3

Process amp Bayesian

Networks

MSP 553 ADSP Lab 3 0 0 30 70 100 2

MSP 554 Self-study Open 0 0 2 50 00 50 1

Area Seminar -I

21 Hours Week 1000 20

Semester-II

Group ldquoCrdquo Subjects L T P Internal Marks External

Total Credits

MSP 601 Embedded System Design 3 0 0 50 100 150

3

MSP 602 Embedded Design Lab 0 0 2 30 70 100

2

2

Elective-I To be selected from

Either of following

MSP-6031 to MSP-6035 3 0 0 50 100

150 3

Elective-II To be selected from

Either of following

MSP-6041 to MSP-6045 3 0 0 50 100

150 3

Group ldquoDrdquo Subjects

Elective-III to be selected from

Either of following

MSP-6511 to MSP-6514 3 0 0 50 100

150 3

MSP Lab based on

Elective IIIIIIIV 0 0 2 30 70 100

Elective-IV To be selected from

MSP-6521 to MSP-6525 3 0 0 50 100 150

3

MSP 654 Term Paper ndashI 0 0 2 50 50 0

1

(To be carried out in summer vacations

And evaluated)

21 HoursWeek 1000 20

Semester-III

Group ldquoErdquo Subjects L T P Internal Marks External Total

Credits

Elective-V To be selected from

Either of following

MSP-7011 to MSP-7015 3 0 0 50 100 150

3

Elective ndashVI To be selected

from either of following

MSP-7021to MSP-7026 3 0 0 50 100 150

3

3

MSP-703 Self Study open area 0 0 2 50 00 50

1

Seminar -II

MSP-704 Minor Project ndashII 0 0 4 00 200 200

4

MSP-705 Major Project part -I 0 0 2 200 00 200

4

18 HoursWeek 750

15

Semester ndashIV

Grouprdquo Frdquo

MSP 751 Major Project Part-II 3 0 0 00 750 750

15

6 Hours Week 750 15

GRAND TOTAL 3500

70

List of Elective

Elective ndashI

Any one subject can be chosen from the following

1 MSP-6031 Morphological functions and analysis

2 MSP-6032 FPGA based system design

3 MSP-6033 Digital Watermarking

4 MSP-6034 Wavelets and Bio-medical Analysis

5 MSP-6035 Multi-Rate Signal Processing

Elective ndashII

Any one subject can be chosen from the following

1 MSP-6041 Data compression and dimension reduction

2 MSP-6042 Bio-Medical Sensors

3 MSP-6043 Bio-Impedance Measurement and Analysis

4 MSP-6044 Fractional Delay Filters

5 MSP-6045 Blind Estimation Using Higher Order Statistics

Elective ndashIII

4

Any one subject can be chosen from the following

1 MSP-6511 Statistical Signal Processing

2 MSP-6512 Object tracking

3 MSP-6513 Artificial Intelligence

4 MSP-6514 Bio-medical Instrumentation

Elective ndashIV

Any one subject can be chosen from the following

1 MSP-6521 Pattern Analysis and Machine Intelligence

2 MSP-6522 Bio-Medical Image Registration

3 MSP-6523 Array processing

4 MSP-6524 Spectral Estimations

5 MSP-6525 Speech analysis and Processes

Elective ndashV and

Any one subject can be chosen from the following

1 MSP- 7011 Fault tolerant computing

2 MSP-7012 Soft computing

3 MSP-7013 Bio Medical Signal modeling

4 MSP-7014 Shape analysis and classifications

5 MSP-7015 Advanced DSP architectures

6 MSP-7016 New Technologies in Image Processing

Elective ndashVI

Any one subject can be chosen from the following

1 MSP-7021 Machine vision

2 MSP -7022 New technologies in Signal Processing

3 MSP- 7023 Real time DSP Design amp applications

4 MSP-7024 SOC Design testing amp verification

5 MSP-7025 Bio-Medical Image Analysis

6 MSP-7026 Advanced wavelets

Semester-I Group (A) Subjects

MSP 501 Advanced DSP

Module-1

Comparison between Z Transform and Fourier Transform DeconvolutionInverse Filtering Homomorphic

Deconvolution LPF to HPF and HPF to LPF conversion Design of Resonators Notch Filter Comb Filter

5

Minimum Maximum Systems Goertzel Algorithm Chirp-z Transform Sensitivity Analysis due to limited

word length

Module -2

Discrete random signal processing Review of Linear Algebra Discrete Random Processes Expectations

Variance Co-Variance Scalar Product Energy of Discrete Signals- Parsevalrsquos Theorem Wiener Khintchine

Relation- Power Spectral Density - Periodogram - Sample Autocorrelation- Sum Decomposition Theorem

Spectral Factorization Theorem- Discrete Random Signal processing by Linear Systems ndash Simulation of

White Noise ndash Low Pass Filtering of White Noise

Module-3

Spectrum estimation Non-Parametric Methods- Correlation Method- Co-Variance Estimator- Performance

Analysis of Estimators- Unbiased Consistent Estimators- Periodogram Estimator- Barlett Spectrum

Estimation- Welch Estimation- Model Based Approach- AR MA ARMA Signal Modeling- Parameter

Estimation Using Yule-Walker Method

Module-4

Linear estimation and prediction Linear Estimation of Signals- Prediction Filtering Smoothing Correlation

Cancellation Maximum Likelihood Criterion- Efficiency of Estimator- Least Mean Squared Error Criterion

ndash Wiener Filter- Discrete Wiener Hoff Equations- Linear Prediction Prediction Error- Whitening Filter

Inverse Filter- Levinson Recursion Lattice Realization and Levinson Recursion Algorithm for Solving

Toeplitz System of Equations

TEXT REFERENCE BOOKS

Monson HHayes ldquoStatistical Digital Signal Processing and Modelingrdquo John Wiley and Sons Inc

New York 1996

Sopocles J Orfanidis ldquoOptimum Signal Processingrdquo McGraw Hill 1990

John GProakis Dimitris GManolakis ldquoDigital Signal Processingrdquo Prentice Hall of India 1995

BFarhang-Boroujeny ldquoAdaptive Filters Theory and Applicationrdquo 1998

Haykins S ldquoAdaptive Filter Theoryrdquo Prentice-Hall USA 1996

Vaidyanathan PP ldquoMultirate Systems and Filter Banksrdquo Prentice Hal 1983

MSP 502 Digital Image Processing

Module ndash1

Introduction to Image processing fundamental steps in DIP concept of visual information image formation

model image sampling and quantization digital image representation spatial and gray level resolution

relationship between pixels application of image processing system

Module ndash2

Introduction to Multidimensional signals and systems 2D-Signals 2D systems classification of 2D system

2D convolution 2D Z-transform Image Transform 2D-DFT discrete cosine discrete sine Haar Walsh

Hadamard Slant KL SVD Hough Radon Ridgelet

Module ndash3

Image enhancement Spatial domain linear transformation image negative grey level shifting non-linear

transformation logarithmic transformation exponential transformation grey level slicing bit plane slicing

6

image averaging mask processing histogram manipulations histogram thresholding histogram stretching

histogram equalization noise removing filters smoothing filters sharpening filters Enhancement in

Frequency Domain ideal low pas filter Butterworth low pass filter ideal high pass filters Butterworth high

pass filter band pass filter Gaussian filters Homomorphic filtering

Module ndash4 Image restoration degradation model noise models restoration in presence of noise periodic noise removal in

frequency domain notch filters inverse filtering Wiener filtering

Introduction to Morphological Image Processing operations dilation and erosion opening and closing hit-or-miss

transformation boundary extraction region filling extraction connected components convex hull thinning thickening

skeletons pruning

Module ndash5 Introduction to various colour models RGB CMY CMYK HSI HSV and YCbCr Concept of image compression

Image Segmentation detection of discontinuities edge linking and boundary detection thresholding region based

segmentation use of motion in segmentation

TEXTSREFERENCE BOOKS

1 Digital Image Processing Gonzalez and Woods Pearson Education 2008Third Edition

2 Fundamentals of Digital Image Processing AK Jain PHI Indian Edition

3 Digital Image Processing using MATLAB Gonzalez Woods and Eddins Mc Graw Hill Second 2013

4 Digital Image Processing KR Castleman Pearson 2014

5 Digital Image Processing Algorithms and ApplicationsI PitasJohn Wiley 2002

6 Image Processing Analysis and Machine VisionMilan Sonka Vaclav Hlavac Roger Boyale Cengage

Learning 4th Edition

7

MSP 503 Statistical Maths And Wavelet Theory

Module-1

Introduction to the concepts of statistical inference with examples from discrete distributions Estimation and

tests for mean and variance for normal distribution - one amp two population cases

Module-2

Correlation coefficient - evaluation and tests simple linear regression comparision of k-linear regressions

fitting polynomial regressions amp orhtogonal polynomials and related tests Explanatory data Analysis and

robust techniques Analysis of discrete data Introduction to interval estimation

Module-3

Some Non-Parametric tests - sign run median Mann - Whitney ndash Wilcoxon Spearman and Kendall ccedil tests

Numerical Methods used in Statistics

Module-4

Elements of Fourier analysis Fourier series Fourier transforms Inversion formula Parseval Identity and

Plancherel Theorem Continuous-time convolution and the delta function Poissons summable formula

Shannon sampling theorem

Module-5

Wavelet transforms and time- frequency analysis The Gabor transform Windowed Fourier transform

uncertainty principle Integral wavelet transform Dyadic wavelets Frames Wavelet series

Module-6

Scaling functions and multi-resolution analysis Multiresolution Analysis Scaling functions Wavelets and

their duals linear phase filtering compactly supported wavelets orthogonal wavelets

Module-7

Cardinal spline analysis and cardinal spline wavelets Cardinal spline spaces Bspline and their properties

computation of cardinal splines construction of spline approximation formulas and spline interpolation

formulas interpolatory spline wavelets computation of supported spline wavelets computation of cardinal

spline wavelets error analysis in spline-wavelet decomposition

TEXTREFERENCES BOOKS

Snedcor GW Cochran WG Statistical Methods (Oxford amp IBH)

Conover WJ Practical Non-Parametric Statistics (JW)

Woetzcky M Wavelet Theory LMS

8

Daubechies Ten Lectures on Wavelets Society for Industrial and Applied Mathematics Philadelphia

PA 1992

9

Semester-I Group (B) subjects

MSP 551 Adaptive Signal Processing

Module-1

Introduction to discrete-time signal processing Impulse response z-transform FIR IIR filters Correlation

functions and power spectral density

Module-2

The adaptive linear combiner Introduction to gradient search algorithms steepest-descent algorithm

convergence properties Newton algorithm

Module-3

Adaptive algorithms- LMS algorithm Recursive Least Squares algorithm LMSNewton algorithm

Frequency domain adaptive filters

Module-4

Applications of adaptive signal processing adaptive modeling and system identification inverse adaptive

modeling deconvolution and equalization adaptive control systems adaptive interference canceling -

canceling noise canceling periodic interference canceling interference in ECG signals etcAdaptive

filters FIR Adaptive Filters- Newtonrsquos Steepest Descent Method- Adaptive Filter Based on Steepest Descent

Method- Widrow Hoff LMS Adaptive Algorithm- Adaptive Channel Equalization- Adaptive Echo canceller-

Adaptive Noise Cancellation- RLS Adaptive Filters- Exponentially weighted RLS- Sliding window RLS-

Simplified IIR LMS Adaptive Filter- Delay Line Structures

Module-5

Multirate digital signal processing Mathematical Description of Change of Sampling Rate- Interpolation and

Decimation- Continuous Time Model- Direct Digital Domain Approach- Decimation by an Integer Factor-

Interpolation by an Integer Factor- Single and Multistage Realization- Poly Phase Realization- Application to

Sub Band Coding and Coding Gain- Wavelet Transform and Filter Bank Implementation of Wavelet

expansion of signals Two Dimensional Filter Banks

TEXTREFERENCE BOOKS

B Widrow and S Stearns (1985) Adaptive Signal Processing Prentice Hall

S Haykin (1996) Adaptive Filter Theory (3rd Edition) Prentice Hall

MSP -552 Probability Random Process and Bayesian Networks

Module-1

10

Vector space Inner product space norm Hilbert spaces Projection theorem Separable Hilbert spaces and

orthonormal bases Linear functionals Riesz representation theorem Probability spaces

Module-2

Random variables and random vectors Distributions and densities Statistical independence Expectations

moments and characteristic functions Infinite sequences of random variables Convergence concepts Laws of

large numbers Radon-Nikodym theorem Conditional expectations given a σ -field and a random vector

Jensenrsquos inequality

Module-3

Stochastic processes Separability and measurability Continuity concepts Gaussian processes and

Wiener processes Second order processes Covariance functions and their properties Linear operations and

second order calculus Orthogonal expansions

Module-4

Stationarity in the strict and wide senses Ergodicity in the qmsense Widesense stationary processes

Herglotzrsquos and Bochnerrsquos theorems Spectral representation L2- stochastic integrals Spectral decomposition

theorem Low-pass and band-pass processes White noise and white-noise integrals

Module-5

Introduction to Bayesian Statistics Bayesian Networks (EM) Trees and TANs Structure of general BNs

TEXTREFERENCE BOOKS

RBAsh amp CDoleans-Dade Probability and Measure Theory (2e) Elsevier 2005 APapoulis SUPillai ldquoProabability Random Variables and Stochastic Processesrdquo 4

th Edition Tata-

Mc Hill (4e) 2001

EWong amp BHajek Stochastic Processes in Engineering Systems Springer 1985

Jensen Finn B Graven-Nielsen Thomas Bayesian Networks and Decision Graphs 2nd ed Springer

2007

Semester-II Group (C) subjects

MSP 601 Embedded system

Module-1

Processing amp Memory Organization 1632 bit embedded processors (Atmel 90SXX seriesARM make 16

series) Serialparallel port interfacing amp drivers DMA amp high speed IO interfacing memory selection for

embedded systems

Module-2

Programming Concepts Assembly C amp C++ programming calling assembly routines in HLL Interrupt

handling in C++ Interrupt latency Memory management Allocation of memory to program segments amp

blocks Memory maps

Module-3

Multiprocessors Scheduling Model of multiprocessor amp distributed systems Multiprocessor priority ceiling

protocol Elements of scheduling algorithms for end-to-end periodic tasks Schedulability of fixed priority

end-to-end periodic tasks end-to-end tasks in heterogeneous systems

11

Module-4

Real Time systems Characterizing real time systems amp tasks Performance measures Estimating program

runtimes Task assignment amp scheduling Real time operating systems (RTOS) Task management Race

condition Inter-task communication Implementation aspects amp estimation modeling in embedded systems

Validation amp debugging of embedded systems Real time communication Hardware-software co-design in

an embedded system Applications of Real time systems

TextReference Books

Real -Time Systems by Krishna amp Shin (McGraw Hill International)

Embedded systems by Rajkamal (Tata - McGraw Hill)

Embedded Microcomputer systems by Valvano (Thomson Delmar publishing)

AtmelARM Data books

Embedded Real Time Systems Programming by Iyer ampGupta (Tata McGraw Hill)

Fundamentals of Embedded software by Lewis Daniel (Prentice Hall India)

Real Time Systems by Jane Liu (Pearson India low cost edition)

MSP 602 Embedded Design Lab

1 Lab 1 Basic microcontroller hardware 8051 assembly simulator

2 Lab 2 Decode logic EPROM basic user IO timer ISRs and assembly

3 Lab 3 SRAM RS-232 monitordebugger assembly introduction to 8051 C

4 Lab 4 EEPROM LCD and C programming

5 Lab 5 Learning ARM Programming tools

6 Lab 6 Learning Symbian C and ARM Interface

7 Lab 7 RTLINUX based cros-compilations

8 Lab 8 Mentor Graphics based Digital System Design

Elective-I

MSP-6031 Morphological functions and analysis

Module-1

Theory of morphology Development of a theory Elements of a theory Morphology of a theory a critique of

classical size and shape analysis Classical size classical shape classical Fourier analysis of a single particle

Fourier series Need of theory of morphology particle characterization Morphological analysis

Module-2

Development of the morphological variation principle and derivation of the boundary functions Variation

Principle Derivation of the Concept of shape Development of Morphological Morphological Variation Principle

12

to Higher Dimensions Theory of Continuous Functions Morphological Variation Principle the Surface Area

for an Irregular Surface Image Analysis

Module-3

Feature extraction from particle representations Guiding principles of feature extraction in the theory of

morphology The concept of particle shape The concept of particle size Extracting the size feature The

morphological variation principle as a fundamental law hypothesis in the theory of morphology Statistical

features of the particle profile Rotational invariance of the moments of the radial distribution

Module-4

An introduction to the morphological analysis of the regular figures The Circle The Cardioid The Lemniscate

The Triangle The SquareThe Pentagon The Hexagon

Module-5

Applications of the theory of morphology The Effect of Particle Morphology of the Flow of a Dextrose

Powder Quality Assessment of Industrial Sieve MeshEffects of Powder Production and Material Processing

on the Morphology of Adipic Acid Differentiation Between Three Races of Giraffe Based on the Morphic

Features of Trunck Spots

TextReference Books

Jean-Pierre Aubin Mutational and Morphological Analysis Tools for Shape Evolution and

Morphogenesis (Systems amp Control Foundations amp Applications) Library of Congress in

Cataloging Publication Data

MSP-603 2 FPGA Based System Design

Module 1

Programmable LogicTechnologies behind programmable logic Programmable Logic architectures in general

Complex Programmable Logic Devices (CPLDs) FieldProgrammable Gate Arrays (FPGAs) Recent advances in

FPGAs Designing with FPGAsDesign Flow Design Tools Design Libraries Future of programmable logic

Module 2

Arithmetic Circuits Adders architectures Multipliers circuits Floating point arithmetic circuits Other

computational building blocks

Module 3

Data Encoding amp Communication Logic interface standards Clocking for high speed digital design

Metastability issues Clock synchronisation Data encode and error correction On-chip and On-board

communication

Module 4

13

Hardware Architectures Parallel vs serial Systolic and other array architectures Distributed arithmeticCordic

based architecture

Module 5

Digital Test Modern packaging Board testing issues JTAG Boundary Scan

Text Reference books

Digital Design Principles and Practices 4th Edition (Sept 2005) John F Wakerly Prentice Hall

ldquoContemporary Logic Designrdquo Gaetano Boriello Randy H Katz August 2004 Prentice Hall

High-Speed Digital Design - A handbook of black magic Howard G Johnson Prentice Hall 1993

ldquoFPGA-based System Designrdquo Wayne Wolf Prentice Hall 2004 ISBN 0131424610

MSP-6033 Digital Watermarking

Module-1

Digital Watermarking Basics Models of Watermarking Basic Message Coding Error Correction Coding

Module-2

Digital Watermarking Theoretic Aspects Mutual Information and Channel Capacity How to Design a Good

Digital Watermark Information Theoretical Analysis of Digital Watermarking

Module-3

Digital Watermarking Schemes (I) Spread Spectrum Watermarking DCT-Domain Watermarking Digital

Watermarking Schemes (II) Quantization Watermarking

Module-4

Digital Watermarking Protocol A Buyer-Seller Watermarking Protocol An Efficient and Anonymous Buyer-

Seller Watermarking Protocol Media-Specific Digital Watermarking Video Watermarking Audio

Watermarking Binary-Image Watermarking

Module-5

Advanced Digital Watermarking Watermarking with Side Information Improved Spread Spectrum

Robustness to Temporal and Geometric Distortions Affine-Resistant Watermarking Wavelets and itrsquos

application to watermarking Non-Linear Optimization and itrsquos application to watermarking

TextReferences Books

14

Juergen Seitz Digital Watermarking For Digital Media Library of Congress in

Cataloging Publication Data-ISBN-1-59140-518-1

15

MSP-6034 WAVELETS IN BIOMEDICAL ENGINEERING

Module 1

Wavelet Transforms

Overview of WT fundamentals-FT STFT resolution Multi resolution analysis-CWT

DWT

Module 2

Wavelets in medical imaging and Tomography Applications of wavelet shrinkage to tomography Wavelet

denoising of functional MRI data

Wavelets Construction

Module 3

Statistical analysis of image differences by wavelet decomposition Feature extraction in digital mammography

Module 4

Adopted wavelet techniques for encoding MRI Diagnosis of coronary artery disease using wavelet

based neural networks

TextReference Books

1Tutorial on Wavelets part I-IV RobiPolikar

2Wavelets in medicine and biology by Akram Aldroubi and Michael Unser CRC press

MSP-6035 Multirate Signal Processing

Module-1

Fundamentals of Multirate Theory The sampling theorem - sampling at subnyquist rate - Basic Formulations and

schemes Basic Multirate operations- Decimation and Interpolation - Digital Filter Banks- DFT Filter Bank

Identities- Polyphase representation Maximally decimated filter banks Polyphase representation - Errors in the

QMF bank- Perfect reconstruction (PR) QMF Bank - Design of an alias free QMF Bank

Module- 2

M-channel perfect reconstruction filter banksUniform band and non uniform filter bank - tree structured filter

bank- Errors created by filter bank system-Polyphase representation- perfect reconstruction systems

Module- 3

Perfect reconstruction (PR) filter banks Paraunitary PR Filter Banks- Filter Bank Properties induced by

paraunitarity- Two channel FIR paraunitaryQMF Bank- Linear phase PR Filter banks- Necessary conditions for

Linear phase property- QuantizationEffects -Types of quantization effects in filter banks - coefficient sensitivity

effects dynamic range and scaling

16

Module- 4

Cosine Modulated filter banks Cosine Modulated pseudo QMF Bank- Alas cancellation- phase - Phase distortion-

Closed form expression-Polyphase structure- PR Systems

TextReference Books

1 PP Vaidyanathan ldquoMultirate systems and filter banksrdquo Prentice Hall PTR 1993

2 NJ Fliege ldquoMultirate digital signal processingrdquo John Wiley 1994

Reference Books

3 Sanjit K Mitra ldquo Digital Signal Processing A computer based approachrdquo McGraw Hill 1998

4 RE Crochiere L R ldquoMultirate Digital Signal Processingrdquo Prentice Hall Inc1983

5 JG Proakis DG Manolakis ldquoDigital Signal Processing Principles Algorithms and Applicationsrdquo 3rd Edn

Prentice Hall India 1999

5 Vetterli and Kovacevic Wavelets and Subband Processing Prentice Hall 1995

6 Proakis Rader Ling Nikias Advanced Digital Signal Processing Macmillan 1992

7 JS Lim and AV Oppenheim Advanced Topics in Signal Processing Prentice-Hall 1988

Elective- II

MSP-6041 Data Compression and Dimension Reduction

Module 1

Course Overview Introduction Knowledge discovery process Why data warehouse amp data mining Data

Warehouse Why data warehouse OLTP and OLAP Data Cube Data Warehouse modelling Warehouse views

Data Warehouse Architectures Data Warehouse implementation

Module 2

Data preprocessing pre-process the data Data-cleaning Data integration and transformation Data reduction

Dimensionality reduction Data compression Feature extraction Discretization and concept hierarchy generation

Applications on Data Warehouse What is data mining Motivation and challenges of data mining Data mining

tasks Types of Data Data set types Data mining applications Data quality Data preprocessing Aggression

sampling dimensionality reduction feature selection feature creation discretisation transformation Measuring

the similarity and dissimilarity between Simple attributes data objects Proximity measures Issues in proximity

calculation

Module 3

Data Mining Techniques Mining association rules Association rule mining Apriori algorithm Frequent Pattern

Growth algorithm Rule based Classification Image Object classification Decision trees ID3 C45 Rule

induction RIPPER algorithm Rule based Classification Associative classification (CBA MMAC) Rule Pruning

REP database coverage Statistical classification Naiumlve bayes Issues in Classification Overfitting and cross-

validation Evaluation methods in Classification Other classification approaches Regression Neural networks

Genetic algorithms

Module 4

17

Cluster analysis Partitioning methods (K-means) Hierarchical methods (BIRCH and CURE) Outlier analysis

Preliminaries Statistical approaches Density-based methods ICA PCAMDSLLEISOMAP

Text Books

1 Connoly T and Begg C Data Base Systems A Practical Approach to Design Implementation and

Management Addison Wesley fourth edition 1999

2 Witten I and Frank E Data mining practical machine learning tools and techniques with Java

implementations San Francisco Morgan Kaufmann 2001

MSP-6042 Bio-Medical Sensors

Module 1

Different Transduction principles Classification of transducers selecting of transducers circuit based on

transduction Temperature transducers thermo-resistive transducers thermoelectric p-n junction chemical

thermometry Displacement transducers potentiometer resistive strain gauges inductive displacement

capacitive displacement transducer force transducer Pressure transducer variable capacitance pressure

transducers LVDT transducers strain gauge transducers semiconductor transducers catheter tip transducers

Photoelectric transducers photo-emissive tubes photovoltaic cell photoconductive cell Flow transducers

different types of flow sensors and detectors Piezoelectric transducers and their applications

Module 2

Study of biological sensors Sensors receptors in the human body basic organization of nervous system-neural

mechanism and circuit processing Chemoreceptor hot and cold receptors barro receptors sensors for smell

sound vision osmolality and taste Sensor models in the time and frequency domains

Module 3

Biochemical Transducers Electrode theory electrode-tissue interface metal-electrolyte interface electrode-skin

interface electrode impedance electrical conductivity of electrode jellies and creams Biopotential electrodes

microelectrodes body surface electrodes needle electrodes Reference electrodes hydrogen electrodes silver-

silver chloride electrodes Calomel electrodes Recording electrodes for ECG EEG and EMG Transducers for

the measurement of ions and dissolved gases pH electrode specific ion electrodes

Module 4

Bio sensors Ion exchange membrane electrodes enzyme electrode glucose sensors immunosensors Basic

principles of MOSFET biosensors amp BIOMEMS

Module 5

18

Optical sensor- photo detectors optical fiber sensors and indicator mediated transducers general principles of

opticalsensing optical fiber temperature sensors Pulse sensor photoelectric pulse transducer strain gauge pulse

transducer

TextReference books

1 R S Khandpur ldquoHandbook of Biomedical Instrumentationrdquo Tata McGraw Hill

2 SC Cobbold ldquoTransducers for Biomedcial Instrumentsrdquo Prentice Hall

3 Brown amp Gann ldquoEngineering Principles in Physiology Vol Irdquo Academic Press

4 Carr amp Brown ldquoIntroduction to Biomedical Equipment Technologyrdquo Pearson Education Asia

5 Rao amp GuhardquoPrinciples of Medical Electronics amp Biomedical Instrumentationrdquo University Press India

MSP-6043 Bio Impedance Measurement and Analysis

Module-1

Electrolytics Ionic and electronic dc conduction ionization molecular bonds Bulk electrolytic dc conductance

interface phenomena Electrodics and ac phenomena Dielectrics Polarization in uniform dielectric basic

membrane experiment Dispersion and dielectric spectro scopy

Module-2

Electrical properties of tissuses basic biomaterials cells tissue and organs Special electrical properties tissue

anisotropy Tissue dc properties Nerves and muscles excited Piezo electric and triboelectric effect

Module-3

Instrumentation and measurements General network theory The black box admittance Impedance

Immittance Two port Network Reciprocity Theorem Extended Immittance concepts Signal and

measurements dc static values and ac periodic waveforms Aperiodic waveforms spectrum analysis Fourier

transforms Signal generators Operational Amplifiers and Filters Neural Networks and Wavelets Analysis

Module-4

Bridges Impedance Analyzers Lock in amplifiers Digital Lock in amplifiers Analogue lock in amplifiers

Current mode lock in amplifiers Impedance analyzers and LCR meters

Module-5

Applications Electrodes Design and Properties ECG Impedance plethysmography EEG ENGERGEOG

Electrotheraphy Body Composition Cardiac pacing Defirillation Electroshock Electrosurgery

Text Reference Books

S Grimn ldquoBioimpedance and bioelectricityrdquo Springer publication

Jaakko Malmivuo ldquoBioelctromagnetism Principles and Applicationsrdquo springer Publications

MSP-6044 Fractional Delay Filter Design

Module-1

Simple Interpolators suitable for Real Time Fractional Delay Filtering Linearly Interpolated Delay Line (1st-

Order FIR) Allpass Interpolated Delay Line (1st-Order) Linear Interpolation Frequency Responses of

Linear Interpolation for Delays between 0 and 1 Linear Interpolation as a Convolution Up sample Shift

19

Down sample View First-Order Allpass Interpolation Phase Delays of First-Order Allpass Interpolators for

Various Desired Delays

Module-2

Interpolation Overview Well Known Closed-Form Solutions Tabulated Alternative (Order ) Ideal

Bandlimited (Sinc) Interpolation The Sinc Function (Cardinal Sine) Applications of Bandlimited

Interpolation Ideal DA Conversion Ideal DA Example Optimal Least Squares Bandlimited Interpolation

Formulated as a Fractional Delay Filter Truncated-Sinc Interpolation Windowed Sinc Interpolation

Spectrum of Kaiser-windowed Sinc Lowpass Filter Design Oversampling Reduces Filter Length The Digital

Audio Resampling Home Page

Module-3

Interpolator Types Lagrange Interpolation Example Lagrange Basis Functions Lagrange Interpolation

Optimality Proof of Maximum Flatness at DC Lagrange Interpolator Amplitude Responses Orders 1-5

Lagrange Interpolator Phase Delays Orders 1-5 Comments on Lagrange Interpolation Orders 1-5 Order 4

Amplitude Response Over a Range of Fractional Delays Order 4 Phase Delay Over a Range of Fractional

Delays Order 5 Amplitude Response Over a Range of Fractional Delays Order 5 Phase Delay Over a Range

of Fractional Delays Explicit Formula for Lagrange Interpolation Coefficients Lagrange Interpolation

Coefficients Orders 1 2 and 3 Matlab Code For Lagrange Fractional Delay Faust Code For Lagrange

Fractional Delay Faust-Generated C++ Code

Module-4

Faust Test Program for Generating Above Frequency-Response Examples Relation of Lagrange Interpolation

to Windowed Sinc Interpolation Variable FIR Interpolating Filter Farrow Structure for Variable Delay FIR

Filters Farrow Structure Design Procedure Thiran Allpass Interpolators Frequency Responses of Thiran

Allpass Interpolators for Fractional Delay Large Delay Changes L-Infinity Chebyshev) Fractional Delay

Filters Chebyshev FD-FIR Design Example

TextReferences Books

1 Julius O Smith III By Interpolated Delay Lines Ideal Bandlimited Interpolation and Fractional Delay

Filter Design

MSP-6045 Blind Estimation Using Higher-Order Statistics

Module-1

Higher order statistics Introduction Stochastis Processes Moments and Cumulants Pictorial Motivation

for HOS Minimum and Nonminimum Phase systems Cyclostationary signals and statistics Estimation of

Cyclic statistics

Module-2

Blind Signal equalization Introduction Gradient decent algorithms Blind equalization algorithms

Algorithms based on Explicit HOS

Module-3

20

Blind Source separation Introduction Separation quality performance indices Real life problem fetal

ECG extraction Methods based on second order statistics Methods based on higher order statistics

Comparisons

Module-4

Robust Cumulant Estimation Introduction AGTM LMS and LTS Continuous probability density

functions Algorithm Simulation and Results

Text Reference Books

Asoke Kumar Nandi ldquoBlind Estimation using Higher Order Statisticsrdquo 1st Ed Springer Prentice Hall

Elective-III

MSP-6511 Statistical Signal Processing

Module-1

Probability Introduction Spinning pointers and flipping coins Probability spaces Discrete probability spaces

Continuous probability spaces Independence Elementary conditional probability

Module-2

Random variables vectors and processes Distributions of random variables Random vectors and random

processes Distributions of random vectors Independent random variables Conditional distributions Statistical

detection and classification Additive noise Binary detection in Gaussian noise Statistical estimation

Characteristic functions Gaussian random vectors Simple random processes Directly given random processes

Discrete time Markov processes nonelementary conditional probability

Module-3

Expectation and averages Functions of random variables Functions of several random variables Properties of

expectation Conditional expectation Jointly Gaussian vectors Expectation as estimation Implications for linear

estimation Correlation and linear estimation Correlation and covariance functions the central limit theorem

Sample averages Convergence of random variables Weak law of large numbers strong law of large numbers

Stationarity Asymptotically uncorrelated processes

Module-4

Second-order theory Linear filtering of random processes Linear systems IO relations Power spectral densities

Linearly filtered uncorrelated processes Linear modulation White noise Time averages Mean square calculus

linear estimation and filtering a menagerie of processes Discrete time linear models Sums of iid random

variables Independent stationary increment

Module-5

21

Second-order moments of isi processes Specification of continuous time isi processes Moving-average and

autoregressive processes The discrete time GaussndashMarkov process Gaussian random processes The Poisson

counting process Compound processes Composite random processes Exponential modulation thermal noise

Ergodicity Random fields

TextReference Books

Robert M Gray and Lee D Davisson An Introduction to Statistical Signal Processing Cambridge

University Press

Steven M Kay Fundamentals of Statistical Signal Processing Estimation Theory Upper Saddle River

New Jersey USA Prentice-Hall 1993 ISBN-0-13-345711-7

Monsoon H Hayes Statistical Digital Signal Processing and Modeling New York USA Wiley 1996

ISBN-0-471-59431-8

MSP 6512 -OBJECT TRACKING

Module-1

Image-Based Object Tracking Introduction Methodologies Background Subtraction Temporal Difference

between Frames Correlation-Based Tracking Colour-Based Tracking Algorithmic Account

Module-2

Face Recognition Face Recognition Approaches Vector Representation of Images Process Details

Algorithmic Account

Module-3

Soft Computing in Image Processing Fuzzy Logic in Image Processing Algorithmic Account Image

Compression Image CompressionndashDecompression Steps Classifying Image Data Bit Allocation Quantization

Entropy Coding JPEG Compression Algorithmic Account

Module-4

Edge Detection Sobel Operator the Prewitt Operator the Canny Operator The Compass Operator (Edge

Template Matching) The Zero-Crossing Detector Line Detection The Unsharp Filter Algorithmic Account

Text Reference Books

Subhash Challa Robin J Evans Mark R Morelande Darko Mu icki ldquoFundamentals of Object Trackingrdquo

Cambridge UniversityPress June 2020

MSP-6513 Artificial Intelligence

Module-1

Intelligent Agents ndash Agents and environments - Good behavior ndash The nature of environments ndash structure of agents

- Problem Solving - problem solving agents ndash example problems ndash searching for solutions ndash uniformed search

strategies - avoiding repeated states ndash searching with partial information

Module-2

22

SEARCHINGTECHNIQUES Informed search and exploration ndash Informed search strategies ndash heuristic function

ndash local search algorithms and optimistic problems ndash local search in continuous spaces ndash online search agents and

unknown environments - Constraint satisfaction problems (CSP) ndash Backtracking search and Local search for CSP

ndash Structure of problems - Adversarial Search ndash Games ndash Optimal decisions in games ndash Alpha ndash Beta Pruning ndash

imperfect real-time decision ndash games that include an element of chance

Module-3

KNOWLEDGE REPRESENTATION First order logic ndash representation revisited ndash Syntax and semantics for first

order logic ndash Using first order logic ndash Knowledge engineering in first order logic - Inference in First order logic

ndash prepositional versus first order logic ndash unification and lifting ndash forward chaining ndash backward chaining -

Resolution - Knowledge representation - Ontological Engineering - Categories and objects ndash Actions - mental

events and mental objects

Module-4

LEARNING learning from observations - forms of learning - Inductive learning - Learning decision trees -

Ensemble learning - Knowledge in learning ndash Logical formulation of learning ndash Explanation based learning ndash

Learning using relevant information ndash Inductive logic programming - Statistical learning methods - Learning with

complete data - Learning with hidden variable - EM algorithm - Instance based learning Reinforcement learning

Passive reinforcement learning - Active reinforcement learning - Generalization in reinforcement learning

Module-5

Applications Communication ndash Communication as action ndash Formal grammar for a fragment of English ndash

Syntactic analysis ndash Augmented grammars ndash Semantic interpretation ndash Ambiguity and disambiguation ndash

Discourse understanding ndash Grammar induction - Probabilistic language processing - Probabilistic language

models ndash Information retrieval ndash Information Extraction

Text Reference Books

Stuart Russell Peter Norvig ldquoArtificial Intelligence ndash A Modern Approachrdquo 2nd Edition Pearson

Education Prentice Hall of India 2004

Nils J Nilsson ldquoArtificial Intelligence A new Synthesisrdquo Harcourt Asia Pvt Ltd 2000

Elaine Rich and Kevin Knight ldquoArtificial Intelligencerdquo 2nd Edition Tata McGraw-Hill 2003

George F Luger ldquoArtificial Intelligence-Structures And Strategies For Complex Problem Solvingrdquo

Pearson Education PHI 2002

MSP-6514 Biomedical Instrumentation

Module 1

Introduction to the biomedical instrumentation Objectives for instrumentation system component of man-

instrument system problems encountered in measuring a living system biofeedback instrumentation

Measurement systems Specifications of instruments static amp dynamic characteristics classification of errors

23

statistical analysis Introduction to reliability accuracy fidelity speed of response linearization of technique

data acquisition system

Module 2

Detection of physiological parameters using impedance techniques Impedance and current distribution bipolar

and tetra polar circuits skin impedance galvanic skin response measurement total body impedance cardiac

output neural activity respiratory activity impedance plethysmography - resistance and capacitance type

Module 3

Bioelectric amplifiers Special features of bioelectric amplifiers safety requirements realization of bioelectric

amplifiers carrier amplifiers chopper amplifiers phase sensitive detector isolation amplifiers and

instrumentation amplifiers

Module 4

Recording of bioelectric events Analog recording system digital recording and data logging including the use of

microprocessor and flash memory chips Recording of ECG EMG amp EEG signals Holter monitor and cardiac

stress test

Module 5

Patient monitoring system Different component of patient monitoring system sources of artifacts and their

implication organization and equipments used in ICCU amp ITU Computer assisted patient monitoring system

(bedside monitors central monitors measurement of heart rate blood pressure respiratory rate impedance

pneumography apnoea detectors etc) Patient safety and electro medical equipment physiological effects of

electrical currents macroshock and microshock preventive measures to reduce shock hazards Leakage current

isolation of patient circuits safety of electrically susceptible patients radiation hazards and safety shielding open

ground problem and earthing methods

Text References Books

R S Khandpur ldquoHandbook of Bio-Medical Instrumentationrdquo Tata McGraw Hill

Carr amp Brown ldquoIntroduction to Biomedical Equipment Technologyrdquo Pearson Education Asia

Cromwell Weibell amp Pfeiffer ldquoBiomedical Instrumentation amp Measurementrdquo Prentice Hall India

Joseph Bronzino ldquoBiomedical Engineering and Instrumentationrdquo PWS Engg Boston

JWebster ldquoBioinstrumentationrdquo Wiley amp Sons

Joseph DBronzino ldquoThe Biomedical Engineering handbookrdquo CRC Press

Text Books

1 LRRabiner amp BGold ldquoTheory and application of Digital Signal Processingrdquo

2 SKMitra ldquoDigital Signal Processing A computer based approachrdquo TMH

3 JGProkis amp DGManolakis ldquoDigital Signal Processing Principles Algorithm and Applicationsrdquo

PHIPearson Education

4 Oppenheim amp Ronald W Schaferrdquo Digital Signal Processingrdquo Prentice Hall India

5 Andreas Antonion ldquoDigital Filters Analysis amp Designrdquo Prentice Hall India

24

6 R Rabiner amp B Gold ldquoTheory amp Application of Digital Signal processingrdquo PHI

Elective-IV

MSP-6521 Pattern Analysis and Machine Intelligence

Module-1

Introduction ndash Definitions data sets for Pattern recognition Different Paradigms of Pattern Recognition

Representations of Patterns and Classes Feature extraction and Pattern Representation

Concept of Supervised and Unsupervised Classification Introduction to Application Areas

Polynomial curve filtering probability densities Bayesian probabilities Bayesian curve filtering decision theory

minimizing the misclassification rate minimizing the expected loss interference and decision loss functions for

regression

Module-2

Statistical Pattern Recognition Bayes Decision Theory Minimum Error and Minimum Risk Classifiers

Discriminant Function and Decision Boundary Normal Density Discriminant Function for Discrete Features

Parameter Estimation Nonparametric Pattern Classification Density Estimation Nearest Neighbour Rule Fuzzy

Classification

Module-3

Dimensionality Problem Dimension and accuracy Computational Complexity Dimensionality Reduction

Fisher Linear Discriminant Multiple Discriminant Analysis Linear models for classification discriminant

functions least square for classification perception algorithm probabilistic generative models probabilistic

discriminative models Bayesian logistic regression Predictive distribution Linear Discriminant Functions

Separability Two Category and Multi Category Classification Linear Discriminators Perceptron Criterion

Relaxation Procedure Minimum Square Error Criterion Widrow-Hoff Procedure Ho-Kashyap Procedure of

Keslerrsquos Construction

Module-4

Support Vector Machines and Kernel based methods Support Vector Machines -- Introduction obtaining the

optimal hyperplane SVM formulation with slack variables nonlinear SVM classifiers Kernel Functions for

nonlinear SVMs Mercer and positive definite Kernels Support Vector Regression and ε-insensitive Loss

function examples of SVM learning Overview of SMO and other algorithms for SVM ν-SVM and ν-SVR SVM

as a risk minimizer Positive Definite Kernels RKHS Representer Theorem

Module-5

Neural Network Classifier Single and Multilayer Perceptron Back Propagation Learning Hopfield Network

Fuzzy Neural Network Feed-forward network functions weight space symmetries network training parametric

optimization local quadratic approximation error back propagation efficiency of back propogation hessian

matrix diagonal approximation inverse hessian

Module-6

Machine learning learning association Reinforcement learning single state case k-armed bandit elements of

reinforcement learning model-based learning temporal difference learning exploration strategies deterministic

and non deterministic rewards and actions

TextReference Books

RODuda PEHart and DGStork Pattern Classification John Wiley 2002

CMBishop Neural Networks and Pattern Recognition Oxford University Press (Indian Edition) 2003

25

CM Bishop Pattern Recognition and Machine Learning Springer 2006

Pal Sankar K Bandyopadhyay Sanghamitra Biswas Sambhunath ldquoPattern Recognition and Machine

Intelligencerdquo Springer publication

Ethem Alpaydin ldquo Machine Learningrdquo PHI ISBN-81-203-2791-8

MSP-6522 Bio-Medical Image Registration

Module 1

X-rays Production X-rays various components of radiographic systems X-ray tube design X-ray spectrum

rating charts of X-ray tubes Electrical circuit for X-ray mc filament circuits and mA control HT circuits KV

control control of exposure timers collimators scatter and grids absorbed dose basics of tables amp arms

properties of X -ray films ampscreens dark room accessories types of X-ray tubes for various medical applications

(Low KV imaging high KV imaging mammography X-ray system)

Module 2

Photography and film image Principle of photography and radiographic film image film sensitometry

information content of an image image quality factors (resolution contrast noise) MTF Detectors ionization

chamber proportional counter Geiger-Muller counter scintillation detectors semiconductor radiation detector

efficiency and sensitivity of detectors Image intensifier automatic brightness control system image distortion

and artifacts

Module 3

Fluoroscopy and angiography Fluoroscopic imaging system principle specific system design Digital

fluoroscopy-c-arm system Digital subtraction angiography (DSA) digital subtraction programming

Module 4

Radiation therapy Radiotherapy principles dosage data for clinical applications (ISODOSE charts) radiation

therapy planning collimators and beam direction devices dose measurement and treatment planning tele isotope

Modules Safety protocols amp protection

Module 5

Infra red Imaging Physics of thermography Imaging systems clinical themography liquid crystal thermography

Special imaging techniques Cineradiography cinefluorography stereoscopic radiography magnification

radiography microradiography tomography neutron radiography

Text References Books

1 Carr amp Brown ldquoIntroduction to Biomedical Equipment Technologyrdquo Pearson Education Asia

26

2 R S Khandpur ldquoHandbook of Bio-Medical Instrumentationrdquo Tata McGraw Hill

JWebster ldquoBioinstrumentationrdquo Wiley amp Sons

3 Dowsett Kenny amp Johnston ldquoThe Physics of Diagnostic Imagingrdquo Chapman amp Hall

Medical MadrasLondon

MSP-6523 Array Processing

Module-1

Spatial Signals Signals in space and time spatial frequency Direction vs frequency Wave fields Far field and

near field signals

Module -2

Sensor Arrays Spatial sampling Nyquist criterion Sensor arrays Uniform linear arrays planar and random

arrays Array transfer (steering) vector Array steering vector for ULA Broadband arrays

Module-3

Spatial Frequency Aliasing in spatial frequency domain Spatial Frequency Transform Spatial spectrum Spatial

Domain Filtering Beam Forming Spatially white signal

Module-4

Direction of Arrival Estimation Non parametric methods - Beam forming and Capon methods Resolution of

Beam forming method Subspace methods - MUSIC Minimum Norm and ESPRIT techniques Spatial

Smoothing

TextReference Books

1Dan E Dugeon and Don H Johnson (1993) Array Signal Processing Concepts and Techniques

Prentice Hall

2Petre Stoica and Randolph L Moses (2005 1997) Spectral Analysis of Signals Prentice Hall

3Bass J McPheeters C Finnigan J Rodriguez E Array Signal Processing [Connexions Web site]

MSP-6524 Spectral Estimations

Module-1

Power Spectral Density Energy spectral density of deterministic signals Power spectral density of random

signals Properties of PSD

Module-2

PSD Estimation - Non-parametric methods Estimation of PSD from finite data Non-parametric methods

Periodogram properties bias and variance analysis Blackman-Tuckey method Window design considerations

time-bandwidth product and resolution -variance trade-offs in window design refined periodogram methods

Bartlet method and Welch method

Module-3

PSD Estimation - Parametric methods Parametric method for rational spectra Covariance structure of ARMA

process AR signals Yule- Walker method Least square method Levinson-Durbin Algorithm MA signals

Modified Yule-Walker method Two-stage least square method Burg method for AR parameter estimation

27

Module-4

Parametric method for line spectra Models of sinusoidal signals in noise Non-linear least squares method higher

order Yule-Walker method MUSIC and Pisayenko methods Min-norm method ESPRIT method

Module-5

Filterbank methods Filterbank interpretation of periodogram Slepia base-band filters refined filterbank method

for higher resolution spectral analysis Capon method Introduction to higher order spectra

TextReferences Books

1Introduction to Spectral Analysis Stoica RL Moses Prentice Hall

2Modern Spectral Estimation Theory amp Applications Kay SM Prentice Hall

MSP-6525 Speech Analysis and Processes

Module-1

Nature of speech signal speech production mechanism classification of speech sounds nature of speech signal

models of speech production

Speech signal processing purpose of speech processing digital models for speech signal digital processing of

speech signals significance short time analysis

Module-2

Time domain methods for speech processing Time domain parameters of speech methods for extracting the

parameters Zero crossings Auto correlation function pitch estimation

Module-3

Frequency domain methods for speech processing Short time Fourier analysis filter bank analysis

spectrographic analysis Format extraction pitch extraction Analysis synthesis systems

Module-4

linear predictive coding of speech Formulation of linear prediction problem in time domain solution of normal

equations Interpretation of linear prediction in auto correlation and spectral domains

Module-5

Homomorphic speech analysis Cepstral analysis of speech format and pitch estimation Applications of speech

processing - Speech recognition Speech synthesis and speaker verification

TextReference Books

28

1 LR Rabiner and RE Schafer Digital processing of speech signals Prentice Hall 1978

2 JL Flanagan Speech Analysis Synthesis and Perception - 2nd Edition - Sprenger Vertag 1972

3 IHWitten Principles of Computer Speech Academic press 1983

Elective V

MSP-7011 Fault Tolerant Computing

Module ndash1

Fault Tolerance Fundamentals and Triple Modular Redundancy Advanced Combinational Logic Design

Module ndash2

Verilog Language - Standard Combinational Logic Concurrency and Sequential Logic Tri-State Logic and

Examples

Module ndash3

State Machines ndash Timing Analysis False Paths Counters Synthesis to Handle Timing Delays Asynchronous

Inputs State Machine Synchronizers

Module ndash4

Fault Tolerance -- Time and Information Redundancy Parity Arithmetic Cyclic and Hamming

Codes Computer Arithmetic Wallace Tree Multipliers and Dividers

Module ndash5

Testing Fault Modeling and Test Generation Built-In Self-Testing Design for Testability

Packaging and Rapid Prototyping ndash Microprocessor Design

TextReferences book

P Lala Self-Checking and Fault-Tolerant Digital Design Morgan Kaufmann Publishers 2001

D Thomas and P Moorby The Verilog Hardware Description Language 5th Ed Springer 2002

M Bushnell and V Agarwal Essentials of Electronic Testing for Digital Memory amp Mixed-Signal VLSI

Circuits Springer 2000

MSP-7012 Soft Computing

Module-1

FUZZY SET THEORY Introduction to Neuro ndash Fuzzy and Soft Computing ndash Fuzzy Sets ndash Basic Definition

and Terminology ndash Set-theoretic Operations ndash Member Function Formulation and Parameterization ndash Fuzzy Rules

and Fuzzy Reasoning ndash Extension Principle and Fuzzy Relations ndash Fuzzy If-Then Rules ndash Fuzzy Reasoning ndash

29

Fuzzy Inference Systems ndash Mamdani Fuzzy Models ndash Sugeno Fuzzy Models ndash Tsukamoto Fuzzy Models ndash Input

Space Partitioning and Fuzzy Modeling

Module-2

OPTIMIZATION Derivative-based Optimization ndash Descent Methods ndash The Method of Steepest Descent ndash

Classical Newtonrsquos Method ndash Step Size Determination ndash Derivative-free Optimization ndash Genetic Algorithms ndash

Simulated Annealing ndash Random Search ndash Downhill Simplex Search

Module-3

NEURALNETWORKS Supervised Learning Neural Networks ndash Perceptrons - Adaline ndash Backpropagation

Mutilayer Perceptrons ndash Radial Basis Function Networks ndash Unsupervised Learning Neural Networks ndash

Competitive Learning Networks ndash Kohonen Self-Organizing Networks ndash Learning Vector Quantization ndash

Hebbian Learning

Module-4

NEUROFUZZYMODELING Adaptive Neuro-Fuzzy Inference Systems ndash Architecture ndash Hybrid Learning

Algorithm ndash Learning Methods that Cross-fertilize ANFIS and RBFN ndash Coactive Neuro Fuzzy Modeling ndash

Framework Neuron Functions for Adaptive Networks ndash Neuro Fuzzy Spectrum

Module-5

APPLICATIONSOFCOMPUTATIONALINTELLIGENCE Printed Character Recognition ndash Inverse

Kinematics Problems ndash Automobile Fuel Efficiency Prediction ndash Soft Computing for Color Recipe Prediction

TEXTBOOK

JSRJang CTSun and EMizutani ldquoNeuro-Fuzzy and Soft Computingrdquo PHI 2004 Pearson Education

2004

Simon Haykins ldquo Artificial Neural Networksrdquo Tata McGraw Hill

REFERENCES 1 TimothyJRoss ldquoFuzzy Logic with Engineering Applicationsrdquo McGraw-Hill 1997

2 Davis EGoldberg ldquoGenetic Algorithms Search Optimization and Machine Learningrdquo Addison Wesley

NY 1989

3 S Rajasekaran and GAVPai ldquoNeural Networks Fuzzy Logic and Genetic Algorithmsrdquo PHI 2003

4 REberhart PSimpson and RDobbins ldquoComputational Intelligence - PC Toolsrdquo AP Professional

Boston 1996

MSP-7013 Bio Medical Signal Modeling

Module-1

30

Introduction to Biomedical Signals Nature of Biomedical Signals Examples of Biomedical Signals ndashEMG ECG

EEG ERPs PCGVMG VAG Objectives of Biomedical Signal Analysis Difficulties in Biomedical Signal

Analysis Concurrent Coupled and Correlated Processes-

Illustration of the Problem with Case-Studies

Module-2

Filtering for Removal of Artifacts- Illustration of the Problem with Case-StudiesTime-Domain Filters

Frequency-Domain Filters Optimal Filtering The Wiener Filter Adaptive Filters for Removal of Interference

Selecting an Appropriate Filter Application Removal of Artifacts in the ECG Event Detection Detection of

Events and Waves Correlation Analysis of EEG channels Cross-spectral Techniques

Module-3

The Matched Filter Detection of the P Wave Homomorphic Filtering Application- ECG Rhythm Analysis

Identification of Heart Sounds Waveshape and waveform Complexity Analysis of Event-related Potentials

Morphological Analysis of ECG Waves Envelope Extraction and Analysis of Activity Application- Normal and

Ectopic ECG Beats Analysis of Exercise ECG Frequency-domain Characterization The Fourier Spectrum

Estimation of the Power Spectral Density Function Measures Derived form PSDs Modeling Biomedical

Systems Point Processes Parametric System Modeling Autoregressive of Allpole Modeling Pole-Zero Modeling

Module-4

Electromechanical Models of Signal Generation Application- Heart-rate Variability Spectral Modeling and

Analysis of PCG Analysis of Nonstationary Signals Time-Variant Systems Fixed Segmentation Adaptive

Segmentation Use of Adaptive Filters for Segmentation Application- Adaptive Segmentation of EEG Signals

Adaptive Segmentation of PCG Signals

Module-5

Pattern Classification and Diagnostic Decision Pattern Classification Supervised Pattern Classification

Unsupervised Pattern Classification Probabilistic Models and Statistical Decision Logistic regression Analysis

The Training and Test Steps Neural Networks Measures of Diagnostic Accuracy and Cost Reliability of

Classifier and Decisions

Books and References

1 R M Rangayyan ldquoBiomedical Signal Analysis- A case study approachrdquo Wiley Publications

2 Eugene N Bruce ldquoBiomedical signal processing and signal modelingrdquo Wiley publications

MSP-7014 Shape Analysis and Classifications

Module-1

31

Introduction to shape analysis morphology of plant leave morphological classification gaglion cells

computational shape analysis shape eprocessing shape classification

Module-2

Basic mathematical concept proportional logic functions free variable transformation complex functions linear

algebra scalar vector matrix vector space linear transformation

Module-3

Shape acquisition and processing image representation image formation gray level images image sampling

binary images shape sampling colour digital image video sequences multi spectral images voxel

Module-4

Shape concept introduction to two dimensional shape continuous two dimensional shape planer shape

transformation characterization of 2D shapes in terms of features representation of 2D shapes

Module-5

Shape recognition and classification some basic concept in classifications feature extraction feature

normalization supervised pattern classification bayes decision theory principles and Bayesian classification

Unsupervised classification and clustering basic concept and issues scatter matrices deposition measures

hierarchical clustering

Text References Books

Luciano da fortoura costa and Roberto Marcondes Cesar Jr ldquoShape Analysis and Classificationsrdquo Library

of congress cataloguing publication

MSP-7015 Advanced DSP Architectures

Module-1

Architecture of TMS 320C54X processors Addressing modes Assembly instructions Pipelining Interrupts

Clock generator Timer Serial ports Parallel ports Host-port interface (HPI) Comparison with TMS320C55X

processor architecture and instruction set

Module-2

Architecture of TMS 320C67X processor CPU data paths and control Addressing modes Instruction set

Pipeline operation

Module-3

Interfacing with serial IO AD DA converters Parallel interfacing Interfacing with RAM EEPROMs

FPGAs Wait state generation DSP tools Assembler Debugger C compiler Linker and loader

32

Module-4

VLIW Architecture Multiprocessor DSPs SHARC SIMD MIMD Architectures and Analog Devices DSPs

Applications Digital Filter Adaptive filter Spectrum analyzer Echo cancellation Modem Voice synthesis and

recognition

TextReference Books

1 BVenkataramani amp MBhaskar Digital Signal Processor Architecture Programming and

ApplicationsMcGraw- Hill2003

2 SSrinivasan amp Avtar Singh Digital Signal Processing Implementations using DSP Microprocessors with

Examples from TMS320C54X BrooksCole 2004

3 N Kehtarnavaz amp M Kerama DSP System Design using the TMS320C6000 Printice Hall 2001

4 SM Kuo amp BHLee Real-Time Digital Signal Processing Implementations

MSP-7016 New Technologies in Image Processing

Elective VI

MSP-7021 Machine Vision

Module-1

Introduction nature of the vision the process of reorganizations tackling the reorganization problem object

location scene analysis vision as inverse graphics

Module-2

Low level vision image and imaging operations gray scale vs color image processing operations some basic

operations on gray scale images basic operation on binary images noise separation by image accumulation

convolutions and points spread functions sequential vs parallel operations

Moudle-3

Introduction to edge detection Basic theory of edge detection Binary Safe analysis Connectedness in binary

images object leveling and counting size filtering Skelton and thinning

Module-4

Intermediate level vision Line detection Application of the Hough transform to line detection The foot of

Normal method Final Line filtering Circle Detection Hough based scheme for circular object detection

Module-5

3-D vision and motion Introduction to three dimensional word Three dimensional vision- the variety methods

Projection schemes for three dimensional vision Shape and shading Photometric stereo Real time pattern

recognition system Process of inspection Types of the object to be inspected

TextReference Books

ER Davies Machine Vision- Theory algorithms practicalities 3rd Edition Elsevier

33

MSP -7022 New Technologies in Signal Processing

All latest research papers will be referred to for teaching

MSP 7023 Real Time DSP Design and Applications

Module-1

Introduction to digital processor and general purpose digital processor Architectures of DSP processors Fixed

and floating point processor Generic architectures for special applications streaming media

Module-2

Introduction in high performance DSP architectures TMS320C6xxx TMS320C54xx hardware architecture of

C6000 Functional units Use of the main blocks in program implementation C6xxx instructions C6xxx memory

map and peripherals

Module-3

Concept of Real time operating systems and DSP applications DSP BIOS Implementation scenarios for media

processors Software development using media processors Code Composer Studio Media processors based on

C64x TI C64x software platform advanced software support DaVinci Applications of media processors in

embedded multimedia applications Future solutions FPGA

TextReference Books

Steven W Smith The Scientist and Engineers Guide to Digital Signal Processing California Technical

Publishing San Diego California1999

David J Katz Rick Gentile Embedded Media Processing Newnes 2005

Rulph Chassaing DSP Applications Using C and the TMS320C6x DSK John Wiley amp Sons 2000 ISBNs

0-471-20754-3

MSP-7024 SOC Design Testing amp Verification

Module-1

VLSI design flow Introduction to electronic system testing and test economics Fault modeling (Stuck-at Bridge

Delay and Cross-talk fault models) Fault simulation

Module-2

Test generation for combinational circuits ATPG algorithms (D-Algorithm PODEM and FAN) Test generation

complexity Test generation for sequential circuits

34

Module-3

Time frame expansion model Design for test Built-In Self Test (BIST) Memory test Delay test SoC test issues

and methodologies test data compression and power conscious testing fault diagnosis and Synthesis for test

Module-4

High level design flow and verification issues Simulation based verification Formal verification techniques

Model checking equivalence checking SAT solvers BDDs

Module-5

Symbolic model checking with BDDs Semi-formal Verification techniques Symbolic Simulation Bounded

Model Checking Sequential ATPG based Model Checking

Reference

1 M L Bushnell and VD Agrawal Essentials of Electronic Testing for Digital Memory and Mixed Signal

VLSI Circuits Springer 2005

2 H Fujiwara Logic Testing and Design for Testability MIT Press 1985

3 M Abramovici M Breuer and A Friedman Digital System Testing and Testable Design IEEE Press

1994

4 M Huth and M Ryan Logic in Computer Science Cambridge Univ Press 2004

MSP-7025 Bio-Medical Image Analysis

Module ndash1

Introduction to Basic concepts - Nature of biomedical images Objectives of biomedical image analysis

Fundamentals of image processing MATLAB image processing toolbox Introduction to medical imaging

modalities ndash X-ray Ultrasound CT PET and MRI Driving problems in biomedical imaging

Module ndash2

Image Enhancement - Gray-scale transforms (windowing gamma correction) Histogram transformation

(equalization specification limitations of global operations local-area histogram equalization adaptive-

neighbourhood histogram equalization) Convolution and correlation operations Fourier transform and spectral

content (important properties of 2d-DFT) Adaptive

contrast enhancement

Module ndash3

Edge Detection and Morphology - Computing the gradient Roberts Prewitt Sobel operators Second derivative

ndash Laplacian Canny edge detector Edge linking - Local processing Hough transform Dilation Erosion Opening

Closing Boundary extraction Region filling Hit or Miss transform Thinning Thickening Skeletonization

Pruning

Module ndash4

35

Image Filtering - Characterization of artifacts Random noise Examples of noise pdfs Thresholding Edge

detection Spatial-domain filters (the mean filter the median filter order-statistic filters adaptive filters gradient-

based filter smoothing filters sharpening filters) Frequency-domain filters (removal of high-frequency noise

removal of periodic artifacts smoothing filters sharpening filters homomorphic filtering optimal filtering-

wiener filter)

Module ndash5

Image Processing with Wavelets - Introduction Wavelets for the image 2D wavelet decomposition

Approximation and detail coefficients Horizontal vertical and diagonal details Two representations of

decomposition Approximations and details Edge detection and textures Fusion of images Mixing of images

De-noising of images

Text amp Reference Books

1 John L Semmlow Biosignal and Biomedical Image Processing MATLAB-Based Applications

Marcel Dekker 2004

2 Rangaraj M Rangayyan Biomedical Image Analysis CRC Press 2005

3 William K Pratt Digital Image Processing John-Wiley 2001

4 Milan Sonka Vaclav Hlavac and Roger Boyle Image processing analysis and machine vision 2nd edition

BrooksCole 1999

MSP-7026 Advanced Wavelets

Module-1

Introduction Review of Lp spaces and Fourier transforms

Module-2

Orthonormal bases Riesz bases and frames Wavelet construction orthogonal semi-orthogonal and bi-orthogonal

wavelets

Module-3

Haar wavelets Multiresolution analysis DETERMINISTIC AND Non-stationary wavelet construction

Statistically matched wavelets

Module-4

Reproducing kernel Hilbert spaces Bandlimited functions and Shannons theorem

Module-5

36

Continuous and discrete wavelet transforms further wavelet constructions multi-Wavelets

Textbooks and Reference

Ingrid Daubechies Ten lectures on wavelets SIAM

CK Chui An introduction to wavelets Academic Press

Gerald Kaiser A friendly guide to wavelets Birkhaumluser

LIST OF ELECTIVES One course has to be selected from each group

Group 1

EC6121 Advanced Computer Architecture

EC6122 Analog Filter Design

EC 6123 Computer aided design of VLSI Systems

Group 2

EC6131 Deep Submicron VLSI Design

EC 6132 Microcontroller based system design

EC6133 Mixed Signal Circuits

Group 3

EC 6611 Computer Networks

EC6612 Memory Design and Testing

EC6613 RF Circuits in CMOS Technology

Group 4

EC6621 Embedded Software

EC6622 Reliability

EC6623 Testing and Diagnosing of Digital Systems

Group 5

EC7111 Fault-Tolerant Computing

EC7112 Internet enabled embedded devices

EC71113 Soft Computing

Group 6

EC7121 Concept of Electronic Design Automation

EC7122 Selected topics in Embedded Systems

EC7123 Selected topics in VLSI Design

EC511 Analog IC design

MOSFET small signal model analysis of current mirrors simple cascode and wide swing

cascode current mirror analysis of differential amplifiers Single ended and Differential

Operation Qualitative and Quantitative Analysis of Differential pair Common Mode

response Gilbert Cell MOS operational amplifier theory and design performance

characteristics linear and non linear applications Voltage reference circuits with emphasis

on supply independent biasing and temperature-independent references Oscillators Ring

LC and voltage controlled oscillators phase lock loop

Reference Books

1 Razavi ldquo Design of Analog CMOS Integrated circuitsrdquo McGraw Hill 2000

2 Paul B Gray and Robert G Meyer ldquoAnalysis and Design of Analog Integrated

Circuitsrdquo Wiley international 1996

3 D A Johns and Martin ldquoAnalog Integrated Circuit Designrdquo John Wiley 1997

4 Gregorian and G C Temes ldquoAnalog MOS Integrated Circuits for Signal Processing

Behzadrdquo John Wiley 1986

5 R L Geiger P E Allen and N R Strader ldquoVLSI Design Techniques for Analog amp

Digital Circuitsrdquo McGraw Hill 1990

6 Kenneth R Laker Willy MC Sensen ldquoDesign of Analog Integrated circuits and

systemsrdquo McGraw Hill 1994

EC512 IC Technology LTP(300)

Material properties crystal structure point defects dislocations electronic properties of

defects Crystal growth and wafer preparation Epitaxy Vapour ndashphase molecular beam

epitaxy oxidation Lithography Etching Dielectric and polysilicon film deposition

Diffusion Ion implantation Metallization Packaging of VLSI devices Yield and

reliability Nanoscale devices MEMs

Reference Books

1 S M Sze ldquoVLSI Technologyrdquo TMH

2 G S May and S M Sze ldquoFundamentals of Semiconductor Fabricationrdquo Wiely

3 S K Gandhi ldquoVLSI fabrication Principlesrdquo John Wiely amp Sons Inc 1994

4 BG Streetman ldquoSolid State Electronics Devicesrdquo Prentice Hall 2002

5 Chen ldquoVLSI Technologyrdquo Wiley March 2003

EC513VLSI Design

MOSFET structure I-V relationship threshold voltage MOS capacitance MOS scaling

and geometry effects Depletion and enhancement load MOS inverter CMOS inverter

static and dynamic characteristic Power Dissipation Basic fabrication process of MOS

CMOS BIMOS Stick diagram Design rules Layout design Design of static and dynamic

combinational logic circuits Tranmission gates complementary pass transistor logic Static

and Dynamic Sequential logic circuit design PLA memory FPGA VLSI design tools

Reference Books

1 Kang amp Leblebigi ldquoCMOS Digital IC Circuit Analysis amp Designrdquo- McGraw Hill

2003

2 ldquoDigital Integrated Circuits Designrdquo Pearson Education Second Edition 2003

3 Weste and Eshraghian ldquoPrinciples of CMOS VLSI designrdquo Addison-Wesley 2002

EC 561 Digital System Design

High level specification of combinational system Combinational modules and modular

networks RMC expansion and different types of switching functions Concept of multiple

valued logic T-gate etc Introduction to VerilogVHDL programming

Sequential system design FSM synchronous machines minimization of flow tables of

completely and incompletely specified machines State assignments decomposition of FSM

amp Composite machines Asynchronous sequential machines and race problems Algorithmic

state machine design and modeling

Reference Books

1 Z Khoavi ldquoSwitching and finite Automata Theoryrdquo TMH

2 J Bhaskar ldquo A Verilog Primerrdquo BS Publications

3 Charles HRoth Jr ldquoFundamentals of Logic Designrdquo 4th Edition Jaico Publishing

House 2000

4 M Ercegovac T Lang and LJ Moreno ldquoDigital Systems and HardwareFirmware

algorithimsrdquo John Wiley

5 Taub H amp Schilling B ldquoDigital Integrated Electronicsrdquo Mc Graw Singapore

2001

6 Greenfield JD ldquoPractical Digital Design using ICsrdquo JohnWiley

7 Donald D Givone ldquoDigital Principles and Designrdquo Tata McGraw-Hill 2003

EC562 Digital Signal Processing

Convergence of FT Relationship of FT with ZT Cepstrum Digital resonators Notch

Filter Comb filter All-pass filter design

Goetzel algorithm Chirp-Z transforms Quantization effects in the computation of DFT

Lattice structure of FIRIIR Quantization of Filter coefficient

Design of FIR Differentiators Hilbert Transforms Multi rate DSP Decimation

Interpolation Poly phase filter structure Sampling rate conversion Applications of Multi

rates signal processing

LPC Forward amp Backward Linear prediction Levinson Durbin Algorithm Sehuir

Algorithm AR amp ARMA Lattice filters Wiener filters

Estimation of spectra for finite duration observations of signals Eigen analysis Algorithms

of spectral estimation

Adaptive filters NMS LM Kalman Extended Kalman Particle filters and applications

Speech recognition speaker recognition fractional delay filters

Reference Books

1 Proakis amp Manolaki ldquoDigital Signal Processingrdquo ndash PHI India

2 Sanjit K Mitra ldquoDigital Signal Processing A computer based approachrdquo Pr5 TMH 2nd

Edition 2003

3 Oppenheim AV and Schafer ldquoDiscrete time Signal Processingrdquo RN Prentice Hall

EC514 Analog IC Design lab

EC563 Digital system design lab

EC564 Self study open area seminar - I

EC 611 Embedded System Design

The concept of embedded systems design Embedded microcontroller cores embedded

memories interfacing parallel and serial ports analog and digital interfacing digital signal

processing-sub system interfacing USB interface Design tracks due to process

compatibility thermal considerations software aspects of embedded systems real time

programming languages and operating systems for embedded systems

Reference Books

1 Raj Kamal ldquoEmbedded Systemrdquo TMH 2004

2 Kennth J Ayala ldquoThe 8051 Microcontrollerrdquo Thomson DelMar Learning 2006

3 Deshmukh ldquoMicrocontrollersrdquo TMH 2006

4 Rajiv Kapadia ldquo8051 Microcontroller amp Embedded systemsrdquo Jaico 2006

5 Wayne Wolf ldquoComputer as componentsrdquo Harcourt India Pvt Ltd 2002

6 Real time System and Analysis by Philip A Laplante Wiley 2006

EC6121 Advanced Computer Architecture

Parallel Computer Models Program and Network Properties Principles of scalable

performance processor and Memory Hierarchy Bus Cache and Shared Memory

Pipelining and Super scalar techniques Introduction to Scalable Architecture

Multiprocessors and Multi Computers Multivector and SIMD Computers Scalable

Multithread and Dataflow Architectures Introduction to Compilers and Operating Systems

Reference Books

1 Kai Hwang ldquoAdvanced computer architecturerdquo TMH 2000

2 Harvey G Cragonrdquo Memory System and Pipelined processorsrdquo Narosa

Publication 1998

3 V Rajaranam amp C S R Murthy ldquoParallel computerrdquo PHI 2002

4 RKGhose Rajan Moona amp Phalguni Gupta ldquoFoundation of Parallel Processingrdquo

Narosa Publications 2003

5 DSima TFountain PKasuk ldquoAdvanced Computer Architecture-A Design space

Approachrdquo Addison Wesley1997

6 M J Flynn ldquoComputer Architecture Pipelined and Parallel Processor Designrdquo

Narosa Publishing 1998

7 Hwan and Briggs ldquoComputer Architecture and Parallel Processingrdquo MGH 1999

EC6122 Analog Filter Design

Filter design process Frequency response of bilinear transfer function Design and synthesis

of first and second order filters using OP- Amp OTAOTIA and current conveyers (CCI

CCII CCCII CCCII with negative resistance) Switched capacitor filters MOSFET-C

filters Sensitivity analysis of filters Dynamic translinear circuits recent trends

Reference Books

1 R Schaumann M S Ghausi K R Laker ldquoDesign of analog Filters passive

active RC and switched capacitorrdquo Printice Hall

2 LD Paarmann ldquoDesign and Analysis of Analog Filters A signal processing

perspectiverdquo Kluwer Academic Publisher

3 M E Van Valkenburg ldquoAnalog Filter Designrdquo Oxford University Press

4 C Toumazou F J Lidgey and D G Haigh Analog IC design the current-

mode approach IEEE Press

EC 6123 Computer aided design of VLSI Systems

Algorithmic problems deterministic algorithms randomized algorithm asymptotic

analysis NP hardness solving NP hard problems Graph algorithm Linear programming

divide and conquer dynamic programming greedy methods combinatorial search and

heuristic methods algorithms design for VLSI algorithm design for circuit layout

placement routing floor planning partitioning and finite state machine minimization

Reference Books

1 S M Trimberger ldquoIntroduction to CAD for VLSIrdquo Kluwer Academic Publishers

2 S M Rubin ldquoComputer Aids for VLSI Designrdquo Addison-Wesley

3 Christophn Meinel amp Throsten Theobold ldquoAlgorithm and Data Structures for VLSI

Designrdquo 2002

4 Rolf Drechsheler ldquoEvolutionary Algorithm for VLSIrdquo

EC6131 Deep Submicron VLSI Design

Study of power dissipation in digital ICs Technology and device scaling Power estimation

techniques Low power flip flop and latch design Low power logic gate design clocked

gating switching activity reduction parallel and pipelined architecture at low voltage Low

voltage low power arithmetic circuit Low power clocked tree design

Reference Books

1 Kaushik Roy Sharat Prasad ldquoLow-Power CMOS VLSI Circuit Designrdquo Wiley

2000

2 Yeo and Roy ldquo Low voltage low power VLSI subsystemsrdquo Mc Graw Hill 2004

3 Gary K Yeap ldquoPractical Low Power Digital VLSI Designrdquo Kluwer Academic

2002

4 Yeap Gary ldquoPractical Low Power Digital VLSI Designrdquo Kluwer Academic

Publishers Boston 1998

5 Soudris Dimitrios Pignet Chirstian and Goutis Costas ldquoDesigning CMOS

Circuits for Low Powerrdquo Klumer Academic Publishers Boston 2002

6 Roy K and Prasad SC ldquoLow Power CMOS VLSIrdquo Circuit Design John

Wiley New York 2000

EC 6132 Microcontroller based system design

Introduction to microprocessor based applications RISC and CISC architecture in

microcontrollers Microcontroller architecture Memory Organization program memory

and data memory External data memory register file and IO registers port IO Timer

Interrupts User IO interfacing Data acquisition(8051 and AVR microcontrollers)

Instructions Programming

Reference Books

1 Mazidi and Mazidi ldquoThe 8051 Microcontrollerrdquo PHI 2006

2 The 8051 Microcontroller by Kennth J Ayala Thomson DelMar Learning 2006

3 Microcontrollers and microcomputers by F M Cady Oxford Press 2006

4 John Catsoulis ldquo Designing Embedded Hardwarerdquo Orsquoreily 2005

EC6133 Mixed Signal Circuits

BiCMOS Devices and technology Analog and digital subcircuits Current mode signal

processing Continuous time and sampled data signal processing ADC and DAC Nyquist

and oversampled converters Analog VLSI interconnects Statistical modeling of devices

and circuits Multipliers Computer aided network design Analog and digital circuitsrsquo

layout

Reference Books

1 Baker R Jacob ldquoCMOS Mixed Signal Circuitsrdquo John Wiley amp Sons

2 G H Sanchez D V Garcma D L Vega A RRueda ldquoOscillation-based Test In

Mixed-signal Circuitsrdquo Springer

EC 6611 Computer Networks

Introduction to computer communication networks and layered architecture overview

Packet switching and fast packet switching Point to point protocols and links ARQ

retransmission strategies Selective repeat ARQ Framing and standard Data Link control

protocol-HDLC SDLC LAPD Queuing models in communication networks Multi access

Communication and multiple access protocols

ALOHA slotted ALOHA CSMA CSMDCD Performance modeling and analysis

Local Area Networks Ethernet token ring and FDDI design and analysis Internetworking

issues Bridges Routers and Switched networks Routing and flow control algorithms in data

networks TCPIP protocols ISDN Broadband networks ATM frame relay and Gigabit

Ethernet Traffic management in ATM networks Network security

Reference Books

1 William Stallings ldquo Data and Computer Communicationrdquo by Prentice hall Seventh

edition

2 William Stallings ldquo Cryptography and Network securityrdquo by PHI Third edition

3 Fred Halsall ldquo Data Communications Computer Networks and Open Systemsrdquo by

Pearson Education Fourth edition

4 William Shay ldquo Understanding data Communication and Networksrdquo Thomson press

Second edition

5 Andrew S Tanenbaum ldquo Computer Networksrdquo Pearson Education fourth edition

EC6612 Memory Design and Testing

Review of MOS structure scaled down MOSFET and CMOS Processing Processing for

memories Multipoly floating gate and control gate trench capacitors and thin oxide

Inverter design choice of WL and noise margin calculation cascode and differential

inverters SRAM and DRAM cell design basic cell structures modeling and design

equationsDecoder Design Sense Amplifiers necessity for Sense Amplifier voltage and

current and Sense Amplifier Reference voltage generation influence of Sense Amplifier

performance on cell architecture Peripheral circuits Memory testing modeling instruction

to functional testing and built in self test Nonvolatile memories

Reference Books

1 R D Adams ldquoHigh Performance Memory Testing Design Principles Fault

Modeling and Self-Test (Frontiers in Electronic Testing)rdquo Kluwer Academic Press

2 Sharma Ashok K ldquoSemiconductor Memories Technology Testing and

Reliabilityrdquo Prentice Hall of India New Delhi 1997

3 Sharma Ashok K ldquoSemiconductor Memories Technology Testing and

4 Reliabilityrdquo Wiley-IEEE Press New York 2002

5 Sharma Ashok K ldquoSemiconductor Memoriesrdquo Two-Volume Set Wiley-IEEE

Press New York 2003

EC6613 RF Circuits in CMOS Technology

MOSFET behavior at RF frequencies and their Spice modeling Parasitic elements at

higher frequencies RF filter design matching and biasing networks VLSI Implementation

of RF system blocks LNA design with VLSI technology mixers Oscillators VCO RF

synthesizers Power amplifier design

Reference Books

1 B Razavi ldquoRF Microelectronicsrdquo PHI 1998

2 T H Lee ldquoDesign of CMOS RF Integrated Circuitsrdquo Cambridge University press

1998

3 YP Tsividis ldquoMixed Analog and Digital Devices and Technologyrdquo TMH 1996

EC6621 Embedded Software

Embedded software features design patterns for embedded software models of

computation assemblers interpreters compilers C in embedded environment high level

embedded programming languages Optimization of execution time energy and power

program size Program validation and testing embedded operating system processes

context switching scheduling policies inter process communication power optimization

strategies Real time OS distributed embedded systems

Reference Books

1 David E Simon An embedded software primer Pearson education Asia 2001

2 Raymond JA Bhur and Donald LBialey An Introduction to real time systems

Design to networking with CC++ Prentice Hall Inc New Jersey 1999

3 Grehan Moore and Cyliax Real time Programming A guide to 32 Bit Embedded

Development Reading Addison-Wesley-Longman 1998

4 Heath Steve Embedded Systems Design Newnes 1997

5 Real time System amp Software by Alan c Shaw Wiley 2005

6 Sriram V Iyer and Pankaj Gupta ldquoEmbedded Real-time Systems Programmingrdquo

TMH 2006

EC6622 Reliability

Reliability Fundamentals Introduction to reliability mathematics Set theory Probability

theory Random Variables Discrete distributions Continuous distributions Stochastic

process Markov Chains Reliability Analysis of Series Parallel Systems Reliability

Analysis of Non Series Parallel Systems Reliability Prediction Reliability allocation

Maintainability and Availability Reliability Testing Redundancy Techniques for

Reliability Optimization Software Reliability Reliability analysis of special systems like

Computer Communication Networks Phased Mission Systems

Reference Book

1 K K Agarwal ldquoReliability Engineeringrdquo Kluwer Academic press

EC6623 Testing and Diagnosing of Digital Systems

Various types of faults in digital system Algebraic methods of fault detection Boolean

difference method ENF SPOOF methods Fault simulation techniques deductive

concurrent and stochastic methods CAD methods of fault detection Path sensitization D-

algorithm PODEM and FAN algorithm Self checking and fail-safe logic Fault secure

self testing design of totally self-checking checker fail safe design totally self-checking

PLA design Design for testability controllability and observability Design of testable

combinational logic circuits RMC use of control logic and syndrome testable design State

identification and checking experiments on sequential machines Easily testable

diagnosable FSM design Use of random testing transition-count testing and signature

analysis Scan path technique Level-sensitive scan design Built-in-test for VLSI chips

etc Testing of memories and microprocessors

Reference Books

1 MAbramoviciMA Breuer AD Friedman ldquoDigital Systems Testing amp Testable

Designrdquo (ISBN 0-7803-1602-4) IEEE Press

2 PK Lala ldquoFault Tolerant amp Testable Hardware Designrdquo Prentice Hall Inc

3 Christophn Meinel amp Throsten Theobold ldquoAlgorithm and Data Structures for VLSI

DesignrdquoSpringer 2002

EC 614 Embedded System Lab

EC 6631 Deep submicron VLSI design lab

EC 664 Minor Project -I

EC7111 Fault-Tolerant Computing

Concept of reliability Parallel computing modules and architectures Applications of coding

theory for fault-tolerant systems Redundancies static dynamic and hybrid Architecture of

fault-tolerant computers Fault-tolerant multiprocessors and distributed systems principles

Various concepts of operating system Study of fault-tolerance in softwares Introduction to

the concept of system diagnosis

Reference Books

1 D K Pradhan (Editor) ldquoFault-tolerant computing theory and techniques Vol- 1 amp

2 rdquo Printice Hall

2 T Anderson PA Lee ldquoFault tolerance principles and practicerdquo Prentice Hall

International

3 D K Pradhan ldquoFault-Tolerant Computer system designrdquo Prentice Hall PTR(ISBN

0-13-057887-8)

4 S-TLevi amp AK Agrawala ldquoFault-Tolerant system designrdquo Mc-GrawHill Inc)

EC7112 Internet enabled embedded devices

Application driven Network Architecture Review of various wireless and wireline

communication protocols Emergence of Wireless Sensors nodes operating system for

DENs low power MAC discovery topology formation collective communication

aggregation and in network processing multihop routing synchronization Ad hoc routing

distributed control coverage and security emerging standards

Reference Books

1 C Toh ldquoAd Hoc Mobile Wireless Networks Protocols and Systemsrdquo PHI 2001

2 Kazem Sohraby Daniel Minoli Taieb Znati ldquoWireless Sensor Networks

Technology Protocols and applicationsrdquo John Wiley amp Sons

3 C Siva Ram Murty amp BS Manoj ldquoAd HOC Wireless Networks Architectures amp

Protocolsrdquo 2nd Ed Pearson Education

EC71113 Soft Computing

Fuzzy logic Introduction classical and fuzzy set overview of classical set membership

function fuzzy rule generation operation on fuzzy set fuzzy rule generation operation on

fuzzy sets fuzzy arithmetic V numbers linguistic variables arithmetic operation on

interval and number lattice of fuzzy numbers and fuzzy equations fuzzy logic classical

logic multi-value logic fuzzy proposition fuzzy qualifiers linguistic hedges Uncertainty

based information- information and uncertainty Non-specificity of fuzzy and crisp set

fuzziness of fuzzy set Introduction of neuro fuzzy system architecture of neurofuzzy

system application of neuro fuzzy system ndash medicine economics

Genetic Algorithm(GA) and overview G A in problem solving implementation of G A

Reference Books

1 Jerry M Mendel ldquoUncertain Rule-Based Fuzzy Logic Systems Introduction and

New Directionsrdquo Printice Hall

2 David E Goldberg ldquoGenetic algorithms insearch optimization amp Machine

Learningrdquo Addison Wesley 1989

3 Masatoshi Sakawa ldquoGenetic Algorithms amp Fuzzy Multiobjective Optimizationrdquo

Kluwer Academic Publisher 2001

4 Melanie Mitchell ldquoAn introduction to Genetic Algorithmrdquo Prentice-Hall of India

New Delhi 2004

5 Golberg David E ldquoGenetic Algorithms in Search Optimization and Machine

Learningrdquo Addision Wesley New York 1999

EC7121 Concept of Electronic Design Automation

Symbolic Design Symbotic Design Entry Design using Standard Description Langages

(VHDL) Graphical Specification of System Behaviour Synthesis

Hardware Soft ware Co-Desgin

Tabular Design Formats etc

Modeling amp verifications

Reference Books-

1 The Electronic Desgin Automation Hand Book by Dirk Janson et al ( Kluwer

Academic Publishers)

2 VHDL Analysis and Modeling of Digital Systems by Z Navabi (Mc- GrawHill)

3 Introduction to Digital System by Ercegovac amp T Lang et al (Wiley International)

EC7122 Selected topics in Embedded Systems

Advanced topics related to this field may be offered as elective

EC7123 Selected topics in VLSI Design

Advanced topics related to this field may be offered as elective

EC713 Self Study Open Area Seminar II

Every student is required to participate in the seminars which will be held every week in the

department

EC 714 Minor Project II

A minor project approved by the department is to be taken in the summer vacation

following the examination of II semesterIV semester incase of full-time part-time students

respectively The duration for this work is about 2 months The student is expected to submit

a report on the minor project

EC715 Major Project Part I

Each student will be assigned a topic of the dissertation by the department The student has

to work under the guidance of an approved supervisor Student will do literature survey in

part- I of the project

EC811 Major Project Part II

Student will do the project work based on the literature survey undertaken in Major Project

part I This is a One Semester Project related to design research and development work to

be carried out under the supervision of a faculty member scientist RampD managers It is

required to submit three typedprinted copies of the dissertation embodying the results of

the investigations carried out by the student The dissertation is to be submitted with the

approval of the supervisor

Delhi Technological University (Formerly Delhi College of Engineering Delhi)

Department of Electronics amp Communication Engineering

amp

Department of Applied Physics

A rapid growth has been witnessed in Microwave amp Optical Fiber based

Telecommunication systems through out the world This is due to the fact that they

support multiple connectivity and broad bandwidth requirement of Telecommunication

systems and Networks As a result Telecom industries and RampD organization are in the

need of trained manpower to design develop and innovate the Microwave and Optical

fiber based telecom systems

Keeping in view of this Delhi Technological University (DTU) proposes to start M Tech

(Microwave and Optical Communication) level program from the academic year 2009-

2010 with an objective to integrate the two competitive technologies in one course in

Electronics amp Communication Engineering Department in collaboration with Applied

Physics Department of DTU This program is designed and developed as an outcome of

the establishment of an advanced RampD centre called ldquoTIFAC-Center of Relevance and

Excellence in Fiber Optics and Optical Communicationrdquo under mission REACH program

of Technology Vision 2020 Govt of India

PROGRAM STRUCTURESCHEME OF EXAMINATION

I SEMESTER

SN Sub Code Subject LTP Internal External Total

1 EC-501 Fiber Optics 3-0-0 50 100 150

2 EC-502

Integrated Optics

Technology and

Applications

3-0-0 50 100 150

3 EC-503 Optoelectronics

Devices and Circuits 3-0-0 50 100 150

4 EC-504

Optical Fiber

Characterization

Lab

0-0-2 30 70 100

5 EC-551

Advanced

Electromagnetic

Theory

3-0-0 50 100 150

6 EC-552

Numerical

Techniques in

Electromagnetic

3-0-0 50 100 150

7 EC-553 Microwave

Measurement Lab 0-0-2 30 70 100

8 EC-554 Self Study Open

Area Seminar - I 0-0-1 50 - 50

Total 20 1000

II SEMESTER

SN Sub

Code Subject LTP Internal External Total

1 EC-601 Microwave Digital

Communication 3-0-0 50 100 150

2 EC-602 Optical Communication

System (Elective ndash I) 3-0-0 50 100 150

3 EC-603

RF Microwave and

Millimeter Circuit (Elec-

II)

3-0-0 50 100 150

4 EC-604 Optical Comn Design

and Simulation Lab 0-0-2 30 70 100

5 EC-605 Photonic Switching and

Network (Elective ndash III) 3-0-0 50 100 150

6 EC-606 Optical Electronics

(Elective ndash IV) 3-0-0 50 100 150

7 EC-607 Microwave CAD Lab 0-0-2 30 70 100

8 EC-608 Term Paper(Minor

Project ndashI) 0-0-1 50 - 50

Total 20 - - 1000

III SEMESTER

SN Sub Code Subject LTP Internal External Total

1 EC-701 Optical Signal Processing

(Elective ndash V) 3-0-0 50 100 150

2 EC-706 Phased Array and Smart

Antennas (ElectivendashVI) 3-0-0 50 100 150

3 EC-711 Self Study Open Area

Seminar ndash II 0-0-2 100 - 100

4 EC-712 Minor Project-II 0-0-6 - 300 300

5 EC-713 Major Project -I 0-0-6 300 - 300

Total 20 - - 1000

IV SEMESTER

SN Sub Code Subject LTP Internal External Total

1 EC-713 Major Project -

II 0-0-20 - 1000 1000

Total 20 - - 1000

Total (I+II+III+IV SEM) 80 4000

LIST OF ELECTIVESSCHEME OF EXAMINATION

Elective ndash I (II SEM)

S No Sub Code Subject

1 EC-602-A Optical Communication

System

2 EC-602-B Selective Topics in Optical

Networks

3 EC-602-C Statistical Mathematics

Elective - II(II SEM)

S No Sub Code Subject

1 EC-603-A RF Microwave and

Millimeter Circuits

2 EC-603-B Satellite Communication

3 EC-603-C Advanced Microwave

Communication Systems

Elective - III(II SEM)

S No Sub Code Subject

1 EC-605-A Photonic Switching and

Networks

2 EC-605-B

Selected Topics on Fault

Tolerance in Computers and

Distributed System of

Communication

3 EC-605-C EMIEMC

Elective-IV(II SEM)

S No Sub Code Subject

1 EC-606-A Optical Electronics

2 EC-606-B Guided Wave Optical

Components and Devices

Elective ndash V (III SEM)

S No Sub Code Subject

1 EC-701-A Optical Signal Processing

2 EC-701-B Optical Computing

Elective ndash VI (III SEM)

S No Sub Code Subject

1 EC-706-A Phased Array and Smart

Antennas

2 EC-706-B Antenna Design

3 EC-706-C Wireless Communication

SYLLABUS

EC-501 Fiber Optics (3-0-0)I SEM

Review of basic optics Interference Diffraction and Polarization Fiber numerical aperture

Source of signal attenuation and dispersion Step and Graded index multimode fibers

including plastic fibers Pulse dispersion in single-mode fibers Dispersion-tailored and

dispersion-compensated fibers Birefringent fibers and polarization mode dispersion Fiber

bandwidth and dispersion management Fiber fabrication techniques Fiber characterization

technique including OTDR Connectors splices and fiber cable

EC-502 Integrated optics Technology and Applications (3-0-0) I SEM

Principles of optical Integrated circuits Theory of optical waveguides Planer Rectangular

core and Rib waveguide homogeneous and inhomogeneous waveguide Coupled mode

theory optical waveguide couplers tapers bends Passive and active waveguides-polarizer

printer optical amplifier modulators and switches Opto-electronic integrated circuits-

Simulation Tools and CAD packages for optical integrated circuits Technology Materials

and Device process patterning and Lithography Deposition and Diffusion techniques

Lithium Niobate based integrated optics technology- Process and Characterization

Application Integrated optic devices and circuits for High speed long distance

telecommunication Optical processing and Optical computing

EC-503 Optoelectronic Devices and Circuits (3-0-0) I SEM

Laser theory Rate equations Gain saturation threshold Condition mode selection

Qswitching Mode locking Review of semiconductor physics energy bands electron and

holes density of states Fermi level p-n junction Homo- and hetero- junctions Quantum

wells Semiconductor materials LEDs and LDs Device structure and characteristics DFB

DBR and Quantum well lasers Circuit design for LD transmitters and PIN receivers OTDR

and Optical spectrum analyzer

EC-504 Optical Fiber Characterization Lab (0-0-2) I SEM

Experiments related to Optical Fiber Communication

EC-551 Advanced Electromagnetic Theory (3-0-0) I SEM

Review of Maxwell equations Concepts of Source Duality Uniqueness amp Image theorem

Equivalence principle Induction Theorem Greenrsquos Function Greenrsquos reciprocity theorem

Radiation from simple sources and apertures Antenna Theory Receiving antennas and

various types of Antennas Antenna pattern synthesis Tensor Diadic Integral Equation

Cylindrical and Spherical Wave Function Inhomogeneous Field Waveguides Discontinuity

and Excitation of waveguides Periodic structure Floquects Theorem Integral Transform

EC-552 Numerical Techniques in Electromagnetics (3-0-0) I SEM

Finite difference Method Finite Segment Method Integral equations TLM method Moment

method Ritz Galrkinrsquos method Method of lines Spectral domain techniques Mode

matching method Generalized scattering matrix Transverse resonance Practicals on

development of programs using above mentioned methods

EC-553 Microwave Measurement Lab (0-0-2) I SEM

Microwavemillimeter-wave passive and active components measurement and analysis

Digital communication using Microwave system Measurement of Microwave front end

transceiver and digital transceiver modules

EC-554 Self Study Open Area Seminar-I (0-0-1) I SEM

Compulsory seminar by each candidate on the emerging topics related to Microwave and

Optical Communication Engineering

EC-601 Microwave Digital Communication (3-0-0) II SEM

Transmission systems environment Statistical method in digital transmission systems

Digital modulation methods Microwave amplifier System gain M-array PSK and QAM

microwave system Correlative techniques amp application to Digital Radio system design

Diversity and Protection techniques

EC-602-A Optical Communication Systems (Elective ndashI) (3-0-0) II SEM

Introduction to communication review of optical sources fibers and Detectors Optical

signaling scheme viz IM PL PCM PCMPL digital PPM PRM etc video signal

Electrooptic modulator Various receive configurations-direct detection Homodyne and

heterodyne Noise source in optical communication-model noise speckle noise shot noise

phase noise thermal noise etc Direct detection receiver- analog and digital optimum gain in

APD Signal-to-noise ratio (SNR) calculation optimization of SNR MDP and NEP photon

counter receiver limits Optical pre-amplifier design digital hierarchy optical line coding

schemes Performance evaluation of optical receiver for various modulation and

demodulation schemes and their comparative study Review of various optical amplifiers and

SNR calculation for different applications of optical amplifier in the system Optical fiber

link design ndash power budget time budget and maximum link length calculation hybrid fiber

co-axialmicrowave links fiber-in-the loop (FITL) FTTH

EC-602-B Selected Topic in Optical Networks (Elective ndashI) (3-0-0) II SEM

Topic related to the recent publications appeared in the leading journals like

IEEEOSAElectronics Letters Review papers recent text books etc

EC-602-C Statistical Mathematics (Elective ndashI) (3-0-0) II SEM

Neyman-Pearson Lemma Decision Theory The Sequential Probability Ratio Test

Sequential Decision theory Sufficient statistics Estimation and Convexity Minimal

Sufficiency and the Lehmann-Scheffe property Lower Bounds on Mean-Squared Errors

Information Inequalities Exponential Families Steinrsquos Phenomenon and James-Steinrsquos

Estimators Robustness Breakdown points and 1-D Location M- estimates Asymptotic

Normality of M-Estimates Efficiency of estimators

EC-603-A RF Microwave and Millimeter Circuits (Elective ndashII) (3-0-0) II SEM

DC and low frequency Circuit Concepts RF Electronic Concepts RF amplifier design and

analysis RF Oscillator design and analysis RFMicrowave frequency conversion Rectifier

and detector design Mixer design Control circuit design Analysis of planar circuits Sample

and arbitrary Derivation Circuits characteristics Equivalence of multi-pole planar circuits

Short boundary planar circuits Segmentation method Optimum planar circuits Different

types of planar transmission and their characteristics Micro structured lines stripe slot

coplanar inverted and suspended micro strip lines Comparisons of various MIC lines

Discontinuity analysis and Equivalence circuits Fin lines Fin guide H ndash guide Arrow guide

and surface waveguide

EC-603-B Satellite Communication (Elective ndashII) (3-0-0) II SEM

Introduction to communication using satellites Keplers laws and Orbital Mechanics Satellite

Launching Propagation Characteristics Frequency Spectra and bands Satellite sub-systems

Design of satellite links and link equations Earth station technology Multiple access

techniques Applications of GEO MEO LEO and V-SATS Mobile Satellite Communication

EC-603-C Advanced Microwave Communication Systems(Elective ndashII)(3-0-0) II SEM

Topic related to the recent publications appeared in the leading journals like

IEEEOSAElectronics Letters Review papers recent text books etc

EC-604 Optical Communication Design and Simulation Lab (0-0-2) II SEM

Experiments related to measurements of wave-guiding parameters of Optical Fibers for

Telecom Applications

EC-605-A Photonic switching amp Networking (Elective ndashIII) (3-0-0) II SEM

Photonic Switching Switching architectures Single and Multistage switching Space

switching Time switching Combinations of space and Time switching Interconnection

networks Crossbar shuffleOmega Benes Close networks and their realizations Multi

wavelength switching systems free space interconnections Photonic networks Introduction

to computer data networks Fiber optic LAN architecture and protocols Ring Star and Bus

architectures Fiber distributed data interface (FDDI) I amp II Distributed queen dual bus

(DQDB) High speed bus protocol- RATO Net Wavelength Division Multiplexed Networks

LAMBDANET Coherent star Pass-Net Schuffle net All Optical networks SONET and

SDH- Functional Architecture Timing Aspects and DWDM Optical networks

EC-605-B Selected Topics on Fault Tolerance in Computers amp Distributed

Communication Systems (Elective ndashIII) (3-0-0) II SEM

This includes research and review paper from IEEEACM journals published books of

current interest for on fault tolerant computing distributed networks and related areas

EC-605-C EMIEMC(Elective ndashIII) (3-0-0) II SEM

Importance of EMIEMC EMC rules and regulation Different regulations importance of

considering EMC at design level of different components and systems EMC requirement for

electronic systems Radiated emission Conducted emission Radiated susceptibility

conducted susceptibility Electrostatic discharge Design Constraints Advantage of EMC

design antennas for EMC Signal spectra Non Ideal behavior of components Cross talk

there conductor lines and cross talk Shielded wires twisted wires shielding grounding

System design for EMC Printed circuit board design including details on LISN Spectrum

Analyzer Anechoic Chamber etc

EC-606-A Optical Electronics (Elective ndashIV) (3-0-0) II SEM

Wave propagation in Anisotropic media Electro-Optic Effect Phase and Amplitude

modulators Electro-Optic Effect AO modulators detectors and tunable filters Nonlinear

Optics SHG sum amp Difference frequency generation phase conjugation SRS amp SBS SPM

Solitons Non linear effects in Optical fibers

EC-606-B Guided Wave Optical Components and Devices (Elec ndashIV) (3-0-0) II SEM

Slab and channel optical waveguides Directional Couplers (waveguide and fiber based) and

coupled mode theory Modulators Switches and Filters Passive Components splitters

combiners and attenuators WDM components multiplexers and demultiplexers Periodic

waveguide waveguide and fiber based gratings and components Optical fiber sensors

EC-607 Microwave CAD lab (0-0-2) II SEM

Design Simulation and fabrication of different microwave and millimeter wave passive and

active circuits and transceiver circuits using Advanced Microwave circuit design and

simulation software packages

EC-608 Term PaperMinor Project ndashI (0-0-1) II SEM

Compulsory research paper by each candidate on the emerging topics related to

contemporary research amp development in the area of Microwave and Optical Communication

System and Networks A minor project related to emerging areas in the field of Microwave

and Optical Communication Engineering to be completed with emphasis on the design

development and innovation of devices components and networks

EC-701-A Optical Signal Processing (Elective ndashV) (3-0-0)III SEM

Geometrical Optics Physical Optics Fundamentals of digital signal processing Spectrum

Analysis Spatial Filtering Systems Acousto-Optic Devices Acousto-Optic Power Spectrum

Analysers Heterodyne System Heterodyne Spectrum Analysis Decimated Arrays and Cross

Spectrum Analysis Space Integrating Correlators Time Integrating Systems Two

Dimensional Processing

EC-701-B Optical Computing (Elective ndashV) (3-0-0) III SEM

Need of Optical Computing Basic of Fourier Optics Devices for optoelectronic interface

Spatial Light Modulators Liquid crystal devices Self electro-optical effect Devices Optical

Transistors Real time holograms Optical Logic Circuits Optical Interconnections

Crossbars Switch interconnections Multistage interconnection Networks Optical Memory

Hierarchies cache and virtual memory Optical word pattern matching holographic memory

Logic Elements and Operations Combinational and sequential logic Optical matrix

processing

EC-706-A Phased Arrays and Smart Antennas (Elective ndashVI) (3-0-0) III SEM

Review of Antenna Theory and various types of antennas Basic array theory and pattern

synthesis techniques Electromagnetic vectors Sensors with forming applications Spatial

diversity for wireless communication direction of arrival estimation in mobile

communication Blind channel identification and source separation in free space division

Multiple access techniques Smart antennas system architecture Phased array technology

for wireless systems Adaptive antennas for global systems for mobile Communication and

TDMA systems

EC-706-B Antenna Design (Elective ndashVI) (3-0-0) III SEM

Fundamental parameters of Antennas Radiation integrals and potential functions Wire

Antennas loop antennas design and analysis of Arrays Broadband Dipole and matching

techniques Frequency independent antennas and antenna miniaturization Aperture antenna

Horn Microstrip Reflector Lenses Antenna Measurements

EC-706-C Wireless Communication (Elective ndashVI) (3-0-0) III SEM

Radio Propagation characteristics models for path loss shadowing and multipath fading

(delay spread coherence bandwidth coherence time Doppler Spread) Jakes channel model

Spread spectrum Communication and multiple access techniques in mobile wireless

communication FDMATDMA CDMA The cellular concept frequency re-use theory of

hexagonal cell layout Spectrum efficiency FDMATDMA CDMA cellular system soft

capacity Erlang capacity GSM standards signaling and call control mobility management

Wireless data networking packet array modeling on fading channels performance analysis

links and transport layer protocols over wireless channels mobile data network wireless data

in GSMIS95 and GPRS

EC-711 Self Study Open Area Seminar-II (0-0-2) III SEM

Compulsory seminar by each candidate on the emerging topics related to contemporary

research amp development in the area of Microwave and Optical Communication System and

Networks

EC-712 Minor Project ndashII (0-0-6) III SEM

A minor project related to emerging areas in the field of Microwave and Optical

Communication Engineering to be completed with emphasis on the design development and

innovation of devices components and networks

EC-713 Major Project ndash I (0-0-6) III SEM

Student is required to decide topic and submit the synopsis (including methodology) of the

major project work in consultation with the Supervisor at the beginning of third semester and

they have to give presentation of at least 25 work done towards their major project at the

end of semester

EC-713 Major Project Part-II (0-0-20) IV SEM

Major projects must be related to design simulation fabrication and experiments in the area

of MicrowaveOptical Communication systems with emphasis on design and development of

new analytical techniquesdevicesystemnetwork etc This is a One Semester Project related

to design research and development work to be carried out under the supervision of a faculty

member scientist RampD managers

Department of Information Technology

Delhi Technological University Delhi

MTech Curriculum of Information System

Course MTECH Branch ISY

SNo Subject

Code Subject Name L T P

Internal

Marks

External

Marks

Total

Marks Credits

Total

Semester

Marks

Credit

Group A

1 IT-501 ADVANCES IN SOFTWARE

PROGRAMMING 3 0 0 50 100 150 3

1000

20

2 IT-502 DATA WAREHOUSING amp

DATA MINING 3 0 0 50 100 150 3

3 IT-503

INTRODUCTION TO

INFORMATION SYSTEMS amp

SECURITY

3 0 0 50 100 150 3

4 IT-504 ADVANCES IN SOFTWARE

PROGRAMMING LAB 0 0 2 30 70 100 2

Group B

5 IT-551 ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE amp

EXPERT SYSTEMS 3 0 0 50 100 150 3

6 IT-552 DIGITAL IMAGE PROCESSING

amp ANALYSIS 3 0 0 50 100 150 3

7 IT-553 DIGITAL IMAGE PROCESSING

LAB 0 0 2 30 70 100 2

8 IT-554 SELF STUDY OPEN AREA

SEMINAR - I 0 0 1 50 0 50 1

Group C

9 IT-601 NETWORK MANAGEMENT

AND SECURITY 3 0 0 50 100 150 3

1000

20

10 Elective I 3 0 0 50 100 150 3

11 Elective II 3 0 0 50 100 150 3

12 IT-604 NETWORK MANAGEMENT

AND SECURITY LAB 0 0 2 30 70 100 2

Group D

13 Elective III 3 0 0 50 100 150 3

14 Elective IV 3 0 0 50 100 150 3

15 IT-653 LAB BASED ON ELECTIVE III

OR IV 0 0 2 30 70 100 2

16 IT-654 MINOR PROJECT - I 0 0 1 50 0 50 1

Group E

17 Elective V 3 0 0 50 100 150 3

1000

20

18 Elective VI 3 0 0 50 100 150 3

19 IT-703 SELF STUDY OPEN AREA

SEMINAR - II 0 0 2 0 100 100 2

20 IT-704 MINOR PROJECT-II 0 0 6 0 300 300 6

21 IT-705 MAJOR PROJECT-I 0 0 6 0 300 300 6

Group F

Department of Information Technology

Delhi Technological University Delhi

22 IT-801 MAJOR PROJECT-II 0 0 2

0 0 1000 1000 20

1000

20

LIST OF ELECTIVES

Elective I

1 IT-6021 ADVANCED DISTRIBUTED SYSTEMS 1503

2 IT-6022 GEO INFORMATICS 1503

3 IT-6023 SOFTWARE QUALITY amp METRICES 1503

4 IT-6024 SOFTWARE VERIFICATION VALIDATION AND TESTING 1503

Elective II

1 IT-6031 INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS 1503

2 IT-6032 MAN-MACHINE INTERFACE 1503

3 IT-6033 KNOWLEDGE ECONOMY amp INFORMATION SOCIETY 1503

4 IT-6034 TAXONOMIES ONTOLOGIES amp SEMANTIC WEB 1503

5 IT-6035 SECURE CODING 1503

Elective III

1 IT-6511 ADVANCED DATABASE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS 1503

2 IT-6512 BIOMETRIC SYSTEMS AND SECURITY 1503

3 IT-6513 COGNITIVE APPROACHES TO INFORMATION amp INFORMATION 1503

4 IT-6514 KNOWLEDGE MANAGEMENT 1503

5 IT-6515 INTRUSION DETECTION PREVENTION amp INFORMATION WARFARE 1503

6 IT-6516 MACHINE LEARNING amp APPLICATIONS 1503

Elective IV

1 IT-6521 ADVANCES IN INFORMATION SYSTEMS 1503

2 IT-6522 ENTERPRISE RESOURCE PLANNING 1503

3 IT-6523 REAL TIME SYSTEMS 1503

4 IT-6524 ROBOTICS ENGINEERING 1503

Elective V

1 IT-7011 ADVANCES IN SOFTWARE PROGRAMMING 1503

2 IT-7012 INFORMATION RETRIEVEL SYSTEMS 1503

3 IT-7013 SOFT COMPUTING 1503

4 IT-7014 WIRELESS amp MOBILE COMMUNICATION 1503

Elective VI

1 IT-7021 ADVANCES IN MULTIMEDIA SYSTEMS 1503

2 IT-7022 COMPUTER SECURITY 1503

3 IT-7023 CYBER FORENSICS amp CYBER CRIME INVESTIGATION 1503

4 IT-7024 INFORMATION HIDING 1503

Department of Information Technology

Delhi Technological University Delhi

IT-501 INTRODUCTION TO INFORMATION SYSTEMS AND SECURITY

UNIT I Introduction to Information Systems Information Systems in Organizations Hardware and Software

Organizing Data and Information

UNIT II

Telecommunication switching and Networks Time Division Switching Time Division space switching Time Division time Switching Time

multiplexed space switching and Time multiplexed Time Switching Combination Switching

Speech Digitization and Transmission Quantization Noise Companding Differential Coding Delta

Modulation Vocoders Pulse Transmission on Transmission line concepts Line Coding NRZ and RZ

Codes Manchester Coding AMI Coding Walsh Codes TDM

UNIT III

Integrated Services Digital Network Motivation for ISDN new services network and protocol

architecture Transmission channels user network interfaces signaling numbering and addressing service

characterization interworking ISDN standards Expert systems in ISDN Broadband ISDN and Voice data

integration

UNIT IV Electronic Commerce and Transaction Processing Systems Information and Decision Support

Systems Systems Design System Development Implementation Maintenance and Review

UNIT V Introduction to Information Security The Need for Security Legal Ethical and Professional Issues in

Information Security Risk Management Operating System Vulnerabilities and Resolutions Planning for

Security File System Security password protection of file

UNIT VI COBIT Introduction Product Family-Executive Summary Governance and Control framework Control

objectives Management guidelines Implementation guide and IT assurance guide

Structure-Plan and organize Acquire and Implement Deliver and Support Monitor and Evaluate

TEXT BOOKS

1 R Kelly Rainer ldquoIntroduction to Information Systems Supporting and Transforming Businessrdquo

2 Keri E Pearlson ldquoManaging and Using Information Systems A Strategic Approachrdquo Wiley

Series

3 Simha R Magal Viswanathan ldquoEssentials of Business Processes and Information Systemsrdquo

Prentice Hall of India Pvt Ltd

REFERENCE BOOKS

Department of Information Technology

Delhi Technological University Delhi 1 Schwartz M ldquoTelecommunication Networks - Protocols Modeling and Analysisrdquo Addison

Wesley Publishing Company

2 Flood JE ldquoTelecommunications Switching Traffic and Networksrdquo Pearson Education

3 Freeman RL ldquoTelecommunication System Engineeringrdquo Wiley Inter Science Publications

4 COBIT 41 by IT Governance Institute

5 Bhargab B Bhattacharya Susmita Sur-Kolay Subhas C Nandy ldquoAlgorithms Architecture and

Information Systems Securityrdquo World Scientific Press

IT-502 DATA WAREHOUSE AND DATA MINING

UNIT I

Introduction An Introduction to data ware housing types of databases for data mining functionalities of

data mining characteristics of data mining classification of data mining systems task primitives

integration of data mining with database issues of data mining

UNIT II

Data Ware house Introduction operational database system multidimensional data model- data cubes

types of schemas with examples measures concept hierarchy OLAP in multidimensional data model

Data Ware house Architecture design amp construction three tier architecture back end tools amp utilities

metadata repository types of OLAP servers

UNIT III

Data warehouse implementation efficient computation of data cubes indexing OLAP data efficient

processing of OLAP queries

From data warehousing to data mining warehouse usage from OLAP to OLAM

UNIT IV

Data Preprocessing reason for preprocessing Data Cleaning Data Integration and Transformation Data

Reduction Data Discretization and Concept Hierarchy Generation

UNIT V

Data cube computation and data generalization efficient methods of data cube computation attribute

oriented induction

Department of Information Technology

Delhi Technological University Delhi Associations and correlations- basic concepts efficient and scalable frequent item sets mining methods

mining various kinds of association rules constrain- based association mining

UNIT VI

Classification and prediction issues classification by decision tree induction Bayesian classification

rule based classification SVM classification by back propagation associative classification lazy learners

types of prediction methods linear regression non-linear regression other regression based methods

accuracy and error measures evaluating accuracy of classifier or predictor

Cluster analysis types of data- interval scaled binary categorical ordinal ratio scaled major clustering

methods- grid based model based density based portioning based hierarchical based methods model

based constraint based outliner analysis

TEXT BOOKS

1 Paulraj Ponniah ldquoData Warehousing Fundamentalsrdquo John Wiley

2 MH Dunham ldquoData Mining Introductory and Advanced Topicsrdquo Pearson Education

3 Han Kamber ldquoData Mining Concepts and Techniquesrdquo Morgan Kaufmann

REFERENCE BOOKS

1 Pieter Adriaans Dolf Zantinge ldquoData Miningrdquo Pearson Education Asia

2 Ralph Kimball ldquoThe Data Warehouse Lifecycle toolkitrdquo John Wiley

3 M Berry and G Linoff ldquoMastering Data Miningrdquo John Wiley

4 WH Inmon ldquoBuilding the Data Warehousesrdquo Wiley Dreamtech

5 John Wang IGI Global ldquoEncyclopedia of Data Warehousing and Miningrdquo IGI Global Snippet

IT-503 Advances in Software Programming

UNIT I

Introduction to Three-Tier Architecture overview of NET Framework Common Language Runtime (CLR)

Features of VSNET XML Editor Creating and debugging a Project

UNIT II

Programming Concepts C programming basic language constructs delegates and events generics

exceptions threads Networking Windows Forms

Department of Information Technology

Delhi Technological University Delhi

UNIT III

Introduction to ASPNET Architecture ASPNET Server Controls User Controls Custom Controls

webconfig File globalasax Page

UNIT IV

ADONET Architecture Understanding and building the Connection Object the Command Object Data

Readers Data Sets and Data Adapters Working with System Data OleDb Working with SQLNET Using

Stored Procedures

UNIT V

C Using Libraries Namespace System Input-Output Multi-Threading Networking and

sockets Managing Console IO Operations Windows Forms Error Handling

UNIT VI

Net Assemblies and Attribute Net Assemblies features and structure private and share

assemblies Built-In attribute and custom attribute Introduction about generic

TEXT BOOKS

1 Christian Nagel ldquoProfessional C Sharp 2008rdquo Wrox

2 Jeffrey Richter ldquoApplied Microsoft NET Framework Programming (Pro-Developer)rdquo

3 Wrox ldquoBeginning Visual C 2008 Wiley

REFERENCE BOOKS

1 Fergal Grimes ldquoMicrosoft Net for Programmersrdquo SPI

2 Balagurusamy ldquoProgramming with C TMH

3 Mark Michaelis ldquoEssential C 30 For NET Framework 35rdquo Pearson Education

4 Shibi Parikkar ldquoC with Net Frame Work Firewall Media

5 Thuan L Thai Hoang Q Lam ldquoNet Framework Essentialsrdquo OrsquoReilly

Department of Information Technology

Delhi Technological University Delhi

IT- 551 ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE amp EXPERT SYSTEMS

UNIT I

Introduction to AI Definition Scope Objectives the AI Problems Applications Importance of AI

Production System Components Characteristics Types of Production System Control Strategies water-

jug 8 ndash Puzzle and other advance Problems searching for solutions ndash uniformed search strategies - avoiding

repeated states ndash searching with partial information Introduction to Programming PROLOG LOTUS and

LISP

UNIT II

Searching Techniques The Blind and Informed Searches Breadth First Search Depth First Search and

their implementation using Open and Closed list Heuristic estimation and evaluation Hill climbing and

their Problems Best First Search Searching And-Or Graphs A search AO search

UNIT-III

Game Playing Min ndash Max Search Procedure Alpha- Beta Pruning imperfect real-time decision games

that include an element of chance

Knowledge Representation Introduction Definition and importance Of Knowledge Approaches to

knowledge Representation Issues in Knowledge Representation Procedural and Declarative Knowledge

Forward Versus Backward Reasoning Statistical Reasoning

UNIT-IV

Logic Propositional Logic Predicate Logic

Slot-and Filler structures-Semantic Nets Frames Conceptual Dependencies Scripts

Expert System Architecture characteristics Representing and using domain Knowledge Expert System

Shells expert system life cycle tools for expert systems

Case Studies MYCIN DENDRALXCONR1

UNIT-V

Department of Information Technology

Delhi Technological University Delhi Fuzzy Logic Systems Introduction crisp sets Fuzzy sets fuzzy Logic control Fuzzy Hedges Neuro-Fuzzy

Systems Introduction to Genetic Algorithms

UNIT-VI

Uncertainty and Learning Monotonic and Non-Monotonic Reasoning Probabilistic Reasoning Bayes

theorem Dempster Shafer theorem Use of certainty factors fuzzy logic Concept of learning learning

automation genetic algorithm learning by inductions Neural Nets Natural Language Processing

Computer Vision and speech recognition robotics

TEXT BOOKS

1 E Rich and K Knight ldquoArtificial intelligencerdquo TMH

2 NJ Nilsson ldquoPrinciples of AIrdquo Narosa Publ House

3 RJ Schalkoff ldquoAI - an Engineering Approachrdquo McGraw Hill Int

REFERENCE BOOKS

1 RussellrdquoArtificial intelligence A Modern Approachrdquo Pearson

2 DW Patterson ldquoIntroduction to AI and Expert Systemsrdquo PHI

3 Peter Jackson ldquoIntroduction to Expert Systemsrdquo AWP MA

4 Waterman ldquoA guide to expert Systemsrdquo Pearson

5 M Sasikumar S Ramani ldquoRule Based Expert Systemsrdquo Narosa Publishing House

IT-552 DIGITAL IMAGE PROCESSING amp ANALYSIS

UNIT I

Fundamentals Image Sampling and Quantization Resolution classification of Digital Images Image File

formats Basic relationships between pixels Neighbours Adjacency Connectivity Regions Boundaries

and Distance Measures between pixels Human Vision System 2-D signals and Systems Linear and

Nonlinear Operations Convolution and Correlation Image Transforms Fourier Walsh Hadamard Haar

Slant Discrete Cosine Karhunen-Loeve

UNIT II

Image Enhancement in the Spatial Domain Basic Gray Level Intensity Transformations Linear and

Nonlinear Histogram Processing Basics of Spatial Filters Spatial Correlation and Convolution Linear

and Nonlinear filtering Sharpening and Smoothing Spatial Filters Derivatives in Digital Images Fuzzy

techniques Intensity Transformation and Spatial Filtering

Department of Information Technology

Delhi Technological University Delhi UNIT III

Image Enhancement in the Frequency Domain Introduction to 2-Discrete Fourier Transform

Propertied of 2-Discrete Fourier Transform 2-D Convolution Theorem Frequency Domain Filtering

Smoothing and Sharpening Filters Lowpass and Highpass Filtering Selective Filtering

UNIT IV

Image Restoration and Denoising Image Degradation Types of Image Blur Image Restoration

Classification Model Linear and Nonlinear Image Denoising Noise Models Classification of noise in

images Noise Reduction Spatial (Classical and Fuzzy Techniques) and Frequency Domain Filtering

Estimation of Degradation Function Inverse filtering Minimum Mean Square Error Filtering Constrained

Least Square Filtering

UNIT V

Image Compression Fundamentals Coding Redundancy Spatial and Temporal Redundancy Irrelevant

Information Measuring Image Information Fidelity Criteria Compression models Image Formats

Containers and Compression Standards

Basic Compression Coding Huffman Golomb Arithmetic LZW Run-Length Symbol-Based Bit-

Plane Block Transform Predictive Digital Image Watermarking

Image Segmentation Point Line and Edge Detection Edge Detection methods Sobel Laplacian

Canny Edge linking and Boundary detection Global Thresholding Region Based Segmentation

UNIT VI

Color Image Processing Color Fundamentals Models Human Perception of Color The Chromaticity

Diagram Color Image Quantization Histogram of Color Images Smoothing and Sharpening Noise in

Color Images Color Image Denoising Color Image Segmentation Color Image Compression Color

Image Edge Detection

TEXT BOOKS

1 Rafael C Gonzalez amp Richard E Woods ldquoDigital Image Processingrdquo AWL

2 AK Jain ldquoFundamental of Digital Image Processingrdquo PHI

3 S Jayaraman S Esakkirajan and T V Kumar ldquoDigital Image Processingrdquo TMH

REFERENCE BOOKS

Department of Information Technology

Delhi Technological University Delhi 1 WK Pratt ldquoDigital Image Processingrdquo JohnWiley

2 Li Tan ldquoDigital Signal Processing Fundamentals and Applicationsrdquo Academic Press

3 Bernd Jahne and Horst HausBecker ldquoComputer Vision and Applicationrdquo Academic Press

4 ldquoDigital Image Processing amp Computer vision An introduction to theory amp Implementationrdquo

Robert Jschalkoff ndash John wiley amp Sons Inc

5 Milan Sonka Vaclav Hlavac and Roger Boyle ldquoImage Processing Analysis and Machine

Visionrdquo PWS Publishing

IT- 611 NETWORK MANAGEMENT SECURITY

UNIT I

Network Management Architectures amp Applications Management Standards and Models

Network Management Functions Configuration Fault Security performanceamp accounting

UNIT II

Simple Network Management Protocol SNMP v1-Structure of Management Information Std

Management Information Base (MIBs)SNMPv1 Protocol SNMP v2-Version 2 Protocol Specification

Version 2 MIB Enhancements MIB-II Case Diagrams SNMP v3- Version 3 Protocol amp MIB User

Based Security Model View Based Access Model

UNIT III

Remote Network Monitoring RMON 1 RMON 2

Management Tools Systems and Applications Test and Monitoring Tools Integrating Tools

Development Tools Web-based Enterprise Management

Department of Information Technology

Delhi Technological University Delhi

UNIT IV

Network Security Vulnerabilities and Threats Classification of Security Services Physical Security

Spoofing Denial of Service Attacks Password Security Virtual Private Networks Wireless Security

Wireless Application Protocol

UNIT V

Email Security Threats PGP SMIME

IP Security Architecture Authentication Header Encapsulating Security Payload Key Management

Network Management

Web Security Web Security Threats Web Security Requirements Secure Socket Layer and Transport

Layer Security Secure Electronic Transactions

UNIT VI

Firewalls Design Principles Packet Filtering Access Control Trusted Systems Monitoring and

Management

Intruders Intrusion Techniques Intrusion Detection

Viruses Access Control and Management Access Control Policies Access Control Mechanisms Types

of Viruses Anti-virus Techniques

TEXT BOOKS

1 William StallingsrdquoNetwork Security Essentialsrdquo Prentice-Hall

2 Atul Kahate ldquoCryptography and Network Securityrdquo TMH

3 Subramanian Network Management Principles and Practices

REFERENCE BOOKS

1 Singh ldquoNetwork Security and Managementrdquo PHI

2 Moshe Rozenblit ldquoSecurity for Telecommunication Network Managementrdquo IEEE Press

3 Stephen F Bush Amit B Kulkarni ldquoActive Networks and Active Network Management

Frameworkrdquo Springer

4 International Engineering Consortium ldquoAnnual Review of Network Management and

Securityrdquo

5 Jianguo Ding ldquoAdvances in Network Managementrdquo Taylor and Francis

Department of Information Technology

Delhi Technological University Delhi

ELECTIVE I

1COMPUTER SECURITY

UNIT I

Introduction Security attacks Services and mechanism Need for Security Principles of Security OSI

security Architecture Network Security Model Introduction to Cryptography

Cryptographic Protocols Basic Intermediate Advanced Protocols

UNIT II

Cryptographic Techniques Conventional Encryption Model Classical Encryption techniques-

Substitution and Transposition ciphers Stream and Block ciphers

Modern Block Ciphers Block Ciphers Principles Shannonrsquos theory of confusion and diffusion fiestel

structure Data Encryption Standard(DES)strength of DES differential and linear cryptanalysis of DES

Block Cipher Modes of Operations Triple DES S-AES IDEA encryption and decryption Strength of

IDEA Pseudo-Random Sequence Generators

UNIT III

Public Key Cryptosystem Principals of public key cryptosystems RSA algorithm security of RSA

Key Management Diffie-Hellman key exchange algorithm Knapsack Algorithm Rabin cryptosystem

Elgamal encryption Introductory idea of Elliptic curve cryptography

UNIT IV

Message Authentication and Hash Function Authentication requirements and functions Message

Authentication Code Hash functions Birthday Attacks Security of Hash Functions and MACs MD5

Secure Hash Algorithm (SHA) HMAC CMAC

Digital Signatures Authentication Protocols DSS Elgamal and RSA signatures

Authentication Applications Kerberos and X509 Authentication Services Electronic- Mail security-

pretty good privacy (PGP) SMIME CA

Department of Information Technology

Delhi Technological University Delhi UNIT V

Security in conventional operating systems Protection in contemporary operating systems

Identification and authentication Identification goals Authentication requirements Human

authentication Machine authentication OS Hardening Access control Security on SSL Compliance-PCI

etc

Trusted operating systems Design principles Evaluation criteria Evaluation process

UNIT VI

Database management systems security DBMS vulnerabilities and responsibilities Inference

Aggregation Inference-Aggregation Cardinal-Aggregation Database integrity Database secrecy Case

studies Hannover Hackers Internet Worm

TEXT BOOKS

1 Bruce Schneier ldquoApplied Cryptography Protocols algorithms and source code in Crdquo John Wiley

2 William Stallings ldquoCryptography and Network Securityrdquo Prentice Hall

3 Behrouz A Forouzan ldquoCryptography amp Network Securityrdquo McGraw-Hill

REFERENCE BOOKS

1 Gregory B White Eric A Fisch W Pooch rdquoComputer system and security networkrdquo CRC-Press

2 PieprzykHardjonoSeberry ldquoFundamentals of Computer Securityrdquo Springer International

3 Atul Kahate ldquoCryptography amp Network Securityrdquo McGraw-Hill

4 Zeinab Karake Shalhoub Lubna Al Qasimi Cyber Law and Cyber Security in Developing and

Emerging Economies Edward Elgar Pub

5 Clifford Stoll Cuckoos Egg Tracking a Spy Through the Maze of Computer Espionage Pocket

Books

2SOFTWARE QUALITY AND METRICS

Department of Information Technology

Delhi Technological University Delhi UNIT I

Measurement in software engineering scope of software metrics

Basics of Measurement Models Measurement Scales and Scale Types Meaningfulness in

Measurement

UNIT II

Measuring External Product Attributes Modeling Software Quality Measuring aspects of quality

Goal Framework for Software Measurement

Classifying software measures determining what to measure applying the framework

UNIT III

Empirical Investigation amp Data Collection Four Principles of Investigation Planning formal

experiments defining data collecting data

UNIT IV

Measuring Internal Product Attributes Size and Structure Aspects of Software Size

Length Reuse Functionality Complexity Types of Structural Measures Modularity and

information flow attributes Object Oriented Metrics

UNIT V

Analyzing Software Measurement Data Analyzing the results of experiments Analysis Techniques

Overview of statistical tests

UNIT VI

Measurement and Management Planning a measurement program Measurement in practice empirical

research in software engineering

TEXT BOOKS

1 Stephen H KanldquoMetrics and Models in Software Quality Engineeringrdquo Addison-Wesley

2 Robert L Glass Building Quality Software Prentice Hall Upper Saddle River NJ

3 Roland Petrasch The Definition ofsbquo Software Qualityrsquo A Practical Approach ISSRE 1999

REFERENCE BOOKS

1 JD Musa A Iannino and K Okumoto Engineering and Managing Software with Reliability

Measures McGraw-Hill

2 Pressman Scott (2005) Software Engineering A Practitioners Approach (Sixth International ed)

McGraw-Hill Education

3 Diomidis Spinellis Code Quality The Open Source Perspective Addison Wesley

4 Crosby P Quality is Free McGraw-Hill

5 McConnell Steve (1993) Code Complete (First ed) Microsoft Press

Department of Information Technology

Delhi Technological University Delhi

3GEO INFORMATICS

UNIT I

Fundamentals Principles of data capture and use of aerial photographs and satellite imagery Handling

integration maintenance and geometric aspects of geodata Methods of representing geodata including the

principles of internet application

UNIT II

Digital Photogrammetry and Remote Sensing advances in airborne and spaceborne sensor systems global

positioning digital photogrammetry integrated up-to-datecapturing techniques

UNIT III

Digital photogrammetric workstations primary data acquisition and sensors and the perception of colour

and depth linear algebra and the theory of observations photogrammetric systems and scanners image

processing platforms orientation of images and digital image enhancement aerotriangulation and the use

of GPS for control point positioning and field completion

UNIT IV

GIS Operation principles of computer programming database concepts and development and DBMS

Software tools Creating and implementing databases Managing and administering databases and the use

of query languages GIS Theory Spatial analysis (network raster and surface operations) Developing a

GIS Application

UNIT V

Cartography and Geo-Visualization The cartographic communication process including commercial

and management aspects map type symbol and typographical design and use of color cartographic

generalization and map protection

Department of Information Technology

Delhi Technological University Delhi UNIT VI

Concepts and technical constraints of the cartographic production line topographic mapping and the

production of large-scale maps and photo and image maps thematic mapping including socio-economic

and physical environmental mapping tourist maps statistics and data classification the visualization of

multimedia ad web mapping applications

TEXT BOOKS

1 Kali Charan Sahu ldquo Remote Sensing and Geographical Information Systemsrdquo Atlantic

Publishers and distributors

2 Joseph L Awange Erik W Grafarend Ba(c)La Palancz Beacutela Palaacutencz Piroska Zaletnyik

rdquoAlgebraic Geodesy and Geoinformaticsrdquo Springer

3 A Krishna Sinha rdquoGeoinformatics data to knowledgerdquoGeological Society of America

REFERENCE BOOKS

1 PLN Raju ldquoFundamentals of Geographic Information Systemsrdquo

2 M G Srinivas Remote Sensing applications Narosa Publishing House

3 Michael N DeMers Fundamentals of Geographical Information Systems Wiley

4 Dr M Anji Reddy Remote Sensing And Geographical Information Systems - An

Introduction Book Syndicate

5 Jean- Claude Thill Geographic Information Systems in Transportation Research

Pergamon Press

Department of Information Technology

Delhi Technological University Delhi

4AXONOMIES ONTOLOGIES AND SEMANTIC WEB

UNIT I

Knowledge Organization Systems ndash Term Lists Classification and categorization systems Relationship

Models

Taxonomy ndash Descriptive taxonomies Navigational taxonomies Data management vocabulary Role of

taxonomies in content management Building and maintaining taxonomies

UNIT II

Structured Web Documents in XML Introduction The Semantic Web Vision Todayrsquos Web From

Todayrsquos Web to the Semantic Web Layered approach to Semantic Web Technologies Overview of

Structured Web Documents in XML XML Language Overview Structuring Namespaces Addressing

and Querying XML Documents Processing of documents

UNIT III

Describing Web Resources in RDF Understanding content Metadata metadata standards XML and

metadata specification RDFBasics XML-Based Syntax RDF Schema Direct Inference System for RDF

Querying in RQL

UNIT IV

Web Ontology Language Web Ontology Language OWL Future Extensions case study of any one

ontology editor ie Sesame or Protege Monotonic Rules syntax and Semantics No monotonic Rules

syntax and semantics

UNIT V

Semantic Applications demonstrating power of semantic technology for search personalization contextual

directory and customenterprise applications next generation semantic content management Contributions

of IR AI Logic NLP DB and IS to Semantic Web Ontology integration versus interoperation

Department of Information Technology

Delhi Technological University Delhi TEXT BOOKS

1 Johan Hjelm rdquoCreating the Semantic Web with RDFrdquo Wiley

2 Serge Abiteboul Peter Buneman Dan Suciu rdquo Data on the Web from relations to

semi structured data and XMLrdquo Morgan Kaufmann Publishers

3 Tsichritzis D C Lochovsky F H rdquoData Modelsrdquo Prentice-Hall

REFERENCE BOOKS

1 Davis Johnrdquo Towards the Semantic Web Ontology-driven Knowledge Managementrdquo

John Wiley amp Sons

2 Susan Conway and Char SligarrdquoBuilding Taxonomies (Chapter 6) in Unlocking

Knowledge Assetsrdquo Microsoft Press

3 Antoniou Grigoris and Frank van Harmelenrdquo A Semantic Web Primerrdquo The MIT Press

London 2004

4 Dieter Fensel rdquoOntologies A Silver Bullet for Knowledge Management and Electronic

Commerce Springer

5 Fensel Dieter et al Spinning the Semantic Web Bringing the World Wide Web to its

full potential The MIT Press England

5MAN MACHINE INTERFACE

UNIT I

Introduction Importance of user Interface ndash definition importance of good design Benefits of good

design Learning curve of GUI A brief history of Screen design

The graphical user interface ndash popularity of graphics the concept of direct manipulation graphical system

Characteristics Web user ndash Interface popularity characteristics-Principles of user interface

UNIT-II

Design process Human interaction with computers Human abilities-Senses and Memory Model human

processor Performance model Understanding business functions Design Principles- Overview Learning

ability flexibility robustness

UNIT-III

Department of Information Technology

Delhi Technological University Delhi Screen Designing Design goals ndash Screen planning and purpose organizing screen elements ordering of

screen data and content ndash screen navigation and flowndashVisually pleasing composition ndash amount of

information ndash focus and emphasis ndash presentation information simply and meaningfully ndash information

retrieval on web ndash statistical graphics Technological consideration in interface design

Windows New Navigation schemes selection of window selection of devices based and screen based

controls

Components text and messages Iconsndash Multimedia colors uses problems choosing colors

UNIT-IV

Software Tools Specification methods interface ndash Building Tools

Interaction Devices ndash Keyboard and function keys ndash pointing devices ndash speech

recognition digitization and generation ndash image and video displays ndash drivers

UNIT V

Dialog design Command languages Direct manipulation WIMP Interface Speech and Language Gesture

and Pen

UNIT VI

Cognitive Walkthrough Introduction to Information Visualization Visual Perception Cognitive Issues in

Information Visualization

Augmented Reality Ubiquitous Computing Video Game Designing

TEXT BOOKS

1 The Ghost in the Shell Volume 2 Man Machine Interface by Shirow Masamune

2 Andrew Sears amp Julie A Jacko Handbook for Human Computer Interaction CRC

Press

3 Julie A Jacko and Andrew Sears Handbook for Human Computer Interaction Mahwah

Lawrence Erlbaum amp Associates

REFERENCE BOOKS 1 The Ghost in the Shell Volume 2 Man Machine Interface by Shirow Masamune

2 Andrew Sears amp Julie A Jacko Handbook for Human Computer Interaction CRC

Press

3 Julie A Jacko and Andrew Sears Handbook for Human Computer Interaction Mahwah

Lawrence Erlbaum amp Associates

4

5 Stuart K Card Thomas P Moran Allen Newell (1983) The Psychology of Human

Computer Interaction Erlbaum Hillsdale

Department of Information Technology

Delhi Technological University Delhi 6 Koukaku Kidoutai 2 Man Machine Interface Softcover edition Kodansha

6KNOWLEDGE ECONOMY AND INFORMATION SOCIETY

UNIT I

Macroeconomics of information Introduction to information in the economy macroeconomics

input-output analysis The measurement and analysis of the role information plays in the economy

UNIT II

Secondary information sector Information as input and output Economic analysis of the

information industry

UNIT III

Information Economics Study of information asymmetries and market failures The economics of

information goods Analysis of the resources devoted to production distribution and consumption

of information

UNIT IV

The economics of information technology and Content Industry ndash mass media the internet

scholarly publishing

UNIT V

Information Society ndash The role of information and information technology in organizations and

society Societal needs and demands sociology of knowledge and science diffusion of knowledge

and technology information and culture and technology and culture World Summit on

Information Society

UNIT VI

Metrics for the measurement of Information Society ndash issues and challenges

TEXT BOOKS

1 F Machlup ldquoThe Production and Distribution of Knowledge in the United Statesrdquo

Princeton

2 Jerry L Salvaggio edrdquo The Information Society Economic Social and Structural Issuesrdquo

Hillsdale NJ Lawrence Erlbaum Associate

3 D W King et a ldquoKey Papers in the Economics of Informationrdquo White Plains Knowledge Ind

Publ

REFERENCE BOOKS

Department of Information Technology

Delhi Technological University Delhi 1 Peter Drucker The Age of Discontinuity Guidelines to Our Changing Society Harper and Row

New York

2 Rooney D Hearn G Mandeville T amp Joseph R (2003) Public Policy in Knowledge-Based

Economies Foundations and Frameworks Cheltenham Edward Elgar

3 David A Aaker and Erich Joachimsthaler ldquoBrand Leadership Buildig Assets in an Information

Economyrdquo (Free Press 2000)

4 Paul A Strassmann ldquoInformation Productivity Assessing Information Management Costs of U S

Corporations ldquo the Information Economic Press

5 John R M Hand and Baruch Lev Ed ldquoIntangible Assets Values Measures an Risks Oxford

University Press

ELECTIVE II AND III

1 SOFTWARE VERIFICATION VALIDATION AND TESTING

UNIT I

Introduction Definition of Testing Principles limitations of testing

Testing Terminology Definition of Error mistake Bug Fault Test case Test suit Failure Incident Testing

life cycle model

UNIT II

Verification and Validation Role of V amp V in Software Evolution Types of Products requirements

specifications designs implementations changes VampV objectives correctness consistency necessity

sufficiency performance Software V amp V Approaches and their Applicability

UNIT III

Testing Strategies Strategic approach to software testing Strategic issues organizing for software testing

Software testing strategy for conventional architecture

Unit testing Integration testing Regression testing Smoke testing

Validation testing Validation test criteria Configuration Review Alpha amp Beta testing

System Testing Recovery testing Security testing Stress testing Performance testing

Department of Information Technology

Delhi Technological University Delhi Criteria for completion of testing

UNIT IV

Testing tactics Black box testing Boundary value analysis Equivalence class testing decision table based

Testing Cause-Effect graphing Technique Special Value testing

White box testing Path testing Cyclomatic Complexity Graph Matrices Graph Matrices data flow Testing

Mutation testing and Gray box testing

Testing Tools

Static Testing Tools Manual Testing Inspection Formal reviews Code-Walkthrough

Automated testing Dynamic testing tools Characteristics of Modern Tools

UNIT V

Object-Oriented Testing Software testing strategy for object-oriented architecture Unit testing and

Integration testing Object-oriented testing methods The test case design implications Applicability of

Conventional test case design methods Fault based testing test cases amp class hierarchy Scenario-based

testing testing surface structure and deep structure Testing methods applicable at class levels Random

testing for object-oriented classes partition testing at class level Inter class test case design multiple class

testing tests derived from behavior models

UNIT VI

Automation Testing and Debugging

Art of debugging Debugging process psychological consideration debugging strategies correcting error

Automated testing benefits disadvantages skill needed for using automated tools

Case study Automated tools Rational robot Winrunner silk test load runner

TEXT BOOKS

1 R S Pressman ldquoSoftware Engineering ndash A practitionerrsquos approach McGraw Hill Int

2 Stephen R Schach ldquoClassical amp Object Oriented Software Engineeringrdquo IRWIN TMH

Department of Information Technology

Delhi Technological University Delhi 3 ISommerville ldquoSoftware Engineeringrdquo Addison Wesley

REFERENCE BOOKS

1 James Peter W Pedrycz ldquoSoftware Engineering An Engineering Approachrdquo John

Wiley amp Sons 2 K Chandrasehakhar ldquoSoftware Engineering amp Quality Assurancerdquo BPB

3 K K Aggarwal amp Yogesh Singh ldquoSoftware Engineeringrdquo New Age International

4 Paul Jorgensen ldquoSoftware Testing A craftmanrsquos approachrdquo CRC Press

5 Watts Humphrey ldquoManaging the Software Processrdquo Addison-Wesley 1990

2 KNOWLEDGE MANAGEMENT

UNIT I

Introduction to Knowledge Management (KM) ndash Evolution objectives and significance Knowledge

management perspectives and the e-Business Space

Knowledge and Learning ndash Defining Knowledge and Learning KM and Learning in Organizations the

Knowledge Hierarchy Knowledge as a Strategic Resource Types of Organizational Knowledge Types of

Knowledge acquired KM and Individual Learning

UNIT II

Organizational Learning Defining Types Levels and Motivation for Organizational

LearningLearning Organizations Learning Strategies Relationship of IT IM and KM Knowledge

Sharing Types of Knowledge Shared Capturing and Sharing Knowledge Organizational Challenges and

Culture Change Management and Communities of Practice Enabling Technologies ndash Requirements of

Knowledge Workers Mapping KM Technology to Transfer Modes Technology issues Layers of a KM

Platform

UNIT III

Technology aspect of KM Intranet ndash Business Issues Intranet - Technology Issues Components

Benefits Challenges and Opportunities of Corporate Intranet Introducing Portals Technology

requirements of Portals Enterprise Knowledge Portals Content Management Architecture of a CMS

Technology Challenges KM Deployment Phases

UNIT IV

Department of Information Technology

Delhi Technological University Delhi Knowledge Management Framework and Processes ndash Knowledge Management Framework Basics and

requirements of Knowledge Framework Knowledge Processes Modes of Knowledge Generation

Knowledge Creation IT Application for Knowledge Creation Knowledge Storage Retrieval Knowledge

Repositories Knowledge Transfer Knowledge Harvesting

UNIT V

Knowledge Strategy Importance and Essentials of Knowledge Management Strategies Codification and

Personalization Knowledge Management Assessment and Planning Knowledge Auditing Need for

Auditing Knowledge Knowledge Audit Methods Challenges for Auditing Knowledge

UNIT VI

Knowledge Management Measurements and Methodologies ndash Significance of KM

Measurement Types of Metrics Analysis and Interpretation the Measurement Process Qualitative and

Quantitative Measures Balanced Scorecard Building a Business Case for Knowledge Management

TEXT BOOKS

1 Robert H Buckman ldquoBuilding Knowledge-Driven Organizationrdquo Tata Mcgraw Hill

2 Ian Ed Watson ldquoApplying Knowledge Managementrdquo Morgan Kaufmann

3 Callaway ldquoKnowledge Management and Learning Orgrdquo McGraw-Hill Inc

REFERENCE BOOKS

1 Elias M Awad Hassan M Ghaziri ldquoKnowledge Managementrdquo Pearson Education India

2 Mark W McElroyrdquoThe new knowledge management complexity learning and

sustainable innovationrdquo Butterworth-Heinemann

3 Daryl Morey Mark Maybury Bhavani Thuraisingham ldquoKnowledge Management classic

and contemporary worksrdquo MIT Press

4 Peter Holdt Christensen ldquoKnowledge Management perspectives and pitfallsrdquo

Copenhagen Business School Press

5 Sue Newell ldquoManaging Knowledge Management Workrdquo Swan Publication

3 COGNITIVE APPROACHES TO INFORMATION AND INFORMATION

BEHAVIOUR

UNIT I

Concepts and notions of information Understanding theories and paradigms of information sciences and

analysis of the cognitive paradigm of information sciences

Department of Information Technology

Delhi Technological University Delhi UNIT II

Individuals as Information Processing Systems Conceptual models of Information needs seeking and use

Information seeking and use Studies Study of information cycles and flows The transmission and use of

information within groups such as work groups and organizations

UNIT III

Information flows in organizations Organizations as information processors Collaboration Computer

assisted cooperative work Influencing strategies Adoption of innovation The uses of information for

coordination and communication within organizations

UNIT IV

Quantitative and Qualitative techniques and methods of studying information behaviour Detailed study

and deployment cognitive psychometrics based tools

UNIT V

Methods for Studying Information Behavior Ethnography Observation and field notes

UNIT VI

Mini Project ndash case study of information use and or conducting information behaviour study

TEXT BOOKS

1 Karen E Fisher Sanda Erdelez ldquoTheories of Information Behaviorrdquo Assit amp T publisher

2 Amanda Spink Charles Cole ldquoNew Directions in Human Information Behaviorrdquo

Springer

3 Karen E Fisher Sandra Erdelez ldquoTheories of Information Behaviorrdquo Information Today

REFERENCE BOOKS

1 Amanda Spink Charles Cole ldquoCognitive approaches to Information and Information Behaviour

New directions in cognitive Information Retrievalrdquo Springer

2 Richard Allen Winett ldquoInformation and behavior systems of influencerdquo Routledge

Taylor and francis group

Department of Information Technology

Delhi Technological University Delhi 3 Blaise Cronin ldquoAnnual review of information science and technologyrdquo Information

Today Inc

4 Kim J Vicente ldquoCognitive work analysis toward safe productive and healthy computer-

based workrdquo Routledge Taylor and francis group

4 BIOMETRIC SYSTEMS AND SECURITY

UNIT I

Introduction History Biometric characteristics Biometric systems Operating modes Biometric

system errors ROC Introduction to pattern recognition Introduction to various biometric

modalities Comparison of various biometric modalities

UNIT II

Fingerprint Authentication History Acquisition Classification Feature extraction Singularity

detection Minutiae detection and Fingerprint matching

Palmprint Authentication History anatomical details Acquisition 3D2D Palmprints ROI

Feature extraction approaches Palmprint matching

UNIT III

Face Based authentication Problems in face recognition Acquisition thermaldigital face

images 2D3D faces Feature extraction approaches Matching

IrisRetina Based Authentication Comparison and difference between iris and retina based

authentication Anatomical details Acquisition Feature extraction Matching Problem areas

UNIT IV

Vein Biometric Acquisition infrared thermal veins Feature extraction approaches Matching

Problem areas Other Behavioral Biometric Signature Keystroke dynamics Gait recognition

UNIT V

Multimodal Biometric Authentication Introduction Comparison between unimodal and

multimodal Levels of Fusion Normalization techniques Problem areas

UNIT VI

Advanced Topics Anti spoofing in biometrics Combination of biometrics with cryptography

Fuzzy vault based technique Uses of soft computing techniques in biometric based authentication

Department of Information Technology

Delhi Technological University Delhi TEXT BOOK

1 John Chirillo ldquoImplementing Biometric Securityrdquo Wiley Publication

2 Svetlana N Yanushkevich ldquoBiometric Inverse Problemsrdquo 3 Jerzy Pejas ldquoBiometric and Artificial Intelligence Systemsrdquo Kluwer Publications

REFERENCE BOOKS

1 Jain R Bolle S Pankanti ldquoBiometrics Personal Identification in Networked Societyrdquo Kluwer

Academic Publishers

2 J Ashbourn Biometrics ldquoAdvanced Identity Verificationrdquo Springer

3 David Maltoni Fingerprint Recognition ldquoTutorial delivered at ICBA 2004rdquo Hong Kong

4 Anil K Jain ldquoLecture on Fingerprint Recognition Croucher Advance Study Lectures on Recent

Development on Biometric Authenticationrdquo Dec 6-11 2004

5 Nalini Ratha Raud Balle ldquoAutomatic Fingerprint Recognitionrdquo Editors Publishers

5REAL TIME SYSTEMS AND SOFTWARE

UNIT I

Introduction basic concepts reference model for real time systems classifications performance

measures estimation techniques issues in real time system design

UNIT II

Clock driven scheduling notations assumptions staticamp time-driven scheduler structure of cyclic

schedules cyclic executives improving average response time of aperiodic jobs scheduling sporadic tasks

practical considerations pros amp cons of clock driven scheduler

UNIT III

Priority driven scheduling of periodic tasks assumptions notations fixed priority algorithm RM amp

DM optimality for RM amp DM algorithm schedulability test for fixed priority tasks with short response

time amp with arbitrary response time dynamic priority algorithms EDF amp LL practical factors

Scheduling Aperiodic amp Sporadic jobs in Priority driven systems assumption amp approaches

scheduling aperiodic jobs sporadic servers constant utilization total bandwidth weighted Fair Queuing

servers scheduling of sporadic jobs

UNIT IV

Resource Access Control system model blocking problem non-preemptive critical section priority

inheritance protocol priority ceiling protocol stack- based priority ceiling protocol nonpreemptive

Department of Information Technology

Delhi Technological University Delhi ceiling protocol

Task assignment and multiprocessor scheduling model of multiprocessor system task assignment

multiprocessor priority ceiling algorithm end to end periodic tasks types of uniprocessor scheduling

algorithms types of multiprocessor scheduling algorithm

UNIT V

Real time operating system kernel services features of RTOS time services amp scheduling mechanism

open system architecture capabilities of commercial RTOS

UNIT VI

Real Time Communication buffering data time relative data Message queue Mailboxes critical regions

semaphores deadlock priority inversion priority based services disciplines for switched networks

weighted round robin service disciplines MAC protocols of broadcast networks internetamp resource

reservation protocol real time protocol Real time synchronization clocks clock synchronization need for

it fault tolerant requirements non-fault tolerant synchronization algorithm fault tolerant synchronization

in hardware synchronization in software

TEXT BOOK

1 Mark Kluwers ldquoA Practitionerrsquos Handbook for Real-Time Analysis Guide to Rate Monotonic

Analysis for Real-Time Systemsrdquo Academic Publishers

2 Phillip Laplante ldquoReal-time systems design and analysis an engineers handbookrdquo IEEE

Computer Society Press

3 Edward Solar ldquoISA amp EISA Theory amp OperationAuthorrdquo Annabooks

REFERENCE BOOKS

1 Jane W S Liu ldquoReal Time Systemsrdquo Pearson Education

2 David A Simon ldquoAn Embedded Software Primerrdquo Pearson Education

3 Krishna CM ldquoReal Time Systemsrdquo Mc-Graw Hill Publication

4 Daniel WLewis ldquoFundamentals of Embedded Software Where C amp Assembly Meetrdquo

Pearson Edu

5 Albert ChengrdquoReal time system- scheduling analysis and verificationrdquo wiley

publications

6 INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS

UNIT I

Department of Information Technology

Delhi Technological University Delhi Scope of Cyber Laws Nature of Cyber Space Cyber Property Cyber Personality Cyber Transactions

Law of Digital Contracts ndash Digital Contract ndash Definition Formation of Digital Contracts System of Digital

Signature Role and Function of Certifying Authorities the Science of Cryptography

UNIT II

Nature of Intellectual Property Patents Designs Trademarks and Copyright

Process of Patenting and Development technological research innovation patenting development

UNIT III

Patent Rights Scope of Patent Rights Licensing and transfer of technology Patent information and

databases Geographical Indications Information Technology Act 2000 International Scenario in Cyber

Laws IPR Policies WIPO National IPR Policy

UNIT IV

New Developments in IPR Administration of Patent System New developments in IPR IPR of Biological

Systems Computer Software etc Traditional knowledge Case Studies IPR and IITs Product Design

Importance of product design in industry

UNIT V

Principal requirements of good product design Factors and considerations affecting product design

Ergonomic factor in product design Product design methodology and techniques Basic elements and

concepts of visual design

UNIT VI

Product Design Standards Standards related to Materials forms functions color graphics product

development and testing Packaging materials their characteristics and applications Packaging design

considerations

TEXT BOOKS

Department of Information Technology

Delhi Technological University Delhi 1 ldquoIntroduction to intellectual property Theory and Practicerdquo By World Intellectual Property

Organization

2 ldquoIntellectual Property Rights Innovation Governance and the Institutional Environmentrdquo Birgitte

Andersen Edward Elgar Publishing Limited

3 ldquoInnovation Intellectual Property and Economic Growthrdquo By Christine Greenhalgh Mark Rogers

REFERENCE BOOKS

1 ldquoIntellectual Property Rights Development and Catch-Uprdquo By Hiroyuki Odagiri and Atsushi

Sunami

2 Schechter Roger E and John R Thomas Intellectual Property The Law of Copyrights Patents

and Trademarks New York WestWadsworth 2003

3 ldquoThe global challenge of intellectual property rightsrdquo Robert C Bird Subhash Chander Jain

4 ldquo Digital Media and Intellectual Propertyrdquo By Nicola Lucchi

5 ldquoThe international political economy of intellectual property rightsrdquo By Meir Perez Pugatch

7 INTRUSION DETECTION PREVENTION AND INFORMATION

WARFARE

UNIT-I

Intrusion Detection and Prevention Concept Introduction Network Based Intrusion Detection Host

Based Intrusion Detection Common network threats and vulnerabilities Architecture and Taxonomy

UNIT-II

Analysis of threats vulnerabilities Log Analysis (Syslog IDS log Firewall log etc) Incident analysis

Cyber Forensics Traffic Analysis (packets) Flow Analysis Network Security Analysis (System user and

traffic based) Honey-pot

UNIT III

Signature and Rule Based Detection Writing Rules for vulnerabilities Writing Signature for threats

Different Techniques for detection of rules and Signature

Anomaly Based Detection Behavior Based Anomaly Detection Traffic Pattern Based Anomaly

Detection Protocol Based Anomaly Detection

UNIT IV

Intrusion Detection Tool Packet Capturing and Analysis Snort IDS and Snort Signature

63 NG IDS

Department of Information Technology

Delhi Technological University Delhi

Incident Response Security life cycle Incident response team early warning amp advisories

UNIT V

Information warfare Concept information as an intelligence weapon attacks and retaliation attack and

defense offensive information warfare defensive information warfare security operation center (SOC)An

I-War risk analysis model implication of I-WAR for information managers Perceptual Intelligence and I-

WAR

UNIT VI

Handling Cyber Terrorism and information warfare Web defacements and semantic attacks DNS attacks

Cyber Law Industrial espionage and cyber terrorism

TEXT BOOK

1 Rebecca Gurley Bace ldquoIntrusion Detectionrdquo Technology Series

2 Stephen Northcut ldquoNetwork Intrusion Detectionrdquo

3 Richard Bejtlich ldquoThe Tao of Network Security Monitoring Beyond Intrusion

Detectionrdquo REFERENCE BOOK

1 James F Kurose and Keith W RossrdquoComputer Networking A top down approachrdquo Pearson

Education

2 Cooper Mark Fearnow Matt Frederick Karen Northcutt Stephen ldquoIntrusion Signatures and

Analysisrdquo Publisher new riders

3 Kaufman Pearlman and Speciner ldquoNetwork Securityrdquo Pearson Education

4 William R Cheswick ldquoFirewalls and Internet Security Repelling the Wily Hackerrdquo

5 Deborah A Frincke ldquoIntrusion Detectionrdquo IOS Press

ELECTIVE IV AND V

1 ROBOTICS ENGINEERING

UNIT-I

Introduction Automation and Robotics CADCAM and Robotic

Department of Information Technology

Delhi Technological University Delhi Matrix algebra Inversion of Matrices Rotational groups matrix representation of co-ordinate

transformation

UNIT-II

Manipulator kinematics kinematics Introduction solvability algebraic solution by reduction to

polynomial standard frames repeatability and accuracy computational considerations

Manipulator dynamics introduction acceleration of rigid body mass distribution Newtonrsquos equation

Eulerrsquos equation Iterative Newton-Euler dynamic formulation closed dynamic equation Lagrangian

formulation of manipulator dynamics dynamic simulation computational consideration

UNIT-III

Trajectory Generation Introduction general considerations in path description and generation joint

space schemes Cartesian space schemes Path generation in runtime Planning path using dynamic model

UNIT-1V

Linear control of manipulators Introduction feedback and closed loop control second order linear

systems control of second-order systems Trajectory following control modeling and control of a single

joint

UNIT-V

Motion Analysis Homogeneous transformations as applicable to rotation and translation problems

Robot actuators and Feedback components Actuators Pneumatic Hydraulic actuators electric amp

stepper motors Feedback components position sensorsndashpotentiometers resolvers encodersndashVelocity

sensors

UNIT-VI

Robot Programming languages amp systems Introduction the three levels of robot programming

requirements of a robot programming language problems peculiar to robot programming languages

TEXT BOOK

Department of Information Technology

Delhi Technological University Delhi

1 Harry H Poole ldquoFundamentals of Robotics Engineeringrdquo

2 Appin Knowledge Solutions ldquoRoboticsrdquo 3 John Blankenship Samuel Mishal Robot Programmers Bonanza Tata Mcgraw

REFERENCE BOOKS

1 John J Craig ldquoIntroduction to Roboticsrdquo Addison Wesley publication

2 Richard D Klafter Thomas A Chmielewski Michael Negin ldquoRobotic Engineering ndash An

integrated approachrdquo PHI Publication

3 KS Fu RC Gonzalez and CSG Lee ldquoRobotics Control Sensing Vision and Intelligencerdquo

TMH

4 Groover M P ldquoIndustrial Roboticsrdquo Pearson Edu

5 Mittal R K amp Nagrath I J ldquoRobotics and Controlrdquo TMH

2 ADVANCES IN MULTIMEDIA SYSTEMS UNIT-I

Multimedia Information Representation Encoder Design Decoder Design Text Images Audio

video

Compression Text amp Image compression techniques Huffman coding Arithmetic coding Lempel-Ziv

GIF TIFF JPEG Audio amp Video Compression DPCM ADPCM Adaptive Predictive coding Linear

predictive coding H261 H263 MPEG

UNIT-II

Standards for Multimedia Communication Standards related to interpersonal communications

interactive applications over internet entertainment applications International Standards for multimedia

objects separation like CIF OCIF SIF MPFG JPEG DVAX and MPEG-4

UNIT-III

Broadcasting Types and Standards Applications in VOD MOD

Broadband ATM networks Introduction Cell formats and switching principles protocol architectures

ATM LANrsquos ATM MANrsquos ATM WANrsquos

UNIT-IV

Introduction to Web Publishing Concepts Multimedia authoring applications Web Page Design

applications FTP Utilities Graphic optimization applications

2-D Animation and Multimedia authoring FLASH Interface Stage panels layers and the timeline

Creating and modifying vector objects manipulating multiple objects Shapes Groups classes

Department of Information Technology

Delhi Technological University Delhi

UNIT-V

Digital 2-D Animation Techniques The 12 principles of Animation Straight Ahead Action amp pose to

pose Action Motion Tweens Shape Tweens and frame by frame animations Graphic Button and Movie

Clip Symbols Libraries and Instances

Vector Drawing Applications Drawing and coloring objects Text as a design element Typography

UNIT VI

Multimedia Databases Design and Architecture of a Multimedia Database Organizing Multimedia Data

based on the Principal of Uniformity Media Abstractions Query Languages for Retrieving Multimedia

Data Indexing SMDSs with Enhanced Inverted Indices Query Relaxation Expansion Conclusions and

Selected Commercial Systems

TEXT BOOK

1 Ralf Steinmetz ldquoMultimedia Systemsrdquo Xmedia Publishing

2 ldquoMultimedia Database Management Systems Bookrdquo Artech House Publishers

3 ldquoMultimedia on Symbian OS Inside the Convergence Device Bookrdquo Wiley

REFERENCE BOOKS

4 Fred Halsall ldquoMultimedia Communications Applications Networks protocol and Standardsrdquo

Pearson Education

5 Ranjan Parekh ldquoPrinciple of Multimediardquo TMH

6 Tay Vaughan ldquoMultimedia Making it workrdquo TMH

7 Ralf Steinmetz and Klara Naharstedt ldquoMultimedia Computing Communications amp Applicationsrdquo

Pearson

8 Taiwan amp Gah Lin ldquoFundamentals of Multimediardquo Pearson Education

3 ADVANCES IN JAVA PROGRAMMING UNIT I

Java Architecture Important Packages ( java Lang javautil javaio javaawt javaapplet

javanet javaxswing) Multithreading Exception Handling Basic Input and Output Generics

Framework Concurrency Swing

UNIT II

Web Servers and Servlets Tomcat web server Introduction to Servlets Lifecycle of a Servlets

JSDK The Servlets API The Package javaxservlet Reading Servlets parameters and

Department of Information Technology

Delhi Technological University Delhi Initialization parameters The javaxservlet HTTP package Handling Http Request amp Responses

Using Cookies-Session Tracking Security Issues

UNIT III

Introduction to JSP The Anatomy of a JSP Page JSP Application Design with MVC JSP

Application Development Generating Dynamic Content Using Scripting Elements Implicit JSP

Objects Conditional Processing Sharing Session and Application Data Memory Usage

considerations

UNIT IV

Struts Architecture with example Tiles Locating Objects using JNDI (Java Naming and

Directory Interface) Persist Objects in J2EE using JPA (Java Persistence API) EJB Session

beans Message beans Entity driven beans Transactions in EJB J2EE security

UNIT V JMS(Java Message Service) J2EE design patterns(Business delegate Data Access Object Front

Controller Service Locator Session Faccedilade Transfer Object View Helper Composite entity

Composite view Fast Lane Reader Intercepting Filter Value List Handler

UNIT VI Introduction to hibernate with example String framework with example Web services (SOA

SOAP AXIS WSDL UDDI Endpoint Callback etc) AJAX with example

TEXT BOOK

4 James Holmes ldquoStruts The Complete Referencerdquo

5 Chuck Cavaness ldquoProgramming Jakarta Strutsrdquo OReilly amp Associates

6 Marty Hall and Larry Brown ldquoCore Servlets and Java Server Pagesrdquo

REFERENCE BOOKS

1 Deepak Alur John Crupi and Dan Malks rdquoCore J2EE Patterns Best Practices and Design

Strategiesrdquo

2 Deitel amp Deitel ldquoJava How to programrdquo Prentice Hall 4 th Edition

3 Gary Cornell and Cay S Horstmann ldquoCore Java Vol 1 and Vol 2rdquo Sun Microsystems

Press

4 Stephen Asbury Scott R Weiner Wiley ldquoDeveloping Java Enterprise Applications

5 Andy Hunt ldquoPragmatic Thinking amp Learningrdquo Pragmatic Bookshelf

4 QUANTUM COMPUTING

Department of Information Technology

Delhi Technological University Delhi UNIT I

Overview of quantum computing history qubits qubit gates quantum circuits quantum algorithms

UNIT II

Introduction to computer science Models for computation Turing machines and circuits analysis of

computational problems computational complexity complexity classes energy and computation

UNIT III

Quantum circuits quantum algorithms qubit operations measurement qubit gates universal gates and

operations quantum computational complexity quantum circuit models simulation of quantum systems

UNIT IV

Quantum Algorithms Introduction to quantum algorithms Deutschrsquos algorithm Quantum

Fourier transform Shorrsquos algorithm and Groverrsquos search Algorithm Physical implementation of

simple quantum gates

UNIT V

Quantum computer physical realization conditions for quantum computation introduction to various

types of quantum computers Harmonic oscillator quantum computer optical photon quantum computer

optical cavity quantum electrodynamics Ion traps Nuclear magnetic resonance

UNIT VI

Quantum search algorithms and their performance quantum search as quantum simulation counting

speeding up the solution of NP ndashcomplete problems optimality of search algorithms

TEXT BOOK

1 Mika Hirvensalo ldquoQuantum Computingrdquo Springer Publisher

2 Josef Gruska ldquoQuantum Computingrdquo McGraw Hill

3 Michael ldquoQuantum Computation and Quantum Informationrdquo Cambridge press

REFERENCE BOOKS

Department of Information Technology

Delhi Technological University Delhi 1 Michael A Nielsen and Isaac L Chuang ldquoQuantum Computation and Quantum

Informationrdquo Cambridge Press

2 Vishal Sahni ldquoQuantum Computingrdquo Tata Mcgraw Hill

3 Goong Chen David a Church Chapman and HALL ldquoQuantum computing devices

principles designs and analysisrdquo CRC applied mathematics and nonlinear science series

4 Phillip Kaye Raymond Laflamme Michele Mosca ldquoAn introduction to quantum

computingrdquo Oxford university press

5 Samuel L Braunstein ldquoQuantum computing where do we want to go tomorrowrdquo Wiley

5ADVANCES IN INFORMATION SYSTEMS

UNIT I

E ndash Learning Goals and benefits of e-learning Growth of e-learning Technology Issues Communication

technologies used in e-learning 3D Virtual Learning Environments

UNIT II

E ndash Logistics Logistics amp Supplier Chain Management Warehousing Management Transportation

Distribution Management

E-Commerce Model of E-Commerce Application with respect to models BPR amp E-Commerce

Introduction to ERP

UNIT II

CRM Sales Marketing and Service Management BPOBCP need of BPOBCP Guidelines MeritsDe-

Merits Call Center ndashbrief perspective technology wise Functioning Ethics Disaster Recovery

Management Case Study

UNIT III

E-Banking Transactions Inter Banking Intra Banking Electronic Payments (Payment ndash Gateway

Example) Securities in E-banking (SSL Digital Signatures ndash Examples) Services Provided ATM Smart

Card ECS(Electronic Clearing System) eg Telephone Electricity Bills Content Management And

Department of Information Technology

Delhi Technological University Delhi Disseminations E-learning ndash Models WBT CBT Virtual Campus LMS amp LCMS Video Conferencing

Chatting Bulleting Building Online Community Asynchronous Synchronous Learning Case Study

UNIT IV

E ndash Governance amp E ndash Agriculture Models- (G2BG2CC2GG2G) Challenges Strategies and tactics

for implementation of E ndash Governance Types of Agriculture information (Soil Water Seeds Market rate)

amp Technique dissemination Future trade marketing Corp-Management Query redresses System

(Information Kiosk IVR etc) Case Study

UNIT V

Knowledge management Definition Components and Type of Knowledge Knowledge Building Models

KM Cycle amp KM architecture KM tools KM approaches

GIS GPS Nature of Geographic data Spatial Objects amp Data Models Getting map on Computers GIS

standards amp Standardization Process of GIS development Implementation and Deployment phases

Embedded Systems Features and Type of Embedded SystemsComponents of Embedded System

Application of Embedded System Palm Devices

TEXT BOOKS

1 Avison D Kasper GM Pernici B Ramos I Roode DAdvances in Information Systems

Research Education and Practice Springer

2 Nilsson AG Gustas R Wojtkowski G Wojtkowski W Wrycza S Zupancic J (Eds)

Advances in Information Systems Development Bridging the Gap between Academia amp

Industry Springer

3 Robert Braun ldquoAdvances in information systems and management sciencerdquo

REFERENCE BOOKS

1 Zbigniew W Ras ldquoAdvances in Intelligent Information Systemsrdquo Springer

2 Olegas Vasilecas ldquoInformation systems development advances in theory practice and

educationrdquo Springer

3 Kerem Tomak ldquoAdvances in the economics of information systemsrdquo Idea Group Inc

4 Marite Kirikova ldquoInformation systems development advances in methodologies components

and managementrdquo Springer

5 Julius T Tou ldquoAdvances in information systems sciencerdquo Plenum Press

Department of Information Technology

Delhi Technological University Delhi

6 ENTERPRISE RESOURCE PLANNING

UNIT I

Introduction Forecasting Material Requirement Planning (MRP) General Model for ERP ERP and

DWDM with OLAP technology Supply Chain Management (SCM) Customer Relationship Management

(CRM)

UNIT II

Business Engineering and ERP Business Process Reengineering (BPR) Building the business model

UNIT II

Implementation Challenges Life Cycle Methodologies Consultants and vendors Customization Project

management and monitoring pre and post implementation activities Market dynamics Cost

considerations Scheduling

Management Product lifecycle Human resource (HRM) Knowledge (KM) InventoryWarehouse

Supplier Distribution

UNIT III

Maintenance Risks and their controls Security Concerns ERP and Total Quality Management ERP and

E-Commerce ERP and MIS Applications Benefits Limitations of ERP Systems

UNIT IV

ERP Software Packages Open Source and Proprietary ERP software SAP R3 from SAP MPGPRO

from QAD Baan IV from Baan IFS Applications from Industrial and Financial Systems PeopleSoft from

Oracle Lawson Financials from Lawson Software Epicor Enterprise from Epicor

UNIT VI

Case Study

Department of Information Technology

Delhi Technological University Delhi TEXT BOOKS

1 Daniel Edmund Orsquo Leary ldquoEnterprise Resource Planning Systemrdquo Cambridge University Press

2 Pankaj Sharma ldquoEnterprise Resource Planningrdquo APH Publishing

3 Alexis Leon ldquoEnterprise Resource Planningrdquo TMH

REFERENCE BOOKS

1 Alexis Leon ldquoERP Demystifiedrdquo TMH

2 Vinod Kumar Garg and NK Venkata Krishnan ldquoEnterprise Resource Planning ndash

concepts and Planningrdquo Prentice Hall

3 Avraham Shtub ldquoEnterprise Resource Planning (ERP) The dynamics of operationrdquo

Springer

4 Thomas F Wallace Michael H Kremzar ldquoERP making it happen the implementers

guide to success with enterprise rdquo Wiley

5 Jose Antonio Fernandz ldquoThe SAP R 3 Hand bookrdquo TMH

ELECTIVE VI AND VII

1 INFORMATION HIDING T

UNIT I

Steganography History of Steganography Principles of Steganography Steganography in computer file

systems Software for steganography Steganalysis techniques

UNIT II

Basic classification of steganography algorithms Bitplane techniques Transform techniques ndash spread

spectrum etc Format based Fractals

Applications of steganography Covert channels Audio data Military E-commerce

UNIT III

Watermarking Introduction to Watermarking techniques A Survey of Current Watermarking

Techniques Watermark detection and analysis Application of cryptography in steganography and

watermarking

Department of Information Technology

Delhi Technological University Delhi

UNIT IV

Watermarking principles Bitplane techniques Transform techniques watermarking attack High-

Watermark

UNIT V

Applications of digital watermarking E-commerce Copyright protection Intellectual property issues

Digital Signatures Authentication

UNIT VI

Advanced Topics Intermediate and advance steganographic or watermarking techniques Forensic

watermarking and steganography Automated steganalysis systems

TEXT BOOKS

1 Katzenbeisser and Petitcolas rdquoInformation Hiding Techniques for steganography and digital

watermarkingrdquo Artech House

2 Johnson Duric and Jajodia rdquoInformation Hiding ndash Steganography and Watermarking ndash Attacks

and Countermeasuresrdquo Kluwer Academics publishers

3 Cox Miller and Bloom ldquoDigital Watermarkingrdquo Academic Press

REFERENCE BOOKS

1 Jeng-Shyang Pan Hsiang-Cheh Huang Lakhmi C Jain ldquoInformation Hiding and Applicationsrdquo

Springer

2 Emmanuel Sodipo ldquoThe Art of Security and Information Hidingrdquo Emmanuel Sodipio

3 Chaichana Mitrpant ldquoInformation hiding an application of wiretap channels with side

informationrdquo sn 2003

4 Michael Konrad Arnold Martin Schmucker Stephen D Wolthusen ldquoTechniques and applications

of digital watermarking and content protectionrdquo Artech House

5 Jack Weiner Kathleen Mirkes ldquoWatermarkingrdquo Institute of Paper Chemistry

2 ADVANCED DISTRIBUTED SYSTEM

UNIT I

Department of Information Technology

Delhi Technological University Delhi Distributed Systems Models Architectural models ndash Client-Server model Thin Client Mobile Devices

and Software agents Fundamental models ndash Interaction Failure and Security models

UNIT II

Time Physical and logical time Event ordering Clock Synchronization Message delivery

ordering

Interprocess Communication API for Internet protocols External data representation and

Marshalling Distributed Objects and Remote Invocation Communication between distributed objects Remote

Procedure Call Remote Object Invocation

Transactions and Concurrency Control Fundamental principles Transactions and nested transactions

Locks Optimistic concurrency control Timestamp ordering

UNIT III

Distributed File Systems File service architecture Sun NFS Recent advances

Coordination and Agreement Distributed Mutual Exclusion Elections Consensus and related problems

Distributed transactions Flat and nested transactions Atomic commit protocols Concurrency control in

distributed transactions Distributed deadlocks Transaction recovery

UNIT IV

Simulation A Formal Model for Simulations Broadcast and Multicast Distributed Shared Memory Fault-

Tolerant Simulations of ReadWrite Objects Simulating Synchrony Improving the Fault Tolerance of

Algorithms Fault-Tolerant Clock Synchronization

UNIT V

Advanced Topics Randomization Wait-Free Simulations of Arbitrary Objects and Problems Solvable in

Asynchronous Systems Solving Consensus in Eventually Stable Systems High Performance Computing-

HPF Distributed and mobile multimedia systems Adaptability in Mobile Computing Fault tolerant

Computing Systems

Parallel Processing Introduction terminology Parallel Programming environments

Department of Information Technology

Delhi Technological University Delhi

UNIT VI

Cloud Computing Cloud Computing Cloud Infrastructure Management Cloud Infrastructure

Security Cloud Interoperability Cloud Trust and Policy Management Mobility and Clouds

Data Analytics and Clouds Data Visualization and Clouds Cloud Efficiency and Energy Cloud

Centric Regulatory Compliance Smart Pipe

TEXT BOOKS

2 G Couloris ldquoDistributed System Concept amp Designrdquo Addison Wesley

3 Tanenbaum ldquoDistributed Systemsrdquo PHI

4 Sape Mullender ldquoDistributed Systemsrdquo Addison Wesley

REFERENCE BOOKS

1 Distributed Systems Concepts and DesignbyCoulouris G Dollimore J and Kindberg

2 George F Coulouris Jean Dollimore Tim Kindberg ldquoDistributed Systems concepts and designrdquo

Addison-Wesley

3 Hagit Attiya Jennifer Welch ldquoDistributed Systems Fundamentals Simulations and advanced

topicsrdquo Wiley

4 George F Coulouris Jean Dollimore Tim Kindberg ldquoDistributed Systems concepts and designrdquo

Addison Wesley

5 Vijay Kumar Garg ldquoElements of Distributed Computingrdquo Wiley

3 SOFT COMPUTING

UNIT I

Fuzzy Logic Introduction to Fuzzy Logic Classical and Fuzzy Sets Overview of Classical Sets

Membership Function Fuzzy rule generation

Operations on Fuzzy Sets Compliment Intersections Unions Combinations of Operations Aggregation

Operations

Fuzzy Arithmetic Fuzzy Numbers Linguistic Variables Arithmetic Operations on Intervals amp Numbers

Lattice of Fuzzy Numbers Fuzzy Equations

UNIT II

Advanced Fuzzy Logic Classical Logic Multivalued Logics Fuzzy Propositions Fuzzy Qualifiers

Linguistic Hedge Uncertainty based Information Information amp Uncertainty Nonspecificity of Fuzzy amp

Crisp Sets and Fuzziness of Fuzzy Sets Fuzzy Models

Department of Information Technology

Delhi Technological University Delhi

UNIT III

Neural Networks History overview of biological Neuro-system Mathematical Models of Neurons ANN

architecture Learning rules Learning Paradigms-Supervised Unsupervised and reinforcement Learning

Algorithms ANN training Algorithms-perceptrons Training rules Delta Back Propagation Algorithm

Multilayer Perceptron Model Hopfield Networks Associative Memories Applications of Artificial Neural

Networks

UNIT IV

Learning Techniques Introduction Evolutionary Techniques Swarm Intelligence Bacterial Foraging

Ant Colony Optimization and Genetic Algorithm

UNIT VI

Introduction of Neuro-Fuzzy Systems Architecture of Neuro Fuzzy Networks

Applications Medicine Image Processing Biometrics

TEXT BOOKS

1 John Yen ldquoFuzzy Logicrdquo PHI

2 Jacek M Zurada ldquoIntroduction to Artificial Neural Systemsrdquo Jaico Publishing House

3 JSR Jang CT Sun E Mizutani ldquoNeuro-Fuzzy AND Soft Computingrdquo PHI

REFERENCE BOOKS

1 Anderson JA ldquoAn Introduction to Neural Networksrdquo PHI

2 Hertz J Krogh RG Palmer ldquoIntroduction to the Theory of Neural Computationrdquo Addison-

Wesley California

3 GJ Klir amp B Yuan ldquoFuzzy Sets amp Fuzzy Logicrdquo PHI

4 Melanie Mitchell ldquoAn Introduction to Genetic Algorithmrdquo PHI

5 Freeman JA amp DM Skapura ldquoNeural Networks Algorithms Applications and Programming

Techniquesrdquo Addison Wesley Reading Mass

Department of Information Technology

Delhi Technological University Delhi

4 WIRELESS AND MOBILE COMMUNICATION

UNIT I

Cellular concept air-interface channel structure location management HLR-VLR hierarchical

handoffs channel allocation in cellular systems Interference and system capacity tracking and grade of

service Improving Coverage and capacity in Cellular systems

Personal Communications Services (PCS) PCS Architecture Mobility management Networks

signaling

UNIT II

Mobile Network Layer Mobile IP Goals assumptions entities and terminology IP packet delivery agent

advertisement and discovery registration tunneling and encapsulation optimizations Dynamic Host

Configuration Protocol (DHCP)

Mobile Transport Layer Traditional TCP Indirect TCP Snooping TCP Mobile TCP Fast

retransmitfast recovery Transmission time-out freezing Selective retransmission Transaction oriented

TCP

UNIT III

Global System for Mobile Communication (GSM) system overview GSM Architecture Mobility

management Network signaling

General Packet Radio Services (GPRS) GPRS Architecture GPRS Network Nodes

Mobile Data Communication WLANs (Wireless LANs) IEEE 80211 standard Mobile IP

UNIT IV

Protocols and Tools Wireless Application Protocol-WAP Introduction protocol architecture and

treatment of protocols of all layers Bluetooth (User scenarios physical layer MAC layer networking

security link management) and J2ME

Third Generation (3G) Mobile Services The Universal Mobile Telecommunication System (UMTS) -

Network Architecture Interfaces Network Evolution UMTS FDD and TDD UMTS Channels Logical

Channels UMTS downlink transport and physical channels UMTS uplink transport and physical channels

UMTS Time Slots UMTS Network Protocol Architecture Mobility Management for UMTS Network

UNIT V

Wireless Local Loop (WLL) Introduction to WLL Architecture wireless Local Loop Technologies

Wireless Enterprise Networks Introduction to Virtual Networks Blue tooth technology Blue tooth

Protocols Quality of services in 3G Introduction to 4G

Department of Information Technology

Delhi Technological University Delhi Mobile Ad hoc Networks (MANETs) Overview Properties of a MANET spectrum of MANET

applications routing and various routing algorithms security in MANETs

UNIT VI

Satellite communication Geosynchronous and geostationary satellites VSAT system SCPC Overview

of FDMA TDMA and CDMA CDDMA Satellite link budget analysis Overview of Circuit switching

and packet switching Overview of Modems Overview of high data Digital Subscriber loops (ADSL

VDSL) Local Microwave Distribution Services (LMDS) AIN(Advanced Intelligent Network)

TEXT BOOKS

1 Jochen Schiller ldquoMobile Communicationsrdquo Addison-Wesley

2 T S Rappaport ldquoWireless Communication Principles and Practicerdquo PHI

3 Andreas F Molisch ldquoWireless Communicationrdquo Wiley-IEEE

REFERENCE BOOKS

7 Andy Dornan ldquoThe Essential Guide to Wireless Communication Applicationsrdquo PHI

8 Stojmenovic amp Cacute ldquoHandbook of Wireless Networks amp Mobile Computingrdquo Wiley

9 Reza Behravanfar ldquoMobile Computing Principles Designing and Developing Mobile Applications

with UML and XMLrdquo Cambridge University Press

10 Adelstein Frank Gupta Sandeep KS Richard III Golden Schwiebert Loren ldquoFundamentals of

Mobile and Pervasive Computingrdquo McGraw-Hill Professional

11 Hansmann Merk Nicklous Stober ldquoPrinciples of Mobile Computingrdquo Springer

5 CYBER FORENSICS AND CYBER CRIME INVESTIGATION

UNIT I

Introduction to Cyber World Cyber attacks and cyber security Information warfare and cyber

terrorism Types of cyber attacks Cyber Crime and Digital Fraud Hacking Cracking Viruses Virus

Attacks Pornography Software Piracy

UNIT II

Intellectual property Legal System of Information Technology Social Engineering Mail Bombs Bug

Exploits and Cyber Security etc Computer ethics Professional Ethics and philosophical ethics

UNIT III

Overview of Types of computer forensics ie Media Forensics Network forensics (internet forensics)

Machine forensic Email forensic (e-mail tracing and investigations)

Department of Information Technology

Delhi Technological University Delhi

UNIT IV

Live Data collection and investigating windows environment windows Registry analysis Gathering

Tools to create a response toolkit ( Built in tools like netstat cmdexe nbtstat arp md5sum regdmp

etc and tools available as freeware like Fport Pslist etc) Obtaining volatile Data ( tools like coffee

Helix can be used ) Computer forensics in windows environment Log analysis and event viewer File

auditing identifying rogue machines hidden files and unauthorized access points

UNIT IV

Live Data collection and investigating UNIX environment

UNIT V

Forensic tools and report generation Recovery of Deleted files in windows Analyzing network

traffic sniffers Ethical Hacking Hardware forensic tools like Port scanning and vulnerability

assessment tools like Nmap Netscan etc Password recovery (tools like John the ripper

L0phtcrack and THC-Hydra) Mobile forensic tools and analysis of called data record Template

for computer forensic report

TEXT BOOKS

1 Mandia Kevin Prosise Chris and Pepe Mattrdquo Incident Response ampComputer

Forensicsrdquo McGraw-Hill

2 Beebe Nicole Lang and Jan Guynes Clark ldquoA Hierarchical Objectives-Based Framework

for the Digital Investigations Process

3 Nelson Bill Amelia Phillips Frank Enfinger and Christopher Steuartrdquo Guide to

Computer Forensics and Investigationsrdquo Thompson Course Technology Boston 2006

REFERENCE BOOKS

1 Rowlingson Robert ldquoA Ten Step Process for Forensic Readinessrdquo International Journal

of Digital Evidence

2 Albert J Marcella Doug Menendez ldquoCyber forensics a field manual for collecting

examining and preserving evidence of computer crimesrdquo Auerbach Publications

3 Matthew Sorell ldquoForensics in Telecommunications Information and Multimediardquo

4 Thomas Alfred Johnson ldquoForensic computer crime investigationrdquo CRC Taylor and

Francis

5 Anthony Reyes Kevin OShea ldquo Cyber crime investigations bridging the gaps between

security professionals law enforcement and prosecutorsrdquo Syngress

6 ADVANCED DATABASE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM UNIT-I

Department of Information Technology

Delhi Technological University Delhi Database Design Overview of Relational Database

Object Oriented Databases Complex Data Types Structured Types and Inheritance in SQLTable

Inheritance Array and Multiset Types in SQL Object-Identity and Reference Types in SQL

Implementing O-R Features Persistent Programming Languages

UNIT II

Storage and File Structure Overview of Physical Storage Magnetic Disk and Flash Storage RAID

Tertiary Storage File Organization Organization of Records in Files Indexing and Hashing Ordered

Indices B+-Tree Index Files B+-Tree Extensions Multiple-Key Access Static Hashing Dynamic

Hashing

UNIT III

Query Processing Measures of Query Cost Selection Operation Sorting Join Operation Evaluation of

Expressions

Query Optimization Transformation of Relational Expressions Estimating Statistics of Expression

Results and Choice of Evaluation Plans

UNIT IV

Transaction Management Transaction Concept Transaction Model Storage Structure Transaction

Atomicity Durability Isolation and Serializability Transaction Isolation Levels and Implementation

Transactions as SQL Statements

Concurrency Control Lock-Based Protocols Deadlock Handling Multiple Granularity Timestamp-

Based Protocols Validation-Based Protocols Multiversion Schemes

Snapshot Isolation Insert Operations Delete Operations and Predicate Reads Weak Levels of Consistency

in Practice Concurrency in Index Structures

Recovery System Failure Classification Storage Recovery and Atomicity Recovery Algorithm Buffer

Management Failure with Loss of Nonvolatile Storage Early Lock Release and Logical Undo Operations

ARIES Remote Backup Systems

UNIT-V

SYSTEM ARCHITECTURE

Department of Information Technology

Delhi Technological University Delhi Database-System Architectures Centralized and ClientndashServer Architectures Server System

Architectures Parallel Systems Distributed Systems Network Types

Parallel Databases Introduction IO Parallelism Interquery Parallelism Intraquery Parallelism

Intraoperation Parallelism Interoperation Parallelism Query Optimization Design of Parallel Systems

Parallelism on Multicore Processors

UNIT VI

Distributed Databases

Homogeneous and Heterogeneous Databases Distributed Data Storage Distributed Transactions Commit

Protocols Concurrency Control in Distributed Databases Availability Distributed Query Processing

Heterogeneous Distributed Databases Cloud-Based Databases Directory Systems

Case studies Oracle Microsoft SQL Server

TEXT BOOKS

1 Korth Silberschatz ldquoDatabase System Concepts TMH

2 Elmsari and Navathe ldquoFundamentals of Database Systmesrdquo A Wesley

3 C J Date ldquoAn Introduction to Database Systemsrdquo Narosa Publishing

REFERENCE BOOKS

1 Steve Bobrowski ldquoOracle 8 Architecturerdquo TMH

2 J D Ullman ldquoPrinciples of Database and Knowledge Base Systemsrdquo Computer Science

Press

3 W Kim Modern Database Systems Addison Wesley Pub Co

4 Ramakrishnan Database Management System McGraw-Hill

5 James Rumbangh and others Object Oriented Modeling and Design PHI

7 INFORMATION RETRIEVAL SYSTEMS

UNIT I

Information Retrieval Models Boolean Model Vector Space Model Relational DBMS

Probabilistic Models Language Models

Department of Information Technology

Delhi Technological University Delhi UNIT II

Web Information Retrieval citation network analysis social collaboration (PageRank and HITS

algorithms) Term Indexing Zipfs Law term weighting

UNIT III

Searching and Data Structures Inverted files to support Boolean and Vector Models

Clustering non-hierarchical- single pass and reallocation hierarchical agglomerative

String Searching Tries binary tries binary digital tries suffix trees etc

UNIT IV

Retrieval Effectiveness Evaluation Recall Precision Fallout Comparing systems using average

precision

UNIT V

User Search Techniques Search statements and binding Similarity measures and ranking Relevance

feedback Selective dissemination of information search Weighted searches of Boolean

systems Searching the Internet and hypertext Information Visualization Introduction Cognition and

perception Information visualization technologies

UNIT VI

Text Search Algorithms Introduction Software text search algorithms Hardware text

search systems

Information System Evaluation Introduction Measures used in system evaluation

Measurement example ndash TREC results

TEXT BOOKS

1 Kowalski Gerald Mark T Maybury Information Retrieval Systems Theory and Implementation

Kluwer Academic Press 1997

Department of Information Technology

Delhi Technological University Delhi 2 Frakes WB Ricardo Baeza-Yates Information Retrieval Data Structures and

Algorithms Prentice Hall 1992

3 Yates ldquoModern Information Retrivalrdquo Pearson Education

REFERENCE BOOKS

1 Ricardo Baeza-Yates and Berthier Ribeiro-Neto ldquoModern Information Retrievalrdquo

2 Karen Sparck Jones and Peter Willett ldquoReadings in Information Retrievalrdquo

3 Soumen Chakrabarti Morgan ldquoMining the Web Discovering Knowledge from Hypertext Datardquo

Kaufmann Publishers

4 Ian HWitten Alistair Moffat and Timothy C Bellrdquo Managing Gigabytes Compressing and

Indexing Documents and Imagesrdquo

5 Christopher D Manning Prabhakar Raghavan and Hinrich Schutzerdquo Introduction to Information

Retrievalrdquo Cambridge University Press

Curriculum

for Master of Technology

in

Computational Design

Submitted to

Academic Council DTU

Department of Mechanical Production Industrial and Automobile Engineering

Delhi Technological University Shahbad-Daulatpur Delhi-110042

MTech (Computational Design)

MTech (Computational Design) course is meant for those candidates who are desirous of

seeking higher education in the field of application of computational techniques in design

The basic purpose of this MTech Course is to serve Delhi Technological University

government and industry through research and development of advanced computational

Mechanics modeling simulation and design of physical systems to solve real world

problems

Our aim is to build a centre of excellence for multidisciplinary engineering simulation

and design which combines a range of analytical computational and experimental

techniques Our strength lies in this sophisticated mix of engineering methods coupled with

industrial applications a particular focus for our activities over the next few years will be the

development of grid-based problem-solving services to be used use by academia and

industry

The primary research interests fall into three broad themed areas

Design search and optimisation

Applied computational modelling

Computational methods

The overall purpose of the proposed MTech Programme is to establish a cohesive

and expanding base of research in applied computational science and Design engineering It

will produce sustained growth in research funding excellence in integrated research and

education and increases in national and international stature and economic competitiveness

for Indian Industries

Now a days Computational Mechanics and Design methods are critically important

for the analysis and design of sophisticated technological products and systems in a

competitive global marketplace and fulfilling the needs of the society The future security and

economic well being of our country will depend in part on an adequate supply of scientists

and engineers who are highly skilled in the use of computers to solve important design

problems using modeling simulation and computer assisted design This evolution is

expected to transform the use of advanced technology by introducing computational

simulation and design software that supplements experiments and testing to produce

competitive advantages in critical areas such as price time-to-market life-cycle costs and

overhead Although these benefits to industry are driving the changes in engineering practice

and technical education in India yet it has not responded adequately to the challenge of

providing graduates post graduate and researchers who are adequately prepared in Machine

design field In view of the extensive use of computational methodologies in design by

industry there is a significant role for creating innovative curricula meant for educating the

young minds In this way they may be able to solve programs of integrated research and

graduate education (ie graduate research in an applications environment) that is distinct

from traditional university research activity

The use of computers to solve complex large-scale practical problems is a trend that

will accelerate in years to come In view of the large scale skill development in this emerging

area of design the Honourable Vice Chancellor of Delhi Technological University has

recognized the needs of starting a post graduate program in the computational design area

This new program will offer opportunities to provide the leadership in computational

applications driven research This education is certainly needed for future competitiveness in

the advanced technology sector of the global economy through starting of this master

program in design area

Objectives The objectives of the MTech Programmes at Delhi Technological University

are

To develop the scientific and engineering manpower of high quality to cater to the

needs of the industry and institutes

To provide a broad grasp of the fundamental principles of the mechanics and design

through its advanced curriculum

To provide a deep understanding of the area of specialization to serve and understand

better the industrial problems

To provide an innovative ability to solve real case studies problems

To provide a capacity to learn continually and interact with multidisciplinary groups

To develop the students with a capability to cater the requirements and aspirations of

society

With these objectives in mind the MTech Programmes are designed to include courses

of study practicalsseminars and projectthesis through which a student may develop hisher

concepts and intellectual skills The procedures and requirements stated in this proposal

embody the philosophy and regulations of the MTech education and ensure a high standard

of performance at the University and industries

This will certainly expand the demonstrated capability of the University in the area of

Computational and Design applications and to explore research activities that broaden and

expand research expertise in this field It will definitely find appropriate opportunities for

educational outreach activities and training courses for other institute and university nearby

Delhi to create awareness and to stimulate interest in Computational design research

Department of Mechanical Engineering

Delhi Technological University Delhi PIN 110042

MTech (Computational Design) I SEMESTER

PAPER

CODE

Name of Subject L-T-P Credits GROUP

ME 521 Computer Aided Design and

Optimization

3-0-0 3

A

ME 522 Advanced Theory of Vibration and

Control

3-0-0 3

ME 523 System Modeling Simulation and

Analysis

3-0-0 3

ME 524 Vibration and Control Lab 0-0-2 2

ME 525 Optimization Techniques in Design 3-0-0 3

B

ME 526 Computational Mechanics of

Materials

3-0-0 3

ME 527 CAD Lab 0-0-2 2

ME 528 Self study Open area Seminar I 0-0-1 1

Total 15-0-5 20 II SEMESTER

PAPER

CODE

Name of Subject L-T-P Credits GROUP

ME 621 Finite Element Method 3-0-0 3

C

(One

compulsory

theory

Two

electives

theory and

one lab)

ME 622- 1 Smart Structures and Materials 3-0-0 3 I

(Any

one

subject)

ME 622- 2 Product Design and Development 3-0-0 3

ME 622- 3 Robotics 3-0-0 3

ME 622-4 Human factors in Engineering and

Biomechanical Design 3-0-0 3

ME 623- 1 Reliability Engineering 3-0-0 3 II

(Any

one

subject)

ME 623 -2 Product Life Cycle Management 3-0-0 3

ME 623- 3 Rapid Prototyping and tooling 3-0-0 3

ME-623-4 Innovative Engineering Design 3-0-0 3

ME 624 Simulation Lab 0-0-2 2

ME 671- 1 Engineering Tribology and Bearing

Design 3-0-0 3 III

(Any

one

subject)

D

(Two

electives

theory and

one lab)

ME 671- 2 Surface Engineering 3-0-0 3

ME 671- 3 Rotor Dynamics 3-0-0 3

ME 671- 4 Theory of Elasticity and Plasticity 3-0-0 3

ME 672- 1 Fracture Mechanics 3-0-0 3 IV

(Any

one

subject)

ME 672- 2 Composite Material Technology 3-0-0 3

ME672- 3 Numerical Methods in Engineering 3-0-0 3

ME672- 4 Design of Experiments 3-0-0 3

ME 673 Finite Element Method- Lab 0-0-2 2

ME 674 Minor Project I 0-0-1 1

Total 15-0-5 20

III SEMESTER

PAPER

CODE

Name of Subject L-T-P Credits GROUP

ME 721-1 Computational Methods for Fluid

Dynamics 3-0-0 3 V

(Any

one

subject)

E

(Two

electives

theory and

two lab)

ME 721-2 Pressure Vessels and Piping Design 3-0-0 3

ME 721-3 Design for Manufacture 3-0-0 3

ME 721-4 Noise and Acoustics Design 3-0-0 3

Me 722-1 Mechatronic System Design 3-0-0 3 VI

(Any

one

subject)

ME 722-2 Instrumentation and Control

Systems 3-0-0 3

ME 722-3 Automotive System Design 3-0-0 3

ME 722-4 Machine Tool Design 3-0-0 3

ME 723 Design Engineering Lab 0-0-2 2

ME 724 Instrumentation and Control Lab 0-0-2 2

ME 725 Self study Open area Seminar II 0-0-2 2

ME 726 Minor Project II 0-0-4 4

ME 727 Major Project I 0-0-4 4

Total 6-0-14 20

IV SEMESTER

PAPER

CODE

Name of Subject L-T-P Credits GROUP

ME821 Major Project II 0-0-20 20 F

ME 521 Computer Aided Design amp Optimization

L T P Credits

3 0 0 03

Introduction and Review of CAD Introduction and Overview Need and Scope of computer aided Machine design Role of

Geometric modelling Principles of interactive Computer graphics Overview of hardware

available for use in CAD

Three Dimensional Transformations Geometric transformations amp Axonometric Diametric Trimetric and oblique Projections

Windowing amp View porting

Geometric Modelling and Applications Introduction wire frame models and entities curve

representations parametric representation of analytical curves synthetic curves Bezier

curves B-spline curves Rational curves curve manipulations design and engineering

applications

Solid modelling

Half spaces Boundary representation (B-rep) Constructive solid geometry (CSG) Sweep

representation Analytical solid making and solid manipulation

Advances in Computer Aided Engineering Design Failure considerations in designing Robust design Reliability Ergonomic considerations in

Design Feature based design Design for manufacturing Design for Automation CAD of

complex Engg Systems

Optimization Methods Introduction to optimization methods Local and global minima Kuhn Tucker sufficiency

conditions Line searchers Steepest descent method Conjugate gradient method Quasi-

Newton method Constrained optimization Penalty function

Recommended Books

1 Computer Graphics -D Hearn amp M P Baker- Prentice Hall

2 CADCAM Theory and Practice- Ibrahim Zeid amp R Sivasubramanian -Tata McGraw-

Hill

3 CADCAM- Principles and Applications -P N Rao Tata McGraw-Hill

4 Computer Aided Engineering Design -A Saxena and B Sahay- Anamya Publications

5 Mathematical Elements for Comp Graphics- D F Rogers and J A Adams- McGraw-Hill

International

6 CADCAM -H P Groover and E W Zimmers -Prentice Hall

7Radhakrishnan and Kothandaraman ldquo Computer Graphics and Designrdquo Dhanpat Rai

1997

8 Rogers David F ldquo Procedures Elements for Computer Graphicsrdquo second Ed Tata

McGraw Hill 2001

9 Introduction to optimal design Jasbir S Arora McGraw Hill

ME522 Advanced Theory of Vibration and Control

L T P Credits

3 0 0 03

Introduction

Introduction to unwanted mechanical vibrations and their harmful effects including those on

human beings

Two-degree of Freedom System

Principal modes of vibration Spring coupled and mass coupled systems Forced vibration of

an undamped close coupled and far coupled systems Undamped vibration absorbers Forced

damped vibrations Vibration isolation

Multi-degree Freedom systems

Eigen-value problem Close coupled and far coupled systems Orthogonality of mode shapes

Modal analysis for free damped and forced vibration systems Approximate methods for

fundamental frequency-Rayleighrsquos Dunkerely Stodola and Holzer method Method of

matrix iteration Finite element method for close coupled and far coupled systems

Vibration Control

Vibration control strategies and case studies experimental and theoretical routes to vibration

engineering vibration testing Lumped parameter and distributed parameter modeling of

mechanical vibratory systems Vibration control solutions balancing of rotating and

reciprocating machines Design of vibration isolators Auxilliary mass systems including

tuned dampers for vibration control Application of damping treatment for vibration control

in machines and structures

Dynamic Instability Control

Dynamic instability control Introduction to modal tesing modal updating and structural

dynamic modifications to improve dynamic design of machine structures Active control of

vibrations Introduction to NVH and its control Random vibrations Measurement and

processing of random data

Continuous systems

Forced vibration of systems governed by wave equation Free and forced vibrations of beams

bars

Non-linear Vibrations

Non-linear systems Undamped and forced vibration with non-linear spring forces Self-

excited vibrations

Recommended Books

1 Theory and practice of Mechanical Vibrations -JS Rao and K Gupta- New Age International

2 Mechanical Vibrations -GK Groover -Nem Chand amp Brothers

3 Mechanical Vibration Practice -V Ramamurti -Narosa Publications

4 Mechanical Vibrations- VP Singh- Dhanpat Rai amp sons

5 Textbook of Mechanical Vibrations -RV Dukkipati amp J Srinivas -Prentice Hall of India

6 Dynamics of structures-Chopra Pearson press

7 Vibration and Control AK Mallik

ME-523 System Modeling Simulation and Analysis

L T P Credits

3 0 0 03

Introduction A review of basic probability and statistics random variables and their

properties Estimation of means variances and correlation

Physical Modelling Concept of System and environment Continuous and discrete systems

Linear and non-linear systems Stochastic activities Static and Dynamic models Principles

of modeling Basic Simulation modeling Role of simulation in model evaluation and studies

advantages of simulation

Modeling of Physical System Dynamics A Unified Approach

Physical systems Introduction to Bond graphs Ports Bonds and Power Elements of Bond

graphs1-port elements ndash resistor R Stiffness C and Inertia I Source of Effort Se and Flow

SF 2-port elements ndash Transformer TF and Gyrator GY with modulation Junction elements 1

and 0 Causality Causality for basic 1-port and multi-ports Derivation of System equations

from Bond graphs in first order state space form

Bond Graph Modeling of Multi-energy Systems Mechanical Systems Translation and rotation (about a fixed axis)

System Simulation Techniques of simulation Monte Carlo method Experimental nature of

simulation Numerical computation techniques Continuous system models Analog and

Hybrid simulation Feedback systems Computers in simulation studies Simulation software

packages

System Dynamics Growth and Decay models Logistic curves System dynamics diagrams

Probability Concepts in Simulation Stochastic variables discrete and continuous probability

functions Random Numbers Generation of Random numbers Variance reduction

techniques Determination of length of simulation runs

Simulation of Mechanical Systems Building of Simulation models Simulation of

translational and rotational mechanical systems Simulation of hydraulic systems

Recommended Books

1 System Simulation- Geoffrey Gordon -Prentice Hall

2 System Simulation The Art and Science -Robert E Shannon -Prentice Hall

3 System Modelling and Control -J Schwarzenbach and KF Gill Edward Arnold

4 Modelling and Analysis of Dynamic Systems -Charles M Close and Dean K Frederick Houghton

Mifflin

5 Simulation of Manufacturing -Allan Carrie John Wiley amp Sons

6 Bond Graph in Modeling Simulation and Fault Identification-Amalendu Mukherjee Ranjit

Karmakar Arun Samantary-IK Int Pub house

ME 525 Optimization Techniques in Design

L T P Credits

3 0 0 03

Introduction to Optimization - Introduction Engineering Applications Problem Statement

Classification of optimization problems

Classical Optimization techniques - Unconstrained Optimization Optimizing Single-

Variable Functions conditions for Local Minimum and Maximum Optimizing Multi-

Variable Functions Constrained Optimization Optimizing Multivariable Functions with

Equality Constraint Lagrange Multipliers Method Constrained Multivariable Optimization

with inequality constrained Kuhn-Tucker Necessary conditions Kuhn ndashTucker Sufficient

Conditions

Goal Programming Formulation and solution of goal problems

Non-Linear Programming- One-Dimensional Methods Elimination Methods Interpolation

Methods Direct Root Methods Quasi-Newton Method Secant Method Docotomous search

method Fabonacci method Golden section method Unconstrained Optimization

Techniques Direct search methods Descent Methods Constrained Optimizations Direct and

Indirect methods

Dynamic Programming Concept of Dynamic Programming Multi stage Decision Process

Calculus Method and Tabular Method

Integer Programming ndash Branch and bound Method Cutting Plane Method

Introduction to Advanced Optimization Techniques - Genetic Algorithms (GA)

Simulated Annealing Particle Swarm Optimization ( PSO) Ant Colony Optimization

(ACO) Neural Network Separable Programming Stochastic Programming Monte Carlo

Simulation

Recommended Books

1 Taha H A ldquoOperations Researchrdquo PHI

2 Optimization of Engineering Design ldquoDeb Krdquo PHI

3 Operations Research ldquoDS Hira P K Guptardquo S Chand

4 Optimization techniques ldquo Raordquo New Age international

ME 526 Computational Mechanics of Materials

L T P Credits

3 0 0 03 Analysis of deformation and motion

Motion of a continuum deformation gradient polar decomposition objectivity of tensor

fields measures of strain rate of deformation and vorticity

Transport theorem balance laws

Mass conservation momentum balance equations Cauchy stress tensor Conjugate stress

tensors stress rates

General constitutive theory

Material symmetry invariance requirements Cauchy elastic material Green elastic material

Analysis of large deformation and strain in 3-D elastic continuum

Formulation of boundary value problems examples

Variational principles and conservation laws

Virtual work principle for large deformation problems Principle of stationary potential

energy complementary and mixed variational principles variational principles with

constraints

Recommended Books

1 Continuum Mechanics Gurtin and Anand

2 Continuum Mechanics J N Reddy

3 Nonlinear elastic deformations R W Ogden

ME 621 Finite Element Method

L T P Credits

3 0 0 03

Introduction to Finite Element Method

Engineering Analysis History Advantages Classification Basic steps Convergence criteria

Role of finite element analysis in computer-aided design Mathematical Preliminaries

Differential equations formulations Variational formulations weighted residual methods

Classification boundary conditions and characteristics of second order partial differential

equations System of differential equations boundary value problems eigenvalues problems

eigenvalues and eigenvectors orthogonal matrices similarity transformation

One-Dimensional Elements-Analysis of Bars and Trusses

Basic Equations and Potential Energy Functional 1-0 Bar Element Admissible displacement

function Strain matrix Stress recovery Element equations Stiffness matrix Consistent

nodal force vector Body force Initial strain Assembly Procedure Boundary and Constraint

Conditions Single point constraint Multi-point constraint 2-D Bar Element Shape functions

for Higher Order Elements Axisymmetric stress analysis 3-D stress analysis Isoparametric

elements Numerical integration Solution of linear system of algebraic equations Round-off

errors Pivoting and ill-conditioned matrices

Two-Dimsional Elements-Analysis of Plane Elasticity Problems Three-Noded Triangular

Element (TRIA 3) Four-Noded Quadrilateral Element (QUAD 4) Shape functions for

Higher Order Elements (TRIA 6 QUAD 8)

Axi-symmetric Solid Elements-Analysis of Bodies of Revolution under axi-symmetric

loading Axisymmetric Triangular and Quadrilateral Ring Elements Shape functions for

Higher Order Elements

Three-Dimensional Elements-Applications to Solid Mechanics Problems

Basic Equations and Potential Energy Functional Four-Noded Tetrahedral Element (TET 4)

Eight-Noded Hexahedral Element (HEXA 8) Tetrahedral elements Hexahedral elements

Serendipity family Hexahedral elements Lagrange family Shape functions for Higher Order

Elements Convergence criteria discretization error convergence rate patch test conforming

non-conforming elements reduced integration

Beam Elements-Analysis of Beams and Frames 1ndashD Beam Element 2ndashD Beam Element

Problems

Heat Transfer I Fluid Flow Steady state heat transfer 1 D heat conduction governing

equation boundary conditions One dimensional element Functional approach for heat

conduction Galerkin approach for heat conduction heat flux boundary condition 1 D heat

transfer in thin fins Basic differential equation for fluid flow in pipes around solid bodies

porous media

Dynamic Considerations Formulation for point mass and distributed masses Consistent

element mass matrix of one dimensional bar element truss element axisymmetric triangular

element quadrilatateral element beam element Lumped mass matrix Evaluation of eigen

values and eigen vectors Applications to bars stepped bars and beams

Recommended Books 1 Chandrupatla T R ldquoFinite Elements in engineeringrdquo- 2nd Edition PHI 2007

2 Lakshminarayana H V ldquoFinite Elements Analysisrdquondash Procedures in Engineering Universities Press

2004

3 Rao S S ldquoFinite Elements Method in Engineeringrdquo- 4th Edition Elsevier 2006

4 PSeshu ldquoTextbook of Finite Element Analysisrdquo-PHI 2004

5 JNReddy ldquoFinite Element Methodrdquo- McGraw -Hill International EditionBathe K J Finite

Elements Procedures PHI

6 Cook R D et al ldquoConcepts and Application of Finite Elements Analysisrdquo- 4th Edition Wiley amp

Sons 2003

7 Finite Element Method KJ Bathe Prentice Hall of India

8 FEM Zienkiewicz and Taylor

ME 622-1 Smart Structure and Materials

L T P Credits

3 0 0 03

Overview of Smart Materials Structures and Products Technologies

Smart Materials (Physical Properties) piezoelectric materials materials magnetostrictive

electrostrictive materials magnetoelectric materials magnetorheological fluids

electrorheological fluids applications of electroreological fluids shape memory materials

fiber-optic sensors

Smart Sensor Actuator and Transducer Technologies smart sensors accelerometers

force sensors load cells torque sensors pressure sensors microphones impact hammers

MEMS sensors NEMS sensors sensor arrays smart actuators displacement actuators force

actuators power actuators vibration dampers shakers fluidic pumps motors smart

transducers ultrasonic transducers sonic transducers air transducers

Measurement Signal Processing Drive and Control Techniques quasi-static and

dynamic measurement methods signal-conditioning devices constant voltage constant

current and pulse drive methods calibration methods structural dynamics and identification

techniques passive semi-active and active control feedback and feed forward control

strategies

Design Analysis Manufacturing and Applications of Engineering Smart Structures and

Products Case studies incorporating design analysis manufacturing and application issues

involved in integrating smart materials and devices with signal processing and control

capabilities to engineering smart structures and products Emphasis on structures automation

and precision manufacturing equipment automotives consumer products sporting products

computer and telecommunications products medical and dental tools and equipment

Recommended Books 1 Smart Materials and Structures - M V Gandhi and B So Thompson Chapman

and Hall London New York 1992 (ISBN 0412370107)

2 Smart Structures and Materials - B Culshaw Artech House Boston 1996

(ISBN 0890066817)

3 Smart Structures Analysis and Design - A V Srinivasan Cambridge

University Press Cambridge New York 2001 (ISBN 0521650267)

4 Electroceramics Materials Properties and Applications - A J Moulson and J

M Herbert John Wiley amp Sons ISBN 0471497429

5 Piezoelectric Sensories Force Strain Pressure Acceleration and Acoustic

Emission Sensors Materials and Amplifiers Springer Berlin New York 2002

(ISBN 3540422595)

6 Piezoelectric Actuators and Wtrasonic Motors - K Uchino Kluwer Academic

Publishers Boston 1997 (ISBN 0792398114)

7 Handbook of Giant Magnetostrictive Materials - G Engdahl Academic Press

San Diego Calif London 2000 (ISBN 012238640X)

8 Shape Memory Materials - K Otsuka and C M Wayman Cambridge

University Press Cambridge New York 199~ (ISBN 052144487X)

ME 622-2 Product Design and Development

L T P Credits

3 0 0 03 Stages in design process

Introduction to various stages of the design process Formulation of problem Generation of

alternatives Evaluation Guided Redesign Case study

Product life cycle

New product introduction early introduction increased product life Life cycle management tools

System integration QFD House of quality Pughrsquos method Pahl and Beitz method Case studies

Value engineering

Introduction nature and measurement of value Value analysis job plan Creativity and techniques of

creativity Value analysis test Case studies

Concurrent reverse engineering

Introduction basic principles components benefits of concurrent engineering Concept of reverse

engineering

Material selection

Materials in design The evolution of engineering materials Design tools and material data Function

material shape and process Material selection strategy attribute limits selection process computer

aided material selection Case studies

Process selection

Introduction Process classification shaping joining and finishing Systematic process selection

Ranking process cost Computer ndash aided process selection

Design for manufacture and assembly

Design for Manufacture and Assembly (DFMA) Reasons for not implementing DFMA Advantages

of DFMA with case studies Design features and requirements with regard to assembly production

Design for Manufacture in relation to any two manufacturing processes machining and injection

molding Need objectives

Design for lsquoXrsquo

Introduction Design for Safety packaging and storage quality reliability energy conservation

environment aesthetics ergonomics maintenance recyclability and disposal Case studies

Patents liability and ethics

Introduction Protecting your design patents copyright basic tools of design protection Liability

issues in product design Ethical considerations Examples case studies

Recommended Books

1 Product Design and Development ldquoKarl T Ulrich Steven D Eppingerrdquo Mc GrawHill

2 Integrated Product and Process Development ldquoJohn M Usher Utpal Roy and H R Parasaei

3 Product Design for Manufacture and Assembly ldquoG Boothroyd P Dewhurst and W Knightrdquo Marcel

Daker

4 Engineering Design and Design for Manufacturing A structured approach ldquoJohn R Dixon and Corrodo

Polirdquo Field Stone Publishers USA

5 Material Selection in Mechanical Design ldquoM F Ashbyrdquo Elsevier

ME 622-3 Robotics and Control

L T P Credits

3 0 0 03

Introduction

Evolution of robot and robotics laws of robotics robot anatomy Links joints Degrees of

freedom (DOF) Arm configuration wrist configuration end-effectors

Coordinate Frame Mapping and Transforms

Coordinate frames description of objects in space transformation of vectors inverting a

homogeneous transform fundamental rotation matrices

Kinematics

Denavit- Hartenberg Notation kinematic relationship between adjacent links Manipulator

transformation matrix Inverse kinematics

Linear and angular velocity of a rigid body velocity propagation along links manipulator

jacobian

Dynamics

Lagrange-Euler Formulation Newton-Euler Formulation

Control of manipulators

Position control Force control Applications of standard control strategies

Actuators

Types Characteristics of actuating system weight Power-to-weight ratio Operating

pressure Stiffness vs compliance Use of reduction gears Comparision of hydraulic

Electric pneumatic actuators Hydraulic actuators Proportional feedback control Electric

Motors DC motors Reversible AC motors Brushless DC motors Stepper motors- structure

and principle of operation Stepper motor speed-torque characteristics

Sensors Sensor characteristics Position sensors- potentiometers Encoders LVDT

Resolvers Displacement sensor Velocity sensor- encoders tachometers Acceleration

sensors Force and Pressure sensors - piezoelectric force sensing resistor Torque sensors

Touch and tactile sensor Proximity sensors-magnetic Optical Ultrasonic Inductive

Capacitive Eddy-current proximity sensors

Recommended Books 1 Fundamental Concepts and Analysis - Ghosal A Robotics Oxford 2006

2 Introduction to Robotics Analysis - Niku S B Systems Applications Pearson Education 2008

3 Introduction to Robotics Mechanica and Control - 2nd Edition - Craig J J Addison-Welsey 2nd

edition 1989

4 Fundamentals of Robotics Analysis and Control - Schilling R J PHI 2006

5 Robotics Control Sensing Vision and Intelligence - Fu K S Gonzalez R C Lee CS G

McGraw Hill 1987

ME-622-4 Human factors Engineering and Biomechanical Design L T P Credits

3 0 0 03

Introduction

Human factors and systems Human factors research methodologies

Information Input

Information Input and Processing Text Graphics Symbols and Code Visual Display of

Dynamic Information Auditory Tactual and Olfactory Displays Speech Communications

Human Output and Control

Physical Work and Manual Materials Handling Motor Skills Human Control of systems

Controls and Data Entry devices Hand tools and devices

Workplace Design

Applied Anthropometry Work-space design and Seating Arrangement of Components

within a Physical Space Interpersonal Aspects of Workplace Design

Environmental Conditions

Illumination Climate Noise Motion

Human Factors Applications

Human Error Accidents and Safety Human Factors and the Automobile Human Factors

in Systems design

Biomechanical Design

Biomechanical systems Biomechanical analysis Natural design vs Mechanical Design

Designing and developing equivalent mechanical systems Case studies and analysis

Biomechanical modeling and simulation

Recommended Books

1 Mark Sanders Ernest McCormick Human Factors In Engineering and Design 7th

edition McGraw-Hill International Editions

2 YC Fung ldquoBiomechanics Vol 1 2 3rdquo

ME 623-1 Reliability Engineering

L T P Credits

3 0 0 03 Introduction

System concepts in reliability availability and maintainability (RAM) Engineering Practical

applications of RAM Engineering to systems products and processes Concepts terms and

definitions Failure rate function Probability density function Cumulative distribution function

reliability function Mean time to failure ( MTTF) MTBF MTTR etc

Fundamentals of reliability

Failure distributions Exponential Weibull Normal and Lognormal Constant failure rate model and

time dependent failure models

System reliability assessment

Series Parallel Combined series-parallel configurations Cut sets and path sets approach fault tree

analysis ( FTA) State dependent systems Markov analysis load sharing system standby system

degraded system Monte Carlo simulation

Design for Reliability and reliability improvement

Reliability specifications and system measurements reliability allocation exponential case optimal

allocations arnica method AGREE method Various types of redundancies active and passive

redundancy k-out-of-n- redundancy standby redundancy optimization reliability-cost trade off

Availability and maintainability

Point mission and steady state availability Availability assessment Maintainability and its

assessment Maintenance policies individual policy Planned preventive and condition based

maintenance Opportunistic maintenance policy

Design for maintainability

Maintenance requirements measurements and specifications fault diagnosis failure mode and effect

analysis (FMEA) Parts standardization and interchangeability modularization accessibility repair

versus replacement proactive maintenance maintainability prediction and demonstration

Recommended Books

1 Ebeling Charies E ldquoAn introduction to Reliability and Maintainability Engineeringrdquo

Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Co LtdNew Delhi2000

2 SrinathLS ldquo Reliability EngineeringrdquoAffiliated East ndashWest Press Ltd New Delhi2006

3 DhillonBS ldquoEngineering MaintainbilityrdquoPrentice Hall of India New Delhi2000

4 Blanchard BenjaminS ldquoLogistics Engineering and Managementrdquo Prentice Hall of India

New Delhi2006

ME-623-2 Product Life Cycle Management L T P Credits

3 0 0 03

Introduction Extensive definition of Concurrent Engineering (CE) CE design

methodologies Review of CE techniques like DFM (Design for manufacture) DFA (Design

for assembly) QFD (Quality function deployment) RP (Rapid prototyping) TD (Total

design) for integrating these technologies Organizing for CE CE tool box Collaborative

product development

Use of Information Technology IT support Solid modeling Product data management

Collaborative product

Commerce Artificial Intelligence expert systems Software hardware component design

Design Stage Lifecycle design of products Opportunities for manufacturing enterprises

Modality of concurrent engineering design automated analysis Idealization control CE in

optimal structural design Real time constraints

Need for PLM Importance of PLM Implementing PLM Responsibility for PLM Benefits

to different managers Components of PLM Emergence of PLM Lifecycle problems to

resolve Opportunities to seize Role of sustainability Sustainable product life management

Components of PLM Components of PLM Product lifecycle activities Product

organizational structure Human resources in product lifecycle Methods techniques

Practices Methodologies Processes System components in lifecycle slicing and dicing the

systems Interfaces Information Standards

Recommended Books

1 Integrated Product Development MM Anderson and L Hein IFS Publications

2 Design for Concurrent Engineering J Cleetus CE Research Centre Morgantown

3 Concurrent Engineering Fundamentals Integrated Product Development -Prasad Prentice hall

India

4 Concurrent Engineering in Product Design and Development -I Moustapha New Age International

5 Product Lifecycle Management -John Stark Springer-Verlag UK

6 Product Lifecycle Management -Michael Grieves McGraw Hill

7 Concurrent Engineering Automation tools and Technology- Andrew Kusiak Wiley Eastern

ME-623-3 Rapid Prototyping and Tooling

L T P Credits

3 0 0 03

Introduction Historical developments Fundamentals of RP Systems and its Classification

Rapid prototyping process chains 3D modeling and mesh generation Data conversion and

transmission

RP Systems Liquid polymer based rapid prototyping systems Teijin Seikisrsquo solid form and

other similar commercial RP systems Solid input materials based rapid prototyping systems

laminated object manufacturing (LOM) and fused deposition modelling systems etc Power

based rapid prototyping systems selective Laser sintering Soligen Direnrsquos shell production

casting (DSPC) Fraunhoferrsquos multiphase jet solidification (MJS) and MITrsquos 3D printing

(3DP) etc

RP Database Rapid prototyping data formats STL format STL file problems STL file

repair Network based operations Digital inspection Data warehousing and learning from

process data

RP Applications Development of dies for moulding RP applications in developing

prototypes of products application in medical fields Development of bone replacements and

tissues etc RP materials and their biological acceptability

Recommended Books

1 Rapid Prototyping of Digital Systems A Tutorial Approach- Hamblen James O Kluwer Aca

2 Rapid Prototyping Principles And Applications- Kai Chua Chee World Scie

3 Rapid System Prototyping With Fpgas Accelerating The Design Process- R C Cofer Newnes

4 Rapid Prototyping of Digital Systems -James O Hamblen Springer

ME 623-4 Innovative Engineering Design

L T P Credits

3 0 0 03

Creative Product amp System Design

Creative design Innovation versus invention Globalisation Team work Project Scheduling

and management

Creative Mind

Whole Brain thinking Creativity What makes an individual creative

Reclaiming Creativity

Mental Barriers Types of mental Barriers False assumptions and nonexistent limitations

Associating thinking misunderstandings inability to communicate properly emotions

culture and environment related barriers improper method of solution

Creative Problems solving Techniques

Brain storming 6-3-5 method Morphological attitude list list of alternative actions analogy

(Case based reasoning) method random attributes Scamper method

Imagination visualisation graphical representation and communication

Imagination drawings engineering drawings realistic drawings Perspectives and location

of objects determining depth in perspective scale factors drawing perspective sketching

put-in-the-box scheme

Design Consideration and Decisions

Cost size weight material selection method of fabrication Physical and structural

standards Function standards and expectations performance efficiency reliability

Company image and mission quality service ability Styling shape aesthetics and

packaging Safety human factors Environmental effects Disposability sustainability

Assembly-Disassembly life expectancy ethical issue Patent and other intellectual property

rights Legal matters

Economics of Design

Value of a Product or System Global Economics Models Costs Revenues and Profits

Cost Breakdown of Products and Systems Product Life Span Engineering Economy

Design and Product Liability

Product Liability History and Background Major Administrative Law Related to Product

Liability Basic Theories of Product Liability Law reducing Product Liability Risk Failure

Mode and Effect Analysis (FMEA) Code of Ethics for Engineers Standards and Codes

Recommended Books

1 Saeed Benjamin Niku Creative Design of Products and Systems

ME 671-1 Engineering Tribology and Bearing Design

L T P Credits

3 0 0 03

Introduction

History of evolution and definition Lubrication wear cost of friction and wear Lubricants

and their physical properties viscosity index Reynolds equation Derivation and physical

significance standard reduction forms of Reynolds equation

Friction and Wear

Law of sliding friction concept of adhesion Taylorrsquos model of friction Measurement of

friction

Laws of wear Abrasive Erosive and Cavitation wear Introduction abrasive wear

mechanisms of abrasive wear mechanisms of erosive wear effect of impingement angle and

impact speed on erosive wear rate Effect of particle shape hardness size and flux rates on

erosive wear rate Erosive wear by liquid Cavitation wear mechanism of cavitation wear

Adhesion and adhesive wear Mechanism of adhesion Corrosive and oxidative wear

Introduction corrosive wear transition between corrosive and adhesive wear synergism

between corrosive and abrasive wear oxidative wear kinetics of oxide film growth on metals

at high and low temperatures

Fatigue wear Introduction fretting wear melting wear wear due to electrical discharges

diffusive wear impact wear Sitiback number curve and law

Lubrication

Solid lubrication and surface treatments Introduction Lubrication by solids lubrication by

lamellar solids Hydrostatic Lubrication formation of fluid film pressure distribution and

flow normal load component frictional torque and power loss Introduction to gas

lubrication Thermo hydrodynamic lubrication governing equation and boundary conditions

Bearing Design

Design of bearing Clearance in journal bearing minimum film thickness sommar-field

number oil grooves and flow of oil in axial and circumferential grooves cavitations and

turbulence in oil bearings Heat generation and cooling or bearing hydrostatic and dynamic

and their applications in machine tools Design of air bearing ad other gas bearing

Recommended Books

1 Engineering Tribology- Gwidon W Stachowiak and Andrew W Batchelor

2 Fundamentals of fluid film lubrication- Bernard J Hamrock

3 Industrial Tribology DrBSPrabhu McGraw Hill

ME 671-2 Surface Engineering

L T P Credits

3 0 0 03

Introduction- thermal spray coating Definition History Coating Build-up Market

segmentation Material used for spraying Method of powders production Methods of

powder characterization Spray drying Cladding Mechanical alloying Self propagating high

temperature synthesis

Pre-spray treatment Introduction Surface cleaning Substrate shaping Surface activation

Masking Thermal spraying techniques

Thermal spray process Introduction Flame spraying Atmospheric plasma spraying Arc

spraying Detonation gun spraying High velocity oxy fuel spraying Vacuum plasma

spraying

Post spray treatment Heat treatment Impregnation Finishing Method of coating

characterization Method of microstructure characterization Mechanical properties of

coating Physical properties of coating Chemical properties of coating

Properties of coatings Mechanical properties Thermo-physical properties Electric

properties Magnetic properties Optical properties Corrosion resistance Application of

coatings Corrosion protection Iron and steel industries Energy generation and transport

Non ferrous metal industries Paper industries

Recommended Books

1 Introduction to surface engineering and functionally engineered materials Peter

Martin John Wiley and Sons 2011

2 Tribology and Surface Engineering ldquoJ Paulo Davum Nova Science Publishing

3 Advances in Surface Engineering SA 2002

4 Material and Surface Engineering in Tribology Jamal Takadoum Wiley

ME 671-3 Rotor Dynamics

L T P Credits

3 0 0 03

Fluid Film Lubrication Basic theory of fluid film lubrication Derivation of generalized

Reynolds equations Boundary conditions Fluid film stiffness and Damping coefficients

Stability and dynamic response for hydrodynamic journal bearing Two lobe journal bearings

Stability of Flexible Shafts Introduction equation of motion of a flexible shaft with rigid

support Radial elastic friction forces Rotary friction friction Independent of velocity

friction dependent on frequency Different shaft stiffness Constant gyroscopic effects

Nonlinear problems of large deformation applied forces instability of rotors in magnetic

field

Critical Speed Dunkerleys method Rayleighs method Stodolas method

Rotor Bearing System Instability of rotors due to the effect of hydrodynamic oil layer in

the bearings support flexibility Simple model with one concentrated mass at the center

Turbo-rotor System Stability by Transfer Matrix Formulation General turbo-rotor

system development of element transfer matrices the matrix differential equation effect of

shear and rotary inertia the elastic rotors supported in bearings numerical solutions

Turbo-rotor System Stability by Finite Element Formulation General turbo-rotor

system generalized forces and co-ordinates system assembly element matrices Consistent

mass matrix formulation Lumped mass model Linearised model for journal bearings

System dynamic equations Fix stability analysis non dimensional stability analysis

unbalance response and Transient analysis

Blade Vibration Centrifugal effect Transfer matrix and Finite element approaches

Recommended Books 1 Principles of Lubrication - Cameron Longmans

2 Nonconservative problems of the Theory of elastic stability - Bolotin Pergamon

3 Matrix methods of Elastomechanics - Peztel Lockie McGraw Hill

4 Vibration Problems in Engineering - Timosenko Young Von Nostrand 5 Zienkiewicz

The Finite Element Method McGraw Hill

5 Rotor Dynamics- JS Rao

6 Rotor Dynamics-Tondel

ME671-4 Theory of Elasticity and Plasticity

L T P Credits

3 0 0 03 Introduction

Analysis of stress and strain Equilibrium Specification of stress at a point Principal stresses and

Mohrs diagram in three dimensions Boundary conditions Stress components on an arbitrary plane

Stress invariants Octahedral stresses Decomposition of state of stress compatibility and constitutive

equations Deformation Strain Displacement relations Strain components The state of strain at a

point Principal strain Strain transformation Stress -Strain Relations and the General Equations of

Elasticity Saint -Venants principle Principle of super position and reciprocal theorem

Elastcity Problems

Airys stress function investigation for simple beam problems Bending of a narrow cantilever beam

under end load simply supported beam with uniform load Use of Fourier series to solve two

dimensional problems Two Dimensional Problems in Polar Co-Ordinates General equations stress

distribution symmetrical about an axis Pure bending of curved bar Strain components in polar co-

ordinates Rotating disk and cylinder Concentrated force on semi-infinite plane Stress concentration

around a circular hole in an infinite plate Ax symmetric problems elliptical hole Introduction to

three Dimensional Problems Analysis of stress and strain in 3-d stress ellipsoid variational

methods Castiglianorsquos theorems Anisotropic elasticity finite deformation elasticity

Introduction to Plasticity

Definition and scope of the subject Brief review of elasticity Octahedral normal and shear stresses

Spherical and deviatric stress Invariance in terms of the deviatoric stresses Representative stress

Idealised stress-strain diagrams for different material models Engineering and natural strains

Mathematical relationships between true stress and true strains Cubical dilation finite strains co-

efficients Octahedral strain Strain rate and the strain rate tensor

Yield Criteria for Materials

Yield criteria for ductile metal Von Mises Tresca Yield surface for an Isotropic Plastic materials

Stress space Experimental verification of Yield criteria Yield criteria for an anisotropic material

Hillsrsquo criterion Plastic stress-strain relations Prandtl Roeuss Saint Venant Levy - Von Mises

Experimental verification of the Prandtl-Rouss equation Yield locus Symmetry convexity Normality

rule

Upper and lower bound solutions Upper and lower bound theorems and and corollaries Application to problems Uniaxial tension and

compression bending of beams Torsion of rods and tubes Simple forms of indentation problems

using upper bounds Slip line theory Basic equations for incompressible two dimensional flow

continuity equations Stresses in conditions of plain strain convention for slip-lines Geometry of slip

lines Properties of slip lines

Recommended Books

1 Engineering Plasticity - Theory and Application to Metal Forming Process -

RACSlater McMillan Press Ltd

2 Theory of Plasticity and Metal forming Process - Sadhu Singh Khanna Publishers

Delhi

3 Plasticity for Mechanical Engineers - Johnson and Mellor

ME 672-1 Fracture Mechanics

L T P Credits

3 0 0 03

Fracture mechanics principles Introduction and historical review Sources of micro and

macro cracks Stress concentration due to elliptical hole Strength ideal materials Griffithrsquos

energy balance approach Fracture mechanics approach to design NDT and Various NDT

methods used in fracture mechanics Numerical problems

The Airy stress function Complex stress function Solution to crack problems Effect of

finite size Special cases Elliptical cracks Numerical problems

Plasicity effects Irwin plastic zone correction Dugdale approach The shape of the plastic

zone for plane stress and plane strain cases Plastic constraint factor The Thickness effect

numerical problems

Determination of Stress intensity factors and plane strain fracture toughness

Introduction analysis and numerical methods experimental methods estimation of stress

intensity factors Plane strain fracture toughness test The Standard test Size requirements

Non-linearity Applicability

The energy release rate Criteria for crack growth The crack resistance(R curve)

Compliance J integral Tearing modulus Stability

Elastic plastic fracture mechanics Fracture beyond general yield The Crack-tip opening

displacement The Use of CTOD criteria Experimental determination of CTODParameters

affecting the critical CTODUse of J integral Limitation of J integral

Dynamics and crack arrest Crack speed and kinetic energy Dynamic stress intensity and

elastic energy release rate Crack branching Principles of crack arrest Crack arrest in

practice Dynamic fracture toughness Testing for fracture

Fatigue crack propagation and applications of fracture mechanics Crack nucleation and

growth and the stress intensity factor Factors affecting crack propagation fatigue life

prediction Paris law statistical analysis variable amplitude service loading Means to

provide fail-safety Required information for fracture mechanics approach Mixed mode

(combined) loading and design criteria Fracture of composite materials Use of FEM

softwares like ABAQUS for analysis of bodies containing cracks

Recommended Books 1 Elementary Engineering Fracture Mechanics - David Brock Noordhoff

2 Fracture Mechanics-Fundamental and Application - Anderson TL CRC

press1998

3 Engineering fracture mechanics - SA Meguid Elsevier

4 Fracture of Engineering Brittle Materials Applied Science - Jayatilake

London

5 Fracture and Fatigue Control in Structures - Rolfe and Barsom Prentice

Hall

6 Introduction to fracture mechanics - Karen Hellan McGraw Hill

7 Fundamentals of V fracture mechanisms - Knott Butterworths

8 Fracture ndashLiefbowitz Volime II 9 Introduction to Fracture Mechanics Prashant Kumar

ME 672-2 Composite Material Technology

L T P Credits

3 0 0 03

Introduction to Composite Materials Definition Classification Types of matrices material

and reinforcements Characteristics amp selection Fiber composites laminated composites

Particulate composites Prepegs and sandwich construction

Macro Mechanics of a Lamina Hookes law for different types of materials Number of

elastic constants Derivation of nine independent constants for orthotropic material Two -

dimensional relationship of compliance and stiffness matrix Hookes law for two-

dimensional angle lamina engineering constants - Numerical problems Invariant properties

Stress-Strain relations for lamina of arbitrary orientation Numerical problems

Micro Mechanical Analysis of a Lamina Introduction Evaluation of the four elastic

moduli Rule of mixture Numerical problems

Biaxial Strength Theories Maximum stress theory Maximum strain theory Tsa-Hill

theory Tsai Wu tensor theory Numerical problems

Macro Mechanical Analysis of Laminate Introduction code Kirchoff hypothesis CL T

A B and D matrices (Detailed derivation) Engineering constants Special cases of laminates

Numerical problems

Manufacturing Lay up and curing - open and closed mould processing Hand lay Up

techniques Bag moulding and filament winding Pultrusion Pulforming Thermoforming

Injection moulding Cutting Machining and joining tooling Quality assurance Introduction

material qualification Types of defects NDT methods

Application Developments Aircrafts missiles Space hardware automobile Electrical and

Electronics Marine Recreational and sports equipment-future potential of composites

Metal Matrix Composites Re-inforcement materials Types Characteristics and selection

Base metals Selection Applications

Recommended Books 1 Composite Materials handbook Mein Schwartz Mc Graw Hill Book Company 1984

2 Mechanics of composite materials Autar K Kaw CRC Press New York

1 Mechanics of Composite Materials Rober M Joness Mc-Graw Hill Kogakusha Ltd

2 Stress analysis of fiber Reinforced Composite Materials Michael W Hyer Mc-Graw

Hill International

3 Composite Material Science and Engineering Krishan K Chawla Springer

4 Fibre Reinforced Composites PC Mallik Marcel Decker

ME 672-3 Numerical Methods in

Engineering L T P Credits

3 0 0 03

Approximations Accuracy and precision definitions of round off and truncation

errors error propagation

Algebraic equations Formulation and solution of linear algebraic equations Gauss

elimination LU decomposition iteration methods (Gauss- Seidal) convergence of

iteration methods eigen values and eigen vectors

Interpolation methods Newtonrsquos divided difference interpolation polynomials

Lagrange interpolation polynomials

Differentiation and Integration High accuracy differentiation formulae extrapolation

derivatives of unequally spaced data Gauss quadrature and integration

Transform techniques Continuous Fourier series frequency and time domains

Laplace transform Fourier integral and transform Discrete Fourier Transform

(DFT)Fast Fourier Transform(FFT)

Differential equations Initial and boundary value problems eigenvalues problems

solutions to elliptical and parabolic equations partial differential equations

Regression methods Linear and non-linear regression multiple linear regression

general linear least squares

Statistical methods Statistical representation of data modeling and analysis of data

test of hypotheses

Solution to practical engineering problems using software tools

Recommended Books

1 Schilling RJ and Harris S L ldquoApplied Numerical Methods for Engineering using

MatLab and Crdquo BrooksCole Publishing Co 2000

2 ChapraS C and CanaleR P ldquoNumerical Methods for Engineersrdquo McGraw Hill

1989

3 Hines WW and Montrogmery ldquoProbability and Statistics in Engineering and

Management Studiesrdquo John Willey 1990

4 Santhosh KGupta ldquoNumerical Methods for Engineersrdquo New Age international

publishers 2005

ME 672-4 Design of Experiments L T P Credits

3 0 0 03

Introduction

Strategy of experimentation Some typical applications of experimental design Basic principles

Guidelines for designing experiments A brief history of statistical design Using statistical design in

experimentation

Simple Comparative Experiments

Introduction Basic statistical concepts Sampling and sampling Distribution Inferences about the

Differences in means randomized designs Paired comparison Designs Inferences about the

Variances of Normal Distributions

Introduction to Factorial Design

Basic definition and principles Advantages of factorials The two factor factorial design General

factorial design Fitting response curves and Surfaces Blocking in a factorial design

Fitting Regression Models

Introduction Linear regression models Estimate of parameters in linear regression models

Hypothesis testing in multiple regression Confidence intervals in multiple regression Prediction of

new response observations Regression model diagnostics Testing for lack of fit

Taguchi Method of Design Of Experiments

Concept design Parameter design Tolerance design Quality loss function Signal-to- Noise ratio

Orthogonal array experiments Analysis of Mean (ANOM) Quality characteristics Selection and

testing of noise factors Selection of control factors Parameter optimization experiment Parameter

design case study

Analysis of Variance (Anova)

Introduction Example of ANOVA process Degrees of freedom Error variance and pooling Error

variance and application Error variance and utilizing empty columns the F-test

Recommended Books

1 Walpole Myers Myers and Ye Probability and Statistics for Engineers and

Scientists 7th ed 2002 Pearson Education

2 Bernand Ostle amp Richard NMensing Statistics in Research 3rd ed 1975 Oxford

amp IBH Pub Co

3 Hines Montgomery Goldsman and Borror Probability and Statistics in

Engineering 4th ed 2003 John Wiley amp Sons

4 Federer Experimental Design Theory amp application 1955 Oxford amp IBH pub Co

ME 721-1 Computational Fluid Dynamics L T P Credits

3 0 0 03

Introduction Conservation equation Mass Momentum and Energy equations Convective

form of the equation and general description

Clarification into various types of equation Parabolic Elliptic Boundary and initial

conditions Overview of numerical methods

Finite difference methods Different means for formulating finite difference equations

Taylor series expansion Integration over element Local function method Finite volume

methods Central upwind and hybrid formulations and comparison for convection-diffusion

problem Treatment of boundary conditions Boundary layer treatment Variable property

Interface and free surface treatment Accuracy of FD method

Solution of finite difference equations Iterative methods Matrix inversion methods ADI

method Operator splitting Fast Fourier Transform applications

Phase change problems Rayleigh-Ritz Galerkin and Least square methods Interpolation

functions One and two dimensional elements Applications

Phase change problems Different approaches for moving boundary Variable time step

method Enthalpy method

Recommended Books

1 Computational Methods for Fluid Dynamics Ferziger Joel H Springer-Verlog

2 Principles of Heat Transfer Kaviany M Wiley-International

3 Radiative Heat Transfer Modest Michael Academic Press

ME 721-2 Pressure Vessels and Piping Design

L T P Credits

3 0 0 03

Stresses in pressure vessels

Membrane stresses dilation of pressure vessels thick cylinder and thick sphere bending of

plate discontinuity stresses in pressure vessels thermal stresses

Factors influencing the design of pressure vessels

Design criterion of elliptical hemispherical conical toriconical and torispherical heads

Autofrettage

Design of pressure vessel components such as shells heads nozzles flanges as per

ASME and IS codes

Localised stresses stress concentration about a circular and an elliptical opening theory of

reinforced openings nozzle reinforcement welded joints

Fracture Control

Fatigue of various components of pressure vessels Fatigue life prediction thermal stress

fatigue criteria for design with defects

Piping elements Dynamic analysis of piping

Use of FEM softwares for stress calculations

Recommended Books

1 Pressure vessel design- Harvey

ME-721-3 Design for Manufacture

L T P Credits

3 0 0 03

1 Effect of Materials And Manufacturing Process On Design Major phases of design

Effect of material properties on design Effect of manufacturing processes on design Material

selection process- cost per unit property Weighted properties and limits on properties

methods

2 Tolerence Analysis Process capability mean varience skewness kurtosis Process

capability metrics Cp Cpk Cost aspects Feature tolerances Geometries tolerances

Geometric tolerances Surface finish Review of relation ship between attainable tolerance

grades and different machining process Cumulative effect of tolerance- Sure fit law and

truncated normal law

3 Selective Assembly Interchangeable part manufacture and selective assembly Deciding

the number of groups -Model-1 Group tolerance of mating parts equal Model total and

group tolerances of shaft equal Control of axial play-Introducing secondary machining

operations Laminated shims examples

4 Datum Features Functional datum Datum for manufacturing Changing the datum

Examples

5 Design Considerations Design of components with casting consideration Pattern

Mould and Parting line Cored holes and Machined holes Identifying the possible and

probable parting line Casting requiring special sand cores Designing to obviate sand cores

6 Component Design Component design with machining considerations link design for

turning components-milling Drilling and other related processes including finish- machining

operations

7 True positional theory Comparison between co-ordinate and convention method of

feature location Tolerance and true position tolerancing virtual size concept Floating and

fixed fasteners Projected tolerance zone Assembly with gasket zero position tolerance

Functional gauges Paper layout gauging

8 Design of Gauges Design of gauges for checking assemble with emphasis on various

types of limit gauges for both hole and shaft

Recommended Books 1 Designing for Manufacturing - Harry Peck Pitman Publications 1983

2 Machine Design - Dieter McGraw hill Publications for topic 1

3 Metrology - RK Jain Khanna Publication for topic 6

4 Product design for manufacture and assembly - Geoffrey Boothroyd peter dewhurst

Winston Knight Mercel dekker Inc New york

5 Material selection and Design Vol 20 - ASM Hand book

ME-721-4 Noise and Acoustic Design L T P Credits

3 0 0 03

Mathematical Basis of Acoustics

Acoustics waves ndash Linear wave equation ndash sound in fluids ndash Harmonic plane waves ndash Energy density

ndash Acoustics intensity ndash Specific acoustic impedance ndash spherical waves ndash Describer scales

Reflection and Transmission

Transmission from one fluid to another normal and oblique incidence ndash method of images

Radiation and Reception of Acoustics Waves

Radiation from a pulsating sphere ndash Acoustic reciprocity ndash continuous line source - radiation

impedance - Fundamental properties of transducers

Absorption and attenuation of sound

Absorption from viscosity ndash complex sound speed and absorption ndash classical absorption coefficient

Pipes Resonators and Filters

Resonance in pipes - standing wave pattern absorption of sound in pipes ndash long wavelength limit ndash

Helmoltz resonator - acoustic impedance - reflection and transmission of waves in pipe - acoustic

filters ndash low pass high pass and band pass

Noise Signal detection Hearing and speech

Noise spectrum level and band level ndash combing band levels and tones ndash detecting signals in noise ndash

detection threshold ndash the ear ndash fundamental properties of hearing ndash loudness level and loudness ndash

pitch and frequency ndash voice

Architectural Acoustics

Sound in endosure ndash A simple model for the growth of sound in a room ndash reverberation time - Sabine

sound absorption materials ndash measurement of the acoustic output of sound sources in live rooms ndash

acoustics factor in architectural design

Environmental Acoustics

Weighted sound levels speech interference ndash highway noise ndash noise induced hearing loss ndash noise and

architectural design specification and measurement of some isolation design of portions

Measurement of Sound and Vibration

Measurement microphones construction sensitivity linearity frequency response polar response

dynamic range Relevant standards for sound level meters Calibration and calibrators Measurement

of sound pressure level sound power level sound intensity level vibration transducers

Noise Pollution

Sources of noise and its intensity effects of noise pollution Prevention and control measures of noise

pollution

Recommended Books

1 Lawerence EKinsler Austin RFrey Alan BCoppens James VSanders Fundamentals of

Acoustics 4ht edition Wiley 2000

2 L Berarek ldquoAcousticsrdquo - McGraw-Hill

ME 722-1 Mechatronics System Design

L T P Credits

3 0 0 03

Introduction Definition and Introduction to Mechatronic Systems Modeling amp Simulation

of Physical systems Overview of Mechatronic Products and their functioning measurement

systems Control Systems simple Controllers

Study of Sensors and Transducers Pneumatic and Hydraulic Systems Mechanical

Actuation System Electrical Actual Systems Real time interfacing and Hardware

components for Mechatronics Interfacing ADC DAC software and hardware principles and

tools to build mechatronic systems

Electrical Actuation Systems Electrical systems Mechanical switches Solid state switches

solenoids DC amp AC motors Stepper motors Design and selection of mechatronic elements

namely sensors like encoders and resolvers Stepper and servomotors Ball screws solenoid

like actuators and controllers

System Models Mathematical models- mechanical system building blocks electrical

system building blocks thermal system building blocks electromechanical systems hydro-

mechanical systems pneumatic systems

Signal Conditioning Signal conditioning the operational amplifier Protection Filtering

Wheatstone Bridge Digital signals Multiplexers Data Acquisition Introduction to digital

system processing pulse-modulation

MEMS and Microsystems Introduction Working Principle Materials for MEMS and

Microsystems Micro System fabrication process Overview of Micro Manufacturing Micro

system Design and Micro system Packaging

Data Presentation Systems Basic System Models System Models Dynamic Responses of

System

Advanced Applications in Mechatronics Fault Finding Design Arrangements and

Practical Case Studies Design for manufacturing User-friendly design Analysis and

synthesis of mechatronic systems with applications to CNC systems robotics consumer

electronic products etc

Recommended Books 1 ldquoMechatronicsrdquo - W Bolton 2 Ed Addison Wesley Longman Pub 1999

2 HSU ldquoMEMS and Microsystems design and manufacturerdquo- TMH

1 Kamm ldquoUnderstanding Electro-Mechanical Engineering an

2 Introduction to Mechatronicsrdquo- PHI

3 ldquoFine Mechanics and Precision Instrumentsrdquo- Pergamon Press 1971

4 Shetty and Kolk ldquoMechatronics System Designrdquo-Thomson

5 Mahalik ldquoMechatronicsrdquo- TMH

6 ldquoMechatronicsrdquondash HMT TMH

ME 722-2 Instrumentation and Control Systems

L T P Credits

3 0 0 03

Introduction

Classification and representation of control systems Examples of control systems closed loop

and open loop control systems The laplace transform

Mathematical Modelling of Dynamic systems

Transfer function and impulse response function block diagrams signal flow graph state-

space representation Transient response analysis of first order and second order systems

Time domain analysis and design

Root locus method Routh stability criteria effect of poles and zeros on system performance

Frequency domain analysis and design

Bode plot Nyquist stability criteria Lag lead compensation

Modern Control Theory

Modern control theory Sequence control and programmable logic controllers Control

components Comparators hydraulic pneumatic and electrical type of controllers

servomotors

Electromechanical and electro-optical transducers and control elements Signal conditioning

indicating and recording elements

Computer based systems

Computer based data acquisition systems ADC DAC Microprocessor applications in

measurement and control Static and dynamic analysis FFT analysers

Analysis and design

Controllability and observability pole placement method examples of control system design

using MATLAB Current developments in measurement and control of motion force torque

pressure temperature flow noise etc Virtual instrumentation

Recommended Books

1 Modern Control Engineering ldquoK Ogatardquo PHI

2 Automatic Control Systems BC Kuo PHI

3 Control System Engineering Nise Wiley

4 Modern Control Systems Dorf and Bishop Pearson Education

5 Modern Control System Theory M Gopal New Age International

ME 722-3 Automotive system Design

L T P Credits

3 0 0 03

Introduction

Design Requirement of Automobile (power-speed curves) Engine as a system and its

subsystems Fuel injection systems Cooling system

Design of Various subsystems

Design requirements of the automobile transmission Automatic transmissions

Dynamic considerations in designing of suspension system modern systems of suspensions

Kinematic requirements of a steering mechanism Need for power steering Braking

requirements of an automobile brake materials

Modeling and simulation

Modeling and simulation of different subsystems eg suspension system Wheels Braking

system etc

Instrumentation and control

gauges(speedometer oil temperature indicators etc) microprocessor controlled units safety

and comfort aspects in the automotive component designs

Computer application in automotive Design

Use of softwares like Adams Abaqus etc to analyse subsystems like transmission system

suspension mechanism and steering mechanism etc

Crash modeling of vehicles

Recommended Books

1 Light and Heavy Vehicle Technology ldquoMJ Nunneyrdquo Elsevier Butterworth

Heinemann IV Edition 2007

2 An Introduction to Modern Vehicle Design ldquo Jullian Happian Smithrdquo SAE 2002

3 Crashworthiness of Vehicles ldquoJohnson W and Mamalis AGrdquo MEP London 1995

ME-722-4 Machine Tool Design

L T P Credits

3 0 0 03

Design approach

Design requirements of machine tools A design approach for machine tools Identification

and quantification of objectives and constraints in machine tool design Kinematics of

machine tool drives stepped and stepless speed regulation

Power requirements

Estimation of power requirements and selection of motor for metal cutting machine tool

spindles

1 Gearbox design

2 Design of gearbox spindle and guide-ways

Structural design

Principles of design of structural components namely head stock tail stock carriage table

knee column and over arms to achieve desired static amp fatigue strength stiffness dynamic

characteristics and other requirements Exercises on the design of machine tools using

existing CAD software packages Hydraulic drives testing of machine tools Dynamics

acceptance tests Damping in machine tools Modern trends in machine tool design transfer

machines

CNC machine design

Introduction to computer integrated manufacturing systems and CNC machine tools

Design of CNC systems

Designselection of linear motion systems ball screws CNC feedback devices controllers

feed drives and servomotors for CNC machine tools Recent developments in CNC and other

machine tools

Recommended Books

1 Design of Devices and Systems ldquoWilliam H Middendorf and Richard H Engelmannrdquo CRC

Press

2 Computer numerical control of machine tools ldquoG E Thyerrdquo Heinemann Professional

Publishing

3 Machine Design Fundamentals A Mechanical Designers Workbook Joseph Edward

Shigley and Charles R Mischke Mcgraw Hill

4 Numerical Control and Computer aided manufacture ldquoKundra Rao Tiwarirdquo Tata McGraw

Hill

1

Department of Mechanical Engineering

Delhi Technological University M Tech (Thermal Engineering) Course Curriculum

FIRST SEMESTER

SECOND SEMESTER

Paper code Subject Group

ME-611 Advanced IC Engines

C

ME-6121 Process Equipment Design Elective -I

ME-6122 Convective Heat Transfer

ME-6131 Measurement amp Control Techniques Elective -II

ME-6132 Computational Methods in Thermal amp Fluid Engineering

ME-614 Thermal Engg Lab- C (AICE+ PEDCHTMCTOR)

ME-6611 Advanced Refrigeration And Air Conditioning Elective -III

D

ME-6612 Combustion Kinetics

ME-6621 Advanced Energy Systems Elective -IV

ME-6622 Optimal Design of Thermal Systems

ME-663 Thermal Engg Lab- D (ARACCKAESODTS)

ME-664 Minor Project-I

THIRD SEMESTER

Paper code Subject Group

ME-7111 Gas dynamics Elective -V E

ME-7112 Power Plant Engineering

ME-7121 Engine Emission Control Elective -VI

ME-7122 Renewable amp Non Conventional Energy Sources

ME-713 Self Study Open area seminar-II

ME-714 Minor Project-II

ME-715 Major Project-I

FOURTH SEMESTER

Paper code Subject Group

ME-811 Major Project-II F

Paper code Subject Group

ME-511 Advanced Thermodynamics

A ME-512 Advanced Fluid Mechanics

ME-513 Optimization Techniques

ME-514 Thermal Engg Lab ndashA (Advanced Thermodynamics + Fluid Mechanics)

ME-561 Advanced Conduction amp Radiation Heat Transfer

B ME-562 Turbo machines

ME-563 Thermal Engg Lab ndashB (Advanced Conduction amp Radiation Heat Transfer + Turbo machines )

ME-564 Self Study Open area seminar-I

2

ME-511 Advanced Thermodynamics

Review of first and second law of thermodynamics thermodynamic relations Joule-Thompson experiment irreversibility and availability exergy analysis phase transition types of equilibrium and stability multi-component and multi-phase systems equations of state chemical thermodynamics combustion Third law of thermodynamics Kinetic theory of gases- introduction basic assumption molecular flux equation of state for an ideal gas collisions with a moving wall principle of equipartition of energy classical theory of specific heat capacity Transport phenomena-intermolecular forces The Van der Waals equation of state collision cross section mean free path Statistical thermodynamics- introduction energy states and energy levels macro and microscales thermodynamic probability B-E FD M-D statistics distribution function partition energy statistical interpretation of entropy application of statistics to gases-mono-atomic ideal gas distribution of molecular velocity ideal gas in a gravitational field TextsReferences [1] FWSears and GLSalinger Thermodynamics Kinetic Theory And Statistical Thermodynamics Narosa Publishing House New Delhi [2] Wylen and Sontag Fundamentals of Classical Thermodynamics Wiley Eastern Limited New Delhi [3] MJMoran and HNShapiro Fundamentals Of Engineering Thermodynamics John Wiley and Sons [4] Zemansky Engineering Thermodynamics Mc Graw Hill [5] Bejan Advanced Engineering Thermodynamics John Wiley and sons

ME -512 Advanced Fluid Mechanics

Equation of continuity translation deformation rotation vorticity and circulation

Navier-stokes equation-exact and approximate solution for few simple cases creeping

flow Boundary layer theory Equations for laminar and turbulent boundary layers

Approximate solution procedures for boundary layer problems Boundary layer

separation and control Introduction to 3-dimensional boundary layers Origin of

turbulence Reynolds equations isentropic and homogeneous turbulence

measurement of turbulence Turbulent diffusion and turbulent shear flow Free turbulent

flow determination of profile drag and various experimental techniques used for

determination of drag Concept of computational fluid dynamics flow analysis using

CFD

Reference Books

3

Fluid Mechanics by Frank M White SEVENTH EDITION(2009) Mc Graw Hill Fluid Mechanics By Som and Biswas TMH

ME- 513 Optimization Techniques

Introduction to Optimization - Introduction Engineering Applications Statement of an Optimization Problem Classification

Linear Programming Simplex Algorithm Two Phase Method Big lsquoMrsquo Method Revised Simplex Method Duality in Linear Programming Prime-Dual Relations Duality Theorem Dual simplex method Sensitivity and Post Optimality Analysis Transportation and Assignment Problem

Integer Programming ndash Branch and bound Method Cutting Plane Method

Dynamic Programming Elementary Concepts of Dynamics Programming Multi stage Decision Process Calculus Method and Tabular Method

Classical Optimization techniques - Unconstrained Optimization Optimizing Single-Variable Functions Optimizing Multi-Variable Functions Constrained Optimization Optimizing Multivariable Functions with Equality Constraint Lagrange Multipliers Method Constrained Multivariable Optimization with inequality constrained Kuhn-Tucker Necessary conditions Kuhn ndashTucker Sufficient Conditions

Non-Linear Programming- Unconstrained Optimization Techniques Direct search methods Descent Methods Constrained Optimizations Direct and Indirect methods

Introduction to Advanced Optimization Techniques - Genetic Algorithms (GA) Simulated Annealing Particle Swarm Optimization (PSO) Ant Colony Optimization (ACO) etc

Reference Books

1 Operation Research by J K Sharma Publisher Macmillan

2 Operations Research by Hamdi A Taha Publisher Pearson

3 Optimization Techniques by C Mohan and Kusum Deep Publishers New Age

Science

4 Engineering Optimization by SS Rao Publisher JOHN WILEY amp SONS INC

ME- 561 Advanced Conduction amp Radiation Heat Transfer Conduction Steady state heat conduction including heat generation and heat losses in different coordinate systems numerical and graphical methods Derivation of generalized conduction equation for an isotropic and homogenous solids conductivity tensor concepts of isotropic amp homogenous conductivity Analysis and Optimization of

4

variable cross section and circumferential fins with uniform and variable heat transfer coefficients Extended surfaces with relative motion wire drawing2-D conduction in solids with complex boundary conditions Ablation Numerical solutions for transient and steady conduction problems Recapitulation of fundamentals of radiation heat transfer Fundamental laws of radiation Configuration factors Radiation heat transfer through absorbing and transmitting media Radiation exchange with specular surfaces Radiation exchange with transmitting reflecting and absorbing media Solar radiation and radiation shielding Reference Books

1 Heat Conduction by MN Ozisik John Wiley amp Sons 2 Heat Transfer by JP Holman International Edition McGraw Hills ME- 562 Turbo Machines

Thermodynamics of turbo machines-Basic definition and laws energy equation adiabatic flow through nozzle and diffuser work and efficiencies in turbine and compressor stages Fluid dynamics of turbo machines- Equation of continuity momentum vorticity potential function stream function in Cartesian coordinates isentropic flow through blade passages high speed flows flow over Aerofoil blades Energy transfer in Turbo machines Boundary layer separation Dimensional analysis and performance parameters-specific speeds compressible flow machines Performance of turbine compressor fans blowers and cascade Axial flow Turbines-velocity diagrams Single and multi impulse stage (velocity and pressure compounded) stage-reaction Blade to gas speed ratio Stage losses and efficiency Radial flow Turbines- Elements and velocity triangle of radial turbine stage enthalpy entropy diagram stage losses performance characteristics Axial flow compressor-velocity diagrams enthalpy entropy diagram flow through blade rows Stage losses and efficiency Work done factor low hub-tip ratio stages and performance characteristics Centrifugal compressors- Elements and velocity triangle of Centrifugal compressors enthalpy entropy diagram nature of impeller flow slip factor diffusersvolute casing stages losses performance characteristics Reference books 1Turbines compressors and Fans- S M Yahya 3rd edition 2005Tata McGraw Hill Ed Prt Ltd 2Theory of gas turbines - Cohen and Rogers Longman 1974 3Steam amp Gas Turbines - Lee JF - McGraw Hill 1962 4Axial flow turbines - Horlack HH Butter worth London1973 5 Aerothermodynamics and flow in turbomachines Vavra MH John Wiley 1960 6 They dynamics and thermodynamics of compressible fluids Vol I amp II Shapiro AH Ronald Press 1965

ME -611 Advanced IC Engines

5

Fuel Air cycles analysis Thermodynamics of combustion Chemical equilibrium Dissociation Combustion Charts and gas tables for air fuel mixtures and the products of Combustion

Combustion phenomenon in SI and CI Engines Detonation and knocking Influence of variables on knocking Types of Combustion Chambers Exhaust emission from SI and CI engines control of emissions Fuels for IC engines required properties of SI and CI engine fuels conventional fuels-gasoline amp diesel alternative fuels rating of fuels Principles of carburetion Injection Carburetters Principles of fuel injuction in CI engines Fuel spray characteristics High pressure fuel pump and its design High and low tension ignition systems Ignition timing Effect of operating and design conditions on the performance of Engine Scavenging in Two stroke engines mechanical friction pumping HP of engines Lubrication systems Supercharging of SI and CI Engines Effects of operating variables on supercharged engines Free piston engines Characteristics of IC engines used in automobile engine cooling

Reference Books

Internal combustion engine fundamentals by JB Heywood (1988) Mc Graw Hill

Internal combustion engine by RP Sharma and ML Mathur (2013) Dhanpat Rai Publications

ME -6121- Process Equipment Design

Classification of process equipment and its method of selection Scope and application

of process equipment in various industries

Theory constructional details general design performance and application of typical

process equipment given below- Pumps Compressors Granulator mixers and

stirrers crushers grinders screens filters centrifuges solid separators extrusion and

moulding machines rotary drive heat transfer equipment etc

Reference Books

Process Equipment Design by VV Mahajan and SB Umarji (2009) McMillan Publishers

India

Process Equipment Design by Lloyd E Brownell Edwin H Young (1959) John Wiley amp Sons

ME -6122 Convective Heat Transfer Concept of Boundary Layer Theorem Derivation of N-S equations and 3-D Equation Tensor and Vector Notations Mass Transfer Equations of Boundary Layer Momentum and Energy Equation for Flow over or inside and axis symmetric body displacement momentum conduction and enthalpy thickness solution for constant free stream and

6

variable free stream velocities over a curved surface Flow over a constant temperature body of arbitrary shape Fully developed laminar flow in circular tube Laminar hydrodynamic entry length energy different equation for flow through a circular tube constant heat flux and constant wall temperature solutions Condensation Drop wise and film wise influence of non-condensable gases on heat

transfer boiling heat transfer-different regimes

Similarity solution for laminar hydrodynamic and thermal boundary layer for external flow similarity solution for wedge flows transpiration cooling similarity solution for external boundary layer for free convection Combined free and forced convection Fundamental of turbulent heat convection Forced and natural flow boiling Reference Books

1 Convective Heat amp Mass Transfer by WM Kays amp ME Crawford McGraw Hills 2 Convective Heat Transfer by Adrian Bejan John Wiley amp Sons 3 Heat Transfer by Adrian Bejan John Wiley amp Sons 4 Heat amp Mass Transfer by R Yadav Central Pub House Allahabad

ME-6131 Measurement amp Control Techniques

Generalised measurement system Functional elements of Instrument Description and usages of transducers intermediate stage and terminal devices including various indicating and recording devices

Static and Dynamic characteristics of measurement systems Harmonic and special waveforms and their analysis Measurement standards Calibration need and procedure Errors in measurement systems and statistical interpretation of experimental data

Various Measurement techniques with standard of measurement principle construction and working for displacement strain velocity acceleration force Static and Dynamic pressure temperature and fluid flow

Control Types of Control Systems Types of controllers Mathematical modelling and transfer function Control Applications

Reference Books

Measurement Systems- Application and Design by E O Doebelin Measurement Systems and Devices by Rangan Many and Sharma Mechanical Measurement by Back With Buck Instrumentation Mechanical Measurement and Control by A K Tayal Mechanical Measurement by S P Venkateshan

7

Instrumentation Measurement and Analysis by B C Nakra and K K Chaudhary

ME-6132 Computational Methods in Thermal amp Fluid Engineering Brief overview of numerical methods Governing equations in Heat Transfer and Fluid Dynamics Introduction to equations governing turbulent flow and heat transfer Boundary conditions Various explicit and implicit schemes Solutions of parabolic and elliptic partial differential equations Finite difference method of discretization Finite difference approximation and truncation error round off error and discretization error Accuracy Consistency Stability and Conveyance Various discretization schemes and their stability and accuracy Solution methods for boundary layer equations in impressible flow and convection Unsteady flows Reference Books

1 Numerical methods for engineers and scientists by Hoffman JD McGraw Hills 1992 2 Numerical Heat Transfer and Fluid Flow by Patankar SV Hemisphere Publishing Corp USA 1980 3 Computer Simulation of Flow amp Heat Transfer by Ghoshdastidar PS Tata McGraw Hills 1998 4 Computational Fluid Mechanics amp Heat Transfer by Anderson DA Tanelldil JC amp Platcher RH Hemisphere Pub Corp USA 1984 5 Computational Heat Transfer by Jaluria Y amp KE Torrance Hemisphere Publishing Corp USA 1986 6 Progress in Turbulence Modeling for Complex Flow Fields including the Effect of Compressibility by Wilcox DC amp MW Ruberin NASA TP-1517 1980 7 Numerical Methods for engineers by Gupta SK New

ME -6611 Advanced Refrigeration and Air Conditioning

Review of basic refrigeration cycles Thermodynamic analysis of vapour compression

refrigeration cycles modified and multistage vapour compression cycles Cascade

refrigeration manufacture of dry ice liquefaction of gases cryogenic applications Cold

storage refrigeration and air conditioning controls

Primary amp Secondary refrigerant Important refrigerants used in the refrigerant industry Nomenclature of refrigerants Properties amp selection of refrigerants ODP and GWP of important refrigerants Montreal Protocol amp Kyoto Protocol Alternatives to important CFCs HCFCs and HFCs Modern trends in Refrigeration and Air conditioning industry Retrofitting Recovery Recycling and Reclaim

8

Vapour absorption systems analysis use of enthalpy composition diagram

Performance parameters using log Pmdash1T diagrams Design of refrigerant condensers

evaporators and expansion devices

Review of applied psychrometrics air conditioning load estimation use of data books

air duct design

Reference Books

1 Refrigeration amp Air Conditioning by Stoecker WF amp Jones McGraw Hill 2 Principles of Refrigeration by Dossat RJ Wiley amp Sons 3 Refrigeration amp Air Conditioning by R C Arora TMH 4 Refrigeration amp Air Conditioning by Ballaney PL Khanna Pub N Delhi 5 Cryogenic Engineering by Bell JH Prentice Hall Inc

ME -6612 Combustion Kinetics

Thermodynamics of Combustion Types of reactions reaction rate effect of composition

and temperature on reaction rates Arrhenius law kinetics of chain reactions steady

state reaction rate Detonationmdashwaves in gases Hurgoniet curve detonation velocity

Detonation theories Factors influencing detonation Adiabatic Explosion in constant

volume bombs

Flame propagation-Theories structure of Laminar flame flame velocity and its estimation factors controlling flame velocity diffusion in laminar and turbulent flames stabilization of flame Ignition theory Ignition energy factors affecting ignition various methods of ignition Combustion of fuels-coal flames and two stage ignition mechanism of hydrocarbon oxidation rate of combustion propellent burning Combustion process in Rockets Ramjets-solid and liquid propellents mono Propellent and bipropellant systems Reference Books

Combustion engineering by Gary L Borman Kenneth W Ragland McGraw-Hill 1998

An introduction to combustion by Stephen R Turns McGraw-Hill 1996

9

ME 6621 Advanced Energy Systems

Fuel Cells

Introduction to Fuel components amp systems Electro chemistry amp Thermodynamics

Proton Exchange Membrane Fuel Cells Direct Methanol Fuel Cells amp Alkaline fuel

cells Alkaline Fuel Cells amp Phosphoric Acid Fuel Cells Molten Carbonate Fuel Cell

Solid Oxide Fuel Cell

Bio-fuels

Sources of Bio-Mass Energy - Wood and Agricultural Waste - Municipal Waste -

Animal Waste ndash Energy Conversion Systems - Biogas Generation From Animal

Waste - Wood Gasification - Downdraft and Fluidised Bed Sytems

Vegetable Oils

Conversion of vegetable oils as biodiesel ndashproduction techniques - standards and

properties - combustion performance and Emission characteristics additives

Alcohol Fuels

Properties as engine fuels - performance in SI engines - blending with gasoline -

Reformed alcohols Use in CI engines - emulsions - dual fuel systems - combustion

performance and emission characteristics in IC engines

DME DEE properties production techniques performance and emissions

characteristics in IC engines

Reference Books

Gasoline Diesel and Ethanol Biofuels from Grasses and Plants by Ram B Gupta Cambridge University Press

Introduction to Biofuels by David M Mousdale Taylor amp Francis Group 2010

Biofuels by Lou A T Honary Charles C Conconi ASTM International 2011

ME 6622 Optimal Design of Thermal Systems

Introduction to the design of a workable system Economics of a workable systems

System simulationEquation fitting and mathematical modeling Lagrange multipliers

Search methods Dynamic programming Geometric Programming and linear

programming Application of numerical analysis algorithms and computer programming

10

using optimization techniques applied to thermal systems viz components of thermal

power plants refrigeration and air conditioning steam and gas turbines etc

Reference Books

Thermal Design and Optimization byAdrian Bejan Michael J MoranJohn Wiley amp Sons

1996

Design Of Thermal Systems 3e by Stoecker Tata McGraw-Hill Education 1980

ME-7111 Gas Dynamics Basis concepts isentropic flow with variable areas much number variation flow through nozzles and diffusers use of gas tables fanne Rayleigh lines and tables 1-D and 2-D steady isentropic flow Flow in ducts of variable area Ducts inviscid compressible flow in Nozzles Viscous effects in Compressible Flow Design of Nozzles Normal and oblique shock waves Prandtl-Mayer expansion Fanno amp Rayleigh lines Supersonic Airfoils Simple waves Shock waves and BL interactions Nature of High Temperature Flows Perfect amp Real gas Gibbs free energy amp entropy production Microscopic description of gases Thermodynamic properties Hypersonic Flow and High Temperature Flows Equilibrium and Non-Equilibrium Flow Reference Books

1 High Temperature Gas Dynamics by Anderson JD 2 Gas Dynamics by E Rathakrishanan 3 Elements of Gas Dynamics by Liepman amp Roshko

ME 7112 Power Plant Engineering

Power development program of India Factors Controlling the choice of steam Gas

Turbine Nuclear and Hydrolectric Power Plants Diesel wind and other

nonconventional power plants Determination of important specifications of the plant

Steam power cycle analysis Economic aspect of power generation Availability based

tariff performance parameters of power plants

11

Steam power plants Criteria affecting steam generator design Determination if

furnace size and proportions of various heat transfer surfaces Influences of fuel

quality fuel firing techniques and Circulation on design selection of auxiliary

equipment Design principles of feed water heaters condensers cooling towers etc

Controls used in steam power plants Supercritical power plant function of separator

drum Improvement in performance of supercritical and ultra critical power plant

Types of Nuclear power plants in India and their working Strategy of nuclear power

development in india integrated energy systems energy conservation and energy

audit devices for energy conservation

Reference Books

Power plant engineering by P K Nag 3rd EDITION(2011) Tata Mc Graw Hill

Power plant engineering by Samsher

Power Plant Performance by Allan Bennett Gill Butterworths 1984

ME 7121 Engine Emission Control Laws and Regulations Regulatory Test Procedures Test Cycles Exhaust Gas Pollutants Particulate Pollutants Evaporative Emissions Blow by Emissions Emissions from two Wheelers and Two Stroke Engines Mechanism of pollutant formation in SI Engines formation of nitrogen oxides formation of carbon monoxide formation of unburnt hydrocarbons formation of particulates formation of PAH and nitrated derivatives Influence of Fuel Properties Pollution Control Measures inside the engine and the Lean Burn Engines Mechanism of pollutant formation in IDI and DI Diesel Engines Formation of Nitrogen Oxides formation of carbon monoxide formation of unburnt hydrocarbons formation of particulates formation of PAH and nitrated derivatives Influence of Fuel properties Pollution Control Measures inside the engine HCCI (Homogeneous Charged Compression Ignition) and CCS (Combine Combustion system) Engines Post Combustion Treatments Physical Conditions and Exhaust Gas composition Catalytic mechanism of CO Oxidation unburnt hydrocarbon oxidation and nitrogen oxide reduction Dual catalysis Three way catalysis Thermal reactors catalyst structures Installation of catalyst Catalyst Poisoning catalyst light off temperature Catalyst wear Oxidation catalyst Particulate Matter Nox Trade off in Diesel engines Diesel Trap Oxidizers References Books 1 Automobiles amp Pollution by P Degobert SAE 1996 2 IC Engines Fundamentals by JB Heywood McGraw Hills Intl Std Ed

ME -7122 Renewable amp Non conventional Sources of Energy

12

Earth sun energy flux diagram Overview of renewable energy conversion energy

resource assessment Solar radiation and modelling solar collectors and types flat

plate concentrating advanced collectors and solar concentrators Solar water heating

Solar cooking Solar drying Solar distillation and solar heat pumps and refrigeration

Active and passive heating and cooling of buildings Solar thermal power generation

concentrating collectors photovoltaic energy conversion Solar cells Home lighting

systems Solar lanterns Solar PV pumps Solar energy storage options Sources of

Bio-Mass Energy - Wood and Agricultural Waste - Municipal Waste - Animal Waste ndash

Biogas Generation From Animal Waste - Wood Gasification - Downdraft and Fluidised

Bed Sytems Conversion of vegetable oils as biodiesel ndashproduction techniques -

standards and properties - combustion performance and Emission characteristics

additives Properties as engine fuels - performance in SI engines - Use in CI engines -

emulsions - dual fuel systems - combustion performance and emission characteristics

in IC engines Tidal and wind energy wind energy potential and conversion efficiency

wind energy convertors Mini micro hydro power basics of wave tidal OTEC

hydrogen and fuel cells

References Books S P Sukhatme Solar Energy - Principles of thermal collection and storage second edition Tata McGraw-Hill New Delhi 1996 J A Duffie and W A Beckman Solar Engineering of Thermal Processes second edition John Wiley New York 1991 D Y Goswami F Kreith and J F Kreider Principles of Solar Engineering Taylor and Francis Philadelphia 2000 D D Hall and R P Grover Biomass Regenerable Energy John Wiley New York 1987 J Twidell and T Weir Renewable Energy Resources E amp F N Spon Ltd London 1986 M A Green Solar Cells Prentice-Hall Englewood Cliffs 1982 MM EL-Halwagi Biogas Technology- Transfer and diffusion Elsevier Applied science Publisher New York 1984 DO Hall and RP Overeed Biomass ndash regenerable energy John Willy and Sons Ltd New York 1987 Freris LL Wind Energy Conversion Systems Prentice Hall 1990 Spera DA Wind Turbine Technology Fundamental Concepts of Wind Turbine Engineering ASME Press NY 1994 Johnson GL Wind Energy Systems Prentice Hall 1985

13

1

Department of Mechanical Engineering

Delhi Technological University

Bawana Road Delhi-110042

MTech Mechanical Engineering (Production Engineering) Course Schedule

FIRST SEMESTER

SECOND SEMESTER Paper code Subject Group ME-601 Theory of Metal Cutting

C

ME-6021 Industrial Quality Control Elective -I

ME-6022 Materials Management ME-6031 Advanced Machining Processes Elective -II ME-6032 Industrial Tribology And Mainatenance ME-604 Metal Cutting Lab ME-6511 Supply Chain Management Elective -III

D

ME-6512 Production amp Operation Management ME-6521 Numerical Control of Machine Tools Elective -IV

ME-6522 Metrology amp Instrumentation ME-653 NCMTMetrology amp Instrumentation Lab ME- 654 Minor Project-I

THIRD SEMESTER

Paper code

Subject Group

ME-501 Foundry Technology A ME-502 Operation Research

ME-503 Welding Processes amp Metallurgy

ME-504 Foundry Technology Lab

ME-551 Plasticity amp Metal Forming B ME-552 Principles of Machine Tools

ME-553 Plasticity amp Metal Forming Lab

ME-554 Self Study Open Area Seminar - I

2

Paper code

Subject Group

ME-7011 Advanced Metal Forming Processes Elective -V E ME-7012 Computer Aided Manufacturing ME-7021 Managerial Accounting amp Financial Control Elective -VI ME-7022 Managerial Concepts And Organization

Behaviour ME-703 Self Study Open Area Seminar-II ME-704 Minor Project-II ME-705 Major Project-I

FOURTH SEMESTER

Paper code Subject Group ME-801 Major Project-II F

DETAILED SYLLABUS

ME 501 FOUNDRY TECHNOLOGY

Casting Processes Classification Characteristics of sand casting processes metal mould casting

processes and casting processes using other mouldcore materials Characteristics and selection

of molding sand Bonding Theory

Solidification of castings casting design considerations gating system design riser design

nucleation and grain growth solidification of pure metals short and long freezing range alloys

Rate of solidification macrostructure and microstructure Solidification contraction Mould-

metal interface reactions

Cast metals and alloys Specific considerations to Grey CI steel and non ferrous foundry

practices Inoculation and gas removal methods Casting defects their causes and their removal

inspection of castings Quality control in foundries

Metal matrix composites and their properties and suitability as casting materials Special casting

processes Foundry mechanization pollution control in foundries recent developments

Reference Books

1 Taylor HF MCFlemings and JWulff Foundry Engineering John Wiley NY 1959

2 Beely PR Foundry Technology Butterworths London 1972

3 Heine RW CR Loper and PC Rosenthal Principles of metal castings Mc Graw-Hill

NY 1969

4 Campbell J castings Butterworth-Heinemann London 2011

3

5 Srinivasan NK and Ramakrishanan SJ The science of Engineering Materials Oxford

and IBH Pub Co New Delhi 1983

ME 502 OPERATION RESEARCH

Historical development Nature of OR projects Model Building Linear deterministic

optimization models-linear Programming Simplex Algorithm Duality Degeneracy

assignments transportation and Trans-shipment models post optimality analysis Integer LP

Queing theory elementary concepts of Dynamics Programming and Inventory control Game

Theory and Markov Chains Application of OR softwares

Recommended Books

1 Operation Research by J K Sharma Publisher Macmillan

2 Operations Research by Hamdi A Taha Publisher Pearson

ME 503 WELDING PROCESS amp METALLURGY

Arc gas and resistance welding processes oxy-acetelyne and arc cutting of metals Review of

modern welding and cutting methods

Welding metallurgy Heat and temperature during fusion welding filler metal and metal

transfer

Weldability of plain carbon low alloy austenitic and other nikel crome steels Problems and

procedure for welding non-ferrous alloys electrode selection Design of welded joints

Distortion residual stresses and stress relieving Weld defects Non destructive testing

Recommended Books

1 Principles of Welding Technology by LM Gourd ELBS Edward Arnold 2 Welding processes amp technology by Dr RSParmar Khanna Publishers

ME 551 PLASTICITY AND METAL FORMING

Nature of plastic deformation yield criteria stress-strain relations in elastic plastic problems

work hardening formulation of elastic plastic problems Methods of analysis slab method slip

line and extremum principles Application to metal working operations like wire drawing

extrusion rolling forging spinning sheet metal forming etc study of metal flow lubrication

and wear in forming processes formability design of dies high energy rate forming

4

ME 552 PRINCIPLES OF MACHINE TOOLS

Kinematics of machine tool drives stepped and stepless speed regulation design of speed gear

box Design of beds columns slides etc their strength and rigidity design of spindles and

bearings Automatic and numerically controlled machine tools Hydraulic drives testing of

machine tools Dynamics acceptance tests Damping in machine tools Modern trends in

machine tool design transfer machines

ME 601 THEORY OF METAL CUTTING

Mechanics of single point and multipoint cutting and abrasive metal removal processes cutting

forces analysis of work tool system as influenced by tool and work materials tool geometry

and environmental and process variables Heat transfer and temperature distribution cutting

fluids Mechanics of tool wear Tool life Economics of metal removal surface finish and

dimensional accuracy Non-conventional machining processes their technological aspects and

mechanics

ME 6021 INDUSTRIAL QUALITY CONTROL

Introduction Quality basics and history Quality Philosophy (Deming Juran Crosby)

Dimensions of quality Quality Costs Quality Cost Measurement Utilizing Quality Costs for

Decision-Making

Seven QC Tools Histogram Pareto Diagrams Check Sheet Cause-Effect Diagrams Scatter

Diagrams Control Charts and Stratification

Statistical Process Control Control Charts for Variables Definitions Variation Common vs

Special Causes Control Chart Techniques X-bar and R chart X-bar and S charts Control Chart

Interpretation and Analysis Process Capability Other Variable Control Charts Individuals and

Moving Range Charts Moving Average and Moving Range Charts

Control Charts for Attributes Definitions Control Charts for Non-conforming Units Control

Charts for Counts of Non-conforming Units

Sampling Techniques Single Double Multiple Sequential Sampling Techniques LTPD AQL

AOQL

Quality Systems ISO 9000 ISO 14000 ISO 18000 Six Sigma Certification Requirements

Evolving Standards

Reliability System concepts in reliability availability and maintainability (RAM) Engineering

Fundamentals of reliability Failure distributions System reliability assessment Reliability of

5

repairable by Markov approach Point mission and steady state availability Availability

assessment Maintainability and its assessment

Advanced Topics Quality Function Deployment Design of Experiments Benchmarking and

Auditing

Recommended Books

1The Management and Control of Quality by J R Evans and W M Lindsay Cengage learning

India

2 Total Quality Management by Besterfield Pearson Education

3 Statistical Quality Control by Douglas C Montgomery Wiley India Pvt Ltd

4 An Introduction to Reliability and Maintainability Engineering by Charles E Ebeling Tata

McGraw Hill

ME 6022 MATERIALS MANAGEMENT

Productivity and materials management cost reduction and value improvement role of

purchasingmdashvalue analysis purchasing research vendor rating standardization and variety

reduction negotiations and purchases price analysis organization for purchasing function

product explosion materials requirements planning make or buy decision incoming materials

control Vendor certification plans vendor and supply reliability

Inventory management ABC-VED analysis various inventory models quantity discount

management of in process and finished goods inventory information systems for inventory

management stores management and ware housing optional stocking and issuing policies

inventory management of perishable commodities surplus management decision of inventory

distribution systems

ME 6031 ADVANCED MACHINING PROCESSES

L T P Credits

3 0 0 4

Introduction need of advanced machining processes hybrid processes microelectro mechanical

system (MEMS) nano electromechanical systems(NEMS) Ultrasonic micro machining -

mechanics of cutting parametric analysis process capabilities applications

Abrasive j

6

et machining Introduction set ups gas propulsion system abrasive feeder machining chamber

AJM nozzle abrasive parametric analysis process capabilities applications abrasive miro

machining Water jet machining Introduction process characteristics process performance

applications Abrasive Water jet machining

Abrasive finishing process Working principle parametric analysis process variables process

performance and applications Abrasive flow machining- Working principle parametric analysis

process variables process performance and applications Magnetorheological abrasive flow

finishing- Working principle parametric analysis process variables process performance and

applications Magnetic float polishing Magnetic abrasive finishing- Working principle

parametric analysis process variables process performance and applications

Electro discharge machining (EDM) Introduction Working principle parametric analysis

process variables process characteristics applications hybrid processes such as electro

discharge grinding diamond grinding wire EDM Electrodischarge micro grinding

Laser beam machining- production of laser working principle types of laser process

characteristics and applications Electron beam machining Working principle process

parameter process characteristics and applications Ion beam machining Working principle

process parameter process characteristics and applications Plasma arc machining Working

principle Plasma arc cutting system applications

ME- 6032 INDUSTRIAL TRIBOLOGY AND MAINATENANCE

L T P

3 0 0

Introduction

Friction wear and lubrication types of egg Contacts conforming and non-conforming Types of

motion rubbing sliding Oscillating Rolling and Surface of interactions elastic and

plasticdeformations Properties of materials Surface energy and flash temperature theory

Friction

Laws of sliding friction concept of adhesion Tabors mode off friction elastic thermo friction

rolling friction measurement of friction

Wear

Laws of wear Types of wear such as adhesive declamination abrasive fatigue corrosive

fretting erosive electrical and oxidative Measurement of wear in dry at me sphere and different

7

environments Prevention and control of wear and friction in machines wear of cutting tool and

dies study of abrasion in grinding lapping and honing

Lubrication

Mechanisms of lubrication Boundary Squeeze film hydrodynamic and elasto hydro-dynamic

and hydro static lubrications plasto hydrodynamic lubrication solution of Reynoldss equation in

two and three-dimensional flow Pressure distribution load carrying capacity friction forces in oil

film and Co-efficient of friction in journal bearing Sold lubricants types and applications

Rolling Friction

Reynolds slip Heathe cote concept selection of roller bearings and their methods of lubrication

design aspects and modes of bearing failures and elasto hydro dynamic lubrication

Solid Lubricants

Their applications in metal forming processes

Maintenance Management Maintenance planning and management corrective preventive and predictive maintenance Equipment replacement policies Total Productive Maintenance (TPM)

Books

I Sharma Aggarwal A Test Book Kataria

2 Main Engg Hand Book A Mc Desig McGraw Hill

3 Industrial Tribology Tribology failures and their analysis Dr BS Prabhu

4 S R Majumdar ldquo Pneumatic Systems Principles and Maintenancerdquo Tata McGraw-Hill Delhi

ME-6511 SUPPLY CHAIN MANAGEMENT

8

Supply Chain Management Concepts theoretical background and managerial issues Inventory

Management and Risk Pooling Demand Forecasting Aggregate Planning and MRP Network

Planning Distribution Strategies Smart Pricing Supply Chain Integration Vendor Development

Procurement and Outsourcing Strategies Strategic Alliances Value of Information and IT in

SCM Coordinated Product and supply chain Design Global Supply Chain Customer Value and

Performance Measurement of Supply Chain

Text and Reference Books

1 David Simchi-Levi Philip Kaminsky Edith Simchi-Levi and Ravi Shankar Designing

and Managing the Supply Chain Concepts Strategies and Case Studies 3rd Edition

Tata McGraw-Hill 2008

2 Sunil Chopra and Peter Meindel Supply Chain Management Strategy Planning and

Operation 3rd edition Prentice Hall of India 2007

3 Wisner JD Leong GK and Tan KC Principles of SCM A Balanced Approach Cengage

Learning 2005

4 Supply Chain Management by Janat Shah Pearson Education

9

ME 6512 PRODUCTION amp OPERATION MANAGEMENT

Unit I

Introduction to Production amp Operation Management Management functions of an

organization job design and work measurement job design decisions approaches to job

design work measurement standards learning curves and its application

Unit II

Work flow systems pull amp push systems MRP-I MRP-II cellular manufacturing and

FMS CIMSJIT manufacturing automated production lines line balancing facility layout

bottleneck and balance matching capacity management Management of professional services

Unit III

Aggregate planning aggregate units of production cost in aggregate planning leave of

production strategy mixed strategy mathematical model linear decision rule master

production scheduling shop scheduling shop floor control manpower scheduling DRP amp

demand management

Unit IV

Quality assuranceamp control statistical process control process capacity sampling

inspection TQM quality circle kaizen zero defect application of DOE in quality control

maintenance management corrective preventive preductive RCM and TPM

Unit V

Project management PERTCPM resource leveling Project scheduling

BOOKS

1 Production amp operation Management by Chase Aquilano Jacobs ndashTM H

2 Production amp operation Management ndashJames Dilworth Pearson International

3 Production amp operation Management By Heizer

4 Production amp operation Analysis ndash Steven Wanmias ndashMcGraw Hill

10

ME 6521 NUMERICAL CONTROL OF MACHINE TOOLS

- Define NCCNC and DNC Basic components of NCCNC machines

- Operation of NCCNC Machine tools how the control reduceseliminates operators

major activities

Position control loop Feed control loop systems

- Advantages and limitation of NCCNC machine tools

- Factors to be considered while preparing feasibility report to adopt NCCNC technology

for the first time

- Part programming Manual amp computer aided programming APT and its statements

Programming of components to turn on CNC lathe and CNC milling machines etc G codes and

M codes

- Directions of traverse in CNC Jig Boring Machine and CNC Milling Machines

- Tool Length compensation cutter compensation

- Various classifications of NC CNC systems

- Methods of improving accuracy Adaptive control MDI Linear interpolation circular

interpolation parabolic interpolation central processing unit Buffer storage canned cycles

Automatic machine zero post processor point to point and continuous path control online and

offline programming Unidirectional and bidirectional approach Reverse engineering and its

benefits Acceptance test used for NCCNC machine tools and their advantages

- CNC sheet metal processing Optipart optiroute and nesting Auto indexing autostorage

clamp positioner Scrap conveyer repositioning base automatic power shut off automatic

operation stop function memory transfer loading and positioning equipment Machine Vision

CNC Turret punch press and Press Brake amp applications Punch Assembly Jig and Arm tool

balancer

- Various soft computing technologies and their applications

- Flexible Manufacturing system its elements applications

- Computer aided Process planning its types and applications

11

ME 6522 METROLOGY amp INSTRUMENTATION

Standards Line and end standards wave length of light as standard of length Tolerance

and limit gauging positional tolrancing tolerance for screw threads limit gauging for positions

multiple dimensions Manufacturing amp calibration of gauges economics of close and wide

tolerancing

Surface measurement Macro and Micro surface roughness indicating and recording

instrument interference method Electron micro-scope electron defraction methods

Optics in Metrology Principles of optics used in projectors micro-scopes alignment

telescope auto collimators optical instruments and their calibration

Interferometry Theory of interference fringe formation interpretation of fringe

pattern measurement of flatness straightness squareness and parallelism measurement of

gauges by comparative and absolute methods Gauge interferometer

Instrumentation Measuring instruments Kinematic design Amlifying devices

mechanical optical electronic pneumatic and hydraulic systems indicating and recording

systems Sources of error

12

ME 7011 ADVANCED METAL FORMING PROCESSES 1 Fundamentals of Advanced Metal Working Introduction to advanced metals amp forming processes based on type of stress strain rate temperature 2 Recent Forming Equipments Automated Forming Equipments - types and press construction Principle of working of Mechanical Hydraulic and Pneumatic press Press control system in forging equipments Presses for hydro forming selection of presses Tooling for microforming 3 High Energy Rate Forming Working principle equipment operation parameters merits demerits and application - Explosive forming electro forming super plastic forming and magnetic pulse forming 4 Advanced Sheet Metal Forming processes Manufacturing of Forming Grade Steel Sheets Properties and formability Sheet metal textures to control formability Optimization of blank holding force amp drawability Tailor welded blanks amp their applications Tests of Formability and FLD Fundamentals of Sheet Hydroforming amp Microforming Springback minimization Common Sheet Metal Forming Defects Causes amp Remedies 5 Automation in forging rolling drawing amp extrusion Near net shape forging Isothermal forging Computer aided die- design perform design and prediction of defects in- forging rolling drawing amp extrusion Advanced die materials amp coatings die lubrications die wear and die failure 6 Finite Element Analysis amp simulation of Forming Processes Introduction to the finite element methods Finite elements for large deformation Typical finite elements Auxiliary equations contact friction incompressibility Steady state forming problems General Introduction of Sheet Metal Forming Software Importing CAD Geometry into Simulation Package Model Preparation amp Meshing Step-Draw simulation Forging and rolling analysis

ME 7012 COMPUTER AIDED MANUFACTURING

Introduction to CAM ldquoCAMrdquo as per Computer Aided Manufacturing International

Product cycle and CADCAM Automation in CADCAM Essential elements of CAM CPU

Memory InputOutput

ParametersFactors to adoptprepare feasibility report to incorporate CAM technology for the

first time in industry Programming-Manual amp CAP both APT

NCCNC amp DNCCNC Motion control systems-Point to point Straight Cut Continuous path

Functioning of CNC Jig Boring Machine CNC Milling Machine etc Feed control loop Positive

control loopSystems in CNC Tool length compensation amp cutter compensation and benefits

13

Linear Interpolation Circular Interpolation Parabolic interpolation Adaptive Control Canned

Cycles Parallel programming in CAM

Computer optimized Manufacturing (COM) Advanced Optipart Optiroute Optinest

OPTIFACS

Computerized Precision Sheet Metal Processing Autoware house Unmanned Carriage

Autoindexing Single sheet pick up CNC Turret Punch Press amp CNC Press Brake

Sheet Thickness detector Vacuum pads etc

Computer Aided Process Planning CADCAM Integration Types of CAPP Advantages amp

Disadvantages Schematic advanced diagram of CAPP

Flexible Manufacturing Cell amp Flexible Manufacturing system Basic elements of FMS

Advanced Control system of FMS FMS layout ASRS Flexible Automation control system

Reverse Engineering CMM and its applications Acceptance tests in CAM

Computer Integrated Manufacturing Product development cycle in CIM Evolution of CIM

Enabling technologies in CIM Programming in CIM

Robotics Classification configuration Types of sensors Applications amp Disadvantages

Recommended books

1 CADCAM by GroverZhimmer PHI

2 Computer Aided Manufacturing by Kundra Rao Tiwari Tata McGraw HILL

3 Optimization by Joshi and Moudgalya Narosa

4 CADCAM by Medland and Piers Buounett Kogan

ME 7021 MANAGERIAL ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL CONTROL

Basic accounting concepts and conventions introduction to measurement of incomes

accounting records and systems fixed assets and depreciation of financial statements Budgeting

standard Budgeting and control determinants of working capital cash management cost

accumulation systems variance analysis long term sources of finances financial evaluation and

evaluation and alternatives cost of capital budgeting

ME 7022 MANAGERIAL CONCEPTS amp ORGANIZATIONAL BEHAVIOR

The over-all concepts of the nature of management emergence of management new challenges

the dimensions of management the functions of Manager overview of the functional approach

to management-planning organizing directing co-ordinating and controlling

14

Planning policies procedure and methods decision-making

Organising Organisation structure principles and theories in orgnisation departmentalization

vertical and horizontal growth in orgnisation span of management centralization and

decentralization line and staff function organisation as a social system-formal and informal

organisation

Directing Administrative communication motivation and leadership Delegation

Coordinating Internal and external coordination committee in management

Controlling The process of control techniques of control Philosophical considerations Social

responsibilities of management Indian management the power and influence of Indian

management the role of management associations Influence of Social and Cultural factor n

human behavior Socio-metry attitudes values and norms and factors influencing managerrsquos

behavior

Page 2: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming

2

COURSE CURRICULUM amp SCHEME OF EXAMINATION

for

MTech (Nano-Science amp Technology) 2017-2018

Semester I Examination November 2017

Semester II Examination May 2018

Semester III Examination November 2018

Semester IV Examination May 2019

Scheme of Examination for MTech Nano-Science and Technology (Offered by Applied Physics Department)

Sem Group Details No of papers

Marks Internal (Each Paper)

Marks External

(Each Paper)

Total Marks (Each Paper)

Semester Total

I A Course work of 3 Core Theory papers 3 50 100 150 1000

(20 Credits)

1 Laboratory 1 30 70 100 B Course work of 2 Core Theory papers 2 50 100 150

1 Laboratory 1 30 70 100 Self study Open area Seminar-I - 50 - 50

II C Course work of 1 Core amp 2 Elective Theory Papers

3 50 100 150 1000

(20 Credits)

1 Laboratory 1 30 70 100 D Course work of 2 Elective Theory papers 2 50 100 150

1 Laboratory 1 30 70 100 Minor project-I - 50 - 50

III E Course work of 2 Elective Theory papers 2 50 100 150 1000

(20 Credits) Self study Open area Seminar-II - 50 50 100

Minor Project-II - 150 150 300 Major Project Part-I - 150 150 300

IV F Major Project Part-II - 500 500 1000 1000

(20 Credits) TOTAL 4000

(80 Credits)

3

COURSE STRUCTURE FOR MTech FIRST SEMESTER (Nano-science amp Technology)

SNo Course No Subject LTP Evaluation Internal External

Total Marks

Credit

1 AP-501 Computational Physics and Programming

300 50 100 150 3

2 AP-502 Chemistry for Nano -science and Technology

300 50 100 150 3

3 AP-503 Physics for Nano-science and Technology

300 50 100 150 3

4 AP-504 Engineering of Materials Laboratory-I 002 30 70 100 2

5 AP-551 Characterization of Materials 300 50 100 150 3

6 AP-552 Fundamental of Nano-science and technology

300 50 100 150 3

7 AP-553 Engineering Materials Laboratory-II 002 30 70 100 2

8 AP-554 Self study Open Area Seminar I 001 50 - 50 1

TOTAL 20 hrs 1000 20

COURSE STRUCTURE FOR MTech SECOND SEMESTER (Nano-science amp Technology)

SNo Course No Subject LTP Evaluation Internal External

Total Marks

Credit

1 AP-601 Physics of Low Dimensional Systems 300 50 100 150 3

2 AP-6021 Materials Science at Nanoscale (Elective-I)

300 50 100 150 3

3 AP-6031 Processing amp Fabrication of Nanostructures (Elective-II)

300 50 100 150 3

4 AP-6511 Nano electronics amp Nano photonics (Elective-III)

300 50 100 150 3

5 AP-6521 Semiconductors Nanostructures amp Devices (Elective-IV)

300 50 100 150 3

6 AP-604 Processing amp Fabrication of Nanostructure Lab

002 30 70 100 2

6 AP-653 Characterization of Materials Science lab

002 30 70 100 2

7 AP-654 Minor Project I 001 50 - 50 1

TOTAL 20 hrs 1000 20

4

COURSE STRUCTURE FOR MTech THIRD SEMESTER (Nano-Science amp Technology)

SNo Course No Subject LTP Evaluation

Internal External

Total

Marks

Credit

1 AP-7011 Nano Electromechanical Materials amp

Devices (Elective-V)

300 50 100

150 3

2 AP-7012 Functional material and device

(Elective-V)

3 AP-7021 Nano Biotechnology (Elective-VI) 300 50 100 150 3

4 AP-703 Self study Open Area Seminar II 002 - 100 100 2

5 AP-704 Minor Project II 006 150 150 300 6

6 AP-705 Major Project I 006 150 150 300 6

TOTAL 20 hrs 1000 20

COURSE STRUCTURE FOR MTech FOURTH SEMESTER (Nano-Science amp Technology)

SNo Course No Subject LTP Evaluation

Internal External

Total

Marks

Credit

1 AP-801 Major Project II - 500 500 1000 20

TOTAL 1000 20

5

SYLLABUS MTech (NanoScience amp Technology)

AP-501 Computational Physics and Programming (3-0-0)

Unit I

A review of the numerical techniques (Interpolations differentiations integrations nonlinear

equations the bisection methods Newtonrsquos method root findings Differential equations Eulerrsquos

method the Runge-Kutta method Matrices-inverting finding eigen values and eigen functions

Bessel functions Hermite Legendre and Lagurre polynomials etc

Unit II

Simple problems based on section-I using Matlab Mathematica (mechanics optics and quantum

mechanics ) Atomistix and related softwares Introduction to Lab view software

Unit III

C++ Programming Introduction to Object oriented Paradigm Basic concept of Object Oriented

Programming (OOP) Benefits of OOP Applications of OOP Classes and Objects- specifying a

class memory allocations for objects static daa members and member functions array of objects

Objects as function arguments friendly Functions returning objects constructors and destructors

Unit IV

Inheritance and Polymorphisms Inheritance types of inheritance Derivation-Public private and

protected polymorphism types of polymorphism- compile time and runtime function overloading

operator overloading virtual functions

References

1 Handbook of Theoretical and Computational Nanotechnology Eds Michael Rieth and Wolfram

Schommers 2006

2 Introductory Computational Physics Kelvin and Godunov (Cambridge)

3 Computational physics RC Verma KC Sharmaamp PK Ahluwalia

4 Introduction to Computer simulations Gould Tobochnik etal (Addition Wesely 2006)

5 Visual basic and C++ Schuam Series

6 Mat labs Programming by Rudrapratap Singh

7 Mathematical Physics Harper

8 Applied mathematics for engineers amp Physicist Pipes and Harvil

9 Numerical Recepies in C The art of scientific Computing WH Press

10 Computer Programming Language Addition Wesely

11 Object oriented Programming in turbo C++ Robert Lafore

6

AP-502 Chemistry for Nano Science amp Technology (3-0-0)

Unit I

Surface adsorption Definition Significance and Applications of it Freudlich and Langmiur

Adsorption Isotherm Gibbrsquos Isotherm Their fundamental approach to Nanomaterials

Unit II

Colloidal chemistry Colloidal properties origin of charge on colloidal properties Determination of

colloidal particle size Synthesis of Nano materialsNano systems employing chemical

precipitation coprecipitation sol-gel synthesis microemulsion thermolysis Electrochemical and

photochemical methods

Unit III

Nano polymersNanocomposites Synthesis Characterization Properties and applications of Nano

polymersNanocomposites ie Polymers metal oxide glass and ceramic based nano composites and

their use in catalysis

Unit IV

Metal and Alloy Nanoparticles Preparation and Stabalization of MetalAlloy nanoparticles particle

size determination particle size distribution their conducting semiconducting and catalytic

properties Separation and purification of Nano particles by Membrane Technology Ion Exchange

Membranes Electrodialysis Reverse Osmosis Ultrafiltration Microfiltration and Nanofiltration

Techniques

References

1 Nanocomposites Science and Technology by PM Ajayan LS Schodler Wiley New York

2 Chemistry of Nanomaterials Synthesis properties and applications by C N R Rao Wiley New York

3 Nanochemistry A chemical approach to nanomaterials- Royal Society of Chemistry Cambridge UK

2005

4 Active Metals preparation Characterization and Application by A Frustner Ed VCH New York 1996

5 Membrane Handbook WSWinston Ho amp Kamlesh K Sirkar Chapman hall (1992)

6 Colloidal Dispersion ndash Russel WB Saville DA Cambridge University Press 1989

7 Surfactants and Polymers In Aqueous by K Holmberg B jonsson B Kromberg Wiley England 2004

7

AP-503 Physics for Nano Science and Technology (3-0-0)

Unit I

Review of fundamentals of Quantum mechanics Schroumldinger equation tunneling density of states

free electron theory of metals The angular momentum problem The spin half problem and

properties of Pauli spin matrices

Unit II

Approximate methods Time independent and time dependent perturbation Theory for non-

degenerate and degenerate energy levels the variational Method WKB approximation adiabatic

approximation sudden approximation

Unit III

Statistical Mechanics Microstates and entropy and its statistical definition Entropy of mixing

Gibbrsquos free energy Gibbrsquos paradox phase space density ergodic hypothesis Liouvillersquos theorem

The microcanonical- canonical- and grand canonical ensemble and their connections Fluctuations

Classical Statistical systems Boltzman statistics and quantum statistical systems Fermi-Dirac and

Bose-Einstein Statistics and their applications (an overview)

Unit IV

Crystal structure crystallographic planes Miller indices Braggrsquos law X-ray Diffraction particle

size determination Confinement and transport in Nanostructures Current reservoirs and electron

channels conductance formula for nanostructures quantized conductance Local density of states

Ballistic transport Coulomb blockade Diffusive transport Fock space Dielectric properties

Polarization ferroelectric behaviour Optical Properties Photoconductivity Optical absorption and

transmission Photoluminescence Fluorescence Phosphorescence Electroluminescence

References

1 Quantum Physics- A Ghatak

2 Quantum Physics of atoms Molecules Solids Nuclei and particles 2nd edition by Eisberg Robert

Resnik Robert

3 Principles of Quantum Mechanics 2nd ed ndash R Shankar

4 Statistical Physics by K Huang

5 Statistical Mechanics- Landau amp Lifshitz

6 Statistical Mechanics- Sonntag

7 Introduction to Solid State Physics- C Kittel Solid State Physics- AJ Dekker

8 The Physics and Chemistry of Solids- Stephen Elliott amp SR Elliot

9 Scanning Probe Microscopy Analytical Methods(NanoScience and Technology)-Roland Wiesendanger

10 Advance X-ray Techniques in Research and Industries ndash AKSingh(editor)

11 Basic Solid State Chemistry ndash Anthony RWest

8

AP-551 Characterization of Material (3-0-0)

UNIT I

X-ray Diffraction Braggrsquos law Application in crystallography Diffractogram Paricle size

determination using XRD

UNIT II

Probe techniques Atomic force Microscopy (AFM) scanning electron microscopy (SEM)

Scanning tunneling microscopy (STM) Transmission Electron Microscopy (TEM) High

Resolution Transmission Electron Microscopy (HRTEM)

UNIT III

Infrared Spectroscopy Raman Spectroscopy Electronic spectroscopy for atoms and molecules

Spin Resonance Spectroscopy Nuclear Magnetic Resonance spectroscopy (NMR)

UNIT IV

Deep level transient spectroscopy (DLTS) Kelvin-probe measurements Nanoscale current-voltage

(I-V) investigations Capacitance-Voltage (C-V) Relationships

References

1 Nanostructures amp Nano Materials Ghuzang Cao

2 Handbook of Nanophase amp Nanomaterials (vol IampII) Zhong Lin Wang

3 Fabrication of fine pitch by holography electron beam lithography and nano-imprint lithography

(proceeding papers) Author(s) Darren Goodchild Simon Wingar Nak Kim

4 Microfabrication and Nanomanufacturing- Mark James Jackson

5 Processing amp properties of structural nanomaterials- LeonLShaw(editor)

6 Fundamentals of molecular spectroscopy C N Banwell Tata McGraw

9

AP-552 Fundamentals of Nano-Science amp Technology (3-0-0)

UNIT I

Introduction and Classification What is nanotechnology The Canvas of Nano Classification of

nanostructures Nanoscale architectures Effects of nanometer length scale Changes to the system

total energy changes to the system structure Nanoscale dimensions and its affects properties

UNIT II

Investigating and manipulating materials at nanoscale Introduction Electron microscopies

Scanning probe microscopies Other kinds of microscopies X-Ray Diffraction Associated

techniques

UNIT III

Fabrication Methods Top Down Processes Bottom Up Processes of Silicon nanowire ZnO

nanowire Carbon nanotubegrapheme Ordering of nanosystems Preparation Safety and Storage

issues Fa

UNIT IV

Society and Nano Societal implications of nanotechnology Introduction From first Industrial

Revolution to the Nano Revolution Issues and outlook Harnessing Nanotechnology for social and

economic development

References

1 Introduction to Nanotechnology Charles PPoole Jr and Frank J Owens

2 Nanotechnology Principles and Practices Sulabha K kulkarni

3 Nanoscale Science and Technology Robert W Kelshall Ian W Hamley and mark Geoghegan

4 NanoThe Essentials ndashUnderstanding Nanoscience and Nanotechnology ndashT Pradeep

5 Handbook of Nanotechnology Bharat Bhusan

10

AP-601 Physics of Low Dimensional Systems (3-0-0)

UNIT I

Maxwell-Boltzmannrsquos statistics Fermi-Dirac statistics and fermions Paulirsquos exclusion principle

Bose Einstein statistics Bosons Bose condensation

UNIT I

Molecular structure Born oppenheimer approximation electronic structure ionic and covalent

bonding H2 H2+ vibrational and rotational structure

UNIT III

Molecular spetra microwave infrared and optical spectra of molecules selection rules suitable

examples

UNIT IV

Transport properties parallel and perpendicular transport quantization of conductance density of

states coulomb blockade kondo effect Hall quantum Hall and fractional Hall effects Other

relevant topics

References

1 Quantum Mechanics by L I Schiff

2 Quantum Mechanics by J L Powell and Crasmann

3 Introduction to Quantum Mechanics by Pauling amp Wilson

4 Quantum Mechanics by A K Ghatak amp S Loknathan

5 The Physics of low-dimensional semiconductors An introduction by J H Davies

6 Concepts of Modern Physics by Arthur Beiser

7 Physics of Molecules by Wolf Gang Demtroder

8 Handbook of Molecular Physics amp Quantum Chemistry by Stephen Wilson

9 Quantum Heterostructures by Maiteir and others

11

AP-6021 Materials Science at Nanoscale (3-0-0)

UNIT I

Single crystalline polycrystalline and amorphous structures crystal structure classification of

crystals imperfection in solids grain boundaries and its effect on mechanical properties Phase

transitions in nanosystems-comparison to large systems

UNIT II

Carbon molecules nature of carbon bonds new carbon structures small carbon clusters C60-

crystal structure larger and smaller fullerenes Buckyballs Carbon Nanotubes-fabrication

structure electrical vibrational and mechanical properties

UNIT III

Applications in field emission shielding computers fuel cells sensors catalysis mechanical

reinforcement

Bulk nanostructured materials synthesis mechanical and electrical properties metal nanocluster

composite glasses porous silicon natural nanocrystals nanoparticles in zeolites crystals of metal

naoparticles nanoparticle lattices in suspensions photonic crystals nanocopmposites

nanoceramics ceramic matrix composites

UNIT IV

Nanostructured ferromagnetism effect of nanostructuring nanomagnets nano carbon ferromagnets

giant and colossal magnetoresistance ferrofluids Nanocmposites of dielectric piezoelectric and

ferroelectric materials Polarization types frequency dependence other relevant current topics

References

1 Materials Science amp Engineering An introduction by W D Callister

2 Introduction to Solid State Physics by C Kittel

3 Solid State Physics by A J Dekker

4 Solid State Physics by Aschroft amp Mermin

5 Nanocomposite Science and Technology by Ajayan Schadler and Braun

6 Principles of Nanotechnology by G Ali Mansoori

7 Nanomaterials Nano-tech amp Design by Michael F Ashby

12

AP-6031 Processing amp Fabrication of Nanostructures (3-0-0)

UNIT I

Fundamental concepts of Bottom-up and top down approaches self assembly and self organization

formation of nanostructure by mechanical milling (ball milling)

UNIT II

Synthesis of carbon nanotubes growth mechanism arc discharge laser ablation sputtering and

growth from solutions and melts

UNIT III

Chemical vapor deposition plasma enhanced CVD thermal CVD vapor phase growth laser

assisted thermal CVD CoMoCat process High pressure CO dispropornation process flame

synthesis pulsed laser deposition (PLD)

UNIT IV

Fabrication of nanoparticles synthesis of colloidal particles synthesis of nanogold particles

synthesis of nanocomposites and nanostructures fabrication of quantum dots nanowires nanorods

nanointermetallics controlled colloidal synthesis Synthesis of polymer supported clusters and

polymeric nanofibers

Nanolithography electron beam and focused ion beam lithographies other relevant current topics

References

1 Nanotechnology by Gregory Timp

2 Introduction to Nanoscale Science amp Technology by M Di Ventra et al

3 Nanophotonics by Paras N Prasad

4 Microlithography Sciences amp Technology ndash Sheats J R and Amith B W (Marcel Dekker Inc New York)

5 Nanolithography A borderland between STM EB IB and X-ray lithographies- M Gentili et al

(Springer)

13

AP-6511 Nano Electronics amp Nano photonic (3-0-0)

UNIT I

Photons and electrons- similarities and differences confinement of photons and electrons

Nanoscale optical interactions-axial and lateral nanoscopic localization quantum confinement

effects cooperative transitions and emission

UNIT II

Quantum well double quantum wells wires dots rings size effects manifestation of quantum

confinement-optical properties conduction electrons and dimensionality potential wells resonant

tunneling and ballistic transport single-electron tunneling infrared detectors quantum dot lasers

UNIT III

Photonic crystals-basic concepts features of photonic crystals photonic crystal optical circuitry

non-linear photonic crystals photonic crystal fibers optical communication and sensors

UNIT IV

Basics of nanoelectronics and molecular electronics break junction nanowires nanocircuits single

molecule magnet molecular conductance molecular logic gate MEMS other relevant topics

Fundamentals of Spintronics spin polarized transport Kondo effect Kubo effect spin relaxation

and injection Spintronics memory devices and applications

References

1 Nanophotonics by Paras N Prasad

2 Introduction to Nanoscale Science amp Technology by M Di Ventra et al

3 Handbook of Photonics by Mool Chand Gupta amp John Ballato

4 Optical properties of photonic crystals by K Sakoda

5 Detection of optical and infrared radiation by Kingston amp Mac Adam

6 Introduction to Nanotechnology by C P Poole Jr and Franks J Owens

7 Spintronics fundamentals and applications by I Zutic and SD Sarma

8 Introduction to spintronics by Supriyo Bandopadhayay

9 Spin electronics by David D Awschalom

10 Quantum Electronics by A Yariv

14

AP-6521 Semiconductors Nanostructures amp Devices (3-0-0)

UNIT I

Basics of semiconductors microelectronic devices and technology silicon technology processing

of III-V semiconductors semiconductor nanoparticles synthesis cluster compounds quantum dots

using MBE CVD and MOCVD

UNIT II

Semiconducting nanoparticles size dependent physical properties band-gap variations-quantum

confinement Fundamentals of carrier transport in quantum structures electrical transport properties

in semiconductors nanostructures temperature effects resonating tunneling diodes structure and

operation of MOS

UNIT III

Small dimension effects Nanoscale MOSFET transistors LED and solar cells Doping nano

particles

Semiconductor nanowires fabrication and integration quantum conductance effects in

semiconductors porous silicon nanobelts nanoribbons nanosprings

UNIT IV

Single electron tunneling superconducting single electron transistor implementation of single

electron transistors applications of single electron transistors other relevant current topics

References

1 Introduction to Nanoscale Science amp Technology by M Di Ventra et al

2 Nanotechnology by Gregory Timp

3 Nanophotonics by Paras N Prasad

4 Introduction to Nanotechnology by C P Poole Jr and Franks J Owens

5 Encyclopedia of Nanotechnology by Hari Singh Nalwa

6 Handbook of Semiconductor Nanostructures amp Nanodevices Volumes-1-5 A A Balandin and K L Wang

7 Nanostructures and Nanomaterials ndash Synthesis Properties amp Applications by Cao amp Guozhong

15

AP-7011 Nano Electromechanical Materials amp Devices (Elective-V (3-0-0)

UNIT I

Introduction of carbon materials Diamond nanodiamond fullerene graphene carbon fiber and

amorphous carbon Synthesis route CVD for synthesis of nanodinamond carbon nanotube and

graphene and other methods of preparation of CNT and graphene

UNIT II

Structure and properties of carbon nanotubes and graphene Electrical Optical Mechanical

Vibrational properties etc

UNIT III

Applications of carbon nanotubes and graphene Biosensors FET Field emission Fuel Cells

Display devices

UNIT IV

Functionalization and purification method for carbon nanotubes Oxidative Purification Defect

Functionalization ndashTransformation and Modification of Carboxylic Functionalization like

Amidation Thiolation Halogenations Hydrogenation Addition of Radicals Addition of

Nucleophilic Carbenes Sidewall Functionlaization through Electrophili Addition Cycloadditions

Carbenes Addition Addition of Nitrenes Noncovalent Exohedral Functionalization Endohedral

Functionalization

References

1 Nanoscale materials -Liz Marzan and Kamat

2 Physical properties of Carbon Nanotube-R Satio

3 Applied Physics Of Carbon Nanotubes Fundamentals Of Theory Optics And Transport Devices - S

Subramony amp SV Rotkins

4 Carbon Nanotubes Properties and Applications- Michael J OConnell

5 CARBON NANOTECHNOLOGY- Liming Dai

6 Nanotubes and Nanowires- CNR Rao and A Govindaraj RCS Publishing

16

AP-7021 Nanobiotechnology (3-0-0)

UNIT I

Biological Methods of Synthesis Use of bacteria fungi Actinomycetes for nanoparticle synthesis

Magnetotactic bacteria for natural spynthesis of magnetic nanoparticles Mechanism of formation

Viruses as components for the formation of nanostructured materials Synthesis process and

application Role of plants in nanoparticle synthesis

UNIT II

Microorganisms for synthesis of nanomaterials and for toxicity detection Natural and artificial

synthesis of nanoparticles in microorganisms Use of microorganisms for nanostructure formation

Testing of environmental toxic effect of nanoparticles using microorganisms

UNIT III

Nanocomposite biomaterials teeth and bone substitution Natural nanocomposite systems as spider

silk bones shells organic-inorganic nanocomposite formation through self-assembly Biomimetic

synthesis of nanocomposite material Use of synthetic nanocomposites for bone teeth replacement

UNIT IV

Nanobio Systems Nanoparticle-biomaterial hybrid systems for bioelectronic devices Bioelectronic

systems based on nanoparticle-enzyme hybrids nanoparticle based bioelectronic biorecognition

events Biomaterial nanocircuitry Protein based nanocircuitry Neurons for network formation

DNA nanostructures for mechanics and computing and DNA based computation DNA based

nanomechanical devices Biosensor and Biochips

References

1 Bionanotechnology Lessons from Nature by David S Goodsell

2 Nanomedicine Vol IIA Biocompatibility by Robert A Freitas

3 Handbook of Nanostructured Biomaterials and Their Applications in Nanobiotechnology - Hari Singh

Nalwa

4 Nanobiotechnology ed CMNiemeyer CA Mirkin

5 Nanocomposite Science amp Technology Ajayan Schadler amp Braun

6 BioMEMS (Microsystems) - Gerald A Urban

7 Introduction to Nanoscale Science and Technology (Nanostructure Science and Technology) ndash

Massimiliano Di Ventra

8 Nanosystems Molecular Machinery Manufacturing and Computation - K Eric Drexler

9 Springer Handbook of Nanotechnology - Bharat Bhushan

10 Nanobiotechnology ed CMNiemeyer CA Mirkin

12 Nanomedicine Vol I Basic Capabilities

13 Nanomedicine Vol IIA Biocompatibility - Robert A Freitas

17

Self-Study Open Area Seminar-I ampII

Compulsory seminar by each candidate on the emerging topics related to nanotechnology

Minor (I ampII) or Major Project

A minor project related to emerging areas in the nanotechnology is to be completed Emphasis will

be given of area related to synthesis characterization and device fabrication Faculty member will

help for selecting area of major projects

Scheme of Examination and Syllabus

MTech in Industrial Biotechnology

Department of Biotechnology Delhi Technological University

Bawana Road New Delhi -110042

MTech in Industrial Biotechnology Biotechnology Industry Organization (BIO) USA has mentioned three major waves in the field of

biotechnology The first wave Green Biotechnology refers to agricultural biotechnology The

second wave Red Biotechnology refers to pharmaceutical and medical biotechnology while the third

wave White Biotechnology refers to industrial biotechnology Industrial biotechnology is mainly

based on biocatalysis (the use of enzymes and cells to catalyse chemical reactions) and fermentation

technology (directed use of micro-organisms) in combination with recent breakthroughs in the

forefront of molecular genetics and metabolic engineering It includes manufacturing of antibiotics

(cephalosporins streptomycin penicillin) food (yoghurt cheese single cell protein mushroom

probiotics) renewable energy (bioethanol biodiesel biohydrogen) health care (growth hormone

antibodies) biopolymers (polyhydroxy butyrate polylactic acid) enzymes (protease lipase amylase

cellulase pectinase xylanase) in various industries (pulp and paper detergent textile food

processing industry) Industrial biotechnology also involved in bioremediation microbial

degradation of pollutants (hydrocarbons polychlorinated biphenyl polyaromatic hydrocarbons)

Biological waste water treatment is undoubtedly one of the most important biotechnological

processes which have been used to treat municipal waste and industrial waste water The proposed

syllabus has been developed to address the need of well trained industrial biotechnologist cutting

edge RampD for this field The trained manpower will be well versed in techniques of protein science

bio-catalysis engineering biosynthesis microbial manufacturing engineering biological systems and

bio-process engineering Moreover they can easily implement these hands on training in industry to

increase the yield more accurately

Delhi Technological University Delhi

Department of Biotechnology

Scheme of Examination

MTech in Industrial Biotechnology

First semester

Course

Code

Subject L T P Internal

Marks

End Sem

Marks

Total

Marks

Credit

BT-521 Bioenergy 3 1 0 50 100 150 3

BT-522 Food Engineering

amp Biotechnology

3 1 0 50 100 150 3

BT-523 Enzyme

Engineering amp

technology

3 1 0 50 100 150 3

BT-571 Industrial Plant

Biotechnology

3 1 0 50 100 150 3

BT-572 Bioinstrumentation 3 1 0 50 100 150 3

BT-573 Food engineering

and Biotechnology

Lab

0 0 2 30 70 100 2

BT-524 Bioinstrumentation

Lab

0 0 2 30 70 100 2

BT-574 Self Study open

area seminar-I

0 0 1 50 - 50 1

TOTAL 360 640 1000 20

Second semester

Course

Code

Subject L T P Internal

Marks

End Sem

Marks

Total

Marks

Credit

BT-621 Biopharmaceuticals 3 1 0 50 100 150 3

BT-6221 Bioprocess

Engineering

3 1 0 50 100 150 3

BT-6231 Biosensor 3 1 0 50 100 150 3

BT-6711 Nanobiotechnology 3 1 0 50 100 150 3

BT-6721 Environmental

Biotechnology

3 1 0 50 100 150 3

BT-673 Environmental

Biotechnology Lab

0 0 2 30 70 100 2

BT-624 Bioprocess

Engineering Lab

0 0 2 30 70 100 2

BT-674 Minor Project-I 0 0 1 50 - 50 1

TOTAL 360 640 1000 20

Third semester

Course

Code

Subject L T P Internal

Marks

End Sem

Marks

Total

Marks

Credit

BT-721 Professional

Elective I

3 1 0 50 100 150 3

BT-722 Professional

Elective II

3 1 0 50 100 150 3

BT-723 Self Study open

area seminar-II

0 0 1 100 100 2

BT-724 Minor Project-II 300 300 6

BT-725 Major Project-I 300 300 6

TOTAL 200 800 1000 20

Fourth semester

Course

Code

Subject L T P Internal

Marks

End Sem

Marks

Total

Marks

Credit

BT-821 Major Project-II 400 600 1000 20

TOTAL 1000 20

BT- 721 ELECTIVE SUBJECTS- I

BT-7211 Bioseparation Technology

BT-7212 Industrial waste water treatment

BT-7213 Biopolymer Technology

BT-7214 Bioprocess Plant Designing

BT-7215 Transport Phenomenon

BT-7216 Biochemical Thermodynamics

BT-722 ELECTIVE SUBJECTS- II

BT-7221 Bioethics Biosafety and IPR

BT-7222 Quality Management

BT-7223 Protein Engineering

BT-722 4 Metabolic Engineering

BT-7225 Design and Development of Biological Treatment process

BT-7226 Bioinformatics

SEMESTER I

BT- 521 Bioenergy

Unit-I

Introduction

Global energy scenario Indian energy scenario types of energy sources description of Biofuels

various Biofuels Bioenergy from biomass Biofuel Production Alternative Biochemical Pathways for

Organo-heterotrophic Lithotrophic and Phototrophic Metabolism Importance of biofuel feed stocks

Cellulose starch sugar Lignocellulosic Agro and Industrial by-products

Unit-II

Production of Bio-ethanol

Process Technology for Bioethanol production using Sugar Starch and Lignocellulosic Selection of

micro-organisms and raw materials Unit Operations in Alcohol production Continuous

fermentation Distillery quality control Alcohol distillation

Unit-III

Production of Biodiesel

Chemical Thermodynamic and Reaction Kinetic Aspects of Biodiesel Production Lipids as a source

of biodiesel Methods of Biodiesel Production ndash General procedure and large scale production

Quality Control Aspects Biodiesel production from microalgae and future prospects

Unit-IV

Production of Biohydrogen

Biohydrogen production by anaerobic bacteria and photosynthetic algae Enzymes involved in

biohydrogen Production Biochemical Pathway Batch Fermentation Factors affecting biohydrogen

production Carbon sources Process and Culture Parameters Detection and Quantification of

biohydrogen

Unit-V

Microbial Fuel Cells

Introduction and biochemical basis History of microbial fuel cell development Microbes used in

microbial fuel cells Design of microbial fuel cells MFC components Two and Single MFC systems

Stacked microbial fuel cell Performances of microbial fuel cells Ideal performance Actual MFC

performance Effects of operating conditions pH buffer and electrolyte Proton exchange system

Operating conditions in the anodic chamber Operating conditions in the cathodic chamber

Applications Electricity generation Biohydrogen Wastewater treatment Biosensor MFCs in the

future

Unit-VI

Case studies

Text books

1 Caye M Drapcho NP Nhuan and T H Walker Biofuels Engineering Process Technology Mc

Graw Hill Publishers New York 2008

2 Jonathan RM Biofuels ndash Methods and Protocols (Methods in Molecular Biology Series) Humana

Press New York 2009

3 Lisbeth Olsson (Ed) Biofuels (Advances in Biochemical EngineeringBiotechnology Series

Springer-Verlag Publishers Berlin 2007

BT- 522 Food Engineering and Biotechnology

Unit- I

Food chemistry

Food chemistry-definition and importance Composition of foods and function of water

carbohydrates proteins amino acids lipids vitamins and shelf life of food Bioavailability and

stability of nutrients Nutritive value of foods Food as a source of energy Food Health and diseases

Unit ndash II

Food Microbiology

History and significance of microorganisms in foods Biotechnological improvements catabolic

repression Microbial growth pattern Biochemical changes caused by micro-organisms deterioration

of various types of food product Food poisoning and microbial toxins standards for different foods

Food borne intcericants and mycotoxius

Unit ndashIII

Fermentation products

Dairy products Production of starter cultures Cheese - principles of cheese making Cheddar

Cheese Swiss Cheese Surface ripened Cheeses Mold ripened Cheeses General principles of

manufacture of Kefir Fermented foods Soy sauce Miso Sufu Natto Idli fermented fish products

Fermented vegetables Sauer Krant pickles Olives Fermented sausages Distilled beverages

Alcohol wine brandy and beer Food additives organic acid (acetic acid lactic acid and citric acid)

amino acids (glutamic acid lysine threonine arginine and histidine) food flavourants and pigments

Unit ndashIV

Food Preservation and storage

General principles underlying spoilage and chemical changes of food caused by microorganisms

(Staphylococcal Salmonellosis Ecoli) food spoiling enzymes Botulism toxin production and

deterioration of foods Principles of food preservation by physical methods (irradiation drying heat

processing chilling and freezing high pressure and modification of atmosphere) by chemical

methods and biological methods Storage Stability Food Preservation with Low Temperatures Food

Preservation with High Temperatures Preservation of Foods by Drying Indicator and Food-borne

Pathogens

Unit V

Food process technology

Packaging and canning of foods ndash preparation for packaging thermal processing of foods

Microwave heating thermal inactivation of microorganisms thermal process evaluations freezing

and thawing of foods Food process operations Evaporation single and multi effect evaporation

dehydration psychomatric charts drying-tunnel tray spray drum freeze distillation food

processing aid through biotechnology Food sanitation Good manufacturing practices ndash Hazard

analysis Critical control points Personnel hygiene

Unit ndashVI

Food Processing and Quality assurance

Basic principles unit operations and equipment involved in the commercially important food

processing methods and unit operations materials and containers used in food packaging Objectives

importance and functions of quality control Methods of quality assessment of food materials-fruits

vegetables cereals dairy products meat and poultry Food regulations grades and standards

Concept of Codex AlmentariousHACCPUSFDAISO 9000 series etc Food laws and standards

Text Books

1 Frazier WS and Weshoff DC Food Microbiology 4th Edn McGraw Hill Book Co New

York 1998

2 Mann amp Trusswell Essentials of human nutrition 3rd edition oxford university press 2007

3 Prescott and Dunns Gerald Reed Industrial Microbiology 4th Edition AVI Publishing Company

Inc Conneticut 1983

4 BSivashankar ndash Food processing and preservation Prentice ndash Hall of India PvtLtdNew Delhi

2002

BT- 523 Enzyme Engineering and Technology

Unit-I

Introduction to enzymes

Introduction nomenclature and classification of enzyme Mechanism and catalysis concept of active

site and energetics of enzyme substrate complex formation specificity of enzyme action principles

of catalysis ndash collision theory transition state theory role of entropy in catalysis Biocatalysis in

organic liquids Enzymatic catalysis in biphasic system Ribozyme Abzyme (catalytic antibodies)

Biosynthesis and regulation of enzyme in microorganism

Unit-II

Enzyme Kinetics

Kinetics of substrate and multisubstrate reactions King-Altmanrsquos method Analysis of kinetic data

Inhibition - substrate product and inhibitors Active and legend binding sites Allosteric regulation of

enzymes Monod changeux wyman model deactivation kinetics Molecular folding and defolding of

enzymes

Unit - III

Enzyme immobilization

Methods of immobilization External and internal diffusional mass transfer limitation Effectiveness

factor and modulus electrostatic and stearic effects in immobilized enzyme systems

Unit-IV

Enzyme Reactor

Reactors for Batch continuous enzymatic processing choice of reactor type idealized enzyme

reactor systems Mass transfer in enzyme reactors Steady state analysis of mass transfer and

biochemical reaction in enzyme reactors

Unit ndashV

Purification and Characterization of enzymes from natural source

Production and purification of crude enzyme extracts from plant animal and microbial sources

methods of characterization of enzymes

Unit-VI

Application of enzymes

Application of enzymes in different industries (Pulp and Paper industry Detergent industry Textile

industry Food processing industry) Medical and analytical application of enzyme Biosensor

Text books

1 Enzymes A Practical Introduction to Structure Mechanism and Data Analysis by RA Copeland

Publisher John Wiley and Sons Inc

2 Enzymes by Palmer (2001) Horwood Publishing Series

3 Introduction to Biocatalysis using Enzymes and Microorganisms by SM Roberts NJ Turner and

A J Willetts Publisher Cambridge University Press

4 Fundamentals of Enzymology by Price and Stevens (2002) Publisher Oxford University Press

5 Enzyme Technology by Helmut Uhling (1998) Publisher John Wiley

6 Introduction to Proteins Structure by Branden and Tooze (1998) Publisher Garland Publishing

7 Enzyme Kinetics Behavior and Analysis of Rapid Equilibrium and Steady - State Enzyme

Systems by IH Segel Publisher Wiley-Interscience

BT-571 Industrial Plant Biotechnology

Unit-I

Plant genome organization

Organization and features of mitochondrial nuclear and choloroplast genome ndash Structural features of

gene families in plants

Unit-II

Plant cell cultivation

Callus cultures cell cultures and protoplast cultures Micropropagation Organogenesis and somatic

embryogenesis Cell suspension culture Ovule culture Anther culture Production of haploids

Protoplast isolation and fusion Selection systems for somatic hybridscybrids Somaclonal variation

Preservation of germplasm Formation of Secondary Metabolites in Tissue Culture Production of

pharmaceuticals by tissue culture pigments perfumes flavors insecticides flavonoids

Biotransformation using plant cell cultures Bioreactor system and models for mass cultivation of

plant cells hairy root culture Quality assurance and quality control

Unit-III

Transgenic plant and application

Transgenesis in plants Gene transfer in plants ndash Gene transfer through vectors - Biology of vectors

used - Ti and Ri plasmids binary vectors viral vectors cloning strategy and method of gene transfer

Vectorless gene transfer ndash electroporation and gene gun method DNA bar coding Application of

transgenic plants Virus resistance coat protein mediated nucleocapsid gene Nematode resistance

Abiotic stress Drought cold and salt Post-harvest losses long shelf life of fruits and flowers use of

ACC synthase polygalacturanase ACC oxidase male sterile lines bar and barnase systems

carbohydrate composition and storage ADP glucose pyrophosphatase RNAi and Reverse genetics

Unit- IV

Natural Resource Management

Different approaches of Biodiversity Conservation Biotechnological Characterization and strategies

for the conservation of different populations of endangered plants Molecular markers and genetic

diversity screening

Unit-V

Plant metabolism Metabolomics and metabolic engineering

General concepts of metabolism Introduction to databases from plant transcriptomics to

metabolomics

Unit VI

Industrial applications

Industries engaged in tissue cultureplant cell suspension culture their working and management

Pharmaseutically useful metabolites generated by suspension cultures

Text books

1 Dixon RA and Gonzales Plant Cell Culture A Practical Approach IRL Press 1995

2 Lindsey K and MGK Jones Plant Biotechnology in Agriculture Prentice Hall New Jersey

1990

3 Biotol series In vitro Cultivation of Plant cell Butterworth Heinemann Ltd 1994

4 Ranga MM Animal Biotechnology (3e) Agrobios 2007

5 Bhojwani amp Rajdhan Animal and Plant Biotechnology Elsevier 1996 )

6 Gene cloning amp DNA Analysis An introduction by T A Brown Fourth edition (2001)

7 Genetic Engineering by S Rastogi and N Pathak Publishers Oxford University Press(2009)

8 Principles of Gene Manipulation amp Genomics by Primrose amp Twyman Seven edition (2006)

BT- 572 Bioinstrumentation

Unit I

Electrochemistry Temperature pH buffers Conductivity Dissolved oxygen carbon dioxide

Unit II

Centrifugation Basic principle and application Analytical and Preparative centrifuges and ultra

centrifugation

Unit III

Electrophoretic Techniques Paper and gel electrophoresis Immuno electrophoresis isoelectric

focussing two-dimensional electrophoresis capillary electrophoresis

Unit IV

Chromatographic Methods Paper TLC gas chromatography gel filtration ion exchange

chromatography affinity chromatography and HPLC FPLC

Unit V

Spectroscopy UVvisible and NIR spectrofluorimetry Atomic absorption spectrophotometryMass

Spectrometry Infrared and Raman SpectroscopyNuclear Magnetic Resonance and Electron Spin

Resonance spectroscopy

Unit VI

Microscopy Principle parts types and functioning of Microscope Optical and Electron

Microscopy Transmission and Scanning Electron Microscopy Tunneling Electron Microscopy

Atomic Force Microscopy Fluorescence microscopy Confocal microscopy

Text books

1 Principles and Techniques of Practical Biochemistry by Keith Wilson and JohnWalker Cambridge

University Press

2 Biophysical Chemistry The conformation of Biological Macromolecules by CRCantor and PR

Schimmel Publisher WH Freeman

Reference books

1 Essentials of Biophysics by P Narayanan Publishers New Age InternationalPublishers

2 Introduction to Spectroscopy by DL Pavia GM Lampman and G S Kriz Publisher Brooks

Cole

3 Physical Chemistry of Macromolecules by C Tanford Publisher John Wileyand Sons Inc

4 Principles of Physical Biochemistry by KE Van Holde Publisher Prentice Hall

BT-524 Lab- Bioinstrumentation 1 Measurement and control of pH 2 Measurement of conductivity of a given sample

3 Measurement of conductivity and dissolved oxygen in given sample

4 Protein quantification

5 Protein separation through electrophoresis

6 Sample preparation for light microscopy and Electron Microscopy

7 Quantification of DNA RNA Lipid Fatty acids

8 Sample analysis through AAS

9 Sample preparation for Fluorescence and Confocal microscopy

10 Isolation of DNA and analysis by gel electrophoresis

BT-573 Lab- Food Engineering and Biotechnology

1 Isolation of industrially important microbes

2 Production of fermented product

3 Comparative studies of ethanol production using different substrates

4 Production of wine

5 Production of citric acid

6 Detection of adulterants in food

7 Mushroom cultivation

8 Bread making

9 Colourant production

10 Studies of different methods of food preservation

11 Estimation of carbohydrates and proteins

BT-574 Self Study Open Area Seminar-I

SEMESTER II BT- 621 Biopharmaceuticals

Unit-I

Drug metabolism Oxidation reduction hydrolysis conjugation Need for developing new drugs

Procedure followed in drug design Molecular modification of lead compounds Prodrug and soft

drugs Physico-chemical parameters in drug design QSAR Active site determination of enzymes

Design of enzyme inhibitors

Unit-II

Pharmacokinetics and Drug discovery

Biotransformation of drugs Preclinical Pharmacokinetics Compartment modelingone compartment

open model two compartment open model multi compartment model non linear kinetics

bioavailability and bioequivalence excretion of drugs pharmacokinetics ndash effects of food and

fasting Substances derived from bacteria plants insects and animals Sources of active principles

Assay systems and models (eg Knock-out Mice) Protein molecular modeling by computer

Docking studies Structure based drug designing using software

Unit-III

Pharmaceutical dosage forms

Dosage Forms and Basic Preparations Excipients for Pharmaceutical Dosage Forms Compressed

tablets wet granulation dry granulation or slugging direct compression tablet formulation coating

capsules sustained action dosage form parental oral liquids ointments recombinant blood products

and therapeutic enzymes hormones of therapeutic interest Pharmaceutical products Analysis and

Control laxatives ndash analgesics ndash non steroidal contraceptives ndash external antiseptics ndash antacids and

other antibiotics ndash biological ndash hormones ndash vitamins - preservation analytical methods and test for

various drugs and pharmaceuticals packaging techniques ndash quality control

Unit-IV

Pharmaceutical products and products of DNA technology

Microbial products - Antibiotics (penicillin streptomycin tetracycline) vitamins probiotics Plant

secondary metabolites - control mechanism and manipulation of pheny-propanoid pathway and

shikimate pathway Tissue culture production of alkaloids flavanoids steroids terpenoids animal

vaccines Pharmaceutical products of DNA technology Therapeutic proteins ndash Insulin human

growth hormone clotting factors interferons interleukins tissue plasminogen activators

erythropoietin DNAseI alginate lyase muteins Production advantages limitations and applications

of monoclonal antibody Oligonucleotides and Gene therapy ras-Antisense therapy gene delivery

system Vector usage strategies for gene therapy Clinical trials

Unit-V

Drug safety evaluation

Strategy and Phasing for Drug Safety Evaluation in the Discovery and Development of

Pharmaceuticals Regulation of Human Pharmaceutical Safety Acute Toxicity Testing in Drug

Safety Evaluation Special Concerns for the Preclinical Evaluation of Biotechnology Products

Immunotoxicology in Pharmaceutical Development The Application of In Vitro Techniques in Drug

Safety Assessment Pharmaceutical Quality Assurance

Unit-VI

Patenting process in drug manufacturing process

Patenting- Patent types The patent application Patenting in biotechnology Preclinical trials Clinical

trials The role and remit of regulatory authorities-The Food and Drug Administration The

investigational new drug application The new drug application European regulations Guides to

good manufacturing practice Formulation and Delivery Issues of Therapeutic Proteins

Biotechnology-Derived Drug Products Formulation Development Stability Testing Filling and

Packaging

Text books

1 Heinrich Klefenz Industrial pharmaceutical biotechnology John Wiley sons 2002

2 Susanna Wu-Pong Yongyut Rojanasakul and Joseph Robinson Biopharmaceutical drug and

design and development Humana Press 2007

3 Gary Walsh Biopharmaceuticals Biochemistry and Biotechnology (2e) John Wiley amp Sons

2003

4 Herbert A Kirst Wu-Kuang Yeh Milton J Enzyme Technologies for pharmaceutical and

biotechnological applications WILEY-VCH Verlag 2003

BT- 6221 Bioprocess Engineering

Unit I

Media design and Sterilization kinetics

Criteria for good medium medium requirements for fermentation processes carbon nitrogen

minerals vitamins and other complex nutrients oxygen requirements medium formulation of

optimal growth and product formation examples of simple and complex media medium

optimization methods ndash Plackett and Burman and Response surface method Thermal death kinetics

of microorganisms batch and continuous heat sterilization of liquid media design of sterilization

equipment-batch and continuous ilter sterilization of liquid media air sterilization

Unit II

Metabolic stoichiometry and energetics

Stoichiometry of cell growth and product formation elemental balances degrees of reduction of

substrate and biomass available electron balances yield coefficients of biomass and product

formation maintenance coefficients energetic analysis of microbial growth and product formation

oxygen consumption ndash steps involved in the transfer of oxygen to broth and heat evolution in aerobic

cultures

Unit III

Growth and Production kinetics

Kinetic models for microbial growth Monod model growth of filamentous organisms product

formation kinetics - leudeking-piret models substrate and product inhibition on cell growth and

product formation Production kinetics Design for single and multiple reaction size comparisons of

single reactor for single reactions multiple reactor systems for single reaction reactions in parallel

in series and seriesparallel reactions of first order Heterogeneous reactions kinetics and mechanism

of heterogeneous non catalytic and catalytic reactions Non ideal flow - residence time distribution

studies CE F and I curves RTD in ideal reactors Models for Non ideal flow ndash zero ndash parameter

model One parameter model and two parameter model

Unit IV

Types and design of bioreactor

Construction material Basic components ndash Agitator aerator valves and steam traps seals stirrer

glands Stirred tank batch bioreactor stirred batch bio reactor for enzymes cell cultures Continuous

Stirred Tank Bioreactor Continuous operation of mixed reactor enzyme reactions in a mixed

reactor substrate inhibition kinetics and product inhibition kinetics chemostat with cell cultures ndash

steady state cell and substrate concentrations and productivity as a function of dilution rate CSTR

with immobilized enzymes operation of CSTR in a constant feed rate policy-simulation for

conversions with and without diffusion limitations chemostat in series Graphical design Plug Flow

and Packed Bed Bioreactor Performance equation with Michelin-Menten kinetics substrate

inhibition and product inhibition plug flow reactor for immobilized enzymes operation of plug flow

reactor in constant feed rate policy simulation for conversion with and without diffusion limitations

Fedndashbatch reactor Applications of fed reactor Fed batch operation of mixed reactor material

balance on cell and substrate Recycle system Chemostat with recycle Biological waste water

treatment Feed forward control of the activated sludge process The Transient Behavior of

Bioreactors Stability analysis Stability of the chemostat Stability of chemostat with substrate

inhibition Operating diagram Transient responses of the chemostat control of the chemostat

Turbidostat operation Nutristat operation

Unit V

Instrumentation and Control

Biochemical process variables and their measurements Control principles and their application in

bioreactors Theory of electrode processes and their applications Measurement and control of pH

temperature dissolved oxygen aeration and agitation redox potential foam etc On-line analysis of

process parameters Introduction to biosensors Transduction principles used in biosensors

Characteristics of biosensors Biosensors based on amperometric potentiometric thermistor FET

fiber optics and bioluminescence Microbial biosensors Fundamentals of digital process control Use

of computer in control and optimization of microbiological processes

Unit VI

Downstream processing

Removal of microbial cells and solid matter foam separation precipitation filtration centrifugation

cell disruptions liquid-liquid extraction chromatography membrane process drying and

crystallization Quality analysis and product formulation - Product appearance product stabilization

shelf life analysis usage specific formulations quality analysis and control

Text books

1 Biochemical Engineering Fundamentals by JE Baily and DF Ollis Publisher McGraw Hill

(1986)

2 Biochemical Engineering by SAiba AE Humphry and NF Millis Publisher University of

Tokyo press(1973)

3 Bioreaction engineering principles by J Nielson and J Villadsen Publisher Plenum Press (1994)

4 Chemical Engineering Design Fourth edition by JM Coulson and JF Richardson Publisher

Butterworth Heinemann(2005)

5 Bioprocess Engineering- Kinetics Mass transport reactors and gene expression by WR Veith

Publisher John Wiley and Sons Inc(1994)

6Bioprocess Engineering Basic Concepts by ML Shuler and F Kargi Publisher Prentice Hall

(1987)

7Bioprocess engineering principles by P Doran Publisher- Academic press (1995)

BT-6231 Biosensor Unit-I

Introduction

A historical perspective Definition and Expanding Needs of Biosensors Advantages and limitations

Biosensor Economics various components of biosensors

Unit-II

Types of Biosensors

Biocatalysts based biosensors bio affinity based biosensors amp microorganisms based

biosensors biologically active material and analyte Types of membranes used in

biosensor constructions

Unit-III

Transducers in Biosensors

Various types of transducers principles and applications Bio- chemi- and lectrochemiluminescence

for fiber-optic biosensors Fluorescence-based fiber-optic biosensors

Unit-IV

Electrical Signal Detection in Biological Systems

Silicon glass and metal electrodes amplifier design Bioelectronic device production

microelectronic fabrication methods as adapted to bioelectronics hard and soft lithography bio-

compatibility of materials Existing types of Biosensors Miniaturisation and micro-systems

including sensing using optical techniques field effect transistors ion-selective and enzymatic

sensitive electrodes as well as impedance monitoring

Unit-V

Kinetic modeling for biosensors

The purpose and practice of modeling The flux equations The flux diagram for the membrane

enzyme electrode Deriving a complete kinetic model Kinetic modeling in other types of

biosensors- Potentiometric enzyme electrodes Optical and photometric biosensors Immunosensors

Unit-VI

Application and Uses of Biosensors

Biosensors in medicine and health care (For glucose monitoring and for DNA analysis Analysis of

the neural cell impulse signal and neural signal processing) biosensors for agriculture and food Low

cost- biosensor for industrial processes for online monitoring biosensors for environmental

monitoring

Text books

1 Rajmohan Joshi Biosensors (1e) Gyan Books 2006

2 Cooper JM and Anthony EG Biosensors (2e) Oxford University Press 2004

3 Turner APF KarubeI and WilsonGS Biosensors Fundamentals and applications Oxford Univ

Press 1990

4 SadanaA Biosensors Kinetics of Binding and Dissociation Using Fractals (1e) Elsevier BV

1995

5 Ashok M and Kim Rogers Enzyme amp Microbial Biosensors Techniques and Protocols (Methods

in Biotechnology) (1e) Humana Press 1998

6 Ashok M and Kim Rogers Affinity Biosensors Techniques and Protocols (Methods in

Biotechnology) (1e) Humana Press 1998

7 Damia Barcelo Biosensors for the Environmental Monitoring of Aquatic Systems Bioanalytical

and Chemical Methods for Endocrine Disruptors (1e) Springer 2009

BT-6711 Nanobiotechnology

Unit-I

Introduction

Nano - definition The fundamental Science behind nanotechnology- electrons atomsand ions

molecules metals biosystems Synthesis and Characterizations of Nanoscale Materials Strategies for

Nano architecture (top down and bottom up approaches) Fabrication Technologies and

Characterizations Self-assembly Systems Basic aspects of Nanofluidics surfactants polymers

emulsions and colloids Nanoscale Artificial Platforms Lipids in Self-assembly Structures

Nanoparticle synthesis in plants bacteria and yeast and its applications

Unit-II

Nano-structured materials

Fullerenes - Properties and CharacteristicsCarbon Nanotubes - Characteristics and Applications

Quantum Dots and WiresGold Nanoparticles Nanopores carbon nanotubes Applications of

NanoMolecules in Biosystems

Unit-III

Structural and functional principles of nanobiotechnology

Structural principle Factors governing biomolecular structure and stability Protein folding Self

assembly Self-organization Molecular recognition and Flexibility of biomaterials Functional

principles of Bionanotechnology Information driven nanoassembly Energetics Role of enzymes in

chemical transformation allosteric motion and covalent modification in protein activity regulation

Structure and functional properties of Biomaterials Bimolecular motors ATP Synthetase and

flagellar motors Traffic across membranes Potassium channels ABC Transporters and

Bactreriorhodapsin Bimolecular sensing Self replication Machine-Phase Bionanotechnology

Unit-IV

Bionanomachines and their Basic

Negligible gravity and inertia atomic granularity thermal motion water environment and their

importance in bionanomachines The role of proteins amino acids nucleic acids lipids and

polysaccharides in modern biomaterials Overview of natural Bionanomachines Thymidylate

Sythetase ATP synthetase Actin and myosin Opsin Antibodies and Collagen

Unit-V

Biophotonics and Bioimaging

Overview of imaging biological systems from the cellular level through to wholebody medical

imaging Introduction to biophysics basic physical concepts in imaging Major techniques using

ionizing and non-ionizing radiation fluorescence and multi-photon microscopy spectroscopy OCT

MRI X-ray CT PET and SPECT imaging

Unit-VI

Application of Nanobiotechnology

Nano-biotechnology in drug Delivery Nanoscale Devices for Drug Discovery Micelles for Drug

Delivery Protein targeting Small Molecule-Protein Interactions Micro-array and Genome Chips

Nanotechnology and the Cell Cell Motility Nano Motors and Cellular Navigation hemotaxis -

Transmembrane Signalling and Related Protein Nanotechnology for Cancer Diagnostics and

Treatment Nanotechnology for Cancer Research and Therapy siRNA Tumor-targeted Drug

Delivery Systems Nanotechnology for Imaging and Detection

Text Books

1 NANO by TPradeep 2006Tata Mc Graw Publishers India

2 Nanobiotechnology Concepts Applications and Perspectives Christof MNiemeyer Chad

AMirkin (eds) Wiley-VCH Weinheim (2004)

3 Kamali Kannangara Geoff Smith Michelle Simmons Burkhard Raguse

4 Overseas Press (2005)

5 David S Goodsell Bionanotechnology John Wiley amp Sons 2004

6 Greco Ralph S Nanoscale Technology in Biological Systems CRC Press 2005

BT-6721 Environmental Biotechnology

Unit-I

Basic concepts of ecology Interaction between environment and biota Concept of habitat and

ecological niches Limiting factor Energy flow food chain food web and trophic level NPC and S

cycles in nature Ecosystem dynamics and management Environmental impact assessment

Principles of conservation Conservation strategies sustainable development Global environmental

problems ozone depletion UV-B radiation green house effect and acid rain their impact in

biotechnological approaches for management

Unit-II

Environmental pollution

Types of pollution and pollution analysis ndash noise air and gaseous pollution Noise pollution Source

measurement impact on ecosystem and control Air pollution Types source method of sampling

measurement impact on ecosystem and control Control of noise and air pollution by

biotechnological methods Gaseous pollutants and odours General sources methods of control

fundamentals of adsorption mechanism of adsorption equilibrium isotherms break through curve

adsorption equipment regeneration of adsorbent application of adsorption for control of gaseous

and odour emission

Unit-III

Water pollution Impurities in water water pollution by industrial waste examination of water

collection of water samples water analysis ndash physical chemical and biological Standards of water

quality Water treatment processes Primary treatment screening skimming with coagulants

flocculation filteration aeration and disinfection Secondary treatment Aerobic processes ndash

activated sludge oxidation ditches recirculating system trickling filter towers rotating discs

rotating drums oxidation ponds Anaerobic digestion anaerobic filters Up flow anaerobic sludge

blanket reactors Tertiary treatment Activated carbon treatment reverse osmosis and electro dialysis

Unit-IV

Bioremediation

In situ and ex situ bioremediation technologies for various pollutants and sites bioremediation of oil

spills and heavy metal pollution use of microbes in bioremediation hydroponic system pollution

control boards and pollution control acts

Unit-V

Solid waste management sewage sludge treatment and utilization refuse disposal excreta disposal

in unsewered area composting and vermiculture biodegradation of noncellulosic wastes for

environmental conservation and fuel bioconversion of cellulosic wastes into protein and fuel

bioremediation of contaminated soils and waste lands radioactive product waste disposal

Unit-VI

Effluent treatment Sources of pollution impact on ecosystem and treatment of following industrial

effluents starch paper and pulp tannery dairy distillery oil refineries and pharmaceutical

Microbes in mining ore leaching oil recovery biopolymers biosurfactants

Text Books

1 Bruce E Rittmann and perry L Mccarty ldquoEnvironmental Biotechnology Principle and

Applicationsrdquo McGraw Hill publishing company Ltd2001

2 Mecalf and Eddy Inc ldquoWastewater Engineering Treatment Disposal Reuserdquo McGraHill

publishing company Ltd1991

3 Des W Connell ldquoBasic concepts of Environmental chemistryrdquo Lewis publishers2005

4 Michal J PelczarECS ChanNoel RKriegTata McGraw Hill publishing company Ltd1993

5 Alan Scragg Environmental BiotechnologyOxford University press2005

6 Prescott Harley Klein Microbiology WCB publishers1996

7 Richard T Wright and Bernard J Nebel ldquoEnvironmental Science towards a Sustainable Futurerdquo

Prentice Hall of India 2004

BT-624-Bioprocess Engineering Lab

1 To determine the concentration of protein content by Lowry method

2 To determine the concentration of sugar by 3 5 dinitrosalicylic acid method

3 To determine the optimum pH for given enzyme sample

4 To determine the optimum temperature for given enzyme sample

5 To study the immobilization of invertase enzyme

6 Measurement of citric acid production by Aspergillus niger with TLC

7 Determination of thermal death point (TDP) of the given microorganism

8 Production of ethanol from yeast fermentation of sugars

9 To prepare the growth curve of micro-organism cultured in a shake flask

10 To study the kinetics of lipase enzyme

BT-673- Environmental Biotechnology Lab 1 Environmental Impact Assessment Measurement of Air and Noise Pollution

2 Analysis of water temperature and pH

3 Measurement of Conductivity and TDS in water

4 Measurement of Dissolved Oxygen

5 Measurement of Carbondi Oxide and Hardness of water

6 Measurement and analysis of Ammonia and Ammonium in water

7 Measurement of Nitrite Nitrate and Total Nitrogen in water

8 Biochemical Oxygen Demand and Chemical Oxygen Demand measurements and analysis

9 Analysis of any one industrial effluent

10 Production of methane from sewage sludge

11 Vermicomposting

BT-674 Minor Project- I

SEMESTER III

BT-721 1 Elective ndash Bioseparation Technology Unit- I

Role of Downstream Processing in Biotechnology

Role and importance of downstream processing in biotechnological processes Problems and

requirements of bioproduct purification Economics and downstream processing in Biotechnology

Cost cutting strategies characterstics of biological mixtures process design criteria for various

classes of bioproducts (high volume-low value products and low volume- high value products)

physicochemical basis of bioseparation processes

Unit- II

Primary Separation and Recovery Processes

Cell disruption methods for intracellular products removal of insolubles biomass (and particulate

debris) separation techniques flocculation and sedimentation centrifugation and filtration methods

Precipitation methodsPrecipitation with salts organic solvents amp polymers

Unit- III

Extraction

Batch extractions staged extractions-cross current co current counter current extractions

Differential extractions fractional extractions with a stationary phase fractional extractions with two

moving phases Aqueous two-phase extraction reverse micelle extraction supercritical fluid

extraction in-situ product removalintegrated bioprocessing

Unit- IV

Membrane-based separations (micro- and ultra-filtration)

Theory design amp configuration of membrane separation equipment applications

reverse osmosis dialysis electro dialysis Isoelectric focusing

Unit- V

Adsorption

Adsorption isotherms industrial adsorbents adsorption equipments for batch and continuous

operations (co current and counter current) adsorption in fixed beds

Unit- VI

Chromatography

Principles of chromatographic separation ndash gel filtration reversed phase hydrophobic interaction

ion-exchange expanded bed adsorption bio affinity and IMAC supercritical fluid chromatography

Text books

1 Belter PA Cussler E and Wei Shan Hu Bioseparation ndash Downstream Processing for

Biotechnology Wiley Interscience 1988

2 Asenjo and Juan A Asenjo Separation Processes in Biotechnology CRC Press 1990

3 Wankat PC Rate Controlled Separation Kluwer Publishers 1990

4 Wang DIC Cooney CL Demain AL DunnilP Humphery AE and Lilly MD Fermentation

and Enzyme Technology John Wiley and Sons 1979

BT-721 2 Elective - Industrial Waste water treatment

UNIT I

Waste disposal management Methods of waste disposal industrial waste (solid liquid and gaseous

emission) effect of industrial wastes on streams and sewerage systems Treatment system of waste

disposal eg Incenerator differences in waste quality and quantity physico-chemical and biological

treatments of waste and their evaluation in respect of treatment

UNIT II

Characteristic features of wastes (solid liquid and gaseous emission) manufacturing processes and

toxic byproducts generated from iron ore alumina heavy metals units paper and pulp industries

pesticides industry thermal power station distillery textile and crude oil industry

UNIT III

Small and large scale industries for waste reduction and remediation various methods for waste

alteration volume and strength minimization recycling plants material restoration and conservation

Methods for neutralisation equalization precipitation and solidification for waste handling

Economic sustainability and government support for joint treatment of raw effluent municipal

sewage and debris

UNIT IV

Unit operations and their design for treatment and management of wastes (solid liquid and gaseous)

UNIT V

Landfill design and operation including site selection engineered sites liners and covers leachate

control and treatment gas recovery and control including utilization of recovered gas (energy) and

landfill monitoring and reclamation

UNIT VI

Case studies

Text Books

1 S P Mahajan ldquoPollution Control in Process Industriesrdquo Tata Mc Graw Hill Publications

2 W Wesley Eckenfelder Jrrdquo Industrial Water Pollution Controlrdquo Mc Graw Hill Publications

3 Ronald W Crites Sherwood C Reed and Robert Bastion ldquoLand Treatment Systems for Municipal

amp Industrial Wastesrdquo Mc Graw Hill Publications

4 Neal K Ostler ldquoIndustrial Waste Stream Generationrdquo Prentice Hall

5 Rao and Dutta ldquoIndustrial waste treatmentrdquo Oxford and IBH Publishing Co Pvt Ltd New Delhi

6 Dr A D Patwardhan ldquoindustrial Waste Water Treatmentrdquo Prentice Hall of India

BT-721 3 Elective-Biopolymer Technology Unit-I

Introduction

Biopolymers ndash The current scenario different biopolymers ndash produced from various renewable

resources characteristics merits and demerits over conventional polymers

Unit-II

Biopolymer Technology and Applications

Biopolymers and Artificial Biopolymers in Biomedical Applications an Overview Novel Synthesis

of Biopolymers and Their Medical Applications Composite Films Based on Poly (Vinylalcohol) and

Lignocellulosic Fibres Preparation and Characterizations Composite Materials Based on Gelatin

and Fillers from Renewable Resources Thermal and Mechanical Properties Properties of PHAs and

Their Correlation to Fermentation Conditions

Unit-III

Biosynthesis and Modifications

Synthesis and modification of different Biopolymers like xanthum gum

Unit-IV

Biosurfactants

Source characteristics and properties of Biosurfactants Production of Biosurfactants via the

fermentation and biotransformation routes Production of Biosurfactants with immobilized cells

Integrated bioprocess for continuous production of Biosurfactants including downstream processing

Applications of Biosurfactants-Food Industry Environmental Control

Unit-V

Bioplastic

Different types of bioplastics Starch-based plastic Cellulose-based plastic Aliphatic polyesters

Poly-3-hydroxybutyrate (PHB) Polylactic acid (PLA) Polyamide Bio-derived polyethylene

Advantages of bioplastic over petroleum-based polymer Mechanism of synthesis of Poly (-

hydroxybutyric acid) (PHB)

Unit-VI

Material Testing and Analytical Methods

An Overview of Available Testing Methods Comparison of Test Systems for the Examination of the

Fermentability of Biodegradable Materials Structure- Biodegradability Relationship of biopolymers

Text Books

1 Emo Chiellini Emo Chiellini and Helena Gil Biorelated Polymers Sustainable Polymer Science

and Technology Springer 2001

2 Johnson RM LY Mwaikambo and N Tucker Biopolymers Rapra Technology 2003

3 Naim Kosaric (Ed) Biosurfactants Marcell Dekker Inc 1993

BT-721 4 Elective ndash Bioprocess Plant Designing Unit-I

Process development

Introduction to Design ndash nature of design ndash Technical feasibility survey Mass and energy balance

process development ndash data acquisition ndash design data information of project - Organization of project

ndash Project documentation ndash codes and standards

Unit-II

Design Development

Equipment selection and specifications-materials of construction ndash flow sheeting - piping and

instrumentation ndash process safety and loss prevention

Unit-III

General site consideration

Introduction ndash plant location and site selection ndash site layout- plant layout utilities ndash environmental

considerationsndash waste management ndash visual impact ndash government regulations and other legal

restrictions community factors and other factors affecting investment and production costs ndash human

resources

Unit ndashIV

Selection and specification

Selection and specification of equipment for handling fluids and solids Selection specification

design of heat and mass transfer equipment used in bioprocess industries Design of facilities for

cleaning of process equipment used in biochemical industries Utilities for biotechnology

Unit-V

Design of fermenters

Design of fermentation Design considerations for maintaining sterility of processing equipment

Unit-VI

Process economics

Production plants Bioprocess validation Safety considerations

Text books

1 Applied Process Design for Chemical and Petrochemical Plants by EE Ludwig Publisher

Butterworth-Heinemann

2 Chemical Engineering by RK Sinnott JM Coulson and JF Richardsons Publisher

Butterworth-Heinemann Vol-6 Butterworth Heinemann III editionndash 2002

3 Peters and Timmerhaus Plant Design and Economics for Chemical Engineers Mcgraw Hill

4thEdition 1989

4 Rudd and Watson Strategy of Process Engineering Wiley 1987

BT-721 5 Elective- Transport Phenomenon Unit -I

Diffusion

Molecular and turbulent diffusion Diffusion coefficient Flickrsquos Law of diffusion Dependence of

diffusion coefficient on temperature pressure and composition Diffusion in multi-component gas

mixtures Diffusion in solids Molecular Knudsen ampsurface diffusion Inter- phase mass transfer

Mass transfer coefficients Diffusion between phases Equilibrium solubility of gases in liquids

Mass Transfer theories Mass transfer in fluidized beds flow past solids and boundary layers

Simultaneous heat and mass transfer Mixing in a Bioreactor -Flow regimes with and without baffles

various types of impellers and mixing equipment Power Requirements for Mixing Ungassed

Newtonian Fluids Gassed Fluids Improving Mixing in Fermenters Effect of Rheological Properties

on Mixing Role of Shear in Stirred Fermenters

Unit-II

Drying and Crystallization

Solid-gas equilibria Different modes of drying operation Types of batch and continuous dryer

Definitions of moisture contents Rate of batch drying Time of drying Mechanism of batch drying

Continuous drying Equilibrium yield of crystallization Heat and mass transfer rates in

crystallization Theories of crystallization Factors governing nucleation and crystal growth rates

controlled growth of crystal Classification of crystallizers

Unit ndashIII

Absorption and Adsorption

Gas-Liquid equilibriaHenryrsquos Law Selection of solvents Absorption in tray column Graphical and

analytical methods Absorption in packed column Design equation for packed column HTU NTU

and HTEP concepts Equipments Description of adsorption process and their application Types of

adsorption Nature of adsorbents Adsorption equilibrium and adsorption hysterises Stage wise and

continuous contact adsorption operation operations Determination of number of stages Equipments

Unit-IV

Momentum transfer

Review of basic concepts ndash Conservation of Mass Conservation of Energy Momentum Balance ndash

Momentum Balance in a Circular Pipe Flow Velocity Profile Fermentation Broth Rheology ndash

Viscosity Rheological Properties of Fermentation Broths Factors affecting broth viscosity

Unit V

Conduction and Convection

Introduction Conduction Basic concepts of conduction in solids liquids and gases One and two

dimensional heat conduction Critical and optimum insulation thickness Introduction to unsteady

state heat transfer Principles of convection Equations of forced and free convection

Unit ndashVI

Radiation

Basic laws of heat transfer by radiation black body and gray body concepts solar radiations

combined heat transfer coefficients by convection and radiation Introduction of Heat Transfer

Equipments Heat Exchangers Evaporators Condenser

Text Books

1 Holman JP ldquoHeat Transferrdquo 9 th ed McGraw Hill (1989)

2 Treybal R ldquoMass Transfer Operationsrdquo 3rd ed New York McGraw-Hill (1980)

3 McCabe Smith Unit Operations in Chemical Engineering McGraw Hill

4 Foust A S etal ldquoPrinciples of Unit Operationsrdquo John Wiley (1980)

5 R B Bird et al Transport Phenomena 2nd Edition Wiley(2006)

BT-721 6 Elective ndash Biochemical thermodynamics Unit-I

Fundamental concepts of Thermodynamics

System and Surroundings First law of thermodynamics -Internal energy enthalpy Heat capacity

applied examples from biochemistry Second law ndash Entropy and universe Concept of heat engines

protein stability and calorimetric measurements Fundamentals of Differential scanning calorimeter

and Isothermal calorimeter in biological property measurements Third law of thermodynamics

Maxwell equations Gibbs-Duhem Equation and the Phase Rule Legendre Transforms

Unit-II

Non-equilibrium Thermodynamics

Reversible work exact differentials and function of state first and second law The electrochemical

potential External forces and steady state Fickrsquos Law chemical reactions in the steady state internal

entropy production cells as non-equilibrium stationary states Diffusion and membrane transport

Biological Systems as Open Non-equilibrium Systems Failure of classical thermodynamics in

describing biological processes Standard free energy changes and equilibrium constants direction

and rate

Unit-III

Bioenergetics

Energetics of metabolic pathways ndash energy coupling (ATP amp NADH) stoichiometry ndashenergetic

analysis of cell growth and product formation ndash elemental balances Degree ofreduction concepts

available- electron balances yield coefficients oxygen consumptionand heat evolution in aerobic

cultures thermodynamic efficiency of growth Thermodynamics of Biological Systems

Thermodynamic analysis of oxidative photophosphorylation stability of non-equilibrium stationary

states ordering in time and space far from equilibrium glycolytic oscillations Biological clocks

routes to chaos

Unit-IV

Chemical Potential

Visualization of the potential Steady velocity and steady flow Fickrsquos law and diffusion Local

Equilibria and Steady State Energy vs Power Transducers in biological states Constitutive

equations Dynamic efficiency and Onsager (nonequilibrium thermodynamics) Prigoginersquos principle

Spontaneous coupling and entropy production

Unit-V

Gibbs free energy and its Applications

Gibbs free energy and equilibrium Chemical potential ionic solutions Equilibrium constant

standard state in biochemistry Acid and bases chemical coupling and redox reactions Gibbs free

energy in photosynthesis glycolysis citric acid cycle Oxidative phosphorylation and ATP

hydrolysis substrate cycling Membrane transport Enzyme substrate interaction Haemoglobin

Protien solubility stability and dynamics

Unit-VI

Reaction Kinetics

Rate of a reaction rate constant and order of the reaction effect of temperature collision and

transition state theory Electron transfer kinetics Enzyme kinetics and inhibition Reaction

mechanism of lysozyme protein folding and pathological misfolding polymerisation muscle

contraction and the molecular motors

Text Books

1 Smith JM Van Ness HC Abbot MM Chemical Engineering Thermodynamics 6th Edition

McGraw-Hill 2001

2 Narayanan KV A Text Book Of Chemical Engineering Thermodynamics Prentice Hall India

2001

3 Sandler SI Chemical And Engineering Thermodynamics John Wiley1989

4 Bailey amp Ollis Biochemical Engineering Fundamentals II edition Megraw Hil ndash 1986

5 Donald T Haynie Biological Thermodynamics Cambridge press 2008

6 Robert A Alberty Thermodynamics of Biochemical Reactions John willy publications 2003

7 Bioenergetics by AL Lehninger Publisher WA Benjamin Inc

8 Biological Thermodynamics by DT Haynie Publisher Cambridge University Press

9 Biophysical Chemistry by CR Cantor and PR Schimmel Publisher

10 FreemanThermodynamics and Kinetics for the Biological Sciences by GG Hammes Publisher

John Wiley and Sons Inc

BT-7221 Elective - Bioethics Biosafety and IPR Unit I

Introduction to ethics and bioethics

Personal ethics profession and professionalism -Moral Reasoning -Ethical theories - person as an

experimenter -Moral leadership (integrity and ingenuinity) ndash framework for ethical decision making

Biotechnology and ethics Biotechnology in agriculture and environment benefits and risks ndash

benefits and risks of genetic engineering ndash ethical aspects of genetic testing ndash ethical aspects relating

to use of genetic information ndash genetic engineering and biowarfare

Unit-II

Ethical implications of cloning

Reproductive cloning therapeutic cloning Ethical legal and socio-economic aspects of gene

therapy germ line somatic embryonic and adult stem cell research- GM crops and GMO‟s ndash

biotechnology and biopiracy ndash ELSI of human genome project

Unit-III

Introduction to biosafety

Biosafety issues in biotechnology ndash risk assessment and risk management ndash safety protocols risk

groups ndash biosafety levels ndash biosafety guidelines and regulations (National and International) ndash

operation of biosafety guidelines and regulations ndash types of biosafety containment International

guidelines with regard to rDNA technology transgenic science GM crops etc Experimental

protocol approvals levels of containment Guidelines for research in transgenic plants Good

manufacturing practice and Good lab practice (GMO and GLP)

Unit-IV

Introduction to intellectual property and intellectual property rights

Types patents copy rights trade marks design rights geographical indications ndash importance of IPR

ndash patentable and non patentables ndash patenting life ndash legal protection of biotechnological inventions ndash

world intellectual property rights organization (WIPO) Plant breederrsquos rights Legal implications

Biodiversity and farmers rights Examples of patents in biotechnology Special application of patent

laws in biotechnology Licensing and cross licensing Flavr SavrTm- Tomato as model case and case

studies

Unit-V

Public acceptance issues for biotechnology

Environmental aspects of biotech application Use of genetically modified organisms and their

release in environment Case studies or experiences from developing and developed countries

Biotechnology and hunger Challenges for the Indian Biotechnological research and industries

Unit-VI

Socioeconomic impacts of biotechnology

The legal and socioeconomic impacts of biotechnology public education of the processes of

biotechnology involved in generating new forms of life for informed decision making

Text Books

1 Ethics in engineering Martin MW and SchinzingerR III Edition Tata McGraw- Hill New

Delhi 2003

2 Biotechnologies and Development UNESCO Publications 1988

3 A Biotechnologies in developing countries present and future UNESCO Publishers 1993

4 Singh K Intellectual property rights on Biotechnology BCIL New Delhi

BT-722 4 Elective ndash Metabolic Engineering Unit ndash I

Cellular metabolism

An overview of cellular metabolism-transport processes- Fueling reactions -glycolysis-fermentative

pathways-TCA cycle and oxidative phosphorylation-anaplerotic pathways -catabolism of fats

organic acids and amino acids -biosynthetic reactions of amino acids ndash nucleic acids fatty acids and

other building blocks -polymerization - growth energetics

Unit ndash II

Comprehensive models for cellular reactions

Stoichiometry of cellular reactions -reaction rates-dynamic mass balances-Yield coefficients and

linear rate equation Material Balance and data consistency ndashblack box model elemental balance -

heat balance -analysis of over determined systems - identification of gross measurement errors

Unit ndash III

Regulation of metabolic pathways

Overview of enzyme kinetics ndash simple reversible inhibition systems ndash irreversible inhibition ndash

allosteric enzymes cooperativity ndash regulation of enzyme concentration ndash transcription initiation ndash

translation regulation at whole cell level ndash regulation of metabolic networks enhancements of

product yield and productivity for ethanol and amino acids pathways metabolic pathway

manipulations to extend substrate range product spectrum and novel products improvement of

cellular properties

Unit ndash IV

Metabolic flux analysis

Theory ndash overdetermined systems ndash underdetermined systems ndash sensitivity analysis ndash methods for the

experimental determination of metabolic fluxes by isotope labeling direct flux determination from

fractional enrichment ndash applications involving complete enumeration of metabolite isotopomers ndash

carbon metabolite balances Applications of metabolic flux analysis ndash amino acid production by

Glutamic acid Bacteria

Unit ndash V

Metabolic control analysis

Fundamentals of Metabolic control analysis -determination of flux control coefficients ndash MCA of

Linear pathways ndash branched pathways ndash theory of large deviation

Unit-VI

Applications of metabolic engineering

Text Books

1 Gregory N Stepanopoulos Aristos A Aristidou Jens Nielsen Metabolic Engineeing

2 Principles and methodologies Academic Press 1998

3 Wang DIC Cooney CL Demain AL DunnilP Humphery AE Lilly MD

4 ldquoFermentation And Enzyme Technologyrdquo John Wiley And Sons 1980

5 Zubay G ldquoBiochemistryrdquo Macmillan Publishers 1989

BT-722 3 Elective ndash Protein Engineering Unit-I

Bonds and Energies in protein

Covalent Ionic Hydrogen Coordinate hydrophobic and Vander walls interactions in protein

structure Interaction with electromagnetic radiation (radio micro infrared visible ultraviolet X-

ray) and elucidation of protein structure

Unit-II

Amino acids and their characteristics

Amino acids ndash structure with three and single letter codes- molecular properties (size solubility

charge pKa) Chemical reactivity in relation to post-translational modification (involving amino

carboxyl hydroxyl thiol imidazole groups) and peptide synthesis

Unit - III

Protein architecture

Primary structure peptide mapping peptide sequencing - automated Edman method amp massspec

High-throughput protein sequencing setup Secondary structure Alpha beta and loop structures and

methods to determine Super-secondary structure Aphaturn- alpha beta-turn-beta (hairpin) beta-

sheets alpha-beta-alpha topology diagrams up and down amp TIM barrel structures nucleotide

binding folds prediction of substrate binding sites Tertiary structure Domains folding denaturation

and renaturation overview of methods todetermine 3D structures Quaternary structure Modular

nature formation of complexes

Unit-IV

Structure-function relationship

DNA-binding proteins prokaryotic transcription factors Helix-turn-Helix motif in DNA binding

Trp repressor Eucaryotic transcription factors Zn fingers helix-turn helix motifs in homeodomain

Leucine zippers Membrane proteins and receptors bacteriorhodopsin and Photosynthetic reaction

center Immunoglobulins IgG Light chain and heavy chain architecture abzymes and Enzymes

Serine proteases understanding catalytic design by engineering trypsin chymotrypsin and elastase

substrate-assisted catalysis other commercial applications

Unit -V

Identification and analysis of proteins

Identification and analysis of proteins by 2D analysis Spot visualization and picking Tryptic

digestion of protein and peptide fingerprinting Mass spectrometry ion source (MALDI spray

sources) analyzer (ToF quadrupole quadrupole ion trap) and detector

Unit-VI

Tools in proteomics and genomics

Site directed mutagenesis for specific protein function Basic concept for designing a new

proteinenzyme molecule Specific examples of enzyme engineering Tryesyl t RNA synthetase

Dihydrofolate reductase Subtilisin Advantages ndash protein data base analysis ndash methods to alter

primary structure of proteins examples of engineered proteins thermal stability of T4-lysozyme

recombinant insulin to reduce aggregation and inactivation de novo protein design ndash principles and

examples

Text Books

1 Voet D and Voet G Biochemistry Third edn John Wiley and Sons 2001

2 Moody PCE and Wilkinson AJ Protein Engineering IRL Press Oxford UK 1990

3 Branden C and Tooze J Introduction to Protein Structured Second Edition GarlandPublishing

NY USA 1999

4 Creighton TE Proteins Freeman WH Second Edition 1993

BT-7222 Elective ndash Quality Management Unit-I

Quality Concepts

Definition of Quality Dimensions of Quality Quality Planning Quality costs ndash Analysis

Techniques for Quality Costs Evolution of Quality Control Basic concepts of Total Quality

Management Historical Review Leadership ndash Concepts Role of Senior Management Quality

Council Quality Statements Strategic Planning Deming Philosophy Barriers to TQM

Implementation Control on Purchased Product Procurement of various products evaluation of

supplies capacity verification Development of sources procurement procedure Manufacturing

Quality Methods and techniques for manufacture inspection and control of product quality in sales

and services guarantee analysis of claims

Unit-II

Quality Management

Organization structure and design quality function decentralization designing and fitting

organization for different type products and company economics of quality value and contribution

quality cost optimizing quality cost seduction program Human Factor in quality Attitude of top

management cooperation of groups operators attitude responsibility causes of apparatus error and

corrective methods

Unit-III

Control Charts

Theory of control charts measurement range construction and analysis of R charts process

capability study use of control charts

Attributes of Control Chart

Defects construction and analysis of charts improvement by control chart variable sample size

construction and analysis of C charts

Unit -IV

Defects diagnosis and prevention defect study identification and analysis of defects correcting

measure factors affecting reliability MTTF calculation of reliability building reliability in the

product evaluation of reliability interpretation of test results reliability control maintainability zero

defects quality circle

Unit-V

Statistical process control

The seven tools of quality Statistical Fundamentals ndash Measures of central Tendency and Dispersion

Population and Sample Normal Curve Control Charts for variables and attributes Process

capability Concept of six sigma New seven Management tools

Unit-VI

Quality system

Need for ISO 9000 and Other Quality Systems ISO 90002000 Quality System ndash Elements

Implementation of Quality System Documentation Quality Auditing QS 9000 ISO 14000 ndash

Concept Requirements and Benefits

Text Books

1 Lt Gen H Lal ldquoTotal Quality Managementrdquo Eastern Limited 1990

2 Greg Bounds ldquoBeyond Total Quality Managementrdquo McGraw Hill 1994

3 Menon HG ldquoTQM in New Product manufacturingrdquo McGraw Hill 1992

4 Dale HBesterfiled et at Total Quality Management Pearson Education Asia 1999

5 James REvans amp William MLidsay The Management and Control of Quality (5thEdition)

South-Western (Thomson Learning) 2002 (ISBN 0- 324-06680-5)

6 FeigenbaumAV ldquoTotal Quality Management McGraw-Hill 1991

7 OaklandJS ldquoTotal Quality Management Butterworth ndash Hcinemann Ltd Oxford 1989

8 Narayana V and Sreenivasan NS Quality Management ndash Concepts and Tasks New Age

International 1996

9 Zeiri ldquoTotal Quality Management for Engineers Wood Head Publishers 1991

BT-722 5 ElectivendashDesign and Development of Biological Treatment process

Unit-I

Bacterial metabolism in wastewater treatment systems

Introduction decomposition of organic carbon compounds in natural and manmade systems aerobic

and anaerobic decomposition of glucose protein carbohydrates proteins lipids etc Nitrogen

removal during treatment enhanced biological phosphate removal biological removal bio-

transformations and biosorption of metal ions aerobic and anaerobic degradation of xenobiotics

Unit-II

Activated sludge process

Single and two stage process special developments technological and microbiological aspects plant

configurations design

Unit-III

Modeling of aerobic waste water treatment process

Introduction purpose of modeling activated sludge model presentations waste water characteristics

various disinfection methods for waste water

Unit-IV

High rate anaerobic waste water treatment

Introduction basic principles reactor design parameters reactor operation

Unit-V

Biological Nutrient removal

Suspended growth and attached growth nutrient removal processes and design criteria ndash Nitrogen

(Nitrification and denitrification) and Phosphorus precipitation biological) Biological removal of

toxic and recalcitrant organic wastes

Unit-VI

Water reuse

Wastewater reclamation risk assessment various reclamation technologies storage agricultural

reuse industrial reuse groundwater recharge

Text book

1 Joumlrdening HJ and JWinter Environmental Biotechnology - Concepts and Applications

Cambridge University Press 2006

2 George Tchobanoglous and Franlin L Burton Wastewater Engineering- Treatment Disposal and

Reuse Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Co Ltd 1990

BT-722 6 Elective ndash Bioinformatics

Unit I

Introduction to Biological Databases Types Overview of Biological Databases and Retrieve

Nucleic acid databases NCBI PubMed Entrez Blast OMIM Books Taxonomy Structure

Locuslink Protein Databases- Primary Functional Composite Secondary Structural classification

database Sequence Formats amp storage Sequence submission to sequence Database

Unit II

Genomics Structure of DNA Polymorphisms in DNA Sequence Human Genome Project

Complete Genome Sequences Functional Annotation

Unit III

Human Genetic Variation Databases and Concepts Introduction Forms and mechanisms of

genetic variation Databases of human genetic variation SNP databases Mutation databases Genetic

marker and microsatellite databases Nonnuclear and somatic mutation databases Tools for SNP and

mutation visualization

Unit IV

Biological Sequence Analysis amp Characterization Predictive Functional Analysis of coding and

non-polymorphisms Amino Acid Properties and Consequences of Substitutions

Unit V

Genetics Genomics Interfaces Technologies for the measurement of gene expression The Cancer

Genome Anatomy Project (CGAP) The Human Transcriptome Map Protein Interaction Networks

Computational methods for pathways and systems biology databases and web resources

Unit VI

Soft computation Neural Networks and Machine learning support vector machines fuzzy logic

evolutionary computing genetic algorithms- applications to data mining and bioinformatics

Text Books

1 Bioinformatics Genomics and Post-Genomics Freacutedeacuteric Dardel Franccedilois Keacutepegraves Noah Hardy

ISBN 978-0-470-02001-2 John Wiley amp Sons India Pte Ltd

2 Bioinformatics Theory and Practice Chikhale NJ and Gomase VS ISBN978-81-8318minus831minus9

Himalaya Publication House Discovering Genomics Proteomics and Bioinformatics Campbell

ISBN978813171 5598 Pearson Education

3 Proteomics Theory and Practice Gomase VS and Chikhale NJ Himalaya Publication House

4 Essentials of Genomics and Bioinformatics Christoph W Sensen ISBN 978- 3-527-30541-4

John Wiley amp Sons India Pte Ltd

5 Introduction to Bioinformatics Arthur M Lesk Oxford University Press 2003

6 Sequence and Genome Analysis by David W Mount - Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory 1st edition

2004

7 Bioinformatics A Practical Guide to the Analysis of Genes and Proteins by Andreas D

Baxevanis B F Francis Ouellette Wiley-Interscience 3rd Edition 2004

8 Sequence structure and Database ndash Des Higgins Willice Taylor Oxford press 1st edition (2003)

9 Fundamental Concepts of Bioinformatics - Dan E Krane Michael L Raymer Pearson education

First edition (2004)

BT-723 Self Study Open Area Seminar-II

BT-724 Minor Project- II

BT-725 Major Project- I

SEMESTER IV

BT-821 Major Project- II

Scheme of Examination and Syllabus

MTech in Industrial Biotechnology

Department of Biotechnology Delhi Technological University

Bawana Road New Delhi -110042

MTech in Industrial Biotechnology Biotechnology Industry Organization (BIO) USA has mentioned three major waves in the field of

biotechnology The first wave Green Biotechnology refers to agricultural biotechnology The

second wave Red Biotechnology refers to pharmaceutical and medical biotechnology while the third

wave White Biotechnology refers to industrial biotechnology Industrial biotechnology is mainly

based on biocatalysis (the use of enzymes and cells to catalyse chemical reactions) and fermentation

technology (directed use of micro-organisms) in combination with recent breakthroughs in the

forefront of molecular genetics and metabolic engineering It includes manufacturing of antibiotics

(cephalosporins streptomycin penicillin) food (yoghurt cheese single cell protein mushroom

probiotics) renewable energy (bioethanol biodiesel biohydrogen) health care (growth hormone

antibodies) biopolymers (polyhydroxy butyrate polylactic acid) enzymes (protease lipase amylase

cellulase pectinase xylanase) in various industries (pulp and paper detergent textile food

processing industry) Industrial biotechnology also involved in bioremediation microbial

degradation of pollutants (hydrocarbons polychlorinated biphenyl polyaromatic hydrocarbons)

Biological waste water treatment is undoubtedly one of the most important biotechnological

processes which have been used to treat municipal waste and industrial waste water The proposed

syllabus has been developed to address the need of well trained industrial biotechnologist cutting

edge RampD for this field The trained manpower will be well versed in techniques of protein science

bio-catalysis engineering biosynthesis microbial manufacturing engineering biological systems and

bio-process engineering Moreover they can easily implement these hands on training in industry to

increase the yield more accurately

Delhi Technological University Delhi

Department of Biotechnology

Scheme of Examination

MTech in Industrial Biotechnology

First semester

Course

Code

Subject L T P Internal

Marks

End Sem

Marks

Total

Marks

Credit

BT-521 Bioenergy 3 1 0 50 100 150 3

BT-522 Food Engineering

amp Biotechnology

3 1 0 50 100 150 3

BT-523 Enzyme

Engineering amp

technology

3 1 0 50 100 150 3

BT-571 Industrial Plant

Biotechnology

3 1 0 50 100 150 3

BT-572 Bioinstrumentation 3 1 0 50 100 150 3

BT-573 Food engineering

and Biotechnology

Lab

0 0 2 30 70 100 2

BT-524 Bioinstrumentation

Lab

0 0 2 30 70 100 2

BT-574 Self Study open

area seminar-I

0 0 1 50 - 50 1

TOTAL 360 640 1000 20

Second semester

Course

Code

Subject L T P Internal

Marks

End Sem

Marks

Total

Marks

Credit

BT-621 Biopharmaceuticals 3 1 0 50 100 150 3

BT-6221 Bioprocess

Engineering

3 1 0 50 100 150 3

BT-6231 Biosensor 3 1 0 50 100 150 3

BT-6711 Nanobiotechnology 3 1 0 50 100 150 3

BT-6721 Environmental

Biotechnology

3 1 0 50 100 150 3

BT-673 Environmental

Biotechnology Lab

0 0 2 30 70 100 2

BT-624 Bioprocess

Engineering Lab

0 0 2 30 70 100 2

BT-674 Minor Project-I 0 0 1 50 - 50 1

TOTAL 360 640 1000 20

Third semester

Course

Code

Subject L T P Internal

Marks

End Sem

Marks

Total

Marks

Credit

BT-721 Professional

Elective I

3 1 0 50 100 150 3

BT-722 Professional

Elective II

3 1 0 50 100 150 3

BT-723 Self Study open

area seminar-II

0 0 1 100 100 2

BT-724 Minor Project-II 300 300 6

BT-725 Major Project-I 300 300 6

TOTAL 200 800 1000 20

Fourth semester

Course

Code

Subject L T P Internal

Marks

End Sem

Marks

Total

Marks

Credit

BT-821 Major Project-II 400 600 1000 20

TOTAL 1000 20

BT- 721 ELECTIVE SUBJECTS- I

BT-7211 Bioseparation Technology

BT-7212 Industrial waste water treatment

BT-7213 Biopolymer Technology

BT-7214 Bioprocess Plant Designing

BT-7215 Transport Phenomenon

BT-7216 Biochemical Thermodynamics

BT-722 ELECTIVE SUBJECTS- II

BT-7221 Bioethics Biosafety and IPR

BT-7222 Quality Management

BT-7223 Protein Engineering

BT-722 4 Metabolic Engineering

BT-7225 Design and Development of Biological Treatment process

BT-7226 Bioinformatics

SEMESTER I

BT- 521 Bioenergy

Unit-I

Introduction

Global energy scenario Indian energy scenario types of energy sources description of Biofuels

various Biofuels Bioenergy from biomass Biofuel Production Alternative Biochemical Pathways for

Organo-heterotrophic Lithotrophic and Phototrophic Metabolism Importance of biofuel feed stocks

Cellulose starch sugar Lignocellulosic Agro and Industrial by-products

Unit-II

Production of Bio-ethanol

Process Technology for Bioethanol production using Sugar Starch and Lignocellulosic Selection of

micro-organisms and raw materials Unit Operations in Alcohol production Continuous

fermentation Distillery quality control Alcohol distillation

Unit-III

Production of Biodiesel

Chemical Thermodynamic and Reaction Kinetic Aspects of Biodiesel Production Lipids as a source

of biodiesel Methods of Biodiesel Production ndash General procedure and large scale production

Quality Control Aspects Biodiesel production from microalgae and future prospects

Unit-IV

Production of Biohydrogen

Biohydrogen production by anaerobic bacteria and photosynthetic algae Enzymes involved in

biohydrogen Production Biochemical Pathway Batch Fermentation Factors affecting biohydrogen

production Carbon sources Process and Culture Parameters Detection and Quantification of

biohydrogen

Unit-V

Microbial Fuel Cells

Introduction and biochemical basis History of microbial fuel cell development Microbes used in

microbial fuel cells Design of microbial fuel cells MFC components Two and Single MFC systems

Stacked microbial fuel cell Performances of microbial fuel cells Ideal performance Actual MFC

performance Effects of operating conditions pH buffer and electrolyte Proton exchange system

Operating conditions in the anodic chamber Operating conditions in the cathodic chamber

Applications Electricity generation Biohydrogen Wastewater treatment Biosensor MFCs in the

future

Unit-VI

Case studies

Text books

1 Caye M Drapcho NP Nhuan and T H Walker Biofuels Engineering Process Technology Mc

Graw Hill Publishers New York 2008

2 Jonathan RM Biofuels ndash Methods and Protocols (Methods in Molecular Biology Series) Humana

Press New York 2009

3 Lisbeth Olsson (Ed) Biofuels (Advances in Biochemical EngineeringBiotechnology Series

Springer-Verlag Publishers Berlin 2007

BT- 522 Food Engineering and Biotechnology

Unit- I

Food chemistry

Food chemistry-definition and importance Composition of foods and function of water

carbohydrates proteins amino acids lipids vitamins and shelf life of food Bioavailability and

stability of nutrients Nutritive value of foods Food as a source of energy Food Health and diseases

Unit ndash II

Food Microbiology

History and significance of microorganisms in foods Biotechnological improvements catabolic

repression Microbial growth pattern Biochemical changes caused by micro-organisms deterioration

of various types of food product Food poisoning and microbial toxins standards for different foods

Food borne intcericants and mycotoxius

Unit ndashIII

Fermentation products

Dairy products Production of starter cultures Cheese - principles of cheese making Cheddar

Cheese Swiss Cheese Surface ripened Cheeses Mold ripened Cheeses General principles of

manufacture of Kefir Fermented foods Soy sauce Miso Sufu Natto Idli fermented fish products

Fermented vegetables Sauer Krant pickles Olives Fermented sausages Distilled beverages

Alcohol wine brandy and beer Food additives organic acid (acetic acid lactic acid and citric acid)

amino acids (glutamic acid lysine threonine arginine and histidine) food flavourants and pigments

Unit ndashIV

Food Preservation and storage

General principles underlying spoilage and chemical changes of food caused by microorganisms

(Staphylococcal Salmonellosis Ecoli) food spoiling enzymes Botulism toxin production and

deterioration of foods Principles of food preservation by physical methods (irradiation drying heat

processing chilling and freezing high pressure and modification of atmosphere) by chemical

methods and biological methods Storage Stability Food Preservation with Low Temperatures Food

Preservation with High Temperatures Preservation of Foods by Drying Indicator and Food-borne

Pathogens

Unit V

Food process technology

Packaging and canning of foods ndash preparation for packaging thermal processing of foods

Microwave heating thermal inactivation of microorganisms thermal process evaluations freezing

and thawing of foods Food process operations Evaporation single and multi effect evaporation

dehydration psychomatric charts drying-tunnel tray spray drum freeze distillation food

processing aid through biotechnology Food sanitation Good manufacturing practices ndash Hazard

analysis Critical control points Personnel hygiene

Unit ndashVI

Food Processing and Quality assurance

Basic principles unit operations and equipment involved in the commercially important food

processing methods and unit operations materials and containers used in food packaging Objectives

importance and functions of quality control Methods of quality assessment of food materials-fruits

vegetables cereals dairy products meat and poultry Food regulations grades and standards

Concept of Codex AlmentariousHACCPUSFDAISO 9000 series etc Food laws and standards

Text Books

1 Frazier WS and Weshoff DC Food Microbiology 4th Edn McGraw Hill Book Co New

York 1998

2 Mann amp Trusswell Essentials of human nutrition 3rd edition oxford university press 2007

3 Prescott and Dunns Gerald Reed Industrial Microbiology 4th Edition AVI Publishing Company

Inc Conneticut 1983

4 BSivashankar ndash Food processing and preservation Prentice ndash Hall of India PvtLtdNew Delhi

2002

BT- 523 Enzyme Engineering and Technology

Unit-I

Introduction to enzymes

Introduction nomenclature and classification of enzyme Mechanism and catalysis concept of active

site and energetics of enzyme substrate complex formation specificity of enzyme action principles

of catalysis ndash collision theory transition state theory role of entropy in catalysis Biocatalysis in

organic liquids Enzymatic catalysis in biphasic system Ribozyme Abzyme (catalytic antibodies)

Biosynthesis and regulation of enzyme in microorganism

Unit-II

Enzyme Kinetics

Kinetics of substrate and multisubstrate reactions King-Altmanrsquos method Analysis of kinetic data

Inhibition - substrate product and inhibitors Active and legend binding sites Allosteric regulation of

enzymes Monod changeux wyman model deactivation kinetics Molecular folding and defolding of

enzymes

Unit - III

Enzyme immobilization

Methods of immobilization External and internal diffusional mass transfer limitation Effectiveness

factor and modulus electrostatic and stearic effects in immobilized enzyme systems

Unit-IV

Enzyme Reactor

Reactors for Batch continuous enzymatic processing choice of reactor type idealized enzyme

reactor systems Mass transfer in enzyme reactors Steady state analysis of mass transfer and

biochemical reaction in enzyme reactors

Unit ndashV

Purification and Characterization of enzymes from natural source

Production and purification of crude enzyme extracts from plant animal and microbial sources

methods of characterization of enzymes

Unit-VI

Application of enzymes

Application of enzymes in different industries (Pulp and Paper industry Detergent industry Textile

industry Food processing industry) Medical and analytical application of enzyme Biosensor

Text books

1 Enzymes A Practical Introduction to Structure Mechanism and Data Analysis by RA Copeland

Publisher John Wiley and Sons Inc

2 Enzymes by Palmer (2001) Horwood Publishing Series

3 Introduction to Biocatalysis using Enzymes and Microorganisms by SM Roberts NJ Turner and

A J Willetts Publisher Cambridge University Press

4 Fundamentals of Enzymology by Price and Stevens (2002) Publisher Oxford University Press

5 Enzyme Technology by Helmut Uhling (1998) Publisher John Wiley

6 Introduction to Proteins Structure by Branden and Tooze (1998) Publisher Garland Publishing

7 Enzyme Kinetics Behavior and Analysis of Rapid Equilibrium and Steady - State Enzyme

Systems by IH Segel Publisher Wiley-Interscience

BT-571 Industrial Plant Biotechnology

Unit-I

Plant genome organization

Organization and features of mitochondrial nuclear and choloroplast genome ndash Structural features of

gene families in plants

Unit-II

Plant cell cultivation

Callus cultures cell cultures and protoplast cultures Micropropagation Organogenesis and somatic

embryogenesis Cell suspension culture Ovule culture Anther culture Production of haploids

Protoplast isolation and fusion Selection systems for somatic hybridscybrids Somaclonal variation

Preservation of germplasm Formation of Secondary Metabolites in Tissue Culture Production of

pharmaceuticals by tissue culture pigments perfumes flavors insecticides flavonoids

Biotransformation using plant cell cultures Bioreactor system and models for mass cultivation of

plant cells hairy root culture Quality assurance and quality control

Unit-III

Transgenic plant and application

Transgenesis in plants Gene transfer in plants ndash Gene transfer through vectors - Biology of vectors

used - Ti and Ri plasmids binary vectors viral vectors cloning strategy and method of gene transfer

Vectorless gene transfer ndash electroporation and gene gun method DNA bar coding Application of

transgenic plants Virus resistance coat protein mediated nucleocapsid gene Nematode resistance

Abiotic stress Drought cold and salt Post-harvest losses long shelf life of fruits and flowers use of

ACC synthase polygalacturanase ACC oxidase male sterile lines bar and barnase systems

carbohydrate composition and storage ADP glucose pyrophosphatase RNAi and Reverse genetics

Unit- IV

Natural Resource Management

Different approaches of Biodiversity Conservation Biotechnological Characterization and strategies

for the conservation of different populations of endangered plants Molecular markers and genetic

diversity screening

Unit-V

Plant metabolism Metabolomics and metabolic engineering

General concepts of metabolism Introduction to databases from plant transcriptomics to

metabolomics

Unit VI

Industrial applications

Industries engaged in tissue cultureplant cell suspension culture their working and management

Pharmaseutically useful metabolites generated by suspension cultures

Text books

1 Dixon RA and Gonzales Plant Cell Culture A Practical Approach IRL Press 1995

2 Lindsey K and MGK Jones Plant Biotechnology in Agriculture Prentice Hall New Jersey

1990

3 Biotol series In vitro Cultivation of Plant cell Butterworth Heinemann Ltd 1994

4 Ranga MM Animal Biotechnology (3e) Agrobios 2007

5 Bhojwani amp Rajdhan Animal and Plant Biotechnology Elsevier 1996 )

6 Gene cloning amp DNA Analysis An introduction by T A Brown Fourth edition (2001)

7 Genetic Engineering by S Rastogi and N Pathak Publishers Oxford University Press(2009)

8 Principles of Gene Manipulation amp Genomics by Primrose amp Twyman Seven edition (2006)

BT- 572 Bioinstrumentation

Unit I

Electrochemistry Temperature pH buffers Conductivity Dissolved oxygen carbon dioxide

Unit II

Centrifugation Basic principle and application Analytical and Preparative centrifuges and ultra

centrifugation

Unit III

Electrophoretic Techniques Paper and gel electrophoresis Immuno electrophoresis isoelectric

focussing two-dimensional electrophoresis capillary electrophoresis

Unit IV

Chromatographic Methods Paper TLC gas chromatography gel filtration ion exchange

chromatography affinity chromatography and HPLC FPLC

Unit V

Spectroscopy UVvisible and NIR spectrofluorimetry Atomic absorption spectrophotometryMass

Spectrometry Infrared and Raman SpectroscopyNuclear Magnetic Resonance and Electron Spin

Resonance spectroscopy

Unit VI

Microscopy Principle parts types and functioning of Microscope Optical and Electron

Microscopy Transmission and Scanning Electron Microscopy Tunneling Electron Microscopy

Atomic Force Microscopy Fluorescence microscopy Confocal microscopy

Text books

1 Principles and Techniques of Practical Biochemistry by Keith Wilson and JohnWalker Cambridge

University Press

2 Biophysical Chemistry The conformation of Biological Macromolecules by CRCantor and PR

Schimmel Publisher WH Freeman

Reference books

1 Essentials of Biophysics by P Narayanan Publishers New Age InternationalPublishers

2 Introduction to Spectroscopy by DL Pavia GM Lampman and G S Kriz Publisher Brooks

Cole

3 Physical Chemistry of Macromolecules by C Tanford Publisher John Wileyand Sons Inc

4 Principles of Physical Biochemistry by KE Van Holde Publisher Prentice Hall

BT-524 Lab- Bioinstrumentation 1 Measurement and control of pH 2 Measurement of conductivity of a given sample

3 Measurement of conductivity and dissolved oxygen in given sample

4 Protein quantification

5 Protein separation through electrophoresis

6 Sample preparation for light microscopy and Electron Microscopy

7 Quantification of DNA RNA Lipid Fatty acids

8 Sample analysis through AAS

9 Sample preparation for Fluorescence and Confocal microscopy

10 Isolation of DNA and analysis by gel electrophoresis

BT-573 Lab- Food Engineering and Biotechnology

1 Isolation of industrially important microbes

2 Production of fermented product

3 Comparative studies of ethanol production using different substrates

4 Production of wine

5 Production of citric acid

6 Detection of adulterants in food

7 Mushroom cultivation

8 Bread making

9 Colourant production

10 Studies of different methods of food preservation

11 Estimation of carbohydrates and proteins

BT-574 Self Study Open Area Seminar-I

SEMESTER II BT- 621 Biopharmaceuticals

Unit-I

Drug metabolism Oxidation reduction hydrolysis conjugation Need for developing new drugs

Procedure followed in drug design Molecular modification of lead compounds Prodrug and soft

drugs Physico-chemical parameters in drug design QSAR Active site determination of enzymes

Design of enzyme inhibitors

Unit-II

Pharmacokinetics and Drug discovery

Biotransformation of drugs Preclinical Pharmacokinetics Compartment modelingone compartment

open model two compartment open model multi compartment model non linear kinetics

bioavailability and bioequivalence excretion of drugs pharmacokinetics ndash effects of food and

fasting Substances derived from bacteria plants insects and animals Sources of active principles

Assay systems and models (eg Knock-out Mice) Protein molecular modeling by computer

Docking studies Structure based drug designing using software

Unit-III

Pharmaceutical dosage forms

Dosage Forms and Basic Preparations Excipients for Pharmaceutical Dosage Forms Compressed

tablets wet granulation dry granulation or slugging direct compression tablet formulation coating

capsules sustained action dosage form parental oral liquids ointments recombinant blood products

and therapeutic enzymes hormones of therapeutic interest Pharmaceutical products Analysis and

Control laxatives ndash analgesics ndash non steroidal contraceptives ndash external antiseptics ndash antacids and

other antibiotics ndash biological ndash hormones ndash vitamins - preservation analytical methods and test for

various drugs and pharmaceuticals packaging techniques ndash quality control

Unit-IV

Pharmaceutical products and products of DNA technology

Microbial products - Antibiotics (penicillin streptomycin tetracycline) vitamins probiotics Plant

secondary metabolites - control mechanism and manipulation of pheny-propanoid pathway and

shikimate pathway Tissue culture production of alkaloids flavanoids steroids terpenoids animal

vaccines Pharmaceutical products of DNA technology Therapeutic proteins ndash Insulin human

growth hormone clotting factors interferons interleukins tissue plasminogen activators

erythropoietin DNAseI alginate lyase muteins Production advantages limitations and applications

of monoclonal antibody Oligonucleotides and Gene therapy ras-Antisense therapy gene delivery

system Vector usage strategies for gene therapy Clinical trials

Unit-V

Drug safety evaluation

Strategy and Phasing for Drug Safety Evaluation in the Discovery and Development of

Pharmaceuticals Regulation of Human Pharmaceutical Safety Acute Toxicity Testing in Drug

Safety Evaluation Special Concerns for the Preclinical Evaluation of Biotechnology Products

Immunotoxicology in Pharmaceutical Development The Application of In Vitro Techniques in Drug

Safety Assessment Pharmaceutical Quality Assurance

Unit-VI

Patenting process in drug manufacturing process

Patenting- Patent types The patent application Patenting in biotechnology Preclinical trials Clinical

trials The role and remit of regulatory authorities-The Food and Drug Administration The

investigational new drug application The new drug application European regulations Guides to

good manufacturing practice Formulation and Delivery Issues of Therapeutic Proteins

Biotechnology-Derived Drug Products Formulation Development Stability Testing Filling and

Packaging

Text books

1 Heinrich Klefenz Industrial pharmaceutical biotechnology John Wiley sons 2002

2 Susanna Wu-Pong Yongyut Rojanasakul and Joseph Robinson Biopharmaceutical drug and

design and development Humana Press 2007

3 Gary Walsh Biopharmaceuticals Biochemistry and Biotechnology (2e) John Wiley amp Sons

2003

4 Herbert A Kirst Wu-Kuang Yeh Milton J Enzyme Technologies for pharmaceutical and

biotechnological applications WILEY-VCH Verlag 2003

BT- 6221 Bioprocess Engineering

Unit I

Media design and Sterilization kinetics

Criteria for good medium medium requirements for fermentation processes carbon nitrogen

minerals vitamins and other complex nutrients oxygen requirements medium formulation of

optimal growth and product formation examples of simple and complex media medium

optimization methods ndash Plackett and Burman and Response surface method Thermal death kinetics

of microorganisms batch and continuous heat sterilization of liquid media design of sterilization

equipment-batch and continuous ilter sterilization of liquid media air sterilization

Unit II

Metabolic stoichiometry and energetics

Stoichiometry of cell growth and product formation elemental balances degrees of reduction of

substrate and biomass available electron balances yield coefficients of biomass and product

formation maintenance coefficients energetic analysis of microbial growth and product formation

oxygen consumption ndash steps involved in the transfer of oxygen to broth and heat evolution in aerobic

cultures

Unit III

Growth and Production kinetics

Kinetic models for microbial growth Monod model growth of filamentous organisms product

formation kinetics - leudeking-piret models substrate and product inhibition on cell growth and

product formation Production kinetics Design for single and multiple reaction size comparisons of

single reactor for single reactions multiple reactor systems for single reaction reactions in parallel

in series and seriesparallel reactions of first order Heterogeneous reactions kinetics and mechanism

of heterogeneous non catalytic and catalytic reactions Non ideal flow - residence time distribution

studies CE F and I curves RTD in ideal reactors Models for Non ideal flow ndash zero ndash parameter

model One parameter model and two parameter model

Unit IV

Types and design of bioreactor

Construction material Basic components ndash Agitator aerator valves and steam traps seals stirrer

glands Stirred tank batch bioreactor stirred batch bio reactor for enzymes cell cultures Continuous

Stirred Tank Bioreactor Continuous operation of mixed reactor enzyme reactions in a mixed

reactor substrate inhibition kinetics and product inhibition kinetics chemostat with cell cultures ndash

steady state cell and substrate concentrations and productivity as a function of dilution rate CSTR

with immobilized enzymes operation of CSTR in a constant feed rate policy-simulation for

conversions with and without diffusion limitations chemostat in series Graphical design Plug Flow

and Packed Bed Bioreactor Performance equation with Michelin-Menten kinetics substrate

inhibition and product inhibition plug flow reactor for immobilized enzymes operation of plug flow

reactor in constant feed rate policy simulation for conversion with and without diffusion limitations

Fedndashbatch reactor Applications of fed reactor Fed batch operation of mixed reactor material

balance on cell and substrate Recycle system Chemostat with recycle Biological waste water

treatment Feed forward control of the activated sludge process The Transient Behavior of

Bioreactors Stability analysis Stability of the chemostat Stability of chemostat with substrate

inhibition Operating diagram Transient responses of the chemostat control of the chemostat

Turbidostat operation Nutristat operation

Unit V

Instrumentation and Control

Biochemical process variables and their measurements Control principles and their application in

bioreactors Theory of electrode processes and their applications Measurement and control of pH

temperature dissolved oxygen aeration and agitation redox potential foam etc On-line analysis of

process parameters Introduction to biosensors Transduction principles used in biosensors

Characteristics of biosensors Biosensors based on amperometric potentiometric thermistor FET

fiber optics and bioluminescence Microbial biosensors Fundamentals of digital process control Use

of computer in control and optimization of microbiological processes

Unit VI

Downstream processing

Removal of microbial cells and solid matter foam separation precipitation filtration centrifugation

cell disruptions liquid-liquid extraction chromatography membrane process drying and

crystallization Quality analysis and product formulation - Product appearance product stabilization

shelf life analysis usage specific formulations quality analysis and control

Text books

1 Biochemical Engineering Fundamentals by JE Baily and DF Ollis Publisher McGraw Hill

(1986)

2 Biochemical Engineering by SAiba AE Humphry and NF Millis Publisher University of

Tokyo press(1973)

3 Bioreaction engineering principles by J Nielson and J Villadsen Publisher Plenum Press (1994)

4 Chemical Engineering Design Fourth edition by JM Coulson and JF Richardson Publisher

Butterworth Heinemann(2005)

5 Bioprocess Engineering- Kinetics Mass transport reactors and gene expression by WR Veith

Publisher John Wiley and Sons Inc(1994)

6Bioprocess Engineering Basic Concepts by ML Shuler and F Kargi Publisher Prentice Hall

(1987)

7Bioprocess engineering principles by P Doran Publisher- Academic press (1995)

BT-6231 Biosensor Unit-I

Introduction

A historical perspective Definition and Expanding Needs of Biosensors Advantages and limitations

Biosensor Economics various components of biosensors

Unit-II

Types of Biosensors

Biocatalysts based biosensors bio affinity based biosensors amp microorganisms based

biosensors biologically active material and analyte Types of membranes used in

biosensor constructions

Unit-III

Transducers in Biosensors

Various types of transducers principles and applications Bio- chemi- and lectrochemiluminescence

for fiber-optic biosensors Fluorescence-based fiber-optic biosensors

Unit-IV

Electrical Signal Detection in Biological Systems

Silicon glass and metal electrodes amplifier design Bioelectronic device production

microelectronic fabrication methods as adapted to bioelectronics hard and soft lithography bio-

compatibility of materials Existing types of Biosensors Miniaturisation and micro-systems

including sensing using optical techniques field effect transistors ion-selective and enzymatic

sensitive electrodes as well as impedance monitoring

Unit-V

Kinetic modeling for biosensors

The purpose and practice of modeling The flux equations The flux diagram for the membrane

enzyme electrode Deriving a complete kinetic model Kinetic modeling in other types of

biosensors- Potentiometric enzyme electrodes Optical and photometric biosensors Immunosensors

Unit-VI

Application and Uses of Biosensors

Biosensors in medicine and health care (For glucose monitoring and for DNA analysis Analysis of

the neural cell impulse signal and neural signal processing) biosensors for agriculture and food Low

cost- biosensor for industrial processes for online monitoring biosensors for environmental

monitoring

Text books

1 Rajmohan Joshi Biosensors (1e) Gyan Books 2006

2 Cooper JM and Anthony EG Biosensors (2e) Oxford University Press 2004

3 Turner APF KarubeI and WilsonGS Biosensors Fundamentals and applications Oxford Univ

Press 1990

4 SadanaA Biosensors Kinetics of Binding and Dissociation Using Fractals (1e) Elsevier BV

1995

5 Ashok M and Kim Rogers Enzyme amp Microbial Biosensors Techniques and Protocols (Methods

in Biotechnology) (1e) Humana Press 1998

6 Ashok M and Kim Rogers Affinity Biosensors Techniques and Protocols (Methods in

Biotechnology) (1e) Humana Press 1998

7 Damia Barcelo Biosensors for the Environmental Monitoring of Aquatic Systems Bioanalytical

and Chemical Methods for Endocrine Disruptors (1e) Springer 2009

BT-6711 Nanobiotechnology

Unit-I

Introduction

Nano - definition The fundamental Science behind nanotechnology- electrons atomsand ions

molecules metals biosystems Synthesis and Characterizations of Nanoscale Materials Strategies for

Nano architecture (top down and bottom up approaches) Fabrication Technologies and

Characterizations Self-assembly Systems Basic aspects of Nanofluidics surfactants polymers

emulsions and colloids Nanoscale Artificial Platforms Lipids in Self-assembly Structures

Nanoparticle synthesis in plants bacteria and yeast and its applications

Unit-II

Nano-structured materials

Fullerenes - Properties and CharacteristicsCarbon Nanotubes - Characteristics and Applications

Quantum Dots and WiresGold Nanoparticles Nanopores carbon nanotubes Applications of

NanoMolecules in Biosystems

Unit-III

Structural and functional principles of nanobiotechnology

Structural principle Factors governing biomolecular structure and stability Protein folding Self

assembly Self-organization Molecular recognition and Flexibility of biomaterials Functional

principles of Bionanotechnology Information driven nanoassembly Energetics Role of enzymes in

chemical transformation allosteric motion and covalent modification in protein activity regulation

Structure and functional properties of Biomaterials Bimolecular motors ATP Synthetase and

flagellar motors Traffic across membranes Potassium channels ABC Transporters and

Bactreriorhodapsin Bimolecular sensing Self replication Machine-Phase Bionanotechnology

Unit-IV

Bionanomachines and their Basic

Negligible gravity and inertia atomic granularity thermal motion water environment and their

importance in bionanomachines The role of proteins amino acids nucleic acids lipids and

polysaccharides in modern biomaterials Overview of natural Bionanomachines Thymidylate

Sythetase ATP synthetase Actin and myosin Opsin Antibodies and Collagen

Unit-V

Biophotonics and Bioimaging

Overview of imaging biological systems from the cellular level through to wholebody medical

imaging Introduction to biophysics basic physical concepts in imaging Major techniques using

ionizing and non-ionizing radiation fluorescence and multi-photon microscopy spectroscopy OCT

MRI X-ray CT PET and SPECT imaging

Unit-VI

Application of Nanobiotechnology

Nano-biotechnology in drug Delivery Nanoscale Devices for Drug Discovery Micelles for Drug

Delivery Protein targeting Small Molecule-Protein Interactions Micro-array and Genome Chips

Nanotechnology and the Cell Cell Motility Nano Motors and Cellular Navigation hemotaxis -

Transmembrane Signalling and Related Protein Nanotechnology for Cancer Diagnostics and

Treatment Nanotechnology for Cancer Research and Therapy siRNA Tumor-targeted Drug

Delivery Systems Nanotechnology for Imaging and Detection

Text Books

1 NANO by TPradeep 2006Tata Mc Graw Publishers India

2 Nanobiotechnology Concepts Applications and Perspectives Christof MNiemeyer Chad

AMirkin (eds) Wiley-VCH Weinheim (2004)

3 Kamali Kannangara Geoff Smith Michelle Simmons Burkhard Raguse

4 Overseas Press (2005)

5 David S Goodsell Bionanotechnology John Wiley amp Sons 2004

6 Greco Ralph S Nanoscale Technology in Biological Systems CRC Press 2005

BT-6721 Environmental Biotechnology

Unit-I

Basic concepts of ecology Interaction between environment and biota Concept of habitat and

ecological niches Limiting factor Energy flow food chain food web and trophic level NPC and S

cycles in nature Ecosystem dynamics and management Environmental impact assessment

Principles of conservation Conservation strategies sustainable development Global environmental

problems ozone depletion UV-B radiation green house effect and acid rain their impact in

biotechnological approaches for management

Unit-II

Environmental pollution

Types of pollution and pollution analysis ndash noise air and gaseous pollution Noise pollution Source

measurement impact on ecosystem and control Air pollution Types source method of sampling

measurement impact on ecosystem and control Control of noise and air pollution by

biotechnological methods Gaseous pollutants and odours General sources methods of control

fundamentals of adsorption mechanism of adsorption equilibrium isotherms break through curve

adsorption equipment regeneration of adsorbent application of adsorption for control of gaseous

and odour emission

Unit-III

Water pollution Impurities in water water pollution by industrial waste examination of water

collection of water samples water analysis ndash physical chemical and biological Standards of water

quality Water treatment processes Primary treatment screening skimming with coagulants

flocculation filteration aeration and disinfection Secondary treatment Aerobic processes ndash

activated sludge oxidation ditches recirculating system trickling filter towers rotating discs

rotating drums oxidation ponds Anaerobic digestion anaerobic filters Up flow anaerobic sludge

blanket reactors Tertiary treatment Activated carbon treatment reverse osmosis and electro dialysis

Unit-IV

Bioremediation

In situ and ex situ bioremediation technologies for various pollutants and sites bioremediation of oil

spills and heavy metal pollution use of microbes in bioremediation hydroponic system pollution

control boards and pollution control acts

Unit-V

Solid waste management sewage sludge treatment and utilization refuse disposal excreta disposal

in unsewered area composting and vermiculture biodegradation of noncellulosic wastes for

environmental conservation and fuel bioconversion of cellulosic wastes into protein and fuel

bioremediation of contaminated soils and waste lands radioactive product waste disposal

Unit-VI

Effluent treatment Sources of pollution impact on ecosystem and treatment of following industrial

effluents starch paper and pulp tannery dairy distillery oil refineries and pharmaceutical

Microbes in mining ore leaching oil recovery biopolymers biosurfactants

Text Books

1 Bruce E Rittmann and perry L Mccarty ldquoEnvironmental Biotechnology Principle and

Applicationsrdquo McGraw Hill publishing company Ltd2001

2 Mecalf and Eddy Inc ldquoWastewater Engineering Treatment Disposal Reuserdquo McGraHill

publishing company Ltd1991

3 Des W Connell ldquoBasic concepts of Environmental chemistryrdquo Lewis publishers2005

4 Michal J PelczarECS ChanNoel RKriegTata McGraw Hill publishing company Ltd1993

5 Alan Scragg Environmental BiotechnologyOxford University press2005

6 Prescott Harley Klein Microbiology WCB publishers1996

7 Richard T Wright and Bernard J Nebel ldquoEnvironmental Science towards a Sustainable Futurerdquo

Prentice Hall of India 2004

BT-624-Bioprocess Engineering Lab

1 To determine the concentration of protein content by Lowry method

2 To determine the concentration of sugar by 3 5 dinitrosalicylic acid method

3 To determine the optimum pH for given enzyme sample

4 To determine the optimum temperature for given enzyme sample

5 To study the immobilization of invertase enzyme

6 Measurement of citric acid production by Aspergillus niger with TLC

7 Determination of thermal death point (TDP) of the given microorganism

8 Production of ethanol from yeast fermentation of sugars

9 To prepare the growth curve of micro-organism cultured in a shake flask

10 To study the kinetics of lipase enzyme

BT-673- Environmental Biotechnology Lab 1 Environmental Impact Assessment Measurement of Air and Noise Pollution

2 Analysis of water temperature and pH

3 Measurement of Conductivity and TDS in water

4 Measurement of Dissolved Oxygen

5 Measurement of Carbondi Oxide and Hardness of water

6 Measurement and analysis of Ammonia and Ammonium in water

7 Measurement of Nitrite Nitrate and Total Nitrogen in water

8 Biochemical Oxygen Demand and Chemical Oxygen Demand measurements and analysis

9 Analysis of any one industrial effluent

10 Production of methane from sewage sludge

11 Vermicomposting

BT-674 Minor Project- I

SEMESTER III

BT-721 1 Elective ndash Bioseparation Technology Unit- I

Role of Downstream Processing in Biotechnology

Role and importance of downstream processing in biotechnological processes Problems and

requirements of bioproduct purification Economics and downstream processing in Biotechnology

Cost cutting strategies characterstics of biological mixtures process design criteria for various

classes of bioproducts (high volume-low value products and low volume- high value products)

physicochemical basis of bioseparation processes

Unit- II

Primary Separation and Recovery Processes

Cell disruption methods for intracellular products removal of insolubles biomass (and particulate

debris) separation techniques flocculation and sedimentation centrifugation and filtration methods

Precipitation methodsPrecipitation with salts organic solvents amp polymers

Unit- III

Extraction

Batch extractions staged extractions-cross current co current counter current extractions

Differential extractions fractional extractions with a stationary phase fractional extractions with two

moving phases Aqueous two-phase extraction reverse micelle extraction supercritical fluid

extraction in-situ product removalintegrated bioprocessing

Unit- IV

Membrane-based separations (micro- and ultra-filtration)

Theory design amp configuration of membrane separation equipment applications

reverse osmosis dialysis electro dialysis Isoelectric focusing

Unit- V

Adsorption

Adsorption isotherms industrial adsorbents adsorption equipments for batch and continuous

operations (co current and counter current) adsorption in fixed beds

Unit- VI

Chromatography

Principles of chromatographic separation ndash gel filtration reversed phase hydrophobic interaction

ion-exchange expanded bed adsorption bio affinity and IMAC supercritical fluid chromatography

Text books

1 Belter PA Cussler E and Wei Shan Hu Bioseparation ndash Downstream Processing for

Biotechnology Wiley Interscience 1988

2 Asenjo and Juan A Asenjo Separation Processes in Biotechnology CRC Press 1990

3 Wankat PC Rate Controlled Separation Kluwer Publishers 1990

4 Wang DIC Cooney CL Demain AL DunnilP Humphery AE and Lilly MD Fermentation

and Enzyme Technology John Wiley and Sons 1979

BT-721 2 Elective - Industrial Waste water treatment

UNIT I

Waste disposal management Methods of waste disposal industrial waste (solid liquid and gaseous

emission) effect of industrial wastes on streams and sewerage systems Treatment system of waste

disposal eg Incenerator differences in waste quality and quantity physico-chemical and biological

treatments of waste and their evaluation in respect of treatment

UNIT II

Characteristic features of wastes (solid liquid and gaseous emission) manufacturing processes and

toxic byproducts generated from iron ore alumina heavy metals units paper and pulp industries

pesticides industry thermal power station distillery textile and crude oil industry

UNIT III

Small and large scale industries for waste reduction and remediation various methods for waste

alteration volume and strength minimization recycling plants material restoration and conservation

Methods for neutralisation equalization precipitation and solidification for waste handling

Economic sustainability and government support for joint treatment of raw effluent municipal

sewage and debris

UNIT IV

Unit operations and their design for treatment and management of wastes (solid liquid and gaseous)

UNIT V

Landfill design and operation including site selection engineered sites liners and covers leachate

control and treatment gas recovery and control including utilization of recovered gas (energy) and

landfill monitoring and reclamation

UNIT VI

Case studies

Text Books

1 S P Mahajan ldquoPollution Control in Process Industriesrdquo Tata Mc Graw Hill Publications

2 W Wesley Eckenfelder Jrrdquo Industrial Water Pollution Controlrdquo Mc Graw Hill Publications

3 Ronald W Crites Sherwood C Reed and Robert Bastion ldquoLand Treatment Systems for Municipal

amp Industrial Wastesrdquo Mc Graw Hill Publications

4 Neal K Ostler ldquoIndustrial Waste Stream Generationrdquo Prentice Hall

5 Rao and Dutta ldquoIndustrial waste treatmentrdquo Oxford and IBH Publishing Co Pvt Ltd New Delhi

6 Dr A D Patwardhan ldquoindustrial Waste Water Treatmentrdquo Prentice Hall of India

BT-721 3 Elective-Biopolymer Technology Unit-I

Introduction

Biopolymers ndash The current scenario different biopolymers ndash produced from various renewable

resources characteristics merits and demerits over conventional polymers

Unit-II

Biopolymer Technology and Applications

Biopolymers and Artificial Biopolymers in Biomedical Applications an Overview Novel Synthesis

of Biopolymers and Their Medical Applications Composite Films Based on Poly (Vinylalcohol) and

Lignocellulosic Fibres Preparation and Characterizations Composite Materials Based on Gelatin

and Fillers from Renewable Resources Thermal and Mechanical Properties Properties of PHAs and

Their Correlation to Fermentation Conditions

Unit-III

Biosynthesis and Modifications

Synthesis and modification of different Biopolymers like xanthum gum

Unit-IV

Biosurfactants

Source characteristics and properties of Biosurfactants Production of Biosurfactants via the

fermentation and biotransformation routes Production of Biosurfactants with immobilized cells

Integrated bioprocess for continuous production of Biosurfactants including downstream processing

Applications of Biosurfactants-Food Industry Environmental Control

Unit-V

Bioplastic

Different types of bioplastics Starch-based plastic Cellulose-based plastic Aliphatic polyesters

Poly-3-hydroxybutyrate (PHB) Polylactic acid (PLA) Polyamide Bio-derived polyethylene

Advantages of bioplastic over petroleum-based polymer Mechanism of synthesis of Poly (-

hydroxybutyric acid) (PHB)

Unit-VI

Material Testing and Analytical Methods

An Overview of Available Testing Methods Comparison of Test Systems for the Examination of the

Fermentability of Biodegradable Materials Structure- Biodegradability Relationship of biopolymers

Text Books

1 Emo Chiellini Emo Chiellini and Helena Gil Biorelated Polymers Sustainable Polymer Science

and Technology Springer 2001

2 Johnson RM LY Mwaikambo and N Tucker Biopolymers Rapra Technology 2003

3 Naim Kosaric (Ed) Biosurfactants Marcell Dekker Inc 1993

BT-721 4 Elective ndash Bioprocess Plant Designing Unit-I

Process development

Introduction to Design ndash nature of design ndash Technical feasibility survey Mass and energy balance

process development ndash data acquisition ndash design data information of project - Organization of project

ndash Project documentation ndash codes and standards

Unit-II

Design Development

Equipment selection and specifications-materials of construction ndash flow sheeting - piping and

instrumentation ndash process safety and loss prevention

Unit-III

General site consideration

Introduction ndash plant location and site selection ndash site layout- plant layout utilities ndash environmental

considerationsndash waste management ndash visual impact ndash government regulations and other legal

restrictions community factors and other factors affecting investment and production costs ndash human

resources

Unit ndashIV

Selection and specification

Selection and specification of equipment for handling fluids and solids Selection specification

design of heat and mass transfer equipment used in bioprocess industries Design of facilities for

cleaning of process equipment used in biochemical industries Utilities for biotechnology

Unit-V

Design of fermenters

Design of fermentation Design considerations for maintaining sterility of processing equipment

Unit-VI

Process economics

Production plants Bioprocess validation Safety considerations

Text books

1 Applied Process Design for Chemical and Petrochemical Plants by EE Ludwig Publisher

Butterworth-Heinemann

2 Chemical Engineering by RK Sinnott JM Coulson and JF Richardsons Publisher

Butterworth-Heinemann Vol-6 Butterworth Heinemann III editionndash 2002

3 Peters and Timmerhaus Plant Design and Economics for Chemical Engineers Mcgraw Hill

4thEdition 1989

4 Rudd and Watson Strategy of Process Engineering Wiley 1987

BT-721 5 Elective- Transport Phenomenon Unit -I

Diffusion

Molecular and turbulent diffusion Diffusion coefficient Flickrsquos Law of diffusion Dependence of

diffusion coefficient on temperature pressure and composition Diffusion in multi-component gas

mixtures Diffusion in solids Molecular Knudsen ampsurface diffusion Inter- phase mass transfer

Mass transfer coefficients Diffusion between phases Equilibrium solubility of gases in liquids

Mass Transfer theories Mass transfer in fluidized beds flow past solids and boundary layers

Simultaneous heat and mass transfer Mixing in a Bioreactor -Flow regimes with and without baffles

various types of impellers and mixing equipment Power Requirements for Mixing Ungassed

Newtonian Fluids Gassed Fluids Improving Mixing in Fermenters Effect of Rheological Properties

on Mixing Role of Shear in Stirred Fermenters

Unit-II

Drying and Crystallization

Solid-gas equilibria Different modes of drying operation Types of batch and continuous dryer

Definitions of moisture contents Rate of batch drying Time of drying Mechanism of batch drying

Continuous drying Equilibrium yield of crystallization Heat and mass transfer rates in

crystallization Theories of crystallization Factors governing nucleation and crystal growth rates

controlled growth of crystal Classification of crystallizers

Unit ndashIII

Absorption and Adsorption

Gas-Liquid equilibriaHenryrsquos Law Selection of solvents Absorption in tray column Graphical and

analytical methods Absorption in packed column Design equation for packed column HTU NTU

and HTEP concepts Equipments Description of adsorption process and their application Types of

adsorption Nature of adsorbents Adsorption equilibrium and adsorption hysterises Stage wise and

continuous contact adsorption operation operations Determination of number of stages Equipments

Unit-IV

Momentum transfer

Review of basic concepts ndash Conservation of Mass Conservation of Energy Momentum Balance ndash

Momentum Balance in a Circular Pipe Flow Velocity Profile Fermentation Broth Rheology ndash

Viscosity Rheological Properties of Fermentation Broths Factors affecting broth viscosity

Unit V

Conduction and Convection

Introduction Conduction Basic concepts of conduction in solids liquids and gases One and two

dimensional heat conduction Critical and optimum insulation thickness Introduction to unsteady

state heat transfer Principles of convection Equations of forced and free convection

Unit ndashVI

Radiation

Basic laws of heat transfer by radiation black body and gray body concepts solar radiations

combined heat transfer coefficients by convection and radiation Introduction of Heat Transfer

Equipments Heat Exchangers Evaporators Condenser

Text Books

1 Holman JP ldquoHeat Transferrdquo 9 th ed McGraw Hill (1989)

2 Treybal R ldquoMass Transfer Operationsrdquo 3rd ed New York McGraw-Hill (1980)

3 McCabe Smith Unit Operations in Chemical Engineering McGraw Hill

4 Foust A S etal ldquoPrinciples of Unit Operationsrdquo John Wiley (1980)

5 R B Bird et al Transport Phenomena 2nd Edition Wiley(2006)

BT-721 6 Elective ndash Biochemical thermodynamics Unit-I

Fundamental concepts of Thermodynamics

System and Surroundings First law of thermodynamics -Internal energy enthalpy Heat capacity

applied examples from biochemistry Second law ndash Entropy and universe Concept of heat engines

protein stability and calorimetric measurements Fundamentals of Differential scanning calorimeter

and Isothermal calorimeter in biological property measurements Third law of thermodynamics

Maxwell equations Gibbs-Duhem Equation and the Phase Rule Legendre Transforms

Unit-II

Non-equilibrium Thermodynamics

Reversible work exact differentials and function of state first and second law The electrochemical

potential External forces and steady state Fickrsquos Law chemical reactions in the steady state internal

entropy production cells as non-equilibrium stationary states Diffusion and membrane transport

Biological Systems as Open Non-equilibrium Systems Failure of classical thermodynamics in

describing biological processes Standard free energy changes and equilibrium constants direction

and rate

Unit-III

Bioenergetics

Energetics of metabolic pathways ndash energy coupling (ATP amp NADH) stoichiometry ndashenergetic

analysis of cell growth and product formation ndash elemental balances Degree ofreduction concepts

available- electron balances yield coefficients oxygen consumptionand heat evolution in aerobic

cultures thermodynamic efficiency of growth Thermodynamics of Biological Systems

Thermodynamic analysis of oxidative photophosphorylation stability of non-equilibrium stationary

states ordering in time and space far from equilibrium glycolytic oscillations Biological clocks

routes to chaos

Unit-IV

Chemical Potential

Visualization of the potential Steady velocity and steady flow Fickrsquos law and diffusion Local

Equilibria and Steady State Energy vs Power Transducers in biological states Constitutive

equations Dynamic efficiency and Onsager (nonequilibrium thermodynamics) Prigoginersquos principle

Spontaneous coupling and entropy production

Unit-V

Gibbs free energy and its Applications

Gibbs free energy and equilibrium Chemical potential ionic solutions Equilibrium constant

standard state in biochemistry Acid and bases chemical coupling and redox reactions Gibbs free

energy in photosynthesis glycolysis citric acid cycle Oxidative phosphorylation and ATP

hydrolysis substrate cycling Membrane transport Enzyme substrate interaction Haemoglobin

Protien solubility stability and dynamics

Unit-VI

Reaction Kinetics

Rate of a reaction rate constant and order of the reaction effect of temperature collision and

transition state theory Electron transfer kinetics Enzyme kinetics and inhibition Reaction

mechanism of lysozyme protein folding and pathological misfolding polymerisation muscle

contraction and the molecular motors

Text Books

1 Smith JM Van Ness HC Abbot MM Chemical Engineering Thermodynamics 6th Edition

McGraw-Hill 2001

2 Narayanan KV A Text Book Of Chemical Engineering Thermodynamics Prentice Hall India

2001

3 Sandler SI Chemical And Engineering Thermodynamics John Wiley1989

4 Bailey amp Ollis Biochemical Engineering Fundamentals II edition Megraw Hil ndash 1986

5 Donald T Haynie Biological Thermodynamics Cambridge press 2008

6 Robert A Alberty Thermodynamics of Biochemical Reactions John willy publications 2003

7 Bioenergetics by AL Lehninger Publisher WA Benjamin Inc

8 Biological Thermodynamics by DT Haynie Publisher Cambridge University Press

9 Biophysical Chemistry by CR Cantor and PR Schimmel Publisher

10 FreemanThermodynamics and Kinetics for the Biological Sciences by GG Hammes Publisher

John Wiley and Sons Inc

BT-7221 Elective - Bioethics Biosafety and IPR Unit I

Introduction to ethics and bioethics

Personal ethics profession and professionalism -Moral Reasoning -Ethical theories - person as an

experimenter -Moral leadership (integrity and ingenuinity) ndash framework for ethical decision making

Biotechnology and ethics Biotechnology in agriculture and environment benefits and risks ndash

benefits and risks of genetic engineering ndash ethical aspects of genetic testing ndash ethical aspects relating

to use of genetic information ndash genetic engineering and biowarfare

Unit-II

Ethical implications of cloning

Reproductive cloning therapeutic cloning Ethical legal and socio-economic aspects of gene

therapy germ line somatic embryonic and adult stem cell research- GM crops and GMO‟s ndash

biotechnology and biopiracy ndash ELSI of human genome project

Unit-III

Introduction to biosafety

Biosafety issues in biotechnology ndash risk assessment and risk management ndash safety protocols risk

groups ndash biosafety levels ndash biosafety guidelines and regulations (National and International) ndash

operation of biosafety guidelines and regulations ndash types of biosafety containment International

guidelines with regard to rDNA technology transgenic science GM crops etc Experimental

protocol approvals levels of containment Guidelines for research in transgenic plants Good

manufacturing practice and Good lab practice (GMO and GLP)

Unit-IV

Introduction to intellectual property and intellectual property rights

Types patents copy rights trade marks design rights geographical indications ndash importance of IPR

ndash patentable and non patentables ndash patenting life ndash legal protection of biotechnological inventions ndash

world intellectual property rights organization (WIPO) Plant breederrsquos rights Legal implications

Biodiversity and farmers rights Examples of patents in biotechnology Special application of patent

laws in biotechnology Licensing and cross licensing Flavr SavrTm- Tomato as model case and case

studies

Unit-V

Public acceptance issues for biotechnology

Environmental aspects of biotech application Use of genetically modified organisms and their

release in environment Case studies or experiences from developing and developed countries

Biotechnology and hunger Challenges for the Indian Biotechnological research and industries

Unit-VI

Socioeconomic impacts of biotechnology

The legal and socioeconomic impacts of biotechnology public education of the processes of

biotechnology involved in generating new forms of life for informed decision making

Text Books

1 Ethics in engineering Martin MW and SchinzingerR III Edition Tata McGraw- Hill New

Delhi 2003

2 Biotechnologies and Development UNESCO Publications 1988

3 A Biotechnologies in developing countries present and future UNESCO Publishers 1993

4 Singh K Intellectual property rights on Biotechnology BCIL New Delhi

BT-722 4 Elective ndash Metabolic Engineering Unit ndash I

Cellular metabolism

An overview of cellular metabolism-transport processes- Fueling reactions -glycolysis-fermentative

pathways-TCA cycle and oxidative phosphorylation-anaplerotic pathways -catabolism of fats

organic acids and amino acids -biosynthetic reactions of amino acids ndash nucleic acids fatty acids and

other building blocks -polymerization - growth energetics

Unit ndash II

Comprehensive models for cellular reactions

Stoichiometry of cellular reactions -reaction rates-dynamic mass balances-Yield coefficients and

linear rate equation Material Balance and data consistency ndashblack box model elemental balance -

heat balance -analysis of over determined systems - identification of gross measurement errors

Unit ndash III

Regulation of metabolic pathways

Overview of enzyme kinetics ndash simple reversible inhibition systems ndash irreversible inhibition ndash

allosteric enzymes cooperativity ndash regulation of enzyme concentration ndash transcription initiation ndash

translation regulation at whole cell level ndash regulation of metabolic networks enhancements of

product yield and productivity for ethanol and amino acids pathways metabolic pathway

manipulations to extend substrate range product spectrum and novel products improvement of

cellular properties

Unit ndash IV

Metabolic flux analysis

Theory ndash overdetermined systems ndash underdetermined systems ndash sensitivity analysis ndash methods for the

experimental determination of metabolic fluxes by isotope labeling direct flux determination from

fractional enrichment ndash applications involving complete enumeration of metabolite isotopomers ndash

carbon metabolite balances Applications of metabolic flux analysis ndash amino acid production by

Glutamic acid Bacteria

Unit ndash V

Metabolic control analysis

Fundamentals of Metabolic control analysis -determination of flux control coefficients ndash MCA of

Linear pathways ndash branched pathways ndash theory of large deviation

Unit-VI

Applications of metabolic engineering

Text Books

1 Gregory N Stepanopoulos Aristos A Aristidou Jens Nielsen Metabolic Engineeing

2 Principles and methodologies Academic Press 1998

3 Wang DIC Cooney CL Demain AL DunnilP Humphery AE Lilly MD

4 ldquoFermentation And Enzyme Technologyrdquo John Wiley And Sons 1980

5 Zubay G ldquoBiochemistryrdquo Macmillan Publishers 1989

BT-722 3 Elective ndash Protein Engineering Unit-I

Bonds and Energies in protein

Covalent Ionic Hydrogen Coordinate hydrophobic and Vander walls interactions in protein

structure Interaction with electromagnetic radiation (radio micro infrared visible ultraviolet X-

ray) and elucidation of protein structure

Unit-II

Amino acids and their characteristics

Amino acids ndash structure with three and single letter codes- molecular properties (size solubility

charge pKa) Chemical reactivity in relation to post-translational modification (involving amino

carboxyl hydroxyl thiol imidazole groups) and peptide synthesis

Unit - III

Protein architecture

Primary structure peptide mapping peptide sequencing - automated Edman method amp massspec

High-throughput protein sequencing setup Secondary structure Alpha beta and loop structures and

methods to determine Super-secondary structure Aphaturn- alpha beta-turn-beta (hairpin) beta-

sheets alpha-beta-alpha topology diagrams up and down amp TIM barrel structures nucleotide

binding folds prediction of substrate binding sites Tertiary structure Domains folding denaturation

and renaturation overview of methods todetermine 3D structures Quaternary structure Modular

nature formation of complexes

Unit-IV

Structure-function relationship

DNA-binding proteins prokaryotic transcription factors Helix-turn-Helix motif in DNA binding

Trp repressor Eucaryotic transcription factors Zn fingers helix-turn helix motifs in homeodomain

Leucine zippers Membrane proteins and receptors bacteriorhodopsin and Photosynthetic reaction

center Immunoglobulins IgG Light chain and heavy chain architecture abzymes and Enzymes

Serine proteases understanding catalytic design by engineering trypsin chymotrypsin and elastase

substrate-assisted catalysis other commercial applications

Unit -V

Identification and analysis of proteins

Identification and analysis of proteins by 2D analysis Spot visualization and picking Tryptic

digestion of protein and peptide fingerprinting Mass spectrometry ion source (MALDI spray

sources) analyzer (ToF quadrupole quadrupole ion trap) and detector

Unit-VI

Tools in proteomics and genomics

Site directed mutagenesis for specific protein function Basic concept for designing a new

proteinenzyme molecule Specific examples of enzyme engineering Tryesyl t RNA synthetase

Dihydrofolate reductase Subtilisin Advantages ndash protein data base analysis ndash methods to alter

primary structure of proteins examples of engineered proteins thermal stability of T4-lysozyme

recombinant insulin to reduce aggregation and inactivation de novo protein design ndash principles and

examples

Text Books

1 Voet D and Voet G Biochemistry Third edn John Wiley and Sons 2001

2 Moody PCE and Wilkinson AJ Protein Engineering IRL Press Oxford UK 1990

3 Branden C and Tooze J Introduction to Protein Structured Second Edition GarlandPublishing

NY USA 1999

4 Creighton TE Proteins Freeman WH Second Edition 1993

BT-7222 Elective ndash Quality Management Unit-I

Quality Concepts

Definition of Quality Dimensions of Quality Quality Planning Quality costs ndash Analysis

Techniques for Quality Costs Evolution of Quality Control Basic concepts of Total Quality

Management Historical Review Leadership ndash Concepts Role of Senior Management Quality

Council Quality Statements Strategic Planning Deming Philosophy Barriers to TQM

Implementation Control on Purchased Product Procurement of various products evaluation of

supplies capacity verification Development of sources procurement procedure Manufacturing

Quality Methods and techniques for manufacture inspection and control of product quality in sales

and services guarantee analysis of claims

Unit-II

Quality Management

Organization structure and design quality function decentralization designing and fitting

organization for different type products and company economics of quality value and contribution

quality cost optimizing quality cost seduction program Human Factor in quality Attitude of top

management cooperation of groups operators attitude responsibility causes of apparatus error and

corrective methods

Unit-III

Control Charts

Theory of control charts measurement range construction and analysis of R charts process

capability study use of control charts

Attributes of Control Chart

Defects construction and analysis of charts improvement by control chart variable sample size

construction and analysis of C charts

Unit -IV

Defects diagnosis and prevention defect study identification and analysis of defects correcting

measure factors affecting reliability MTTF calculation of reliability building reliability in the

product evaluation of reliability interpretation of test results reliability control maintainability zero

defects quality circle

Unit-V

Statistical process control

The seven tools of quality Statistical Fundamentals ndash Measures of central Tendency and Dispersion

Population and Sample Normal Curve Control Charts for variables and attributes Process

capability Concept of six sigma New seven Management tools

Unit-VI

Quality system

Need for ISO 9000 and Other Quality Systems ISO 90002000 Quality System ndash Elements

Implementation of Quality System Documentation Quality Auditing QS 9000 ISO 14000 ndash

Concept Requirements and Benefits

Text Books

1 Lt Gen H Lal ldquoTotal Quality Managementrdquo Eastern Limited 1990

2 Greg Bounds ldquoBeyond Total Quality Managementrdquo McGraw Hill 1994

3 Menon HG ldquoTQM in New Product manufacturingrdquo McGraw Hill 1992

4 Dale HBesterfiled et at Total Quality Management Pearson Education Asia 1999

5 James REvans amp William MLidsay The Management and Control of Quality (5thEdition)

South-Western (Thomson Learning) 2002 (ISBN 0- 324-06680-5)

6 FeigenbaumAV ldquoTotal Quality Management McGraw-Hill 1991

7 OaklandJS ldquoTotal Quality Management Butterworth ndash Hcinemann Ltd Oxford 1989

8 Narayana V and Sreenivasan NS Quality Management ndash Concepts and Tasks New Age

International 1996

9 Zeiri ldquoTotal Quality Management for Engineers Wood Head Publishers 1991

BT-722 5 ElectivendashDesign and Development of Biological Treatment process

Unit-I

Bacterial metabolism in wastewater treatment systems

Introduction decomposition of organic carbon compounds in natural and manmade systems aerobic

and anaerobic decomposition of glucose protein carbohydrates proteins lipids etc Nitrogen

removal during treatment enhanced biological phosphate removal biological removal bio-

transformations and biosorption of metal ions aerobic and anaerobic degradation of xenobiotics

Unit-II

Activated sludge process

Single and two stage process special developments technological and microbiological aspects plant

configurations design

Unit-III

Modeling of aerobic waste water treatment process

Introduction purpose of modeling activated sludge model presentations waste water characteristics

various disinfection methods for waste water

Unit-IV

High rate anaerobic waste water treatment

Introduction basic principles reactor design parameters reactor operation

Unit-V

Biological Nutrient removal

Suspended growth and attached growth nutrient removal processes and design criteria ndash Nitrogen

(Nitrification and denitrification) and Phosphorus precipitation biological) Biological removal of

toxic and recalcitrant organic wastes

Unit-VI

Water reuse

Wastewater reclamation risk assessment various reclamation technologies storage agricultural

reuse industrial reuse groundwater recharge

Text book

1 Joumlrdening HJ and JWinter Environmental Biotechnology - Concepts and Applications

Cambridge University Press 2006

2 George Tchobanoglous and Franlin L Burton Wastewater Engineering- Treatment Disposal and

Reuse Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Co Ltd 1990

BT-722 6 Elective ndash Bioinformatics

Unit I

Introduction to Biological Databases Types Overview of Biological Databases and Retrieve

Nucleic acid databases NCBI PubMed Entrez Blast OMIM Books Taxonomy Structure

Locuslink Protein Databases- Primary Functional Composite Secondary Structural classification

database Sequence Formats amp storage Sequence submission to sequence Database

Unit II

Genomics Structure of DNA Polymorphisms in DNA Sequence Human Genome Project

Complete Genome Sequences Functional Annotation

Unit III

Human Genetic Variation Databases and Concepts Introduction Forms and mechanisms of

genetic variation Databases of human genetic variation SNP databases Mutation databases Genetic

marker and microsatellite databases Nonnuclear and somatic mutation databases Tools for SNP and

mutation visualization

Unit IV

Biological Sequence Analysis amp Characterization Predictive Functional Analysis of coding and

non-polymorphisms Amino Acid Properties and Consequences of Substitutions

Unit V

Genetics Genomics Interfaces Technologies for the measurement of gene expression The Cancer

Genome Anatomy Project (CGAP) The Human Transcriptome Map Protein Interaction Networks

Computational methods for pathways and systems biology databases and web resources

Unit VI

Soft computation Neural Networks and Machine learning support vector machines fuzzy logic

evolutionary computing genetic algorithms- applications to data mining and bioinformatics

Text Books

1 Bioinformatics Genomics and Post-Genomics Freacutedeacuteric Dardel Franccedilois Keacutepegraves Noah Hardy

ISBN 978-0-470-02001-2 John Wiley amp Sons India Pte Ltd

2 Bioinformatics Theory and Practice Chikhale NJ and Gomase VS ISBN978-81-8318minus831minus9

Himalaya Publication House Discovering Genomics Proteomics and Bioinformatics Campbell

ISBN978813171 5598 Pearson Education

3 Proteomics Theory and Practice Gomase VS and Chikhale NJ Himalaya Publication House

4 Essentials of Genomics and Bioinformatics Christoph W Sensen ISBN 978- 3-527-30541-4

John Wiley amp Sons India Pte Ltd

5 Introduction to Bioinformatics Arthur M Lesk Oxford University Press 2003

6 Sequence and Genome Analysis by David W Mount - Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory 1st edition

2004

7 Bioinformatics A Practical Guide to the Analysis of Genes and Proteins by Andreas D

Baxevanis B F Francis Ouellette Wiley-Interscience 3rd Edition 2004

8 Sequence structure and Database ndash Des Higgins Willice Taylor Oxford press 1st edition (2003)

9 Fundamental Concepts of Bioinformatics - Dan E Krane Michael L Raymer Pearson education

First edition (2004)

BT-723 Self Study Open Area Seminar-II

BT-724 Minor Project- II

BT-725 Major Project- I

SEMESTER IV

BT-821 Major Project- II

1

Scheme of Examination amp Syllabus

MTech in Bioinformatics

Delhi Technological University

Main Bawana Road

Delhi -110042

2

MTech in Bioinformatics

Bioinformatics is an emerging discipline of biological science and computer science

mathematics and statistics with the objectives of developing tools to analyze several types

of biological data and generate new knowledge for existing life in universe

Bioinformatics has two subfields the development of computational tools and databases

and the application of these tools and databases in generating biological knowledge to

better understanding living systems These fields are complementary to each other The

tools development includes writing software for sequence structural and functional

analysis as well as construction and curating of biological databases

It is clear that the promise of bioinformatics and advanced level RampD in its field will be

fulfilled by those who have sound background of Biological science computer science

mathematics and statistics The proposed syllabus has been developed to address the

need of well trained bioinformaticians cutting edge RampD for this field bioinformatics

entrepreneurship and bioinformatics-business management The trained manpower will

be well versed in techniques of modern biology biochemistry strong skills in

combinatorial computing and search and retrieval techniques in large biological

databases

3

Delhi Technological University Delhi

Department of Biotechnology

Scheme of Examination

MTech in Bioinformatics

Semester I

Sem I Course

Code

Subject

L T P Internal

Marks

End

sem

Marks

Total

Marks

Credits

Group A BT-501 Advanced Proteomics 3 0 0 50 100 150 3

BT-502 Bioinformatics I 3 0 0 50 100 150 3

BT-503 Population Genetics 3 0 0 50 100 150 3

BT-504 Bioinformatics I

Laboratory

0 0 2 30 70 100 2

Group B BT-551 Biostatistics 3 0 0 50 100 150 3

BT-552 High-Throughput

Structural Biology

3 0 0 50 100 150 3

BT-553 High-Throughput

Structural Biology

Laboratory

0 0 2 30 70 100 2

BT-554 Self Study Open Area

Seminar

0 0 1 50 -- 50 1

Total 360 640 1000 20

4

Semester II

Semester III

Course

Code

Subject

L T P Internal

marks

End

sem

marks

Total

Marks

Credits

Group E BT-701 Professional Elective V 3 0 0 50 100 150 3

BT-702 Professional Elective VI 3 0 0 50 100 150 3

BT-703 Self Study Open Area

Seminar

0 0 2 100 --- 100 2

BT-704 Minor Project - II 0 0 2 -- 300 300 6

BT-705 Major Project-I 0 0 4 300 300 6

Total 200 800 1000 20

Course

Code

Subject

L T P Internal

Marks

End

sem

Marks

Total

Marks

Credits

Group C BT-601 Bioinformatics II 3 0 0 50 100 150 3

BT-602 Professional Elective I 3 0 0 50 100 150 3

BT-603 Professional Elective II 3 0 0 50 100 150 3

BT-604 Bioinformatics II

Laboratory

0 0 2 30 70 100 2

Group D BT-651 Professional Elective III 3 0 0 50 100 150 3

BT-652 Professional Elective IV 3 0 0 50 100 150 3

BT-653 Lab based on Elective

III

0 0 2 30 70 100 2

BT-654 Minor Project ndash I 0 0 1 50 -- 50 1

Total

360 640 1000 20

5

Semester IV

Subject

Code

Subject

L T P Internal

marks

End sem

marks

Total

marks

Credits

Group F BT-801 Major Project - II 0 0 15 400 600 1000 20

Total

400 600 1000 20

BT-602 Professional Elective I

BT-6021 Biological Database Management

BT-6022 Advanced Genetic Engineering

BT-6023 Web Application Development

BT-603 Professional Elective II

BT-6031 Computational Genomics

BT-6032 Drug Design and Discovery

BT-6033 Chemoinformatics

BT-651 Professional Elective III

BT-6511 Computer Aided Drug Design

BT-6512 Computer Graphics

BT-6513 Pharmacogenomics and Personalized Medicine

6

BT-652 Professional Elective IV

BT-6521 Combinatorial Methods in Biopharmaceuticals

BT-6522 Data Warehousing and Data mining

BT-6523 Genomics From Human Genome Project to Medical Applications

BT-653 Professional Elective-III Laboratory

BT-6531 Computer-Aided Drug Design Laboratory

BT-6532 Computer Graphics Laboratory

BT-6533 Pharmacogenomics and Personalized Medicine Laboratory

BT-654 Minor Project-I

BT-701 Professional Elective V

BT-7011 Immunoinformatics

BT-7012 Medical Bioinformatics

BT-7013 Advanced Genetic Engineering

BT-702 Professional Elective VI

BT-7021 Nanotechnology in health care

BT-7022 Resource Planning amp Management in Bioinformatics

BT-7023 Advanced Drug Delivery Systems

7

SYLLABUS

MTECH (BIOINFORMATICS)

Semester I

Group-A

BT-501 Advanced Proteomics

Unit I

Introduction The proteome and the Genome life and death of a protein protein a

modular structure functional protein families need for proteomics scope of proteomics

challenges of proteomics Strategies for protein separation Two-dimensional

polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis for proteome analysis Brief history of 2-DE 2-DE

with immobilized pH gradients sample preparation solubilization Reduction The first

dimension IEF with IPG Equilibration between dimensions The second dimension

SDS-PAGE resolution reproducibility of 2-DE liquid chromatography in proteomics

Unit II

Detection of proteins in polyacrylamide gels and on electroblot membranes Organic

dyes and silver stains Reverse stains Colloidal dispersion stains organic fluorophore

stains metal chelate stains Image analysis of two-dimensional gels Data acquisition

digital image processing Protein spot detection and quantification Gel matching Data

analysis data presentation data bases

Unit III

Enhancing high-throughput proteome analysis the impact of stable isotope labeling

Sample preparation two-dimensional gel separation and analysis Mass spectrometry

8

protein identification using MS data Mass spectrometry protein identification using

MSMS data Protein modification in proteomics Introduction phosphor-proteins

glycoproteins Ubiquitin etc

Unit IV

Protein-Protein interactions- Yeast two hybrid Co-Precipitation Phage Display

Phylogenetic Profile Domain fusion Gene Neighborhood Gene Cluster Mirror Tree

Analysis of genome wide Protein-Protein Interactions in yeast Genome wide yeast two

hybrid analysis of other organisms Protein fragment complementation assays

Unit V

Protein chips and functional proteomics Introduction different types of protein chips

detection and quantification of proteins bound to protein chips emerging protein chips

technologies

Unit VI

Applications of Proteome analysis Mining proteomes protein expression profile

identification of protein-protein interactions and protein complexes mapping proteins

complexes recent advances in Proteomics

Reference Books

1 Proteomics From Protein Sequence to Function by SR Pennington and MJ

Dunn Viva Books Private Limited (2001)

2 Introduction to Proteomics by Daniel C Liebler Humana Press

3 Discovering Genomics Proteomics amp Bioinfo AM Campbell CSH

Press(2003)

4 Handbook of Comparative Genomics Principles and Methodology by Cecilia

Saccone Graziano Pesole Wiley-LISS Publication (2003)

5 Comparative Genomics by Melody S Clark Kluwer Academic Publishers (2001)

9

BT -502 Bioinformatics I

Unit I

Introduction to Biological Databases Types Overview of Biological Databases and

Retrieve Nucleic acid databases NCBI Protein Databases- Primary Functional

Composite Secondary Ensembl Sequence Formats amp storage Sequence submission to

sequence Database

Unit II

Genomics Structure of DNA Polymorphisms in DNA Sequence Types of SNPs

Human Genome Project Genetic Association Studies HapMap Project

Unit III

Protein Functional Annotation and Characterization Gene Ontology GO

Annotations Manual Annotations Computational Annotation Methods Functional

Analysis of Datasets

Unit IV

Pairwise Sequence Alignment Local alignment Global alignment Scoring matrices

PAM BLOSUM Gaps Dot Plots Dynamic programming Approach Needleman and

Wunsch Algorithm Smith and waterman Algorithm Heuristic Approach BLAST

FASTA

Unit V

Multiple Sequence Alignment and Phylogenetic Analysis Algorithms for multiple

sequence alignments global and local alignment programs and methods for multiple

sequence alignment Algorithms for alignment Phylogenetic Analysis

Unit VI

Introduction to Perl Programming Introduction and Installation Arithmetic and

10

Logical operators Conditionals and Loops List and Arrays Working with files

Reference Books

1 Introduction to Bioinformatics Arthur M Lesk Oxford University Press 2003

2 Sequence and Genome Analysis by David W Mount - Cold Spring Harbor

Laboratory 1st edition 2004

3 Bioinformatics A Practical Guide to the Analysis of Genes and Proteins by

Andreas D Baxevanis B F Francis Ouellette Wiley-Interscience 3rd Edition

2004

4 Sequence structure and Database ndash Des Higgins Willice Taylor Oxford press 1st

edition (2003)

5 Fundamental Concepts of Bioinformatics - Dan E Krane Michael L Raymer

Pearson education First edition (2004)

6 Beginning Perl for Bioinformatics James Tisdall OrsquoReilly 1st Edn 2001

BT -503 Population Genetics

Unit I

Introduction Scope amp Premises of Population Genetics Genetic and Phenotypic

Variation Random Mating Loci and alleles Mutations and Polymorphisms Genotype

and Allele Frequencies Effect of Mutations on Fitness Rate of Spontaneous Mutation

Unit II

Population Structure The Hardy-Weinberg Principle Testing for Hardy-Weinberg

Equilibrium Extensions of the Hardy-Weinberg Principle Linkage and Linkage

Disequilibrium Genetic Drift The Wright-Fisher Model of Random Genetic Drift

Effective Population Size Gene Trees and Coalescence Mutation The Neutral Theory

Recombination Migration Inbreeding and Heterosis Darwinian Selection Selection in

Haploid Organisms Selection in Diploid Organisms Overdominance More Complex

Types of Selection Molecular Population Genetics Molecular Polymorphisms Patterns

of Change in Nucleotide and Amino Acid Sequences Polymorphism and Divergence

11

Molecular Phylogenetics Transposable Elements mtDNA Y-DNA Separating History

from Gene Flow

Unit III

Population Genomics and proteomics Genome-Wide Patterns of Polymorphism

Human Population Genetics Human Polymorphism Population Genetic Inferences from

Human SNPs Population Structure Inferred from Human Polymorphism Mendelian

Disease and Population Genetics Genetic Basis for Variation in Risk of Complex

Disease Human Origins

Unit IV

Evolutionary Analysis Quantitative Genetics Quantitative Genetics of Natural

Populations Quantitative Trait Loci (QTLs) Types of Quantitative Traits Genes That

Affect Quantitative Traits the Number of Genes Affecting Quantitative Traits Methods

for Mapping QTLs

Unit V

Selection Measures of Fitness amp Constant Fitness Models Nonrandom Mating Identity

by descent Inbreeding Selection on Quantitative Traits Pleiotropy and Developmental

Constraints Interactions of selection with other evolutionary forces The Shifting Balance

Theory The Unit of Selection Meiotic and Molecular Drive Sexual Frequency amp

Density Dependent Selection

Unit VI

Genetic Variability in Natural Populations Introduction Measures of Genetic

Variation Gene Diversity within Populations- Enzyme and Protein Loci Blood Groups

and other loci Genetic Diversity in Subdivided Populations Mechanisms of Maintenance

of Protein Polymorphisms Overdominance hypothesis Other types of Balancing

Selection Neutral Mutations Transient Polymorphisms due to selection

Reference Books

12

1 Evolutionary Analysis Scott Freeman John C Hendon Fourth Edition Pearson

Education

2 Molecular Genetic Analysis of Populations Hoelzel 2nd Edition Oxford

University 1998

3 Genetics -Principles and Analysis Hartl and Jones 5th edition Jones and Barlet

2001

4 Genetics of Populations P W Hedrick 2nd Edition Jones amp Bartlett 2000

5 Principles of Population Genetics Hartl amp Clark Third Edition Sinauer

Associates Inc 1997

BT-504 Bioinformatics-I Laboratory

1 Inter-conversion different sequence file format

2 Database Searching using Entrez and SRS

3 Study of Databases and Data retrieval

4 Dot Matrix Alignments

5 Needleman Wunsch Alignments

6 Smith Waterman Alignments

7 Multiple Sequence Alignment

8 Phylogenetic Analysis

9 Perl Programs

13

Group B

BT-551 Biostatistics

Unit 1

Random variable and Expectation Random variable and distribution function Jointly

distributed random variables Mathematical expectation Statistical parameters Moment

generating function Chebyshevrsquos inequality

Unit 2

Probability Distributions Binomial distributions Multinomial distribution Geometric

distribution Poisson distribution Normal distribution Normal distribution as limiting

case of Binomial distribution Exponential distribution

Unit 3

Correlation and Regression Method of least square and curve fitting Correlation Karl

Pearsonrsquos coefficient of linear correlation Probable error Rank correlation and

Spearmanrsquos coefficient Regression

Unit 4

Sampling distributions and Large sample estimation Sampling plans Statistics and

sampling distributions The central limit theorem The sampling distribution of the

sample mean The sampling distribution of the sample proportion Tests of significance

Large samples testing Sampling of attributes

Unit 5

Exact sampling distributions and small sample test The Chi-square distribution

Studentrsquos t-distribution Snedecorrsquos F- distribution Their Properties and applications

14

Unit 6

ANOVA One - way analysis of variance Two - way analysis of variance Three - way

analysis of variance

Reference Books

1 Pagano M and Gaureau K lsquoPrinciples of Biostatisticsrsquo 7th ed Thomson

Learning2007

2 Ross SM lsquoProbability and Statistics for Engineers and Scientistsrsquo 3rd ed

Academic Press 2005

3 Walpole RE Myers RH MyersSL Ye K lsquoProbability and Statistics for

Engineers and Scientistsrsquo Prentice Hall Inc 2002

4 Taneja HC lsquoStatistical Method for Engineering and Sciencesrsquo IK

Intenational2009

BT-552 High-Throughput Structural Biology

Unit I

Introduction Peptide Bonds hydrogen bonding ionic and hydrophobic interactions

Protein Structure Reverse Turns and Organized Folds Structure Classification Folding

Mechanisms Bond lengths bond angles and torsion angles Degrees of freedom Cyclic

molecules Rotation about a bond Eulerian angles Helices and their notations Analysis

and manipulation of structures Ramachandran plots Chaperones and Chaperonins

Structure Determination Dynamics Simulation Protein Folding Nucleic Acid Structure-

DNARNA Structural Biology for the Optimization of Gene Therapy Vectors Hands-on

assembly of amino acid and nucleotide dimer CPK models

Unit II

X-Ray Crystallography Computing amp NMR Structure Determination X-ray

Crystallography Computing The Phase Problem Least Square Solutions Entropy

Maximization Indirect Methods NMR Structure Determination Nuclear Magnetic

Resonance Distance Geometry Distance-based Modeling Structural Analysis

15

Unit III

Optical spectroscopy Absorbance spectrum and melting of a protein circular

dichroism molecular chirality structural transitions of macromolecules and analysis of

spectral results ligand binding and cell sorting Circular dichroic spectrum and melting

of a protein radiation radioactive decay particle detection liquid scintillation surface

plasmon resonance Thermodynamics of macromolecular transitions Mass spectroscopy

application to complex proteins Diffraction overview crystallization wavevector math

and scattering scattering from a periodic lattice reciprocal space and symmetry

multiwavelength anomalous diffraction and crystallographic statistics

Unit IV

Potential Energy Minimization Potential Energy Function Local Optimization Global

Optimization Energy Transformation

Unit V

Molecular Dynamics Simulation Equations of Motion Initial-Value Problem

Boundary-Value Problem Normal Mode Analysis

Unit VI

Knowledge-based Protein Modelling SequenceStructural Alignment Fold

RecognitionInverse Folding Knowledge-based Structural Refinement Structural

Computing Comparative and ab initio modelling

Reference Books

1 Principles of Biochemistry D L Nelson and MM Cox Lehninger W H

Freeman Fourth Edition 2004

2 Structural Genomics and High-Throughput Structural Biology Michael

Sundstroumlm Martin Norin Aled Edwards CRC Press 2006

3 The Physical Basis of Biochemistry The Foundations of Molecular Biophysics

PR Bergethon Springer Corrected edition 2000

16

4 Principles of Physical Biochemistry KE van Holde CJohnson and PShing Ho

Prentice Hall Second edition 2005

5 Lecture Notes on Computational Structural Biology Zhijun Wu World Scientific

Publishing Co Pte Ltd 2008

BT-553 High-Throughput Structural Biology Laboratory

1 Chemical modification of proteins

2 Peptide mapping

3 Analysis of amino acid composition

4 Analysis and interpretation of spectrophotometric data for denaturation studies

5 Analysis of CD data

6 Analysis and interpretation of NMR data

7 Crystallization of Lysozyme ndash pH driven and salt driven crystallization Effect of

concentration BMCD

8 Analysis and interpretation of X-Ray crystallographic data

9 Public domain software for structure modeling and visualization

BT -554 Self Study Open Area Seminar

17

Semester II

Group C

BT-601 Bioinformatics II

Unit I

Human Genetic Variation Databases of human genetic variation SNP databases

Mutation databases Tools for SNP and mutation visualization

Unit II

Biological Sequence Analysis amp Characterization Predictive Functional Analysis of

coding and non-polymorphisms Amino Acid Properties and Consequences of

Substitutions

Unit III

Genotype-Phenotype Mapping Relationship between genotypes and phenotypes

Genetic programming and its influence on phenotypes Monogenic and complex

disorders Interplay of genetic and environmental factors Integration of clinical and

molecular data Understanding the factors influencing disease susceptibility

Unit IV

Soft computation Machine learning Supervised and Unsupervised Methods Artificial

Neural Networks support vector machines fuzzy logic applications to data mining and

bioinformatics

18

Unit V

Pharmacogenomics and Pharmacogenetics Introduction Pharmacogenetics Drug

Response Single Nucleotide Polymorphism Case Study Pharmacogenomics Databases

OpenPGx Consortium

Unit VI

Bioinformatics Applications and Case Studies Novel Data Annotation and Curation

Pharmacogenomics Applications Database Creation Development of a Predictive Tool

Reference Books

1 Bioinformatics Genomics and Post-Genomics Freacutedeacuteric Dardel Franccedilois Keacutepegraves

Noah Hardy ISBN 978-0-470-02001-2 John Wiley amp Sons India Pte Ltd

2 Bioinformatics Theory and Practice Chikhale NJ and Gomase VS ISBN978-

81-8318minus831minus9 Himalaya Publication House

3 Discovering Genomics Proteomics and Bioinformatics Campbell

ISBN978813171 5598 Pearson Education

4 Proteomics Theory and Practice Gomase VS and Chikhale NJ Himalaya

Publication House

5 Essentials of Genomics and Bioinformatics Christoph W Sensen ISBN 978-3-

527-30541-4 John Wiley amp Sons India Pte Ltd

BT-602 Professional Elective I

BT-6021 Biological Database Management

Unit I

Introduction to Database Systems Overview File Systems vs DBMS Advantages of

DBMS Describing and Storing Data in DBMS Queries in a DBMS Structure of a

DBMS Exercises

19

Unit II

Relational Databases for Bioinformatics Relational Queries Relational Algebra amp

Calculus SQL Queries Programming amp Triggers Query by Example From relational

algebra to SQL

Unit III

Data Storage and Indexing File Organizations amp Indexes Tree-Structured amp Hash-

Based Indexing

Unit IV

Introduction to biological databases Nucleic acid and protein sequence data banks

GenBank EMBL DDBJ TrEMBL GenPept nucleotide sequence databank cDNA

databanks AIDS Virus sequence data bank rRNA data bank NBRF-PIR SWISSPROT

Signal peptide data bank etc

Unit V

Design of Biological Database System for Bioinformatics Schema Refinement amp

Normal Forms Physical Database Design amp Tuning Database Security amp Access

Control

Unit VI

Advanced DBMS Topics Parallel amp Distributed Databases Internet Databases Data

Mining Object-Database Systems Spatial Data Management

Reference Books

1 Database System Concept By CJ Date

2 Database System By Aho Ullman

3 Database Systems By Rob Coronel

4 Database Management Systems Raghu Ramakrishnan amp Johannes Gehrke

Second Edition

20

5 Database Modeling and Design Logical Design Toby J Teorey Sam S

Lightstone Tom Nadeau Publisher Morgan Kaufmann 4th Edition 2005

BT-6022 Plant Bioinformatics

Unit I

Plant Databases and Resources NCBI MIPS TAIR ArEnsEMBL Legume Maize

and Barley Resources

Unit II

Methods for Analysis of Gene Expression in Plants MPSS Classification of mRNA

Signatures Genomic Database MPSS Expression Database

Unit III

Metabolomics Data Analysis Visualization and Integration GC-MS HPLC-MS and

UPLC-MS Metabolic Profiling Methods

Unit IV

KEGG Bioinformatics Resource for Plant Genomics Research Pathway Maps

SSDB EXPRESSSION BRITE LIGAND GENOME

Unit V

Automated Discovery of Single Nucleotide Polymorphism and Simple Sequence

Repeat Molecular Genetic Markers SSR Discovery SNP Discovery SSRPrimer

SNPServer

Unit VI

Methods for Gene Ontology Annotation Web Sites for Browsing GO GO

Annotations Manual Annotations Computational Annotation Methods Functional

Analysis of Datasets

21

References

1 Plant Genomics Methods and Protocols Daryl J Somers Peter Langridge and J

Perry Gustafson Humana Press 2009

2 Plant Bioinformatics Methods and Protocols David Edwards Humana Press

2007

3 Biotechnology in Agriculture and Forestry Plant Metabolomics K Saito RA

Dixon and LWillmitzer Springer-Verlag Berlin Heidelberg 2006

4 Plant Genomics and Proteomics CHRISTOPHER A CULLIS John Wiley amp

Sons Inc 2004

5 Data Mining for Genomics and Proteomics Darius M Dziuda John Wiley amp

Sons Inc 2010

BT -6023 Web Application Development

Unit I

Perl Programming

Introduction and Installation

Unit II

Data types Arithmetic and Logical operators Conditionals and Loops List and Arrays

Working with files Regular Expression and Pattern Matching Bioperl installation and

any two related modules

Unit III

MySQL CGI and PHP Installing MySQL MySQL Programs Working with Data

MySQL Privileges

Unit IV

MySQL and Perl Perl DBI Connect Statement Handles Error Handling Server

Admin

22

Unit V

Apache Understanding Apache Installation Configuration

Unit VI

Database Creation using Perl Apache amp MySQL

Reference Books

1 Perl and Apache Adam McDaniel Wiley Publishing Inc 2010

2 Beginning Perl for Bioinformatics James Tisdall OrsquoReilly 1st Edn 2001

3 Developing Web Applications with Apache MySQL memcatched and Perl

Patrick Galbraith Wiley Publishing Inc 2009

4 Beginning Perl Development Steve Suehring Springer-Verlag New York Inc

2006

5 Database Management Systems Raghu Ramakrishnan amp Johannes Gehrke

Second Edition

BT-603 Professional Elective II

BT-6031 Computational Genomics

Unit I

DNA Sequencing Principles of DNA sequencing Pyrosequencing Automated DNA

sequencing Shotgun sequencing ndash contig assembly High through put sequencing

Double Digest Problem DNA double digest problem multiple solutions to double

digest problem Algorithm for DDP- Integer programming Partition problem and

travelling salesman problem probed partial digest problem homometric sets

23

Unit II

Cloning and clone libraries libraries by complete and partial digestion Gene mapping

mapping with unique and non-unique probes optical mapping interval graphs mapping

with restriction fragment fingerprints Lander-Waterman statistics screening clone

libraries radiation hybrid mapping

Unit III

Genome mapping Commonly Used DNA Markers SNPs or single nucleotide

polymorphisms Genetic Mapping and Physical Mapping alternating Eulerian cycles

transformations in Eulerian cycles Radiation maps STS NCBI and Map Integration

NCBIs Map Viewer Human Genome DNA analysis for health care Study of Model

Species

Unit IV

Functional Genomics DNA arrays sequencing by hybridization (SBH) positional

sequencing by hybridization SBH and the shortest superstring problem SBH and the

Eulerian path problem probability of unique sequence rearrangements string

rearrangements design of DNA microarrays fidelity probes for DNA arrays ESTs

Digital Northerns SAGE Relational Data Base cDNA Microarrays Oligonucleotide

Microarray Chips Cancer and Genomic microarrays Examples for application of

Microarrays Microarrays Data Analysis Gene finding tool

Unit V

Gene expression analysis Gene Control in Prokaryotes and Eukaryotes Structural

Motifs in Eukaryotic Transcription Factors Softwares for Motif Finding SAGE

SAGEmap GEO Profiles GEO DataSets GEO BLAST GEO DataSet Cluster Analysis

Gene Expression Data Analysis cDNA ESTs dbEST and Gene expression study

24

Unit VI

Gene prediction

Gene finding composition based finding sequence motif-based finding Finding of ORF

CpG Island Exons-Introns boundaries Splice site Homology Ab initio gene prediction

program Type of Gene prediction methods and algorithms Eukaryotic gene finding

Gene model in most gene finders Promoter Region Transcriptions Factor and Signals

GENSCAN FGENESH FGENES Promoter recognition programs TSSG NSITE

Pattern Search program Motif representation consensus regular expressions PSSMs

Markov models Other features of nucleic acid sequencing Protein motifs amp domains

Reference Books

1 Bioinformatics Genomics and Post-Genomics Freacutedeacuteric Dardel Franccedilois Keacutepegraves

Noah Hardy ISBN 978-0-470-02001-2 John Wiley amp Sons India Pte Ltd

2 Bioinformatics Theory and Practice Chikhale NJ and Gomase VS

ISBN978minus81minus8318minus831minus9 Himalaya Publication House

3 Discovering Genomics Proteomics and Bioinformatics Campbell

ISBN97881317155 98 Pearson Education

4 Essentials of Genomics and Bioinformatics Christoph W Sensen ISBN 978-3-

527- 30541-4 John Wiley amp Sons India Pte Ltd

5 Introduction to Computational Genomics A Case Studies Approach Nello

Cristianini Matthew W Hahn ISBN-139780521671910 Cambridge University

Press India Private Limited

BT-6032 Drug Design and Discovery

Unit I

Drug Discovery Organized Drug discovery and development Source of drugs

Pharmacological Microbial Recombinant Biochemical and Molecular level screening

systems and their construction strategies

25

Unit II

Approaches to New Drug Discovery Alternative strategies in Lead identification Lead

optimization Preclinical development Clinical trials Patenting and clearance for

application

Unit III

Enzymes as Targets of Drug Design Enzyme kinetics Enzyme inhibition and

activation Approaches to the Rational Design of Enzyme Inhibitors Structures of

enzyme stereochemistry of substrate binding site concept of subsites design of substrate

analogs structure based design of inhibitors enzyme inhibitor interactions binding

constant lock and key mechanism induced fit mechanism inhibitors as drug enzyme

inhibitor complexes recognition of new elements in the binding site development of

tight inhibitors Enzyme kinetics Enzyme inhibition and activation Approaches to the

Rational Design of Enzyme Inhibitors

Unit IV

Receptors as Targets of Drug Design Receptor Theory Lead Compound Discovery of

Receptor agonists and antagonists Receptor Complexes and Allosteric Modulators

Molecular Biology of Receptors Receptor Models and Nomenclature Receptor Binding

Assays Lead Compound Discovery of Receptor agonists and antagonists Natural

Product Sources Pharmacophore-based Ligand Libraries Diversity-based ligand

libraries High-throughput screening Receptor versus enzyme mediated drug action SAR

and its quantitative description QSAR Molecular principles in agonist and antagonist

action Thermodynamic and structural principles Objectives and approaches in the native

ligand modification Molecular graphic and dynamical methods in peptide and protein

mimicry Morphinans versus Enkephalins paradigm example of a peptido-mimetic

Other illustrative examples from current literature Drug design by receptor site fit

Active site simulations using PDB structure data and homology modeling Graphical and

computational active site fits exploiting small structure data libraries and commercial

softwares

26

Unit V

Computational Tools and Techniques Homology Model Building Molecular

Mechanics Protein Folding Docking Pharmacophore Models QSAR 3D-QSAR

Quantum Mechanics in Drug Design Cheminformatics

Unit VI

Current status and future prospects Synthetic Peptide libraries Peptide libraries

through Phage Display Applications in Epitope and Agretope mapping and in synth etic

vaccine design Artificial combinatorials Peptides bezodiazepines and other current

examples Selection strategies and screening methodologies Perspectives in Gene

Therapy Human Genome Project and its possible impact Prodrug Design and

Applications

Text Books

1 Comprehensive Medicinal Chemistry C Hansch (Ed) (Vols I-VI) Academic

Press 1990

2 Design of Enzyme Inhibitors as Drugs M Sandler and H J Smith Oxford Univ

Press 1989

3 Drug Discovery and Design Medical Aspects J Matsoukas and T

Mavromoustakos IOS Press 2002

4 Drug Design Cutting Edge Approaches Darren R Flower The Royal Society of

Chemistry Cambridge 2002

5 Protein Folding and Drug Design R A Broglia and L Serrano IOS Press 2007

BT-6033 Chemoinformatics

Unit I

Role of computers in chemical research Introduction to Chemoinformatics

Representation and manipulation of 2D and 3D molecular structures Chemical Databases

- Design Storage amp Retrieval methods

27

Unit 2

Representation of Molecules and Chemical compounds and reactions Different types of

Notations SMILES Coding Structure of Mol files and Sd files( Molecular converter

SMILES Translator)Similarity search of the molecule (Zinc Database)

Unit 3

Reaction databases Representation of chemical reactions Search techniques (Full Sub

and Super structure) Similarity searches Modeling of small molecules

Unit 4

Virtual screening and compound filtering biologically active compounds virtual and

high throughput screening filter functions

Unit 5

Combinatorial chemistry and Library design -Introduction Diversed and focused

Libraries Combinatorial library design strategies Product-based library design Multi-

objective library design

Unit 6

Analysis of high-throughput screening data- Introduction Data visualization Data

mining methods Prediction of ADMET properties QSAR Analysis model building and

model evaluation Chemoinformatics tools for drug discovery

Reference Books

1 Chemoinformatics theory practice amp products by Bary A Bunin Springer

2 Chemoinformaticsa textbook by Johann Gasteiger Wiley

3 Methods in molecular biology volume 201 Combinatorial library methods and

protocol edited by Lisa Bellavance English Humana Press

4 An introduction to chemoinformatics by Andrew R Leach Valerie J Gillet

Kluwer Academic Publishers

28

BT -604 Bioinformatics-II Laboratory

1 SNP and Mutation Databases

2 Gene Ontology

3 Predictive Functional Analysis of SNPs ndash SIFT PolyPhen

4 Pharmacogenomics Databases

BT-651 Professional Elective III

BT-6511 Computer Aided Drug Design

Unit I

Introduction Introduction to CADD SBDD Representation of Molecular Structures

Chemical Nomenclature and Structure Representation Processing Constitutional

Information Representation of 3D Structures Molecular Shape Analysis Representation

of Chemical Reactions

Unit II

Virtual Screening Virtual Screening Chemoinformatics in Lead Discovery

Computational Chemistry Molecular Complexity and Screening Set Design Algorithmic

Engines in Virtual Screening Strengths and Limitations of Pharmacophore-Based Virtual

Screening

Unit III

Lead Discovery High Throughput Screening Hit and Lead Discovery Enhancing Hit

Quality and Diversity within Assay Throughput Constraints Molecular Graphics

Molecular Dynamics and Simulation of Lead Molecular Diversity in Lead Discovery

From Quantity to Quality In Silico Lead Optimization

29

Unit IV

Databases and Libraries Databases and Libraries PubChem PubEchm-BioAssay

Pharma Project Drug Bank WOMBAT World of Molecular Bioactivity Cabinet -

Chemical and Biological Informatics Network Structure Modification in Chemical

Databases Rational Design of GPCR-specific Combinational Libraries Based on the

Concept of Privileged Substructures

Unit V

Molecular docking amp Simulation de novo pharmacophore elucidation drug design for

structurally well-defined receptor targets like HIV protease inhibition ER antagonism

H2 receptor antagonism Chirase inhibition (quinoline derivative antibiotics) and ACE

inhibition macromolecule-ligand docking docking algorithms AUTODOCK Molecular

dynamic simulations relative energy energy minimization methods ligand binding free

energy calculations (both simulation and empirical methods) intermolecular interactions

forces related to drug binding force-field calculation including solvation role of

solubility in drug binding and pKa Poisson-Boltzmann Surface Area (PBSA) AMBER

GROMOS and GROMACS

Unit VI

CADD Applications CADD Applications A Practical Strategy for Directed Compound

Acquisition Efficient Strategies for Lead Optimization Chemoinformatics Tools for

Library Design Hit-to-Lead Process A Users Perspective Application of Predictive

3DQSAR Models to Database Mining Drug Discovery - Case Study

Reference Books

1 Computer Applications in Pharmaceutical Research and Development Wang

Binghe ISBN-10 0-471-73779-8 John Wiley amp Sons India Pte Ltd

2 Engineering Chemistry RV Gadag and A Nityananda Shetty ISBN

8188237833 IK International Publishing House Pvt Ltd

3 Virtual Screening in Drug Discovery Juan Alvarez and Brian Shoichet ISBN-13

978-0824754792 CRC Press

30

4 Biological Thermodynamics Donald T Haynie ISBN9780521704045

Cambridge University Press India Private Limited

5 Chemoinformatics in Drug Discovery Tudor I Oprea Raimund Mannhold Hugo

Kubinyi Gerd Folkers ISBN 978-3-527-30753-1 John Wiley amp Sons India Pt L

BT - 6512 Computer Graphics

Unit I

Graphic Systems Refresh CRT raster-scan displays DVST plasma displays LCD

Unit II

Input devices functions provided by input devices basic working of these input

devices image scanners touch panels Input modes request mode event mode

Unit III

Output Primitives Points lines DDA Bresenham live amp circle drawing algorithm

ellipse generation

Unit IV

Filled area Primitives scan line polygon fill algorithm inside outside tests boundary

fill algorithm Line width color color and gray levels character attributes

Unit V

Two-dimensional Geometric Transformation Basic transformation translation

rotation scaling fixed point scaling general scaling direction The viewing pipeline

window viewpoint transformation Line clipping algorithms

Three Dimensional concepts Polygon surfaces plane equation curved lines and

surfaces quadric surfaces spline representation spline specification Bezier curves and

surfaces B-splines and surfaces Displaying spline curves and surfaces Hornerrsquos rule

31

Three-Dimensional transformation and viewing methods 3 D transformations viewing

co-ordinates transformation from world to viewing co-ordinates parallel and perspective

projections Back face detection depth-buffer and A-buffer methods

Unit VI

3D Object Representation Visible Surface Algorithms Curves and Surfaces in

Computer Graphics Introduction to Ray Tracing and Radiosity methods Anti-aliasing

Shadow generation Texture mapping Effects Fractals Image Coding Color

Reference Books

1 Computer Graphics by DHearn and MP Baker

2 Computer Graphics - A programming approach by Harriyton

3 Procedural Elements of Computer Graphics by Roger

4 Three Dimensional Computer Graphics by Folley and Dam

5 Computer Graphics Principles and Practice James Foley Andries van Dam

Steve Feiner and John Hugues Second Edition

BT-6513 Pharmacogenomics and Personalized Medicine

Unit I

Introduction to Pharmacogenomics The roots of pharmacogenomics Historical

Perspectives and Current Status

Unit II

The Human genome Computational genome analysis

Unit III

Functional Analysis of Gene Variation amp Genotyping Techniques Aspects

influencing method of selection SNP Genotyping TaqMan Genotyping

32

Unit IV

Pharmacogenomics in drug discovery The need of protein structure information

protein structure and variation in drug targets-the scale of problem Mutation of drug

targets leading to change in the ligand binding pocket

Unit V

Case Studies

Unit VI

Management of Pharmacogenomic Information PharmGKB

Reference Books

1 Pharmacogenomics The Search for the Individualized Therapiesrdquo Licinio Julio

and Ma-Li Wong Wiley-VCH 2002

2 Pharmacogenomics An Approach to New Drugs Development Chakrabarthy

Chiranjib and Bhattacharyya Atane 2004

3 Pharmacogenomics Social Ethical and Clinical Dimensions Rothstein Mark A

Wiley-Liss 2003

4 Pharmacogenomics in Drug Discovery amp Development Qing Yan Humana

Press 2008

5 Pharmacogenomics Methods and Protocols Federico Innocenti Humana Press

2005

BT-652 Professional Elective IV

BT -6521 Combinatorial Methods in Biopharamaceuticals

Unit I

Introduction The Original Combinatorial Chemist ndash Biopolymers constitute natural

libraries ndash Selection and evolution ndash The expression of genetic information

33

Combinatorial assembly of antibody genes ndash Molecular solutions to Combinatorial

problems

Unit II

Synthetic Peptide Libraries Solid-Phase peptide synthesis ndash Peptide on pins ndash Other

iterative disconvolution strategies Examples of SplitCoupleMix Peptide Libraries ndash

Positional Scanning

Unit III

Supports Linkers and Reagents for peptide and small molecule synthesis

Polystyrenes ndash PEG ndash Grafted supports ndash Coupling strategies ndash New resins and linkers ndash

Ring ndash forming cleavage ndash loading

Unit IV

Supported Solution ndash Phase Synthesis Polyethylene glycols ndash Dendrimers Fluorous

synthesis ndash Solution ndash Phase parallel synthesis scavenging resins ndash Ion Exchange resins ndash

Supported reagents ndash Flourous reagents ndash Solid phase extraction ndash Gas Phase separation

Unit V

Analytical Methods for Solid-Phase Synthesis Product identification ndash Gel Phase

NMR ndash High resolution magic angle spinning NMR on-bead infrared Spectroscopy ndash

Mass Spectroscopy ndash Non-Spectroscopic Methods- Product identification ndash Gel Phase

NMR ndash High resolution magic angle spinning NMR on-bead infrared Spectroscopy ndash

Mass Spectroscopy ndash Non Spectroscopic Methods

Unit VI

A Combinatorial Approach to Gene Expression Analysis DNA Microarrays DNA

Microarray Components Characteristics and Technology Fabrication Target

Preparation and Labelling Procedures Hybridization and Washing Target Detection

Analysis Applications of the Microarray Technology

34

Reference Books

1 Fenniri Hicham lsquoCombinatorial Chemistryrsquo Oxford University Press 2000

2 Block JH and Beale JM lsquoWilson amp Gisvolds Text book of Organic Medicinal

and Pharmaceutical Chemistryrsquo 11th Edition Lippincott Williams amp Wilkins

2004

3 Fassina G ldquoCombinatorial Chemistry and Technologies Methods and

Applicationsrdquo 2nd Edition CRC Press 2005

4 Combinatorial Chemistry Synthesis Analysis Screening Gunther Jung

WILEY-VCH Verlag GmbH 2001

5 Handbook of Combinatorial Chemistry Drugs Catalysts Materials K C

Nicolaou Wiley-VCH 2002

BT -6522 Data Warehousing and Data Mining

Unit I

Data Warehousing and Business Analysis Data warehousing Components ndashBuilding a

Data warehouse ndash Mapping the Data Warehouse to a Multiprocessor Architecture ndash

DBMS Schemas for Decision Support ndash Data Extraction Cleanup and Transformation

Tools ndash Metadata ndash reporting ndash Query tools and Applications ndash Online Analytical

Processing (OLAP) ndash OLAP and Multidimensional Data Analysis

Unit II

Data Mining Data Mining Functionalities ndash Data Preprocessing ndash Data Cleaning ndash Data

Integration and Transformation ndash Data Reduction ndash Data Discretization and Concept

Hierarchy Generation

Unit III

Association Rule Mining Efficient and Scalable Frequent Item set Mining Methods ndash

Mining Various Kinds of Association Rules ndash Association Mining to Correlation

Analysis ndash Constraint-Based Association Mining

35

Unit IV

Classification and Prediction Issues Regarding Classification and Prediction ndash

Classification by Decision Tree Introduction ndash Bayesian Classification ndash Rule Based

Classification ndash Classification by Back propagation ndash Support Vector Machines ndash

Associative Classification ndash Lazy Learners ndash Other Classification Methods ndash Prediction ndash

Accuracy and Error Measures ndash Evaluating the Accuracy of a Classifier or Predictor ndash

Ensemble Methods ndash Model Section Cluster Analysis - Types of Data in Cluster

Analysis ndash A Categorization of Major Clustering Methods ndash Partitioning Methods ndash

Hierarchical methods ndash Density-Based Methods ndash Grid-Based Methods ndash Model-Based

Clustering Methods ndash Clustering High-Dimensional Data ndash Constraint-Based Cluster

Analysis ndash Outlier Analysis Mining Object Spatial Multimedia Text and Web Data

Multidimensional Analysis and Descriptive Mining of Complex Data Objects ndash Spatial

Data Mining ndash Multimedia Data Mining ndash Text Mining ndash Mining the World Wide Web

Unit V

Microarray Data Mining Practical Factors Prior to Data Mining Differential Gene

Expression Discriminant Analysis Gene Annotation and Pathway Analysis Microarray

Data Mining Applications

Unit VI

Integrative Data Analysis for Biological Discovery Introduction Representative

Selection of Algorithms Application to a specific domain Future trends

Reference Books

1 Jiawei Han and Micheline Kamber ldquoData Mining Concepts and Techniquesrdquo

Second Edition Elsevier Reprinted 2008

2 Alex Berson and Stephen J Smith ldquoData Warehousing Data Mining amp OLAPrdquo

Tata McGraw ndash Hill Edition Tenth Reprint 2007

3 KP Soman Shyam Diwakar and V Ajay ldquoInsight into Data mining Theory and

Practicerdquo Easter Economy Edition Prentice Hall of India 2006

4 G K Gupta ldquoIntroduction to Data Mining with Case Studiesrdquo Easter Economy

36

Edition Prentice Hall of India 2006

5 Pang-Ning Tan Michael Steinbach and Vipin Kumar ldquoIntroduction to Data

Miningrdquo Pearson Education 2007

BT-6523 Genomics From Human Genome Project to Medical

Applications

Unit I

Biotechnology and Genomics in Medicine Gene Medicine Disease Models Impact of

Genomics on Medicine Molecular Medicines

Unit II

Genomics Human Genome Project Breakthroughs Functional Genomics Comparative

Genomics Transcriptomics Proteomics Mutational Genomics

Unit III

Genomics Applications in Infectious Diseases Identification of causative microbes

molecular epidemiology host resistance to infection pathogenicity combating infectious

diseases

Unit IV

Genomics Applications in Genetic Diseases Genetic Disorders detection and treatment

of single gene disorders analysis of polygenic disorders linkage analysis Linkage

disequilibrium mapping haplotypes MHC pharmacogenomics

Unit V

Genomics Applications in Cancer Molecular basis of cancer impact of genomics on

cancer research methods for the diagnosis of cancer approaches to cancer therapy

37

Unit VI

Case Study Cardiovascular Disorders Cardiovascular Single Gene Disorders

Cardiovascular Polygenic Disorders Therapies and Applications

Reference Books

1 Human Molecular Genetics Third Edition (2003) T Strachan and AP Read

Garland Science Publication

2 Molecular Cell Biology Sixth Edition (2007) H Lodish A Berk and CA

Kaiser W H Freeman amp Co Ltd

3 Cardiovascular Genetics and Genomics for the Cardiologist (2007) Victor J Dzau

and Choong-Chin Liew Blackwell Publishing

4 Genomics The Science of Technology Behind the Human Genome Project

(1999) Charles R Cantor and Cassandra L Smith John Wiley amp Sons Inc

5 A Century of Mendelism in Human Genetics (2005) Milo Keynes

AWFEdwards and Robert Peel CRC Press

BT-653 Professional Elective-III Laboratory

BT-6531 Computer-Aided Drug Design Laboratory

1 To perform the homology modeling of a protein by using the MODELLER

software

2 To evaluate the 3D structure of a protein by using the different tools on the SAVS

server

3 To find the active sitecavity in a receptor by using the SURFACE RACER

program

4 To draw the chemical structures by using the ChemSketchChemDraw software

5 To perform the de novo Drug Designing by using the LIGBUILDER software

6 To perform the protein-ligand docking by using the HEX program

7 To perform the protein-protein docking by using the AUTOCOCK software

38

8 To perform the virtual screening of ligands by using the DOCK program

9 To perform the Quantitative Structure-Activity Relationship (QSAR) analysis by

using the DRAGON software

10 To perform the Pharmacophore modeling of ligands by using the LigandScout

program

BT-6532 Computer Graphics Laboratory

1 Standard functions in the c graphics module -Introduction to pixels drawing

various geometric objects filling polygons images etc

2 Implementation of the basic line drawing algorithm and the Circle drawing

algorithm using DDA Midpoint algorithm Bresenhams algorithm etc

3 Polygon filling using seed fill scan line algorithm etc

4 Clipping algorithms -Cohen-Sutherland algorithm LiangBarsky algorithm etc

5 2D and 3D Transformations -Translation scaling rotation etc

6 Projections - Parallel and perspective projections and their types Curve fitting -

Cubic curves (Bezier curves spline curves etc)

7 Lighting and Shading -Implementing Phong illumination model Gouraud and

Phong shading Animation

8 Image processing demonstration

BT-6533 Pharmacogenomics and Personalized Medicine

Laboratory

1 Accessing querying and becoming comfortable with the interface of

pharmacogenomics based databases ndash

a UCSC

b NCBI dbSNP

c HapMap and resequencing databases

d 1000 Genomes

39

e PharmGKB - a publicly available Internet tool to aid researchers in

understanding how genetic variation among individuals contributes to

differences in reactions to drugs

f Drug Bank

2 Use of PGx pipeline 10 Server

3 Statistical data management using SAS

a Data Collection and Entry

b Data Storage and Transferal

c Data Analysis

d Data Exposition USING sas

4 Understand and run Warfarin dosing algorithm using web based interfaces

5 Sequence variation analysis

BT-654 Minor Project-I

BT-701 Professional Elective V

BT-7011 Immunoinformatics

Unit I

Immunology Introduction Overview of the Immune System A Case Study

Classification of Immunity Concepts in Immunology Antigens Antibodies The

Compliment System Antigen-Antibody Reactions The Major Histocompatibility

Complex allele selection Antigen Presentation TAP T cell receptors

Unit II

Advanced Immunology Immune Effector Mechanisms Cytokines and Chemokines

Hypersensitive Reactions The Immune system in Health and Disease Autoimmunity

Transplantation Immunology Classification of Vaccine

40

Unit III

HLA System in model organism Defining HLA Supertypes in HLAndashStructural and

Modeling Principles HLA Super types by GRIDCPCA and Hierarchical Clustering

Methods Structural Basis for HLA-A2 Supertypes Clustering of MHC Peptide-Binding

Repertoires HLA Alleles-Electrostatic Distribution Maps

Unit IV

In Silico Prediction of Immunogenicity Databases Searching An Introduction

MHCDB(NCBI) IMGT The IMGTHLA Database IPD The Immuno Polymorphism

Database SYFPEITHI Database for Searching and T-Cell Epitope Prediction Mapping

of T-Cell Epitopes MHC Binders and TAP Binders Mapping of LinearB-Cell Epitopes

in Bcipep Database Haptens Carrier Proteins and Anti-Hapten Antibodies

Unit V

Predictions Predicting Peptide-MHC Binding PeptidendashMHC Binding Using Profiles

Machine Learning Techniques for MHC Binders Artificial Intelligence Methods for

Predicting T-Cell Epitopes MHC-Class I and II Binding Affinity MHCndash Molecular

Affinity and QSAR Models Support Vector Machine for MHC-Binding Peptides Static

Energy Analysis of MHC Class I and Class II Peptide-Binding Affinity Nonlinear

Predictive Modeling of MHC Class IIndashPeptide Binding Using Bayesian Neural

Networks

Unit VI

Applications Computational vaccinology Viral Bioinformatics Immunogenomics

Mathematical models of HIV and the immune systems

Reference Books

1 Immunology Richard A Goldsby Thomas J Kindt Barbara A Osborne Janis

Kuby WH Freeman amp Company 5th edition Pages 19-504 2003

41

2 Roittrsquos Essential Immunology Ivan M Roitt Peter J Delves Blackwell Science

Ltd 10th Edition 2001

3 Immunoinformatics predicting Immunogenicity in-silico Darren R Flower

Humana Press Pages 1-309

4 Instant Notes in Immunology PM Lydyard A Whelan MW Fanger BIOS

Scientific Publishers Ltd 1st Edition 2003

5 An Introduction to Immunology CV Rao Narosa Publishing House1st Edition

2004

BT-7012 Medical Bioinformatics

Unit I

An Overview Introduction Problems in health care motivating biomedical informatics

Seminal documents and reports Resources of field - organizations information

education

Biomedical Computing Types of Computers Data Storage in Computers Computer

Hardware and Software Computer Networks Software Engineering Challenges for

Biomedical Computing

Electronic Health Records Clinical Data and Workflow History and Perspective of the

Health (Medical) Record Potential Benefits of the Electronic Health Record

Definitions and Key Attributes of the EHR EHR Examples Nursing Informatics

Unit II

Clinical Decision Support EHR Implementation Historical Perspectives and

Approaches Medical Errors and Patient Safety Reminders and Alerts Computerized

Provider Order Entry (CPOE) Implementing the EHR Use and Outcomes of the EHR

Cost-Benefit of the EHR

Standards and Interoperability Privacy Confidentiality and Security Standards

Basic Concepts Identifier and Transaction Standards Message Exchange Standards

42

Terminology Standards Privacy Confidentiality and Security Basic Concepts HIPAA

and Other Countriesrsquo Privacy and Security Regulations

Unit III

Secondary Use of Clinical Data Personal Health Records Health Info Exchange

Public Health Health Care Quality Clinical Research Personal Health Records Health

Information Exchange Public Health Informatics Health Care Quality Clinical Research

Informatics

Unit IV

Evidence-Based Medicine and Medical Decision Making Definitions and Application

of EBM Interventions Diagnosis Harm and Prognosis Summarizing Evidence Putting

Evidence into Practice Limitations of EBM

Unit V

Information Retrieval and Digital Libraries Information Retrieval Knowledge-based

Information Content Indexing Retrieval Evaluation Digital Libraries

Imaging Informatics and Telemedicine Imaging in Health Care Modalities of

Imaging Digital Imaging Telemedicine Definitions and Barriers Efficacy of

Telemedicine

Unit VI

Translational Bioinformatics Translational Bioinformatics - The Big Picture

Overview of Basic Molecular Biology Important Biotechnologies Driving

Bioinformatics Genetics-Related Diseases Bioinformatics Information Resources

Translational Bioinformatics Challenges and Opportunities

Organizational and Management Issues in Informatics Organizational Behavior

Organizational Issues in Failure and Success of Informatics Projects Change

Management

43

Reference Books

1 Handbook of Medical Informatics Jvan Bemmel (Editor) MA Musen (Editor)

Mark Musen (Author) Springer-Verlag published

2 Clinical Decision Support Systems Theory and Practice (Health Informatics) by

Eta S Berner (Editor) M J Ball (Editor) Springer-Verlag New York Inc

3 Computer-Based Patient Record An Essential Technology for Health Care

Revised Edition by Committee on Improving the Patient Record Institute of

Medicine Richard S Dick and Elaine B Steen (Paperback - Jan 1997)

BT-7013 Advanced Genetic Engineering

Unit I

Core techniques in gene manipulation Cutting and joining DNA introduction of DNA

into cells Isolation sequencing and synthesis of gene

Unit II

Cloning strategies construction of genomic libraries and cDNA libraries Probe

construction recombinant selection and screening Analysis of expression Analysis of

recombinant DNA site-directed mutagenesis altered expression and engineering genes

Unit III

DNA amplification using polymerase chain reaction Key concepts Analysis of amplified

products Applications of PCR Ligase chain reaction Expression systems and their

applications Ecoli Streptomyces Yeast Baculovirus and animal cells as cloning hosts

Sequencing methods

Unit IV

Transfection techniques Gene silencing techniques Gene knockouts and gene therapy

Differential gene expression and protein array Protein-protein interactions DNA-Protein

44

interactions Somatic and germ line therapy-in vivo and ex vivo Transgenics

Unit V

Applications of Genetic Engineering Pharming Genetically Engineered Foods

Biofuels Designer Babies

Unit VI

Applications of Bioinformatics in Genetic Engineering Functional Genomics

Analysis of Mutations Applications in Agriculture

Reference Books

1 Principles of gene manipulation by RNOld amp SBPrimrose (1994) Blackwell

Scientific Publications

2 DNA cloning I amp II by DM Glover amp BD Hames (1995) IRL Press

3 PCR stratagies by MA Innis DHGelfand amp JJ Sninskey (1995) Academic Press

4 Concepts in Biotechnology ndash Editors DBalasubramanian et al University Press

(1996)

5 Methods in Molecular Biology vol62 Edited by RSTuan Humana Press

Totowa New Jersey

BT-702 Professional Elective VI

BT-7021 Nanotechnology in Health Care

Unit I

Nanotechnology in Pharmaceutical Applications Human anatomy ndash Form function

and physiology ndash Developmental prolog - principle of development ndash Neurophysiology ndash

sensory physiology and muscle physiology - Trends in nanobiotechnology - Protein- and

45

peptide-based compounds for cancer diabetes infectious diseases and organ transplant-

therapeutic classes- focused pharmaceutical delivery systems

Unit II

Immunoassay Techniques Understanding of antibody-based diagnostic techniques

(immunoassay) - micro- and nano-immunosensors- Bio-Barcode Assay- use of magnets

gold DNA and antibodies- therapies and diagnostics for cancer and central nervous

system disorders

Unit III

Improved Medical Diagnostics Improved diagnostic products and techniques- in vivo

imaging capabilities by enabling the detection of tumors plaque genetic defects and

other disease states-ability to control or manipulate on the atomic scale- Nanobot medical

devices- logic and intelligence embedded into medical devices- standalone sensing and

computing devices

Unit IV

Prosthetic and Medical Plants New generations of prosthetic and medical implants-

artificial organs and implants- artificial scaffolds or biosynthetic coatings-

biocompatibility and reduced rejection ratio- retinal cochlear and neural implants

repair of damaged nerve cells and replacements of damaged skin tissue or bone

Unit V

Methods for Diagnosis Animation of the PCR - DNA Profiling - Cantilever Sensors -

Targeted Drug Delivery - Magnetic Nanoparticles - Cancer cell targeting - Stem Cell

Scaffolds - Electrochemical Impedance Spectroscopy (EIS) - Tethered Lipid Membranes

Reference Books

1 Chemical Sensors and Biosensors Brian R Eggins Wiley New York

Chichester 2002

46

2 Biosensors and modern biospecific analytical techniques Wilson amp Wilsonrsquos

Comprehensive Analytical Chemistry Ed L Gorton Elsevier Amsterdam

London 2005

3 The Immunoassay Handbook Ed David Wild 3rd ed Amsterdam Elsevier

2005

4 Electrochemical Methods Fundamentals and Applications Allen J Bard and

Larry R Faulkner Wiley New York Chichester 2nd ed 2001

5 Ultrathin Electrochemical Chemo- and Biosensors Technology and Performance

in Springer Series on Chemical Sensors and Biosensors Volume Two Ed

Vladimir M Mirsky Springer Berlin 2004

BT-7022 Resource Planning amp Management in Bioinformatics

Unit I

Introduction Fundamentals of Resource management practice

Unit II

Bioinformatics resources-an Introduction Tour to bioinformatics web sites Biological

databases and software an overview Open source movement Bioinformatics Resource

utilization and commercialization Networking and Super Computing resources- world

wide and India specific facilities Clinical applications of bioinformatics

Bioinformatics resource management the key-issues (piracy hacking and data mining)

Data Security and integration in Pharma Industry tools and techniques

Unit III

Bioinformatics Resources as a business practice The bioinformatics market-

Bioinformatics companies and products commercialization of bioinformaticsrsquo resources

funding agencies for bioinformatics projects models of technology transfer amp licensing

47

Unit IV

Commercial amp Financial aspects of Bioinformatics Concepts of software product

Market and process economics Financial appraisal of bioinformatics projects - cash flow

diagram ROR discounted ROR etc Architecture of a typical bioinformatics business

plan

Unit V

TRIPS agreement IPR issues in relation to software products processes Architecture

of Patent application Biotechnology amp Bioinformatics Related issues of Public Concern -

Bioethics

Reference Books

1 ERP Demystified Alexis Leon Tata McGraw Hill 1999

2 Concepts in Enterprise Resource Planning Joseph A Brady Ellen F Monk Bret

J Wangner Thomson Learning 2001

3 BAREACT Indian Patent Act 1970 Acts amp Rules Universal Law Publishing

Co Pvt Ltd 2007

4 Kankanala C Genetic Patent Law amp Strategy 1st Edition Manupatra

Information Solution Pvt Ltd 2007

5 Essentials of Management by H Koontz H Weihrich and C OrsquoDonnell

Publisher McGraw-HillIrwin

6 The Practice of Management by P Drucker Publisher Harper Business

BT-7023 Advanced Drug Delivery Systems

Unit I

Dendrimers- Synthesis -Nanoscale containers- Gene transfection ndash Nanosca foldsystems-

Biocompatibility of Dendromers

Unit II

Microfabricated drug delivery systems ndash Microneedles- Micropumps-Microvalves-

48

Implantable microchips ndash sustained chronic disease

Unit III

Properties of drug targeting delivery systems-ADME hypothesis- site specific drugs-

Synthetic carrier for drugs-liposomes-Antibodies

Unit IV

Targeted Nanoparticles for drug delivery- Polymers nanotubes- Issues for specific disease

will be addressed

Unit V

Virus Based Nanoparticles - Modification by bioconjugation ndash Tumour targetting invivo

ndash use in biomedical Imaging

Reference Books

1 Drug Delivery Engineering Principles for Drug Therapy M Salzman Oxford

University Press 2001

2 Drug Delivery and Targeting AM Hillery CRC Press 2002

3 Drug Delivery Principles and Applications B Wang Wiley Intersceince 2005

BT-703 Minor Project ndash II

BT-704 Major Project - I

BT-705 Self Study

BT-801 Major Project-II

1

Delhi Technological University

Civil Engineering Department

M Tech Syllabus

Various Courses of M Tech (Structure) Programmes in Delhi Technological University

Scheme for M Tech (Structural Engineering) Sem Gp Course Details Course

Code L T P Internal

Marks External Marks

Total Marks

Credits

Ist A Advanced Mathematics amp Numerical Techniques

CE501 3 0 0 50 100 150 3

Finite Element Method of Structural Analysis

CE503 3 0 0 50 100 150 3

Advanced Theory of Structures CE502 3 0 0 50 100 150 3 Structural Engg Laboratory CE504 0 0 2 30 70 100 2

B Theory of Plates amp Elastic Stability CE551 3 0 0 50 100 150 3 Theory of Elasticity amp Plasticity CE552 3 0 0 50 100 150 3 CADD Laboratory CE553 0 0 2 30 70 100 2 Self study Open Area Seminar CE554 0 0 2 50 00 50 1

21Hoursweek 1000 20 IInd C

Structural Dynamics CE601

3 0 0 50 100 150 3

Elective I any one of the following 1 Material Science amp Technology 2 Plastic Analysis of Metallic Styructures 3 Stress Analysis

CE6021 CE6022

CE6023

3 0 0 50 100 150 3

Elective II any one of the following 1 Design of Industrial Structures and

Bridges 2 Design of Tall Buildings 3 Seismic Design of Structures

CE6031

CE6032 CE6033

3 0 0 50 100 150 3

Photo-Elasticity Lab CE564 0 0 2 30 70 100 2 D Elective III any one of the following

1 Design of Structures for Dynamic Loads

2 Prestressed Concrete Design 3 Shells and Folded Plates

CE6511

CE6512 CE6513

3 0 0 50 100 150 3

Elective IV any one of the following 1 Design of Hydraulic Structures 2 Groundwater and Seepage 3 Instrumentation 4 Planning and Design of

Environmental Services

CE6521 CE6522 CE6523 CE6524

3 0 0 50 100 150 3

Str Dynamics Lab CE653 0 0 2 30 70 100 2 Minor Project I CE654 0 0 2 50 00 50 1

21Hoursweek 1000 20 IIIrd E Elective V any one of the following

1 Geotechnical Earthquake Engineering

2 Foundation Engineering 3 Soil Structure Interaction

CE7011

CE7012 CE7013

3 0 0 50 100 150 3

Elective VI any one of the following 1 Advanced Building Construction and

CE7021

3 0 0 50 100 150 3

2

Management 2 Disaster Resistant Structures 3 Soil Dynamics and Geotechnical

Earthquake Engineering

CE7022 CE7023

Self Study open area seminar II CE703 0 0 2 50 00 50 1 Minor Project II CE704 0 0 4 00 200 200 4 Major Project part I CE705 0 0 2 200 00 200 4

18Hoursweek 750 15 IVth F Major Project Part II CE801 3 0 0 00 750 750 15 6Hrswk 750 15 Grand Total 3500 70

Subject Code Subject L T P D MM

CE501 ADVANCED MATHEMATICS AND NUMERICAL TECHNIQUES

3 0 0 0

ADVANCED MATHEMATICS AND NUMERICAL TECHNIQUES Determinants and matrices Solution of linear equations Indeterminacy of structures Influence co-efficient methods Flexibility and Stiffness matrices for statically indeterminate structures Application of Fourier series to beams Complex variables Conformal mapping and Schwartz-Christoffel transformation applied to flow problems Tensor analysis (Cartesian) and its application to simple elastic and plastic problems Differential equations Series solution Bessel functions Legendre Polynomials Partial Differential equations Legendrersquos form Numerical method Finite Differences Numerical integration and differentiation Numerical solution of ordinary differential equations and their application to engineering structures Poissonrsquos Laplacersquos and biharmonic equations Relaxation methods and their application to Civil Engineering problems Advanced Computer programming and its application to Engineering problems

References

BSGrawalrdquo Higher engineering mathematicsrdquo

Jain and lyengar ldquoAdvanced engineering mathematicsrdquo Narosa publishing house

EKreyszig ldquoAdvanced engineering mathematicsrdquo John Wiley amp Sons

Peter OrsquoNeil ldquoAdvanced engineering mathematicsrdquo

Subject Code Subject L T P D MM

CE503 FINITE ELEMENT METHOD OF STRUCTURAL ANALYSIS

3 0 0 0

FINITE ELEMENT METHOD OF STRUCTURAL ANALYSIS

Finite element displacement approach plane stress and plane strain problems Triangular and rectangular elements 2-D and 3-D elements Iso-parametric elements Application to structural problems References

CSKrishnamoorthy Finite element analysis theory and programming Tata McGraw Hill Cook RD Malkus DS and Plesha ME Concepts and Applications of Finite Element Analysis Third Edition John Wiley 1989 OC Zienkiewicz The Finite Element Method McGraw-Hill

KJBathe rdquo Finite Element procedures in Engineering Analysisrdquo Prantice Hall India

3

Abel amp DesairdquoIntroduction to the Finite Element Methodrdquo CBS Publishers

Subject Code Subject L T P D MM

CE502 ADVANCED THEORY OF STRUCTURES 3 0 0 0

ADVANCED THEORY OF STRUCTURES

Flexibility and stiffness methods of structural analysis Analysis using substructure technique effects of axial forces on flexural stiffness Analysis of framed shear wall buildings Non Linear and Elasto-Plastic Analysis Beams curved in plan and elevation Various types of structural systems for tall buildings References

HCMartin Introduction to Matrix Methods of Structural Analysis

Kardestuncer Elementary Matrix Analysis of Structures

Weaver amp Gere Matrix Structural Analysis CBS Publisher

AGahali AM Neville amp Brown ldquoStructural analysisrdquo

Norris Wilbur Utku ldquo Elementry Structural analysisrdquo

BeaufaitRowanHoadley ldquoComputer method of Structural analysis

Subject Code Subject L T P D MM

CE504 STRUCTURAL ENGINEERING LABORATOR 0 0 2 0

Structural Engineering Laboratory

Concrete mix design amp testing Non destructive testing of Concrete testing of RCC Under and Over reinforced Beams Columns under eccentric loading two way reinforced RCC Slabs fracture characteristics of mild steel and cold worked steels

Subject Code Subject L T P D MM

CE551 THEORY OF PLATES AND ELASTIC

STABILITY

3 0 0 0

THEORY OF PLATES AND ELASTIC STABILITY Theory of stability The concept of stability Post buckling behaviour of long slender columns Columns with elastically supported ends Newmarkrsquos formula Columns with spring supports two hinged and fixed portal frames symmetrically loaded Energy and numerical methods of columns Columns with lateral loads Columns with variable sections Effect of shearing force on critical load Inelastic buckling of bars built up columns of varying moments of inertia Lateral buckling of beams

Buckling of Plates Theory of plates Elastic theory of plates rectangular plates with various loading and edge conditions Fourierrsquos series finite differences energy and finite element methods exact theory of plates Circular plates continues plates and approximate methods of analysing rectangular grids Distribution of concentrated loads to the various beams in grid floor and bridge decks

References

SP Timoshenko SW Krieger Theory of Plates and Shells McGraw-Hill 1959

4

K Chandrashekhara Theory of Plates University Press 2001

ACStress in plates and shells

SP Timoshenko JMGere Theory of elastic stability McGraw-Hill 1959

Subject Code Subject L T P D MM

CE552 THEORY OF ELASTICITY AND PLASTICITY

3 0 0 0

THEORY OF ELASTICITY AND PLASTICITY Theory of elasticity Stress tensor equations of equilibrium Kinematic relationships and equations of compatibility Generalised Hookrsquos law Boundary conditions Plane stress and Plane strain Airyrsquos stress function Saint Venantrsquos principal problems in rectangular and polar co-ordinates

Inverse and semi-inverse methods Torsion of prismatic bars Membrane analogy Typical applications

Theory of PlasticityHydro-static and deviatorinc components of stress tensor invariants of stress tensor Tresca-Saint Venants and Henky-von Mises yield conditions Octahedral stresses

Analysis of (I) Bending of bars of narrow rectangular cross section formation of plastic hinge

(II) Torsion of prismatic bars sand heap analogy

(III) Thick Spherical shell- bursting pressure

(IV) Thick cylindrical tube autofrettage

References

SPTimoshenko amp JNGoodier Theory of Elasticity McGraw Hill-1970

MKachanov Theory of Plasticity MIR Publication

CRCalladine Plasticity for Engineers Ellis Horwood Chichester UK 1985

Subject Code Subject L T P D MM

CE553 CADD Laboratory 0 0 2 0

CADD Laboratory

Introduction to computer aided design and drafting Soil structure interaction FEM modelling application to structural engineering problems of Multistoried Buildings Bridges Water Tanks suspension Bridges using commercial softwares such as STAAD-Pro E-TabsSAP NISHA MATLAB Earthquake resistant design and drawing detailing based on IS18932002 IS43261993IS4562000 drawing detailing using AUTOCAD and solid works

Subject Code Subject L T P D MM

CE601 STRUCTURAL DYNAMICS 3 0 0 0

Structural Dynamics

5

Oscillatory motion harmonic motion periodic motion vibration terminology Characteristics of a Dynamic Problem Prescribed Dynamic Loading Definition of Dynamic DOFs Mathematical modeling of dynamic systems Formulation of Equations of motion in Generalized SDOF SDOF MDOF discrete and continuous systems using drsquoAlembertrsquos Principle Principle of Virtual displacements and Variational Approach

Free vibration equations of motion-natural frequency Experimental determination of natural frequencies viscously damped free vibration Coulomb damping Response of SDOF system to harmonic periodic impulsive and general dynamic loading earthquake excitations in time and frequency domain Base excited systems Transmissibility and Vibration isolation Laplace transform formulation energy dissipated by damping equivalent viscous damping structural damping vibration measuring instruments

Free Vibration response of discrete MDOF systems eigen values eigen vectors Approximate methods for obtaining natural frequencies and mode shapes Forced Harmonic Vibration vibration absorber vibration damper Damping in structures

Free and Forced vibration of continuous systems

Concept of Spectral quantities response spectrum Discussion on IS 1893 part I 2000 codal provisions Response of linearly elastic systems using modal analysis

References

WTThomson Theory of Vibration with Applications Pearson Education

RW Clough amp JPenzien ldquoDynamics of Structures McGraw Hill

JLHumar ldquo Dynamics of Structurerdquo Prantice Hall

JW Smith ldquo Structural Dynamicsrdquo

AK Chopra ldquoDynamics of Structures Theory and Application to Earthquake Engineeringrdquo Prantice Hall India

Mario Paz ldquo Structural Dynamics theory and Computationsrdquo CBS Publishers

Roy L Craig ldquo Structural dynamics Introduction to Computational methodsrdquo John Wiley

Meiroritch ldquoFundamentals of variablerdquo Mc Graw Hall

Jaikrashna ldquo Element of earthquake enggrdquo South asia publishers pvt Ltd

Hurty and Rubinsion ldquoDynamics of structuresrdquo PHI

Subject Code Subject L T P D MM

CE6022 PLASTIC ANALYSIS OF METALLIC STRUCTURES (Design and Viva)

0 0 0 6

PLASTIC ANALYSIS OF METALLIC STRUCTURES (Design and Viva) Moment of resistance shape factor criteria of plastic analysis comparison of elastic and plastic analysis Moment-curvature relationships for beams Plastic hinges Redistribution of moments Analysis of indeterminate beams and frames for ultimate load by the statical method and mechanism methods Load interaction method Approximate method of finding ultimate load Uniqueness theorems Limit theorems-Upper and lower bound theorems Factors affecting the full plastic moments Influence of axial force and shear Estimation of deflections at ultimate load Local and letral buckling Design of connections Minimum weight design Shake down analysis

Limit state design of structures

References

6

Baker and Heyman ldquoPlastic design of framesrdquo volIampII

Subject Code Subject L T P D MM

CE6023 STRESS ANALYSIS 3 0 0 0

STRESS ANALYSIS Full field analysis by photoelasticity laser interferometry and moireacute techniques Method of brittle coating Use of micro-processors for stress analysis

References Dally ldquoExperimental stress analysisrdquo McGrawHill

Subject Code Subject L T P D MM

CE6021 MATERIAL SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY

3 0 0 0

MATERIAL SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY Material Technology Cements-properties Aggregates Admixtures Properties of fresh and hardened concrete Mixing compacting transporting and curing of concrete Non-destructive testing special types of concrete Temperature control in mass concrete Creep and Shrinkage phenomenon in concrete Mix design Behaviour of concrete combined stresses Tests in cement aggregates and concrete Material Science Structure of materials Bonding Phase equilibrium Mechanical properties Theories of failure for combined static creep and fatigue effects Brittle and ductile fracture Plastic deformations Structural imperfections and dislocations Strain hardening Electric and magnetic properties of materials Corrosion of materials and their prevention

References

Smith ldquoPrincipal of material science and enggrdquo

Nevilly ldquoconcrete technologyrdquo

ubject Code Subject L T P D MM

CE6031

DESIGN OF INDUSTRIAL STRUCTURE AND BRIDGE

0 0 0 6

DESIGN OF INDUSTRIAL STRUCTURE AND BRIDGE (Design and Viva)

(a) Design and analysis of multi storeyed framed structures (b) Design of liquid retaining structures

(c) Design and analysis of chimneys Design of Bridges IRC codal provisions strut and tie model Load path analysis

References

NKRaju Design of bridges Oxford amp IBH Publishing Co pvt ltd

DJVictor Essentials of bridge engineering Oxford amp IBH Publishing Co pvt ltd

7

Indian Road Congress Codes No56182124 Jamnagar House Shah Jahan Road New Delhi

SP Timoshenko SW Krieger Theory of Plates and Shells McGraw-Hill 1959

OP Jain ampJaikrishna ldquoPlain and reinforced concreterdquo Nemchandamp brothers

Subject Code Subject L T P D MM

CE6032

Design of tall buildings 3 0 0 0

Design of tall buildings

1 Design Criteria

Design philosophy loading sequential loading materials- high performance concrete- fiber reinforced concrete- light weight concrete- design mixes

2 Loading and Movement

Gravity loading dead and live load method of live load reduction impact gravity loading construction loads

Wind loading static and dynamic approach analytical and wind tunnel experimental method

Earthquake loading Equivalent lateral force model analysis combination of loading working stress design limit state design plastic design

3 Behaviour of various structural systems

Factor affecting growth height and structural form high rise behavior rigid frames braced frames infilled frames shear walls coupled shear walls walls-frames tubular- braced and hybrid mega system

4 Analysis and Design

Modeling for approximate analysis accurate analysis and reduction techniques analysis of building as total structural system considering overall integrity and major sub system interaction analysis for member forces drift and twist computerized general three dimensional analysis

Structural elements sectional shapes properties and resisting capacity design deflection cracking prestressing shear flow design for deferential movement creep and shrinkage effects temperature effect and fire

5 Stability of tall buildings

Overall buckling analysis of frames wall-frames approximate methods second order effects of gravity of loadingP-Delta analysis translational torsional instability out of plum effects stiffness of member in stability effect of foundation rotation

References

Bungale STaranath ldquoStructure Analysis amp Design of Tall Buildingsrdquo Mcgraw Hill Book Company Newyork 1999

Mark Fintel ldquoHandbook of concrete enggrdquo CBS

Council of tall building ldquoAdvances in tall buildingrdquo CBS

Subject Code Subject L T P D MM

CE6033 Seismic Design of Structures 3 0 0 0

8

Seismic Design of Structures

1 INTRODUCTION Elements of engineering Seismology - Theory of Vibration - Response Spectrum

2 HISTORICAL Indian Seismicity-Earthquake history - Behaviour of structures in the past Earthquakes

3 DESIGN CONCEPTS Seismic Design Concepts ndash Cyclic load Behavior of RC Steel amp Prestressed Concrete Element - Design Spectrum ndash Principles of Capacity Design

4 CODAL PROVISIONS Provisions of Seismic Code (IS 1893IS4326) ndash Building systems Frames Shear Walls Braced frames Combinations- Torsion

5 DESIGN amp DETAILING Performance of Regular Buildings 3D Computer Analysis of Building Systems (Theory Only) ndash Design amp Detailing of frames ndash Shear Walls ndashFrame walls

6 SPECIAL PROBLEMS amp CASE STUDIES Structural Configuration ndash Seismic performance- Irregular Buildings- Soil Performance-Modern Concepts ndash Base Isolation ndash Adoptive System ndash Case Studies

References

1 Course Notes ldquoDesign of Reinforced Concrete Building IIT Kanpur June 1999 2 Bungale STaranath ldquoStructure Analysis amp Design of Tall Buildingsrdquo Mcgraw Hill Book Company Newyork 1999 3 Mark Fintel ldquoHandbook of concrete enggrdquo CBS

Subject Code Subject L T P D MM

CE564 Photo Elasticity Laboratory 0 0 2 0

Photo Elasticity Laboratory

Stress analysis Two and Three Dimensional Photo-elasticity

Subject Code Subject L T P D MM

CE6512 PRESTRESSED CONCRETE DESIGN 3 0 0 3

PRESTRESSED CONCRETE DESIGN (Design and Viva) Flexural strength of prestressed concrete sections shear and torsional resistance Transfer of prestress in pretensioned members Bond and transmission length Anchorage zone stresses in pot-tensioned members

Design of pre-tensioned and post-tensioned beams Statically indeterminate structures design of continuous prestressed concrete beams and prestressed portal frames

Prestressed concrete piles and sleepers

Deflection of prestressed concrete members

References

NKRaju-Pre Stressed Concrete YGuyon-Pre Stressed Concrete

9

Mitchel amp Michael ldquoPrestressed concrete structurerdquo PHI

NRajagopalan ldquoPrestressed concreterdquoNarosa publishing house

JRLibby ldquoModern prestressed concreterdquo

Subject Code Subject L T P D MM

CE6513 SHELLS AND FOLDED PLATES

3 0 0 3

SHELLS AND FOLDED PLATES (Design and Viva) Shells Membrane theory North light shells Cylindrical shells Doubly curved shells Analysis and Design

References

SP Timoshenko SW Krieger Theory of Plates and Shells McGraw-Hill 1959

OP Jain ampJaikrishna ldquoPlain and reinforced concreterdquo Nemchandamp brothers

Mark Fintel ldquoHandbook of concrete enggrdquo CBS

Subject Code Subject L T P D MM

CE6511 Design of Structures for Dynamic loads 0 0 0 6

Design of Structures for Dynamic loads

1Introduction

Factors affecting design against dynamic loads- behavior of concrete steel masonry and soil under impact and cyclic loads- recap of structural dynamics with reference to SDOF MDOF and continuum systems- ductility and its importance

2 Design against Earthquakes

Earthquake characterization ndash response spectra- seismic coefficient and response spectra method of estimating loads- response of framed braced frames and shear wall buildings- design as per BIS codes of practice- ductility based design

3 Design against blast and impact

Characteristic of internal and external blast- impact and impulse loads-pressure distribution on building above ground due to external blast- underground explosion- design of buildings for blast and impact as per BIS codes of practice

4 Design against wind

Characteristic of wind- basic and design wind speeds- effect of permeability of structure- pressure coefficient- aeroelastic and aerodynamic effect- design as per BIS code of practice including Gust factor approach-tall buildings stacks and chimneys

5 Special considerations

Energy absorption capacity- ductility of material and structure- detailing for ductility-passive and active control of vibrations- new and favourable materials

References

1 buildingrdquo John Willey and sons 1991

10

2 DowlingCHrdquoBlast vibration- monitoring and controlrdquo Prentice Hall Inc Englewood cliffs 1985 3 Kolousek Net al ldquowind effect on civil engineering structuresrdquo Elsevier 1984 4 Concrete structure under the impact Bela Goschy ldquodesign of buildings to withstand abnormal loadingrdquo

Butterworths1990 5 Paulay T and priestly MNJ ldquoA seismic design of reinforced concrete and masonry and impulsive

loadingSynthesis report CEB Lousanne getmany1988

Subject Code Subject L T P D MM

CE6521 DESIGN OF HYDRAULIC STRUCTURES 3 0 0 0

DESIGN OF HYDRAULIC STRUCTURES

1 Project planning of hydraulic structure site investigation and chose of type of hydraulic structures

2 Different types of dam their design stress analysis stress concentration around openings

3 Different types of spillway and energy dissipaters their design and analysis Model analysis of hydraulic structures

4 Design of weirs and barrages and analysis

Subject Code Subject L T P D MM

CE6524 PLANNING AND DESIGN OF ENVIRONMENTAL SERVICES

3 0 0 0

PLANNING AND DESIGN OF ENVIRONMENTAL SERVICES

Planning factors Ventilation and air conditioning plumbing Design of public bathing lighting housing with environmental perspectives

References

BCPunamia ldquoenvironmental engg Part-2rdquo

SKGarg ldquoenvironmental enggrdquo

Subject Code Subject L T P D MM

CE6522 GROUND WATER AND SEEPAGE 3 0 0 0

GROUND WATER AND SEEPAGE

Darcyrsquos law General hydro-dynamic equations flow nets in isotropic and anisotropic medium

Steady and unsteady flow through confined and unconfined aquifers Schwartz-Christoffel transformation and its application for ground water flow and seepage problems Numerical Techniques for solution of ground water flow

Multiple well system partially penetrating wells image wells mutual interference of wells

Storage and exploration of ground water Design Construction and Maintainence of wells Ground water recharge and run off Water quality budgeting simulation of ground water basin Application of remote sensing for ground water

Subject Code Subject L T P D MM

11

CE6523 INSTRUMENTATION 3 0 0 0

INSTRUMENTATION

Types of applications of measurement instrumentation Generalised configurations and functional descriptions of measuring instruments Motion measurement Pressure measurement Flow measurement Environmental engineering Instrumentations

Subject Code Subject L T P D MM

CE653 Structural Dynamics Laboratory 0 0 2 0

Structural Dynamics Laboratory

Model Testing Models of Frames under Static and Dynamic Loading Free and Forced Vibration using MTS Determination dynamic Modulus Damping etc and some more experiment heavy structural engg lab

Subject Code Subject L T P D MM

CE7011 GEOTECHNICAL EARTHQUAKE ENGINEERING

3 0 0 0

GEOTECHNICAL EARTHQUAKE ENGINEERING Introduction to engineering seismology seismic risks and hazards causes and strength of earthquakes social and economic

consequences theory of dynamic and seismic response the nature and attenuation of earthquake magnitude ground motion

determination of site characteristics local geology and soil condition determination of design earthquake response spectra and

accelerograms Site response to earthquake site investigation and soil test dynamic behaviour of soils liquefaction phenomena

analysis of pore pressure development laboratory and in-situ testing for liquefaction analysis and design of slopes embankments

seismic response of soil structure system shallow foundation pile foundation foundations and earth retaining structures for

seismic loading case histories mitigation techniques

Subject Code Subject L T P D MM

CE7012 FOUNDATION ENGINEERING

3 0 0 0

FOUNDATION ENGINEERING Structures subjected to vertical and lateral loads excavation vertical cut retaining walls shallow foundation flexible and rigid rafts highway pavements allowable bearing pressure geo-technical investigation interpretation from field tests pile and cassion group action of piles pier shafts in rock socket Foundations subjected to dynamic loads theory of vibrations natural frequency of a soil foundation system Elastic constant of soils pressure bulb concept permissible amplitude various considerations for machine foundation Strength and deformation characteristics of granular media under dynamic loads Liquefaction References

BM Das Advanced Foundation Engineering Brookes and Cole India

J Bowels Foundation analysis McGrawHill Publishers

Rao NSVK Vibration analysis and foundation dynamics AH Wheeler amp Co New Delhi India

Subject Code Subject L T P D MM

12

CE7013 SOIL STRUCTURE INTERACTION 3 0 0 0

Soil Structure Interaction

1 SOIL FOUNDATION INTERACTION Introduction to soil foundation interaction problems Soil Behaviour Foundation Behaviour Interface behaviour Scope of soil foundation interaction analysis Soil response models Winkler Elastic Continuum Two parameter elastic models Elastic plastic behaviour Time dependent behaviour

2 BEAM ON ELASTIC FOUNDATION ndash SOIL MODELS Infinite beam Two Parameters Isotropic elastic half space Analysis of beams of finite length Classification of finite beams in relation to their stiffness

3 PLATE ON ELASTIC MEDIUM Infinite Plate Winkler Two parameters Isotropic elastic medium Thin amp Thick plates Analysis of finite plates rectangular amp circular plates Numerical analysis of finite plates simple solutions

4 ELASTIC ANALYSIS OF PILE Elastic analysis of single pile Theoretical solution for settlement amp Load Distributions Analysis of Pile Group Interaction Analysis Load Distribution in groups with Rigid Cap

5 LATERALLY LOADED PILE Load Deflection Prediction for Laterally loaded piles Sub-grade reaction amp Elastic analysis Interaction analysis Pile raft system Solutions through influence charts

References 1 Selva durai APS Elastic analysis of Soil Foundation Interaction Elsevier 1979 2 Poulos HG amp Davis EH Pile Foundation Analysis amp Design John Wiley 1980 3 Scott RF Foundation Analysis Prentice Hall 1981 4 Structure Soil Interaction-State of Art Report Institution of Structure Engineers 1978 5 ACI 336 Suggested Analysis and Design Procedure for Combined Footings amp Mats American Concrete Institute Delhi

1988 6 SP Timoshenko SW Krieger Theory of Plates and Shells McGraw-Hill 1959 7 SP Timoshenko Strength of material CBS Publisher 8 Bowles ldquoFoundation analysis and designrdquo McGrawHill

Subject Code Subject L T P D MM

CE7022 DISASTER RESISTANT STRUCTURES 3 0 0 0

Disaster Resistant Structures

1 BEHAVIOUR OF LIFE ndash LINE STRUCTURES Philosophy for design to resist earthquake Cyclone amp Flood-National amp International Codes of practice- By ndash Law of urban amp Semi-urban areas- Traditional amp Modern Structures

2 COMMUNITY STRUCTURES

Response of dams bridges buildings- Strengthening measures- Safety analysis and rating-Reliability assessment

3 REHABILITATION AND RETROFITTING

Testing and evaluation-Classification of structures for safety point of view- methods of strengthening for different disasters ndash qualification test

4 DETAILING OF STRUCTURES AND COMPONENTS

Use of modern materials amp their impact on disaster reduction- Use of modern analysis Design amp Construction techniques optimization for performance

5 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT OF STRUCTURES

Damage surveys- Maintenance and Modification to improve hazard resistance- Different types of Foundation amp its impact on safety- Ground improvement techniques

13

References

1 VMoskvin etall Concrete and Reinforced Concrete- Deterioration amp Protection- Mir Publishers-Moscow 1980 2 RTAllen and SCEdwards Repair of Concrete Structures Blakie and Sons UK 1987 3 3Proceedings IABSE 14th Congress ldquoCivilization through Civil Engineeringrdquo New Delhi May 1992 4 Raiker RNLearning from failure deficiencies in Design Construction and Service R amp D Centre (SDCPL) Raiker

Bhawan Bombay 1987 5 IS13827IS13828IS13935 6 ISO23941382315686 Part I to IX

Subject Code Subject L T P D MM

CE7021 ADVANCED BUILDING CONSTRUCTION AND MANAGEMENT

3 0 0 0

ADVANCED BUILDING CONSTRUCTION AND MANAGEMENT New techniques and materials of building construction Building construction management techniques

References

1 LSShrinath ldquoCPM ampPERTrdquo 2 Software PRIMAVERA-2 or above 3 Peurifoy ldquoConstruction planning equipment and methodsrdquo

Subject Code Subject L T P D MM

CE7023 Soil Dynamics and Geotechnical Earthquake Engineering

3 0 0 0

Soil Dynamics and Geotechnical Earthquake Engineering

Seismology and Earthquakes seismic hazard Analysis Engineering Problems involving Soil Dynamics Wave propagation in elastic media General nature of Soil Behaviour under cyclic dynamic loading Field and laboratory tests for measurement of small strained and large strain dynamic properties of soils

Strong Ground Motion measurement characterization and estimation Amplification Theory and Ground Response Analysis Local Site Effects and Design Ground Motions

Liquefaction Evaluation of liquefaction hazards susceptibility

Study of Initiation of liquefaction Characterization of Liquefaction resistance based on lab and in-situ tests and Evaluation of Initiation of Liquefaction

Study of effects of liquefaction

Seismic Slope Stability Seismic Design of retaining walls Soil Improvement for remediation of Seismic Hazards

References

Steven L Kramer lsquoGeotechnical Earthquake Engineeringrdquo Pearson Education

14

Scheme for M Tech (Geotechnical Engineering)

Sem Gp Course Details Course Code

L T P Intern Marks

Extern Marks

Total Marks

Credits

Ist A Advanced Soil mechanics CE521 3 0 0 50 100 150 3 Rock Mechanics CE523 3 0 0 50 100 150 3 Geotechnical Exploration CE522 3 0 0 50 100 150 3 Geotechnical Egg Lab-I CE524 0 0 2 30 70 100 2

B Advanced Foundation Engineering CE571 3 0 0 50 100 150 3 Soil Dynamics and Machine Foundations

CE572 3 0 0 50 100 150 3

Geotechnical Egg Lab-II CE573 0 0 2 30 70 100 2 Self Study open area seminar-I CE574 0 0 2 50 00 50 1

21Hoursweek 1000 20 IInd C Application of Geotechnical Engg in

Water Resources amp GIS CE621 3 0 0 50 100 150 3

Elective I any one of the following 1 Computational Geotechnics 2 Plasticity amp fracture Mechanics in

Rock Structures 3 Theoretical Soil Mechanics

CE6221 CE6222 CE6223

3 0 0 50 100 150 3

Elective II any one of the following 1 Design of Hydraulic Structures 2 Geo-environmental Engineering 3 Groundwater and Seepage

CE6231 CE6232 CE6233

3 0 0 50 100 150 3

Geotechnical Engg Lab-III CE624 0 0 2 30 70 100 2 D Elective III any one of the following

1 Excavation Technology 2 Geotechnical Earthquake

Engineering 3 Theory of Elasticity and Plasticity

CE6711 CE6712 CE6713

3 0 0 50 100 150 3

Elective IV any one of the following 1 Ground Improvement Techniques 2 Geosynthetics 3 Slope Stability Analysis

CE6721 CE6722 CE6723

3 0 0 50 100 150 3

Geotechnical Engg Lab IV CE673 0 0 2 30 70 100 2 Minor Project I CE674 0 0 2 50 00 50 1

21Hoursweek 1000 20 IIIrd E Elective V any one of the following

1 Critical State Soil Mechanics 2 Design of Sub-structures 3 Soil Structure Interaction

CE7211 CE7212 CE7213

3 0 0 50 100 150 3

Elective VI any one of the following 1 Earth Pressure amp Earth Retaining

Structures 2 Offshore Geotechnical

Engineeging 3 Unsaturated Soil Mechanics

CE7221 CE7222 CE7223

3 0 0 50 100 150 3

Self Study open area seminar II CE723 0 0 2 50 00 50 1 Minor Project II CE724 0 0 4 00 200 200 4 Major Project part I CE725 0 0 2 200 00 200 4

18Hoursweek 750 15 IVth F Major Project Part II CE821 3 0 0 00 750 750 15 6Hrsw

k 750 15

Grand Total 3500 70

15

Advanced Soil Mechanics

Paper Code L T P Cr

CE 521 3 0 0 3

Clay minerology clay-water electrolyte system soil structure and fabric Effective stress hydraulic conductivity seepage Special

soils collapsible amp sensitive clays loessic bouldary and expansive soils Consolidation one-dimensional and generalised

consolidation theories primary and secondary consolidation sand drains consolidation settlements Shear behaviour of soils pore

pressure parameters UU CUampCD tests stress path method for settlement analysis Total amp effective stress-path water content

contours stress history Anisotrppy of strength Thixotropy Creep Determination of in situ undrained shear strength stress-strain

characteristics of soilsDetermination of modulus values Critical state model

20 Rock Mechanics

Paper Code L T P Cr

CE523 3 0 0 3

Introduction problems of rock mechanics classifications of rock masses rock exploration ndash rock coring geophysical methods

laboratory testing of rocks fraction in rocks elasticity amp strength of rocks strength amp failure of rocks Griffithrsquos theory

Coulombrsquos theory in-situ tests on rock mass deformation characteristics instrumentation and measurement of deformation of

rocks permeability Mechanical thermal and electrical properties of rock mass openings in rock mass and stresses around

openings slope stability pressure tunnels development of plastic zone rock support needed to avoid plastic deformation lined

and unlined tunnels support pressure and slip of the joint underground excavation and subsidence foundation on rocks bearing

capacity of intact and jointed rocks rock slopes rock bolt anchors amp grouting underground openings pillars tunnels methods of

construction problems associated with tunnels tunnelling in various subsoil conditions and rocks

30 Geotechnical Exploration

Paper Code L T P Cr

CE 522 3 0 0 3

Planning of geotechnical exploration methods of boring Boring in soils and rocks methods of stabilizing the bore holes

Sampling techniques Sampling disturbances storage labeling and transportation of samples sampler design influence on

properties field tests standard penetration plate load static and dynamic cone penetration field vane shear and pressuremeter

tests electrical resistivity and seismic refraction tests location of ground water table processing of soil exploration data and its

interpretation

40 Geotechnical Engineering Lab I

Paper Code L T P Cr

CE 524 0 0 2 2

This Laboratory is based on the syllabus of CE 541 CE 542 CE 543

16

50 Advanced Foundation Engineering

Paper Code L T P Cr

CE 571 3 0 0 3

Shallow foundations subjected to static eccentric and inclined loads bearing capacity analysis settlement amp allowable bearing

capacity of shallow foundation uplift capacity of shallow foundation raft foundations pile foundations-design in different soil

conditions load distribution between vertical and battered piles moment on pile foundations group effect on piles raft on piles

piers and pier shafts caisson settlement analysis of pile groups amp shafts analysis amp design of well foundation foundation on

reinforced soil

60 Soil Dynamics amp Machine Foundation

Paper Code L T P Cr

CE 572 3 0 0 3

Introduction fundamentals of vibrations vibration of elementary systems-mass spring

dashpot systems various degrees of freedom dynamic properties of geo-materials propagation of wave in granular media

laboratory and field tests for evaluation of dynamic soil properties analysis and design of foundations for hammers reciprocating

engines and turbo generators dynamic stiffness of single pile and pile groups vibration isolation and damping theories for

vibration of foundations on elastic media design procedures for foundations with dynamic load and construction features elastic

homogeneous half space solutions lumped parameter solutions large deformation problems liquefaction of soils amp cyclic

mobility

70 Geotechnical Engineering Lab II

Paper Code L T P Cr

CE 573 2 2

This Laboratory is based on the syllabus of CE 541 542 543 545 546

8 Application of Geotechnical Engg in Water Resources amp GIS

Paper Code L T P Cr

CE 621 3 -- -- 3

Selection of sites for different water resources projects Geotechnical investigations Classification of dams Causes of failure of

earth dams relative advantages and disadvantages of earth dams over gravity dam Preliminary section of earth dams Typical

section of earth dams Checking the stability of earth dams Slope stability analysis Stability of foundation of earth dams against

shear Design consideration of earth dam in seismic regions Rockfill dam impervious membrane type rockfill dam design

consideration of rockfill dam Hydroelectric power classifications and investigations Features and characteristics of hydropower

generation and Principal components of a hydropower station Design of different components like Intakes Water conductor

system Tunnels Surge tanks Penstocks Anchor blocks and their management at site

17

Introduction to GIS and remote sensing cartographic data model digital data model data source data capture and data analysis

role of remote sensing and GIS in flood disaster studies Landslides and Earthquake Various GIS packages and their salient

features

90Elective I Opt any one of the following

10 Theoretical Soil Mechanics

20 Computational Geotechnics

30 Plasticity amp Fracture Mechanics in Rock Structures

100Elective II Opt any one of the following

40 Geo-environmental Engineering

50 Ground water amp Seepage

60 Design of Hydraulic structures

110 Geotechnical Engineering Lab III

Paper Code L T P Cr

CE 624 2 2

This Laboratory is based on the syllabus of courses mentioned above

120Elective III Opt any one of the following

70 Goetechnical Earth quake Engineering

80 Theory of Elasticity and Plasticity

90 Excavation Technology

130Elective IV Opt any one of the following

100Ground Improvement Techniques

110 Geosynthetics

120 Slope Stability Analysis

140 Geotechnical Engineering Lab IV

Paper Code L T P Cr

CE 673 2 2

This Laboratory is based on the syllabus of courses mentioned above

150Elective V Opt any one of the following

130 Critical State Soil Mechanics

140 Design of Sub Structures

18

150 Soil Structure Interaction

160Elective VI Opt any one of the following

160 Unsaturated Soil Mechanics

170Flow Through Porous Media

180 Earth Pressure amp Earth Retaining Structures

SYLLABUS OF ELECTIVE COURSES

10 Theoretical Soil Mechanics

Paper Code L T P Cr

CE 6223 3

Stresses and strains elastic equilibrium analysis for plane strain and three dimensional cases Effective stresses analysis of

deformation and strain states of stress and strain consitutive relationsequilibrium and compatibilitygeneral theorems drained

and undrained loading state boundary surface plastic flow yield and hardeningfailure theorems for soils failure and plastic flow

at critical state associative and non-associative flow residual strength anisotropic compressions ideal elastic behaviour ndash two

and three dimensional systems theorems of plastic collapse and their application to soil-structure interaction elastoplastic theory

of soils rheological models nonlinear viscoelasticity problems and solutions

20 Computational Geotechnics

Paper Code L T P Cr

CE 6221 3

Introduction to numerical modeling in Geotechnical Engineering basic concepts stress deformation analysis analysis of

foundations dams underground structures and earth retaining structures Finite difference method Finite element method

Boundary element method Discrete element method Constitutive modeling use of finite element finite difference and discrete

element computer codes for solving geotechnical engineering problems Use of some of the appropriate software package like

UDEC FLAC PLAXIS etc

3 Plasticity amp Fracture Mechanics in Rock Structures

Paper Code L T P Cr

CE 6222 3

Theory of plasticity Three dimensional stress analysis stress invariants octahedral stresses Large deformationsfinite strains -

Euler amp Langragian approaches Greenrsquos amp Cauchyrsquos strain tensors Yield criteria Von Mises Tresca Mohr-Coulomb Drucker-

Prager Modified Mohr-Coloumb Hoek amp Brown yield criteria Isotropic and Kinematic hardening softening normality principle

plastic flow rule plastic potential Druckerrsquos postulates and Prandtlrsquos conditions for stability of plastically deforming bodies

Plastic Stress-Strain relations Stress path dependent behaviour Prandtl-Rauss equations Levy-Mises relations generalised

19

elasto-plastic stress-strain realtionshardening modulus Applications to problems of tunnels etc Crack phenomenon and

mechanics of brittle fracture propagation effects of crack on elasticproperties Energy theories of failure elementary theories of

crack propagation cracks in elasto-plastic media Constitutive equations for rocks ndash Class I and Class-II materials Servo

controlled testing and post failure behaviour under uniaxial and triaxial stress conditions in tension Compression and shear size

effects representative size of specimen Continum characterization of jointed rock mass Weibullrsquos thoery in tension

compression and bending for strength constitutive equations for discontinuities ndash Joint stiffnesses and shear strength Ladanyirsquos

constitutive equations Stick Slip phenomenon Application of fracture mechanics to underground opening rock stabbing bursting

and hydraulic fracturing

40 Geo Environmental Engineering

Paper Code L T P Cr

CE 6232 3

Introduction Sources of subsurface contamination Mechanisms of Soil contamination Physical-chemical and biological

interactions in soils Effect of contamination on geotechnical properties Waste disposal on land Types of landfills Siting criteria

waste containment principles Types of barrier materials Planning and design aspects relating to waste disposal in landfills in ash

ponds and tailing ponds Environmental monitoring around landfills Detection control and remediation of subsurface

contamination Various types of barrier systems Reclamation of contaminated sites Case Studies

50Ground Water and Seepage

Paper Code L T P Cr

CE 6233 3

Darcyrsquos law General hydro-dynamic equations flow nets in isotropic and anisotropic

medium Steady and unsteady flow through confined and unconfined aquifers Schwartz-Christoffel transformation and its

application for ground water flow and seepage problems Multiple well system partially penetrating wells image wells mutual

interference of wells Storage and exploration of ground water design construction and maintenance of wells ground water

recharge and run off water quality budgeting simulation of ground water basin application of remote sensing for ground water

60 Design of Hydraulic Structures

Paper Code L T P Cr

CE 6231 3

Project planning site investigations choice of type of dams cost-benefit studies Non-overflow dams gravity arch and buttress

type rock-fill and earthen dams their design stress analysis stress concentration around openings Different types of spillways

and energy dissipaters their design preparation and protection of foundation for dams model analysis of hydraulic structures

instrumentation in dams temperature control in concrete dams

70 Geotechnical Earthquake Engineering

Paper Code L T P Cr

20

CE 6712 3

Introduction to engineering seismology seismic risks and hazards causes and strength of earthquakes social and economic

consequences theory of dynamic and seismic response the nature and attenuation of earthquake magnitude ground motion

determination of site characteristics local geology and soil condition determination of design earthquake response spectra and

accelerograms Site response to earthquake site investigation and soil test dynamic behaviour of soils liquefaction phenomena

analysis of pore pressure development laboratory and in-situ testing for liquefaction analysis and design of slopes embankments

seismic response of soil structure system shallow foundation pile foundation foundations and earth retaining structures for

seismic loading case histories mitigation techniques

80 Theory of Elasticity and Plasticity

Paper Code L T P Cr

CE 6713 3 - -

Theory of Elasticity Stress tensor equations of equilibrium Kinematic relationships and equations of compatibility Generalized

Hookersquos Law Boundary conditions Plane stress plane strain Airyrsquos stress function Saint Venantrsquos principle Problems in

rectangular and polar co-ordinates inverse and semi-inverse methods torsion of Prismatic bars members analogy typical

applications Theory of plasticity hydro-static and deviatoric components of stress tensor invariant of stress tensors Tress-Saint

Venant and Honkey-Von Misses yield conditions octahedral stresses Analysis of Bending of bars of narrow rectangular

cross section-formation of Plastic hinge Torsion of prismatic bars-sand-heap analogy Thick spherical shell-bursting pressure

Thick cylindrical tube

90Excavation Technology

Paper Code L T P Cr

CE 6711 3

Construction Planning amp scheduling Importance of planning pre-planning analysis Network planning including CPM amp PERT

techniques Contract management Contractual Risks amp Risk management Excavation in soils Tractors Dozers Bull-dozers

Wheel Loaders Shovels Draglines Buckets Clampshells Scrapers Hydraulic Excavators Excations in Rocks manual

excavation tools and techniques Drilling and blasting versus Ripping Excavations of Dam Foundations Controlled drilling and

blasting Selection and matching of loading and hauling equipment Excavations of tunnels amp caverns Type of cuts and drilling

patterns Methods of Tunnel driving Excavation cycles Full face heading heading and benching Ring drilling method

Forepoling Side drift method Presplitting and smooth blasting Excavation in different ground conditions mixed face tunneling

Machine Tunneling Shield tunneling Types of TBMs new TBMs New Austrian Tunneling Method(NATM) Norweign

Tunneling Method (NTM) TBMs versus drilling and blasting TBM in different ground conditions Limitations of machine

tunneling Excavations of Shafts and Caverns Excavation with limit raiser climber Shaft boring lining segments for shield driven

tunnels Differnet stages in excavation of caverns Ventilation in Long Tunnels

100 Ground Improvement Technique

Paper Code L T P Cr

CE 6721 3

21

Ground improvement principles of ground improvement mechanical modificationproperties of compacted soil compaction

control tests hydraulic modification dewatering systems filtration drainage and seepage control with geosynthetics preloading

and vertical drains electro kinetic dewatering chemical modification modification by admixtures stabilization using industrial

wastes grouting modification by inclusion and confinement soil reinforcement flexible geosynthetic sheet reinforcement

anchorage reinforcement techniques bearing capacity improvement slope stability erosion control retaining walls and

pavements Soil stabilization shallow stabilization with additives lime flyash cement and other chemicals and bitumen deep

stabilization sand column stone column sand drains prefabricated drains electro-osmosis lime column soil-lime column

grouting permeation compaction and jet vibro-floatation dynamic compaction thermal freezing dewatering systems

110 Geosynthetics

Paper Code L T P Cr

CE 6722 3

Geosynthetics types and functions materials and manufacturing processes testing and evaluations principles of soil

reinforcement design and construction of geosynthetic reinforced soil retaining structures walls and slopes Geosynthetics in

pavements geosynthetics in roads and railways separations drainage and filtration in road pavements and railway tracks design

and construction relevant guidelines Geosynthetics in pollution control liners for ponds and canals covers and liners for

landfills material aspects and stability considerations

120 Slope Stability Analysis

Paper Code L T P Cr

CE 6723 3

Introduction Natural and man made slopes types of slope movements amp land slides nature of soil amp rock Progressive failure of

slopes Limit Equlibrium Methods Infinite and finite height slopes Planar failure surface Slip surface of arbitrary shape Natural

slope analysis considering initial stresses Sewdish method Bishoprsquos simplified methodother methodsstability chart Various

conditions of analysis factor of safety codal provisions Some special aspects of slope analysisie Earthquakes Creep

Anisotropy Probabilistic approach in slope analysis Centrifuge Model testingReinforced slopesembankment on soft soils

130 Critical State Soil Mechanics

Paper Code L T P Cr

CE 7211 3 - -

Review of stress and effective stress analysis of deformation and strain ideal elastic behavior elastoplastic behavior of soils

stress path and invariants constitutive relations drained and undrained loading isotropic compressions elastic wall state

boundary surface associative and non-associative flow yield and hardening critical state line amp Roscoe surface plastic collapse

residual strength behavior of oc clays for Hvorslev surface critical state for sand effect of dilation applications

140 Design of Sub-Structures

Paper Code L T P Cr

CE 7212 3

22

Introduction Substructure ndash Definition and purpose role of foundation engineern Basic Soil input parameters for foundation

design Foundation Design General principles Types of foundations selection of type of foundation Basic requirements

Computation of loads Limit State Design Basic principles Shallow Foundations Types and their selection Conventional

method of design Beams on elastic foundation and Finite difference method of analysis Structural design of footings and rafts

Foundations subjected to eccentric-inclined loads Footing in seismic zones Pile Foundations Type construction techniques

Proportioning of pile foundations loadsforces considered for structural design Structural design of pile foundation for a

multistoreyed buildings and other important structures Pile foundations subjected to dynamic loads Bridge Substructures _

Forces on bridge Foundation (IRC amp IS specifications) Design of piers Abutments amp wing Walls Well Foundation Components

Stability analysis Design of various components Materials for construction Sinking of well Placing of Curb Dredging and

Jetting marine Substructure Types Breakwaters Wharves Sea Walls Design and Construction Methods Foundations of

transmission line towers forces on tower foundation General design criteria Choice amp type of foundation Design Procedure

150 Soil-Structure Interaction

Paper Code L T P Cr

CE 7213 3

General soil-structure interaction problems contact pressures and soil-structure interaction for shallow foundations concept of

sub grade modulus effectsparameters influencing subgrade modulus analysis of foundations of finite rigidity beams on elastic

foundation concept introduction to the solution of beam problems Curved failure surfaces their utility and analyticalgraphical

predictions from Mohr-Coulomb envelope and circle of stresses earth pressure computations by friction circle method earth

pressure distribution on walls with limitedrestrained deformations Dubravorsquos analysis earth pressures on sheet piles braced

excavations design of supporting system of excavations arching in soils elastic and plastic analysis of stress distribution on

yielding bases Modern concept of analysis of piles and pile groups axially laterally loaded piles and groups interaction analysis

Reese and Matlockrsquos tunnelling solution elastic continuum and elasto-plastic analysis of piles and pile groups Hrennikoffrsquos

analysis ultimate lateral resistance of piles by various approaches non-linear load-deflection response uplift capacity of piles and

anchors

160 Unsaturated Soil Mechanics

Paper Code L T P Cr

CE 7223 3

Identification and classification of expansive and collapsing soils effective stress concepts matric and osmotic suction collapse

heave and strength characteristics of unsaturated soils flow through unsaturated soils laboratory evaluation of swell pressure and

swell potentialtests to evaluate collapse potential measurements of soil suction

170Offshore Geotechnical Engineeging

Paper Code L T P Cr

CE 7222 3

Submarine soilsoriginnature and distributionTerriginic and pelagicsubmarine soils of India Engineering behaviour of

submarine soilsunder consolidated soilscalcareous soilscemented soilscorals

23

Offshore site investigations sampling and sampling disturbanceinsitu testingwireline technologyoffshore pile foundations for

jacket type structuresfoundations of gravity structures

Foundations for jack-up rigsanchors and break out forcesanchor systems for floating structuresstability of submarine

slopesInstallation and stability of submarine pipelines

180 Earth Pressure amp Earth Retaining Structure

Paper Code L T P Cr

CE 7221 3

Earth pressure theories Rankines theory Coulombs theory graphical techniques amp analytical methods rigid retaining structures

types empirical methods stability analysis Flexible retaining structures types material cantilever sheet piles anchored

bulkheads ndash free earth method fixed earth method moment reduction factors anchorage Braced excavation types construction

methods pressure distribution in sands and clays stability - bottom heave seepage ground deformation Reinforced soil walls

elements construction methods external stability internal stability Arching action underground structures in soils pipes

conduits trenchless technology tunnelling techniques - cut-and-cover method shield tunnelling Stability of slopes analysis of

earth amp rock fill dam

Recommended Books-

1 The Mechanics of Soils JH Atkinson amp PL Brandsy (1982) 2 Critical State Soil Mechanics AN Schofield amp CP Wroth (1968) 3 Introduction to Rock Mechanics RE Goodman (1989) 4 Engineering in Rocks T Ramamurthy (2007) 5 Shallow Foundation BM Das (1999) 6 Foundation Analysis amp Design JE Bowles (1988) 7 Foundation Engineering G Leonards (1962) 8 Basic amp Applied Soil Mechanics G Ranjan amp ASR Rao (2006) 9 Soil Dynamics S Saran (1999) 10 Geotechnical Earthquake Engineering SL Kramer (2003) 11 Geotechnical Modelling DM Wood (2004) 12 Analysis amp Design of Substructures S Saran (1996) 13 Geotechnical Practice for Waste Disposal DE Danial (1993) 14 Ground Water DK Todd (1959) 15 Designing with Geosynthetics RM Koerner (1997) 16 Ground Water amp Seepage ME Harr (1962) 17 Ground Water amp Seepage DK Todd (1959) 18 Engineering Hydrology SS Butler (1959) 19 Ground Water its development uses and conservation EW Bennisen (1972) 20 Theory of Elasticity amp Plasticity SP Timoshenko amp JN Goodier (1982) 21 Soil Mechanics in the light of Critical State Theories JAR Ortigao (1995) 22 Design of Small Dams USBR Manual (1965) 23 Design and Construction of Dams Edward Wegwann (1978) 24 Earth and Rock Dams Sheard L James 25 Properties of Concrete AM Neville (2007) 26 The Chemistry of Cement and Concrete FM Lea (1970) 27 Soil Mechanics Principle and Practice GE Barnes (2000) 28 Advanced Soil Mechanics BM Das (1997) 29 Soil Mechanics for Unsaturated Soils DG Fredlund and H Rahardjo (1993) 30 Soil Mechanics TW Lambe and RV Whitman (1987) 31 Fundamentals of Soil Behaviour James K Mitchell (1993) 32 Principles of Soil Mechanics RF Scott (1963) Foundation Analysis and Design JE Bowles (1996) 34 Foundation Design Principles and Practices Donald P Coduto (2001)

24

35 Design Aids in Soil Mechanics and Foundation Engineering Shenbaga R Kaniraj (1988) 36 Pile Foundation Analysis and Design HG Poulus and EH Davis (1980) 37 Earth and Earth-Rock Dams JL Sherard RJ Woodward SF Giziensky and WA Clevenger (1963) 38 Soil Mechanics in Engineering Practice K Terzaghi RB Peck and G Mesri (1996) 39 Foundation Design and Construction MJ Tomlinson (1996) 40 Engineering Treatment of Soils FC Bell (1993) 41 Earth Reinforcement and Soil Structures JFP Colin (1996) 42 Foundation Engineering Handbook HY Fang (1991) 43 Engineering Principles of Ground Modification MR Hausmann (1990) 44 Ground Improvement MP Moseley (1993) 45 Ground Control and Improvement PP Xanthakos LW Abramson and DA Bruce (1994) 46 Design Construction and Monitoring of Landfills A Bagchi (1994) 47 Geoenvironmental Engineering LN Reddi and HI Inyang (2000) 48 Environmental Geotechnics R Sarsby (2000) 49 Planning Design and Analysis of Tailings Dams SG Vick (1970) 50 Earthquakes Bruce A Bolt (1999) 51 Exploration Geophysics of the Shallow Subsurface Robert H Burger (1992) 52 Principles of Soil Dynamics BM Das (1993) 53 Geotechnical Earthquake Engineering Handbook RW Day (2002) 54 Construction Vibrations CH Dowding (2000) 55 Soil Behaviour in Earthquake Geotechnics Kenji Ishihara (1996) 56 Geotechnical Earthquake Engineering SL Krammer (1996) 57 Cyclic Loading of Soils from Theory to Design MP OrsquoReilly and SF Brown (1991) 58 Foundations for Machines Analysis and Design S Prakash and V K Puri (1988) 59 Dynamic Soil Structure Interaction John P Wolf (1985) 60 Rock Engineering JA Franklin and MB Dusseaut (1989) 61 Introductory Rock Mechanics RF Goodman (1980) 62 Foundation of Theoretical Soil Mechanics ME Harr (1966) 63 Fundamentals of Rock Mechanics JC Jaeger and NGW Cook (1969) 64 Elastic Solutions for Soils and Rock Mechanics HG Poulos and EH Davis (1974) 65 Rock Mechanics in Engineering Practice KG Stagg and OC Zienkiewics 66 Numerical Methods in Geotechnical Engineering DesaiCS and Christian 67 Finite Element Procedures in Engineering Analysis BatheKJ 68 Soil Behaviour and Critical State Soil Mechanics Wood DM

25

Scheme for M Tech (Environmental Engineering)

Sem Gp Course Details Course Code

L T P Intern Marks

Extern Marks

Total Marks

Credits

Ist A Advanced Mathematics and Statistics CE-511 3 0 0 50 100 150 3 Environmental Chemistry and Microbiology

CE512 3 0 0 50 100 150 3

Water Pollution CE513 3 0 0 50 100 150 3 Microbiology Lab CE514 0 0 2 30 70 100 2

B Air Pollution amp Control CE561 3 0 0 50 100 150 3 Water Engineering Design CE562 3 0 0 50 100 150 3 Water Engineering Laboratory CE563 0 0 2 30 70 100 2 Self Study open area seminar-I CE564 0 0 2 50 00 50 1

21Hoursweek 1000 20 IInd C Wastewater Treatment Design CE611 3 0 0 50 100 150 3

Elective I any one of the following 1 Groundwater and Seepage 2 Instrumentation

CE6121 CE6122

3 0 0 50 100 150 3

Elective II any one of the following 1 Design of Hydraulic Structures 2 Industrial Wastewater Treatment

CE6131 CE6132

3 0 0 50 100 150 3

Air Pollution Laboratory CE614 0 0 2 30 70 100 2 D Elective III any one of the following

1 Global Warming and Climate Change

2 Planning and Design of Environmental Services

CE6611 CE6612

3 0 0 50 100 150 3

Elective IV any one of the following 1 Environmental Planning and

Management 2 Solid Waste Management

CE6621 CE6622

3 0 0 50 100 150 3

Solid Waste amp Industrial Wastewater Analysis Lab

CE663 0 0 2 30 70 100 2

Minor Project I CE664 0 0 2 50 00 50 1 21Hoursweek 1000 20 IIIrd E Elective V any one of the following

1 Environmental Impact Assessment and Audit

2 Remote Sensing and GIS in Environmental Engineering

CE7111 CE7112

3 0 0 50 100 150 3

Elective VI any one of the following 1 Air Quality Modeling 2 Hazardous Waste Management 3 Occupational Safety and Health

CE7121 CE7122 CE7123

3 0 0 50 100 150 3

Self Study open area seminar II CE713 0 0 2 50 00 50 1 Minor Project II CE714 0 0 4 00 200 200 4 Major Project part I CE715 0 0 2 200 00 200 4

18Hoursweek 750 15 IVth F Major Project Part II CE811 3 0 0 00 750 750 15 6Hrsw

k 750 15

Grand Total 3500 70

26

MTech(Civil) Environmental Engineering

GROUP lsquoArsquo SUBJECTS

CE-511 Advanced Mathematics and Statistics

Numerical Methods - Partial differential equations Newton-Raphson method Finite difference finite element method of characteristics different methods Successive over relaxation methods Optimization ndash classification and importance in Environmental Studies Single and multivariable optimization without and with constraints Linear Programming ndash different methods linear approximation of non-linear optimization Statistics - Significance Tests Frequency Distribution Characteristics of Distributions Method of Least Squares and Regression Multiple Regression Probability ndash Concepts Methods Binomial Poisson and Normal distribution Risk and uncertainty analysis

CE-512 Environmental Chemistry and Microbiology

Aquatic Chemistry Hydrological cycle structure of water molecule water as solvent principles of equilibrium chemistry pH oxidation-reduction and the application of principles of chemistry for solving Environmental Engg problems

Chemistry of pollution due to detergents pesticides polymers trace organics metals mining petroleum and radioactive compounds

Chemistry of the atmosphere Global environmental problems- chemistry of CFC ozone depletion green house effect etc

Environmental Microbiology basic principles of microbial transformation of organic matter Microbial biochemistry biodegradation acclimatization of wastes and microbial inhibition mechanisms

Structure and function of cell constituents pure and mixed cultures aerobic and anaerobic metabolism microbial growth and dynamics microbial taxonomy classification amp morphological aspects of protozoa bacteria fungi algae and other higher aquatic life forms

Bioassay tests for toxicity evaluation pathogens and indicator organisms

Environmental Biotechnology Role of microbes in water and wastewater Engg Microbiology applied to bio scrubbers and bio filters bioremediation

CE-513 Water Pollution

Water quality Detection and measurement of Water Pollution Stream surveillance Standards Criteria Objective and goal of water quality for different uses Water quality management

Modeling approaches to water quality - classification ndash Mathematical Models for water quality

DO Models for Streams Models for microorganisms decay Eutrophication models - simplified nutrient loading models for rivers and lakes Management of Water Pollution Disposal of wastewater

CE-514 Microbiology Lab

27

Microscopic Examination of Microorganisms Preparation of bacterial smear - staining - Hanging drop technique - plate count test MPN tests and MFT Tests

GROUP lsquoBrsquo SUBJECTS

CE-562 Water Engineering Design

Introduction ndash Sources of water necessity of treatment Critical Water quality parameters water quality guidelines and standards for various water uses

Unit operations ndash principles and design of aeration systems ndash two film theory water in air system air in water system Intake structures ndash Different types design criteria

Principles of sedimentation ndash types of settling and settling equations design criteria and design of settling tanks Principle of Coagulation and Flocculation ndash types of coagulants coagulant aids coagulation theory optimum dose of coagulant design criteria and numerical examples

Filtration - theory of granular media filtration Classification of filters dual and multimedia filtration Adsorption Process Disinfection Water Softening Fluoridation and defluoridation ndash Principles and design Ion Exchange-processes Application Membrane Processes Reverse osmosis Ultrafiltration Electrodyalisis corrosion and corrosion control distribution design of various components of the distribution system

Design of the units of Water Treatment Plant

CE-561 Air Pollution and Control

Definition air pollutants air pollution measurement ambient and at source Effects of air pollution Standards Meteorology Dispersion of air pollutants Air pollution control equipmentsmdashsettling chambers Inertial devices electrostatic precipitator scrubbers fitters adsorption devices combustion devices condensation devices

CE-563 Water Engineering Laboratory

Physical and chemical characteristics of water pH EC Turbidity alkalinity acidity hardness sulphates fluorides nitrates Total solids volatile solids fixed solids Residual chlorine analysis optimum coagulant dose BOD COD Determination of heavy metals in water Total organic carbon CHNS analysis

CE-564 Self Study Open Area Seminar- I

Self Study

GROUP lsquoCrsquo SUBJECTS

CE-611 Wastewater Treatment Design

Treatment objectives Methods and design fundamentals of process analysis Physical unit operations screening flow equalization mixing Physico-chemical Treatment Systems flocculation sedimentation floatation filtration chemical unit processes Biological unit processes Bio kinetics treatment and disposal of sludge Emerging technologies for wastewater treatment and their design

CE-6121 Groundwater and Seepage

28

Darcyrsquos law General hydro-dynamic equations flow nets in isotropic and anisotropic medium

Steady and unsteady flow through confined and non-confined aquifers Schwartz Christoffel transformation and its application for ground water and seepage problems

Multiple well system partially penetrating wells image wells mutual interference of wells

Storage and exploration of ground water design construction and maintenance of wells Ground water recharge and run off Water quality budgeting simulation of ground water basin Application of remote sensing for ground water

CE-6121 Instrumentation

Types of application of measurement instrumentation Generalized configuration and functional description of measu4ring instruments Motion measurement Pressure measurement Flow measurement Environmental Engg Instrumentation

CE-6131 Design of Hydraulic Structures

Project planning site investigations choice of type of dams Cost benefit studies

Non-overflow dams Gravity Arch and buttress type Rock fill and earthen dams their design stress analysis stress concentration around openings

Different types of spillways and energy dissipaters their design Preparation and protection of foundation for dams Model analysis of Hydraulic structures Instrumentation in dams Temperature control in concrete dams

CE-6132 Industrial Waste Water Treatment

Theories of waste water treatments combined treatment of raw industrial waste with domestic sewage Discharge of completely treated waste to Municipal Sewer discharge of raw waste to stream characteristics and treatment of wastes from the apparel industry Food processing industries Material industries Chemical industries Energy industries

CE-614 Air Pollution Laboratory

Experiments using High volume sampler personnel sampler RSPM sampler stack monitoring kit

GROUP lsquoDrsquo SUBJECTS

CE-6611 Global Warming and Climate Change

Energy Issues and Climate Change Alternate Energy Sources Green-House Effect as a Natural Phenomenon Green House Gases GHGs) and their Emission Sources

Quantification of CO2 Emission Global Warming Potential (GWP) of GHGs Modeling Climate change Ozone layer depletion and its control Impacts of climate change ndash Global and India Temperature Rise Sea Level rise Coastal Erosion and landslides Coastal Flooding Wetlands and Estuaries loss

Kyoto Protocol ndash Importance Significance and its role in Climate Change Carbon Trading - Mechanisms

Various Models (European Indian) Global and Indian Scenario Cleaner Development Mechanisms ndash Various Projects related to CO2 Emission Reduction Alternatives of Carbon Sequestration ndash Conventional and non-conventional techniques

29

Role of Countries and Citizens in Containing Global Warming

References

1 Packe and Smith Climate Change

2 Gilbest

CE-6611 Planning and Design of Environmental Services

Planning factors Ventilation and Air conditioning Plumbing Design of Public Bathing Places Lighting Housing with Environmental Perspective

CE-6621 Environmental Planning and Management

Environment and Sustainable Development - carrying capacity relationship with quality of life carrying capacity and resource utilization Engineering Methodology in Planning and its Limitations ndash carrying capacity based short and long term regional planning Environmental Protection - Economic development and social welfare consideration in socio economic developmental policies and planning Total cost of development and environmental protection cost Case studies on Regional carrying capacity Engineering Economics ndash Value Engineering Time Value of Money Cash Flows Budgeting and Accounting Environmental Economics Introduction economic tools for evaluation Green GDP Cleaner development mechanisms and their applications Environmental Audit ndash methods procedure reporting and case studies Total Quality Management in environmental management and protection ndash ISO 9000 14000 and 18000 series of standards

CE-6622 Solid Waste Management

Sources of solid waste types of solid waste methods of disposal of solid waste recycle and reuse problems in the management under Indian conditions

Mechanical Transformation of solid wastes screening size reduction various devices for size reduction objectives

Thermal Transformation of solid wastes pyrolysis incineration gasification

Ultimate disposal of solid wastes Landfills problems location of landfills leachate composition management of leachate landfill liners landfill covers Bio gas from landfills computations of gas quantity and its management

CE-663 Solid Waste and Industrial Wastewater Analysis Lab

Determination of calorific value of different types of wastes Determination of molecular formula using CHNS analyzer Determination of total organic carbon of wastes Determination of moisture content density of wastes

Physical and chemical analysis of wastewater from different industries

CE-664 Minor Project - I

GROUP lsquoErsquo SUBJECTS

CE-7111 Environmental Impact Assessment and Audit

Environmental Impact Assessment ndash Definition Objectives Types ndash Rapid and Comprehensive EIA EIS FONSI Step-by-step procedure for conducting EIA and Limitations of EIA Prevention of Significant Deterioration (PSD) Programme Frame work of Impact assessment scope and contents of EIA methodologies and techniques of EIA

30

Attributes Standards and Value functions Public participation in EIA Environmental Management Plan (EMP) and Disaster Management Plan (DMP) EIA Case Studies ndashThermal Power Plant Mining Fertilizer Construction Projects Air port Water and Wastewater Treatment Plants

CE-7112 Remote Sensing and GIS in Environmental Engineering

Remote Sensing Definition ndash Ideal Remote Sensing System ndash Sensors and Types ndash Remote Sensing Satellite ndash IRS and INSAT specifications ndash Applications of remote sensing ndash DIP Techniques GIS Definition ndash Data and Types ndash Sources of data - Global Positioning System (GPS) ndash Data Structure ndash Types of Analysis ndash Errors ndash Applications of GIS Optimal Routing of Solid wastes using GIS ndash Case Study Environmental Siting of Industries and Zoning Atlas Development Re-modeling of Water Distribution System using GIS ndash Case Study Sustainable Urban Development Planning using GIS Environmental Degradation Assessment using RS and GIS Ground water vulnerability modeling using GIS

CE-7121 Air Quality Modeling

Introduction to air pollution modeling Approaches to model formulation Model Classification Criteria for model selection Air pollution meteorology ndash meteorological parameters stability classification plume rise plume behavior dispersion parameters Basic diffusion equation deterministic numerical and statistical modeling approach Introduction to boundary layer turbulence Physical modeling approach stochastic modeling approach to air pollution dispersion Theory of Gaussian plume model and its application Introduction to indoor air quality models ISCST3 CALINE4 ROADAIR Case studies

CE-7122 Hazardous Waste Management

Introduction Sources Classification Regulations for Hazardous Waste Management Hazardous Waste Characterization Designated Hazardous Wastes Waste Minimization and Resource Recovery ndash Approaches Development of a Waste Tracking System Selection of waste Minimization Process Case Studies Transportation of Hazardous Waste ndash requirements regulations containers bulk and non-bulk transport Emergency Response Physico-chemical Chemical and Biological Treatment of hazardous waste Thermal treatment - Incineration and pyrolysis Sanitary landfill ndash design approach leachate and gaseous collection system Facility Siting and Process Selection for treatment storage disposal facility (TSDF) Soil contamination and site remediation ndash bioremediation processes monitoring of disposal sites

CE-7123 Occupational safety and Health

Introduction Occupational Safety and Health Act Occupational Safety and Health Administration Right to know Laws Indian Acts ndash Labour Act Factories Act OSHA Accident ndash Causation investigation methods and different models Ergonomics ndash need Task Analysis Preventing Ergonomic Hazards Ergonomics Programme Occupational Hazard and Control - Hazard Analysis Human Error and Fault Tree Analysis Emergency Response Hazards and their control in different manufacturing and processing industries Fire Prevention and Protection - types of Fire Fire Development and its Severity Effect Extinguishing Fire Electrical Safety Product Safety Occupational Health - Health and Safety Considerations Personal Protective Equipment Health problems in different types of industries ndash construction textile steel and food processing pharmaceutical occupational Health and Safety considerations in Wastewater Treatment Plants

CE-713 Self study Open Area Seminar II

CE-714 Minor Project II

CE-715 Major Project Part-I

GROUP lsquoFrsquo SUBJECTS

CE-811 Major Project Part II

Syllabus for M Tech (Hydraulics and Water Resources Engineering)

Scheme for MTech ( Hydraulics and Water Resources Engineering)

Sem

Gro

up

Course details Course

Code

L T P Internal

Marks

External

Marks

Total

Marks

Credit

s

A Advanced Mathematics CE 531 3 0 0 50 100 150 3

I Advanced Hydrology CE 532 3 0 0 50 100 150 3

Advanced Open Channel Hydraulics CE 533 3 0 0 50 100 150 3

Hydraulic Engg Lab-1 CE 534 0 0 2 30 70 100 2

B Advanced Fluid Mechanics CE 581 3 0 0 50 100 150 3

Water Power Engineering CE 582 3 0 0 50 100 150 3

Hydraulics Engg Laboratory-II CE 583 0 0 2 30 70 100 2

Self study open area seminar-I CE 584 0 0 2 50 0 50 1

21Hoursweek 1000 20

II

C Planning amp management of Water Resources CE 631 3 0 0 50 100 150 3

Elective ndashI any one of the following

Ground water Hydrology

Coastal Engg

Hydrometeorology

CE 6321

CE6322

CE 6323

3 0 0

50 100 150 3

Elective ndash II any one of the following

Design of Hydraulic structures

Advanced irrigation and drainage Engg

Water pollution control and stream pollution

CE 6331

CE 6332

CE 6333

3 0 0

50 100 150 3

Hydraulics Engg Laboratory-III CE 634 0 0 2 30 70 100 2

D Elective ndash III any one of the following

Application of Geotech Engg And GIS in water

resources

River mechanics and sediment transport

Urban storm water drainage

CE 6811

CE 6812

CE 6813

3 0 0

50 100 150 3

Elective ndash IV any one of the following

Design of flood control and river training works

Water Resources Economics

Hydrodynamics stability

CE 6821

CE 6822

CE 6823

3 0 0

50 100 150 3

Hydraulic Engg Lab- IV CE 683 0 0 2 30 70 100 2

Minor project -I CE 684 0 0 2 50 00 50 1

21Hoursweek 1000 20

III E Elective ndash V any one of the following

Environmental Impact Assessment

Subsurface investigations

Water and soil conservation Engg

CE 7311

CE 7312

CE 7313

3 0 0

50 100 150 3

Elective ndash VI any one of the following

System Techniques in Water Resources Engineering

Computational Hydraulics

Hydro Informatics and Simulations

CE 7321

CE 7322

CE 7323

3 0 0

50 100 150 3

Self Study open area Seminar CE733 0 0 2 100 00 100 2

Minor Project ndash II CE 734 0 0 4 0 300 300 6

Major Project ndash I CE 735 0 0 6 200 00 300 6

18 HrsWeek 1000 20

IV F Major Project ndash II CE 831 0 0 6 00 1000 1000 15

6 Hrswk 1000 15

Grand Total 3500 70

ADVANCED MATHEMATICS

Paper Code L T P Cr

CE 531 3 0 0 3

Numerical method Finite Differences Numerical integration and differentiation Numerical solution of ordinary

differential equations and their application to engineering structures Poissonrsquos Laplacersquos and bi-harmonic

equations Relaxation methods and their application to Civil Engineering problems Complex variables Conformal

mapping and Swartz-Christoffel transformation applied to flow problems

Statistics and Probabilities Statistical parameters Discrete and continuous distributions frequency analysis

confidence limits Regression and correlation Stochastic modelling and Time series analysis Chi-square test of

goodness of fit Sensitivity analysis and decision making

Advanced Computer programming techniques and their applications to Engineering problems

Optimization techniques using Linear Non-linear and dynamic programming

ADVANCED HYDROLOGY

Paper Code L T P Cr

CE 532 3 0 0 3

Review of basic principles of hydrology Concepts of linear and non-linear modelling in rainfall-Runoff models

Probability and statistical analysis in hydrology correlation and regression analysis Lumped and distributed flood

routing methods Flood estimation methods

Time Series Analysis

Synthetic data generation Simple and multiple linear regression

At site frequency analysis

Analysis of low flows

Stream flow forecasting

Introduction to stochastic modelling and time series analysis

ADVANCED OPEN CHANNEL HYDRAULICS

Paper Code L T P Cr

CE 533 3 0 0 3

Energy and momentum equation Effect of Non-uniform velocity distribution

metering of flow Hydraulic Jump Formations of jump in expanding and contracting channel jump type jump

control jump on sloping floors Gradually varied steady flow and rapidly varied steady flow in open channels

surface profiles in GVF-analysis different method of computations Chowrsquo-s methods standard step method finite

difference method Unsteady Flow Waves celerity of wave boundary conditions standing and progressive wave

positive and negative surges Dam break problem deep water group velocity solitary wave Introduction to Fluvial

hydraulics sediment transport

HYDRAULIC ENGINEERING LAB I

Paper Code L T P Cr

CE 534 0 0 2 2

I) Computation of energy momentum correction factors by use of current meter and pitot tube

II) Calibration of weir and venturi-flumes determination of modular limit

III) Normal critical and brink depth-their experimental Verification and determination of Manningrsquos n

IV) Backwater profiles

V) Hydraulic jump characteristics

VI) Bed formations Threshold condition in sediment transport

ADVANCED FLUID MECHANICS

Paper Code L T P Cr

CE 581 3 0 0 3

Review of basic laws of fluid flow in integral and differential form kinematics Ideal fluid flow Newtonian fluid

flow and applications Creeping flow Two dimensional Flow Patterns Sink and Source Laplace equation solution

by Graphical method Theoretical concepts of boundary layer Boundary layer theory Turbulent boundary layer

Boundary Layer Separation and its Stability Transition turbulence analysis and Measurement Correlation and

Statistical Theories Fundamentals of compressible flows Modelling and dimensional analysis

WATER POWER ENGINEERING

Paper Code L T P Cr

CE 582 3 0 0 3

Comparative study of Hydro-Thermal and Nuclear Projects Investigations of Hydro-electric projects-types of

development nature of demand and supply interconnection pondage and storage

Design of intakes gates air inlet valves penstocks and anchor blocks Power canals Forebay

Type of turbines their selection Design of turbine components like scroll casing runner draft tube governing of

turbine

Characteristics and model studies of turbines

Water hammer phenomenon physical interpretation water hammer studies by different methods for sudden and

gradual closure of valve

Surge tanks governing equation for analysis stability calculation of surge by different methods surge in power

canals surge control Design principles of Power House

HYDRAULIC ENGINEERING LABORATORY II

Paper Code L T P Cr

CE 583 0 0 2 2

Flow visualisation studies Boundary layer drag and lift on immersed bodies Measurement of turbulent

quantities) some experiments on wind tunnel

PLANNING AND MANAGEMENT OF WATER RESOURCES

Paper Code L T P Cr

CE 631 3 0 0 3

Principles of engineering economics discounting techniques un-certainity planning horizon Selection of optimal

alternatives Application of linear non linear and dynamic programings in water resources Optimal sequencing and

scheduling of resources Planning of water resources projects cost ndashbenefit analysis for irrigation water power and

floods control projects

Principles and practice of water resources planning and management Purposes water resources developments

Engineering economy in water resources planning

Reservoir planning river basin development Factors affecting irrigation and power development examples of

multipurpose project in India

Storage and related problems optimum storage Rule curve minimum storage and its effect on the cost of power

Computer applications in the designs of water resources systems Water shed management Management of reservoir

operations

GROUND WATER HYDROLOGY

Paper Code L T P Cr

CE 6321 3 0 0 3

Introduction Steady and unsteady flow through confined and unconfined aquifers Schwartz-Christoffel

transformation and its application for ground water flow and seepage problems Numerical Techniques for solution

of ground water flow

Ground water movement Darcyrsquos law permeability hydraulic conductivity ground water in perforated regions

Isotropic and anisotropic aquifers and general flow equations Multiple well system partially penetrating wells

image wells mutual interference of wells

Ground water modeling techniques Porous media models analog models and digital computer models

Investigations of ground water Surface and subsurface investigation of ground water Water level measurement

fluid conductivity Storage and exploration of ground water Design Construction and Maintainence of wells

simulation of ground water basin Application of remote sensing for ground water

Artificial recharge of ground water Concept of artificial recharge re-charge methods recharge on water

spreading recharge mound and induced recharge General hydro-dynamic equations flow nets in isotropic and

anisotropic medium Water harvesting and legislation

COASTAL ENGINEERING

Paper Code L T P Cr

CE 6322 3 0 0 3

Definition-wave classification-linear theory of waves-assumptions and derivations of relationship of wave

characteristics-pressure within a progressive wave wave energy energy flux-wave decay-Transformation of waves-

Fundamental aspects of stokes theory

Reflection Refraction Diffraction of wave-Breaking of waves-types criterion and importance of breaking- wave

force on structure-vertical sloping curved and stepped barrier-force due to non-breaking breaking and broken

waves-Force on piles

Need for forecasting- SMB and PNJ methods of wave forecasting

Origin and classification of tides Karwinrsquos equilibrium theory of tides-effects on structure-seiches and tsunamis

Types of sediment and movement-types of beaches and beach profile Long Shore drift and its engineering

significance Causes of coastal erosion and methods of protection Introduction to outfall design necessity and few

design examples

HYDROMETEOROLOGY

Paper Code L T P Cr

CE 6323 3 0 0 3

Atmosphere General Circulation Composition and Structure of Atmosphere Role of

Meteorology in Hydrology

Precipitation Process ndash Adiabatic Process Stability and Instability of Atmosphere

Atmosphere Thermodynamics

Clouds ndash Classification Formation and Characteristics

Climate Preparation of Climatological norms and Climate Classification

Weather Charts Preparation Analysis and Interpretation Weather Forecast

Monsoon ndash Monsoon Circulation Monsoon Troughs Monsoon Depression and Tropical

Cyclones

Hydro-meteorological Instrumentation and Observations

Use of Radar and Satellites in Hydrology

Storm Analysis Storm Selection Storm Maximization Probable Maximum Precipitation

Meteorological Homogeneity Storm Transposition

Computer applications in the design of hydraulic structures

DESIGN OF HYDRAULIC STRUCTURES

Paper Code L T P Cr

CE 6331 3 0 0 3

Design of spillways energy dissipation below spillways and their construction management

Non-overflow dams Gravity Arch and buttress dams rock fill and earthen dams their design and management at

the site Stress analysis stress concentration around openings Model analysis of hydraulic structures

Design of weirs on permeable foundation silt excluders and different types of silt ejectors and construction

management of diversion head works Case studies of large dams

Foundations design well foundation coffer dams drilled shafts and piled foundations Stability analysis

construction maintenance and testing of foundations Codal provisions for foundation design of these structures

ADVANCED IRRIGATION AND DRAINAGE ENGINEERING

Paper Code L T P Cr

CE 6332 3 0 0 3

Basic Irrigation Development Problems Types of development water rights and disputes Land classification and

development Investigation for irrigation planning water resources conjunctive use of surface and ground water

reclamation of sewage and drainage flow Recharging of groundwater by flood flows

Water requirement of crops Consumptive use depth and frequency of irrigation cropping pattern

Modern methods of irrigation their economics and design irrigation network and irrigation structures Management

of irrigation analysis of existing irrigation projects irrigation losses and wastes irrigation efficiency control and

maintenance of irrigation works

Problems of water logging-salinity and alkalinity land drainage problems- design of surface and sub-surface

drainage system reclamation

Systems approach in planning of irrigation and drainage projects

WATER POLLUTION CONTROL AND STREAM SANITATION

Paper Code L T P Cr

CE 6333 3 0 0 3

Water quality and stream quality standards

Organic self purification-quantitative definition-re-oxygenation-oxygen balance and stream

dissolved oxygen profile-oxygen sag curve-Streeter Phelprsquos equation-Critical deficit problems

Microbial self purification-pathogenic microorganisms of sewage origin-indices of

contamination-enumeration-per-capita contribution-seasonal variations-death rate survival in

the stream environment

Classification of streams-natural self purification process-disposal of wastewater Rational

stream sanitation practices-dual objectives of stream sanitation practices-the science

and art of applied stream sanitation-stream survey-types of stream survey-execution of stream

surveys

Purification in estuaries-evaluation of self purification in estuaries-tides and currents distribution

of waste loads by tidal translation-sea water intrusion-waste assimilation capacity

of estuaries-bacterial contamination-stable wastes

Case studiessimulation studies water quality modelling using qual2E WASP

HYDRAULICS ENGG LABORATORY-III

Paper Code

L T P Cr

CE 634 0 0 2 2

Experiments based on models studies in irrigation engineering river mechanics river flow dynamics and sediment

transport Experiments on instrumentation techniques

APPLICATION OF GEOTECH ENGG AND GIS IN WATER RESOURCES

Paper Code

L T P Cr

CE 6811 3 0 0 3

Introduction sources of energy electromagnetic spectrum electromagnetic radiation reflection transmission and

absorption Interaction of EMR with atmosphere scattering refraction absorption transmission atmospheric

windows Brief review of thermal and microwave remote sensing their utility merit and demerits Introduction

geographical concepts and terminology difference between image processing system and GIS utility of GIS

Various GIS packages and their salient features essentials components of GIS data acquisition through scanners

and digitizers Raster and vector data introduction descriptions raster and vector data raster versus vector raster

to vector conversion remote sensing data in GIS

Introduction importance of water resources and hydrology components of water resources hydrological cycle role

of remote sensing Geo-morphological analysis of watershed determination of various geo-morphometric

parameters using conventional and remote sensing data digital elevation model data input interpolation

techniques surface generation assessment of accuracy extraction of various watershed parameters Irrigation water

management and scheduling performance evaluation of irrigation command areas performance indicators mapping

of irrigation command areas using temporal remote sensing data Flood plain identification and management use of

remote sensing data products digital based extraction of flood plain parameters and indices drought identification

and management conventional approach data requirements and methods drought Indices and its assessment using

remote sensing data

RIVER MECHANICS AND SEDIMENT TRANSPORT

Paper Code L T P Cr

CE 6812 3 0 0 3

River morphology river systems hydraulics regime and dynamics Theory of meandering Inter relationship

between river dimensions sediment load and water flow River response to river training works Local scour around

hydraulic structures Density currents and sedimentation of reservoirs

Introduction sediment properties threshold conditions for uniform sediments exposure and sheltering effects in

non-uniform sediments critical-tri-active stress of non-uniform cohesion-less sediments and cohesive soil regimes

of flow analysis of ripples dunes and anti-dunes resistance to flow and velocity distribution in alluvial streams

Bed load suspended load and wash load computation of bed load for uniform and non uniform sediments

Mechanism of suspension distribution of suspended load computation of suspended load and total load

URBAN STORM WATER DRAINAGE

Paper Code L T P Cr

CE 6813 3 0 0 3

Hydraulics of closed and open drains under different flow conditions unsteady steady and spatially varied flows

Design criteria of drains based on hydraulic considerations

Hydrologic design scale selection of design level Risk analysis of safety margins and safety factors

Design storms precipitation depth intensity duration frequency relationships Design hyetographs from storm

events

Design flows storm sewer design Codal requirements for storm water drainage

DESIGN OF FLOOD CONTROL AND RIVER TRAINING WORKS

Paper Code L T P Cr

CE 6821 3 0 0 3

Basic causes of flood Flood prone areas in India and their problems case history of some important river basins of

India Engineering and administrative methods of flood plane regulation Economic aspects of flood control

schemes cost benefit analysis Flood forecasting flood warning and flood fighting

Morphological study of river behaviour Theories of river meandering and river regimes Necessity principles and

methods of river training Case history of river training works in India and abroad Design of Levees Groynes Cut-

offs and Guide bunds etc River training works for different hydraulic structures

WATER RESOURCE ECONOMICS

Paper Code L T P Cr

CE 6822 3 0 0 3

Principles of engineering economics discounting techniques un-certainity planning horizon Selection of optimal

alternatives Application of liner non-linear and dynamic programmings in water resources Optimal sequencing

and scheduling of resources Planning of water resources projects cost- benefit analysis for irrigation water power

and flood control projects

HYDRO DYNAMIC STABILITY

Paper Code L T P Cr

CE 6823 3 0 0 3

Control volumes and system approach- Stokersquos Gauss and Greenrsquos theorem and applications

Conservation of mass momentum moment of momentum and energy equations

Potential flows Basic flow patterns combination of flow patterns application to civil engineering problems

Conformal transformation Viscous flow Navier-Stokersquos equations Exact and approximate solutions

Boundary layer theory Boundary layer equations and its solution boundary layer separations and its control theory

of stability drag on immersed bodies

Formulation of hydrodynamic stability problems in various situations of flows and particularly for parallel flows

Waves and allied experimental studies Study of laminar to turbulent transition

CE 683 HYDRAULIC ENGINEERING LAB ndashIV

Paper Code L T P Cr

CE 683 0 0 2 2

Application of CAD in hydraulic Engineering Two and three dimensional analysis of gravity dams Seepage and

stability analysis of embankment Design of weirs on permeable foundations Design of canals and transitions

Design of gates and valves Design of pipe networks

ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ANALYSIS FOR WATER RESOURCE PROJECTS

Paper Code L T P Cr

CE 7311 3 0 0 3

Objectives of environmental impact assessment methodology for EIA Baseline study scooping checklist scaled

and weighted matrices networks overlays index methods Prediction and Assessment of impacts on air water land

demography and Biological Environment Impact analysis of Hydro power different case studies environmental

Impact Analysis-Laws and Status in India Rehabilitation and resettlement

Identification of process operation imbalances resulting in resources loss and their impact on environment

SUBSURFACE INVESTIGATIONS

Paper Code L T P Cr

CE 7312 3 0 0 3

Introduction amp broad classification of subsurface methods

Direct Methods

Excavation amp Pitting

Well Drilling Techniques

Drill Stem Testing

Geological Well Logs

Indirect Methods

Geophysical Well Logging Electrical Well logging methods Normal amp Lateral Resistivity

Logs Self Potential Logs Induction amp Micro focused logs electrical logging practices

evaluation of aquifer parameters

Radiation logging (Natural gamma neutron amp gamma gamma logging) - Acoustic logs

Caliper logs amp Dip-meter surveys amp their applications in groundwater

prospecting

WATER AND SOIL CONSERVATION ENGINEERING

Paper Code L T P Cr

CE 7313 3 0 0 3

Water conservation Rain water harvesting techniques water shed development ground water recharging check

dams reservoirs and aquifers control of infiltration seepage and evaporation control of effluent and waste water

disposal control of agricultural run off and siltation Plan utilisation of water resources flood planes zone

management reuse and recycling of treated waste water effluent irrigation

Soil Conservation Introduction to soil erosion mechanisms and its causes and control sheet erosion rill erosion

gully erosion control of erosion by bunding terracing contour trenching gully stabilizing check dams drop

spillways chute spillways grass land management and forest management reclamation of saline and usher soils

remediation of contaminated soils Case studies on soil and water conservation practices

SYSTEM TECHNIQUES IN WATER RESOURCES ENGINEERING

Paper Code L T P Cr

CE 7321 3 0 0 3

System Concepts

System concepts definitions needs for system approach different types of

system parameters and variables

Linear Programming

Revision Big M Method duality sensitivity analysis Application of Linear

Programming for Hydraulics amp Water Resource

Non Linear Programming

Unconstrained one Dimensional search methods Dichotomous search method

Fibonacci Golden section multivariable unconstrained gradient techniques

steepest ascent and descent methods Newtonrsquos methods Application of

Dichotomous search method Fibonacci amp Golden section to the various sectors of

Water Resource Engineering FP methods constrained Lagrangian multiplier

techniques Kuhn Tuckerrsquos conditions penalty function methods

Dynamic Programming

Principle of optimality recursive equations Application of Dynamic

programming to Water Resource Engineering

Stochastic Methods

Queuing theory simulation technique sequencing model Morkovrsquos process

Capitalisation

Annuity benefit-cost analysis Benefit Cost Analysis for multi purpose water

resource projects

Geometric Programming

Polynomial unconstrained minimization problem arithmatics geometric

unequality solution of unconstrained geometric programming constraints

minimization geometric programming with mixed inequality constrained

Games Theory

COMPUTATIONAL HYDRAULICS

Paper Code L T P Cr

CE 7322 3 0 0 3

Introduction to finite element and finite volume techniques in computational fluid dynamics

Numerical solution of Navier-Stokersquos equation and boundary layer equation Reynoldrsquos equation-turbulence

modelling

Separated flows transient flow through pipes surge tanks steady uniform and non-uniform flow through open

channels

Spatially varied flow Numerical solutions unsteady flow through open channels

Application of finite element method in other areas of water resources eg Multiphase flow estuarine and lakes

oceans waves tidal flow etc Specification related to storm water drainage

HYDROINFORMATICS AND SIMULATIONS

Paper Code L T P Cr

CE 7323 3 0 0 3

Introduction

Concept of hydro-informatics scope of internet and web based modelling in water

resources engineering

Introduction to multi criterion decision support system ndash Components for

modelling software

Introduction to Simulation

Different simulation techniques ndash Applications of simulation techniques in

hydraulics

Introduction to Artificial Neural Networks

Networks and its training-Back propagation algorithm Conjugate gradient

algorithm Cascade correlation algorithm Applications of ANN in WRE Genetic Algorithm (GA)

Concept Basic principle of GA Working principle of GA Coding Fitness

function GA Operations Reproduction Cross over Mutation Applications of

GA in Water Resources Engineering

DELHI TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION

AND

COURSE OF READING

FOR

MTech (Software Engineering)

Syllabus applicable to the students seeking admission to

MTech (Software Engineering) Course

SCHEME

Paper

No

Subject Code

No

Title of the Course Internal

Marks

External

Marks

Total

Marks

Credits Semester

Total

1

2

3

4

GROUP A CO 511

CO 512

CO 513

CO 514

Software Engineering Methodologies

Data Warehousing amp Data Mining

Advances in Internet amp Web

Technologies

Software Engineering Lab

50

50

50

30

100

100

100

70

150

150

150

100

3

3

3

2

1000

(20

credits)

5

6

7

8

GROUP B

CO 561

CO 562

CO 563

CO 564

Software Project Management Artificial Intelligence and Expert Systems

Artificial Intelligence Lab

Self-study Open Area Seminar-I

50

50

30

50

100

100

70

-

150

150

100

50

3

3

2

1

9

10

11

12

GROUP C CO 611

CO 612

CO 613

CO 614

Software Validation Verification amp

Testing

Elective-I

Elective-II

Software Testing Laboratory

50

30

50

50

100

70

100

100

150

100

150

150

3

2

3

3

1000

(20

credits)

12

13

14

15

GROUP D

CO 661

CO 662

CO 663

CO 664

Elective-III

Elective-IV

Lab based on Electives

Minor Project-I

30

50

50

50

70

100

100

-

100

150

150

50

2

3

3

1

16

17

18

19

20

GROUP E

CO 711

CO 712

CO 713

CO 714

CO 715

Elective-V

Elective-VI

Self-study Seminar ndashII

Minor Project-II

Major Project-I

50

50

100

-

-

100

100

-

300

300

150

150

100

300

300

3

3

1

4

4

1000

(15

credits)

21 GROUP F CO 811

Major Project-II

-

1000

1000

15

1000

(15

credits)

List of Electives

Electives I (Group C) Any one subject can be chosen from the following

Software Requirements Engineering

Software Quality amp Metrics

Bio-Informatics

Advances in Information Systems

Modeling and Simulation

Electives II (Group C) Any one subject can be chosen from the following

Real-Time Systems

Quantum Computing

Recent Trends in Distributed Systems

Cluster amp Grid Computing

Pervasive Computing

Electives III (Group D) Any one subject can be chosen from the following

Virtual Reality

Advances in Multimedia Systems

Wireless amp Mobile Communication

Data Security and Cryptography

Fault Tolerant System Design

Electives IV (Group D) Any one subject can be chosen from the following

Digital Image Processing

Neural Networks amp Fuzzy Logic

Biometrics

Robotics Engineering

Pattern Recognition

Electives V (Group E) Any one subject can be chosen from the following

Advances in Software Engineering

Software Architecture amp Design Patterns

Component Based Technology

Intellectual Property Rights

Human Computer Interface

Electives VI (Group E) Any one subject can be chosen from the following

Natural Language Processing

Computer Vision

Machine Learning

Semantic Web

Information Retrieval

First Year MTech (SE) I Semester

CO 511 Software Engineering Methodologies

Lectures - 3 Hrs per week Theory - 150 Marks

Unit 1 Review of Software Engineering Principles amp Techniques Discussion on System

Development amp Methodologies Object-Oriented System Development

Unit 2 Software Engineering Processes Introduction to Object Oriented Paradigm Object-

Oriented Process Models Rational Unified Process (RUP)

Unit 3 Methodologies Yourdon method for software design Modified Yourdon Method

Object Modeling Technique (OMT) of Rumbaugh

Unit 4 Unified Modeling Language (UML) UML diagrams such as use case diagrams class

diagram sequence diagrams state transition diagrams etc

Unit 5 Agile development methodologies

Unit 6 Applications A complete case study of Software development using above

Methodologies Concepts of Computer-Aided Software Engineering

Tools Knowledge about current CASE tools used in the industry

Suggested Readings-

Text Books

1 Ian Sommerville ldquoSoftware Engineeringrdquo 7th Edition Addison-Wesley 2004ISBN 81-

7758-530-4

2 Roger S Pressman ldquoSoftware Engineering ndash A Practitionerrsquos Approachrdquo - 4th edition

McGraw Hill Publications

3 Grady Booch James Rambaugh Ivar Jacobson ldquoUnified Modeling Language Users

Guiderdquo 2nd Edition Addison- Wesley ISBN ndash 0321267974

Reference Books

1 Ivar Jacobson Grady Booch James Rumbaugh ldquoThe Unified Software Development

Processrdquo Pearson Education

2 Yourdon ldquoModern Structured Analysisrdquo PHI

3 KK Aggarwal and Yogesh Singh ldquoSoftware Engineeringrdquo New Age Publications 2009

CO 512 Data Warehousing amp Data Mining

Lectures - 3 Hrs per week Theory - 150 Marks

Unit 1 Data Warehousing - Basic concepts in data warehousing Collecting the requirements

of data warehouse Data Warehouse Architecture Design Implementationamp Maintenance

OLAP in data warehouse Data warehousing and the web Further Development of Data Cube

Technology From Data Warehousing to Data Mining

Unit 2 Data Mining Concepts Data mining primitives Basics of data mining Query language

Designing GUI based on a data mining query language Architectures of data mining systems

Unit 3 Mining Association Rules in Large Databases Association Rule Mining Mining

Single Dimensional Boolean Association Rules from Transactional Databases Mining

Multilevel Association Rules from Transaction Databases Mining Multidimensional Association

Rules from Relational Databases and Data Warehouses From Association Mining to Correlation

Analysis Constraint Based Association Mining

Unit 4 Classification and Prediction Issues Regarding Classification and Prediction

Classification by Decision Tree Induction Bayesian Classification Classification by

Backpropagation Classification Based on Concepts from Association Rule Mining Other

Classification Methods Prediction Classifier Accuracy

Unit 5 Cluster Analysis in Data Mining Types of Data in Cluster Analysis A Categorization

of Major Clustering Methods Partitioning Methods Density Based Methods Grid Based

Methods Model Based Clustering Methods Outlier Analysis

Unit 6 Mining Complex Types of Data Multidimensional Analysis and Descriptive Mining of

Complex Data Objects Mining Spatial Databases Mining Multimedia Databases Mining Time

Series and Sequence Data Mining Text Databases Applications Systems products and research

prototypes Additional themes in data mining Trends in Data mining spatial mining and Web

Mining Web concept mining Web structure mining Web Usage mining

Suggested Readings-

Text Books

1 PPonnian ldquoData Warehousing Fundamentalsrdquo John Wiley

2 MHDunham ldquoData Mining Introductory amp Advanced Topicsrdquo Pearson Education

3 HanKamber MKaufman ldquoData Mining Concepts amp Techniquesrdquo

Reference Books

1 Ralph Kimball ldquoThe Data Warehouse Lifecycle Tool Kitrdquo John Wiley

2 MBerry GLinoff ldquoMaster in Data Miningrdquo John Wiley

3 WHInmon ldquoBuilding the Data Ware housesrdquo Wiley Dreamtech

CO 513 Advances in Internet amp Web Technologies

Lectures - 3 Hrs per week Theory - 150 Marks

Unit 1 Emergence of the Internet Basics notions amp working parts of the Internet E-Mail file

transfer telnet Usenet gopher wais Archie and veronica Internet chat

Unit 2 Web Development Developing Web using HTML XML ASP Concepts of Web

Programming using Scripting Languages such as JavaScript CGI PHP etc Database

Connectivity with MySQL and JDBC

Unit 3 Web Research amp Practices The World Wide Web Impact Opportunities and

Challenges Evolution of Search Engines

Unit 4 Web Search amp Mining Framework Supporting Technologies concepts applications

types amp tools Quantifying the Web

Unit 5 Crawling Techniques The task of a web crawler Crawler algorithms Indexing

techniques Ranking in Web

Unit 6 Advanced Research Topics Duplicate Detection Contextual Search etc

Suggested Readings-

Text Books

1 Raj Kamal ldquoInternet and Web Technologiesrdquo Tata McGraw Hill edition

2 Mark Levene ldquoAn Introduction to Search Engines and Web Navigationrdquo Pearson

Education ISBN 0321306775

3 Soumen Chakrabarti ldquoMining the Web Discovering Knowledge from Hypertext

Datardquo Morgan-Kaufmann Publishers ISBN 1-55860-754-4

Reference Books

1 Wendy Willard ldquoHTML A Beginnerrsquos Guiderdquo Tata McGraw-Hill

2 Chris Bates ldquoWeb Programming building internet applicationsrdquo 2nd edition Wiley

Dreamtech

3 Sebesta ldquoProgramming World Wide Webrdquo Pearson

4 Ullman Larry ldquoPHP and MySQL for Dynamic Web Sitesrdquo Peachpit Press

5 Pierre Baldi Paolo Frasconi Padhraic Smyth ldquoModeling the Internet and the Webrdquo John

Wiley and Sons Ltd ISBN 0470849061

CO 514 Software Lab

Practical - 2 Hrs per week Practical - 100 Marks

Software Lab based on using latest CASE Tools At least one Minor Project to be developed for

an application based on methodologies covered in the course

CO 561 Software Project Management

Lectures - 3 Hrs per week Theory - 150 Marks

Unit 1 Introduction Project Management concepts Process Framework Project Planning

Software Life Cycle Models Artifacts of the Project Management Process

Unit 2 Cost and Scheduling Estimation Models Various Levels of COCOMO for Cost

Effort Schedule and Productivity Estimation Approaches to Effort Cost Estimation and

Schedule Estimation factors through COCOMO II Putnam Estimation Model Algorithmic

models

Unit 3 Project Management Techniques Project Organizations and Responsibilities

Establishing Project Environment Risk Management Process Project Tracking and Control

Defect Tracking Concepts such as Process monitoring and audit Reviews Inspections and

Walkthroughs

Unit 5 Risk Estimation What is Risk Framework for Managing Risks Risk Identification

Risk Analysis and Prioritization Risk Avoidance and Mitigation Strategies Risk Monitoring

Estimating

Unit 4 Activity Planning including CPM and PERT Network planning model Activity-on-

arrow network Precedence network Forward pass Backward pass Critical path Slack and

float

Unit 6 Advance Topics in Software Project Management Discussion on future Software

Project Management Practices amp Modern Project Profiles Next Generation Software Economics

Modern Process Transitions

Suggested Readings-

Text Books

1 Watts S Humphrey ldquoManaging the Software Processrdquo Pearson Education

2 Walker Royce ldquoSoftware Project Managementrdquo Pearson Education

3 Pankaj Jalote ldquoSoftware Project Management in Practicerdquo Pearson Education

Reference Books

1 Bob Hughes ldquoSoftware Project Managementrdquo TMH

2 Chris Kemerer ldquoSoftware Project Management Readings and Casesrdquo

CO 562 Artificial Intelligence amp Expert Systems

Lectures - 3 Hrs per week Theory - 150 Marks

Unit 1 Introduction The AI Problems AI Techniques Basic Problem solving methods state

space search problem characteristics Production systems characteristics issues in design of

Intelligent search algorithm

Unit 2 Heuristic search Techniques Hill climbing techniques Best First search Problem

Reduction Constraint Satisfaction Means-End Analysis

Unit 3 Knowledge Representation Knowledge Representation issues Knowledge

Representation using Predicate logic Semantic Nets Semantic Frames Conceptual Dependency

scripts Knowledge representation with uncertainty

Unit 4 Programming Languages Fundamental and concepts of Programming languages like

Prolog or Lisp Relationship of languages with Knowledge representation and inferences

Unit 5 Expert Systems What and Why of expert systems Structure of an Expert system

interaction with an expert system Design of an Expert system implementing expert system shell

Expert System Development techniques amp tools with Case Study Construction of Programs

using different data structure

Unit 6 Advanced topics Applications of AI in Game Playing amp Natural Language Processing

Concepts of Fuzzy Logic Introduction to Intelligent Agents

Suggested Readings-

Text Books

1 Artificial Intelligence E Rich and K Knight TMH 2nd ed 1992

2 Introduction to Expert Systems Peter Jackson AWP MA 199

3 Introduction to AI and Expert Systems DW Patterson PHI 1992

Reference Books

1 Artificial Intelligence - an Engineering Approach RJ Schalkoff McGraw Hill Int

Ed Singapore 1992

2 Principles of AI NJ Nilsson Narosa Publ House 1990

3 Artificial Intelligence Structures and Strategies for Complex Problem Solving (5th

Edition) George F Luger 2005 Addison-Wesley ISBN-10 0321263189

4 Artificial Intelligence A Guide to Intelligent Systems (2nd Edition)Michael

Negnevitsky 2005 Addison-Wesley ISBN-10 0321204662

CO 563 Artificial Intelligence Lab

Practical - 2 Hrs per week Practical - 100 Marks

Objective of the course - To develop intelligent systems in different engineering domains like

Games Theorem Proving Natural Language Processing etc

CO 564 Self-study Open Area Seminar-I

Practical - 2 Hrs per week Sessional - 50 Marks

Objective of the course - Students should explore the research areas amp industry practices in the

field of Software Engineering Artificial Intelligenceamp other applied areas The students will

submit a symposium on the topics selected

First Year MTech (SE) II Semester

CO 611 Software Validation Verification amp Testing

Lectures - 3 Hrs per week Theory - 150 Marks

Unit 1 Introductory concepts Verification ampValidation Terminologies like Goals Role

Objectives Limitations Approaches amp Applicability

Unit 2 Software Testing Testing Process Limitations of Testing Testing activities

Unit 3 Levels of Testing Unit Testing Integration Testing System Testing

Debugging Domain Testing Regression Testing Slice based testing

Unit 4 Software Testing Techniques Detail study of Functional Testing Structural Testing

Object Oriented Testing

Unit 5 Software Testing Tools Taxonomy Methodology to evaluate automated testing Using

tools Load Runner Win runner and Rational Testing Tools Java Testing Tools JMetra JUNIT

Cactus and other recent tools

Unit 6 Advanced Topics on Testing Prioritizing the Test-cases Web Applications Testing

Off-the-shelf component testing security testing Data-warehouse Automated test data

generation

Suggested Readings

Text Books

1 Paul C Jorgenson Software Testing A Craftsmanrsquos approach CRC Press 1997

2 Desikan Ramesh Software Testing principles and Practices Pearson Education

Reference Books

1 William E PerryEffective Methods for Software Testing John Wiley

2 Steven R Rakitin Software Verification and Validation for Practitioners and Managers

2nd edition Artech House

3 Boris Beizer ldquoSoftware Testing Techniquesrdquo Second Volume Second Edition Van

Nostrand Reinhold New York 1990

4 Louise Tamres ldquoSoftware Testingrdquo Pearson Education Asia 2002

5 Boris Beizer ldquoSoftware System Testing and Quality Assurancerdquo Van Nostrand einhold

New York 1984

6 Glenford Myers ldquoThe Art of Software Testingrdquo John Wiley amp Sons Inc New York

1979

CO 612 Software Testing Lab

Practical - 2 Hrs per week Practical - 100 Marks

Objectives of the course -Software Testing Lab where hands-on experience on various Testing

Tools A project development for an application using these tools

Elective I Group C

Lectures - 3 Hrs per week Theory - 150 Marks

CO 613

Elective II Group C

Lectures - 3 Hrs per week Theory - 150 Marks

CO 614

Elective III Group D

Lectures - 3 Hrs per week Theory - 150 Marks

CO 662

Elective IV Group D

Lectures - 3 Hrs per week Theory - 150 Marks

CO 663

CO 664 Minor Project I

Practical - 2 Hrs per week Sessional - 50 Marks

The objective of this course is to develop complete Software Application- CASE Tool based on

the subjects studied during the Course

Second Year MTech (SE) III Semester

Elective V Group E

Lectures - 3 Hrs per week Theory - 150 Marks

CO 711

Elective VI Group E

Lectures - 3 Hrs per week Theory - 150 Marks

CO 712

CO 713 Self-Study Open Area Seminar -II

Practical - 2 Hrs per week Practical - 100 Marks

Objective of this course - This study should be in continuation with earlier study taken during

the Self-Study Open Area Seminar I and students must present some state-of-art innovative

techniques in the area of interest which can serve as the base-work for a workshopConference

Paper

CO 714 Minor Project -II

Practical - 4 Hrs per week Practical - 300 Marks

Objective of this course - Innovative Development of complete Software Application or a

CASE Tool based on the subjects studied amp area of interest

CO 715 Major Project Part-I

Practical - 3 Hrs per week Practical - 300 Marks

Second Year MTech (SE) IV Semester

CO 811 Major Project Part ndashII

Practical - 6Hrs per week Practical - 500 Marks

Elective I (Group C) CO 613

Software Requirements Engineering

Lectures - 3 Hrs per week Theory - 150 Marks

Unit 1 Software Requirements Essential of Software requirements Different Dimensions of

Software Requirements Good practices for requirements engineering improving requirements

processes and risk management

Unit 2 Software Requirements Engineering Review of various activities of Requirements

Engineering like requirements elicitation requirements analysis documentation amp review

Discussion on current trends in requirements elicitation requirements analysis models and

verifying requirements requirements specification amp requirements prioritization

Unit 3 Software Requirements Management (RM) Principles and practices of RM

Requirements attributes Change Management Process Requirements Traceability Matrix Links

in requirements chain

Unit 4 RM Tools Rational Requisite pro Caliber RM benefits of using a RM tool

Unit 5 Advances in Requirement Engineering Commercial requirements management

techniques amp tools implementing requirements management automation

Unit 6 Latest trends in requirements engineering such as aspect-oriented requirement

engineering agent-based requirement engineering

Suggested Readings

Text Book

1 Rajesh Naik and Swapna Kishore ldquoSoftware Requirements and Estimationrdquo Tata

McGraw Hill

2 Karl E Weigers ldquoSoftware Requirementsrdquo Microsoft Press 1999

3 Ellen Gottesdiener Requirements by Collaboration Workshops for Defining Needs

Addison Wesley 2002

Reference Books

1 Ian Graham Requirements Engineering and Rapid Development Addison Wesley 1998

2 Ivy Hooks and Kristin Farry Customer-Centered Products Creating successful products

through smart Requirements Management Amacom 2001

3 Dean Leffingwell and Don Widrig Managing Software Requirements A Unified

Approach Addison Wesley 1999

Software Quality amp Metrics

Lectures - 3 Hrs per week Theory - 150 Marks

Unit 1 Software Quality Assurance Framework What is Quality Software Quality

Assurance Components of Software Quality Assurance Software Quality Assurance Plan Steps

to develop and implement a Software Quality Assurance Plan

Unit 2 Quality Standards ISO 9000 and Comparison ISO Standards CMM CMMI PCMM 3

Sigma 6 Sigma Software Quality Models

Unit 3 Measurement basics What is Software Metrics Application Areas of Metrics

Categories of Metrics Measurement Scale Axiomatic Evaluation of Metrics on Weyukerrsquos

Properties Analyzing the Metric Data Summary statistics for preexamining data Metric Data

Distribution Outlier Analysis Correlation Analysis Exploring Analysis

Unit 4 Measuring Structure and Size Size Estimation Halstead Software Science Metrics

Information flow Metrics Measuring Quality Software Quality metrics based on Defects

Usability Metrics Testing Metrics Reliability Models

Unit 5 Object Oriented Metrics Coupling Metrics Cohesion Metrics Inheritance Metrics

Size Metrics Reuse Metrics

Unit 6 Advanced topics in software quality Empirical software engineering research in

software quality

Suggested Readings-

Text Books

1 Mordechai Ben MenachemGarry S Marliss ldquoSoftware Qualityrdquo Thomson Learning

2 Stephen H Kan ldquoMetrics and Models in Software Quality Engineeringrdquo Pearson

Education (Singapore) Pvt Ltd 2002

3 Norman E Fenton and Shari Lawrence ldquoSoftware Metricsrdquo PfleegerThomson 2003

Reference Books

1 D Galin ldquoSoftware Quality Assurance From Theory to Implementationrdquo Addison

Wesley

2 Allan C Gillies ldquoSoftware Quality Theory and Managementrdquo Thomson Learning

2003

3 Mike Konrad and Sandy Shrum CMMI Mary Beth Chrissis Pearson Education

(Singapore) Pvt Ltd 2003

Bio-Informatics

Lectures - 3 Hrs per week Theory - 150 Marks

Unit 1 Introduction biology physics Biological hierarchy Information stages Physical

processes Information understanding

Unit 2 Methods of gene sequencing Detailed discussion on Sequences searching methods

Unit 3 Gene expression Current and prospective methods of gene profiling Data acquisition

Data standardization Linear approximations of data DNA chips Protein targeting Data

normalization Linear view

Unit 4 Statistics approaches Probabilistic notions Multivariate issues Clustering Information

handling Experimental and computational methods of structure determination for proteins and

nucleic acids

Unit 5 Ontology Annotation of genes their products and functions System biology evolution

hierarchy Medical informatics Software support Software availability Software targets Text

parsing BioPerl Statistics R-system

Unit 6 Recent Advances amp Applications of Bio-Informatics Recent trends in Computing

with bio-systems

Suggested Readings

Text Books

1 David W Mount ldquoBioinformatics Sequence and Genome Analysisrdquo Cold Spring

Harbor Laboratory Press

2 Andreas D Baxevanis ldquoBioinformatics A Practical Guide to the Analysis of Genes and

Proteinsrdquo Second Edition

3 Richard Durbin Sean R Eddy Anders Krogh Graeme Mitchison ldquoBiological Sequence

Analysis Probabilistic Models of Proteins and Nucleic Acidsrdquo Cambridge University

Press

Reference Books

1 DE Krane and ML Raymer ldquoFundamental Concepts of Bioinformaticsrdquo Pearson

Education 2003

2 B Bergeron ldquoBioinformatics Computingrdquo Prentice ndashHall 2003

Advances in Information Systems

Lectures - 3 Hrs per week Theory - 150 Marks

Unit 1 E-Commerce Models Applications Creation of E-Commerce Sites Introduction to

ERP Packages

Unit 2 CRM sales Marketing amp Service Management BPOBCP Guidelines Merits-

Demerits Call Centre Brief perspective on technological concepts case studies

Unit 3 E-banking Inter-Banking Intra- Banking Transactions E-Payments Techniques for

incorporating Securities in E-banking Services

Unit 4 E-Learning Models Virtual Campus Video Conferencing Building Online

Community

Unit 5 E-Logistics Logistics amp Supplier Chain Management Warehousing Management

Transportation Distribution Management E-Governance Models Challenges Strategies amp

Tactics E-agriculture Type of Agriculture Information amp Technique dissemination Future

Trade Marketing Query Redressing Systems Information Kiosk IVR Case Study

Unit 6 Knowledge Management (KM) Components amp Type of knowledge Knowledge

building Models KM architecture KM Tools Approaches Approaches to GISGPS Nature of

Geographic Data Getting Map on Computers Standards Design Implementation amp

Deployment phases

Suggested Readings

Text Books

1 M Papazoglou and PMA Ribbers E-Business Organizational and Technical Foundations John Wiley and Sons

2 Daryl Morey Mark Maybury and Bhavani Thuraisingham Knowledge Management Classic and Contemporary Works

3 Basics of Ecommerce NIIT PHI

Reference Books

1 Erfan Turban et al Electronic CommercendashA Managerial Perspective Pearson Education

2 Andrew V Winston Electronic Commerce ndash a Mangerrsquos guideR Kalokota Pearson

Education

Modeling amp Simulation

Lectures - 3 Hrs per week Theory - 150 Marks

Unit 1 Basic Simulation Modeling The Nature of Simulation Systems Models and Types of

Simulation Advantages Disadvantages and Pitfalls of Simulation

Unit 2 Modeling Complex Systems Introduction List Processing in Simulation Approaches to

Storing Lists in a Computer

Unit 3 Simulation Software Comparison of Simulation Packages with Programming

Languages

Unit 4 Classification of Simulation Software General-Purpose Simulation Packages

Object-Oriented Simulation

Unit 5 Building Valid Credible and Appropriately Detailed Simulation Models

Experimental Design Sensitivity Analysis

Unit 6 Optimization Simulation of Manufacturing Systems

Suggested Readings-

Text Books

1 Frank L Severance System Modeling and Simulation - an Introduction John Wiley

2 Simulation Modeling and Analysis Third Edition Law Kelton (Mc-Graw Hill)

Elective II (Group C) CO 614

Real-Time Systems

Lectures - 3 Hrs per week Theory - 150 Marks

Unit 1 Real-time systems Real-time systems models Types of real-time systems Internal

structure of real-time systems Performance measures Examples of real-time systems and real-

world applications Modeling amp Designing real-time systems

Unit 2 Real-Time Process Management Task scheduling for Uniprocessor systems handling

priorities with critical section interrupts task allocation amp scheduling for multiprocessor

systems adaptive scheduling

Unit 3 Programming Environment In depth Knowledge of RTOS programming languages

tools amp techniques

Unit 4 Real-Time System Design Design techniques for Reliability Fault Tolerance amp other

application specific quality considerations

Unit 5 Trends in Real-Time System Design amp Development in fields such as Robotics

Unit 6 Introduction to research topics

Suggested Readings-

Text Books

1 AC Shaw Real-Time Systems and Software Wiley

2 JE Cooling Real-Time Software Systems International Thompson Computer Press

3 WA Halang and KM Sacha Real-Time Systems World Scientific

Reference Books

1 Real-Time Systems Design and Analysis PH Laplante IEEE Press

2 Real-Time Systems J Liu Prentice-Hall 2000

3 Real-Time Computer Control R Bennett Prentice-Hall

4 Real-Time Systems CM Krishna and KG Shin McGraw-Hill

Quantum Computing

Lectures - 3 Hrs per week Theory - 150 Marks

Unit 1 Introduction to Quantum Computers Qubits amp their representation

Unit 2 Quantum Elements Logic Gates Circuits Architectures Algorithms

Unit 3 Quantum Information Quantum Key Distribution teleportation Single photons EPR

pairs

Unit 4 Grid Computing Data and Computational Grids Grid Architectures and its relations to

various distributed technologies Autonomic computing Cluster Setup amp its advantages

Unit 5 Performance models amp simulations Networking protocols amp IO Messaging Systems

Examples

Unit 6 Process Scheduling Load Sharing amp Balancing Distributed Shared memory parallel

IO Pervasive Computing concepts amp scenarios Hardware amp software Device Connectivity

Suggested Readings-

Text Books

1 Introduction to Quantum Computing Philip Kaye etal Oxford University Press

2 Introduction to Quantum Computers Gennady Berman World Scientific

3 Quantum Computation and Quantum Information M Nielsen and I Chuang

Cambridge University Press Cambridge 2000

Reference Books

1 Classical and Quantum ComputationA Yu Kitaev AH Shen and MN Vyalyi

American Mathematical Society Providence 2002

2 Problems amp Solutions in Quantum Computing amp Information WH Steeb and Y

HardyWorld Scientific River Edge NJ 2004

Recent Trends in Distributed Systems

Lectures - 3 Hrs per week Theory - 150 Marks

Unit 1 Introduction Distributed System Models Inter-process Communication issues in

design of Distributed systems current amp future

Unit 2 Communications Layered Protocol Distributed Objects amp Remote Invocation Remote

Procedure Call

Unit 3 Time Logical clocks vector clocks direct dependency clocks matrix clocks

Unit 4 Resource Allocation Distributed Shared Memory Process Scheduling Load Balancing

amp Load Sharing Mutual Exclusion Election algorithms

Unit 5 Distributed File Systems Coordination amp Agreement Distributed Transaction

Consistency amp Replication Consistency Models Distribution amp Consistency Protocols

Unit 6 Advanced Topics in Distributed Systems Parallel Processing Parallel amp Distributed

Programming Case Studies in detail amp research directions

Suggested Readings-

Text Books

1 Distributed Operating Systems Concepts and Design PKSihna PHI 2007

2 Distributed Systems Principles and Paradigms 2nd Ed Andrew S Tanenbaum and

Maarten Van Steen Prentice Hall 2007 3 Distributed Operating Systems and Algorithms R Chow T Johnson Addison-

Wesley Publishing Company 1997 ISBN 0-201-49838-3

Reference Books

1 Distributed Systems Concepts and Design 4th Ed by Coulouris G Dollimore J

and Kindberg T Addison-Wesley 2006

Cluster amp Grid Computing

Lectures - 3 Hrs per week Theory - 150 Marks

Unit 1 Cluster Computing Introduction to concepts in Cluster based distributed computing

Hardware technologies for cluster computing and software for cluster computing and different

Software Architecture for Cluster Computing

Unit 2 Programming Programming Models and Paradigms features and performance of

standard MPI variants Derived data types communicators

Unit 3 Resource management and scheduling Managing cluster resources single system

images system level middleware distributed task scheduling monitoring and administering

system resources Parallel IO and Parallel Virtual File System Scheduling Condor Maui

Scheduler Portable Batch System (PBS)

Unit 4 Grid Computing Grids and Grid Technologies Programming models and

Parallelization Techniques Grid Security Infrastructure Setting up Grid deployment of Grid

software and tools and application execution

Unit 5 Standard application development tools and paradigms Performance evaluation

tools HINT netperf netpipe ttcp Iperfmessage

Unit 6 Data Management Application Case Study Molecular Modeling for Drug Design and

Brain Activity Analysis Resource management and scheduling

Suggested Readings-

Text Books

1 William Gropp Ewing Lusk Thomas Sterling Beowulf Cluster Computing with

Linux 2nd edition MIT Press

2 Bart Jacob Michael Brown Introduction to grid computing

3 Gregory F Pfister In Search of Clusters The ongoing battle in lowly parallel

computing Second Edition Prentice Hall Publishing Company 1998

Reference Books

1 MPI The Complete Reference - 2nd Ed by Marc Snir et al The MIT Press 1998

2 Parallel Programming with MPI by Peter Pacheco Morgan Kaufmann 1998

3 Using MPI-2 Advanced Features of the Message Passing Interface William Gropp

Ewing Lusk Rajeev Thakur The MIT Press 1999

4 How to Build a Beowulf ndash A Guide to the Implementation and Application of PC

Clusters by Thomas Sterling John Salmon Donald J Becker and Daniel F Savarese

MIT Press 1999

Pervasive Computing

Lectures - 3 Hrs per week Theory - 150 Marks

Unit1 Introductory concepts Brief History and Emerging Trends Principles

Application Architectures Software architectures amp middleware Interactions between

humans and (ubiquitous) computers Context-aware computing

Unit 2 Devices and interfaces in Pervasive Computing Systems Hardware

Software Technology trends Connectivity Issues Protocols Management Issues and

Mechanisms Operating System issues in Pervasive Computing

Unit 3 Detailed discussion on Wireless Application Protocol (WAP) Architecture

Infrastructure Security Wireless Mark-up Language WAP Push Technology IMode

and Emerging Trends Pervasive Computing and Web-based Applications Issues

Protocols Transcoding Authentication of Clients over Web Pervasive Web

Application Architectures Introduction Scalability and Availability Issues Web-

enabled Pervasive Computing Application Development Issues and Mechanisms

Architectural Issues and Choices

Unit 4 Voice-enabling Pervasive Computing Systems Introduction Voice

Standards Speech Applications Security Personal Digital Assistants in Pervasive

Computing PDA Operating Systems Device Characteristics Software Components

Standards Applications

Unit 5 User Interface in Pervasive Computing Architectures amp Implementation

issues Architectures Implementation of User Interface Architectures Smart Card-

based Authentication Mechanisms over the Internet Applications

Unit 6 Study of social aspect amp implications of Pervasive Computing

implications on privacy security and autonomy Importance of Security

Cryptographic Patterns and Methods Cryptographic Tools Secure Socket Layer

System and legal safeguards Cost-benefit and market forces Deployment and

evaluation of solutions scalability reliability maintenance User-centric evaluation

Deployment and evaluation of solutions scalability reliability maintenance User-

centric evaluation amp Emerging trends

Suggested Readings-

Text Books

1 Jochen Burkhardt Horst Henn Stefan Hepper Thomas Schaec amp Klaus

Rindtorff Pervasive Computing Technology and Architecture of Mobile Internet

Applications Pearson Education New Delhi 2007

2 S K S Gupta G G Richard amp L Schwiebert Fundamentals of Mobile and

Pervasive Computing Frank Adelstein Tata McGraw-Hill New Delhi 2005

3 Uwe Hansmann L Merck M S Nicklous T Stober Pervasive Computing

Handbook Springer-Verlag Berlin 2001

Reference Books

1 Burkhardt Horst Henn Stefan Hepper Pervasive Computing Technology and

Architecture of Mobile Internet Applications Thomas Pearson Education New

Delhi 2007

2 S K S Gupta G Richard amp L Schwiebert Fundamentals of Mobile and

Pervasive Computing Tata McGraw-Hill New Delhi 2005

Elective III (Group D) CO 662

Virtual Reality

Lectures - 3 Hrs per week Theory - 150 Marks

Unit 1 Virtual reality amp Virtual reality systems Real-time computer graphics Overview of

application areas

Unit 2 Virtual Reality Hardware Sensor hardware display systems acoustic hardware

integrated VR systems

Unit 3 3D Computer Graphics The virtual world space Perspective projection Stereo vision

3D clipping Color theory 3D modeling illumination models shading algorithms Hidden

surface removal realism

Unit 4 Geometrical transforms Frames of reference 3D transforms instances picking flying

scaling the VE Collision detection

Unit 5 Animating the Virtual Environment Animation basics Using MAYA Human Factors

Perception Persistence of vision Stereopsis Sound perception Equilibrium

Unit 6 Physical Simulation Simulation of physical systems mathematical modeling collisions

projectiles introduction to dynamics motion kinetmatics

Suggested Readings

Text Books

1 Gregory C Burdea amp Philippe Coiffet Virtual Reality Technology Second Edition John

Wiley amp Sons Inc

2 William RSherman Alan Craig Understanding Virtual Reality interface Application and

Design Elsevier (Morgan Kaufmann)

3 Bill Fleming 3D Modeling and surfacing Elsevier (Morgan Kauffman)

Reference Books

1 David HEberly 3D Game Engine Design Elsevier

2 John Vince Virtual Reality Systems Pearson Education

Advances in Multimedia Systems

Lectures - 3 Hrs per week Theory - 150 Marks

Unit 1 Multimedia System Design Multimedia Elements Multimedia Applications

Multimedia System Architecture Defining Objects for Multimedia Systems Multimedia Data

Interface Standards Multimedia Databases Multimedia InputOutput storage amp Retrieval

Technologies

Unit 2 Compression and Decompression Types of Compression Binary Image Compression

Schemes Color Gray Scale and Still-Video Image Compression Video Image Compression

Audio Compression

Unit 3 Data and file Format Standards Rich-Text Format Resource Interchange File Format

MIDI Files Format JPEG DIB File Format and Motion Image MPEG Standards

Unit 4 Multimedia Application Design Multimedia Application Classes Types Of Multimedia

Systems Virtual Reality Design Components of Multimedia System Organizing Multimedia

Databases Application Workflow Design Issues Distributed Application Design Issues

Unit 5 Distributed Multimedia Systems Components of A Distributed Multimedia System

Distributed Client-Server Operation Multimedia Object Server Multiserver Network

Topologies Distributed Multimedia Databases Managing Distributed Objects

Unit 6 Latest Topics Advances in Multimedia Communication amp Discussion on some recent

applications with Case study

Suggested Readings-

Text Books

1 Multimedia System Design Prabhat K Andleigh Kiran Thakur PHI

2 Fundamentals of Multimedia Ze-Nian Li and Mark S Drew Pearson Prentice Hall

3 Multimedia Concepts and Practice Stephen McGloughlin Prentice Hall

Reference Books

1 Image and Video Compression Standards Algorithms and Architecture V Bhaskaran

and K Konstantinides 2nd ed Kluwer Academic Publishers

2 Multimedia Communications Applications Networks Protocols and Standards Fred

Halsall Addison-Wesley

3 Multimedia computing communications and applications Steinmetz Ralf Prentice

Hall

Wireless amp Mobile Communication

Lectures - 3 Hrs per week Theory - 150 Marks

Unit 1 Introduction Network Technologies and Cellular Communications Discussion on

Bluetooth ampGSM Introduction to Mobile Computing novel applications limitations and

architecture

Unit 2 (Wireless) Medium Access Control Motivation for a specialized MAC (Hidden and

exposed terminals Near and far terminals) SDMA FDMA TDMA CDMA

Unit 3 Mobile Architecture Mobile Network Layer Mobile IP (Goals assumptions entities

and terminology IP packet delivery agent advertisement and discovery registration tunneling

and encapsulation optimizations) Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP)

Unit 4 Mobile Transport Layer Traditional TCP Indirect TCP Snooping TCP Mobile TCP

Fast retransmitfast recovery Transmission time out freezing Selective retransmission

Transaction oriented TCP

Unit 5 Mobile Ad hoc Networks (MANETs) Overview Properties of a MANET spectrum of

MANET applications routing and various routing algorithms security in MANETs

Unit 6 Protocols and Tools Wireless Application Protocol WAP (Introduction protocol

architecture and treatment of protocols of all layers) Bluetooth (User scenarios physical layer

MAC layer networking security link management) and J2ME Latest Technologies

Suggested Readings-

Text Books

1 Mobile and Personal communication System and Services- Raj Pandya

2 Wireless Communication and Networks- William Stallings

3 Wireless and Personal Communications Systems Vijay Garg Joseph Wilkes Prentice-

Hall Englewood Cliffs NJ 1996

Reference Books

1 Fundamentals of Wireless Communication David Tse and Pramod Viswanath

Cambridge University Press 2005

Data Security ampCryptography

Lectures - 3 Hrs per week Theory - 150 Marks

Unit 1 Introduction to Data Security General Security Principles Communication Security

Design of Secure System

Unit 2 Conventional Encryption Principles Conventional encryption algorithms cipher block

modes of operation location of encryption devices key distribution Approaches of Message

Authentication Secure Hash Function and HMAC

Unit 3 Public-key cryptography Principles Recent Public key cryptography algorithms such

as RSA DSS etc

Unit 4 Digital signatures digital Certificates Certificate Authority and key management

Kerberos X509 Directory Authentication Service

Unit 5 Latest Trends and solutions in Information Security Web Security Firewall Design

Principles Trusted Systems Intrusion Detection System

Unit 6 Recent trends in cryptosystem

Suggested Readings-

Text Book

1 Cryptography and Network Security William Stallings (2003) Third Edition Prentice Hall

International

2 Basic Methods of Cryptography Jan C A Cambridge University Press

3 Information Security Intelligence Cryptographic Principles amp Applications Thomas

Calabrese Thomson Learning

Reference Books

1 Modern Cryptography Theory and Practice Wenbo Mao Pearson Education

2 Cryptography and Data Security Dorothy Elizabeth Robling Denning Addison Wesley

Fault Tolerant System Design

Lectures - 3 Hrs per week Theory - 150 Marks

Unit 1 Fundamental Concepts Definitions of fault tolerance fault classification fault tolerant

attributes and system structure

Unit 2 Fault-Tolerant Design Techniques Information redundancy hardware redundancy and

time redundancy

Unit 3 Dependability Evaluation Techniques Reliability and availability models

(Combinatorial techniques Fault-Tree models Markov models) Performance Models

Unit 5 Architecture of Fault-Tolerant Computers (case study) General-purpose systems

high-availability systems long-life systems critical systems Software Fault Tolerance Software

faults and their manifestation design techniques reliability models

Unit 6 Fault Tolerant ParallelDistributed Architectures Shared bus and shared memory

architectures fault tolerant networks Recent topics in fault tolerant systems Security fault

tolerance in wirelessmobile networks

Suggested Readings-

Text Books

1 Fault-Tolerant Computer System Design DK Pradhan 2003

2 Design and Analysis of Fault-Tolerant Digital Systems BWJohnson Addison-Wesley

3 Fault-Tolerant Computing Theory and Techniques Volumes I and II DK Pradhan

Prentice Hall

Reference Books

1 Reliable Computer Systems Design and Evaluation DPSiewiorek and RSSwartz

Digital Press 1992

2 Probability and Statistics with Reliability Queueing and Computer Science Application

KSTrivedi Prentice Hall 1982

Elective IV (Group D) CO 663

Digital Image Processing

Lectures - 3 Hrs per week Theory - 150 Marks

Unit 1 Introduction And Digital Image Fundamentals Digital Image Representation

Fundamental Steps in Image Processing Elements of Digital image processing systems

Sampling and quantization some basic relationships like neighbours connectivity Distance

measure between pixels Imaging Geometry

Unit 2 Image Transforms Discrete Fourier Transform Some properties of the two-dimensional

fourier transform Fast fourier transform Inverse FFT

Unit 3 Image Enhancement Spatial domain methods Frequency domain methods

Enhancement by point processing Spatial filtering Lowpass filtering Highpass filtering

Homomorphic filtering Colour Image Processing

Unit 4 Image Restoration Degradation model Diagnolization of Circulant and Block-Circulant

Matrices Algebraic Approach to Restoration Inverse filtering Wiener filter Constrained Least

Square Restoration Interactive Restoration Restoration in Spatial Domain

Unit 5 Image Compression Coding Interpixel and Psychovisual Redundancy Image

Compression models Error free comparison Lossy compression Image compression standards

Image Segmentation Detection of Discontinuities Edge linking and boundary detection

Thresholding Region Oriented Segmentation Motion based segmentation

Unit 6 Representation and Description Representation schemes like chain coding Polygonal

Approximatiion Signatures Boundary Segments Skeleton of region Boundary description

Regional descriptors Morphology Recognition and Interpretation Elements of Image Analysis

Pattern and Pattern Classes Decision-Theoretic Methods Structural Methods Interpretation

Suggested Readings-

Text Books

1 Digital Image ProcessingRafael C Conzalez amp Richard E Woods AWL

2 Fundamental of Digital Image Processing AK Jain PHI

3 Computer Imaging Digital Image Analysis and Processing SE Umbaugh CRC Press

2005

Reference Books

1 Digital Image Processing Algorithms Pitas I Prentice Hall 1993

Neural Networks amp Fuzzy Logic

Lectures - 3 Hrs per week Theory - 150 Marks

Unit 1 Introduction to Neural Networks Introduction Humans and Computers Organization

of the Brain Biological Neuron Biological and Artificial Neuron Models Characteristics of

ANN McCulloch-Pitts Model Historical Developments Potential Applications of ANN

Unit 2 Essentials of Artificial Neural Networks Artificial Neuron Model Operations of

Artificial Neuron Types of Neuron Activation Function ANN Architectures Classification

Taxonomy of ANN ndash Connectivity Learning Strategy (Supervised Unsupervised

Reinforcement) Learning Rules

Unit 3 Single Layer Feed Forward Neural Networks Introduction Perceptron Models

Discrete Continuous and Multi-Category Training Algorithms Discrete and Continuous

Perceptron Networks Limitations of the Perceptron Model Multilayer Feed forward Neural

Networks Credit Assignment Problem Generalized Delta Rule Derivation of Backpropagation

(BP) Training Summary of Backpropagation Algorithm Kolmogorov Theorem Learning

Difficulties and Improvements

Unit 4 Associative Memories Paradigms of Associative Memory Pattern Mathematics

Hebbian Learning General Concepts of Associative Memory Bidirectional Associative Memory

(BAM) Architecture BAM Training Algorithms Storage and Recall Algorithm BAM Energy

Function Architecture of Hopfield Network Discrete and Continuous versions Storage and

Recall Algorithm Stability Analysis

Unit 5 Classical amp Fuzzy Sets Introduction to classical sets - properties Operations and

relations Fuzzy sets Membership Uncertainty Operations properties fuzzy relations

cardinalities membership functions Fuzzy Logic System Components Fuzzification

Membership value assignment development of rule base and decision making system

Defuzzification to crisp sets Defuzzification methods

Unit 6 Applications Neural network applications Process identification control fault

diagnosis Fuzzy logic applications Fuzzy logic control and Fuzzy classification

Suggested Readings-

Text Books

1 Neural Networks Fuzzy logic Genetic algorithms synthesis and applications S

Rajasekharan and G A Vijayalakshmi pai PHI Publication

2 Neural networks and fuzzy Logic Rao Vallinu Band Rao Hayagriva second

edition BPB Publication

3 Neural Networks- A comprehensive foundation Simon Haykin Pearson Education

Reference Books

1 Fuzzy Logic Intelligence Control and Information John Yen and Reza Langan

Pearson Education

2 SNSivanandam SSumathi etal Introduction to Neural Networks using MATLAB

60 TMH

3 James A Freeman and Davis Skapura Neural Networks Pearson Education

4 Timothy J Ross Fuzzy Logic with Engineering Applications McGraw-Hill Inc

Biometrics

Lectures - 3 Hrs per week Theory - 150 Marks

Unit 1 Basics of a Biometric system Biometric system as a pattern recognition system various

stages of a Biometric system

Unit 2 Characteristics of an efficient Biometric System Comparison of different Biometric

techniques

Unit 3 Various types of common biometric and their applications DNA FACE Gait

Hand and finger geometry Iris Keystroke dynamics odor Retinal scan Voice Signature

Unit 4 Biometric Systems Detailed study of Fingerprint Biometrics recognition system amp Face

Recognition Systems

Unit 5 General concepts and techniques for design and implementation Concepts for these

systems

Unit 6 Advance topics in Biometric system Design and Implementation of other Biometric

systems like Retinal scan Voice signature Research topics in Biometrics

Suggested Readings-

Text Books

1 Biometrics ndash Identity Verification in a Networked World ndash Samir Nanavati Michael

Thieme Raj Nanavati WILEY- Dream Tech

2 Biometrics- The Ultimate Reference- John D Woodward Jr Wiley Dreamtech

3 Biometrics for Network Security- Paul Reid Pearson Education

Reference Books

1 Guide to Biometrics Bolle RM Connell JH Pankanti S Ratha NK Senior

AW Springer Verlag

Robotics Engineering

Lectures - 3 Hrs per week Theory - 150 Marks

Unit 1 Introduction An overview of Robotics and its applications in various applications

domains such as manufacturing assembly and inspection and spray and paintings

Unit 2 Manipulators Manipulator Kinematics Forward and inverse kinematics trajectory

Planning Motions path planning Robotics Programming Languages

Unit 3 Sensing Methods Types of Sensors amp sensor calibration Control Robot Sensing

Unit 4 Computer Vision Illumination techniques imaging geometry stereovision

segmentation

Unit 5 Applications Current and future applications in Industry and study of research aspects in

Robotics

Unit 6 Advance studies

Suggested Readings

Text Books

1 Introduction to robotics J J Craig (Third ed 2003) Prentice Hall

2 Robotic Engineering Richard D Klafter Prentice Hall

3 Robotics Fu K S McGraw Hill

Reference Books

1 An Introduction to Robot Technology P Coiffet and M Chaironze Kogam Page Ltd

2 Industrial Robotics Groover M P Pearson Edu 1983

3 Robotics and Control Mittal R K amp Nagrath I J TMH

4 Robot Dynamics amp Control ndash Mark W Spong and M Vidyasagar John Wiley amp Sons

(ASIA) Pte Ltd

Pattern Recognition

Lectures - 3 Hrs per week Theory - 150 Marks

Unit 1 Pattern recognition fundamentals Basic concepts of pattern recognition fundamental

problems in pattern recognition system design concepts and methodologies example of

automatic pattern recognition systems a simple automatic pattern recognition model

Unit 2 Bayesian decision theory Minimum-error-rate classification Classifiers Discriminant

functions Decision surfaces Normal density and discriminant functions Discrete features

Missing and noisy features Bayesian networks (Graphical models) and inferencing

Unit 3 Maximum-likelihood and Bayesian parameter estimation Maximum-Likelihood

estimation Gaussian case Maximum a Posteriori estimation Bayesian estimation Gaussian

case Problems of dimensionality Dimensionality reduction Fisher discriminant analysis PCA

Expectation-Maximization method Missing features

Unit 4 Sequential Models State Space Hidden Markov models Dynamic Bayesian Non-

parametric techniques for density estimation Parzen-window method K-Nearest Neighbour

method

Unit 5 Linear discriminant functions Gradient descent procedures Perceptron criterion

function Minimum-squared-error procedures Ho-Kashyap procedures Support vector machines

Unit 6 Unsupervised learning and clustering Unsupervised maximum-likelihood estimates

Unsupervised Bayesian learning Criterion functions for clustering Algorithms for clustering K-

means Hierarchical and other methods Cluster validation Low-dimensional representation and

multidimensional scaling (MDS)

Suggested Readings-

Text Books

1 Pattern Classification RODuda PEHart and DGStork John Wiley

2 Pattern Recognition principles Julus T Tou and Rafel C Gonzalez Addision ndashWesley

3 Pattern recognition and machine learning Christopher M Bishop Springer 2006

Reference Books

1 A probabilistic theory of pattern recognition Luc Devroye Laacuteszloacute Gyoumlrfi Gaacutebor Lugosi

Springer 1996

2 Pattern classification Richard O Duda Peter E Hart and David G Stork Wiley 2001

Elective V (Group E) CO 711

Advances in Software Engineering

Lectures - 3 Hrs per week Theory - 150 Marks

Unit 1 Latest Trends in Software Engineering Formal representation of Product Model and

Process Model Study of Meta data Models and Meta activity Model Meta Process Model

Decision oriented meta models

Unit 2 CASE Technology CASE shell design techniques familiarity with a CASE shell

Introduction to method engineering concepts and developing project specific methods

Computer-Aided Method Engineering

Unit 3 Critical System Development Critical System a simple safety critical system

Unit 4 System dependability availability and reliability safety and security

Unit 5 Critical System Specification risk driven specification safety specification security

specification software reliability specification

Unit 6 Research Topics in Software Engineering

Suggested Readings-

Text Books

1 Sangeeta Sabharwal ldquoSoftware Engineering Principles Tools and Techniquesrdquo Umesh

Publications

2 Ian Sommerville ldquoSoftware Engineeringrdquo 7th Edition Addison-Wesley 2004

3 Roger S Pressman ldquoSoftware Engineering ndash A Practitionerrsquos Approachrdquo - 4th edition

McGraw Hill Publications

Resources

1 Towards a Formal Definition of Methods Naveen Prakash Requirements Engineering

Journal Vol 2(1) Springer Verlag London(1997) pp 23-50

2 Engineering Methods From Method Requirements specifications Daya Gupta Naveen

Prakash Requirements Engineering Journal Vol 6 Springer Verlag London 2001

pp135-160

3 On generic method models Naveen Prakash Requirements Engineering Journal Vol 11

(4) Springer Verlag London(2006) pp 221-237

Software Architecture amp Design Patterns

Lectures - 3 Hrs per week Theory - 150 Marks

Unit 1 Envisioning Architecture The Architecture Business Cycle Defining Software

Architecture Designing the Architecture Documenting the architecture Reconstructing

Software Architecture

Unit 2 Creating Architecture Quality Attributes Moving from quality to Architecture

Architectural styles and patterns Operations Achieving qualities designing the Architecture

Documenting the architecture Reconstructing Software Architecture shared information

systems

Unit 3 Analyzing Software Architecture Analyzing development qualities at the architectural

level SAAM ATAM CBAM Architecture Reviews

Unit 4 Moving from Architecture to Systems Software Product Lines Building systems from

off the shelf components Reuse of Architectural assets within an organization

Unit 5 Patterns Definition Pattern categories Pattern Description Patterns and Software

Architecture Pattern Systems Classification Selection Design Patterns Catalog Creational

Pattern Structural Pattern Behavioral Patterns Pattern Community Designing a document

editor

Unit 6 Advanced Studies Key word in Context The World Wide Web a case study in

interoperability Instrumentation software cruise control Flight Simulation -a case study in

architecture for integration

Suggested Readings-

Text Books

1 Design Patterns Elements of Reuseable Object-Oriented Software by Erich Gamma etal

Addison Wesley

2 Software Architecture in Practice 2nd Edition by Len Bass Paul Clements Rick

Kazman published by Pearson Edition

3 Design Patterns explained by Shalloway amp Tautt 2004

Reference Books

1 Pattern-Oriented Software Architecture A system of Pattern F Buschmann et al John

Wiley amp Sons 1996

Component Based Technology

Lectures - 3 Hrs per week Theory - 150 Marks

Unit 1 Component Models Functional Behavior Timing interfaces resource utilization

mobility in a component constraints

Unit 2 Component Integration Verification amp Validation Verification of component against

its specification across all viewpoints checking consistency analyzing potential interferences

between conflicting requirements formal verification testing of components integration

Unit 3 Soft Real Time including the formalization and reasoning about soft real-time and

quality of service requirements

Unit 4 Combination of hard amp soft real-time requirements

Unit 5 Intelligent Middleware Viewpoint Support amp Optimization Providing Service

supporting all viewpoints in making intelligent decisions for deployment architectures

Unit 6 Synthesis and Deployment such as knowledge based component retrieval based on

requirement specifications and Architectural Patterns

Suggested Readings-

Text Books

1 Ian Sommerville Software Engineering 7th Edition Addison-Wesley 2004ISBN 81-

7758-530-4

2 Component Software Beyond object-oriented programming Clemens Szyperski

Addison-Wesley 2002

3 UML Components A simple process for specifying component-based software (The

component software series) John Cheesman amp John Daniels Addison-Wesley 2000

Reference Books

1 Component-based Software Engineering Putting the pieces together George T

Heineman amp William T Councill Addison-Wesley 2001

2 Building J2EE Applications with the Rational Unified Process J Eeles K Houston amp

W Kozaczynski Addison-Wesley 2001

3 Roger S Pressman ldquoSoftware Engineering ndash A Practitionerrsquos Approachrdquo - 4th edition

McGraw Hill Publications

Intellectual Property Rights

Lectures - 3 Hrs per week Theory - 150 Marks

Unit 1 Introduction Invention and Creativity ndash Intellectual Property (IP) ndash Importance ndash

Protection of IPR ndash Basic types of property (i Movable Property ii Immovable Property and iii

Intellectual Property)

Unit 2 Nature of Intellectual Property Patents ndash Copyrights and related rights ndash Trade

Marks and rights arising from Trademark registration ndash Definitions ndash Industrial Designs and

Integrated circuits ndash Protection of Geographical Indications at national and International levels ndash

Application Procedures Copyrights

Unit 4 Process of Patenting amp Development Technological Research Innovation Patenting

Patent Rights Scope of Patent Rights Licensing amp Transfer of Technology Patent Information

amp Databases

Unit 5 International convention relating to Intellectual Property Establishment of WIPO ndash

Mission and Activities ndash History ndash General Agreement on Trade and Tariff (GATT) Indian

Position Vs WTO and Strategies Indian IPR legislations ndash commitments to WTO-Patent

Ordinance and the Bill ndash Draft of a national Intellectual Property Policy ndash Present against unfair

competition

Unit 6 Case Studies Patents (Basumati rice turmeric Neem etc) ndash Copyright and related

rights ndash Trade Marks ndash Industrial design and Integrated circuits ndash Geographic indications ndash

Protection against unfair competition

Suggested Readings-

Text Books

1 Handbook of Indian Patent Law and Practice Subbaram NR S Viswanathan (Printers and

Publishers) Pvt Ltd 1998

2 United States Patent Number 72X Eli Whitney Cotton Gin March 14 1794

3 Intellectual Property Today Volume 8 No 5 May 2001 [wwwiptodaycom]

Reference Books

1 Using the Internet for non-patent prior art searches Derwent IP Matters July 2000

[wwwipmattersnetfeatures000707_gibbshtml

2 Innovation and Incentives Suzanne Scotchmer MIT Press 2004

Human Computer Interface

Lectures - 3 Hrs per week Theory - 150 Marks

Unit 1 Introduction Importance of user Interface ndash definition importance of good design

Benefits of good design A brief history of Screen design

Unit 2 The graphical user interface Popularity of graphics the concept of direct manipulation

graphical system Characteristics Web user ndash Interface popularity characteristics- Principles of

user interface

Unit 3 Design process Human interaction with computers importance of human characteristics

human consideration Human interaction speeds understanding business junctions

Unit 4 Screen Designing Design goals ndash Screen planning and purpose organizing screen

elements ordering of screen data and content ndash screen navigation and flow ndash Visually pleasing

composition ndash amount of information ndash focus and emphasis ndash presentation information simply

and meaningfully ndash information retrieval on web ndash statistical graphics ndash Technological

consideration in interface design

Unit 5 Windows New and Navigation schemes selection of window selection of devices based

and screen based controls

Unit 6 Components Text and messages Icons and increases ndash Multimedia colors uses

problems choosing colors Software tools Specification methods interface ndash Building Tools

Interaction Devices Keyboard and function keys ndash pointing devices ndash speech recognition

digitization and generation ndash image and video displays ndash drivers

Suggested Readings-

Text Books

1 The essential guide to user interface design Wilbert O Galitz Wiley DreamTech

2 Designing the user interface 3rd Edition Ben Shneidermann Pearson Education Asia

3 Human ndash Computer Interaction Alan Dix Janet Fincay Gre Goryd Abowd Russell

Bealg Pearson Education

Reference Books

1 Interaction Design Prece Rogers Sharps Wiley Dreamtech

2 User Interface Design Soren Lauesen Pearson Education

Elective VI (Group E) CO 712

Natural Language Processing

Lectures - 3 Hrs per week Theory - 150 Marks

Unit 1 Introduction NLP tasks in syntax semantics and pragmatics Applications such as

information extraction question answering and machine translation The problem of ambiguity

The role of machine learning Brief history of the field

Unit 2 N-gram Language Models The role of language models Simple N-gram models

Estimating parameters and smoothing Evaluating language models

Unit 3 Part of Speech Tagging and Sequence Labeling Lexical syntax Hidden Markov

Models Maximum Entropy Models Conditional Random Fields

Unit 4 Syntactic parsing Grammar formalisms and treebanks Efficient parsing for context-free

grammars (CFGs) Statistical parsing and probabilistic CFGs (PCFGs) Lexicalized PCFGs

Unit 5 Semantic Analysis Lexical semantics and word-sense disambiguation Compositional

semantics Semantic Role Labeling and Semantic Parsing

Unit 6 Information Extraction (IE) Named entity recognition and relation extraction IE using

sequence labeling Machine Translation (MT) Basic issues in MT Statistical translation word

alignment phrase-based translation and synchronous grammars Case studies in Databases amp

Operating Systems

Suggested Readings-

Text Books

1 Speech and language processing An Introduction to Natural Language Processing

Computational Linguistics and Speech Recognition Second Edition by Daniel Jurafsky

and James H Martin PHI

2 Foundations of Statistical Natural Language Processing C Manning and H Schutze

3 NLP A Paninian Perspective Akshar Bharti Vineet Chaitanya and Rajeev Sangal

Prentice Hall New Delhi

Reference Books

1 Natural Language Understanding 2eJames Allen Pearson Education 2003

Computer Vision

Lectures - 3 Hrs per week Theory - 150 Marks

Unit 1 Introduction Computational characteristics of human visual information processing

General introduction to the mathematical frameworks for computer vision Problems and goals

of computer vision

Unit 2 Mathematical formulations of computer vision problems Typical structures in

images Models and representations for typical structures Vision as a computational process

Unit 3 Marrrsquos computational vision paradigm Vision as a feedforward inference process

Regularization theory for computer vision Feature extraction principles for computer vision

Minimum description length criterion Maximum entropy criterion Redundancy reduction

criterion Descriptive models in computer vision

Unit 4 Classification algorithms Bayesian decision theory etc Computer vision as Bayesian

Inference Representations in a vision system Seeing as an inference process Bayesian inference

framework for vision

Unit 5 Visual learning Computational approaches to visual learning Visual learning as

dimension and redundancy reduction A unified framework for computer vision Relationships

among different approaches including equivalence conditions limitations advantages and

disadvantages of existing approaches Issues in designing a generic vision system Vision as

inference with hierarchical models

Unit 6 Implementation issues in computer vision Computational complexity of vision

algorithms Optimization techniques for computer vision systems Monte-Carlo Markov chain

techniques for high dimensional problems Hardware implementation issues Current and future

research directions in computer vision Open issues in computer vision Challenges of

developing generic computer vision systems

Suggested Readings-

Text Books

1 Computer Vision by Linda Shapiro and George Stockman Prentice-Hall 2001

2 Computer Vision D Ballard and C Brown Prentice-Hall 1982

3 2D Object Detection and Recognition Models Algorithms and Networks Yali Amit

MIT Press 2002

Reference Books

1 Elements of Pattern Theory Ulf Grenander Johns Hopkins University Press 1996

2 Vision A Computational Investigation into the Human Representation and Processing of

Visual Information David Marr W H Freeman and Company

3 Perception as Bayesian Inference David C Knill and Whitman Richards Cambridge

University Press

4 Machine Vision R Jain R Kasturi and B Schunk McGraw-Hill (1995)

5 Computer Vision a modern approach Forsyth and Ponce Prentice-Hall 2002

Machine Learning

Lectures - 3 Hrs per week Theory - 150 Marks

Unit 1 Introduction to Machine Learning Overview of different tasks classification

regression clustering control Concept learning information theory and decision trees

Unit 2 Supervised Learning Decision trees nearest neighbors linear classifiers and kernels

neural networks linear regression learning theory bagging and boosting feature selection

Unit 3 Unsupervised Learning Clustering graphical models EM PCA factor analysis

manifold learning

Unit 4 Reinforcement Learning Value iteration policy iteration TD learning Q learning

actor-critic

Unit 5 Other Topics Bayesian learning online learning and recent trends

Unit 6 Recent applications amp Research Topics

Suggested Readings-

Text Books

1 Alpaydin E ldquoIntroduction to Machine Learningrdquo MIT Press 2004

2 Tom Mitchell ldquoMachine Learningrdquo McGraw Hill 1997

3 Pat Langley ldquoElements of Machine Learningrdquo Morgan Kaufmann Publishers Inc

1995 ISBN 1-55860-301-8

Reference Books

1 Trevor Hastie Robert Tibshirani and Jerome Friedman ldquoElements of Statistical

Learningrdquo

2 David Barber Machine Learning A probabilistic approach

Semantic Web

Lectures - 3 Hrs per week Theory - 150 Marks

Unit 1 Introduction The Semantic Web Roadmap evolution of Web Documents Semantic

Search Techniques

Unit 2 XML Languages Detailed study of XML language amp application to Web based

developments

Unit 3 Describing Web Resources Resource Description Framework ( RDF) Taxonomies

Ontologies

Unit 4 Web Ontology Language (OWL) Design process of ontology Annotation

Unit 5 Advanced Topics Semantic Applications amp Power Latest on Semantic Web Future

Directions W3C Consortium

Unit 6 Case studies in different application

Suggested Readings

Text Books

1 Grigoris Antoniou and Frank van Harmelen ldquoA Semantic Web Primerrdquo MIT Press

2004 (1st edition 2nd edition upcoming)

2 Dieter Fensel James A Hendler Henry Lieberman and Wolfgang Wahlster

ldquoSpinning the Semantic Web - Bringing the World Wide Web to Its Full Potentialrdquo MIT

Press 2002 (Eds)

3 Michael C Daconta Leo J Obrst Kevin T Smith ldquoThe Semantic Web A guide to the

future of XML Web Services and Knowledge Managementrdquo Wiley Publishing 2003

Reference Books

1 Principles of Semantic Networks Explorations in the representation of knowledge

John Sowa Morgan Kaufmann 1991

2 Russell and Norvig Artificial Intelligence A Modern Approach Prentice Hall

1995

3 Han Reichgelt Knowledge Representation An AI Perspective Ablex Publishing

1991

Selected papers and technical reports-

1 Tim Berners-Lee James Hendler and Ora Lassila The Semantic Web Scientific

American May 2001

2 Ian Horrocks Peter F Patel Schneider and Frank van Harmelen Reviewing the design

of DAML+OIL An ontology language for the semantic web In Proc of AAAI-2002

2002

3 Franz Baader Ian Horrocks and Ulrike Sattler Description logics as ontology

languages for the semantic web In Dieter Hutter and Werner Stephan editors Festschrift

in honor of Jorg Siekmann Lecture Notes in Artificial Intelligence Springer 2003

4 Ian Horrocks and Peter F Patel-Schneider Three theses of representation in the

semantic web In Proc of the Twelfth International World Wide Web Conference

(WWW 2003) 2003

Resources

1 SemanticWeborg

2 Semantic Web Activity at W3C

Information Retrieval Lectures - 3 Hrs per week Theory - 150 Marks

Unit 1 Basics Introduction to IR ndash Definition Objectives need and comparison with data

retrieval

Unit 2 Modeling Formal specifications of IR systems Set theoretic model - Boolean Vector

and Probabilistic based IR systems Comparison between searching and browsing Methods of

Text Processing Lexical analysis Techniques amp Algorithms

Unit 3 Performance Measures Recall Precision R-precision Single Value Summaries User

oriented measures coverage novelty expected search length Query Languages Single and

multi word queries phrase based queries structural queries contextual queries structured text

Form based Hierarchical and Link based

Unit 4 Indexing and Searching Suffix Tries Supra indices B+ trees and Hashing construction

techniques Substring matching Brute Force KMP Regular Expression Shift-Or technique

Suffix Automaton

Unit 5 User Search Techniques Search statements and binding Similarity measures and

ranking Relevance feedback Selective dissemination of information search Weighted searches

of Boolean systems Searching the Internet and hypertext

Unit 6 Web search Issues handling web documents Web Crawling Web documents ranking ndash

PageRank ranking algorithm Recent research in Information Retrieval amp Web Information

Retrieval

Suggested Readings-

Text Books

1 Ricardo Baeza-Yates and Berthier Ribeiro-Neto ldquoModern Information Retrievalrdquo

Addison Wesley

2 C Manning P Raghavan and H Schuumltze ldquoIntroduction to Information Retrievalrdquo

Cambridge University Press

3 William B Frakes and Ricardo Baeza-Yates ldquoInformation Retrieval Data Structures and

Algorithmsrdquo Prentice Hall

Reference Books

1 G Salton and M J McGill ldquoIntroduction to Modern Information Retrievalrdquo McGraw-

Hill

2 Van Rijsbergen C J Butterworths Information Retrieval

DELHI TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION

AND

COURSE OF READING

FOR

MTech (COMPUTER SCIENCE AND

ENGINEERING)

Syllabus applicable to the students seeking admission to

MTech (Computer Science and Engineering) Course

MTech (Computer Science and Engineering)

SCHEME

Paper

No

Subject

Code

No

Title of the Course

Internal

Marks

External

Marks

Total

Marks

Credits Sem

Total

1

2

3

4

GR A CO 501

CO 502

CO 503

CO 504

Advanced Database Management

Systems

Parallel Computer Architecture

Data Structures and Algorithms

Software Lab

50

50

50

30

100

100

100

70

150

150

150

100

3

3

3

2

1000

(20

credit

s)

5

6

7

8

GR B

CO 551

CO 552

CO 553

CO 554

Distributed System

Computer Networks

Network Programming and

Simulation Lab

Self-study ndash Seminar-I

50

50

30

50

100

100

70

-

150

150

100

50

3

3

2

1

9

10

11

12

GR C CO 601

CO 602

CO 603

CO 604

Information and Network Security

Elective-I

Elective-II

Information and Network Security

Laboratory

50

50

50

30

100

100

100

70

150

150

150

100

3

3

3

2

1000

(20

credit

s)

12

13

14

15

GR D

CO 651

CO 652

CO 653

CO 654

Elective-III

Elective-IV

Lab Based on Elective III or IV

Minor Project-I

50

50

30

50

100

100

70

-

150

150

100

50

3

3

2

1

16

17

18

19

20

GR E CO 701

CO 702

CO 703

CO 704

CO 705

Elective-V

Elective-VI

Self-study Seminar ndashII

Minor Project-II

Major Project-I

50

50

100

-

-

100

100

-

300

300

150

150

100

300

300

3

3

1

4

4

1000

(15

credit

s)

21

GR F CO 801

Major Project-II

-

1000

1000

15

1000

(15

credit

s)

LIST OF ELECTIVES

Electives I (Group C) Any one subject can be chosen from the following

1 Object Oriented Software Engineering

2 Artificial Intelligence and Expert Systems

3 Real-Time Systems

4 Design of Embedded Systems

5 Digital Signal Processing

6 Robotics Engineering

Electives II (Group C) Any one subject can be chosen from the following

1 Bioinformatics

2 Wireless amp Mobile Communication

3 Fault Tolerant and testable Systems

4 Advanced Computer Graphics

5 Reliable System Design

Electives III (Group D) Any one subject can be chosen from the following

1 Optimization Techniques

2 Distributed Algorithms

3 Modeling amp Simulation

4 Quantum Computing

5 Enterprise Computing in JAVA

Electives IV (Group D) Any one subject can be chosen from the following

1 Optical Networks

2 Cluster amp Grid Computing

3 Software Testing

4 Computer Vision

5 Nano Technology

Electives V (Group E) Any one subject can be chosen from the following

1 Data warehousing and Data Mining

2 Pattern Recognition

3 Natural Language Processing

4 Soft Computing

5 Semantic Web

6 Digital Image Processing

Electives VI (Group E) Any one subject can be chosen from the following

1 Geo-Informatics

2 Advances in Internet amp Web Technology

3 Advances in Multimedia Technology

4 VLSI Design

5 VLSI Design and CAD of VLSI

6 Software Project Management

CO 501 ADVANCED DATABASE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS

Lectures - 3 Hrs per week Theory - 150

Marks

UNIT I

Relational Databases Integrity Constraints revisited Extended ER diagram Relational

Algebra amp Calculus Functional Muiltivalued and Join Dependency Normal Forms Rules

about functional dependencies

UNIT II

Advanced Transaction Processing Nested and Multilevel Transactions Compensating

Transactions and Saga Long Duration Transactions Weak Levels of Consistency

Transaction Work Flows Transaction Processing Monitors Schedules Serializability-

conflict and view

UNIT III

Query Processing General strategies for query processing transformations expected size

statistics in estimation query improvement view processing query processor

UNIT IV

Query Optimization Indexing and Query Optimization Limitations of Relational Data

Model Null Values and Partial Information

UNIT V

Parallel and Distributed Databases Distributed Data Storage ndash Fragmentation amp

Replication Location and Fragment Transparency Distributed Query Processing and

Optimization Distributed Transaction Modeling and concurrency Control Distributed

Deadlock Commit Protocols Design of Parallel Databases Parallel Query Evaluation

UNIT VI

Active Database and Real Time Databases Triggers in SQL Event Constraint and Action

ECA Rules Query Processing and Concurrency Control Compensation and Databases

Recovery

Text Books

1 Elmarsi Navathe Somayajulu Gupta ldquoFundamentals of Database Systemsrdquo 4th

2 Edition Pearson Education 2007

3 Garcia Ullman Widom ldquoDatabase Systems The complete bookrdquo Pearson

Text Books 1 Date Kannan Swaminathan ldquoAn Introduction to Database Systemsrdquo 8th Edition

Pearson Education 2007

2 Silberscatz Korth Sudarshan ldquoDatabase System Conceptsrdquo Mcgraw Hill 6th

Edition 2006

Text Books

1 Ivar Jacobson Grady Booch James Rumbaugh ldquoThe Unified Software Development

Processrdquo Pearson Education

2 Yourdon ldquoModern Structured Analysisrdquo PHI

1 KK Aggarwal and Yogesh Singh ldquoSoftware Engineeringrdquo New Age Publications

2009

CO 502 PARALLEL COMPUTER ARCHITECTURE

Lectures - 3 Hrs per week Theory - 150

Marks

UNIT I

Parallel computer models The state of computing Classification of parallel computers

Multiprocessors and multicomputers Multivector and SIMD computers

Program and network properties Conditions of parallelism Data and resource

Dependences Hardware and software parallelism Program partitioning and scheduling

Grain Size and latency Program flow mechanisms Control flow versus data flow Data flow

Architecture Demand driven mechanisms Comparisons of flow mechanisms

UNIT II

System Interconnect Architectures Network properties and routing Static interconnection

Networks Dynamic interconnection Networks Multiprocessor system Interconnects

Hierarchical bus systems Crossbar switch and multiport memory Multistage and combining

network

UNIT III

Advanced processors Advanced processor technology Instruction-set Architectures CISC

Scalar Processors RISC Scalar Processors Superscalar Processors VLIW Architectures

Vector and Symbolic processors

UNIT IV

Pipelining Linear pipeline processor nonlinear pipeline processor Instruction pipeline

Design Mechanisms for instruction pipelining Dynamic instruction scheduling Branch

Handling techniques branch prediction Arithmetic Pipeline Design Computer arithmetic

principles Static Arithmetic pipeline Multifunctional arithmetic pipelines

UNIT V

Memory Hierarchy Design Cache basics amp cache performance reducing miss rate and

miss penalty multilevel cache hierarchies main memory organizations design of memory

hierarchies

UNIT VI

Multiprocessor architectures Symmetric shared memory architectures distributed shared

memory architectures models of memory consistency cache coherence protocols (MSI

MESI MOESI) scalable cache coherence overview of directory based approaches design

challenges of directory protocols memory based directory protocols cache based directory

protocols protocol design tradeoffs synchronization Scalable point ndash point interfaces

Alpha364 and HT protocols high performance signaling layer

Text Books

1 Kai Hwang ldquoAdvanced computer architecturerdquo TMH

2 D A Patterson and J L Hennessey ldquoComputer organization and designrdquo

3 JPHayes ldquocomputer Architecture and organizationrdquo MGH

Text Books

1 Harvey GCragonrdquoMemory System and Pipelined processorsrdquo Narosa Publication

2 VRajaranam amp CSRMurthy ldquoParallel computerrdquo PHI

3 RKGhose Rajan Moona amp Phalguni Gupta ldquoFoundation of Parallel Processingrdquo

Narosa Publications

4 Kai Hwang and Zu ldquoScalable Parallel Computers Architecturerdquo MGH

5 Stalling W ldquoComputer Organisation amp Architecturerdquo and PHI

CO 503 DATA STRUCTURES AND ALGORITHMS

Lectures- 3 Hrs per week Theory - 150

Marks

Unit I

Review of Elementary data structures Arrays Linked list Stacks Queues Binary Trees

Hashing Sorting and Searching techniques Sparse matrices Properties of sparse matrices

linked list representation of sparse matrices Analyzing algorithms

Unit II

Advanced Trees Definition Operations on B Trees Weight Balanced Trees (Huffman

Trees) 2-3 Trees and Red-Black Trees Augmenting Red-Black Trees to Dynamic Order

Statics and Interval Tree Applications Operations on Disjoint sets and its union find problem

Implementing Sets Dictionaries Priority Queues and Concatenable Queues using 2-3 Trees

Unit III

Advanced Data Structures Binomial heaps Fibonacci heaps Union Find Data Structures

Amortization Self-adjusting and persistent data structures

Unit IV

GRAPH THEORY ALGORITHMS Definitions for Graphs Algorithms for

Connectedness Finding all Spanning Trees in a Weighted Graph and Planarity Testing

Breadth First and Depth First Search Topological Sort Strongly Connected Components and

Articulation Point Single source shortest path and all pair shortest path algorithms

UNIT V

Greedy Method General Method Knapsack problem Single source shortest path Dynamic

Programming General method 01 Knapsack problem All pair shortest path Backtracking

Sum of subsets 8-queens problem and Hamiltonian cycles

UNIT VI

Advanced Algorithms Approximation algorithms for NP complete problem (Vertex cover

traveling salesman) Planer amp Plane graphs Algorithms for matching Flow and circular

problems

Text Books

1 Thomas H Cormen Charles E Leiserson Ronald L Rivest ldquoIntroduction to

Algorithmsrdquo MIT Press

2 Ellis Horowitz Sartaj Sahni Sanguthevar Rajasekaran ldquoThe Design and Analysis of

Computer Algorithmsrdquo

3 Aho Hopcraft amp Ulman The Design and Analysis of Computer algorithmsrdquo Addison

Wesley

4 Tannenbaum ldquoData Structuresrdquo PHI

Reference Books 1 RE Tarjan ldquoData Structures and Network algorithmsrdquo SIAM Regional Conference

series in applied mathemetics

2 Rajeev Motwani and Prabhakar Raghavan ldquoRandomized Algorithmsrdquo Cambridge

University Press

3 Dexter C Kozan ldquoThe Design amp Analysis of Algorithmsrdquo Springer-Verlag

4 Narsingh Deo-Graph Theory with Application to Engineering and Computer

SciencePrentice Hall of India

CO 504 SOFTWARE LAB Practical - 2 Hrs per week Practical - 100

Marks

Software Lab based on using latest CASE Tools At least one Minor Project to be

developed for an application based on methodologies covered in the course

CO 551 DISTRIBUTED SYSTEM

Lectures- 3 Hrs per week Theory - 150 Marks

UNIT I

Introduction Distributed System Models Transparency Scalability Inter-process

Communication Middleware issues in design of Distributed systems current amp future

UNIT II

Communications Layered Protocol Distributed Objects amp Remote Method Invocation

Remote Procedure Call Synchronization in communication sockets MPI Message brokers

Data Streams

UNIT III

Process and Synchronization Processes Threads Code Migration Logical clocks vector

clocks direct dependency clocks matrix clocks Serializability

UNIT IV

Resource Allocation Distributed Shared Memory Process Scheduling Load Balancing amp

Load Sharing Mutual Exclusion Election algorithms

UNIT V

Distributed File Systems Coordination amp Agreement Distributed Transaction Consistency

amp Replication Consistency Models Distribution amp Consistency Protocols

UNIT VI

Advanced Topics in Distributed Systems Parallel Processing Parallel amp Distributed

Programming Case Studies in detail amp research directions

Text Books

1 PKSihna ldquoDistributed Operating Systems Concepts and Designrdquo PHI

2 Andrew S Taenbaum and Maarten Van Steen ldquoDistributed Systems Principles and

Paradigmsrdquo Prentice Hall

3 R Chow T Johnson Addison ldquoDistributed Operating Systems and Algorithmsrdquo

Wesley Publishing Company

Text Books

1 Coulouris G Dollimore J and Kindberg T ldquoDistributed Systems Concepts and

Designrdquo Addison-Wesley

CO 552 COMPUTER NETWORKS

Lectures - 3 Hrs per week Theory - 150 Marks

UNIT I

Introduction Introduction to Network models-ISO-OSI and TCPIP models Review of

Physical layer and Data link layers Review of Cellular Networks LAN (IEEE 8023 8025

FDDI) Wireless 80211 WAN (PPP ATM ISDN) standards and Overview of Bridging and

VLAN (8021Q)

UNIT II

Network layer Internet architecture and addressing internetworking IPv4 overview of

IPv6 Routing Protocols- RIP OSPF BGP NAT ARP and RARP

UNIT III

Transport layer Design issues Connection management Transmission Control Protocol

(TCP) User Datagram Protocol (UDP) Finite state machine model TCP congestion control

UNIT IV

Application layer HTTP DNS SMTP DHCP SNMP Overlay Networks

UNIT V

Network Security Cryptography Firewalls Secure Socket Layer (SSL) and Virtual Private

Networks (VPN) IPSec

UNIT VI

Case study Study of various network simulators Network performance analysis using NS2

Text Books

1 Behrouz A Forouzan ldquoTCPIP Protocol Suitrdquo TMH 2000

2 Tananbaum A S ldquoComputer Networksrdquo 3rd Ed PHI 1999

3 Black U ldquoComputer Networks-Protocols Standards and Interfacesrdquo PHI 1996

Text Books 4 Stallings W ldquoData and Computer Communicationsrdquo 6th Ed PHI 2002

5 Stallings W ldquoSNMP SNMPv2 SNMPv3 RMON 1 amp 2rdquo 3rd Ed Addison Wesley

1999

6 Laurra Chappell (Ed) ldquoIntroduction to Cisco Router Configurationrdquo Techmedia

1999

7 Peterson and Davie Computer Networks (2nd Edition) Morgan Kaufmann

Publishers 1999

8 Internetworking with TCPIP Vol1 Principles Protocols and Architecture (4th

Edition) Douglas Comer

CO 553 NETWORK PROGRAMMING AND SIMULATION

LAB

Practical - 2 Hrs per week Practical - 100

Marks

Network Programming and Simulation Lab based on network protocols and simulations

tools like ns-2 At least one Minor Project based on methodologies covered in Computer

Networks and Distributed Systems

CO 601 INFORMATION AND NETWORK SECURITY

Lectures - 3 Hrs per week Theory - 150

Marks

UNIT I

Introduction to Data Security General Security Principles Communication Security

Design of Secure System

UNIT II

Conventional Encryption Principles Conventional encryption algorithms cipher block

modes of operation location of encryption devices key distribution Approaches of Message

Authentication Secure Hash Function and HMAC

UNIT III

Public-key cryptography Principles Recent Public key cryptography algorithms such as

RSA DSS etc digital signatures digital Certificates Certificate Authority and key

management Kerberos X509 Directory Authentication Service

UNIT IV

Latest Trends and solutions in Information Security Web Security Firewall Design

Principles Trusted Systems Intrusion Detection System Recent trends in cryptosystem

Text Books

1 ldquoCryptography and Network Securityrdquo William Stallings Third Edition Prentice

Hall International

2 ldquoBasic Methods of Cryptographyrdquo Jan C A Cambridge University Press

3 ldquoInformation Security Intelligence Cryptographic Principles amp Applicationsrdquo

Thomas Calabrese Thomson Learning

Reference Books

1 ldquoModern Cryptography Theory and Practicerdquo Wenbo Mao Pearson Education

2 ldquoCryptography and Data Securityrdquo Dorothy Elizabeth Robling Denning Addison

Wesley

First Year MTech(CSE) II Semester Group ldquoCrdquo Subjects

CO-602 ELECTIVE I

OBJECT ORIENTED SOFTWARE ENGINEERING

UNIT I

Introduction Object Oriented system concepts and Principles Object Oriented system

development Component reuse The common process framework for Object Oriented

processes System Development and Methodologies object oriented software estimation

UNIT II

System development System as model building model architecture The importance of

modeling principle of modeling object oriented modeling Introduction to Object-oriented

Methodologies such as Unified Modeling Language Overview of UML conceptual model of

UML architecture software development lifecycle using Rational Unified Process

UNIT III

Object Oriented Analysis requirement model analysis model Object oriented analysis

using methods of Rumbaugh

Software Design Software design Models Object oriented methodologies of Booch

design model System development using various UML Diagrams

UNIT IV

UML Methodology Detailed study of various UML Diagrams System Analysis using UML

Diagrams

UNIT V

Object Oriented Testing and metrics Path Testing State based testing Class Testing

object oriented metrics

UNIT VI

Applications amp Tools A complete case study of Software development using above

Methodologies Concepts of Computer-Aided Software Engineering and knowledge about

current CASE tools use in the industry

Suggested Readings

Text Books

1 R S Pressman ldquoSoftware Engineering ndash A practitionerrsquos approachrdquo 5th Ed McGraw

Hill Int Ed 2001

2 I Jacobson M Christerson P Jonsson G Overgaard ldquoObject Oriented Software

Engineeringrdquo 2nd Edition Pearson Education 2007

3 G Booch J Rumbaugh I Jacobson ldquoThe Unified Modeling Language User Guiderdquo

11th Ed Pearson Education 2003

Reference Books 1 I Sommerville ldquoSoftware Engineeringrdquo Addison Wesley 2004

ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE AND EXPERT SYSTEMS

Unit 1 Introduction The AI Problems AI Techniques Basic Problem solving methods

state space search problem characteristics Production systems characteristics issues in

design of Intelligent search algorithm

Unit 2 Heuristic search Techniques Hill climbing techniques Best First search Problem

Reduction Constraint Satisfaction Means-End Analysis

Unit 3 Knowledge Representation Knowledge Representation issues Knowledge

Representation using Predicate logic Semantic Nets Semantic Frames Conceptual

Dependency scripts Knowledge representation with uncertainty

Unit 4 Programming Languages Fundamental and concepts of Programming languages

like Prolog or Lisp Relationship of languages with Knowledge representation and

inferences

Unit 5 Expert Systems What and Why of expert systems Structure of an Expert system

interaction with an expert system Design of an Expert system implementing expert system

shell Expert System Development techniques amp tools with Case Study Construction of

Programs using different data structure

Unit 6 Advanced topics Applications of AI in Game Playing amp Natural Language

Processing Concepts of Fuzzy Logic Introduction to Intelligent Agents

Suggested Readings-

Text Books

1 Artificial Intelligence E Rich and K Knight TMH 2nd ed 1992

2 Introduction to Expert Systems Peter Jackson AWP MA 199

3 Introduction to AI and Expert Systems DW Patterson PHI 1992

Reference Books

1 Artificial Intelligence - an Engineering Approach RJ Schalkoff McGraw Hill

Int Ed Singapore 1992

2 Principles of AI NJ Nilsson Narosa Publ House 1990

REAL-TIME SYSTEMS

Unit 1 Real-time systems Real-time systems models Types of real-time systems Internal

structure of real-time systems Performance measures Examples of real-time systems and

real-world applications Modeling amp Designing real-time systems

Unit 2 Real-Time Process Management Task scheduling for Uniprocessor systems

handling priorities with critical section interrupts task allocation amp scheduling for

multiprocessor systems adaptive scheduling

Unit 3 Programming Environment In depth Knowledge of RTOS programming

languages tools amp techniques

Unit 4 Real-Time System Design Design techniques for Reliability Fault Tolerance amp

other application specific quality considerations

Unit 5 Trends in Real-Time System Design amp Development in fields such as Robotics

Unit 6 Introduction to research topics

Suggested Readings-

Text Books

1 AC Shaw Real-Time Systems and Software Wiley

2 JE Cooling Real-Time Software Systems International Thompson Computer

Press

3 WA Halang and KM Sacha Real-Time Systems World Scientific

Reference Books 1 Real-Time Systems Design and Analysis PH Laplante IEEE Press

2 Real-Time Systems J Liu Prentice-Hall 2000

3 Real-Time Computer Control R Bennett Prentice-Hall

4 Real-Time Systems CM Krishna and KG Shin McGraw-Hill

DESIGN OF EMBEDDED SYSTEMS

UNIT I

Introduction to Embedded Real time Systems Fundamental components of ESD

Preprocessing Compiling cross compiling Linking Locating compiler driver Linker script

Program segments Type of memory Memory Management in Embedded real time systems

Interrupt and ISR

UNIT II

Introduction to Real-time theory Scheduling theory Rate Monotonic Scheduling

Utilization bound theorem RTOS Task Management Task management Race condition

Priority inversion ISRs and scheduling Inter-Task communication Timers

UNIT III

Microcontrollers Role of processor selection in Embedded System (microprocessor vs

microcontroller) 8051 microcontroller architecture assembly language programming

instruction set addressing mode logical operation arithmetic operation interrupt handling

Timing subroutines

UNIT IV

Serial data communication RS-232 USB I2C Interfacing with ADC amp sensors Interfacing

with DAC Interfacing with external ROM Interfacing with 8255 IEEE 11491 (JTAG)

testability Boundary Scan Architecture

Text Books

1 Sriram V Iyer and Pankaj Gupta ldquoEmbedded Real-time Systems Programmingrdquo

TMH

2 Mazidi and Mazidi ldquoThe 8051 Microcontrollerrdquo PHI

3 Embedded System by Raj Kamal TMH

Text Books

1 The 8051 Microcontroller by Kennth J Ayala Thomson DelMar Learning

2 Microcontrollers by Deshmukh TMH

3 8051 Microcontroller amp Embedded systems by Rajiv Kapadia Jaico

4 Computer as components by wayne wolf Harcourt India Pvt Ltd

5 Real time System and Analysis by Philip A Laplante Wiley

DIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSING

UNIT I

Introduction Signals and signal Processing characterization amp classification of signals

typical Signal Processing operations example of typical Signals typical Signals Processing

applications

UNIT II

Time Domain Representation of Signals amp Systems Discrete Time Signals Operations on

Sequences Linear shift-invariant systems Stability and Causality Linear constant coefficient

difference equations Frequency domain representation of discrete-time systems symmetry

properties of the Fourier transform Sampling of continuous-time systems

UNIT III

Transforms Z-transforms Inverse Z-transform properties of Z-transform amp its applications

in system analysis amp design Discrete Fourier Transform (DFT) amp its properties computation

of the DFT of real sequences Linear Convolution using the DFT

UNIT IV

Digital Filter Structure Block Diagram representation Signal Flow Graph Representation

Equivalent Structures Basic FIR Digital Filter Structures Direct forms Transposed forms

Cascaded forms Poly phase realization and Linear phase FIR structures Basic IIR Filter

Structures Direct forms Transposed forms Cascaded realizations and Parallel realizations

All pass filters Digital Sine-Cosine Generator

UNIT V

Digital Filter Design Design of IIR Digital filters from analog filters Properties of FIR

digital filters Desgin of FIR filters using Windows Computer aided design of FIR filters

Comparison of IIR and FIR digital filters

UNIT VI

Computation of Discrete Fourier Transform Complexity of the DFT computation by

direct method Goertzel algorithm Decimation ndash in-time FFT algorithms Decimation-in

frequency FFT algorithms

Text Books

1 Alan V Oppenheim amp Ronald W Schafer ldquo Digital Signal Processingrdquo PHI

2 Sanjit K Mitra ldquo Digital Signal Processing A computer based approachrdquo TMH

Second Edition

3 Chi-Tsong Chen ldquoDigital Signal Processing Spectral Computation and Filter

Designrdquo Oxford University Press

Text Books 1 Monson H Hayes ldquo Schaumrsquos Outline of Digital Signal Processingrdquo Mcgraw Hill

2 Richard W Hammming ldquoDigital Filtersrdquo Dover Pubns

3 Lars Wanhammar ldquo DSP Integrated Circuitsrdquo Academic Press First edition

4 Simon S Haykin ldquo Adaptive Filter Theory ldquo Prentice Hall 3rd Edition

ROBOTICS ENGINEERING

UNIT I

Introduction An overview of Robotics and its applications in various applications domains

such as manufacturing assembly and inspection and spray and paintings

UNIT II

Manipulators Manipulator Kinematics Forward and inverse kinematics trajectory

Planning Motions path planning Robotics Programming Languages

UNIT III

Sensing Methods Types of Sensors amp sensor calibration Control Robot Sensing

UNIT IV

Computer Vision Illumination techniques imaging geometry stereovision segmentation

UNIT V

Applications Current and future applications in Industry and study of research aspects in

Robotics

UNIT VI

Advance studies

Text Books

1 Introduction to robotics J J Craig (Third ed 2003) Prentice Hall

2 Robotic Engineering Richard D Klafter Prentice Hall

3 Robotics Fu K S McGraw Hill

Reference Books

1 An Introduction to Robot Technology P Coiffet and M Chaironze Kogam Page

Ltd

2 Industrial Robotics Groover M P Pearson Edu 1983

3 Robotics and Control Mittal R K amp Nagrath I J TMH

4 Robot Dynamics amp Control ndash Mark W Spong and M Vidyasagar John Wiley amp

Sons (ASIA) Pte Ltd

First Year MTech(CSE) II Semester Group ldquoCrdquo Subjects

CO-603 ELECTIVE II

BIOINFORMATICS

UNIT I

Introduction biology physics Biological hierarchy Information stages Physical processes

Information understanding

UNIT II

Methods of gene sequencing Detailed discussion on Sequences searching methods

Gene expression Current and prospective methods of gene profiling Data acquisition Data

standardization Linear approximations of data DNA chips Protein targeting Data

normalization Linear view

UNIT III

Statistics approaches Probabilistic notions Multivariate issues Clustering Information

handling Experimental and computational methods of structure determination for proteins

and nucleic acids

UNIT IV

Ontology Annotation of genes their products and functions System biology evolution

hierarchy Medical informatics

UNIT V

Software support Software availability Software targets Text parsing BioPerl Statistics

R-system

UNIT VI

Recent Advances amp Applications of Bio-Informatics Recent trends in Computing with

bio-systems

Text Books

1 ldquoBioinformatics Sequence and Genome Analysisrdquo David W Mount Cold Spring

Harbor Laboratory Press

2 ldquoBioinformatics A Practical Guide to the Analysis of Genes and Proteinsrdquo Andreas

D Baxevanis Second Edition

3 ldquoBiological Sequence Analysis Probabilistic Models of Proteins and Nucleic Acidsrdquo

Richard Durbin Sean R Eddy Anders Krogh Graeme Mitchison Cambridge

University Press

Text Books

1 ldquoFundamental Concepts of Bioinformaticsrdquo DE Krane and ML Raymer Person

Education

2 ldquoBioinformatics Computingrdquo B Bergeron Prentice ndashHall

WIRELESS amp MOBILE COMMUNICATION

Lectures - 3 Hrs per week Theory - 150 Marks

Unit 1 Introduction Network Technologies and Cellular Communications Discussion on

Bluetooth ampGSM Introduction to Mobile Computing novel applications limitations and

architecture

Unit 2 (Wireless) Medium Access Control Motivation for a specialized MAC (Hidden and

exposed terminals Near and far terminals) SDMA FDMA TDMA CDMA

Unit 3 Mobile Architecture Mobile Network Layer Mobile IP (Goals assumptions

entities and terminology IP packet delivery agent advertisement and discovery registration

tunneling and encapsulation optimizations) Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP)

Unit 4 Mobile Transport Layer Traditional TCP Indirect TCP Snooping TCP Mobile

TCP Fast retransmitfast recovery Transmission time out freezing Selective retransmission

Transaction oriented TCP

Unit 5 Mobile Ad hoc Networks (MANETs) Overview Properties of a MANET spectrum

of MANET applications routing and various routing algorithms security in MANETs

Unit 6 Protocols and Tools Wireless Application Protocol WAP (Introduction protocol

architecture and treatment of protocols of all layers) Bluetooth (User scenarios physical

layer MAC layer networking security link management) and J2ME Latest Technologies

Suggested Readings-

Text Books

1 Mobile and Personal communication System and Services- Raj Pandya

2 Wireless Communication and Networks- William Stallings

3 Wireless and Personal Communications Systems Vijay Garg Joseph Wilkes

Prentice-Hall Englewood Cliffs NJ 1996

Reference Books

1 Fundamentals of Wireless Communication David Tse and Pramod Viswanath

Cambridge University Press 2005

FAULT TOLERANT AND TESTABLE SYSTEMS

UNIT I

Fundamental Concepts Definitions of fault tolerance fault classification fault tolerant

attributes and system structure

UNIT II

Fault-Tolerant Design Techniques Information redundancy hardware redundancy and

time redundancy

Dependability Evaluation Techniques Reliability and availability models (Combinatorial

techniques Fault-Tree models Markov models) Performance Models

UNIT III

Architecture of Fault-Tolerant Computers (case study) General-purpose systems high-

availability systems long-life systems critical systems

UNIT IV

Software Fault Tolerance Software faults and their manifestation design techniques

reliability models

UNIT V

Fault Tolerant ParallelDistributed Architectures Shared bus and shared memory

architectures fault tolerant networks

UNIT VI

Recent topics in fault tolerant systems Security fault tolerance in wirelessmobile

networks

Text Books

1 Fault-Tolerant Computer System Design DK Pradhan

2 Design and Analysis of Fault-Tolerant Digital Systems BWJohnson Addison-

Wesley

3 Fault-Tolerant Computing Theory and Techniques Volumes I and II DK Pradhan

Prentice Hall

Text Books 1 Reliable Computer Systems Design and Evaluation DPSiewiorek and RSSwartz

Digital Press

2 Probability and Statistics with Reliability Queueing and Computer Science

Application KSTrivedi Prentice Hall

ADVANCED COMPUTER GRAPHICS

UNIT I

Line Drawing and transformation Basic raster graphical algorithm for 2D primitives Line

drawing algorithm 2D and 3D transformation

UNIT II

Clipping Window View port clipping algorithm

Curves and Surfaces Circle drawing algorithm Ellipse drawing algorithm Bezier curve b-

spline curve surfaces Solid modelling

UNIT III

Projection Parallel projection Perspective projection Computation of vanishing point

UNIT IV

Visible surface determination Z-buffer algorithm Scan line algorithm Area subdivision

algorithm Raytracing algorithm

UNIT V

Shading Illumination mode Specular reflection model Shading models for curve surfaces

Radiosity method Rendering Recursive ray tracing Texture mapping Advanced Modelling

Techniques Procedural ModelsFractal ModelsGrammar based modelsparticle systems

UNIT VI

Animation 3D animation morphing simulation of key frames

Text Books

1 Foley - Computer Graphics Principles amp Practice 2nd ed Pearson Education

2 Hearn amp Baker - Computer Graphics C version 2nd ed Pearson Education

3 Roger and Adams - Mathematical Element for Computer Graphics 2nd ed Tata

McGraw Hill

Text Books

1 David F Rogers ldquoProcedural Element for computer graphicsrdquo McGraw Hill Book

Company

RELIABLE SYSTEM DESIGN

UNIT I

Fundamental Concepts Definitions of fault tolerance fault classification fault tolerant attributes and system structure

UNIT II

Fault-Tolerant Design Techniques Information redundancy hardware redundancy and time redundancy

UNIT III

Dependability Evaluation Techniques Reliability and availability models (Combinatorial techniques Fault-Tree models Markov models) Performance Models

UNIT IV

Architecture of Fault-Tolerant Computers (case study) General-purpose systems high-availability systems long-life systems critical systems

UNIT V

Software Fault Tolerance Software faults and their manifestation design techniques reliability models UNIT VI

Fault Tolerant ParallelDistributed Architectures Shared bus and shared memory architectures fault tolerant networks Recent topics in fault tolerant systems Security fault tolerance in wirelessmobile networks

Suggested Readings

Text Books

1 Fault-Tolerant Computer System Design DK Pradhan 2003

2 Design and Analysis of Fault-Tolerant Digital Systems BWJohnson Addison-

Wesley

3 Fault-Tolerant Computing Theory and Techniques Volumes I and II DK Pradhan

Prentice Hall

Reference Books

1 Reliable Computer Systems Design and Evaluation DPSiewiorek and RSSwartz

Digital Press 1992

2 Probability and Statistics with Reliability Queueing and Computer Science

Application KSTrivedi Prentice Hall 1982

First Year MTech(CSE) II Semester

Group ldquoDrdquo Subjects

CO-651 ELECTIVE III

OPTIMIZATION TECHNIQUES

UNIT I

Introduction to Linear Programming Prototype Example the Linear Programming

Model Assumptions of Linear Programming Additional Examples Some Classic Case

Studies Graphical method The Simplex Method The Essence of the Simplex Method

Setting up the Simplex Method The Algebra of the Simplex Method The Simplex Method in

Tabular Form Tie Breaking in the Simplex Method Adapting to Other Model Forms Post

optimality Analysis

UNIT II

Duality Theory And Sensitivity Analysis The Essence of Duality Theory Economic

Interpretation of Duality Primal-Dual relationships Adapting to Other Primal Forms The

Role of Duality Theory in Sensitivity Analysis Other Algorithms for Linear Programming

The Dual Simplex Method Parametric Linear Programming the Upper Bound Techniques

An Interior-Point Algorithm

UNIT III

Dynamic Programming A prototype example for Dynamic Programming Characteristics

of Dynamic Programming Problems Deterministic Dynamic Programming Probabilistic

Dynamic Programming

UNIT IV

Integer Programming Prototype Example Some BIP Applications Innovative Uses of

Binary Variables in Model Formulation Some Formulation examples Some Perspectives on

Solving Integer Programming Problems The Branch-and-Bound Technique and Its

application to Binary Integer Programming A Branch-and-Bound Algorithm for Mixed

Integer

UNIT V

Nonlinear Programming Sample Applications Graphical Illustration of Nonlinear

Programming Problems Types of Nonlinear Programming Problems One-Variable

Unconstrained Optimization Multivariable Unconstrained Optimization The Karush-Kuhn-

Tucker (KKT) Conditions for Constrained Optimization Quadratic Programming Separable

Programming Convex Programming

UNIT VI

Queuing Theory Prototype Example Basic Structure of queuing Models Examples of Real

Queuing Systems The role of the Exponential Distribution The Birth-and-Death Process

Queuing Models Based on the Birth-and Death Process Queuing Models involving non

exponential distributions

Text Books

1 HATaha ndash Operations Research 8e Pearson Education

2 JK Sharma ndash Operations Research 3e Mcmillan India Ltd 2007

3 S Hiller amp GJ Lieberman ndash Operations Research 8th Edn TMH New Delhi

Text Books 1 Kanti Swarup Gupta Pk Man Mohan Operations Research Sultan Chand amp Sons

DISTRIBUTED ALGORITHMS

UNIT I

Introduction Types of concurrency Characteristics of Distributed systems Challenges

posed by distribution Importance of theoretical methods for distributed algorithms (2

generals problem)

UNIT II

Basic of discrete mathematics posets and lattices Distributive property Approaches to

reasoning - Model driven different types of models Dimensions to classifying distributed

algorithms - IPC method timing Failure models and Problems addressed Synchronous vs

UNIT III

Asynchronous distributed systems Synchronous Algorithms - Ring only Synchronous

Models proof methods failure types etc Leader election in synchronous ring ndash LCR

algorithm Hirshberg-Sinclair algorithm Non-comparison algorithms - Time slice and

Variable speeds Lower bound discussion

UNIT IV

Synchronous Algorithms General Networks Leader election in a general network -

flooding algorithm Reducing the complexity of complete flooding MST algorithm Dealing

with Link and process failures in consensus problems Asynchronous Shared Memory Mutual

Exclusion Resource Allocation Asynchronous Network Algorithms FIFO Broadcast vs

Multicast Leader Election - Ring vs arbitrary network MST Minimum Spanning Tree

Algorithms Logical time Vector clocks Matrix clocks DD clocks Global Global Snapshots

Chandy and Lamports algorithm Stable predicates or properties Termination detection Self

stabilization

Text Books

1 Nancy A Lynch ldquoDistributed Algorithmsrdquo Morgan Kaufmann

2 Nicola Santoro ldquoDesign and Analysis of Distributed Algorithmsrdquo Wiley-Interscience

3 Gerard Tel ldquoIntroduction to Distributed Algorithms 2nd edrdquo Cambridge University

Press

Text Books 1 C Xavier and S S Iyengar ldquoIntroduction to Parallel Algorithmsrdquo Wiley-

Interscience

MODELING amp SIMULATION

UNIT I

Basic Simulation Modeling The Nature of Simulation Systems Models and Types of

Simulation Advantages Disadvantages and Pitfalls of Simulation

UNIT II

Modeling Complex Systems Introduction List Processing in Simulation Approaches to

Storing Lists in a Computer

UNIT III

Simulation Software Comparison of Simulation Packages with Programming Languages

Classification of Simulation Software General-Purpose Simulation Packages

Object-Oriented Simulation

UNIT IV

Building Valid Credible and Appropriately Detailed Simulation Models Experimental

Design Sensitivity Analysis and Optimization Simulation of Manufacturing Systems

Text Books

1 ldquoSystem Modeling and Simulation - an Introductionrdquo Frank L Severance John

Wiley

2 ldquoSimulation Modeling and Analysisrdquo Law Kelton Third Edition Mc-Graw Hill

QUANTUM COMPUTING

UNIT I

Introduction to Quantum Computers Qubits amp their representation

UNIT II

Quantum Elements Logic Gates Circuits Architectures Algorithms

UNIT III

Quantum Information Quantum Key Distribution teleportation Single photons EPR

pairs

UNIT IV

Grid Computing Data and Computational Grids Grid Architectures and its relations to

various distributed technologies Autonomic computing Cluster Setup amp its advantages

performance models amp simulations Networking protocols amp IO Messaging Systems

Examples

UNIT V

Process Scheduling Load Sharing amp Balancing Distributed Shared memory parallel IO

Pervasive Computing concepts amp scenarios Hardware amp software Device Connectivity

Text Books

1 Introduction to Quantum Computing Philip Kaye etal Oxford University Press

2 Introduction to Quantum Computers Gennady Berman World Scientific

3 Quantum Computation and Quantum Information M Nielsen and I Chuang

Cambridge University Press Cambridge

Text Books 1 Classical and Quantum ComputationA Yu Kitaev AH Shen and MN Vyalyi

American Mathematical Society Providence

2 Problems amp Solutions in Quantum Computing amp Information WH Steeb and Y

HardyWorld Scientific River Edge NJ

ENTERPRISE COMPUTING IN JAVA

UNIT I

J2EE Introduction to J2EE Building J2EE Applications JDBC Servlets and Web

Applications Java Server Pages and ModelViewController J2EE Web Services Overview

Introduction to EJB Session EJBs Entity EJBs JMS and message driven Beans

Transactions and Security Application Servers (Case Study of any one of IBM Websphere

BEA Weblogic JBoss)

UNIT II

Hibernate Principles of Object Relational Mapping Hibernate configuration HQL making

objects persistent Hibernate semantics Session management flushing concurrency and

Hibernate Optimistic and Pessimistic Locking Object mapping Mapping simple properties

Single and multi valued associations Bi-directional associations Indexed collections Using

Hibernate Template Querying Session management Transaction integration and

demarcation

UNIT III

Spring Introduction of Spring Framework Spring Architecture Spring Framework

definition Spring amp MVC Factory Pattern BeanFactory Spring Context definition

Inversion of Control (IoC) Spring AOP Application Context and BeanFactory Spring

ORM Mapping API for JDO Hibernate Hibernate Mapping JDO Mapping iBATIS Spring

Abstract Transaction layer Employing Spring transaction Using EJB declarative

transactions Integration process integrating Spring MVC in web application MVC in web

application MVC Framework

UNIT IV

Web Services Introduction to XML Service-Oriented Architectures SOAP SOAP message

structure handling errors WSDL UDDI Java Web Service implementations JAX-RPC Web

service clients in Java Introduction to Ajax

Text Books

1 Jim Farley William Crawford OrsquoReilly and Associates ldquoJava Enterprise in a

Nutshellrdquo

2 Brett McLaughlin OrsquoReilly ldquoJava and XML 2nd Edition

3 Elliott Rusty Harold and W Scott Means OrsquoReilly ldquoXML in a Nutshellrdquo

Text Books 1 James Cooper ldquoJava Design Pattern A Tutorialrdquo Addison Wesley

2 Govind Sesadri ldquoEnterprise java Computing Application and Architecturesrdquo

Cambridge University Publications

First Year MTech(CSE) II Semester Group ldquoDrdquo Subjects

CO-652 ELECTIVE IV

OPTICAL NETWORKS

UNIT-I

Optical fiber fundamentals Solution to Maxwellrsquos equation in a circularly symmetric step

index optical fiber linearly polarized modes single mode and multimode fibers concept of V

number graded index fiber

UNIT- II

Total number of guided modes (no derivation) polarization maintaining fibers attenuation

mechanisms in fibers dispersion in single mode and multimode fibers dispersion shifted and

dispersion flattened fibers attenuation and dispersion limits in fibers Kerr nonlinearity self

phase modulation combined effect of dispersion and self phase modulation nonlinear

Schrodinger equation (no derivation) fundamental soliton solution

UNIT-III

Optical sources LED and laser diode principles of operation concepts of line width phase

noise switching and modulation characteristics ndash typical LED and LD structures

UNIT-IV

Optical detectors P-N detector pin detector avalanche photodiode ndash Principles of

operation concepts of responsivity sensitivity and quantum efficiency noise in detection

typical receiver configurations (high impedance and transimpedance receivers)

UNIT-V

Optical amplifiers Semiconductor amplifier rare earth doped fiber amplifier (with special

reference to erbium doped fibers) Raman amplifier Brillouin amplifier ndash principles of

operation amplifier noise signal to noise ratio gain gain bandwidth gain and noise

dependencies intermodulation effects saturation induced crosstalk wavelength range of

operation

Text Books

1 Leonid Kazovsky Sergio Benedetto and Alan Willner `Optical Fiber Communication

Systemsrsquo Artech House

2 John Senior `Optical Fiber Communicationsrsquo PHI

3 Silvello Betti Giancarlo De Marchis and Eugenio Iannone `Coherent Optical

Communications Systemsrsquo John Wiley

Text Books 1 GPAgrawal `Nonlinear Fiber Opticsrsquo Academic Press

CLUSTER amp GRID COMPUTING

Unit 1 Cluster Computing Introduction to concepts in Cluster based distributed computing

Hardware technologies for cluster computing and software for cluster computing and

different Software Architecture for Cluster Computing

Unit 2 Programming Programming Models and Paradigms features and performance of

standard MPI variants Derived data types communicators

Unit 3 Resource management and scheduling Managing cluster resources single system

images system level middleware distributed task scheduling monitoring and administering

system resources Parallel IO and Parallel Virtual File System Scheduling Condor Maui

Scheduler Portable Batch System (PBS)

Unit 4 Grid Computing Grids and Grid Technologies Programming models and

Parallelization Techniques Grid Security Infrastructure Setting up Grid deployment of Grid

software and tools and application execution

Unit 5 Standard application development tools and paradigms Performance evaluation

tools HINT netperf netpipe ttcp Iperfmessage

Unit 6 Data Management Application Case Study Molecular Modeling for Drug Design

and Brain Activity Analysis Resource management and scheduling

Suggested Readings-

Text Books

1 William Gropp Ewing Lusk Thomas Sterling Beowulf Cluster Computing

with Linux 2nd edition MIT Press

2 Bart Jacob Michael Brown Introduction to grid computing

3 Gregory F Pfister In Search of Clusters The ongoing battle in lowly parallel

computing Second Edition Prentice Hall Publishing Company 1998

SOFTWARE TESTING

UNIT 1

Introductory concepts Verification ampValidation Terminologies like Goals Role

Objectives Limitations Approaches amp Applicability

UNIT II

Software Testing Testing Process Limitations of Testing Testing activities

UNIT III

Levels of Testing Unit Testing Integration Testing System Testing Debugging Domain

Testing Regression Testing Stress Testing Slice based testing

UNIT IV

Software Testing Techniques Functional Testing techniques Boundary Value Analysis

Equivalence Class Testing Decision Table Based Testing Cause Effect Graphing Technique

Structural Testing Path testing DD-Paths Cyclomatic Complexity Graph Metrics Data

Flow Testing Mutation testing Object Oriented Testing Class Testing GUI Testing

UNIT V

Software Testing Tools Taxonomy Methodology to evaluate automated testing Using

tools Load Runner Win runner and Rational Testing Tools Java Testing Tools JMetra

JUNIT Cactus and other recent tools

UNIT VI

Advanced Topics on Testing Prioritizing the Test-cases Testing Web Applications Testing

Off-the-shelf component testing security testing Data-warehouse

Text Books

1 Paul C Jorgenson Software Testing A Craftsmanrsquos approach CRC Press 1997

2 Desikan Ramesh Software Testing principles and Practices Pearson Education

3 William E PerryEffective Methods for Software Testing John Wiley

Reference Books

1 Steven R Rakitin Software Verification and Validation for Practitioners and

Managers 2nd edition Artech House

2 Boris Beizer ldquoSoftware Testing Techniquesrdquo Second Volume Second Edition Van

Nostrand Reinhold New York 1990

3 Louise Tamres ldquoSoftware Testingrdquo Pearson Education Asia 2002

4 Boris Beizer ldquoSoftware System Testing and Quality Assurancerdquo Van Nostrand

einhold New York 1984

COMPUTER VISION

Unit 1 Introduction Computational characteristics of human visual information processing

General introduction to the mathematical frameworks for computer vision Problems and

goals of computer vision

Unit 2 Mathematical formulations of computer vision problems Typical structures in

images Models and representations for typical structures Vision as a computational process

Unit 3 Marrrsquos computational vision paradigm Vision as a feedforward inference process

Regularization theory for computer vision Feature extraction principles for computer vision

Minimum description length criterion Maximum entropy criterion Redundancy reduction

criterion Descriptive models in computer vision

Unit 4 Classification algorithms Bayesian decision theory etc Computer vision as

Bayesian Inference Representations in a vision system Seeing as an inference process

Bayesian inference framework for vision

Unit 5 Visual learning Computational approaches to visual learning Visual learning as

dimension and redundancy reduction A unified framework for computer vision

Relationships among different approaches including equivalence conditions limitations

advantages and disadvantages of existing approaches Issues in designing a generic vision

system Vision as inference with hierarchical models

Unit 6 Implementation issues in computer vision Computational complexity of vision

algorithms Optimization techniques for computer vision systems Monte-Carlo Markov

chain techniques for high dimensional problems Hardware implementation issues Current

and future research directions in computer vision Open issues in computer vision

Challenges of developing generic computer vision systems

Suggested Readings-

Text Books

1 Computer Vision by Linda Shapiro and George Stockman Prentice-Hall 2001

2 Computer Vision D Ballard and C Brown Prentice-Hall 1982

3 2D Object Detection and Recognition Models Algorithms and Networks Yali Amit

MIT Press 2002

NANO TECHNOLOGY

Unit 1

Introduction to nanoscale systems Length energy and time scales Top-down approach to

nanolithography Spatial resolution of optical deep-ultraviolet x-ray electron beam and ion

beam lithography

Unit 2

Single electron transistors coulomb blockade effects in ultra-small metallic tunnel

junctions

Unit 3

Quantum confinement of electrons in semiconductor nanostructures two-dimensional

confinement (quantum wells) Band gap engineering Epitaxy

Unit 4

Landauer-Buttiker formalism for conduction in confined geometries One-dimensional

confinement quantum point contacts quantum dots Bottom-up approach Chemical self-

assembly carbon nanotubes

Unit 5

Molecular electronics Self-assembled monolayers Electrochemical techniques applications

in biological and chemical detection Atomic scale characterization techniques scanning

tunneling microscopy atomic force microscopy

Unit 6

Introduction to quantum methods of information processing

Text Books

1 Additional handouts will be provided from the following books

David Ferry Transport in Nanostructures Cambridge University Press 2000

2 Y Imry Introduction to Mesoscopic Physics Oxford University Press 1997

Reference Books

1S Datta Electron Transport in Mesoscopic Systems Cambridge University Press 1995

3 H Grabert and M Devoret Single Charge Tunneling Plenum Press 1992

4 Beenaker and Van Houten Quantum Transport in Semiconductor Nanostructures

in Solid State Physics v 44 eds Ehernreich and Turnbull Academic Press 1991

P Rai-Choudhury Handbook of Microlithography Micromachining amp

Microfabrication SPIE 1997

First Year MTech(CSE) III Semester Group ldquoErdquo Subjects

CO-701 ELECTIVE V

DATA WAREHOUSING AND DATA MINING

UNIT I

Data Warehousing - Basic concepts in data warehousing Collecting the requirements of

data warehouse Data Warehouse Architecture Design Implementationamp Maintenance

OLAP in data warehouse Data warehousing and the web Further Development of Data Cube

Technology From Data Warehousing to Data Mining

Data Mining Concepts Data mining primitives Basics of data mining Query language

Designing GUI based on a data mining query language Architectures of data mining

systems

UNIT II

Mining Association Rules in Large Databases Association Rule Mining Mining Single

Dimensional Boolean Association Rules from Transactional Databases Mining Multilevel

Association Rules from Transaction Databases Mining Multidimensional Association Rules

from Relational Databases and Data Warehouses From Association Mining to Correlation

Analysis Constraint Based Association Mining

UNIT III

Classifications and Prediction Issues Regarding Classification and Prediction

Classification by Decision Tree Induction Bayesian Classification Classification by

Backpropagation Classification Based on Concepts from Association Rule Mining Other

Classification Methods Prediction and Classifier Accuracy

UNIT IV

Cluster Analysis in Data Mining Types of Data in Cluster Analysis A Categorization of

Major Clustering Methods Partitioning Methods Density Based Methods Grid Based

Methods Model Based Clustering Methods Outlier Analysis

UNIT V

Mining Complex Types of Data Multidimensional Analysis and Descriptive Mining of

Complex Data Objects Mining Spatial Databases Mining Multimedia Databases Mining

Time Series and Sequence Data Mining Text Databases

UNIT VI

Applications and trends in Data Mining - Applications Systems products and research

prototypes Additional themes in data mining Trends in Data mining spatial mining and

Web Mining Web concept mining Web structure mining Web Usage mining

Text Books

1 Data Warehousing Fundamentals PPonnian John Weliey

2 Data Mining Introductory amp Advanced Topics MHDunham Pearson Education

3 Data Mining Concepts amp Techniques HanKamber MKaufman

PATTERN RECOGNITION UNIT I

Pattern recognition fundamentals Basic concepts of pattern recognition fundamental

problems in pattern recognition system design concepts and methodologies example of

automatic pattern recognition systems a simple automatic pattern recognition model

UNIT II

Bayesian decision theory Minimum-error-rate classification Classifiers Discriminant

functions Decision surfaces Normal density and discriminant functions Discrete features

Missing and noisy features Bayesian networks (Graphical models) and inferencing

UNIT III

Maximum-likelihood and Bayesian parameter estimation Maximum-Likelihood

estimation Gaussian case Maximum a Posteriori estimation Bayesian estimation Gaussian

case Problems of dimensionality Dimensionality reduction Fisher discriminant analysis

PCA Expectation-Maximization method Missing features

UNIT IV

Sequential Models State Space Hidden Markov models Dynamic Bayesian

Non-parametric techniques for density estimation Parzen-window method K-Nearest

Neighbour method

UNIT V

Linear discriminant functions Gradient descent procedures Perceptron criterion function

Minimum-squared-error procedures Ho-Kashyap procedures Support vector machines

UNIT VI

Unsupervised learning and clustering Unsupervised maximum-likelihood estimates

Unsupervised Bayesian learning Criterion functions for clustering Algorithms for clustering

K-means Hierarchical and other methods Cluster validation Low-dimensional

representation and multidimensional scaling (MDS)

Text Books

1 RODuda PEHart and DGStork ldquoPattern Classificationrdquo John Wiley

2 Julus T Tou and Rafel C Gonzalez Addision ldquoPattern Recognition

principlesrdquoWesley

3 Christopher M Bishop ldquoPattern recognition and machine learningrdquo Springer

Reference Books

4 Luc Devroye Laacuteszloacute Gyoumlrfi Gaacutebor Lugosi ldquoA probabilistic theory of pattern

recognitionrdquo Springer

NATURAL LANGUAGE PROCESSING

UNIT I

Introduction NLP tasks in syntax semantics and pragmatics Applications such as

information extraction question answering and machine translation The problem of

ambiguity The role of machine learning Brief history of the field

UNIT II

N-gram Language Models The role of language models Simple N-gram models

Estimating parameters and smoothing Evaluating language models

UNIT III

Part of Speech Tagging and Sequence Labeling Lexical syntax Hidden Markov Models

Maximum Entropy Models Conditional Random Fields

UNIT IV

Syntactic parsing Grammar formalisms and treebanks Efficient parsing for context-free

grammars (CFGs) Statistical parsing and probabilistic CFGs (PCFGs) Lexicalized PCFGs

Semantic Analysis Lexical semantics and word-sense disambiguation Compositional

semantics Semantic Role Labeling and Semantic Parsing

UNIT V

Information Extraction (IE) Named entity recognition and relation extraction IE using

sequence labeling

UNIT VI

Machine Translation (MT) Basic issues in MT Statistical translation word alignment

phrase-based translation and synchronous grammars Case studies in Databases amp Operating

Systems

Text Books

1 ldquoComputational Linguistics and Speech Recognitionrdquo Daniel Jurafsky and James H

Martin PHI

2 C Manning and H Schutze ldquoFoundations of Statistical Natural Language

Processingrdquo

3 Akshar Bharti Vineet Chaitanya and Rajeev Sangal ldquoNLP A Paninian Perspectiverdquo

Prentice Hall

Reference Books 1 James Allen ldquoNatural Language Understandingrdquo Pearson Education

SOFT COMPUTING

UNIT I

Neural Networks History overview of biological Neuro-system Mathematical Models of

Neurons ANN architecture Learning rules Learning Paradigms-Supervised Unsupervised

and reinforcement Learning ANN training Algorithms-perceptions Training rules Delta

Back Propagation Algorithm Multilayer Perceptron Model Hopfield Networks Associative

Memories Applications of Artificial Neural Networks

UNIT II

Fuzzy Logic Introduction to Fuzzy Logic Classical and Fuzzy Sets Overview of Classical

Sets Membership Function Fuzzy rule generation

UNIT III

Operations on Fuzzy Sets Compliment Intersections Unions Combinations of Operations

Aggregation Operations

UNIT IV

Fuzzy Arithmetic Fuzzy Numbers Linguistic Variables Arithmetic Operations on Intervals

amp Numbers Lattice of Fuzzy Numbers Fuzzy Equations

UNIT V

Uncertainty based Information Information amp Uncertainty Nonspecificity of Fuzzy amp

Crisp Sets Fuzziness of Fuzzy Sets

UNIT VI

Introduction of Neuro-Fuzzy Systems Architecture of Neuro Fuzzy Networks

Text Books

1 ldquoAn Introduction to Neural Networksrdquo Anderson JA PHI

2 ldquoIntroduction to the Theory of Neural Computationrdquo Hertz J Krogh RG Palmer

Addison-Wesley California

3 ldquoFuzzy Sets amp Fuzzy Logicrdquo GJ Klir amp B Yuan PHI

Reference Books 1 ldquoAn Introduction to Genetic Algorithmrdquo Melanie Mitchell PHI

SEMANTIC WEB

UNIT I

Introduction The Semantic Web Roadmap evolution of Web Documents Semantic Search

Techniques

UNIT II

XML Languages Detailed study of XML language amp application to Web based

developments

UNIT III

Describing Web Resources Resource Description Framework ( RDF) Taxonomies

Ontologies Web Ontology Language (OWL) Design process of ontology Annotation

UNIT IV

Advanced Topics Semantic Applications amp Power Latest on Semantic Web Future

Directions W3C Consortium Case studies in different application

Text Books

1 ldquoA Semantic Web Primerrdquo Grigoris Antoniou and Frank van Harmelen MIT Press

2 ldquoSpinning the Semantic Web - Bringing the World Wide Web to Its Full Potentialrdquo

MIT Press Dieter Fensel James A Hendler Henry Lieberman and Wolfgang

Wahlster (Eds)

3 ldquoThe Semantic Web A guide to the future of XML Web Services and Knowledge

Managementrdquo Michael C Daconta Leo J Obrst Kevin T Smith Wiley Publishing

Reference Books

1 ldquoPrinciples of Semantic Networks Explorations in the representation of knowledgerdquo

John Sowa Morgan Kaufmann

2 Russell and Norvig ldquoArtificial Intelligence A Modern Approachrdquo Prentice Hall

3 Han Reichgelt ldquoKnowledge Representation An AI Perspectiverdquo Ablex Publishing

DIGITAL IMAGE PROCESSING

UNIT I

Introduction And Digital Image Fundamentals Digital Image Representation

Fundamental Steps in Image Processing Elements of Digital image processing systems

Sampling and quantization some basic relationships like neighbours connectivity Distance

measure between pixels Imaging Geometry

UNIT II

Image Transforms Discrete Fourier Transform Some properties of the two-dimensional

fourier transform Fast fourier transform Inverse FFT

Image Enhancement Spatial domain methods Frequency domain methods Enhancement

by point processing Spatial filtering Lowpass filtering Highpass filtering Homomorphic

filtering Colour Image Processing

UNIT IV

Image Restoration Degradation model Diagnolization of Circulant and Block-Circulant

Matrices Algebraic Approach to Restoration Inverse filtering Wiener filter Constrained

Least Square Restoration Interactive Restoration Restoration in Spatial Domain

Image Segmentation Detection of Discontinuities Edge linking and boundary detection

Thresholding Region Oriented Segmentation Motion based segmentation

UNIT V

Image Compression Coding Interpixel and Psychovisual Redundancy Image Compression

models Error free comparison Lossy compression Image compression standards

UNIT VI

Representation and Description Representation schemes like chain coding Polygonal

Approximatiion Signatures Boundary Segments Skeleton of region Boundary description

Regional descriptors Morphology

Recognition and Interpretation Elements of Image Analysis Pattern and Pattern Classes

Decision-Theoretic Methods Structural Methods Interpretation

Text Books

1 ldquoDigital Image Processingrdquo Rafael C Gonzalez amp Richard E Woods AWL

2 ldquoFundamental of Digital Image Processingrdquo AK Jain PHI

3 ldquoComputer Imaging Digital Image Analysis and Processingrdquo SE Umbaugh CRC

Press 2005

Text Books 1 ldquoDigital Image Processing Algorithmsrdquo Pitas I Prentice Hall 1993

First Year MTech(CSE) III Semester

Group ldquoErdquo Subjects

CO-702 ELECTIVE VI

GEO-INFORMATICS

UNIT I

Fundamentals Principles of data capture and use of aerial photographs and satellite

imagery Handling integration maintenance and geometric aspects of geodata Methods of

representing geodata including the principles of internet application Digital Photogrammetry

and Remote Sensing advances in airborne and spaceborne sensor systems global

positioning digital photogrammetry integrated up-to-datecapturing techniques

UNIT II

Digital photogrammetric workstations primary data acquisition and sensors and the

perception of colour and depth linear algebra and the theory of observations

photogrammetric systems and scanners image processing platforms orientation of images

and digital image enhancement aerotriangulation and the use of GPS for control point

positioning and field completion

UNIT III

GIS Operation principles of computer programming database concepts and development

and DBMS Software tools Creating and implementing databases Managing and

administering databases and the use of query languages GIS Theory Spatial analysis

(network raster and surface operations) Developing a GIS Application

UNIT IV

Cartography and Geo-Visualization The cartographic communication process including

commercial and management aspects map type symbol and typographical design and use of

color cartographic generalization and map protection concepts and technical constraints of

the cartographic production line topographic mapping and the production of large-scale

maps and photo and image maps thematic mapping including socio-economic and physical

environmental mapping tourist maps statistics and data classification the visualization of

multimedia ad web mapping applications

REFERENCE BOOKS

1 Kali Charan Sahu ldquoRemote Sensing and Geographical Information Systemsrdquo

Atlantic Publishers and distributors

2 Joseph L Awange Erik W Grafarend Ba(c)La Palancz Beacutela Palaacutencz Piroska

Zaletnyikrdquo Algebraic Geodesy and Geoinformaticsrdquo Springer

3 A Krishna Sinha rdquoGeoinformatics data to knowledgerdquoGeological Society of

America

ADVANCES IN INTERNET AND WEB TECHNOLOGY

UNIT I

Emergence of the Internet Terminology Accessibility Language amp Connectivity Services

of the Internet E-Mail World Wide Web (WWW) Remote Access Collaboration File

Sharing Internet Telephony Use amp Culture Usenet From gopher to WWW Search

Engines Wais Archie Web Search Engine

UNIT II

Web Development Developing Web using HTML XML ASP Concepts of Web

Programming using Scripting Languages such as JavaScript CGI PHP etc Database

Connectivity with MySQL and JDBC

UNIT III

Web Research amp Practices The World Wide Web Impact Opportunities and Challenges

Evolution of Search Engines Web Search amp Mining Framework Supporting Technologies

concepts applications types amp tools Quantifying the Web Crawling Techniques The task

of a web crawler Crawler algorithms Indexing techniques Ranking in Web

UNIT IV

Advanced Research Topics Duplicate Detection Contextual Search etc

Text Books

1 Internet and Web Technologies by Raj Kamal Tata McGraw Hill edition

2 An Introduction to Search Engines and Web Navigation Mark Levene Pearson

Education

3 Mining the Web Discovering Knowledge from Hypertext Data Soumen Chakrabarti

Morgan-Kaufmann Publishers

4 Modeling the Internet and the WebPierre BaldiPaolo Frasconi Padhraic Smyth John

Wiley and Sons Ltd

ADVANCES IN MULTIMEDIA TECHNOLOGY

UNIT I

Emergence of the Internet Terminology Accessibility Language amp Connectivity Services

of the Internet E-Mail World Wide Web (WWW) Remote Access Collaboration File

Sharing Internet Telephony Use amp Culture Usenet From gopher to WWW Search

Engines Wais Archie Web Search Engine

UNIT II

Web Development Developing Web using HTML XML ASP Concepts of Web

Programming using Scripting Languages such as JavaScript CGI PHP etc Database

Connectivity with MySQL and JDBC

UNIT III

Web Research amp Practices The World Wide Web Impact Opportunities and Challenges

Evolution of Search Engines Web Search amp Mining Framework Supporting Technologies

concepts applications types amp tools Quantifying the Web Crawling Techniques The task

of a web crawler Crawler algorithms Indexing techniques Ranking in Web

UNIT IV

Advanced Research Topics Duplicate Detection Contextual Search etc

Text Books

1 Internet and Web Technologies by Raj Kamal Tata McGraw Hill edition

2 An Introduction to Search Engines and Web Navigation Mark Levene Pearson

Education

3 Mining the Web Discovering Knowledge from Hypertext Data Soumen Chakrabarti

Morgan-Kaufmann Publishers

4 Modeling the Internet and the WebPierre BaldiPaolo Frasconi Padhraic Smyth John

Wiley and Sons Ltd

VLSI DESIGN

Unit I

Introduction to CMOS circuits MOS Transistors MOS transistor switches CMOS Logic

The inverter Combinational Logic NAND gate NOT Gate Compound Gates Multiplexers

Memory-Latches and Registers

Unit II

Processing Technology Silicon Semiconductor Technology- An Overview wafer processing

oxidation epitaxy deposition Ion-implantation and diffusion The Silicon Gate Process-

Basic CMOS Technology basic n-well CMOS process p-well CMOS process Twin tub

process Silicon on insulator CMOS process enhancement-Interconnect circuit elements 3-

D CMOS Layout Design Rule Layer Representations CMOS n-well Rules Design Rule of

background scribe line Layer Assignment SOI Rule

Unit III

Power Dissipation Static dissipation Dynamic dissipation short-circuit dissipation total

power dissipation Programmable Logic Programmable Logic structure Programmable

interconnect and Reprogrammable Gate Array Xilinx Programmable Gate Array Design

Methods Behavioral Synthesis RTL synthesis

Unit IV

Placement placement Mincut based placement ndash Iterative improvement placement simulated

annealing Routing Segmented channel routing ndash maze routing ndash routability and routing

resources ndash net delays

Unit V

Verification and Testing Verification Versus Testing Verification logic simulation design

validation ndash timing verification ndash Testing concepts failures ndash mechanisms and faults ndash fault

coverage ndash ATPG methods ndash types of tests ndash FPGAs ndash programmability failures ndash design for

testability

Unit VI

Overview of VHDL

Suggested Readings

Text Book

1 ldquoDigital Integrated Circuitrdquo JM Rabaey Chandrasan Nicolic Pearson

2 ldquoCMOS Digital Integrated Circuitrdquo SM Kang amp Y Leblebici TMH

3 ldquoModern VLSI Designrdquo Wayne Wolf Pearson

Reference Books

1 ldquoAlgorithm for VLSI Design amp Automationrdquo N Sherwani Kluwer

2 ldquoVHDLrdquo Bhaskar PHI

3 ldquoDigital Integrated Circuitsrdquo Demassa amp Ciccone Willey Pub

4 ldquoModern VLSI Design system on siliconrdquo Wayne Wolf Addison Wesley Longman

Publisher

5 ldquoBasic VLSI Designrdquo Douglas A Pucknell amp Kamran Eshranghian PHI

6 ldquoCMOS Circuit Design Layout amp Simulationrdquo RJ Baker HW Lee DE Boyee PHI

VLSI DESIGN AND CAD OF VLSI

UNIT I

Introduction to CAD tools Evolution of Design Automation-Basic Transistor

Fundamentals-CMOS realizations of basic gates

UNIT II

Modeling Techniques Types of CAD tools and Introduction to logic simulation

UNIT III

Verilog Syntax Hierarchical modeling and Delay modeling Verilog constructs Memory

modeling

UNIT IV

Logic Synthesis Introduction synthesis of dirrerent verilog constructs

UNIT V

Introduction to Reconfigurable computing FPGAs the Altra Quartus II flow

Text Books

1 Verilog HDL Samir Palnitkar Second Edition Pearson Education 2004

2 Verilog HDL Synthesis JBhaskar BS publications 2001

SOFTWARE PROJECT MANAGEMENT

Unit 1 Introduction Project Management concepts Process Framework Project Planning

Software Life Cycle Models Artifacts of the Project Management Process

Unit 2 Cost and Scheduling Estimation Models Various Levels of COCOMO for Cost

Effort Schedule and Productivity Estimation Approaches to Effort Cost Estimation and

Schedule Estimation factors through COCOMO II Putnam Estimation Model Algorithmic

models

Unit 3 Project Management Techniques Project Organizations and Responsibilities

Establishing Project Environment Risk Management Process Project Tracking and Control

Defect Tracking Concepts such as Process monitoring and audit Reviews Inspections and

Walkthroughs

Unit 4 Project Closure Project Closure Analysis Role of Closure Analysis in a project

Performing Closure Analysis Closure Analysis Report

Unit 5 Software Project Management Renaissance Conventional Software Management

Evolution of Software Economics Improving Software Economics The old way and the new

way Discussion on Project Management Tools

Unit 6 Advance Topics in Software Project Management Discussion on future Software

Project Management Practices amp Modern Project Profiles Next Generation Software

Economics Modern Process Transitions

Suggested Readings-

Text Books

1 Watts S Humphrey ldquoManaging the Software Processrdquo Pearson Education

2 Walker Royce ldquoSoftware Project Managementrdquo Pearson Education

3 Pankaj Jalote ldquoSoftware Project Management in Practicerdquo Pearson Education

Reference Books

1 Bob Hughes ldquoSoftware Project Managementrdquo TMH

2 Chris Kemerer ldquoSoftware Project Management Readings and Casesrdquo

DELHI TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION

AND

COURSE OF READING

FOR

MTech (COMPUTER SCIENCE AND

ENGINEERING)

Syllabus applicable to the students seeking admission to

MTech (Computer Science and Engineering) Course

MTech (Computer Science and Engineering)

SCHEME

Paper

No

Subject

Code

No

Title of the Course

Internal

Marks

External

Marks

Total

Marks

Credits Sem

Total

1

2

3

4

GR A CO 501

CO 502

CO 503

CO 504

Advanced Database Management

Systems

Parallel Computer Architecture

Data Structures and Algorithms

Software Lab

50

50

50

30

100

100

100

70

150

150

150

100

3

3

3

2

1000

(20

credit

s)

5

6

7

8

GR B

CO 551

CO 552

CO 553

CO 554

Distributed System

Computer Networks

Network Programming and

Simulation Lab

Self-study ndash Seminar-I

50

50

30

50

100

100

70

-

150

150

100

50

3

3

2

1

9

10

11

12

GR C CO 601

CO 602

CO 603

CO 604

Information and Network Security

Elective-I

Elective-II

Information and Network Security

Laboratory

50

50

50

30

100

100

100

70

150

150

150

100

3

3

3

2

1000

(20

credit

s)

12

13

14

15

GR D

CO 651

CO 652

CO 653

CO 654

Elective-III

Elective-IV

Lab Based on Elective III or IV

Minor Project-I

50

50

30

50

100

100

70

-

150

150

100

50

3

3

2

1

16

17

18

19

20

GR E CO 701

CO 702

CO 703

CO 704

CO 705

Elective-V

Elective-VI

Self-study Seminar ndashII

Minor Project-II

Major Project-I

50

50

100

-

-

100

100

-

300

300

150

150

100

300

300

3

3

1

4

4

1000

(15

credit

s)

21

GR F CO 801

Major Project-II

-

1000

1000

15

1000

(15

credit

s)

LIST OF ELECTIVES

Electives I (Group C) Any one subject can be chosen from the following

1 Object Oriented Software Engineering

2 Artificial Intelligence and Expert Systems

3 Real-Time Systems

4 Design of Embedded Systems

5 Digital Signal Processing

6 Robotics Engineering

Electives II (Group C) Any one subject can be chosen from the following

1 Bioinformatics

2 Wireless amp Mobile Communication

3 Fault Tolerant and testable Systems

4 Advanced Computer Graphics

5 Reliable System Design

Electives III (Group D) Any one subject can be chosen from the following

1 Optimization Techniques

2 Distributed Algorithms

3 Modeling amp Simulation

4 Quantum Computing

5 Enterprise Computing in JAVA

Electives IV (Group D) Any one subject can be chosen from the following

1 Optical Networks

2 Cluster amp Grid Computing

3 Software Testing

4 Computer Vision

5 Nano Technology

Electives V (Group E) Any one subject can be chosen from the following

1 Data warehousing and Data Mining

2 Pattern Recognition

3 Natural Language Processing

4 Soft Computing

5 Semantic Web

6 Digital Image Processing

Electives VI (Group E) Any one subject can be chosen from the following

1 Geo-Informatics

2 Advances in Internet amp Web Technology

3 Advances in Multimedia Technology

4 VLSI Design

5 VLSI Design and CAD of VLSI

6 Software Project Management

CO 501 ADVANCED DATABASE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS

Lectures - 3 Hrs per week Theory - 150

Marks

UNIT I

Relational Databases Integrity Constraints revisited Extended ER diagram Relational

Algebra amp Calculus Functional Muiltivalued and Join Dependency Normal Forms Rules

about functional dependencies

UNIT II

Advanced Transaction Processing Nested and Multilevel Transactions Compensating

Transactions and Saga Long Duration Transactions Weak Levels of Consistency

Transaction Work Flows Transaction Processing Monitors Schedules Serializability-

conflict and view

UNIT III

Query Processing General strategies for query processing transformations expected size

statistics in estimation query improvement view processing query processor

UNIT IV

Query Optimization Indexing and Query Optimization Limitations of Relational Data

Model Null Values and Partial Information

UNIT V

Parallel and Distributed Databases Distributed Data Storage ndash Fragmentation amp

Replication Location and Fragment Transparency Distributed Query Processing and

Optimization Distributed Transaction Modeling and concurrency Control Distributed

Deadlock Commit Protocols Design of Parallel Databases Parallel Query Evaluation

UNIT VI

Active Database and Real Time Databases Triggers in SQL Event Constraint and Action

ECA Rules Query Processing and Concurrency Control Compensation and Databases

Recovery

Text Books

1 Elmarsi Navathe Somayajulu Gupta ldquoFundamentals of Database Systemsrdquo 4th

2 Edition Pearson Education 2007

3 Garcia Ullman Widom ldquoDatabase Systems The complete bookrdquo Pearson

Text Books 1 Date Kannan Swaminathan ldquoAn Introduction to Database Systemsrdquo 8th Edition

Pearson Education 2007

2 Silberscatz Korth Sudarshan ldquoDatabase System Conceptsrdquo Mcgraw Hill 6th

Edition 2006

Text Books

1 Ivar Jacobson Grady Booch James Rumbaugh ldquoThe Unified Software Development

Processrdquo Pearson Education

2 Yourdon ldquoModern Structured Analysisrdquo PHI

1 KK Aggarwal and Yogesh Singh ldquoSoftware Engineeringrdquo New Age Publications

2009

CO 502 PARALLEL COMPUTER ARCHITECTURE

Lectures - 3 Hrs per week Theory - 150

Marks

UNIT I

Parallel computer models The state of computing Classification of parallel computers

Multiprocessors and multicomputers Multivector and SIMD computers

Program and network properties Conditions of parallelism Data and resource

Dependences Hardware and software parallelism Program partitioning and scheduling

Grain Size and latency Program flow mechanisms Control flow versus data flow Data flow

Architecture Demand driven mechanisms Comparisons of flow mechanisms

UNIT II

System Interconnect Architectures Network properties and routing Static interconnection

Networks Dynamic interconnection Networks Multiprocessor system Interconnects

Hierarchical bus systems Crossbar switch and multiport memory Multistage and combining

network

UNIT III

Advanced processors Advanced processor technology Instruction-set Architectures CISC

Scalar Processors RISC Scalar Processors Superscalar Processors VLIW Architectures

Vector and Symbolic processors

UNIT IV

Pipelining Linear pipeline processor nonlinear pipeline processor Instruction pipeline

Design Mechanisms for instruction pipelining Dynamic instruction scheduling Branch

Handling techniques branch prediction Arithmetic Pipeline Design Computer arithmetic

principles Static Arithmetic pipeline Multifunctional arithmetic pipelines

UNIT V

Memory Hierarchy Design Cache basics amp cache performance reducing miss rate and

miss penalty multilevel cache hierarchies main memory organizations design of memory

hierarchies

UNIT VI

Multiprocessor architectures Symmetric shared memory architectures distributed shared

memory architectures models of memory consistency cache coherence protocols (MSI

MESI MOESI) scalable cache coherence overview of directory based approaches design

challenges of directory protocols memory based directory protocols cache based directory

protocols protocol design tradeoffs synchronization Scalable point ndash point interfaces

Alpha364 and HT protocols high performance signaling layer

Text Books

1 Kai Hwang ldquoAdvanced computer architecturerdquo TMH

2 D A Patterson and J L Hennessey ldquoComputer organization and designrdquo

3 JPHayes ldquocomputer Architecture and organizationrdquo MGH

Text Books

1 Harvey GCragonrdquoMemory System and Pipelined processorsrdquo Narosa Publication

2 VRajaranam amp CSRMurthy ldquoParallel computerrdquo PHI

3 RKGhose Rajan Moona amp Phalguni Gupta ldquoFoundation of Parallel Processingrdquo

Narosa Publications

4 Kai Hwang and Zu ldquoScalable Parallel Computers Architecturerdquo MGH

5 Stalling W ldquoComputer Organisation amp Architecturerdquo and PHI

CO 503 DATA STRUCTURES AND ALGORITHMS

Lectures- 3 Hrs per week Theory - 150

Marks

Unit I

Review of Elementary data structures Arrays Linked list Stacks Queues Binary Trees

Hashing Sorting and Searching techniques Sparse matrices Properties of sparse matrices

linked list representation of sparse matrices Analyzing algorithms

Unit II

Advanced Trees Definition Operations on B Trees Weight Balanced Trees (Huffman

Trees) 2-3 Trees and Red-Black Trees Augmenting Red-Black Trees to Dynamic Order

Statics and Interval Tree Applications Operations on Disjoint sets and its union find problem

Implementing Sets Dictionaries Priority Queues and Concatenable Queues using 2-3 Trees

Unit III

Advanced Data Structures Binomial heaps Fibonacci heaps Union Find Data Structures

Amortization Self-adjusting and persistent data structures

Unit IV

GRAPH THEORY ALGORITHMS Definitions for Graphs Algorithms for

Connectedness Finding all Spanning Trees in a Weighted Graph and Planarity Testing

Breadth First and Depth First Search Topological Sort Strongly Connected Components and

Articulation Point Single source shortest path and all pair shortest path algorithms

UNIT V

Greedy Method General Method Knapsack problem Single source shortest path Dynamic

Programming General method 01 Knapsack problem All pair shortest path Backtracking

Sum of subsets 8-queens problem and Hamiltonian cycles

UNIT VI

Advanced Algorithms Approximation algorithms for NP complete problem (Vertex cover

traveling salesman) Planer amp Plane graphs Algorithms for matching Flow and circular

problems

Text Books

1 Thomas H Cormen Charles E Leiserson Ronald L Rivest ldquoIntroduction to

Algorithmsrdquo MIT Press

2 Ellis Horowitz Sartaj Sahni Sanguthevar Rajasekaran ldquoThe Design and Analysis of

Computer Algorithmsrdquo

3 Aho Hopcraft amp Ulman The Design and Analysis of Computer algorithmsrdquo Addison

Wesley

4 Tannenbaum ldquoData Structuresrdquo PHI

Reference Books 1 RE Tarjan ldquoData Structures and Network algorithmsrdquo SIAM Regional Conference

series in applied mathemetics

2 Rajeev Motwani and Prabhakar Raghavan ldquoRandomized Algorithmsrdquo Cambridge

University Press

3 Dexter C Kozan ldquoThe Design amp Analysis of Algorithmsrdquo Springer-Verlag

4 Narsingh Deo-Graph Theory with Application to Engineering and Computer

SciencePrentice Hall of India

CO 504 SOFTWARE LAB Practical - 2 Hrs per week Practical - 100

Marks

Software Lab based on using latest CASE Tools At least one Minor Project to be

developed for an application based on methodologies covered in the course

CO 551 DISTRIBUTED SYSTEM

Lectures- 3 Hrs per week Theory - 150 Marks

UNIT I

Introduction Distributed System Models Transparency Scalability Inter-process

Communication Middleware issues in design of Distributed systems current amp future

UNIT II

Communications Layered Protocol Distributed Objects amp Remote Method Invocation

Remote Procedure Call Synchronization in communication sockets MPI Message brokers

Data Streams

UNIT III

Process and Synchronization Processes Threads Code Migration Logical clocks vector

clocks direct dependency clocks matrix clocks Serializability

UNIT IV

Resource Allocation Distributed Shared Memory Process Scheduling Load Balancing amp

Load Sharing Mutual Exclusion Election algorithms

UNIT V

Distributed File Systems Coordination amp Agreement Distributed Transaction Consistency

amp Replication Consistency Models Distribution amp Consistency Protocols

UNIT VI

Advanced Topics in Distributed Systems Parallel Processing Parallel amp Distributed

Programming Case Studies in detail amp research directions

Text Books

1 PKSihna ldquoDistributed Operating Systems Concepts and Designrdquo PHI

2 Andrew S Taenbaum and Maarten Van Steen ldquoDistributed Systems Principles and

Paradigmsrdquo Prentice Hall

3 R Chow T Johnson Addison ldquoDistributed Operating Systems and Algorithmsrdquo

Wesley Publishing Company

Text Books

1 Coulouris G Dollimore J and Kindberg T ldquoDistributed Systems Concepts and

Designrdquo Addison-Wesley

CO 552 COMPUTER NETWORKS

Lectures - 3 Hrs per week Theory - 150 Marks

UNIT I

Introduction Introduction to Network models-ISO-OSI and TCPIP models Review of

Physical layer and Data link layers Review of Cellular Networks LAN (IEEE 8023 8025

FDDI) Wireless 80211 WAN (PPP ATM ISDN) standards and Overview of Bridging and

VLAN (8021Q)

UNIT II

Network layer Internet architecture and addressing internetworking IPv4 overview of

IPv6 Routing Protocols- RIP OSPF BGP NAT ARP and RARP

UNIT III

Transport layer Design issues Connection management Transmission Control Protocol

(TCP) User Datagram Protocol (UDP) Finite state machine model TCP congestion control

UNIT IV

Application layer HTTP DNS SMTP DHCP SNMP Overlay Networks

UNIT V

Network Security Cryptography Firewalls Secure Socket Layer (SSL) and Virtual Private

Networks (VPN) IPSec

UNIT VI

Case study Study of various network simulators Network performance analysis using NS2

Text Books

1 Behrouz A Forouzan ldquoTCPIP Protocol Suitrdquo TMH 2000

2 Tananbaum A S ldquoComputer Networksrdquo 3rd Ed PHI 1999

3 Black U ldquoComputer Networks-Protocols Standards and Interfacesrdquo PHI 1996

Text Books 4 Stallings W ldquoData and Computer Communicationsrdquo 6th Ed PHI 2002

5 Stallings W ldquoSNMP SNMPv2 SNMPv3 RMON 1 amp 2rdquo 3rd Ed Addison Wesley

1999

6 Laurra Chappell (Ed) ldquoIntroduction to Cisco Router Configurationrdquo Techmedia

1999

7 Peterson and Davie Computer Networks (2nd Edition) Morgan Kaufmann

Publishers 1999

8 Internetworking with TCPIP Vol1 Principles Protocols and Architecture (4th

Edition) Douglas Comer

CO 553 NETWORK PROGRAMMING AND SIMULATION

LAB

Practical - 2 Hrs per week Practical - 100

Marks

Network Programming and Simulation Lab based on network protocols and simulations

tools like ns-2 At least one Minor Project based on methodologies covered in Computer

Networks and Distributed Systems

CO 601 INFORMATION AND NETWORK SECURITY

Lectures - 3 Hrs per week Theory - 150

Marks

UNIT I

Introduction to Data Security General Security Principles Communication Security

Design of Secure System

UNIT II

Conventional Encryption Principles Conventional encryption algorithms cipher block

modes of operation location of encryption devices key distribution Approaches of Message

Authentication Secure Hash Function and HMAC

UNIT III

Public-key cryptography Principles Recent Public key cryptography algorithms such as

RSA DSS etc digital signatures digital Certificates Certificate Authority and key

management Kerberos X509 Directory Authentication Service

UNIT IV

Latest Trends and solutions in Information Security Web Security Firewall Design

Principles Trusted Systems Intrusion Detection System Recent trends in cryptosystem

Text Books

1 ldquoCryptography and Network Securityrdquo William Stallings Third Edition Prentice

Hall International

2 ldquoBasic Methods of Cryptographyrdquo Jan C A Cambridge University Press

3 ldquoInformation Security Intelligence Cryptographic Principles amp Applicationsrdquo

Thomas Calabrese Thomson Learning

Reference Books

1 ldquoModern Cryptography Theory and Practicerdquo Wenbo Mao Pearson Education

2 ldquoCryptography and Data Securityrdquo Dorothy Elizabeth Robling Denning Addison

Wesley

First Year MTech(CSE) II Semester Group ldquoCrdquo Subjects

CO-602 ELECTIVE I

OBJECT ORIENTED SOFTWARE ENGINEERING

UNIT I

Introduction Object Oriented system concepts and Principles Object Oriented system

development Component reuse The common process framework for Object Oriented

processes System Development and Methodologies object oriented software estimation

UNIT II

System development System as model building model architecture The importance of

modeling principle of modeling object oriented modeling Introduction to Object-oriented

Methodologies such as Unified Modeling Language Overview of UML conceptual model of

UML architecture software development lifecycle using Rational Unified Process

UNIT III

Object Oriented Analysis requirement model analysis model Object oriented analysis

using methods of Rumbaugh

Software Design Software design Models Object oriented methodologies of Booch

design model System development using various UML Diagrams

UNIT IV

UML Methodology Detailed study of various UML Diagrams System Analysis using UML

Diagrams

UNIT V

Object Oriented Testing and metrics Path Testing State based testing Class Testing

object oriented metrics

UNIT VI

Applications amp Tools A complete case study of Software development using above

Methodologies Concepts of Computer-Aided Software Engineering and knowledge about

current CASE tools use in the industry

Suggested Readings

Text Books

1 R S Pressman ldquoSoftware Engineering ndash A practitionerrsquos approachrdquo 5th Ed McGraw

Hill Int Ed 2001

2 I Jacobson M Christerson P Jonsson G Overgaard ldquoObject Oriented Software

Engineeringrdquo 2nd Edition Pearson Education 2007

3 G Booch J Rumbaugh I Jacobson ldquoThe Unified Modeling Language User Guiderdquo

11th Ed Pearson Education 2003

Reference Books 1 I Sommerville ldquoSoftware Engineeringrdquo Addison Wesley 2004

ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE AND EXPERT SYSTEMS

Unit 1 Introduction The AI Problems AI Techniques Basic Problem solving methods

state space search problem characteristics Production systems characteristics issues in

design of Intelligent search algorithm

Unit 2 Heuristic search Techniques Hill climbing techniques Best First search Problem

Reduction Constraint Satisfaction Means-End Analysis

Unit 3 Knowledge Representation Knowledge Representation issues Knowledge

Representation using Predicate logic Semantic Nets Semantic Frames Conceptual

Dependency scripts Knowledge representation with uncertainty

Unit 4 Programming Languages Fundamental and concepts of Programming languages

like Prolog or Lisp Relationship of languages with Knowledge representation and

inferences

Unit 5 Expert Systems What and Why of expert systems Structure of an Expert system

interaction with an expert system Design of an Expert system implementing expert system

shell Expert System Development techniques amp tools with Case Study Construction of

Programs using different data structure

Unit 6 Advanced topics Applications of AI in Game Playing amp Natural Language

Processing Concepts of Fuzzy Logic Introduction to Intelligent Agents

Suggested Readings-

Text Books

1 Artificial Intelligence E Rich and K Knight TMH 2nd ed 1992

2 Introduction to Expert Systems Peter Jackson AWP MA 199

3 Introduction to AI and Expert Systems DW Patterson PHI 1992

Reference Books

1 Artificial Intelligence - an Engineering Approach RJ Schalkoff McGraw Hill

Int Ed Singapore 1992

2 Principles of AI NJ Nilsson Narosa Publ House 1990

REAL-TIME SYSTEMS

Unit 1 Real-time systems Real-time systems models Types of real-time systems Internal

structure of real-time systems Performance measures Examples of real-time systems and

real-world applications Modeling amp Designing real-time systems

Unit 2 Real-Time Process Management Task scheduling for Uniprocessor systems

handling priorities with critical section interrupts task allocation amp scheduling for

multiprocessor systems adaptive scheduling

Unit 3 Programming Environment In depth Knowledge of RTOS programming

languages tools amp techniques

Unit 4 Real-Time System Design Design techniques for Reliability Fault Tolerance amp

other application specific quality considerations

Unit 5 Trends in Real-Time System Design amp Development in fields such as Robotics

Unit 6 Introduction to research topics

Suggested Readings-

Text Books

1 AC Shaw Real-Time Systems and Software Wiley

2 JE Cooling Real-Time Software Systems International Thompson Computer

Press

3 WA Halang and KM Sacha Real-Time Systems World Scientific

Reference Books 1 Real-Time Systems Design and Analysis PH Laplante IEEE Press

2 Real-Time Systems J Liu Prentice-Hall 2000

3 Real-Time Computer Control R Bennett Prentice-Hall

4 Real-Time Systems CM Krishna and KG Shin McGraw-Hill

DESIGN OF EMBEDDED SYSTEMS

UNIT I

Introduction to Embedded Real time Systems Fundamental components of ESD

Preprocessing Compiling cross compiling Linking Locating compiler driver Linker script

Program segments Type of memory Memory Management in Embedded real time systems

Interrupt and ISR

UNIT II

Introduction to Real-time theory Scheduling theory Rate Monotonic Scheduling

Utilization bound theorem RTOS Task Management Task management Race condition

Priority inversion ISRs and scheduling Inter-Task communication Timers

UNIT III

Microcontrollers Role of processor selection in Embedded System (microprocessor vs

microcontroller) 8051 microcontroller architecture assembly language programming

instruction set addressing mode logical operation arithmetic operation interrupt handling

Timing subroutines

UNIT IV

Serial data communication RS-232 USB I2C Interfacing with ADC amp sensors Interfacing

with DAC Interfacing with external ROM Interfacing with 8255 IEEE 11491 (JTAG)

testability Boundary Scan Architecture

Text Books

1 Sriram V Iyer and Pankaj Gupta ldquoEmbedded Real-time Systems Programmingrdquo

TMH

2 Mazidi and Mazidi ldquoThe 8051 Microcontrollerrdquo PHI

3 Embedded System by Raj Kamal TMH

Text Books

1 The 8051 Microcontroller by Kennth J Ayala Thomson DelMar Learning

2 Microcontrollers by Deshmukh TMH

3 8051 Microcontroller amp Embedded systems by Rajiv Kapadia Jaico

4 Computer as components by wayne wolf Harcourt India Pvt Ltd

5 Real time System and Analysis by Philip A Laplante Wiley

DIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSING

UNIT I

Introduction Signals and signal Processing characterization amp classification of signals

typical Signal Processing operations example of typical Signals typical Signals Processing

applications

UNIT II

Time Domain Representation of Signals amp Systems Discrete Time Signals Operations on

Sequences Linear shift-invariant systems Stability and Causality Linear constant coefficient

difference equations Frequency domain representation of discrete-time systems symmetry

properties of the Fourier transform Sampling of continuous-time systems

UNIT III

Transforms Z-transforms Inverse Z-transform properties of Z-transform amp its applications

in system analysis amp design Discrete Fourier Transform (DFT) amp its properties computation

of the DFT of real sequences Linear Convolution using the DFT

UNIT IV

Digital Filter Structure Block Diagram representation Signal Flow Graph Representation

Equivalent Structures Basic FIR Digital Filter Structures Direct forms Transposed forms

Cascaded forms Poly phase realization and Linear phase FIR structures Basic IIR Filter

Structures Direct forms Transposed forms Cascaded realizations and Parallel realizations

All pass filters Digital Sine-Cosine Generator

UNIT V

Digital Filter Design Design of IIR Digital filters from analog filters Properties of FIR

digital filters Desgin of FIR filters using Windows Computer aided design of FIR filters

Comparison of IIR and FIR digital filters

UNIT VI

Computation of Discrete Fourier Transform Complexity of the DFT computation by

direct method Goertzel algorithm Decimation ndash in-time FFT algorithms Decimation-in

frequency FFT algorithms

Text Books

1 Alan V Oppenheim amp Ronald W Schafer ldquo Digital Signal Processingrdquo PHI

2 Sanjit K Mitra ldquo Digital Signal Processing A computer based approachrdquo TMH

Second Edition

3 Chi-Tsong Chen ldquoDigital Signal Processing Spectral Computation and Filter

Designrdquo Oxford University Press

Text Books 1 Monson H Hayes ldquo Schaumrsquos Outline of Digital Signal Processingrdquo Mcgraw Hill

2 Richard W Hammming ldquoDigital Filtersrdquo Dover Pubns

3 Lars Wanhammar ldquo DSP Integrated Circuitsrdquo Academic Press First edition

4 Simon S Haykin ldquo Adaptive Filter Theory ldquo Prentice Hall 3rd Edition

ROBOTICS ENGINEERING

UNIT I

Introduction An overview of Robotics and its applications in various applications domains

such as manufacturing assembly and inspection and spray and paintings

UNIT II

Manipulators Manipulator Kinematics Forward and inverse kinematics trajectory

Planning Motions path planning Robotics Programming Languages

UNIT III

Sensing Methods Types of Sensors amp sensor calibration Control Robot Sensing

UNIT IV

Computer Vision Illumination techniques imaging geometry stereovision segmentation

UNIT V

Applications Current and future applications in Industry and study of research aspects in

Robotics

UNIT VI

Advance studies

Text Books

1 Introduction to robotics J J Craig (Third ed 2003) Prentice Hall

2 Robotic Engineering Richard D Klafter Prentice Hall

3 Robotics Fu K S McGraw Hill

Reference Books

1 An Introduction to Robot Technology P Coiffet and M Chaironze Kogam Page

Ltd

2 Industrial Robotics Groover M P Pearson Edu 1983

3 Robotics and Control Mittal R K amp Nagrath I J TMH

4 Robot Dynamics amp Control ndash Mark W Spong and M Vidyasagar John Wiley amp

Sons (ASIA) Pte Ltd

First Year MTech(CSE) II Semester Group ldquoCrdquo Subjects

CO-603 ELECTIVE II

BIOINFORMATICS

UNIT I

Introduction biology physics Biological hierarchy Information stages Physical processes

Information understanding

UNIT II

Methods of gene sequencing Detailed discussion on Sequences searching methods

Gene expression Current and prospective methods of gene profiling Data acquisition Data

standardization Linear approximations of data DNA chips Protein targeting Data

normalization Linear view

UNIT III

Statistics approaches Probabilistic notions Multivariate issues Clustering Information

handling Experimental and computational methods of structure determination for proteins

and nucleic acids

UNIT IV

Ontology Annotation of genes their products and functions System biology evolution

hierarchy Medical informatics

UNIT V

Software support Software availability Software targets Text parsing BioPerl Statistics

R-system

UNIT VI

Recent Advances amp Applications of Bio-Informatics Recent trends in Computing with

bio-systems

Text Books

1 ldquoBioinformatics Sequence and Genome Analysisrdquo David W Mount Cold Spring

Harbor Laboratory Press

2 ldquoBioinformatics A Practical Guide to the Analysis of Genes and Proteinsrdquo Andreas

D Baxevanis Second Edition

3 ldquoBiological Sequence Analysis Probabilistic Models of Proteins and Nucleic Acidsrdquo

Richard Durbin Sean R Eddy Anders Krogh Graeme Mitchison Cambridge

University Press

Text Books

1 ldquoFundamental Concepts of Bioinformaticsrdquo DE Krane and ML Raymer Person

Education

2 ldquoBioinformatics Computingrdquo B Bergeron Prentice ndashHall

WIRELESS amp MOBILE COMMUNICATION

Lectures - 3 Hrs per week Theory - 150 Marks

Unit 1 Introduction Network Technologies and Cellular Communications Discussion on

Bluetooth ampGSM Introduction to Mobile Computing novel applications limitations and

architecture

Unit 2 (Wireless) Medium Access Control Motivation for a specialized MAC (Hidden and

exposed terminals Near and far terminals) SDMA FDMA TDMA CDMA

Unit 3 Mobile Architecture Mobile Network Layer Mobile IP (Goals assumptions

entities and terminology IP packet delivery agent advertisement and discovery registration

tunneling and encapsulation optimizations) Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP)

Unit 4 Mobile Transport Layer Traditional TCP Indirect TCP Snooping TCP Mobile

TCP Fast retransmitfast recovery Transmission time out freezing Selective retransmission

Transaction oriented TCP

Unit 5 Mobile Ad hoc Networks (MANETs) Overview Properties of a MANET spectrum

of MANET applications routing and various routing algorithms security in MANETs

Unit 6 Protocols and Tools Wireless Application Protocol WAP (Introduction protocol

architecture and treatment of protocols of all layers) Bluetooth (User scenarios physical

layer MAC layer networking security link management) and J2ME Latest Technologies

Suggested Readings-

Text Books

1 Mobile and Personal communication System and Services- Raj Pandya

2 Wireless Communication and Networks- William Stallings

3 Wireless and Personal Communications Systems Vijay Garg Joseph Wilkes

Prentice-Hall Englewood Cliffs NJ 1996

Reference Books

1 Fundamentals of Wireless Communication David Tse and Pramod Viswanath

Cambridge University Press 2005

FAULT TOLERANT AND TESTABLE SYSTEMS

UNIT I

Fundamental Concepts Definitions of fault tolerance fault classification fault tolerant

attributes and system structure

UNIT II

Fault-Tolerant Design Techniques Information redundancy hardware redundancy and

time redundancy

Dependability Evaluation Techniques Reliability and availability models (Combinatorial

techniques Fault-Tree models Markov models) Performance Models

UNIT III

Architecture of Fault-Tolerant Computers (case study) General-purpose systems high-

availability systems long-life systems critical systems

UNIT IV

Software Fault Tolerance Software faults and their manifestation design techniques

reliability models

UNIT V

Fault Tolerant ParallelDistributed Architectures Shared bus and shared memory

architectures fault tolerant networks

UNIT VI

Recent topics in fault tolerant systems Security fault tolerance in wirelessmobile

networks

Text Books

1 Fault-Tolerant Computer System Design DK Pradhan

2 Design and Analysis of Fault-Tolerant Digital Systems BWJohnson Addison-

Wesley

3 Fault-Tolerant Computing Theory and Techniques Volumes I and II DK Pradhan

Prentice Hall

Text Books 1 Reliable Computer Systems Design and Evaluation DPSiewiorek and RSSwartz

Digital Press

2 Probability and Statistics with Reliability Queueing and Computer Science

Application KSTrivedi Prentice Hall

ADVANCED COMPUTER GRAPHICS

UNIT I

Line Drawing and transformation Basic raster graphical algorithm for 2D primitives Line

drawing algorithm 2D and 3D transformation

UNIT II

Clipping Window View port clipping algorithm

Curves and Surfaces Circle drawing algorithm Ellipse drawing algorithm Bezier curve b-

spline curve surfaces Solid modelling

UNIT III

Projection Parallel projection Perspective projection Computation of vanishing point

UNIT IV

Visible surface determination Z-buffer algorithm Scan line algorithm Area subdivision

algorithm Raytracing algorithm

UNIT V

Shading Illumination mode Specular reflection model Shading models for curve surfaces

Radiosity method Rendering Recursive ray tracing Texture mapping Advanced Modelling

Techniques Procedural ModelsFractal ModelsGrammar based modelsparticle systems

UNIT VI

Animation 3D animation morphing simulation of key frames

Text Books

1 Foley - Computer Graphics Principles amp Practice 2nd ed Pearson Education

2 Hearn amp Baker - Computer Graphics C version 2nd ed Pearson Education

3 Roger and Adams - Mathematical Element for Computer Graphics 2nd ed Tata

McGraw Hill

Text Books

1 David F Rogers ldquoProcedural Element for computer graphicsrdquo McGraw Hill Book

Company

RELIABLE SYSTEM DESIGN

UNIT I

Fundamental Concepts Definitions of fault tolerance fault classification fault tolerant attributes and system structure

UNIT II

Fault-Tolerant Design Techniques Information redundancy hardware redundancy and time redundancy

UNIT III

Dependability Evaluation Techniques Reliability and availability models (Combinatorial techniques Fault-Tree models Markov models) Performance Models

UNIT IV

Architecture of Fault-Tolerant Computers (case study) General-purpose systems high-availability systems long-life systems critical systems

UNIT V

Software Fault Tolerance Software faults and their manifestation design techniques reliability models UNIT VI

Fault Tolerant ParallelDistributed Architectures Shared bus and shared memory architectures fault tolerant networks Recent topics in fault tolerant systems Security fault tolerance in wirelessmobile networks

Suggested Readings

Text Books

1 Fault-Tolerant Computer System Design DK Pradhan 2003

2 Design and Analysis of Fault-Tolerant Digital Systems BWJohnson Addison-

Wesley

3 Fault-Tolerant Computing Theory and Techniques Volumes I and II DK Pradhan

Prentice Hall

Reference Books

1 Reliable Computer Systems Design and Evaluation DPSiewiorek and RSSwartz

Digital Press 1992

2 Probability and Statistics with Reliability Queueing and Computer Science

Application KSTrivedi Prentice Hall 1982

First Year MTech(CSE) II Semester

Group ldquoDrdquo Subjects

CO-651 ELECTIVE III

OPTIMIZATION TECHNIQUES

UNIT I

Introduction to Linear Programming Prototype Example the Linear Programming

Model Assumptions of Linear Programming Additional Examples Some Classic Case

Studies Graphical method The Simplex Method The Essence of the Simplex Method

Setting up the Simplex Method The Algebra of the Simplex Method The Simplex Method in

Tabular Form Tie Breaking in the Simplex Method Adapting to Other Model Forms Post

optimality Analysis

UNIT II

Duality Theory And Sensitivity Analysis The Essence of Duality Theory Economic

Interpretation of Duality Primal-Dual relationships Adapting to Other Primal Forms The

Role of Duality Theory in Sensitivity Analysis Other Algorithms for Linear Programming

The Dual Simplex Method Parametric Linear Programming the Upper Bound Techniques

An Interior-Point Algorithm

UNIT III

Dynamic Programming A prototype example for Dynamic Programming Characteristics

of Dynamic Programming Problems Deterministic Dynamic Programming Probabilistic

Dynamic Programming

UNIT IV

Integer Programming Prototype Example Some BIP Applications Innovative Uses of

Binary Variables in Model Formulation Some Formulation examples Some Perspectives on

Solving Integer Programming Problems The Branch-and-Bound Technique and Its

application to Binary Integer Programming A Branch-and-Bound Algorithm for Mixed

Integer

UNIT V

Nonlinear Programming Sample Applications Graphical Illustration of Nonlinear

Programming Problems Types of Nonlinear Programming Problems One-Variable

Unconstrained Optimization Multivariable Unconstrained Optimization The Karush-Kuhn-

Tucker (KKT) Conditions for Constrained Optimization Quadratic Programming Separable

Programming Convex Programming

UNIT VI

Queuing Theory Prototype Example Basic Structure of queuing Models Examples of Real

Queuing Systems The role of the Exponential Distribution The Birth-and-Death Process

Queuing Models Based on the Birth-and Death Process Queuing Models involving non

exponential distributions

Text Books

1 HATaha ndash Operations Research 8e Pearson Education

2 JK Sharma ndash Operations Research 3e Mcmillan India Ltd 2007

3 S Hiller amp GJ Lieberman ndash Operations Research 8th Edn TMH New Delhi

Text Books 1 Kanti Swarup Gupta Pk Man Mohan Operations Research Sultan Chand amp Sons

DISTRIBUTED ALGORITHMS

UNIT I

Introduction Types of concurrency Characteristics of Distributed systems Challenges

posed by distribution Importance of theoretical methods for distributed algorithms (2

generals problem)

UNIT II

Basic of discrete mathematics posets and lattices Distributive property Approaches to

reasoning - Model driven different types of models Dimensions to classifying distributed

algorithms - IPC method timing Failure models and Problems addressed Synchronous vs

UNIT III

Asynchronous distributed systems Synchronous Algorithms - Ring only Synchronous

Models proof methods failure types etc Leader election in synchronous ring ndash LCR

algorithm Hirshberg-Sinclair algorithm Non-comparison algorithms - Time slice and

Variable speeds Lower bound discussion

UNIT IV

Synchronous Algorithms General Networks Leader election in a general network -

flooding algorithm Reducing the complexity of complete flooding MST algorithm Dealing

with Link and process failures in consensus problems Asynchronous Shared Memory Mutual

Exclusion Resource Allocation Asynchronous Network Algorithms FIFO Broadcast vs

Multicast Leader Election - Ring vs arbitrary network MST Minimum Spanning Tree

Algorithms Logical time Vector clocks Matrix clocks DD clocks Global Global Snapshots

Chandy and Lamports algorithm Stable predicates or properties Termination detection Self

stabilization

Text Books

1 Nancy A Lynch ldquoDistributed Algorithmsrdquo Morgan Kaufmann

2 Nicola Santoro ldquoDesign and Analysis of Distributed Algorithmsrdquo Wiley-Interscience

3 Gerard Tel ldquoIntroduction to Distributed Algorithms 2nd edrdquo Cambridge University

Press

Text Books 1 C Xavier and S S Iyengar ldquoIntroduction to Parallel Algorithmsrdquo Wiley-

Interscience

MODELING amp SIMULATION

UNIT I

Basic Simulation Modeling The Nature of Simulation Systems Models and Types of

Simulation Advantages Disadvantages and Pitfalls of Simulation

UNIT II

Modeling Complex Systems Introduction List Processing in Simulation Approaches to

Storing Lists in a Computer

UNIT III

Simulation Software Comparison of Simulation Packages with Programming Languages

Classification of Simulation Software General-Purpose Simulation Packages

Object-Oriented Simulation

UNIT IV

Building Valid Credible and Appropriately Detailed Simulation Models Experimental

Design Sensitivity Analysis and Optimization Simulation of Manufacturing Systems

Text Books

1 ldquoSystem Modeling and Simulation - an Introductionrdquo Frank L Severance John

Wiley

2 ldquoSimulation Modeling and Analysisrdquo Law Kelton Third Edition Mc-Graw Hill

QUANTUM COMPUTING

UNIT I

Introduction to Quantum Computers Qubits amp their representation

UNIT II

Quantum Elements Logic Gates Circuits Architectures Algorithms

UNIT III

Quantum Information Quantum Key Distribution teleportation Single photons EPR

pairs

UNIT IV

Grid Computing Data and Computational Grids Grid Architectures and its relations to

various distributed technologies Autonomic computing Cluster Setup amp its advantages

performance models amp simulations Networking protocols amp IO Messaging Systems

Examples

UNIT V

Process Scheduling Load Sharing amp Balancing Distributed Shared memory parallel IO

Pervasive Computing concepts amp scenarios Hardware amp software Device Connectivity

Text Books

1 Introduction to Quantum Computing Philip Kaye etal Oxford University Press

2 Introduction to Quantum Computers Gennady Berman World Scientific

3 Quantum Computation and Quantum Information M Nielsen and I Chuang

Cambridge University Press Cambridge

Text Books 1 Classical and Quantum ComputationA Yu Kitaev AH Shen and MN Vyalyi

American Mathematical Society Providence

2 Problems amp Solutions in Quantum Computing amp Information WH Steeb and Y

HardyWorld Scientific River Edge NJ

ENTERPRISE COMPUTING IN JAVA

UNIT I

J2EE Introduction to J2EE Building J2EE Applications JDBC Servlets and Web

Applications Java Server Pages and ModelViewController J2EE Web Services Overview

Introduction to EJB Session EJBs Entity EJBs JMS and message driven Beans

Transactions and Security Application Servers (Case Study of any one of IBM Websphere

BEA Weblogic JBoss)

UNIT II

Hibernate Principles of Object Relational Mapping Hibernate configuration HQL making

objects persistent Hibernate semantics Session management flushing concurrency and

Hibernate Optimistic and Pessimistic Locking Object mapping Mapping simple properties

Single and multi valued associations Bi-directional associations Indexed collections Using

Hibernate Template Querying Session management Transaction integration and

demarcation

UNIT III

Spring Introduction of Spring Framework Spring Architecture Spring Framework

definition Spring amp MVC Factory Pattern BeanFactory Spring Context definition

Inversion of Control (IoC) Spring AOP Application Context and BeanFactory Spring

ORM Mapping API for JDO Hibernate Hibernate Mapping JDO Mapping iBATIS Spring

Abstract Transaction layer Employing Spring transaction Using EJB declarative

transactions Integration process integrating Spring MVC in web application MVC in web

application MVC Framework

UNIT IV

Web Services Introduction to XML Service-Oriented Architectures SOAP SOAP message

structure handling errors WSDL UDDI Java Web Service implementations JAX-RPC Web

service clients in Java Introduction to Ajax

Text Books

1 Jim Farley William Crawford OrsquoReilly and Associates ldquoJava Enterprise in a

Nutshellrdquo

2 Brett McLaughlin OrsquoReilly ldquoJava and XML 2nd Edition

3 Elliott Rusty Harold and W Scott Means OrsquoReilly ldquoXML in a Nutshellrdquo

Text Books 1 James Cooper ldquoJava Design Pattern A Tutorialrdquo Addison Wesley

2 Govind Sesadri ldquoEnterprise java Computing Application and Architecturesrdquo

Cambridge University Publications

First Year MTech(CSE) II Semester Group ldquoDrdquo Subjects

CO-652 ELECTIVE IV

OPTICAL NETWORKS

UNIT-I

Optical fiber fundamentals Solution to Maxwellrsquos equation in a circularly symmetric step

index optical fiber linearly polarized modes single mode and multimode fibers concept of V

number graded index fiber

UNIT- II

Total number of guided modes (no derivation) polarization maintaining fibers attenuation

mechanisms in fibers dispersion in single mode and multimode fibers dispersion shifted and

dispersion flattened fibers attenuation and dispersion limits in fibers Kerr nonlinearity self

phase modulation combined effect of dispersion and self phase modulation nonlinear

Schrodinger equation (no derivation) fundamental soliton solution

UNIT-III

Optical sources LED and laser diode principles of operation concepts of line width phase

noise switching and modulation characteristics ndash typical LED and LD structures

UNIT-IV

Optical detectors P-N detector pin detector avalanche photodiode ndash Principles of

operation concepts of responsivity sensitivity and quantum efficiency noise in detection

typical receiver configurations (high impedance and transimpedance receivers)

UNIT-V

Optical amplifiers Semiconductor amplifier rare earth doped fiber amplifier (with special

reference to erbium doped fibers) Raman amplifier Brillouin amplifier ndash principles of

operation amplifier noise signal to noise ratio gain gain bandwidth gain and noise

dependencies intermodulation effects saturation induced crosstalk wavelength range of

operation

Text Books

1 Leonid Kazovsky Sergio Benedetto and Alan Willner `Optical Fiber Communication

Systemsrsquo Artech House

2 John Senior `Optical Fiber Communicationsrsquo PHI

3 Silvello Betti Giancarlo De Marchis and Eugenio Iannone `Coherent Optical

Communications Systemsrsquo John Wiley

Text Books 1 GPAgrawal `Nonlinear Fiber Opticsrsquo Academic Press

CLUSTER amp GRID COMPUTING

Unit 1 Cluster Computing Introduction to concepts in Cluster based distributed computing

Hardware technologies for cluster computing and software for cluster computing and

different Software Architecture for Cluster Computing

Unit 2 Programming Programming Models and Paradigms features and performance of

standard MPI variants Derived data types communicators

Unit 3 Resource management and scheduling Managing cluster resources single system

images system level middleware distributed task scheduling monitoring and administering

system resources Parallel IO and Parallel Virtual File System Scheduling Condor Maui

Scheduler Portable Batch System (PBS)

Unit 4 Grid Computing Grids and Grid Technologies Programming models and

Parallelization Techniques Grid Security Infrastructure Setting up Grid deployment of Grid

software and tools and application execution

Unit 5 Standard application development tools and paradigms Performance evaluation

tools HINT netperf netpipe ttcp Iperfmessage

Unit 6 Data Management Application Case Study Molecular Modeling for Drug Design

and Brain Activity Analysis Resource management and scheduling

Suggested Readings-

Text Books

1 William Gropp Ewing Lusk Thomas Sterling Beowulf Cluster Computing

with Linux 2nd edition MIT Press

2 Bart Jacob Michael Brown Introduction to grid computing

3 Gregory F Pfister In Search of Clusters The ongoing battle in lowly parallel

computing Second Edition Prentice Hall Publishing Company 1998

SOFTWARE TESTING

UNIT 1

Introductory concepts Verification ampValidation Terminologies like Goals Role

Objectives Limitations Approaches amp Applicability

UNIT II

Software Testing Testing Process Limitations of Testing Testing activities

UNIT III

Levels of Testing Unit Testing Integration Testing System Testing Debugging Domain

Testing Regression Testing Stress Testing Slice based testing

UNIT IV

Software Testing Techniques Functional Testing techniques Boundary Value Analysis

Equivalence Class Testing Decision Table Based Testing Cause Effect Graphing Technique

Structural Testing Path testing DD-Paths Cyclomatic Complexity Graph Metrics Data

Flow Testing Mutation testing Object Oriented Testing Class Testing GUI Testing

UNIT V

Software Testing Tools Taxonomy Methodology to evaluate automated testing Using

tools Load Runner Win runner and Rational Testing Tools Java Testing Tools JMetra

JUNIT Cactus and other recent tools

UNIT VI

Advanced Topics on Testing Prioritizing the Test-cases Testing Web Applications Testing

Off-the-shelf component testing security testing Data-warehouse

Text Books

1 Paul C Jorgenson Software Testing A Craftsmanrsquos approach CRC Press 1997

2 Desikan Ramesh Software Testing principles and Practices Pearson Education

3 William E PerryEffective Methods for Software Testing John Wiley

Reference Books

1 Steven R Rakitin Software Verification and Validation for Practitioners and

Managers 2nd edition Artech House

2 Boris Beizer ldquoSoftware Testing Techniquesrdquo Second Volume Second Edition Van

Nostrand Reinhold New York 1990

3 Louise Tamres ldquoSoftware Testingrdquo Pearson Education Asia 2002

4 Boris Beizer ldquoSoftware System Testing and Quality Assurancerdquo Van Nostrand

einhold New York 1984

COMPUTER VISION

Unit 1 Introduction Computational characteristics of human visual information processing

General introduction to the mathematical frameworks for computer vision Problems and

goals of computer vision

Unit 2 Mathematical formulations of computer vision problems Typical structures in

images Models and representations for typical structures Vision as a computational process

Unit 3 Marrrsquos computational vision paradigm Vision as a feedforward inference process

Regularization theory for computer vision Feature extraction principles for computer vision

Minimum description length criterion Maximum entropy criterion Redundancy reduction

criterion Descriptive models in computer vision

Unit 4 Classification algorithms Bayesian decision theory etc Computer vision as

Bayesian Inference Representations in a vision system Seeing as an inference process

Bayesian inference framework for vision

Unit 5 Visual learning Computational approaches to visual learning Visual learning as

dimension and redundancy reduction A unified framework for computer vision

Relationships among different approaches including equivalence conditions limitations

advantages and disadvantages of existing approaches Issues in designing a generic vision

system Vision as inference with hierarchical models

Unit 6 Implementation issues in computer vision Computational complexity of vision

algorithms Optimization techniques for computer vision systems Monte-Carlo Markov

chain techniques for high dimensional problems Hardware implementation issues Current

and future research directions in computer vision Open issues in computer vision

Challenges of developing generic computer vision systems

Suggested Readings-

Text Books

1 Computer Vision by Linda Shapiro and George Stockman Prentice-Hall 2001

2 Computer Vision D Ballard and C Brown Prentice-Hall 1982

3 2D Object Detection and Recognition Models Algorithms and Networks Yali Amit

MIT Press 2002

NANO TECHNOLOGY

Unit 1

Introduction to nanoscale systems Length energy and time scales Top-down approach to

nanolithography Spatial resolution of optical deep-ultraviolet x-ray electron beam and ion

beam lithography

Unit 2

Single electron transistors coulomb blockade effects in ultra-small metallic tunnel

junctions

Unit 3

Quantum confinement of electrons in semiconductor nanostructures two-dimensional

confinement (quantum wells) Band gap engineering Epitaxy

Unit 4

Landauer-Buttiker formalism for conduction in confined geometries One-dimensional

confinement quantum point contacts quantum dots Bottom-up approach Chemical self-

assembly carbon nanotubes

Unit 5

Molecular electronics Self-assembled monolayers Electrochemical techniques applications

in biological and chemical detection Atomic scale characterization techniques scanning

tunneling microscopy atomic force microscopy

Unit 6

Introduction to quantum methods of information processing

Text Books

1 Additional handouts will be provided from the following books

David Ferry Transport in Nanostructures Cambridge University Press 2000

2 Y Imry Introduction to Mesoscopic Physics Oxford University Press 1997

Reference Books

1S Datta Electron Transport in Mesoscopic Systems Cambridge University Press 1995

3 H Grabert and M Devoret Single Charge Tunneling Plenum Press 1992

4 Beenaker and Van Houten Quantum Transport in Semiconductor Nanostructures

in Solid State Physics v 44 eds Ehernreich and Turnbull Academic Press 1991

P Rai-Choudhury Handbook of Microlithography Micromachining amp

Microfabrication SPIE 1997

First Year MTech(CSE) III Semester Group ldquoErdquo Subjects

CO-701 ELECTIVE V

DATA WAREHOUSING AND DATA MINING

UNIT I

Data Warehousing - Basic concepts in data warehousing Collecting the requirements of

data warehouse Data Warehouse Architecture Design Implementationamp Maintenance

OLAP in data warehouse Data warehousing and the web Further Development of Data Cube

Technology From Data Warehousing to Data Mining

Data Mining Concepts Data mining primitives Basics of data mining Query language

Designing GUI based on a data mining query language Architectures of data mining

systems

UNIT II

Mining Association Rules in Large Databases Association Rule Mining Mining Single

Dimensional Boolean Association Rules from Transactional Databases Mining Multilevel

Association Rules from Transaction Databases Mining Multidimensional Association Rules

from Relational Databases and Data Warehouses From Association Mining to Correlation

Analysis Constraint Based Association Mining

UNIT III

Classifications and Prediction Issues Regarding Classification and Prediction

Classification by Decision Tree Induction Bayesian Classification Classification by

Backpropagation Classification Based on Concepts from Association Rule Mining Other

Classification Methods Prediction and Classifier Accuracy

UNIT IV

Cluster Analysis in Data Mining Types of Data in Cluster Analysis A Categorization of

Major Clustering Methods Partitioning Methods Density Based Methods Grid Based

Methods Model Based Clustering Methods Outlier Analysis

UNIT V

Mining Complex Types of Data Multidimensional Analysis and Descriptive Mining of

Complex Data Objects Mining Spatial Databases Mining Multimedia Databases Mining

Time Series and Sequence Data Mining Text Databases

UNIT VI

Applications and trends in Data Mining - Applications Systems products and research

prototypes Additional themes in data mining Trends in Data mining spatial mining and

Web Mining Web concept mining Web structure mining Web Usage mining

Text Books

1 Data Warehousing Fundamentals PPonnian John Weliey

2 Data Mining Introductory amp Advanced Topics MHDunham Pearson Education

3 Data Mining Concepts amp Techniques HanKamber MKaufman

PATTERN RECOGNITION UNIT I

Pattern recognition fundamentals Basic concepts of pattern recognition fundamental

problems in pattern recognition system design concepts and methodologies example of

automatic pattern recognition systems a simple automatic pattern recognition model

UNIT II

Bayesian decision theory Minimum-error-rate classification Classifiers Discriminant

functions Decision surfaces Normal density and discriminant functions Discrete features

Missing and noisy features Bayesian networks (Graphical models) and inferencing

UNIT III

Maximum-likelihood and Bayesian parameter estimation Maximum-Likelihood

estimation Gaussian case Maximum a Posteriori estimation Bayesian estimation Gaussian

case Problems of dimensionality Dimensionality reduction Fisher discriminant analysis

PCA Expectation-Maximization method Missing features

UNIT IV

Sequential Models State Space Hidden Markov models Dynamic Bayesian

Non-parametric techniques for density estimation Parzen-window method K-Nearest

Neighbour method

UNIT V

Linear discriminant functions Gradient descent procedures Perceptron criterion function

Minimum-squared-error procedures Ho-Kashyap procedures Support vector machines

UNIT VI

Unsupervised learning and clustering Unsupervised maximum-likelihood estimates

Unsupervised Bayesian learning Criterion functions for clustering Algorithms for clustering

K-means Hierarchical and other methods Cluster validation Low-dimensional

representation and multidimensional scaling (MDS)

Text Books

1 RODuda PEHart and DGStork ldquoPattern Classificationrdquo John Wiley

2 Julus T Tou and Rafel C Gonzalez Addision ldquoPattern Recognition

principlesrdquoWesley

3 Christopher M Bishop ldquoPattern recognition and machine learningrdquo Springer

Reference Books

4 Luc Devroye Laacuteszloacute Gyoumlrfi Gaacutebor Lugosi ldquoA probabilistic theory of pattern

recognitionrdquo Springer

NATURAL LANGUAGE PROCESSING

UNIT I

Introduction NLP tasks in syntax semantics and pragmatics Applications such as

information extraction question answering and machine translation The problem of

ambiguity The role of machine learning Brief history of the field

UNIT II

N-gram Language Models The role of language models Simple N-gram models

Estimating parameters and smoothing Evaluating language models

UNIT III

Part of Speech Tagging and Sequence Labeling Lexical syntax Hidden Markov Models

Maximum Entropy Models Conditional Random Fields

UNIT IV

Syntactic parsing Grammar formalisms and treebanks Efficient parsing for context-free

grammars (CFGs) Statistical parsing and probabilistic CFGs (PCFGs) Lexicalized PCFGs

Semantic Analysis Lexical semantics and word-sense disambiguation Compositional

semantics Semantic Role Labeling and Semantic Parsing

UNIT V

Information Extraction (IE) Named entity recognition and relation extraction IE using

sequence labeling

UNIT VI

Machine Translation (MT) Basic issues in MT Statistical translation word alignment

phrase-based translation and synchronous grammars Case studies in Databases amp Operating

Systems

Text Books

1 ldquoComputational Linguistics and Speech Recognitionrdquo Daniel Jurafsky and James H

Martin PHI

2 C Manning and H Schutze ldquoFoundations of Statistical Natural Language

Processingrdquo

3 Akshar Bharti Vineet Chaitanya and Rajeev Sangal ldquoNLP A Paninian Perspectiverdquo

Prentice Hall

Reference Books 1 James Allen ldquoNatural Language Understandingrdquo Pearson Education

SOFT COMPUTING

UNIT I

Neural Networks History overview of biological Neuro-system Mathematical Models of

Neurons ANN architecture Learning rules Learning Paradigms-Supervised Unsupervised

and reinforcement Learning ANN training Algorithms-perceptions Training rules Delta

Back Propagation Algorithm Multilayer Perceptron Model Hopfield Networks Associative

Memories Applications of Artificial Neural Networks

UNIT II

Fuzzy Logic Introduction to Fuzzy Logic Classical and Fuzzy Sets Overview of Classical

Sets Membership Function Fuzzy rule generation

UNIT III

Operations on Fuzzy Sets Compliment Intersections Unions Combinations of Operations

Aggregation Operations

UNIT IV

Fuzzy Arithmetic Fuzzy Numbers Linguistic Variables Arithmetic Operations on Intervals

amp Numbers Lattice of Fuzzy Numbers Fuzzy Equations

UNIT V

Uncertainty based Information Information amp Uncertainty Nonspecificity of Fuzzy amp

Crisp Sets Fuzziness of Fuzzy Sets

UNIT VI

Introduction of Neuro-Fuzzy Systems Architecture of Neuro Fuzzy Networks

Text Books

1 ldquoAn Introduction to Neural Networksrdquo Anderson JA PHI

2 ldquoIntroduction to the Theory of Neural Computationrdquo Hertz J Krogh RG Palmer

Addison-Wesley California

3 ldquoFuzzy Sets amp Fuzzy Logicrdquo GJ Klir amp B Yuan PHI

Reference Books 1 ldquoAn Introduction to Genetic Algorithmrdquo Melanie Mitchell PHI

SEMANTIC WEB

UNIT I

Introduction The Semantic Web Roadmap evolution of Web Documents Semantic Search

Techniques

UNIT II

XML Languages Detailed study of XML language amp application to Web based

developments

UNIT III

Describing Web Resources Resource Description Framework ( RDF) Taxonomies

Ontologies Web Ontology Language (OWL) Design process of ontology Annotation

UNIT IV

Advanced Topics Semantic Applications amp Power Latest on Semantic Web Future

Directions W3C Consortium Case studies in different application

Text Books

1 ldquoA Semantic Web Primerrdquo Grigoris Antoniou and Frank van Harmelen MIT Press

2 ldquoSpinning the Semantic Web - Bringing the World Wide Web to Its Full Potentialrdquo

MIT Press Dieter Fensel James A Hendler Henry Lieberman and Wolfgang

Wahlster (Eds)

3 ldquoThe Semantic Web A guide to the future of XML Web Services and Knowledge

Managementrdquo Michael C Daconta Leo J Obrst Kevin T Smith Wiley Publishing

Reference Books

1 ldquoPrinciples of Semantic Networks Explorations in the representation of knowledgerdquo

John Sowa Morgan Kaufmann

2 Russell and Norvig ldquoArtificial Intelligence A Modern Approachrdquo Prentice Hall

3 Han Reichgelt ldquoKnowledge Representation An AI Perspectiverdquo Ablex Publishing

DIGITAL IMAGE PROCESSING

UNIT I

Introduction And Digital Image Fundamentals Digital Image Representation

Fundamental Steps in Image Processing Elements of Digital image processing systems

Sampling and quantization some basic relationships like neighbours connectivity Distance

measure between pixels Imaging Geometry

UNIT II

Image Transforms Discrete Fourier Transform Some properties of the two-dimensional

fourier transform Fast fourier transform Inverse FFT

Image Enhancement Spatial domain methods Frequency domain methods Enhancement

by point processing Spatial filtering Lowpass filtering Highpass filtering Homomorphic

filtering Colour Image Processing

UNIT IV

Image Restoration Degradation model Diagnolization of Circulant and Block-Circulant

Matrices Algebraic Approach to Restoration Inverse filtering Wiener filter Constrained

Least Square Restoration Interactive Restoration Restoration in Spatial Domain

Image Segmentation Detection of Discontinuities Edge linking and boundary detection

Thresholding Region Oriented Segmentation Motion based segmentation

UNIT V

Image Compression Coding Interpixel and Psychovisual Redundancy Image Compression

models Error free comparison Lossy compression Image compression standards

UNIT VI

Representation and Description Representation schemes like chain coding Polygonal

Approximatiion Signatures Boundary Segments Skeleton of region Boundary description

Regional descriptors Morphology

Recognition and Interpretation Elements of Image Analysis Pattern and Pattern Classes

Decision-Theoretic Methods Structural Methods Interpretation

Text Books

1 ldquoDigital Image Processingrdquo Rafael C Gonzalez amp Richard E Woods AWL

2 ldquoFundamental of Digital Image Processingrdquo AK Jain PHI

3 ldquoComputer Imaging Digital Image Analysis and Processingrdquo SE Umbaugh CRC

Press 2005

Text Books 1 ldquoDigital Image Processing Algorithmsrdquo Pitas I Prentice Hall 1993

First Year MTech(CSE) III Semester

Group ldquoErdquo Subjects

CO-702 ELECTIVE VI

GEO-INFORMATICS

UNIT I

Fundamentals Principles of data capture and use of aerial photographs and satellite

imagery Handling integration maintenance and geometric aspects of geodata Methods of

representing geodata including the principles of internet application Digital Photogrammetry

and Remote Sensing advances in airborne and spaceborne sensor systems global

positioning digital photogrammetry integrated up-to-datecapturing techniques

UNIT II

Digital photogrammetric workstations primary data acquisition and sensors and the

perception of colour and depth linear algebra and the theory of observations

photogrammetric systems and scanners image processing platforms orientation of images

and digital image enhancement aerotriangulation and the use of GPS for control point

positioning and field completion

UNIT III

GIS Operation principles of computer programming database concepts and development

and DBMS Software tools Creating and implementing databases Managing and

administering databases and the use of query languages GIS Theory Spatial analysis

(network raster and surface operations) Developing a GIS Application

UNIT IV

Cartography and Geo-Visualization The cartographic communication process including

commercial and management aspects map type symbol and typographical design and use of

color cartographic generalization and map protection concepts and technical constraints of

the cartographic production line topographic mapping and the production of large-scale

maps and photo and image maps thematic mapping including socio-economic and physical

environmental mapping tourist maps statistics and data classification the visualization of

multimedia ad web mapping applications

REFERENCE BOOKS

1 Kali Charan Sahu ldquoRemote Sensing and Geographical Information Systemsrdquo

Atlantic Publishers and distributors

2 Joseph L Awange Erik W Grafarend Ba(c)La Palancz Beacutela Palaacutencz Piroska

Zaletnyikrdquo Algebraic Geodesy and Geoinformaticsrdquo Springer

3 A Krishna Sinha rdquoGeoinformatics data to knowledgerdquoGeological Society of

America

ADVANCES IN INTERNET AND WEB TECHNOLOGY

UNIT I

Emergence of the Internet Terminology Accessibility Language amp Connectivity Services

of the Internet E-Mail World Wide Web (WWW) Remote Access Collaboration File

Sharing Internet Telephony Use amp Culture Usenet From gopher to WWW Search

Engines Wais Archie Web Search Engine

UNIT II

Web Development Developing Web using HTML XML ASP Concepts of Web

Programming using Scripting Languages such as JavaScript CGI PHP etc Database

Connectivity with MySQL and JDBC

UNIT III

Web Research amp Practices The World Wide Web Impact Opportunities and Challenges

Evolution of Search Engines Web Search amp Mining Framework Supporting Technologies

concepts applications types amp tools Quantifying the Web Crawling Techniques The task

of a web crawler Crawler algorithms Indexing techniques Ranking in Web

UNIT IV

Advanced Research Topics Duplicate Detection Contextual Search etc

Text Books

1 Internet and Web Technologies by Raj Kamal Tata McGraw Hill edition

2 An Introduction to Search Engines and Web Navigation Mark Levene Pearson

Education

3 Mining the Web Discovering Knowledge from Hypertext Data Soumen Chakrabarti

Morgan-Kaufmann Publishers

4 Modeling the Internet and the WebPierre BaldiPaolo Frasconi Padhraic Smyth John

Wiley and Sons Ltd

ADVANCES IN MULTIMEDIA TECHNOLOGY

UNIT I

Emergence of the Internet Terminology Accessibility Language amp Connectivity Services

of the Internet E-Mail World Wide Web (WWW) Remote Access Collaboration File

Sharing Internet Telephony Use amp Culture Usenet From gopher to WWW Search

Engines Wais Archie Web Search Engine

UNIT II

Web Development Developing Web using HTML XML ASP Concepts of Web

Programming using Scripting Languages such as JavaScript CGI PHP etc Database

Connectivity with MySQL and JDBC

UNIT III

Web Research amp Practices The World Wide Web Impact Opportunities and Challenges

Evolution of Search Engines Web Search amp Mining Framework Supporting Technologies

concepts applications types amp tools Quantifying the Web Crawling Techniques The task

of a web crawler Crawler algorithms Indexing techniques Ranking in Web

UNIT IV

Advanced Research Topics Duplicate Detection Contextual Search etc

Text Books

1 Internet and Web Technologies by Raj Kamal Tata McGraw Hill edition

2 An Introduction to Search Engines and Web Navigation Mark Levene Pearson

Education

3 Mining the Web Discovering Knowledge from Hypertext Data Soumen Chakrabarti

Morgan-Kaufmann Publishers

4 Modeling the Internet and the WebPierre BaldiPaolo Frasconi Padhraic Smyth John

Wiley and Sons Ltd

VLSI DESIGN

Unit I

Introduction to CMOS circuits MOS Transistors MOS transistor switches CMOS Logic

The inverter Combinational Logic NAND gate NOT Gate Compound Gates Multiplexers

Memory-Latches and Registers

Unit II

Processing Technology Silicon Semiconductor Technology- An Overview wafer processing

oxidation epitaxy deposition Ion-implantation and diffusion The Silicon Gate Process-

Basic CMOS Technology basic n-well CMOS process p-well CMOS process Twin tub

process Silicon on insulator CMOS process enhancement-Interconnect circuit elements 3-

D CMOS Layout Design Rule Layer Representations CMOS n-well Rules Design Rule of

background scribe line Layer Assignment SOI Rule

Unit III

Power Dissipation Static dissipation Dynamic dissipation short-circuit dissipation total

power dissipation Programmable Logic Programmable Logic structure Programmable

interconnect and Reprogrammable Gate Array Xilinx Programmable Gate Array Design

Methods Behavioral Synthesis RTL synthesis

Unit IV

Placement placement Mincut based placement ndash Iterative improvement placement simulated

annealing Routing Segmented channel routing ndash maze routing ndash routability and routing

resources ndash net delays

Unit V

Verification and Testing Verification Versus Testing Verification logic simulation design

validation ndash timing verification ndash Testing concepts failures ndash mechanisms and faults ndash fault

coverage ndash ATPG methods ndash types of tests ndash FPGAs ndash programmability failures ndash design for

testability

Unit VI

Overview of VHDL

Suggested Readings

Text Book

1 ldquoDigital Integrated Circuitrdquo JM Rabaey Chandrasan Nicolic Pearson

2 ldquoCMOS Digital Integrated Circuitrdquo SM Kang amp Y Leblebici TMH

3 ldquoModern VLSI Designrdquo Wayne Wolf Pearson

Reference Books

1 ldquoAlgorithm for VLSI Design amp Automationrdquo N Sherwani Kluwer

2 ldquoVHDLrdquo Bhaskar PHI

3 ldquoDigital Integrated Circuitsrdquo Demassa amp Ciccone Willey Pub

4 ldquoModern VLSI Design system on siliconrdquo Wayne Wolf Addison Wesley Longman

Publisher

5 ldquoBasic VLSI Designrdquo Douglas A Pucknell amp Kamran Eshranghian PHI

6 ldquoCMOS Circuit Design Layout amp Simulationrdquo RJ Baker HW Lee DE Boyee PHI

VLSI DESIGN AND CAD OF VLSI

UNIT I

Introduction to CAD tools Evolution of Design Automation-Basic Transistor

Fundamentals-CMOS realizations of basic gates

UNIT II

Modeling Techniques Types of CAD tools and Introduction to logic simulation

UNIT III

Verilog Syntax Hierarchical modeling and Delay modeling Verilog constructs Memory

modeling

UNIT IV

Logic Synthesis Introduction synthesis of dirrerent verilog constructs

UNIT V

Introduction to Reconfigurable computing FPGAs the Altra Quartus II flow

Text Books

1 Verilog HDL Samir Palnitkar Second Edition Pearson Education 2004

2 Verilog HDL Synthesis JBhaskar BS publications 2001

SOFTWARE PROJECT MANAGEMENT

Unit 1 Introduction Project Management concepts Process Framework Project Planning

Software Life Cycle Models Artifacts of the Project Management Process

Unit 2 Cost and Scheduling Estimation Models Various Levels of COCOMO for Cost

Effort Schedule and Productivity Estimation Approaches to Effort Cost Estimation and

Schedule Estimation factors through COCOMO II Putnam Estimation Model Algorithmic

models

Unit 3 Project Management Techniques Project Organizations and Responsibilities

Establishing Project Environment Risk Management Process Project Tracking and Control

Defect Tracking Concepts such as Process monitoring and audit Reviews Inspections and

Walkthroughs

Unit 4 Project Closure Project Closure Analysis Role of Closure Analysis in a project

Performing Closure Analysis Closure Analysis Report

Unit 5 Software Project Management Renaissance Conventional Software Management

Evolution of Software Economics Improving Software Economics The old way and the new

way Discussion on Project Management Tools

Unit 6 Advance Topics in Software Project Management Discussion on future Software

Project Management Practices amp Modern Project Profiles Next Generation Software

Economics Modern Process Transitions

Suggested Readings-

Text Books

1 Watts S Humphrey ldquoManaging the Software Processrdquo Pearson Education

2 Walker Royce ldquoSoftware Project Managementrdquo Pearson Education

3 Pankaj Jalote ldquoSoftware Project Management in Practicerdquo Pearson Education

Reference Books

1 Bob Hughes ldquoSoftware Project Managementrdquo TMH

2 Chris Kemerer ldquoSoftware Project Management Readings and Casesrdquo

1

Delhi School of Management

Delhi Technological University

Syllabus

of

MBA (Executive) Program

wef

From

Academic Session 2013 onwards

Delhi School of Management

Delhi Technological University

Bawana Road Delhi-110042

2

Program Educational Objectives (PEOs)

PEO 1 To develop effective communication interpersonal motivational and leadership skills to

work in multi-disciplinary teams

PEO 2 To apply business concepts to managerial decision making in variety of complex

business situations

PEO 3 To develop a systematic understanding of globalization and its impact on people

businesses and the economy

PEO 4 An ability to use current techniques skills and tools necessary for managerial practice

PEO 5 Students will be able to develop business strategies that serve the long-term interests of a

firm

PEO 6 To inculcate value-based leadership ethical qualities and a sense of social purpose

among MBA(Executive) students

Program Outcomes (POs)

The MBA (Executive) Student will be

1 Able to develop business writing and deliver a professional individual or group oral

presentations

2 Able to identify assess and evaluate alternatives managerial decisions

3 Demonstrate an understanding of how global competitive environments are changing

business practice and able to identify and evaluate potential market opportunities

4 Possessing the ability to select and apply appropriate managerial and technical tools

5 Able to develop innovative business strategies to serve long term interest of a firm

6 Aware and sensitive to societal concerns and work towards development of sustainable

solutions to problems at large

Program Specific Outcomes (PSOs)

The MBA (Executive) student will

1 Specialize in both technical and functional areas

2 Possess ability to make effective managerial decisions utilizing business concepts and

managerial tools

3

Delhi School of Management

Delhi Technological University

(Scheme of Examination)

First Semester

SNo Subject

Code

Subject Evaluation

Scheme

Credit

Internal External Total

1 EMBA-

101

Management Process and

Organizational Behavior

40 60 100 3

2 EMBA-

102

Financial Accounting 40 60 100 3

3 EMBA-

103

Marketing Management 40 60 100 3

4 EMBA-

104

Managerial Economics 40 60 100 3

5 EMBA-

105

Quantitative Methods 40 60 100 3

6 EMBA-

106

Production and

Operations Management

40 60 100 3

7 EMBA-

107

Computer Applications in

Management

40 60 100 3

8 EMBA-

108

Term Project - 100 100 5

9 EMBA-

109

Comprehensive Viva

Voce

100 100 4

Total 280 620 900 30

4

Second Semester

SNo Subject

Code

Subject Evaluation

Scheme

Credit

Internal External Total

1 EMBA-

201

Human Resource

Management

40 60 100 3

2 EMBA-

202

Financial Management 40 60 100 3

3 EMBA-

203

Marketing Research 40 60 100 3

4 EMBA-

204

Business Environment 40 60 100 3

5 EMBA-

205

Management of

Innovation Technology

and Change

40 60 100 3

6 EMBA-

206

Supply Chain

Management

40 60 100 3

7 EMBA-

207

Corporate Law 40 60 100 3

8 EMBA-

208

Minor Project - 100 100 4

9 EMBA-

209

Comprehensive Viva-

Voce

100 100 5

Total 280 620 900 30

5

Third Semester

SNo Subject

Code

Subject Evaluation

Scheme

Credit

Internal External Total

1 EMBA-

301

Strategic Management 40 60 100 3

2 EMBA-

302

International Business

Management

40 60 100 3

3 EMBA-

303 Information Technology

Management

40 60 100 3

4 Elective-I (Elective

Group-I)

40 60 100 3

5 Elective-II (Elective

Group-I)

40 60 100 3

6 Elective-I (Elective

Group-II)

40 60 100 3

7 Elective-II (Elective

Group-II)

40 60 100 3

8 EMBA-

308

Minor Project - 100 100 4

9 EMBA-

309

Comprehensive Viva

Voce

100 100 5

Total 280 620 900 30

6

Fourth Semester

Based on the self study activities participation in events attending the invited lectures

and overall learning of the subjects and concepts

SNo Subject

Code

Subject Evaluation

Scheme

Credit

Internal External Total

1 EMBA-

401

Project Management 40 60 100 3

2 EMBA-

402 Corporate Governance

Values and Ethics

40 60 100 3

3 Elective-III (Elective

Group-I)

40 60 100 3

4 Elective-IV (Elective

Group-I)

40 60 100 3

5 Elective-III (Elective

Group-II)

40 60 100 3

6 Elective-IV (Elective

Group-II)

40 60 100 3

7 EMBA-

407 Major Project - 200 200 7

8 EMBA-

408 Comprehensive Viva

Voce

- 100 100 5

Total 240 660 900 30

7

List of Electives (any two in third and fourth sem each from same

specialization groups from Elective List-I and II)

Elective List-I

Information Technology Management

Two papers each from same

group in third and fourth

semester

Knowledge and Technology Management

Supply Chain Management

Elective List-II

Marketing Management

Two papers each from same

group in third and fourth

semester

Financial Management

Human Resource Management

8

Delhi School of Management

Delhi Technological University

List of Elective

Information Technology Management (ITM)

EIT-01 Data Warehousing and Database Management

EIT-02 Business System Analysis and Design

EIT-03 Knowledge Management amp Innovation

EIT-04 Managing Software Exports

EIT-05 Mobile Commerce amp Security

EIT-06 BPR and ERP Implementation

EIT-07 E-Governance

EIT-08 Business Process Re-engineering

EIT-09 Sectoral Application of ITM

EIT-10 Emerging Issues in ITM

KNOWLEDGE AND TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT (KTM)

EKTM-01Internet Business Models and Business Strategies

EKTM-02IT Enabled Services Management

EKTM-03 ERP Implementation

EKTM-04Data Base Management

EKTM-05 Telecommunication for Business

EKTM-06 Mobile commerce and Security

EKTM-07 Knowledge management and Innovation

EKTM-08 E-Business and E- Commerce

EKTM-09 Sectoral Application and Emerging Issues in KTM

Supply Chain Management (SCM)

ESCM-01 Total Quality Management

ESCM-02 International Logistics Management

ESCM-03Transportation Management

ESCM-04 Service Operations Management

ESCM-05 SCM and Customers Relationship Management

ESCM-06 Business Process Re-engineering

9

ESCM-07 IT in Supply Chain Management

ESCM-08 Sectoral Application of SCM

Marketing

EMK-01 International marketing management

EMK-02 Retail Management

EMK-03 Marketing of Services

EMK-04 Advertising and Brand Management

EMK-05 Rural Marketing

EMK-06 Sales and Distribution Management

EMK-07 Consumer Behavior

EMK-08 Customer Relationship Management

Finance

EFM-01 Security analysis and portfolio Management

EFM-02 Mergers Acquisition and Corporate restructuring

EFM-03 Corporate Business taxation and Planning

EFM-04 International Financial Management

EFM-06 Investment Banking

EFM-07 Futures Options and Risk Management

EFM-08 Project Appraisal and Finance

EFM-09 Commodity and Price Risk management

EFM-10 Managing Financial Institutions and Markets

Human Resource Management (HRM)

EHR-01 Management of Industrial Relations amp Labour Legislation

EHR-02 Compensation Management

EHR-03 Organizational Change and Development

EHR-04 Human Resource Development Strategies and Systems

EHR-05 Global Human Resource Management

EHR-06 Management of Training and development

EHR -07Interpersonal processes and Counseling skills for Managers

10

Semester I

EMBA-101 Management Process and Organizational Behavior Max 40 Hrs

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student should be able to

1 Compare and contrast theories of organizational behavior

2 Analyze management issues as related to organizational behavior

3 Evaluate ethical issues as related to organizational behavior

4 Examine challenges of effective organizational communication

5 Examine the differences and similarities between leadership power and management

6 Assess the impact of culture on organizational behavior

7 Assess the impact of a companyrsquos structure and design on its organizational behavior

Unit 1 Introduction

Meaning and Nature of Management The evolution of management thought Functions and

skills of a manager Management Approaches Processes Managerial Skills Tasks and

Responsibilities of a Professional Manager

Unit 2 Organizational Structure and Process

Organizational design six key elements of organizational design types of organizational design

organizational structure Managerial Ethos Managerial Communication

Unit 3 Managing activities

Planning need for planning types of planning and the elements of planning Managerial

decision making- types of managerial decisions steps in decision-making process

Unit 4 Controlling

Problem Solving Techniques Controlling Process and Techniques Budgetary and Non

Budgetary control techniques PERT CPM

Unit 5 Organization Behavior An Introduction Behavioral Dynamics

Foundations of individual behavior Personality Perception Learning Values Attitudes

Motivation Interpersonal Dynamics Group Dynamics Leadership theories and styles

Management of conflict and negotiation

Unit 6 Organisational Culture and Change

Organisational culture Organisational change nature and forces of change resistance to change

and management of resistance to change Work stress sources and consequences of stress and its

management

Reference Books

1 Robbins SP amp Decenzo D (2002) Fundamental of Management Pearson Education

2 Stoner etal (2002) Management Prentice Hall of India

11

3 Luthans F (2004) Organisational Behaviour McGraw Hill International Edition

EMBA- 102 Financial Accounting Max 40 Hrs

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student should be able to

1 Identify the accounting rules required for business enterprises and apply the same in

interpreting financial results

2 Analyze interpret and communicate the information contained in basic financial

statements

3 Explain and apply accounting concepts principles and conventions in financial

statements

4 Describe cost accounting terminologies and methods their rationale of classification and

their relevance to business decisions

5 Apply cost management ideas in determining productservice costs and in making

business decisions

6 Identify ethical issues related to accounting in contemporary world

Unit 1 Introduction

Introduction to Accounting Importance Objectives and Principles Accounting Concepts and

conventions and The Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (GAAP) Accounting Standards

Issued by ICAI (Focus on importance of Standards to give a general view on Financial

Accounting practices) Creative Financial Practices and Issues related to quality of disclosures in

reported earnings window dressing and limitations of financial statements

Unit 2 The Accounting Process Overview

Books of Original Record Journal and Subsidiary books ledger Trial Balance Classification of

capital and revenue expenses Final Accounts with adjustments

Unit 3 Valuation of fixed assets

Tangible vs Intangible assets depreciation of fixed assets and methods of depreciation

Unit 4 Inventory Valuation

Methods of inventory valuation and valuation of goodwill methods of valuation of goodwill

Unit 5 Financial Analysis

Statement of Changes in Working Capital Funds from Operations paid cost and unpaid costs

Distinction between cash profits and book profits Preparation and analysis of cash flow

statement and funds flow statement Analysis and interpretation of financial statements from

investor and company point of view Horizontal Analysis and Vertical Analysis of Company

Financial Statements Liquidity leverage solvency and profitability ratios ndash Du Pont Chart -A

Case study on Ratio Analysis

Unit 6 Cost concepts

12

Cost-Volume-Profit (CVP) relationship and profit planning Budgeting Full costing and variable

costing methods Cost analysis for Decision- Making Standard costing and variance analysis

Reference Books

1 Ashok Banerjee Financial Accounting Second Edition Excel Books New Delhi 2006

2 DrSN Maheshwari and DrSK Maheshwari Financial Accounting Vikas Publishing

House Pvt Ltd 2007

3 Asish K Bhattacharyya Financial Accounting for Business Managers-PHI2006

EMBA-103 Marketing Management Max 40 Hrs

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student should be able to

1 Identify the roles and functions of marketing within a diverse range of organizations

2 Describe key marketing concepts theories and techniques for the analysis of dynamic

marketing environment

3 Develop the marketing mix for an organization

4 Critically analyze an organizationrsquos marketing activities

Unit 1 Introduction

Introduction to marketing function genesis the marketing concepts Marketing Management

systems- objectives its interfaces with other functions in the organization The concept of

marketing mix Types of Goods

Unit 2 Marketing Environment

Environment of marketing- political environment economic environment Legal social and

cultural environment

Unit 3 Market segmentation

Market segmentation Industrial Marketing Service Marketing and International Marketing

Consumer buying behavior Ethical issues in marketing

Unit 4 Marketing strategy

Marketing strategy- Marketing planning and Marketing programming Product policy the

concept of product life cycle New product decisions Test marketing Pricing Policy amp

Strategies

Unit 5 Management of distribution

Management of distribution- channels of distribution Advertising and promotions the concept

of unique selling proposition Implementation and control the marketing organization

Unit 6 Demand forecasting

Demand forecasting Budgeting Management of Sales Force and Evaluation of Performance

Marketing audit

13

Reference Books

1 Philip Kotler (2003) Marketing Management Analysis Planning Implementation amp

Control

Prentice Hall of India

2 Michael J E Bruce J W and Williom J S (13th Edition 2004) Marketing Management

Tata McGrawHill New Delhi

3 Louis E Boone and David L Kurtz (2001) Contemporary Marketing Harcourt Collye

Publishers

EMBA-104 Managerial Economics Max 40 Hrs

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student should be able to

1 Analyze real-world business problems with a systematic theoretical framework

2 Apply economic theories and concepts to analyze explain and evaluate the firm and

industry behaviour market dynamics at micro and macro level

3 Develop analytical capabilities to deal with economic issues by integrating economic

principles and decision making and eventually formulate business strategy at firm level

4 Develop strategic thinking to analyze the challenges and opportunities arising in the

context of contemporary micro- and macroeconomic issues and formulate business

strategies

5 Develop communication skills teamwork and leadership and other managerial skills

Unit 1 Introduction

Micro versus Macroeconomics Theory of consumer behavior and demand Consumer

preferences Indifference curve Consumer equilibrium Demand function Income and

substitution effects

Unit 2 Production Function

The Slutsky equation Market demand Elasticities Average and marginal revenue Revealed

preference theory of firm Production functions Law of variable proportions Laws of return to

scale

Unit 3 Cost Function

Isoquants Input substitution Equilibrium of the firm Expansion path Cost function Theory of

costs Short Run and long run costs Shape of LAC Economies and diseconomies of scale

Unit 4 Theory of Pricing

Market equilibrium under perfect competition Equilibrium under alternative forms of market

Monopoly- pure and discriminating Monopolistic competition Oligopoly Pricing practices and

strategies

Unit 5 National Indicators ( GDP GNP WPI CPI )

National Income Accounting and Economic Indicators Business Cycle-Inflation-Fiscal and

Monetary Policies

14

Reference Books

1 Doane PDavid Seward ELori Applied Statistics in Business and Economics Tata

McGraw Hill 2007

2 Nordhaus amp Samuelson Economics 18th Edition Tata McGraw Hill 2007

3 Suma Damodaran Managerial Economics Oxford University Press 2006

EMBA-105 Quantitative Methods Max 40 Hrs

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student should be able to

1 Describe role of statistics in management

2 List the basic quantitative techniques and their applications in management

3 Apply statistical techniques to present analyze and interpret data for drawing meaningful

inferences for decision making

4 Identify real business problems and transform them into appropriate quantitative models

Unit 1 Introduction

Nature and role of statistics in management Measures of central tendency and dispersion

Introduction to probability theory Probability distributions - continuous and discrete Sampling

distributions Estimation and hypothesis testing t-test ANOVA Chi-square test Non-

parametric tests Correlation and regression analysis Applications of statistical packages

Unit 2 Decision Theory

Game Theory Markov Chains

Unit 3 Linear Programming

Formulation and applications solution through graphical method and Simplex methods

Unit 4 Transportation

Assignment and transshipment problems

Unit 5 Integer Programming-

Formulation and solution Non-Linear Programming Dynamic Programming Multiple Criteria

Decision making Goal programming

Unit 6 Project scheduling-

PERT and CPM Queuing theory Monte Carlo Simulation- concepts and applications Case

Studies and use of OR software packages

Reference Books

1 ldquoOperations Researchrdquo J K Sharma McMillan India

15

2 ldquoQuantitative Techniques in Managementrdquo N D Vohra Tata McGraw Hill Publications

3e 4th reprint 2007

3 Quantitative Methods for Business Anderson Williams et-al b10th edition Thompson

EMBA- 106 Productions and Operations Management Max 40 Hrs

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student should be able to

1 Identify issues related to designing and managing supply chains

2 Apply tools and techniques for production and supply chain management

3 Describe the interaction of Supply chain management with other business functions such

as Marketing Finance Accounting and Human Resource

4 Assess the inventory and ware house management practices of an organization

Unit 1

Introduction to operations management- role scope and interface with marketing finance

strategy Types of production systems Concepts of productivity competitiveness Decisions in

POM Case Study

Unit 2

Demand forecasting Time Series Regression Analysis and Qualitative techniques Forecast

Error Case study

Unit 3

Work Study Work Measurement Activity Sampling MOST Ergonomics Learning Curve

Unit 4

Product Design and Process Selection Service Design Outsourcing Make buy decision Value

Engineering QFD Concurrent Engineering

Unit 5

Facility Planning- location layout Line balancing Analytical tools and techniques for facility

planning and design Aggregate planning Operations scheduling Project Management CPM

PERT Slacks Project crashing Resource Leveling

Unit 6

Total Quality Management (TQM) Statistical Process Control (SPC) Acceptance Sampling

Six-sigma ISO 9000 Maintenance management JIT FMS MIS Simulation Role of IT in

manufacturing Case studies

Reference Books

16

1 Charry SN (2005) Production and Operation Management- Concepts Methods amp Strategy

John Willy amp Sons Asia Pvt Limited

2 Adam Jr E and Ebert R (1998) Production and Operation Management

EMBA-107 Computer Application in Management Max 20 Hrs

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student should be able to

1 Analyze data in excel using excel formulas

2 Solve data-based problems in excel

3 Perform basic statistical analyses on SPSS

4 Perform database management tasks descriptive statistics and graphics and basic

inferential statistics for comparisons and correlations

Introduction to OS- DOS WINDOWS Computer Applications in Decision Making Scientific

Research and Business Organization Working with Word Processing and Graphics Packages

Familiarity with Spread Sheet and Data base Packages Introduction to special packages for

Business Administration Case studies

EMBA-108 Term Paper

The primary objective of this course is to enhance participantrsquos diagnostic skills improve their ability to

develop innovative practical responses to contemporary management issues

Course Outline

In consultation with the allotted faculty member students may select a relevant management

topicproblem from different functional areas of management They are required to carry out a systematic

analysis of the problem by conducting a detailed literature review The basic purpose is to develop a

written term paper or case study to be evaluated by a team comprising faculty members from the

department The topic of term paper may be any practical problems that a candidate is facing in hisher

respective organization or any other relevant contemporary business problem

The students are required to finalize the topic of term paper not later than second week after the

commencement of semester to respective faculty guide The final assessment of the term paper

shall be carried out through presentations discussions and other means to arrive at a meaningful

assessment

17

Semester II

18

EMBA -201 Human Resource Management Max 40 Hrs

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student should be able to

1 Critically assess existing theory and practice in the field of HRM

2 Develop an ability to undertake qualitative and quantitative research

3 Apply knowledge about qualitative and quantitative research to an independently

constructed piece of work

4 Respond positively to problems in unfamiliar contexts

5 Identify and apply new ideas methods and ways of thinking

Unit 1 Introduction

Human Resources Systems- Historical Evolution of the field Role of Human Resource

management in a competitive Factors influencing Human Resource Management Strategic

Human Resource Management

Unit 2 Manpower planning

Objectives Importance amp Problems of HR Planning Job analysis Determining Human Resource

Requirements Hiring and Developing Human Resources The process of forecasting Definition

uses Techniques of Job Analysis Job Description amp Job evaluation Competency mapping

Talent Management

Unit 3 Recruitment and Selection

Concept identifying job recruitments Recruitment resources and efficacy Selection process and

methods Psychometric tests amp its relevance interview Technique induction amp placement

Unit 4 Training and Development

TampD concept need strategy Identification of needs designing amp implementing training

programmes Management Development Evaluation of Training amp development

Unit 5 Compensation and Performance Management

Performance Management ndash Concept and Practices Principle and objectives of Performance

Appraisal and potential Evaluation Feedback Career planning Succession Planning amp

Retention ndash Scope concept Principles amp Practices The problems in managing amp advantages

Compensation Management Transfer Promotion and Reward Policies

Unit 6 Industrial Relations

Definition concept context of Industrial Relation Discipline ( Red hot stove principle of

discipline counselling collective bargaining Quality of work life Safety and Health Employee

Welfare Employee Assistance Programmes Separation Attrition Human Resource Auditing

Human Resource Accounting International Human Resources Management

19

Reference Books

1 DeCenzo D A and Robbins S P (8th ed 2005) Fundamentals of Human Resource

Management John Wiley

2 Dessler Gary and VarkkeyBiju(2010) Human Resource Management Pearson Education

3 Ivancevich John M (2003) Human Resource Management Tata McGraw Hill 29

EMBA-202 Financial Management Max 40 Hrs

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student should be able to

1 Apply techniques to analyse evaluate and project financial statements

2 Apply techniques for estimating the cost of each component of the cost of capital to

incorporate it into investment decision making

3 Apply the appropriate capital budgeting techniques for evaluating projects and

investments

4 Apply the concepts of financial management to contemporary financial events

Unit 1 Aims and objectives of Financial Decisions

Nature and Scope of Financial Management Financial Objectives Impact of Financial and

Economical Environment on Financial Management Time Value of Money including Pension

Funds Funds Flow Analysis Cash Flow Statement and its Interpretation (AS-3) Ratio

Analysis

Unit 2 Planning for Sources of Finance (Domestic and International)

Capital Structure Leverages Cost of Capital Net Income Approach Net Operating Income

Approach Traditional Approach and MM Approach Capital GearingDebt-Equity Ratio

Generation of Internal Funds

Unit 3 Capital Budgeting

Conventional and DCF Methods Inflation and Capital Budgeting Risk Analysis and Capital

Budgeting-Certainty Equivalent Factor Risk Adjusted Discounting Rate Decision Tree

Independent and Dependent Risk Analysis

Unit 4 Working capital Decision

Planning of Development of Funds Through Management of Assets - Fixed and Current

Working Capital Management Management of Cash (Various Theoretical Models) Inventories

(Including Risk Analysis) and Receivables Operating Cycle

20

Unit 5 Dividend Decision

Retained Earning Vs Dividend Decision Gordon Model Walter Model MM Approach

Lintner Model

Unit 6 Contemporary Financial Issues

Leasing Corporate Restructuring LBO Mergers and Acquisition

Reference Books

1 Prasanna Chandra - Fundamentals of Financial Management 7th Edition - Tata McGraw

Hill

2 Khan M Y and Jain P K (4th ed 2004) Financial Management Text Problems amp

Cases Tata McGraw Hill Company New Delhi

3 IM Pandey ndash Financial Management (Vikas) 9e

EMBA-203 Marketing Research Max 40 Hrs

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student should be able to

1 Describe the scope and relevance of marketing research and its contribution in the

development of marketing strategy

2 Develop a market research design which will include identification of research design

framing of research question sampling preparing of measurement instruments data

collection analysis and interpretation

3 Apply latest tools and packages for gaining better insights from data

4 Prepare research reports and presentations

Unit 1 Introduction

Introduction to marketing Research Various Market Research concepts process exploratory

descriptive and conclusive research

Unit 2 Defining a research problem

Defining a research problem and developing a research approach The marketing decision-

making process and the need of different types of research Types of marketing problems and

type of marketing research activity

Unit 3 Research design

Research design and Data collection Sources of data use and appraisal of existing information

primary and secondary data Information from respondents sampling design scaling techniques

and questionnaire design interviewing various methods of survey data collection Information

from experiment experimental design for marketing Models Sources of Errors

21

Unit 4 Data Analysis

Various tools like conjoint factor analysis discriminant analysis etc for analyzing qualitative as

well as quantitative data Use of SPSS for data analysis Report preparation and presentation

Unit 5 Marketing Information Systems

Organization Structure and design its role in planning and control the place of marketing

research Attitude Measurement

Unit 6 Report preparation and Presentation

Reference Books

1 Naresh K Malhotra MARKETING RESEARCH AN APPLIED ORIENTATION

Pearson Education Asia

2 Paul E Green amp Donald S Tull RESEARCH FOR MARKETING DECISIONS

3 Aaker Kumar amp Day MARKETING RESEARCH John Wiley amp Sons

EMBA-204 Business Environment Max 40 Hrs

Course outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student should be able to

1 Describe business environment and its related factors

2 Evaluate environmental factors using appropriate tools and methods

3 Strategize operations of a business entity in multi-faceted environment

4 Design business policies for specific business environment

Unit 1 Introduction

Major economic problems National income accounting Expenditure and income approaches to

GNP Measuring inflation and unemployment Determination of the equilibrium level of income

Unit 2 Consumption Function

Consumption function Investment demand Aggregate demand and equilibrium output The

multiplier process Government sector

Unit 3 Fiscal Policy

Fiscal policy Tax receipts and Transfer payments Foreign spending Money interest and

income Functions of money Definition of money Reserve Bank of India and Commercial

Banks Creation of money

Unit 4 money Control instruments

The instruments of monetary control The demand for money Investment expenditure and rate of

interest The IS curve Money market and the LM curve Liquidity trap The IS-LM model

Derivation of the aggregate demand curve

Unit 5 Monetary and fiscal Policy

22

Monetary and fiscal polices Keynesian versus monetarist views The aggregate supply function

Keynesian and classical Inflation and unemployment Stagflation The Phillips curve The long-

run Phillips curve Inflation expectations The rational expectations

Unit 6 Contemporary Issues

Reference Books

1 Adhikari M Economic Environment of Business2000 8th Ed Excel Books

2 Morrison J The International Businee Environment (Palgrave 2003)

3 George A and Steiner G A ndash Business Government and society (Macmillan)

EMBA-205 Management of Innovation Technology and Change Max 40 Hrs

Course Outcome

Upon successful completion of the course the student should be able to

1 Describe the key models of the innovation process their strengths and weaknesses

2 Critically assess and explain key current issues in the field of innovation and technology

3 Assess the role of Technology and knowledge Management in firm competitiveness

4 Diagnose and provide effective solutions for innovation challenges

Unit 1

Introduction to Knowledge Management Essential components of KM model Analyzing

current knowledge state Formulating a mix of knowledge assets and communities of practice

Unit 2

Building Knowledge Assets Capturing expertise Differentiating between tacit and explicit

knowledge Uncovering tacit knowledge Sources of knowledge

Unit 3

Creating Strategies for Success Generating a KM-specific vision Integrating organizational

and business goals with KM Choosing the right KM techniques

Unit 4

KM audit Audit of KM Overcoming barriers and pitfalls KM strategy Knowledge

Management Implementation and measuring the value of KM

Unit 5

Understanding Technology definition Key concepts role importance need History of

technological developments

Unit 6

23

Technology-Management integration Life cycle approach to technology management

Technology innovation process

Reference Books

1 Amrit Tiwana The Knowledge Management Toolkit Pearson Education New Delhi

2005

2 Richard F Bellaver John M Lusa Knowledge Management Strategy and Technology

Artech

Print on Demand 1st edition

3 Yogesh Malhotra Knowledge Management and Business Model Innovation Idea Group

Publishing UK 2001

EMBA-206 Supply Chain Management Max 40 Hrs

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student should be able to

1 Identify issues related to designing and managing supply chains

2 Apply tools and techniques for production and supply chain management

3 Describe the interaction of Supply chain management with other business functions such

as Marketing Finance Accounting and Human Resource

4 Assess the inventory and ware house management practices of an organization

Unit 1 Introduction Perspective of Supply Chain Management Concept of Strategic fit Classification of SCs

Unit 2 Inventory Management Inventory management in Deterministic and uncertain environment Classification of inventory

Unit 3 Material Planning Aggregate Planning Material Requirements Planning (MRP) MRPII Distribution requirements

planning (DRP) Just-In-Time (JIT) Theory of Constrains

Unit 4 Vendor selection Vendor selection rating Supply management Inbound logistics Outsourcing Distribution

management Network design warehouse management Risk Pooling Aspects of Integration

flexibility and agility in SC Smart Pricing

Unit 5 Demand Management and Customer Service Demand Management and Customer Service Outbound to customer logistics systems ndash Demand

Management ndashTraditional Forecasting ndash CPFRP ndash customer service ndash expected cost of stockouts

ndash channels of distribution

Unit 6 Role of IT in SCM

24

Role of IT in SCM ERP e-Business e-Commerce Bullwhip effect Performance Measurement

System in SCM Balance Scorecard SCORE Case Study Supply Chain games

Reference Books

1 Sunil Chopra and Peter Meindl Supply Chain Management ndash

Strategy Planning and Operation PearsonPHI 3rd Edition 2007

2 Coyle Bardi Longley The management of Business Logistics ndash A

supply Chain Perspective Thomson Press 2006

3 Supply Chain Management by Janat Shah Pearson Publication 2008

EMBA-207 Corporate Law Max 40 Hrs

Course Outcomes Upon successful completion of the course the student should be able to

1 Administer the comprehension of various legislations

2 Assess the provisions of Indian Contract 1872

3 Describe the various provisions of Companies Ac 1956

4 Administer the various sections of Consumer protection act

Unit 1

Indian Contract Act 1872 Evolution of business Laws Essentials of a contract consideration

void voidable contracts Discharge of contracts remedies to a breach of contract and Quasi

contracts

Unit 2

Sale of Goods Act 1930 Sale Agreement to sell Goods conditions and warranties transfer of

ownership in goods Auctions sale

Unit 3

Negotiable Instruments Act 1881 Promissory note bill of exchange Cheque Crossing and

Bouncing of cheques

Unit 4

Company Act 1956 Company and its features Promotion and Formation of a company online

registration of companies Types of companies

Unit 5

Company Act 1956 Memorandum and Articles of Association Prospectus Shares and share

capital shareholders meetings Directors their appointment share Qualification No of

Directorships Powers and Duties Compulsory winding up of a company

Unit 6

Consumer Protection Act 1986 Consumer their Protection unfair trade practice Redressal

machinery

Reference Books

25

1 Kapoor N D Elements of Mercanlite Law Sultan Chands and Sons 2009

2 Gulshan SS and Kapoor GK Business Law including Company Law New Age

Publications 7th edition

3 Bajaj Amit amp Puneet Law of Negotiable Instruments Macmillan Publishers India (2006)

EMBA-208308

The basic objective of this course is to enable the students to apply knowledge that they have

learned so far in the course It is intended to develop diagnostic skills critical analysis and design

of systematic study under the guidance of internal faculty supervisor The students are required

to select a suitable and relevant research problem from a particular functional area of

management A copy of the synopsis is required to be submitted in the department not later than

second week after the commencement of the examination The report shall be evaluated by

external examiners appointed by the University

26

SEMESTER III

27

EMBA-301 Strategic Management Max 40 Hrs

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student should be able to

1 Identify strategic macro environmental issues analyse industry factors and identify their

impact on profitability and strategic positioning

2 Assess organizational performance identify strategic capabilities and gaps assess and

evaluate organizational strategies

3 Comprehend the Strategic options at Corporate Level Business Level and Functional

Level

4 Select appropriate strategies amp approaches to facilitate putting strategy into action

5 Describe the strategic issues and alternatives in Globally Competitive Markets

Unit 1 Nature of Strategic Management

Concept of Strategy Mintzbergrsquos 5Ps of Strategy Strategic Decision Making Strategic

Management Process Strategists and their roles Competitive advantage internal context

organization design

Unit 2 Strategy Identification

Vision Mission Goals and Objectives External Environmental Analysis Analysing Companies

Resource in Competitive Position RBV model IO model SWOT Analysis Strategies for

competing in Global Markets Strategic Analysis and Choice ndash BCG GE Directional Policy and

Hoferrsquos Matrices Industry and Competitive Analysis

Unit 3 Strategic Formulation

Porterrsquos Generic StrategiesGrand Strategies Concept of Value Chain Strategic Alliances

external context the spectrum of competition and Niche market competition in concentrated

market entry and the advantage of incumbency creating and capturing value in the chain

Unit 4 Strategy Implementation

Resource Allocation Structural Considerations and Organisational Design Leadership and

Corporate Culture Fundamental and Operational Strategies Plans and Policies

28

Unit 5 Strategy Evaluation

Importance and Nature of Strategic Evaluation Strategic and Operational Control Acquisitions

and Mergers Popularity and reasons for MampA Problems in achieving acquisition success

Effective acquisition Corporate restructuring focusing

Unit 6 Globalization and strategy

Multi Domestic Global Transnational Strategies Business Level and corporate level

International Cooperative Strategy Network cooperative strategy

Reference Books

1 Arthur A Thomson and Strickland A J (2002) Strategic Management ndash Concept and

cases Tata McGraw Hill New Delhi

2 Glueck W T and Lawrence R Jauch (2003) Business Policy and Strategic

Management

Frank Bros amp Co

3 Azhar Kazmi (2004) Business Policy and Strategic Management Tata McGraw Hill New

Delhi

EMBA-302 International Business Management Max 40 Hrs

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student should be able to

1 Describe the Importance nature and scope of International business

2 Analyze different aspects of international business environment including political legal

economic and cultural environment and the risks associated with each of them

3 Appreciate the role of World Trade Organization (WTO) in governing international trade

4 Recognize the Levels of Regional Economic Integration

5 Describe the working of the international monetary system and international money and

capital markets

Unit 1 International Business and Environment World Trade in Goods and Services ndash Major

Trends and Developments Framework for Understanding International Business Environment

Analysis of Physical Demographic Economic Socio-cultural Political Legal and

Technological Environment of a Foreign Country Legal Framework of International Business

Key Issues in International Business Socio-cultural economic and political forces facing

business

Unit 2 Global Trading Environment Liberalization of World Trade FDI and their Impact on

the Economy Multinationals and their Economic Impact Political and Legal Impact of

Multinational Corporations Strategies for Dealing with Multinations

Unit 3 Technology Transfer ndash Importance and Types Issues in Transfer of Technology to

Developing Countries

Unit 4 International Financial Environment Foreign Investment ndash Types and Flows

Monetary System- Exchange Rate Mechanism and Arrangements Movements in Foreign

29

Exchange Rates and Impact on Trade and Investment Flows Global Capital Markets Euro

Currency

Unit 5 International Economic Institutions and Regional Economic Groups IMF World

Bank MIGA UNCTAD and WTO ATC GSP and International Commodity Agreements

Unit 6 Forms and their Functioning Multilateralism Vs Regionalism EU NAFTA ASEAN

SAFTA APEC and other Regional Economic Groupings

Reference Books

1 Hodgetts R and Luthens F (2003) International Management McGraw Hill Inc

2 Daniels John D and Radebaugh Lee H (2005) International Business Wiley India

3 Lasserre Philippe (2005) Global Strategic Management Palgrave McMillan

EMBA-303 Information Technology Management Max 40 hrs

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student should be able to

1 Describe the concepts related to Information Systems

2 Design the process of for SDLC web site development and database management

3 Assess the role on IT in business transformation

4 Identify the enabling IT infrastructure for the organization

Unit 1 Introduction

Information Systems Concepts Definitions Classification and Types IS success factors

Outsourcing

Unit 2 Systems Development Process (SDLC) Web Site Management Managing Data

Exposure to Data Modeling Databases and Warehousing Introduction to SQL

Unit 3 Overview of e-commerce and e-governance (concepts classification issues challenges)

IT and Business Process Re-engineering

Unit 4 Leveraging IT for Collaboration Enabling IT infrastructure (Overview of networks

www data centres XML Groupware web services etc

Unit 5 Enterprise Systems IT enabled Supply Chains Managing IT Security IT strategic

alignment

Unit 6 Porterrsquos competitive forces model Competitive advantage through IT

Reference Books 1 Transforming Organizations in the Digital Economy by Efraim Turban Dorothy

Leidner Ephraim Mclean James Wetherbe

2 Information Systems Today Managing in the IT World by Leonard Jessup and Joseph

Valacich (PHI Learning)

3 Management Information Systems ndash Managing the Digital Firm Kenneth C Laudon

Jane PLaudon (Pearson Education Asia)

30

SEMESTER IV

31

EMBA-401 Project Management Max 40 hrs

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student should be able to

1 Describe the key concepts and principles of Project Management

2 Assess the roles and responsibilities of the project manager

3 Elaborate the processes involved in project life cycle

4 Apply the project planning and cost estimation techniques to the business scenarios

5 Formulate the plan to control and track the project for successful implementation

Unit 1 Project Management Principles and Strategies key concepts and principles in project

management to describe the roles and responsibilities of the project manager

Unit 2 Definition of project and project management project life ndash cycle

Unit 3 Planning the project project planning process project charter and project plan work

breakdown structure (WBS) techniques project structuring and organization

Unit 4 Estimating Project Costs organize project activities resource and time constraints

final project schedule manually or by using automated tools

Unit 5 Activity sequencing precedence network diagram critical path method program

evaluation and review techniques project scheduling basics of scheduling

Unit 6 Executing the Project basic needs and requirement of project execution project

tracking and control elements factor contribute to successful project control

Reference Books

1 Meredith JR amp Mantel SJ (2008) Project Management a managerial approach 7th

ed Indianapolis Wiley Publishing

2 Charvat J Project management methodologies selecting implementing and supporting

methodologies and processes for projects 2003 John Wiley amp Sons

3 PMI A Guide to the Project Management Body of Knowledge 2000

EMBA-402 Corporate Governance Values and Ethics Max 40 hrs

32

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student should be able to

1 Describe the importance of ethics in personal and professional setup

2 Solve practical problems based on ethical dilemma

3 Identify the latest developments in area of Corporate social responsibly

4 Compare contrast and choose among different practices of corporate governance

Unit 1 Introduction CSR CSR ndash A New Paradigm Framework of Corporate Governance

Unit 2 Globalization and CSR Phases and Generations of CSR

Unit 3 Theories of CSR and Need of CSR Pyramid of CSR Corporate Responsibilities and

Ethics Comprehensive Case Studies

Unit 4 Models and Promotion of CSR Emerging Trends in Corporate Governance

Comprehensive Case Studies on the emerging trends in CSR

Unit 5 The Nature of Ethics in Managementshy Business Standards and Values shy Value

Orientation of the Firm

Unit 6 Measuring the impact of CSR Steps and Implementation Collaboration Continuum

Case Study

Reference Books

1 Fernando AC Business Ethics and Corporate Governance Pearson Education 10th

edition

2 McGregor Lynn The human face of Corporate Governance Palgrave Publishers

2000

3 Monks Robert AG Corporate Governance Blackwell Publishers 2001

ELECTIVES Group-I

KNOWLEDGE AND TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT

EKTM-01 Internet Business Models and Business Strategies

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student should be able to

1 Identify the success of Internet Business Models

2 Envision innovative business models

3 Demonstrate the use of technology and internet

4 Assess the business scenario and design business models

Unit 1 Introduction to E-Commerce and its impact on organization economy Porterrsquos

framework in the new economy

Unit 2 Value chain virtual value chain Extracting value out of the value chain (Amazon

publishing industry case)

33

Unit 3 Economics of information impact on strategy Value proposition business models

and revenue models on the web Business models components dynamic and appraisal

Unit 4 Value configuration and the internet Market opportunity analysis customer interface

market communication

Unit 5 Strategy formulation and implementation for online firms BMG online ford dell

eBay eggheadcom pricelinecom yahoo MicroAge wells Fargo online Charles schwb

Merryl Lynch etc

Unit 6 Comprehensive overview and case discussion of impact of internet on various

industries Banking Travel Insurance Automobiles Health care advertising telecom retail etc

Reference Books

1 Allan Afuah and Christopher L Tucci (2001) Internet Business Models and Strategies

McGraw Hill-Irwin 2001

2 Manuel Castells (2002) The Internet Galaxy Reflections on the Internet Business and

Society Oxford University Press ISBN 0199241538 (December 2002)

3 Peter S Cohan (2000) e-Profit High Payoff Strategies for Capturing the E-Commerce

Edge AMACOM NY 2000

EKTM-02 IT Enabled Services Management Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student should be able to

1 Describe the process of Strategic Planning for IT Enabled Services

2 Analyze the link between technology and IT Enabled Services

3 Assess and identify the key issues and challenges in IT Enabled Services

4 Describe the contributions of Service Quality and Satisfaction

Unit 1 Service A Conceptual Framework Strategic Planning for Services Services Marketing

Mix

Unit 2 Customer Behavior and Services STP Strategies in Service Marketing Service Delivery

Process Information Technology and Service Management IT Enabled Services Strategic

Framework

Unit 3 Overview of IT Enabled Service Call Centre Medical Transcription Data Processing

and Back Office Operation

Unit 4 Web Enabled Education Content Development and Multimedia Animation GIS

Services Ventures in IT Enabled Services and Business Process Outsourcing

Unit 5 IT Enabled Services Banking Insurance IT Enabled Customer Interaction Services

Call Centre IT Services Enterprises Wide Integration Networking Services Database

Management Services IT Consulting Services

34

Unit 6 Measuring Service Quality and Satisfaction Customer Relationship Management Web

Enabled Services Health Care Services Travel and Tourism Services Hospitality Services

Telecom Services Transportation Services Infrastructure Services

Reference Books

1 Management Information Systems Laudon and Laudon 7th Edition Pearson

Education Asia

2 Ralph Stiar and George Reynolds Fundamentals of Information technology Thomson

3 Decision Support Systems and Intelligent Systems Turban and Aronson Pearson

Education Asia

EKTM-03 ERP Implementation

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student should be able to

1 Describe the key concepts and principles of ERP

2 Perform a comprehensive analysis of business scenario for ERP implementation

3 Apply Business Process Reengineering methodologies to real world situations

4 Demonstrate the project management and change management techniques

5 Formulate the plan to control and track the project for successful implementation

Unit 1 Introduction ERP Concepts - Enterprise System ndash Evolution of ERP ndash Tangible and

Intangible Benefits ndash Emerging Trends in ERP adoption ndash ERP Implementation Stages ndash case

study

Unit 2 Pre-Implementation Stage Need Analysis ndash Competitive Environment Analysis ndash Gap

Analysis ndash Cost Elements ndash Feasibility Analysis ndash ERP Module ndashERP Industries verticals ndash ERP

Architecture ndash ERP Software ndash SAP ndash Baan ndash IFS ndash Oracle ndash People Soft Comparison of ERP

Software ndash ERP Package Evaluation Criteria ndash Package Life Cycle ndash Request for Information ndash

Functional Requirement Specification ndash Request for Proposal ndash Vendor Selection ndash ERP

Consultants ndash Case Studies

Unit 3 Implementation Business Process Reengineering Concepts ndash Reengineering and

Process Improvement ndash BPR Steps ndash AS-IS and TO ndash BE Analysis ndash Modelling Business

Process ndash Successful BPR ndash Reengineering ndash Organisational Readies ndash Implementation

Approaches

Unit 4 Project Management Project Team ndash Steering Committee ndash Project Manager ndash

Functional Team ndash IS Team ndash Security Specialists Project Deliverables

Unit 5 Change Management ndash System Integration ndash Systems Integrations Standards ndash

Middleware Development ndash Forward And Reverse Engineering ndashERP Infrastructure Planning ndash

System Architecture

Unit 6 Post implementation Organisational Transformational Model of ES Success ndash Cross

Functional Organizational and Industrial Impacts Measuring Business Benefits ndash Balanced

Score Card Method ndash ABCD Checklist Framework ndash Capability Maturity Framework ndash case

study

Reference Books

1 Liaquat Hossain Jon David Patrick and MA Rashid Enterprise Resource Planning

Global Opportunities amp Challenges Idea Group Publishing

35

2 Mahadeo Jaiswal and Ganesh Vanapalli Text Book of Enterprise Resource Planning

Macmillan India Ltd Chennai 2005

3 Alexis Leon Enterprise Resource Planning Demystified Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing

Company Ltd New Delhi 2004

EKTM-04 Data Base Management

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student should be able to

1 Describe the concepts of Data warehousing and database management

2 Create E-R diagram design relational database using normalization

3 Describe the different types of Index and their usage

4 Construct SQL Queries to retrieve update or insert data per requirements

Unit 1 Introduction to Database Organization of Database Components of Database

Management Systems

Unit 2 Data Models Entity-Relationship Model Network Data Model Hierarchy Data Model

Semantic Data Model Advantages Of DBMS

Unit 3 Basic File Structure Indexed Sequential Hashing and File Organization Relational

Data Model Relational Calculus Tuple Calculus System Structured English Query Language

Algebraic Operations

Unit 4 Relational Database Design Integrity Constraints Functional Dependencies

Normalization Physical Database Design

Unit 5 Decomposition Of Relation Schemes Query Processing And Optimization SQL Queries

SQL Oracle Lab The Client Server Database Environment

Unit 6 Object Oriented Data Models Network and Hierarchy Models Security Data

Warehousing Data and Database Administration Distributed Databases

Reference Books 1 Ceri S Pelagatti G Distributed Database systems Principles and Systems Mc Graw Hill

2 Peter Rob Elie Semaan Databases Design Development amp Deployment using

Microsoft Access TATA MCGRAW ndash HILL EDITION

3 Fred R McFadden Modern Database Management Addison Wesley

EKTM-05 Telecommunication for Business

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student should be able to

1 Describe the evolution of telecom technology

2 Integrate knowledge of communication technologies with appropriate policy financial

and management issues

3 List the key challenges in Telecom Marketing

36

4 Articulate the basic issues of telecommunication and information policy and the key

governmental and regulatory processes affecting them from a global perspective

Unit 1 Types of signals AM FM PM PCM PDM TDMA FDMA SDMA CDMA ASK

FSK PSK Features

Unit 2 Error detection and correction codes Hamming codes cyclic codes Data compression

Unit 3 LAN topologies Workstation Server Cables Types of Ethernet Broadband and base-

band Optical Fibers Network Interface Card Networks and accessories LAN MAN WAN

Hub Bridges Switches Routers Gateways Cell Relay Frame Relay FDDI ISDN B-ISDN

Unit 4 Services provided Services Protocols Service Access Points OSI Model

Broadcasting Multicasting Point-to-point communication IP Addressing Concepts Concepts of

Port Socket ATM Tunneling Network Address Translation Virtual Private Network

Unit 5 Network Operating systems UNIX Linux Windows Novell Netware Communication

Mobile communication

Unit 6 Applications of mobile communications Wireless communication Technologies

Wireless technologies Wireless LAN WAP XML XML script

Reference Books

1 William Stallings Business Data Communications Fifth Edition Prentice Hall

2 Rajneesh Agrawal amp Bharat Bhushan Tiwari Data Communication amp Computer

Networks Kindle books

3 Comer- Computer Networks and Internets Pearson Education 4th edition

EKTM-06 Mobile Commerce and Security

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student should be able to

1 Describe mobile commerce mobile computing and security

2 Identify emerging telecommunication technologies

3 Apply mobile security techniques models and framework

4 Assess latest issues and trends in mobile commerce and security

Unit 1 Introduction Generations of mobile computing Spectrum allocation Standard Bodies

Players in the Wireless Space three tier architecture of mobile computing Mobile Computing

through Internet Basic cellular system concept of frequency reuse channels hand-off

mechanism cell splitting

Unit 2 GSM amp GPRS GSM features and Architecture Network Aspects in GSM GSM

Frequency Allocation Mobility management hand-off mechanisms cell splitting Security

issues used in GSM GPRS features and architecture network operations data services in GPRS

applications and limitations SMS and MMS services architecture and operation details

Unit 3 Emerging Telecommunication Technologies Introduction bluetooth EDGE UMTS

Wireless Broadband (WiMAX) Mobile IP Java Card WLAN Ad-hoc Networks Sensor

Networks Spread Spectrum technology CDMA Third generation networks and applications

WAP Model architecture amp protocol stack

Unit 4 Security Issues in Mobile Computing Introduction Information security Security

techniques and Algorithms security Protocols Public Key Infrastructure Trust Security

Models Security Frameworks for Mobile Environment

37

Unit 5 M-Commerce Introduction to m-commerce Emerging applications different players in

m-commerce m-commerce life cycle Mobile financial services mobile entertainment services

and proactive service management

Unit 6 Management of mobile commerce services Content development and distribution to

hand-held devices content caching pricing of mobile commerce services The emerging issues in

mobile commerce The role of emerging wireless LANs and 3G4G wireless networks

personalized content management implementation challenges in m-commerce futuristic m-

commerce services

Reference Books

1 Dave Chaffey ldquoE-Business and E-Commerce Managementrdquo Third Edition 2009

Pearson Education

2 Brian Mennecke and Troy Strader ldquoMobile Commerce Technology Theory and

Applicationsrdquo Idea Group 2003

3 Chan ldquoE-Commerce fundamentals and Applicationsrdquo Wiley India New Delhi

EKTM-07 Knowledge Management and Innovation

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student should be able to

1 Describe concepts of knowledge management and Innovation

2 Identify current issue in the field of knowledge management and Innovation

3 Design process for creation and implementation of Knowledge management in

organization

4 Scan the business environment and formulate strategies to innovate and develop new

business

Unit 1 Introduction Definition evolution need drivers scope approaches in Organizations

strategies in organizations components and functions understanding knowledge

Unit 2 Learning organization five components of learning organization knowledge sources

and documentation

Unit 3 Essentials Of Knowledge Management knowledge creation process knowledge

management techniques organizational knowledge management architecture and

implementation strategies building the knowledge corporation and implementing knowledge

management in organization

Unit 4 Knowledge management system life cycle managing knowledge workers knowledge

audit and knowledge management practices in organizations Global dimension to Knowledge

management Environment Scanning and KM Knowledge Mapping India a Knowledge

Society few case studies

Unit 5 Innovation Meaning Innovation and Invention Types and Sources of Innovation

Process of Innovation Technology innovation process

38

Unit 6 Innovation in corporationenterprise innovation in research strategies of innovation

and developing new business

Reference Books

1 Amrit Tiwana The Knowledge Management Toolkit Pearson Education New Delhi

2005

2 Yogesh Malhotra Knowledge Management and Business Model Innovation Idea Group

Publishing UK 2001

3 Shlomo Maital and d V R Seshadri INNOVATION MANAGEMENT Strategies

Concepts and Tools for Growth and Profit Sage Publications

EKTM-08 E-Business and E- Commerce

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student should be able to

1 Describe the concepts of business models in todayrsquos context of E-Business and E-

Commerce

2 Identify the synergy of technology and new age businesses

3 Safeguard Business Networks in the context of virtual business

4 Determine the contributions of micro and macro factors for E-Business and E-Commerce

Unit 1 Introduction to E-Commerce Forces Driving E-Commerce Impact of E-Commerce E-

Commerce for Competitive Advantage Classification of E-Commerce Application of E-

Commerce Technology

Unit 2 Business Models Framework of E-Commerce Business to Business Business to

Customer Customer to Customer etc

Unit 3 LAN WAN Internet Intranet Extranet TCPIP Domain names FTP applications

WWW HTTP Web Browsers HTML XML

Unit 4 Securing Business on Network Security Policy Procedures and Practices Site Security

Firewalls Securing Web Service Transaction Security Cryptographic techniques Public Key

Trust Infrastructure Digital Signatures Security protocols for Web Commerce

Unit 5 Electronic Payment Systems Online Electronic Payment Systems Prepaid and Post Paid

Electronic Payment Systems Internet Advertising Models of Internet advertising

Unit 6 Launching Your E business- Marketing an E-Business Search Engines and Directories

CRM in E-commerce Building a Corporate Website Practical issues on servers and Application

Software Corporate Web Site Management issues E-commerce legal issues and Cyber laws E-

commerce and WTO

Reference Books

39

1 Efraim Turban et al lsquoElectronic Commerce ndash A managerial perspectiversquo Pearson

Education

Asia 2002

2 Kalakota et al lsquoFrontiers of Electronic Commercersquo Addison Wesley 2001

3 Nabil Adam et al lsquoElectronic Commerce ndash Technical Business and Legal Issuesrsquo

Prentice Hall 1998

EKTM-09Sectorial Application and Emerging Issues in KTM

(as decided by the faculty)

Elective Group-I Supply Chain Management

ESCM--01 Total Quality Management

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student should be able to

1 Assess the importance of Quality in an organization

2 Describe the contributions on Quality by pioneers of the field

3 Evaluate quality policy by applying relevant tools

4 Deploy statistical quality control techniques

5 Describe the Quality Management Awards and frameworks

Unit 1 Introduction

Definition of Quality Dimensions of Quality Quality Planning Quality costs - Analysis

Techniques for Quality Costs Basic concepts of Total Quality Management Historical Review

Principles of TQM Leadership ndash Concepts Role of Senior Management Quality Council

Quality Statements Strategic Planning Deming Philosophy Barriers to TQM Implementation

Unit 2 TQM Principles

Customer satisfaction ndash Customer Perception of Quality Customer Complaints Service Quality

Customer Retention Employee Involvement ndash Motivation Empowerment Teams Recognition

and Reward Performance Appraisal Benefits

Unit 3 Continuous Process Improvement

Juranrsquos Trilogy PDSA Cycle 5S Kaizen Supplier Partnership ndash Partnering sourcing Supplier

Selection Supplier Rating Relationship Development Performance Measures ndash Basic Concepts

Strategy Performance Measure

Unit 4 Statistical Process Control (SPC)

The seven tools of quality Statistical Fundamentals ndash Measures of central Tendency and

Dispersion Population and Sample Normal Curve Control Charts for variables and attributes

Process capability Concept of six sigma New seven Management tools

40

Unit 5 TQM Tools

Benchmarking ndash Reasons to Benchmark Benchmarking Process Quality Function Deployment

(QFD) ndash House of Quality QFD Process Benefits Taguchi Quality Loss Function Total

Productive Maintenance (TPM) ndash Concept Improvement Needs FMEA ndash Stages of FMEA

Unit 6 Quality Systems

Need for ISO 9000 and Other Quality Systems ISO 90002000 Quality System ndash Elements

Implementation of Quality System Documentation Quality Auditing TS 16949 ISO 14000 ndash

Concept Requirements and Benefits

Reference Books

1 Oakland John S (2006) TQM Text with Cases Elsevier Publications

2 Charantimath Poornima M (2003) Total quality Management Pearson Education

3 Ho Samuel K (2002) TQM An Integrated approach Kogan Page

ESCM-02 International Logistics Management

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student should be able to

1 Assess the crucial role of logistics in an organization and economy at large

2 Analyze the linkages of logistics with other functions of the organizations

3 Examine the logistics systems by deploying comprehensive approaches

4 Identify the Logistics relationships

5 Design and implement service response logistics

Unit 1 INTRODUCTION International Logistics and Supply chain management meaning and

objectives importance in global economy Characteristics of global supply chains Supply

chain relationship to business performance -Key tasks of logistics and supply chain managers

Role of Government in controlling international trade and its impact on Logistics and supply

chain

Unit 2 TRANSPORTATION Strategic importance of transport in global logistics logistical

objectives of transport International Ocean Transportation International Air Transportation and

International Land Transportation types characteristics and salient features intermodal

transportation in international operations factors influencing mode and carrier selection decision

Outsourcing And Logistics Service Providers Intermediaries and Alliances in Global Logistics

Meaning of 3 PL and 4 PL service providers role in Global logistics types of services

considerations for hiring 3PL and 4 PL service providers Concept and need of outsourcing

determinants for outsourcing decisions role of outsourcing in global supply chain management

Unit 3 CUSTOMER SERVICE The marketing and logistics interface customer service and

customer retention Service driven logistics systems customer service priorities and standards

customer service strategy Planning the global supply chain Network design for global supply

chain management Risk management in the global context Measuring logistics cost and

performance Benchmarking the supply chain Performance measurement and evaluation in

global supply chains

41

Unit 4 GLOBAL TRADE ENVIRONMENT a Global trade environment various trade

blocksFTZ and their impact on supply chain management Customs and Regulations Trade

Documentation International Contracts Terms of Trade Term of Payment International

Currency INCO terms Logistical packaging containerization Decisions in Network design-

strategic importance location of plant warehouse facilities capacity and number of

warehouses Factors influencing network design decisions Approaches to Inventory

Management in Global Supply Chain Management Distribution Resource Planning Symptoms

of poor Inventory Management Modeling in Supply chain inventory models safety stock

determination for service level and lead time forecasting models routing problem

Unit 5 COORDINATION IN SUPPLY CHAIN Importance of Coordination in Supply Chain

Bullwhip Effect Effect of lack of Coordination on performance Obstacles to Coordination

Strategies to achieve coordination Building Strategic Partnership and Trust In Supply Chain

Role and Importance of IT in Supply Chain Management IT solutions for Supply Chain

Management Supply Chain Information Technology in Practice

Unit 6 PERFORMANCE MEASUREMENT AND TRENDS Dimensions of Performance

Metrics Approachestools for Performance Measurement Measuring logistics cost and

performance Benchmarking the supply chain Performance measurement and evaluation in

global supply chains Impediments to improve Performance Trends in International supply chain

management

Reference Books

1 Douglas Long International Logistics Global Supply Chain Management Springer-

Verlag New

York LLC2004

2 Philippe-Pierre Dornier Panos Kouvelis Michel Fender Global Operations and

Logistics Text

and Cases Wiley John amp Sons Incorporated 1998

3 Kent N Gourdin Global Logistics Management A Competitive Advantage for the New

Millennium Blackwell Publishing 2006

ESCM-03 Transportation Management

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student should be able to

1 Describe the role of logistics in the economy

2 Design and integrate logistics within an organization

3 Apply tools and techniques to analyze logistics

4 Design and implement service operations

Unit 1 Introduction to transportation management Transportation and supply chain economy

Models and inter-relationship

Unit 2 Transportation regulation and public policy Motor carriers Railroads Domestic water

carriers

42

Unit 3 Intermodal and special carriers recent trends and changing scenario in the transportation

management Case studies

Unit 4 International transportation costing and pricing in transportation practices adopted

by the successful companies

Unit 5 Relationship management Information management and technologies

Unit 6 ShipperCarriers network strategies Security and Culture

Reference Books

1 John J Coyle Edward J Bardi Robert A Novack Transportation 6th Edition

2 Pierre A David International Logistics The management of International Trade

Operations

4 Kent N Gourdin Global Logistics Management A Competitive Advantage for the New

Millennium Blackwell Publishing 2006

ESCM-04 Service Operations Management

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student should be able to

1 Describe the nature and scope of services marketing

2 Assess the Customers Buying considerations and behavior

3 Identify unique challenges of marketing and managing services

4 Formulate appropriate strategies for service sector promotion and distribution strategies

Unit 1 Introduction to Services Management Service economy ndash evolution and growth of

service sector ndash nature and scope of services ndash characteristics ndash classification ndash service market

potential ndash expanded marketing mix for services ndash service quality ndash introduction to gaps model

and SERVQUAL dimensions

Unit 2 Focus on Customers Assessing service marketing opportunities ndash customer

expectations and perceptions of services ndash customer behaviour specific to usage of services

Unit 3 Markets segmentation ndash market targeting and selection

Unit 4 Service Design Levels of service product ndash Service life cycle ndash new service

development ndash service blueprinting ndash physical evidence and service scape ndash competitive

differentiation of services ndash service positioning strategies ndash developing positioning maps ndash

pricing of services ndash methods and specific issues

Unit 5 Service Delivery People in services ndash service process- distributing service direct

distribution channel function channels selection impact of information technology ndash designing

43

communications mix for promoting services ndash building service customer relationships and

service recovery ndash role of internal marketing in service delivery

Unit 6 Marketing Strategies for different services Formulating service marketing strategies for

health hospitality tourism logistics financial information technology educational

entertainment and public utility services

Reference Books

1 Robert Johnston Graham Clark Service Operations Management Pearson Education

3rd Edition

2 James Fitzsimmons Mona Fitzsimmons Service Management Operations Strategy

Information Technology 6th edition

3 Richard B Chase Operations Management for Competitive Advantage 6th edition

ESCM-05 SCM and Customer Relationship Management

(as decided by the faculty)

SMB-06 Business Process Reengineering Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student should be able to

1 Conceptualize business operations as processes

2 Apply the business improvement methodologies to real world business situations

3 Conceive strategies for Business Process Re-engineering and Business Process

Management

4 Design implement and manage change in organizations

Unit 1 Introduction to BPR Nature significance and rationale of Business Process

Reengineering Reengineering scenario

Unit 2 Problems issues scope and trends in BPR Implementing BPR Methodology and steps

IT enabled reengineering

Unit 3 Strategic aspects of BPR BPR and Total Quality Management The paradigm of Mass

customization managing organizational change

Unit 4 Transforming Reinventing the enterprise Team building Measurement issues in BPR

Operational aspects of BPR Case studies of success as well as failure

Unit 5 People view empowering people reengineering management Issues of purpose culture

process and performance

Unit 6 Change and Management of BPR Process of Change Stages in Change Different

change agents in an organization

Reference Books

1 Micheal Hammer and James Chamby Reengineering the Corporation Paperback

2 RRadhakrishnan and SBalasubramanian ldquoBuisness Process Reengineering Text Casesrdquo

PHI 2008

3 Vikram Sethi amp William R King ldquo Organizational transformation through business

process reengineeringrdquo Pearson education 2006

44

ESCM-07 IT in Supply Chain Management

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student should be able to

1 Formulate requirements and specifications for IT in Supply Chain

2 Assess the technical aspects of information technology

3 Describe the components of supply chain

4 Perform technical scrutiny of the IT devices to be deployed in real world business

scenarios

Unit 1 Introduction Global Supply Chain Strategy impact of globalization on supply chain

management

Unit 2 Logistics and Inventory management Managing Product Mix for Short Life Products

and Forecasting Error Measurement

Unit 3 Supplier Coordination Supply Contracts and Options

Unit 4 Inventory Modeling for Replenishment Systems

Unit 5 Supply Chain Simulation application of frameworks and mathematical modeling tools

to supply chain management problems

Unit 6 Supply Chain Sourcing and Channel Strategy Supply Chain Integration - Application of

RFID IT Adoption and Maintenance in SC Explore leading-edge use of information technology

in supply chain integration impact of the Internet on distribution and back-end supply chain

processes

Reference Books

1 Coyle Bardi Longley The management of Business Logistics ndash A

supply Chain Perspective Thomson Press 2006

2 D onald J Bowersox Dand J Closs M Bixby Coluper Supply Chain Logistics

Management TMH Second Edition 2008

3 Wisner Keong Leong and Keah-Choon Tan Principles of Supply Chain Management

A Balanced Approach Thomson Press 2005

ESCM-08 Sectorial Application of SCM

(as decided by the faculty)

45

Elective Group-I INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT

EIT-01 Data Warehousing and Data Base Management

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student should be able to

1 Describe the concepts of Data warehousing and database management

2 Create E-R diagram design relational database using normalization

3 List different types of Index and their usage

4 Construct SQL Queries to retrieve update or insert data per requirements

Unit 1 Concept of Data warehouse Uses of Data warehouse Justifying a Data warehouse

Contents of Data warehouse Data Warehouse design approaches Relational Data Warehouse

Multi Dimensional Database structures ETL Data extraction Transformation Cleansing

Loading Data Mart Data Warehouse Information flows Metadata

Unit 2 Analyzing the contents of a data warehouse Online analytical processing (OLAP)

Unit 3 Hardware and Software Tools Concepts of Data MiningUsing Data warehouse for

Business Intelligence and CRM Introduction to Database Organization of Database

Components of Database Management Systems Data Models Entity-Relationship Model

Network Data Model Hierarchy Data Model Semantic Data Model Advantages Of DBMS

Unit 4 Basic File Structure Indexed Sequential Hashing and File Organization Relational

Data Model Relational Calculus Tuple Calculus System Structured English Query Language

Algebraic Operations

Unit 5 Relational Database Design Integrity Constraints Functional Dependencies

Normalization Physical Database Design Decomposition Of Relation Schemes Query

Processing And Optimization SQL Queries SQL The Client Server Database Environment

Unit 6 Object Oriented Data Models Network and Hierarchy Models Security Data

Warehousing Data and Database Administration Distributed Databases

Reference Books

1 Beynon-Davies P- Database Systems Palgrave 2003

2 Hoffer- Modern Database Management Pearson Education 6 th edition

3 Majumdar and Bhattacharya- Database Management System Tata McGraw-Hill

EIT-02- Business Systems Analysis and Design

Course Outcomes

46

Upon successful completion of the course the student should be able to

1 Identify issues related to planning implementation and maintenance of IT based Systems

2 Describe and evaluate the systems development life cycle

3 Assess the requirements for system design by data and process modeling

4 Apply tools and techniques for designing information systems for businesses

Unit 1 Information System Building Blocks System Analysis Fact finding Techniques for

Requirement Analysis

Unit 2 Modeling System Requirements with Use Cases Data Modeling and analysis Managing

Requirement Changes

Unit 3 Process Modeling Re-engineering Business Processes Object-Oriented Analysis and

Modeling

Unit 4 Application Architecture and Modeling Database Design user interface design and

prototyping

Unit 5 Issues in Planning and Implementation of IT based Systems

Unit 6 Implementing and Maintaining System

Reference Books

1 Jeffrey Whitten amp Lonnie D Bentley Systems Analysis and Design Methods Tata

Mcgraw Hill

2 Sommerville Software Engineering Pearson Education

3 Roger S Pressman Software Engineering McGrawHill

EIT-03 Knowledge Management and Innovation

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student should be able to

1 Describe the concepts of knowledge management and Innovation

2 Identify key current issue in the field of knowledge management and Innovation

3 Design the process of creation and implementation of Knowledge management in

organization

4 Scan the business environment and formulate strategies to innovate and develop new

business

Same as EKTM-08

EIT-05 Mobile commerce and security

Same as EKTM-06

EIT-06 BPR and ERP Implementation

Course Outcomes

47

Upon successful completion of the course the student should be able to

1 Describe the key concepts and principles of Business Process reengineering

2 Assess the trends in BPR to develop and implement the BPR methodology

3 Analyze the business scenario to design the ERP implementation strategy

4 Evaluate the impacts of BPR and ERP implementation on organization

Unit 1 Introduction to BPR Nature significance and rationale of Business Process

Reengineering Reengineering scenario

Unit 2 Problems issues scope and trends in BPR Implementing BPR Methodology and steps

IT enabled reengineering

Unit 3 Introduction ERP Concepts - Enterprise System Evolution of ERP Tangible and

Intangible Benefits Emerging Trends in ERP adoption ERP Implementation Stages case study

Unit 4 Pre-Implementation Stage Need Analysis Competitive Environment Analysis Gap

Analysis Cost Elements Feasibility Analysis ERP Module ERP Software SAP Baan Oracle

People Soft Comparison of ERP Softwares ERP Package Evaluation Criteria Package Life

Cycle case Studies

Unit 5 Project Management Project Team and Change Management

Unit 6 Post implementation Post implementation Success Cross Functional Organizational

and Industrial Impacts Measuring Business Benefits case study

Reference Books

1 Liaquat Hossain Jon David Patrick and MA Rashid Enterprise Resource Planning

Global Opportunities amp Challenges Idea Group Publishing

2 Alexis Leon Enterprise Resource Planning Demystified Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing

Company Ltd New Delhi 2004

3 RRadhakrishnan and SBalasubramanian ldquoBuisness Process Reengineering Text Casesrdquo

PHI 2008

EIT-07 e-Governance

(as decided by the faculty)

EIT-08 Business process reengineering

Same as ESCM-06

EIT-09 Sectorial Application of ITM

(as decided by the faculty)

EIT-10 Emerging Issues in ITM

(as decided by the faculty)

48

ELECTIVE Group-II MARKETING MANAGEMENT

EMK-01 International marketing management

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student should be able to

1 Describe the characteristics of international marketing environment

2 Apply the concept of marketing in contemporary international marketing context

3 Create and manage marketing mix in international markets

4 Identify and interpret information for successful promotion and distribution in

international markets

Unit 1 International Marketing Meaning Nature and Importance International Marketing

Orientation EPRG ndash Approach An overview of the International Marketing Management

Process International Marketing Environment

Unit 2 International Market Segmentation and Positioning Screening and Selection of Markets

International Market Entry Strategies Exporting licensing Contract Manufacturing Joint

Venture M amp A Setting-up of Wholly Owned Subsidiaries Aboard Strategic Alliances

Unit 3 International Product and Pricing Strategies Product Designing Product

Standardization Vs Adaptation Managing Product Line International Trade Product Life Cycle

New Product Development Pricing for International Markets Factors Affecting International

Price Determination Price Quotations and Terms of Sale

Unit 4 Managing International Distribution and Promotion Distribution Channel Strategy ndash

International Distribution Channels their Roles and Functions Selection and Management of

Overseas Agents International Distribution Logistics Planning for Trade Fairs and Exhibitions

Unit 5 International Promotion Mix ndash Advertising and other Modes of Communication

Unit 6 Emerging Trends in International Marketing Regionalism vs Multilaterism Trade

Blocks Important Grouping in the World Legal Dimensions in International Marketing (Role of

WTO) Marketing Research for Identifying Opportunities in International Markets

Reference Books

1 Bhattacharya B Export Marketing Strategies for Success Global Business Press

New Delhi

1991

2 Cateora Phillip R and John L Grahm International Marketing 10th ed Irwin

McGraw Hill

Boston 1999

3 Fair-weather John International Marketing Prentice Hall of India Private Ltd New

Delhi(16)

EMK-02 Retail and distribution and Management

49

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student should be able to

1 Describe how retailing works and the various factors which influence its success

2 Assess the implications of strategic retail decisions

3 Create a retail experience to achieve customer trust and loyalty

4 Examine retail management information systems

Unit 1 Definition importance and scope of Retailing Evolution of Retail Competition- The

Wheel of Retailing the Accordion

Unit 2 The Retail Life Cycle Emerging Trends in Retailing The Retail Scenario in India

Retail Formats

Unit 3 Information Gathering in Retailing Retail Strategic Planning and Operation

Management Retail Financial Strategy Target Market Selection and Retail

Unit 4 Location Store Design and Layout Visual Merchandising and Displays

Unit 5 Merchandise Planning Buying and Handling Merchandise Pricing Retail

Communication Mix Promotional Strategy Retail Human Resources Management Customer

Service The GAPs Model Customer Relationship Management

Unit 6 Retail Management Information Systems Retail Audits Online Retailing Global

Retailing Legal and Ethical Issues in Retailing

Reference Books

1 Berman B Evans J R (2004) Retail Management 9th Edition Pearson Education

2 Dunne PM Lusch RF and David A (2002) Retailing 4th ed South-Western Thomson

Learning Inc

3 David Mulcahy Warehouse Distribution and Operations Handbook McGraw-Hill

Handbooks

EMK-03 Marketing of Services

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student should be able to

1 Describe the nature and scope of services marketing

2 Assess the Customers Buying considerations and behavior

3 Identify the unique challenges of marketing and managing services

4 Formulate appropriate strategies for service sector promotion and distribution strategies

50

Unit 1 Introduction to Services Marketing Growing Importance of Services Sector Meaning

and Nature of Services Classification of Services and Marketing Implications Services

Marketing Process

Unit 2 Understanding Customers buying Considerations and Behaviour Customer

Expectations and Perceptions Defining and Measuring Service Quality (Servequal and

Servepref)

Unit 3 GAPs Model Defining and Measuring Customer Satisfaction Service Recovery

Unit 4 Services Marketing Mix Services Design and Development Service Blueprinting

Service Process Physical Evidence and Servicescape Pricing of services

Unit 5 Services Distribution Management Managing the Integrated Services Communication

Mix Managing Service Personnel Employee and Customer Role in Service Delivery

Unit 6 Marketing Applications in Select Service Industries Hospitality Services Tourism

Services Banking Services Health and Insurance Services

Reference Books

1 Christopher H Lovelock Services Marketing Prentice Hall International New Jeresy

2006

2 Payne Adrian The Essence of Services Marketing Prentice Hall of India Ltd 2008

3 Zeithmal VA and Bitner MJ Services Marketing McGraw Hill Co Ltd 2009

EMK-04 Advertising and Brand Management

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student should be able to

1 Describe the various concepts and principles of advertising

2 Design media plan for the organization in accordance with organizational goals and

strategies

3 Describe the meaning and relevance of brand

4 Comprehend various issues pertaining to brand positioning and its application for

combating competition

Unit 1 Introduction to Advertisement Concept and definition of advertisement ndash Social

Economic and Legal Implications of Advertisement ndash setting advertisement objective ndash Ad

Agencies ndash selection and remuneration ndash advertisement campaign

Unit 2 Advertisement Media Media plan ndash type and choice criteria ndash reach and frequency of

advertisements- cost of advertisements related to sales ndash media strategy and scheduling

51

Unit 3 Design and Execution of Advertisement Message development ndash different types of

advertisement ndash layout ndash design appeal ndash copy structure ndash advertisement production ndash print ndash

Radio TV and web advertisement ndash Media Research ndash testing validity and reliability of ads ndash

measuring impact of advertisements

Unit 4 Brand-concept Nature and Importance of Brand Brand vs Generics Brand Life Cycle

Brand Name and Brand Management

Unit 5 Brand Identity Conceiving Planning and Executing (Aaker Model) Brand Loyalty

Measures of Loyalty Brand Equity Concepts and Measures of Brand Equity-Cost Price and

Consumer Based Methods Sustaining Brand Equity Brand Personality Definition of Brand

Personality Measures of Personality Formulation of Brand Personality Brand Image Vs Brand

Personality

Unit 6 Brand Positioning Concepts and Definitions Repositioning Celebrity Endorsement

Brand Extension Differential Advantage Strategies for Competitive Advantage Brand Pyramid

Branding in different sectors Role of Information in Brand Management Role of e-

communities in Brand Management

Reference Books

1 Akaker David A Batra Rajeev and Myers John G Advertising Management Prentice

Hall

New Jersey 1996

2 Hard Norman The Practice of Advertising Butter worth Heinemann Oxford 2005

3 Arnold David The Handbook of Brand Management Random Century House London

2002

EMK-05 Rural and Social Marketing

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student should be able to

1 Describe the key characteristics and other aspects of rural markets

2 Analyze and apply marketing strategies in context of rural markets

3 Describe social marketing and various stakeholders involved in it

4 Apply social marketing strategies as per the needs of the target consumers

Unit 1 Rural Marketing Introduction Definition Myths and Reality of Rural Markets

Characteristics of Rural People Rural market Environment Rural Infrastructure Problems of

Rural Marketing as regards Product Positioning Distributions Language Media Transport etc

Challenges for Rural Marketing

Unit 2 Rural Marketing Strategies Rural Market Segmentation Product Strategies Pricing

Strategies Promotion Strategies Distributor Strategies

52

Unit 3 Rural Marketing Research Role of IT in Rural Marketing (e-Chaupals etc) with few

case studies Marketing of Rural and Cottage Industry Products Future of Rural Marketing in

India

Unit 4 Foundation of Social Marketing Definition Nature and Scope Social Marketing

Challenges Conceptual Framework of Social Marketing Need for Social Marketing

Unit 5 Social Marketing Strategies and Applications Social Markets Segmentation Product

Strategies Marketing Mix Pricing Strategies

Unit 6 Promoter Strategies Role of Govt and NGOrsquos in Social Marketing Social Marketing

Applied in Family Planning Medicare Small Savings AIDS Prevention

Reference Books

1 Krishnamacharyulu And Lalitha Ramakrishnan Rural Marketing Pearson Education India

2 Kashyap Pradeep And Raut Siddartha Rural Marketing Biztantra

3 Ruchika Ramakrishnan Rural Marketing New Century

EMK-06 Promotion Management and Business to Business Marketing

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student should be able to

1 Describe the importance and scope of sales management

2 Design robust sales and distribution strategies for dynamic marketing environment

3 Assess sales and distribution strategies in contemporary markets

4 Demonstrate skills and abilities for managing sales territories

Unit 1 Introductions Overview What is B2B Character of B2B Character of B2B

Unit 2 B2B Purchase Function Org Buyer Behavior Market Opportunities in B2B

Marketing Strategy in B2B Marketing Strategy in B2B Weaving Marketing into the Fabric of

the firm

Unit 3 Managing B2B Products Pricing amp Negotiations Channels Communicating with

Customers (IMC) Advertising Trade and PROne-to-One Media Sales and Sales Management

Project Presentation

Unit 4 Introduction to Sales Promotion Scope and role of sale promotion ndash definition ndash

objective sales promotion sales promotion techniques ndash trade oriented and consumer oriented

Unit 5 Sales Promotion Campaign Sales promotion ndash Requirement identification ndash designing

of sales promotion campaign ndash involvement of salesmen and dealers

Unit 6 Out sourcing sales promotion national and international promotion strategies ndash Integrated

promotion ndash Coordination within the various promotion techniques ndash online sales promotions

Reference Books

53

1 Jeffrey Heilbrunn Marketing Encyclopedia Issues and Trends Shaping the Future

merican Marketing Association

2 David Ford Understanding Business Marketing and Purchasing Cengage Learning

Business Press 3 edition

3 John Coe The Fundamentals of Business-to-Business Sales amp Marketing McGraw-Hill

1 edition

EMK-07 Consumer Behavior

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student should be able to

1 Describe the concept of consumer behavior from a variety of perspectives

2 Identify the key reasons behind why particular consumers in particular situations behave

in a certain way

3 Design a marketing mix in accordance with preferences of consumers

4 Develop strategies to create and enhance customer value

Unit 1 Introduction to consumer behavior ndashDefinition of consumer behavior applications of

consumer behaviour -Consumer behavior and marketing strategy Consumer research-Primary

and secondary methods-tools used-survey focus groups personal interviews projective

techniques Consumer segmentation-bases of segmentation-demographic behavioural benefit

Consumer modeling-Economic model-psychoanalytical model ndash sociological model

Unit 2 Influence of social class -Definition and meaning of social stratification-factors

responsible for social stratification-characteristic features of social classes- social influence on

consumer behavior Group Dynamics and consumer reference groups- definition and meaning of

group ndash reasons for formation of group- types of groups relevant to consumer behaviour

information

Unit 3 Individual determinants-Perception-factors in perception- meaning of perception-

perceptual process-factors responsible for perceptual distortion Learning- Weberrsquos law-Classical

conditioning-operant conditioning-marketing implications- Components of learning process

Personality and emotion Personality ndashmeaning and nature ndash characteristics of personality- stages

in the development of personality- personality influences and consumer behaviour

Unit 4 Motivation ndash needs - goals- dynamic characteristics of motivation ndash consumer imagery

and perceived risk hard core behavioural perspective-social learning perspective-cognitive

approach-biological approach-rational expectations psychoanalytical perspective-Maslowrsquos

hierarchy of needs- Properties of motivation- Three main types of conflicts- Attitudes-definition

beliefs- affect- behavioural intention-attitude changing strategies

Unit 5 Self concept situational influences and lifestyle-overview Consumer decision making

process

54

Unit 6 Consumption and post purchase behaviour Consumer satisfaction concept cognitive

dissonance consumer delight Consumer Value Consumer Value Delivery Strategies

Competitive advantage through customer value Information ndash Customer value determination

process - Measuring customer satisfaction

Reference Books

1 Schiffman LG and Kanuk LL Consumer Behaviour 9th Edition Prentice Hall of

India New Delhi

2 Seth J N amp Mittal B (2nd ed 2003) Customer Behaviour-A Managerial Perspective

Thomson South-Western

3 Hawkins D I amp Roger J B and Kenneth AC (2001) Consumer Behaviour-Building

Marketing Strategy Irwin McGraw-Hill New York

EMK-08 Customer Relationship Management

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student should be able to

1 Describe the concept of customer relationship management and the benefits delivered by

its implementation

2 Develop insights from data for CRM

3 Identify ways for acquiring and retaining customers

4 Define and design a customer centric organization

Unit 1 Introduction Definition of CRM CRM as a business strategy elements of CRM CRM

processes and systems

Unit 2 Strategy and Organization of CRM History of CRM Dynamics of Customer Supplier

Relationships Nature and context of CRM strategy The relationship oriented organization

Unit 3 Marketing Aspects of CRM Customer knowledge privacy issues communications and

multishy channels in CRM the individualized customer proposition Relationship policy

Unit 4 Analytical CRM Relationship data management Data analysis and data mining

Segmentation and selection Retention and crosssell analysis Effects of marketing activities

Reporting results Operational CRM Call centre management Internet and website Direct mail

Unit 5 Collaborative CRMCRM Subsystems Contact Management Campaign Management

Sales Force Automation Choosing CRM Tools Software Package Shortlisting prospective

CRM vendors setting evaluation criteria for the appropriate CRM package selection CRM

implementation

Unit 6 CRM systems and Implementation CRM systems Implementation of CRM systems

Ethical Issues in CRM

Reference Books

2 Barnes James G Secrets of Customer Relationship Management McGraw Hill New

York 2001

3 McKenna Regis Relationship Marketing Successful Strategies for the Age of the

Customers Addison Wesley Publishing Company 2008

55

4 Stone Merlin and Wood rock Neil Relationship Marketing kogan Page London 2006

Elective Group-II Finance

EFM-01 Security analysis and portfolio management

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student should be able to

1 Identify assets such as stock and bonds

2 Allocate investments into stock and bond portfolios

3 Assess the risk preferences of Individuals

4 Create and manage diversified portfolios

Unit 1 Introduction

Concepts of investment- Financial and non-financial forms of investment ndash Objectives of

financial investment investment methods ndash Security and non-security forms of investment ndash

Sources of investment information- Investment Instruments

Unit 2 Financial markets

primary and secondary markets ndash major players and instruments in secondary market -

Functioning of stock exchanges trading and settlement procedures at NSE amp BSE Stock

markets guidelines on primary amp secondary markets ) Behaviour of stock market prices

implications of efficiency market hypothesis for security analysis and portfolio management

Unit 3 Valuation of securities

bond and fixed income instruments valuation ndashbond pricing theorems duration of bond and

immunisation of interest risk term structure of interest rate determination of yield curves

valuation of equity and preference shares (Dividend capitalisation amp CAPM)

Unit 4 Risk

Analysis of risk amp return concept of total risk factors contributing to total risk systematic and

unsystematic risk default risk interest rate risk market risk management risk purchasing power

risk Risk amp risk aversion Capital allocation between risky amp risk free assets-Utility analysis

Unit 5 Fundamental amp Technical Analysis of equity stock

Concept of intrinsic value Objectives and beliefs of fundamental analysts Economy-Industry-

Company framework Economic analysis and forecasting Theory of Technical analysis points

and figures chart bar chart contrary opinions theory confidence index RSA RSI Moving

average analysis Japanese Candlesticks

Unit 6 Modern portfolio theory

Asset allocation decision Dominant amp Efficient portfolio simple diversification Markowitz

diversification model selecting an optimal portfolio ndash Sharpe single index model Determination

of corner portfolio Process of portfolio management ndash International Diversification Portfolio

performance evaluation Sharp amp Treynor amp Jensenrsquos measure Portfolio revision ndash Active and

passive strategies amp formula plans in portfolio revision Mutual funds- types performance

evaluation of mutual funds functions of Asset Management Companies

Reference Books

56

1 Investment Analysis and Portfolio management ndash Prasanna ChandrandashTMH - 2nd Edition

2005

2 Investments ndash Zvi Bodie amp Mohanty ndash TMH ndash 6th Edition 2005

3 Security Analysis amp Portfolio Management SBhat Excel Books

EFM-02 Mergers Acquisitions amp Corporate restructuring

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student will be able to

1 Identify key differences between the mergers and acquisition

2 Describe the process of mergers and acquisitions restructuring of organizations

3 Carry out the valuation of mergers

4 Apply their knowledge in the practical setting

Unit 1 Mergers An Introduction

In the nature of acquisitions and amalgamations types of merger ndash motives behind

mergers ndash theories of mergers ndash operating financial and managerial synergy of mergers ndash

value creation in horizontal vertical and conglomerate mergers ndash internal and external

change forces contributing to M amp A activities A strategic perspective- industry life cycle

and product life cycle analysis in MampA decision strategic approaches to MampA- SWOT

analysis BCG matrix Porterrsquos Five forces model

Unit 2 Legal Framework Legal and regulatory frame work of M amp A ndash provisions of companyrsquos act

1956 Indian Income Tax act 1961 ndash SEBI take over code Provisions of

Competition Act

Unit 3 Corporate restructuring

Different methods of restructuring ndash joint ventures ndash sell off and spin off ndash divestitures ndash

equity carve out ndash leveraged buy outs (LBO) ndash management buy outs ndash master limited

partnerships ndash employee stock ownership plans (ESOP)

Unit 4 Merger Process

Dynamics of MampA process- identification of targets negotiation closing the deal Five-

stage model ndash due diligence (detailed discussion)Process of merger integration ndash

organizational and human aspects ndashmanagerial challenges of M amp A

Unit 5 Valuation

Valuation approaches ndashdiscounted cash flow valuation ndash relative valuation ndash valuing

operating and financial synergy ndash valuing corporate control ndash valuing of LBO Methods of

financing mergers ndash cash offer share exchange ratio ndash mergers as a capital budgeting

decision

Unit 6 Accounting and taxation for amalgamation

Pooling of interest method purchase method ndash procedure laid down under Indian

companies act of 1956 Takeovers types hostile takeover approaches Takeover defenses

57

ndash financial defensive measures ndash Coercive offers and defense ndash anti-takeover

amendments ndash poison pill defense Legal and regulatory frame work of M amp A

Reference Books

1 Mergers acquisitions and Business valuation Ravindhar VadapallindashExcel books 1e 2007

3 Ashwath Damodaran ndash Corporate Finance-Theory And PracticendashJohn Wiley amp Sons

4 Company Law amp Practice ndash Taxmann ndash Recommended book for module-8

EFM-03 Corporate Business taxation and Planning

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student should be able to

1 Identify various types of taxes and their implications in decision making

2 Examine and assess the provisions for taxation of companies

3 Assess different types of incomes and their taxability and expenses and their

deductibility

4 Describe and apply the provisions in corporate tax laws for tax planning

Unit 1 Introduction

Definitions Residential status Heads of Income Computation of Taxable Income

Unit 2Taxation of Companies

Special Provisions in Computation of Profits from Business Deductions from Gross Total

Income Amalgamations of Companies and fiscal Incentives Minimum Alternate Tax on

Companies Special Provisions relating to Tax on Distributed Profits of Domestic Companies

Unit 3 Tax Planning

Concepts relating to Tax Avoidance and Tax Evasion Tax Planning with reference to Location

of Undertaking Type of Activity Ownership Pattern Dividend Policy Issue of Bonus Shares

Inter Corporate Dividends and Transfers Tax Planning relating to Amalgamations and Mergers

of Companies Tax considerations in respect of specific managerial decisions like Make or Buy

Own or Lease Close or Continue Sale in Domestic Markets or Exports Capital Budgeting

Decisions Managerial Remuneration Foreign Collaboration and Joint Ventures

Unit 4 Tax Management Filing of Returns and Assessments Penalties and Prosecutions

Appeals and Revisions Advance Tax TDS Advance Rulings Avoidance of Double Taxation

Agreements

Unit 5 Indian Laws and Regulations Governing International Transactions

FEMA Taxation of foreign income Foreign investments Setting up offices and branches

abroad Restrictions on trade in endangered species and other commodities

Unit 6 Legal Framework of International Business

Nature and complexities Code and common laws and their implications to business

Reference Books

58

1 Ahuja G K amp Gupta Ravi Systematic Approach to Income Tax Allahabad Bharat

Law House

2 Bhagwati Prasad Direct Taxes Law amp Practice Wishwa Prakashan

3 Kanga J B and Palkhivala N A Income Tax Bombay N M Tripathi

EFM-04 International Financial Management

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student should be able to

1 Describe the international financial environment

2 Apply international financial theory

3 Assess the forces influencing global finance and their role in global business strategies

4 Evaluate cross-border investment opportunities for undertaking various capital budgeting

and short-term cash flow management decisions

UNIT 1 Introduction

International financial Environment- The Importance rewards amp risk of international finance-

Goals of MNC- International Business methodsndashExposure to international risk- International

Monetary system- Multilateral financial institution-Government influence on exchange rate

UNIT 2 International flow of funds Balance of payments(determination of current account capital account amp ORA)-International

Trade flows-International Capital Flows-Agencies that facilitate International flows ndash

Equilibrium disequilibrium amp adjustment of Balance of payment amp Trade deficits

UNIT 3 International Financial Markets Foreign exchange markets-foreignexchange trading-Cash amp Spot exchange markets-foreign

exchange rates ampquotation- forward markets-Exchange rate Behavior-Cross Rates-

Foreignexchange market participants-arbitrage profit in foreign exchange markets

Swift Mechanism

UNIT 4 Forecasting foreign Exchange rate Measuring exchange rate movements-Exchange rate equilibrium ndash Factors effecting foreign

exchange rate forecasting exchange rates- international parity relationship interest rate parity

purchasing power parity amp fisher effects

UNIT 5 Foreign Exchange exposure Management of Transaction exposure-Management of Translation exposure- Management of

Economic exposure-Management of political Exposure- Management of Interest rate exposure

UNIT 6 Foreign exchange risk Management

Hedging against foreign exchange exposure ndash Forward market- Futures Market- options Market-

Currency Swaps-Interest rate Swap- Cross currency Swaps-Hedging through currency of

invoicing- Hedging through mixed currency invoicing ndashHedging through selection of supplying

59

country Country risk analysis International Capital Budgeting Concept Problems associated

Evaluation of a project Factors affecting Risk Evaluation Impact on ValueLong term Asset amp

Liability management-Foreign Direct investment ndashForeign portfolio investment- International

Financial instruments International Bond amp Equity marketshort term Asst amp liability

management-Working Capital Policy-Cash management ndashReceivable Management- Inventory

Management- Short term Financing decision ndash international Banking and money market

Reference Books

1 Eun amp Resnick ndash International Finance Management ---(Tata McGraw Hill) 4e

2 Jeff Madura International Finance Management ---(Thomson) 7e 2004

3 PG Apte-International Finance Management- ( Tata McGraw Hill) 4e

EFM-05 Investment Banking

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student should be able to

1 Describe the role and importance of accounting practices

2 Analyze the difference in accounting standards of various countries

3 Restate financial statements using different accounting standards for comparative

purposes

4 analyze and address the issues arising due to different accounting standards

Unit 1 Essentials of the EquityStock Market

The new issue marketInitial Public Offerings (IPOs) -Publicly Traded Markets Factors

affecting the secondary trading market stock exchanges market indices liquidity and volatility

issues -Corporate effects on stock pricing priceearnings ratios book value valuation based on

expectations vs historical reporting -External and international economic effects on stock market

values liquidity and volatility -Fundamentals of stock market technical analysis -Private

EquityVenture Capital and Direct Investment

Unit 2 Essentials of the Fixed IncomeBond Market Differences between stocksequity and bondscredit markets -Fundamentals and mathematics of

the credit fixed incomebond market -Corporate credit and economic impacts on bond markets

interest rates yields and credit pricing spreads Investment Grade vs Non Investment Grade

(High YieldJunk Bonds) -Fundamentals of the workings of the credit markets -Convertible

Bonds and Asset Backed Securities -Trading Positioning Underwriting and Distribution -Rating

Agencies

Unit 3 Management of Public Offers and Private Placements

Initial Public Offers Rights Issues and Secondary Public Offers Public Offers of Debt Securities

Overseas Capital Market Issues Exit Offers

Unit 4 Corporate Advisory Services

60

Business Advisory ServicesrsquoProject Advisory Services Financial Restructuring Advisory

Mergers and Acquisitions Advisory

Unit 5 Essentials and interrelationship between and among IssuersBorrowers IntermediariesUnderwriters and Investors for the equity and bond markets-Individual investors -

Institutional Investors banks mutual funds investment managers pension funds insurance

companies and hedge funds -Devising and analyzing an investment strategy

Unit 6 LegalRegulatory Compliance

Risk Management and Back Office -Ethics insider trading corporate governance fiduciary

responsibilities -Compliance and Regulatory Environment -Credit Market

OperationsProcessing Risk Management -Documentation Transaction Processing Financial

Control and Reporting

Reference Books

1 Subramanyam Pratap Investment banking Tata McGraw-Hill 1st ed

2 The Business of Investment Banks by Michel Fleuriet

EFM-06 Futures Options and Risk Management

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student should be able to

1 Apply the financial concepts and techniques to analyse activities and transactions in

investment banking

2 Describe capital market issuance process and required due diligence

3 Identify various type of financial services and their intricacies

4 Identify and examine corporate governance ethical and legal issues

Unit 1 Fundamentals of derivatives Basics of hedging credit currency and interest rate risks -

Difference between hedging and speculation -Devising and analyzing a borrowing and hedging

strategy -Hedge Funds vs Fund ManagersMutual Funds

Unit 2 Forwards and Futures Option fundamentals calls puts and underlying Hedging with

Futures Option Positions and Strategies Binomial and Black-Scholes Option Valuation

Introduction to Interest Rate Derivatives Credit Risk Credit Derivatives

Unit 3 Interest rate markets-Type of rates Zero rates Bond pricing Determining Zero rates

Farward rules Farward rate agreements (FRA) Treasury bond amp Treasury note futures Interest

rate derivatives (Black model)

Unit 4 Risk management objective of Risk management Identifying types of risk management

of translation transaction and economic exposure Quantifying risk and Hedging techniques

61

Unit 5 Credit risk-Bond prices and the probability of default Historical default experience

Reducing exposure to Credit risk Credit default swaps Total return swaps Credit spread

options Collateralized debt obligation

Unit 6 Value at Risk (VAR)-Measure

Historical simulation Model building approach linear approach Quadratic model Monte Carlo

simulation stress testing and back testing

Reference Books

1 Futures Options and Swaps ndash Robert W Kolb ndash Blackwell

Publishing

2 Introduction to Derivatives and Risk Management ndash Chance ndash

Thomson Learning 6e 2004

3 Options Futures amp Other Derivatives- John CHull - (Pearson

Education) 6e

EFM-07 International Accounting Practices

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student will be able to

1 Differentiate between hedging and speculation

2 Evaluate pricing for futures forwards and options

3 Identify different hedging strategies

4 Describe the mechanics valuation and trading strategies of derivative market

5 Develop trading strategies in the volatile market

Unit 1 Introduction ndash Causes of international differences ndash some major differences in financial

reporting International classification of financial reporting ndash international harmonization of

accounting ndash the requirements of international accounting standards

Unit 2 Financial reporting in USA UK Australia and France Financial reporting in Germany

Netherlands Japan and Third world countries with special emphasis on legal issues accounting

standards and consolidation of accounts

Unit 3 Issues in International accounting ndash Consolidation ndash foreign currency translation ndash

segmental reporting ndash foreign exchange risk management

Unit 4 Harmonization in Financial reporting Standardization and Harmonization role of

international accounting bodies (IASC) in harmonization

Unit 5 Multinational Transfer Pricing ndash Objectives of transfer pricing ndash selecting a transfer

price ndash internal revenue code and transfer pricing

62

Unit 6 Ethical issues in international accounting ndash Incidence and implications of window

dressing (cases)

Reference Books

1 Frederick D S Choi ndash International Finance amp Accounting Hand book ndash John Wiley

2 James A Schweikart ndash International Accounting A Case Approach ndash McGraw Hill

3 Kwabena Anyane-Ntow ndash International Handbook of Accounting Education and

Certification ndash Pergamon Publishers

EFM-08 Project Appraisal and Finance

Course Outcome

Upon successful completion of the course the student will be able to

1 Describe structuring and evaluation of projects in various sectors

2 Identify the various sources of funding for projects in India

3 List new methods of financing like Venture Capital and Private equity

4 Develop a feasibility report incorporating the elements of project appraisal

5 Design the strategies employed in managing project risk

Unit 1 An Overview of Project Finance Introduction to project finance and overview of the

project finance market project life cycle and its impact on the feasibility A study of World Bank

Project Reports Project Initiation and Resource Allocation The Importance of a Proper

Allocation of Resources Process of Resource Allocation at the Corporate Level Process of

Resource Allocation at the Business Unit Level Generation of Project Ideas and Creativity

Unit 2 Market And Demand Analysis Identification of the Target market choice of the Market

Strategy Projection of Demand using Primary Data and Secondary Data Projection of Demand

using Qualitative Models

Unit 3Technical Analysis Selection of Appropriate Technology Acquisition of Technology

Process of Procurement of Materials Choice of a Good Location for the Project Design of the

Layout of the Facilities at the Project Site

Unit 4Financial projections The Cost of the Project The Means of Finance Estimation of

Working Capital Profitability Estimations Balance Sheet Projections Projections of Sources

and Uses of Funds

Unit 5 Environmental Appraisal of Projects Meaning of Environment and Pollution Pollution

Created by Different Industries Methods of Preventing Pollution Environmental Regulations in

63

India Environmental Impact Assessment for Projects Social Cost Benefit Analysis The

Rationale for SCBA Different Approaches to SCBA

Unit 6 Valuing Projects Appraising a Project by Discounting and Non-Discounting Criteria

Appraising Projects with Special Features FCF Approach ERR Approach Real Options ndash

Issues in valuing long term projects Managing Project Risks How risk management creates

value in project finance

Reference Books

1 Prasanna Chandra ndash Project Planning Analysis Selection Implementation and Review ndash

TMH 5e

2 Narendra Singh ndash Project Management and Control ndash HPH 2003

3Nicholas ndash Project Management for Business and Technology

Principles and Practice ndash Pearson PHI

EFM-09 Commodity and Price risk Management

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student will be able to

1 Recognize the volatility of commodities associated with a business

2 Hedge the price risk associated with commodity volatility using suitable instruments

3 Evaluate commodities as part of an investment portfolio

4 Devise suitable investment strategies to invest in commodities

Unit 1 Commodity Spot Market Importance and need ndash Types of Commodity market ndash Structure Categories of Commodity

Markets Agricultural Commodity Market Overview ndash Grain Market ndash Soft Commodities ndash

Livestock and Citrus fruits

Unit 2 Technical Analysis of Agricultural Commodity Metal Market

Structure of Metal Market (London Metal Exchange) ndash Industrial Metal ndash Precious Metalndash

Characteristics of Metal Prices ndash Metal Life Cycle and Convenience yield ndash Technical Analysis

of Metal Commodity Energy Market

Unit 3 World Oil Market ndashRole of OPEC amp Political factors influencing pricing ndash Price setting

of crude oil cargo ndash Refined product market ndash Natural Gas market ndash Spot Futures and Options ndash

Electricity Market ndash Technical Analysis of Energy Commodity

Unit 4 Instruments amp Investment Strategies Commodity Swaps Swaption Swing contracts

and Real options Swaps ndash Swaption

Unit 5 Weather and Commodity market Weather Derivatives ndash Weather and Agriculture derivative ndash Weather and Crude Oil

64

Unit 6 Ways of investment in Commodities Commodity the new asset class ndash Inflation and commodity prices ndash Diversification ndash

Commodity Indexes and funds (Exchange Traded Funds Pension Funds)

Reference Books

1 Options Futures amp Other Derivatives- John CHull - (Pearson Education) 6e

2 Options amp Futures- Vohra amp Bagri - (TMH) 2e

3 Derivatives- Valuation amp Risk Management-Dubofsky amp Miller -

(Oxford University Press) 200405

EFM-10 Managing Financial institutions and Markets

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student should be able to

1 Describe the nature and role of financial systems

2 Apply concepts relevant to financial markets and financial institutions to current events

or topical Issues

3 Describe the differences and applications of financial instruments and financial services

4 Assess the international integration of financial markets and analyze the implications for

financial managers

Unit 1 Financial Institutions and Economic Development Nature and Role of Financial System Financial System and Financial Markets Efficiency

Stability Technology Government Intervention in the Financial System

Unit 2 Central Banking and Monetary Policy

Central Banking Functions Money Creation Process and control Monetary Policy[Will also

cover an overview of Money Prices Exchange Rates and Interest Rates Monetary Expansion

Interest Rates and Exchange Rates Monetary Expansion and Prices Real and Nominal Values

Inflation and Interest Rates Inflation and Exchange Rates The Indian Financial System

Introduction The Pre 1951 Period The Post 1951 period The Indian Financial System The

Emerging Horizon

Unit 3 The Indian Financial System

Introduction Evolution of Modern Commercial Banks Evolution of Bank Assets Liabilities and

Activities Banking Structure Matching Revenues and Costs of Commercial Banks Recovery of

Advances and Documentation Capital Adequacy Accounting Policies and related matters

Directed Investments and Credit Programs and Interest Rates Methods and Procedures in Banks

65

Regulation and Supervision of the Financial Sector Treasury and Risk Management in Banks

Marketing of Bank Services Relationship Banking and Innovations

Unit 4 Fundamentals of the Foreign Exchange Markets -

How the spot and forward foreign exchange markets work -Basics of currency and cross border

risks -Cross border funding and hedging

Unit 5 International Banking

Offshore Banking Multinational Banking Banking Consolidation

Unit 6 Finance Companies ndash

The Evolution of Finance Companies The Present Status and the Micro Finance and its

importance in Rural Economy Insurance Companies Economics of Insurance The Insurance

Industry and its Regulation LIC and GIC Development Banks Recent Trends Current

Developments eBanking

Reference Books

1 Bhalla V K (2004) Managing International Investment and Finance New Delhi Anmol

2 Saunders Anthony Cornett Marcia Millon (5th ed 2005) Financial Institutions Management

Tata McGraw Hill

3 Bhole LM (4th ed 2004) Financial Institutes amp Markets Tata McGraw Hill

Elective Group II Human Resource Management

EHR 01 Management of Industrial relations amp Labour Legislation

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student should be able to

1 Describe the Labour Laws and Legal Framework of Industrial Relations

2 Assess the rationale of labour laws in organizations

3 Examine the labour laws in India viz-a-viz International Labour Organization

4 Identify issues pertaining to employee relations in an organization

Unit 1 Industrial Relation Management

Concept- Evaluation ndash Background of industrial Relations in India- Influencing factors of IR in

enterprise and the consequences Economic Social and Political environments Employment

Structure ndash Social Partnership ndash Wider approaches to industrial relation ndash Labour Market

Unit 2 Trade Union

Introduction ndash Definition and objective ndash growth of Trade Union in India-trade Unions Act 1926

and Legal framework-Union recognition-Union Problems-Employees Association-introduction

Objective Membership Financial Status

Unit 3 Quality of Work Life

66

Workersrsquo Participation in Management ndash Workerrsquos Participation in India shop floor Plant

Level Board Level ndash Workersrsquo Welfare in India scenario- Collective bargaining concepts amp

Characteristics ndash Promoting peace

Unit 4 Industrial Disputes

Meaning nature and scope of industrial disputes ndash Cases and Consequences of Industrial

Disputes ndash Prevention and Settlement of industrial disputes in India Employee Grievances

Causes of grievances ndash Conciliation Arbitration and Adjudication procedural aspects for

Settlement of Grievances ndash Standing Orders ndash Code Discipline

Unit 5 Labour Welfare

Concept-Objectives-scope-Need ndashVoluntary welfare measures-Statutory welfare measures-

Labour-Welfare funds Child Labour ndashFemale Labour ndashContract Labour ndashConstruction Labour-

Agricultural Labour-Disabled-Social security-Implications

Unit 6 Labour laws

Factories Act 1948 Payment of wages Act 1936 The minimum wages Act -1948 The industrial

disputes Act 1947 The Employees Provident Fund amp Misc Act 1952

Reference Books

1 Beaumont P B (1995) The Future of Employment Relations London Sage Publication

2 Bareja JK (2000) Industrial Law Galgotia Publishing House

3 Monappa Arun (2002) Industrial Relations Tata McGraw Hill

EHR-02 Compensation Management

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student should be able to

1 Describe Minimum wage ndash Fair wage Real wage Issues and Constraints in Wage

Determination in India

2 Illustrate different ways to strengthen the pay for performance link

3 Evaluate the concepts of employee benefits

4 Exhibit the knowledge of legal framework required in employee benefits

5 Demonstrate the implications of strategic compensation and possible employer

implications

Unit 1 Introduction

Compensation meaning objectives nature of compensation Nature amp Significance of wage

salary administration essentials-Minimum wage ndash Fair wage Real wage Issues and Constraints

in Wage Determination in India

Unit 2 Compensation system design issues

Compensations Philosophies compensation approaches decision about compensation

compensation- base to pay individual Vs team rewards Perceptions of pay Fairness legal

constraints on pay systems

Unit 3 Managing Compensation

67

Strategic Compensation planning determining compensation-the wage mix Development of a

Base Pay System Job evaluation systems the compensation structure- Wage and salary surveys

the wage curve pay grades and rate ranges preparing salary matrix government regulation on

compensation fixing pay significant compensation issues Compensation as a retention strategy

Unit 4 Variable Pay and Executive Compensation

Strategic reasons for Incentive plans administering incentive plans Individual incentive plans-

Piecework Standard hour plan Bonuses Merit Pay Group incentive plans- Team compensation

Gain sharing incentive Plans Enterprise incentive plans- Profit Sharing plans Stock Options

ESOPs EVA Executive compensation elements of executive compensation and its management

International compensation Management

Unit 5 Managing Employee Benefits

Benefits- meaning strategic perspectives on benefits-goals for benefits benefits need analysis

funding benefits benchmarking benefit schemes nature and types of benefits Employee benefits

programs- security benefits retirement security benefits health care benefits time-off benefits

benefits administration employee benefits required by law discretionary major employee

benefits creating a work life setting employee services- designing a benefits package

Unit 6 Job Evaluation Job Description and Job Specification

Job Analysis amp Its Process Methods of Job Evaluation Internal and External Equity in Reward

Management Role of Wage Board amp Pay Commissions International Compensation

Knowledge Based Compensation Team Compensation Competency Based Compensation

Reference Books

1 Henderson Richard I (2004) Compensation Management Rewarding Performance Prentice

2 Hall of India Pvt Ltd

3 Bergmann amp Thomas J (2003)Compensation Decision Making Harcourt College

Publications

4 Micton R (2002) Handbook of Wage and Salary Administration London

EHR-03 Organizational Change and Intervention Strategies

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student should be able to

1 Comprehend the principles of OD located in human relations school of management

2 Identify major types of organizational development interventions

3 Demonstrate how to evaluate organizational development interventions

4 Apply human resource intervention techniques in different management scenarios

5 Describe the human resources metrics and how they relate to organizational development

in order to improve client consultant relationship

Unit 1 Organizational Development (OD)

Introduction History of OD Values Assumptions amp Beliefs in OD Theory and Management of

OD Managing the OD process Action research amp OD Organizational Change Challenges of

change Process of change Transformational change Managing Organizational Transformation

Unit 2 Organizational Development Intervention

68

Overview of Organisation Development Intervention Types of Interventions Sensitivity

Training Team Interventions Third- Party Peacemaking Interventions Inter Group Interventions

Comprehensive Interventions MBO Role Playing Future Challenges

Unit 3 Culture amp Change process

Power amp politics and Organisation Development Cultural change strategies Corporate

reorganization amp sub culture management Resistance to organisational change

Unit 4 Behavioural implications of change

The manifest latent amp paradoxical consequences of change Resigned behavioural compliance

Reaction to Downsizing amp Delayering Managing uncertainty amp ambiguity

Unit 5 Intervention Strategies

Structural Technological amp Process factors in intervention Advantages amp limitations of change

technologies Associated leadership models Leadership amp change process Leadership amp

emotional knowledge strategies Achieving congruence of personnel structureamp culture

Unit 6 Key Issues in Organisational Development

Issues in Consultant-client Relationships Action Research Ethical Issues in Organisational

Development and Future of Organisational Development

Reference Books

1 French W Cecil H Bell amp Jr (2004) Organizational Development Prentice Hall of

India Pvt Ltd

2 Jones G R (2nd edition 2004) Organizational Theory Addison-Wesley Publishing

Company

3 Burnes B (1996) Managing Change A Strategic Approach to Organizational Dynamics

London Pitman

EHR-04 Human Resource Management Strategies and Systems

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student should be able to

1 Describe the scope of HRM

2 Describe meaning and nature of strategic HRM

3 Identify the link between HR strategies and business strategies

4 Frame HR strategies by applying knowledge of labour markets and product markets

locally nationally and internationally

5 Assess the dynamic nature of global competition and of social and technological trends

and their significance for HRM practice

Unit 1 Understanding Strategic HRM

Traditional Vs strategic HR Typology of HR activities lsquoBest fitrsquo approach Vs lsquoBest practicersquo

approach HR strategy and the role of national context sectoral context and organizational

context on HR strategy and practices Investment perspective of human resources HR Strategy

69

Formulation Brief overview of strategic planning and planning in SBUs HR Strategy and HR

Planning HR Strategy in Multinational Global and Transnational companies HR contributions

to strategy shycompetitive intelligence shyresource reallocation decisions

Unit 2 Aligning HR Systems with business strategy

Sustained competitive advantage ndash how HR adds value to the firm shy HR as scarce resource shy

inimitable resource shy non-substitutable resource HRM leading strategy formulation Alternative

HR systems shyuniversalisticshy contingency shy configurational Congruence and Integrated HR

systems Designing congruent HR systems

Unit 3 HR Strategy in workforce utilization

Efficient utilization of Human resource shy cross training and flexible work assignment shy work

teams shy non-unionization Strategies for employee shortages Strategies for employee surpluses

Unit 4 HR strategy for training and development

Benefits planning and strategizing training integrated learning with performance management

system and compensation

Unit 5 High Performance Work Practices

Individual high performance practices limitations of individual HPWP Systems of HPWP shy

skill system shy motivating system Individual practices Vs systems of practices Universal

practices Vs contingency perspectives

Unit 6 Strategic HRM in emerging HR issues

HR Strategy in workforce diversity shy virtual teams shy flexitime and telecommuting shy HR

outsourcing shy contingent and temporary workers shy Global sourcing of labor Expatriation and

repatriation management in global HRM Gender discrimination and Glass ceiling effect

Employee engagement strategies Talent management and retention

Reference Books

1 Kandula S R (2001) Strategic Human Resource Development Eastern Economy Edition

Prentice Hall India

2 Boxell amp Purcell J (2003) Strategy And Human Resource Management Palgrave

Mcmillan

3 Mello J A (2002) Strategic Human Resource Management Thompson Learning

Cincinnati

EHR-05 Global Human Resource Management

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student should be able to

1 Describe the different meanings and dimensions of ldquoculturerdquo

2 Assess the impact of culture on business practices

3 Explain and analyze the impact of national culture on organizational cultures

4 Explain how leadership differs across cultures

70

Unit 1 International Organization

Approaches to the study of comparative employment policy Convergence theory The

cultural approach The institutionalist perspective

Unit 2 International HRM Models

Poolersquos adaptation of the Harvard model The Brewster and Bournois model of

International HRM International HRM Problems of International Research

Unit 3 Internationalization of HR Activities

Types of International Business inter country Differences affecting HRM causes for

International assignments failure Limitations and advantages of host country nationals

(HCN) Parent country nationals (PCN)amp Third country national (TCN) International

Staffing Policy Selecting International Managers Adaptability amp Screening Managing

Knowledge Workers

Unit 4 Understanding Cross Culture

Organisation culture amp National culture Cross ndash culture Theories Cross ndash Culture

Business Communication amp Behaviour Culture amp Organisational Performance

Unit 5 Training ampMaintaining International Compensation

Training for Expatriate Managers National Differences in Compensation Factors

Influencing International Compensation Components of Remuneration

PackageExpatriate Performance Management Repatriation International Labour

relations Problems and solutions

Unit 6 Human Resource Management and Japan

Some innovative Japanese Management techniques such as just in time theory quality

circles and Kaizen Influence of Japanese Management Practices on Western

Employment practices

Reference Books

1 Gupta SC (2009) Text book of International HRM Macmillan Publishing

2 Jackson ndashTerrence (2002) International HRM A Cross cultural Approach Sage

Publications

3 Harzing amp Ruysseveldt (2004) International Human resource Management Sage

Publications Ltd London

EHR-06 Management of Training and development

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student should be able to

1 List training and development needs for the 21st century

2 Explain the organizational societal and individual costs and benefits of training and

development

3 Develop analyze and apply advanced training strategies and specifications for the

delivery of training programs

4 Describe appropriate implementation monitoring and assessment procedures of training

71

5 Evaluate training programs using appropriate design and data collection procedure

Unit 1 Introduction

The Changing Organizations HR and the Training Functions Models of Training Systematic

Model the Transitional Model The Learning Organisation Training as Consultancy

Understanding Learning Concepts T amp D to Lifetime Education

Unit 2 Training Needs Analysis

The Process and Approaches of TNA Team Work for Conducting Training Needs Analysis

TNA and Training Process Design

Unit 3 Training Design amp Evaluation

Understanding amp Developing the Objectives of Training Facilitation of Training with Focus on

Trainee (Motivation of Trainee Reinforcement Goal setting) Training with Focus on Training

Design (Learning Environment Pre-training Communication etc) Facilitation of Transfer with

Focus on Organization Intervention (Supervisor Support Peer Support Trainer Support Reward

Systems Climate etc)

Unit 4 Effective Trainer

Selecting the trainer and preparing a lesson plan skills of an effective Trainer Programme

methods and techniques Implementation and Evaluation of Training Programme Levels of

Evaluation CIPP Model CIRO model Training Audit and Cost Analysis

Unit 5 Management Development

Approaches to Management Development Sources of Knowledge Skill acquisition Types of

management Development Programmes EDPrsquos Seminars and Conferences Symposia

Unit 6 Emerging Trends in Training

New learning interventions Technology in training-CBT- multimedia training e- learningonline

learning- distance learning competency based Training Assessment Centres

Reference Books

1 Raymond Noe A (2005) Employees Training and Developmentrdquo McGraw Hill Publication

2 Orsquo Connor Browner amp Delaney (2003) Training for Organizations Thompson Learning

Press

3 Blanchard P N amp Thacker W J (1998) Effective Training Systems Strategies and

Practices Prentice Hall New Jersey

EHR-07 Interpersonal processes and Counseling skills for Managers

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student should be able to

1 Identify how to clarify key issues in attending skills

2 Demonstrate empathic listening and responding skills

3 Apply the techniques of probing and summarizing

4 Demonstrate the skill of challenging client assumptions

5 Exhibit counseling skills and its applications

72

Unit 1 Managerial Process

Nature of Management functions of managers leadership and managerial effectiveness

Managerial conflict

Unit 2 Interpersonal amp Group Process

Interpersonal communication Interpersonal feedback Interpersonal behavior and influence

relationships Interpersonal styleGroup Process An overview of group formation Group

development and effectiveness formal and informal groups reasons for formation of groups

theories of group group behavior

Unit 3 Introduction to Counselling

Definition amp Need Counseling Psychotherapy and Instruction Approaches to Counseling

Goals of Counseling Counseling Process

Unit 4 Counselling Procedures

The Counselling Environment Intake Referral procedures Guidelines for effective counselling

Advanced skills in Counselling Action strategies Counselling Skills Verbal amp Non- Verbal

communication Listening Barriers Counsellorrsquo Qualities Core conditions of Counselling Role

of Conflict in Counselling Values of counselling Counselling service Manager counsellor

Unit 5 Organisational Application of Counselling Skills

Change management Downsizing Mentoring Team Management Conflict Resolution Crisis

Trauma Problem Subordinates Identifying problem subordinates Types of problem

subordinates Dealing with problem subordinates

Unit 6 Ethics in Counselling

Ethical Principles Common Ethical Violations

Reference Book

1 Singh Kavita (2007)Counselling Skills for Managers PHI

2 Bailez Roz (1991) 50 Activities for Developing Counselling Skills in Managers

1

Syllabus and Scheme of Examination

Master of Business Administration (MBA)

Delhi School of Management

Delhi Technological University

2

Program Educational Objectives (PEOs)

PEO 1 To equip students with subject knowledge and expertise of managerial functions

PEO 2 To develop critical and a holistic approach among students for designing and implementing

solutions to problems of business government and society

PEO 3 To nurture the spirit of innovation creativity and entrepreneurship among students

PEO 4 To develop effective communication interpersonal motivational decision making and leadership

skills among students

PEO 5 To inculcate value-based leadership ethical qualities and a sense of social purpose among students

Program Outcomes (POs)

The Management Graduates will be

1 conscious about the socio-economic environment both domestic and international and its

implications on business

2 able to identify formulate and critically analyse business problems using modern day managerial

tools to enhance decision making capabilities

3 possessing excellent communication skills and be in a position to communicate effectively on

management issues both within and outside the organization such as being able to write reports

and design documentation make effective and impressive presentations and issue and receive clear

instructions

4 possessing the ability to create select and apply managerial and technical skills and be prepared

for assuming cross-functional positions in industry

5 able to identify and evaluate potential market opportunities in the Indian and global scenario

6 aware and sensitive to societal concerns and work towards development of sustainable solutions

to problems at large

Program Specific Outcomes (PSOs)

The Management Graduates shall have

1 overall management Knowledge and dual specialization in management disciplines of marketing

management human resource management financial management operations and supply chain

management information technology management and knowledge management

2 proficiency with technology and analytical techniques for decision-making

3

Criteria for Assessment

All theory courses shall have internal weightage of 40 (20 + 20) and 60 weightage for written end

semester examination The internal assessment of the students (out of 40 marks) shall be as per the criteria

given below

1 Mid semester examination -20 Written Test Compulsory (to be conducted on the date Communicated by the Dept)

2 Individual PresentationViva-VoceGroup DiscussionClass Participation -20

3End Semester Written Examination will be conducted by the University which shall have

weightage of 60

4 Each candidate for hisher summer internship (100 marks) and project report (200 marks) shall

be evaluated by presentation and viva voce

Note All record shall be maintained by each faculty and made available to the examination

branch of the University through department centre coordinator

4

DELHI SCHOOL OF MANAGEMENT

DELHI TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY

Master of Business Administration

First Semester

Course

Code

Name of the Course Nature of

Course

Workload Marks for Total

Marks

Credits

L T

P

Total IA ESE

MGT-11 Management Process

and Organizational

Behavior

Core 4 - 4 40 60 100 4

MGT-12 Financial Accounting

and Cost Accounting

Core 4 - 4 40 60 100 4

MGT-13 Marketing

Management

Core 4 - 4 40 60 100 4

MGT-14 Managerial Economics Core

Course

4 - 4 40 60 100 4

MGT-15 Decision Sciences Core 4 - 4 40 60 100 4

MGT-16 Legal Aspects of

Management

Core

Course

4 - 4 40 60 100 4

MGT-17 Business

Communication

Soft Core 4 4 40 60 100 4

MGT-18 Data Analysis Lab Soft Core - 2 2 50 - 50 2

Total 28 2 30 30

Following course shall also be offered by DSM for other departments as open electives during the semester

MGT-11 Management Process and Organizational Behavior MGT-13 Marketing Management MGT-16 Legal Aspects of Management

NoteThere will be at least one Industrial Visit in the 1st year either in the First Semester or Second Semester for

the Students The students will be required to submit a report and present the same to their Industrial Visit In-

Fst Charge

5

DELHI SCHOOL OF MANAGEMENT

DELHI TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY

Master of Business Administration

Second Semester

Course

Code No

Paper Nature of

Course

Workload Marks for Total

Marks

Credits

L TP Total IA ESE

Human Resource

Management

Core 4 - 4 40 60 100 4

MGT-22 Financial Management Core 4 - 4 40 60 100 4

MGT-23 Business Research

Methods

Core 4 - 4 40 60 100 4

MGT-24 Business Environment Core 4 - 4 40 60 100 4

MGT-25 Knowledge and

Intellectual Capital

Management

Core 4 - 4 40 60 100 4

MGT-26 Operations and Supply

Chain Management

Core 4 - 4 40 60 100 4

MGT-27 Management Accounting Core 2 2 40 60 100 2

MGT-28 Information Technology

and Innovation

Management

Core 4 40 60 100 4

MGT-29 NCCNSSSportsDrama

ticsYoga(NUES)

Open

elective

- 2 2 50 - 50 2

Total 30 2 32 32

These courses shall also be offered by DSM for other departments as open electives during the semester

MGT-21 Human Resource Management MGT-22 Financial Management MGT-24 Business Environment

NUES Non-University Exam System

Note Summer Internship The students are required to undertake a Summer Internship Project (SIP) for 6

weeks duration at the end of second semester

6

DELHI SCHOOL OF MANAGEMENT

DELHI TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY

Master of Business Administration

Third Semester

Code No Paper Category Workload Marks for Total

Marks

Credits

L TP Total IA ESE

MGT-31 Business

Analytics

Core 2 - 2 50 50 2

MGT-32 Corporate

Governance

Core 2 - 2 50 50 2

MGT-33 Strategic

Management

Core 4 - 4 40 60 100 4

Elective-I Two papers each

from the same

specialization

4 - 4 40 60 100 4

Elective-II 4 - 4 40 60 100 4

Elective-III 4 - 4 40 60 100 4

Elective-IV 4 4 40 60 100 4

MGT-34 Summer

Internship

Report

Skill Based - - - - - 100 4

MGT-35 Managerial

Skills

Development

(NUES)

Skill Based - 2 2 50 - 50 2

Total 24 2 26 30

These courses shall also be offered by DSM for other departments as open electives during the semester

MGT-32 Corporate Governance MGT-33 Strategic Management

NUES Non-University Exam System

7

DELHI SCHOOL OF MANAGEMENT

DELHI TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY

Master of Business Administration

Fourth Semester

Code

No

Paper Category Workload Marks for Total

Marks

Credits

L TP Total IA ESE

MGT-41 Project

Management

Core 4 - 4 40 60 100 4

MGT-42 Entrepreneurship

Development

Core 2 - 2 40 60 100 2

MGT-43 Business

Intelligence

Core 2 2 4 40 60 100 2

Elective-I Two papers

each from the

same

specialization

4 - 4 40 60 100 4

Elective-II 4 - 4 40 60 100 4

Elective-III 4 - 4 40 60 100 4

Elective-IV 4 4 40 60 100 4

MGT-44 Major Research

Project

Skill Based - 2 2 - - 200 6

MGT-45 Emotional

Intelligence and

Managerial

Effectiveness(N

UES)

Skill Based - 2 2 50 - 50 2

Total 24 4 28 32

These course shall also be offered by DSM for other departments as open electives during the semester

MGT-41 Project Management MGT-42 Entrepreneurship Development

NUES Non University Exam System

8

List of Electives

Finance

Semester III

MGF- 01 Investment Management

MGF-02 Tax Planning and Management

MGF-03 Investment Banking and Financial Services

MGF-04 Financial Markets and Institutions

MGF-05 International Financial Management

Semester IV

MGF-06 Corporate Mergers Acquisitions and Restructuring

MGF-07 Derivatives and Risk Management

MGF-08 Financial Modeling and Analysis

MGF-09 Management Control Systems

MGF-10 Strategic Cost Management

Human Resource Management

Semester III

MGH-01 Industrial Relations amp Labour Legislation

MGH-02 Compensation Management

MGH-03 Organizational Development

MGH-04 Strategic Human Resource Management

MGH-05 Changing Paradigms in Leadership

Semester IV

MGH-06 Cross Cultural and International Human Resource Management

MGH-07 Performance Management

MGH-08 Training and Development

MGH-09 Interpersonal Processes and Counseling Skills for Managers

MGH-10 Team Building

9

Marketing

Semester III

MGM-01 Consumer Behavior

MGM-02 Advertising and Brand Management

MGM-03 Rural and Social Marketing

MGM-04 International Marketing

MGM-05 Sales and Distribution Management

MGM-06 Marketing Research

Semester IV

MGM-07 Retail Management

MGM-08 Promotion Management and Business 2 Business Marketing

MGM-09 Marketing of Services

MGM-10 Digital Marketing

MGM-11 Customer Relationship Management

MGM-12 Entrepreneurial Marketing and Sales

IT Management

Semester III

MGI-01 Business Process Reengineering and Change Management

MGI-02 Business Systems Analysis and Design

MGI-03 Database Management System

MGI-04 Data Warehousing and Online Analytical Process

MGI-05 E-Business

MGI-06 Knowledge Management and Big Data (Common to Knowledge Management

Specialization)

Semester IV

MGI-07 E-Governance

MGI-08 Strategic Telecommunications Management

10

MGI-09 Knowledge and Innovation Management

MGI-10 E-Learning and Knowledge Management (Common to Knowledge Management

Specialization)

MGI-11 KM Tools and E-Businesses (Common to Knowledge Management Specialization)

Knowledge Management

Semester III

MGK-01 Knowledge Creation Critical Thinking and Innovation

MGK-02 Knowledge Management and Big Data

MGK-03 Knowledge Creation and Skill Development

MGK-04 Business Intelligence and Knowledge Management

MGK-05 Knowledge System Strategy and Development

Semester IV

MGK-06 Integrating Knowledge Management with Strategic Initiatives

MGK-07 Advanced Knowledge Management Concepts

MGK-08 MGI-10 E-Learning and Knowledge Management

MGK-09 Intellectual Property and Knowledge Capital

MGK-10 MGI-10 KM Tools and E-Businesses

Operations and Supply Chain Management

Semester III

MGS-01 SCM and E-Commerce

MGS-02 Operations Analytics

MGS-03 Logistics Planning and Strategy

MGS-04 Total Quality Management

MGS-05 Business Process Management and Change

MGS-06 Computer Aided Design and Manufacturing

Semester IV

MGS-07 Supply Chain Strategy and Innovation

MGS-08 Transportation and Distribution Management

11

MGS-09 IT Applications in SCM

MGS-10 Operations Research and Strategy

MGS-11 Materials and Store Management

12

DELHI SCHOOL OF MANAGEMENT

DELHI TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY

Master of Business Administration

FIRST SEMESTER

13

Management Process and Organizational Behavior

Course Code MGT-11 Credits - 4

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student should be able to

1 Compare and contrast theories of organizational behavior

2 Analyze management issues as related to organizational behavior

3 Evaluate ethical issues as related to organizational behavior

4 Examine challenges of effective organizational communication

5 Examine the differences and similarities between leadership power and management

6 Assess the impact of culture on organizational behavior

7 Assess the impact of a companyrsquos structure and design on its organizational behavior

Unit 1 Introduction

Meaning and Nature of Management The evolution of management thought Functions and skills of a

manager Management Approaches Processes Managerial Skills Tasks and Responsibilities of a

Professional Manager

Unit 2 Organizational Structure and Process Organizational design six key elements of organizational design types of organizational design

organizational structure Managerial Ethos

Unit 3 Managing activities

Planning need for planning types of planning and the elements of planning Managerial decision

making- types of managerial decisions steps in decision-making process

Unit 4 Controlling Problem Solving Techniques Controlling Process and Techniques Budgetary and Non-Budgetary

control techniques PERT CPM

Unit 5 Organization Behavior An Introduction Behavioural Dynamics Foundations of individual behavior Personality Perception Learning Values Attitudes Motivation

Interpersonal Dynamics Group Dynamics Leadership theories and styles Management of conflict and

negotiation

Unit 6 Organisational Culture and Change Organisational culture Organisational change nature and forces of change resistance to change and

management of resistance to change Work stress sources and consequences of stress and its

management

14

Text Books

Robbins SP Judge TA Vohra N (2016) Organizational Behaviour 16e Pearson Education

Nahavandi A Denhardt R B Denhardt J V Aristigueta M P (2015) Organizational

Behavior Sage Publications

Reference Books

Greenberg J and Baron RA (2015) Behaviour in Organization Pearson Education Newstrom JW amp Davis K (2014) Organizational Behaviour at Work Tata Mc GrawHill

Suggested Readings

George J M amp Jones GR (2012) Understanding and Managing Organizational Behaviour 6e

Pearson Education Nelson DL Quick JC amp Khandelwal P (2014) ORGB 2e Cengage Learning

Financial Accounting and Cost Accounting

Course Code MGT-12 Credit - 4

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student should be able to

1 Identify the accounting rules required for business enterprises and apply the same in interpreting

financial results

2 Analyse interpret and communicate the information contained in basic financial statements

3 Explain and apply accounting concepts principles and conventions in examining financial

statements

4 Describe cost accounting terminologies and methods their rationale of classification and their

relevance to business decisions

5 Apply cost management ideas in determining productservice costs and in making business decisions

6 Identify ethical issues related to accounting in contemporary world

Unit 1 Introduction

15

Introduction to Accounting Importance Accounting Concepts and conventions (GAAP) Accounting

Standards (Focus on importance of Standards to give a general view on Financial Reporting Practices)

Unit 2 Accounting Process Books of Original Record Ledgeramp Trial Balance Classification of Capital and Revenue expenses

Concepts and contents of financial statements and drafting of Financial Statements

Unit 3 Asset Valuation and Inventory Valuation Concept and Methods of inventory valuation Concept of goodwill and methods of valuation l concept

methods and accounting for depreciation

Unit 4 Financial Analysis Users of financial statement Analysis and interpretation of financial statements Ratio Analysis

Liquidity Leverage Solvency and Profitability ratios ndash Du Pont Chart - Horizontal Analysis and

Vertical Analysis statement of changes in Financial position Preparation of Cash flow Working capital

changes

Unit 5 Concepts and Elements of Cost Material Labour and Overheads Direct vs Indirect Fixed vs Variable Methods of costing Unit

costing Contract Costing and Service Costing

Text Books

R Narayanswamy Financial accounting A Managerial Perspective PHI

Horngren T C Datar S M Foster G Rajan M V amp Ittner C (latest Edition) Cost Accounting A Managerial Emphasis (13th ed) New Delhi Prentice Hall of India

Reference Books

Robert N Anthony Essentials of Financial accounting Prentice Hall

Foster George Financial Statement Analysis Pearson

Ashok Banerjee Financial Accounting Third Edition Excel Books New Delhi

B Banerjee Cost Accounting Academic publishers Kolkatta

Marketing Management

Course Code MGT-13 Credit - 4

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student should be able to

16

1 Identify the roles and functions of marketing within a diverse range of organizations

2 Describe key marketing concepts theories and techniques for the analysis of dynamic marketing

environment

3 Develop the marketing mix for an organization

4 Critically analyze an organizationrsquos marketing activities

Unit 1 Introduction

Introduction to marketing function genesis approaches to marketing concept of customer value

customer satisfaction and delight Marketing mix concept classification of goods and services goods-

service continuum Emerging fields of marketing- green marketing digital marketing viral marketing

neuro marketing

Unit 2 Marketing Environment

Analyzing needs and trends Macro Environment - Political Economic Socio-cultural Legal Ecological

and Technical Environment ndash PEST analysis Micro Environment ndash Industry amp Competition

Unit 3 Market Segmentation Targeting and Positioning

Definition Need amp Benefits Bases for market segmentation of consumer goods industrial goods and

services Segment Niche amp Local Marketing Effective segmentation criteria Evaluating amp Selecting

Target Markets Concept of Target Market and Concept of positioning ndash Value Proposition amp USP

Unit 4 Product and Pricing Decisions Types of new product new product development managing Product Life Cycle test marketing a new

product Branding decisions packaging and labeling new trends in packaging Pricing objectives

Factors influencing pricing decision - approaches to pricing ndash Price amp Non-price competition setting the

price and managing the price changes

Unit 5 Distribution and Promotion Decisions Importance functions of distribution channels -

introduction to the various channels of distribution designing marketing channels Direct Marketing

Impact of technology amp Internet on distribution Promotional Mix - Advertising Sales Promotion

Personal Selling Public Relations Impact of technology amp Internet on

Promotion

Unit 6 Marketing Organization and Control Concept Types - Functional organization Product

Focused organization Geographic Organization Customer Based Organization Matrix organization

Organization structure for a wide customer orientation Need of marketing control and audit

Text Books

Kotler Philip Keller Kevin Lane Koshy Abraham and Jha Mithileshwar - Marketing

Management A South Asian Perspective (Pearson Education 14th Edition) Lamb CW Hair JF Sharma D and McDanial C- MKTG-A South Asian Perspective Cengagae

Publication

17

Reference Books

Stanton William J - Fundamentals of Marketing (Mc Graw Hill) Ramaswamy VS and Namakumari S - Marketing Management Planning Implementation and

Control (Macmillian 3rd Edition) Etzel M Walker B Stanton W and Pandit A (2009) Marketing Management Tata

McGrawHill New Delhi Mc Carthy and Perreault -Basic Marketing A Global Marketing Approach (Tata Mc Graw Hill

15th Edtion) Saxena Rajan (2009) Marketing Management Fourth Edition Tata McGraw Hill Education

Pvt LtdNew Delhi

Managerial Economics

Course Code MGT-14 Credit - 4

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student should be able to

1 Analyze real-world business problems with a systematic theoretical framework

2 Apply economics theories and concepts to analyze explain and evaluate the firm and Industry

behaviour market dynamics at micro and macro level

3 Develop analytical capabilities to deal with economic issues by integrating economic principles and

decision making and eventually formulate business strategy at firm level

4 Develop strategic thinking to analyze the challenges and opportunities arising in the context of

contemporary micro- and macroeconomic issues and formulate business strategies

5 Develop communication skills teamwork and leadership and other managerial skills

Unit 1 Introduction Introduction to Managerial Economics meaning significance Micro versus Macroeconomics Demand

Analysis Individual and market demand Factors affecting demand demand elasticity demand

forecasting Theory of consumer behavior and Utility analysis Cardinal and ordinal approaches

Revealed Preference Theory

Unit 2 Production Function and Cost Function Production functions Law of variable proportions Laws of return to scale Economies and diseconomies

of scale Equilibrium of the firm Cost function Theory of costs Short Run and long run costs Revenue

Functions Total Average and marginal revenue Break-even Analysis

Unit 3 Theory of Pricing Product Markets Perfect competition Monopoly Monopolistic competition Oligopoly Equilibrium

determination and pricing under different market structures

18

Unit 4 Pricing Practices and Strategies Cost-based Pricing Cost-PlusMark-up pricing Break-even Pricing Marginal Pricing Value-based

pricing Competition-based pricing Demand based Pricing Pricing Strategies Price Skimming

Penetration Pricing Differential Pricing Promotional Pricing etc

Unit 5 National Indicators National Income Aggregates and their measurement Inflation Nature and Causes Fiscal policy Taxes

and Transfer payments Role of Fiscal Policy Monetary Policy Role of Monetary Policy in India

Instruments of monetary control Liberalization Privatization and Globalization FDI Balance of

Payments

Text Book

Ahuja HL Managerial Economics Analysis of Managerial Decision Making 9th Edition S

Chand

Reference Books

Baye M Managerial Economics and Business Strategy 6th edition 2007

Png I and Lehman D Managerial Economics 3rd edition 2007

Trivedi ML Managerial Economics Theory and Application Tata McGraw and Hill Pvt Ltd

2009

Damodaran S Managerial Economics Oxford University Press 2006

Decision Sciences

Course Code MGT-15 Credits - 4

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student should be able to

1 Describe the role of statistics in management

2 List the basic quantitative techniques and their applications in management

3 Apply statistical techniques to present analyze and interpret data for drawing meaningful inferences

for decision making

4 Identify real business problems and transform them into appropriate quantitative models

Unit 1 Introduction Role of statistics in management Graphical representation of data Measures of central tendency and

dispersion

19

Unit 2 Probability Distributions Introduction to probability theory Probability distributions - continuous and discrete

Unit 3 Statistical estimation hypothesis testing and regression analysis Sampling distributions Point and interval estimation Hypothesis testing Z-test test of proportions t-

test ANOVA Chi-square test Non-parametric tests correlation and linear regression analysis

Unit 4 Operations Research Linear Programming Formulation and applications solution through graphical method and Simplex

methods sensitivity analysis Transportation and assignment problems Monte Carlo Simulation-

concepts and applications in business

Text Books Keller G (2014) Statistics for Management and Economics 10e Cengage Learning Aczel A Sounderpandian J and Saravanan P (2012) Complete Business Statistics 7e Tata

McGraw-Hill Education Barry Render B Ralph M Stair Michael E Hanna Trevor S Hale (2014) Quantitative

Analysis for Management 12e Pearson Vohra ND (2009) Quantitative Techniques in Management 4e Tata McGraw Hill Publications

Reference Books

Levine DM (2015) Statistics for Managers using Microsoft Excel 7e Pearson Education India Hiller FS Lieberman GJ Nag B and Basu P (2012) Introduction to Operations Research

Tata McGraw Hill Education

Legal Aspects of Management

Course Code MGT-16 Credits - 4

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student should be able to

1 Administer the comprehension of various legislations

2 Justify the provisions of Indian Contract 1872

3 Compare the various sections of Consumer protection act

4 Analyse the provisions of Companies Act

Unit 1 Business Legislation

20

Meaning and Nature of Law Sources of Indian Law Legal Environment of Business Mercantile Law

Some Basic Legal Concepts Essentials of Law Indian legal System An introduction of the various

legislations under the Indian Legal Framework

Unit 2 Indian Contract Act 1872 and Negotiable Instruments Act 1881

Concept of Agreement Contract Formation of a Contract Essential of a Valid Contract Offer and

Acceptance Consideration Discharge of Contract Remedies for Breach of Contract Special Contracts

Cases on Indian Contract Act 1872 Negotiable Instruments Act 1881 Meaning and Essential Features

Types Discharge and Liabilities Dishonor of Negotiable Instruments

Unit 3 Companies Act 2013

Meaning and Essential Features of Company Types of Companies Formation of Company

Memorandum and Articles of Association Prospectus Company Meetings Company Management

Directors and Independent Directors Responsibilities Appointment and Liabilities of Directors One

Person Company

Unit 4 Sales of Goods Act and Competition Law

Sales of Goods Act 1930-Meaning and Essential Elements of Contract of Sale Meaning of Goods

Conditions and Warranties Implied Conditions and Warranties Rights of unpaid seller Competition

Act 2002 Objective Anti-Competitive Agreements Abuse of Dominant Position Regulation of

Combinations Competition Commission of India

Unit 5 Consumer Protection Act 1986 and Information Technology Act 2000

The Consumer Protection Act 1986 Definitions of Consumer Complainant Goods Service - Meaning

of Consumer Dispute Complaint - Unfair Trade Practices - Restrictive Trade Practices Rights of

Consumers Consumer Disputes Redressal Agencies The Information Technology Act 2000 Digital

Signature Digital Signature Certificate Electronic Governance Electronic Records Certifying

Authorities Penalty amp Adjudication

Text Books

Khuchhal and Khuchhal Business and Corporate Law (2014) Vikas Publishing

Kapoor ND Business Laws (2015) Sultan Chand and Sons

Reference Books

Linda Thomas-Mobley Legal Concepts for Facility Managers Wiley Publications

Matthew Lippman Law and Society Sage Publishing

Business Communication

21

Course Code MGT-17 Credits - 4

Course outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student should be able to

1 Demonstrate proficiency in Communication skills across business settings purposes and audiences

2 Apply critical thinking to develop innovative and well founded perspectives on communication

globally

3 Identify the nuances of business communication

4 Demonstrate good business writing skills

5 Apply the basics of nonverbal communication in professional setting

Unit 1 Conceptual Issues in communication Model of Communication Barriers and Facilitators in

Communication Aspects of Verbal and Written Communication Principles of

EffectiveCommunication7 Crsquos of communication role of communication in business

Unit 2 Making effective presentations Meeting Interview Listening Negotiating for Business Strategy

ampTactics Legal Aspects of Business Communication Corporate Communication Global Business

Etiquette amp Cross Cultural communication

Unit 3 The importance of skillful writing Deductive Inductive amp AIDA approach to writing business letters

Writing for Inquiries Claims Invitations Reservations and Orders Refusal amp Collection Letters Sales

Letters Inter-office Memos Resume Writing ampRecommendation Essentials of good reports

classification of reports Report writing

Unit 4 Importance of non-verbal communication Kinesics Proxemics Hepatics Chronemics Paralanguage

Artifacts

Text Books Lesikar R V amp Petit J D (2007) Business communication London (7th ed) Homewood

Richard D Irwin Murphy H A amp Hildebrandt W (2007) Effective businesscommunications New Delhi

McGraw Hill Post P amp Collins P P (2005) The etiquette advantage in business (2nded) New York Harper

Resource Thill J ampBovee C L (2010) Excellence in business communication (9th ed) Michigan

Prentice Hall How to write anything by Laura Brown WW Norton and Company

22

Reference Books Dent F O amp Brent M (2006) Influencing India Palgrave Macmillan Hogan K (2008) The secret language of business how to read anyone in 3 seconds or less New

Jersey John Wiley amp Sons Weeks H (2010) Failure to communicate Boston Harvard Business Press Ludlow R amp Panton F The Essence of Effective Communications Prentice Hall of India Pvt

Ltd Bowman JP amp Branchaw PP (1987) Business Communications From Process to Product

Dryden Press Chicago Communication to Inspire A guide to leaders by Kevin Murray Kogan Page

Data Analysis Lab

Course Code MGT-18 Credits - 2

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student should be able to

1 Apply the basics of Excel

2 Demonstrate sound practical knowledge of SPSS

Unit 1

Basics of Excel Essential shortcuts Paste Special (Value Transpose) Absolute amp Relative referencing

Data Analytics using Excel

Sort amp Filter SUBTOTAL SUMIFS COUNTIFS Pivot Table for multivariable analysis

Computations Sum Max Min Average Count Generating multiple reports VLOOKUP HLOOKUP

IF Nested IFs AND OR etc

Data Cleaning and MIS reporting LEFT RIGHT MID UPPER PROPER LOWER TRIM Find amp

Replace Go to Etc MIS reporting Automatic row-wise Subtotal Conditional Formatting File Password

Select Dashboard Techniques Grouping Hide-Unhide Columns amp Rows etc

Unit 2

Basics of SPSS course

Defining variables and entering data missing data Importing an Excel file Sort Cases and Select Cases

Recoding variables Computing variables Creating and saving output

Advance Topics in SPSS Frequencies command Descriptive command Cross-tabulations

Data Analytics using SPSS Parametric and Non-Parametric Tests T Tests Correlation Regression Chi

Square ANOVA etc

23

Text Books

Andy Field Discovering Statistics Using IBM SPSS Statistics 4th Edition Sage Publications

John Walkenbach Excel 2016 Bible Wiley Publications

Reference Books

John MacInnes An Introduction to Secondary Data Analysis with IBM SPSS Statistics Sage

Publishing

Anil Maheshwari DATA ANALYTICS McGraw Hill Education

24

DELHI SCHOOL OF MANAGEMENT

DELHI TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY

Master of Business Administration

SECOND SEMESTER

25

Human Resource Management

Course Code MGT-21 Credits -4

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student should be able to

1 Critically assess existing theory and practice in the field of HRM

2 Develop an ability to undertake qualitative and quantitative research

3 Apply knowledge about qualitative and quantitative research to an independently constructed piece of

work

4 Respond positively to problems in unfamiliar contexts

5 Identify and apply new ideas methods and ways of thinking

Unit 1 Introduction

Human Resources Systems- Historical Evolution of the field Role of Human Resource management in a

competitive business environment Factors influencing Human Resource Management Strategic Human

Resource Management

Unit 2 Manpower planning Objectives Importance amp Problems of HR Planning Job analysis Determining Human Resource

Requirements Hiring and Developing Human Resources The process of forecasting Definition uses

Techniques of Job Analysis Job Description amp Job evaluation Competency mapping Talent

Management

Unit 3 Recruitment and Selection Concept identifying job recruitments recruitment resources and efficacy Selection process and methods

Psychometric tests amp its relevance interview Technique induction amp placement

Unit 4 Training and Development

TampD concept need strategy Identification of needs designing amp implementing training programmes

Management Development Evaluation of Training amp development

Unit 5 Compensation and Performance Management Performance Management ndash Concept and Practices Principle and objectives of Performance Appraisal and

potential Evaluation Feedback Career planning Succession Planning amp Retention ndash Scope concept

Principles amp Practices The problems in managing amp advantages Compensation Management Transfer

Promotion and Reward Policies

Unit 6 Industrial Relations

26

Definition concept context of Industrial Relation Discipline (Red hot stove principle of discipline

counselling collective bargaining Quality of work life Safety and Health Employee Welfare Employee

Assistance Programmes Separation Attrition Human Resource Auditing Human Resource Accounting

International Human Resources Management

Text Books

Dessler G ampVarkkey B (2015) Human Resource Management 14e Pearson Education

Denisi A Griffin R and Sarkar A (2014) HR Cengage Learning (India Edition)

Reference Books

DeCenzo D A and Robbins S P (10th ed 2011) Fundamentals of Human Resource

Management John Wiley

Torrington et al (2014) Human Resource Management 9e Pearson Education

Suggested Readings

Lepak D ampGowan M (2009) Human Resource Management Pearson Education

Ivancevich JM (2014) Human Resource Management 10e Tata Mc Graw Hill

Byars LL amp Rue LW (2014) Human Resource Management 10e Tata Mc Graw Hill

Financial Management

Course Code MGT-22 Credit - 4

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student should be able to

1 Apply techniques to analyze evaluate and project financial statements

2 Apply techniques for estimating the cost of each component of the cost of capital to incorporate it into

investment decision making

3 Apply the appropriate capital budgeting techniques for evaluating projects and investments

4 Apply the concepts of financial management to contemporary financial events

Unit 1 Overview of Finance Functions

27

Financial management Functions scope and objectives Environment of Financial Management Time

Value of Money ndash Annuity and present value of different types of cash flows concept of Risk and Return

Valuation of Securities - Bonds and Equity

Unit 2 Financing Decision Capital Structure The concept of Operating Financial and Combined Leverage Designing the capital

structure- Net Income Approach Net Operating Income Approach Traditional Approach and MM

Hypothesis with and without Corporate Taxes Concepts and estimation of Cost of Capital

Unit 3 Investment Decision Need for Investment Decision Estimation of Cash Flows Discounting Methods Factoring Risk and Price

change Risk Analysis in Investment Decisions-Certainty Equivalent Risk Adjusted Discount Rate

Decision Tree Approach

Unit 4 Working Capital Decision Concept of Working Capital - Fixed and Fluctuating Gross vs Net Factors affecting Working Capital

Management Working Capital gap Management of Cash Inventories Receivables and Trade

Liabilities

Unit 5 Dividend Decision Retained Earnings and Dividend Decision Gordon Model Walter Model MM Approach Lintner Model

Dividend Policy Decision ESOP and Bonus Shares

Unit 6 Emerging Issues in Finance An Overview Leasing amp Hire-Purchase Corporate Restructuring LBO

Text Books

Brealey R R Myers S Allen F amp Mohanty P (2009) Principles of corporate finance (8th

ed) New Delhi Tata Mc-Graw Hill IM Pandey ndash Financial Management (Vikas)( 10th Edition)

Refrence Books E F Brigham Financial Management Theory and Practice Cengage publication JC Van Horne Financial Management and Policy Pearson publication

Aswath Damodaran Corporate Finance Theory and Practice 2ed (WSE) Paperback Wiley

publication Robert C Higgins Analysis for Financial Management (10th Edition) McGraw HillIrwin

Series Ross Westerfield amp Jaffe Principles of Corporate Finance McGrawHill Education

28

Business Research Methods

Course Code MGT-23 Credits ndash 4

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student should be able to

1 Describe meaning role and scope of Business Research

2 Identify formulate and analyse research problems

3 Apply the major types of research designs methodologies and analysis methods (both qualitative

and quantitative)

4 Design a questionnaire

5 Comprehend data using various Univariate analysis Bivariate and Multivariate techniques

Unit 1 Introduction

Introduction to business research-types of research process of research Formulation of the research

problem development of the research hypotheses Types of Hypotheses

Unit 2 Research Design

Definition functions exploratory descriptive experimental Experimental research designs-pre-

experimental quasi-experimental true experimental statistical Validity of research instruments-face and

content construct validity Reliability of research instruments internal consistency procedures Methods

of data collection-primary and secondary sources Attitudinal scales-Likert Thurstone Guttman scales

Questionnaire designing

Unit 3 Sampling and Data Analysis

Concept designs Types of sampling designs- probability non-probability mixed sampling designs

sampling frame Sample size determination Data processing- editing coding and tabulating Data

analysis-univariate bivariate multivariate Hypothesis testing-concept types of errors steps in

hypothesis testing

Unit 4 Analytical Techniques

Advanced data analysis factor analysis simple and multiple regression discriminant analysis and

Conjoint Analysis

Text Books

Cooper Donald Schindler Pamela Sharma J K (2014) Business Research Methods 12e

McGraw Hill Education

29

Malhotra K Naresh Dash Satyabhushan (2015) Marketing Research 7e Pearson Education Ltd

Reference Books

Bryman Alan Bell Emma (2015) Business Research Methods 4e Oxford University Press Saunders Mark Lewis Philip Thornhill Adrian (2011) Research Method for Business Student

5e Pearson Education Hair F Joseph Black C William Babin Barry J Anderson E Rolph (2015) Multivariate Data

Analysis 7e Pearson Education

Business Environment

Course Code MGT-24 Credit - 4

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student should be able to

1 Describe business environment and its related factors

2 Evaluate environmental factors using appropriate tools and methods

3 Strategize operations of a business entity in multi-faceted environment

4 Design business policies for specific business environment

Unit 1 Introduction Business Environment Importance Types- Internal and External Micro and Macro Major environment

issues and challenges Inflation Unemployment Business Cycle- phases management of cyclical

fluctuations

Unit 2 Environment Analysis and Scanning Environment Analysis Techniques of environment analysis PESTLE Analysis and SWOT

Environment Scanning Identification of Relevant Variables Data Collection Mechanism summarizing

and reporting Environmental Trends

Unit 3 Business Environment in India Political environment and Business Types of Political Systems Political Risks Socio-cultural

environment of Business Elements of Culture Doing Business in India- A cultural Perspective

Demographic Environmental Factors Legal Environment and Business Indian Legal System Legal

Protection for Business in India

Unit 4 Economic Environment and Reforms

30

Economic Environment Analysis of Sectors Economic Planning in India Structural adjustment and

Economic reforms Industrial policy Sectoral reforms Agriculture Policy Foreign Trade Policy and

Liberalization Labor Market and Reforms

Unit 5 Business Environment in Global Context Globalization and its impactInternational InstitutionsOrganizations GATT WTO IMF

Multinationals and their Economic Impact Flow of foreign capital FDI FII FEMA etc

Text Book

Paul J and Gupta P Economic Environment and Policies for Business Tata McGraw Hill

Education Private Ltd

Reference Books

Paul J Business Environment-Text and Cases Tata McGraw Hill

Baron DP Business and Its Environment 7th EditionPearson Prentice-Hall Upper Saddle River

NJ 2013

Adhikari M Economic Environment of Business2000 8th Ed Excel Books

Knowledge and Intellectual Capital Management

Course Code MGT-25 Credits - 4

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student should be able to

1 Describe Knowledge and its management

2 Prepare and analyse various Knowledge Management Models

3 Identify the Knowledge Management Tools in business problems

4 Design new strategies with the application of Intellectual Capital

Unit 1 Fundamentals of KM

Data Information and Knowledge Knowledge Management Evolution of KM Knowledge

Managementrsquos Value Proposition Life cycles for Knowledge Management Systems Knowledge

Engineering Knowledge Acquisition Knowledge Economy Knowledge Assets Users Vs Knowledge

Workers Aligning KM and Business Strategy Cases in the area of KM

31

Unit 2 Types of Knowledge and KM Models

Multidisciplinary Nature of KM Types of knowledge and its implications for KM Explicit Knowledge

Tacit Knowledge Knowledge creation Models for Knowledge Creation SECI Model of Knowledge

Creation Ba Model of Knowledge Creation Capturing Tacit Knowledge Best Practices and Knowledge

Management Internet of Things Actionable Intelligence Business Strategy on Knowledge Strategic

Advantage

Unit 3 Strategic Knowledge Management and KM Tools Organizational Perspectives on Knowledge Management Generating a KM-specific vision Integrating

organizational and business goals with KM Choosing the right KM techniques Knowledge Management

Strategies Codification and Personalization Document Registry Expert Directory Communities of

Practice After Action Review Knowledge Audit KnowledgePeer Assist Knowledge Mapping

Knowledge Management System Life Cycle (KMSLC) Challenges and Barriers to Knowledge

Management Systems

Unit 4 Intellectual Capital

Intellectual Capital Knowledge as Asset amp Intellectual Property Relational Capital Structural Capital

Balanced Scorecard Intellectual Capital versus Physical Assets Valuation of the Organization

Components of the Intellectual Capital Intellectual Capital Navigator Intellectual Capital and Balanced

Scorecard Case study for Intellectual Capital

Text Books

Carolina Machado and J Paulo Davim Transfer and Management of Knowledge Wiley

Publications

Donald Hislop Knowledge Management in Organizations A Critical Introduction Oxford

University Press

Reference Books

David Bartholomew Building on Knowledge Developing Expertise Creativity and Intellectual

Capital in the Construction Professions Wiley Publications

Hirotaka Takeuchi and Ikujiro Nonaka Hitotsubashi on Knowledge ManagementWiley and Sons

Operations and Supply Chain Management

Course Code MGT-26 Credit - 4

32

Course Outcomes

1 Identify issues related to designing and managing supply chains

2 Apply tools and techniques for production and supply chain management

3 Describe the interaction of Supply chain management with other business functions such as

Marketing Finance Accounting and Human Resource

4 Assess the inventory and ware house management practices of an organization

Unit 1

Introduction to Production Management- role scope and interface with marketing finance strategy

Introduction to Supply Chain Management Types of production systems Concepts of productivity

Demand forecasting Time Series Regression Analysis and Qualitative techniques Concept of Strategic

fit Classification of SCs

Unit 2 Product Design and Process Selection Service Design Outsourcing Value Engineering QFD

Concurrent Engineering Facility Planning- location layout

Unit 3 Inventory management in Deterministic and uncertain environment Classification of Inventory Material

Requirements Planning (MRP)

Unit 4 Vendor selection rating Supply management Inbound logistics Warehouse management JIT

Distribution requirements planning (DRP)

Unit 5 Total Quality Management (TQM) Six-sigma ISO 9000 MIS Distribution management Outbound

logistics Channels of distribution

Unit 6 Flexibility and Agility in SC Mass Customization Supply Chain restructuring Smart Pricing IT in SCM

Performance measurement of Supply Chains

Text Books

Charry SN (2005) Production and Operation Management- Concepts Methods amp Strategy John

Willy amp Sons Asia Pvt Limited Adam Jr E and Ebert R (1998) Production and Operation Management

Reference Books

33

Joel D Wisner (2016) Operations Management A Supply Chain Process Approch Sage

Publications 2016 Coyle Bardi Longley The management of Business Logistics ndash A supply Chain Perspective

Thomson Press 2006 Principles of Supply Chain Management A Balanced approch by Joel D Wisner Kean-Choon

Tan G Keong Leong Cengage Learning (2012)

Management Accounting

Course Code MGT-27 Credits - 2

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this course students will be able to

1 Describe the role and importance of management accounting

2 Critically analyse and provide recommendations to improve the operations of organisations through

the application of management accounting techniques

3 Evaluate different costing systems cost management systems budgeting systems and performance

measurement systems

4 Evaluate complex ideas and tolerate ambiguity in managerial and organisational problem-solving

Unit 1 Introduction to Management Accounting

Concepts uses and changing scenario Foundations of Management Accounting Role of Management

Accountant ndash controllership function

Unit 2 Cost analysis Variable vs Absorption Costing Marginal Costing and its application in Decision-Making Cost-Volume-

Profit Analysis - Break-Even Analysis Profit Volume graph multi product BEP

Unit 3 Approaches to Cost Management Activity based approaches to management Analysis of common costs in manufacturing and service

industry Life cycle costing Back flush costing Quality Costing

Unit 4 Budgetary Control amp Performance measurement Fixed vs Flexible Budget Performance Budgets Zero based Budgets Responsibility accounting - Cost

Expense and Profit centers Standard Costing and Variance Analysis

34

Unit 5 Alternative choice decisions Cost concepts for decision making ndash Sunk cost Relevant vs Irrelevant cost non-cost factors in decision

making Make or Buy shut down decision

Text Books

Atkinson A A (latest Edition) Management Accounting (4th ed) New Delhi Pearson

Education

Horngren T C Datar S M Foster G Rajan M V amp Ittner C Cost Accounting A

Managerial Emphasis (13th ed) New Delhi Prentice Hall of India

Reference Books

Khan and Jain Management Accounting TMH education MNArora ldquoCost Accountingrdquo Vikas publishing House Delhi IM Pandey Management Accounting Vikas publishing House Delhi

Information Technology and Innovation Management

Course Code MGT-28 Credits - 2

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this course students will be able to

1 Analyze and interpret how database management Business Process Re-engineering and information

technology helps in boosting innovation

2 Identify issues related to the management of e-Governance initiatives

3 Identify the application of data mining for creating a conducive environment for innovation and

creativity

4 Critically assess and explain key current issues in the field of innovation

5 Diagnose and provide effective solutions for innovation challenges

6 Be informed and creative contributors to innovation processes in any type of organization

Unit 1

35

Data Organization issues Exposure to Database Management System and SQL Fundamentals of Data

Warehouse and Data Mining for Decision Support

Unit 2

Business Process Re-engineering and IT Overview of Digital India Programme E-Commerce E-

Governance Issues and Challenges

Unit 3

Innovations Management difference between Invention ampInnovation Creativity Innovation Strategies

and Models Concurrent Engineering Process Innovation Product Innovation Innovation Management

Unit 4

Creative and Lateral Thinking Management Thinking Creative Thinking and Lateral Thinking

Text Books

Suri PK and Sushil (2017) Strategic Planning and Implementation of E-governance Springer

Singapore

Betz Fredrick (2003) Managing Technological Innovation Competitive Advantage from change

SecondEdition John Wiley amp Sons Inc USA Szakonyi Robert (1999) Handbook of Technology Management Viva Book Pvt Ltd CRC Press

Reference Books

Carnall C (2003) Change Management Tool Kit Thomson Learning Process Singapore Amidon D M (1997) Innovation Strategy for the Knowledge Economy The KanAwakening

Butterwork-Heinemann New Delhi India Westerman et al (2014) Leading Digital HBR Press 2014

NCCNSSSportsDramaticsYoga

Course Code MGT-29 Credit - 2

The students are required to opt for any one of the open elective from this category The evaluation shall

be done jointly by the in charge of particular skill based activity and faculty coordinator nominated by the

department for this purpose The continuous evaluation shall be based on the contribution and involvement

made by the student in particular category for which the faculty advisor shall make objective criteria in

consultation with the activity in charge The faculty advisor shall submit the criteria in the beginning of

the semester to the department and announce to the students

36

DELHI SCHOOL OF MANAGEMENT

DELHI TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY

Master of Business Administration

THIRD SEMESTER

37

Business Analytics

Course Code MGT-31 Credits ndash 2

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this course students will be able to

1 Identify challenges related to business analytics projects

2 Apply techniques for ensuring quality data for business analytics projects

3 Apply appropriate analytical methods for business problems

Unit 1

Introduction to Analytics and data mining Organizationsources of data Data quality issues dealing with

incomplete or missing data data classification

Unit 2

Data Analytics Descriptive analytics Prescriptive analytics and Predictive analytics for decision

support

Text Book

Albright SC and Winston WL (2015) Business Analytics Data Analysis and Decision

Making 5thedition SENGAGE Halady P (2013) Business Analytics An Application Focus PHI Learning

Reference

Specific URL to be shared by Instructor

Corporate Governance

Course Code MGT-32 Credit - 2

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this course students will be able to

1 Describe corporate governance and its impact on organizations

2 Identify drivers of corporate governance such as capital markets shareholders and rating agencies

3 Identify types of policies and procedures that best practice companies introduce

38

4 Assess the regulatory governance framework for companies

Unit 1 Introduction to Ethics and Corporate Social Responsibility

Business Ethics Framing and Evaluating Business Ethics Decision making with Business Ethics

Corporate Social responsibility (CSR) Historical Perspective and emerging theories of CSR CSR ndash A

New Paradigm Phases and Generations of CSR Theories of CSR and Need of CSR Pyramid of CSR

Corporate Responsibilities and Ethics Companies Act 2013 and CSR Comprehensive Case Studies

Unit 2 Corporate Governance and Business Challenges Theoretical Roots of Governance Concept of Corporate Governance Shareholders vs Stakeholderrsquos

approach Regulatory Framework under various legislations Global Corporate Governance Governance

and Corporate Fraud Contemporary Board StructurePractice Corporate Governance and the Financial

Crisis Archie Carroll Model

Unit 3 Globalization and Multinationals

Global CitizenshipBoard Demography Serving the Companyrsquos Board Board of Directors Structure and

Process Ownership Structure and Role of Promoters Executive and Managerial Compensation

Introduction to Sarbanes Oxley Act and Foreign Corrupt Practices Act Compassionate Capitalism and

Third world countries Role of State and Corporate Profit Multinationals and Business Operations Role

in Home and Host Country Thomas Donaldson Ethical Algorithm

Unit 4 Subsistence Marketplaces and Opportunities at the Bottom of the Pyramid

Introduction to Subsistence Marketplaces Impact Investing Bottom-Up Immersion Characteristics of

Subsistence Marketplaces Patterns of interactions between buyers and sellers Understanding needs and

wants of people at Subsistence level Generating ideas for Subsistence marketplaces Challenges of

Sustainable Development Emerging trends in Subsistence Marketplaces

Text Books

Colin Fisher and Alan Lovell (2009) Business ethics and values Individual Corporate and

International Perspectives Prentice Hall Jayati Sarkar Corporate Governance in India (2013) Sage Publication Ltd

Reference Books

John Zinkin Challenges in Implementing Corporate Governance Whose Business is it Anyway

Wiley Publications Donald Nordberg Corporate Governance Principles and Issues Sage Publishing

39

Strategic Management

Course Code MGT-33 Credits - 4

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this course students will be able to

1 Identify strategic macro environmental issues analyse industry factors and identify their impact on

profitability and strategic positioning

2 Assess organizational performance identify strategic capabilities and gaps

3 Compare and evaluate organizational strategies

4 Select appropriate strategies amp approaches to facilitate putting strategy into action

Unit 1 Nature of Strategic Management

Concept of Strategy Mintzbergrsquos 5Ps of Strategy Strategic Decision Making Strategic Management

Process Strategists and their roles Competitive advantage internal context organization design

Unit 2 Strategy Identification Vision Mission Goals and Objectives External Environmental Analysis Analysing Companies

Resource in Competitive Position RBV model IO model SWOT Analysis Competitive amp competitor

analysis PESTEL analysis Strategies for competing in Global Markets Strategic Analysis and Choice

ndash BCG GE Directional Policy and Hoferrsquos Matrices Industry and Competitive Analysis

Unit 3 Strategic Formulation

Porterrsquos Generic Strategies Grand Strategies Strategic Alliances external context the spectrum of

competition and Niche market Value chain analysis- Competition in concentrated market entry and the

advantage of incumbency creating and capturing value in the chain

Unit 4 Strategy Implementation Resource Allocation Structural Considerations and Organisational Design Leadership and Corporate

Culture Fundamental and Operational Strategies Plans and Policies

Unit 5 Strategy Evaluation Importance and Nature of Strategic Evaluation Strategic and Operational Control Acquisitions and

Mergers Popularity and reasons for MampA Problems in achieving acquisition success Effective

acquisition Corporate restructuring focusing

Unit 6 Globalization and Strategy Multi Domestic Global Transnational Strategies Business Level and corporate level International

Cooperative Strategy Network cooperative strategy Blue and red ocean strategies

Text books

40

Strategic Management Concepts Competitiveness and Globalizationby Michael A Hitt R

Duane Ireland Robert E Hoskisson CENGAGE Learning 2015

Strategic Management Theory An Integrated Approach 11th Editionby Charles W L

Hill (Author) Gareth R Jones (Author) Melissa A Schilling (Author) CENGAGE Learning 2016

Reference Books

Strategic sourcing management by Oliver and Bruel Kogan Page

David F (2011) Strategic Management Concepts and Cases Prentice Hall New Jersey

Suggested Readings

Thomson A A and Strickland A J (2002) Strategic Management ndash Concept and Cases Tata

McGraw Hill New Delhi

Glueck W T and Lawrence R Jauch (2003) Business Policy and Strategic Management Frank

Bros amp Co

Kazmi A (2004) Business Policy and Strategic Management Tata McGraw Hill New Delhi

Summer Internship

Course Code MGT-34 Credits - 4

The students are required to undertake a Summer Internship Project (SIP) for 6-8 weeks duration at the

end of second semester The students may take SIP preferably in hisher intended area of specialization

to be opted in next semester or any other functional area Ideally the assigned research project during

internship must reflect a cross ndash functional orientation It is mandatory for the students to give prior

information to the department about the organization before commencement of the internship The

internship can be carried out in corporate entity NGO MSME Govt Dept or Co- operative sector

The department may faculty guide to supervise and assist the students during the internship and project

report preparation Two hard copies and one soft copy of the project reports are required to be submitted

to the as per the dates declared by the department The report should clearly focus on the learning

outcomes and reflect the nature and quantum of the research project carried out The evaluation of the

report shall be done at the end of the third semester by a panel of external and internal examiner

The broad guidelines for the evaluation of the projects may be based upon

Nature of the work done in the semester internship Research methodology and data analysis

41

Outcome of the project Utility of the project to the organization and society

Managerial Skills Development

Course Code MGT-35 Credit - 2

The focus would be on

Psychometric testing of the students and identifying their areas of improvements Sectoral Analysis Book reviews Business News Analysis Management of Stress and Management of Time Discussions and debates on the contemporary topics Seminar and workshop to hone skills of the students in different domains Enhancing conceptual skills by case analysis and situation analysis The evaluation shall be based on objective criteria as declared by the concerned faculty and would be

announced in the beginning of the semester

42

LIST OF ELECTIVES THIRD

SEMESTER

43

Investment Management

Course Code MGF -01 Credits -4

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student should be able to

1 Identify assets such as stock and bonds

2 Allocate investments into stock and bond portfolios

3 Assess the risk preferences of Individuals

4 Create and manage diversified portfolios

Unit 1 Introduction

Investment Objectives investment methods ndash Vehicles of Investments Security and non-security

forms of investment Concept and measurement of Risk Diversifiable and Non-diversifiable

Unit 2 Investment Environment Types of markets ndash Commodity markets Capital Market-Primary and secondary markets and Currency

Markets ndash major players and instruments Functioning of stock exchanges trading and settlement

procedures at NSE amp BSE SEBI and Market Regulations Efficient Market Hypothesis

Unit 3 Security analysis Fundamental analysis Concept and measurement of intrinsic value Company- Economy-Industry

Analysis Technical analysis ndash Charting the p[rice behavior identification of indicators and oscillators

outliers Share price and trading volume trend analysis sentiment indicators

Unit 4 Analysis and valuation of bonds Types of bonds Term structure of interest rate Bond yields pricing theorems default risk analysis

determination of yield curves YTM ndash Concept of Duration and immunization strategies Valuation of

preference and equity shares

Unit 5 Portfolio Management Portfolio design Asset allocation decision risky amp risk free assets-Utility analysis Traditional and

Modern Portfolio theory Markowitz diversification model selecting an optimal portfolio ndash concept and

evaluation techniques Portfolio performance evaluation and revision Sharpe amp Treynor Jensenrsquos

measure amp Tobinrsquos Q Active and passive strategies International Diversification

Unit 6 Elements of Financial Planning and Wealth management Meaning and Features Phases in Wealth Management Process Wealth pyramid Major product

offerings Key trends and limitations Wealth Creation and key drivers for Wealth Management

services Client profiling

Text Books

44

Jordan amp Fischer Investment Analysis and Portfolio management ndashndash (latest edition)

Zvi Bodie Kane Marcus amp Mohanty Investments ndashndash TMH ndash (latest edition)

Reference Books

Martin J Pring Martin Prings Complete Guide to Technical Analysis an Indian Perspective

Shroff

Robert Haughen Modern Investment Theory Pearson Frank K Reilly and Keith C Brown Investment Analysis and Portfolio Management 8th Edition

Thomson 2012 Rajiv D Khatalawala how to profit from Technical Analysis Vision Books

Aswath Damodaran Damodaran on Valuation 2ed Paperback ndash Wiley Graham Dodd and Kottle Security Analysis McGrawHill

Tax Planning and Management

Course Code MGF-02 Credits ndash 4

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student should be able to

1 Identify various types of taxes and their implications in decision making

2 Examine and assess the provisions for taxation of companies

3 Assess different types of incomes and their taxability and expenses and their deductibility

4 Describe and apply the provisions in corporate tax laws for tax planning

Unit 1 Introduction Definitions Income assesses person Assessment and Previous year Residential status Heads of Income

Computation of Taxable Income under different HeadsSources

Unit 2 Taxation of Companies Special Provisions in Computation of Profits from Business Deductions from Gross Total Income

Amalgamations of Companies and fiscal Incentives Minimum Alternate Tax on Companies Special

Provisions relating to Tax on Distributed Profits of Domestic Companies

Unit 3 Tax Planning

45

Concepts relating to Tax Avoidance and Tax Evasion Tax Planning with reference to Location of

Undertaking Type of Activity Ownership Pattern Dividend Policy Issue of Bonus Shares Inter

Corporate Dividends and Transfers Tax Planning relating to Amalgamations and Mergers of Companies

Tax considerations in respect of specific managerial decisions like Make or Buy Own or Lease Close or

Continue Sale in Domestic Markets or Exports Capital Budgeting Decisions Managerial Remuneration

Foreign Collaboration and Joint Ventures

Unit 4 Tax Administration

Filing of Returns and Assessments Penalties and Prosecutions Appeals and Revisions Advance Tax

TDS Advance Rulings Double Taxation Avoidance Agreements

Unit 5 Indian Laws and Regulations Governing International Transactions

FEMA Taxation of foreign income foreign investments Setting up offices and branches abroad

Restrictions on trade in endangered species and other commodities Code and common laws and their

implications to International Business

Text Books

EA Srinivas Corporate Tax PlanningTata McGraw Hill Studentrsquos Guide to Income Tax Taxmann

Reference Books

Ahuja G K amp Gupta Ravi Systematic Approach to Income Tax Allahabad Bharat Law

House

Singhania V K amp Singhania M (2009) Direct taxes planning and management Delhi

Taxmann Direct taxes Law and Practice Taxmann A Compendium of Companies Act 2013 Taxmann

Investment Banking and Financial Services

Course Code MGF-03 Credits ndash 4

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student should be able to

46

1 Apply the financial concepts and techniques to analyse activities and transactions in investment

banking

2 Describe capital market issuance process and required due diligence

3 Identify various type of financial services and their intricacies

4 Identify and examine corporate governance ethical and legal issues

Unit 1 Essentials of the EquityStock Market The new issue marketInitial Public Offerings (IPOs) -Publicly Traded Markets Factors affecting the

secondary trading market stock exchanges market indices liquidity and volatility issues -Corporate

effects on stock pricing priceearnings ratios book value valuation based on expectations vs historical

reporting -External and international economic effects on stock market values liquidity and volatility -

Fundamentals of stock market technical analysis -Private EquityVenture Capital and Direct Investment

Unit 2 Essentials of the Fixed IncomeBond Market Differences between stocksequity and bondscredit markets -Fundamentals and mathematics of the

credit fixed incomebond market -Corporate credit and economic impacts on bond markets interest

rates yields and credit pricing spreads Investment Grade vs Non Investment Grade (High YieldJunk

Bonds) -Fundamentals of the workings of the credit markets -Convertible Bonds and Asset Backed

Securities -Trading Positioning Underwriting and Distribution -Rating Agencies

Unit 3 Investment Banking Functions Underwriting Initial Public Offers Rights Issues and Secondary Public Offers Public Offers of Debt

Securities Overseas Capital Market Issues Exit Offers

Unit 4 Financial Services Leasing Hire-purchase Consumer finance Housing Finance Loan Syndication Credit Rating

Unit 5 LegalRegulatory Compliance Risk Management and Back Office -Ethics insider trading corporate governance fiduciary

responsibilities -Compliance and Regulatory Environment -Credit Market OperationsProcessing Risk

Management -Documentation Transaction Processing Financial Control and Reporting

Text Books

Subramanyam Pratap Investment banking Tata McGraw-Hill

Joshua Rosenbaum amp Joshua Pearl Investment Banking Valuation Leveraged Buyouts and

Mergers and Acquisitions MISL-Wiley

Reference Books

Michel Fleuriet Investment Banking Explained An Insiders Guide to the Industry (Professional

Finance amp Investment) McGraw-Hill Education

Matthew Kantz and Robert R Johnson Investment Banking for Dummies John Wiley and Son

47

Aswath Damodaran Investment Valuation Tools and Techniques for Determining the Value of

any Asset University ed 3ed Paperback Wiley Dun and Bradstreet Wealth Management Tata Mc Graw Hill

Financial Markets and Institutions

Course Code MGF-04 Credits - 4

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student should be able to

1 Describe the nature and role of financial systems

2 Apply concepts relevant to financial markets and financial institutions to current events or topical

Issues

3 Describe the differences and applications of financial instruments and financial services

4 Assess the international integration of financial markets and analyze the implications for financial

managers

Unit 1 Introduction Nature and Role of Financial System Financial System and Financial Markets Overview of Financial

Systems Markets Institutions and Instruments features participants and functions of Capital Market

and Money Market Stock exchanges and SEBI Global Currency Markets Financial Sector Reforms

Unit 2 Financial Institutions and Economic Development

Financial sector reforms Recommendation of Raghuram Rajan Committee

Unit 3 Intermediaries and their role (Banking and Non-Banking)

Banking Institutions Growth and Structure Central Bank Private Banks Public Sector Banks

Provident funds and pension funds Mutual Funds Insurance Companies Asset Reconstruction

Companies Micro Macro finance institutions and their role

Unit 4 Financial Markets T-Bill Market Call Money market commercial bills market Market for Commercial paper and

Certificate of Deposits G-Sec Market

Unit 5 Depositories and Custodial Services

Constituents of Depository system Functions of Depository Dematerialization and Rematerialization

process Depositories in India

Unit 6 Financial Services Meaning nature and types of Financial Services Importance of Financial Services Insurance Services

Bancassurance Reinsurances Venture Capital ndashPrivate Equity ndashstrategic secrets of private equity

48

Investment strategies Hedge funds E banking Securitization ndash Indian Banking and the Financial crisis

Merchant Banking services Issue management Merchant Banking in India Regulatory framework

Text Books

Bhole LM (latest edition) Financial Institutions amp Markets Structure Growth and

Innovations Tata McGraw Hill Bharati V Pathak The Indian Financial System (Markets Institutions and Services) Second edition Pearson Education

Reference Books

Saunders Anthony Cornett Marcia Millon (latest edition) Financial Institutions Management

Tata McGraw Hill

Clifford Gomez Financial Markets Institutions and Financial Services PHI learning

HR Machiraju Indian Financial System third edition Vikas Publishing House

Meir Kohn Financial Institutions and Markets custom edition

International Financial Management

Course Code MGF-05 Credits ndash 4

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student should be able to

1 Describe the international financial environment

2 Apply international financial theory

3 Assess the forces influencing global finance and their role in global business strategies

4 Evaluate cross-border investment opportunities for undertaking various capital budgeting and short-

term cash flow management decisions

Unit 1 Introduction International financial Environment-Importance rewards amp risk of international finance- Goals of

MNC- International Business methodsndashExposure to international risk- International Monetary system-

Multilateral financial institution-Government influence on exchange rate

Unit 2 International flows of funds Balance of payments (determination of current account capital account amp ORA)-International Trade

flows International Capital Flows-Agencies that facilitate International flows - Equilibrium

disequilibrium amp adjustment of Balance of payment amp Trade deficits

49

Unit 3 International Financial Markets Foreign exchange markets-foreign exchange trading-Cash amp Spot exchange markets-foreign exchange

rates ampquotation- forward markets-Exchange rate Behavior-Cross Rates-Foreign exchange market

participants-arbitrage profit in foreign markets Swift Mechanism

Unit 4 Foreign Exchange exposure and Foreign exchange risk Management Measuring exchange rate movements - Exchange rate equilibrium ndash Factors effecting foreign exchange

rate forecasting exchange rates - international parity relationship interest rate parity purchasing power

parity amp fisher effects Management of Transaction exposure - Management of Translation exposure-

Management of Economic exposure - Management of political Exposure - Management of Interest rate

exposure Hedging against foreign exchange exposure ndash Forward market - Futures Market- options

Market - Currency Swaps - Interest rate Swap - Cross currency Swaps

Unit 5 International Investment decision International Capital Budgeting Concept Problems associated Evaluation of a project Risk Evaluation

and Impact on Value Foreign Direct investment ndashForeign portfolio investment- International Financial

instruments International Bond amp Equity market sovereign risk

Text Books

PG Apte-International Finance Management- (Tata McGraw Hill)4e Levi Maurice International Finance New York McGraw Hill Inc latest edition

Reference Books

Eun amp Resnick ndash International Finance Management ---(TataMcGraw Hill) 4e

Jeff Madura International Finance Management ---(Thomson) 7e2004

Sharan Vyuptkesh International Financial Management 6th Edition PHI Thummuluri Siddaiah International Financial Management Pearson Education India

Industrial Relations amp Labour Legislation

Course Code MGH-01 Credits -4

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student should be able to

50

1 Describe the Labour Laws and Legal Framework of Industrial Relations

2 Assess the rationale of labour laws in organizations

3 Examine the labour laws in India viz-a-viz International Labour Organization

4 Identify issues pertaining to employee relations in an organization

Unit 1 Industrial Relation Management Concept - Evaluation ndash Background of industrial Relations in India- Influencing factors of IR in

enterprise and the consequences Economic Social and Political environments Employment Structure

ndash Social Partnership ndash Wider approaches to industrial relation ndash Labour Market

Unit 2 Trade Union Introduction ndash Definition and objective ndash growth of Trade Union in India-trade Unions Act 1926 and

Legal framework-Union recognition-Union Problems-Employees Association-introduction Objective

Membership Financial Status

Unit 3 Quality of Work Life Workersrsquo Participation in Management ndash Workerrsquos Participation in India shop floor Plant Level Board

Level ndash Workersrsquo Welfare in India scenario- Collective bargaining concepts amp Characteristics ndash

Promoting peace

Unit 4 Industrial Disputes Meaning nature and scope of industrial disputes ndash Cases and Consequences of Industrial Disputes ndash

Prevention and Settlement of industrial disputes in IndiaThe Industrial Disputes Act 1947 Employee

Grievances Causes of grievances ndash Conciliation Arbitration and Adjudication procedural aspects for

Settlement of Grievances ndash Standing Orders ndash Code Discipline

Unit 5 Legal Framework of Industrial Relations Settlement Machinery for Industrial Disputes Conciliation Arbitration amp Adjudication Legislation

The Trade Unions Act 1926 The Industrial Dispute Act 1947 The Factoryrsquos Act 1948 The Contract

Labor Act 1970 The Payment of Bonus Act 1965 The Industrial Employment (Standing Orders) Act

1972 The Minimum Wages Act 1948 The Payment of Wages Act 1936 The Workmenrsquos Compensation

Act 1923 The ESI Act 1948 The Employeesrsquo Provident Fund and Miscellaneous Provisions Act 1952

and The Maternity Benefits Act 1961 Overview of these Acts Only

Text books

Industrial Relations and Labour Laws Paperback by Piyali Ghosh Shefali Nandan McGraw Hill

Education 2015

Industrial Relations and Labour Laws Paperback by SC Srivastava Vikas Publishing House

2012

Reference Books Padhi PK (2011) Labor and Industrial Laws Prentice Hall of India Srivastava SC (2012) Industrial Relations and Labour Laws 6e Vikas Publishing House

51

Suggested Readings Sen R (2009) Industrial relations text and cases (2nd ed) New Delhi Macmillan Publishers VenkataRatnam C S (2006) Industrial relations New Delhi Oxford University Press

Compensation Management

Course Code MGH-02

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student should be able to

1 Describe Minimum wage ndash Fair wage Real wage Issues and Constraints in Wage Determination in

India

2 Illustrate different ways to strengthen the pay for performance link

3 Evaluate the concepts of employee benefits

4 Exhibit the knowledge of legal framework required in employee benefits

5 Demonstrate the implications of strategic compensation and possible employer implications

Unit 1 Introduction Compensation meaning objectives nature of compensation Nature amp Significance of wage salary

administration essentials-Minimum wage ndash Fair wage Real wage Issues and Constraints in Wage

Determination in India

Unit 2 Compensation system design issues Compensation Philosophies compensation approaches decision about compensation compensation-

base to pay individual Vs team rewards Perceptions of pay Fairness legal constraints on pay systems

Unit 3 Managing Compensation Strategic Compensation planning determining compensation-the wage mix Development of a Base Pay

System Job evaluation systems the compensation structure- Wage and salary surveys the wage curve

pay grades and rate ranges preparing salary matrix government regulation on compensation fixing pay

significant compensation issues Compensation as a retention strategy

Unit 4 Variable Pay and Executive Compensation Strategic reasons for Incentive plans administering incentive plans Individual incentive plans-

Piecework Standard hour plan Bonuses Merit Pay Group incentive plans- Team compensation Gain

sharing incentive Plans Enterprise incentive plans- Profit Sharing plans Stock Options ESOPs EVA

Executive compensation elements of executive compensation and its management International

compensation Management

Unit 5 Managing Employee Benefits Benefits- meaning strategic perspectives on benefits-goals for benefits benefits need analysis funding

benefits benchmarking benefit schemes nature and types of benefits Employee benefits programs-

52

security benefits retirement security benefits health care benefits time-off benefits benefits

administration employee benefits required by law discretionary major employee benefits creating a

work life setting employee services- designing a benefits package

Text books

Martocchio J (2014) Strategic Compensation A Human Resource Perspective Approach

Pearson Education Henderson RI (2009) Compensation Management in a Knowledge-based world 10e Pearson

Education

Reference Books

Singh BD (2007) Compensation and Reward Management Excel Books Gerhart B amp Rynes SL (2008) Compensation Evidence and Strategic Implications Sage

Publication

Suggested Readings

Milkovich G amp Newman JM (2006) Compensations New Delhi Mc-Graw Hill

Publishing Company Berger amp Berger (2008) The Compensation Handbook A State-of ndashthe ndashArt Guide to

Compensation Strategy and Design McGraw Hill

Organizational Development

Course Code MGH-03 Credits -4

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student should be able to

1 Able to comprehend the principles of OD located in human relations school of management

2 Identify major types of organizational development interventions

3 Demonstrate how to evaluate organizational development interventions

4 Apply human resource intervention techniques in different management scenarios

5 Describe human resources metrics and how they relate to organizational development

Unit 1 Organizational Development as a Profession and Field of Practice

53

Nature and Characteristics of Organization Development Organization Development as an evolving

field of Practice Managing the Organization Development Process Organizational Change Theories

and Models Organizational Change process Values Ethics and assumptions of OD Role and

Competencies of the OD practitioner

Unit 2 The Diagnostic Process and Introduction to OD Interventions Diagnosis At the Organization Group and Individual Level Data Collection Process Diagnostic

Methods Challenges in Diagnosis Diagnostic Information Feedback Survey Feedback Designing

Interventions Characteristics of Effective Interventions The Intervention Process

Unit 3 Organizational Development Interventions

Sensitivity Training Process Consultation Third-Party Interventions Team Building Organization

Confrontation Meeting Intergroup Relations Interventions Large Group Interventions Grid OD

System 4 Management Role Playing Employee Empowerment Performance Management Systems

Employee Wellness Interventions Career Planning MBO

Unit 4 Techno Structural and Strategic Interventions Restructuring Organizations Job Enrichment Socio-technical Systems TQM and Quality Circles

Culture Change Self ndashDesigning Organizations Learning Organizations OD practitioners as Agents of

Social Change Future of OD in a VUCA World (Volatility Uncertainty Complexity Ambiguity)

Text books Cummings T G amp Worley C G (2014) Organisational development and Change 10th edition

Cengage Learning Brown DR amp Harvey D (2013) An Experiential Approach to Organization Development

Pearson Education

Reference Books

French W Cecil H Bell amp Jr (2004) Organizational Development Prentice Hall of India Pvt

Ltd Jones BB amp Brazzel M (2014) The NTL Handbook of Organizational Development and

Change Principles Practices and Perspectives (2nd Edition) Wiley

Suggested readings Burnes B (1996) Managing Change A Strategic Approach to Organizational Dynamics London

Pitman Boss RW amp McConkie ML (2008) Team building In T G Cummings (Ed) Handbook of

organization development (pp 237-259) Thousand Oaks CA Sage Jones G R (2010) Organizational Theory Design and Change Pearson Education

54

Strategic Human Resource Management

Course Code MGH-04 Credits - 4

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student should be able to

1 Apply critical thinking skills in analysing theoretical and applied perspectives of strategic HRM

2 Analyse problems and develop managerial solutions to employment relations problems at both

national and workplace level

3 Demonstrate the application of problem solving and evaluation skills in HRM through exercises and

case study work

4 Communicate knowledge of SHRM in both written and verbal formats reactive to both audience

andpurpose

5 Investigate and communicate the professional values of HRM including the ethical problems

inherentin HRM professional roles including managers and consultants

Unit 1 Understanding Strategic HRM Traditional Vs strategic HR Typology of HR activities lsquoBest fitrsquo approach Vs lsquoBest practicersquo approach

HR strategy and the role of national context sectoral context and organizational context on HR strategy

and practices Investment perspective of human resources HR Strategy Formulation HR Strategy in

Multinational Global and Transnational companies Corporate Ethics Values and SHRM

Unit 2 Aligning HR Systems with business strategy Sustained competitive advantage ndash how HR adds value to the firm shy HR as scarce resource shy inimitable

resource shy non-substitutable resource HRM leading strategy formulation Alternative HR systems

shyuniversalisticshy contingency shy configurational Congruence and Integrated HR systems Designing

congruent HR systems

Unit 3 HR Strategy in workforce utilization Efficient utilization of Human resource shy cross training and flexible work assignment shy work teams shy

non-unionization Strategies for employee shortages Strategies for employee surpluses

Unit 4 HR strategy for training and development Benefits Strategic HR Planning Acquisition and Development planning and strategizing training

integrated learning with performance management system and compensation

Unit 5 High Performance Work Practices Individual high performance practices limitations of individual HPWP Systems of HPWP shy skill system

shy motivating system Individual practices Vs systems of practices Universal practices Vs contingency

perspectives

Unit 6 Strategic HRM in emerging HR issues

55

HR Strategy in workforce diversity shy virtual teams shy flexitime and telecommuting shy HR outsourcing shy

contingent and temporary workers shy Global sourcing of labor Expatriation and repatriation management

in global HRM Gender discrimination and Glass ceiling effect Employee engagement strategies Talent

management and retention Global Environment of HR Change amp Diversity

Text books

Catherine Truss David Mankin Clare Kelliher(2012) Strategic Human Resource Management

Oxford

Tamer K Darwish (2013) Strategic HRM and Performance Theory and Practice Cambridge

Scholars Publishing

Reference Books

Rees C amp Edwards T(2010) International Human Resource Management 2e Pearson

Education Mello JA (2011) Strategic Management of Human Resources 3e Cengage Learning India Pvt

Ltd Dowling PJ amp Welch DE (2010) International Human Resource Management Managing

People in a Multinational Context Cengage Learning India Pvt Ltd

Suggested Readings

Greer C (2008) Strategic Human Resource Management Pearson Education

Kandula S R (2009) Strategic Human Resource Development Prentice Hall India Evans P Pucik V amp Barsoux JL(2010) The Global Challenge Frameworks for International

Human Resource Management Tata McGraw Hill Delhi

Changing Paradigms in Leadership

Course Code MGH-05 Credits - 4

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student should be able to

1 Demonstrate a commitment to social justice

2 Describe group dynamics and effective teamwork

3 Exhibit the ability to work effectively with those different from themselves

56

4 Generate ideas with the insight of innovative leadership

5 Exhibit the ability for game changing innovation

Unit 1 Introduction Understanding dynamics of Power Influence and Organizational Politics Intrapersonal Interpersonal

Intergroup and Institutional power

Unit 2 Power and Its Distribution Bases of Power and Development of Multiple Sources of Power Impact of ideological factors structural

issues dependency and scarcity on distribution of power Learnings from Chanakya Kautilya

Unit 3 Spiritual Leadership Integrate scriptures and theological tradition with diverse contemporary cultural contexts Spiritual

Leaders lessons from Swami Vivekanandarsquos Teachings

Unit 4 Power and Social Influences

Leaders and use of power Misuse and loss of power Introduction Social Influence processes-

Persuasion and Negotiation principles of influence influence tactics

Unit 5 Servant Leadership

Listening Empathy Awareness Stewardship Conceptualization Foresight

Unit 6 Disruptive leadership

The scale of the challenges and the accelerating speed of innovation innovation leadershipndashndasha new

way of fostering counterintuitive ideas forcing improbable insights Opening minds to uncomfortable

solutions Disruptive Leadership - fostering a culture of game-changing innovation framework and

motivation to generate ideas and execute solutions

Text Books

Zaleznick A (2006) Learning Leadership The Abuse of Power in Organizations London Sage Cialdini R B (2008) Influence Science and practice New York Allyn and Bacon

Reference Books

Bocankova M (2006) Intercultural communication typical features of the Czech British

American Japanese Chinese and Arab cultures Praha Oeconomica Brett J M (2001) Negotiating globally How to negotiate deals resolve disputes and make

decisions across cultural boundaries San Francisco Jossey Bass

Suggested Readings

Clegg SR Courpasson D amp Phillips N (2006) Power and Organizations London Sage Leadership transition by Richard Elsuer Kogan Page

57

Consumer Behaviour

Course Code MGM-01 Credit - 4

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student should be able to

1 Describe the concept of consumer behavior from a variety of perspectives

2 Identify the key reasons behind why particular consumers in particular situations behave in a

certainway

3 Design a marketing mix in accordance with preferences of consumers

4 Develop strategies to create and enhance customer value

Unit 1 Introduction to consumer behavior

Definition of consumer behavior applications of consumer behaviour -Consumer behavior and

marketing strategy Consumer research-Primary and secondary methods-tools used-survey focus

groups personal interviews projective techniques Consumer segmentation-bases of segmentation-

demographic behavioural benefit

Unit 2 Influence of social class

Definition and meaning of social stratification-factors responsible for social stratification-characteristic

features of social classes- social influence on consumer behavior Group Dynamics and consumer

reference groups- definition and meaning of group ndash reasons for formation of group- types of groups

relevant to consumer behaviour information

Unit 3 Individual determinants

Perception-factors in perception- meaning of perception- perceptual process-factors responsible for

perceptual distortion Learning- Weberrsquos law-Classical conditioning-operant conditioning-marketing

implications- Components of learning process Personality and emotion Personality ndashmeaning and

nature ndash characteristics of personality- stages in the development of personality- personality influences

and consumer behaviour

Unit 4 Motivation ndash needs ndash goals

dynamic characteristics of motivation ndash consumer imagery and perceived risk hard core behavioural

perspective-social learning perspective-cognitive approach-biological approach-rational expectations

psychoanalytical perspective-Maslowrsquos hierarchy of needs- Properties of motivation- Three main types

of conflicts- Attitudes-definition beliefs- affect- behavioural intention-attitude changing strategies

Unit 5 Self concept

situational influences and lifestyle-overview Consumer decision making process

Unit 6 Consumption and post purchase behavior

58

Consumer satisfaction concept cognitive dissonance consumer delight Consumer Value Consumer

Value Delivery Strategies Competitive advantage through customer value Information ndash Customer

value determination process - Measuring customer satisfaction

Text Books

Schiffman LG and Kanuk LL Consumer Behaviour 9th Edition Prentice Hall of India New

Delhi

Solomon Michael R (2016) Consumer Behaviour Buying Having and Being 11e Pearson

Education

Reference Books

Seth J N amp Mittal B (2nd ed 2003) Customer Behaviour-A Managerial Perspective Thomson

South-Western

Hawkins D I amp Roger J B and Kenneth AC (2001) Consumer Behaviour-Building Marketing

Strategy Irwin McGraw-Hill New York

Advertising and Brand Management

Course Code MGM-02 Credit - 4

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student should be able to

1 Describe the various concepts and principles of advertising

2 Design media plan for the organization in accordance with organizational goals and strategies

3 Assess meaning and relevance of brand

4 Comprehend various issues pertaining to brand positioning and its application for combating

competition

Unit 1 Introduction to Advertisement

Concept and definition of advertisement ndash Social Economic and Legal Implications of Advertisement

Advertisement planning and strategy Setting advertisement objective ndash DAGMAR and other models

Advertisement budgets

Unit 2 Advertisement Media

Media plan ndash type and choice criteria ndash reach and frequency of advertisements- cost of advertisements

related to sales ndash media strategy and scheduling

Unit 3 Design and Execution of Advertisement

59

Message development ndash different types of advertisement ndash layout ndash design appeal ndash copy structure ndash

advertisement production ndash print ndash Radio TV and web advertisement ndash Media Research ndash testing

validity and reliability of ads ndash measuring impact of advertisements

Unit 4 Brand-concept

Nature and Importance of Brand Brand vs Generics Brand Life Cycle Brand Name and Brand

Management

Unit 5 Brand Identity

Conceiving Planning and Executing (Aaker Model) Brand Loyalty Measures of Loyalty Brand

Equity Concepts and Measures of Brand Equity-Cost Price and Consumer Based Methods Sustaining

Brand Equity Brand Personality

Unit 6 Brand Positioning

Concepts and Definitions Repositioning Celebrity Endorsement Brand Extension Differential

Advantage Strategies for Competitive Advantage Brand Pyramid Branding in different sectors Role

of e- communities in Brand Management

Text books

Aaker David A Batra Rajeev and Myers John G Advertising Management Prentice Hall Keller K L (2015) Strategic Brand Management 4e Pearson Education

Reference Books

Belch G E amp Belch M A (2001) Advertising and Promotion Tata McGraw Hill Delhi Arnold David The Handbook of Brand Management Random Century House London 2002 OrsquoGuinnT and Allen C (2009) Advertising Management with Integrated Brand Promotion 1e

Cengage Learning India Pvt Ltd New Delhi Hard Norman The Practice of Advertising Butter worth Heinemann Oxford 2005

Rural and Social Marketing

Course Code MGM-03 Credit - 4

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student should be able to

1 Describe the key characteristics and other aspects of rural markets

2 Analyze and apply marketing strategies in context of rural markets

60

3 Describe social marketing and various stakeholders involved in it

4 Apply social marketing strategies as per the needs of the target consumers

Unit 1 Rural Marketing Introduction

Definition Myths and Reality of Rural Markets Characteristics of Rural People Rural market

Environment Rural Infrastructure Problems of Rural Marketing as regards Product Positioning

Distributions Language Media Transport etc Challenges for Rural Marketing

Unit 2 Rural Marketing Strategies

Rural Market Segmentation Product Strategies Pricing Strategies Promotion Strategies Distribution

Strategies

Unit 3 Rural Marketing Research

Role of IT in Rural Marketing (e-Chaupals etc) with few case studies Marketing of Rural and Cottage

Industry Products Future of Rural Marketing in India

Unit 4 Foundation of Social Marketing

Definition Nature and Scope Social Marketing Challenges Conceptual Framework of Social

Marketing Need for Social Marketing

Unit 5 Social Marketing Strategies and Applications

Social Markets Segmentation Product Strategies Marketing Mix Pricing Strategies

Unit 6 Promoter Strategies Role of Govt and NGOrsquos in Social Marketing Social Marketing

Applied in Family Planning Medicare Small Savings AIDS Prevention Swacch Bharat Abhiyan

Ujjwala Yojna Beti Padhao-Beti Bachao

Text Books

Kashyap Pradeep Rural Marketing (2016) Pearson Education India

Dogra B amp Ghuman K Rural Marketing Concepts and Practices Tata McGraw-Hill ISBN 81-

7992-085-2

Lee NR Kotler P Social Marketing Changing Behaviour for Goods Sage Publications Inc

Reference Books

Kashyap Pradeep amp Raut Siddhartha Rural Marketing Biztantra Publishers ISBN 978-81-317-

6035-2

Ruchika Ramakrishnan Rural Marketing New Century

Crishnama Charyulu CSG amp Ramakrishnan Lalitha Rural Marketing Text amp Cases Pearson

Education ISBN978-81-317-3263-2

61

Rajan RV Donrsquot Flirt with Rural Maketing Productivity and Quality India

International Marketing

Course Code MGM-04 Credit - 4

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student should be able to

1 Describe the characteristics of international marketing environment

2 Apply the concept of marketing in contemporary international marketing context

3 Create and manage marketing mix in international markets

4 Identify and interpret information for successful promotion and distribution in international

markets

Unit 1 International Marketing

Meaning Nature and Importance International Marketing Orientation EPRG ndash Approach An

overview of the International Marketing Management Process International Marketing Environment

Unit 2 International Market Segmentation and Positioning

Screening and Selection of Markets International Market Entry Strategies Exporting licensing

Contract Manufacturing Joint Venture M amp A Setting-up of Wholly Owned Subsidiaries Aboard

Strategic Alliances

Unit 3 International Product and Pricing Strategies

Product Designing Product Standardization Vs Adaptation Managing Product Line International

Trade Product Life Cycle New Product Development Pricing for International Markets Factors

Affecting International Price Determination

Unit 4 Managing International Distribution and Promotion

Distribution Channel Strategy ndash International Distribution Channels their Roles and Functions

Selection and Management of Overseas Agents International Distribution Logistics

Unit 5 International Promotion Mix

Advertising and other Modes of Communication

Unit 6 Emerging Trends in International Marketing

62

Regionalism vs Multilaterism Trade Blocks Marketing Research for Identifying Opportunities in

International Markets

Text Books

Onkvisit Sak and Shaw Johan J International Marketing- Strategy and Theory 5e Taylor and

Francis

Keegan Warren J Global Marketing 9e Pearson Education New Delhi

Reference books

Cateora Philip R and Graham John L International Marketing 15e Tata McGraw- Hill New

Delhi

Czinkota Michael R and Ronkainen Ilkka A International Marketing 10e Cengage

Learning New Delhi

Sales and Distribution Management

Course Code MGM-05 Credit - 4

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student should be able to

1 Describe the importance and scope of sales management

2 Design robust sales and distribution strategies for dynamic marketing environment

3 Assess sales and distribution strategies in contemporary markets

4 Demonstrate skills and abilities for managing sales territories

Unit 1 Introduction to Sales Management Marketing vs selling importance and scope of selling selling theories sales function and multi ndashsales-

channel Personal Selling Process Sales organization structure sales forecasting ethical issues in

selling

Unit 2 Territory Design and Sales Quota Approaches and techniques to design sales territories Sales quota procedure types and methods sales

contests analysis and controlling of sales personnel sales analysis cost and profitability

Unit 3 Distribution Channel Functions and Institutions Value creation by intermediaries channel structure in FMCG Industrial Goods and Services in India

Online Vs Offline selection channel power and channel conflict operational issues in channel

management motivation and evaluation of channel members

63

Unit 4 Physical Distribution System Objective and scope An overview of Logistics Management Transportation and Warehousing

Decisions application of new age technology in logistics and transportation developing competitive

advantages through physical distribution

Text Books

Tanner Jr JF Honeycutt Jr ED and Erffmeyer RC (2009) Sales Management Pearson

Education New Delhi Havaldar K K and Cavale VM (2007) Sales and Distribution Management Text and Cases

Tata McGraw Hill New Delhi

Reference Books

Still Cundiff and Govoni (2009) Sales Management Decisions Strategies and Cases Prentice

Hall of India Pvt Ltd Bert Rosenbloom(2008) Marketing Channels South Western Cengage Learning Jobber David and Lancaster Geoffery (2013) Selling and Sales Management 9e Pearson

Education

Marketing Research

Course Code MGM-06 Credit - 4

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student should be able to

1 Describe the scope and relevance of marketing research and its contribution in the development of

marketing strategy

2 Develop a market research design which will include identification of research design framing of

research question sampling preparing of measurement instruments data collection analysis and

interpretation

3 Apply latest tools and packages for gaining better insights from data

4 Prepare research reports and presentations

Unit 1 Foundations of Marketing Research

Meaning objectives motivation and utility of marketing research Characteristics of scientific methods

Marketing research process Defining a research problem and developing a research approach the need

of different types of research types of marketing problems Writing a research proposal

Unit 2 Research Design

64

Concept and Importance in Research - Features of a good research design ndash Exploratory Research Design

ndash concept types and uses Descriptive Research Designs - concept and uses cross sectional and

longitudinal studies Experimental Design Causal relationships Concept of Independent amp Dependent

variables extraneous variable Treatment Control group

Unit 3 Measurement and Attitude Scaling

Concept problems in measurement of marketing research variables levels of measurement Nominal

Ordinal Interval and Ratio Comparative and non-comparative scaling techniques Rating Scales viz

Likert Scales Semantic Differential Scales Constant Sum Scales Graphic Rating Scales ndash Ranking Scales

ndash Paired Comparison amp Forced Ranking Projective techniques

Unit 4 Data Collection

Sources of data use and appraisal of existing information primary and secondary data Information from

respondents sampling design and questionnaire design interviewing various methods of survey data

collection email internet survey

Unit 5 Data Analysis

Hands on session on tools like SPSS for data analysis techniques like factor analysis correlation and

regression discriminant analysis for analyzing qualitative as well as quantitative data

Unit 6 Report preparation and Presentation

Research reports types layout and structure of research reports precautions in writing research reports

referencing styles Ethical issues in marketing research

Unit 7 Major Marketing Mix Research

Customer attitude and satisfaction research concept testing brand equity research shop and retail audit

mystery shopping readership survey and viewership survey and copy testing

Text Books

Malhotra NK Dash S - Marketing Research An Applied Orientation Pearson Education India

William G Zikmund and Babin Barry J - Essence of Marketing Research Cengage Learning

Reference Books Byod amp Westfall - Marketing Research All India Traveler Book Seller Nargundkar - Marketing ResearchTata McGraw Hill 2nd ed Beri GC Marketing Research Tata McGraw Hill 4th ed Green Paul E Tull Donald S and Albaum Gerald - Research for Marketing Decisions Prentice

Hall of India

65

Business Process Reengineering and Change Management

Course code MGI-01 Credits - 4

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student should be able to

1 Describe the concept of BPR

2 Design the processes to improve performance and reduce cost

3 Apply the tools and techniques for the implementation of BPR in an organization

4 Design change management strategies for BPR

Unit 1 Introduction to Business Process Reengineering

Concept of Business Process Reengineering Definition Nature Significance and rationale of Business

Process Reengineering Reengineering scenario in Indian Organization in comparison to global level

Problems issues scope and trends in BPR

Unit2 Strategic aspects of Business Process Reengineering

Implementing BPR Methodology and steps IT enabled reengineering Strategic aspects of BPR BPR

and Total Quality Management The paradigm of Mass customization managing organizational change

Lean manufacturing and Total Quality Management Principles of Total Quality Management Just in

Time philosophy

Unit 3 Process Mapping

Types of process maps Flow Charts Swim Lanes Diagram SIPOC Value Stream Mapping

Transforming Reinventing the enterprise Team building Measurement issues in BPR Assess Busines

Processes using established Performance Metrics Case studies of success as well as failure

Unit 4 Change Management People view empowering people reengineering management Issues of purpose culture process and

performance Change and Management of BPR Process of Change Stages in Change Different change

agents in an organization

Text Books

Micheal Hammer and James Chamby Reengineering the Corporation Paperback

RRadhakrishnan and SBalasubramanian ldquoBuisness Process Reengineering Text Casesrdquo PHI

2008

Reference Books

Peter Harriott Process Control McGraw Hill Education

66

Vikram Sethi amp William R King Organizational transformation through business process

reengineering Pearson education

Business Systems Analysis and Design

Course Code MGI-02 Credits - 4

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student should be able to

1 Identify issues related to planning implementation and maintenance of IT based Systems

2 Describe and evaluate the systems development life cycle

3 Assess the requirements for system design by data and process modeling

4 Apply tools and techniques for designing information systems for businesses

Unit 1 Introduction

Business and technology drivers of information systems Information systems building blocks

stakeholdersrsquo perspectives Issues related to planning implementation and maintenance of IT based

Systems

Unit 2 Requirement Analysis

Systems development life cycle Software development process models software requirement

specificationFact finding techniques for requirement analysis

Unit 3 Requirement Modelling

Modelling system requirements with Use Cases Sequence diagrams Data modelling Process

modelling Object oriented analysis

Unit 4 Systems Design

Design of input process and output sub-systems including user interface design database design and

object oriented design software application architecture

Text Books

Sommerville I (2016) Software Engineering 10 e Pearson

Dannis A Haley B Tegarden D (2015) Systems Analysis and Design An Object oriented

Approach with UML John Wiley amp Sons

Reference Books

Pressman RS (2014) Software Engineering ndash A Practitioners Approach McGraw-Hill

67

Whitten JL and Bentley LD (2007) System Analysis and Design Methods 7e McGraw-Hill

Database Management System

Course Code MGI-03 Credit - 4

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student should be able to

1 Describe the fundamental elements of relational database management system

2 Identify the basic concepts of relational data model entity-relationship model relational database

design and relational algebra

3 Construct queries for managing the database using SQL

4 Describe the features and benefits of NoSQL

Unit 1 Introduction

File Systems and Database Components of Database Management Systems Advantages of DBMS

Database Management Models Relational Network Hierarchical Object Oriented

Unit 2 Logical Data Modelling

Entity-Relationship Data Model Normalization and its significance and different levels of normalization

Unit 3 Relational Database Design Physical Database Design Integrity Constraints database security and disaster recovery strategies

Unit 4 Querying RDBMS Structured Query Language (Data Definition Data Manipulation Data

Control) Aggregate Functions Nested Sub Queries Views

Unit 5 NOSQL Database

Features of NoSQL Data types Benefits of NoSQL

Text Books Ramakrishnan R and Gehrke J (2014) Database Management Systems McGraw Hill

Connolly T And Begg C (2008) Database Systems A Practical Approach to Design

Implementation and Management 6e Pearson

Reference Books Sumathi S and Esakkirajan S (2007) Fundamentals of Relational Database Management

Systems Springe

68

Data Warehousing and Online Analytical Processing

Course Code MGI-04 Credits - 4

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student should be able to

1 Describe the uses and components of data warehouse

2 Distinguish between operational database systems and data warehouse

3 Design a data warehouse based on the specific requirements of the organization

4 Analyze the business scenarios to develop procedures for populating a Data warehouse

5 Apply the Data warehouse for data mining and business intelligence

6 Examine a data warehouse to perform different kinds of analytics

Unit 1 Concept of Data Warehouse

Differences between operational database systems and data warehouseUses of Data warehouse

Justifying a Data warehouse Contents of Data warehouse

Unit 2 Data Warehouse Modelling Data Cube A Multidimensional data model Schemas Stars Snowflakes and fact constellations Data

warehouse design process Data Mart

Unit 3 Populating a Data Warehouse

ETL Data extraction Transformation Cleansing Loading Data Warehouse Information flows

Unit 4 Analyzing the contents of a data warehouse Online analytical processing (OLAP) OLAP operations Roll-up Drill-down drill-across drill-through

Slice and dice Pivot Concept of data mining using data warehouse for business intelligence

Unit 5 Data Warehouse and Analytics

Data Analytics Descriptive analytics Prescriptive analytics and Predictive analytics

Text Books

Kimball R and Ross M (2013) The Data Warehouse Toolkit Wiley

Inmon WH (2005) Building the Data Warehouse 4e Wiley India

Reference Specific URL to be shared by Instructor

69

E-Business

Course code MGI-05 Credits - 4

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student should be able to

1 Identify the components as also the benefits and limitations of E-business

2 Assess and identify the security issues E-business

3 Describe the electronic payment system

4 Design an e-business while analyzing issues related to website designing and management

advertising search engine listing legal and other related issues

Unit 1 Introduction to e-business

Electronic Business Electronic Commerce ndash Types Benefits Limitations and Barriers Value Chains

in Electronic Commerce E-commerce opportunities in Digital India Intranet Composition of Intranet

Business Applications of Intranet Extranets Electronic Data Interchange

Unit 2 Security Issues in e-business Electronic Commerce Threats Securing E-commerce Encryption Cryptography Public Key

Infrastructure Overview of security protocols Firewalls Personal Firewalls IDS VPNs

Unit 3 Electronic Payment System

Concept of e-Money Electronic Payment Systems Credit and Debit cards E-Wallets Infrastructure

related Issues Electronic Fund Transfer

Unit 4 Launching Your E business Marketing an E-Business Models of Internet advertising Search Engines and Directories CRM in E-

commerce Building a Corporate Website Practical issues on servers and Application Software

Corporate Web Site Management issues Mobile Commerce E-commerce ethical and legal issues and

Cyber laws E-commerce and WTO

Text Books

Turban E Whiteside J King D and Outland J (2017 Introduction to Electronic Commerce and

Social Commerce Springer International Publishing

Schneider Gary P(2014) Electronic Commerce Cengage Learning

Reference Books

Joseph PT SJ (2015) E-Commerce ndash An Indian Perspective 5e Prentice Hall of India

70

Chaffey D (2011) E-Business and E-Commerce Management- Strategy Implementation and

Practice Pearson Education

Knowledge Management and Big Data (Common to Knowledge Management Specialization)

Knowledge Creation Critical Thinking and Innovation

Course Code MGK-01 Credits - 4

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student should be able to

1 Administer the comprehension of Knowledge Creation Models

2 Prepare and interpret various situations of Critical Thinking and Knowledge Management

3 Administer the Barriers and Enablers to Knowledge Creation

4 Devise new Knowledge Creation strategies

5 Design solutions for Innovation

Unit 1 Introduction to Knowledge and Knowledge Management

Types of Knowledge and Implication for Knowledge Management Knowledge Creation Models of

Knowledge Creation Nonakarsquos Model of Knowledge Creation and Transformation

Unit 2 Knowledge Creation and Critical Thinking

Knowledge Creation at the Level of the Individual Group and Organization The Nature of Technical

Problem Solving Formulating Knowledge Explicit and Codifying Knowledge Tacit Implicit and

Sticky Knowledge Knowledge Management Lifecycle Critical Thinking and Knowledge Management

Unit 3 Knowledge Acquisition and IPR

Knowledge Acquisition Principles and Process Techniques To Elicit Tacit Knowledge Tools Used to

Codify Explicit Knowledge Knowledge Acquisition Techniques Knowledge Protection and Issues In

Intellectual Property Rights

Unit 4 Barriers and Enablers

71

Barriers and Enablers to Knowledge Creation Knowledge Transfer and Sharing Innovation Vs

Creativity Managing for Innovation Innovation and Knowledge Management Typology of Design

Driven Innovation

Text Books

Georg Vin Krogh Kazuo Luchijo Ikujiro Nonaka Enabling Knowledge Creation Oxford

University Press 2000

Katherine Hibbs Pherson Randolph H Pherson Critical Thinking for Strategic Intelligence CQ

Press 2012 2nd edition

Reference Books

Mitsuru Kodama Knowledge Innovation Strategic management as practice Edward Elgar

Publishing Limited 2007 Kazuo Ichijo Ikujiro Nonaka Knowledge Creation and Management New Challenges for

Managers Oxford University Press

Knowledge Management and Big Data

Course code MGK-02 Credits - 4

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student should be able to

1 Describe the basic Database Architecture

2 Assess the role of Business Intelligence in organizations

3 Design and implement Predictive Analysis using Big Data

4 Propose strategy for managing Knowledge in the age of Digitalization

Unit 1 Introduction

History of KM KM Processes and Frameworks KM Tools and Practices Technical KM Tools Soft

KM Tools Introduction to Big Data Characterization of Big Data Volume Velocity Variety (V3)

Classic Data Vs Big Data

Unit 2 Big Data Value Chain

Big Data Tools Techniques Application Data Sources and Capture Value of Data Data Quality

Management Management of Big Data Basic Database Architecture Design of Data base Data Base

Management Systems The Stack Ecosystem

72

Unit 3 Cloud Computing

Introduction to Cloud Computing Cloud Services and Cloud Based KM Systems The Knowledge

Cloud Managing Knowledge in the Age of Digitalization Principles of Data Governance Data Ware

Housing and Data Mining Open Structured and Un Structured Information

Unit 4 Business Intelligence

Introduction to Business Intelligence System Thinking for the Use of Information Internet of Things

Social Media Sentiment Analysis Semantic Technology Business Innovation Using Big Data Analytics

and Case Studies Predictive Analysis Relationship Between KM and Big Data

Text Books

Dawn E Holmes Big Data A Very Short Introduction Oxford University Press Paul C Zikopoulos IBM Chris Eaton Paul Zikopoulos Understanding Big Data Analytics for

Enterprise Class Hadoop and Streaming Data McGraw Hill Education

Reference Books

Thomas H Davenport Big Data At Work Dispelling The Myths Uncovering The Opportunities

Harvard Business Review Press2014 Girard John Strategic Data- Based Wisdom In The Big Data Era IGI Global2015 Ma Zongmin Managing Big Data in Cloud Computing Environment IGI Global2016

Knowledge Creation and Skill Development

Course code MGK-03 Credits - 4

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student should be able to

1 Describe the process of knowledge creation

2 Assess the role of Organizational Learning in organizations

3 Comprehend the Linkage between KM and Skill Development

4 Propose strategy for attributes of effective learning Communities

Unit 1 Knowledge Creation

Introduction to Knowledge Creation Policy Perspectives on knowledge Different forms of collective

learning Attributes of effective learning Communities A framework for Knowledge creation

73

Unit 2 Organizational Learning and process of Knowledge Creation

The cycle of knowledge creation Enabling conditions of Knowledge creation Developing the power of

Knowledge Levels of Organizational Learning The evolution of lsquoPractice Fieldsrsquo Organizational

Learning Dimensions

Unit 3 Knowledge Creation and Skill Development

Introduction to Skill Development Skill Development I information systems Knowledge creation and

skill development II social media Knowledge creation and skill development III distribution

Forecasting and backcasting

Unit 4 Linking KM and Skill Development

KM and Skill Development tools Diagnostic Technologies and their value data management

information technology and organizational productivity in relation to development of new skills at the

workplace Web centric knowledge skill development Applications of Knowledge management

Text Book

Kazuo Ichijo Ikujiro Nonaka Knowledge Creation and Management New Challenges for

Managers 1st Edition Oxford University Press Thomas H DavenportLaurence PrusakWorking Knowledge Harvard Business School Press

Reference Books

Georg von Krogh (Author) Kazuo Ichijo (Author) Ikujiro Nonaka Enabling Knowledge

Creation How to Unlock the Mystery of Tacit Knowledge and Release the Power of Innovation Oxford

University Press W Mark Fruin Knowledge Works Managing Intellectual Capital at Toshiba Oxford University

Press

Business Intelligence and Knowledge Management

Course code MGK-04 Credits - 4

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student should be able to

1 Describe the importance advantages and limitations of Business Intelligence

2 Assess the role of Decision Trees and other such tools in an organization

3 Identify issues related to Business Intelligence

74

4 Apply business intelligence concepts to design new Business Rules for management

Unit 1 Introduction to Business Intelligence

Framework Business Intelligence Architecture and Components BI creation and use of BI governance

and intelligence Main theories and characteristics of Business Intelligence Moving Forward to

Competitive Intelligence Implementing Business Intelligence

Unit 2 Decision support systems

types and components expert systems machine learning and n management support modeling

Knowledge Representation and Reasoning Knowledge acquisition Verification and Validation

Uncertainty Modeling Business Rules and management

Unit 3 Knowledge Discovery and Analytics

Intro to Data Mining KDD Process Tasks and techniques Clustering Decision trees Association rules

ANN SVM Toolset Rapid Miner or Weka Web Mining Social Network Mining Text mining Process

mining

Unit 4 Data Warehousing Definitions and Concepts

The Data Warehousing Process Architectures of Data Warehousing Data integration and ETL

processes - Extraction Transformation and Loading Development of Data Warehouses The Future of

Business Intelligence

Text Books

Uwe Hannig Knowledge Management and Business Intelligence 2013 Springer Publishing Jessica Keyes Knowledge Management Business Intelligence and Content Management The IT

Practitioners Guide Auerbach Publications 1 edition

Reference Books Jay L Chatzkel Knowledge Capital How Knowledge-Based Enterprises Really Get Built Oxford

University Press Turban Sharda Delen KingBusiness Intelligence A Managerial Approach 2e Paperback ndash

2013 Pearson Publications

Knowledge System Strategy and Development

Course code MGK - 05 Credits - 4

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student should be able to

75

1 Describe the importance advantages and limitations of Knowledge Management

2 Identify the need for knowledge management in an organization

3 Analyze and design strategies for knowledge management

4 Assess the impact of Strategic Knowledge Management on organization

Unit 1 Introduction to KM Strategies

Need for Knowledge Management Strategies Developing Organizational KM Strategies Prioritizing

Knowledge Strategies Knowledge as a Strategic Asset Elements of Knowledge Strategy

Unit 2 Strategy for Knowledge Management

Strategic Decision making Process Strategy Analysis Describing Current It Situation Describing

Current and Desired Business Situation Knowledge Management Analysis Analyzing Needs For

Change

Unit 3 Strategy Choice

Identifying Alternative Actions Selecting Appropriate Actions Knowledge Management Action

Making the Plan Strategy Implementation Implementing Plan Barriers to Implementation Knowledge

Management Technology Architecture Evaluating Results

Unit 4 Strategic Knowledge Management Tools and Techniques

Building KM into Strategic Framework The Impact of Strategic Knowledge Management On

Organization Leadership and Knowledge Management Business Process Analysis and Management

Related Case Studies

Text Books Petter Gottschalk Strategic Knowledge Management Technology Idea Group Inc 2005 Nicolai J Foss Strategy Economic Organization and the Knowledge Economy The

Coordination of Firms and Resources Oxford University Press

Reference Books Kevin OSullivan Strategic Knowledge Management in Multinational Organizations 1st Edition

Abe Books August 2007 Brent N Hunter The Power of KM Harnessing the Extraordinary Value of Knowledge

Management Spirit Rising Productions Paperback ndash August 8 2016

76

SCM and E-Commerce

Course Code MGS - 01 Credit - 4

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student should be able to

1 Describe and assess the supply chain IT framework

2 Formulate strategies for digital markets and supply chains

3 Identify the opportunities in the field supply chain

4 Apply the learnings about information technology standards to the field of supply chain management

Unit 1 Supply Chain IT Framework

Supplier Relationship Management Internal Supply Chain Management Customer Relationship

Management Transaction Management Foundation

Unit 2 Supply Chain Information Systems

SC Information System classification Requirement Analysis for Information Systems in SC

Information for Strategic SC decisions Risks amp Challenges in implementing SC Information Systems

Benefits of SC Information Systems

Unit 3 Digital Markets amp Efficient Supply Chains

Web enabled Supply Chains Technological impact of SC disintermediation Reconfiguration of SC

Pure technology applications in SC Process Improvements - technology adoption

Unit 4 E - Supply Chain Opportunities

E business amp SCM ndash Upstream Perspective B-2-B Perspective E supply chain opportunities - e

procurement e fulfillment auctions amp reverse auctions collaborative demand planning intranets

extranets amp VPN Benefits to SMEs amp MSMEs

Unit 5 Technology Standards

Overview of Information Technology infrastructure ndash interface devices system architecture E -

commerce Service oriented architecture ndashIntroduction to ERP Applications of Bar coding amp scanning

RFID EPOS Global data synchronization Image Processing GPRS

Text Books

Hossein Bidgoli The Handbook of Technology Management John Wiley amp Sons Inc

Dave Chaffey E-Business and E-Commerce Management (4th Edition) Prentice Hal

Reference Books

77

Warwick Ford Michael Baum (2000) Secure Electronic Commerce Pearson Education

Christopher Alberts Audrey Dorofee (2002) Managing Information Security Risks Pearson

Education

David Whiteley (2001) E - Commerce Strategy Technologies and Applications Tata Magraw

Hill

Operations Analytics

Course Code MGS-02 Credit - 4

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student should be able to

1 Describe the concepts related to operations research

2 Formulate decision problems and interpret results using linear programming

3 Apply linear programming to business situations such as transportation and scheduling

4 Design integer programming problems

5 Conceive solutions to problems by applying multi-criteria decision-making techniques

Unit 1

Introduction to Operations Research (OR) linear programming (LP) formulating decision problems

using linear programming interpreting the results and sensitivity analysis

Unit 2

Multi-period LP models Applications of linear programming in product mix blending cutting stock

transportation transshipment assignment scheduling planning and revenue management problems

Network models and project planning

Unit 3

Integer Programming (IP) problems mixed-integer and zero-one programming Applications of IP in

capital budgeting location decisions

Unit 4

Multi-criteria decision making (MCDM) techniques Goal Programming (GP) and analytic hierarchy

process (AHP) non - linear programming portfolio theory

Text Books

Hwang Shiuh-Nan Lee Hsuan-Shih Zhu Joe (2014) Handbook of Operations Analytics Using

Data Envelopment Analysis Springer Thomas Devonport Competing on Analytics Tata Magraw Hill

78

Reference Books Render Stair Jr Managerial Decisions Modeling Pearson Education Jank Wolfgang Business Analytics for Managers Springer James R Evans University of Cincinnati Business Analytics Pearson Education

Logistics Planning and Strategy

Course Code MGS-03 Credits ndash 4

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student should be able to

1 Assess the crucial role of logistics in an organisation and economy at large

2 Analyse the linkages of logistics with other functions of the organizations

3 Examine the logistics systems by deploying comprehensive approaches

4 Identify the Logistics relationships

5 Design and implement service response logistics

Unit 1 Context of Logistics

Introduction definitions logistics in the economy a macro perspective aim of logistics activities of

logistics value added role of logistics

Unit 2 Logistics in the firm

Micro dimensions of logistics interface with operations manufacturing marketing supply chain

Problems with fragmented logistics Integrating logistics within an organization integrating logistics

along the SC

Unit 3 Approaches to analyzing logistics systems

Materials Management vs physical distribution Cost centers nodes vs links logistics channel cost

perspective amp level of optimality short run or static analysis long run or dynamic analysis

Unit 4 Logistics Relationships

Types of relationships Competitive relationship product relationship spatial relationship intensity of

involvement logistics outsourcing activities ndashconcept amp types of 3PL 4PL need for collaborative

relationships

Unit 5 Service Response Logistics

Overview of service Operations ndash service productivity global service issues service strategy

79

development service delivery systems service location amp layout primary concerns of service response

logistics ndashservice capacity waiting times distribution channels service quality

Text Books

Coyle Bardi Langley The Management of Business Logistics Cenage Learing India Ed 7th

Edition

Donald Waters Logistics- An Introduction to SCM Palgrave Macmillion Ist

Edition

Reference Books Winser Leong Tan Principles of SCM - A Balanced Approach Cenage Learning India Ed 1ST

Edition Alan Harrison Remko Van Hoek Logistics Management and Strategy Competing Through the

Supply Chain Prentice Hall Martin Christopher Logistics and Supply Chain Management (Financial Times Series) FTPress

Total Quality Management

Course Code MGS-04 Credits ndash 4

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student should be able to

1 Assess the importance of Quality in an organization

2 Describe the contributions on Quality by pioneers of the field

3 Evaluate quality policy by applying relevant tools

4 Deploy statistical quality control techniques

5 Describe Quality Management Awards and frameworks

Unit 1

Quality Concepts defined Quality Cost perspective Cost of Quality Quality Function Internal and

external quality perspective Goods and service quality Cost of poor quality internal failure cost and

external failure cost appraisal cost Prevention cost Analysis of quality cost hidden quality cost

80

Unit 2

Demings 14-point philosophy Juran Crosby philosophy Ishikawa Taguchi Feigenbaum Comparison

of quality philosophy

Unit 3

Check list Flow Chart Tally charts and Histograms Graphs Pareto Analysis Cause and Effect Scatter

diagram and regression analysis Quality Function Deployment-Introduction Customer needs Customer

priorities and competitive comparisons and planned improvements Design features or requirements

Unit 4

Statistical Quality Control Necessity and Importance of SQC Process capability Six Sigma quality

Process control Process

Unit 5

Quality Management Awards and frameworks Malcolm Baldrige National quality award Deming prize

ISO 9000-2000 CII Ramakrishna Bajaj Awards Tata Business Excellence Model (TBEM)

Text Books

Dale H Besterfield Carol Besterfield-MichnaTotal Quality Management International Edition

3E Pearson Education Adrian Wilkinson Tom Redman Ed Snape Mick Marchington Managing with Total Quality

Management Springer

Reference Books Paul Levy Total quality management in the supply chain Springer Terry Richardson Total Quality Management Cengage Learning Stephen GeorgeArnold WeimerskirchTotal Quality Management Strategies and Techniques

Pearson Education

Business Process Management and Change

Course Code MGS-05 Credits - 4

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student should be able to

1 Conceptualize business operations as processes

2 Apply the business improvement methodologies to real world business situations

3 Conceive strategies for Business Process Re-engineering and Business Process Management

81

4 Design implement and manage change in organizations

Unit 1 Introduction to Business Processes

Processes and Information Task Activity Process Sub Processes Conceptualization of business

activities as processes Business Process Process Mapping Process Modeling Business Process

Improvement Nature significance and rationale of Business Process Improvement Cases to understand

the basics of Business Process

Unit 2 Process Mapping and Business Improvement Methodologies

Flow Charts Swim Lanes Diagram SIPOC Value Stream Mapping Identification of Value Adding

Tasks and Non-Value Adding Tasks Analyze and Assess Business Processes using established

Performance Metrics Lean manufacturing and Total Quality Management Principles of Total Quality

Management Just in Time philosophy

Unit 3 Business Process Re-engineering and Business Process Management Business Process Re-engineering Radical Change Clean Sheet Rethinking Principles of Business

Process Management Cause and Effect Ishikawa Pareto Charts Concept of Business Process

Management and its relationships with Total Quality Management Business Process Reengineering and

Enterprise Resource Planning Ways to improve the efficiency and effectiveness of existing processes

Unit 4 Business Process Management and Change Management

Change Change Management Need and Rationale of Change Individual Level Change

Organizational Level Change People View Empowering People Process of Change Model of

Change Equation of Change Change Levers and Managing Change A Simulation Exercise to

implement a Change Initiative in an Organization

Text Books

Paula K Berman Successful Business Process Management What You Need to Know to Get

Results American Management Association Catherine M Flanagan People and Change An Introduction to Counseling and Stress

Management Lawrence Erlbaum Associates

Reference Books

Susan Page The Power of Business Process Improvement 10 Simple Steps to Increase

Effectiveness Efficiency and Adaptability American Management Association Peter Harriott Process Control McGraw Hill Education

Computer Aided Design and Manufacturing

Course Code MGS-06 Credit - 4

Course Outcomes

82

Upon successful completion of the course the student should be able to

1 Demonstrate surface modelling

2 Apply CAD tools and techniques to real world practical scenarios

3 Identify latest developments in Design including AI in Design

4 Assess the scope of manufacturing and its future challenges

Unit 1

Definition of CAD Tools Types of system CADCAM system evaluation Criteria Graphics standards

functional areas of CAD Modeling and viewing software documentation efficient use of CAD

software

Unit 2

Mathematical representation of surfaces Surface model Surface entities surface representation

Parametric representation of surfaces plane surface ruled surfacesurface of revolution Tabulated

surface

Unit 3

Feature Based Modeling Assembly Modeling Behavioral Modeling Conceptual Design amp Top-down

Design Techniques for visual realism - hidden line - Surface removal - Algorithms for shading and

Rendering Parametric and variational modeling Feature recognition Design by features Assembly

and Tolerance Modeling

Unit 4

Parametric and variational modeling Feature recognition Design by features Assembly and

Tolerance Modeling Tolerance representation - specification analysis and synthesis AI in Design

Text Books

Ibrahim Zeid CADCAM Theory and Practice McGraw Hill international Farid M L Amirouche Principles of Computer-aided Design and Manufacturing Pearson

Education

Reference Books M Groover E Zimmers CADCAM Computer-Aided Design and Manufacturing Sage

Publications G Johannesen Integrated Systems Engineering Pearson Education P N Rao CADCAM Tata McGraw Hill

83

DELHI SCHOOL OF MANAGEMENT

DELHI TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY

Master of Business Administration

FOURTH SEMESTER

84

Project Management

Course Code MGT-41 Credit - 4

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student should be able to

1 Apply project management concepts to address specific management needs at the individual team

division andor organizational level

2 Identify the resources costs and time constraints tools and supplementary materials needed

project life cycle provides internal stakeholders with information regarding project costs by

considering factors such as estimated cost variances and profits

3 Demonstrate effective project planning execution and control techniques that result in successful

projects

4 Demonstrate strong working knowledge of ethics and professional responsibility in project

management

Unit 1 Project Management Principles

Definition of project project management processes and other key concepts principles of project

management roles and responsibilities of the project manager project life cycle causes of project

failures

Unit 2 Planning the project

project planning process project charter and project plan work breakdown structure (WBS) techniques

project structuring and organization considerations change management and conflict resolution issues

Unit 3 Estimating Project Costs Type of costs Elements of budget approaches for estimating cost and budget Factors influencing

quality of estimates

Unit 4 Estimating Project Time

Activity sequencing Estimating time precedence network diagram critical path method program

evaluation and review techniques project scheduling basics of scheduling

Unit 5 Project Quality Management

An Overview of PQM processes and their integration with Project Management Plan

Unit 6 Managing Risks Project Control and Performance Management

Risk concept and identification risk assessment prioritizing risks risk response planning Project

85

tracking and control elements Earned Value Management factors contributing to successful project

control Measures of project success

Text Books Meredith JR Mantel SJ and Shafer SM (2014) Project Management A Managerial Approach

9e IWiley Publishing Straw G (2015) Understanding Project Management Kogan Page Ltd

Reference Books Charvat J (2003) Project Management Methodologies Selecting Implementing and Supporting

Methodologies and Processes for projects 2003 John Wiley amp Sons PMI A Guide to the Project Management Body of Knowledge

Entrepreneurship Development

Course Code MGT-42 Credit - 2

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student should be able to

1 Evaluate attractiveness of business opportunity and pitfalls during entrepreneurial process

2 Assess the risks and devise plans to minimize uncertainties at different stages of entrepreneurial

process

3 Design organize and lead a team to transform an initial idea to a business opportunity with the goal

to bring new products and services to market

4 Assess business opportunity through business plan

Unit 1 Entrepreneurship

Concept and Definitions Entrepreneurship and Economic Development Factor Affecting

Entrepreneurial Growth ndash Economic Non-Economic Factors Classification and Types of Entrepreneurs

Entrepreneurial Competencies EDP Programs Entrepreneurial Training TraitsQualities of an

Entrepreneurs Manager Vs Entrepreneur Entrepreneur Vs Entrepreneurship Entrepreneur Vs

Administrator

Unit 2 Opportunity Identification and Product Selection Entrepreneurial Opportunity Search and Identification Sources of Information Criteria to Select a

Product Conducting Feasibility Studies Marketing Feasibility Technical Feasibility Finance

Feasibility HR Feasibility etc Business Plan Formulation Format of Business Plan with Practical

example Project Report Preparation Specimen of Project Report

86

Unit 3 Enterprise Launching Formalities

Definition of Small Scale as per MSMED Act 2006 Rationale Objective Scope steps involved in

starting enterprise SME Registration NOC from Pollution Board Machinery and Equipment Selection

Role of SME in Economic Development of India Project Planning and Scheduling using Networking

Techniques of PERTCPM Methods of Project Appraisal

Unit 4 Role of Support Institutions and Management of Small Business

Role of Director of Industries DIC DCMSME SIDBI Small Industries Development Corporation

(SIDC) MSME (D-I) NSIC NISBUED State Financial Corporation (SFC) Functional areas

application for Small Enterprises like Marketing Management issues Production Management issues

Finance Management issues Human Resource Management issues Export Marketing

Text Book

Donald F amp Dr Kuratko (2016) Entrepreneurship Theory Process and Practice South Western

Publication

References Books

Charantimath (2013) Entrepreneurship Development and Small Business Enterprise

Pearson Education

Taing Kalpana (2014) Entrepreneurship Theory and Practice Anmol Publication

Pvt Ltd Delhi

Business Intelligence

Course Code MGT-43 Credits - 2

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student should be able to

1 Integrate knowledge of communication technologies with appropriate policy financial and

management issues

2 Articulate the basic issues of telecommunication and information policy and the key governmental

and regulatory processes affecting them from a global perspective

Unit 1

Data Science Data pre-processing Introduction to decision support systems Big data Hadoop

and data mining OLAP and Data Mining

87

Unit 2

Mining Frequent Patterns Associations Correlations Classification Prediction Clustering Data mining

applications in business

Text Books

Tan P Steinbach M and Kumar V (2016) Introduction to Data Mining Pearson Warren J and Marz N (2015) Big Data Principles and Best Practices of Scalable Real-Time Data

Systems Dreamtech Press

Reference Specific URL to be shared by Instructor

Major Research Project

Course Code MGT-44 Credits - 6

In Sem IV all a student is required to work on a major research project under the supervision of assigned

faculty member by the department The student is required to select a research problem preferably on a

topic related with contemporary issues in management It is mandatory for the students to get advance

written approval of the supervisor before finalization of the topic Each student shall prepare a detailed

research proposal and the copy of the same is required to be submitted to faculty co-ordinator duly signed

by the supervisor

On the prescribed date two hard and one soft copy of the reports are required to be submitted to the

department as per the format provided by the concerned supervisor The completion of the research

project must be certified by the supervisor and approved by the HOD

The evaluation of the research project shall be carried out jointly by a panel of internal and external

examiner The department may invite external examiners across the specialization and industry

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student should be able to

1 Design and implement a research-based project

2 Demonstrate time and project management in the successful identification of a research project

3 development of a research design collection of accurate and precise data critical analysis and

4 interpretation of results retrieval of information and critical reading of literature

5 Report research findings in written and verbal forms

6 Use research findings to advance education theory and practice

88

Emotional Intelligence and Managerial Effectiveness

Course Code MGT-45 Credit 2

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student should be able to

1 Describe the concepts related to Emotional Intelligence

2 Assess the situation to manage stress and increase productivity of employees

3 Design an environment for productive work relationships and communications for running

effective meetings decision-making and creative problem-solving

4 Demonstrate leadership qualities that promote trust motivation and commitment to results

Suggested reading

Understanding Emotional Intelligence by Nielson Kite Kogan Page

89

LIST OF ELECTIVES FOURTH

SEMESTER

90

Corporate Mergers Acquisitions amp Restructuring

Course code MGF-06 Credits - 4

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student will be able to

1 Identify key differences between the mergers and acquisition

2 Describe the process of mergers and acquisitions restructuring of organizations

3 Carry out the valuation of mergers

4 Apply their knowledge in the practical setting

Unit 1 Introduction to Mergers Nature of acquisitions and amalgamations types of merger ndash motives behind mergers ndash theories of

growth of the firms and organic inorganic growth strategies ndash value creation in horizontal vertical and

conglomerate mergers ndash internal and external change forces contributing to M amp A activities A strategic

perspective- industry life cycle and product life cycle analysis in MampA decision strategic approaches to

MampA- SWOT analysis BCG matrix Porterrsquos Five forces model

Unit 2 Regulatory Framework Legal and regulatory frame work of M amp A ndash provisions of Companyrsquos Act

2013 Indian Income Tax act 1961 ndash SEBI takeover code Provisions of

Competition Act

Unit 3 Merger Process Dynamics of MampA process identification of targets and process of due diligence preparation of due

diligence report deal restructuring Process of merger integration ndash organizational and human aspects ndash

managerial challenges of M amp A Integration of merged entity process and problem proxys and takeover

tactics

Unit 4 Corporate Bankruptcies Concept of Bankruptcy Identification and Management thereof

Unit 5 Corporate restructuring Different methods of restructuring ndash joint ventures ndash sell off and spin off ndash divestitures ndash equity carve

out ndash leveraged buy outs (LBO) ndash management buy outs ndash master limited partnerships ndash employee stock

ownership plans (ESOP) Going Private

Unit 6 Valuation of MampA Valuation approaches discounted cash flow valuation relative valuation valuing operating and

financial synergy valuing corporate control cash offer share exchange ratio ndash mergers as a capital

budgeting decision

Text Books Patrick Gaughan Mergers Acquisitions and Corporate Restructurings John Wiley

91

Donald DePamphilis Mergers and Acquisitions Basics Elsevier

Reference Books Mergers acquisitions and Business valuation Ravindhar VadapallindashExcel books 1e 2007 Ashwath Damodaran ndash Corporate Finance-Theory and PracticendashJohn Wiley amp Sons S F Reed A R Lajoux and H Peter Nesvold The Art of MampA Fourth Edition A Merger

Acquisition Buyout Guide Mc Graw Hill Education

Financial Derivatives and Risk Management

Course Code MGF-07 Credits - 4

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student will be able to

1 Differentiate between hedging and speculation

2 Evaluate pricing for futures and forwards

3 Identify different hedging strategies

4 Design the mechanics valuation and trading strategies of derivative market

5 Develop trading strategies in the volatile market

Unit 1 Introduction to Financial Derivatives Forwards futures options swaps and other derivative instruments Basics of hedging credit currency

and interest rate risks -Difference between hedging and speculation -Hedge Funds vs Mutual Funds

Unit 2 Fundamentals of Forwards and Futures Organisation and structure trading mechanism cost of carry model Determination of forward and

future prices Pricing of futures and forwards on investment assets commodities currencies and

interest rate

Unit 3 Hedging Strategies using Forwards and Futures Short hedge and long hedge using futures cross hedging of portfolio and commodities using futures

Unit 4 Option fundamentals Building Blocks calls puts and underlying Basic Option Pricing European options American

options forward-spot parity put call parity Option Greeks the binomial option-pricing model

Binomial and Black-Scholes Option Valuation hedging strategies using Options Option Positions

and Strategies Construction of option strategies in various market situations and their pay off Betting

on a large price decrease betting on a small price increase

92

Unit 5 Swaps and Derivatives Introduction and motive for Swaps Introduction to Interest Rate Derivative

Unit 6 Risk Management Objective of Risk management identifying types of risk Quantifying risk and Hedging techniques

Credit default swaps Total return swaps Credit spread options Collateralized debt obligation

Introduction to VaR

Text Book

John CHull Options Futures amp Other Derivatives- - (Pearson Education) latest edition

BR Bagri ND VohraFutures and Options Mc GrawHill Education

Reference Books

Introduction to Derivatives and Risk Management ndash Chance ndashThomson Learning latest edition

Merton H Miller Merton Miller on Derivatives Wiley Robert W Kolb Futures Options and Swaps ndashndash Blackwell

Publishing

Financial Modeling and Analysis

Course Code MGF-08 Credits - 4

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student will be able to

1 Describe Financial Modeling and basics of Econometrics

2 Design robust and dynamic financial models

3 Apply models for forecasting and research

4 Analyze and interpret data to provide meaningful information to assist in making management

decisions

Unit 1 Introduction Modeling practices and principles Use of Excel in financial decision making

Unit 2 Financial Modeling

93

Model specification desirable qualities of models evaluating an econometric model Random variables

stochastic variables and the stochastic error term probability distributions (review) estimators desirable

qualities of a good estimator maximum likelihood estimators (definition)

Unit 3 Extensions of the basic linear model and the multiple regression model

The 3 variable model partial regression and correlation coefficients assumptions of the classical linear

model Derivation of Ordinary Least Squares Estimators Properties of LS estimators OLS AS BLUE

Variances and Standard deviations Goodness of fit R=squared and adjusted R-squared Tests of

significance t and F tests Hypothesis testing involving more than one parameter Forecasting Evaluation

of Forecasts Mean Squared error RMS error

Unit 4 Time Series Analysis Short Run and Long Run Relationships Cointegration Cointegration and common trends Tests of

cointegration Engle-Granger Two Step Procedure the Johansen-Juselius Multivariate Test Error

Correction Models Estimation and interpretation off an Error Correction Model Forecasting Using an

Error Correction Model

Unit 5 Modeling Volatility

Time varying volatility model ARCH GARCH AGARCH models and its extension Forecasting

volatility and other Volatility models Developing the interactive model output screen and report

Text Books

Gujarati DE Essentials of Econometrics McGraw Hill Simon Beninga Financial modeling MIT press

Reference Books

Wayne Winston Microsoft Excel 2013 Data Analysis and Business Modeling 1st Edition Koutsoyiannis A Theory of Econometrics 3rd ed Macmillan Michael Rees Financial Modelling in Practice A Concise Guide for Intermediate and Advanced

Level

Management Control Systems

Course Code MGF-09 Credits - 4

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student will be able to

1 Differentiate between Operational Vs Strategic Business decisions

2 Describe models and methods relating to reporting communication decision making and

accountability in the management control area

3 Apply models and methods of management control in different areas

4 Identify and assess transfer pricing strategies of organizations

94

Unit 1 Management planning and control

operational vs strategic Business decisions to improve performance Measures of performance EVA

and ROI Evaluation of product and divisional performance

Unit 2 Responsibility Accounting

Revenue Cost and Investment centers Methods of evaluation of performance Authority and

Responsibility Structures Governance and control philosophies

Unit 3 Budgetary Control

Flexible and Fixed system Budgetary Control Methods Methods of Expenditure Control and Risk

Evaluation and Management Behavioral issues in control Aligning individualgroup objectives with

organizational goalsobjectives ABC costing method Control in Not-for-profit organizations

Unit 4 Transfer Pricing

The importance of transfer pricing what is transfer pricing different approaches to transfer pricing

(armrsquos length principle formulary apportionment safe harbours) the armrsquos length principle the legal

framework Transfer pricing methods

Text Books

Mautz R K ampWinjum J O Criteria for management control systems a research study The

Foundation New York Chandra D S (2010) Management Control Systems Principles and Practices PHI Learning Pvt

Ltd

Reference Books Camillus J C (1986) Strategic planning and management control Systems for survival and

success Lexington Books Sharma S Management control systems text and cases McGraw-Hill Anthony R (2014) Management control systems (1st ed) London McGraw Hill Higher

Education Sekhar R (2006) Management control systems (1st ed) New Delhi Tata Mcgraw Hill

Publishing Company Limited Sinha P (2008) Management control systems A managerial emphasis (1st ed) New Delhi

Excel Books

95

Strategic Cost Management

Course Code MGF-10 Credits - 4

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student will be able to

1 Describe the concept and dimensions of Strategic Cost management

2 Apply alternative cost accounting methods

3 Assess the cost of quality and describe Total Quality Management

4 Analyze and evaluate cost management strategies in the context of current developments issues and

practices for managerial decision making

Unit 1 Strategic Cost management

Concepts and Dimensions Cost concepts and Decision making (Operational Tactical and Strategic)

Unit 2 Development in Strategic Cost Management

Life Cycle costing (ii) Target costing (iii) Kaizen Costing (iv) Value Analysis and Value Engineering

(v) Throughput Costing (vi) Business Process Re-engineering

Unit 3 Activity Based Cost Management

Activity Based Cost Management - Concept purpose benefits stages relevance in decision-making

and its application in Budgeting Responsibility accounting Traditional Vs ABC System ndash comparative

analysis JIT ndash introduction

Unit 4 Cost of Quality and Total Quality Management

TQM - Basics Stages Principles Control Corrective actions PRAISE - Steps Problems

implementation PARETO Analysis Quality Costs

Unit 5 Emerging Issues

Customer Profitability Analysis Product profitability Analysis Divisional profitability Budgeting-

Traditional and Activity based Management Systems Transfer Pricing - Objectives Methods ( Cost

Based Market Price Based Negotiated Pricing)

Text book

John Shank and Govindarajan V Strategic Cost Management The New Tool for Competitive

Simon amp Schuste Blocher Chen Cokins Lin Cost Management A Strategic Emphasis Tata McGraw Hill Education M Ravi Kishore Business Strategy and Strategic Cost Management Taxmann Publications

Private Limited

96

Reference Book

Kaplan R and Norton D The Balanced Scorecard Translating Strategy into Action Harvard

Business Review Press E Michael Porter The Competitive Strategy Techniques for Analyzing Industries and

Competitors Simon amp Schuster

Cross Cultural and International Human Resource Management

Course code MGH-06 Credits- 4

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student will be able to

1 Analyze different meanings and dimensions of ldquoculturerdquo

2 Describe and analyze the impact of culture on business practices

3 Explain and analyze the impact of national culture on organizational cultures

4 Assess the impact of culture on Human Resource Management

5 Explain how leadership differs across cultures

Unit 1 Understanding Culture Introduction Key Concepts of Cultural Identity Frameworks for Mapping the Culture Geert Hofstede

Clyde Cluckhohn TE Hall Studies of National Culture

Unit 2 Internationalization of HR Activities Types of International Business inter country differences affecting HRM causes for International

assignments failure Limitations and advantages of host country nationals (HCN) Parent country nationals

(PCN) amp Third country national (TCN) International Staffing Policy Selecting International Managers

Adaptability amp Screening Managing Knowledge Workers

Unit 3 Understanding Cross Culture Organization culture amp National culture Cross ndash culture Theories Cross ndash Culture Business

Communication amp Behavior Culture amp Organizational Performance

Unit 4 Training amp Maintaining International Compensation Training for Expatriate Managers National Differences in Compensation Factors Influencing

International Compensation Components of Remuneration Package Expatriate Performance

Management Repatriation International Labour relations Problems and solutions

Unit 5 International Human Resource Management Some innovative Japanese Management techniques such as just in time theory quality circles and Kaizen

Influence of Western HRM Practices on Employment of expatriates

97

Text books

International Human Resource Management by Peter J Dowling Cengage Learning India Private

Limited 2017

Anne-WilHarzing ampAshly Pinnington(2014) International HRM SAGE

Reference books K Aswathappa (2007) International HRM Tata McGraw Hill International Human Resource Management by Anne-Wil Harzing Ashly Pinnington Sage

Publications India Private Limited 2017

Suggested Readings

Gupta SC (2009) Text book of International HRM Macmillan Publishing Dowling P J Festing M amp Engle Sr A D (2008) International human resource management

(5th ed) London Thompson Learning HarzingampRuysseveldt (2004) International Human resource Management Sage Publications Ltd

London

Performance Management

Course code MGH-07 Credits - 4

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student will be able to

1 Identify issues relating to performance management

2 Describe the terminologies and practices regarding performance management

3 Design effective performance appraisal systems and ways to coach members of management

4 Assess globalization technology and Human resource issues

Unit 1 Manpower Management HR Management in the 21st Century Environmental Context of Human Resource Management The

Emerging Profile of Human Resources Special Features of New Technology Concept and Process of

Technological Innovation Organizational and Human Resource Implications of Technological Change

Unit 2 Globalization Technology and Human Resource Issues Technology and Culture Technology Management Changing Technology and New Leadership Skills

Economic Theory of Choice and Employee Benefits

Unit 3 Performance Management

98

Concepts and issues definition performance principles role of performance management in

organization Framework and key factors to successful performance system

Unit 4 Evaluating HR function Overview of evaluation shy scope shy strategic impact shy level of analysis shy Criteria shy Level of Constituents shy

ethical dimensions Approaches to evaluation shy audit approach shy analytical approach shy quantitative and

qualitative measures shy outcome and process criteria Balanced Scorecard perspective Benchmarking

Accounting for HRM

Unit 5 HR Scorecard Creating an HR Scorecard Measuring HR alignment shy2 dimensions of alignment shy assessing internal and

external alignment shy Systems alignment Map 7 step Model for implementing HRrsquos strategic role New

issues in Manpower Training and Career Development

Text books Robert Bacal (2012) Performance Management 2nd edition McGrawHill Kohli AS amp Deb T (2013) Performance Management Oxford University Press New Delhi

Reference Books Agunis H (2013) Performance Management 3e Pearson Education Michael Armstrong (1999) Performance Management Kogan Page

Suggested Reading Aguinis H (2008) Performance management (2nd ed) USA John Wiley Zeytinoglu I U (2009) Effects flexibility in workplace on workers Work environment and the

unions Geneva International Labour Office Performance Management by Linda Ashdown Kogan Page

Training and Development

Course code MGH-08 Credits - 4

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student will be able to

1 List training and development needs for the 21st century

2 Explain the organizational societal and individual costs and benefits of training and development

3 Develop analyze and apply advanced training strategies and specifications for the delivery of

training programs

4 Describe appropriate implementation monitoring and assessment procedures of training

5 Evaluate training programs using appropriate design and data collection procedure

99

Unit 1 Introduction The Changing Organizations HR and the Training Functions Models of Training Systematic Model

the Transitional Model The Learning Organisation Training as Consultancy

Unit 2 Training Needs Analysis The Process and Approaches of TNA Team Work for Conducting Training Needs Analysis TNA and

Training Process Design

Unit 3 Training Design amp Evaluation Understanding amp Developing the Objectives of Training Facilitation of Training with Focus on Trainee

(Motivation of Trainee Reinforcement Goal setting) Training with Focus on Training Design (Learning

Environment Pre-training Communication etc) Facilitation of Transfer with Focus on Organization

Intervention (Supervisor Support Peer Support Trainer Support Reward Systems Climate etc)

Unit 4 Effective Trainer Selecting the trainer and preparing a lesson plan skills of an effective Trainer Programme methods and

techniques Implementation and Evaluation of Training Programme Levels of Evaluation CIPP Model

CIRO model Training Audit and Cost Analysis

Unit 5 Management Development Approaches to Management Development Sources of Knowledge Skill acquisition Types of

management Development Programmes EDPrsquos Seminars and Conferences Symposia

Unit 6 Emerging Trends in Training New learning interventions Technology in training-CBT- multimedia training e- learningonline

learning- distance learning Competency based Training Assessment Centres

Text Book

Blanchard P N Thacker W J amp Anand Ram V (2015) Effective Training Systems

Strategies and Practices Pearson India Ltd

Lynton RP Pareek U (2011) Training for Development Sage Publication

Reference Books

Balakrishnan Lalitha Ramachandran (2015) Training and Development 1eVijay Nicole

Imprints Pvt Ltd

Robins P S (2015) Training Interpersonal Skills 6e Pearson Education

Suggested Readings

Raymond Noe A (2005) Employees Training and Developmentrdquo McGraw Hill Publication Kozlowski S W J ampSlas E (Ed) (2009) Learning training and development in organizations

New York Routledge

100

Steve WJ Kozlowski Eduardo Salas (2009) Learning Training and Development in

Organizations Taylor amp Francis

Interpersonal Processes and Counselling Skills for Managers

Course code MGH-09 Credits- 4

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student will be able to

1 Identify how to clarify key issues in attending skills

2 Demonstrate empathic listening and responding skills

3 Apply the techniques of probing and summarizing

4 Demonstrate the skill of challenging client assumptions

5 Exhibit counseling skills and its applications

Unit 1 Managerial Process Nature of Management functions of managers leadership and managerial effectiveness Managerial

conflict

Unit 2 Interpersonal amp Group Process Interpersonal communication Interpersonal feedback Interpersonal behavior and influence

relationships Interpersonal style Group Process An overview of group formation Group development

and effectiveness formal and informal groups reasons for formation of groups theories of group group

behavior

Unit 3 Introduction to Counselling Definition amp Need Counselling Psychotherapy and Instruction Approaches to Counselling Goals of

Counselling Counseling Process

Unit 4 Counselling Procedures The Counselling Environment Intake Referral procedures Guidelines for effective counseling

Advanced skills in Counselling Action strategies Counselling Skills Verbal amp Non- Verbal

communication Listening Barriers Counsellorrsquo Qualities Core conditions of Counselling Role of

Conflict in Counselling Values of counselling Counselling service Manager counselor

Unit 5 Organisational Application of Counselling Skills Change management Downsizing Mentoring Team Management Conflict Resolution Crisis

Trauma Problem Subordinates Identifying problem subordinates Types of problem subordinates

dealing with problem subordinates

Unit 6 Ethics in Counseling

Ethical Principles Common Ethical Violations

101

Text Books

Karen Stainsby (2007) Develop your interpersonal and self ndashmanagement skills Radcliffe

publishing Singh Kavita (2015)Counselling Skills for Managers PHI

Reference Books

Counselling Skills for Managers (Counselling Skills in Action) by Ms Susan Dr Tim Bond Sage

Publications Ltd 2010 Counselling Skills for Managers by Alok Satsangi Lakshi Publishers 2014

Suggested Readings Singh K (2009) Counselling skills for managers New Delhi Prentice Hall of India Mei-Whei Chen amp Christopher J Rybak (2003) Group Leadership Skills Interpersonal Process

in Group Counseling and Therapy

Team Building

Course Code MGH-10 Credits - 4

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student will be able to

1 Describe the meaning of team

2 Improve individual and group productivity by building a high-performance team

3 Improve communication within the team

4 Determine clear roles and responsibilities within the team

5 Elaborate the essentials for success of a team

Unit 1 Workgroup Vs Teams

Transforming Groups to Teams Types of Teams Stages of Team Building and its Behavioural

Dynamics 5 Prsquos in Teams (purpose place power plan and people) Team Role Goal Setting and

Problem Solving

Unit 2 Interpersonal Competence amp Team Effectiveness

Interpersonal process and conflict resolution Team Effectiveness How to motivate team members

Measuring Interpersonal Competence using FIRO-B Team Size Team Member Roles and Diversity

Team norms Team Cohesiveness Measuring Team Effectiveness Cross Cultural Team Building

Unit 3 Communication and Creativity

102

Communicating in Teams Fostering Team Creativity Delphi Technique Nominal Group Technique

Traditional Brain Storming Electronic Brain Storming Negative Brain Storming Communicating Team

Values and Ethics

Unit 4 Role of Leaders in Teams Supporting Teams Rewarding Team Players Role Allocation Resource Management for Teams

Selection of Team Players Leaders as Facilitators Mentors

Unit 5 Building Effective Teams in Real Time The Three Essentials of an Effective Team Building and Leading Your Team Managing a Team vs

Managing Individuals on the Team Why Some Teams Succeed (and So Many Dont) Teams

Text Books Dyer et al (2013) Team Building Proven Strategies for Improving Team Performance Jossey-

Bass Frontiera J amp Leidl D (2012) Team Turnarounds A Playbook for Transforming

Underperforming Teams Jossey-Bass ndash A Wiley Imprint USA

Reference Books HBRs 10 Must Reads on Teams (2013) Harvard Business Review Press Barner RW amp Barner CP (2012) Building Better Teams 70 Tools and Techniques for

Strengthening Performance Within and Across Teams John Wiley amp sons

Suggested Readings Maginn M (2004) Making Teams Work 24 Lessons for Working Together Successfully Mc

Graw Hill Delhi Katzenbach JR amp Smith DK(2006) The Wisdom of Teams Creating the High-Performance

Organization Harper Business

Retail Management

Course Code MGM-07 Credit ndash 4

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student will be able to

1 Describe how retailing works and the various factors which influence its success

2 Assess the implications of strategic retail decisions

3 Create a retail experience to achieve customer trust and loyalty

4 Examine retail management information systems

103

Unit 1 Definition importance and scope of Retailing

Evolution of retail competition - the Wheel of Retailing the Accordion Retail Life Cycle emerging

trends in retailing the retail scenario in India composition of Indian retail sector emerging formats of

retail in India challenges of retail development in India

Unit 2 Information Gathering in Retailing

Retail Strategic Planning and Operation Management Retail Financial Strategy Target Market

Selection and Retail

Unit 3 Retail Store Location and Design

Types of location choosing a store location trading area analysis store design and layout visual

merchandising and displays

Unit 4 Merchandise Planning and Price Management

Buying and Handling Merchandise Pricing Retail Communication Mix Promotional Strategy Retail

Human Resources Management Customer Service The GAPs Model Customer Relationship

Management

Unit 5 Retail Management Information Systems

Retail Audits Online Retailing Global Retailing Legal and Ethical Issues in Retailing

Text Books

Berman B Evans J R amp Mathur M (2011) Retail Management 11e Pearson Education Pradhan S (2012) Retailing Management ndash Text and cases 4e Tata McGraw Hill New Delhi

Reference Books Levy M Weitz BA and Pandit A (2012) Retailing Management 8e Tata McGraw Hill New

Delhi Dunne PM Lusch RF and David A (2002) Retailing 4th ed South-Western Thomson

Learning Inc Lusch RF Dunne PM and Carver JR (2011) Introduction to Retailing 7e Cengage India Pvt

Ltd New Delhi

Promotion Management and Business 2 Business Marketing

Course Code MGM-08 Credit - 4

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student should be able to

1 Describe the nature and scope of B2B marketing

104

2 Apply marketing theories and concepts to analyze and explain B2B markets

3 Design a marketing Mix especially suited to B2B markets

4 Comprehend the important role of sales promotion strategies in B2B marketing

Unit 1 Introductions Overview Nature and Scope of B2B Marketing Understanding B2B Markets Emerging paradigms of B2B

marketing Understanding Organizational Buying

Unit 2 B2B Purchase Function Segmentation Targeting and positioning in Business Markets Market Opportunities in B2B Marketing

Marketing Strategy in B2B Weaving Marketing into the Fabric of the firm

Unit 3 Managing B2B Products Pricing amp Negotiations Channels Communicating with Customers (IMC) Advertising Trade and PR

One-to-One Media Sales and Sales Management Project Presentation

Unit 4 Introduction to Sales Promotion Scope and role of sale promotion ndash definition ndash objective sales promotion sales promotion techniques ndash

trade oriented and consumer oriented

Unit 5 Sales Promotion Campaign Sales promotion ndash Requirement identification ndash designing of sales promotion campaign ndash involvement

of salesmen and dealers

Unit 6 Out sourcing sales promotion National and International promotion strategies ndash Integrated promotion ndash Coordination within the various

promotion techniques ndash online sales promotions

Text Books

John Coe The Fundamentals of Business-to-Business Sales ampMarketing McGraw-Hill 1 edition

Reference Books

Jeffrey Heilbrunn Marketing Encyclopedia Issues and Trends Shaping the Future American

Marketing Association

Sharad Sarin (2013) Business Marketing Concepts and Cases McGraw Hill Education India

Delhi

David Ford Understanding Business Marketing and Purchasing Cengage Learning Business

Press 3 edition

105

Marketing of Services

Course Code MGM-09 Credit ndash 4

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student will be able to

1 Describe the nature and scope of services marketing

2 Assess the Customers Buying considerations and behavior

3 Identify the unique challenges of marketing and managing services

4 Formulate appropriate strategies for service sector promotion and distribution strategies

Unit 1 Introduction to Services Marketing

Growing importance of services sector meaning and nature of services classification of services

marketing challenges of services service consumption model

Unit 2 Understanding Customers Buying Considerations and Behaviour

customer expectations and perceptions positioning services in competitive marketplace defining and

measuring service quality (Servequal) GAPs Model defining and measuring customer satisfaction

service recovery paradox

Unit 3 Services Marketing Mix

Services design and development service blueprinting service process physical evidence and service

scape pricing of services cost competition and value-based approaches of pricing concept of dynamic

pricing key issues in service pricing management ethical considerations in service pricing

Unit 4 Services Distribution and Promotion Management

distribution options for serving customer place and time decisions roles and responsibilities of service

intermediaries delivery service in cyberspace selection and training of intermediaries managing the

Integrated Services Communication mix managing service personnel employee and customer role in

service delivery

Unit 5 Implementing Profitable Service Strategies

managing relationships and building loyalty wheel of loyalty complaint handling and service recovery

strategies service marketing strategies in e-commerce healthcare and insurance

Text Books

Lovelock C H Wirtz J and Chaterjee J Services Marketing People Technology Strategy

7e Pearson Education Zeithaml V A Bitner M J Gremeler DD and Pandit A Services Marketing 6e Tata McGraw

Hill Education Co Ltd New Delhi

106

Reference Books Nargundkar Rajendra Services Marketing Text and Cases 3e Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Co

Ltd New Delhi Payne Adrian The Essence of Services Marketing Prentice Hall of India Ltd 2008 Hoffman K D amp Bateson J EG Marketing of Services 4e Cengage Learning India Pvt Ltd

New Delhi

Digital Marketing

Course Code MGM-10 Credit ndash 4

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student will be able to

1 Describe importance of new media in todayrsquos marketing

2 Apply Online marketing tools

3 Develop effective social media marketing strategies for different kinds of organizations

4 Demonstrate the ability to critically evaluate different online marketing tools and launch digital

marketing plan

Unit 1 Introduction to Digital Marketing

Importance growing role and nature of digital marketing online marketing mix web and consumer

decision making process characteristics of online consumers e CRM

Unit 2 Online Marketing and Customer Engagement

Consumer Segmentation Targetting and Positioning through online tools Content Management

Customer Engagement online communities and co-creation online branding traffic building through

online tools

Unit 3 Online Marketing Tools

Search Engine Optimization Google Ad Words social media marketing marketing through blogs e-

mail marketing mobile marketing marketing gamification and apps

Unit 4 Online Campaign Management

situation analysis information gathering key strategies and planning handling negative campaigns

setting budgets for online campaigns techniques to measures effectiveness of digital marketing

campaign digital marketing analytics selection of digital marketing agencies

Text Books

107

Ahuja Vandana (2015) Digital Marketing Oxford University Press New Delhi Chaffey Dave and Chadwik Fiona Ellis (2015)Digital Marketing Strategy Implementation and

Practices Pearson Education Ltd

Reference Books Damian Ryan (2014) Understanding Digital Marketing Kogan Page Limited United States Greenberg Eric and Alexander Kate (2014) Strategic Digital Marketing McGrawHill Publishing

Customer Relationship Management

Course Code MGM-11 Credit ndash 4

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student will be able to

1 Describe the concept of customer relationship management and the benefits delivered by its

implementation

2 Develop insights from data for CRM

3 Identify ways for acquiring and retaining customers

4 Define and design a customer centric organization

Unit 1 Introduction

Meaning definitions and fundamentals of CRM e CRM CRM as a business strategy elements of CRM

CRM processes and systems

Unit 2 Strategy and Organization of CRM

History of CRM Dynamics of Customer Supplier Relationships Nature and context of CRM strategy

the relationship - oriented organization

Unit 3 Marketing Aspects of CRM

Customer knowledge privacy issues communications and multi channels in CRM the individualized

customer proposition Relationship policy

Unit 4 Analytical CRM

Relationship data management Data analysis and data mining Segmentation and selection Retention

and cross sell analysis Effects of marketing activities Reporting results Operational CRM Call Centre

management Internet and website Direct mail

Unit 5 Collaborative CRMCRM Subsystems

Contact Management Campaign Management Sales Force Automation Choosing CRM Tools

Software Package Shortlisting prospective CRM vendors setting evaluation criteria for the appropriate

CRM package selection CRM implementation

108

Unit 6 CRM systems and Implementation

CRM systems Implementation of CRM systems Ethical Issues in CRM

Text Books

Nh Mullick (2016) ldquoCustomer Relationship Managementrdquo 1e Oxford University Press Stone Merlin and Wood rock Neil Relationship Marketing kogan Page London

Reference Books

G Shainesh and Jagdish N Sheth (2016) ldquoCustomer Relationship Managementrdquo 1e Laxmi

Publications First edition McKenna Regis Relationship Marketing Successful Strategies for the Age of the Customers

Addison Wesley Publishing Company 2008 Payne (2013) ldquoStrategic Customer Management Integrating Relationship Marketing and

CRMrdquo Cambridge University Press

Entrepreneurial Marketing and Sales

Course Code MGM-12 Credits - 4

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student should be able to

1 Describe the marketing and sales environment for entrepreneurs and start ups

2 Develop marketing strategies and professional salesmanship for growing and creating competitive

advantage in the marketplace

3 Apply their knowledge in a real-life market setting

4 Imbibe qualities which will help the students in creating successful startups amidst tough

competition

Unit 1 Marketing and Sales Opportunities

Marketing and sales challenges for startups making marketing as organization wide philosophy

estimating sales potential sales forecasting marketing funnel analysis customer selection and the

buying journey Marketing support for new ventures

Unit 2 Marketing and Brand Building

Customer segmentation targeting and positioning brand differentiation developing USP of the brand

online and offline branding strategy branding in the digital age use of social media blog post customer

engagement brand communities

109

Unit 3 Pricing and Distribution Strategy

Developing the links between Pricing Value Proposition and the recommended Sales approach

strategies to drive competition from pricing to non - pricing area Selection and appointment of channel

partners approaches for their recruitment training and monitoring

Unit 4 Sales Tactics for Customer Acquisition

Lead generation through different marketing methods online and offline account prioritization scheme

review and referrals consumer generated media customer retention strategy

Unit 5 Sales Administration and Creating a Dashboard key sales tasks and develop a process and criteria for hiring early-stage salespeople Training coaching

and performance reviews Ethical issues in entrepreneurial marketing and sales

Text Books

Lodish Leonard M (2015) Marketing That Works How Entrepreneurial Marketing Can Add

Sustainable Value to Any Sized Company 2nd Edition Pearson

Havaldar K K and Cavale VM (2007) Sales and Distribution Management Text and Cases

Tata McGraw Hill New Delhi

Reference Books Ramaswamy VS and Namakumari S - Marketing Management Planning Implementation and

Control Macmillian 3rd Edition

E-Governance

Course Code MGI-07 Credits - 4

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student should be able to

1 Identify the need of e-Governance Projects and related challenges

2 List the major e-governance projects

3 Analyze strategic factors which influence e-governance performance

4 Identify drivers and enablers of e-governance

110

Unit 1 Introduction to E-Governance

Governance System in India Allocation of Business E-Governance in India Evolution of E-governance

in India global scenario of e-governance Digital India Programme E-governance mission mode

projects with particular reference to agriculture Institutional framework E-governance Challenges

Unit 2 Measuring E-governance Performance

Key stakeholders and value from e-governance Assessment of E-governance a strategic framework for

improving E-governance performance

Unit 3 Driver of E-governance

Concept of changing situation as a driver significance of shared vision and mission service accessibility

feedback loop Key initiatives such as open government joined-up government e-Panchayat Direct

Benefit Transfer e-governance standards etc

Unit 4 Strategic Planning ndash An Enabler of E-governance

Analysing suitability of conventional planning approach to E-governance Significance of environment

analysis Significance of collaboration in e-governance Refining structures and processes

Unit 5 Strategy Implementation ndash An Enabler of E-governance

Competence level of actors involvement of senior leadership motivation of staff Involvement of

stakeholders Effective e-governance through strategic alliances select case studies

Text Books

Suri PK and Sushil (2017) Strategic Planning and Implementation of E-governance Springer

Singapore

Heeks R (2006) Implementing and Managing eGovernment Vistaar Publications New Delhi

Bhatnagar S (2004) E-government ndash From Vision to Implementation A Practical Guide to

Implementation Sage Publications New Delhi

Reference

ARC (2008) lsquoPromoting e-Governance The SMART Way Forwardrsquo Second Administrative

Reforms Commission Government of India available at httparcgovin

INDIA E-Readiness Assessment Reports by Department of Electronics and Information

Technology Government of India (mitgovin)

UN E-Government Survey Reports available at wwwunpanorg

111

Strategic Telecommunications Management

Course Code MGI-07 Credits - 4

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student should be able to

1 Describe the evolution of telecom technology

2 Integrate knowledge of communication technologies with appropriate policy financial and

management issues

3 List the key challenges in Telecom Marketing

4 Articulate the basic issues of telecommunication and information policy and the key governmental

and regulatory processes affecting them from a global perspective

Unit 1 Telecom Technology Systems Evolution

Evolutionary aspects of telecom technology starting from telegraphy telephony internet terrestrial and

wireless telecom technologies Convergence aspects of computers and communications and its impact

on telecom service provision business Recent Developments in Telecom technologies Techno-

managerial aspects of telecommunication role of the telecommunication managers in a dynamic

environment Convergence of voice video and data Broadband technologies planning mobile network

for coverage and capacity

Unit 2 Telecom Policy Perspectives and Related Issues

Opening up of telecom sectorRegulation amp Liberalization policy ndash global and national perspective

Issues of the monopolization and deregulation of telecom sector national telecom policies various

industry playersinstitutions organizations like telecom regulatory authority dispute redressal tribunal

etc Spectrum auction and utilization Institutional arrangement for monitoring compliance of regulation

by telcos (TERM cells) Role of telecom technologies in meeting Sustainable Development Goals (SDG)

of the United Nations Role of the International Telecom Union (ITU) in standardization of telecom

technologies Mergers and acquisitions in telecom Universal Service Obligation Fund (USOF) for

inclusive telecom growth

Unit 3 Economic Perspectives of Telecom Systems

Role of telecommunications in socio-economic development telecommunication as a facilitating

infrastructure for economic development of the country new technologies and services for international

telecommunications business application of global networks Regional prospectus on development of

Telecom

Unit 4 Business Perspectives of Telecom Management

112

The business of telecommunication technical survey of the ways and means that voice data and video

traffic are moved long distances data network the telephone system Telecom service costing economic

evaluation of telecom projects telecom project financing Overview of leading telecom equipment

suppliers New business models (managed services infrastructure sharing leasing bandwidth per

minute revenue share model with equipment manufacturers)

Unit 5 Telecom Marketing

Challenges relating to telecom services marketing building brand equity for a telecom operating

company Customer retention amp customer care total service quality management preparing for the new

millennium managing change and people development Churn management Designing segmented tariff

plans on basis of CDRs Designing IT system for integrating provisioning customer care amp billing

systems

Unit 6 Current and Emerging Perspectives Issues in Telecom Management

Current emerging issues and implications for the industry Indian markets policy issues capacity

building problems challenges of growth Aspects of strategy making and deployment in telecom

service provision business Performance management system in telecom and implementation of

balanced scorecard Application of telecom technologies in Internet of Things (IOT) Telecom

solutions for smart city projects Green telecom initiatives for energy conservation

Text Books

Ugarkar J (2010) The Essentials of Telecommunications Management A Simple Guide to

Understanding a Complex Industry Author House

Dodd AZ (2012) The Essential Guide to Telecommunications 5e Prentice Hall

Reference

Medudula MK Sagar M And Gandhi RP (2016) Telecom Management in Emerging

Economies Evolutionary and Contemporary Perspectives Springer

Policy document annual reports of Department of Communication and Telecom Regulatory

Authority of India

Knowledge and Innovation Management

Course Code MGI-09 Credit - 4

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student will be able to

113

1 Describe the importance of knowledge management in an organization

2 Identify the importance of continuous learning for an organization and introduce the same in their

workplace

3 Describe the technology innovation process

4 Differentiate between innovation and invention

5 Identify the factors contributing to Innovation culture and barriers to innovation

Unit 1 Introduction to Knowledge and Knowledge Management

Definition evolution need drivers scope approaches in organizations strategies in organizations

components and functions understanding knowledge Knowledge creation process knowledge

management techniques organizational knowledge management architecture and implementation

strategies

Unit 2 Learning organization

Definition five components of learning organization knowledge sources and documentation relevance

of learning organizations in 21st century cases of learning organizations building the knowledge

corporation and implementing knowledge management in organization

Unit 3 Introduction to Innovation

Meaning Definition Innovation and Invention difference in Innovation and Invention Creative

Thinking Steps from Creativity to Innovation Types and Sources of Innovation Process of Innovation

Technology innovation process Case studies of Creativity and Innovation

Unit 4 Innovation in Organization

Introduction Innovation in research Strategies of innovation and Developing new business Current

state of Innovation at global and Indian organizations factors contributing to Innovation culture Barriers

to innovation Case studies highlighting the success and inhibiting factors

Text Books

Amrit Tiwana The Knowledge Management Toolkit Pearson Education New Delhi 2005

Roberta B Ness Innovation Generation How to Produce Creative and Useful Scientific Ideas

Oxford University Press

Reference Books

Yogesh Malhotra Knowledge Management and Business Model Innovation Idea Group

Publishing UK 2001

Shlomo Maital and d V R Seshadri INNOVATION MANAGEMENT Strategies Concepts and

Tools for Growth and Profit Sage Publications

114

E-Learning and Knowledge Management (Common to Knowledge

Management Specialization)

KM Tools and E-Businesses (Common to Knowledge Management

Specialization)

Integrating Knowledge Management with Strategic Initiatives

Course Code MGK-06 Credit - 4

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student should be able to

1 Describe the concepts of knowledge management with strategic initiatives

2 Analyze the synergy of knowledge management and strategic initiatives

3 Design the infrastructure resourceful with organizational knowledge

4 Assess the contributions of micro and macro factors of knowledge management

Unit 1 KM and Strategy Knowledge Management Strategy KM Strategy Operational Strategy Linking KM and Strategy Study

of KM as an integral and essential component of an organizational system at both operational and

strategic levels

Unit 2 Macro and Micro Factors and Knowledge Management

Factors such as quality systems thinking environmental scanning convergence and constructive

conflict are emphasized as essential contributors in the integration of KM in planning decision-making

and implementing operational and strategic initiatives

Unit 3 Leadership Culture and Knowledge Management

Leadership Culture Linking KM and Culture Embedded system elements like leadership Corporate

Culture addressed Adoption of KM at Strategic Tactical and Operational level

Unit 4 Change and Strategy

Change Change Management Levers of Change Management Structural and Behavioral Change to

gain Organizational Acceptability Ways to circumvent Roadblocks and Pursue Pathways Needed to

Change

Text Books

115

Fredrik Tell Christian Berggren Stefano Brusoni Andrew Van de Ven Managing Knowledge

Integration Across Boundaries Oxford University Press

Stewart R Clegg Jochen Schweitzer Andrea Whittle Christos PitelisStrategy Theory and

Practice Second Edition Sage Publishing

Reference Books

John Child Martin Ihrig Knowledge Organization and Management Building on the Work of

Max Boisot Oxford University Press

Miltiadis D Lytras Meir Russ Ronald Maier and Ambjoumlrn Naeve Knowledge-Based Strategies

and Systems A Systematic Review Idea Book Publishing

El-Sayed Abou-Zeid Knowledge Management Strategies A handbook of Applied Technologies

Knowledge Management and Business Strategies Theoretical Frameworks and Empirical Research IGI

Global

Advanced Knowledge Management Concepts Course Code MGK-07 Credit 4

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student should be able to

1 Apply advanced knowledge management concepts

2 Evaluate traditional and contemporary practices in information management

3 Apply advancements in emerging information concepts in managerial contexts

4 Examine the Information and Communication Technology (ICT) and apply it towards knowledge

management

Unit 1 Introduction to Knowledge Typologies

Define the nature and topology of knowledge and knowledge management within a business context

Identify technologies that are most useful for capturingacquiring organizing distributing and sharing

knowledge within an enterprise

Unit 2 Knowledge Management Strategies and Knowledge Architecture

Explain how to formulate a knowledge management strategy identify major requirements and issues for

designing enterprise knowledge architecture and implementing knowledge management projects

Unit 3 Knowledge Management the Organizational Growth

Review the merging roles of chief knowledge officers and chief learning officers Explore the future

direction of knowledge management based on the history of knowledge the demands of global

competition Contemporary development in the area of Knowledge Management

116

Unit 4 Knowledge Management and Organizational Learning

Analyze the needs of 21st-century organizations Organizational Change and Organizational Learning

Views of future Organizations Role of Knowledge Management in future organizations

Text Books

Gabriel Szulanski Sticky Knowledge Barriers to Knowing in the Firm Sage Publishing Pierre Barbaroux Amel Attour Erik Schenk Knowledge Management and Innovation

Interaction Collaboration Openness Wiley Publications

Reference Books

Kelvin Joseph Bwalya Nathan Mwakoshi Mnjama and Peter Mazebe Mothataesi Sebina

Concepts and Advances in Information Knowledge Management Studies from Developing and

Emerging EconomiesChandos Publishing

May Sanders Knowledge Management Advanced Researches Published by Clanrye

International

E-Learning and Knowledge Management

Course Code MGK-07MGI-10 Credit - 4

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student should be able to

1 Comprehend data utilization and application to e-learning

2 Describe the contribution of e-learning to knowledge management

3 Utilize the integrated outcome of knowledge management and learning system towards business

goal

4 Implement E-system to advancements of knowledge management

Unit 1 Learning from Data

The Concept of Learning E Learning Data Visualization E-Learning Systems Learning process

Learning Media Learning Environment Categories of Learning Learning Objectives Neural Network

(Artificial) as Learning Model SupervisedUnsupervised Learning

Unit 2 Knowledge Management and E-Learning

Introduction to Knowledge Management and E-Learning Digital library Rules and Rules Engines Use

of Knowledge Management in E Learning Systems Modules Types of Modules

117

Unit 3 Knowledge Management and Learning Management System Introduction to Knowledge Management and Learning Management System E Learning Paradigms

Knowledge Sharing Groupware systems Knowledge Management 20 Web Generations

Unit 4 E systems and Knowledge Management

Data Warehousing Data Mining On-line Transaction Processing On-line Analytical Processing

Decision Support Systems Content Management Systems Artificial Intelligence Tools Simulation

Tools Semantic Networks

Text Books

Irma Becerra-Fernandez Rajiv Sabherwal Knowledge Management Systems and Processes

ME Sharpe Armonk New York London England

Michael W Allen Tony Bingham Michael Allens Guide to e-Learning Building Interactive

Fun and Effective Learning Programs for Any Company 2nd Edition Wiley

Reference Books

Luther Tai Corporate E-Learning An Inside View of IBMs Solutions Oxford University Press

Caroline Haythornthwaite Richard Andrews E-learning Theory and Practice Sage Publishing

Intellectual Property and Knowledge Capital

Course Code MGK-09 Credit - 4

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student should be able to

1 Develop insight on IPR issues in domestic and international perspective

2 Apply IPR in management of organizational knowledge and safeguarding of intellectual capital

3 Design metric for knowledge management by use of ICT and its advancements

4 Apply intellectual capital to business outcome for creating competitive advantage

Unit 1 Introduction to Intellectual Property

Introduction of IPR Need for intellectual property right Global view of IPR IPR in India ndash Genesis and

Development Cases of IPR Introduction to Managing Organizational Knowledge Learning and

Intellectual Capital Principles of International Intellectual and industrial property law

118

Unit 2 Managing Organizational Knowledge Learning and Intellectual Capital The nature of Problem Solving Knowledge Knowledge Capital Intellectual Capital Human Capital

Relational Capital Social Capital Structural Capital Constituents of Organizational Capital Expert and

Expertise

Unit 3 Advanced Level of Managing Organizational Knowledge

Developing metrics for knowledge learning and intellectual capital The New IPR regime and its linkage

with the revolution in New Generic Technologies (NGT) Information and Communication Technology

(ICT) and Biotechnology Knowledge quality Organizational knowledge creation theories and their

application

Unit 4 Role of Intellectual Capital in Learning Organizations Learning Organizations Best examples of Learning Organizations Balanced Scorecard BSC and

Intellectual Capital Intellectual capital and related terminologies in clear terms and understand the role

of knowledge management in organizations Importance of intellectual capital to benefit the competitive

advantage in organizations Role of IPR in Learning Organizations

Text Books

Patrick H Sullivan Profiting from Intellectual Capital Extracting Value from Innovation Wiley

2001 Jay L Chatzkel Knowledge Capital How Knowledge-Based Enterprises Really Get Oxford

University Press 2003

Reference Books

Rodney D Ryder Ashwin Madhavan Intellectual Property and Business The Power of Intangible

Assets Sage Publishing W Mark Fruin Knowledge Works Managing Intellectual Capital at Toshiba Oxford University

Press 1997

KM Tools and E-Businesses

Course Code MGK-10MGI-10 Credit - 4

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student should be able to

1 Apply knowledge management tools and techniques for creation of relevant content

2 Share knowledge and manage its use by data utilization

119

3 Describe the importance of technology and apply it to knowledge management

4 Utilize and implement e-business models integrating knowledge management

Unit 1 KM Tools

Knowledge Management Introduction to Knowledge Management Tools KM Techniques

Knowledge Capture and Creation Tools Contents Creation Tools Data Mining and Knowledge

Discovery Blogs Content Management Tools

Unit 2 Data Management and KM Sharing

Data Management Information Technology and Organizational Productivity Web Centric Knowledge

Management Content Analysis Knowledge Sharing and Dissemination Tools Groupware and

Collaboration Tools Wikis Networking Technologies Knowledge Acquisition and Application Tools

Intelligent Filtering Tools Adaptive Technologies

Unit 3 Technology and KM

Telecommunication and Networks in Knowledge Management Internet Search Engines and KM

Information Technology In Support Of KM Knowledge Management and Vocabulary Control

Information Mapping In Information Retrieval Information Coding In The Internet Environment

Repackaging Information

Unit 4 E Business and Models

KM Life Cycle Model Leadership In Dynamic E Business Environment E Business Models and

Networks E Business Security and Reliability E Business Middleware Integration and Protocols XML

E Business Processes Web Services and Semantic Web Service

Text Books

Dorothy Leonard Walter C Swap Gavin Barton Critical Knowledge Transfer Tools for

Managing Your Companys Deep Smart Harvard Business Review Press 2014 Madan Mohan Rao Knowledge Management Tools and Techniques Butterworth-Heinemann

2012

Reference Books

Amrit Tiwana The Essential Guide to Knowledge Management E-Business And CRM

Application Prentice Hall Press 2001 Chugh Rritesh Harnessing Social Media as A KM Tool IGI Global 2016

120

Supply Chain Strategy and Innovation

Course Code MGS-07 Credits ndash 4

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student should be able to

1 Design the Supply Chain Strategy of the organization

2 Manage the SC for strategic fit

3 Formulate strategic partnerships and alliances for organizations

4 Analyze the future challenges in Supply Chain

Unit 1 Supply Chain Strategy Strategic objectives of SCM - customer focus product development market development

diversification learning amp organizational capability sustainable competitive advantage through SC

Unit 2 Managing SC for Strategic Fit

Concept of strategic fit steps in achieving strategic fit impact of customer needs impact of uncertainty

multiple products amp customer segments PLC globalization amp competitive changes over time

Unit 3 Expanding Strategic Scope

Minimize local cost perspective Minimize functional Cost perspective Maximize Company Profit

perspective Maximize SC Surplus perspective Agile intercompany inter functional scope

Unit 4 Strategic Partnerships amp Alliances

Collaborative Advantages Framework for Strategic Alliances Core Competence ndash 3PL 4PL amp

Outsourcing Advantages amp Disadvantages Prerequisites Implementation Issues

Unit 5 Supply Chain Challenges ndash Strategies for the future

Mass customization Globalization Greening Ethical SC Intelligent System Implications form

managers organizations amp policy makers

Text Books

Peter Meindl Kalra Supply Chain Management Strategy Planning amp Operation Pearson 3rd

Edition Tony Hines Supply Chain Strategies ndash Customer Driven amp Customer Focused Elsevier

1stEdition

Reference Books

121

Chad W Autry Mark A Moon Achieving Supply Chain Integration Connecting the Supply

Chain Inside and Out for Competitive Advantage Pearson Education Martin ChristopherLogistics amp Supply Chain Management 5E Pearson Education Kenneth Lysons Brian Farrington Procurement and Supply Chain Management 9E Sage

Publications

Transportation and Distribution Management

Course Code MGS-08 Credits ndash 4

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student should be able to

1 Describe the role of logistics in the economy

2 Design and integrate logistics within an organization

3 Apply tools and techniques to analyze logistics

4 Design and implement service operations

Unit 1

Introduction definitions distribution in the economy a macro perspective aim of logistics activities of

logistics value added role of logistics

Unit 2

Micro dimensions of logistics interface with operations manufacturing marketing supply chain

Problems with fragmented logistics Integrating logistics within an organization integrating logistics

along the SC

Unit 3

Materials Management vs physical distribution Cost centers nodes vs links logistics channel cost

perspective amp level of optimality short run or static analysis long run or dynamic analysis

Unit 4

Types of relationships Competitive relationship product relationship spatial relationship intensity of

involvement logistics outsourcing activities ndashconcept amp types of 3PL 4PL need for collaborative

relationships

Unit 5

Overview of service Operations ndash service productivity global service issues service strategy

development service delivery systems service location amp layout primary concerns of service response

logistics ndashservice capacity waiting times distribution channels

122

Text Books

Kenneth LysonsProcurement and Supply Chain Management 9E Pearson Education Coyle Bardi Langley The Management of Business Logistics Cengage Learning India

Reference Books

Principles of SCM ndashA Balanced Approach by Wisner Leong Tan Cengage Logistics ndash An introduction to SCM by Donald Waters Palgrave Macmillan 1stEditon Hokey Min Essentials of Supply Chain Management The New Business Concepts and

Applications Pearson Education

IT Applications in SCM

Course Code MGS-09 Credits ndash 4

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student should be able to

1 Formulate requirements and specifications for IT in Supply Chain

2 Assess the technical aspects of information technology

3 Describe the components of supply chain

4 Perform technical scrutiny of the IT devices to be deployed in real world business scenarios

Objective To appreciate Information Technology as a significant business segment of the future To

give an overview of technological aspects of Information Technology To understand strategic aspects

of Information Technology in SCM

Unit 1

Role of IT in Supply Chain Trade Advantages of IT in Retail Trade like Cost productivity benefits and

Marketing benefits Competitive advantages of Information technology Essential Requirements of an

Information System for retail

Unit 2

Inventory control POS - Point of sale Sales Analysis Planning and Forecasting Collaborative Planning

Forecasting and Replenishment Capturing and transmitting data at POS advantages elements of data

capture ndash coding system code Means of data capture Database marketing Data Mining Data Mart

123

Unit 3

Introduction to self - service supermarkets atomistic retail to regional networks chain stores POS to

point of purchase push action to push strategy Point of Differentiation Point of Customer

Unit 4

Kinds of retailers engaged in electronic commerce virtual retailers two channel retailers Multichannel

retailers Role of Internet Benefits of Internet Monitoring the progress of an internet e-retail business

limitations of the web

Unit 5

Smart cards E-cash Multimedia kiosks Customer specific offers Electronic body scanners Electronic

shelf front

Text Books

Manufacturing Resources Planning (MRP II) with introduction to ERPSCM and CRM by Khalid

Sheikh TMGH Ist Edition

Supply Chain Management in the 21st Century Editor by B S Sahay Macmillan 2006 reprint

Reference Books

Applications of Supply Chain Management and E-Commerce Research 2005th Edition by Joseph

Geunes Elif Akcali Panos M Pardalos H Edwin Romeijn Zuo-Jun (Max) Shen

Nada R Sandersig Data Driven Supply Chain Management A Framework for Implementing

Analytics and Turning Information Into Intelligence Pearson Education

Edward W Davis Robert E Spekman Extended Enterprise The Gaining Competitive Advantage

through Collaborative Supply Chains Pearson Education

Operations Research and Strategy

Course Code MGS-10 Credit - 4

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student should be able to

1 Assess the role of Operation Research in organizations

2 Describe the value chain concept

124

3 Design and implement operations strategy

4 Formulate strategy for change management and sustainability Course Objectives

Unit 1 Importance and Linkage with Corporate strategy Strategies and values Competing

through operations

Operation strategy in global economy Strategic alliances and production sharing fluctuations of

international financial conditions and international companies Changing nature of world business

Quality Customer service and cost challenges and social responsibility

Unit 2 Value as business conceptndashstrategic issues in manufacturing

Value Chain concept Focus core competence and distinctive capabilities ndashstake holders amp strategy

checking markets Outcome of Market debate ndashLinking manufacturing to Markets ndashstrategic integration

ndashwhy products sell in the markets ndashOrder Winners Order Qualifiers

Unit 3 Operation Strategy Implementation

Technology strategy Issues in New Product development Time to market ndashstrategic nature of processndash

Business implication of Process choice Hybrid Process

Unit 4 Change management and Sustainability Procedure

company or plant- based profiles ndash decisions for product reallocation ndash downsizing ndash Capacity decisions

Progression amp Regression Evaluating various tradeoffs alternatives Focused manufacturingndashproduct or

process focusndash Make or Buyndash merits demerits

Text Books

Christine Harland Guido Nassimbeni Eugene Schneller Strategic Supply Management Sage

Publications Norman Gaither Greg Frazier Operations Management Cengage Learning India Ed

Reference Books

Michael Watson Derek Nelson Peter Cacioppi Managerial Analytics An Applied Guide to

Principles Methods Tools and Best Practices Pearson Education Terry Hill Operations Management Palgrave 2nd Edition Frederick K Hiller and Bodhibrata Nag Introduction to Operations Research Tata McGraw Hill

Education

125

Materials and Store Management

Course Code MGS-11 Credit - 4

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course the student should be able to

1 Apply the concepts related to Material Management

2 Describe the classification and review system for inventory control

3 Apply the models tools and techniques for inventory management

4 Assess the JIT environment

Unit 1

Material Concepts Inventory concepts Pressures for Low Inventory Pressures for High Inventory Role

of inventory in Operations Types of inventory ndash seasonal decoupling cyclic pipeline Safety stock

Inventory costs ndash carrying costs ordering costs shortage costs

Unit 2

Continuous Review (Q) systems Periodic Review (P) systems ABC Classification system Issues in the

P and Q systems of inventory control

Unit 3

The Basic EOQ Model Production Quantity Model Computer Solution of EOQ model with MS Excel

Quantity Discounts Computer Solution of Quantity Discounts model with MS Excel Reorder Point

Safety Stocks

Unit 4

Use of ratios and analysis like FSN Fast slow non- moving HML-High Medium Low XYZ Materials

Management in JIT Environment

Text Books

Barry Crocker Alex Morrison David Jessop Inbound Logistics Management Storage and Supply

of Materials for the Modern Supply Chain 7E Pearson Education JRTony and Arnold Introduction to Materials Management Cengage Learning

Reference Books

Krajewski Ritzman Malhotra 1 Operations Management-Process and Value Chains

Pearson 8th Edition David J Piasecki Inventory Management Explained Cenage Learing James H Greene Production and Inventory Control Handbook 3rd Edition Tata McGraw Hill

Education

126

Page 1 of 27

1

DELHI TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION

AND

COURSES OF READING

FOR

MTech in ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING (POWER SYSTEMS)

(Full Time)

Full-time Semester I Examination November 2017 Semester II Examination May 2018 Semester III Examination November 2018 Semester IV Examination May 2019

Page 2 of 27

2

Syllabus applicable for students seeking admission to the MTech Electrical Engineering (Power Systems)

MTech Electrical Engineering (Power System) Paper Subject Subjects Mode of Duration No of No Code No Exam Of Exam credits (Hrs) _______________________________________________________________________________

First Semester (GROUP A Courses)

I AM-501 Applied Mathematics Th 3 3 II EE-502 Integrated Electronics and Applied Th 3 3

Instrumentation III EE-503 Advanced Power System Analysis Th 3 3 IV EE-504 Applied Instrumentation lab Pr 3 2

(GROUP B Courses)

V EE-551 Optimization Techniques and Th 3 3 System Theory VI EE-552 Dynamics of Synchronous Machines Th 3 3 VII EE-553 Power System Lab Pr 3 2 VIII EE-554 Self Study Open Area Seminar- I S 1

Page 3 of 27

3

Second Semester (GROUP C Courses)

IX EE-601 Micro-controller and embedded System Th 3 3 X EPS602X Any one of the following Electives Th 3 3

EE-6021 EHV AC Power Transmission EE-6022 Power Quality EE 6023 Power System Communication EE 6024 System Identification and Adaptive Control

XI EPS603X Any one of the followings Electives Th 3 3

EE 6031 Reactive Power Control of Power system

EE-6032 Power System Operation amp Control EE-6033 Power System Optimization EE-6034 Smart Grid XII EE 604 Microcontroller Lab Pr 3 3

(GROUP D Courses) XIII EE 653 Advanced Power System Lab Pr 3 3 XIV EPS651X Any one of the following electives Th 3 3 EE 6511 Advanced Power System Dynamics and Stability EE 6512 Advanced High Voltage Engineering EE 6513 Nuclear Energy and Power

EE 6514 Renewable Energy Systems XV EPS652X Any one of the following electives Th 3 3 EE 6521 Power System Reliability EE 6522 High Voltage DC Transmission EE 6523 Power System Planning XVI EE 654 Minor Project-I S

Page 4 of 27

4

Third Semester (GROUP E Courses)

XVII EPS701X Any one of the following electives Th 3 3 EE 7011 Flexible AC Transmission Systems EE 7012 Information Science amp Management

EE 7013 Power System Transients

EE 7014 SCADA amp Energy Management system XVIII EPS702X Any one of the following electives Th 3 3 EE 7021 Artificial Intelligence Techniques in Power System EE 7022 Advanced Power System Protection amp Switchgear EE 7023 Energy Auditing and Loss Reduction

EE 7024 Power System Project Management

XIX EE 703 Self study open area Seminar-II XX EE 704 Minor Project-II - XXI EE 705 Major Project ndashI Fourth Semester

(GROUP F Courses)

XXII EE 801 Major Project - II

Page 5 of 27

5

Applied Mathematics

(AM-501) Unit I Review of sets relations and mappings Boolean algebra basic concepts and laws of

probability Bayes theorem Random variable Discrete and continuous random variables Expectation Moments and covariance Probability as a set function Stochastic process as random functions Second order random functions Gaussian random functions Poisson process ndash Markov Chain Auto correlation ndash cross correlation

Unit II Linear Vector spaces over a field subspace bases dimension and linear transformations

Bijective correspondence between the set of matrices and linear transformations Quadratic forms and their matrices

Eigen ndash values using QR transformations ndash Generalized Eigen Vectors ndash Canonical forms ndash Singular value decomposition and applications ndash Pseudo inverse ndash Least squares approximations

Unit III Existence and uniqueness theorems of differential equations Introduction to solution of

Non ndash linear differential equations Introduction to calculus of variations Finite differences and finite element

Unit IV Calculus of Variations

Concept of variation and its properties ndash Finite differences and finite elements methods Eulerrsquos equation ndash Functional dependant on first and higher order

Page 6 of 27

6

derivatives ndash Functional dependants on functions of several independent variables ndash Variation problems with moving boundaries ndash Isoperimetric problems ndash Direct

method ndash Ritz and Kantorovich methods References

1 Bronson R Matrix Operations Schaumrsquos outline series McGraw Hill New York

2 Gupta AS Calculus of Variations with Applications Prentice Hall of India Pvt Ltd

New Delhi

3 Taha HA Operations Research An Introduction Seventh Edition Pearson

Education Edition Asia New Delhi

4 Ochi MK Applied Probability and Stochastic Processes John Wiley and sons

EE-502 Integrated Electronics and Applied Instrumentation Unit I Review of OP-AMP theory and applications Architecture of internally compensated OP-AMP (741 type) Linear application of IC 741 used in signal conditioning comparators multivibrators and other relaxation oscillator Unit II OTAs OTARs current conveyors amp current feedback Amplifiers Limitations of traditional amplifiers structure of transconductance amp transresistance amplifiers and their applications in signal processing structure of current conveyors amp current feedback amplifiers and their application etc Unit III Voltage controlled oscillators and phase locked loops Architecture of VOC and their applications Architecture of PLL and their applications Unit IV Analog to Digital converter (ADC) and Analog to Digital converter(DAC) Various specifications architecture and application of ADCs and DACs Unit V Sensors and their applications Classification of sensors sensor models and response characteristics smart sensors potentiometric sensors light detectors phototransistors photo resistors IR sensor optical encoders Pyroelectric sensors thermal detectors heat flux sensors Magnetic sensors 4-20mA transmitters etc References

1 Jones BE ldquoInstrument Technologyrdquo Vol3 Butter worth and CO Publishers 2 James Dally W ldquoInstrumentation for Engineering Measurementsrdquo John Wiley amp Sons Inc 3 Patranabis D ldquoSensors and Transducersrdquo Wheeler Publishing 4 Sze Simon ldquoSemiconductor sensorsrdquo Alibris Publications Wiley Interscience 5 AS Sedra amp K C Smith Microelectronics Circuits Oxford University Press 6 A Smaili amp F Mrad ldquoMechatronicsrdquo Oxford University Press 2008

Page 7 of 27

7

Advanced Power System Analysis (EE-503)

Unit I Introduction and design considerations of EHV AC systems Analysis of long transmission lines Unit II

Modelling of power system components Formation of power network matrices Power Flow

Studies - NR method decoupled and fast decoupled methods Programming considerations for

large systems - sparse matrix techniques

Unit III

Economic Load Dispatch Optimal Power Flow Fault Studies - Symmetrical and unsymmetrical

faults using matrix methods

Unit IV

Stability Studies ndash Transient and dynamic stability analysis of single machine connected to infinite

bus and multi-machine systems

References 1 Stagg G amp El Abiad AH Computer Methods in Power System Analysis McGraw Hill

2 Anderson PM Analysis of Faulted Power Systems IEEE Press

3 Arrillaga J Arnold CP Computer Modelling of Electrical Power Systems John Wiley

4 Wood amp Wollenberg Power Generation Operation and Control John Wiley

5 Elgerd OI Electric Energy Systems Theory TMH

Applied Instrumentation Lab (EE-504)

Applied Instrumentation lab is based on the course of EE-502

Dynamics of Synchronous Machines

(EE 551)

Unit I Synchronous Machines Dynamics

Page 8 of 27

8

Causes of Disturbances Electromechanical equations Operation as generator and motor linearized analysis Cyclic Variation of shaft torque Large Angular oscillations Equal area criterion Hunting in Synchronous Machines Unit II Synchronous Machine Modelling Schematic Diagram Physical Description armature and field structure machine with multiple pole mmf waveforms direct and quadrature axes Mathematical Description of a Synchronous Machine Basic equations of a Synchronous Machine stator circuit equations stator self stator mutual and stator to rotor mutual inductances dqo-Transformation flux linkage and voltage equations for stator and rotor in dqo-coordinates electrical power and torque physical interpretation of dqo -transformation Per Unit Representation Lad reciprocal per unit system and power ndash invariant form of Parkrsquos transformation Equivalent circuit computation of steady-state values Equations of motion Swing equation H- constant and D constant calculation Representation in system studies Synchronous Machine Representation in Stability studies Simplified model and two-axis model with amortisseur windings neglected Dynamic performance for torque variation Unit III Dynamic performance - three phase fault transient stability limit critical clearing time computer simulation References

1 Paul C Krause Oleg Wasynczuk Scott D Sudhoff ldquoAnalysis of Electric Machinery and Drive

Systemsrdquo IEEE Press Second Edition

2 Samuel Seely ldquoElectromechanical Energy Conversion Electric Machineryrdquo Tata McGraw

Hill 5th Edition

3 LP Singh ldquoAdvanced power System Analysis and Dynamicsrdquo Wiley Eastern Limited

Optimization Techniques and System Theory (EE-552)

Unit I Review of classical methods Linear Programming Simplex algorithm ndash Two phase and Big M Techniques ndash Duality theory simple method ndash Integer programming Non ndash Linear and Dynamic Programming Kuhn Tucker conditions ndash Formulation of dynamic programming ndash Forward and backward recursive equation ndash Computational procedures Unit II One dimensional minimization methods unconstrained minimization techniques direct search methods steepest descent method conjugate gradient method and Newtonrsquos method constrained optimization direct amp indirect methods CPM PERT and Quadratic programming Intelligent optimization methods Ant colony optimizer Genetic optimizer Fuzzy logic optimizer Unit III

Page 9 of 27

9

Concept of state state variable and state vector Modelling of Power System state equations concept of controllability and observability Unit IV Z-transformation inverse Z- transformation linear difference equations sampler and zero order hold devices relationship between Z and S domain Discrete- time system References

1 Chang SSL ldquoSynthesis of Optimal Controlrdquo McGraw-Hill New York 2 Kirk DE ldquoOptimal Control Theory An Introductionrdquo Prentice-Hall Englewood

Cliffs NJ 3 Athans M and PL Flab ldquoOptimal Control An Introduction to the Theory and its

Applicationsrdquo McGraw-Hill New York 4 Sage AP and CC White III ldquoOptimum System Controlrdquo Prentice-Hall Englewood

Cliffs NJ

Power System Lab (EE-553)

Power System lab is based on the course of EE 503

Self-Study Open Area Seminar- I

(EE-554)

Microcontroller and Embedded Systems (EE- 601)

Unit I Organization of a microprocessor register organization CPU Description of timing and control units interfacing memory amp IO devices Synchronous amp Asynchronous data transfer Interrupts Polling DMA Introduction to Pentium and Pro-Pentium microprocessors Unit II Basic organization of 8051 8097 PIC SLK-51 microcontrollers instruction set - timing diagram address modes simple program and applications Unit III Embedded system and their components categories of embedded systems Stand alone Real time Networked and Mobile etc Requirements of embedded systems Reliability cost effectiveness low power consumption efficient use of processing power efficient use of memory approximate execution time challenges and issues in embedded software development Co design operating system efficient IO testing and debugging Unit IV Hardware Architecture for embedded systems Embedded Applications

Page 10 of 27

10

References

1 John B Peatman ldquoDesign with Microcontrollersrdquo McGraw Hill International Ltd Singapore 1989

2 Intel manual on 16 bit embedded controllers Santa Clara 1991 3 Myko Predko lsquoProgramming and customizing the 8051 micro controllerrsquo Tata McGraw Hill

1999 4 Muhammad Ali Mazidi Janice Gillispie Mazidi lsquoThe 8051 Microcontroller and Embedded

systemsrsquo Pearson Education 2004 5 Michael Slater ldquoMicroprocessor based design A Comprehensive guide to effective

hardware designrdquo Prentice Hall New Jersey 1989 6 John B Peatman ldquoDesign with PIC Microcontrollersrdquo Pearson Education Asia 2004

EHV AC Power Transmission (EE 6021)

Unit I

INTRODUCTION Standard transmission Voltages- average values of line parameters- Power

handling capacity and line loss Costs of transmission lines and equipment Mechanical

consideration in line performances

Unit II

CORONA EFFECTS- Power losses and audible noise I2R losses and corona loss Attenuation of

travelling waves due to corona loss Audible noise generation and characteristics limits of audible

noise Day Night equivalent noise level Radio Interference corona pulse generation and

properties Limits for Radio Interference Fields CIGRE formula RI excitation function

Measurement of RI RIV and excitation function Design of Filter

Unit III

ELECTROSTATIC FIELD OF EHV LINES ndash Capacitance of long object calculations of electrostatic field

of AC lines effect of high electrostatic field on humans animals and plants Measurement of

electrostatic field electrostatic induction in unenergised circuit of DC line Induced voltages in

Insulated ground wires electromagnetic interference

Unit IV

COMPENSATION OF EHV LINES- Series and shunt compensation problems due to series

compensation Sub-synchronous resonance and remedial measures

Page 11 of 27

11

References

1 Begamudre RD EHVAC Transmission Engineering New Age

2 Padiyar KR HVDC Power Transmission Systems Wiley Eastern Ltd

3 Kimbark EW Direct Current Transmission John Wiley USA

4 Power Engineerrsquos Handbook Revised and Enlarged 6th Edition TNEB Engineerrsquos Association October 2002

Power Quality

(EE-6022)

Unit I Overview of Power Quality Classification of Power Quality issues characterization of Electric Power Quality Power acceptability curves ndash Power quality problems Poor load power factor Non linear and unbalanced loads DC offset in loads Notching in load voltage Disturbance in supply voltage flicker transient phenomenon voltage fluctuations sagsswells voltage unbalance Power Quality Indices Distortion Index C-message Index IT product IEEE guides and recommended practices Influence of Non-Sinusoidal Conditions Transmission and Distribution Resonance Shunt capacitors Transformers Inrush currents Electric Machines Ground systems Neutral wires in buildings Unit II Measurement and Analysis Methods Voltage Current Power and Energy measurements power factor measurement and definitions event recorders Measurement Error Analysis in the periodic steady state Time domain method Frequency domain methods Fourier and Hartley transforms Welsh Transform Wavelet Transform Time domain methods Instantaneous Reactive Power Theory Synchronous reference Frame Theory Synchronous Detection Method instantaneous symmetrical components Instantaneous real and reactive powers Analysis of Power outages Analysis of unbalanced systems Analysis of voltage sag detroit edison sag score Voltage sag energy Analysis of Voltage flicker Reduced duration and customer impact of outages Open loop balancing Closed loop balancing current balancing Harmonic reduction Voltage sag reduction Unit III Harmonics amp Voltage Fluctuations Sources and Effects of harmonics and inter harmonics Current injection methods Harmonic Power flow studies using Newton-Raphson method Application of power flow studies Voltage Fluctuations flicker and impulses high frequency issues common mode and transverse mode noise flicker calculations Effect of voltage fluctuations and impulses occurrence and causes of voltage unbalance Standardization Decomposition into symmetrical components Unit IV

Page 12 of 27

12

Power Quality Improvement Utility- Customer Interface-Harmonic filter passive Active and hybrid filter Phase Multiplication methods and transformer connections Network reconfiguring Devices Load compensation using DSTATCOM Voltage regulation using DSTATCOM Uninterruptible Power Sources BESS protecting sensitive loads using DVR UPQC References 1 A Ghosh and G Ledwich ldquoPower Quality Enhancement Using Custom Power Devicesrdquo Kluwer

Acadamic 2 GT Heydt ldquoElectric Power Qualityrdquo Stars in a Circle Publications (2nd Edition) 3 J Arrillaga NR Watson S Chen Power System Quality Assessment John Wiley amp sons New

York 4 Math HJ Bollen Understanding Power quality problems IEEE Press New York 5 E Acha Manuel Madrigal Power system Harmonics John Wiley amp sons New York 6 Moreno ndash Murioz (Ed) Power Quality (Mitigation Technologies in Distribution Environment

Springer 07

Power System Communications (EE-6023)

Unit I

Introduction coks requirement for telemetry tele protection

Unit II

Analog and digital communication- speed and requirements

Unit III

Noise in power systems communication link PLCC microwave telephone line satellite fiber optic

channels

Unit IV

Requirements of various communication equipments used in power systems Computer

networking in power systems

References

1 Stallings W Data amp Computer Communications PHI India

2 Haykin S Communication System John Wiley

3 Dostert K and Franzis V Power line Communications Springer

System Identification and Adaptive control

(EE-6024)

Unit I

Page 13 of 27

13

Open and closed loop identification Approaches-Direct and Indirect Identification-Joint Input-

Output Identification-Non-Linear System Identification-Wiener Models-Power Series Expansion-

Multidimensional identification-state estimation techniques-FFT based Model based spectral

estimation techniques

Unit II

Classification of Adaptive control

Introduction- Auto tuning-Self Tuning Regulators (STR)-Model Reference Adaptive control

(MRAC)-Types of STR and MRAC-Different approaches to self-Tuning regulators

Unit III

Stochastic Adaptive control-Gain scheduling

References

1 Karl J Astrom and Bjoran Wittenmark rdquoAdaptive Controlrdquo Pearson Education

Singapore second Edition 2003

2 TC Hsia ldquoSystem Identificationrdquo Lexington Books 1974

Reactive Power Control of Power Systems

(EE- 6O31)

Unit I

Introduction need of reactive power control in power systems Automatic excitation control

Reactive Power injection

Unit II

Determination of reactive power requirement of a long line control systems for load and

transmission line compensation series and shunt reactive power compensation

Unit III

Concepts of Flexible AC transmission Systems (FACTS) Static Var Capacitor (TSC) Static

Condensers Controllable series compensation Thyristor Controlled Phase Angle

Regulators(TCPAR) Unified power flow control modeling and methods of analysis of FACTS

Controllers Harmonics and filters reactive power management

References

1 TJE Miller Reactive Power Control in Electric Systems Wiley

1 NG Hingorani amp L Gyugyi Understanding FACTS IEEE Press

2 Literature from CIGRE IEEE IEE

Power System Operation amp Control

(EE-6032)

Page 14 of 27

14

Unit I

Introduction Load characteristics and modeling power systems interconnection unintegrated

and integrated operation Hydroelectric plant and incremental water rate

Unit II

Automatic Generation Control Fundamentals of speed governing ndash control of generating unit Power output composite regulating

characteristic of Power Systems ndash Response rates of turbine ndash governing systems ndash fundamentals of

automatic generation control ndash Implementation of AGC ndash development of state variable model for a

two area Power Systems for use in simulation of AGC Under frequency Load Shedding and

computation of setting for under frequency relays

Unit III

Reactive Power and Voltage Control Modeling of AVR loops Components ndash stability

compensation ndash Production and absorption of reactive Power ndash methods of voltage control ndash shunt

reactors ndash shunt capacitors ndash series capacitors ndash synchronous condensers ndash static var systems ndash

Principle of transmission system compensation ndash modeling of reactive compensating devices ndash

Application of tap changing transformer ULTC control systems

References

1 Elgerd OI ldquoElectric Energy System Theory ndash an Introductionrdquo Tata McGraw Hill New

Delhi

2 Kundur P ldquoPower System Stability and Controlrdquo EPRI Publications California

3 Allen J Wood and Bruce F Wollenberg ldquoPower Generation Operation and Controlrsquo John

Wiley amp sons New York

4 Mahalanabis AK Kothari DP and Ahson SI ldquoComputer Aided Power System Analysis

and Controlrdquo Tata McGraw Hill publishing Ltd

5 Vaibhav Donde MA Pai amp Ian A Hiskens ndash ldquoSimulation amp Optimization in an AGC

system after deregulationrdquo IEEE transactions on Power Systems

6 LKKirchmeyer ldquoEconomic Control of Interconnected systemsrdquo Wiley MY

7 RN Dhar ldquoComputer Aided power system operation and analysisrdquo TMH

Power System Optimization

(EE 6033) Unit I

Economic load dispatch in thermal and hydro-thermal system reactive power optimization

optimal power flow

Unit II

Linear programming and non-linear programming techniques to optimal Power flow problems

Page 15 of 27

15

Unit III

Security constrained optimization Unit commitment and maintenance scheduling Interchange

evaluation Minimum emission dispatch

References

1 SS Rao ldquoOptimization Theoryrdquo TMH 2 DP Kothari ldquoPower System Optimizationrdquo TMH

Smart Grid (EE-6034)

Unit I Introduction Structure and Fundamental Problems of Electrical Power Systems Principles of Electrical Power Control Classical Power Theory amp Instantaneous Power Theory Power Flow Control Distributed Generation and Energy Storage Benefits to Grids Solutions of Control in Smart Power Systems Damping of System Oscillations Power Quality Control Fully Integrated Power System-Smart Grid Smart Electrical Energy Networks Concept-Microgrids amp Picogrids Unit II Distributed Generation and Microgrid Active distribution network Microgrid configuration Interconnection of Microgrids Technical and economical advantages and challenges of Microgrid Distribution system issues of Microgrid power quality operational issues of Microgrid Dynamic interactions of Microgrid with main grid Ride through Grid synchronization Unit III Microgrid and Active Distribution Network Management System Network management needs of Microgrid Microsource generation control Domestic process control Energy storage Regulation and load shifting Microsource controller Decentralized Operation Protection co-ordination Ride through Grid Synchronization Unit IV Power Electronic Interfaces Overview of Power Converter and Controls PWM Rectifiers Two level and Multilevel Converters Neutral point Clamped voltage source converter (VSC) space vector PWM Z-source converters operation principle of the voltage z inverter Three level and Four wire inverters with z source Grid-imposed Frequency VSC system control D-STATCOM SSSC UPFC Back to Back HVDC Conversion System Interconnection with a Hosting Grid- parallel operation integration and interconnection concerns voltage and current control of a 3 phase 4 wire distributed interface converters in islanded mode Bricks-Buses-Software (BBS) Unit V SCADA and Active Distribution Networks Existing Distributed Network Operator SCADA systems control of DNO SCADA systems (Centralised amp Distributed) References

1 S Chowdhary S P Chowdhury and P Crossley ldquoMicrogrids and Active Distribution Networkrdquo IET 2009 2 R Strzelecki G Benesek ldquoPower Electronics in Smart Electrical Energy Networksrdquo Springer 2008 3 Amirnaser Yazdani amp Reza Iravani ldquoVoltage Sourced Converters in Power Systems Modeling Control and

Applicationsrdquo IEEE Press 2010 4 Nick Jenkins et al ldquoEmbedded Generationrdquo IET 2000

Page 16 of 27

16

Microcontroller Lab

(EE-604) Laboratory work based on course work of the Subject (EE-601)

Advanced Power System Dynamics and Stability (EE 6511)

Unit I

Basis concepts of dynamical systems Modelling of power system components for stability studies

generator excitation systems prime mover controller and associated systems induction machines

and composite loads transmission lines

Unit II

Analysis of single machine and multi machine systems Small signal stability low frequency

oscillations damping and synchronizing torque analysis eigenvalue analysis

Unit III

Power System Stabilizers SSR and torsional oscillations-analysis and countermeasures

References 1 Kundur P ldquoPower System Control and Stabilityrdquo McGraw Hill

2 Pai MA and Sauer P ldquoPower System Dynamics amp Stabilityrdquo Prentice Hall

3 Padiyar KR ldquoPower System Stability and Controlrdquo BS Publishing

Advanced High Voltage Engineering (EE 6512)

Unit I Breakdown in gaseous liquid and solid dielectrics Theory of partial discharges and measurement techniques Unit II Sphere gaps electrostatic voltmeters resistance and capacitance potential dividers and high speed CRO Unit III Generation of power frequency HVAC HVDC and Impulse Voltages- cascade transformers electrostatic generators Cockroft-Walton circuits and Marx circuit Unit IV High Voltage Testing IS Specification of DC AC and Impulse testing of insulators transformers lightning arrestors bushing capacitors and cables

Page 17 of 27

17

References

1 Naidu MS and Kamaraju V ldquoHigh Voltage Engineeringrdquo TMH

2 Wadhwa CL ldquoHigh Voltage Engineeringrdquo Wiley Eastern

3 Westinghouse Transmission amp Distribution Reference Book IBH

4 Kuffel amp Zaengl ldquoHigh Voltage Engineeringrdquo Pergamon Press

Nuclear Energy and Power (EE-6513)

Unit I

Introduction to Nuclear Physics Basics atomic structure mass energy equivalence Interaction of

radiation with matter nuclear reactions fission and fusion Energy released in reactions

Nuclear Power reactors - Comparison of Nuclear and Fossil fuel Heat generation and heat removal

from the reactor steam-cycles

Unit II

Types of Thermal Reactors Boiling Water Pressurized water reactors CANDU High temperature

gas cooled reactor superheat in water reactor Fast Breeder Reactors

Unit III

Nuclear power plant layout Radiation Shielding Nuclear power station operation instrumentation

and control Irradiation effects effects of temperature Fuel cycles instability reactor control start

up and shunt down reactor safety reactor power level measurement safety circuits

References

1 Ken Kok ldquoNuclear Engineering Hand bookrdquo Taylor and Francis

2 NSharma BBanerjee ldquoNuclear power in Indiardquo Rupa (1 July 2008)

3 PB Myerscough ldquoModern power Station Practicersquorsquo

4 Ram KS ldquoBasic Nuclear Engineeringrdquo New Age International Pvt Limited

Renewable Energy Systems

(EE 6514)

Unit I

Introduction Indian and global Energy resources

Unit II

Current Energy Exploitation Energy Demand Energy Planning renewable energy sources wind

energy from water solar energy energy from mineral oils nuclear energy for sustainable

development environment concerns

Unit III

Page 18 of 27

18

Application of Electrical machines in renewable energy conversion Review of reference frame

theory fundamentals principles of operation and analysis of IG PMSG SCIG and DFIG

UNIT IV

Analysis of wind and PV systems Stand alone operation of fixed and variable speed wind

energy conversion systems and solar PV system Grid connection Issues-Grid integrated PMSG

and SCIG Based WECS Grid Integrated solar PV

UNIT V

Hybrid renewable energy systems Need for Hybrid Systems- Range and type of Hybrid

systems- Case studies of Wind and solar PV systems- Maximum Power Point Tracking (MPPT)

References

1 SNBhadra D Kastha amp S Banerjee ldquoWind Electricaal Systemsrdquo Oxford University Press

2009

2 Rashid M H ldquoPower Electronics Hand bookrdquo Academic press 2001

3 Gray L Johnson ldquoWind energy systemrdquo Prentice Hall Inc 1995

4 Non-conventional Energy sources BHKhan Tata McGraw-hill Publishing CompanyNew

Delhi

5 Journal of IREDA

6 Paper from IEEE Transmissions and IEE Proceedings

Power System Reliability

(EE 6521)

Unit I

Basic probability theory review of concepts probability distributions Markov processes State

Transition Matrix and state Transition Diagram

Unit II

Definition of Reliability general reliability function evaluation of reliability using state

enumeration Tie set and cut set method Reliability indices from state transition matrix and

state transition diagrams Models for generation system reliability evaluation loss of load

indices loss of energy indices frequency and duration methods

Unit III

Reliability evaluation of two area interconnected system Conditional probability approach for

reliability evaluation of a generation-transmission system Transmission system reliability

evaluation using average interruption rate method and frequency and duration methods

Unit IV

Evaluation of interruption indices for radial distribution systems Introduction to protective

system reliability evaluation

Page 19 of 27

19

References 1 Billington Ringley amp Wood ldquoPower System Reliability Calculationrdquo MIT Press

2 Endeerny J ldquoReliability Modelling in Power Systemrdquo John Wiley NY

HIGH VOLTAGE DC TRANSMISSION (EE-6522)

Unit I

DC POWER TRANSMISSION TECHNOLOGY

Introduction-comparison of AC and DC transmission ndashapplication of DC transmission-

description of DC transmission system planning for HVDC transmission-modern trends in

DC transmission

Unit II

ANALYSIS OF HVDC CONVERTER

Pulse number choice of converter configuration-simplified analysis of Graetz circuit-

converter bridge characteristics characteristics of twelve pulse converter ndashdetailed analysis

of converters

Unit III

CONVERTER AND HVDC SYSTEM CONTROL

General principles of DC link control- converter control characteristics-system control

hierarchy ndashfiring angle control-current and extinction angle control-starting and stopping of

DC link power control ndashhigher level controllers-telecommunication requirements

Unit IV

HARMONICS AND FILTERS

Introduction-generation of harmonics-design of AC filters-DC filters-carrier frequency and RI

noise

Unit V

SIMULATIONS OF HVDC SYSTEMS

Introduction ndashsystem simulation Philosophy and tools-HVDC system simulation-modeling

of HVDC systems for digital dynamic simulation

REFERENCES

Page 20 of 27

20

1 Padiyar KR ldquoHVDC power transmission systemsrdquo Wiley Eastern Limited New Delhi 1990

First edition

2 Edward Wilson Kimbark ldquoDirect Current Transmissionrdquo Vol I Wiley Interscience New York

London Sydney1971

3 Rakosh Das Begamudre Extra high Voltage AC transmission Engineeringrdquo New Age

International (P) Ltd New Delhi 1990

4 Arrillaga J ldquoHigh Voltage Direct Current Transmissionrdquo Peter Peregrinus London1983

Power System Planning

(EE 6523)

Unit I

Introduction-Power system planning power system development and growth power sources

planning tools

Unit II

Electricity regulations Electricity Forecasting Generation Planning Transmission and distribution

network planning

Unit III

New operation and planning policies Allocation of reserve Demand side bidding Pricing schemes

Competitive electricity markets Environment effects Technology and Innovation (Modern Trends)

References

1 Sullivan-ldquoPower System Planningrdquo McGraw Hill

2 Pabla AS ldquoElectric Power System Planningrdquo Macmillan India

Advanced Power System Lab (EE- 653)

Minor Project-I (EE-654)

3rd Semester

Page 21 of 27

21

Flexible AC Transmission Systems (EE- 7011)

Unit I

Introduction principles of reactive power control and transmission line compensation series and

shunt reactive power compensation concept of Flexible AC Transmission systems (FACTS) Static

Var Compensator (SVC) thyristor controlled reactor thyristor switched capacitor thyristor

controlled series capacitor static synchronous compensator static synchronous series

compensator thyristor controlled phase angle regulator and unified power flow controller

Unit II

Modeling and analysis of SVC STATCOM TCSC SSSC UPFC and IPFC use of FACTS controllers in

system control and protection

Unit III

Harmonic and filters simulation and study of FACTS Controllers under dynamic conditions

References

1 Miller TJE ldquoReactive Power Control in Electric Systemsrdquo John Wiley

2 Hingorani NG and Gyugyi L ldquoUnderstanding FACTSrdquo IEEE Press

3 E Acha VG Agelidis ldquoPower Electronic control in Electrical Systemsrdquo Newnes

Butterworth Elsevier

Information Science amp Management (EPS 7012)

Unit I

Planning and Strategy for information systems information resources operating system DBMS

ORACLE Internet and intranet Flexible System etc

Unit II

Human interface Mimic Wireless Communication Optical Communications

Unit III

Management of Power Systems Automation and Energy Conservation and metering

References

Page 22 of 27

22

1 Fraidoon Mazda ldquoEngineering Managementrdquo Addison Wesley

2 Tripathy PC and Reddy PN ldquoPrinciples of Managementrdquo Tata McGraw Hill

3 JAF Stomer Freeman RE and Daniel R Gilbert ldquoManagementrdquo Pearson Education Sixth

Edition

4 Joseph L Massie ldquoEssentials of Managementrdquo Prentice Hall of India Fourth Edition

5 Kernel Texpian AS ldquoCommunication Network Managementrdquo Prentice Hall

6 ldquoNetwork Management Standardsrdquo Uylers Black McGraw Hill

Power System Transients (EE-7013)

Unit I

Introduction Power frequency over voltages Lighting and switching over voltages Traveling waves

on transmission lines and their reflection and reflection at transition points Bewleyrsquos Lattice

Diagram

Unit II

Voltage stability Voltage collapse and voltage stability limit- Definitions Load modeling-Constant

impedance constant current and constant power type loads-static and dynamic representation of

loads Voltage Stability Analysis using P-V (andor Q-V) curves and load parameter (P-Q) space

representation Voltage stability margin and its calculation

Unit III

Classification of system transients Class ndash A ultrafast transients surge phenomena Class ndash B

medium fast transients short circuit phenomena class ndash C slow transients transient stability

travelling waves on single phase loss-less lines switching transients Boundary conditions for single

phase loss less lines Bewley lattice diagram discrete time models of single phase lossless lines and

lumped RLC elements lossy lines multi conductor lines

Unit IV

Lighting and protection Lighting stroke mechanism general principles of lightning ndash protection

tower footing resistance lighting arresters and protective characteristics dynamic voltage rise and

arrester ratings insulation coordination

References

1 ldquoExtra high voltage AC transmissionrdquo by Rakosh Das Begamudre New Age Publishers

Page 23 of 27

23

2 ldquoElectric Energy system theoryrdquo O I Elgerd Jata McGraw Hill publication co Ltd New Delhi

3 ldquoPower system Analysis and Designrdquo by Glover amp Sarma PWs publishing co Boston

4 Taylor CW ldquoPower System Voltage Stabilityrdquo McGraw Hill 5 Thiery Van Cutsem ldquoPower System Voltage Stabilityrdquo Kluwer

SCADA and Energy Management System (EE 7014)

Unit I

Concept of Supervisory control amp Data Acquisition System Component and types of SCADA

systems CT PT Voltage to current current to voltage converters RTUs etc Supervisory and

control functions man-machine communication operator console VDU display and its use

operator dialogues mimic diagram functions printing facilities etc

Unit II

SCADA system structures system classes system interactions performance criteria software and

hardware considerations data bases reliability and simulations technical realizations local

system communication system central system control system supervision amp system maintenance

Unit III

Application functions-real time network modeling security management production control and

training simulators

Unit IV

Introduction to communication systems Hotline PLCC Mobile Satellite Microwave amp Optical

fibre communications Transputerised SCADA system SCADA on embedded FPGA

References

1 Krishana Kant ldquoComputer-based Industrial Controlrdquo PHI Publication

2 Liptak ldquoProcess Controlrdquo CRC Publication

3 Madiseth amp Williams ldquoDigital Signal Processingrdquo CRC Press IEEE Press

4 Kissel ldquoIndustrial Electronicsrdquo PHI Publication

Artificial Intelligence Techniques in Power System (EE- 7021)

Unit I

Page 24 of 27

24

ARTIFICIAL NEURAL NETWORKS

Concept of Artificial Neural Networks and its basic mathematical model McCulloch-Pitts neuron

model simple perception Adaline and Madaline Feed ndashForward Multilayer Perceptron Learning

and Training the neural network Data Processing

Unit II

GENETIC ALGORITHM

Basic concept of Genetic algorithm and detail algorithm steps Solution of typical control problems

using genetic algorithm Concept on some other search techniques like tabu search and ant-colony

search techniques for solving optimization problems

Unit III

FUZZY LOGIC SYSTEM

Introduction to crisp sets and fuzzy sets Basic fuzzy set operation and approximates reasoning

Introduction to fuzzy logic modeling and control Fuzzification inferencing and Defuzzification

Fuzzy knowledge and rule bases Fuzzy modeling and control schemes for nonlinear systems Self-

organizing fuzzy logic control

Unit IV

APPLICATION

GA application to power system optimization problem Case studies Identification and control of

linear and nonlinear dynamic systems using Matlab-Neural Network toolbox

Stability Analysis of Neural ndashNetwork Interconnection System Implementation of Fuzzy Logic

Controller using Matlab Fuzzy ndashlogic Toolbox Stability Analysis of Fuzzy Control Systems

References

1rdquoIntroduction to Artificial Neural Systemsrdquo - Jacek M Zuarda Jaico Publishing House 1997ISBN81-

7029-694-3

2rdquoNeural Networks Fuzzy Logic and Genetic Algorithmsrdquo ndashSudarshan KValluruTNRaoJaico Publishing

House 2009ISBN 978-81-8495-079-3

3rdquoC++ Neural Networksamp Fuzzy Logicrdquo SK Valluru BRao Hayagriva VRao BPB Publications

1996ISBN81-7224-266-2

4ME El- Hawary- ldquoArtificial Intelligence application in Power Systemrdquo IEEE Press

5 ldquoArtificial Intelligence Techniques in Power System ndash IEEErdquo IEEE publications

Page 25 of 27

25

6 T Glad and L Ljung rdquoControl Theory-Multivariable and Non-Linear methodsrdquo Taylor and

Francis London and NY2002

7 GJ Thaler rdquoAutomatic control systemsrdquo Jaico Publishers1993

Advanced Power System Protection amp Switchgear

(EE-7022)

Unit I

Basic protection schemes relay terminology relays as comparators static relays application of

solid state devices differential relay8ng schemes distance relaying schemes protection of

multiterminal lines pilot relaying schemes

Unit II

Computer aided protection introduction basis configuration line bus generator transformer

protection Developments in new relaying principles Numeric relays and application of DSP to

protection

Unit III

Selection of Circuit Breaker testing of High Voltage Circuit Breakers SF6 Vacuum Circuit Breaker

OCB and auto-reclosure

Unit IV

Protection of transmission line from transients recent trends in over voltage protection of line

References

1 Phadke AG and Thorpe JS Computer Relaying of Power Systems John Wiley

2 Badri Ram Power System Relaying TMH N Delhi

3 Rao M Power System Protection Using Static Relays TMH Delhi

4 Anderson PM Power System Protection IEEE Press

5 Mason CR Art and Science of Protective Relaying Wiley

Energy Auditing amp Loss Reduction (EE-7023)

Unit I

Page 26 of 27

26

Energy scenario in Indian context Energy management and conservation in domestic sector

Energy conservation in illumination Energy efficient buildings Energy management in small

medium and large HT industries Demand side management Supply side management Energy

Audit Energy Audit measuring tools

Unit II

Distribution system planning with respect to loss reduction

Unit III

Transmission system planning with respect to loss reduction

Unit IV

Improvement necessary in existing transmission and distribution systems of the country

References

1 Papers from journals

2 Literature of Energy Management Centre (Govt of India Ministry of Power)

3 Quarterly journals of Energy Management Energy Management Centre New Delhi

4 Wiley H Lee ldquoPower Distribution Planning (book)rdquo Marcel Dekker

Power System Project Management

(EE- 7024) Unit I

Different aspects of a project Feasibility studies Project designing Project implementation

Site aspects Human resources management Activity Scheduling

Unit II

Different aspects of Project Analysis Resources management Project tracking Effective

reporting Cost labour and time management Technical and site specific issues Captive

investment Government regulations Construction and commissioning Coordination

Unit III

Environmental management of a data base management system Project management details

of a thermal power project and substation project

Unit IV

Some aspects of Power system planning Electricity forecasting Generation planning

Transmission and Distribution Planning Energy efficiency and audit

Page 27 of 27

27

References

1 Sullivan-ldquoPower System Planningrdquo McGraw Hill 2 Pabla AS ldquoElectric Power System Planning Macmillanrdquo India

Self-Study Open Area Seminar-II

(EE 703)

Every student is required to participate in the Seminars which will be held every week as far as possible

Minor Project-II (EE 704)

A minor project approved by the Department is to be undertaken in the summer vacation following

the examinations of II SemesterIV Semester in-case of full time and part time students

respectively The duration for this work is about 2 months The students are expected to submit a

report on the minor project

Major Project-I

(EE-705)

IVth Semester

Major Project ndash II (EE 801)

Each student will be assigned a topic of the Major Project work by the department concerned and

is to work under the guidance of an approved supervisor Part ndashI of the Major Project Work shall

consist of Literature Review on the relevant topic with the approval of the supervisor

Part-II shall consist of further investigations design and implementation on the topic HeShe will

be required to submit three typedprinted Copies of the dissertation embodying the results of the

investigations carried out by himher The dissertation is to be submitted with the approval of the

guide

Page 1 of 24

1

Delhi Technological University

M Tech (Control amp Instrumentation) Syllabus

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION

AND

COURSES OF READING

FOR

MTech (ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING) (CONTROL amp INSTRUMENTATION)

(Full Time amp Part-Time)

Full-time Semester I Examination August 2010 Semester II Examination January 2011 Semester III Examination August 2011 Semester IV Examination January 2012 Part-time Semester I Examination August 2010 Semester II Examination January 2011 Semester III Examination August 2011 Semester IV Examination January 2012 Semester V Examination August 2012 Semester VI Examination January 2013

Page 2 of 24

2

Syllabus applicable for students seeking admission to the MTech Electrical Engineering (Full Time amp Part-time)

MTech Electrical Engineering (Control amp Instrumentation) Paper Subject Group lsquoArsquo Subjects Mode of Duration No Code No Exam Of Exam

(Hrs) ___________________________________________________________________________ First Semester Group lsquoArsquo Subjects I AM-511 Applied Mathematics Th 3 II EE-512 Integrated Electronics and Applied Th 3

Instrumentation Th 3 III EE-513 Process Instrumentation amp Control

IV EE-514 Applied Instrumentation Lab Pr 3

Group lsquoBrsquo Subjects

V EE-561 Modeling Identification amp Control Th 3 VI EE-562 Discrete Data Systems amp Digital Control Th 3 VII EE-563 Process control Lab Pr 3 VIII EE-564 Self Study Open Area Seminar-I S

Second Semester Group lsquoCrsquo Subjects

IX EE-611 Micro-controller and Embedded System Th 3 X EE 602X Any one of the followings (Electives) Th 3

Page 3 of 24

3

EE 6121 Advanced Network Theory EE 6122 Digital Instrumentation and Control System EE 6123 Non- linear control Theory EE 6124 System Modeling and Optimization

XI EE 603X Any one of the followings (Electives) Th 3

EE 6131 Computer Communication and Control EE 6132 Digital signal Processing

EE 6133 Optimal Control Theory XII EE 614 Microcontroller lab Pr 3 Group lsquoDrsquo Subjects XIII EE 663 Advanced Control System Lab Pr 3 XIV EE 661X Any one of the following (electives) Th 3 EE 6611 Bio-Medical Instrumentation

EE 6612 Intelligent Instrumentation

EE 6613 Pattern Recognition amp Image processing

EE 6614 Soft Computing Techniques XV EE 662X Any one of the following (electives) Th 3 EE 6621 Bio-Engineering amp Control EE 6622 Digital Instrumentation EE 6623 Intelligent Control EE 6624 Random Process in control amp Estimation XVI EE 664 Minor Project-I S

Third Semester Group lsquoErsquo Subject

XVII EE 711X Any one of the following (electives) Th 3

Page 4 of 24

4

EE 7111 Filter Design EE 7112 Manufacturing Automation and control

EE 7113 Power Electronics and Control Systems

EE 7114 SCADA amp Energy Management System

XVIII EE 712X Any one of the following (electives) Th 3 EE 7121 Adaptive Control Methods

EE 7122 Advanced Control system Design EE 7123 Robot Dynamics amp Control EE 7124 Stochastic Control System XXI EE 713 Self Study Open Area Seminar-II S XXII EE 714 Minor Project-II XXIII EE 715 Major Project ndashI

Fourth Semester Group lsquoFrsquo Subject

XXIV EE 811 Major Project - II

Page 5 of 24

5

AM-511 Applied Mathematics

Unit I Review of sets relations and mappings Boolean algebra basic concepts and laws of

probability Bayes theorem Random variable Discrete and continuous random variables Expectation Moments and covariance Probability as a set function Stochastic process as random functions Second order random functions Gaussian random functions Poisson process ndash Markov Chain Auto correlation ndash cross correlation

Unit II Linear Vector spaces over a field subspaces bases dimension and linear

transformations Bijecture correspondence between the ser of matrics and linear transformations Quadratic forms and their matrices Eigen ndash values using QR transformations ndash Generalized Eigen Vectors ndash Canonical forms ndash Singular value decomposition and applications ndash Pseudo inverse ndash Least squares approximations

Unit III Existence and uniquesss theorems of differential equations Introduction to solution

of Non ndash linear differential equations Introduction to calculus of variations Finite differences and finite element

Unit IV Calculus of Variations Concept of variation and its properties ndash Finite differences and finite elements methods Eulerrsquos equation ndash Functionals dependant on first and higher order derivatives ndash Functionals dependants on functions of several independent variables

Variation problems with moving boundaries ndash Isoperimetric problems ndash Direct method ndash Ritz and Kantorovich methods

Suggested Readings

1 Bronson R Matrix Operations Schaumrsquos outline series McGraw Hill New York

2 Gupta AS Calculus of Variations with Applications Prentice Hall of India Pvt Ltd New Delhi

3 Taha HA Operations Research An Introduction Seventh Edition Pearson Education Edition Asia New Delhi

4 Ochi MK Applied Probability and Stochastic Processes John Wiley and sons

EE-512 Integrated Electronics and Applied Instrumentation Unit I Review of OP-AMP theory and applications

Page 6 of 24

6

Architecture of internally compensated OP-AMP (741 type) Linear application of IC 741 used in signal conditioning comparators multivibrator and other relaxation oscillator Unit II OTAs OTARs current conveyors amp current feedback Amplifiers Limitations of traditional amplifiers structure of transconductance amp transresistance amplifiers and their applications in signal processing structure of current conveyors amp current feedback amplifiers and their application etc Unit III Voltage controlled oscillators and phase locked loops Architecture of VOC and their applications Architecture of PLL and their applications Unit IV Analog to Digital converter (ADC) and Digital to Analog converter (DAC) Various specifications architecture and application of ADCs and DACs Unit V Sensors and their applications Classification of sensors sensor models and response characteristics smart sensors potentiometric sensors light detectors phototransistors photoresisetors IR sensor optical encoders Pyroelectric sensors thermal detectors heat flux sensors Magnetic sensors 4-20mA transmitters etc Suggested Readings

1 Jones BE ldquoInstrument Technologyrdquo Vol3 Butter worth and CO Publishers 2 James Dally W ldquoInstrumentation for Engineering Measurementsrdquo John Wiley amp

Sons Inc 3 Patranabis D ldquoSensors and Transducersrdquo Wheeler Publishing 4 Sze Simon ldquoSemiconductor sensorsrdquo Alibris Publications Wiley Interscience 5 AS Sedra amp K CSmith Microelectronics Circuits Oxford University Press 6 ASmaili amp FMrad ldquoMechatronicsrdquo Oxford University Press 2008

EE-513 Process Instrumentation and Control Unit I Process Dynamics Introduction to process control models of industrial process hydraulic tanks fluid flow systems mixing process chemical reactions thermal systems-heat exchangers and distillation column Unit II Control Action and Controller Tuning Basic control action-onoff P P+I P+I+D floating control ndash pneumatic and electronic controllers ndash controller tuning ndash time response and frequency response methods ndash non-linear controllers Inverse time response of system effect of pole and Zero on right hand side of S- plane feedforward and multivariable control

Page 7 of 24

7

Unit III Programmable Logic Controllers Evolution of PLC ndash Sequential and Programmable controllers ndash Architecture ndash Programming of PLC ndash Relay logic and Ladder logic ndash Functional blocks ndash Communication Networks for PLC field bus such as profi-bus mod-bus etc Suggested Readings

1 George Stephanopolus ldquoChemical Process controlrdquo Prentice Hall India 2 Harriot P ldquoProcess controlrdquo Tata McGraw-Hill New Delhi 3 Norman A Anderson ldquoInstrumentation for process measurement and controlrdquo CRC

Press LLC Florida 4 Dale E Seborg Thomas F Edgar Duncan A Mellichamp ldquoProcess dynamics and

controlrdquo Wiley John and Sons 5 Marlin TE ldquoProcess controlrdquo second edition McGraw hill New York 6 Balchan JG and Mumme G ldquoProcess control structures and applicationsrdquo Van

Nostrand Renhold Co New York 7 Lucas MP ldquoDistributed Control Systemrdquo Van Nostrand Reinhold Co NY 8 Pertrezeulla ldquoProgrammable Controllersrdquo McGraw-Hill

EE-514 Applied Instrumentation Lab Laboratory work based on course work EE-561 Modeling Identification and Control Unit I Review of probability theory Random variables and process stochastic processes properties and terminology mean variance correlation spectral density Unit II Problem formulation for Identification amp Estimation Models Review and realization of continuous and discrete state space and input-output disturbance models inverse response system dynamics Unit III Parameter Estimation Linear regression models multiple regression model ARMA models experimental techniques On line identification techniques development of lsquoLeast Squaresrsquo regressionrsquo exponentially mapped estimates Unit IV

Page 8 of 24

8

Discrete design methods Functional Models of Computer Process Control Systems-Real time operating systems input-output systems functions of the computer process control system techniques for developing physical process models Position velocity dead beat ringing and dahlin algorithms Suggested Readings

1 Ljung ldquoSystem Identification theory for the userrdquo PHI 2 Rolf Johansson ldquoSystem Modelling and Identificationrdquo Prentice Hall of India 3 Astrom and Wittenmark ldquoAdaptive Controlrdquo PHI 4 Willam SLevine ldquoControl Hand Bookrdquo 5 Narendra and Annasamy ldquoStable Adaptive Control Systemrdquo Prentice Hall

EE-562 Discrete Data Systems and Digital Control Unit I Z-transformation inverse Z- transformation linear difference equations sampler and zero order hold devices block diagram techniques block diagram reduction time response of sampled- data control systems Juryrsquos stability criteria relationship between Z and S domain Unit II Discrete- time systems concept of state state variable and state vector modeling of physical systems such as Electrical electronics Electromechanical and chemical process plantsystems using state variable approach Unit III Phase variable canonical variable and Jordanrsquos canonical form model matrix transfer function solution of state equations in discrete time systems state transition matrix properties of state transition matrix Unit IV Concept of controllability and observability Effect of pole zero cancellation in Transfer function Pole placement by state feedback and observer system Suggested Readings

1 DRoy Choudhary ldquoModern Control Engineeringrdquo Prentice Hall of India Ltd 2 R Anandanatrajan and P Ramesh Babu ldquoControl Systems Engineeringrdquo SCITECH

Publication 3 M Gopal ldquoModern Control Engineeringrdquo New Age International Ltd 4 JS Bay ldquoLinear State Space Systems McGraw-Hill 5 Eroni-Umez and Eroni ldquoSystem dynamics amp Control Thomson Brooks Cole 6 K Ogatta ldquoModern Control Engineeringrdquo Pearson Education Asia Low Priced

Edition 7 GJ Thaler ldquoAutomatic control systemsrdquo Jaicp Publishers

EE-563 Process Control Lab

Page 9 of 24

9

Laboratory work based on course work EE-564 Self Study Open Area Seminar -I EE-611 Microcontroller and Embedded System Unit I Organization of a microprocessor register organization CPU Description of timing and control units interfacing memory amp IO devices Synchronous amp Asynchronous data transfer Interrupt Polling DMA Introduction to Pentium and Pro-Pentium microprocessor Unit II Basic organization of 8051 8097 MC68HC11 PIC16CXX SLK-51 microcontrollers instruction set- timing diagram address modes simple program and applications Unit III Embedded system and their components categories of embedded systems Stand alone Real time Networked and Mobile etc Requirements of embedded systems Reliability cost effectiveness low power consumption efficient use of processing power efficient use of memory approximate execution time challenges and issues in embedded software development Co design operating system efficient IO testing and debugging Unit IV Hardware Architecture for embedded systems Embedded Applications Suggesting Reading

1 Hall DV Microprocessors-Principles amp Applications TMH 2 Gaonkar Microprocessors TMH 3 John B Peatman ldquoDesign with PIC Microcontrollersrdquo Pearson Education Asia 4 Michael Khel ldquoThe M68HC11 Microcontrollersrdquo Application in control

Instrumentation and communicationrdquo Prentice Hall New Jersey 5 John B Peatman ldquoDesign with Microcontrollersrdquo McGraw Hill

ELECTIVES for group C

EE 6121 Advanced Network Theory Unit I

Page 10 of 24

10

Loop and cut-set Analysis The concept of a graph cut sets and KCL Loops amp KVL Fundamental theorem of graph theory Loop analysis cut-set analysis duality etc Unit II Input Power Poser Transfer and Insertion Loss Energy and power Effective or RMS value Average power and complex power problems in optimizing power transfer Insertion loss Tellegenrsquos Theorem Unit III State-variable representation of networks State variable formulation of proper networks concepts of state and order of complexity of a network state-variable formulation of general networks solution of time invariant and time varying and nonlinear state equations Unit IV Computer Aided Network Design Small-signal analysis and design of non-linear network Stability analysis of linear and nonlinear networks Suggested Readings

1 CA Desoer amp EH Kuh ldquoBasic Circuit Theory 2 B Peikari ldquoNetwork Analysisrdquo

EE 6122 Digital Instrumentation and Control Unit I Signals from process instrumentation signal conditioning for the control computer signal transmission time division multiplexing signal termination Digital control loop analysis of block diagrams stability systems with dead time Unit II The computer control system CPU relationship of word length to performance peripheral devices optimizationcontrol of a distillation column control algorithms Dahlinrsquos method and standard algorithms Unit III PC based industrial process measurements like flow temperature pressure and level ndash PC based instruments development system Unit IV Concept of Supervisory control amp Data Acquisition System Component and types of SCADA systems CT PT Voltage to current current to voltage converters RTUs etc Suggested Readings

1 Kevin M Daugherty ldquoAnalog ndash to ndash Digital conversion ndash A Practical Approachrdquo McGraw Hill International Editions

2 N Mathivanan ldquoMicroprocessors PC Hardware and Interfacingrdquo Prentice ndash Hall of India Pvt Ltd

3 Krishna Kant ldquoComputer ndash based Industrial Controlrdquo Prentice ndash Hall of India Pvt Ltd

4 HS Kalsi ldquoElectronic Instrumentationrdquo Technical Education Series (TES)TMH New Delhi

5 Buchanan ldquoComputer bussesrdquo Arnold London

Page 11 of 24

11

EE 6123 Non linear Control Theory Unit I Introduction to Non-linear systems and their behavior multiple equilibrium points limit cycles etc Unit II Nonlinear System Analysis Phase-plane analysis Isoclines method and Delta method Concept of singular points and their analysis existence of limit cycles Describing function analysis describing function of common non-linearities stability analysis of nonlinear system using describing function dual input describing function perturbation theory and perturbation dynamics Unit III Stability Lyapunovrsquos Methods Krasovski method variable gradient method Advanced stability criterion Lyapunov analysis of non-autonomous systems Lyapunovrsquos direct method of stability absolute stability and popovrsquos criterion Suggested Readings

1 Atherton DP Nonlinear control Engineering Van Nostrand Reinhold London 2 Atherton DP Stability of Nonlinear system John Wiley amp sons New York NY 3 Cunningham WJ Introduction to Nonlinear Analysis McGraw-Hill New York

NY 4 Gibson JE Nonlinear Automatic Control McGraw-Hill New York NY 5 Hahn W Theory and Application of Lyapunovrsquos Direct Method Prentice-Hall

Englewood Cliffs NJ 6 Mohler RR Nonlinear Systems Dynamics and Control Volume 1 Prentice-Hall

Englewood Cliffs NJ 7 Slotine W and Vidhyasagar M Robitic Dyanamics and Control WLi Prentice Hall

Englewood Cliffs NJ 8 Vidhyasagar M Nonlinear System Analysis Prentice-Hall Englewood Cliffs NJ

EE 6124 System Modeling and Optimization Unit I Introduction types of modeling of time varying stochastic nonlinear discrete event and hybrid systems Conventional tools for linear system modeling Introduction to non ndash conventional modeling tools neural models etc Unit II Linear Programming Simplex algorithm ndash Two phase and Big M Techniques ndash Duality theory simplex method ndash Integer programming Non ndash Linear and Dynamic Programming Non ndash linear programming ndash Kuhn Tucker conditions ndash Formulation of dynamic programming ndash Forward and backward recursive equation ndash Computational procedures Unit III One dimensional minimization methods unconstrained minimization techniques direct search methods steepest descent method conjugate gradient method and Newtonrsquos method constrained optimization direct amp indirect methods

Page 12 of 24

12

Unit IV CPM PERT and Quadratic programming Suggested Readings

1 Chang SSL Synthesis of Optimal Control McGraw-Hill New York 2 Kirk DE Optimal Control Theory An Introduction Prentice-Hall

Englewood Cliffs NJ 3 Athans M and PL Flab Optimal Control An Introduction to the Theory

and its Applications McGraw-Hill New York 4 Sage AP and CC White III Optimum System Control Prentice-Hall

Englewood Cliffs NJ

EE 6131 Computer Communication and Control Unit I Introduction Line diagram from process plant to computer system loose coupled system and Tight coupled system communication media and bus Protocol and Architectures Evolution of data networks network architecture Unit II Protocols- layered approach-OSI model-DoD model-Hierarchical Approach-Local Network Technology- BusTree topology-Ring topology-medium access protocols-Details of IEEE 802 X25 datagram HDLC standards Unit III Network Access Protocol amp Internetworking Circuit Switched Network Access-Packet Switched Network Access-Broadcast Network Access-Principle of Internetworking-Bridges Gateways-X and 75-internet protocols-ISO internet protocol standard Unit IV Compression Techniques and cryptography Application of computer communication for control functions Application of soft computing for control functions Suggested Readings

1 Andrew S Tanenbaum ldquoComputer Networksrdquo 4th Edition Prentice Hall of India 2 Achyut S Godbole ldquoData Communications and Networkingrdquo Tata McGraw Hill 3 W Stallings ldquoData and Computer Communicationrdquo 2nd Edition New York

Macmillan EE-6132 Digital Signal Processing Unit I

Page 13 of 24

13

Discrete Time Signals and Systems Representation of discrete time signals- classifications-Discrete time systems Discrete Fourier transform properties Fast Fourier transform- Z- transform structure realization direct form- lattice structure for FIR filter- Lattice structure for IIR Filter

Unit II Design of Filters FIR Filter- windowing technique- optimum equiripple linear phase FIR filter- IIR filter- Bilinear transformation technique- impulse invariance method- Butterworth filter- Tchebyshev filter

Unit III Multistage representation Sampling of band pass signal- antialiasing filter ndash Decimation by an integer factor- interpolation by an integer factor- sampling rate conversion ndash implementation of digital filter banks- sub-band coding- Quadrature mirror filter

Unit IV Digital Signal Processors Fundamentals of fixed and floating point DSP architecture

Suggested Readings

1 John GProakis Dimitris G Manolakis ldquoDigital Signal Processing Principles Algorthms and Applicationsrdquo PHI

2 S Salivahanan A Vallavaraj and C Gnanapriya ldquoDigital Signal Processingrdquo TMH 3 AV Oppenheim and RW Schafer Englewood ldquoDigital Signal Processingrdquo Prentice-

Hall Inc 4 Rabiner and Gold ldquoTheory and Application of Digital Signal Processingrdquo A

comprehensive Industrial- Strength DSP reference book 5 B Venkatramani amp M Bhaskar ldquoDigital Signal Processors architecture

programming and applicationsrdquo TMH EE 6133 Optimal Control Theory Unit I Introduction Statement of optimal control problem-Problem formulation and forms of optimal control-Selection of performance measures Unit II Necessary conditions for optimal control -Pontryaginrsquos minimum principle ndash State inequality constraints - Minimum time problem Unit III LQ Control Problems and Dynamic Programming Linear optimal regulator problem - Matrix Riccatti equation and solution method Linear tracking problem ndash LQG problem Dynamic programming application to discrete and continuous systems ndash Hamilton Jacobi Bellman equation Numerical Techniques for Optimal Control Suggested Readings

1 Krik DE ldquoOptimal Control Theory ndash An introductionrdquo Prentice hall NJ 2 Sage AP ldquoOptimum System Controlrdquo Prentice Hall NH

Page 14 of 24

14

3 Anderson BDO And Moore JB ldquoOptimal Filteringrdquo prentice hall Inc NJ 4 SM Bozic ldquoDigital and Kalman Filteringrdquo Edward Arnould London 5 Astrom KJ ldquoIntroduction to Stochastic Control Theoryrdquo Academic Press Inc NY

EE-614 Microcontroller Lab Laboratory work based on course work

ELECTIVES for Group lsquoDrsquo

EE-6611 Bio Medical Instrumentation Unit I Basic Concepts of Bio Medical Instrumentation Terminology ndash Generalized medical instrumentation system ndash Measurement constrains ndash Classification ndash Interfacing and modifying inputs ndash Bio statistics ndash Static and dynamic characteristic ndash Regulation of medical devices ndash Electrical safety in medical environment Unit II Basic Sensors and Signal Processing Displacement measurements ndash Resistive sensors ndash Bridge circuits ndash Inductance capacitance and piezo electric sensor ndash Temperature measurements ndash Thermocouples ndash Radiation thermometry ndash Fiber optic temperature sensors ndash Optical measurements ndash OP-amp circuits ndash Microcomputers in bio-medical instrumentation Unit III Bio Potentials and Measurements Electric activity and excitable cells ndash Functional organization of peripheral nervous system ENG EMG ECG EEG amp MEG ndash Bio-potential electrodes ndash Electrolyte interface Polarization ndash Body surface recording electrodes ndash Electrodes for electric simulation of tissues Bio potential amplifiers Direct and indirect blood pressure measurement and analysis Suggested Readings

1 Khandpur RS ldquoHandbook of Bio-medical Instrumentationrdquo Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Company

2 Dean DE Marre A ldquoBio electronic Measurementsrdquo Prentice Hall 3 All Evans ldquoThe Evaluation of Medical Imagesrdquo Adam Hilger publication 4 John G Webster ldquoMedical Instrumentation application and designrdquo John Wiley and

Sons

Page 15 of 24

15

5 Cromwell L Fred J Webbell ldquoBio medical Instrumentation and measurementsrdquo Prentice Hall

EE-6612 Intelligent Instrumentation Unit I Fiber Optic Instrumentation Fiber optics sensors ndash fiber optic instrumentation system ndash Different types of modulators ndashdetectors ndash Interferometer method of measurement of length ndash moire fringes ndash measurement of pressure temperature current voltage liquid level and strain ndash fiber optic gyroscope ndash polarization maintaining Unit II Laser Instrumentation Laser for measurement of distance length velocity acceleration current voltage atmospheric effect ndash material processing ndash laser heating welding melting and trimming of materials removal and vaporization Unit III Microprocessor Based Instrumentation Hardware and firmware components of a microprocessor system ndash micro controllers ndash multiple processors calibration and correction computer interface embedded programming issues Unit IV Virtual Instrumentation Block diagram and architecture of the virtual instrumentation Suggested Readings

1 Chapman P ldquoSmart sensorsrdquo ISA Publications 2 John F Ready ldquoIndustrial applications of Lasersrdquo Academic press 3 Jasprit Singh ldquoSemiconductor optoelectronicsrdquo McGraw Hill 4 Clyde F Coombs jr ldquoElectronic instrument handbookrdquo second edition 5 Lisa KWells amp Jeffery Travels ldquoLab view for every onerdquo Prentice Hall 6 Sokoloff ldquoBasic concepts of Lab view 4rdquo Prentice Hall

EE 6613 Pattern Recognition amp Image Processing Same as that of MTech (IT) EE 6614 Soft Computing Techniques Unit I Introduction to crisp set and fuzzy sets Operations on fuzzy sets Fuzzy relations fuzzy measures fuzzy rules membership functions rule base fuzzy models Unit II Introduction to neural network Learning process the perception neural network multilayer perception radial basis function networks Neuro-dynamics application of neural network in control Unit III

Page 16 of 24

16

Basic concept of Genetic algorithm and detailed algorithmic steps Solution of typical control problems using genetic algorithm Unit IV Concept of some other search techniques like tabu search and ant-colony search techniques for solving optimization problems Suggested Readings

1 Introduction to Artificial Neural Systems - Jacek M Zuarda Jaico Publishing House 1997ISBN81-7029-694-3

2 Neural Networks Fuzzy Logic and Genetic Algorithms ndashSudarshan KValluruTNRaoJaico Publishing House 2009ISBN 978-81-8495-079-3

3 KLIR GJ amp FOLGER TA ldquoFuzzy sets uncertainty and informationrdquo Prentice-Hall of India Pvt Ltd

4 Zimmerman HJ ldquoFuzzy set theory-and its Applicationsrdquo-Kluwer Academic Publishers

5 Driankov Hellendron ldquoIntroduction to Fuzzy Controlrdquo Narosa Publishers

EE-6621 Bio Engineering amp Control Unit I Basic components of bio-medical instruments bio-electric signals amp recording electrodes transducers recording and display devices Patient care and monitoring systems cardiovascular measurements-blood pressure blood flow cardiac output and heart sounds etc Unit II Instrumentation for respiratory and nervous systems analysis of EEG ECG EMG EOG and action potentials non-invasive diagnostic measurements- temperature ultrasonic diagnosis CAT scan techniques sensory measurements motor response analysis of behavior etc biotelemetry biofeedback clinical laboratory instruments and X-ray diagnosis Unit III Recent advances in biomedical instrumentation microprocessor based system lasers amp optical fiber based systems Suggested Readings

1 Khandpur RS ldquoHandbook of Bio-Medical Instrumentationrdquo Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Company

2 Dean DE Marre A ldquoBio-Electronic Measurementsrdquo Prentice Hall 3 All Evans ldquoThe Evaluation of Medical Imagesrdquo Adam Hilger publication 4 John GWebster ldquoMedical Instrumentation Application and designrdquo John Wiley

and Sons 5 Cromwell L Fred J Webbell ldquoBio-Medical Instrumentation and

Measurementsrdquo Prentice Hall

EE-6622 Digital Instrumentation

Page 17 of 24

17

Unit I Basic Blocks Basic principles of digital techniques Counting techniques and various types counters Unit II Data Acquisition Systems Objective ndash Building blocks of Automation systems ndash Single and Multichannel Data Acquisition system PC based DAS Data loggers ndash Stand alone systems Unit III Interfacing and Data Transmission Data Transmission systems ndash 8086 Microprocessor based system design ndash Peripheral Interfaces ndash Time Division Multiplexing (TDM) ndashPulse Code Format ndash Interface systems and standards Unit IV Case Studies PC based industrial process measurements like flow temperature pressure and level ndash PC based instruments development system Suggested Readings

1 Kevin M Daugherty ldquoAnalog ndash to Digital conversion ndash A Practical Approachrdquo McGraw Hill International Editions

2 N Mathivanan ldquoMicroprocessors PC Hardware and Interfacingrdquo Prentice ndash Hall of India Pvt Ltd

3 Krishna Kant ldquoComputer-based Industrial Controlrdquo Prentice ndash Hall of India Pvt Ltd 4 HS Kalsi ldquoElectronic Instrumentationrdquo Technical Education Series (TES)TMH

New Delhi

EE-6623 Intelligent Control

Unit I Norms of signals vectors and matrices positive definite negative definite positive semidefinite and negative semidefinite functions Nonlinear control strategies State feedback linearization systems Unit II Fuzzy logic control using mamdani model Implementation of fuzzy logic controller using Matlab fuzzy-logic toolbox Stability analysis of fuzzy control systems Unit III Neural Networks in system identification and control control of non linear system using neural network toolbox inverse neural network control and adaptive control using neural networks Suggested Readings

1 KOSKO B ldquoNeural Networks and Fuzzy Systemsrdquo Prentice-Hall of India Pvt Ltd 2 Jang JSR Sun CT Mizutani E ldquoNeuro-fuzzy and soft Computingrdquo Pearson

Education 3 Behera L Kar I ldquoIntelligent Systems and Controlrdquo Oxford Higher Education

Page 18 of 24

18

4 Omidvar Omid and Elliott David L ldquoNeural Systems for controlrdquo Academic Press Limited

5 Lin CT and Lee CSG ldquoNeural Fuzzy Systemsrdquo Prentice Hall PTR EE-6624 Random Process in Control amp Estimation Unit I Random variables and processes Weinerrsquos theory of optimization Unit II Basic concepts of estimation and various types of estimates applications of Weinerrsquos theory of compensator design for feedback control system Unit III Gauss-Markov model for vector random Processes Kalman filtering minimum variance control Prediction and smoothing Random Processes in non-linear systems etc Suggested Readings

1 Taha HA Operations Research An Introduction Seventh Edition Pearson Education Edition Asia New Delhi

2 Ochi MK Applied Probability and Stochastic Processes John Wiley and sons

EE 663 Advanced Control System Lab

Laboratory work based on MATLAB and simulink applications in control areas Application of Matlab toolboxes Fuzzy logic Neural net etc

EE-664 Minor Project-I

Electives for Group ndash E

EE-7111 Filter Design Unit I Introduction to modern active building blocks used in Analog Filters

(i) Current Conveyors (ii) Operational Transconductance Amplifiers (iii) Current Feedback Amplifiers (iv) OTRAS CDBAS and other modern devices

Unit II

Page 19 of 24

19

First order filters Realization with passive elements realization with active elements cascaded design Unit III Second order LP and BP filters Design parameters the 2nd order circuits KHN Bi quads S amp K Biquads SAB biquads and GIC circuits Unit IV LP filters with maximally flat and equal ripple response inverse chebysheve and cauer filter Frequency transformation LP-HP LP-BP LP-BE etc Unit V LG Ladder filters Ladder Simulation by element replacement GP embedding technique FDNR technique creation of negative components Gm-c amp switched capacitor filters sensitivity considerations Suggested Readings

1 R Schaumann amp ME Vanvalkenburg ldquoDesign of Analog Filtersrdquo

EE-7112 Manufacturing Automation amp Control

Unit I Production Operations and automation strategies production economics high volume production systems Unit II Numerical control DNC CNC and adaptive control Industrial ndash Robotics and applications sequence control computer control CADCAM Unit III Intelligent system architecture design technique knowledge based system artificial neural network fuzzy system genetic Algorithms in Process planning scheduling fault diagnosis automated assembly manufacturing feature identification process monitoring and control Suggested Readings

1 Miller P Groover ldquoAutomation production systems and computer integrated Manufacturingrdquo PHI

EE-7113 Power Electronics and Control systems Unit I Overview of power electronic devices and their characteristics Emerging Devices and Circuits MOS controlled thyristors Integrated Gate commutated Thyristors (IGCT) Power Integrated Circuits (PICrsquos) and smart power control chips Unit II

Page 20 of 24

20

Power Electronics Converters AC to DC converters DC to AC converters DC to DC converters AC to AC converters cyclo converters topology and structure of power electronics converters converter protection and future converter applications Unit III Pulse Width Modulation for Power Electronics Converters PWM methods voltage control PWM SPWM selected harmonic elimination Minimum ripple current Delta modulation current control PWM space vector method performance criterion open loop and closed loop PWM schemes etc Feedback Control for converters comparator based control of rectifiers systems and P amp PI control applications Unit IV Applications to Motor drive UPS Static Var Compensators (STATCOM) Active Power filter Suggested Readings

1 E Acha VG Agelidis O Anaya ndash Lara TJE Miller Power Electronic Control in Electrical system Newnes Impart of Elsevier

2 Doradla Dabney et al Thyristorised Power Controllers Prentice hall 3 Ned Mohan Power Electronics converter application and design John Wiley

and sons 4 Murphy JMD Turnbull FG ldquoThyristor control of AC Motorsrdquo Pergamon Press

Oxford 5 MH Rashid ldquoPower electronics and AC drivesrdquo PHI

EE-7114 SCADA amp Energy Management System Unit I

Concept of Supervisory control amp Data Acquisition System Component and types of

SCADA systems CT PT Voltage to current current to voltage converters RTUs etc

Supervisory and control functions man-machine communication operator console VDU

display and its use operator dialogues mimic diagram functions printing facilities etc

Unit II

SCADA system structures system classes system interactions performance criteria

software and hardware considerations data bases reliability and simulations technical

realizations local system communication system central system control system supervision

amp system maintenance

Unit III

Application functions-real time network modeling security management production control

and training simulators

Page 21 of 24

21

Unit IV

Introduction to communication systems Hotline PLCC Mobile Satellite Microwave amp

Optical fiber communications Transputerised SCADA system SCADA on embedded

FPGA

Suggested Readings 1 Krishana Kant ldquoComputer-based Industrial Controlrdquo PHI Publication

2 Liptak ldquoProcess Controlrdquo CRC Publication

3 Madiseth amp Williams ldquoDigital Signal Processingrdquo CRC Press IEEE Press

4 Kissel ldquoIndustrial Electronicsrdquo PHI Publication

EE-7121 Adaptive Control Methods Unit I Single input single output continuous time and discrete time affine systems multi-input multi-output systems back stepping control discrete time non-affine systems and strict feedback form Unit II Feedback linearization State feedback linearizable systems model identification using neural networks Unit III Robust back stepping controller design Indirect adaptive control using neural networks direct adaptive control using neural networks Unit IV Adaptive control using TSFS Suggested Readings

6 Pratihar DK ldquoSoft Computing Techniquesrdquo Narosa 7 Jang JSR Sun CT Mizutani E ldquoNeuro-fuzzy and soft Computingrdquo Pearson

Education 8 Behera L Kar I ldquoIntelligent Systems and Controlrdquo Oxford Higher Education 9 Omidvar Omid and Elliott David L ldquoNeural Systems for controlrdquo Academic Press

Limited 10 Lin CT and Lee CSG ldquoNeural Fuzzy Systemsrdquo Prentice Hall PTR

Page 22 of 24

22

EE 7122 Advanced Control System Design Unit I Introduction Sampling and holding ndash Sample and hold devices Reconstruction Z transform ndash Properties ndash Pulse transfer function and state variable approach ndash Review of controllability and observability

Unit II Computer Based Control Selection of processors ndash Mechanization of control algorithms ndash PID control laws predictor merits and demerits ndash Application to temperature control and data communication for control

Unit III Optimal Controller Design Statement of optimal control problem- Solution using variational approach-Ricatti equation- -Infinite time problems introduction to robust control Slide mode control H infin and H-2 control model reference control and adaptive control

Suggested Readings 1 Gopal M ldquoDigital control Engineeringrdquo Wiley Eastern Ltd

2 GF Franklin JDavid Powell Michael Workman ldquoDigital control of Dynamic

Systemsrdquo 3rd Edition Addison Wesley

3 Paul Katz ldquoDigital control using Microprocessorsrdquo Prentice Hall

4 Forsytheand W Goodall RN ldquoDigital Controlrdquo McMillan

5 Chesmond Wilson Lepla ldquoAdvanced Control System Technologyrdquo Viva ndash low

price edition

EE-7123 Robot Dynamics amp Control Unit I Introduction Geometric configuration of robots Robot arm Kinematics Direct and inverse kinematics ndash Rotation Matrices ndash Composite rotation matrices ndash Euler angle representation ndash Homogenous transformation ndash Denavit Hattenberg representation and various arm configuration Unit II Robot Arm Dynamics Lagrange ndash Euler formulation joint velocities ndash Kinetic energy ndash Potential energy and motion equations ndash Generalised DrsquoAlembert equations of motion Unit III Planning of Manipulator Trajectories General consideration on trajectory planning joint interpolation amp Cartesian path trajectories Unit IV

Page 23 of 24

23

Control of Robot Manipulators PID control computed torque technique ndash Near minimum time control ndash variable structure control ndash Non-linear decoupled feedback control ndash Resolved motion control and adaptive control Suggested Readings

1 Fu KS Gonazlez RC and Lee CSG ldquoRobotics (Control Sensing Vision and

Intelligence)rdquo McGraw-Hill 2 Wesley E Sryda ldquoIndustrial Robots Computer interfacing and Controlrdquo PHI 3 Asada and Slotine ldquoRobot Analysis and Controlrdquo John Wiley and Sons 4 Philippe Coiffet ldquoRobot Technologyrdquo Vol II (Modelling and Control) Prentice Hall

INC 5 Saeed B Niku ldquoIntroduction to Robotics Analysis systems and Applicationsrdquo

Pearson Education 6 Groover MP Mitchell Wesis ldquoIndustrial Robotics Technology Programming and

Applicationsrdquo Tata McGraw-Hill

EE-7124 Stochastic Control System Unit I Random variables Stochastic Processes and their properties Probability density functions Unit II Moments Ergodic hypothesis and ensemble averages correlation functions and power spectral density functions Unit III MSE minimization Filtering and prediction problems Wiener-Hopf equation Frequency domain system design Suggested Readings

1 AP Sage ldquoOptimal System Controlrdquo Prentice Hall 2 JH Laning and RH Batin ldquoRandom Signals in Automatic Controlsrdquo Tata

McGraw Hill 3 GCNewton LA Gonld JF Kaiser ldquoAnalytical design of feedback control

systemsrdquo John Wiley 4 JS Meditch ldquoStochastic Optimal Linear Estimation amp Controlrdquo Tata

McGraw Hill

EE-713 Self Study Open Area Seminar-II

EE-714 Minor Project-II

Page 24 of 24

24

A minor project approved by the college is to be undertaken in the summer vacation following the examinations of II SemesterIV Semester in-case of full time and part time students respectively The duration for this work is about 2 months The students are expected to submit a report on the minor project EE-715 Major Projectndash I EE-811 Major Projectndash II Each student will be assigned a topic of the Major Project work by the department concerned and is to work under the guidance of an approved supervisor Part ndashI of the Major Project Work shall consist of Literature Review on the relevant topic with the approval of the supervisor Part-II shall consist of further investigations design and implementation on the topic HeShe will be required to submit three typedprinted Copies of the dissertation embodying the results of the investigations carried out by himher The dissertation is to be submitted with the approval of the guide

1

MTech Signal Processing and Digital Design Scheme

Semester-1

Group ldquoArdquo Subjects L T P Internal Marks External Total

Credits

MSP 501 Advanced DSP 3 0 0 50 100 150 3

MSP 502 Digital System Design 3 0 0 50 100 150 3

MSP 503 Statistical Mathrsquos 3 0 0 50 100 150 3

And Wavelet Theory

MSP 504 DSD Lab 0 0 2 30 70 100 2

Group ldquoB rdquo Subject

MSP 551 Adaptive Signal 3 0 0 50 100 150 3

Processing

MSP 552 Probability Random 3 0 0 50 100 150 3

Process amp Bayesian

Networks

MSP 553 ADSP Lab 3 0 0 30 70 100 2

MSP 554 Self-study Open 0 0 2 50 00 50 1

Area Seminar -I

21 Hours Week 1000 20

Semester-II

Group ldquoCrdquo Subjects L T P Internal Marks External

Total Credits

MSP 601 Embedded System Design 3 0 0 50 100 150

3

MSP 602 Embedded Design Lab 0 0 2 30 70 100

2

2

Elective-I To be selected from

Either of following

MSP-6031 to MSP-6035 3 0 0 50 100

150 3

Elective-II To be selected from

Either of following

MSP-6041 to MSP-6045 3 0 0 50 100

150 3

Group ldquoDrdquo Subjects

Elective-III to be selected from

Either of following

MSP-6511 to MSP-6514 3 0 0 50 100

150 3

MSP Lab based on

Elective IIIIIIIV 0 0 2 30 70 100

Elective-IV To be selected from

MSP-6521 to MSP-6525 3 0 0 50 100 150

3

MSP 654 Term Paper ndashI 0 0 2 50 50 0

1

(To be carried out in summer vacations

And evaluated)

21 HoursWeek 1000 20

Semester-III

Group ldquoErdquo Subjects L T P Internal Marks External Total

Credits

Elective-V To be selected from

Either of following

MSP-7011 to MSP-7015 3 0 0 50 100 150

3

Elective ndashVI To be selected

from either of following

MSP-7021to MSP-7026 3 0 0 50 100 150

3

3

MSP-703 Self Study open area 0 0 2 50 00 50

1

Seminar -II

MSP-704 Minor Project ndashII 0 0 4 00 200 200

4

MSP-705 Major Project part -I 0 0 2 200 00 200

4

18 HoursWeek 750

15

Semester ndashIV

Grouprdquo Frdquo

MSP 751 Major Project Part-II 3 0 0 00 750 750

15

6 Hours Week 750 15

GRAND TOTAL 3500

70

List of Elective

Elective ndashI

Any one subject can be chosen from the following

1 MSP-6031 Morphological functions and analysis

2 MSP-6032 FPGA based system design

3 MSP-6033 Digital Watermarking

4 MSP-6034 Wavelets and Bio-medical Analysis

5 MSP-6035 Multi-Rate Signal Processing

Elective ndashII

Any one subject can be chosen from the following

1 MSP-6041 Data compression and dimension reduction

2 MSP-6042 Bio-Medical Sensors

3 MSP-6043 Bio-Impedance Measurement and Analysis

4 MSP-6044 Fractional Delay Filters

5 MSP-6045 Blind Estimation Using Higher Order Statistics

Elective ndashIII

4

Any one subject can be chosen from the following

1 MSP-6511 Statistical Signal Processing

2 MSP-6512 Object tracking

3 MSP-6513 Artificial Intelligence

4 MSP-6514 Bio-medical Instrumentation

Elective ndashIV

Any one subject can be chosen from the following

1 MSP-6521 Pattern Analysis and Machine Intelligence

2 MSP-6522 Bio-Medical Image Registration

3 MSP-6523 Array processing

4 MSP-6524 Spectral Estimations

5 MSP-6525 Speech analysis and Processes

Elective ndashV and

Any one subject can be chosen from the following

1 MSP- 7011 Fault tolerant computing

2 MSP-7012 Soft computing

3 MSP-7013 Bio Medical Signal modeling

4 MSP-7014 Shape analysis and classifications

5 MSP-7015 Advanced DSP architectures

6 MSP-7016 New Technologies in Image Processing

Elective ndashVI

Any one subject can be chosen from the following

1 MSP-7021 Machine vision

2 MSP -7022 New technologies in Signal Processing

3 MSP- 7023 Real time DSP Design amp applications

4 MSP-7024 SOC Design testing amp verification

5 MSP-7025 Bio-Medical Image Analysis

6 MSP-7026 Advanced wavelets

Semester-I Group (A) Subjects

MSP 501 Advanced DSP

Module-1

Comparison between Z Transform and Fourier Transform DeconvolutionInverse Filtering Homomorphic

Deconvolution LPF to HPF and HPF to LPF conversion Design of Resonators Notch Filter Comb Filter

5

Minimum Maximum Systems Goertzel Algorithm Chirp-z Transform Sensitivity Analysis due to limited

word length

Module -2

Discrete random signal processing Review of Linear Algebra Discrete Random Processes Expectations

Variance Co-Variance Scalar Product Energy of Discrete Signals- Parsevalrsquos Theorem Wiener Khintchine

Relation- Power Spectral Density - Periodogram - Sample Autocorrelation- Sum Decomposition Theorem

Spectral Factorization Theorem- Discrete Random Signal processing by Linear Systems ndash Simulation of

White Noise ndash Low Pass Filtering of White Noise

Module-3

Spectrum estimation Non-Parametric Methods- Correlation Method- Co-Variance Estimator- Performance

Analysis of Estimators- Unbiased Consistent Estimators- Periodogram Estimator- Barlett Spectrum

Estimation- Welch Estimation- Model Based Approach- AR MA ARMA Signal Modeling- Parameter

Estimation Using Yule-Walker Method

Module-4

Linear estimation and prediction Linear Estimation of Signals- Prediction Filtering Smoothing Correlation

Cancellation Maximum Likelihood Criterion- Efficiency of Estimator- Least Mean Squared Error Criterion

ndash Wiener Filter- Discrete Wiener Hoff Equations- Linear Prediction Prediction Error- Whitening Filter

Inverse Filter- Levinson Recursion Lattice Realization and Levinson Recursion Algorithm for Solving

Toeplitz System of Equations

TEXT REFERENCE BOOKS

Monson HHayes ldquoStatistical Digital Signal Processing and Modelingrdquo John Wiley and Sons Inc

New York 1996

Sopocles J Orfanidis ldquoOptimum Signal Processingrdquo McGraw Hill 1990

John GProakis Dimitris GManolakis ldquoDigital Signal Processingrdquo Prentice Hall of India 1995

BFarhang-Boroujeny ldquoAdaptive Filters Theory and Applicationrdquo 1998

Haykins S ldquoAdaptive Filter Theoryrdquo Prentice-Hall USA 1996

Vaidyanathan PP ldquoMultirate Systems and Filter Banksrdquo Prentice Hal 1983

MSP 502 Digital Image Processing

Module ndash1

Introduction to Image processing fundamental steps in DIP concept of visual information image formation

model image sampling and quantization digital image representation spatial and gray level resolution

relationship between pixels application of image processing system

Module ndash2

Introduction to Multidimensional signals and systems 2D-Signals 2D systems classification of 2D system

2D convolution 2D Z-transform Image Transform 2D-DFT discrete cosine discrete sine Haar Walsh

Hadamard Slant KL SVD Hough Radon Ridgelet

Module ndash3

Image enhancement Spatial domain linear transformation image negative grey level shifting non-linear

transformation logarithmic transformation exponential transformation grey level slicing bit plane slicing

6

image averaging mask processing histogram manipulations histogram thresholding histogram stretching

histogram equalization noise removing filters smoothing filters sharpening filters Enhancement in

Frequency Domain ideal low pas filter Butterworth low pass filter ideal high pass filters Butterworth high

pass filter band pass filter Gaussian filters Homomorphic filtering

Module ndash4 Image restoration degradation model noise models restoration in presence of noise periodic noise removal in

frequency domain notch filters inverse filtering Wiener filtering

Introduction to Morphological Image Processing operations dilation and erosion opening and closing hit-or-miss

transformation boundary extraction region filling extraction connected components convex hull thinning thickening

skeletons pruning

Module ndash5 Introduction to various colour models RGB CMY CMYK HSI HSV and YCbCr Concept of image compression

Image Segmentation detection of discontinuities edge linking and boundary detection thresholding region based

segmentation use of motion in segmentation

TEXTSREFERENCE BOOKS

1 Digital Image Processing Gonzalez and Woods Pearson Education 2008Third Edition

2 Fundamentals of Digital Image Processing AK Jain PHI Indian Edition

3 Digital Image Processing using MATLAB Gonzalez Woods and Eddins Mc Graw Hill Second 2013

4 Digital Image Processing KR Castleman Pearson 2014

5 Digital Image Processing Algorithms and ApplicationsI PitasJohn Wiley 2002

6 Image Processing Analysis and Machine VisionMilan Sonka Vaclav Hlavac Roger Boyale Cengage

Learning 4th Edition

7

MSP 503 Statistical Maths And Wavelet Theory

Module-1

Introduction to the concepts of statistical inference with examples from discrete distributions Estimation and

tests for mean and variance for normal distribution - one amp two population cases

Module-2

Correlation coefficient - evaluation and tests simple linear regression comparision of k-linear regressions

fitting polynomial regressions amp orhtogonal polynomials and related tests Explanatory data Analysis and

robust techniques Analysis of discrete data Introduction to interval estimation

Module-3

Some Non-Parametric tests - sign run median Mann - Whitney ndash Wilcoxon Spearman and Kendall ccedil tests

Numerical Methods used in Statistics

Module-4

Elements of Fourier analysis Fourier series Fourier transforms Inversion formula Parseval Identity and

Plancherel Theorem Continuous-time convolution and the delta function Poissons summable formula

Shannon sampling theorem

Module-5

Wavelet transforms and time- frequency analysis The Gabor transform Windowed Fourier transform

uncertainty principle Integral wavelet transform Dyadic wavelets Frames Wavelet series

Module-6

Scaling functions and multi-resolution analysis Multiresolution Analysis Scaling functions Wavelets and

their duals linear phase filtering compactly supported wavelets orthogonal wavelets

Module-7

Cardinal spline analysis and cardinal spline wavelets Cardinal spline spaces Bspline and their properties

computation of cardinal splines construction of spline approximation formulas and spline interpolation

formulas interpolatory spline wavelets computation of supported spline wavelets computation of cardinal

spline wavelets error analysis in spline-wavelet decomposition

TEXTREFERENCES BOOKS

Snedcor GW Cochran WG Statistical Methods (Oxford amp IBH)

Conover WJ Practical Non-Parametric Statistics (JW)

Woetzcky M Wavelet Theory LMS

8

Daubechies Ten Lectures on Wavelets Society for Industrial and Applied Mathematics Philadelphia

PA 1992

9

Semester-I Group (B) subjects

MSP 551 Adaptive Signal Processing

Module-1

Introduction to discrete-time signal processing Impulse response z-transform FIR IIR filters Correlation

functions and power spectral density

Module-2

The adaptive linear combiner Introduction to gradient search algorithms steepest-descent algorithm

convergence properties Newton algorithm

Module-3

Adaptive algorithms- LMS algorithm Recursive Least Squares algorithm LMSNewton algorithm

Frequency domain adaptive filters

Module-4

Applications of adaptive signal processing adaptive modeling and system identification inverse adaptive

modeling deconvolution and equalization adaptive control systems adaptive interference canceling -

canceling noise canceling periodic interference canceling interference in ECG signals etcAdaptive

filters FIR Adaptive Filters- Newtonrsquos Steepest Descent Method- Adaptive Filter Based on Steepest Descent

Method- Widrow Hoff LMS Adaptive Algorithm- Adaptive Channel Equalization- Adaptive Echo canceller-

Adaptive Noise Cancellation- RLS Adaptive Filters- Exponentially weighted RLS- Sliding window RLS-

Simplified IIR LMS Adaptive Filter- Delay Line Structures

Module-5

Multirate digital signal processing Mathematical Description of Change of Sampling Rate- Interpolation and

Decimation- Continuous Time Model- Direct Digital Domain Approach- Decimation by an Integer Factor-

Interpolation by an Integer Factor- Single and Multistage Realization- Poly Phase Realization- Application to

Sub Band Coding and Coding Gain- Wavelet Transform and Filter Bank Implementation of Wavelet

expansion of signals Two Dimensional Filter Banks

TEXTREFERENCE BOOKS

B Widrow and S Stearns (1985) Adaptive Signal Processing Prentice Hall

S Haykin (1996) Adaptive Filter Theory (3rd Edition) Prentice Hall

MSP -552 Probability Random Process and Bayesian Networks

Module-1

10

Vector space Inner product space norm Hilbert spaces Projection theorem Separable Hilbert spaces and

orthonormal bases Linear functionals Riesz representation theorem Probability spaces

Module-2

Random variables and random vectors Distributions and densities Statistical independence Expectations

moments and characteristic functions Infinite sequences of random variables Convergence concepts Laws of

large numbers Radon-Nikodym theorem Conditional expectations given a σ -field and a random vector

Jensenrsquos inequality

Module-3

Stochastic processes Separability and measurability Continuity concepts Gaussian processes and

Wiener processes Second order processes Covariance functions and their properties Linear operations and

second order calculus Orthogonal expansions

Module-4

Stationarity in the strict and wide senses Ergodicity in the qmsense Widesense stationary processes

Herglotzrsquos and Bochnerrsquos theorems Spectral representation L2- stochastic integrals Spectral decomposition

theorem Low-pass and band-pass processes White noise and white-noise integrals

Module-5

Introduction to Bayesian Statistics Bayesian Networks (EM) Trees and TANs Structure of general BNs

TEXTREFERENCE BOOKS

RBAsh amp CDoleans-Dade Probability and Measure Theory (2e) Elsevier 2005 APapoulis SUPillai ldquoProabability Random Variables and Stochastic Processesrdquo 4

th Edition Tata-

Mc Hill (4e) 2001

EWong amp BHajek Stochastic Processes in Engineering Systems Springer 1985

Jensen Finn B Graven-Nielsen Thomas Bayesian Networks and Decision Graphs 2nd ed Springer

2007

Semester-II Group (C) subjects

MSP 601 Embedded system

Module-1

Processing amp Memory Organization 1632 bit embedded processors (Atmel 90SXX seriesARM make 16

series) Serialparallel port interfacing amp drivers DMA amp high speed IO interfacing memory selection for

embedded systems

Module-2

Programming Concepts Assembly C amp C++ programming calling assembly routines in HLL Interrupt

handling in C++ Interrupt latency Memory management Allocation of memory to program segments amp

blocks Memory maps

Module-3

Multiprocessors Scheduling Model of multiprocessor amp distributed systems Multiprocessor priority ceiling

protocol Elements of scheduling algorithms for end-to-end periodic tasks Schedulability of fixed priority

end-to-end periodic tasks end-to-end tasks in heterogeneous systems

11

Module-4

Real Time systems Characterizing real time systems amp tasks Performance measures Estimating program

runtimes Task assignment amp scheduling Real time operating systems (RTOS) Task management Race

condition Inter-task communication Implementation aspects amp estimation modeling in embedded systems

Validation amp debugging of embedded systems Real time communication Hardware-software co-design in

an embedded system Applications of Real time systems

TextReference Books

Real -Time Systems by Krishna amp Shin (McGraw Hill International)

Embedded systems by Rajkamal (Tata - McGraw Hill)

Embedded Microcomputer systems by Valvano (Thomson Delmar publishing)

AtmelARM Data books

Embedded Real Time Systems Programming by Iyer ampGupta (Tata McGraw Hill)

Fundamentals of Embedded software by Lewis Daniel (Prentice Hall India)

Real Time Systems by Jane Liu (Pearson India low cost edition)

MSP 602 Embedded Design Lab

1 Lab 1 Basic microcontroller hardware 8051 assembly simulator

2 Lab 2 Decode logic EPROM basic user IO timer ISRs and assembly

3 Lab 3 SRAM RS-232 monitordebugger assembly introduction to 8051 C

4 Lab 4 EEPROM LCD and C programming

5 Lab 5 Learning ARM Programming tools

6 Lab 6 Learning Symbian C and ARM Interface

7 Lab 7 RTLINUX based cros-compilations

8 Lab 8 Mentor Graphics based Digital System Design

Elective-I

MSP-6031 Morphological functions and analysis

Module-1

Theory of morphology Development of a theory Elements of a theory Morphology of a theory a critique of

classical size and shape analysis Classical size classical shape classical Fourier analysis of a single particle

Fourier series Need of theory of morphology particle characterization Morphological analysis

Module-2

Development of the morphological variation principle and derivation of the boundary functions Variation

Principle Derivation of the Concept of shape Development of Morphological Morphological Variation Principle

12

to Higher Dimensions Theory of Continuous Functions Morphological Variation Principle the Surface Area

for an Irregular Surface Image Analysis

Module-3

Feature extraction from particle representations Guiding principles of feature extraction in the theory of

morphology The concept of particle shape The concept of particle size Extracting the size feature The

morphological variation principle as a fundamental law hypothesis in the theory of morphology Statistical

features of the particle profile Rotational invariance of the moments of the radial distribution

Module-4

An introduction to the morphological analysis of the regular figures The Circle The Cardioid The Lemniscate

The Triangle The SquareThe Pentagon The Hexagon

Module-5

Applications of the theory of morphology The Effect of Particle Morphology of the Flow of a Dextrose

Powder Quality Assessment of Industrial Sieve MeshEffects of Powder Production and Material Processing

on the Morphology of Adipic Acid Differentiation Between Three Races of Giraffe Based on the Morphic

Features of Trunck Spots

TextReference Books

Jean-Pierre Aubin Mutational and Morphological Analysis Tools for Shape Evolution and

Morphogenesis (Systems amp Control Foundations amp Applications) Library of Congress in

Cataloging Publication Data

MSP-603 2 FPGA Based System Design

Module 1

Programmable LogicTechnologies behind programmable logic Programmable Logic architectures in general

Complex Programmable Logic Devices (CPLDs) FieldProgrammable Gate Arrays (FPGAs) Recent advances in

FPGAs Designing with FPGAsDesign Flow Design Tools Design Libraries Future of programmable logic

Module 2

Arithmetic Circuits Adders architectures Multipliers circuits Floating point arithmetic circuits Other

computational building blocks

Module 3

Data Encoding amp Communication Logic interface standards Clocking for high speed digital design

Metastability issues Clock synchronisation Data encode and error correction On-chip and On-board

communication

Module 4

13

Hardware Architectures Parallel vs serial Systolic and other array architectures Distributed arithmeticCordic

based architecture

Module 5

Digital Test Modern packaging Board testing issues JTAG Boundary Scan

Text Reference books

Digital Design Principles and Practices 4th Edition (Sept 2005) John F Wakerly Prentice Hall

ldquoContemporary Logic Designrdquo Gaetano Boriello Randy H Katz August 2004 Prentice Hall

High-Speed Digital Design - A handbook of black magic Howard G Johnson Prentice Hall 1993

ldquoFPGA-based System Designrdquo Wayne Wolf Prentice Hall 2004 ISBN 0131424610

MSP-6033 Digital Watermarking

Module-1

Digital Watermarking Basics Models of Watermarking Basic Message Coding Error Correction Coding

Module-2

Digital Watermarking Theoretic Aspects Mutual Information and Channel Capacity How to Design a Good

Digital Watermark Information Theoretical Analysis of Digital Watermarking

Module-3

Digital Watermarking Schemes (I) Spread Spectrum Watermarking DCT-Domain Watermarking Digital

Watermarking Schemes (II) Quantization Watermarking

Module-4

Digital Watermarking Protocol A Buyer-Seller Watermarking Protocol An Efficient and Anonymous Buyer-

Seller Watermarking Protocol Media-Specific Digital Watermarking Video Watermarking Audio

Watermarking Binary-Image Watermarking

Module-5

Advanced Digital Watermarking Watermarking with Side Information Improved Spread Spectrum

Robustness to Temporal and Geometric Distortions Affine-Resistant Watermarking Wavelets and itrsquos

application to watermarking Non-Linear Optimization and itrsquos application to watermarking

TextReferences Books

14

Juergen Seitz Digital Watermarking For Digital Media Library of Congress in

Cataloging Publication Data-ISBN-1-59140-518-1

15

MSP-6034 WAVELETS IN BIOMEDICAL ENGINEERING

Module 1

Wavelet Transforms

Overview of WT fundamentals-FT STFT resolution Multi resolution analysis-CWT

DWT

Module 2

Wavelets in medical imaging and Tomography Applications of wavelet shrinkage to tomography Wavelet

denoising of functional MRI data

Wavelets Construction

Module 3

Statistical analysis of image differences by wavelet decomposition Feature extraction in digital mammography

Module 4

Adopted wavelet techniques for encoding MRI Diagnosis of coronary artery disease using wavelet

based neural networks

TextReference Books

1Tutorial on Wavelets part I-IV RobiPolikar

2Wavelets in medicine and biology by Akram Aldroubi and Michael Unser CRC press

MSP-6035 Multirate Signal Processing

Module-1

Fundamentals of Multirate Theory The sampling theorem - sampling at subnyquist rate - Basic Formulations and

schemes Basic Multirate operations- Decimation and Interpolation - Digital Filter Banks- DFT Filter Bank

Identities- Polyphase representation Maximally decimated filter banks Polyphase representation - Errors in the

QMF bank- Perfect reconstruction (PR) QMF Bank - Design of an alias free QMF Bank

Module- 2

M-channel perfect reconstruction filter banksUniform band and non uniform filter bank - tree structured filter

bank- Errors created by filter bank system-Polyphase representation- perfect reconstruction systems

Module- 3

Perfect reconstruction (PR) filter banks Paraunitary PR Filter Banks- Filter Bank Properties induced by

paraunitarity- Two channel FIR paraunitaryQMF Bank- Linear phase PR Filter banks- Necessary conditions for

Linear phase property- QuantizationEffects -Types of quantization effects in filter banks - coefficient sensitivity

effects dynamic range and scaling

16

Module- 4

Cosine Modulated filter banks Cosine Modulated pseudo QMF Bank- Alas cancellation- phase - Phase distortion-

Closed form expression-Polyphase structure- PR Systems

TextReference Books

1 PP Vaidyanathan ldquoMultirate systems and filter banksrdquo Prentice Hall PTR 1993

2 NJ Fliege ldquoMultirate digital signal processingrdquo John Wiley 1994

Reference Books

3 Sanjit K Mitra ldquo Digital Signal Processing A computer based approachrdquo McGraw Hill 1998

4 RE Crochiere L R ldquoMultirate Digital Signal Processingrdquo Prentice Hall Inc1983

5 JG Proakis DG Manolakis ldquoDigital Signal Processing Principles Algorithms and Applicationsrdquo 3rd Edn

Prentice Hall India 1999

5 Vetterli and Kovacevic Wavelets and Subband Processing Prentice Hall 1995

6 Proakis Rader Ling Nikias Advanced Digital Signal Processing Macmillan 1992

7 JS Lim and AV Oppenheim Advanced Topics in Signal Processing Prentice-Hall 1988

Elective- II

MSP-6041 Data Compression and Dimension Reduction

Module 1

Course Overview Introduction Knowledge discovery process Why data warehouse amp data mining Data

Warehouse Why data warehouse OLTP and OLAP Data Cube Data Warehouse modelling Warehouse views

Data Warehouse Architectures Data Warehouse implementation

Module 2

Data preprocessing pre-process the data Data-cleaning Data integration and transformation Data reduction

Dimensionality reduction Data compression Feature extraction Discretization and concept hierarchy generation

Applications on Data Warehouse What is data mining Motivation and challenges of data mining Data mining

tasks Types of Data Data set types Data mining applications Data quality Data preprocessing Aggression

sampling dimensionality reduction feature selection feature creation discretisation transformation Measuring

the similarity and dissimilarity between Simple attributes data objects Proximity measures Issues in proximity

calculation

Module 3

Data Mining Techniques Mining association rules Association rule mining Apriori algorithm Frequent Pattern

Growth algorithm Rule based Classification Image Object classification Decision trees ID3 C45 Rule

induction RIPPER algorithm Rule based Classification Associative classification (CBA MMAC) Rule Pruning

REP database coverage Statistical classification Naiumlve bayes Issues in Classification Overfitting and cross-

validation Evaluation methods in Classification Other classification approaches Regression Neural networks

Genetic algorithms

Module 4

17

Cluster analysis Partitioning methods (K-means) Hierarchical methods (BIRCH and CURE) Outlier analysis

Preliminaries Statistical approaches Density-based methods ICA PCAMDSLLEISOMAP

Text Books

1 Connoly T and Begg C Data Base Systems A Practical Approach to Design Implementation and

Management Addison Wesley fourth edition 1999

2 Witten I and Frank E Data mining practical machine learning tools and techniques with Java

implementations San Francisco Morgan Kaufmann 2001

MSP-6042 Bio-Medical Sensors

Module 1

Different Transduction principles Classification of transducers selecting of transducers circuit based on

transduction Temperature transducers thermo-resistive transducers thermoelectric p-n junction chemical

thermometry Displacement transducers potentiometer resistive strain gauges inductive displacement

capacitive displacement transducer force transducer Pressure transducer variable capacitance pressure

transducers LVDT transducers strain gauge transducers semiconductor transducers catheter tip transducers

Photoelectric transducers photo-emissive tubes photovoltaic cell photoconductive cell Flow transducers

different types of flow sensors and detectors Piezoelectric transducers and their applications

Module 2

Study of biological sensors Sensors receptors in the human body basic organization of nervous system-neural

mechanism and circuit processing Chemoreceptor hot and cold receptors barro receptors sensors for smell

sound vision osmolality and taste Sensor models in the time and frequency domains

Module 3

Biochemical Transducers Electrode theory electrode-tissue interface metal-electrolyte interface electrode-skin

interface electrode impedance electrical conductivity of electrode jellies and creams Biopotential electrodes

microelectrodes body surface electrodes needle electrodes Reference electrodes hydrogen electrodes silver-

silver chloride electrodes Calomel electrodes Recording electrodes for ECG EEG and EMG Transducers for

the measurement of ions and dissolved gases pH electrode specific ion electrodes

Module 4

Bio sensors Ion exchange membrane electrodes enzyme electrode glucose sensors immunosensors Basic

principles of MOSFET biosensors amp BIOMEMS

Module 5

18

Optical sensor- photo detectors optical fiber sensors and indicator mediated transducers general principles of

opticalsensing optical fiber temperature sensors Pulse sensor photoelectric pulse transducer strain gauge pulse

transducer

TextReference books

1 R S Khandpur ldquoHandbook of Biomedical Instrumentationrdquo Tata McGraw Hill

2 SC Cobbold ldquoTransducers for Biomedcial Instrumentsrdquo Prentice Hall

3 Brown amp Gann ldquoEngineering Principles in Physiology Vol Irdquo Academic Press

4 Carr amp Brown ldquoIntroduction to Biomedical Equipment Technologyrdquo Pearson Education Asia

5 Rao amp GuhardquoPrinciples of Medical Electronics amp Biomedical Instrumentationrdquo University Press India

MSP-6043 Bio Impedance Measurement and Analysis

Module-1

Electrolytics Ionic and electronic dc conduction ionization molecular bonds Bulk electrolytic dc conductance

interface phenomena Electrodics and ac phenomena Dielectrics Polarization in uniform dielectric basic

membrane experiment Dispersion and dielectric spectro scopy

Module-2

Electrical properties of tissuses basic biomaterials cells tissue and organs Special electrical properties tissue

anisotropy Tissue dc properties Nerves and muscles excited Piezo electric and triboelectric effect

Module-3

Instrumentation and measurements General network theory The black box admittance Impedance

Immittance Two port Network Reciprocity Theorem Extended Immittance concepts Signal and

measurements dc static values and ac periodic waveforms Aperiodic waveforms spectrum analysis Fourier

transforms Signal generators Operational Amplifiers and Filters Neural Networks and Wavelets Analysis

Module-4

Bridges Impedance Analyzers Lock in amplifiers Digital Lock in amplifiers Analogue lock in amplifiers

Current mode lock in amplifiers Impedance analyzers and LCR meters

Module-5

Applications Electrodes Design and Properties ECG Impedance plethysmography EEG ENGERGEOG

Electrotheraphy Body Composition Cardiac pacing Defirillation Electroshock Electrosurgery

Text Reference Books

S Grimn ldquoBioimpedance and bioelectricityrdquo Springer publication

Jaakko Malmivuo ldquoBioelctromagnetism Principles and Applicationsrdquo springer Publications

MSP-6044 Fractional Delay Filter Design

Module-1

Simple Interpolators suitable for Real Time Fractional Delay Filtering Linearly Interpolated Delay Line (1st-

Order FIR) Allpass Interpolated Delay Line (1st-Order) Linear Interpolation Frequency Responses of

Linear Interpolation for Delays between 0 and 1 Linear Interpolation as a Convolution Up sample Shift

19

Down sample View First-Order Allpass Interpolation Phase Delays of First-Order Allpass Interpolators for

Various Desired Delays

Module-2

Interpolation Overview Well Known Closed-Form Solutions Tabulated Alternative (Order ) Ideal

Bandlimited (Sinc) Interpolation The Sinc Function (Cardinal Sine) Applications of Bandlimited

Interpolation Ideal DA Conversion Ideal DA Example Optimal Least Squares Bandlimited Interpolation

Formulated as a Fractional Delay Filter Truncated-Sinc Interpolation Windowed Sinc Interpolation

Spectrum of Kaiser-windowed Sinc Lowpass Filter Design Oversampling Reduces Filter Length The Digital

Audio Resampling Home Page

Module-3

Interpolator Types Lagrange Interpolation Example Lagrange Basis Functions Lagrange Interpolation

Optimality Proof of Maximum Flatness at DC Lagrange Interpolator Amplitude Responses Orders 1-5

Lagrange Interpolator Phase Delays Orders 1-5 Comments on Lagrange Interpolation Orders 1-5 Order 4

Amplitude Response Over a Range of Fractional Delays Order 4 Phase Delay Over a Range of Fractional

Delays Order 5 Amplitude Response Over a Range of Fractional Delays Order 5 Phase Delay Over a Range

of Fractional Delays Explicit Formula for Lagrange Interpolation Coefficients Lagrange Interpolation

Coefficients Orders 1 2 and 3 Matlab Code For Lagrange Fractional Delay Faust Code For Lagrange

Fractional Delay Faust-Generated C++ Code

Module-4

Faust Test Program for Generating Above Frequency-Response Examples Relation of Lagrange Interpolation

to Windowed Sinc Interpolation Variable FIR Interpolating Filter Farrow Structure for Variable Delay FIR

Filters Farrow Structure Design Procedure Thiran Allpass Interpolators Frequency Responses of Thiran

Allpass Interpolators for Fractional Delay Large Delay Changes L-Infinity Chebyshev) Fractional Delay

Filters Chebyshev FD-FIR Design Example

TextReferences Books

1 Julius O Smith III By Interpolated Delay Lines Ideal Bandlimited Interpolation and Fractional Delay

Filter Design

MSP-6045 Blind Estimation Using Higher-Order Statistics

Module-1

Higher order statistics Introduction Stochastis Processes Moments and Cumulants Pictorial Motivation

for HOS Minimum and Nonminimum Phase systems Cyclostationary signals and statistics Estimation of

Cyclic statistics

Module-2

Blind Signal equalization Introduction Gradient decent algorithms Blind equalization algorithms

Algorithms based on Explicit HOS

Module-3

20

Blind Source separation Introduction Separation quality performance indices Real life problem fetal

ECG extraction Methods based on second order statistics Methods based on higher order statistics

Comparisons

Module-4

Robust Cumulant Estimation Introduction AGTM LMS and LTS Continuous probability density

functions Algorithm Simulation and Results

Text Reference Books

Asoke Kumar Nandi ldquoBlind Estimation using Higher Order Statisticsrdquo 1st Ed Springer Prentice Hall

Elective-III

MSP-6511 Statistical Signal Processing

Module-1

Probability Introduction Spinning pointers and flipping coins Probability spaces Discrete probability spaces

Continuous probability spaces Independence Elementary conditional probability

Module-2

Random variables vectors and processes Distributions of random variables Random vectors and random

processes Distributions of random vectors Independent random variables Conditional distributions Statistical

detection and classification Additive noise Binary detection in Gaussian noise Statistical estimation

Characteristic functions Gaussian random vectors Simple random processes Directly given random processes

Discrete time Markov processes nonelementary conditional probability

Module-3

Expectation and averages Functions of random variables Functions of several random variables Properties of

expectation Conditional expectation Jointly Gaussian vectors Expectation as estimation Implications for linear

estimation Correlation and linear estimation Correlation and covariance functions the central limit theorem

Sample averages Convergence of random variables Weak law of large numbers strong law of large numbers

Stationarity Asymptotically uncorrelated processes

Module-4

Second-order theory Linear filtering of random processes Linear systems IO relations Power spectral densities

Linearly filtered uncorrelated processes Linear modulation White noise Time averages Mean square calculus

linear estimation and filtering a menagerie of processes Discrete time linear models Sums of iid random

variables Independent stationary increment

Module-5

21

Second-order moments of isi processes Specification of continuous time isi processes Moving-average and

autoregressive processes The discrete time GaussndashMarkov process Gaussian random processes The Poisson

counting process Compound processes Composite random processes Exponential modulation thermal noise

Ergodicity Random fields

TextReference Books

Robert M Gray and Lee D Davisson An Introduction to Statistical Signal Processing Cambridge

University Press

Steven M Kay Fundamentals of Statistical Signal Processing Estimation Theory Upper Saddle River

New Jersey USA Prentice-Hall 1993 ISBN-0-13-345711-7

Monsoon H Hayes Statistical Digital Signal Processing and Modeling New York USA Wiley 1996

ISBN-0-471-59431-8

MSP 6512 -OBJECT TRACKING

Module-1

Image-Based Object Tracking Introduction Methodologies Background Subtraction Temporal Difference

between Frames Correlation-Based Tracking Colour-Based Tracking Algorithmic Account

Module-2

Face Recognition Face Recognition Approaches Vector Representation of Images Process Details

Algorithmic Account

Module-3

Soft Computing in Image Processing Fuzzy Logic in Image Processing Algorithmic Account Image

Compression Image CompressionndashDecompression Steps Classifying Image Data Bit Allocation Quantization

Entropy Coding JPEG Compression Algorithmic Account

Module-4

Edge Detection Sobel Operator the Prewitt Operator the Canny Operator The Compass Operator (Edge

Template Matching) The Zero-Crossing Detector Line Detection The Unsharp Filter Algorithmic Account

Text Reference Books

Subhash Challa Robin J Evans Mark R Morelande Darko Mu icki ldquoFundamentals of Object Trackingrdquo

Cambridge UniversityPress June 2020

MSP-6513 Artificial Intelligence

Module-1

Intelligent Agents ndash Agents and environments - Good behavior ndash The nature of environments ndash structure of agents

- Problem Solving - problem solving agents ndash example problems ndash searching for solutions ndash uniformed search

strategies - avoiding repeated states ndash searching with partial information

Module-2

22

SEARCHINGTECHNIQUES Informed search and exploration ndash Informed search strategies ndash heuristic function

ndash local search algorithms and optimistic problems ndash local search in continuous spaces ndash online search agents and

unknown environments - Constraint satisfaction problems (CSP) ndash Backtracking search and Local search for CSP

ndash Structure of problems - Adversarial Search ndash Games ndash Optimal decisions in games ndash Alpha ndash Beta Pruning ndash

imperfect real-time decision ndash games that include an element of chance

Module-3

KNOWLEDGE REPRESENTATION First order logic ndash representation revisited ndash Syntax and semantics for first

order logic ndash Using first order logic ndash Knowledge engineering in first order logic - Inference in First order logic

ndash prepositional versus first order logic ndash unification and lifting ndash forward chaining ndash backward chaining -

Resolution - Knowledge representation - Ontological Engineering - Categories and objects ndash Actions - mental

events and mental objects

Module-4

LEARNING learning from observations - forms of learning - Inductive learning - Learning decision trees -

Ensemble learning - Knowledge in learning ndash Logical formulation of learning ndash Explanation based learning ndash

Learning using relevant information ndash Inductive logic programming - Statistical learning methods - Learning with

complete data - Learning with hidden variable - EM algorithm - Instance based learning Reinforcement learning

Passive reinforcement learning - Active reinforcement learning - Generalization in reinforcement learning

Module-5

Applications Communication ndash Communication as action ndash Formal grammar for a fragment of English ndash

Syntactic analysis ndash Augmented grammars ndash Semantic interpretation ndash Ambiguity and disambiguation ndash

Discourse understanding ndash Grammar induction - Probabilistic language processing - Probabilistic language

models ndash Information retrieval ndash Information Extraction

Text Reference Books

Stuart Russell Peter Norvig ldquoArtificial Intelligence ndash A Modern Approachrdquo 2nd Edition Pearson

Education Prentice Hall of India 2004

Nils J Nilsson ldquoArtificial Intelligence A new Synthesisrdquo Harcourt Asia Pvt Ltd 2000

Elaine Rich and Kevin Knight ldquoArtificial Intelligencerdquo 2nd Edition Tata McGraw-Hill 2003

George F Luger ldquoArtificial Intelligence-Structures And Strategies For Complex Problem Solvingrdquo

Pearson Education PHI 2002

MSP-6514 Biomedical Instrumentation

Module 1

Introduction to the biomedical instrumentation Objectives for instrumentation system component of man-

instrument system problems encountered in measuring a living system biofeedback instrumentation

Measurement systems Specifications of instruments static amp dynamic characteristics classification of errors

23

statistical analysis Introduction to reliability accuracy fidelity speed of response linearization of technique

data acquisition system

Module 2

Detection of physiological parameters using impedance techniques Impedance and current distribution bipolar

and tetra polar circuits skin impedance galvanic skin response measurement total body impedance cardiac

output neural activity respiratory activity impedance plethysmography - resistance and capacitance type

Module 3

Bioelectric amplifiers Special features of bioelectric amplifiers safety requirements realization of bioelectric

amplifiers carrier amplifiers chopper amplifiers phase sensitive detector isolation amplifiers and

instrumentation amplifiers

Module 4

Recording of bioelectric events Analog recording system digital recording and data logging including the use of

microprocessor and flash memory chips Recording of ECG EMG amp EEG signals Holter monitor and cardiac

stress test

Module 5

Patient monitoring system Different component of patient monitoring system sources of artifacts and their

implication organization and equipments used in ICCU amp ITU Computer assisted patient monitoring system

(bedside monitors central monitors measurement of heart rate blood pressure respiratory rate impedance

pneumography apnoea detectors etc) Patient safety and electro medical equipment physiological effects of

electrical currents macroshock and microshock preventive measures to reduce shock hazards Leakage current

isolation of patient circuits safety of electrically susceptible patients radiation hazards and safety shielding open

ground problem and earthing methods

Text References Books

R S Khandpur ldquoHandbook of Bio-Medical Instrumentationrdquo Tata McGraw Hill

Carr amp Brown ldquoIntroduction to Biomedical Equipment Technologyrdquo Pearson Education Asia

Cromwell Weibell amp Pfeiffer ldquoBiomedical Instrumentation amp Measurementrdquo Prentice Hall India

Joseph Bronzino ldquoBiomedical Engineering and Instrumentationrdquo PWS Engg Boston

JWebster ldquoBioinstrumentationrdquo Wiley amp Sons

Joseph DBronzino ldquoThe Biomedical Engineering handbookrdquo CRC Press

Text Books

1 LRRabiner amp BGold ldquoTheory and application of Digital Signal Processingrdquo

2 SKMitra ldquoDigital Signal Processing A computer based approachrdquo TMH

3 JGProkis amp DGManolakis ldquoDigital Signal Processing Principles Algorithm and Applicationsrdquo

PHIPearson Education

4 Oppenheim amp Ronald W Schaferrdquo Digital Signal Processingrdquo Prentice Hall India

5 Andreas Antonion ldquoDigital Filters Analysis amp Designrdquo Prentice Hall India

24

6 R Rabiner amp B Gold ldquoTheory amp Application of Digital Signal processingrdquo PHI

Elective-IV

MSP-6521 Pattern Analysis and Machine Intelligence

Module-1

Introduction ndash Definitions data sets for Pattern recognition Different Paradigms of Pattern Recognition

Representations of Patterns and Classes Feature extraction and Pattern Representation

Concept of Supervised and Unsupervised Classification Introduction to Application Areas

Polynomial curve filtering probability densities Bayesian probabilities Bayesian curve filtering decision theory

minimizing the misclassification rate minimizing the expected loss interference and decision loss functions for

regression

Module-2

Statistical Pattern Recognition Bayes Decision Theory Minimum Error and Minimum Risk Classifiers

Discriminant Function and Decision Boundary Normal Density Discriminant Function for Discrete Features

Parameter Estimation Nonparametric Pattern Classification Density Estimation Nearest Neighbour Rule Fuzzy

Classification

Module-3

Dimensionality Problem Dimension and accuracy Computational Complexity Dimensionality Reduction

Fisher Linear Discriminant Multiple Discriminant Analysis Linear models for classification discriminant

functions least square for classification perception algorithm probabilistic generative models probabilistic

discriminative models Bayesian logistic regression Predictive distribution Linear Discriminant Functions

Separability Two Category and Multi Category Classification Linear Discriminators Perceptron Criterion

Relaxation Procedure Minimum Square Error Criterion Widrow-Hoff Procedure Ho-Kashyap Procedure of

Keslerrsquos Construction

Module-4

Support Vector Machines and Kernel based methods Support Vector Machines -- Introduction obtaining the

optimal hyperplane SVM formulation with slack variables nonlinear SVM classifiers Kernel Functions for

nonlinear SVMs Mercer and positive definite Kernels Support Vector Regression and ε-insensitive Loss

function examples of SVM learning Overview of SMO and other algorithms for SVM ν-SVM and ν-SVR SVM

as a risk minimizer Positive Definite Kernels RKHS Representer Theorem

Module-5

Neural Network Classifier Single and Multilayer Perceptron Back Propagation Learning Hopfield Network

Fuzzy Neural Network Feed-forward network functions weight space symmetries network training parametric

optimization local quadratic approximation error back propagation efficiency of back propogation hessian

matrix diagonal approximation inverse hessian

Module-6

Machine learning learning association Reinforcement learning single state case k-armed bandit elements of

reinforcement learning model-based learning temporal difference learning exploration strategies deterministic

and non deterministic rewards and actions

TextReference Books

RODuda PEHart and DGStork Pattern Classification John Wiley 2002

CMBishop Neural Networks and Pattern Recognition Oxford University Press (Indian Edition) 2003

25

CM Bishop Pattern Recognition and Machine Learning Springer 2006

Pal Sankar K Bandyopadhyay Sanghamitra Biswas Sambhunath ldquoPattern Recognition and Machine

Intelligencerdquo Springer publication

Ethem Alpaydin ldquo Machine Learningrdquo PHI ISBN-81-203-2791-8

MSP-6522 Bio-Medical Image Registration

Module 1

X-rays Production X-rays various components of radiographic systems X-ray tube design X-ray spectrum

rating charts of X-ray tubes Electrical circuit for X-ray mc filament circuits and mA control HT circuits KV

control control of exposure timers collimators scatter and grids absorbed dose basics of tables amp arms

properties of X -ray films ampscreens dark room accessories types of X-ray tubes for various medical applications

(Low KV imaging high KV imaging mammography X-ray system)

Module 2

Photography and film image Principle of photography and radiographic film image film sensitometry

information content of an image image quality factors (resolution contrast noise) MTF Detectors ionization

chamber proportional counter Geiger-Muller counter scintillation detectors semiconductor radiation detector

efficiency and sensitivity of detectors Image intensifier automatic brightness control system image distortion

and artifacts

Module 3

Fluoroscopy and angiography Fluoroscopic imaging system principle specific system design Digital

fluoroscopy-c-arm system Digital subtraction angiography (DSA) digital subtraction programming

Module 4

Radiation therapy Radiotherapy principles dosage data for clinical applications (ISODOSE charts) radiation

therapy planning collimators and beam direction devices dose measurement and treatment planning tele isotope

Modules Safety protocols amp protection

Module 5

Infra red Imaging Physics of thermography Imaging systems clinical themography liquid crystal thermography

Special imaging techniques Cineradiography cinefluorography stereoscopic radiography magnification

radiography microradiography tomography neutron radiography

Text References Books

1 Carr amp Brown ldquoIntroduction to Biomedical Equipment Technologyrdquo Pearson Education Asia

26

2 R S Khandpur ldquoHandbook of Bio-Medical Instrumentationrdquo Tata McGraw Hill

JWebster ldquoBioinstrumentationrdquo Wiley amp Sons

3 Dowsett Kenny amp Johnston ldquoThe Physics of Diagnostic Imagingrdquo Chapman amp Hall

Medical MadrasLondon

MSP-6523 Array Processing

Module-1

Spatial Signals Signals in space and time spatial frequency Direction vs frequency Wave fields Far field and

near field signals

Module -2

Sensor Arrays Spatial sampling Nyquist criterion Sensor arrays Uniform linear arrays planar and random

arrays Array transfer (steering) vector Array steering vector for ULA Broadband arrays

Module-3

Spatial Frequency Aliasing in spatial frequency domain Spatial Frequency Transform Spatial spectrum Spatial

Domain Filtering Beam Forming Spatially white signal

Module-4

Direction of Arrival Estimation Non parametric methods - Beam forming and Capon methods Resolution of

Beam forming method Subspace methods - MUSIC Minimum Norm and ESPRIT techniques Spatial

Smoothing

TextReference Books

1Dan E Dugeon and Don H Johnson (1993) Array Signal Processing Concepts and Techniques

Prentice Hall

2Petre Stoica and Randolph L Moses (2005 1997) Spectral Analysis of Signals Prentice Hall

3Bass J McPheeters C Finnigan J Rodriguez E Array Signal Processing [Connexions Web site]

MSP-6524 Spectral Estimations

Module-1

Power Spectral Density Energy spectral density of deterministic signals Power spectral density of random

signals Properties of PSD

Module-2

PSD Estimation - Non-parametric methods Estimation of PSD from finite data Non-parametric methods

Periodogram properties bias and variance analysis Blackman-Tuckey method Window design considerations

time-bandwidth product and resolution -variance trade-offs in window design refined periodogram methods

Bartlet method and Welch method

Module-3

PSD Estimation - Parametric methods Parametric method for rational spectra Covariance structure of ARMA

process AR signals Yule- Walker method Least square method Levinson-Durbin Algorithm MA signals

Modified Yule-Walker method Two-stage least square method Burg method for AR parameter estimation

27

Module-4

Parametric method for line spectra Models of sinusoidal signals in noise Non-linear least squares method higher

order Yule-Walker method MUSIC and Pisayenko methods Min-norm method ESPRIT method

Module-5

Filterbank methods Filterbank interpretation of periodogram Slepia base-band filters refined filterbank method

for higher resolution spectral analysis Capon method Introduction to higher order spectra

TextReferences Books

1Introduction to Spectral Analysis Stoica RL Moses Prentice Hall

2Modern Spectral Estimation Theory amp Applications Kay SM Prentice Hall

MSP-6525 Speech Analysis and Processes

Module-1

Nature of speech signal speech production mechanism classification of speech sounds nature of speech signal

models of speech production

Speech signal processing purpose of speech processing digital models for speech signal digital processing of

speech signals significance short time analysis

Module-2

Time domain methods for speech processing Time domain parameters of speech methods for extracting the

parameters Zero crossings Auto correlation function pitch estimation

Module-3

Frequency domain methods for speech processing Short time Fourier analysis filter bank analysis

spectrographic analysis Format extraction pitch extraction Analysis synthesis systems

Module-4

linear predictive coding of speech Formulation of linear prediction problem in time domain solution of normal

equations Interpretation of linear prediction in auto correlation and spectral domains

Module-5

Homomorphic speech analysis Cepstral analysis of speech format and pitch estimation Applications of speech

processing - Speech recognition Speech synthesis and speaker verification

TextReference Books

28

1 LR Rabiner and RE Schafer Digital processing of speech signals Prentice Hall 1978

2 JL Flanagan Speech Analysis Synthesis and Perception - 2nd Edition - Sprenger Vertag 1972

3 IHWitten Principles of Computer Speech Academic press 1983

Elective V

MSP-7011 Fault Tolerant Computing

Module ndash1

Fault Tolerance Fundamentals and Triple Modular Redundancy Advanced Combinational Logic Design

Module ndash2

Verilog Language - Standard Combinational Logic Concurrency and Sequential Logic Tri-State Logic and

Examples

Module ndash3

State Machines ndash Timing Analysis False Paths Counters Synthesis to Handle Timing Delays Asynchronous

Inputs State Machine Synchronizers

Module ndash4

Fault Tolerance -- Time and Information Redundancy Parity Arithmetic Cyclic and Hamming

Codes Computer Arithmetic Wallace Tree Multipliers and Dividers

Module ndash5

Testing Fault Modeling and Test Generation Built-In Self-Testing Design for Testability

Packaging and Rapid Prototyping ndash Microprocessor Design

TextReferences book

P Lala Self-Checking and Fault-Tolerant Digital Design Morgan Kaufmann Publishers 2001

D Thomas and P Moorby The Verilog Hardware Description Language 5th Ed Springer 2002

M Bushnell and V Agarwal Essentials of Electronic Testing for Digital Memory amp Mixed-Signal VLSI

Circuits Springer 2000

MSP-7012 Soft Computing

Module-1

FUZZY SET THEORY Introduction to Neuro ndash Fuzzy and Soft Computing ndash Fuzzy Sets ndash Basic Definition

and Terminology ndash Set-theoretic Operations ndash Member Function Formulation and Parameterization ndash Fuzzy Rules

and Fuzzy Reasoning ndash Extension Principle and Fuzzy Relations ndash Fuzzy If-Then Rules ndash Fuzzy Reasoning ndash

29

Fuzzy Inference Systems ndash Mamdani Fuzzy Models ndash Sugeno Fuzzy Models ndash Tsukamoto Fuzzy Models ndash Input

Space Partitioning and Fuzzy Modeling

Module-2

OPTIMIZATION Derivative-based Optimization ndash Descent Methods ndash The Method of Steepest Descent ndash

Classical Newtonrsquos Method ndash Step Size Determination ndash Derivative-free Optimization ndash Genetic Algorithms ndash

Simulated Annealing ndash Random Search ndash Downhill Simplex Search

Module-3

NEURALNETWORKS Supervised Learning Neural Networks ndash Perceptrons - Adaline ndash Backpropagation

Mutilayer Perceptrons ndash Radial Basis Function Networks ndash Unsupervised Learning Neural Networks ndash

Competitive Learning Networks ndash Kohonen Self-Organizing Networks ndash Learning Vector Quantization ndash

Hebbian Learning

Module-4

NEUROFUZZYMODELING Adaptive Neuro-Fuzzy Inference Systems ndash Architecture ndash Hybrid Learning

Algorithm ndash Learning Methods that Cross-fertilize ANFIS and RBFN ndash Coactive Neuro Fuzzy Modeling ndash

Framework Neuron Functions for Adaptive Networks ndash Neuro Fuzzy Spectrum

Module-5

APPLICATIONSOFCOMPUTATIONALINTELLIGENCE Printed Character Recognition ndash Inverse

Kinematics Problems ndash Automobile Fuel Efficiency Prediction ndash Soft Computing for Color Recipe Prediction

TEXTBOOK

JSRJang CTSun and EMizutani ldquoNeuro-Fuzzy and Soft Computingrdquo PHI 2004 Pearson Education

2004

Simon Haykins ldquo Artificial Neural Networksrdquo Tata McGraw Hill

REFERENCES 1 TimothyJRoss ldquoFuzzy Logic with Engineering Applicationsrdquo McGraw-Hill 1997

2 Davis EGoldberg ldquoGenetic Algorithms Search Optimization and Machine Learningrdquo Addison Wesley

NY 1989

3 S Rajasekaran and GAVPai ldquoNeural Networks Fuzzy Logic and Genetic Algorithmsrdquo PHI 2003

4 REberhart PSimpson and RDobbins ldquoComputational Intelligence - PC Toolsrdquo AP Professional

Boston 1996

MSP-7013 Bio Medical Signal Modeling

Module-1

30

Introduction to Biomedical Signals Nature of Biomedical Signals Examples of Biomedical Signals ndashEMG ECG

EEG ERPs PCGVMG VAG Objectives of Biomedical Signal Analysis Difficulties in Biomedical Signal

Analysis Concurrent Coupled and Correlated Processes-

Illustration of the Problem with Case-Studies

Module-2

Filtering for Removal of Artifacts- Illustration of the Problem with Case-StudiesTime-Domain Filters

Frequency-Domain Filters Optimal Filtering The Wiener Filter Adaptive Filters for Removal of Interference

Selecting an Appropriate Filter Application Removal of Artifacts in the ECG Event Detection Detection of

Events and Waves Correlation Analysis of EEG channels Cross-spectral Techniques

Module-3

The Matched Filter Detection of the P Wave Homomorphic Filtering Application- ECG Rhythm Analysis

Identification of Heart Sounds Waveshape and waveform Complexity Analysis of Event-related Potentials

Morphological Analysis of ECG Waves Envelope Extraction and Analysis of Activity Application- Normal and

Ectopic ECG Beats Analysis of Exercise ECG Frequency-domain Characterization The Fourier Spectrum

Estimation of the Power Spectral Density Function Measures Derived form PSDs Modeling Biomedical

Systems Point Processes Parametric System Modeling Autoregressive of Allpole Modeling Pole-Zero Modeling

Module-4

Electromechanical Models of Signal Generation Application- Heart-rate Variability Spectral Modeling and

Analysis of PCG Analysis of Nonstationary Signals Time-Variant Systems Fixed Segmentation Adaptive

Segmentation Use of Adaptive Filters for Segmentation Application- Adaptive Segmentation of EEG Signals

Adaptive Segmentation of PCG Signals

Module-5

Pattern Classification and Diagnostic Decision Pattern Classification Supervised Pattern Classification

Unsupervised Pattern Classification Probabilistic Models and Statistical Decision Logistic regression Analysis

The Training and Test Steps Neural Networks Measures of Diagnostic Accuracy and Cost Reliability of

Classifier and Decisions

Books and References

1 R M Rangayyan ldquoBiomedical Signal Analysis- A case study approachrdquo Wiley Publications

2 Eugene N Bruce ldquoBiomedical signal processing and signal modelingrdquo Wiley publications

MSP-7014 Shape Analysis and Classifications

Module-1

31

Introduction to shape analysis morphology of plant leave morphological classification gaglion cells

computational shape analysis shape eprocessing shape classification

Module-2

Basic mathematical concept proportional logic functions free variable transformation complex functions linear

algebra scalar vector matrix vector space linear transformation

Module-3

Shape acquisition and processing image representation image formation gray level images image sampling

binary images shape sampling colour digital image video sequences multi spectral images voxel

Module-4

Shape concept introduction to two dimensional shape continuous two dimensional shape planer shape

transformation characterization of 2D shapes in terms of features representation of 2D shapes

Module-5

Shape recognition and classification some basic concept in classifications feature extraction feature

normalization supervised pattern classification bayes decision theory principles and Bayesian classification

Unsupervised classification and clustering basic concept and issues scatter matrices deposition measures

hierarchical clustering

Text References Books

Luciano da fortoura costa and Roberto Marcondes Cesar Jr ldquoShape Analysis and Classificationsrdquo Library

of congress cataloguing publication

MSP-7015 Advanced DSP Architectures

Module-1

Architecture of TMS 320C54X processors Addressing modes Assembly instructions Pipelining Interrupts

Clock generator Timer Serial ports Parallel ports Host-port interface (HPI) Comparison with TMS320C55X

processor architecture and instruction set

Module-2

Architecture of TMS 320C67X processor CPU data paths and control Addressing modes Instruction set

Pipeline operation

Module-3

Interfacing with serial IO AD DA converters Parallel interfacing Interfacing with RAM EEPROMs

FPGAs Wait state generation DSP tools Assembler Debugger C compiler Linker and loader

32

Module-4

VLIW Architecture Multiprocessor DSPs SHARC SIMD MIMD Architectures and Analog Devices DSPs

Applications Digital Filter Adaptive filter Spectrum analyzer Echo cancellation Modem Voice synthesis and

recognition

TextReference Books

1 BVenkataramani amp MBhaskar Digital Signal Processor Architecture Programming and

ApplicationsMcGraw- Hill2003

2 SSrinivasan amp Avtar Singh Digital Signal Processing Implementations using DSP Microprocessors with

Examples from TMS320C54X BrooksCole 2004

3 N Kehtarnavaz amp M Kerama DSP System Design using the TMS320C6000 Printice Hall 2001

4 SM Kuo amp BHLee Real-Time Digital Signal Processing Implementations

MSP-7016 New Technologies in Image Processing

Elective VI

MSP-7021 Machine Vision

Module-1

Introduction nature of the vision the process of reorganizations tackling the reorganization problem object

location scene analysis vision as inverse graphics

Module-2

Low level vision image and imaging operations gray scale vs color image processing operations some basic

operations on gray scale images basic operation on binary images noise separation by image accumulation

convolutions and points spread functions sequential vs parallel operations

Moudle-3

Introduction to edge detection Basic theory of edge detection Binary Safe analysis Connectedness in binary

images object leveling and counting size filtering Skelton and thinning

Module-4

Intermediate level vision Line detection Application of the Hough transform to line detection The foot of

Normal method Final Line filtering Circle Detection Hough based scheme for circular object detection

Module-5

3-D vision and motion Introduction to three dimensional word Three dimensional vision- the variety methods

Projection schemes for three dimensional vision Shape and shading Photometric stereo Real time pattern

recognition system Process of inspection Types of the object to be inspected

TextReference Books

ER Davies Machine Vision- Theory algorithms practicalities 3rd Edition Elsevier

33

MSP -7022 New Technologies in Signal Processing

All latest research papers will be referred to for teaching

MSP 7023 Real Time DSP Design and Applications

Module-1

Introduction to digital processor and general purpose digital processor Architectures of DSP processors Fixed

and floating point processor Generic architectures for special applications streaming media

Module-2

Introduction in high performance DSP architectures TMS320C6xxx TMS320C54xx hardware architecture of

C6000 Functional units Use of the main blocks in program implementation C6xxx instructions C6xxx memory

map and peripherals

Module-3

Concept of Real time operating systems and DSP applications DSP BIOS Implementation scenarios for media

processors Software development using media processors Code Composer Studio Media processors based on

C64x TI C64x software platform advanced software support DaVinci Applications of media processors in

embedded multimedia applications Future solutions FPGA

TextReference Books

Steven W Smith The Scientist and Engineers Guide to Digital Signal Processing California Technical

Publishing San Diego California1999

David J Katz Rick Gentile Embedded Media Processing Newnes 2005

Rulph Chassaing DSP Applications Using C and the TMS320C6x DSK John Wiley amp Sons 2000 ISBNs

0-471-20754-3

MSP-7024 SOC Design Testing amp Verification

Module-1

VLSI design flow Introduction to electronic system testing and test economics Fault modeling (Stuck-at Bridge

Delay and Cross-talk fault models) Fault simulation

Module-2

Test generation for combinational circuits ATPG algorithms (D-Algorithm PODEM and FAN) Test generation

complexity Test generation for sequential circuits

34

Module-3

Time frame expansion model Design for test Built-In Self Test (BIST) Memory test Delay test SoC test issues

and methodologies test data compression and power conscious testing fault diagnosis and Synthesis for test

Module-4

High level design flow and verification issues Simulation based verification Formal verification techniques

Model checking equivalence checking SAT solvers BDDs

Module-5

Symbolic model checking with BDDs Semi-formal Verification techniques Symbolic Simulation Bounded

Model Checking Sequential ATPG based Model Checking

Reference

1 M L Bushnell and VD Agrawal Essentials of Electronic Testing for Digital Memory and Mixed Signal

VLSI Circuits Springer 2005

2 H Fujiwara Logic Testing and Design for Testability MIT Press 1985

3 M Abramovici M Breuer and A Friedman Digital System Testing and Testable Design IEEE Press

1994

4 M Huth and M Ryan Logic in Computer Science Cambridge Univ Press 2004

MSP-7025 Bio-Medical Image Analysis

Module ndash1

Introduction to Basic concepts - Nature of biomedical images Objectives of biomedical image analysis

Fundamentals of image processing MATLAB image processing toolbox Introduction to medical imaging

modalities ndash X-ray Ultrasound CT PET and MRI Driving problems in biomedical imaging

Module ndash2

Image Enhancement - Gray-scale transforms (windowing gamma correction) Histogram transformation

(equalization specification limitations of global operations local-area histogram equalization adaptive-

neighbourhood histogram equalization) Convolution and correlation operations Fourier transform and spectral

content (important properties of 2d-DFT) Adaptive

contrast enhancement

Module ndash3

Edge Detection and Morphology - Computing the gradient Roberts Prewitt Sobel operators Second derivative

ndash Laplacian Canny edge detector Edge linking - Local processing Hough transform Dilation Erosion Opening

Closing Boundary extraction Region filling Hit or Miss transform Thinning Thickening Skeletonization

Pruning

Module ndash4

35

Image Filtering - Characterization of artifacts Random noise Examples of noise pdfs Thresholding Edge

detection Spatial-domain filters (the mean filter the median filter order-statistic filters adaptive filters gradient-

based filter smoothing filters sharpening filters) Frequency-domain filters (removal of high-frequency noise

removal of periodic artifacts smoothing filters sharpening filters homomorphic filtering optimal filtering-

wiener filter)

Module ndash5

Image Processing with Wavelets - Introduction Wavelets for the image 2D wavelet decomposition

Approximation and detail coefficients Horizontal vertical and diagonal details Two representations of

decomposition Approximations and details Edge detection and textures Fusion of images Mixing of images

De-noising of images

Text amp Reference Books

1 John L Semmlow Biosignal and Biomedical Image Processing MATLAB-Based Applications

Marcel Dekker 2004

2 Rangaraj M Rangayyan Biomedical Image Analysis CRC Press 2005

3 William K Pratt Digital Image Processing John-Wiley 2001

4 Milan Sonka Vaclav Hlavac and Roger Boyle Image processing analysis and machine vision 2nd edition

BrooksCole 1999

MSP-7026 Advanced Wavelets

Module-1

Introduction Review of Lp spaces and Fourier transforms

Module-2

Orthonormal bases Riesz bases and frames Wavelet construction orthogonal semi-orthogonal and bi-orthogonal

wavelets

Module-3

Haar wavelets Multiresolution analysis DETERMINISTIC AND Non-stationary wavelet construction

Statistically matched wavelets

Module-4

Reproducing kernel Hilbert spaces Bandlimited functions and Shannons theorem

Module-5

36

Continuous and discrete wavelet transforms further wavelet constructions multi-Wavelets

Textbooks and Reference

Ingrid Daubechies Ten lectures on wavelets SIAM

CK Chui An introduction to wavelets Academic Press

Gerald Kaiser A friendly guide to wavelets Birkhaumluser

LIST OF ELECTIVES One course has to be selected from each group

Group 1

EC6121 Advanced Computer Architecture

EC6122 Analog Filter Design

EC 6123 Computer aided design of VLSI Systems

Group 2

EC6131 Deep Submicron VLSI Design

EC 6132 Microcontroller based system design

EC6133 Mixed Signal Circuits

Group 3

EC 6611 Computer Networks

EC6612 Memory Design and Testing

EC6613 RF Circuits in CMOS Technology

Group 4

EC6621 Embedded Software

EC6622 Reliability

EC6623 Testing and Diagnosing of Digital Systems

Group 5

EC7111 Fault-Tolerant Computing

EC7112 Internet enabled embedded devices

EC71113 Soft Computing

Group 6

EC7121 Concept of Electronic Design Automation

EC7122 Selected topics in Embedded Systems

EC7123 Selected topics in VLSI Design

EC511 Analog IC design

MOSFET small signal model analysis of current mirrors simple cascode and wide swing

cascode current mirror analysis of differential amplifiers Single ended and Differential

Operation Qualitative and Quantitative Analysis of Differential pair Common Mode

response Gilbert Cell MOS operational amplifier theory and design performance

characteristics linear and non linear applications Voltage reference circuits with emphasis

on supply independent biasing and temperature-independent references Oscillators Ring

LC and voltage controlled oscillators phase lock loop

Reference Books

1 Razavi ldquo Design of Analog CMOS Integrated circuitsrdquo McGraw Hill 2000

2 Paul B Gray and Robert G Meyer ldquoAnalysis and Design of Analog Integrated

Circuitsrdquo Wiley international 1996

3 D A Johns and Martin ldquoAnalog Integrated Circuit Designrdquo John Wiley 1997

4 Gregorian and G C Temes ldquoAnalog MOS Integrated Circuits for Signal Processing

Behzadrdquo John Wiley 1986

5 R L Geiger P E Allen and N R Strader ldquoVLSI Design Techniques for Analog amp

Digital Circuitsrdquo McGraw Hill 1990

6 Kenneth R Laker Willy MC Sensen ldquoDesign of Analog Integrated circuits and

systemsrdquo McGraw Hill 1994

EC512 IC Technology LTP(300)

Material properties crystal structure point defects dislocations electronic properties of

defects Crystal growth and wafer preparation Epitaxy Vapour ndashphase molecular beam

epitaxy oxidation Lithography Etching Dielectric and polysilicon film deposition

Diffusion Ion implantation Metallization Packaging of VLSI devices Yield and

reliability Nanoscale devices MEMs

Reference Books

1 S M Sze ldquoVLSI Technologyrdquo TMH

2 G S May and S M Sze ldquoFundamentals of Semiconductor Fabricationrdquo Wiely

3 S K Gandhi ldquoVLSI fabrication Principlesrdquo John Wiely amp Sons Inc 1994

4 BG Streetman ldquoSolid State Electronics Devicesrdquo Prentice Hall 2002

5 Chen ldquoVLSI Technologyrdquo Wiley March 2003

EC513VLSI Design

MOSFET structure I-V relationship threshold voltage MOS capacitance MOS scaling

and geometry effects Depletion and enhancement load MOS inverter CMOS inverter

static and dynamic characteristic Power Dissipation Basic fabrication process of MOS

CMOS BIMOS Stick diagram Design rules Layout design Design of static and dynamic

combinational logic circuits Tranmission gates complementary pass transistor logic Static

and Dynamic Sequential logic circuit design PLA memory FPGA VLSI design tools

Reference Books

1 Kang amp Leblebigi ldquoCMOS Digital IC Circuit Analysis amp Designrdquo- McGraw Hill

2003

2 ldquoDigital Integrated Circuits Designrdquo Pearson Education Second Edition 2003

3 Weste and Eshraghian ldquoPrinciples of CMOS VLSI designrdquo Addison-Wesley 2002

EC 561 Digital System Design

High level specification of combinational system Combinational modules and modular

networks RMC expansion and different types of switching functions Concept of multiple

valued logic T-gate etc Introduction to VerilogVHDL programming

Sequential system design FSM synchronous machines minimization of flow tables of

completely and incompletely specified machines State assignments decomposition of FSM

amp Composite machines Asynchronous sequential machines and race problems Algorithmic

state machine design and modeling

Reference Books

1 Z Khoavi ldquoSwitching and finite Automata Theoryrdquo TMH

2 J Bhaskar ldquo A Verilog Primerrdquo BS Publications

3 Charles HRoth Jr ldquoFundamentals of Logic Designrdquo 4th Edition Jaico Publishing

House 2000

4 M Ercegovac T Lang and LJ Moreno ldquoDigital Systems and HardwareFirmware

algorithimsrdquo John Wiley

5 Taub H amp Schilling B ldquoDigital Integrated Electronicsrdquo Mc Graw Singapore

2001

6 Greenfield JD ldquoPractical Digital Design using ICsrdquo JohnWiley

7 Donald D Givone ldquoDigital Principles and Designrdquo Tata McGraw-Hill 2003

EC562 Digital Signal Processing

Convergence of FT Relationship of FT with ZT Cepstrum Digital resonators Notch

Filter Comb filter All-pass filter design

Goetzel algorithm Chirp-Z transforms Quantization effects in the computation of DFT

Lattice structure of FIRIIR Quantization of Filter coefficient

Design of FIR Differentiators Hilbert Transforms Multi rate DSP Decimation

Interpolation Poly phase filter structure Sampling rate conversion Applications of Multi

rates signal processing

LPC Forward amp Backward Linear prediction Levinson Durbin Algorithm Sehuir

Algorithm AR amp ARMA Lattice filters Wiener filters

Estimation of spectra for finite duration observations of signals Eigen analysis Algorithms

of spectral estimation

Adaptive filters NMS LM Kalman Extended Kalman Particle filters and applications

Speech recognition speaker recognition fractional delay filters

Reference Books

1 Proakis amp Manolaki ldquoDigital Signal Processingrdquo ndash PHI India

2 Sanjit K Mitra ldquoDigital Signal Processing A computer based approachrdquo Pr5 TMH 2nd

Edition 2003

3 Oppenheim AV and Schafer ldquoDiscrete time Signal Processingrdquo RN Prentice Hall

EC514 Analog IC Design lab

EC563 Digital system design lab

EC564 Self study open area seminar - I

EC 611 Embedded System Design

The concept of embedded systems design Embedded microcontroller cores embedded

memories interfacing parallel and serial ports analog and digital interfacing digital signal

processing-sub system interfacing USB interface Design tracks due to process

compatibility thermal considerations software aspects of embedded systems real time

programming languages and operating systems for embedded systems

Reference Books

1 Raj Kamal ldquoEmbedded Systemrdquo TMH 2004

2 Kennth J Ayala ldquoThe 8051 Microcontrollerrdquo Thomson DelMar Learning 2006

3 Deshmukh ldquoMicrocontrollersrdquo TMH 2006

4 Rajiv Kapadia ldquo8051 Microcontroller amp Embedded systemsrdquo Jaico 2006

5 Wayne Wolf ldquoComputer as componentsrdquo Harcourt India Pvt Ltd 2002

6 Real time System and Analysis by Philip A Laplante Wiley 2006

EC6121 Advanced Computer Architecture

Parallel Computer Models Program and Network Properties Principles of scalable

performance processor and Memory Hierarchy Bus Cache and Shared Memory

Pipelining and Super scalar techniques Introduction to Scalable Architecture

Multiprocessors and Multi Computers Multivector and SIMD Computers Scalable

Multithread and Dataflow Architectures Introduction to Compilers and Operating Systems

Reference Books

1 Kai Hwang ldquoAdvanced computer architecturerdquo TMH 2000

2 Harvey G Cragonrdquo Memory System and Pipelined processorsrdquo Narosa

Publication 1998

3 V Rajaranam amp C S R Murthy ldquoParallel computerrdquo PHI 2002

4 RKGhose Rajan Moona amp Phalguni Gupta ldquoFoundation of Parallel Processingrdquo

Narosa Publications 2003

5 DSima TFountain PKasuk ldquoAdvanced Computer Architecture-A Design space

Approachrdquo Addison Wesley1997

6 M J Flynn ldquoComputer Architecture Pipelined and Parallel Processor Designrdquo

Narosa Publishing 1998

7 Hwan and Briggs ldquoComputer Architecture and Parallel Processingrdquo MGH 1999

EC6122 Analog Filter Design

Filter design process Frequency response of bilinear transfer function Design and synthesis

of first and second order filters using OP- Amp OTAOTIA and current conveyers (CCI

CCII CCCII CCCII with negative resistance) Switched capacitor filters MOSFET-C

filters Sensitivity analysis of filters Dynamic translinear circuits recent trends

Reference Books

1 R Schaumann M S Ghausi K R Laker ldquoDesign of analog Filters passive

active RC and switched capacitorrdquo Printice Hall

2 LD Paarmann ldquoDesign and Analysis of Analog Filters A signal processing

perspectiverdquo Kluwer Academic Publisher

3 M E Van Valkenburg ldquoAnalog Filter Designrdquo Oxford University Press

4 C Toumazou F J Lidgey and D G Haigh Analog IC design the current-

mode approach IEEE Press

EC 6123 Computer aided design of VLSI Systems

Algorithmic problems deterministic algorithms randomized algorithm asymptotic

analysis NP hardness solving NP hard problems Graph algorithm Linear programming

divide and conquer dynamic programming greedy methods combinatorial search and

heuristic methods algorithms design for VLSI algorithm design for circuit layout

placement routing floor planning partitioning and finite state machine minimization

Reference Books

1 S M Trimberger ldquoIntroduction to CAD for VLSIrdquo Kluwer Academic Publishers

2 S M Rubin ldquoComputer Aids for VLSI Designrdquo Addison-Wesley

3 Christophn Meinel amp Throsten Theobold ldquoAlgorithm and Data Structures for VLSI

Designrdquo 2002

4 Rolf Drechsheler ldquoEvolutionary Algorithm for VLSIrdquo

EC6131 Deep Submicron VLSI Design

Study of power dissipation in digital ICs Technology and device scaling Power estimation

techniques Low power flip flop and latch design Low power logic gate design clocked

gating switching activity reduction parallel and pipelined architecture at low voltage Low

voltage low power arithmetic circuit Low power clocked tree design

Reference Books

1 Kaushik Roy Sharat Prasad ldquoLow-Power CMOS VLSI Circuit Designrdquo Wiley

2000

2 Yeo and Roy ldquo Low voltage low power VLSI subsystemsrdquo Mc Graw Hill 2004

3 Gary K Yeap ldquoPractical Low Power Digital VLSI Designrdquo Kluwer Academic

2002

4 Yeap Gary ldquoPractical Low Power Digital VLSI Designrdquo Kluwer Academic

Publishers Boston 1998

5 Soudris Dimitrios Pignet Chirstian and Goutis Costas ldquoDesigning CMOS

Circuits for Low Powerrdquo Klumer Academic Publishers Boston 2002

6 Roy K and Prasad SC ldquoLow Power CMOS VLSIrdquo Circuit Design John

Wiley New York 2000

EC 6132 Microcontroller based system design

Introduction to microprocessor based applications RISC and CISC architecture in

microcontrollers Microcontroller architecture Memory Organization program memory

and data memory External data memory register file and IO registers port IO Timer

Interrupts User IO interfacing Data acquisition(8051 and AVR microcontrollers)

Instructions Programming

Reference Books

1 Mazidi and Mazidi ldquoThe 8051 Microcontrollerrdquo PHI 2006

2 The 8051 Microcontroller by Kennth J Ayala Thomson DelMar Learning 2006

3 Microcontrollers and microcomputers by F M Cady Oxford Press 2006

4 John Catsoulis ldquo Designing Embedded Hardwarerdquo Orsquoreily 2005

EC6133 Mixed Signal Circuits

BiCMOS Devices and technology Analog and digital subcircuits Current mode signal

processing Continuous time and sampled data signal processing ADC and DAC Nyquist

and oversampled converters Analog VLSI interconnects Statistical modeling of devices

and circuits Multipliers Computer aided network design Analog and digital circuitsrsquo

layout

Reference Books

1 Baker R Jacob ldquoCMOS Mixed Signal Circuitsrdquo John Wiley amp Sons

2 G H Sanchez D V Garcma D L Vega A RRueda ldquoOscillation-based Test In

Mixed-signal Circuitsrdquo Springer

EC 6611 Computer Networks

Introduction to computer communication networks and layered architecture overview

Packet switching and fast packet switching Point to point protocols and links ARQ

retransmission strategies Selective repeat ARQ Framing and standard Data Link control

protocol-HDLC SDLC LAPD Queuing models in communication networks Multi access

Communication and multiple access protocols

ALOHA slotted ALOHA CSMA CSMDCD Performance modeling and analysis

Local Area Networks Ethernet token ring and FDDI design and analysis Internetworking

issues Bridges Routers and Switched networks Routing and flow control algorithms in data

networks TCPIP protocols ISDN Broadband networks ATM frame relay and Gigabit

Ethernet Traffic management in ATM networks Network security

Reference Books

1 William Stallings ldquo Data and Computer Communicationrdquo by Prentice hall Seventh

edition

2 William Stallings ldquo Cryptography and Network securityrdquo by PHI Third edition

3 Fred Halsall ldquo Data Communications Computer Networks and Open Systemsrdquo by

Pearson Education Fourth edition

4 William Shay ldquo Understanding data Communication and Networksrdquo Thomson press

Second edition

5 Andrew S Tanenbaum ldquo Computer Networksrdquo Pearson Education fourth edition

EC6612 Memory Design and Testing

Review of MOS structure scaled down MOSFET and CMOS Processing Processing for

memories Multipoly floating gate and control gate trench capacitors and thin oxide

Inverter design choice of WL and noise margin calculation cascode and differential

inverters SRAM and DRAM cell design basic cell structures modeling and design

equationsDecoder Design Sense Amplifiers necessity for Sense Amplifier voltage and

current and Sense Amplifier Reference voltage generation influence of Sense Amplifier

performance on cell architecture Peripheral circuits Memory testing modeling instruction

to functional testing and built in self test Nonvolatile memories

Reference Books

1 R D Adams ldquoHigh Performance Memory Testing Design Principles Fault

Modeling and Self-Test (Frontiers in Electronic Testing)rdquo Kluwer Academic Press

2 Sharma Ashok K ldquoSemiconductor Memories Technology Testing and

Reliabilityrdquo Prentice Hall of India New Delhi 1997

3 Sharma Ashok K ldquoSemiconductor Memories Technology Testing and

4 Reliabilityrdquo Wiley-IEEE Press New York 2002

5 Sharma Ashok K ldquoSemiconductor Memoriesrdquo Two-Volume Set Wiley-IEEE

Press New York 2003

EC6613 RF Circuits in CMOS Technology

MOSFET behavior at RF frequencies and their Spice modeling Parasitic elements at

higher frequencies RF filter design matching and biasing networks VLSI Implementation

of RF system blocks LNA design with VLSI technology mixers Oscillators VCO RF

synthesizers Power amplifier design

Reference Books

1 B Razavi ldquoRF Microelectronicsrdquo PHI 1998

2 T H Lee ldquoDesign of CMOS RF Integrated Circuitsrdquo Cambridge University press

1998

3 YP Tsividis ldquoMixed Analog and Digital Devices and Technologyrdquo TMH 1996

EC6621 Embedded Software

Embedded software features design patterns for embedded software models of

computation assemblers interpreters compilers C in embedded environment high level

embedded programming languages Optimization of execution time energy and power

program size Program validation and testing embedded operating system processes

context switching scheduling policies inter process communication power optimization

strategies Real time OS distributed embedded systems

Reference Books

1 David E Simon An embedded software primer Pearson education Asia 2001

2 Raymond JA Bhur and Donald LBialey An Introduction to real time systems

Design to networking with CC++ Prentice Hall Inc New Jersey 1999

3 Grehan Moore and Cyliax Real time Programming A guide to 32 Bit Embedded

Development Reading Addison-Wesley-Longman 1998

4 Heath Steve Embedded Systems Design Newnes 1997

5 Real time System amp Software by Alan c Shaw Wiley 2005

6 Sriram V Iyer and Pankaj Gupta ldquoEmbedded Real-time Systems Programmingrdquo

TMH 2006

EC6622 Reliability

Reliability Fundamentals Introduction to reliability mathematics Set theory Probability

theory Random Variables Discrete distributions Continuous distributions Stochastic

process Markov Chains Reliability Analysis of Series Parallel Systems Reliability

Analysis of Non Series Parallel Systems Reliability Prediction Reliability allocation

Maintainability and Availability Reliability Testing Redundancy Techniques for

Reliability Optimization Software Reliability Reliability analysis of special systems like

Computer Communication Networks Phased Mission Systems

Reference Book

1 K K Agarwal ldquoReliability Engineeringrdquo Kluwer Academic press

EC6623 Testing and Diagnosing of Digital Systems

Various types of faults in digital system Algebraic methods of fault detection Boolean

difference method ENF SPOOF methods Fault simulation techniques deductive

concurrent and stochastic methods CAD methods of fault detection Path sensitization D-

algorithm PODEM and FAN algorithm Self checking and fail-safe logic Fault secure

self testing design of totally self-checking checker fail safe design totally self-checking

PLA design Design for testability controllability and observability Design of testable

combinational logic circuits RMC use of control logic and syndrome testable design State

identification and checking experiments on sequential machines Easily testable

diagnosable FSM design Use of random testing transition-count testing and signature

analysis Scan path technique Level-sensitive scan design Built-in-test for VLSI chips

etc Testing of memories and microprocessors

Reference Books

1 MAbramoviciMA Breuer AD Friedman ldquoDigital Systems Testing amp Testable

Designrdquo (ISBN 0-7803-1602-4) IEEE Press

2 PK Lala ldquoFault Tolerant amp Testable Hardware Designrdquo Prentice Hall Inc

3 Christophn Meinel amp Throsten Theobold ldquoAlgorithm and Data Structures for VLSI

DesignrdquoSpringer 2002

EC 614 Embedded System Lab

EC 6631 Deep submicron VLSI design lab

EC 664 Minor Project -I

EC7111 Fault-Tolerant Computing

Concept of reliability Parallel computing modules and architectures Applications of coding

theory for fault-tolerant systems Redundancies static dynamic and hybrid Architecture of

fault-tolerant computers Fault-tolerant multiprocessors and distributed systems principles

Various concepts of operating system Study of fault-tolerance in softwares Introduction to

the concept of system diagnosis

Reference Books

1 D K Pradhan (Editor) ldquoFault-tolerant computing theory and techniques Vol- 1 amp

2 rdquo Printice Hall

2 T Anderson PA Lee ldquoFault tolerance principles and practicerdquo Prentice Hall

International

3 D K Pradhan ldquoFault-Tolerant Computer system designrdquo Prentice Hall PTR(ISBN

0-13-057887-8)

4 S-TLevi amp AK Agrawala ldquoFault-Tolerant system designrdquo Mc-GrawHill Inc)

EC7112 Internet enabled embedded devices

Application driven Network Architecture Review of various wireless and wireline

communication protocols Emergence of Wireless Sensors nodes operating system for

DENs low power MAC discovery topology formation collective communication

aggregation and in network processing multihop routing synchronization Ad hoc routing

distributed control coverage and security emerging standards

Reference Books

1 C Toh ldquoAd Hoc Mobile Wireless Networks Protocols and Systemsrdquo PHI 2001

2 Kazem Sohraby Daniel Minoli Taieb Znati ldquoWireless Sensor Networks

Technology Protocols and applicationsrdquo John Wiley amp Sons

3 C Siva Ram Murty amp BS Manoj ldquoAd HOC Wireless Networks Architectures amp

Protocolsrdquo 2nd Ed Pearson Education

EC71113 Soft Computing

Fuzzy logic Introduction classical and fuzzy set overview of classical set membership

function fuzzy rule generation operation on fuzzy set fuzzy rule generation operation on

fuzzy sets fuzzy arithmetic V numbers linguistic variables arithmetic operation on

interval and number lattice of fuzzy numbers and fuzzy equations fuzzy logic classical

logic multi-value logic fuzzy proposition fuzzy qualifiers linguistic hedges Uncertainty

based information- information and uncertainty Non-specificity of fuzzy and crisp set

fuzziness of fuzzy set Introduction of neuro fuzzy system architecture of neurofuzzy

system application of neuro fuzzy system ndash medicine economics

Genetic Algorithm(GA) and overview G A in problem solving implementation of G A

Reference Books

1 Jerry M Mendel ldquoUncertain Rule-Based Fuzzy Logic Systems Introduction and

New Directionsrdquo Printice Hall

2 David E Goldberg ldquoGenetic algorithms insearch optimization amp Machine

Learningrdquo Addison Wesley 1989

3 Masatoshi Sakawa ldquoGenetic Algorithms amp Fuzzy Multiobjective Optimizationrdquo

Kluwer Academic Publisher 2001

4 Melanie Mitchell ldquoAn introduction to Genetic Algorithmrdquo Prentice-Hall of India

New Delhi 2004

5 Golberg David E ldquoGenetic Algorithms in Search Optimization and Machine

Learningrdquo Addision Wesley New York 1999

EC7121 Concept of Electronic Design Automation

Symbolic Design Symbotic Design Entry Design using Standard Description Langages

(VHDL) Graphical Specification of System Behaviour Synthesis

Hardware Soft ware Co-Desgin

Tabular Design Formats etc

Modeling amp verifications

Reference Books-

1 The Electronic Desgin Automation Hand Book by Dirk Janson et al ( Kluwer

Academic Publishers)

2 VHDL Analysis and Modeling of Digital Systems by Z Navabi (Mc- GrawHill)

3 Introduction to Digital System by Ercegovac amp T Lang et al (Wiley International)

EC7122 Selected topics in Embedded Systems

Advanced topics related to this field may be offered as elective

EC7123 Selected topics in VLSI Design

Advanced topics related to this field may be offered as elective

EC713 Self Study Open Area Seminar II

Every student is required to participate in the seminars which will be held every week in the

department

EC 714 Minor Project II

A minor project approved by the department is to be taken in the summer vacation

following the examination of II semesterIV semester incase of full-time part-time students

respectively The duration for this work is about 2 months The student is expected to submit

a report on the minor project

EC715 Major Project Part I

Each student will be assigned a topic of the dissertation by the department The student has

to work under the guidance of an approved supervisor Student will do literature survey in

part- I of the project

EC811 Major Project Part II

Student will do the project work based on the literature survey undertaken in Major Project

part I This is a One Semester Project related to design research and development work to

be carried out under the supervision of a faculty member scientist RampD managers It is

required to submit three typedprinted copies of the dissertation embodying the results of

the investigations carried out by the student The dissertation is to be submitted with the

approval of the supervisor

Delhi Technological University (Formerly Delhi College of Engineering Delhi)

Department of Electronics amp Communication Engineering

amp

Department of Applied Physics

A rapid growth has been witnessed in Microwave amp Optical Fiber based

Telecommunication systems through out the world This is due to the fact that they

support multiple connectivity and broad bandwidth requirement of Telecommunication

systems and Networks As a result Telecom industries and RampD organization are in the

need of trained manpower to design develop and innovate the Microwave and Optical

fiber based telecom systems

Keeping in view of this Delhi Technological University (DTU) proposes to start M Tech

(Microwave and Optical Communication) level program from the academic year 2009-

2010 with an objective to integrate the two competitive technologies in one course in

Electronics amp Communication Engineering Department in collaboration with Applied

Physics Department of DTU This program is designed and developed as an outcome of

the establishment of an advanced RampD centre called ldquoTIFAC-Center of Relevance and

Excellence in Fiber Optics and Optical Communicationrdquo under mission REACH program

of Technology Vision 2020 Govt of India

PROGRAM STRUCTURESCHEME OF EXAMINATION

I SEMESTER

SN Sub Code Subject LTP Internal External Total

1 EC-501 Fiber Optics 3-0-0 50 100 150

2 EC-502

Integrated Optics

Technology and

Applications

3-0-0 50 100 150

3 EC-503 Optoelectronics

Devices and Circuits 3-0-0 50 100 150

4 EC-504

Optical Fiber

Characterization

Lab

0-0-2 30 70 100

5 EC-551

Advanced

Electromagnetic

Theory

3-0-0 50 100 150

6 EC-552

Numerical

Techniques in

Electromagnetic

3-0-0 50 100 150

7 EC-553 Microwave

Measurement Lab 0-0-2 30 70 100

8 EC-554 Self Study Open

Area Seminar - I 0-0-1 50 - 50

Total 20 1000

II SEMESTER

SN Sub

Code Subject LTP Internal External Total

1 EC-601 Microwave Digital

Communication 3-0-0 50 100 150

2 EC-602 Optical Communication

System (Elective ndash I) 3-0-0 50 100 150

3 EC-603

RF Microwave and

Millimeter Circuit (Elec-

II)

3-0-0 50 100 150

4 EC-604 Optical Comn Design

and Simulation Lab 0-0-2 30 70 100

5 EC-605 Photonic Switching and

Network (Elective ndash III) 3-0-0 50 100 150

6 EC-606 Optical Electronics

(Elective ndash IV) 3-0-0 50 100 150

7 EC-607 Microwave CAD Lab 0-0-2 30 70 100

8 EC-608 Term Paper(Minor

Project ndashI) 0-0-1 50 - 50

Total 20 - - 1000

III SEMESTER

SN Sub Code Subject LTP Internal External Total

1 EC-701 Optical Signal Processing

(Elective ndash V) 3-0-0 50 100 150

2 EC-706 Phased Array and Smart

Antennas (ElectivendashVI) 3-0-0 50 100 150

3 EC-711 Self Study Open Area

Seminar ndash II 0-0-2 100 - 100

4 EC-712 Minor Project-II 0-0-6 - 300 300

5 EC-713 Major Project -I 0-0-6 300 - 300

Total 20 - - 1000

IV SEMESTER

SN Sub Code Subject LTP Internal External Total

1 EC-713 Major Project -

II 0-0-20 - 1000 1000

Total 20 - - 1000

Total (I+II+III+IV SEM) 80 4000

LIST OF ELECTIVESSCHEME OF EXAMINATION

Elective ndash I (II SEM)

S No Sub Code Subject

1 EC-602-A Optical Communication

System

2 EC-602-B Selective Topics in Optical

Networks

3 EC-602-C Statistical Mathematics

Elective - II(II SEM)

S No Sub Code Subject

1 EC-603-A RF Microwave and

Millimeter Circuits

2 EC-603-B Satellite Communication

3 EC-603-C Advanced Microwave

Communication Systems

Elective - III(II SEM)

S No Sub Code Subject

1 EC-605-A Photonic Switching and

Networks

2 EC-605-B

Selected Topics on Fault

Tolerance in Computers and

Distributed System of

Communication

3 EC-605-C EMIEMC

Elective-IV(II SEM)

S No Sub Code Subject

1 EC-606-A Optical Electronics

2 EC-606-B Guided Wave Optical

Components and Devices

Elective ndash V (III SEM)

S No Sub Code Subject

1 EC-701-A Optical Signal Processing

2 EC-701-B Optical Computing

Elective ndash VI (III SEM)

S No Sub Code Subject

1 EC-706-A Phased Array and Smart

Antennas

2 EC-706-B Antenna Design

3 EC-706-C Wireless Communication

SYLLABUS

EC-501 Fiber Optics (3-0-0)I SEM

Review of basic optics Interference Diffraction and Polarization Fiber numerical aperture

Source of signal attenuation and dispersion Step and Graded index multimode fibers

including plastic fibers Pulse dispersion in single-mode fibers Dispersion-tailored and

dispersion-compensated fibers Birefringent fibers and polarization mode dispersion Fiber

bandwidth and dispersion management Fiber fabrication techniques Fiber characterization

technique including OTDR Connectors splices and fiber cable

EC-502 Integrated optics Technology and Applications (3-0-0) I SEM

Principles of optical Integrated circuits Theory of optical waveguides Planer Rectangular

core and Rib waveguide homogeneous and inhomogeneous waveguide Coupled mode

theory optical waveguide couplers tapers bends Passive and active waveguides-polarizer

printer optical amplifier modulators and switches Opto-electronic integrated circuits-

Simulation Tools and CAD packages for optical integrated circuits Technology Materials

and Device process patterning and Lithography Deposition and Diffusion techniques

Lithium Niobate based integrated optics technology- Process and Characterization

Application Integrated optic devices and circuits for High speed long distance

telecommunication Optical processing and Optical computing

EC-503 Optoelectronic Devices and Circuits (3-0-0) I SEM

Laser theory Rate equations Gain saturation threshold Condition mode selection

Qswitching Mode locking Review of semiconductor physics energy bands electron and

holes density of states Fermi level p-n junction Homo- and hetero- junctions Quantum

wells Semiconductor materials LEDs and LDs Device structure and characteristics DFB

DBR and Quantum well lasers Circuit design for LD transmitters and PIN receivers OTDR

and Optical spectrum analyzer

EC-504 Optical Fiber Characterization Lab (0-0-2) I SEM

Experiments related to Optical Fiber Communication

EC-551 Advanced Electromagnetic Theory (3-0-0) I SEM

Review of Maxwell equations Concepts of Source Duality Uniqueness amp Image theorem

Equivalence principle Induction Theorem Greenrsquos Function Greenrsquos reciprocity theorem

Radiation from simple sources and apertures Antenna Theory Receiving antennas and

various types of Antennas Antenna pattern synthesis Tensor Diadic Integral Equation

Cylindrical and Spherical Wave Function Inhomogeneous Field Waveguides Discontinuity

and Excitation of waveguides Periodic structure Floquects Theorem Integral Transform

EC-552 Numerical Techniques in Electromagnetics (3-0-0) I SEM

Finite difference Method Finite Segment Method Integral equations TLM method Moment

method Ritz Galrkinrsquos method Method of lines Spectral domain techniques Mode

matching method Generalized scattering matrix Transverse resonance Practicals on

development of programs using above mentioned methods

EC-553 Microwave Measurement Lab (0-0-2) I SEM

Microwavemillimeter-wave passive and active components measurement and analysis

Digital communication using Microwave system Measurement of Microwave front end

transceiver and digital transceiver modules

EC-554 Self Study Open Area Seminar-I (0-0-1) I SEM

Compulsory seminar by each candidate on the emerging topics related to Microwave and

Optical Communication Engineering

EC-601 Microwave Digital Communication (3-0-0) II SEM

Transmission systems environment Statistical method in digital transmission systems

Digital modulation methods Microwave amplifier System gain M-array PSK and QAM

microwave system Correlative techniques amp application to Digital Radio system design

Diversity and Protection techniques

EC-602-A Optical Communication Systems (Elective ndashI) (3-0-0) II SEM

Introduction to communication review of optical sources fibers and Detectors Optical

signaling scheme viz IM PL PCM PCMPL digital PPM PRM etc video signal

Electrooptic modulator Various receive configurations-direct detection Homodyne and

heterodyne Noise source in optical communication-model noise speckle noise shot noise

phase noise thermal noise etc Direct detection receiver- analog and digital optimum gain in

APD Signal-to-noise ratio (SNR) calculation optimization of SNR MDP and NEP photon

counter receiver limits Optical pre-amplifier design digital hierarchy optical line coding

schemes Performance evaluation of optical receiver for various modulation and

demodulation schemes and their comparative study Review of various optical amplifiers and

SNR calculation for different applications of optical amplifier in the system Optical fiber

link design ndash power budget time budget and maximum link length calculation hybrid fiber

co-axialmicrowave links fiber-in-the loop (FITL) FTTH

EC-602-B Selected Topic in Optical Networks (Elective ndashI) (3-0-0) II SEM

Topic related to the recent publications appeared in the leading journals like

IEEEOSAElectronics Letters Review papers recent text books etc

EC-602-C Statistical Mathematics (Elective ndashI) (3-0-0) II SEM

Neyman-Pearson Lemma Decision Theory The Sequential Probability Ratio Test

Sequential Decision theory Sufficient statistics Estimation and Convexity Minimal

Sufficiency and the Lehmann-Scheffe property Lower Bounds on Mean-Squared Errors

Information Inequalities Exponential Families Steinrsquos Phenomenon and James-Steinrsquos

Estimators Robustness Breakdown points and 1-D Location M- estimates Asymptotic

Normality of M-Estimates Efficiency of estimators

EC-603-A RF Microwave and Millimeter Circuits (Elective ndashII) (3-0-0) II SEM

DC and low frequency Circuit Concepts RF Electronic Concepts RF amplifier design and

analysis RF Oscillator design and analysis RFMicrowave frequency conversion Rectifier

and detector design Mixer design Control circuit design Analysis of planar circuits Sample

and arbitrary Derivation Circuits characteristics Equivalence of multi-pole planar circuits

Short boundary planar circuits Segmentation method Optimum planar circuits Different

types of planar transmission and their characteristics Micro structured lines stripe slot

coplanar inverted and suspended micro strip lines Comparisons of various MIC lines

Discontinuity analysis and Equivalence circuits Fin lines Fin guide H ndash guide Arrow guide

and surface waveguide

EC-603-B Satellite Communication (Elective ndashII) (3-0-0) II SEM

Introduction to communication using satellites Keplers laws and Orbital Mechanics Satellite

Launching Propagation Characteristics Frequency Spectra and bands Satellite sub-systems

Design of satellite links and link equations Earth station technology Multiple access

techniques Applications of GEO MEO LEO and V-SATS Mobile Satellite Communication

EC-603-C Advanced Microwave Communication Systems(Elective ndashII)(3-0-0) II SEM

Topic related to the recent publications appeared in the leading journals like

IEEEOSAElectronics Letters Review papers recent text books etc

EC-604 Optical Communication Design and Simulation Lab (0-0-2) II SEM

Experiments related to measurements of wave-guiding parameters of Optical Fibers for

Telecom Applications

EC-605-A Photonic switching amp Networking (Elective ndashIII) (3-0-0) II SEM

Photonic Switching Switching architectures Single and Multistage switching Space

switching Time switching Combinations of space and Time switching Interconnection

networks Crossbar shuffleOmega Benes Close networks and their realizations Multi

wavelength switching systems free space interconnections Photonic networks Introduction

to computer data networks Fiber optic LAN architecture and protocols Ring Star and Bus

architectures Fiber distributed data interface (FDDI) I amp II Distributed queen dual bus

(DQDB) High speed bus protocol- RATO Net Wavelength Division Multiplexed Networks

LAMBDANET Coherent star Pass-Net Schuffle net All Optical networks SONET and

SDH- Functional Architecture Timing Aspects and DWDM Optical networks

EC-605-B Selected Topics on Fault Tolerance in Computers amp Distributed

Communication Systems (Elective ndashIII) (3-0-0) II SEM

This includes research and review paper from IEEEACM journals published books of

current interest for on fault tolerant computing distributed networks and related areas

EC-605-C EMIEMC(Elective ndashIII) (3-0-0) II SEM

Importance of EMIEMC EMC rules and regulation Different regulations importance of

considering EMC at design level of different components and systems EMC requirement for

electronic systems Radiated emission Conducted emission Radiated susceptibility

conducted susceptibility Electrostatic discharge Design Constraints Advantage of EMC

design antennas for EMC Signal spectra Non Ideal behavior of components Cross talk

there conductor lines and cross talk Shielded wires twisted wires shielding grounding

System design for EMC Printed circuit board design including details on LISN Spectrum

Analyzer Anechoic Chamber etc

EC-606-A Optical Electronics (Elective ndashIV) (3-0-0) II SEM

Wave propagation in Anisotropic media Electro-Optic Effect Phase and Amplitude

modulators Electro-Optic Effect AO modulators detectors and tunable filters Nonlinear

Optics SHG sum amp Difference frequency generation phase conjugation SRS amp SBS SPM

Solitons Non linear effects in Optical fibers

EC-606-B Guided Wave Optical Components and Devices (Elec ndashIV) (3-0-0) II SEM

Slab and channel optical waveguides Directional Couplers (waveguide and fiber based) and

coupled mode theory Modulators Switches and Filters Passive Components splitters

combiners and attenuators WDM components multiplexers and demultiplexers Periodic

waveguide waveguide and fiber based gratings and components Optical fiber sensors

EC-607 Microwave CAD lab (0-0-2) II SEM

Design Simulation and fabrication of different microwave and millimeter wave passive and

active circuits and transceiver circuits using Advanced Microwave circuit design and

simulation software packages

EC-608 Term PaperMinor Project ndashI (0-0-1) II SEM

Compulsory research paper by each candidate on the emerging topics related to

contemporary research amp development in the area of Microwave and Optical Communication

System and Networks A minor project related to emerging areas in the field of Microwave

and Optical Communication Engineering to be completed with emphasis on the design

development and innovation of devices components and networks

EC-701-A Optical Signal Processing (Elective ndashV) (3-0-0)III SEM

Geometrical Optics Physical Optics Fundamentals of digital signal processing Spectrum

Analysis Spatial Filtering Systems Acousto-Optic Devices Acousto-Optic Power Spectrum

Analysers Heterodyne System Heterodyne Spectrum Analysis Decimated Arrays and Cross

Spectrum Analysis Space Integrating Correlators Time Integrating Systems Two

Dimensional Processing

EC-701-B Optical Computing (Elective ndashV) (3-0-0) III SEM

Need of Optical Computing Basic of Fourier Optics Devices for optoelectronic interface

Spatial Light Modulators Liquid crystal devices Self electro-optical effect Devices Optical

Transistors Real time holograms Optical Logic Circuits Optical Interconnections

Crossbars Switch interconnections Multistage interconnection Networks Optical Memory

Hierarchies cache and virtual memory Optical word pattern matching holographic memory

Logic Elements and Operations Combinational and sequential logic Optical matrix

processing

EC-706-A Phased Arrays and Smart Antennas (Elective ndashVI) (3-0-0) III SEM

Review of Antenna Theory and various types of antennas Basic array theory and pattern

synthesis techniques Electromagnetic vectors Sensors with forming applications Spatial

diversity for wireless communication direction of arrival estimation in mobile

communication Blind channel identification and source separation in free space division

Multiple access techniques Smart antennas system architecture Phased array technology

for wireless systems Adaptive antennas for global systems for mobile Communication and

TDMA systems

EC-706-B Antenna Design (Elective ndashVI) (3-0-0) III SEM

Fundamental parameters of Antennas Radiation integrals and potential functions Wire

Antennas loop antennas design and analysis of Arrays Broadband Dipole and matching

techniques Frequency independent antennas and antenna miniaturization Aperture antenna

Horn Microstrip Reflector Lenses Antenna Measurements

EC-706-C Wireless Communication (Elective ndashVI) (3-0-0) III SEM

Radio Propagation characteristics models for path loss shadowing and multipath fading

(delay spread coherence bandwidth coherence time Doppler Spread) Jakes channel model

Spread spectrum Communication and multiple access techniques in mobile wireless

communication FDMATDMA CDMA The cellular concept frequency re-use theory of

hexagonal cell layout Spectrum efficiency FDMATDMA CDMA cellular system soft

capacity Erlang capacity GSM standards signaling and call control mobility management

Wireless data networking packet array modeling on fading channels performance analysis

links and transport layer protocols over wireless channels mobile data network wireless data

in GSMIS95 and GPRS

EC-711 Self Study Open Area Seminar-II (0-0-2) III SEM

Compulsory seminar by each candidate on the emerging topics related to contemporary

research amp development in the area of Microwave and Optical Communication System and

Networks

EC-712 Minor Project ndashII (0-0-6) III SEM

A minor project related to emerging areas in the field of Microwave and Optical

Communication Engineering to be completed with emphasis on the design development and

innovation of devices components and networks

EC-713 Major Project ndash I (0-0-6) III SEM

Student is required to decide topic and submit the synopsis (including methodology) of the

major project work in consultation with the Supervisor at the beginning of third semester and

they have to give presentation of at least 25 work done towards their major project at the

end of semester

EC-713 Major Project Part-II (0-0-20) IV SEM

Major projects must be related to design simulation fabrication and experiments in the area

of MicrowaveOptical Communication systems with emphasis on design and development of

new analytical techniquesdevicesystemnetwork etc This is a One Semester Project related

to design research and development work to be carried out under the supervision of a faculty

member scientist RampD managers

Department of Information Technology

Delhi Technological University Delhi

MTech Curriculum of Information System

Course MTECH Branch ISY

SNo Subject

Code Subject Name L T P

Internal

Marks

External

Marks

Total

Marks Credits

Total

Semester

Marks

Credit

Group A

1 IT-501 ADVANCES IN SOFTWARE

PROGRAMMING 3 0 0 50 100 150 3

1000

20

2 IT-502 DATA WAREHOUSING amp

DATA MINING 3 0 0 50 100 150 3

3 IT-503

INTRODUCTION TO

INFORMATION SYSTEMS amp

SECURITY

3 0 0 50 100 150 3

4 IT-504 ADVANCES IN SOFTWARE

PROGRAMMING LAB 0 0 2 30 70 100 2

Group B

5 IT-551 ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE amp

EXPERT SYSTEMS 3 0 0 50 100 150 3

6 IT-552 DIGITAL IMAGE PROCESSING

amp ANALYSIS 3 0 0 50 100 150 3

7 IT-553 DIGITAL IMAGE PROCESSING

LAB 0 0 2 30 70 100 2

8 IT-554 SELF STUDY OPEN AREA

SEMINAR - I 0 0 1 50 0 50 1

Group C

9 IT-601 NETWORK MANAGEMENT

AND SECURITY 3 0 0 50 100 150 3

1000

20

10 Elective I 3 0 0 50 100 150 3

11 Elective II 3 0 0 50 100 150 3

12 IT-604 NETWORK MANAGEMENT

AND SECURITY LAB 0 0 2 30 70 100 2

Group D

13 Elective III 3 0 0 50 100 150 3

14 Elective IV 3 0 0 50 100 150 3

15 IT-653 LAB BASED ON ELECTIVE III

OR IV 0 0 2 30 70 100 2

16 IT-654 MINOR PROJECT - I 0 0 1 50 0 50 1

Group E

17 Elective V 3 0 0 50 100 150 3

1000

20

18 Elective VI 3 0 0 50 100 150 3

19 IT-703 SELF STUDY OPEN AREA

SEMINAR - II 0 0 2 0 100 100 2

20 IT-704 MINOR PROJECT-II 0 0 6 0 300 300 6

21 IT-705 MAJOR PROJECT-I 0 0 6 0 300 300 6

Group F

Department of Information Technology

Delhi Technological University Delhi

22 IT-801 MAJOR PROJECT-II 0 0 2

0 0 1000 1000 20

1000

20

LIST OF ELECTIVES

Elective I

1 IT-6021 ADVANCED DISTRIBUTED SYSTEMS 1503

2 IT-6022 GEO INFORMATICS 1503

3 IT-6023 SOFTWARE QUALITY amp METRICES 1503

4 IT-6024 SOFTWARE VERIFICATION VALIDATION AND TESTING 1503

Elective II

1 IT-6031 INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS 1503

2 IT-6032 MAN-MACHINE INTERFACE 1503

3 IT-6033 KNOWLEDGE ECONOMY amp INFORMATION SOCIETY 1503

4 IT-6034 TAXONOMIES ONTOLOGIES amp SEMANTIC WEB 1503

5 IT-6035 SECURE CODING 1503

Elective III

1 IT-6511 ADVANCED DATABASE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS 1503

2 IT-6512 BIOMETRIC SYSTEMS AND SECURITY 1503

3 IT-6513 COGNITIVE APPROACHES TO INFORMATION amp INFORMATION 1503

4 IT-6514 KNOWLEDGE MANAGEMENT 1503

5 IT-6515 INTRUSION DETECTION PREVENTION amp INFORMATION WARFARE 1503

6 IT-6516 MACHINE LEARNING amp APPLICATIONS 1503

Elective IV

1 IT-6521 ADVANCES IN INFORMATION SYSTEMS 1503

2 IT-6522 ENTERPRISE RESOURCE PLANNING 1503

3 IT-6523 REAL TIME SYSTEMS 1503

4 IT-6524 ROBOTICS ENGINEERING 1503

Elective V

1 IT-7011 ADVANCES IN SOFTWARE PROGRAMMING 1503

2 IT-7012 INFORMATION RETRIEVEL SYSTEMS 1503

3 IT-7013 SOFT COMPUTING 1503

4 IT-7014 WIRELESS amp MOBILE COMMUNICATION 1503

Elective VI

1 IT-7021 ADVANCES IN MULTIMEDIA SYSTEMS 1503

2 IT-7022 COMPUTER SECURITY 1503

3 IT-7023 CYBER FORENSICS amp CYBER CRIME INVESTIGATION 1503

4 IT-7024 INFORMATION HIDING 1503

Department of Information Technology

Delhi Technological University Delhi

IT-501 INTRODUCTION TO INFORMATION SYSTEMS AND SECURITY

UNIT I Introduction to Information Systems Information Systems in Organizations Hardware and Software

Organizing Data and Information

UNIT II

Telecommunication switching and Networks Time Division Switching Time Division space switching Time Division time Switching Time

multiplexed space switching and Time multiplexed Time Switching Combination Switching

Speech Digitization and Transmission Quantization Noise Companding Differential Coding Delta

Modulation Vocoders Pulse Transmission on Transmission line concepts Line Coding NRZ and RZ

Codes Manchester Coding AMI Coding Walsh Codes TDM

UNIT III

Integrated Services Digital Network Motivation for ISDN new services network and protocol

architecture Transmission channels user network interfaces signaling numbering and addressing service

characterization interworking ISDN standards Expert systems in ISDN Broadband ISDN and Voice data

integration

UNIT IV Electronic Commerce and Transaction Processing Systems Information and Decision Support

Systems Systems Design System Development Implementation Maintenance and Review

UNIT V Introduction to Information Security The Need for Security Legal Ethical and Professional Issues in

Information Security Risk Management Operating System Vulnerabilities and Resolutions Planning for

Security File System Security password protection of file

UNIT VI COBIT Introduction Product Family-Executive Summary Governance and Control framework Control

objectives Management guidelines Implementation guide and IT assurance guide

Structure-Plan and organize Acquire and Implement Deliver and Support Monitor and Evaluate

TEXT BOOKS

1 R Kelly Rainer ldquoIntroduction to Information Systems Supporting and Transforming Businessrdquo

2 Keri E Pearlson ldquoManaging and Using Information Systems A Strategic Approachrdquo Wiley

Series

3 Simha R Magal Viswanathan ldquoEssentials of Business Processes and Information Systemsrdquo

Prentice Hall of India Pvt Ltd

REFERENCE BOOKS

Department of Information Technology

Delhi Technological University Delhi 1 Schwartz M ldquoTelecommunication Networks - Protocols Modeling and Analysisrdquo Addison

Wesley Publishing Company

2 Flood JE ldquoTelecommunications Switching Traffic and Networksrdquo Pearson Education

3 Freeman RL ldquoTelecommunication System Engineeringrdquo Wiley Inter Science Publications

4 COBIT 41 by IT Governance Institute

5 Bhargab B Bhattacharya Susmita Sur-Kolay Subhas C Nandy ldquoAlgorithms Architecture and

Information Systems Securityrdquo World Scientific Press

IT-502 DATA WAREHOUSE AND DATA MINING

UNIT I

Introduction An Introduction to data ware housing types of databases for data mining functionalities of

data mining characteristics of data mining classification of data mining systems task primitives

integration of data mining with database issues of data mining

UNIT II

Data Ware house Introduction operational database system multidimensional data model- data cubes

types of schemas with examples measures concept hierarchy OLAP in multidimensional data model

Data Ware house Architecture design amp construction three tier architecture back end tools amp utilities

metadata repository types of OLAP servers

UNIT III

Data warehouse implementation efficient computation of data cubes indexing OLAP data efficient

processing of OLAP queries

From data warehousing to data mining warehouse usage from OLAP to OLAM

UNIT IV

Data Preprocessing reason for preprocessing Data Cleaning Data Integration and Transformation Data

Reduction Data Discretization and Concept Hierarchy Generation

UNIT V

Data cube computation and data generalization efficient methods of data cube computation attribute

oriented induction

Department of Information Technology

Delhi Technological University Delhi Associations and correlations- basic concepts efficient and scalable frequent item sets mining methods

mining various kinds of association rules constrain- based association mining

UNIT VI

Classification and prediction issues classification by decision tree induction Bayesian classification

rule based classification SVM classification by back propagation associative classification lazy learners

types of prediction methods linear regression non-linear regression other regression based methods

accuracy and error measures evaluating accuracy of classifier or predictor

Cluster analysis types of data- interval scaled binary categorical ordinal ratio scaled major clustering

methods- grid based model based density based portioning based hierarchical based methods model

based constraint based outliner analysis

TEXT BOOKS

1 Paulraj Ponniah ldquoData Warehousing Fundamentalsrdquo John Wiley

2 MH Dunham ldquoData Mining Introductory and Advanced Topicsrdquo Pearson Education

3 Han Kamber ldquoData Mining Concepts and Techniquesrdquo Morgan Kaufmann

REFERENCE BOOKS

1 Pieter Adriaans Dolf Zantinge ldquoData Miningrdquo Pearson Education Asia

2 Ralph Kimball ldquoThe Data Warehouse Lifecycle toolkitrdquo John Wiley

3 M Berry and G Linoff ldquoMastering Data Miningrdquo John Wiley

4 WH Inmon ldquoBuilding the Data Warehousesrdquo Wiley Dreamtech

5 John Wang IGI Global ldquoEncyclopedia of Data Warehousing and Miningrdquo IGI Global Snippet

IT-503 Advances in Software Programming

UNIT I

Introduction to Three-Tier Architecture overview of NET Framework Common Language Runtime (CLR)

Features of VSNET XML Editor Creating and debugging a Project

UNIT II

Programming Concepts C programming basic language constructs delegates and events generics

exceptions threads Networking Windows Forms

Department of Information Technology

Delhi Technological University Delhi

UNIT III

Introduction to ASPNET Architecture ASPNET Server Controls User Controls Custom Controls

webconfig File globalasax Page

UNIT IV

ADONET Architecture Understanding and building the Connection Object the Command Object Data

Readers Data Sets and Data Adapters Working with System Data OleDb Working with SQLNET Using

Stored Procedures

UNIT V

C Using Libraries Namespace System Input-Output Multi-Threading Networking and

sockets Managing Console IO Operations Windows Forms Error Handling

UNIT VI

Net Assemblies and Attribute Net Assemblies features and structure private and share

assemblies Built-In attribute and custom attribute Introduction about generic

TEXT BOOKS

1 Christian Nagel ldquoProfessional C Sharp 2008rdquo Wrox

2 Jeffrey Richter ldquoApplied Microsoft NET Framework Programming (Pro-Developer)rdquo

3 Wrox ldquoBeginning Visual C 2008 Wiley

REFERENCE BOOKS

1 Fergal Grimes ldquoMicrosoft Net for Programmersrdquo SPI

2 Balagurusamy ldquoProgramming with C TMH

3 Mark Michaelis ldquoEssential C 30 For NET Framework 35rdquo Pearson Education

4 Shibi Parikkar ldquoC with Net Frame Work Firewall Media

5 Thuan L Thai Hoang Q Lam ldquoNet Framework Essentialsrdquo OrsquoReilly

Department of Information Technology

Delhi Technological University Delhi

IT- 551 ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE amp EXPERT SYSTEMS

UNIT I

Introduction to AI Definition Scope Objectives the AI Problems Applications Importance of AI

Production System Components Characteristics Types of Production System Control Strategies water-

jug 8 ndash Puzzle and other advance Problems searching for solutions ndash uniformed search strategies - avoiding

repeated states ndash searching with partial information Introduction to Programming PROLOG LOTUS and

LISP

UNIT II

Searching Techniques The Blind and Informed Searches Breadth First Search Depth First Search and

their implementation using Open and Closed list Heuristic estimation and evaluation Hill climbing and

their Problems Best First Search Searching And-Or Graphs A search AO search

UNIT-III

Game Playing Min ndash Max Search Procedure Alpha- Beta Pruning imperfect real-time decision games

that include an element of chance

Knowledge Representation Introduction Definition and importance Of Knowledge Approaches to

knowledge Representation Issues in Knowledge Representation Procedural and Declarative Knowledge

Forward Versus Backward Reasoning Statistical Reasoning

UNIT-IV

Logic Propositional Logic Predicate Logic

Slot-and Filler structures-Semantic Nets Frames Conceptual Dependencies Scripts

Expert System Architecture characteristics Representing and using domain Knowledge Expert System

Shells expert system life cycle tools for expert systems

Case Studies MYCIN DENDRALXCONR1

UNIT-V

Department of Information Technology

Delhi Technological University Delhi Fuzzy Logic Systems Introduction crisp sets Fuzzy sets fuzzy Logic control Fuzzy Hedges Neuro-Fuzzy

Systems Introduction to Genetic Algorithms

UNIT-VI

Uncertainty and Learning Monotonic and Non-Monotonic Reasoning Probabilistic Reasoning Bayes

theorem Dempster Shafer theorem Use of certainty factors fuzzy logic Concept of learning learning

automation genetic algorithm learning by inductions Neural Nets Natural Language Processing

Computer Vision and speech recognition robotics

TEXT BOOKS

1 E Rich and K Knight ldquoArtificial intelligencerdquo TMH

2 NJ Nilsson ldquoPrinciples of AIrdquo Narosa Publ House

3 RJ Schalkoff ldquoAI - an Engineering Approachrdquo McGraw Hill Int

REFERENCE BOOKS

1 RussellrdquoArtificial intelligence A Modern Approachrdquo Pearson

2 DW Patterson ldquoIntroduction to AI and Expert Systemsrdquo PHI

3 Peter Jackson ldquoIntroduction to Expert Systemsrdquo AWP MA

4 Waterman ldquoA guide to expert Systemsrdquo Pearson

5 M Sasikumar S Ramani ldquoRule Based Expert Systemsrdquo Narosa Publishing House

IT-552 DIGITAL IMAGE PROCESSING amp ANALYSIS

UNIT I

Fundamentals Image Sampling and Quantization Resolution classification of Digital Images Image File

formats Basic relationships between pixels Neighbours Adjacency Connectivity Regions Boundaries

and Distance Measures between pixels Human Vision System 2-D signals and Systems Linear and

Nonlinear Operations Convolution and Correlation Image Transforms Fourier Walsh Hadamard Haar

Slant Discrete Cosine Karhunen-Loeve

UNIT II

Image Enhancement in the Spatial Domain Basic Gray Level Intensity Transformations Linear and

Nonlinear Histogram Processing Basics of Spatial Filters Spatial Correlation and Convolution Linear

and Nonlinear filtering Sharpening and Smoothing Spatial Filters Derivatives in Digital Images Fuzzy

techniques Intensity Transformation and Spatial Filtering

Department of Information Technology

Delhi Technological University Delhi UNIT III

Image Enhancement in the Frequency Domain Introduction to 2-Discrete Fourier Transform

Propertied of 2-Discrete Fourier Transform 2-D Convolution Theorem Frequency Domain Filtering

Smoothing and Sharpening Filters Lowpass and Highpass Filtering Selective Filtering

UNIT IV

Image Restoration and Denoising Image Degradation Types of Image Blur Image Restoration

Classification Model Linear and Nonlinear Image Denoising Noise Models Classification of noise in

images Noise Reduction Spatial (Classical and Fuzzy Techniques) and Frequency Domain Filtering

Estimation of Degradation Function Inverse filtering Minimum Mean Square Error Filtering Constrained

Least Square Filtering

UNIT V

Image Compression Fundamentals Coding Redundancy Spatial and Temporal Redundancy Irrelevant

Information Measuring Image Information Fidelity Criteria Compression models Image Formats

Containers and Compression Standards

Basic Compression Coding Huffman Golomb Arithmetic LZW Run-Length Symbol-Based Bit-

Plane Block Transform Predictive Digital Image Watermarking

Image Segmentation Point Line and Edge Detection Edge Detection methods Sobel Laplacian

Canny Edge linking and Boundary detection Global Thresholding Region Based Segmentation

UNIT VI

Color Image Processing Color Fundamentals Models Human Perception of Color The Chromaticity

Diagram Color Image Quantization Histogram of Color Images Smoothing and Sharpening Noise in

Color Images Color Image Denoising Color Image Segmentation Color Image Compression Color

Image Edge Detection

TEXT BOOKS

1 Rafael C Gonzalez amp Richard E Woods ldquoDigital Image Processingrdquo AWL

2 AK Jain ldquoFundamental of Digital Image Processingrdquo PHI

3 S Jayaraman S Esakkirajan and T V Kumar ldquoDigital Image Processingrdquo TMH

REFERENCE BOOKS

Department of Information Technology

Delhi Technological University Delhi 1 WK Pratt ldquoDigital Image Processingrdquo JohnWiley

2 Li Tan ldquoDigital Signal Processing Fundamentals and Applicationsrdquo Academic Press

3 Bernd Jahne and Horst HausBecker ldquoComputer Vision and Applicationrdquo Academic Press

4 ldquoDigital Image Processing amp Computer vision An introduction to theory amp Implementationrdquo

Robert Jschalkoff ndash John wiley amp Sons Inc

5 Milan Sonka Vaclav Hlavac and Roger Boyle ldquoImage Processing Analysis and Machine

Visionrdquo PWS Publishing

IT- 611 NETWORK MANAGEMENT SECURITY

UNIT I

Network Management Architectures amp Applications Management Standards and Models

Network Management Functions Configuration Fault Security performanceamp accounting

UNIT II

Simple Network Management Protocol SNMP v1-Structure of Management Information Std

Management Information Base (MIBs)SNMPv1 Protocol SNMP v2-Version 2 Protocol Specification

Version 2 MIB Enhancements MIB-II Case Diagrams SNMP v3- Version 3 Protocol amp MIB User

Based Security Model View Based Access Model

UNIT III

Remote Network Monitoring RMON 1 RMON 2

Management Tools Systems and Applications Test and Monitoring Tools Integrating Tools

Development Tools Web-based Enterprise Management

Department of Information Technology

Delhi Technological University Delhi

UNIT IV

Network Security Vulnerabilities and Threats Classification of Security Services Physical Security

Spoofing Denial of Service Attacks Password Security Virtual Private Networks Wireless Security

Wireless Application Protocol

UNIT V

Email Security Threats PGP SMIME

IP Security Architecture Authentication Header Encapsulating Security Payload Key Management

Network Management

Web Security Web Security Threats Web Security Requirements Secure Socket Layer and Transport

Layer Security Secure Electronic Transactions

UNIT VI

Firewalls Design Principles Packet Filtering Access Control Trusted Systems Monitoring and

Management

Intruders Intrusion Techniques Intrusion Detection

Viruses Access Control and Management Access Control Policies Access Control Mechanisms Types

of Viruses Anti-virus Techniques

TEXT BOOKS

1 William StallingsrdquoNetwork Security Essentialsrdquo Prentice-Hall

2 Atul Kahate ldquoCryptography and Network Securityrdquo TMH

3 Subramanian Network Management Principles and Practices

REFERENCE BOOKS

1 Singh ldquoNetwork Security and Managementrdquo PHI

2 Moshe Rozenblit ldquoSecurity for Telecommunication Network Managementrdquo IEEE Press

3 Stephen F Bush Amit B Kulkarni ldquoActive Networks and Active Network Management

Frameworkrdquo Springer

4 International Engineering Consortium ldquoAnnual Review of Network Management and

Securityrdquo

5 Jianguo Ding ldquoAdvances in Network Managementrdquo Taylor and Francis

Department of Information Technology

Delhi Technological University Delhi

ELECTIVE I

1COMPUTER SECURITY

UNIT I

Introduction Security attacks Services and mechanism Need for Security Principles of Security OSI

security Architecture Network Security Model Introduction to Cryptography

Cryptographic Protocols Basic Intermediate Advanced Protocols

UNIT II

Cryptographic Techniques Conventional Encryption Model Classical Encryption techniques-

Substitution and Transposition ciphers Stream and Block ciphers

Modern Block Ciphers Block Ciphers Principles Shannonrsquos theory of confusion and diffusion fiestel

structure Data Encryption Standard(DES)strength of DES differential and linear cryptanalysis of DES

Block Cipher Modes of Operations Triple DES S-AES IDEA encryption and decryption Strength of

IDEA Pseudo-Random Sequence Generators

UNIT III

Public Key Cryptosystem Principals of public key cryptosystems RSA algorithm security of RSA

Key Management Diffie-Hellman key exchange algorithm Knapsack Algorithm Rabin cryptosystem

Elgamal encryption Introductory idea of Elliptic curve cryptography

UNIT IV

Message Authentication and Hash Function Authentication requirements and functions Message

Authentication Code Hash functions Birthday Attacks Security of Hash Functions and MACs MD5

Secure Hash Algorithm (SHA) HMAC CMAC

Digital Signatures Authentication Protocols DSS Elgamal and RSA signatures

Authentication Applications Kerberos and X509 Authentication Services Electronic- Mail security-

pretty good privacy (PGP) SMIME CA

Department of Information Technology

Delhi Technological University Delhi UNIT V

Security in conventional operating systems Protection in contemporary operating systems

Identification and authentication Identification goals Authentication requirements Human

authentication Machine authentication OS Hardening Access control Security on SSL Compliance-PCI

etc

Trusted operating systems Design principles Evaluation criteria Evaluation process

UNIT VI

Database management systems security DBMS vulnerabilities and responsibilities Inference

Aggregation Inference-Aggregation Cardinal-Aggregation Database integrity Database secrecy Case

studies Hannover Hackers Internet Worm

TEXT BOOKS

1 Bruce Schneier ldquoApplied Cryptography Protocols algorithms and source code in Crdquo John Wiley

2 William Stallings ldquoCryptography and Network Securityrdquo Prentice Hall

3 Behrouz A Forouzan ldquoCryptography amp Network Securityrdquo McGraw-Hill

REFERENCE BOOKS

1 Gregory B White Eric A Fisch W Pooch rdquoComputer system and security networkrdquo CRC-Press

2 PieprzykHardjonoSeberry ldquoFundamentals of Computer Securityrdquo Springer International

3 Atul Kahate ldquoCryptography amp Network Securityrdquo McGraw-Hill

4 Zeinab Karake Shalhoub Lubna Al Qasimi Cyber Law and Cyber Security in Developing and

Emerging Economies Edward Elgar Pub

5 Clifford Stoll Cuckoos Egg Tracking a Spy Through the Maze of Computer Espionage Pocket

Books

2SOFTWARE QUALITY AND METRICS

Department of Information Technology

Delhi Technological University Delhi UNIT I

Measurement in software engineering scope of software metrics

Basics of Measurement Models Measurement Scales and Scale Types Meaningfulness in

Measurement

UNIT II

Measuring External Product Attributes Modeling Software Quality Measuring aspects of quality

Goal Framework for Software Measurement

Classifying software measures determining what to measure applying the framework

UNIT III

Empirical Investigation amp Data Collection Four Principles of Investigation Planning formal

experiments defining data collecting data

UNIT IV

Measuring Internal Product Attributes Size and Structure Aspects of Software Size

Length Reuse Functionality Complexity Types of Structural Measures Modularity and

information flow attributes Object Oriented Metrics

UNIT V

Analyzing Software Measurement Data Analyzing the results of experiments Analysis Techniques

Overview of statistical tests

UNIT VI

Measurement and Management Planning a measurement program Measurement in practice empirical

research in software engineering

TEXT BOOKS

1 Stephen H KanldquoMetrics and Models in Software Quality Engineeringrdquo Addison-Wesley

2 Robert L Glass Building Quality Software Prentice Hall Upper Saddle River NJ

3 Roland Petrasch The Definition ofsbquo Software Qualityrsquo A Practical Approach ISSRE 1999

REFERENCE BOOKS

1 JD Musa A Iannino and K Okumoto Engineering and Managing Software with Reliability

Measures McGraw-Hill

2 Pressman Scott (2005) Software Engineering A Practitioners Approach (Sixth International ed)

McGraw-Hill Education

3 Diomidis Spinellis Code Quality The Open Source Perspective Addison Wesley

4 Crosby P Quality is Free McGraw-Hill

5 McConnell Steve (1993) Code Complete (First ed) Microsoft Press

Department of Information Technology

Delhi Technological University Delhi

3GEO INFORMATICS

UNIT I

Fundamentals Principles of data capture and use of aerial photographs and satellite imagery Handling

integration maintenance and geometric aspects of geodata Methods of representing geodata including the

principles of internet application

UNIT II

Digital Photogrammetry and Remote Sensing advances in airborne and spaceborne sensor systems global

positioning digital photogrammetry integrated up-to-datecapturing techniques

UNIT III

Digital photogrammetric workstations primary data acquisition and sensors and the perception of colour

and depth linear algebra and the theory of observations photogrammetric systems and scanners image

processing platforms orientation of images and digital image enhancement aerotriangulation and the use

of GPS for control point positioning and field completion

UNIT IV

GIS Operation principles of computer programming database concepts and development and DBMS

Software tools Creating and implementing databases Managing and administering databases and the use

of query languages GIS Theory Spatial analysis (network raster and surface operations) Developing a

GIS Application

UNIT V

Cartography and Geo-Visualization The cartographic communication process including commercial

and management aspects map type symbol and typographical design and use of color cartographic

generalization and map protection

Department of Information Technology

Delhi Technological University Delhi UNIT VI

Concepts and technical constraints of the cartographic production line topographic mapping and the

production of large-scale maps and photo and image maps thematic mapping including socio-economic

and physical environmental mapping tourist maps statistics and data classification the visualization of

multimedia ad web mapping applications

TEXT BOOKS

1 Kali Charan Sahu ldquo Remote Sensing and Geographical Information Systemsrdquo Atlantic

Publishers and distributors

2 Joseph L Awange Erik W Grafarend Ba(c)La Palancz Beacutela Palaacutencz Piroska Zaletnyik

rdquoAlgebraic Geodesy and Geoinformaticsrdquo Springer

3 A Krishna Sinha rdquoGeoinformatics data to knowledgerdquoGeological Society of America

REFERENCE BOOKS

1 PLN Raju ldquoFundamentals of Geographic Information Systemsrdquo

2 M G Srinivas Remote Sensing applications Narosa Publishing House

3 Michael N DeMers Fundamentals of Geographical Information Systems Wiley

4 Dr M Anji Reddy Remote Sensing And Geographical Information Systems - An

Introduction Book Syndicate

5 Jean- Claude Thill Geographic Information Systems in Transportation Research

Pergamon Press

Department of Information Technology

Delhi Technological University Delhi

4AXONOMIES ONTOLOGIES AND SEMANTIC WEB

UNIT I

Knowledge Organization Systems ndash Term Lists Classification and categorization systems Relationship

Models

Taxonomy ndash Descriptive taxonomies Navigational taxonomies Data management vocabulary Role of

taxonomies in content management Building and maintaining taxonomies

UNIT II

Structured Web Documents in XML Introduction The Semantic Web Vision Todayrsquos Web From

Todayrsquos Web to the Semantic Web Layered approach to Semantic Web Technologies Overview of

Structured Web Documents in XML XML Language Overview Structuring Namespaces Addressing

and Querying XML Documents Processing of documents

UNIT III

Describing Web Resources in RDF Understanding content Metadata metadata standards XML and

metadata specification RDFBasics XML-Based Syntax RDF Schema Direct Inference System for RDF

Querying in RQL

UNIT IV

Web Ontology Language Web Ontology Language OWL Future Extensions case study of any one

ontology editor ie Sesame or Protege Monotonic Rules syntax and Semantics No monotonic Rules

syntax and semantics

UNIT V

Semantic Applications demonstrating power of semantic technology for search personalization contextual

directory and customenterprise applications next generation semantic content management Contributions

of IR AI Logic NLP DB and IS to Semantic Web Ontology integration versus interoperation

Department of Information Technology

Delhi Technological University Delhi TEXT BOOKS

1 Johan Hjelm rdquoCreating the Semantic Web with RDFrdquo Wiley

2 Serge Abiteboul Peter Buneman Dan Suciu rdquo Data on the Web from relations to

semi structured data and XMLrdquo Morgan Kaufmann Publishers

3 Tsichritzis D C Lochovsky F H rdquoData Modelsrdquo Prentice-Hall

REFERENCE BOOKS

1 Davis Johnrdquo Towards the Semantic Web Ontology-driven Knowledge Managementrdquo

John Wiley amp Sons

2 Susan Conway and Char SligarrdquoBuilding Taxonomies (Chapter 6) in Unlocking

Knowledge Assetsrdquo Microsoft Press

3 Antoniou Grigoris and Frank van Harmelenrdquo A Semantic Web Primerrdquo The MIT Press

London 2004

4 Dieter Fensel rdquoOntologies A Silver Bullet for Knowledge Management and Electronic

Commerce Springer

5 Fensel Dieter et al Spinning the Semantic Web Bringing the World Wide Web to its

full potential The MIT Press England

5MAN MACHINE INTERFACE

UNIT I

Introduction Importance of user Interface ndash definition importance of good design Benefits of good

design Learning curve of GUI A brief history of Screen design

The graphical user interface ndash popularity of graphics the concept of direct manipulation graphical system

Characteristics Web user ndash Interface popularity characteristics-Principles of user interface

UNIT-II

Design process Human interaction with computers Human abilities-Senses and Memory Model human

processor Performance model Understanding business functions Design Principles- Overview Learning

ability flexibility robustness

UNIT-III

Department of Information Technology

Delhi Technological University Delhi Screen Designing Design goals ndash Screen planning and purpose organizing screen elements ordering of

screen data and content ndash screen navigation and flowndashVisually pleasing composition ndash amount of

information ndash focus and emphasis ndash presentation information simply and meaningfully ndash information

retrieval on web ndash statistical graphics Technological consideration in interface design

Windows New Navigation schemes selection of window selection of devices based and screen based

controls

Components text and messages Iconsndash Multimedia colors uses problems choosing colors

UNIT-IV

Software Tools Specification methods interface ndash Building Tools

Interaction Devices ndash Keyboard and function keys ndash pointing devices ndash speech

recognition digitization and generation ndash image and video displays ndash drivers

UNIT V

Dialog design Command languages Direct manipulation WIMP Interface Speech and Language Gesture

and Pen

UNIT VI

Cognitive Walkthrough Introduction to Information Visualization Visual Perception Cognitive Issues in

Information Visualization

Augmented Reality Ubiquitous Computing Video Game Designing

TEXT BOOKS

1 The Ghost in the Shell Volume 2 Man Machine Interface by Shirow Masamune

2 Andrew Sears amp Julie A Jacko Handbook for Human Computer Interaction CRC

Press

3 Julie A Jacko and Andrew Sears Handbook for Human Computer Interaction Mahwah

Lawrence Erlbaum amp Associates

REFERENCE BOOKS 1 The Ghost in the Shell Volume 2 Man Machine Interface by Shirow Masamune

2 Andrew Sears amp Julie A Jacko Handbook for Human Computer Interaction CRC

Press

3 Julie A Jacko and Andrew Sears Handbook for Human Computer Interaction Mahwah

Lawrence Erlbaum amp Associates

4

5 Stuart K Card Thomas P Moran Allen Newell (1983) The Psychology of Human

Computer Interaction Erlbaum Hillsdale

Department of Information Technology

Delhi Technological University Delhi 6 Koukaku Kidoutai 2 Man Machine Interface Softcover edition Kodansha

6KNOWLEDGE ECONOMY AND INFORMATION SOCIETY

UNIT I

Macroeconomics of information Introduction to information in the economy macroeconomics

input-output analysis The measurement and analysis of the role information plays in the economy

UNIT II

Secondary information sector Information as input and output Economic analysis of the

information industry

UNIT III

Information Economics Study of information asymmetries and market failures The economics of

information goods Analysis of the resources devoted to production distribution and consumption

of information

UNIT IV

The economics of information technology and Content Industry ndash mass media the internet

scholarly publishing

UNIT V

Information Society ndash The role of information and information technology in organizations and

society Societal needs and demands sociology of knowledge and science diffusion of knowledge

and technology information and culture and technology and culture World Summit on

Information Society

UNIT VI

Metrics for the measurement of Information Society ndash issues and challenges

TEXT BOOKS

1 F Machlup ldquoThe Production and Distribution of Knowledge in the United Statesrdquo

Princeton

2 Jerry L Salvaggio edrdquo The Information Society Economic Social and Structural Issuesrdquo

Hillsdale NJ Lawrence Erlbaum Associate

3 D W King et a ldquoKey Papers in the Economics of Informationrdquo White Plains Knowledge Ind

Publ

REFERENCE BOOKS

Department of Information Technology

Delhi Technological University Delhi 1 Peter Drucker The Age of Discontinuity Guidelines to Our Changing Society Harper and Row

New York

2 Rooney D Hearn G Mandeville T amp Joseph R (2003) Public Policy in Knowledge-Based

Economies Foundations and Frameworks Cheltenham Edward Elgar

3 David A Aaker and Erich Joachimsthaler ldquoBrand Leadership Buildig Assets in an Information

Economyrdquo (Free Press 2000)

4 Paul A Strassmann ldquoInformation Productivity Assessing Information Management Costs of U S

Corporations ldquo the Information Economic Press

5 John R M Hand and Baruch Lev Ed ldquoIntangible Assets Values Measures an Risks Oxford

University Press

ELECTIVE II AND III

1 SOFTWARE VERIFICATION VALIDATION AND TESTING

UNIT I

Introduction Definition of Testing Principles limitations of testing

Testing Terminology Definition of Error mistake Bug Fault Test case Test suit Failure Incident Testing

life cycle model

UNIT II

Verification and Validation Role of V amp V in Software Evolution Types of Products requirements

specifications designs implementations changes VampV objectives correctness consistency necessity

sufficiency performance Software V amp V Approaches and their Applicability

UNIT III

Testing Strategies Strategic approach to software testing Strategic issues organizing for software testing

Software testing strategy for conventional architecture

Unit testing Integration testing Regression testing Smoke testing

Validation testing Validation test criteria Configuration Review Alpha amp Beta testing

System Testing Recovery testing Security testing Stress testing Performance testing

Department of Information Technology

Delhi Technological University Delhi Criteria for completion of testing

UNIT IV

Testing tactics Black box testing Boundary value analysis Equivalence class testing decision table based

Testing Cause-Effect graphing Technique Special Value testing

White box testing Path testing Cyclomatic Complexity Graph Matrices Graph Matrices data flow Testing

Mutation testing and Gray box testing

Testing Tools

Static Testing Tools Manual Testing Inspection Formal reviews Code-Walkthrough

Automated testing Dynamic testing tools Characteristics of Modern Tools

UNIT V

Object-Oriented Testing Software testing strategy for object-oriented architecture Unit testing and

Integration testing Object-oriented testing methods The test case design implications Applicability of

Conventional test case design methods Fault based testing test cases amp class hierarchy Scenario-based

testing testing surface structure and deep structure Testing methods applicable at class levels Random

testing for object-oriented classes partition testing at class level Inter class test case design multiple class

testing tests derived from behavior models

UNIT VI

Automation Testing and Debugging

Art of debugging Debugging process psychological consideration debugging strategies correcting error

Automated testing benefits disadvantages skill needed for using automated tools

Case study Automated tools Rational robot Winrunner silk test load runner

TEXT BOOKS

1 R S Pressman ldquoSoftware Engineering ndash A practitionerrsquos approach McGraw Hill Int

2 Stephen R Schach ldquoClassical amp Object Oriented Software Engineeringrdquo IRWIN TMH

Department of Information Technology

Delhi Technological University Delhi 3 ISommerville ldquoSoftware Engineeringrdquo Addison Wesley

REFERENCE BOOKS

1 James Peter W Pedrycz ldquoSoftware Engineering An Engineering Approachrdquo John

Wiley amp Sons 2 K Chandrasehakhar ldquoSoftware Engineering amp Quality Assurancerdquo BPB

3 K K Aggarwal amp Yogesh Singh ldquoSoftware Engineeringrdquo New Age International

4 Paul Jorgensen ldquoSoftware Testing A craftmanrsquos approachrdquo CRC Press

5 Watts Humphrey ldquoManaging the Software Processrdquo Addison-Wesley 1990

2 KNOWLEDGE MANAGEMENT

UNIT I

Introduction to Knowledge Management (KM) ndash Evolution objectives and significance Knowledge

management perspectives and the e-Business Space

Knowledge and Learning ndash Defining Knowledge and Learning KM and Learning in Organizations the

Knowledge Hierarchy Knowledge as a Strategic Resource Types of Organizational Knowledge Types of

Knowledge acquired KM and Individual Learning

UNIT II

Organizational Learning Defining Types Levels and Motivation for Organizational

LearningLearning Organizations Learning Strategies Relationship of IT IM and KM Knowledge

Sharing Types of Knowledge Shared Capturing and Sharing Knowledge Organizational Challenges and

Culture Change Management and Communities of Practice Enabling Technologies ndash Requirements of

Knowledge Workers Mapping KM Technology to Transfer Modes Technology issues Layers of a KM

Platform

UNIT III

Technology aspect of KM Intranet ndash Business Issues Intranet - Technology Issues Components

Benefits Challenges and Opportunities of Corporate Intranet Introducing Portals Technology

requirements of Portals Enterprise Knowledge Portals Content Management Architecture of a CMS

Technology Challenges KM Deployment Phases

UNIT IV

Department of Information Technology

Delhi Technological University Delhi Knowledge Management Framework and Processes ndash Knowledge Management Framework Basics and

requirements of Knowledge Framework Knowledge Processes Modes of Knowledge Generation

Knowledge Creation IT Application for Knowledge Creation Knowledge Storage Retrieval Knowledge

Repositories Knowledge Transfer Knowledge Harvesting

UNIT V

Knowledge Strategy Importance and Essentials of Knowledge Management Strategies Codification and

Personalization Knowledge Management Assessment and Planning Knowledge Auditing Need for

Auditing Knowledge Knowledge Audit Methods Challenges for Auditing Knowledge

UNIT VI

Knowledge Management Measurements and Methodologies ndash Significance of KM

Measurement Types of Metrics Analysis and Interpretation the Measurement Process Qualitative and

Quantitative Measures Balanced Scorecard Building a Business Case for Knowledge Management

TEXT BOOKS

1 Robert H Buckman ldquoBuilding Knowledge-Driven Organizationrdquo Tata Mcgraw Hill

2 Ian Ed Watson ldquoApplying Knowledge Managementrdquo Morgan Kaufmann

3 Callaway ldquoKnowledge Management and Learning Orgrdquo McGraw-Hill Inc

REFERENCE BOOKS

1 Elias M Awad Hassan M Ghaziri ldquoKnowledge Managementrdquo Pearson Education India

2 Mark W McElroyrdquoThe new knowledge management complexity learning and

sustainable innovationrdquo Butterworth-Heinemann

3 Daryl Morey Mark Maybury Bhavani Thuraisingham ldquoKnowledge Management classic

and contemporary worksrdquo MIT Press

4 Peter Holdt Christensen ldquoKnowledge Management perspectives and pitfallsrdquo

Copenhagen Business School Press

5 Sue Newell ldquoManaging Knowledge Management Workrdquo Swan Publication

3 COGNITIVE APPROACHES TO INFORMATION AND INFORMATION

BEHAVIOUR

UNIT I

Concepts and notions of information Understanding theories and paradigms of information sciences and

analysis of the cognitive paradigm of information sciences

Department of Information Technology

Delhi Technological University Delhi UNIT II

Individuals as Information Processing Systems Conceptual models of Information needs seeking and use

Information seeking and use Studies Study of information cycles and flows The transmission and use of

information within groups such as work groups and organizations

UNIT III

Information flows in organizations Organizations as information processors Collaboration Computer

assisted cooperative work Influencing strategies Adoption of innovation The uses of information for

coordination and communication within organizations

UNIT IV

Quantitative and Qualitative techniques and methods of studying information behaviour Detailed study

and deployment cognitive psychometrics based tools

UNIT V

Methods for Studying Information Behavior Ethnography Observation and field notes

UNIT VI

Mini Project ndash case study of information use and or conducting information behaviour study

TEXT BOOKS

1 Karen E Fisher Sanda Erdelez ldquoTheories of Information Behaviorrdquo Assit amp T publisher

2 Amanda Spink Charles Cole ldquoNew Directions in Human Information Behaviorrdquo

Springer

3 Karen E Fisher Sandra Erdelez ldquoTheories of Information Behaviorrdquo Information Today

REFERENCE BOOKS

1 Amanda Spink Charles Cole ldquoCognitive approaches to Information and Information Behaviour

New directions in cognitive Information Retrievalrdquo Springer

2 Richard Allen Winett ldquoInformation and behavior systems of influencerdquo Routledge

Taylor and francis group

Department of Information Technology

Delhi Technological University Delhi 3 Blaise Cronin ldquoAnnual review of information science and technologyrdquo Information

Today Inc

4 Kim J Vicente ldquoCognitive work analysis toward safe productive and healthy computer-

based workrdquo Routledge Taylor and francis group

4 BIOMETRIC SYSTEMS AND SECURITY

UNIT I

Introduction History Biometric characteristics Biometric systems Operating modes Biometric

system errors ROC Introduction to pattern recognition Introduction to various biometric

modalities Comparison of various biometric modalities

UNIT II

Fingerprint Authentication History Acquisition Classification Feature extraction Singularity

detection Minutiae detection and Fingerprint matching

Palmprint Authentication History anatomical details Acquisition 3D2D Palmprints ROI

Feature extraction approaches Palmprint matching

UNIT III

Face Based authentication Problems in face recognition Acquisition thermaldigital face

images 2D3D faces Feature extraction approaches Matching

IrisRetina Based Authentication Comparison and difference between iris and retina based

authentication Anatomical details Acquisition Feature extraction Matching Problem areas

UNIT IV

Vein Biometric Acquisition infrared thermal veins Feature extraction approaches Matching

Problem areas Other Behavioral Biometric Signature Keystroke dynamics Gait recognition

UNIT V

Multimodal Biometric Authentication Introduction Comparison between unimodal and

multimodal Levels of Fusion Normalization techniques Problem areas

UNIT VI

Advanced Topics Anti spoofing in biometrics Combination of biometrics with cryptography

Fuzzy vault based technique Uses of soft computing techniques in biometric based authentication

Department of Information Technology

Delhi Technological University Delhi TEXT BOOK

1 John Chirillo ldquoImplementing Biometric Securityrdquo Wiley Publication

2 Svetlana N Yanushkevich ldquoBiometric Inverse Problemsrdquo 3 Jerzy Pejas ldquoBiometric and Artificial Intelligence Systemsrdquo Kluwer Publications

REFERENCE BOOKS

1 Jain R Bolle S Pankanti ldquoBiometrics Personal Identification in Networked Societyrdquo Kluwer

Academic Publishers

2 J Ashbourn Biometrics ldquoAdvanced Identity Verificationrdquo Springer

3 David Maltoni Fingerprint Recognition ldquoTutorial delivered at ICBA 2004rdquo Hong Kong

4 Anil K Jain ldquoLecture on Fingerprint Recognition Croucher Advance Study Lectures on Recent

Development on Biometric Authenticationrdquo Dec 6-11 2004

5 Nalini Ratha Raud Balle ldquoAutomatic Fingerprint Recognitionrdquo Editors Publishers

5REAL TIME SYSTEMS AND SOFTWARE

UNIT I

Introduction basic concepts reference model for real time systems classifications performance

measures estimation techniques issues in real time system design

UNIT II

Clock driven scheduling notations assumptions staticamp time-driven scheduler structure of cyclic

schedules cyclic executives improving average response time of aperiodic jobs scheduling sporadic tasks

practical considerations pros amp cons of clock driven scheduler

UNIT III

Priority driven scheduling of periodic tasks assumptions notations fixed priority algorithm RM amp

DM optimality for RM amp DM algorithm schedulability test for fixed priority tasks with short response

time amp with arbitrary response time dynamic priority algorithms EDF amp LL practical factors

Scheduling Aperiodic amp Sporadic jobs in Priority driven systems assumption amp approaches

scheduling aperiodic jobs sporadic servers constant utilization total bandwidth weighted Fair Queuing

servers scheduling of sporadic jobs

UNIT IV

Resource Access Control system model blocking problem non-preemptive critical section priority

inheritance protocol priority ceiling protocol stack- based priority ceiling protocol nonpreemptive

Department of Information Technology

Delhi Technological University Delhi ceiling protocol

Task assignment and multiprocessor scheduling model of multiprocessor system task assignment

multiprocessor priority ceiling algorithm end to end periodic tasks types of uniprocessor scheduling

algorithms types of multiprocessor scheduling algorithm

UNIT V

Real time operating system kernel services features of RTOS time services amp scheduling mechanism

open system architecture capabilities of commercial RTOS

UNIT VI

Real Time Communication buffering data time relative data Message queue Mailboxes critical regions

semaphores deadlock priority inversion priority based services disciplines for switched networks

weighted round robin service disciplines MAC protocols of broadcast networks internetamp resource

reservation protocol real time protocol Real time synchronization clocks clock synchronization need for

it fault tolerant requirements non-fault tolerant synchronization algorithm fault tolerant synchronization

in hardware synchronization in software

TEXT BOOK

1 Mark Kluwers ldquoA Practitionerrsquos Handbook for Real-Time Analysis Guide to Rate Monotonic

Analysis for Real-Time Systemsrdquo Academic Publishers

2 Phillip Laplante ldquoReal-time systems design and analysis an engineers handbookrdquo IEEE

Computer Society Press

3 Edward Solar ldquoISA amp EISA Theory amp OperationAuthorrdquo Annabooks

REFERENCE BOOKS

1 Jane W S Liu ldquoReal Time Systemsrdquo Pearson Education

2 David A Simon ldquoAn Embedded Software Primerrdquo Pearson Education

3 Krishna CM ldquoReal Time Systemsrdquo Mc-Graw Hill Publication

4 Daniel WLewis ldquoFundamentals of Embedded Software Where C amp Assembly Meetrdquo

Pearson Edu

5 Albert ChengrdquoReal time system- scheduling analysis and verificationrdquo wiley

publications

6 INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS

UNIT I

Department of Information Technology

Delhi Technological University Delhi Scope of Cyber Laws Nature of Cyber Space Cyber Property Cyber Personality Cyber Transactions

Law of Digital Contracts ndash Digital Contract ndash Definition Formation of Digital Contracts System of Digital

Signature Role and Function of Certifying Authorities the Science of Cryptography

UNIT II

Nature of Intellectual Property Patents Designs Trademarks and Copyright

Process of Patenting and Development technological research innovation patenting development

UNIT III

Patent Rights Scope of Patent Rights Licensing and transfer of technology Patent information and

databases Geographical Indications Information Technology Act 2000 International Scenario in Cyber

Laws IPR Policies WIPO National IPR Policy

UNIT IV

New Developments in IPR Administration of Patent System New developments in IPR IPR of Biological

Systems Computer Software etc Traditional knowledge Case Studies IPR and IITs Product Design

Importance of product design in industry

UNIT V

Principal requirements of good product design Factors and considerations affecting product design

Ergonomic factor in product design Product design methodology and techniques Basic elements and

concepts of visual design

UNIT VI

Product Design Standards Standards related to Materials forms functions color graphics product

development and testing Packaging materials their characteristics and applications Packaging design

considerations

TEXT BOOKS

Department of Information Technology

Delhi Technological University Delhi 1 ldquoIntroduction to intellectual property Theory and Practicerdquo By World Intellectual Property

Organization

2 ldquoIntellectual Property Rights Innovation Governance and the Institutional Environmentrdquo Birgitte

Andersen Edward Elgar Publishing Limited

3 ldquoInnovation Intellectual Property and Economic Growthrdquo By Christine Greenhalgh Mark Rogers

REFERENCE BOOKS

1 ldquoIntellectual Property Rights Development and Catch-Uprdquo By Hiroyuki Odagiri and Atsushi

Sunami

2 Schechter Roger E and John R Thomas Intellectual Property The Law of Copyrights Patents

and Trademarks New York WestWadsworth 2003

3 ldquoThe global challenge of intellectual property rightsrdquo Robert C Bird Subhash Chander Jain

4 ldquo Digital Media and Intellectual Propertyrdquo By Nicola Lucchi

5 ldquoThe international political economy of intellectual property rightsrdquo By Meir Perez Pugatch

7 INTRUSION DETECTION PREVENTION AND INFORMATION

WARFARE

UNIT-I

Intrusion Detection and Prevention Concept Introduction Network Based Intrusion Detection Host

Based Intrusion Detection Common network threats and vulnerabilities Architecture and Taxonomy

UNIT-II

Analysis of threats vulnerabilities Log Analysis (Syslog IDS log Firewall log etc) Incident analysis

Cyber Forensics Traffic Analysis (packets) Flow Analysis Network Security Analysis (System user and

traffic based) Honey-pot

UNIT III

Signature and Rule Based Detection Writing Rules for vulnerabilities Writing Signature for threats

Different Techniques for detection of rules and Signature

Anomaly Based Detection Behavior Based Anomaly Detection Traffic Pattern Based Anomaly

Detection Protocol Based Anomaly Detection

UNIT IV

Intrusion Detection Tool Packet Capturing and Analysis Snort IDS and Snort Signature

63 NG IDS

Department of Information Technology

Delhi Technological University Delhi

Incident Response Security life cycle Incident response team early warning amp advisories

UNIT V

Information warfare Concept information as an intelligence weapon attacks and retaliation attack and

defense offensive information warfare defensive information warfare security operation center (SOC)An

I-War risk analysis model implication of I-WAR for information managers Perceptual Intelligence and I-

WAR

UNIT VI

Handling Cyber Terrorism and information warfare Web defacements and semantic attacks DNS attacks

Cyber Law Industrial espionage and cyber terrorism

TEXT BOOK

1 Rebecca Gurley Bace ldquoIntrusion Detectionrdquo Technology Series

2 Stephen Northcut ldquoNetwork Intrusion Detectionrdquo

3 Richard Bejtlich ldquoThe Tao of Network Security Monitoring Beyond Intrusion

Detectionrdquo REFERENCE BOOK

1 James F Kurose and Keith W RossrdquoComputer Networking A top down approachrdquo Pearson

Education

2 Cooper Mark Fearnow Matt Frederick Karen Northcutt Stephen ldquoIntrusion Signatures and

Analysisrdquo Publisher new riders

3 Kaufman Pearlman and Speciner ldquoNetwork Securityrdquo Pearson Education

4 William R Cheswick ldquoFirewalls and Internet Security Repelling the Wily Hackerrdquo

5 Deborah A Frincke ldquoIntrusion Detectionrdquo IOS Press

ELECTIVE IV AND V

1 ROBOTICS ENGINEERING

UNIT-I

Introduction Automation and Robotics CADCAM and Robotic

Department of Information Technology

Delhi Technological University Delhi Matrix algebra Inversion of Matrices Rotational groups matrix representation of co-ordinate

transformation

UNIT-II

Manipulator kinematics kinematics Introduction solvability algebraic solution by reduction to

polynomial standard frames repeatability and accuracy computational considerations

Manipulator dynamics introduction acceleration of rigid body mass distribution Newtonrsquos equation

Eulerrsquos equation Iterative Newton-Euler dynamic formulation closed dynamic equation Lagrangian

formulation of manipulator dynamics dynamic simulation computational consideration

UNIT-III

Trajectory Generation Introduction general considerations in path description and generation joint

space schemes Cartesian space schemes Path generation in runtime Planning path using dynamic model

UNIT-1V

Linear control of manipulators Introduction feedback and closed loop control second order linear

systems control of second-order systems Trajectory following control modeling and control of a single

joint

UNIT-V

Motion Analysis Homogeneous transformations as applicable to rotation and translation problems

Robot actuators and Feedback components Actuators Pneumatic Hydraulic actuators electric amp

stepper motors Feedback components position sensorsndashpotentiometers resolvers encodersndashVelocity

sensors

UNIT-VI

Robot Programming languages amp systems Introduction the three levels of robot programming

requirements of a robot programming language problems peculiar to robot programming languages

TEXT BOOK

Department of Information Technology

Delhi Technological University Delhi

1 Harry H Poole ldquoFundamentals of Robotics Engineeringrdquo

2 Appin Knowledge Solutions ldquoRoboticsrdquo 3 John Blankenship Samuel Mishal Robot Programmers Bonanza Tata Mcgraw

REFERENCE BOOKS

1 John J Craig ldquoIntroduction to Roboticsrdquo Addison Wesley publication

2 Richard D Klafter Thomas A Chmielewski Michael Negin ldquoRobotic Engineering ndash An

integrated approachrdquo PHI Publication

3 KS Fu RC Gonzalez and CSG Lee ldquoRobotics Control Sensing Vision and Intelligencerdquo

TMH

4 Groover M P ldquoIndustrial Roboticsrdquo Pearson Edu

5 Mittal R K amp Nagrath I J ldquoRobotics and Controlrdquo TMH

2 ADVANCES IN MULTIMEDIA SYSTEMS UNIT-I

Multimedia Information Representation Encoder Design Decoder Design Text Images Audio

video

Compression Text amp Image compression techniques Huffman coding Arithmetic coding Lempel-Ziv

GIF TIFF JPEG Audio amp Video Compression DPCM ADPCM Adaptive Predictive coding Linear

predictive coding H261 H263 MPEG

UNIT-II

Standards for Multimedia Communication Standards related to interpersonal communications

interactive applications over internet entertainment applications International Standards for multimedia

objects separation like CIF OCIF SIF MPFG JPEG DVAX and MPEG-4

UNIT-III

Broadcasting Types and Standards Applications in VOD MOD

Broadband ATM networks Introduction Cell formats and switching principles protocol architectures

ATM LANrsquos ATM MANrsquos ATM WANrsquos

UNIT-IV

Introduction to Web Publishing Concepts Multimedia authoring applications Web Page Design

applications FTP Utilities Graphic optimization applications

2-D Animation and Multimedia authoring FLASH Interface Stage panels layers and the timeline

Creating and modifying vector objects manipulating multiple objects Shapes Groups classes

Department of Information Technology

Delhi Technological University Delhi

UNIT-V

Digital 2-D Animation Techniques The 12 principles of Animation Straight Ahead Action amp pose to

pose Action Motion Tweens Shape Tweens and frame by frame animations Graphic Button and Movie

Clip Symbols Libraries and Instances

Vector Drawing Applications Drawing and coloring objects Text as a design element Typography

UNIT VI

Multimedia Databases Design and Architecture of a Multimedia Database Organizing Multimedia Data

based on the Principal of Uniformity Media Abstractions Query Languages for Retrieving Multimedia

Data Indexing SMDSs with Enhanced Inverted Indices Query Relaxation Expansion Conclusions and

Selected Commercial Systems

TEXT BOOK

1 Ralf Steinmetz ldquoMultimedia Systemsrdquo Xmedia Publishing

2 ldquoMultimedia Database Management Systems Bookrdquo Artech House Publishers

3 ldquoMultimedia on Symbian OS Inside the Convergence Device Bookrdquo Wiley

REFERENCE BOOKS

4 Fred Halsall ldquoMultimedia Communications Applications Networks protocol and Standardsrdquo

Pearson Education

5 Ranjan Parekh ldquoPrinciple of Multimediardquo TMH

6 Tay Vaughan ldquoMultimedia Making it workrdquo TMH

7 Ralf Steinmetz and Klara Naharstedt ldquoMultimedia Computing Communications amp Applicationsrdquo

Pearson

8 Taiwan amp Gah Lin ldquoFundamentals of Multimediardquo Pearson Education

3 ADVANCES IN JAVA PROGRAMMING UNIT I

Java Architecture Important Packages ( java Lang javautil javaio javaawt javaapplet

javanet javaxswing) Multithreading Exception Handling Basic Input and Output Generics

Framework Concurrency Swing

UNIT II

Web Servers and Servlets Tomcat web server Introduction to Servlets Lifecycle of a Servlets

JSDK The Servlets API The Package javaxservlet Reading Servlets parameters and

Department of Information Technology

Delhi Technological University Delhi Initialization parameters The javaxservlet HTTP package Handling Http Request amp Responses

Using Cookies-Session Tracking Security Issues

UNIT III

Introduction to JSP The Anatomy of a JSP Page JSP Application Design with MVC JSP

Application Development Generating Dynamic Content Using Scripting Elements Implicit JSP

Objects Conditional Processing Sharing Session and Application Data Memory Usage

considerations

UNIT IV

Struts Architecture with example Tiles Locating Objects using JNDI (Java Naming and

Directory Interface) Persist Objects in J2EE using JPA (Java Persistence API) EJB Session

beans Message beans Entity driven beans Transactions in EJB J2EE security

UNIT V JMS(Java Message Service) J2EE design patterns(Business delegate Data Access Object Front

Controller Service Locator Session Faccedilade Transfer Object View Helper Composite entity

Composite view Fast Lane Reader Intercepting Filter Value List Handler

UNIT VI Introduction to hibernate with example String framework with example Web services (SOA

SOAP AXIS WSDL UDDI Endpoint Callback etc) AJAX with example

TEXT BOOK

4 James Holmes ldquoStruts The Complete Referencerdquo

5 Chuck Cavaness ldquoProgramming Jakarta Strutsrdquo OReilly amp Associates

6 Marty Hall and Larry Brown ldquoCore Servlets and Java Server Pagesrdquo

REFERENCE BOOKS

1 Deepak Alur John Crupi and Dan Malks rdquoCore J2EE Patterns Best Practices and Design

Strategiesrdquo

2 Deitel amp Deitel ldquoJava How to programrdquo Prentice Hall 4 th Edition

3 Gary Cornell and Cay S Horstmann ldquoCore Java Vol 1 and Vol 2rdquo Sun Microsystems

Press

4 Stephen Asbury Scott R Weiner Wiley ldquoDeveloping Java Enterprise Applications

5 Andy Hunt ldquoPragmatic Thinking amp Learningrdquo Pragmatic Bookshelf

4 QUANTUM COMPUTING

Department of Information Technology

Delhi Technological University Delhi UNIT I

Overview of quantum computing history qubits qubit gates quantum circuits quantum algorithms

UNIT II

Introduction to computer science Models for computation Turing machines and circuits analysis of

computational problems computational complexity complexity classes energy and computation

UNIT III

Quantum circuits quantum algorithms qubit operations measurement qubit gates universal gates and

operations quantum computational complexity quantum circuit models simulation of quantum systems

UNIT IV

Quantum Algorithms Introduction to quantum algorithms Deutschrsquos algorithm Quantum

Fourier transform Shorrsquos algorithm and Groverrsquos search Algorithm Physical implementation of

simple quantum gates

UNIT V

Quantum computer physical realization conditions for quantum computation introduction to various

types of quantum computers Harmonic oscillator quantum computer optical photon quantum computer

optical cavity quantum electrodynamics Ion traps Nuclear magnetic resonance

UNIT VI

Quantum search algorithms and their performance quantum search as quantum simulation counting

speeding up the solution of NP ndashcomplete problems optimality of search algorithms

TEXT BOOK

1 Mika Hirvensalo ldquoQuantum Computingrdquo Springer Publisher

2 Josef Gruska ldquoQuantum Computingrdquo McGraw Hill

3 Michael ldquoQuantum Computation and Quantum Informationrdquo Cambridge press

REFERENCE BOOKS

Department of Information Technology

Delhi Technological University Delhi 1 Michael A Nielsen and Isaac L Chuang ldquoQuantum Computation and Quantum

Informationrdquo Cambridge Press

2 Vishal Sahni ldquoQuantum Computingrdquo Tata Mcgraw Hill

3 Goong Chen David a Church Chapman and HALL ldquoQuantum computing devices

principles designs and analysisrdquo CRC applied mathematics and nonlinear science series

4 Phillip Kaye Raymond Laflamme Michele Mosca ldquoAn introduction to quantum

computingrdquo Oxford university press

5 Samuel L Braunstein ldquoQuantum computing where do we want to go tomorrowrdquo Wiley

5ADVANCES IN INFORMATION SYSTEMS

UNIT I

E ndash Learning Goals and benefits of e-learning Growth of e-learning Technology Issues Communication

technologies used in e-learning 3D Virtual Learning Environments

UNIT II

E ndash Logistics Logistics amp Supplier Chain Management Warehousing Management Transportation

Distribution Management

E-Commerce Model of E-Commerce Application with respect to models BPR amp E-Commerce

Introduction to ERP

UNIT II

CRM Sales Marketing and Service Management BPOBCP need of BPOBCP Guidelines MeritsDe-

Merits Call Center ndashbrief perspective technology wise Functioning Ethics Disaster Recovery

Management Case Study

UNIT III

E-Banking Transactions Inter Banking Intra Banking Electronic Payments (Payment ndash Gateway

Example) Securities in E-banking (SSL Digital Signatures ndash Examples) Services Provided ATM Smart

Card ECS(Electronic Clearing System) eg Telephone Electricity Bills Content Management And

Department of Information Technology

Delhi Technological University Delhi Disseminations E-learning ndash Models WBT CBT Virtual Campus LMS amp LCMS Video Conferencing

Chatting Bulleting Building Online Community Asynchronous Synchronous Learning Case Study

UNIT IV

E ndash Governance amp E ndash Agriculture Models- (G2BG2CC2GG2G) Challenges Strategies and tactics

for implementation of E ndash Governance Types of Agriculture information (Soil Water Seeds Market rate)

amp Technique dissemination Future trade marketing Corp-Management Query redresses System

(Information Kiosk IVR etc) Case Study

UNIT V

Knowledge management Definition Components and Type of Knowledge Knowledge Building Models

KM Cycle amp KM architecture KM tools KM approaches

GIS GPS Nature of Geographic data Spatial Objects amp Data Models Getting map on Computers GIS

standards amp Standardization Process of GIS development Implementation and Deployment phases

Embedded Systems Features and Type of Embedded SystemsComponents of Embedded System

Application of Embedded System Palm Devices

TEXT BOOKS

1 Avison D Kasper GM Pernici B Ramos I Roode DAdvances in Information Systems

Research Education and Practice Springer

2 Nilsson AG Gustas R Wojtkowski G Wojtkowski W Wrycza S Zupancic J (Eds)

Advances in Information Systems Development Bridging the Gap between Academia amp

Industry Springer

3 Robert Braun ldquoAdvances in information systems and management sciencerdquo

REFERENCE BOOKS

1 Zbigniew W Ras ldquoAdvances in Intelligent Information Systemsrdquo Springer

2 Olegas Vasilecas ldquoInformation systems development advances in theory practice and

educationrdquo Springer

3 Kerem Tomak ldquoAdvances in the economics of information systemsrdquo Idea Group Inc

4 Marite Kirikova ldquoInformation systems development advances in methodologies components

and managementrdquo Springer

5 Julius T Tou ldquoAdvances in information systems sciencerdquo Plenum Press

Department of Information Technology

Delhi Technological University Delhi

6 ENTERPRISE RESOURCE PLANNING

UNIT I

Introduction Forecasting Material Requirement Planning (MRP) General Model for ERP ERP and

DWDM with OLAP technology Supply Chain Management (SCM) Customer Relationship Management

(CRM)

UNIT II

Business Engineering and ERP Business Process Reengineering (BPR) Building the business model

UNIT II

Implementation Challenges Life Cycle Methodologies Consultants and vendors Customization Project

management and monitoring pre and post implementation activities Market dynamics Cost

considerations Scheduling

Management Product lifecycle Human resource (HRM) Knowledge (KM) InventoryWarehouse

Supplier Distribution

UNIT III

Maintenance Risks and their controls Security Concerns ERP and Total Quality Management ERP and

E-Commerce ERP and MIS Applications Benefits Limitations of ERP Systems

UNIT IV

ERP Software Packages Open Source and Proprietary ERP software SAP R3 from SAP MPGPRO

from QAD Baan IV from Baan IFS Applications from Industrial and Financial Systems PeopleSoft from

Oracle Lawson Financials from Lawson Software Epicor Enterprise from Epicor

UNIT VI

Case Study

Department of Information Technology

Delhi Technological University Delhi TEXT BOOKS

1 Daniel Edmund Orsquo Leary ldquoEnterprise Resource Planning Systemrdquo Cambridge University Press

2 Pankaj Sharma ldquoEnterprise Resource Planningrdquo APH Publishing

3 Alexis Leon ldquoEnterprise Resource Planningrdquo TMH

REFERENCE BOOKS

1 Alexis Leon ldquoERP Demystifiedrdquo TMH

2 Vinod Kumar Garg and NK Venkata Krishnan ldquoEnterprise Resource Planning ndash

concepts and Planningrdquo Prentice Hall

3 Avraham Shtub ldquoEnterprise Resource Planning (ERP) The dynamics of operationrdquo

Springer

4 Thomas F Wallace Michael H Kremzar ldquoERP making it happen the implementers

guide to success with enterprise rdquo Wiley

5 Jose Antonio Fernandz ldquoThe SAP R 3 Hand bookrdquo TMH

ELECTIVE VI AND VII

1 INFORMATION HIDING T

UNIT I

Steganography History of Steganography Principles of Steganography Steganography in computer file

systems Software for steganography Steganalysis techniques

UNIT II

Basic classification of steganography algorithms Bitplane techniques Transform techniques ndash spread

spectrum etc Format based Fractals

Applications of steganography Covert channels Audio data Military E-commerce

UNIT III

Watermarking Introduction to Watermarking techniques A Survey of Current Watermarking

Techniques Watermark detection and analysis Application of cryptography in steganography and

watermarking

Department of Information Technology

Delhi Technological University Delhi

UNIT IV

Watermarking principles Bitplane techniques Transform techniques watermarking attack High-

Watermark

UNIT V

Applications of digital watermarking E-commerce Copyright protection Intellectual property issues

Digital Signatures Authentication

UNIT VI

Advanced Topics Intermediate and advance steganographic or watermarking techniques Forensic

watermarking and steganography Automated steganalysis systems

TEXT BOOKS

1 Katzenbeisser and Petitcolas rdquoInformation Hiding Techniques for steganography and digital

watermarkingrdquo Artech House

2 Johnson Duric and Jajodia rdquoInformation Hiding ndash Steganography and Watermarking ndash Attacks

and Countermeasuresrdquo Kluwer Academics publishers

3 Cox Miller and Bloom ldquoDigital Watermarkingrdquo Academic Press

REFERENCE BOOKS

1 Jeng-Shyang Pan Hsiang-Cheh Huang Lakhmi C Jain ldquoInformation Hiding and Applicationsrdquo

Springer

2 Emmanuel Sodipo ldquoThe Art of Security and Information Hidingrdquo Emmanuel Sodipio

3 Chaichana Mitrpant ldquoInformation hiding an application of wiretap channels with side

informationrdquo sn 2003

4 Michael Konrad Arnold Martin Schmucker Stephen D Wolthusen ldquoTechniques and applications

of digital watermarking and content protectionrdquo Artech House

5 Jack Weiner Kathleen Mirkes ldquoWatermarkingrdquo Institute of Paper Chemistry

2 ADVANCED DISTRIBUTED SYSTEM

UNIT I

Department of Information Technology

Delhi Technological University Delhi Distributed Systems Models Architectural models ndash Client-Server model Thin Client Mobile Devices

and Software agents Fundamental models ndash Interaction Failure and Security models

UNIT II

Time Physical and logical time Event ordering Clock Synchronization Message delivery

ordering

Interprocess Communication API for Internet protocols External data representation and

Marshalling Distributed Objects and Remote Invocation Communication between distributed objects Remote

Procedure Call Remote Object Invocation

Transactions and Concurrency Control Fundamental principles Transactions and nested transactions

Locks Optimistic concurrency control Timestamp ordering

UNIT III

Distributed File Systems File service architecture Sun NFS Recent advances

Coordination and Agreement Distributed Mutual Exclusion Elections Consensus and related problems

Distributed transactions Flat and nested transactions Atomic commit protocols Concurrency control in

distributed transactions Distributed deadlocks Transaction recovery

UNIT IV

Simulation A Formal Model for Simulations Broadcast and Multicast Distributed Shared Memory Fault-

Tolerant Simulations of ReadWrite Objects Simulating Synchrony Improving the Fault Tolerance of

Algorithms Fault-Tolerant Clock Synchronization

UNIT V

Advanced Topics Randomization Wait-Free Simulations of Arbitrary Objects and Problems Solvable in

Asynchronous Systems Solving Consensus in Eventually Stable Systems High Performance Computing-

HPF Distributed and mobile multimedia systems Adaptability in Mobile Computing Fault tolerant

Computing Systems

Parallel Processing Introduction terminology Parallel Programming environments

Department of Information Technology

Delhi Technological University Delhi

UNIT VI

Cloud Computing Cloud Computing Cloud Infrastructure Management Cloud Infrastructure

Security Cloud Interoperability Cloud Trust and Policy Management Mobility and Clouds

Data Analytics and Clouds Data Visualization and Clouds Cloud Efficiency and Energy Cloud

Centric Regulatory Compliance Smart Pipe

TEXT BOOKS

2 G Couloris ldquoDistributed System Concept amp Designrdquo Addison Wesley

3 Tanenbaum ldquoDistributed Systemsrdquo PHI

4 Sape Mullender ldquoDistributed Systemsrdquo Addison Wesley

REFERENCE BOOKS

1 Distributed Systems Concepts and DesignbyCoulouris G Dollimore J and Kindberg

2 George F Coulouris Jean Dollimore Tim Kindberg ldquoDistributed Systems concepts and designrdquo

Addison-Wesley

3 Hagit Attiya Jennifer Welch ldquoDistributed Systems Fundamentals Simulations and advanced

topicsrdquo Wiley

4 George F Coulouris Jean Dollimore Tim Kindberg ldquoDistributed Systems concepts and designrdquo

Addison Wesley

5 Vijay Kumar Garg ldquoElements of Distributed Computingrdquo Wiley

3 SOFT COMPUTING

UNIT I

Fuzzy Logic Introduction to Fuzzy Logic Classical and Fuzzy Sets Overview of Classical Sets

Membership Function Fuzzy rule generation

Operations on Fuzzy Sets Compliment Intersections Unions Combinations of Operations Aggregation

Operations

Fuzzy Arithmetic Fuzzy Numbers Linguistic Variables Arithmetic Operations on Intervals amp Numbers

Lattice of Fuzzy Numbers Fuzzy Equations

UNIT II

Advanced Fuzzy Logic Classical Logic Multivalued Logics Fuzzy Propositions Fuzzy Qualifiers

Linguistic Hedge Uncertainty based Information Information amp Uncertainty Nonspecificity of Fuzzy amp

Crisp Sets and Fuzziness of Fuzzy Sets Fuzzy Models

Department of Information Technology

Delhi Technological University Delhi

UNIT III

Neural Networks History overview of biological Neuro-system Mathematical Models of Neurons ANN

architecture Learning rules Learning Paradigms-Supervised Unsupervised and reinforcement Learning

Algorithms ANN training Algorithms-perceptrons Training rules Delta Back Propagation Algorithm

Multilayer Perceptron Model Hopfield Networks Associative Memories Applications of Artificial Neural

Networks

UNIT IV

Learning Techniques Introduction Evolutionary Techniques Swarm Intelligence Bacterial Foraging

Ant Colony Optimization and Genetic Algorithm

UNIT VI

Introduction of Neuro-Fuzzy Systems Architecture of Neuro Fuzzy Networks

Applications Medicine Image Processing Biometrics

TEXT BOOKS

1 John Yen ldquoFuzzy Logicrdquo PHI

2 Jacek M Zurada ldquoIntroduction to Artificial Neural Systemsrdquo Jaico Publishing House

3 JSR Jang CT Sun E Mizutani ldquoNeuro-Fuzzy AND Soft Computingrdquo PHI

REFERENCE BOOKS

1 Anderson JA ldquoAn Introduction to Neural Networksrdquo PHI

2 Hertz J Krogh RG Palmer ldquoIntroduction to the Theory of Neural Computationrdquo Addison-

Wesley California

3 GJ Klir amp B Yuan ldquoFuzzy Sets amp Fuzzy Logicrdquo PHI

4 Melanie Mitchell ldquoAn Introduction to Genetic Algorithmrdquo PHI

5 Freeman JA amp DM Skapura ldquoNeural Networks Algorithms Applications and Programming

Techniquesrdquo Addison Wesley Reading Mass

Department of Information Technology

Delhi Technological University Delhi

4 WIRELESS AND MOBILE COMMUNICATION

UNIT I

Cellular concept air-interface channel structure location management HLR-VLR hierarchical

handoffs channel allocation in cellular systems Interference and system capacity tracking and grade of

service Improving Coverage and capacity in Cellular systems

Personal Communications Services (PCS) PCS Architecture Mobility management Networks

signaling

UNIT II

Mobile Network Layer Mobile IP Goals assumptions entities and terminology IP packet delivery agent

advertisement and discovery registration tunneling and encapsulation optimizations Dynamic Host

Configuration Protocol (DHCP)

Mobile Transport Layer Traditional TCP Indirect TCP Snooping TCP Mobile TCP Fast

retransmitfast recovery Transmission time-out freezing Selective retransmission Transaction oriented

TCP

UNIT III

Global System for Mobile Communication (GSM) system overview GSM Architecture Mobility

management Network signaling

General Packet Radio Services (GPRS) GPRS Architecture GPRS Network Nodes

Mobile Data Communication WLANs (Wireless LANs) IEEE 80211 standard Mobile IP

UNIT IV

Protocols and Tools Wireless Application Protocol-WAP Introduction protocol architecture and

treatment of protocols of all layers Bluetooth (User scenarios physical layer MAC layer networking

security link management) and J2ME

Third Generation (3G) Mobile Services The Universal Mobile Telecommunication System (UMTS) -

Network Architecture Interfaces Network Evolution UMTS FDD and TDD UMTS Channels Logical

Channels UMTS downlink transport and physical channels UMTS uplink transport and physical channels

UMTS Time Slots UMTS Network Protocol Architecture Mobility Management for UMTS Network

UNIT V

Wireless Local Loop (WLL) Introduction to WLL Architecture wireless Local Loop Technologies

Wireless Enterprise Networks Introduction to Virtual Networks Blue tooth technology Blue tooth

Protocols Quality of services in 3G Introduction to 4G

Department of Information Technology

Delhi Technological University Delhi Mobile Ad hoc Networks (MANETs) Overview Properties of a MANET spectrum of MANET

applications routing and various routing algorithms security in MANETs

UNIT VI

Satellite communication Geosynchronous and geostationary satellites VSAT system SCPC Overview

of FDMA TDMA and CDMA CDDMA Satellite link budget analysis Overview of Circuit switching

and packet switching Overview of Modems Overview of high data Digital Subscriber loops (ADSL

VDSL) Local Microwave Distribution Services (LMDS) AIN(Advanced Intelligent Network)

TEXT BOOKS

1 Jochen Schiller ldquoMobile Communicationsrdquo Addison-Wesley

2 T S Rappaport ldquoWireless Communication Principles and Practicerdquo PHI

3 Andreas F Molisch ldquoWireless Communicationrdquo Wiley-IEEE

REFERENCE BOOKS

7 Andy Dornan ldquoThe Essential Guide to Wireless Communication Applicationsrdquo PHI

8 Stojmenovic amp Cacute ldquoHandbook of Wireless Networks amp Mobile Computingrdquo Wiley

9 Reza Behravanfar ldquoMobile Computing Principles Designing and Developing Mobile Applications

with UML and XMLrdquo Cambridge University Press

10 Adelstein Frank Gupta Sandeep KS Richard III Golden Schwiebert Loren ldquoFundamentals of

Mobile and Pervasive Computingrdquo McGraw-Hill Professional

11 Hansmann Merk Nicklous Stober ldquoPrinciples of Mobile Computingrdquo Springer

5 CYBER FORENSICS AND CYBER CRIME INVESTIGATION

UNIT I

Introduction to Cyber World Cyber attacks and cyber security Information warfare and cyber

terrorism Types of cyber attacks Cyber Crime and Digital Fraud Hacking Cracking Viruses Virus

Attacks Pornography Software Piracy

UNIT II

Intellectual property Legal System of Information Technology Social Engineering Mail Bombs Bug

Exploits and Cyber Security etc Computer ethics Professional Ethics and philosophical ethics

UNIT III

Overview of Types of computer forensics ie Media Forensics Network forensics (internet forensics)

Machine forensic Email forensic (e-mail tracing and investigations)

Department of Information Technology

Delhi Technological University Delhi

UNIT IV

Live Data collection and investigating windows environment windows Registry analysis Gathering

Tools to create a response toolkit ( Built in tools like netstat cmdexe nbtstat arp md5sum regdmp

etc and tools available as freeware like Fport Pslist etc) Obtaining volatile Data ( tools like coffee

Helix can be used ) Computer forensics in windows environment Log analysis and event viewer File

auditing identifying rogue machines hidden files and unauthorized access points

UNIT IV

Live Data collection and investigating UNIX environment

UNIT V

Forensic tools and report generation Recovery of Deleted files in windows Analyzing network

traffic sniffers Ethical Hacking Hardware forensic tools like Port scanning and vulnerability

assessment tools like Nmap Netscan etc Password recovery (tools like John the ripper

L0phtcrack and THC-Hydra) Mobile forensic tools and analysis of called data record Template

for computer forensic report

TEXT BOOKS

1 Mandia Kevin Prosise Chris and Pepe Mattrdquo Incident Response ampComputer

Forensicsrdquo McGraw-Hill

2 Beebe Nicole Lang and Jan Guynes Clark ldquoA Hierarchical Objectives-Based Framework

for the Digital Investigations Process

3 Nelson Bill Amelia Phillips Frank Enfinger and Christopher Steuartrdquo Guide to

Computer Forensics and Investigationsrdquo Thompson Course Technology Boston 2006

REFERENCE BOOKS

1 Rowlingson Robert ldquoA Ten Step Process for Forensic Readinessrdquo International Journal

of Digital Evidence

2 Albert J Marcella Doug Menendez ldquoCyber forensics a field manual for collecting

examining and preserving evidence of computer crimesrdquo Auerbach Publications

3 Matthew Sorell ldquoForensics in Telecommunications Information and Multimediardquo

4 Thomas Alfred Johnson ldquoForensic computer crime investigationrdquo CRC Taylor and

Francis

5 Anthony Reyes Kevin OShea ldquo Cyber crime investigations bridging the gaps between

security professionals law enforcement and prosecutorsrdquo Syngress

6 ADVANCED DATABASE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM UNIT-I

Department of Information Technology

Delhi Technological University Delhi Database Design Overview of Relational Database

Object Oriented Databases Complex Data Types Structured Types and Inheritance in SQLTable

Inheritance Array and Multiset Types in SQL Object-Identity and Reference Types in SQL

Implementing O-R Features Persistent Programming Languages

UNIT II

Storage and File Structure Overview of Physical Storage Magnetic Disk and Flash Storage RAID

Tertiary Storage File Organization Organization of Records in Files Indexing and Hashing Ordered

Indices B+-Tree Index Files B+-Tree Extensions Multiple-Key Access Static Hashing Dynamic

Hashing

UNIT III

Query Processing Measures of Query Cost Selection Operation Sorting Join Operation Evaluation of

Expressions

Query Optimization Transformation of Relational Expressions Estimating Statistics of Expression

Results and Choice of Evaluation Plans

UNIT IV

Transaction Management Transaction Concept Transaction Model Storage Structure Transaction

Atomicity Durability Isolation and Serializability Transaction Isolation Levels and Implementation

Transactions as SQL Statements

Concurrency Control Lock-Based Protocols Deadlock Handling Multiple Granularity Timestamp-

Based Protocols Validation-Based Protocols Multiversion Schemes

Snapshot Isolation Insert Operations Delete Operations and Predicate Reads Weak Levels of Consistency

in Practice Concurrency in Index Structures

Recovery System Failure Classification Storage Recovery and Atomicity Recovery Algorithm Buffer

Management Failure with Loss of Nonvolatile Storage Early Lock Release and Logical Undo Operations

ARIES Remote Backup Systems

UNIT-V

SYSTEM ARCHITECTURE

Department of Information Technology

Delhi Technological University Delhi Database-System Architectures Centralized and ClientndashServer Architectures Server System

Architectures Parallel Systems Distributed Systems Network Types

Parallel Databases Introduction IO Parallelism Interquery Parallelism Intraquery Parallelism

Intraoperation Parallelism Interoperation Parallelism Query Optimization Design of Parallel Systems

Parallelism on Multicore Processors

UNIT VI

Distributed Databases

Homogeneous and Heterogeneous Databases Distributed Data Storage Distributed Transactions Commit

Protocols Concurrency Control in Distributed Databases Availability Distributed Query Processing

Heterogeneous Distributed Databases Cloud-Based Databases Directory Systems

Case studies Oracle Microsoft SQL Server

TEXT BOOKS

1 Korth Silberschatz ldquoDatabase System Concepts TMH

2 Elmsari and Navathe ldquoFundamentals of Database Systmesrdquo A Wesley

3 C J Date ldquoAn Introduction to Database Systemsrdquo Narosa Publishing

REFERENCE BOOKS

1 Steve Bobrowski ldquoOracle 8 Architecturerdquo TMH

2 J D Ullman ldquoPrinciples of Database and Knowledge Base Systemsrdquo Computer Science

Press

3 W Kim Modern Database Systems Addison Wesley Pub Co

4 Ramakrishnan Database Management System McGraw-Hill

5 James Rumbangh and others Object Oriented Modeling and Design PHI

7 INFORMATION RETRIEVAL SYSTEMS

UNIT I

Information Retrieval Models Boolean Model Vector Space Model Relational DBMS

Probabilistic Models Language Models

Department of Information Technology

Delhi Technological University Delhi UNIT II

Web Information Retrieval citation network analysis social collaboration (PageRank and HITS

algorithms) Term Indexing Zipfs Law term weighting

UNIT III

Searching and Data Structures Inverted files to support Boolean and Vector Models

Clustering non-hierarchical- single pass and reallocation hierarchical agglomerative

String Searching Tries binary tries binary digital tries suffix trees etc

UNIT IV

Retrieval Effectiveness Evaluation Recall Precision Fallout Comparing systems using average

precision

UNIT V

User Search Techniques Search statements and binding Similarity measures and ranking Relevance

feedback Selective dissemination of information search Weighted searches of Boolean

systems Searching the Internet and hypertext Information Visualization Introduction Cognition and

perception Information visualization technologies

UNIT VI

Text Search Algorithms Introduction Software text search algorithms Hardware text

search systems

Information System Evaluation Introduction Measures used in system evaluation

Measurement example ndash TREC results

TEXT BOOKS

1 Kowalski Gerald Mark T Maybury Information Retrieval Systems Theory and Implementation

Kluwer Academic Press 1997

Department of Information Technology

Delhi Technological University Delhi 2 Frakes WB Ricardo Baeza-Yates Information Retrieval Data Structures and

Algorithms Prentice Hall 1992

3 Yates ldquoModern Information Retrivalrdquo Pearson Education

REFERENCE BOOKS

1 Ricardo Baeza-Yates and Berthier Ribeiro-Neto ldquoModern Information Retrievalrdquo

2 Karen Sparck Jones and Peter Willett ldquoReadings in Information Retrievalrdquo

3 Soumen Chakrabarti Morgan ldquoMining the Web Discovering Knowledge from Hypertext Datardquo

Kaufmann Publishers

4 Ian HWitten Alistair Moffat and Timothy C Bellrdquo Managing Gigabytes Compressing and

Indexing Documents and Imagesrdquo

5 Christopher D Manning Prabhakar Raghavan and Hinrich Schutzerdquo Introduction to Information

Retrievalrdquo Cambridge University Press

Curriculum

for Master of Technology

in

Computational Design

Submitted to

Academic Council DTU

Department of Mechanical Production Industrial and Automobile Engineering

Delhi Technological University Shahbad-Daulatpur Delhi-110042

MTech (Computational Design)

MTech (Computational Design) course is meant for those candidates who are desirous of

seeking higher education in the field of application of computational techniques in design

The basic purpose of this MTech Course is to serve Delhi Technological University

government and industry through research and development of advanced computational

Mechanics modeling simulation and design of physical systems to solve real world

problems

Our aim is to build a centre of excellence for multidisciplinary engineering simulation

and design which combines a range of analytical computational and experimental

techniques Our strength lies in this sophisticated mix of engineering methods coupled with

industrial applications a particular focus for our activities over the next few years will be the

development of grid-based problem-solving services to be used use by academia and

industry

The primary research interests fall into three broad themed areas

Design search and optimisation

Applied computational modelling

Computational methods

The overall purpose of the proposed MTech Programme is to establish a cohesive

and expanding base of research in applied computational science and Design engineering It

will produce sustained growth in research funding excellence in integrated research and

education and increases in national and international stature and economic competitiveness

for Indian Industries

Now a days Computational Mechanics and Design methods are critically important

for the analysis and design of sophisticated technological products and systems in a

competitive global marketplace and fulfilling the needs of the society The future security and

economic well being of our country will depend in part on an adequate supply of scientists

and engineers who are highly skilled in the use of computers to solve important design

problems using modeling simulation and computer assisted design This evolution is

expected to transform the use of advanced technology by introducing computational

simulation and design software that supplements experiments and testing to produce

competitive advantages in critical areas such as price time-to-market life-cycle costs and

overhead Although these benefits to industry are driving the changes in engineering practice

and technical education in India yet it has not responded adequately to the challenge of

providing graduates post graduate and researchers who are adequately prepared in Machine

design field In view of the extensive use of computational methodologies in design by

industry there is a significant role for creating innovative curricula meant for educating the

young minds In this way they may be able to solve programs of integrated research and

graduate education (ie graduate research in an applications environment) that is distinct

from traditional university research activity

The use of computers to solve complex large-scale practical problems is a trend that

will accelerate in years to come In view of the large scale skill development in this emerging

area of design the Honourable Vice Chancellor of Delhi Technological University has

recognized the needs of starting a post graduate program in the computational design area

This new program will offer opportunities to provide the leadership in computational

applications driven research This education is certainly needed for future competitiveness in

the advanced technology sector of the global economy through starting of this master

program in design area

Objectives The objectives of the MTech Programmes at Delhi Technological University

are

To develop the scientific and engineering manpower of high quality to cater to the

needs of the industry and institutes

To provide a broad grasp of the fundamental principles of the mechanics and design

through its advanced curriculum

To provide a deep understanding of the area of specialization to serve and understand

better the industrial problems

To provide an innovative ability to solve real case studies problems

To provide a capacity to learn continually and interact with multidisciplinary groups

To develop the students with a capability to cater the requirements and aspirations of

society

With these objectives in mind the MTech Programmes are designed to include courses

of study practicalsseminars and projectthesis through which a student may develop hisher

concepts and intellectual skills The procedures and requirements stated in this proposal

embody the philosophy and regulations of the MTech education and ensure a high standard

of performance at the University and industries

This will certainly expand the demonstrated capability of the University in the area of

Computational and Design applications and to explore research activities that broaden and

expand research expertise in this field It will definitely find appropriate opportunities for

educational outreach activities and training courses for other institute and university nearby

Delhi to create awareness and to stimulate interest in Computational design research

Department of Mechanical Engineering

Delhi Technological University Delhi PIN 110042

MTech (Computational Design) I SEMESTER

PAPER

CODE

Name of Subject L-T-P Credits GROUP

ME 521 Computer Aided Design and

Optimization

3-0-0 3

A

ME 522 Advanced Theory of Vibration and

Control

3-0-0 3

ME 523 System Modeling Simulation and

Analysis

3-0-0 3

ME 524 Vibration and Control Lab 0-0-2 2

ME 525 Optimization Techniques in Design 3-0-0 3

B

ME 526 Computational Mechanics of

Materials

3-0-0 3

ME 527 CAD Lab 0-0-2 2

ME 528 Self study Open area Seminar I 0-0-1 1

Total 15-0-5 20 II SEMESTER

PAPER

CODE

Name of Subject L-T-P Credits GROUP

ME 621 Finite Element Method 3-0-0 3

C

(One

compulsory

theory

Two

electives

theory and

one lab)

ME 622- 1 Smart Structures and Materials 3-0-0 3 I

(Any

one

subject)

ME 622- 2 Product Design and Development 3-0-0 3

ME 622- 3 Robotics 3-0-0 3

ME 622-4 Human factors in Engineering and

Biomechanical Design 3-0-0 3

ME 623- 1 Reliability Engineering 3-0-0 3 II

(Any

one

subject)

ME 623 -2 Product Life Cycle Management 3-0-0 3

ME 623- 3 Rapid Prototyping and tooling 3-0-0 3

ME-623-4 Innovative Engineering Design 3-0-0 3

ME 624 Simulation Lab 0-0-2 2

ME 671- 1 Engineering Tribology and Bearing

Design 3-0-0 3 III

(Any

one

subject)

D

(Two

electives

theory and

one lab)

ME 671- 2 Surface Engineering 3-0-0 3

ME 671- 3 Rotor Dynamics 3-0-0 3

ME 671- 4 Theory of Elasticity and Plasticity 3-0-0 3

ME 672- 1 Fracture Mechanics 3-0-0 3 IV

(Any

one

subject)

ME 672- 2 Composite Material Technology 3-0-0 3

ME672- 3 Numerical Methods in Engineering 3-0-0 3

ME672- 4 Design of Experiments 3-0-0 3

ME 673 Finite Element Method- Lab 0-0-2 2

ME 674 Minor Project I 0-0-1 1

Total 15-0-5 20

III SEMESTER

PAPER

CODE

Name of Subject L-T-P Credits GROUP

ME 721-1 Computational Methods for Fluid

Dynamics 3-0-0 3 V

(Any

one

subject)

E

(Two

electives

theory and

two lab)

ME 721-2 Pressure Vessels and Piping Design 3-0-0 3

ME 721-3 Design for Manufacture 3-0-0 3

ME 721-4 Noise and Acoustics Design 3-0-0 3

Me 722-1 Mechatronic System Design 3-0-0 3 VI

(Any

one

subject)

ME 722-2 Instrumentation and Control

Systems 3-0-0 3

ME 722-3 Automotive System Design 3-0-0 3

ME 722-4 Machine Tool Design 3-0-0 3

ME 723 Design Engineering Lab 0-0-2 2

ME 724 Instrumentation and Control Lab 0-0-2 2

ME 725 Self study Open area Seminar II 0-0-2 2

ME 726 Minor Project II 0-0-4 4

ME 727 Major Project I 0-0-4 4

Total 6-0-14 20

IV SEMESTER

PAPER

CODE

Name of Subject L-T-P Credits GROUP

ME821 Major Project II 0-0-20 20 F

ME 521 Computer Aided Design amp Optimization

L T P Credits

3 0 0 03

Introduction and Review of CAD Introduction and Overview Need and Scope of computer aided Machine design Role of

Geometric modelling Principles of interactive Computer graphics Overview of hardware

available for use in CAD

Three Dimensional Transformations Geometric transformations amp Axonometric Diametric Trimetric and oblique Projections

Windowing amp View porting

Geometric Modelling and Applications Introduction wire frame models and entities curve

representations parametric representation of analytical curves synthetic curves Bezier

curves B-spline curves Rational curves curve manipulations design and engineering

applications

Solid modelling

Half spaces Boundary representation (B-rep) Constructive solid geometry (CSG) Sweep

representation Analytical solid making and solid manipulation

Advances in Computer Aided Engineering Design Failure considerations in designing Robust design Reliability Ergonomic considerations in

Design Feature based design Design for manufacturing Design for Automation CAD of

complex Engg Systems

Optimization Methods Introduction to optimization methods Local and global minima Kuhn Tucker sufficiency

conditions Line searchers Steepest descent method Conjugate gradient method Quasi-

Newton method Constrained optimization Penalty function

Recommended Books

1 Computer Graphics -D Hearn amp M P Baker- Prentice Hall

2 CADCAM Theory and Practice- Ibrahim Zeid amp R Sivasubramanian -Tata McGraw-

Hill

3 CADCAM- Principles and Applications -P N Rao Tata McGraw-Hill

4 Computer Aided Engineering Design -A Saxena and B Sahay- Anamya Publications

5 Mathematical Elements for Comp Graphics- D F Rogers and J A Adams- McGraw-Hill

International

6 CADCAM -H P Groover and E W Zimmers -Prentice Hall

7Radhakrishnan and Kothandaraman ldquo Computer Graphics and Designrdquo Dhanpat Rai

1997

8 Rogers David F ldquo Procedures Elements for Computer Graphicsrdquo second Ed Tata

McGraw Hill 2001

9 Introduction to optimal design Jasbir S Arora McGraw Hill

ME522 Advanced Theory of Vibration and Control

L T P Credits

3 0 0 03

Introduction

Introduction to unwanted mechanical vibrations and their harmful effects including those on

human beings

Two-degree of Freedom System

Principal modes of vibration Spring coupled and mass coupled systems Forced vibration of

an undamped close coupled and far coupled systems Undamped vibration absorbers Forced

damped vibrations Vibration isolation

Multi-degree Freedom systems

Eigen-value problem Close coupled and far coupled systems Orthogonality of mode shapes

Modal analysis for free damped and forced vibration systems Approximate methods for

fundamental frequency-Rayleighrsquos Dunkerely Stodola and Holzer method Method of

matrix iteration Finite element method for close coupled and far coupled systems

Vibration Control

Vibration control strategies and case studies experimental and theoretical routes to vibration

engineering vibration testing Lumped parameter and distributed parameter modeling of

mechanical vibratory systems Vibration control solutions balancing of rotating and

reciprocating machines Design of vibration isolators Auxilliary mass systems including

tuned dampers for vibration control Application of damping treatment for vibration control

in machines and structures

Dynamic Instability Control

Dynamic instability control Introduction to modal tesing modal updating and structural

dynamic modifications to improve dynamic design of machine structures Active control of

vibrations Introduction to NVH and its control Random vibrations Measurement and

processing of random data

Continuous systems

Forced vibration of systems governed by wave equation Free and forced vibrations of beams

bars

Non-linear Vibrations

Non-linear systems Undamped and forced vibration with non-linear spring forces Self-

excited vibrations

Recommended Books

1 Theory and practice of Mechanical Vibrations -JS Rao and K Gupta- New Age International

2 Mechanical Vibrations -GK Groover -Nem Chand amp Brothers

3 Mechanical Vibration Practice -V Ramamurti -Narosa Publications

4 Mechanical Vibrations- VP Singh- Dhanpat Rai amp sons

5 Textbook of Mechanical Vibrations -RV Dukkipati amp J Srinivas -Prentice Hall of India

6 Dynamics of structures-Chopra Pearson press

7 Vibration and Control AK Mallik

ME-523 System Modeling Simulation and Analysis

L T P Credits

3 0 0 03

Introduction A review of basic probability and statistics random variables and their

properties Estimation of means variances and correlation

Physical Modelling Concept of System and environment Continuous and discrete systems

Linear and non-linear systems Stochastic activities Static and Dynamic models Principles

of modeling Basic Simulation modeling Role of simulation in model evaluation and studies

advantages of simulation

Modeling of Physical System Dynamics A Unified Approach

Physical systems Introduction to Bond graphs Ports Bonds and Power Elements of Bond

graphs1-port elements ndash resistor R Stiffness C and Inertia I Source of Effort Se and Flow

SF 2-port elements ndash Transformer TF and Gyrator GY with modulation Junction elements 1

and 0 Causality Causality for basic 1-port and multi-ports Derivation of System equations

from Bond graphs in first order state space form

Bond Graph Modeling of Multi-energy Systems Mechanical Systems Translation and rotation (about a fixed axis)

System Simulation Techniques of simulation Monte Carlo method Experimental nature of

simulation Numerical computation techniques Continuous system models Analog and

Hybrid simulation Feedback systems Computers in simulation studies Simulation software

packages

System Dynamics Growth and Decay models Logistic curves System dynamics diagrams

Probability Concepts in Simulation Stochastic variables discrete and continuous probability

functions Random Numbers Generation of Random numbers Variance reduction

techniques Determination of length of simulation runs

Simulation of Mechanical Systems Building of Simulation models Simulation of

translational and rotational mechanical systems Simulation of hydraulic systems

Recommended Books

1 System Simulation- Geoffrey Gordon -Prentice Hall

2 System Simulation The Art and Science -Robert E Shannon -Prentice Hall

3 System Modelling and Control -J Schwarzenbach and KF Gill Edward Arnold

4 Modelling and Analysis of Dynamic Systems -Charles M Close and Dean K Frederick Houghton

Mifflin

5 Simulation of Manufacturing -Allan Carrie John Wiley amp Sons

6 Bond Graph in Modeling Simulation and Fault Identification-Amalendu Mukherjee Ranjit

Karmakar Arun Samantary-IK Int Pub house

ME 525 Optimization Techniques in Design

L T P Credits

3 0 0 03

Introduction to Optimization - Introduction Engineering Applications Problem Statement

Classification of optimization problems

Classical Optimization techniques - Unconstrained Optimization Optimizing Single-

Variable Functions conditions for Local Minimum and Maximum Optimizing Multi-

Variable Functions Constrained Optimization Optimizing Multivariable Functions with

Equality Constraint Lagrange Multipliers Method Constrained Multivariable Optimization

with inequality constrained Kuhn-Tucker Necessary conditions Kuhn ndashTucker Sufficient

Conditions

Goal Programming Formulation and solution of goal problems

Non-Linear Programming- One-Dimensional Methods Elimination Methods Interpolation

Methods Direct Root Methods Quasi-Newton Method Secant Method Docotomous search

method Fabonacci method Golden section method Unconstrained Optimization

Techniques Direct search methods Descent Methods Constrained Optimizations Direct and

Indirect methods

Dynamic Programming Concept of Dynamic Programming Multi stage Decision Process

Calculus Method and Tabular Method

Integer Programming ndash Branch and bound Method Cutting Plane Method

Introduction to Advanced Optimization Techniques - Genetic Algorithms (GA)

Simulated Annealing Particle Swarm Optimization ( PSO) Ant Colony Optimization

(ACO) Neural Network Separable Programming Stochastic Programming Monte Carlo

Simulation

Recommended Books

1 Taha H A ldquoOperations Researchrdquo PHI

2 Optimization of Engineering Design ldquoDeb Krdquo PHI

3 Operations Research ldquoDS Hira P K Guptardquo S Chand

4 Optimization techniques ldquo Raordquo New Age international

ME 526 Computational Mechanics of Materials

L T P Credits

3 0 0 03 Analysis of deformation and motion

Motion of a continuum deformation gradient polar decomposition objectivity of tensor

fields measures of strain rate of deformation and vorticity

Transport theorem balance laws

Mass conservation momentum balance equations Cauchy stress tensor Conjugate stress

tensors stress rates

General constitutive theory

Material symmetry invariance requirements Cauchy elastic material Green elastic material

Analysis of large deformation and strain in 3-D elastic continuum

Formulation of boundary value problems examples

Variational principles and conservation laws

Virtual work principle for large deformation problems Principle of stationary potential

energy complementary and mixed variational principles variational principles with

constraints

Recommended Books

1 Continuum Mechanics Gurtin and Anand

2 Continuum Mechanics J N Reddy

3 Nonlinear elastic deformations R W Ogden

ME 621 Finite Element Method

L T P Credits

3 0 0 03

Introduction to Finite Element Method

Engineering Analysis History Advantages Classification Basic steps Convergence criteria

Role of finite element analysis in computer-aided design Mathematical Preliminaries

Differential equations formulations Variational formulations weighted residual methods

Classification boundary conditions and characteristics of second order partial differential

equations System of differential equations boundary value problems eigenvalues problems

eigenvalues and eigenvectors orthogonal matrices similarity transformation

One-Dimensional Elements-Analysis of Bars and Trusses

Basic Equations and Potential Energy Functional 1-0 Bar Element Admissible displacement

function Strain matrix Stress recovery Element equations Stiffness matrix Consistent

nodal force vector Body force Initial strain Assembly Procedure Boundary and Constraint

Conditions Single point constraint Multi-point constraint 2-D Bar Element Shape functions

for Higher Order Elements Axisymmetric stress analysis 3-D stress analysis Isoparametric

elements Numerical integration Solution of linear system of algebraic equations Round-off

errors Pivoting and ill-conditioned matrices

Two-Dimsional Elements-Analysis of Plane Elasticity Problems Three-Noded Triangular

Element (TRIA 3) Four-Noded Quadrilateral Element (QUAD 4) Shape functions for

Higher Order Elements (TRIA 6 QUAD 8)

Axi-symmetric Solid Elements-Analysis of Bodies of Revolution under axi-symmetric

loading Axisymmetric Triangular and Quadrilateral Ring Elements Shape functions for

Higher Order Elements

Three-Dimensional Elements-Applications to Solid Mechanics Problems

Basic Equations and Potential Energy Functional Four-Noded Tetrahedral Element (TET 4)

Eight-Noded Hexahedral Element (HEXA 8) Tetrahedral elements Hexahedral elements

Serendipity family Hexahedral elements Lagrange family Shape functions for Higher Order

Elements Convergence criteria discretization error convergence rate patch test conforming

non-conforming elements reduced integration

Beam Elements-Analysis of Beams and Frames 1ndashD Beam Element 2ndashD Beam Element

Problems

Heat Transfer I Fluid Flow Steady state heat transfer 1 D heat conduction governing

equation boundary conditions One dimensional element Functional approach for heat

conduction Galerkin approach for heat conduction heat flux boundary condition 1 D heat

transfer in thin fins Basic differential equation for fluid flow in pipes around solid bodies

porous media

Dynamic Considerations Formulation for point mass and distributed masses Consistent

element mass matrix of one dimensional bar element truss element axisymmetric triangular

element quadrilatateral element beam element Lumped mass matrix Evaluation of eigen

values and eigen vectors Applications to bars stepped bars and beams

Recommended Books 1 Chandrupatla T R ldquoFinite Elements in engineeringrdquo- 2nd Edition PHI 2007

2 Lakshminarayana H V ldquoFinite Elements Analysisrdquondash Procedures in Engineering Universities Press

2004

3 Rao S S ldquoFinite Elements Method in Engineeringrdquo- 4th Edition Elsevier 2006

4 PSeshu ldquoTextbook of Finite Element Analysisrdquo-PHI 2004

5 JNReddy ldquoFinite Element Methodrdquo- McGraw -Hill International EditionBathe K J Finite

Elements Procedures PHI

6 Cook R D et al ldquoConcepts and Application of Finite Elements Analysisrdquo- 4th Edition Wiley amp

Sons 2003

7 Finite Element Method KJ Bathe Prentice Hall of India

8 FEM Zienkiewicz and Taylor

ME 622-1 Smart Structure and Materials

L T P Credits

3 0 0 03

Overview of Smart Materials Structures and Products Technologies

Smart Materials (Physical Properties) piezoelectric materials materials magnetostrictive

electrostrictive materials magnetoelectric materials magnetorheological fluids

electrorheological fluids applications of electroreological fluids shape memory materials

fiber-optic sensors

Smart Sensor Actuator and Transducer Technologies smart sensors accelerometers

force sensors load cells torque sensors pressure sensors microphones impact hammers

MEMS sensors NEMS sensors sensor arrays smart actuators displacement actuators force

actuators power actuators vibration dampers shakers fluidic pumps motors smart

transducers ultrasonic transducers sonic transducers air transducers

Measurement Signal Processing Drive and Control Techniques quasi-static and

dynamic measurement methods signal-conditioning devices constant voltage constant

current and pulse drive methods calibration methods structural dynamics and identification

techniques passive semi-active and active control feedback and feed forward control

strategies

Design Analysis Manufacturing and Applications of Engineering Smart Structures and

Products Case studies incorporating design analysis manufacturing and application issues

involved in integrating smart materials and devices with signal processing and control

capabilities to engineering smart structures and products Emphasis on structures automation

and precision manufacturing equipment automotives consumer products sporting products

computer and telecommunications products medical and dental tools and equipment

Recommended Books 1 Smart Materials and Structures - M V Gandhi and B So Thompson Chapman

and Hall London New York 1992 (ISBN 0412370107)

2 Smart Structures and Materials - B Culshaw Artech House Boston 1996

(ISBN 0890066817)

3 Smart Structures Analysis and Design - A V Srinivasan Cambridge

University Press Cambridge New York 2001 (ISBN 0521650267)

4 Electroceramics Materials Properties and Applications - A J Moulson and J

M Herbert John Wiley amp Sons ISBN 0471497429

5 Piezoelectric Sensories Force Strain Pressure Acceleration and Acoustic

Emission Sensors Materials and Amplifiers Springer Berlin New York 2002

(ISBN 3540422595)

6 Piezoelectric Actuators and Wtrasonic Motors - K Uchino Kluwer Academic

Publishers Boston 1997 (ISBN 0792398114)

7 Handbook of Giant Magnetostrictive Materials - G Engdahl Academic Press

San Diego Calif London 2000 (ISBN 012238640X)

8 Shape Memory Materials - K Otsuka and C M Wayman Cambridge

University Press Cambridge New York 199~ (ISBN 052144487X)

ME 622-2 Product Design and Development

L T P Credits

3 0 0 03 Stages in design process

Introduction to various stages of the design process Formulation of problem Generation of

alternatives Evaluation Guided Redesign Case study

Product life cycle

New product introduction early introduction increased product life Life cycle management tools

System integration QFD House of quality Pughrsquos method Pahl and Beitz method Case studies

Value engineering

Introduction nature and measurement of value Value analysis job plan Creativity and techniques of

creativity Value analysis test Case studies

Concurrent reverse engineering

Introduction basic principles components benefits of concurrent engineering Concept of reverse

engineering

Material selection

Materials in design The evolution of engineering materials Design tools and material data Function

material shape and process Material selection strategy attribute limits selection process computer

aided material selection Case studies

Process selection

Introduction Process classification shaping joining and finishing Systematic process selection

Ranking process cost Computer ndash aided process selection

Design for manufacture and assembly

Design for Manufacture and Assembly (DFMA) Reasons for not implementing DFMA Advantages

of DFMA with case studies Design features and requirements with regard to assembly production

Design for Manufacture in relation to any two manufacturing processes machining and injection

molding Need objectives

Design for lsquoXrsquo

Introduction Design for Safety packaging and storage quality reliability energy conservation

environment aesthetics ergonomics maintenance recyclability and disposal Case studies

Patents liability and ethics

Introduction Protecting your design patents copyright basic tools of design protection Liability

issues in product design Ethical considerations Examples case studies

Recommended Books

1 Product Design and Development ldquoKarl T Ulrich Steven D Eppingerrdquo Mc GrawHill

2 Integrated Product and Process Development ldquoJohn M Usher Utpal Roy and H R Parasaei

3 Product Design for Manufacture and Assembly ldquoG Boothroyd P Dewhurst and W Knightrdquo Marcel

Daker

4 Engineering Design and Design for Manufacturing A structured approach ldquoJohn R Dixon and Corrodo

Polirdquo Field Stone Publishers USA

5 Material Selection in Mechanical Design ldquoM F Ashbyrdquo Elsevier

ME 622-3 Robotics and Control

L T P Credits

3 0 0 03

Introduction

Evolution of robot and robotics laws of robotics robot anatomy Links joints Degrees of

freedom (DOF) Arm configuration wrist configuration end-effectors

Coordinate Frame Mapping and Transforms

Coordinate frames description of objects in space transformation of vectors inverting a

homogeneous transform fundamental rotation matrices

Kinematics

Denavit- Hartenberg Notation kinematic relationship between adjacent links Manipulator

transformation matrix Inverse kinematics

Linear and angular velocity of a rigid body velocity propagation along links manipulator

jacobian

Dynamics

Lagrange-Euler Formulation Newton-Euler Formulation

Control of manipulators

Position control Force control Applications of standard control strategies

Actuators

Types Characteristics of actuating system weight Power-to-weight ratio Operating

pressure Stiffness vs compliance Use of reduction gears Comparision of hydraulic

Electric pneumatic actuators Hydraulic actuators Proportional feedback control Electric

Motors DC motors Reversible AC motors Brushless DC motors Stepper motors- structure

and principle of operation Stepper motor speed-torque characteristics

Sensors Sensor characteristics Position sensors- potentiometers Encoders LVDT

Resolvers Displacement sensor Velocity sensor- encoders tachometers Acceleration

sensors Force and Pressure sensors - piezoelectric force sensing resistor Torque sensors

Touch and tactile sensor Proximity sensors-magnetic Optical Ultrasonic Inductive

Capacitive Eddy-current proximity sensors

Recommended Books 1 Fundamental Concepts and Analysis - Ghosal A Robotics Oxford 2006

2 Introduction to Robotics Analysis - Niku S B Systems Applications Pearson Education 2008

3 Introduction to Robotics Mechanica and Control - 2nd Edition - Craig J J Addison-Welsey 2nd

edition 1989

4 Fundamentals of Robotics Analysis and Control - Schilling R J PHI 2006

5 Robotics Control Sensing Vision and Intelligence - Fu K S Gonzalez R C Lee CS G

McGraw Hill 1987

ME-622-4 Human factors Engineering and Biomechanical Design L T P Credits

3 0 0 03

Introduction

Human factors and systems Human factors research methodologies

Information Input

Information Input and Processing Text Graphics Symbols and Code Visual Display of

Dynamic Information Auditory Tactual and Olfactory Displays Speech Communications

Human Output and Control

Physical Work and Manual Materials Handling Motor Skills Human Control of systems

Controls and Data Entry devices Hand tools and devices

Workplace Design

Applied Anthropometry Work-space design and Seating Arrangement of Components

within a Physical Space Interpersonal Aspects of Workplace Design

Environmental Conditions

Illumination Climate Noise Motion

Human Factors Applications

Human Error Accidents and Safety Human Factors and the Automobile Human Factors

in Systems design

Biomechanical Design

Biomechanical systems Biomechanical analysis Natural design vs Mechanical Design

Designing and developing equivalent mechanical systems Case studies and analysis

Biomechanical modeling and simulation

Recommended Books

1 Mark Sanders Ernest McCormick Human Factors In Engineering and Design 7th

edition McGraw-Hill International Editions

2 YC Fung ldquoBiomechanics Vol 1 2 3rdquo

ME 623-1 Reliability Engineering

L T P Credits

3 0 0 03 Introduction

System concepts in reliability availability and maintainability (RAM) Engineering Practical

applications of RAM Engineering to systems products and processes Concepts terms and

definitions Failure rate function Probability density function Cumulative distribution function

reliability function Mean time to failure ( MTTF) MTBF MTTR etc

Fundamentals of reliability

Failure distributions Exponential Weibull Normal and Lognormal Constant failure rate model and

time dependent failure models

System reliability assessment

Series Parallel Combined series-parallel configurations Cut sets and path sets approach fault tree

analysis ( FTA) State dependent systems Markov analysis load sharing system standby system

degraded system Monte Carlo simulation

Design for Reliability and reliability improvement

Reliability specifications and system measurements reliability allocation exponential case optimal

allocations arnica method AGREE method Various types of redundancies active and passive

redundancy k-out-of-n- redundancy standby redundancy optimization reliability-cost trade off

Availability and maintainability

Point mission and steady state availability Availability assessment Maintainability and its

assessment Maintenance policies individual policy Planned preventive and condition based

maintenance Opportunistic maintenance policy

Design for maintainability

Maintenance requirements measurements and specifications fault diagnosis failure mode and effect

analysis (FMEA) Parts standardization and interchangeability modularization accessibility repair

versus replacement proactive maintenance maintainability prediction and demonstration

Recommended Books

1 Ebeling Charies E ldquoAn introduction to Reliability and Maintainability Engineeringrdquo

Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Co LtdNew Delhi2000

2 SrinathLS ldquo Reliability EngineeringrdquoAffiliated East ndashWest Press Ltd New Delhi2006

3 DhillonBS ldquoEngineering MaintainbilityrdquoPrentice Hall of India New Delhi2000

4 Blanchard BenjaminS ldquoLogistics Engineering and Managementrdquo Prentice Hall of India

New Delhi2006

ME-623-2 Product Life Cycle Management L T P Credits

3 0 0 03

Introduction Extensive definition of Concurrent Engineering (CE) CE design

methodologies Review of CE techniques like DFM (Design for manufacture) DFA (Design

for assembly) QFD (Quality function deployment) RP (Rapid prototyping) TD (Total

design) for integrating these technologies Organizing for CE CE tool box Collaborative

product development

Use of Information Technology IT support Solid modeling Product data management

Collaborative product

Commerce Artificial Intelligence expert systems Software hardware component design

Design Stage Lifecycle design of products Opportunities for manufacturing enterprises

Modality of concurrent engineering design automated analysis Idealization control CE in

optimal structural design Real time constraints

Need for PLM Importance of PLM Implementing PLM Responsibility for PLM Benefits

to different managers Components of PLM Emergence of PLM Lifecycle problems to

resolve Opportunities to seize Role of sustainability Sustainable product life management

Components of PLM Components of PLM Product lifecycle activities Product

organizational structure Human resources in product lifecycle Methods techniques

Practices Methodologies Processes System components in lifecycle slicing and dicing the

systems Interfaces Information Standards

Recommended Books

1 Integrated Product Development MM Anderson and L Hein IFS Publications

2 Design for Concurrent Engineering J Cleetus CE Research Centre Morgantown

3 Concurrent Engineering Fundamentals Integrated Product Development -Prasad Prentice hall

India

4 Concurrent Engineering in Product Design and Development -I Moustapha New Age International

5 Product Lifecycle Management -John Stark Springer-Verlag UK

6 Product Lifecycle Management -Michael Grieves McGraw Hill

7 Concurrent Engineering Automation tools and Technology- Andrew Kusiak Wiley Eastern

ME-623-3 Rapid Prototyping and Tooling

L T P Credits

3 0 0 03

Introduction Historical developments Fundamentals of RP Systems and its Classification

Rapid prototyping process chains 3D modeling and mesh generation Data conversion and

transmission

RP Systems Liquid polymer based rapid prototyping systems Teijin Seikisrsquo solid form and

other similar commercial RP systems Solid input materials based rapid prototyping systems

laminated object manufacturing (LOM) and fused deposition modelling systems etc Power

based rapid prototyping systems selective Laser sintering Soligen Direnrsquos shell production

casting (DSPC) Fraunhoferrsquos multiphase jet solidification (MJS) and MITrsquos 3D printing

(3DP) etc

RP Database Rapid prototyping data formats STL format STL file problems STL file

repair Network based operations Digital inspection Data warehousing and learning from

process data

RP Applications Development of dies for moulding RP applications in developing

prototypes of products application in medical fields Development of bone replacements and

tissues etc RP materials and their biological acceptability

Recommended Books

1 Rapid Prototyping of Digital Systems A Tutorial Approach- Hamblen James O Kluwer Aca

2 Rapid Prototyping Principles And Applications- Kai Chua Chee World Scie

3 Rapid System Prototyping With Fpgas Accelerating The Design Process- R C Cofer Newnes

4 Rapid Prototyping of Digital Systems -James O Hamblen Springer

ME 623-4 Innovative Engineering Design

L T P Credits

3 0 0 03

Creative Product amp System Design

Creative design Innovation versus invention Globalisation Team work Project Scheduling

and management

Creative Mind

Whole Brain thinking Creativity What makes an individual creative

Reclaiming Creativity

Mental Barriers Types of mental Barriers False assumptions and nonexistent limitations

Associating thinking misunderstandings inability to communicate properly emotions

culture and environment related barriers improper method of solution

Creative Problems solving Techniques

Brain storming 6-3-5 method Morphological attitude list list of alternative actions analogy

(Case based reasoning) method random attributes Scamper method

Imagination visualisation graphical representation and communication

Imagination drawings engineering drawings realistic drawings Perspectives and location

of objects determining depth in perspective scale factors drawing perspective sketching

put-in-the-box scheme

Design Consideration and Decisions

Cost size weight material selection method of fabrication Physical and structural

standards Function standards and expectations performance efficiency reliability

Company image and mission quality service ability Styling shape aesthetics and

packaging Safety human factors Environmental effects Disposability sustainability

Assembly-Disassembly life expectancy ethical issue Patent and other intellectual property

rights Legal matters

Economics of Design

Value of a Product or System Global Economics Models Costs Revenues and Profits

Cost Breakdown of Products and Systems Product Life Span Engineering Economy

Design and Product Liability

Product Liability History and Background Major Administrative Law Related to Product

Liability Basic Theories of Product Liability Law reducing Product Liability Risk Failure

Mode and Effect Analysis (FMEA) Code of Ethics for Engineers Standards and Codes

Recommended Books

1 Saeed Benjamin Niku Creative Design of Products and Systems

ME 671-1 Engineering Tribology and Bearing Design

L T P Credits

3 0 0 03

Introduction

History of evolution and definition Lubrication wear cost of friction and wear Lubricants

and their physical properties viscosity index Reynolds equation Derivation and physical

significance standard reduction forms of Reynolds equation

Friction and Wear

Law of sliding friction concept of adhesion Taylorrsquos model of friction Measurement of

friction

Laws of wear Abrasive Erosive and Cavitation wear Introduction abrasive wear

mechanisms of abrasive wear mechanisms of erosive wear effect of impingement angle and

impact speed on erosive wear rate Effect of particle shape hardness size and flux rates on

erosive wear rate Erosive wear by liquid Cavitation wear mechanism of cavitation wear

Adhesion and adhesive wear Mechanism of adhesion Corrosive and oxidative wear

Introduction corrosive wear transition between corrosive and adhesive wear synergism

between corrosive and abrasive wear oxidative wear kinetics of oxide film growth on metals

at high and low temperatures

Fatigue wear Introduction fretting wear melting wear wear due to electrical discharges

diffusive wear impact wear Sitiback number curve and law

Lubrication

Solid lubrication and surface treatments Introduction Lubrication by solids lubrication by

lamellar solids Hydrostatic Lubrication formation of fluid film pressure distribution and

flow normal load component frictional torque and power loss Introduction to gas

lubrication Thermo hydrodynamic lubrication governing equation and boundary conditions

Bearing Design

Design of bearing Clearance in journal bearing minimum film thickness sommar-field

number oil grooves and flow of oil in axial and circumferential grooves cavitations and

turbulence in oil bearings Heat generation and cooling or bearing hydrostatic and dynamic

and their applications in machine tools Design of air bearing ad other gas bearing

Recommended Books

1 Engineering Tribology- Gwidon W Stachowiak and Andrew W Batchelor

2 Fundamentals of fluid film lubrication- Bernard J Hamrock

3 Industrial Tribology DrBSPrabhu McGraw Hill

ME 671-2 Surface Engineering

L T P Credits

3 0 0 03

Introduction- thermal spray coating Definition History Coating Build-up Market

segmentation Material used for spraying Method of powders production Methods of

powder characterization Spray drying Cladding Mechanical alloying Self propagating high

temperature synthesis

Pre-spray treatment Introduction Surface cleaning Substrate shaping Surface activation

Masking Thermal spraying techniques

Thermal spray process Introduction Flame spraying Atmospheric plasma spraying Arc

spraying Detonation gun spraying High velocity oxy fuel spraying Vacuum plasma

spraying

Post spray treatment Heat treatment Impregnation Finishing Method of coating

characterization Method of microstructure characterization Mechanical properties of

coating Physical properties of coating Chemical properties of coating

Properties of coatings Mechanical properties Thermo-physical properties Electric

properties Magnetic properties Optical properties Corrosion resistance Application of

coatings Corrosion protection Iron and steel industries Energy generation and transport

Non ferrous metal industries Paper industries

Recommended Books

1 Introduction to surface engineering and functionally engineered materials Peter

Martin John Wiley and Sons 2011

2 Tribology and Surface Engineering ldquoJ Paulo Davum Nova Science Publishing

3 Advances in Surface Engineering SA 2002

4 Material and Surface Engineering in Tribology Jamal Takadoum Wiley

ME 671-3 Rotor Dynamics

L T P Credits

3 0 0 03

Fluid Film Lubrication Basic theory of fluid film lubrication Derivation of generalized

Reynolds equations Boundary conditions Fluid film stiffness and Damping coefficients

Stability and dynamic response for hydrodynamic journal bearing Two lobe journal bearings

Stability of Flexible Shafts Introduction equation of motion of a flexible shaft with rigid

support Radial elastic friction forces Rotary friction friction Independent of velocity

friction dependent on frequency Different shaft stiffness Constant gyroscopic effects

Nonlinear problems of large deformation applied forces instability of rotors in magnetic

field

Critical Speed Dunkerleys method Rayleighs method Stodolas method

Rotor Bearing System Instability of rotors due to the effect of hydrodynamic oil layer in

the bearings support flexibility Simple model with one concentrated mass at the center

Turbo-rotor System Stability by Transfer Matrix Formulation General turbo-rotor

system development of element transfer matrices the matrix differential equation effect of

shear and rotary inertia the elastic rotors supported in bearings numerical solutions

Turbo-rotor System Stability by Finite Element Formulation General turbo-rotor

system generalized forces and co-ordinates system assembly element matrices Consistent

mass matrix formulation Lumped mass model Linearised model for journal bearings

System dynamic equations Fix stability analysis non dimensional stability analysis

unbalance response and Transient analysis

Blade Vibration Centrifugal effect Transfer matrix and Finite element approaches

Recommended Books 1 Principles of Lubrication - Cameron Longmans

2 Nonconservative problems of the Theory of elastic stability - Bolotin Pergamon

3 Matrix methods of Elastomechanics - Peztel Lockie McGraw Hill

4 Vibration Problems in Engineering - Timosenko Young Von Nostrand 5 Zienkiewicz

The Finite Element Method McGraw Hill

5 Rotor Dynamics- JS Rao

6 Rotor Dynamics-Tondel

ME671-4 Theory of Elasticity and Plasticity

L T P Credits

3 0 0 03 Introduction

Analysis of stress and strain Equilibrium Specification of stress at a point Principal stresses and

Mohrs diagram in three dimensions Boundary conditions Stress components on an arbitrary plane

Stress invariants Octahedral stresses Decomposition of state of stress compatibility and constitutive

equations Deformation Strain Displacement relations Strain components The state of strain at a

point Principal strain Strain transformation Stress -Strain Relations and the General Equations of

Elasticity Saint -Venants principle Principle of super position and reciprocal theorem

Elastcity Problems

Airys stress function investigation for simple beam problems Bending of a narrow cantilever beam

under end load simply supported beam with uniform load Use of Fourier series to solve two

dimensional problems Two Dimensional Problems in Polar Co-Ordinates General equations stress

distribution symmetrical about an axis Pure bending of curved bar Strain components in polar co-

ordinates Rotating disk and cylinder Concentrated force on semi-infinite plane Stress concentration

around a circular hole in an infinite plate Ax symmetric problems elliptical hole Introduction to

three Dimensional Problems Analysis of stress and strain in 3-d stress ellipsoid variational

methods Castiglianorsquos theorems Anisotropic elasticity finite deformation elasticity

Introduction to Plasticity

Definition and scope of the subject Brief review of elasticity Octahedral normal and shear stresses

Spherical and deviatric stress Invariance in terms of the deviatoric stresses Representative stress

Idealised stress-strain diagrams for different material models Engineering and natural strains

Mathematical relationships between true stress and true strains Cubical dilation finite strains co-

efficients Octahedral strain Strain rate and the strain rate tensor

Yield Criteria for Materials

Yield criteria for ductile metal Von Mises Tresca Yield surface for an Isotropic Plastic materials

Stress space Experimental verification of Yield criteria Yield criteria for an anisotropic material

Hillsrsquo criterion Plastic stress-strain relations Prandtl Roeuss Saint Venant Levy - Von Mises

Experimental verification of the Prandtl-Rouss equation Yield locus Symmetry convexity Normality

rule

Upper and lower bound solutions Upper and lower bound theorems and and corollaries Application to problems Uniaxial tension and

compression bending of beams Torsion of rods and tubes Simple forms of indentation problems

using upper bounds Slip line theory Basic equations for incompressible two dimensional flow

continuity equations Stresses in conditions of plain strain convention for slip-lines Geometry of slip

lines Properties of slip lines

Recommended Books

1 Engineering Plasticity - Theory and Application to Metal Forming Process -

RACSlater McMillan Press Ltd

2 Theory of Plasticity and Metal forming Process - Sadhu Singh Khanna Publishers

Delhi

3 Plasticity for Mechanical Engineers - Johnson and Mellor

ME 672-1 Fracture Mechanics

L T P Credits

3 0 0 03

Fracture mechanics principles Introduction and historical review Sources of micro and

macro cracks Stress concentration due to elliptical hole Strength ideal materials Griffithrsquos

energy balance approach Fracture mechanics approach to design NDT and Various NDT

methods used in fracture mechanics Numerical problems

The Airy stress function Complex stress function Solution to crack problems Effect of

finite size Special cases Elliptical cracks Numerical problems

Plasicity effects Irwin plastic zone correction Dugdale approach The shape of the plastic

zone for plane stress and plane strain cases Plastic constraint factor The Thickness effect

numerical problems

Determination of Stress intensity factors and plane strain fracture toughness

Introduction analysis and numerical methods experimental methods estimation of stress

intensity factors Plane strain fracture toughness test The Standard test Size requirements

Non-linearity Applicability

The energy release rate Criteria for crack growth The crack resistance(R curve)

Compliance J integral Tearing modulus Stability

Elastic plastic fracture mechanics Fracture beyond general yield The Crack-tip opening

displacement The Use of CTOD criteria Experimental determination of CTODParameters

affecting the critical CTODUse of J integral Limitation of J integral

Dynamics and crack arrest Crack speed and kinetic energy Dynamic stress intensity and

elastic energy release rate Crack branching Principles of crack arrest Crack arrest in

practice Dynamic fracture toughness Testing for fracture

Fatigue crack propagation and applications of fracture mechanics Crack nucleation and

growth and the stress intensity factor Factors affecting crack propagation fatigue life

prediction Paris law statistical analysis variable amplitude service loading Means to

provide fail-safety Required information for fracture mechanics approach Mixed mode

(combined) loading and design criteria Fracture of composite materials Use of FEM

softwares like ABAQUS for analysis of bodies containing cracks

Recommended Books 1 Elementary Engineering Fracture Mechanics - David Brock Noordhoff

2 Fracture Mechanics-Fundamental and Application - Anderson TL CRC

press1998

3 Engineering fracture mechanics - SA Meguid Elsevier

4 Fracture of Engineering Brittle Materials Applied Science - Jayatilake

London

5 Fracture and Fatigue Control in Structures - Rolfe and Barsom Prentice

Hall

6 Introduction to fracture mechanics - Karen Hellan McGraw Hill

7 Fundamentals of V fracture mechanisms - Knott Butterworths

8 Fracture ndashLiefbowitz Volime II 9 Introduction to Fracture Mechanics Prashant Kumar

ME 672-2 Composite Material Technology

L T P Credits

3 0 0 03

Introduction to Composite Materials Definition Classification Types of matrices material

and reinforcements Characteristics amp selection Fiber composites laminated composites

Particulate composites Prepegs and sandwich construction

Macro Mechanics of a Lamina Hookes law for different types of materials Number of

elastic constants Derivation of nine independent constants for orthotropic material Two -

dimensional relationship of compliance and stiffness matrix Hookes law for two-

dimensional angle lamina engineering constants - Numerical problems Invariant properties

Stress-Strain relations for lamina of arbitrary orientation Numerical problems

Micro Mechanical Analysis of a Lamina Introduction Evaluation of the four elastic

moduli Rule of mixture Numerical problems

Biaxial Strength Theories Maximum stress theory Maximum strain theory Tsa-Hill

theory Tsai Wu tensor theory Numerical problems

Macro Mechanical Analysis of Laminate Introduction code Kirchoff hypothesis CL T

A B and D matrices (Detailed derivation) Engineering constants Special cases of laminates

Numerical problems

Manufacturing Lay up and curing - open and closed mould processing Hand lay Up

techniques Bag moulding and filament winding Pultrusion Pulforming Thermoforming

Injection moulding Cutting Machining and joining tooling Quality assurance Introduction

material qualification Types of defects NDT methods

Application Developments Aircrafts missiles Space hardware automobile Electrical and

Electronics Marine Recreational and sports equipment-future potential of composites

Metal Matrix Composites Re-inforcement materials Types Characteristics and selection

Base metals Selection Applications

Recommended Books 1 Composite Materials handbook Mein Schwartz Mc Graw Hill Book Company 1984

2 Mechanics of composite materials Autar K Kaw CRC Press New York

1 Mechanics of Composite Materials Rober M Joness Mc-Graw Hill Kogakusha Ltd

2 Stress analysis of fiber Reinforced Composite Materials Michael W Hyer Mc-Graw

Hill International

3 Composite Material Science and Engineering Krishan K Chawla Springer

4 Fibre Reinforced Composites PC Mallik Marcel Decker

ME 672-3 Numerical Methods in

Engineering L T P Credits

3 0 0 03

Approximations Accuracy and precision definitions of round off and truncation

errors error propagation

Algebraic equations Formulation and solution of linear algebraic equations Gauss

elimination LU decomposition iteration methods (Gauss- Seidal) convergence of

iteration methods eigen values and eigen vectors

Interpolation methods Newtonrsquos divided difference interpolation polynomials

Lagrange interpolation polynomials

Differentiation and Integration High accuracy differentiation formulae extrapolation

derivatives of unequally spaced data Gauss quadrature and integration

Transform techniques Continuous Fourier series frequency and time domains

Laplace transform Fourier integral and transform Discrete Fourier Transform

(DFT)Fast Fourier Transform(FFT)

Differential equations Initial and boundary value problems eigenvalues problems

solutions to elliptical and parabolic equations partial differential equations

Regression methods Linear and non-linear regression multiple linear regression

general linear least squares

Statistical methods Statistical representation of data modeling and analysis of data

test of hypotheses

Solution to practical engineering problems using software tools

Recommended Books

1 Schilling RJ and Harris S L ldquoApplied Numerical Methods for Engineering using

MatLab and Crdquo BrooksCole Publishing Co 2000

2 ChapraS C and CanaleR P ldquoNumerical Methods for Engineersrdquo McGraw Hill

1989

3 Hines WW and Montrogmery ldquoProbability and Statistics in Engineering and

Management Studiesrdquo John Willey 1990

4 Santhosh KGupta ldquoNumerical Methods for Engineersrdquo New Age international

publishers 2005

ME 672-4 Design of Experiments L T P Credits

3 0 0 03

Introduction

Strategy of experimentation Some typical applications of experimental design Basic principles

Guidelines for designing experiments A brief history of statistical design Using statistical design in

experimentation

Simple Comparative Experiments

Introduction Basic statistical concepts Sampling and sampling Distribution Inferences about the

Differences in means randomized designs Paired comparison Designs Inferences about the

Variances of Normal Distributions

Introduction to Factorial Design

Basic definition and principles Advantages of factorials The two factor factorial design General

factorial design Fitting response curves and Surfaces Blocking in a factorial design

Fitting Regression Models

Introduction Linear regression models Estimate of parameters in linear regression models

Hypothesis testing in multiple regression Confidence intervals in multiple regression Prediction of

new response observations Regression model diagnostics Testing for lack of fit

Taguchi Method of Design Of Experiments

Concept design Parameter design Tolerance design Quality loss function Signal-to- Noise ratio

Orthogonal array experiments Analysis of Mean (ANOM) Quality characteristics Selection and

testing of noise factors Selection of control factors Parameter optimization experiment Parameter

design case study

Analysis of Variance (Anova)

Introduction Example of ANOVA process Degrees of freedom Error variance and pooling Error

variance and application Error variance and utilizing empty columns the F-test

Recommended Books

1 Walpole Myers Myers and Ye Probability and Statistics for Engineers and

Scientists 7th ed 2002 Pearson Education

2 Bernand Ostle amp Richard NMensing Statistics in Research 3rd ed 1975 Oxford

amp IBH Pub Co

3 Hines Montgomery Goldsman and Borror Probability and Statistics in

Engineering 4th ed 2003 John Wiley amp Sons

4 Federer Experimental Design Theory amp application 1955 Oxford amp IBH pub Co

ME 721-1 Computational Fluid Dynamics L T P Credits

3 0 0 03

Introduction Conservation equation Mass Momentum and Energy equations Convective

form of the equation and general description

Clarification into various types of equation Parabolic Elliptic Boundary and initial

conditions Overview of numerical methods

Finite difference methods Different means for formulating finite difference equations

Taylor series expansion Integration over element Local function method Finite volume

methods Central upwind and hybrid formulations and comparison for convection-diffusion

problem Treatment of boundary conditions Boundary layer treatment Variable property

Interface and free surface treatment Accuracy of FD method

Solution of finite difference equations Iterative methods Matrix inversion methods ADI

method Operator splitting Fast Fourier Transform applications

Phase change problems Rayleigh-Ritz Galerkin and Least square methods Interpolation

functions One and two dimensional elements Applications

Phase change problems Different approaches for moving boundary Variable time step

method Enthalpy method

Recommended Books

1 Computational Methods for Fluid Dynamics Ferziger Joel H Springer-Verlog

2 Principles of Heat Transfer Kaviany M Wiley-International

3 Radiative Heat Transfer Modest Michael Academic Press

ME 721-2 Pressure Vessels and Piping Design

L T P Credits

3 0 0 03

Stresses in pressure vessels

Membrane stresses dilation of pressure vessels thick cylinder and thick sphere bending of

plate discontinuity stresses in pressure vessels thermal stresses

Factors influencing the design of pressure vessels

Design criterion of elliptical hemispherical conical toriconical and torispherical heads

Autofrettage

Design of pressure vessel components such as shells heads nozzles flanges as per

ASME and IS codes

Localised stresses stress concentration about a circular and an elliptical opening theory of

reinforced openings nozzle reinforcement welded joints

Fracture Control

Fatigue of various components of pressure vessels Fatigue life prediction thermal stress

fatigue criteria for design with defects

Piping elements Dynamic analysis of piping

Use of FEM softwares for stress calculations

Recommended Books

1 Pressure vessel design- Harvey

ME-721-3 Design for Manufacture

L T P Credits

3 0 0 03

1 Effect of Materials And Manufacturing Process On Design Major phases of design

Effect of material properties on design Effect of manufacturing processes on design Material

selection process- cost per unit property Weighted properties and limits on properties

methods

2 Tolerence Analysis Process capability mean varience skewness kurtosis Process

capability metrics Cp Cpk Cost aspects Feature tolerances Geometries tolerances

Geometric tolerances Surface finish Review of relation ship between attainable tolerance

grades and different machining process Cumulative effect of tolerance- Sure fit law and

truncated normal law

3 Selective Assembly Interchangeable part manufacture and selective assembly Deciding

the number of groups -Model-1 Group tolerance of mating parts equal Model total and

group tolerances of shaft equal Control of axial play-Introducing secondary machining

operations Laminated shims examples

4 Datum Features Functional datum Datum for manufacturing Changing the datum

Examples

5 Design Considerations Design of components with casting consideration Pattern

Mould and Parting line Cored holes and Machined holes Identifying the possible and

probable parting line Casting requiring special sand cores Designing to obviate sand cores

6 Component Design Component design with machining considerations link design for

turning components-milling Drilling and other related processes including finish- machining

operations

7 True positional theory Comparison between co-ordinate and convention method of

feature location Tolerance and true position tolerancing virtual size concept Floating and

fixed fasteners Projected tolerance zone Assembly with gasket zero position tolerance

Functional gauges Paper layout gauging

8 Design of Gauges Design of gauges for checking assemble with emphasis on various

types of limit gauges for both hole and shaft

Recommended Books 1 Designing for Manufacturing - Harry Peck Pitman Publications 1983

2 Machine Design - Dieter McGraw hill Publications for topic 1

3 Metrology - RK Jain Khanna Publication for topic 6

4 Product design for manufacture and assembly - Geoffrey Boothroyd peter dewhurst

Winston Knight Mercel dekker Inc New york

5 Material selection and Design Vol 20 - ASM Hand book

ME-721-4 Noise and Acoustic Design L T P Credits

3 0 0 03

Mathematical Basis of Acoustics

Acoustics waves ndash Linear wave equation ndash sound in fluids ndash Harmonic plane waves ndash Energy density

ndash Acoustics intensity ndash Specific acoustic impedance ndash spherical waves ndash Describer scales

Reflection and Transmission

Transmission from one fluid to another normal and oblique incidence ndash method of images

Radiation and Reception of Acoustics Waves

Radiation from a pulsating sphere ndash Acoustic reciprocity ndash continuous line source - radiation

impedance - Fundamental properties of transducers

Absorption and attenuation of sound

Absorption from viscosity ndash complex sound speed and absorption ndash classical absorption coefficient

Pipes Resonators and Filters

Resonance in pipes - standing wave pattern absorption of sound in pipes ndash long wavelength limit ndash

Helmoltz resonator - acoustic impedance - reflection and transmission of waves in pipe - acoustic

filters ndash low pass high pass and band pass

Noise Signal detection Hearing and speech

Noise spectrum level and band level ndash combing band levels and tones ndash detecting signals in noise ndash

detection threshold ndash the ear ndash fundamental properties of hearing ndash loudness level and loudness ndash

pitch and frequency ndash voice

Architectural Acoustics

Sound in endosure ndash A simple model for the growth of sound in a room ndash reverberation time - Sabine

sound absorption materials ndash measurement of the acoustic output of sound sources in live rooms ndash

acoustics factor in architectural design

Environmental Acoustics

Weighted sound levels speech interference ndash highway noise ndash noise induced hearing loss ndash noise and

architectural design specification and measurement of some isolation design of portions

Measurement of Sound and Vibration

Measurement microphones construction sensitivity linearity frequency response polar response

dynamic range Relevant standards for sound level meters Calibration and calibrators Measurement

of sound pressure level sound power level sound intensity level vibration transducers

Noise Pollution

Sources of noise and its intensity effects of noise pollution Prevention and control measures of noise

pollution

Recommended Books

1 Lawerence EKinsler Austin RFrey Alan BCoppens James VSanders Fundamentals of

Acoustics 4ht edition Wiley 2000

2 L Berarek ldquoAcousticsrdquo - McGraw-Hill

ME 722-1 Mechatronics System Design

L T P Credits

3 0 0 03

Introduction Definition and Introduction to Mechatronic Systems Modeling amp Simulation

of Physical systems Overview of Mechatronic Products and their functioning measurement

systems Control Systems simple Controllers

Study of Sensors and Transducers Pneumatic and Hydraulic Systems Mechanical

Actuation System Electrical Actual Systems Real time interfacing and Hardware

components for Mechatronics Interfacing ADC DAC software and hardware principles and

tools to build mechatronic systems

Electrical Actuation Systems Electrical systems Mechanical switches Solid state switches

solenoids DC amp AC motors Stepper motors Design and selection of mechatronic elements

namely sensors like encoders and resolvers Stepper and servomotors Ball screws solenoid

like actuators and controllers

System Models Mathematical models- mechanical system building blocks electrical

system building blocks thermal system building blocks electromechanical systems hydro-

mechanical systems pneumatic systems

Signal Conditioning Signal conditioning the operational amplifier Protection Filtering

Wheatstone Bridge Digital signals Multiplexers Data Acquisition Introduction to digital

system processing pulse-modulation

MEMS and Microsystems Introduction Working Principle Materials for MEMS and

Microsystems Micro System fabrication process Overview of Micro Manufacturing Micro

system Design and Micro system Packaging

Data Presentation Systems Basic System Models System Models Dynamic Responses of

System

Advanced Applications in Mechatronics Fault Finding Design Arrangements and

Practical Case Studies Design for manufacturing User-friendly design Analysis and

synthesis of mechatronic systems with applications to CNC systems robotics consumer

electronic products etc

Recommended Books 1 ldquoMechatronicsrdquo - W Bolton 2 Ed Addison Wesley Longman Pub 1999

2 HSU ldquoMEMS and Microsystems design and manufacturerdquo- TMH

1 Kamm ldquoUnderstanding Electro-Mechanical Engineering an

2 Introduction to Mechatronicsrdquo- PHI

3 ldquoFine Mechanics and Precision Instrumentsrdquo- Pergamon Press 1971

4 Shetty and Kolk ldquoMechatronics System Designrdquo-Thomson

5 Mahalik ldquoMechatronicsrdquo- TMH

6 ldquoMechatronicsrdquondash HMT TMH

ME 722-2 Instrumentation and Control Systems

L T P Credits

3 0 0 03

Introduction

Classification and representation of control systems Examples of control systems closed loop

and open loop control systems The laplace transform

Mathematical Modelling of Dynamic systems

Transfer function and impulse response function block diagrams signal flow graph state-

space representation Transient response analysis of first order and second order systems

Time domain analysis and design

Root locus method Routh stability criteria effect of poles and zeros on system performance

Frequency domain analysis and design

Bode plot Nyquist stability criteria Lag lead compensation

Modern Control Theory

Modern control theory Sequence control and programmable logic controllers Control

components Comparators hydraulic pneumatic and electrical type of controllers

servomotors

Electromechanical and electro-optical transducers and control elements Signal conditioning

indicating and recording elements

Computer based systems

Computer based data acquisition systems ADC DAC Microprocessor applications in

measurement and control Static and dynamic analysis FFT analysers

Analysis and design

Controllability and observability pole placement method examples of control system design

using MATLAB Current developments in measurement and control of motion force torque

pressure temperature flow noise etc Virtual instrumentation

Recommended Books

1 Modern Control Engineering ldquoK Ogatardquo PHI

2 Automatic Control Systems BC Kuo PHI

3 Control System Engineering Nise Wiley

4 Modern Control Systems Dorf and Bishop Pearson Education

5 Modern Control System Theory M Gopal New Age International

ME 722-3 Automotive system Design

L T P Credits

3 0 0 03

Introduction

Design Requirement of Automobile (power-speed curves) Engine as a system and its

subsystems Fuel injection systems Cooling system

Design of Various subsystems

Design requirements of the automobile transmission Automatic transmissions

Dynamic considerations in designing of suspension system modern systems of suspensions

Kinematic requirements of a steering mechanism Need for power steering Braking

requirements of an automobile brake materials

Modeling and simulation

Modeling and simulation of different subsystems eg suspension system Wheels Braking

system etc

Instrumentation and control

gauges(speedometer oil temperature indicators etc) microprocessor controlled units safety

and comfort aspects in the automotive component designs

Computer application in automotive Design

Use of softwares like Adams Abaqus etc to analyse subsystems like transmission system

suspension mechanism and steering mechanism etc

Crash modeling of vehicles

Recommended Books

1 Light and Heavy Vehicle Technology ldquoMJ Nunneyrdquo Elsevier Butterworth

Heinemann IV Edition 2007

2 An Introduction to Modern Vehicle Design ldquo Jullian Happian Smithrdquo SAE 2002

3 Crashworthiness of Vehicles ldquoJohnson W and Mamalis AGrdquo MEP London 1995

ME-722-4 Machine Tool Design

L T P Credits

3 0 0 03

Design approach

Design requirements of machine tools A design approach for machine tools Identification

and quantification of objectives and constraints in machine tool design Kinematics of

machine tool drives stepped and stepless speed regulation

Power requirements

Estimation of power requirements and selection of motor for metal cutting machine tool

spindles

1 Gearbox design

2 Design of gearbox spindle and guide-ways

Structural design

Principles of design of structural components namely head stock tail stock carriage table

knee column and over arms to achieve desired static amp fatigue strength stiffness dynamic

characteristics and other requirements Exercises on the design of machine tools using

existing CAD software packages Hydraulic drives testing of machine tools Dynamics

acceptance tests Damping in machine tools Modern trends in machine tool design transfer

machines

CNC machine design

Introduction to computer integrated manufacturing systems and CNC machine tools

Design of CNC systems

Designselection of linear motion systems ball screws CNC feedback devices controllers

feed drives and servomotors for CNC machine tools Recent developments in CNC and other

machine tools

Recommended Books

1 Design of Devices and Systems ldquoWilliam H Middendorf and Richard H Engelmannrdquo CRC

Press

2 Computer numerical control of machine tools ldquoG E Thyerrdquo Heinemann Professional

Publishing

3 Machine Design Fundamentals A Mechanical Designers Workbook Joseph Edward

Shigley and Charles R Mischke Mcgraw Hill

4 Numerical Control and Computer aided manufacture ldquoKundra Rao Tiwarirdquo Tata McGraw

Hill

1

Department of Mechanical Engineering

Delhi Technological University M Tech (Thermal Engineering) Course Curriculum

FIRST SEMESTER

SECOND SEMESTER

Paper code Subject Group

ME-611 Advanced IC Engines

C

ME-6121 Process Equipment Design Elective -I

ME-6122 Convective Heat Transfer

ME-6131 Measurement amp Control Techniques Elective -II

ME-6132 Computational Methods in Thermal amp Fluid Engineering

ME-614 Thermal Engg Lab- C (AICE+ PEDCHTMCTOR)

ME-6611 Advanced Refrigeration And Air Conditioning Elective -III

D

ME-6612 Combustion Kinetics

ME-6621 Advanced Energy Systems Elective -IV

ME-6622 Optimal Design of Thermal Systems

ME-663 Thermal Engg Lab- D (ARACCKAESODTS)

ME-664 Minor Project-I

THIRD SEMESTER

Paper code Subject Group

ME-7111 Gas dynamics Elective -V E

ME-7112 Power Plant Engineering

ME-7121 Engine Emission Control Elective -VI

ME-7122 Renewable amp Non Conventional Energy Sources

ME-713 Self Study Open area seminar-II

ME-714 Minor Project-II

ME-715 Major Project-I

FOURTH SEMESTER

Paper code Subject Group

ME-811 Major Project-II F

Paper code Subject Group

ME-511 Advanced Thermodynamics

A ME-512 Advanced Fluid Mechanics

ME-513 Optimization Techniques

ME-514 Thermal Engg Lab ndashA (Advanced Thermodynamics + Fluid Mechanics)

ME-561 Advanced Conduction amp Radiation Heat Transfer

B ME-562 Turbo machines

ME-563 Thermal Engg Lab ndashB (Advanced Conduction amp Radiation Heat Transfer + Turbo machines )

ME-564 Self Study Open area seminar-I

2

ME-511 Advanced Thermodynamics

Review of first and second law of thermodynamics thermodynamic relations Joule-Thompson experiment irreversibility and availability exergy analysis phase transition types of equilibrium and stability multi-component and multi-phase systems equations of state chemical thermodynamics combustion Third law of thermodynamics Kinetic theory of gases- introduction basic assumption molecular flux equation of state for an ideal gas collisions with a moving wall principle of equipartition of energy classical theory of specific heat capacity Transport phenomena-intermolecular forces The Van der Waals equation of state collision cross section mean free path Statistical thermodynamics- introduction energy states and energy levels macro and microscales thermodynamic probability B-E FD M-D statistics distribution function partition energy statistical interpretation of entropy application of statistics to gases-mono-atomic ideal gas distribution of molecular velocity ideal gas in a gravitational field TextsReferences [1] FWSears and GLSalinger Thermodynamics Kinetic Theory And Statistical Thermodynamics Narosa Publishing House New Delhi [2] Wylen and Sontag Fundamentals of Classical Thermodynamics Wiley Eastern Limited New Delhi [3] MJMoran and HNShapiro Fundamentals Of Engineering Thermodynamics John Wiley and Sons [4] Zemansky Engineering Thermodynamics Mc Graw Hill [5] Bejan Advanced Engineering Thermodynamics John Wiley and sons

ME -512 Advanced Fluid Mechanics

Equation of continuity translation deformation rotation vorticity and circulation

Navier-stokes equation-exact and approximate solution for few simple cases creeping

flow Boundary layer theory Equations for laminar and turbulent boundary layers

Approximate solution procedures for boundary layer problems Boundary layer

separation and control Introduction to 3-dimensional boundary layers Origin of

turbulence Reynolds equations isentropic and homogeneous turbulence

measurement of turbulence Turbulent diffusion and turbulent shear flow Free turbulent

flow determination of profile drag and various experimental techniques used for

determination of drag Concept of computational fluid dynamics flow analysis using

CFD

Reference Books

3

Fluid Mechanics by Frank M White SEVENTH EDITION(2009) Mc Graw Hill Fluid Mechanics By Som and Biswas TMH

ME- 513 Optimization Techniques

Introduction to Optimization - Introduction Engineering Applications Statement of an Optimization Problem Classification

Linear Programming Simplex Algorithm Two Phase Method Big lsquoMrsquo Method Revised Simplex Method Duality in Linear Programming Prime-Dual Relations Duality Theorem Dual simplex method Sensitivity and Post Optimality Analysis Transportation and Assignment Problem

Integer Programming ndash Branch and bound Method Cutting Plane Method

Dynamic Programming Elementary Concepts of Dynamics Programming Multi stage Decision Process Calculus Method and Tabular Method

Classical Optimization techniques - Unconstrained Optimization Optimizing Single-Variable Functions Optimizing Multi-Variable Functions Constrained Optimization Optimizing Multivariable Functions with Equality Constraint Lagrange Multipliers Method Constrained Multivariable Optimization with inequality constrained Kuhn-Tucker Necessary conditions Kuhn ndashTucker Sufficient Conditions

Non-Linear Programming- Unconstrained Optimization Techniques Direct search methods Descent Methods Constrained Optimizations Direct and Indirect methods

Introduction to Advanced Optimization Techniques - Genetic Algorithms (GA) Simulated Annealing Particle Swarm Optimization (PSO) Ant Colony Optimization (ACO) etc

Reference Books

1 Operation Research by J K Sharma Publisher Macmillan

2 Operations Research by Hamdi A Taha Publisher Pearson

3 Optimization Techniques by C Mohan and Kusum Deep Publishers New Age

Science

4 Engineering Optimization by SS Rao Publisher JOHN WILEY amp SONS INC

ME- 561 Advanced Conduction amp Radiation Heat Transfer Conduction Steady state heat conduction including heat generation and heat losses in different coordinate systems numerical and graphical methods Derivation of generalized conduction equation for an isotropic and homogenous solids conductivity tensor concepts of isotropic amp homogenous conductivity Analysis and Optimization of

4

variable cross section and circumferential fins with uniform and variable heat transfer coefficients Extended surfaces with relative motion wire drawing2-D conduction in solids with complex boundary conditions Ablation Numerical solutions for transient and steady conduction problems Recapitulation of fundamentals of radiation heat transfer Fundamental laws of radiation Configuration factors Radiation heat transfer through absorbing and transmitting media Radiation exchange with specular surfaces Radiation exchange with transmitting reflecting and absorbing media Solar radiation and radiation shielding Reference Books

1 Heat Conduction by MN Ozisik John Wiley amp Sons 2 Heat Transfer by JP Holman International Edition McGraw Hills ME- 562 Turbo Machines

Thermodynamics of turbo machines-Basic definition and laws energy equation adiabatic flow through nozzle and diffuser work and efficiencies in turbine and compressor stages Fluid dynamics of turbo machines- Equation of continuity momentum vorticity potential function stream function in Cartesian coordinates isentropic flow through blade passages high speed flows flow over Aerofoil blades Energy transfer in Turbo machines Boundary layer separation Dimensional analysis and performance parameters-specific speeds compressible flow machines Performance of turbine compressor fans blowers and cascade Axial flow Turbines-velocity diagrams Single and multi impulse stage (velocity and pressure compounded) stage-reaction Blade to gas speed ratio Stage losses and efficiency Radial flow Turbines- Elements and velocity triangle of radial turbine stage enthalpy entropy diagram stage losses performance characteristics Axial flow compressor-velocity diagrams enthalpy entropy diagram flow through blade rows Stage losses and efficiency Work done factor low hub-tip ratio stages and performance characteristics Centrifugal compressors- Elements and velocity triangle of Centrifugal compressors enthalpy entropy diagram nature of impeller flow slip factor diffusersvolute casing stages losses performance characteristics Reference books 1Turbines compressors and Fans- S M Yahya 3rd edition 2005Tata McGraw Hill Ed Prt Ltd 2Theory of gas turbines - Cohen and Rogers Longman 1974 3Steam amp Gas Turbines - Lee JF - McGraw Hill 1962 4Axial flow turbines - Horlack HH Butter worth London1973 5 Aerothermodynamics and flow in turbomachines Vavra MH John Wiley 1960 6 They dynamics and thermodynamics of compressible fluids Vol I amp II Shapiro AH Ronald Press 1965

ME -611 Advanced IC Engines

5

Fuel Air cycles analysis Thermodynamics of combustion Chemical equilibrium Dissociation Combustion Charts and gas tables for air fuel mixtures and the products of Combustion

Combustion phenomenon in SI and CI Engines Detonation and knocking Influence of variables on knocking Types of Combustion Chambers Exhaust emission from SI and CI engines control of emissions Fuels for IC engines required properties of SI and CI engine fuels conventional fuels-gasoline amp diesel alternative fuels rating of fuels Principles of carburetion Injection Carburetters Principles of fuel injuction in CI engines Fuel spray characteristics High pressure fuel pump and its design High and low tension ignition systems Ignition timing Effect of operating and design conditions on the performance of Engine Scavenging in Two stroke engines mechanical friction pumping HP of engines Lubrication systems Supercharging of SI and CI Engines Effects of operating variables on supercharged engines Free piston engines Characteristics of IC engines used in automobile engine cooling

Reference Books

Internal combustion engine fundamentals by JB Heywood (1988) Mc Graw Hill

Internal combustion engine by RP Sharma and ML Mathur (2013) Dhanpat Rai Publications

ME -6121- Process Equipment Design

Classification of process equipment and its method of selection Scope and application

of process equipment in various industries

Theory constructional details general design performance and application of typical

process equipment given below- Pumps Compressors Granulator mixers and

stirrers crushers grinders screens filters centrifuges solid separators extrusion and

moulding machines rotary drive heat transfer equipment etc

Reference Books

Process Equipment Design by VV Mahajan and SB Umarji (2009) McMillan Publishers

India

Process Equipment Design by Lloyd E Brownell Edwin H Young (1959) John Wiley amp Sons

ME -6122 Convective Heat Transfer Concept of Boundary Layer Theorem Derivation of N-S equations and 3-D Equation Tensor and Vector Notations Mass Transfer Equations of Boundary Layer Momentum and Energy Equation for Flow over or inside and axis symmetric body displacement momentum conduction and enthalpy thickness solution for constant free stream and

6

variable free stream velocities over a curved surface Flow over a constant temperature body of arbitrary shape Fully developed laminar flow in circular tube Laminar hydrodynamic entry length energy different equation for flow through a circular tube constant heat flux and constant wall temperature solutions Condensation Drop wise and film wise influence of non-condensable gases on heat

transfer boiling heat transfer-different regimes

Similarity solution for laminar hydrodynamic and thermal boundary layer for external flow similarity solution for wedge flows transpiration cooling similarity solution for external boundary layer for free convection Combined free and forced convection Fundamental of turbulent heat convection Forced and natural flow boiling Reference Books

1 Convective Heat amp Mass Transfer by WM Kays amp ME Crawford McGraw Hills 2 Convective Heat Transfer by Adrian Bejan John Wiley amp Sons 3 Heat Transfer by Adrian Bejan John Wiley amp Sons 4 Heat amp Mass Transfer by R Yadav Central Pub House Allahabad

ME-6131 Measurement amp Control Techniques

Generalised measurement system Functional elements of Instrument Description and usages of transducers intermediate stage and terminal devices including various indicating and recording devices

Static and Dynamic characteristics of measurement systems Harmonic and special waveforms and their analysis Measurement standards Calibration need and procedure Errors in measurement systems and statistical interpretation of experimental data

Various Measurement techniques with standard of measurement principle construction and working for displacement strain velocity acceleration force Static and Dynamic pressure temperature and fluid flow

Control Types of Control Systems Types of controllers Mathematical modelling and transfer function Control Applications

Reference Books

Measurement Systems- Application and Design by E O Doebelin Measurement Systems and Devices by Rangan Many and Sharma Mechanical Measurement by Back With Buck Instrumentation Mechanical Measurement and Control by A K Tayal Mechanical Measurement by S P Venkateshan

7

Instrumentation Measurement and Analysis by B C Nakra and K K Chaudhary

ME-6132 Computational Methods in Thermal amp Fluid Engineering Brief overview of numerical methods Governing equations in Heat Transfer and Fluid Dynamics Introduction to equations governing turbulent flow and heat transfer Boundary conditions Various explicit and implicit schemes Solutions of parabolic and elliptic partial differential equations Finite difference method of discretization Finite difference approximation and truncation error round off error and discretization error Accuracy Consistency Stability and Conveyance Various discretization schemes and their stability and accuracy Solution methods for boundary layer equations in impressible flow and convection Unsteady flows Reference Books

1 Numerical methods for engineers and scientists by Hoffman JD McGraw Hills 1992 2 Numerical Heat Transfer and Fluid Flow by Patankar SV Hemisphere Publishing Corp USA 1980 3 Computer Simulation of Flow amp Heat Transfer by Ghoshdastidar PS Tata McGraw Hills 1998 4 Computational Fluid Mechanics amp Heat Transfer by Anderson DA Tanelldil JC amp Platcher RH Hemisphere Pub Corp USA 1984 5 Computational Heat Transfer by Jaluria Y amp KE Torrance Hemisphere Publishing Corp USA 1986 6 Progress in Turbulence Modeling for Complex Flow Fields including the Effect of Compressibility by Wilcox DC amp MW Ruberin NASA TP-1517 1980 7 Numerical Methods for engineers by Gupta SK New

ME -6611 Advanced Refrigeration and Air Conditioning

Review of basic refrigeration cycles Thermodynamic analysis of vapour compression

refrigeration cycles modified and multistage vapour compression cycles Cascade

refrigeration manufacture of dry ice liquefaction of gases cryogenic applications Cold

storage refrigeration and air conditioning controls

Primary amp Secondary refrigerant Important refrigerants used in the refrigerant industry Nomenclature of refrigerants Properties amp selection of refrigerants ODP and GWP of important refrigerants Montreal Protocol amp Kyoto Protocol Alternatives to important CFCs HCFCs and HFCs Modern trends in Refrigeration and Air conditioning industry Retrofitting Recovery Recycling and Reclaim

8

Vapour absorption systems analysis use of enthalpy composition diagram

Performance parameters using log Pmdash1T diagrams Design of refrigerant condensers

evaporators and expansion devices

Review of applied psychrometrics air conditioning load estimation use of data books

air duct design

Reference Books

1 Refrigeration amp Air Conditioning by Stoecker WF amp Jones McGraw Hill 2 Principles of Refrigeration by Dossat RJ Wiley amp Sons 3 Refrigeration amp Air Conditioning by R C Arora TMH 4 Refrigeration amp Air Conditioning by Ballaney PL Khanna Pub N Delhi 5 Cryogenic Engineering by Bell JH Prentice Hall Inc

ME -6612 Combustion Kinetics

Thermodynamics of Combustion Types of reactions reaction rate effect of composition

and temperature on reaction rates Arrhenius law kinetics of chain reactions steady

state reaction rate Detonationmdashwaves in gases Hurgoniet curve detonation velocity

Detonation theories Factors influencing detonation Adiabatic Explosion in constant

volume bombs

Flame propagation-Theories structure of Laminar flame flame velocity and its estimation factors controlling flame velocity diffusion in laminar and turbulent flames stabilization of flame Ignition theory Ignition energy factors affecting ignition various methods of ignition Combustion of fuels-coal flames and two stage ignition mechanism of hydrocarbon oxidation rate of combustion propellent burning Combustion process in Rockets Ramjets-solid and liquid propellents mono Propellent and bipropellant systems Reference Books

Combustion engineering by Gary L Borman Kenneth W Ragland McGraw-Hill 1998

An introduction to combustion by Stephen R Turns McGraw-Hill 1996

9

ME 6621 Advanced Energy Systems

Fuel Cells

Introduction to Fuel components amp systems Electro chemistry amp Thermodynamics

Proton Exchange Membrane Fuel Cells Direct Methanol Fuel Cells amp Alkaline fuel

cells Alkaline Fuel Cells amp Phosphoric Acid Fuel Cells Molten Carbonate Fuel Cell

Solid Oxide Fuel Cell

Bio-fuels

Sources of Bio-Mass Energy - Wood and Agricultural Waste - Municipal Waste -

Animal Waste ndash Energy Conversion Systems - Biogas Generation From Animal

Waste - Wood Gasification - Downdraft and Fluidised Bed Sytems

Vegetable Oils

Conversion of vegetable oils as biodiesel ndashproduction techniques - standards and

properties - combustion performance and Emission characteristics additives

Alcohol Fuels

Properties as engine fuels - performance in SI engines - blending with gasoline -

Reformed alcohols Use in CI engines - emulsions - dual fuel systems - combustion

performance and emission characteristics in IC engines

DME DEE properties production techniques performance and emissions

characteristics in IC engines

Reference Books

Gasoline Diesel and Ethanol Biofuels from Grasses and Plants by Ram B Gupta Cambridge University Press

Introduction to Biofuels by David M Mousdale Taylor amp Francis Group 2010

Biofuels by Lou A T Honary Charles C Conconi ASTM International 2011

ME 6622 Optimal Design of Thermal Systems

Introduction to the design of a workable system Economics of a workable systems

System simulationEquation fitting and mathematical modeling Lagrange multipliers

Search methods Dynamic programming Geometric Programming and linear

programming Application of numerical analysis algorithms and computer programming

10

using optimization techniques applied to thermal systems viz components of thermal

power plants refrigeration and air conditioning steam and gas turbines etc

Reference Books

Thermal Design and Optimization byAdrian Bejan Michael J MoranJohn Wiley amp Sons

1996

Design Of Thermal Systems 3e by Stoecker Tata McGraw-Hill Education 1980

ME-7111 Gas Dynamics Basis concepts isentropic flow with variable areas much number variation flow through nozzles and diffusers use of gas tables fanne Rayleigh lines and tables 1-D and 2-D steady isentropic flow Flow in ducts of variable area Ducts inviscid compressible flow in Nozzles Viscous effects in Compressible Flow Design of Nozzles Normal and oblique shock waves Prandtl-Mayer expansion Fanno amp Rayleigh lines Supersonic Airfoils Simple waves Shock waves and BL interactions Nature of High Temperature Flows Perfect amp Real gas Gibbs free energy amp entropy production Microscopic description of gases Thermodynamic properties Hypersonic Flow and High Temperature Flows Equilibrium and Non-Equilibrium Flow Reference Books

1 High Temperature Gas Dynamics by Anderson JD 2 Gas Dynamics by E Rathakrishanan 3 Elements of Gas Dynamics by Liepman amp Roshko

ME 7112 Power Plant Engineering

Power development program of India Factors Controlling the choice of steam Gas

Turbine Nuclear and Hydrolectric Power Plants Diesel wind and other

nonconventional power plants Determination of important specifications of the plant

Steam power cycle analysis Economic aspect of power generation Availability based

tariff performance parameters of power plants

11

Steam power plants Criteria affecting steam generator design Determination if

furnace size and proportions of various heat transfer surfaces Influences of fuel

quality fuel firing techniques and Circulation on design selection of auxiliary

equipment Design principles of feed water heaters condensers cooling towers etc

Controls used in steam power plants Supercritical power plant function of separator

drum Improvement in performance of supercritical and ultra critical power plant

Types of Nuclear power plants in India and their working Strategy of nuclear power

development in india integrated energy systems energy conservation and energy

audit devices for energy conservation

Reference Books

Power plant engineering by P K Nag 3rd EDITION(2011) Tata Mc Graw Hill

Power plant engineering by Samsher

Power Plant Performance by Allan Bennett Gill Butterworths 1984

ME 7121 Engine Emission Control Laws and Regulations Regulatory Test Procedures Test Cycles Exhaust Gas Pollutants Particulate Pollutants Evaporative Emissions Blow by Emissions Emissions from two Wheelers and Two Stroke Engines Mechanism of pollutant formation in SI Engines formation of nitrogen oxides formation of carbon monoxide formation of unburnt hydrocarbons formation of particulates formation of PAH and nitrated derivatives Influence of Fuel Properties Pollution Control Measures inside the engine and the Lean Burn Engines Mechanism of pollutant formation in IDI and DI Diesel Engines Formation of Nitrogen Oxides formation of carbon monoxide formation of unburnt hydrocarbons formation of particulates formation of PAH and nitrated derivatives Influence of Fuel properties Pollution Control Measures inside the engine HCCI (Homogeneous Charged Compression Ignition) and CCS (Combine Combustion system) Engines Post Combustion Treatments Physical Conditions and Exhaust Gas composition Catalytic mechanism of CO Oxidation unburnt hydrocarbon oxidation and nitrogen oxide reduction Dual catalysis Three way catalysis Thermal reactors catalyst structures Installation of catalyst Catalyst Poisoning catalyst light off temperature Catalyst wear Oxidation catalyst Particulate Matter Nox Trade off in Diesel engines Diesel Trap Oxidizers References Books 1 Automobiles amp Pollution by P Degobert SAE 1996 2 IC Engines Fundamentals by JB Heywood McGraw Hills Intl Std Ed

ME -7122 Renewable amp Non conventional Sources of Energy

12

Earth sun energy flux diagram Overview of renewable energy conversion energy

resource assessment Solar radiation and modelling solar collectors and types flat

plate concentrating advanced collectors and solar concentrators Solar water heating

Solar cooking Solar drying Solar distillation and solar heat pumps and refrigeration

Active and passive heating and cooling of buildings Solar thermal power generation

concentrating collectors photovoltaic energy conversion Solar cells Home lighting

systems Solar lanterns Solar PV pumps Solar energy storage options Sources of

Bio-Mass Energy - Wood and Agricultural Waste - Municipal Waste - Animal Waste ndash

Biogas Generation From Animal Waste - Wood Gasification - Downdraft and Fluidised

Bed Sytems Conversion of vegetable oils as biodiesel ndashproduction techniques -

standards and properties - combustion performance and Emission characteristics

additives Properties as engine fuels - performance in SI engines - Use in CI engines -

emulsions - dual fuel systems - combustion performance and emission characteristics

in IC engines Tidal and wind energy wind energy potential and conversion efficiency

wind energy convertors Mini micro hydro power basics of wave tidal OTEC

hydrogen and fuel cells

References Books S P Sukhatme Solar Energy - Principles of thermal collection and storage second edition Tata McGraw-Hill New Delhi 1996 J A Duffie and W A Beckman Solar Engineering of Thermal Processes second edition John Wiley New York 1991 D Y Goswami F Kreith and J F Kreider Principles of Solar Engineering Taylor and Francis Philadelphia 2000 D D Hall and R P Grover Biomass Regenerable Energy John Wiley New York 1987 J Twidell and T Weir Renewable Energy Resources E amp F N Spon Ltd London 1986 M A Green Solar Cells Prentice-Hall Englewood Cliffs 1982 MM EL-Halwagi Biogas Technology- Transfer and diffusion Elsevier Applied science Publisher New York 1984 DO Hall and RP Overeed Biomass ndash regenerable energy John Willy and Sons Ltd New York 1987 Freris LL Wind Energy Conversion Systems Prentice Hall 1990 Spera DA Wind Turbine Technology Fundamental Concepts of Wind Turbine Engineering ASME Press NY 1994 Johnson GL Wind Energy Systems Prentice Hall 1985

13

1

Department of Mechanical Engineering

Delhi Technological University

Bawana Road Delhi-110042

MTech Mechanical Engineering (Production Engineering) Course Schedule

FIRST SEMESTER

SECOND SEMESTER Paper code Subject Group ME-601 Theory of Metal Cutting

C

ME-6021 Industrial Quality Control Elective -I

ME-6022 Materials Management ME-6031 Advanced Machining Processes Elective -II ME-6032 Industrial Tribology And Mainatenance ME-604 Metal Cutting Lab ME-6511 Supply Chain Management Elective -III

D

ME-6512 Production amp Operation Management ME-6521 Numerical Control of Machine Tools Elective -IV

ME-6522 Metrology amp Instrumentation ME-653 NCMTMetrology amp Instrumentation Lab ME- 654 Minor Project-I

THIRD SEMESTER

Paper code

Subject Group

ME-501 Foundry Technology A ME-502 Operation Research

ME-503 Welding Processes amp Metallurgy

ME-504 Foundry Technology Lab

ME-551 Plasticity amp Metal Forming B ME-552 Principles of Machine Tools

ME-553 Plasticity amp Metal Forming Lab

ME-554 Self Study Open Area Seminar - I

2

Paper code

Subject Group

ME-7011 Advanced Metal Forming Processes Elective -V E ME-7012 Computer Aided Manufacturing ME-7021 Managerial Accounting amp Financial Control Elective -VI ME-7022 Managerial Concepts And Organization

Behaviour ME-703 Self Study Open Area Seminar-II ME-704 Minor Project-II ME-705 Major Project-I

FOURTH SEMESTER

Paper code Subject Group ME-801 Major Project-II F

DETAILED SYLLABUS

ME 501 FOUNDRY TECHNOLOGY

Casting Processes Classification Characteristics of sand casting processes metal mould casting

processes and casting processes using other mouldcore materials Characteristics and selection

of molding sand Bonding Theory

Solidification of castings casting design considerations gating system design riser design

nucleation and grain growth solidification of pure metals short and long freezing range alloys

Rate of solidification macrostructure and microstructure Solidification contraction Mould-

metal interface reactions

Cast metals and alloys Specific considerations to Grey CI steel and non ferrous foundry

practices Inoculation and gas removal methods Casting defects their causes and their removal

inspection of castings Quality control in foundries

Metal matrix composites and their properties and suitability as casting materials Special casting

processes Foundry mechanization pollution control in foundries recent developments

Reference Books

1 Taylor HF MCFlemings and JWulff Foundry Engineering John Wiley NY 1959

2 Beely PR Foundry Technology Butterworths London 1972

3 Heine RW CR Loper and PC Rosenthal Principles of metal castings Mc Graw-Hill

NY 1969

4 Campbell J castings Butterworth-Heinemann London 2011

3

5 Srinivasan NK and Ramakrishanan SJ The science of Engineering Materials Oxford

and IBH Pub Co New Delhi 1983

ME 502 OPERATION RESEARCH

Historical development Nature of OR projects Model Building Linear deterministic

optimization models-linear Programming Simplex Algorithm Duality Degeneracy

assignments transportation and Trans-shipment models post optimality analysis Integer LP

Queing theory elementary concepts of Dynamics Programming and Inventory control Game

Theory and Markov Chains Application of OR softwares

Recommended Books

1 Operation Research by J K Sharma Publisher Macmillan

2 Operations Research by Hamdi A Taha Publisher Pearson

ME 503 WELDING PROCESS amp METALLURGY

Arc gas and resistance welding processes oxy-acetelyne and arc cutting of metals Review of

modern welding and cutting methods

Welding metallurgy Heat and temperature during fusion welding filler metal and metal

transfer

Weldability of plain carbon low alloy austenitic and other nikel crome steels Problems and

procedure for welding non-ferrous alloys electrode selection Design of welded joints

Distortion residual stresses and stress relieving Weld defects Non destructive testing

Recommended Books

1 Principles of Welding Technology by LM Gourd ELBS Edward Arnold 2 Welding processes amp technology by Dr RSParmar Khanna Publishers

ME 551 PLASTICITY AND METAL FORMING

Nature of plastic deformation yield criteria stress-strain relations in elastic plastic problems

work hardening formulation of elastic plastic problems Methods of analysis slab method slip

line and extremum principles Application to metal working operations like wire drawing

extrusion rolling forging spinning sheet metal forming etc study of metal flow lubrication

and wear in forming processes formability design of dies high energy rate forming

4

ME 552 PRINCIPLES OF MACHINE TOOLS

Kinematics of machine tool drives stepped and stepless speed regulation design of speed gear

box Design of beds columns slides etc their strength and rigidity design of spindles and

bearings Automatic and numerically controlled machine tools Hydraulic drives testing of

machine tools Dynamics acceptance tests Damping in machine tools Modern trends in

machine tool design transfer machines

ME 601 THEORY OF METAL CUTTING

Mechanics of single point and multipoint cutting and abrasive metal removal processes cutting

forces analysis of work tool system as influenced by tool and work materials tool geometry

and environmental and process variables Heat transfer and temperature distribution cutting

fluids Mechanics of tool wear Tool life Economics of metal removal surface finish and

dimensional accuracy Non-conventional machining processes their technological aspects and

mechanics

ME 6021 INDUSTRIAL QUALITY CONTROL

Introduction Quality basics and history Quality Philosophy (Deming Juran Crosby)

Dimensions of quality Quality Costs Quality Cost Measurement Utilizing Quality Costs for

Decision-Making

Seven QC Tools Histogram Pareto Diagrams Check Sheet Cause-Effect Diagrams Scatter

Diagrams Control Charts and Stratification

Statistical Process Control Control Charts for Variables Definitions Variation Common vs

Special Causes Control Chart Techniques X-bar and R chart X-bar and S charts Control Chart

Interpretation and Analysis Process Capability Other Variable Control Charts Individuals and

Moving Range Charts Moving Average and Moving Range Charts

Control Charts for Attributes Definitions Control Charts for Non-conforming Units Control

Charts for Counts of Non-conforming Units

Sampling Techniques Single Double Multiple Sequential Sampling Techniques LTPD AQL

AOQL

Quality Systems ISO 9000 ISO 14000 ISO 18000 Six Sigma Certification Requirements

Evolving Standards

Reliability System concepts in reliability availability and maintainability (RAM) Engineering

Fundamentals of reliability Failure distributions System reliability assessment Reliability of

5

repairable by Markov approach Point mission and steady state availability Availability

assessment Maintainability and its assessment

Advanced Topics Quality Function Deployment Design of Experiments Benchmarking and

Auditing

Recommended Books

1The Management and Control of Quality by J R Evans and W M Lindsay Cengage learning

India

2 Total Quality Management by Besterfield Pearson Education

3 Statistical Quality Control by Douglas C Montgomery Wiley India Pvt Ltd

4 An Introduction to Reliability and Maintainability Engineering by Charles E Ebeling Tata

McGraw Hill

ME 6022 MATERIALS MANAGEMENT

Productivity and materials management cost reduction and value improvement role of

purchasingmdashvalue analysis purchasing research vendor rating standardization and variety

reduction negotiations and purchases price analysis organization for purchasing function

product explosion materials requirements planning make or buy decision incoming materials

control Vendor certification plans vendor and supply reliability

Inventory management ABC-VED analysis various inventory models quantity discount

management of in process and finished goods inventory information systems for inventory

management stores management and ware housing optional stocking and issuing policies

inventory management of perishable commodities surplus management decision of inventory

distribution systems

ME 6031 ADVANCED MACHINING PROCESSES

L T P Credits

3 0 0 4

Introduction need of advanced machining processes hybrid processes microelectro mechanical

system (MEMS) nano electromechanical systems(NEMS) Ultrasonic micro machining -

mechanics of cutting parametric analysis process capabilities applications

Abrasive j

6

et machining Introduction set ups gas propulsion system abrasive feeder machining chamber

AJM nozzle abrasive parametric analysis process capabilities applications abrasive miro

machining Water jet machining Introduction process characteristics process performance

applications Abrasive Water jet machining

Abrasive finishing process Working principle parametric analysis process variables process

performance and applications Abrasive flow machining- Working principle parametric analysis

process variables process performance and applications Magnetorheological abrasive flow

finishing- Working principle parametric analysis process variables process performance and

applications Magnetic float polishing Magnetic abrasive finishing- Working principle

parametric analysis process variables process performance and applications

Electro discharge machining (EDM) Introduction Working principle parametric analysis

process variables process characteristics applications hybrid processes such as electro

discharge grinding diamond grinding wire EDM Electrodischarge micro grinding

Laser beam machining- production of laser working principle types of laser process

characteristics and applications Electron beam machining Working principle process

parameter process characteristics and applications Ion beam machining Working principle

process parameter process characteristics and applications Plasma arc machining Working

principle Plasma arc cutting system applications

ME- 6032 INDUSTRIAL TRIBOLOGY AND MAINATENANCE

L T P

3 0 0

Introduction

Friction wear and lubrication types of egg Contacts conforming and non-conforming Types of

motion rubbing sliding Oscillating Rolling and Surface of interactions elastic and

plasticdeformations Properties of materials Surface energy and flash temperature theory

Friction

Laws of sliding friction concept of adhesion Tabors mode off friction elastic thermo friction

rolling friction measurement of friction

Wear

Laws of wear Types of wear such as adhesive declamination abrasive fatigue corrosive

fretting erosive electrical and oxidative Measurement of wear in dry at me sphere and different

7

environments Prevention and control of wear and friction in machines wear of cutting tool and

dies study of abrasion in grinding lapping and honing

Lubrication

Mechanisms of lubrication Boundary Squeeze film hydrodynamic and elasto hydro-dynamic

and hydro static lubrications plasto hydrodynamic lubrication solution of Reynoldss equation in

two and three-dimensional flow Pressure distribution load carrying capacity friction forces in oil

film and Co-efficient of friction in journal bearing Sold lubricants types and applications

Rolling Friction

Reynolds slip Heathe cote concept selection of roller bearings and their methods of lubrication

design aspects and modes of bearing failures and elasto hydro dynamic lubrication

Solid Lubricants

Their applications in metal forming processes

Maintenance Management Maintenance planning and management corrective preventive and predictive maintenance Equipment replacement policies Total Productive Maintenance (TPM)

Books

I Sharma Aggarwal A Test Book Kataria

2 Main Engg Hand Book A Mc Desig McGraw Hill

3 Industrial Tribology Tribology failures and their analysis Dr BS Prabhu

4 S R Majumdar ldquo Pneumatic Systems Principles and Maintenancerdquo Tata McGraw-Hill Delhi

ME-6511 SUPPLY CHAIN MANAGEMENT

8

Supply Chain Management Concepts theoretical background and managerial issues Inventory

Management and Risk Pooling Demand Forecasting Aggregate Planning and MRP Network

Planning Distribution Strategies Smart Pricing Supply Chain Integration Vendor Development

Procurement and Outsourcing Strategies Strategic Alliances Value of Information and IT in

SCM Coordinated Product and supply chain Design Global Supply Chain Customer Value and

Performance Measurement of Supply Chain

Text and Reference Books

1 David Simchi-Levi Philip Kaminsky Edith Simchi-Levi and Ravi Shankar Designing

and Managing the Supply Chain Concepts Strategies and Case Studies 3rd Edition

Tata McGraw-Hill 2008

2 Sunil Chopra and Peter Meindel Supply Chain Management Strategy Planning and

Operation 3rd edition Prentice Hall of India 2007

3 Wisner JD Leong GK and Tan KC Principles of SCM A Balanced Approach Cengage

Learning 2005

4 Supply Chain Management by Janat Shah Pearson Education

9

ME 6512 PRODUCTION amp OPERATION MANAGEMENT

Unit I

Introduction to Production amp Operation Management Management functions of an

organization job design and work measurement job design decisions approaches to job

design work measurement standards learning curves and its application

Unit II

Work flow systems pull amp push systems MRP-I MRP-II cellular manufacturing and

FMS CIMSJIT manufacturing automated production lines line balancing facility layout

bottleneck and balance matching capacity management Management of professional services

Unit III

Aggregate planning aggregate units of production cost in aggregate planning leave of

production strategy mixed strategy mathematical model linear decision rule master

production scheduling shop scheduling shop floor control manpower scheduling DRP amp

demand management

Unit IV

Quality assuranceamp control statistical process control process capacity sampling

inspection TQM quality circle kaizen zero defect application of DOE in quality control

maintenance management corrective preventive preductive RCM and TPM

Unit V

Project management PERTCPM resource leveling Project scheduling

BOOKS

1 Production amp operation Management by Chase Aquilano Jacobs ndashTM H

2 Production amp operation Management ndashJames Dilworth Pearson International

3 Production amp operation Management By Heizer

4 Production amp operation Analysis ndash Steven Wanmias ndashMcGraw Hill

10

ME 6521 NUMERICAL CONTROL OF MACHINE TOOLS

- Define NCCNC and DNC Basic components of NCCNC machines

- Operation of NCCNC Machine tools how the control reduceseliminates operators

major activities

Position control loop Feed control loop systems

- Advantages and limitation of NCCNC machine tools

- Factors to be considered while preparing feasibility report to adopt NCCNC technology

for the first time

- Part programming Manual amp computer aided programming APT and its statements

Programming of components to turn on CNC lathe and CNC milling machines etc G codes and

M codes

- Directions of traverse in CNC Jig Boring Machine and CNC Milling Machines

- Tool Length compensation cutter compensation

- Various classifications of NC CNC systems

- Methods of improving accuracy Adaptive control MDI Linear interpolation circular

interpolation parabolic interpolation central processing unit Buffer storage canned cycles

Automatic machine zero post processor point to point and continuous path control online and

offline programming Unidirectional and bidirectional approach Reverse engineering and its

benefits Acceptance test used for NCCNC machine tools and their advantages

- CNC sheet metal processing Optipart optiroute and nesting Auto indexing autostorage

clamp positioner Scrap conveyer repositioning base automatic power shut off automatic

operation stop function memory transfer loading and positioning equipment Machine Vision

CNC Turret punch press and Press Brake amp applications Punch Assembly Jig and Arm tool

balancer

- Various soft computing technologies and their applications

- Flexible Manufacturing system its elements applications

- Computer aided Process planning its types and applications

11

ME 6522 METROLOGY amp INSTRUMENTATION

Standards Line and end standards wave length of light as standard of length Tolerance

and limit gauging positional tolrancing tolerance for screw threads limit gauging for positions

multiple dimensions Manufacturing amp calibration of gauges economics of close and wide

tolerancing

Surface measurement Macro and Micro surface roughness indicating and recording

instrument interference method Electron micro-scope electron defraction methods

Optics in Metrology Principles of optics used in projectors micro-scopes alignment

telescope auto collimators optical instruments and their calibration

Interferometry Theory of interference fringe formation interpretation of fringe

pattern measurement of flatness straightness squareness and parallelism measurement of

gauges by comparative and absolute methods Gauge interferometer

Instrumentation Measuring instruments Kinematic design Amlifying devices

mechanical optical electronic pneumatic and hydraulic systems indicating and recording

systems Sources of error

12

ME 7011 ADVANCED METAL FORMING PROCESSES 1 Fundamentals of Advanced Metal Working Introduction to advanced metals amp forming processes based on type of stress strain rate temperature 2 Recent Forming Equipments Automated Forming Equipments - types and press construction Principle of working of Mechanical Hydraulic and Pneumatic press Press control system in forging equipments Presses for hydro forming selection of presses Tooling for microforming 3 High Energy Rate Forming Working principle equipment operation parameters merits demerits and application - Explosive forming electro forming super plastic forming and magnetic pulse forming 4 Advanced Sheet Metal Forming processes Manufacturing of Forming Grade Steel Sheets Properties and formability Sheet metal textures to control formability Optimization of blank holding force amp drawability Tailor welded blanks amp their applications Tests of Formability and FLD Fundamentals of Sheet Hydroforming amp Microforming Springback minimization Common Sheet Metal Forming Defects Causes amp Remedies 5 Automation in forging rolling drawing amp extrusion Near net shape forging Isothermal forging Computer aided die- design perform design and prediction of defects in- forging rolling drawing amp extrusion Advanced die materials amp coatings die lubrications die wear and die failure 6 Finite Element Analysis amp simulation of Forming Processes Introduction to the finite element methods Finite elements for large deformation Typical finite elements Auxiliary equations contact friction incompressibility Steady state forming problems General Introduction of Sheet Metal Forming Software Importing CAD Geometry into Simulation Package Model Preparation amp Meshing Step-Draw simulation Forging and rolling analysis

ME 7012 COMPUTER AIDED MANUFACTURING

Introduction to CAM ldquoCAMrdquo as per Computer Aided Manufacturing International

Product cycle and CADCAM Automation in CADCAM Essential elements of CAM CPU

Memory InputOutput

ParametersFactors to adoptprepare feasibility report to incorporate CAM technology for the

first time in industry Programming-Manual amp CAP both APT

NCCNC amp DNCCNC Motion control systems-Point to point Straight Cut Continuous path

Functioning of CNC Jig Boring Machine CNC Milling Machine etc Feed control loop Positive

control loopSystems in CNC Tool length compensation amp cutter compensation and benefits

13

Linear Interpolation Circular Interpolation Parabolic interpolation Adaptive Control Canned

Cycles Parallel programming in CAM

Computer optimized Manufacturing (COM) Advanced Optipart Optiroute Optinest

OPTIFACS

Computerized Precision Sheet Metal Processing Autoware house Unmanned Carriage

Autoindexing Single sheet pick up CNC Turret Punch Press amp CNC Press Brake

Sheet Thickness detector Vacuum pads etc

Computer Aided Process Planning CADCAM Integration Types of CAPP Advantages amp

Disadvantages Schematic advanced diagram of CAPP

Flexible Manufacturing Cell amp Flexible Manufacturing system Basic elements of FMS

Advanced Control system of FMS FMS layout ASRS Flexible Automation control system

Reverse Engineering CMM and its applications Acceptance tests in CAM

Computer Integrated Manufacturing Product development cycle in CIM Evolution of CIM

Enabling technologies in CIM Programming in CIM

Robotics Classification configuration Types of sensors Applications amp Disadvantages

Recommended books

1 CADCAM by GroverZhimmer PHI

2 Computer Aided Manufacturing by Kundra Rao Tiwari Tata McGraw HILL

3 Optimization by Joshi and Moudgalya Narosa

4 CADCAM by Medland and Piers Buounett Kogan

ME 7021 MANAGERIAL ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL CONTROL

Basic accounting concepts and conventions introduction to measurement of incomes

accounting records and systems fixed assets and depreciation of financial statements Budgeting

standard Budgeting and control determinants of working capital cash management cost

accumulation systems variance analysis long term sources of finances financial evaluation and

evaluation and alternatives cost of capital budgeting

ME 7022 MANAGERIAL CONCEPTS amp ORGANIZATIONAL BEHAVIOR

The over-all concepts of the nature of management emergence of management new challenges

the dimensions of management the functions of Manager overview of the functional approach

to management-planning organizing directing co-ordinating and controlling

14

Planning policies procedure and methods decision-making

Organising Organisation structure principles and theories in orgnisation departmentalization

vertical and horizontal growth in orgnisation span of management centralization and

decentralization line and staff function organisation as a social system-formal and informal

organisation

Directing Administrative communication motivation and leadership Delegation

Coordinating Internal and external coordination committee in management

Controlling The process of control techniques of control Philosophical considerations Social

responsibilities of management Indian management the power and influence of Indian

management the role of management associations Influence of Social and Cultural factor n

human behavior Socio-metry attitudes values and norms and factors influencing managerrsquos

behavior

Page 3: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 4: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 5: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 6: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 7: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 8: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 9: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 10: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 11: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 12: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 13: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 14: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 15: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 16: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 17: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 18: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 19: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 20: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 21: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 22: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 23: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 24: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 25: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 26: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 27: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 28: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 29: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 30: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 31: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 32: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 33: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 34: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 35: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 36: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 37: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 38: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 39: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 40: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 41: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 42: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 43: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 44: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 45: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 46: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 47: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 48: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 49: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 50: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 51: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 52: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 53: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 54: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 55: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 56: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 57: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 58: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 59: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 60: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 61: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 62: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 63: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 64: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 65: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 66: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 67: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 68: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 69: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 70: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 71: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 72: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 73: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 74: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 75: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 76: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 77: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 78: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 79: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 80: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 81: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 82: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 83: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 84: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 85: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 86: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 87: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 88: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 89: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 90: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 91: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 92: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 93: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 94: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 95: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 96: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 97: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 98: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 99: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 100: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 101: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 102: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 103: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 104: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 105: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 106: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 107: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 108: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 109: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 110: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 111: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 112: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 113: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 114: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 115: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 116: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 117: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 118: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 119: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 120: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 121: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 122: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 123: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 124: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 125: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 126: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 127: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 128: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 129: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 130: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 131: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 132: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 133: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 134: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 135: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 136: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 137: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 138: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 139: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 140: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 141: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 142: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 143: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 144: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 145: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 146: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 147: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 148: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 149: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 150: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 151: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 152: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 153: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 154: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 155: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 156: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 157: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 158: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 159: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 160: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 161: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 162: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 163: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 164: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 165: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 166: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 167: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 168: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 169: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 170: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 171: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 172: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 173: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 174: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 175: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 176: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 177: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 178: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 179: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 180: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 181: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 182: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 183: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 184: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 185: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 186: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 187: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 188: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 189: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 190: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 191: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 192: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 193: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 194: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 195: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 196: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 197: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 198: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 199: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 200: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 201: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 202: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 203: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 204: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 205: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 206: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 207: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 208: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 209: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 210: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 211: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 212: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 213: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 214: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 215: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 216: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 217: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 218: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 219: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 220: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 221: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 222: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 223: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 224: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 225: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 226: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 227: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 228: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 229: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 230: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 231: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 232: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 233: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 234: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 235: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 236: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 237: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 238: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 239: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 240: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 241: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 242: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 243: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 244: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 245: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 246: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 247: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 248: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 249: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 250: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 251: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 252: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 253: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 254: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 255: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 256: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 257: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 258: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 259: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 260: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 261: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 262: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 263: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 264: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 265: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 266: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 267: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 268: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 269: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 270: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 271: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 272: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 273: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 274: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 275: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 276: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 277: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 278: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 279: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 280: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 281: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 282: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 283: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 284: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 285: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 286: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 287: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 288: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 289: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 290: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 291: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 292: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 293: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 294: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 295: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 296: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 297: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 298: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 299: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 300: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 301: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 302: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 303: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 304: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 305: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 306: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 307: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 308: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 309: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 310: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 311: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 312: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 313: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 314: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 315: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 316: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 317: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 318: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 319: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 320: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 321: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 322: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 323: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 324: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 325: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 326: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 327: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 328: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 329: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 330: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 331: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 332: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 333: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 334: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 335: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 336: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 337: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 338: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 339: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 340: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 341: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 342: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 343: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 344: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 345: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 346: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 347: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 348: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 349: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 350: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 351: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 352: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 353: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 354: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 355: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 356: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 357: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 358: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 359: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 360: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 361: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 362: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 363: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 364: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 365: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 366: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 367: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 368: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 369: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 370: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 371: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 372: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 373: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 374: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 375: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 376: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 377: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 378: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 379: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 380: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 381: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 382: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 383: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 384: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 385: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 386: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 387: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 388: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 389: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 390: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 391: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 392: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 393: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 394: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 395: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 396: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 397: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 398: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 399: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 400: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 401: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 402: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 403: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 404: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 405: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 406: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 407: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 408: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 409: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 410: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 411: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 412: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 413: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 414: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 415: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 416: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 417: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 418: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 419: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 420: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 421: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 422: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 423: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 424: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 425: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 426: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 427: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 428: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 429: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 430: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 431: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 432: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 433: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 434: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 435: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 436: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 437: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 438: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 439: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 440: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 441: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 442: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 443: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 444: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 445: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 446: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 447: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 448: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 449: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 450: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 451: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 452: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 453: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 454: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 455: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 456: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 457: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 458: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 459: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 460: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 461: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 462: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 463: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 464: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 465: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 466: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 467: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 468: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 469: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 470: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 471: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 472: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 473: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 474: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 475: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 476: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 477: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 478: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 479: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 480: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 481: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 482: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 483: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 484: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 485: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 486: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 487: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 488: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 489: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 490: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 491: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 492: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 493: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 494: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 495: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 496: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 497: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 498: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 499: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 500: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 501: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 502: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 503: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 504: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 505: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 506: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 507: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 508: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 509: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 510: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 511: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 512: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 513: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 514: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 515: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 516: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 517: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 518: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 519: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 520: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 521: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 522: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 523: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 524: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 525: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 526: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 527: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 528: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 529: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 530: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 531: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 532: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 533: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 534: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 535: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 536: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 537: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 538: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 539: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 540: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 541: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 542: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 543: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 544: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 545: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 546: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 547: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 548: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 549: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 550: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 551: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 552: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 553: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 554: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 555: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 556: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 557: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 558: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 559: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 560: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 561: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 562: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 563: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 564: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 565: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 566: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 567: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 568: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 569: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 570: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 571: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 572: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 573: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 574: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 575: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 576: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 577: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 578: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 579: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 580: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 581: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 582: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 583: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 584: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 585: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 586: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 587: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 588: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 589: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 590: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 591: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 592: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 593: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 594: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 595: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 596: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 597: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 598: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 599: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 600: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 601: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 602: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 603: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 604: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 605: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 606: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 607: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 608: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 609: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 610: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 611: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 612: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 613: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 614: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 615: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 616: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 617: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 618: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 619: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 620: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 621: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 622: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 623: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 624: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 625: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 626: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 627: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 628: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 629: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 630: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 631: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 632: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 633: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 634: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 635: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 636: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 637: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 638: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 639: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 640: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 641: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 642: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 643: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 644: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 645: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 646: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 647: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 648: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 649: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 650: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 651: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 652: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 653: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 654: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 655: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 656: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 657: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 658: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 659: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 660: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 661: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 662: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 663: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 664: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 665: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 666: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 667: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 668: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 669: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 670: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 671: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 672: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 673: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 674: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 675: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 676: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 677: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 678: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 679: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 680: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 681: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 682: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 683: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 684: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 685: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 686: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 687: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 688: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 689: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 690: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 691: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 692: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 693: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 694: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 695: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 696: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 697: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 698: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 699: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 700: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 701: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 702: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 703: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 704: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 705: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 706: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 707: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 708: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 709: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 710: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 711: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 712: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 713: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 714: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 715: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 716: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 717: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 718: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 719: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 720: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 721: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 722: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 723: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 724: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 725: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 726: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 727: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 728: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 729: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 730: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 731: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 732: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 733: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 734: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 735: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 736: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 737: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 738: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 739: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 740: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 741: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 742: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 743: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 744: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 745: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 746: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 747: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 748: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 749: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 750: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 751: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 752: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 753: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 754: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 755: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 756: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 757: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 758: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 759: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 760: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 761: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 762: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 763: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 764: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 765: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 766: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 767: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 768: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming
Page 769: dtu.ac.indtu.ac.in/Web/IQAC/naac/criteria1/1.1.3/mtech_syllabus.pdf · 2020. 11. 2. · 5 SYLLABUS: M.Tech. (NanoScience & Technology) AP-501: Computational Physics and Programming